f 


l  - 


1  f  ■**.  . 


I-** 

I"  J  £ 


p:  •  as  ir 

W  ■*rriid 


jjiL1  i 

•“  £?  * 


“  -  r 

~  ny 


;-^w  j 


& 


a  ■  '  5  /.  :  m  1 

•  ,  ' "  •  '  >  y 

-  .J  '• 

-..  .  - 

. 

}v  A .  ••.'.$ ' 

•t  rtfk-fe*  M  Z 

v  Ii:  w::  -V  ’  »?'  i.  -EiSif 


‘  .  ••:  *;•  ’  •:*  ' '  ,'ry‘\  .*rj 


l:  •■  ~iL-' 


■ 

' 


• . ,  ,  ■;  •!?  j 

, 


l  l 

i .  a 


;  . ;;lj ,  r*: 

;i  ■'  ,  ••  ij 


'<h  -  -  ■. .fe 


■V  *  a 

'*  |  I 


'  ’  ■ 


’■'iv  •  •'  ■  '■■■  '•  -  -.1 


IS 


Ci'i 


,  ■  Ms  :• 


. 


. 


mm 


LABORATORY  APPARATUS 

AND 

REAGENTS 


SELECTED  FOR  LABORATORIES  OF 

CHEMISTRY  AND  BIOLOGY 

IN  THEIR  APPLICATION  TO 

EDUCATION,  THE  INDUSTRIES,  MEDICINE  AND 
THE  PUBLIC  HEALTH 

INCLUDING  SOME  EQUIPMENT  FOR 

METALLURGY,  MINERALOGY,  THE  TESTING  OF 
MATERIALS,  AND  OPTICAL  PROJECTION 


EDITION  OF  1914 

COPYRIGHT,  1914,  BY  THE 
ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 

WEST  WASHINGTON  SQUARE 
(280  SOUTH  SEVENTH  ST.) 
PHILADELPHIA 
U.  S.  A. 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


l°liH 


Washington  Square  Front  of  Building 


How  to  Find  Us 


In  December,  1912,  we  moved  to  the  Farm  Journal  Building,  a  new  concrete,  fire-proof  structure  located 
on  West  Washington  Square  (230-2-4  South  Seventh  Street),  a  neighborhood  which  has  become  the  publishing 
centre  of  Philadelphia.  The  fourth  and  fifth  floors  of  the  building  and  a  portion  of  the  basement  were  designed 
and  built  with  special  reference  to  the  requirements  of  our  business.  The  increase  of  our  total  floor  space  to 
40,000  sq.  ft.  (two  and  one-half  times  that  occupied  by  us  at  Twelfth  and  Walnut  Sts.)  has  distinctly  increased 
the  general  efficiency  of  our  service. 

Of  the  above  mentioned  space  approximately  8400  sq.  ft.  is  devoted  to  salesroom  and  offices.  In  this  sales¬ 
room  we  maintain  a  permanent  exhibit  of  over  6,000  different  pieces  of  Laboratory  Apparatus,  all  conveniently 
arranged  for  inspection  and  handling  by  our  visitors.  A  dark  room  is  provided  for  the  demonstration  of 
Projection  and  Photo-Micrographic  Apparatus.  Our  office  space  is  well  lighted  and  ventilated  and  contributes 
to  the  comfort  and  welfare  of  our  employees  as  well  as  to  the  thoroughness  of  their  work.  Some  interior  views 
of  our  establishment  are  to  be  found  on  various  pages  throughout  the  catalogue 


Washington  Square  Side  of  Showroom  Looking  North 


II 


l  HE  GcTTV  C.TNTS? 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


C  O  M  P  A  N  Y 


H  . 


PREFACE. 

We  believe  that  the  principles  underlying  the  organization  and  daily  conduct  of  our  business  are  understood 
and  generally  endorsed  by  those  familiar  with  them.  The  following  discussion  is,  therefore,  offered  chiefly  for 
the  information  of  those  hitherto  without  experience  in  dealing  with  us. 

PRICES — The  prices  throughout  this  catalogue  are  subject  to  change  without  notice.  This  is  largely  because 
the  goods  listed  originate  in  over  twelve  hundred  factories  and  in  many  instances  we  have  no  control 
over  either  the  cost  or  the  selling  price.  Certain  discounts  are  allowed  from  our  list  prices  to  Institu¬ 
tions,  State,  City  and  U.  S.  Government  Departments,  Industrial  Concerns  and  other  organized 
establishments,  conducting  regular  laboratory  work,  because  of  their  aggregate  annual  purchasing 
power.  These  discounts  are  not  allowed  on  occasional  purchases  of  a  few  items  only  by  those  not 
regularly  connected  with  laboratory  work.  Our  discount  sheet  will  be  published  at  frequent  intervals 
and  important  changes  in  both  list  price  and  discount  noted  therein.  Prices  on  items  not  regularly 
carried  in  stock  and  designated  “Duty  Free”  and  “Duty  Paid”  are  subject  to  more  variation  than 
regular  stock  prices  because  they  are  directly  dependent  upon  the  size  of  the  individual  order.  (See 
also  paragraph  “Duty  Free  Importation”  below.)  They  are  printed  for  the  guidance  of  customers  in 
ascertaining  the  cost  of  individual  items  apart  from  large  importation  orders  and  in  most  instances 
the  prices  given  apply  to  the  importation  of  a  single  item  of  the  article  listed. 

BREAKAGE  AND  SHORTAGE — We  make  no  claim  as  to  our  infallibility  and,  while  our  goods  are  checked  and 
packed  by  experienced  employees  under  rigid  control,  breakages  and  shortages  occasionally  occur 
because  of  defective  packing  or  of  our  mistakes.  When  such  claims  are  clearly  and  promptly  pre¬ 
sented  to  us  it  is  our  custom  to  adjust  them  without  undue  argument  as  we  desire  to  subordinate  literal 
terms  of  contract  to  an  underlying  spirit  of  fairness  and  to  maintain  our  interest  in  each  transaction 
until  our  customer  receives  full  satisfaction  and  value,  no  matter  where  or  when  our  technical  respon¬ 
sibility  may  end.  We  further  assist  in  presenting  established  claims  against  the  transportation 
companies  from  which  we  hold  receipts  for  shipments.  Customers  will  greatly  facilitate  the  adjustment 
of  such  claims  by  refusing  to  receipt  for  goods  received  in  damaged  condition,  until  they  have  been 
examined  and  condition  noted  by  the  local  freight  or  express  agent. 

STOCK — Unless  otherwise  designated  the  goods  in  this  catalogue  are  mostly  in  stock  for  immediate  delivery. 

A  few  domestic  items  of  great  weight  or  bulk  are  not  always  on  hand  but  prompt  factory  delivery  is 
usually  possible.  In  addition,  there  are  certain  articles  of  European  origin  listed  with  both  duty  free 
and  duty  paid  prices.  Such  designation  indicates  that  they  are  not  regularly  carried  in  stock,  usually 
because  the  demand  for  them  is  confined  to  institutions  entitled  to  duty  free  importation.  Where  the 
word  “Stock”  is  used  the  article  is  regularly  carried  in  stock  and  the  duty  free  price  printed  for  the 
convenience  of  those  entitled  to  it. 

DUTY  FREE  IMPORTATION  SERVICE— Under  Paragraphs  573  and  654  of  the  Tariff  Act  of  1913  apparatus  of 
foreign  origin  may  be  imported  for  Educational  Institutions  free  of  U.  S.  Customs  duties  under 
certain  regulations  established  by  the  U.  S.  Treasury  Department.  The  conduct  of  such  importations 
is  a  special  feature  of  our  business  and  we  believe  our  service  in  the  carrying  out  of  the  many  techni¬ 
calities  required  is  a  great  convenience  to  our  customers.  Duty  free  importations  through  our  medium 
are  usually  handled  at  less  expense,  frequently  at  some  saving  in  time  and  always  with  much  less  trouble, 
than  when  orders  are  placed  directly.  Duty  Free  prices  f.o.b.  Philadelphia  on  general  lists  of  apparatus 
can  not  be  printed  either  in  our  catalogue  or  on  our  discount  sheet  as  ocean  freights  on  such  goods  are 
mostly  paid  by  the  cubic  meter  and  the  delivered  rate  per  unit  of  foreign  currency  depends,  therefore, 
directly  upon  the  relation  between  the  bulk  and  value  of  any  given  shipment.  All  duty  free  quotations 
are  made  subject  to  the  rulings  of  the  Collector  of  the  Port  at  which  entry  is  made  and  the  prevailing 
regulations  established  by  the  U.  S.  Treasury  Department,  and  we  do  not  guarantee  duty  free  entry 
under  any  circumstances.  Under  the  present  ruling  of  the  U.  S.  Treasury  Department,  which  has  been 
supported  in  the  U.  S.  Courts,  Hospitals,  even  when  training  schools  for  nurses  are  connected  there¬ 
with,  may  not  import  free  of  duty. 

RETURN  OF  GOODS — Customers  are  requested  not  to  return  goods  for  any  reason  until  after  communication 
is  had  with  us.  When  the  return  is  arranged  suitable  tags  are  sent  which  when  attached  to  the  articles 
in  question  insure  prompt  credit,  repair  or  exchange,  as  indicated.  The  time  involved  in  such  pre¬ 
liminary  arrangement  is  insignificant  compared  with  the  time  and  labor  required  to  establish  the  iden¬ 
tity  and  disposal  of  goods  sent  us  without  such  precaution. 

SHIPMENTS — Where  no  instructions  are  furnished  with  order  we  exercise  our  own  judgment  as  to  method  of 
shipment,  i.e.,  via  rail,  boat,  parcel  post,  etc.  All  shipments  are  made  in  accordance  with  the  regulations 
of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  and  insurance  only  effected  when  specific  directions  are  given, 
except  in  parcel  post  shipments  which  are  automatically  insured  against  both  loss  and  breakage  under 
a  blanket  policy,  the  small  charge  for  such  insurance  being  included  on  bills. 

Our  business  is  confined  to  the  buying  and  selling  of  Apparatus  and  Reagents,  mostly  within  the  limits 
mentioned  on  the  title  page  of  this  catalogue.  We  are  not  scientists,  inventors  or  manufacturers  and  we  are 
not  equipped  to  design  and  experimentally  develop  scientific  apparatus.  We  believe  such  work  is  properly  done 
by  the  scientist  in  his  laboratory,  the  manufacturer  in  his  shop,  or  by  the  two  in  cooperation  and  that  the  function 
of  the  dealer  advantageously  begins  only  after  such  work  is  completed.  We  are  ready  whenever  possible  to 
facilitate  cooperation  between  the  scientist  with  ideas  for  development  and  selected  manufacturers  with  facili¬ 
ties  applying  thereto.  We  own  no  patents,  have  part  in  no  monopolies  and  all  of  the  merchandise  offered 
herein  is  obtainable  either  directly  from  the  makers  or  through  other  dealers  whenever  our  services  fail  in  their 
operation  toward  the  convenience,  economy  and  general  satisfaction  of  the  purchaser. 

A  preface  applying  specifically  to  our  business  in  Reagents  is  printed  with  the  Reagent  section  of  this  Catalogue. 

ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY. 


Ill 


ARTHUR 


T  H  O  M  A  S 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Bausch  &  Lomb  Optical  Company  Works 

BAUSCH  &  LOMB  OPTICAL  COMPANY — Under  an  arrangement  in  successful  operation  for  the  past  fourteen 
years,  we  carry  in  stock  in  Philadelphia  a  complete  line  of  Microscopes,  Microtomes,  Projection  and 
Photo-Micrographic  Apparatus  as  manufactured  by  the  Bausch  &  Lomb  Optical  Company,  of  Rochester, 
N.  Y.  We  distribute  these  products  in  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey  and  the  Southern  states,  at  original 
factory  prices,  thereby  saving  customers  in  this  territory  both  time  and  transportation  expense. 
While  nearly  all  of  these  goods  are  listed  in  this  catalogue,  we  have  for  free  distribution  the  following 
original  Bausch  and  Lomb  catalogues  in  editions  specially  prepared  for  us. 

Microscopes  and  Accessories  Photo-Micrographic  Apparatus 

Microtomes  Projection  Apparatus 


Carl  Zeiss  Works 

CARL  ZEISS,  JENA — Since  1S99  we  have  been  direct  importers  of  all  Zeiss  products  as  applied  to  laboratory 
work.  We  carry  in  duty  paid  stock  for  immediate  delivery  a  large  assortment  of  Microscopes  and 
Accessories,  Refractometers,  Haemacytometers,  etc.,  at  factory  prices  plus  duty  and  transportation. 
All  duty  free  importations  of  Zeiss  products  are  handled  by  us  at  the  minimum  rate  of  25^  per  Mark, 
f.o.b.  Philadelphia.  The  catalogues,  pamphlets  and  reprints  of  scientific  articles  published  by  the 
firm  of  Carl  Zeiss  constitute  a  distinct  addition  to  scientific  literature.  We  carry  a  complete  assort¬ 
ment  of  these  publications  on  hand  for  immediate  distribution  free  of  charge  to  scientists  in  the  United 
States  and  publish  from  time  to  time  a  complete  list  thereof.  We  mention  some  of  the  more  important 
catalogues  and  pamphlets  as  follows: — 

Microscopes  and  Accessories. 


Mikro  184. 

Mikro  227-231.  Ultra-Microscopy  and  Dark- 
ground  Illumination  Apparatus. 

Mikro  264.  Photo-Micrographic  Apparatus. 

Mikro  239.  Large  Projection  Apparatus. 

Mikro  170  and  234.  Photo-Micrographic  Outfit 
for  Ultra-Violet  Light  and  Supplement  to 
same. 


Mikro 


243.  Epidiascope  for  the  Projection  of 
Opaque  Objects,  Microscopic  Objects  and 
Lantern  Slides. 

Mess.  160.  Optical  Measuring  Instruments. 
Mess.  165.  Dipping  Refractometer. 

Mess.  172.  Abbe  Refractometer. 

Mess.  173.  Butter  Refractometer. 

Mess.  188.  Pulfrich  Refractometer. 


IV 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


IMPORTATION  SERVICE  FROM  SPECIFIED  EUROPEAN  MAKERS 

An  important  feature  of  our  business  is  the  importation  service  from  specified  European  manufacturers  of 
scientific  instruments  whose  catalogues  we  supply  to  intending  purchasers  and  whose  goods  we  furnish  at  net 
factory  prices  plus  our  actual  cost  of  importation,  which  is  in  most  instances  distinctly  less  than  when  orders 
are  placed  directly.  This  service  is  for  obvious  reasons  much  wider  in  its  scope  than  is  our  business  as  described 
on  the  title  page  of  this  catalogue  and  we  maintain  a  reference  file  containing  catalogues  from  over  seven  hun¬ 
dred  European  manufacturers.  Our  profit  on  importation  orders  from  specified  makers  is  confined  to  the  dis¬ 
count  allowed  us  by  the  maker  and  in  no  case  do  we  advance  the  factory  prices  except  by  the  addition  of  U.  S. 
Customs  duty  in  duty  paid  importations,  and  in  all  importations  by  the  addition  of  transportation  charges. 
We  mention  below  a  few  European  makers  of  reputation  whose  catalogues  are  regularly  supplied  us  for  distri¬ 
bution. 


Eugen  Albrecht,  Physiological  Apparatus  after  Hurthle,  etc. 

Montaudon,  Auzoux  Models  of  Human  and  Comparative  Anatomy. 

R.  Brendel,  Botanical  and  Zoological  Models. 

Cambridge  Scientific  Instrument  Co.,  Electrical  Measuring  Instruments,  Duddell  Oscillograph,  Ein- 
thoven  Galvanometers,  Electro-Cardiographic  Apparatus,  etc. 

Deyrolle  et  Fils,  Models  of  Human  and  Comparative  Anatomy,  and  other  Anatomical  Preparations. 
Dr.  Th.Edelmann,  Electrical  Measuring  Instruments,  Einthoven  Galvanometers, Electro-Cardiographic 
Apparatus. 

Ferdinand  Ernecke,  General  Physical  Apparatus. 

R.  Fuess,  Petrographical  Microscopes,  Goniometers,  Refractometers,  Meteorological  Apparatus,  Pre¬ 
cision  Thermometers,  etc. 

Robert  Goetze,  Apparatus  for  Physical  Chemistry  and  Precision  Thermometers. 

Greiner  &  Friedrichs,  Fine  graduated  and  lamp-blown  Chemical  Glassware. 

Dr.  G.  Griibler  &  Co.,  Stains  for  Biological  Work. 

Emil  Gundelach,  Fine  Chemical  Glassware,  Vacuum  Tubes,  etc. 

Hartmann  &  Braun,  Electrical  Measuring  Instruments. 

Chas.  Hearson  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  Bacteriological  Incubators  and  Paraffine  Baths. 

Adam  Hilger,  Ltd.,  Wavelength  Spectrometers  and  Spectrographs,  Refractometers,  Interferometers 
Goniometers,  Spectrophotometers  and  Diffraction  Gratings. 

R.  Jung,  Physiological  Apparatus,  Microtomes,  etc. 

C.  A.  F.  Kahlbaum,  High  Grade  Chemicals  and  Reagents. 

Max  Kohl,  Physical  Apparatus.  Comprehensive  catalogue  of  882  pp. 

Fritz  Kohler,  Apparatus  for  Physical,  Electro-  and  Photo-Chemistry. 

Konigliche  Forzellan-Manufaktur,  Porcelain  Ware  for  laboratory  and  manufacturing  purposes. 

Dr.  F.  Krantz,  Crystal  Models  and  Mineralogical  Preparations  and  Collections. 

A.  Kriiss,  Spectroscopes,  Spectrometers,  Spectrophotometers,  Colorimeters,  etc. 

F.  &  M.  Lautenschlaeger,  Bacteriological  and  General  Laboratory  Apparatus.  A  large  general  cata¬ 
logue  of  743  pages. 

E.  Leybold’s  Nach.,  Physical  Apparatus,  Gaede  Vacuum  Pump,  Gaede  Molecular  Pump,  etc. 

C.  F.  Palmer  &  Co.,  Physiological  Apparatus. 

Ph.  Pellin,  Polariscopes,  Colorimeters,  Spectroscopes,  Le  Chatelier  Metallurgical  Microscope,  etc. 
Wilh.  Petzold,  Physiological  Apparatus. 

Pulsometer  Engineering  Co.,  Geryk  Vacuum  Pump. 

W.  G.  Pye  &  Co.,  Physical  Apparatus. 

Carl  Reichert,  Polariscopes,  Metallurgical  Microscopes,  etc. 

Max  Rinck,  Physiological  Apparatus. 

Alb.  Rueprecht  &  Sohn,  Analytical  Balances  and  Weights. 

Gebr.  Ruhstrat,  Laboratory  Resistances.  -•» 

F.  Sartorius,  Analytical  Balances,  Microtomes,  etc. 

Schmidt  &  Haensch,  Spectroscopes,  Spectrometers,  Polariscopes,  Photometers,  Spectrophotometers, 
Colorimeters,  etc. 

Schott  &  Gen.,  Jena  Laboratory  Glassware. 

Dr.  Siebert  &  Kuhn,  Fine  Thermometers. 

Societe  Genevoise,  Optical  Measuring  Instruments,  Dividing  Engines,  Physical  Apparatus. 

Spindler  &  Hoyer,  Apparatus  for  Physiology  and  Psychology.  Radio-Chemistry,  etc. 

Steeg  &  Reuter,  Mineral  Preparations. 

Tramond,  Models  of  Human  and  Comparative  Anatomy,  Osteological  Preparations. 

Otto  Wolff,  Electrical  Measuring  Instruments,  Designs  of  the  Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt. 
Carl  Zeiss,  Microscopes  and  Optical  Measuring  Instruments  (See  Special  Announcement  page  IV). 

E.  Zimmerman,  Apparatus  for  Physiology  and  Psychology. 


V 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


A  very  complete  index  is  to  be  found  on  page  558  of  the  catalogue. 

The  arrangement  of  this  catalogue  is  based  upon  convenience  rather  than  consistency.  All  systematic 
plans  lead  if  completely  carried  out  to  inconvenient  location  of  certain  articles.  The  general  arrangement  is 
alphabetical  but  in  a  number  of  instances  the  group  system  has  been  followed  as  a  more  convenient  arrrangement. 


Asphalt  and  Tar  Testing . 

Bacteriological  Apparatus . 

Cement  Testing . 

Charts . 

Crushing,  Grinding  and  Pulverizing 

Dissecting  Instruments . 

Electro-Chemistry . 

Gas  Analysis . . 

Haematology . 

Measuring  Appliances . 

Microscopes  and  Accessories . 

Microtomes  and  Accessories . 

Milk  Testing . 


Page 

Accumulators .  66 

Air  Pumps . 1 

Ammonia  Apparatus,  Folin .  543 

Anaerobic  Culture  Apparatus .  8 

Asbestos  Goods .  14 

Asphalt  and  Tar  Testing  Apparatus  ....  15 

Autoclaves .  20 

Bacteriological  Apparatus .  21 

Balances .  46 

Balopticons  (Projection  Apparatus) . 439 

Batteries .  66 

Beakers .  68 

Bell  Glasses .  71 

Blowers .  73 

Blowpipes . . .  74 

Botanical  Supplies .  75 

Bottles .  75 

Brushes .  85 

Burettes .  86 

“  Supports .  90 

Burners . . .  91 

Caloium  Chloride  Cylinders .  99 

Calorimeters .  101 

Casseroles .  110 

Cement  Testing  Apparatus .  Ill 

Centrifuges .  115 

Charts,  all  kinds .  124 

Chronograph . 139 

Chronometer .  400 

Chronoscopes .  139 

Clamps .  140 

Colorimeters .  144 

Combustion  Boats .  149 

“  Furnaces .  237 

“  Train,  Vanier .  150 

“  Tubes .  149 

Compressors,  Gas .  151 

Condensers .  152 

“  Supports .  153 

Conductivity  Cells .  390 

Corks .  154 

“  Borers .  154 

Cover  Glasses,  Micro .  334 

Crucibles .  156 

“  Tongs .  538 

Crushing  Apparatus .  161 

Crystallization  Dishes .  177 

Culture  Dishes .  170 

“  Flasks .  171 

Cylinders .  173 

Desiccators .  175 

Digestion  Apparatus,  Kjeldahl .  364 

Dishes .  178 

Dissecting  Instruments .  181 

Distillation  Flasks .  222 

Distilling  Apparatus .  186 

Drying  Ovens .  374 

“  Tubes,  Calcium  Chloride .  99 

Electro-Chemistry  Apparatus .  195 

Electro-Cardiographic  Outfits .  410 

Electroscopes .  460 

Embedding  Ovens .  42 

Evaporating  Dishes .  178 

Extraction  Apparatus .  206 

Fermentation  Tubes .  209 

Filters .  210 

Filter  Apparatus .  209 

“  Flasks .  223 

“  Paper .  213 

“  Pumps .  217 

Flasks .  218 

Forceps .  227 

“  Dissecting .  181 

Funnels .  228 

“  Supports .  232 

Furnaces,  Gas  and  Electric .  234 

Gas  Analysis  Apparatus .  245 


GROUP  ARRANGEMENT 

Page  Page 

.  15  Mineralogy,  Petrography,  Crystallography,  Etc ....  352 

.  21  Nitrogen  Determination .  364 

.  Ill  Oil  Testing .  368 

.  124  Photo-Micrography . . .  337 

.  161  Physical  Chemistry .  388 

.  181  Physiological  and  Clinical  Apparatus .  398 

.  195  Plant  Physiology .  416 

.  245  Polariscopes  and  Accessories .  424 

.  262  Projection  Apparatus .  439 

.  290  Radio-Chemistry .  460 

.  304  Spectroscopes  and  Accessories .  492 

.  343  Testing  of  Materials .  525 

.  348  Urine  Analysis .  543 


CONDENSED  INDEX 


Page 

Gas  Generators .  254 

“  Regulators .  256 

Gauges,  Vacuum  and  Pressure .  258 

Geological  and  Mineralogical  Appa¬ 
ratus  .  352 

Glass  Plates .  419 

“  Rod .  260 

“  Tubing .  260 

Graduates .  261 

Grinding  Apparatus .  161 

Haemacytometers .  262 

Haematology,  Apparatus  for .  262 

Hardness  Testers .  267 

Hearson  Incubators .  24 

Hot  Plates .  268 

Hydrometers .  271 

Hygrometers .  274 

Incubators,  Bacteriological .  21 

“  Embryological .  29 

Interferometer .  471 

Jars .  276 

Kjeldahl  Apparatus .  364 

Kymographs .  399 

Labels .  282 

Lamps,  Micro .  331 

Lecture  Apparatus,  Hoffman .  283 

Magnifiers .  286 

Manometers . .  289 

Measuring  Appliances .  290 

Metallic  Tubing .  542 

Metallographic  Apparatus .  298 

Meter  Sticks .  290 

Microscopes  and  Accessories .  304 

Micro-Photographic  Apparatus . 337 

Micrometer  Calipers .  290 

“  Microscopes .  292 

Microtomes .  343 

Milk  Testing  Apparatus .  348 

Mills .  161 

Mineralogical  Collections .  361 

Molecular  Weight  Determination  Appa¬ 
ratus .  388 

Mortars .  362 

Motors .  362 

Muffles .  364 

Museum  Jars .  276 

Needles,  Dissecting .  182 

“  Inoculating .  364 

“  Syringe .  518 

Nitrogen  Determination  Apparatus  ....  364 

Oil  Testing  Apparatus .  368 

Ovens,  Drying . 374 

“  Embedding .  42 

Petri  Dishes .  170 

Petrological  Collections .  361 

Photometers .  3S2 

Photo-Micrographic  Apparatus .  337 

Physiological  and  Clinical  Apparatus. . .  398 

Pinchcocks .  142 

Pipettes .  412 

“  Supports .  415 

Plant  Physiology .  416 

Platinum  Ware .  420 

Pliers . 423 

Polariscopes  and  Accessories . ; . .  424 

Potash  Bulbs .  436 

Precipitating  Jars .  282 

Preparation  Jars .  276 

Presses .  437 

Pressure  Gauge .  258 

Projection  Apparatus .  439 

Pumps,  Air .  1 

“  Filter .  217 

Pyrometers .  449 

Quartz  Ware,  Transparent .  459 

Radio-Chemistry  Apparatus .  460 

Reading  Microscopes .  296 


Page 


Reagent  Bottles .  80 

Refractometers .  465 

Retorts .  474 

Rheostats,  for  Projection  Apparatus _  448 

“  “  laboratory  work .  203 

Rings,  Concentric .  475 

“  for  supports .  475 

Rubber  Bulbs .  476 

“  Stoppers .  477 

“  Tubing .  478 

Rules . 290 

Saccharimeters .  430 

Saccharometers .  543 

Sand  Baths .  480 

Scalpels,  Dissecting .  182 

Scoops . 481 

Shaking  Apparatus .  482 

Sieves .  486 

Silica  Tubing .  489 

Slides,  Micro .  334 

Slide  Rules .  489 

Sodium  Press .  438 

Spatulas .  490 

Specimen  Jars .  276 

Spectrographs .  492 

Spectrometers .  492 

Spectrophotometers . . .  492 

Spectroscopes  and  Accessories .  492 

Spoons .  506 

Staining  Dishes .  507 

“  Jars .  507 

Stereopticons  (Projection  Apparatus). . .  439 

Sterilizers .  37 

Stills .  186 

Stirring  Apparatus .  509 

Stopcocks .  510 

Stopwatches .  511 

Storage  Batteries .  66 

Supports .  513 

Syringes .  516 

Test  Glasses . . .  520 

Testing  of  Materials,  Apparatus  for 

(Paper,  Leather,  Yarn,  Textile) .  525 

Test  Tubes  .  520 


“  “  Supports . 

Thermometers . 

Thermo-regulators . 

Tongs . 

Trays . 

Triangles . 

Tripods . 

Tubing,  Alundum . 

“  Glass . 

“  Rubber . 

“  Silica . 

Urea  Apparatus,  Folin . 

Urine  Analysis  Apparatus. . . . 
Vacuum  Distilling  Apparatus 

“  Drying  Ovens . 

“  Flasks,  Dewar . 

“  Gauge . 

“  Pump . 

Vials . 

Viscosimeters,  Asphalt . 

“  Blood . 

“  Oil . 

“  Rubber . 


Wash  Bottles . 

Watch  Glasses . 

Water  Baths . 

Water  Stills . 

Weights,  Analytical. 
Wire . 


U 

it 

it 

u 


Baskets. . 
Gauge..., 
Gauze. . . . 
Platinum 


522 

530 

536 

538 

538 

539 
541 

7 

260 

478 

489 

543 

543 

190 

379 

224 

258 

1 

545 

15 

267 

370 

480 

219 

547 

548 
186 

62 

554 

522 

359 

554 

420 


VI 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  20008 


No.  20000 


No.  20012 


No  20004 


No.  20030 


No.  20028 


No.  20032 


No.  20020 


No.  20024 


20000. 


20004. 

20008. 

20012. 

20016. 

20020. 

20024. 

20028. 

20032. 

20036. 


Absorption  Blocks,  of  paper  purified  with  acdds  and  used  in  calorimetric  determinations  to  absorb  diffi¬ 
cult  combustible  liquids. 

Height,  mm .  15  13  16 

Diameter,  mm .  7  10  14 

Per  100,  net . 1.10  I7l0  lTIb 

Acetometer,  Otto.  For  determining  the  percentage  of  acetic  acid  in  vinegar,  on  wooden  base . 75 

Acid  Basins,  of  porcelain. 

Diameter,  mm .  115 

Each . . .  1.10 

Acid  Pitchers,  of  stoneware. 

Capacity,  cc .  1000  2000 

Each . . .  730  JtlT 

Acid  Pump,  for  drawing  acids,  ammonia,  etc.,  from  carboys  and  large  containers.  A  foot  power  blower 

or  other  form  of  blast  apparatus  is  necessary  for  use  in  connection  with  it .  5.00 

Acid  Pump,  with  force  pump  attached.  Suitable  for  bottles  and  carboys  with  inside  diameter  of  mouth 

If  to  2f  inches . 5.00 

Adapters,  curved;  light  wall,  lamp  blown;  for  connecting  retorts  with  receivers. 

Length,  mm .  130 

Diameter  at  large  end,  mm .  22 

Each . 20 

Adapters,  straight;  light  wall,  lamp  blown. 

Length,  mm .  130 

Diameter  at  large  end,  mm .  22 


130 

1.25 

4000 

.60 


150 

30 

.30 

150 

30 


155 

1.50 

8000 

1.00 


200 

40 

.35 

200 

40 


Each . 20  .30  .35 

Air  Pump,  Vacuum  and  Pressure,  of  brass,  nickel  plated.  Mounted  on  oak  base,  with  chamber  16 
inches  long  by  2£  inches  in  diameter.  With  two  valves  and  two  nipples  for  inlet  and  outlet  of 

air .  8.00 

Air  Pump,  “Geryk”  No.  0,  fast  running  type,  with  new  patented  improvements,  with  1£  inch  cylinder 
by  5  inch  stroke,  with  7  inch  plate  and  vacuum  gauge;  giving  a  vacuum  to  .3  mm  less  than  perfect 
vacuum  as  measured  by  the  MacLeod  Gauge.  All  the  ordinary  phenomena  can  be  produced, 
such  as  the  freezing  of  water  by  evaporation,  and  other  school  work. 

Duty  Free .  30.00  Duty  Paid .  36.00 


1 


ARTHUR 


T  H  O  M  A  S 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  20040 


No.  20044 


20040. 


20044. 


Air  Pump,  “Geryk”  Duplex  No.  1.  With  2  inch  cylinder  by  5  inch  stroke.  Specially  designed  for  the 
rapid  production  of  high  vacua.  The  vacuum  obtained  is  comparable  with  that  given  by  a 
Sprengel  pump  and  is  very  much  more  rapid.  Is  suitable  for  exhausting  incandescent  lamps 
and  Roentgen  tubes. 

Duty  Free .  97.65  Duty  Paid .  117.20 


Air  Pump,  “Geryk”  Duplex ;  for  power  driving,  fast  running  type,  with  new  patented  improvements.  This 
pump  is  specially  designed  for  the  production  of  high  vacua  in  incandescent  lamp  factories  and 
is  widely  used  for  this  purpose  both  in  the  U.  S.  and  Europe.  Requires  less  power  for  operation 
than  any  other  form  of  vacuum  pump.  Supplied  with  a  special  vacuum  stopcock,  fitted  with 
screw  plug  for  regulating  admission  of  air,  at  extra  cost  as  indicated. 

Diameter  of  cylinder,  inches .  2  2^  3  3$ 

Stroke,  inches . . .  5  5  7  7 

Duty  Free .  126.00  157.50  252.00  315700 

Duty  Paid .  151.20  189.00  302.40  378.00 

Extra  for  stopcock.  Duty  Free .  4.75  6.30  9.45  11.00 

“  “  “  Duty  Paid... .  5.70  7.60  11.35  13.25 


THE  "GERYK' PUMP. 


No.  20048 


20048. 


Air  Pump,  “Geryk,”  fast  running  type,  with  new  patented  im¬ 
provements,  will  exhaust  to  within  .3  mm  on  MacLeod 
Gauge.  These  pumps  are  used  for  a  variety  of  purposes  in 
both  laboratory  and  manufacturing  work  and  are,  there- 


fore,  listed  without  plates. 
Number . . . 

1 

2 

3 

Diameter  of  cylinder,  inches. . . 

2 

2 

2i 

Stroke,  inches . 

5 

10 

10 

Duty  Free . 

31.50 

47.25 

66.15 

Duty  Paid . 

37.80 

56.70 

79.40 

Vacuum  Plates,  only, 

Diameter,  inches . 

8 

9 

9 

Duty  Free . 

7.90 

11.35 

11.35 

Duty  Paid . 

9.45 

13.60 

13.60 

9 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


20052.  Air  Pump,  Gaede  High  Vacuum.  Consists  of  an  iron  chamber  half  filled  with  mercury  in  which  a 
porcelain  drum  rotates.  This  pump  will  exhaust  a  6  liter  flask  after  it  has  been  brought  down 
to  a  vacuum  of  10  mm  by  preliminary  exhaust  (by  means  of  a  filter  pump  or  preferably  with 
Gaede’s  Rotary  Pump  No.  20056)  to  .004  mm  in  5  minutes,  to  .0001  mm  in  10  minutes  and  to 
.00001  mm  in  15  minutes.  See  Gaede,  Physikalische  Zeitschrift,  1907,  VIII,  p.  852.  Complete 
with  new  patented  valve  drum  and  glass  connection,  but  without  mercury. 

Duty  Free .  120.00  Duty  Paid .  160.00 


No.  20060 


20056.  Air  Pump,  Gaede  Rotary.  Particularly  recommended  for  use  as  an  auxiliary  pump  in  creating 
the  preliminary  vacuum  necessary  with  the  Gaede  High  Vacuum  Pump.  This  pump  works  dry 
by  means  of  a  valve  placed  eccentrically  in  a  metallic  case.  This  pump  is  equally  suitable  for 
the  production  of  blast  as  well  as  vacuum  and  on  this  account  has  wide  application  in  laboratory 
work.  It  will  evacuate  a  6  liter  flask  from  1  atmosphere  to  3  mm  in  1  minute,  to  .04  mm  in  2 
minutes,  to  .15  mm  in  3  minutes,  to  .035  mm  in  8  minutes,  to  .012  mm  in  10  minutes  and  to  .006 
mm  in  15  minutes.  As  a  pressure  pump  it  will  give  a  pressure  of  1  atmosphere  above  the  pres¬ 
sure  of  the  atmosphere  in  which  it  is  operated.  For  hand  driving. 

Duty  Free .  186.00  Duty  Paid .  248.00 


20060.  Air  Pump,  Gaede  Rotary,  with  Electric  Motor.  Same  as  20056  but  mounted  on  base  board  with  elec¬ 
tric  motor  of  g  h.  p.  and  starting  rheostat.  Motor  arranged  for  continuous  operation.  Voltage 
must  be  specified  in  ordering. 


Current .  Direct  Alternating 

Duty  Free .  195.00  210.00 

Duty  Paid .  260.00  280.00 


3 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  20064 


20064.  Air  Pump,  Combination  Outfit,  consisting  of  Gaede  High  Vacuum  and  Gaede  Rotary  Pumps,  the  latter 
mounted  on  same  base  with  electric  motor.  By  means  of  belt  connection  the  pumps  are  op¬ 
erated  simultaneously  by  the  same  motor  Voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering.  Motor  sup¬ 
plied  with  this  outfit  is  not  intended  for  continuous  operation. 


Current . . .  Direct  Alternating 

Duty  Free .  30O0  330  AMT 

Duty  Paid .  400.00  440.00 


No.  20068 


20068.  Air  Pump,  Gaede  Molecular.  A  new  high  vacuum  pump  which  removes  all  vapors  as  well  as 
gases.  Will  exhaust  a  6  liter  flask  starting  with  a  pressure  of  10  mm  and  using  the  Gaede  Ro¬ 
tary  Pump  as  an  auxiliary,  to  .0003  mm  in  2  minutes,  to  .00001  mm  in  3  minutes  and  to  .000002 
mm  in  4  minutes.  In  other  words,  this  pump  will  exhaust  to  the  same  degree  of  vacuum  in  3 
minutes  that  the  Gaede  High  Vacuum  Pump  reaches  in  15  minutes.  The  Molecular  Pump  is  built 
on  an  entirely  new  plan,  being  without  piston  of  any  kind  and  the  communication  between  the 
receiver  and  the  primary  vacuum  through  the  grooves  and  channels  of  the  pump  is  at  no  time 
closed.  The  movement  of  the  rotor  acts  on  the  movement  of  the  gas  molecules  in  the  grooves 
of  the  rotor  or  the  casing  and  produces  a  region  containing  fewer  molecules,  i.e.,  a  vacuum,  at 
the  suction  nozzle  of  the  pump.  This  pump  requires  an  electric  motor  with  a  speed  of  3000 
r.  p.  m.  and  a  pulley  135  mm  in  diameter  to  give  the  required  speed,  i.  e.,  8000  r.p.m.  Pump 
only,  without  motor. 

Duty  Free .  198.00  Duty  Paid . 264.00 


4 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  20072  No.  20076 

20072.  Air  Pump,  Gaede  Molecular  with  Electric  Motor.  Same  as  20068  but  with  electric  motor  and 
starting  rheostat  mounted  on  same  base  with  pump.  Voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering. 


Current .  Direct  Alternating 

Duty  Free .  300.00  330.00 

Duty  Paid .  400.00  440.00 


Note. — The  Gaede  Molecular  Pump  should  always  be  backed  by  another  pump  which  will  exhaust  into 
the  atmosphere  in  order  to  secure  maximum  effect.  In  practical  work  in  the  manufacture  of 
Roentgen  tubes  the  Gaede  pump  is  frequently  backed  by  such  a  pump  as  the  McNeill  Rotary, 
which  is  in  turn  backed  by  a  piston  pump  such  as  the  Geryk,  such  a  series  being  very  much 
more  efficient  and  rapid  when  so  arranged. 

20076.  MacLeod’s  Vacuum  Gauge  for  use  with  Gaede  and  other  apparatus. 

Duty  Free . 24.00  Duty  Paid .  35.20 


20080.  Air  Pump,  Crowell  Rotary  Type  O-D,  will  exhaust  to  a  vacuum  of  from  29  to  30  inches  of  mercury  and 
can  be  used  either  totally  immersed  in  oil  in  the  oil  box  or  without  the  oil  box  as  shown. 
The  capacity  of  this  pump  is  2  cubic  feet  of  free  air  per  minute.  The  inlet  and  outlet  tubes 
are  tapped  for  5-inch  pipe  size  and  about  *  h.  p.  is  required  for  operation;  weight  with  the  oil 
box  50  lbs.,  without  oil  box  20  lbs.  As  used  in  many  college  laboratories  and  in  the  Nutrition 
Laboratory  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington.  Can  be  used  for  blast  as  well  as  suction. 

Complete  with  oil  box .  45.00 

20082.  Air  Pump,  Crowell  Rotary  Type  O-D,  as  above,  but  without  oil  box .  35.00 


0 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  20084 


No.  20088 


20084.  Air  Pump  and  Compressor,  Crowell  Rotary.  Exhausts  under  ordinary  conditions  of  atmosphere  to 
a  vacuum  of  29  or  30  inches  of  mercury.  Can  be  used  for  pressure  or  blast  up  to  25  lbs.  to  the 
square  inch.  There  are  no  valves,  springs,  gears  or  unbalanced  parts  and  the  direction  of  rota¬ 
tion  is  not  alternated  when  changed  from  use  as  a  compressor  to  a  vacuum  pump.  Very  satisfac¬ 
tory  for  supplying  suction  throughout  a  laboratory  for  filtrations,  etc.,  or  air  pressure  for  blast 
lamps.  For  illustration  of  receiver,  see  page  73.  In  ordering  please  state  whether  receiver  is  to 
be  included 


a 

s 

D 

£ 

5 

ao 

oc  • 
a  y 

3  C 

2  | 

-  e  fc 
e  a  o 

~  ft.  H 
o 

CUBIC  FEET  PElt 

MINUTE  AT 

MAXIMUM 

SPEED 

MAXIMUM  8?EEI> 

REVOLUTIONS 

PER  MINUTE 

APPROXIMATE  H. 

P.  AT  15  LBS. 
PRESSURE  O  R 
29  INCHES  O  F 
VACUUM 

PULLEYS  TIGHT 
AND  LOOSE, 
INCHES 

APPROXIMATE 

NET  WEIGHT, 
POUNDS 

PIPE  SIZE,  INLET 
AND  OUTLET 

FLOOR  SPACE, 
INCHES 

PRICE  OF  PUMP 

H  _  “ 
x  .  ^ 

^  H  _S 

C  fc 

WWW 

W  £  3 

a  ■ 

*  5  * 

l-D 

15 

4.3 

500 

i 

6x2 

70 

l  in 

13  x  18 

$40.00 

$8.00 

2-D 

40 

9.2 

400 

1 

8x2 

115 

3  « 

14  x  22 

60.00 

8.00 

3-D 

100 

17.0 

300 

2 

12  x  4 

250 

1  “ 

19  x  34 

90.00 

10.00 

4-D 

280 

40.5 

250 

4 

14  x  4 

425 

n  “ 

23  x  38 

150.00 

10.00 

5-D 

400 

46.0 

200 

5 

18  x  6 

5S0 

2  “ 

26  x  44 

170.00 

18.00 

6-D 

600 

69.4 

200 

61 

18  x  8 

725 

2  “ 

26  x  55 

225.00 

18.00 

20088. 


20090. 

20092. 


Air  Pump,  McNeill  Rotary,  for  High  Vacuum.  When  properly  backed  by  a  pump  exhausting  into 
the  atmosphere  produces  a  vacuum  of  .0003  mm  and  under  favorable  circumstances  will  do 
even  better.  This  pump  is  wddely  used  in  the  manufacture  of  tungsten  and  other  electric  lamps 
and,  as  it  will  not  exhaust  directly  into  the  atmosphere,  must  be  backed  by  a  pump  producing  a 
vacuum  of  at  least  1  mm  of  mercury.  In  lamp  factories  a  Geryk  pump  is  frequently  used  for 
this  purpose.  The  McNeill  pump  is  also  used  in  the  manufacture  of  Roentgen  tubes,  etc.,  as 
an  auxiliary  to  the  Gaede  Molecular  Pump,  in  which  combination  it  must  also  be  backed  by  a 

pump  exhausting  into  the  atmosphere .  100.00 

Special  Oil,  per  gallon .  1.00 

Note — Five  gallons  of  the  special  Oil  should  be  purchased  with  each  Pump. 

Air  Pump  Plates,  on  tripod  base,  with  heavy  plate  glass  top  and  two-way  stopcock.  Without  bell 
jar.  For  Bell  Jars  suitable  for  use  with  these  plates  see  No.  21920. 

Diameter,  mm .  200  250  300 

Each  .  10.00  12.00  15.00 


6 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  20096 


20096. 


20100. 

20104. 

20108. 

20112. 

20116. 

20118. 


20120. 


20124. 


Air  Sampler  for  Taking  Dust  and  Bacteria  Samples  of  Air.  This  apparatus  consists  of  a  3L0  h.  p.  motor, 
either  alternating  or  direct  current,  driving  a  small  valveless  suction  pump,  which  draws  air 
at  a  constant  rate  from  a  receiver,  the  receiver  being  placed  between  the  meter  and  the  pump, 
to  take  up  pulsations  from  the  pump.  The  meter  is  of  the  Venturi  type,  calibrated  empirically 
to  read  in  “Air-minutes  per  three  cubic  feet,”  or  in  cubic  feet  per  minute  or  any  unit  desired. 
A  special  glass  cone  for  holding  the  filtering  medium  is  inserted  in  a  rubber  gasket  in  the  metal 
cone  shown  at  the  top  of  the  apparatus.  The  apparatus  is  nickel  plated,  compact,  neat  in  appear¬ 
ance  and  very  durable  and  reliable  in  operation.  The  cabinet  is  9  inches  wide,  8  inches  deep  and 
13  inches  high,  total  weight  25  lbs.  As  used  by  Baskerville  and  Winslow  for  investigations  of  the 
air  in  school-rooms  in  New  York  City.  See  Journal  of  Industrial  and  Engineering  Chemistry, 
March,  1914 .  75.00 


Air  Tester,  Wolpert,  for  the  determination  of  CO>;  complete  with  necessary  reagents  in  eight  bottles 


in  carton .  6.00 

Alkalimeter,  Schroedter,  without  tube  in  flask .  1.50 

“  “  with  “  “  “  . 1.80 

“  Geissler,  with  ground  joints .  2.00 

“  “  “  “  “  new  form .  2.00 


Alundum  Refractory  Cement,  for  use  in  connection  with  muffles,  cores  and  wherever  Cement  with  high 
thermal  conductivity  is  desired.  A  dry  powder  which  when  mixed  with  sufficient  water  makes 
a  thick  paste  ready  for  application.  Very  suitable  for  use  as  a  protection  to  wire  resistances  in 
electric  furnaces.  For  ordinary  work  Mixture  RA  162  is  suitable.  Where  a  fine  grain  cement 
is  required  Mixture  RA  355  is  recommended  which  has  the  same  physical  properties.  Where  a 
vitrifying  point  of  approximately  500°C  is  desired  Mixture  RA  305  is  recommended.  Prices  are 
the  same  for  all  mixtures. 


In  lots  of,  lbs .  1  5  10  25  50 

Per  lb . 30  .15  .13  .10  .08 


Alundum  Tubes,  These  tubes  are  porous  but  can  now  be  glazed  gas-tight  without  sacrificing  their 
refractive  quality  as  they  are  regularly  listed  under  combustion  tubes.  Such  glazing  adds  10% 
to  the  prices  given  below  up  to  and  including  inch  bore,  up  to  and  including  3  inch  bore  15% 
and  all  sizes  over  3  inch  bore  20%  additional.  When  these  tubes  are  used  for  furnaces  of  the 
wire  resistance  type  the  resistor  should  be  covered  with  Alundum  cement  as  in  the  case  of  cores 
or  muffles.  Lengths  shorter  than  12  inches  can  be  furnished  in  multiples  of  3  and  4  inches  at 
prices  equally  proportional  to  the  next  higher  list.  The  mixture  used  in  these  tubes  is  RA98. 

Bore,  inches .  i  f  f  1  1|  1*  H 

Wall,  inches .  |  |  f  I  A  re _ i 


Each,  12  inches  long .  2.00  2~00  2.00  2.00  2.10  2.20  2.40 

Each,  18  inches  long .  3.25  3.25  3.25  3.25  3.40  3.50  3.90 

Each,  24  inches  long .  4.50  4.50  4.50  4.50  4.70  4.95  5.40 

Bore,  inches .  1^  2  3  4  5  6 

Wall,  inches .  _ f _ f  5 _ I  _ i 

Each,  12  inches  long .  2.60  2.80  3.60  4.40  5.20  6.00 

Each,  18  inches  long .  4.25  4.55  5.85  7.15  8.45  9.75 

Each,  24  inches  long .  5.85  6.30  8.10  9.90  11.70  13.50 


Ampoules,  of  Jena  Fiolax  Glass,  which  may  be  identified  by  a  dark  longitudinal  stripe.  These  am¬ 
poules  are  of  the  shape  and  sizes  used  by  the  U.  S.  Army  in  the  preparation  of  typhoid  vaccine 
and  by  many  other  laboratories  in  the  dispensing  and  administration  of  vaccines  and  other 
biological  products.  Ampoules  in  amber  glass  and  of  other  sizes  and  shapes  imported  to  order. 
Special  prices  for  large  import  orders,  both  duty  free  and  duty  paid,  on  application. 

Capacity,  cc .  1  2  5  10  25 


Per  100 


1.45  2.00  2.55  3.60  7.05 


7 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  20164 


No.  20128 
With  Petri  Dish 


No.  20136-40 
With  Petri  Dish 


No.  20148  Fig.  1 


No.  20148  Fig.  2 


No.  20172 


20128. 


20136. 

20140. 

20144. 

20148. 


20152. 

20156. 

20160. 


20164. 

20168. 


20172. 


Anaerobic  Culture  Apparatus,  Kiister,  consisting  of  a  glass  absorption  capsule,  120  mm  in  diam¬ 
eter  by  15  mm  high,  entirely  closed  over  with  the  exception  of  a  small  hole  in  the  top.  Absorb¬ 
ent  material  such  as  pyrogallic  acid,  etc.,  is  placed  in  the  dish  to  a  depth  of  about  5  mm.  The 
Petri  dish  containing  the  culture  is  then  placed  over  the  opening  in  an  inverted  position  and 
sealed  down  with  plasticine.  When  the  usual  100  mm  Petri  dishes  are  used,  about  150  cc  of  air 
must  be  absorbed  by  the  acid.  Two  parts  of  sodium  hydrosulphite  or  pyrogallic  acid  are  dis¬ 
solved  in  20  parts  of  distilled  water  and  poured  into  the  absorption  capsule  and,  just  before 
placing  the  Petri  dish  above  the  capsule,  20  cc.  of  a  10%  solution  of  potassium  hydroxide  is  added . 
Absorption  takes  place  very  rapidly  because  of  the  large  absorbing  surface  and  may  be  hastened 
by  slight  shaking.  See  Centralblatt  f.  Baki.  Refer  ate  57  Bd.  No.  1J+-22,  p.  269-271.  Absorption 

capsule  only . 40 

Anaerobic  Culture  Apparatus,  Lentz,  consisting  of  a  125  mm  square  glass  plate  and  a  cellulose 
absorbent  ring.  The  Petri  dish  containing  the  culture  is  placed  in  an  inverted  position  over  the 
cellulose  ring  after  same  has  been  soaked  in  pyrogallic  acid,  the  dish  being  sealed  to  the  glass 
plate  by  means  of  plasticine.  Immediately  before  using  the  cellulose  ring  should  be  moistened 
with  1%  potassium  hydroxide.  The  rings  are  85  mm  in  diameter,  being  intended  for  conven¬ 
ient  use  with  a  100  mm  Petri  dish.  See  Centralblatt  f.  Bakt.,  1910,  Bd.  53,  1  &  3. 

Cellulose  Rings,  as  described,  per  box  of  10 .  2.00 

Glass  Plates,  125  mm  square.  Each . 06 

Plasticine,  in  conveniently  shaped  rods.  Per  box  of  25  rods .  1.25 

Anaerobic  Culture  Apparatus,  McLeod,  consisting  of  two  parts,  a  porcelain  capsule  to  contain  the 
pyrogallic  acid  and  caustic  soda  solutions  and  a  special  Petri  dish  which  has  its  free  margin 
turned  inwards  and  upwards.  The  porcelain  dish  is  a  hollow  chamber.  It  is  bisected  in  the 
lower  two-thirds  of  its  depth  by  a  vertical  partition  and  there  is  a  circular  aperture  in  the  center 
of  its  upper  surface.  Around  the  margin  of  the  upper  surface  is  a  small  groove  which  is  filled 
with  plasticine.  In  using  the  apparatus  5  cc  to  7  cc  of  a  15%  solution  of  pyrogallic  acid  is  run 
into  the  compartment  of  the  chamber  marked  A  in  Fig.  2.  This  can  most  easily  be  done  with 
a  large  pipette,  5  cc  to  7  cc  of  a  10%  solution  of  caustic  potash  is  then  introduced  into  compart¬ 
ment  B.  The  Petri  dish  is  then  pressed  down  into  the  plasticine  in  the  groove  and  the  plasticine 
is  pushed  up  against  its  outer  margin  to  insure  the  proper  sealing  of  the  chamber.  As  soon  as 
the  access  of  fresh  oxygen  from  without  has  thus  been  cut  off,  a  mixture  of  the  pyrogallic  acid 
and  caustic  potash  solutions  is  effected  by  tilting  the  porcelain  dish  so  that  the  solutions  run 
over  the  partition  at  the  point  K  in  Fig.  2  and  react  with  one  another.  The  Petri  dish  is  shown 
in  Fig.  1  ready  for  use  in  contact  with  the  plasticine.  Any  condensation  water  which  may  form 
is  retained  in  the  groove  R.  See  Journal  of  Pathology  and  Bacteriology  (British),  Vol.  4,  April 

1913,  p.  1^51^.  Complete  with  both  porcelain  dish  and  special  Petri  dish .  1.25 

Porcelain  Capsule,  only .  1.00 

Special  Petri  Dish,  only . 25 

Note. — For  Plasticine  see  No.  20144. 


Anaerobic  Culture  Apparatus,  Novy,  with  removable  top  permitting  the  use  of  Petri  dishes.  For  use 
by  either  gas  or  pyrogallate  methods.  The  two  sections  have  wide  ground  flanges  which,  with 
the  rubber  bands,  form  an  air-tight  connection  when  held  in  place  by  clamps.  The  lower  section 
is  150  mm  high  by  140  mm  in  diameter.  Glass  parts  only,  with  rubber  band  but  without  metal 


clamps .  4.50 

Anaerobic  Culture  Apparatus,  Novy,  same  as  No.  20160  but  with  clamps . 5.00 


“  “  “  improved  form,  for  the  culture  of  anaerobic  bacteria  by  either 

vacuum,  gas  or  pyrogallate  methods.  With  stopcock  supported  horizontally  by  glass  tubes 
above  the  regular  stopper,  relieving  the  large  stopper  from  pressure  and  thus  permitting  the 
use  of  the  vacuum  method.  Otherwise  identical  with  No.  20160.  Glass  parts  only,  with  rubber 


band  but  without  metal  clamps .  5.50 

Anaerobic  Culture  Apparatus,  Novy,  same  as  No.  20168  but  with  clamps .  6.00 


8 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Fundamental  Ovule  Formations  in  Angiosperms 
Duty  Free . $18.00 


Duty  Free 


Model  of  House  Fly 


$15.00 


ANATOMICAL  MODELS,  illustrating  Human  and  Comparative  Anatomy,  Embryology,  Botany,  Pathology,  Veter¬ 
inary  Science,  etc.  Our  experience  in  the  importation  of  models  and  natural  history  specimens  is 
extensive  and  we  offer  prospective  customers  the  original  catalogues  of  the  leading  European  manu¬ 
facturers  in  these  lines.  As  practically  all  of  our  sales  are  to  institutions  entitled  to  duty  free  impor¬ 
tations,  it  is  not  practical  to  carry  the  goods  in  duty  paid  stock  and  our  experience  indicates  that 
customers  prefer  to  order  directly  from  manufacturers’  catalogues  which  are  sent  upon  request. 


9 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  20192 


No.  20196 


20176. 

20180. 

20184. 

20188. 

20192. 

20196. 


Anemometer  for  the  measurement  of  air  currents  through  mines,  tunnels,  sewers  and  in  the  ventilation 
shafts  of  hospitals,  schools  and  other  public  buildings.  With  four  dials  reading  to  100,000  ft. 

and  with  zero  setting  attachment.  Best  London  make .  30.00 

Anemometer,  Biram  pattern,  with  four  dials  reading  to  100,000  ft.  Best  London  make .  28.00 

Animal  Balance,  for  conveniently  weighing  animals  in  the  bacteriological  laboratory.  A  decimal 
balance,  very  sensitive,  with  removable  animal  pan  and  tare  weight  for  same  so  that  balance 

can  be  used  for  other  purposes.  Capacity  20  kilos.  Without  weights .  18.00 

Animal  Board,  of  wood,  with  hooks  in  each  corner.  Very  convenient  for  animal  experiments.  Small 
size  is  intended  for  guinea  pigs  and  rats  and  the  larger  size  for  small  dogs,  cats,  etc. 

Length,  mm .  320  650 

Width,  mm .  200  300 

Each .  1.50  O0 

Animal  Cage,  extra  heavy,  with  removable  drawer,  feeding  trough,  etc. 

Height,  mm .  300  450 

Length,  mm .  400  600 

Width,  mm .  300  400 

Duty  Free .  11.55  15750 

Duty  Paid .  14.00  18.80 

Animal  Cage,  Heim.  Designed  specially  as  a  breeding  cage  for  mice,  with  two  compartments, 
etc.  Of  wood  with  metal  fittings,  500  X  300  X  300  mm. 

Duty  Free .  11.10  Duty  Paid .  13.45 


10 


ARTHUR _ H  .  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  20200 


nil 


iiaii 

mm, 

u 

mm 

!!  .'3 


pKtfrgPrrr.SyFgWiSypjiggS! 


■■■■■■■■■■■■ 

■■■■■■■■■■■■ 

llllllllllll 

■■■■■■■■■■■a 

■imuhiiu 
■■■■■. ■■■■■■ 

■■■■•litkia. 

■•■■■■■•■Ill 

■■■■■■■■•■as 
■■■■■■■■■■■a 
■  »2f  •■■■■■■■ 

■■■■••(■■■•a 


HffiagKliiS  !!  «)!!!  jljjfej 


■MM 

iiPflll® 


No  20204 


No.  20208 


No.  20216 


No.  20224 


No.  20220 


No.  20212 


20200. 


20204. 

20205. 

20208. 

20212. 

20216. 

20220. 

20224, 


Animal  Cage,  Abderhalden.  Designed  specially  for  metabolism  experiments,  etc.  The  sides  and 
back  are  of  wire  glass,  with  doors  of  plate  glass.  A  perforated  bottom,  easily  removable  for 
cleaning,  supports  the  animal  over  the  conical  bottom  for  collection  of  urine,  etc.  Heavily  made 
throughout. 

Height,  mm .  600  700  800 

Length,  mm .  600  700  800 

Width,  mm .  600  700  800 

Duty  Free .  44.55  48.85  52T80 

Duty  Paid .  54.00  59.25  64.00 

Animal  Cage,  Phipps  Institute  Model,  as  designed  by  Dr.  Paul  A.  Lewis.  Of  heavy  galvanized  sheet 
iron.  The  new  feature  of  these  cages  is  the  arrangement  for  bolting  together  the  units  in 
stacks  of  two,  four,  etc.,  as  shown  in  illustration.  Height  14  inches,  length  14  inches,  width  16 

inches .  5.00 

Supports  only,  for  above,  6|  in.  high,  each . . . . .  1.50 

Animal  Cage,  Vaughan.  Collapsible  for  convenience  in  sterilization  or  storage,  the  sides,  top  and 
bottom  being  in  separate  parts.  Height  (not  including  legs)  12  inches,  total  height  17  inches, 

length  20  inches,  width  15  inches .  8.50 

Animal  Holder,  for  mice.  Made  entirely  of  metal;  for  inoculating  mice;  with  adjustable  clamp  for 

holding  the  tail  of  the  animal.  The  conical  wire  cage  is  detachable .  1.25 

Animal  Holder,  Kitasato,  for  mice;  nickel  plated  metal  plate  with  spring  clamp  for  fastening  the  ani¬ 
mal  by  the  skin  of  the  neck  and  a  spring  clip  for  holding  the  tail  or  leg.  The  plate  may  be  sup¬ 
ported  in  any  position  by  ball  and  socket  joint .  4.00 

Animal  Holder,  Voge,  for  guinea  pigs.  Useful  for  taking  temperatures,  inoculations,  etc.  Of  zinc. 

Height,  mm .  180  200 

Diameter,  mm .  60  80 

Each . 60  .75 

Animal  Jar,  for  mice,  consisting  of  glass  battery  jar  5  x  7  inches  with  wire  mesh  top  and  weight. .  1.25 


11 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  20228 


No.  20232 


20228.  Animal  Jar.  The  smaller  sizes  are  intended  for  mice  and  the  larger  sizes  for  guinea  pigs  and  rabbits. 

Top  is  made  of  heavy  galvanized  wire  with  weight.  The  same  jars  may  be  fitted  with  close- 
fitting  tops  of  mosquito  and  flea  proof  gauze  at  an  additional  price.  For  prices  of  jars  only, 
see  Aquaria  No.  20276. 


Height,  inches .  7  10  12 

Diameter,  inches .  85  11  16 

Each .  2.75  4k75  11.00 


20236.  Animal  Holder,  Tatin,  of  metal,  for  guinea  pigs,  rats,  etc.,  with  two  head  holders  as  shown  in  illustration. 

Duty  Free .  8.95  Duty  Paid .  10.80 

20240.  Animal  Holder,  new  model,  of  wood.  With  adjustable  metal  fittings  on  the  sides  for  fastening  the 
legs.  This  apparatus  is  suitable  for  a  great  variety  of  work  and  is  sufficiently  adjustable  to 
be  used  for  either  guinea  pigs  or  dogs.  Complete. 

Duty  Free . 24.75  Duty  Paid .  30.00 


20244.  Animal  Table,  Brodie,  with  a  top  51  x  18 
inches,  and  40  inches  high.  With 
cleats  for  the  easy  attaching  of  the 
holding  cords.  Near  the  center  and 
flush  with  the  top  is  a  copper  hot 
plate,  30  x  12  inches,  heated  by  two 
electric  lamps,  each  having  its  own 
independent  switch.  With  two  up¬ 
right  rods  working  in  slots.  At  the 
end  is  attached  Dr.  Brodie’s  anaes¬ 
thetic  bottle  and  air  warmer  (see 
No.  43048)  with  a  bent  tube  projecting 
through  the  table  to  supply  air  to  the 
animal.  Table  is  complete  with  ani¬ 
mal  holder,  four  control  switches, 
main  switch  and  plug.  Voltage  must 
be  specified  in  ordering. 

Duty  Free .  70.00 

Duty  Paid .  85.00 


12 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


20248. 


20252. 

20256. 

20260. 


20264. 

20268. 


20270. 

20272. 


Annealing  Cups,  Denver  Fire  Clay  Company’s  make;  of  fine,  white  selected  clay;  largely  used  for 
silica  fusions. 

Number .  0  1  2 

Size,  inches .  1*  x  1*  ljjcJjr  1*  x  1$ 

Per  dozen .  1.00  1.00  1.00 

Covers,  per  dozen .  .25  .25  .25 

Anvil,  steel,  with  mirror  polished  face;  4*  inches  long;  weight  1  lb .  1.00 

“  “  “  square,  mirror  polished  face.  Size  of  face,  inches .  1  1*  2 

1.25 


Each.. . . 65 

Anvil,  with  vise.  A  well  made  tool,  very  convenient  in  the  laboratory. 

Width  of  jaws,  inches .  1* 

Weight,  lbs .  1^ 

Each . 

Aprons,  laboratory;  acid  proof,  light  and  pliable. 

Aquaria,  oblong,  of  heavy,  clear,  white  glass,  without  base. 


1.00 


.75 


1.50 


2* 

9* 


3 

1 

5 

13 

8 

13 


00 

00 


Capacity,  gallons .  2* 

Length,  inches .  10* 

Width,  inches .  65 

Height,  inches .  10*  _ 

Each .  3.00  8.00 

Aquaria,  as  above,  with  base,  each .  5.50  11.00 

Aquaria,  rectangular,  of  plate  glass  set  in  wrought  iron  frame,  with  slate  bottom.  As  furnished  by  us 
to  the  laboratories  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Fisheries.  Boxing  charged  extra  at  cost.  Special 


20276. 


20280. 


18 

21 

23* 

29 

33 

43* 

10* 

12 

13* 

17 

19 

21 

m 

12* 

13* 

16 

18 

21 

6.00 

8.00 

9.60 

16.00 

20.00 

32.00 

Each . 

Aquaria,  high  form,  of  heavy,  clear,  white  glass;  with  ground  rim  and  groove  near  top. 
extra  except  when  ordered  in  original  factory  packages  as  indicated  below. 


Boxing  charged 


Capacity,  gallons. 


1 

»i 


1* 

7 


4 

10 


8 

14 


12 

12 


Each. 


Capacity,  gallons. 


Each. 


Each,  in  original  case. 


6 

7 

8* 

9 

11 

14 

16 

.60 

.90 

1.25 

1.50 

2.75 

6.00 

8.00 

18 

16 

12 

5 

3 

2 

1 

.55 

.80 

1.12 

1.35 

2.50 

5.40 

8.00 

.vhite  glass,  with  ground  rim 

and  groove  near  top. 

Boxing  charged 

original  factory  packages  as 

indicated  below. 

1 

1 

2 

3 

4* 

7 

10 

7 

8 

10 

12 

14 

16 

18 

4.! 

5 

6* 

7* 

8* 

9* 

10* 

.65 

.85 

1.25 

1.75 

2.50 

4.50 

8.00 

18 

12 

6 

4 

2 

2 

1 

.60 

.75 

1.12 

1.65 

2.25 

4.00 

8.00 

13 


ARTHUR 


H. 


T  H  O  M  A  S'COMPANY 


No.  20304 


No.  20316 


No.  20320 


No.  20324 


20284. 

20288. 

20292. 

20296. 

20300. 


20304. 

20308. 

20312. 

20316. 

20320. 

20324. 


20328. 


Arsenic  Apparatus,  Fresenius,  for  the  detection  of  arsenic,  without  support .  1.00 

“  Tubes,  of  Bohemian  glass. 

Style .  A  B  C _ D 

Each 


.04 


.04 


Arsenic  Tubes,  Transparent  Silica,  3  inches  long  by 
eter. 


.04 


04 


_3_ 

ie 


inch  outside  diameter  with  bulb  §  inch  diam- 

.25 


Asbestos  Aprons,  made  of  pure  asbestos,  canvas  lined,  complete  with  strap  and  buckle  fasteners.  State 

size  in  ordering.  A  medium  size  is  sent  unless  otherwise  specified .  7.50 

Asbestos  Board,  in  mill  size  sheets,  42  x  48  inches.  The  board  is  carried  in  stock  in  the  following  thick¬ 
nesses  for  which  approximate  weights  are  given.  On  small  orders,  particularly  when  shipped  alone, 
necessary  crating  is  charged  extra  at  cost  because  of  the  small  value  of  the  article  itself. 
Thickness,  inches.  TjTs&i&iii 

13 


Weight,  lbs. 


10 


.10 


18 

id 


24 


35 


.10 

5 


.10 

A 

6 


Per  lb . 10  .10  .10  .10 

Asbestos  Board,  in  squares,  for  use  under  beakers,  dishes,  etc. 

Thickness,  inches .  ^ 

Size,  inches .  4 

Each .  704  *05  d)6 

Asbestos  Cement,  ready  for  use.  Per  5  lb.  can . 50 

Asbestos  Cord,  with  strong,  hard-twisted  strands;  convenient  in  the  laboratory  for  supporting  retorts, 
crucibles,  etc.,  in  contact  with  fire  or  heat;  sizes  ^th  to  fth  inch  diameter,  in  i  lb.  balls.  Per 
ball . 50 


Asbestos  Gloves,  with  four  fingers  and  thumb,  made  of  asbestos  cloth,  with  either  asbestos  or  leather 

gauntlet.  Per  pair . _ .  4.00 

Asbestos  Mat,  circular,  8f  inches  in  diameter,  so-called  “stove  mats,”  with  metal  binding  and  ring 

for  hanging  up;  very  convenient  in  the  laboratory . . . 15 

Asbestos  Mats,  square,  f  inch  thick,  neatly  bound  with  metal  to  prevent  fraying  at  the  edges.  Very  con¬ 
venient  for  use  on  table  top  and  under  burners  to  prevent  scorching  of  wood  etc.  Special  sizes 
made  to  order. 

Size,  inches ... .  8f  x  8|  11  x  11  9  x  14  15  x  15  10  x  16  12  x  15  14  x  24  24  x  30 

Each . 20  .30  .  30  .40  .  50  .50  .50  1.20 

Asbestos  Paper,  of  pure,  white  fiber,  36  inches  wide.  Cut  any  length.  Per  lb . 20 


14 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


N*.  20332 


No.  20372 


No.  20336 


No.  20368 


No.  20352 


No.  20360 


No.  20364 


No.  20376 


No.  20348 


No.  20356 


20332. 


20336. 

20340. 

20344. 

20348. 

20352. 


20356. 


20360. 

20364. 

20368. 

20372. 


20376. 


ASPHALT  AND  TAR  TESTING  APPARATUS 

Penetrometer,  Standard,  New  York  Testing  Laboratory  Type,  for  measuring  the  depth  of  penetration 
of  a  standard  needle  into  the  material  to  be  tested  at  77°  F.  or  25°  C.  in  5  seconds  of  time  under 
a  100  gram  weight;  with  standard  clock  reading  in  §  seconds  and  dial  graduated  to  T‘ff  mm.  A 
set  of  adjustable  weights  is  provided  permitting  the  use  of  either  50  or  100  gram  loads  in  addi¬ 
tion  to  the  standard  of  100  grams.  See  “The  Modern  Asphalt  Pavement” .  60.00 

Penetrometer,  Miniature,  exactly  similar  to  the  above  but  one-half  the  size  and  specially  designed 

for  engineers’  portable  use  in  making  comparative  tests,  without  clock .  25.00 

Drying  Oven,  New  York  Testing  Laboratory  Type,  for  uniform  temperatures,  with  fan  in  bottom  and 
10  inch  ring  burner;  of  copper  with  asbestos  jacket,  20  inches  high  by  11  inches  in  diameter  35.00 

Drying  Oven,  same  as  above,  but  of  Russia  iron .  25.00 

Asphalt  Flow  Plate  and  Mold,  consisting  of  3  plates  each  with  four  corrugations  or  2  plates  each  with 

six  corrugations  and  one  mold.  Type  of  plate  must  be  specified  in  ordering .  5.00 

Asphalt  Viscosimeter,  New  York  Testing  Laboratory  Type,  consisting  of  a  concave  aluminum  float  with 
three  standardized  brass  plugs;  for  testing  the  consistency  or  the  fluidity  of  bituminous  binders 

at  90°  F . . . . . . . .  7.25 

Note— For  testing  the  viscosity  of  bituminous  compounds  such  as  oils,  or  of  asphaltic  material  at  high 
temperatures,  i.  e.,  about  200°  F.,  the  Engler  Viscosimeter  is  mostly  used.  See  Oil  Testing 
Apparatus. 

Adhesion  Machine,  Kirschbraun-Sargent,  a  double  scale  dynamometer  graduated  in  grams  up  to  250 
grams  and  in  ounces  up  to  8  ounces.  Two  sample  cups  are  provided,  one  for  the  standard  sample 

and  one  for  the  unknown.  As  used  in  the  Chicago  Paving  Laboratories .  20.00 

Briquette  Mould  for  Asphalt . . . ....... . .  4.00 

Cubical  Brass  Mould,  with  plate  for  melting  point  determination,  J  inch .  4.50 

Bitumen  Holder,  Draper  model . . . . . .  3.00 

Cementation  and  Ductility  Machine,  Kirschbraun,  for  determining  the  relative  cementation  values 
of  asphalt  cements.  May  also  be  used  for  ductility  and  elongation  tests  under  various  con¬ 
ditions  of  temperature  and  speed . . . .  100.00 

Crucible,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain,  of  special  shape,  with  large  filtering  surface,  as  used  in  the  deter¬ 
mination  of  soluble  bitumen.  Height  24  mm,  width  at  top  45  mm,  width  at  bottom  35  mm ...  .50 


15 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


20380. 

20384. 

20388. 


20392. 


No.  20384 


Ductility  Machine,  Smith,  for  hand  power;  made  entirely  of  metal  with  box  heavily  plated  and  enamel 
painted,  with  right  and  left  screws,  slip  nuts  for  carriage,  etc.,  for  tests  up  to  100  cm  in  length. 
The  test  is  conducted  at  a  standard  speed  of  5  cm  per  minute  at  a  temperature  of  71°  F.  135.00 
Ductility  Machine,  Smith,  as  above  but  with  directly  connected,  direct  current  electric  motor..  175.00 
Ductility  Machine,  Electric  Motor  Drive,  Chew  Patent,  constructed  entirely  of  metal.  All  exposed  parts 
covered  by  water  are  made  of  brass  or  bronze.  Warping  and  rusting  are  entirely  prevented.  The  mech¬ 
anism  is  strong,  simple,  durable  and  easily  operated.  The  operation  is  smooth,  uniform  and  accurate 
and  reduces  the  personal  equation  of  the  operator  to  a  minimum.  This  machine  is  adapted  to  testing 
all  types  of  bituminous  material  which  can  be  cast  in  moulds. 

Tank — The  tank  or  box  in  which  the  test  specimens  are  immersed  is  made  of  iron  heavily  lined  with  white  porcelain,  which  makes 
it  possible  to  see  at  all  times  the  finest  thread  to  which  the  specimen  may  be  pulled.  It  is  of  such  width  that  three  speci¬ 
mens  may  be  tested  simultaneously. 

Moulds — Moulds  for  test  specimens  are  of  bronze,  all  parts  being  accurately  machined  and  fitted.  They  are  of  standard  dimen¬ 
sion  with  a  minimum  cross  section  of  one  square  centimeter.  A  set  of  three  moulds  is  furnished  with  each  machine.  Ad¬ 
ditional  sets  may  be  procured  if  desired. 

Carriage— The  carriage  is  triangular  in  shape,  specially  designed  to  allow  the  operator  freedom  of  access  to  the  platform  and  posts 
which  carry  the  moulds.  It  is  supported  on  two  tracks,  one  of  which  is  slotted  for  its  entire  length  and  serves  as  a  guide, 
thus  insuring  a  perfect  unidirectional  pull  free  from  chatter  or  vibration.  The  carriage  is  operated  by  a  single  heavy  screw 
shaft  placed  close  to  the  side  of  the  box  so  as  not  to  obstruct  the  manipulation  of  test  specimens.  The  carriage  may  at  any 
time  be  engaged  or  disengaged  from  the  screw  shaft  by  moans  of  a  small  hand  lever,  which  operates  a  two  piece  nut,  even 
when  the  screw  shaft  is  turning. 

Drive — The  screw  shaft  is  operated  by  heavy  bronze  gears  connected  direct  to  the  motor  at  one  end  of  the  tank  by  a  worm  drive. 
Either  D.C.  or  A.C.  electric  motor  is  furnished  as  desired.  The  former  is  controlled  by  a  rheostat:  the  latter  is  of  the 
variable  speed  type.  The  motor  is  substantially  mounted  so  as  to  reduce  the  vibration  to  a  minimum. 

Speed  Indicator — The  speed  at  which  the  test  specimen  is  pulled  apart  is  accurately  indicated  in  centimeters  per  minute  by  the 
Chew  Speed  Indicator  which  is  attached  to  the  operating  shaft  of  the  motor.  This  is  a  simple  and  unique  device  which 
makes  it  possible  to  operate  and  regulate  the  machine  without  recourse  to  any  other  timing  device.  It  constitutes  a  novel 
and  particularly  desirable  addition  to  the  older  type  of  machine.  Once  adjusted  it  is  always  reliable  and  absolutely  pre¬ 
vents  the  possibility  of  error  due  to  unknown  variations  in  flow  of  current  during  the  test.  Any  such  variation  is  at  once 
detected  by  the  speed  indicator  and  may  be  instantly  corrected  by  adjusting  the  rheostat  lever  so  that  the  speed  indicator 
registers  the  exact  speed  desired. 

Operation — After  the  test  specimen  has  been  brought  to  the  desired  temperature  and  attached  to  posts  on  carriage  and  platform,  the 
carriage  is  disengaged  from  the  screw  shaft.  The  motor  is  then  started  and  its  speed  regulated  until  the  speed  indicator  reg¬ 
isters  exactly  five  centimeters  per  minute.  The  carriage  is  then  engaged  with  the  screw  shaft  while  in  motion.  At  the  con¬ 
clusion  of  the  test  the  carriage  is  disengaged  from  the  screw  shaft  and  slid  back  to  its  original  position. 

Full  directions  for  making  the  ductility  test  are  furnished  with  every  machine.  When  placing  order, 
be  sure  to  state  the  type  of  current  for  which  motor  should  be  furnished.  Price  on  application. 
Extractor,  New  York  Testing  Laboratory  Type,  for  analysis  of  paving  mixtures  containing  broken  stone. 
The  bituminous  mixture  should  be  warmed  until  it  can  be  readily  broken  apart  by  hand, 
without  fracturing  any  of  the  stony  particles;  500  grams  of  the  disintegrated  mixture  should  be 
packed  as  tightly  as  possible  in  the  wire  basket  and  then  covered  with  a  disc  of  cotton  or  felt 
of  j  inch  to  5  inch  thickness;  175  to  200  cc  of  carbon  disulphide,  carbon  tetrachloride,  chloro¬ 
form  or  benzole  is  placed  in  the  inside  vessel  in  which  the  wire  basket  is  suspended.  Cool  water 
should  be  circulated  through  the  inverted  cone  condenser  which  is  also  the  cover  of  the  apparatus 
and  not  intended  to  fit  tight.  A  16  c.  p.  carbon  filament  incandescent  lamp  is  the  source  of  heat. 
A  500  gram  sample  of  the  mixture  should  extract  clean  with  carbon  disulphide  in  about  3  hours. 
From  200  to  300  grams  of  asphalt  block  or  Topeka  type  mixture  is  a  sufficiently  large  sample  for 
that  type  of  mixture.  After  extraction,  the  solvent  and  matter  removed  from  the  sample  during 
the  analysis  should  be  burnt  to  recover  any  fine  mineral  particles  which  may  have  passed  into 
the  extract.  These  extractors  are  made  entirely  of  metal.  Each,  complete,  but  without  incan¬ 
descent  lamp .  30.00 


16 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


C  O  M  P  A  N  Y 


H  . 


No.  20392 


20396. 

20400. 


Hydrometer,  Sommer’s  Patent,  for  determining  the  specific  gravity  of  asphalt,  graduated  from  0.85 
to  1.3°  at  25°  C.,  as  recommended  by  the  Committee  of  the  American  Society  of  Civil  Engi¬ 
neers.  Outfit  with  brass  receptacle  and  fittings,  with  instructions  for  use .  10.00 

Hydrometer,  same  as  No.  20396  but  graduated  from  0.950  to  1.100 .  10.00 


No.  20404 


No.  20408 


20404.  Dulin  Rotarex,  Large  Model  with  Universal  Motor,  for  samples  of  500  or  1000  grams.  The  advantage  of 
using  such  a  large  sample  will  be  readily  apparent  as  it  permits  running  samples  which  contain  a 
large  mineral  aggregate  as  found  in  asphaltic,  concrete  or  bitulithic  pavements.  It  is  also  advan¬ 
tageous  in  securing  a  considerable  amount  of  bitumen  in  the  pavement  which  can  be  used  for 
the  penetration  test.  The  machine  is  directly  mounted  on  top  of  a  universal  vertical  motor 
which  is  entirely  enclosed  in  a  cast-iron  frame  and  operates  on  either  110  volts,  60  cycles,  alter¬ 
nating  current,  or  direct  current  110  volts.  The  motor  is  fitted  with  a  speed  control,  and  may 
be  used  on  220  volt  circuit  with  suitable  resistance.  The  bowl  in  which  the  sample  is  placed  is 
of  aluminum  with  a  cover  of  aluminum.  The  outside  bowl  or  shell  is  of  copper  and  fitted  with 
a  two-piece  cover,  the  smaller  of  which  is  removed  when  adding  additional  solvent.  All  of  the 

special  features  of  the  smaller  type  No.  20408  are  incorporated  in  this  machine .  125.00 

20408.  Dulin  Rotarex,  Small  Model,  for  determining  the  mineral  aggregate  in  bitumen  pavements.  The  asphalt 
receptacle  of  aluminum  has  a  removable  cover  but  solvent  can  be  added  as  required  without 
removing  same.  The  solvent  used  is  non-inflammable.  Samples  of  10,  25  or  50  grams  may  be 
run  with  accurate  results.  The  motor  used  may  be  connected  to  any  110  volt  direct  or  alternat¬ 
ing  current  (except  25  cycles  or  less).  Time  for  extraction  is  5  minutes,  leaving  the  mineral 
aggregate  perfectly  dry  so  that  grades  may  be  determined .  60.00 


17 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  20420 


No.  20484 


No.  °20488 


No.  20492 


APPARATUS  FOR  TESTING  COAL  TAR  AND  REFINED  TARS,  OILS  AND  PITCHES  DERIVED  THERE- 
FROM  as  adopted  in  the  Standard  Methods  of  the  Barrett  Manufacturing  Company,  New  York.  See 
Journal  of  Industrial  and  Engineering  Chemistry,  April,  1911,  March,  1918,  and  May,  1914 .  The 
apparatus,  listed  below,  is  only  the  special  apparatus  required  for  these  tests.  The  regular  apparatus, 
such  as  tripods,  burners,  clamps,  etc.,  are  to  be  found  under  their  respective  headings  throughout  the 
catalogue.  Complete  lists  of  both  the  special  and  regular  stock  apparatus  required  for  the  various 
tests  will  be  sent  upon  request. 

Special  Apparatus  required  for  Water  in  Tar  Test 

20412.  Copper  Still,  with  steel  clamps,  inside  dimensions  6  x  3|  inches,  with  six  paper  gaskets .  13.25 

20416.  “  “  same  as  No.  20412.  but  larger  size,  i.e.,  inside  dimensions  7\  x  5  inches .  17.00 

20420.  Ring  Burner,  brass,  to  fit  small  still  No.  20412 .  1-90 

20424.  “  “  “  “  “  large  “  No.  20416 .  3.25 

20428.  Connecting  Tube,  of  glass . 25 

20432.  Condenser  Trough,  of  copper,  on  supports,  with  wooden  base .  3.00 

20436.  “  Tube,  of  glass,  to  fit  Condenser  Trough  No.  20432 . 20 

20440.  Separatory  Funnel,  with  stopcock,  capacity  120  cc . 3.00 

Special  Apparatus  required  for  Specific  Gravity  Test 

20444.  Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  Barrett  modification  of  the  Hubbard  form,  50  cc  capacity . 90 

Special  Apparatus  required  for  Free  Carbon  Test 

20448.  Extraction  Apparatus,  Barrett  modification  of  the  Cottle,  or  Underwriters’  form.  Complete  with  flask, 

cover,  coil  and  basket  of  German  silver  wire .  3.50 

20452.  Glass  Flasks,  only,  for  above  Extraction  Apparatus . 40 

20456.  Wire  Basket,  of  German  silver,  only,  for  above  Extraction  Apparatus . 50 

20460.  Cover  and  Coil,  of  block  tin,  only,  for  above  Extraction  Apparatus .  2.60 

Special  Apparatus  required  for  Consistency  of  Refined  Tars  and  Soft  Pitch  Test 

20464.  Schutte  Penetrometer,  with  one  plug .  3.50 

20468.  Plugs,  only,  for  above  Penetrometer,  each . 25 

Special  Apparatus  required  for  Melting  Point  of  Pitch  Test 

20472.  Pitch  Mould,  consisting  of  iron  clamps  with  brass  block .  5.00 

20476.  Thermometer,  for  melting  point,  etched  on  stem,  0-  80°C.  in  ^ths .  4.50 

20480.  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  60-140°C.  in  iths .  4.50 

Special  Apparatus  required  for  Melting  Point  of  Hard  Pitch  Test 

20484.  Air  Melting  Point  Oven,  of  copper,  with  mica  window,  removable  tray,  etc .  10.75 

Special  Apparatus  required  for  Evaporation  Test 

20488.  Evaporating  Dish,  of  pure  nickel,  with  flange  and  handle .  1-90 

Special  Apparatus  required  for  Slide  Test 

20492.  Slide  Box,  of  copper,  with  six  corrugations .  7.00 


18 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Special  Apparatus  required  for  Light  Oil  Test 

20496.  Hempel  Distilling  Tube . 30 

Special  Apparatus  required  for  Standard  Creosote  Oil  Distillation. 

20500.  Retort,  Resistance  Glass,  250  cc  capacity.  Made  to  special  dimensions  and  with  neck  set  at  special 

angle  otherwise  similar  to  regular  retorts  which,  however,  are  not  suited  for  this  work . 45 

20512.  Asbestos  Sheet,  specially  cut  to  fold  into  cover  for  retort . 50 

20514.  Thermometer,  graduated  from  0  to  400°  C  in  1°.  Made  specially  for  this  test .  5.00 

20504.  Condenser  Tube . 35 

Special  Apparatus  Required  for  Additional  Creosote  Oil  Tests 


20508.  Separatory  Funnel,  with  ground  glass  stopper  and  stopcock,  graduated  to  100  cc;  for  heavy  oils. .  2.50 


20516. 


20520. 


20524. 


Atom  Models,  Kekule-von  Baeyer,  consisting  of  15  nickel  plated  binding  posts  with  two  clamps, 
20  black  balls  with  four  connecting  posts,  10  red  balls  with  two  connecting  posts,  30  white 
balls,  10  yellow  balls,  10  green  balls,  10  violet  balls,  and  10  silver  colored  balls,  each  with  metallic 
tabulations  to  slip  on  posts. 

Duty  Free .  13.50  Stock .  20.00 

Atom  Models,  Eiloart,  consisting  of  six  wooden  models,  six  straight  pins,  six  hinged  pins,  forty 
japanned  tin  caps,  with  formulae,  etc. 

Duty  Free .  18.00  Duty  Paid .  27.00 


No.  20524 


Atom  Configuration  Models,  Wislicenus,  for  organic  chemistry;  consisting  of  26  models  with  wire 

supports;  5  cm  size.  Duty  Free .  20.00 

Single  Carbon  Atoms  for  use  in  the  construction  of  special  formulae.  Duty  Free,  per  100.  9.00 


19 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  20528 


No.  20536 


No.  20544 


20528. 


20532. 


20536. 


20540. 


20544. 


Autoclave,  or  Digester,  for  25  atmospheres  pressure.  Retort  is  of  hammered  copper  with  lid  of 
phosphor  bronze.  Pressures  given  are  the  steam  test  pressures,  the  working  pressures  being 
approximately  20%  less.  The  working  pressure  is  indicated  on  the  manometer  by  means  of  a  red 
mark.  Without  burner. 

Inside  Dimensions,  mm .  100x200  125  x  250 

Capacity,  liters .  1§  3 

Duty  Free .  37.80  45.00 

Stock .  50.40  60.00 


Autoclave,  same  as  No.  20528,  but  for  60  atmospheres  pressure. 

Inside  Dimensions,  mm . 

Capacity,  liters . 

Duty  Free . 

Stock . 

Autoclave,  or  Digester,  for  50  atmospheres  pressure,  with  bolted  lid. 
mended  for  autoclaves  of  large  capacity  and  for  high  pressure, 
identical  with  No.  2052S. 

Inside  Dimensions,  mm . 

Capacity,  liters . 

Duty  Free . 

Duty  Paid . 


.  100  x  200  125  x  250 

.  1J  3 

.  55.20  71.10 

.  73.60  94.80 

This  construction  is  recorn- 
Otherwise  the  construction  is 

.  200  x  250  225  x  350 

.  7J  13 

.  135.00  168.00 

.  180.00  224.00 


Autoclave,  same  as  No.  20536  but  for  100  atmospheres  pressure. 

Inside  Dimensions,  mm . . .  200  x  250  225  x  350 

Capacity,  liters .  7{  13 


Note- 


Duty  Free .  234.00  288.00 

Duty  Paid . . .  312.00  384.00 

—The  above  autoclaves  are  furnished  entirely  of  cast  iron,  for  operation  where  ammonia  is  freed, 
on  special  order,  at  5%  less  cost. 

Autoclave,  or  Digester,  tested  to  12  atmospheres  pressure,  with  inside  dimensions  of  65  mm  in  diameter 
and  160  mm  high.  With  bolted  on  lid,  safety  valve,  manometer,  etc.,  very  convenient  where 
small  capacity  is  desired  as  it  may  be  supported  in  an  ordinary  retort  stand  ring.  This  auto¬ 
clave  is  also  furnished  entirely  of  cast  iron  on  special  order. 

Duty  Free .  28.80  Stock . .  38.40 


20 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


BACTERIOLOGICAL,  HISTOLOGICAL  AND  SEROLOGICAL  APPARATUS 

AMERICAN  STANDARD  INCUBATORS  are  built  under  our  personal  direction  in  the  first  sheet  metal 
factory  in  the  U.  S.  to  take  up  (some  twenty  years  ago)  the  manufacture  of  sheet  metal  apparatus  for  bacter¬ 
iological  work,  and  they  embody  twenty  years’  experience  in  both  the  manufacture  and  selling  of  bacteriological 
apparatus.  The  Incubators  are  made  of  heavy  polished  copper  covered  with  a  water-proof,  non-conducting 
material.  All  are  of  the  latest  triple  wall  construction,  which  provides  space  for  both  warm  air  and  water. 
The  walls  of  the  water  jacket  are  thoroughly  reinforced  to  prevent  bulging,  due  to  lateral  pressure  of  the 
water,  a  defect  very  common  in  low  priced  utensils.  The  bottoms  are  conical  in  construction  to  evenly  dis¬ 
tribute  heat,  and  to  evenly  heat  the  water  spaces  on  all  sides,  by  a  circulation  of  hot  air,  thus  giving  equal  and 
uniform  temperature.  The  products  of  combustion  and  the  hot  air  pass  out  by  a  side  ventilator  on  top  of  the 
incubator.  A  glass  water  gauge  with  stopcock  which  shuts  off  the  water  from  the  gauge  in  case  the  tube  is 
broken,  is  provided.  A  metallic  tube  through  the  air  jacket  connects  the  thermo-regulator  with  the  burner 
and  all  burners  furnished  with  incubators  connect  with  this  pipe  by  means  of  flexible  metallic  tubing  instead 
of  the  rubber  tubing  previously  used.  This  is  an  important  feature  and  greatly  minimizes  the  danger  from  fire. 
The  closed  in  bases  are  of  sheet-iron  properly  ventilated  and  furnished  with  a  mica  window  for  observing  the 
flame.  All  incubators  are  furnished  with  carefully  prepared  instructions  for  installing  and  adjustment. 

Any  of  our  American  Standard  Incubators,  whether  for  gas,  oil  or  electric  heating,  can  be  used  as 
paraffine  embedding  ovens  at  temperatures  up  to  70°  C.  In  the  cases  of  oil  and  electric  heating  this  specifica¬ 
tion  should  be  given  at  the  time  of  ordering  to  insure  proper  adjustment  of  regulators. 


with 

Equipment  D<i,  for  Electric  Heating 

This  electric  heating  and  temperature  control 
operates  equally  well  on  direct  or  alternating  current. 
Electric  heating  units  can  at  any  time  be  removed 
and  incubator  operated  for  gas  heating.  There  are 
no  exposed  terminals  and  apparatus  operates  directly 
on  the  circuit.  Before  shipment  each  incubator  is 
tested  to  maintain  a  constant  temperature.  In  order¬ 
ing  it  is  necessary  to  state  voltage  and  w'hether  for 
direct  or  alternating  current. 


z: 


American  Standard  Incubator 
with 

Equipment  Cc,  for  Oil  Heating 


This  device  for  oil  heating  incubators  is  entirely 
new  and  is  much  simpler  in  operation  and  control 
than  anything  heretofore  offered.  The  regulator  is 
on  the  principle  of  the  Roux  metallic  which  directly 
operates  the  damper  over  the  lamp,  permitting 
either  the  escape  or  the  utilization  of  the  heat. 
Under  proper  conditions  will  regulate  to  30. 


EQUIPMENT  Aa  consists  of  Roux  bimetallic  thermo-regulator,  incubator  thermometer,  and  Koch 
safety  burner  with  flexible  metallic  tubing  attached. 

EQUIPMENT  Cc  consists  of  oil  lamp  heater,  Roux  bimetallic  thermo-regulator  and  incubator  ther¬ 
mometer. 

EQUIPMENT  Dd  consists  of  incubator  thermometer,  and  electric  heating  units  with  electric  thermo- 
regulator. 


21 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  20600  No.  20632 


20600.  Incubator,  American  Standard,  Board  of  Health  Type,  inside  dimensions  25x30x18  inches.  With 
double  doors  and  mounted  on  base  32  inches  high  with  enclosed  compartment  for  burner.  With¬ 


out  burner,  thermo-regulator  or  thermometer . X .  183.00 

20604.  Incubator,  American  Standard,  as  above,  with  Equipment  Aa  for  gas  heating .  200.00 

20608.  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  Cc  for  oil  heating .  212.00 

20612.  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  Dd  for  electric  heating .  257.00 

20616.  Incubator,  American  Standard,  Board  of  Health  Type,  inside  dimensions  18x30x14  inches.  With 
double  doors  and  mounted  on  base  32  inches  high  with  enclosed  compartment  for  burner.  With¬ 
out  burner,  thermo-regulator  or  thermometer .  157.50 

20620.  Incubator,  American  Standard,  as  above,  with  Equipment  Aa  for  gas  heating .  174.50 

20624.  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  Cc  for  oil  heating .  185.00 

20628.  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  Dd  for  electric  heating .  227.00 

20632.  Incubator,  American  Standard,  College  Type,  inside  dimensions  28x18x14  inches.  With  single  door, 
and  mounted  on  base  27  inches  high,  with  enclosed  compartment  for  burner.  Without  burner, 

thermo-regulator  or  thermometer .  138.00 

20636.  Incubator,  American  Standard,  as  above,  with  Equipment  Aa  for  gas  heating .  155.00 

20640.  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  Cc  for  oil  heating .  165.50 

20644.  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  Dd  for  electric  heating .  200.00 


20648.  Incubator,  American  Standard,  College  Type,  inside  dimensions  18  x  18  x  12  inches.  With  single  door 
and  mounted  on  base  31  inches  high  with  enclosed  compartment  for  burner.  Without  burner, 


thermo-regulator  or  thermometer .  105.00 

20652.  Incubator,  American  Standard,  as  above,  with  Equipment  Aa  for  gas  heating .  122.00 

20656.  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  Cc  for  oil  heating .  131.00 

20660.  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  Dd  for  electric  heating . 163.25 


20664.  Incubator,  American  Standard,  Hospital  Type,  single  door,  on  11  inch  enclosed  base.  Inside  dimen¬ 


sions  20  x  18  x  10  inches.  Without  burner,  thermo-regulator  or  thermometer . .  90.00 

20668.  Incubator,  American  Standard,  same  as  above,  but  with  Equipment  Aa .  107.00 

20672.  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  Equipment  Cc .  116.00 

20676.  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  Equipment  Dd .  148.25 


99 


ARTHUR _ H  .  THOMAS  COMP*  ANY 


20680.  Incubator,  American  Standard,  Hospital  Type,  inside  dimensions  19  x  12  x  10  inches.  Without  burner, 

thermo-regulator  or  thermometer . 78.00 

20684.  Incubator,  American  Standard,  same  as  above,  but  with  Equipment  Aa .  93.50 

20688.  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  Equipment  Cc .  102.50 

20692.  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  Equipment  Dd .  137.00 

20696.  Incubator,  American  Standard,  Hospital  Type,  inside  dimensions  9|  x  12  x  91  inches.  Without  burner, 

thermo-regulator  or  thermometer . 45.00 

20700.  Incubator,  American  Standard,  same  as  above,  but  with  Equipment  Aa .  60.50 

20704.  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  Equipment  Cc .  69.50 

20708.  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  Equipment  Dd .  100.25 

20712.  Incubator,  Physician’s  Laboratory,  double  wall.  Inside  dimensions  10x8  x8  inches.  Specially  recom¬ 
mended  as  a  satisfactory  paraffine  oven  as  well  as  for  bacteriological  work.  Without  burner, 

thermo-regulator  or  thermometer .  36.00 

20716.  Incubator,  same  as  above,  but  with  Equipment  Aa .  51.50 

20720.  Incubator,  same  as  above,  but  slightly  wider,  i.  e.,  inside  dimensions  12  x  10  x  10  inches.  Especially 

recommended  where  a  low  priced,  servicable  incubator  or  paraffin  oven  is  required.  Without 

burner,  thermo-regulator  or  thermometer .  43.50 

20724.  Incubator,  same  as  above,  but  with  Equipment  Aa .  59.00 


23 


ART  HUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


HEARSON  INCUBATORS.  These  incubators  consist  of  a  water-jacketed  chamber  made  of  stout  copper 
surrounded  by  insulating  material  and  the  whole  encased  in  wood.  They  are  provided  with  an  inner  door  of  glass 
and  an  outer  one  of  panelled  wood.  In  the  two  larger  sizes  the  doors  are  double.  The  distinctive  feature  is  the 
temperature  control  by  means  of  a  metallic,  hermetically  sealed  capsule  which  contains  a  few  drops  of  liquid 
having  a  boiling  point  at  or  near  the  temperature  which  it  is  desired  to  maintain  in  the  heating  chamber.  The 
regulation  is  established  by  the  expansion  of  this  capsule  owing  to  the  boiling  of  its  contents  which,  provides 
the  motive  force  for  operating  the  control  lever.  This  expansion  takes  place  only  at  the  predetermined  tem¬ 
perature.  The  lever  will  only  be  acted  upon  when  the  critical  temperature  is  reached,  no  sensible  effect  being 
produced  at  even  one  degree  below  that  at  which  the  capsule  is  desired  to  act.  A  sliding  weight  compensates  for 
slight  barometric  variations  and,  in  addition,  controls  within  certain  limits  the  boiling  point  of  the  capsule  so 
that  a  range  of  8°  C.  is  possible  with  any  particular  capsule  and  the  total  range  by  means  of  these  capsules  is 
from  16°  C.  to  175°  C. 

This  system  of  temperature  control  applies  equally  well  to  gas,  oil  or  electric  heating  and  also  to  the  con¬ 
trol  of  the  low  temperature  incubator  for  gelatine  cultures  operating  at  20°  C. 

These  incubators,  although  comparatively  new  in  the  United  States,  have  been  used  for  a  number  of  years 
with  great  success  in  leading  European  bacteriological  laboratories,  particularly  those  of  the  Pasteur  Institute 
in  Paris.  Instructions  for  operating  are  furnished  with  each  incubator. 


The  expansion  of  the  capsule,  owing  to 
the  lever  BD. 


HEARSON  INCUBATORS  FOR  GAS  HEATING.  The  Excel¬ 
sior  Gas  Valve  used  in  the  control  of  incubators  heated  by  gas  and 
operates  as  follows: — 

A  is  the  inlet  for  gas;  C  the  outlet  to  burner;  BD  a  lever  pivoted 
to  standards  at  G  and  acted  upon  by  the  capsule,  through  the  needle 
which  enters  the  socket  below  the  screw  P.  The  construction  of  the 
acting  portion  of  this  valve  is  such  that  whenever  the  end  B  of  the 
lever  BD  presses  on  the  disc  below  the  end  B,  the  main  supply  of 
gas  is  entirely  cut  off.  At  such  times,  however,  a  very  small 
quantity  of  gas  passes  from  A  to  C,  through  an  aperture  inside 
the  valve,  the  size  of  which  aperture  can  be  adjusted  by  the  screw 
needle  S,  hence  the  gas  flame  below  the  incubator  is  never  extin¬ 
guished. 

the  boiling  of  its  contents,  provides  the  motive  force  for  acting  upon 


24 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Changes  in  the  atmospheric  pressure,  tend  to  make  the  temperature  fluctuate  about  1°  F.  on  either  side 
of  the  normal,  if  observations  be  taken  extending  over  considerable  intervals  of  time.  To  compensate  for 
these  variations,  a  sliding  weight  runs  on  the  lever-rod  D.  It  also  retards  within  certain  limits,  the  boiling 
point  of  the  capsule,  and  thus  adjusts  the  temperature  at  which  the  capsule  shall  expand  several  degrees  above 
that  at  which  (with  the  weight  to  the  left)  it  first  commenced  to  act. 

In  actual  practice  it  is  found  that  the  temperature  can  be  maintained  within  half  a  degree  without  re¬ 
adjustment  of  any  part,  for  months  together,  and  this,  too,  in  spite  of  great  changes  of  gas  pressure,  and  of 
air  temperature  in  the  room  in  which  the  apparatus  is  working. 


No.  20740 


Hearson  Incubators  for  Gas  Heating,  with  capsule  adjusted  to  37§°  C.  unless  otherwise  ordered,  with 
thermometer,  suitable  burner  with  two  chimneys,  4  ft.  of  flexible  metallic  tubing,  etc. 

Inside  Measurements  Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 


20728. 

Incubator  for  Gas  Heating  with  one  shelf . 

....  6 

X 

6 

X 

7  inches 

$28.95 

$43.45 

20732. 

tt 

tt 

a 

a  a  a  a 

.  9 

X 

9 

X 

12 

a 

36.00 

54.00 

20736. 

tt 

tt 

tt 

it  a  a  a 

12 

X 

12 

X 

14 

it 

45.00 

67.50 

20740. 

a 

it 

u 

“  “  two  shelves . 

.  15 

X 

15 

X 

18 

it 

65.55 

98.35 

20744. 

a 

it 

a 

a  a  a  a 

.  20 

X 

20 

X 

24 

it 

93.15 

139.75 

20748. 

Incubator 

for 

Gas 

Heating,  with  three  shelves . 

.  .  .  18 

X 

14 

X 

35 

it 

100.80 

151.20 

20752.  Incubator  for  Gas  Heating  with  four  shelves  . . . .  27^  x  16  x  56  “  192.00  288.00 

20756.  Incubator  for  Gas  Heating,  with  center  division  of  six  shelves  and  with  the  glass  door  arranged 

in  four  divisions  to  prevent  loss  of  heat  when  exam-  Inside  Measurements  Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 

ining  cultures.  Specially  made  for  milk  cultures.  60  x  24  x  60  inches  270.00  405.00 

20760.  Incubator  for  Gas  Heating,  specially  designed  for  the  Pasteur  Institute,  Paris,  for  the  cultivation  of 

tuberculin.  It  is  fitted  with  eight  copper  trays  with  holes  for  the  passage  of  air;  with  two 

double  doors  on  each  side.  Fresh  air  is  admitted  by  four  tubes  in  the  bottom  and  emitted 
through  a  regulating  ventilator  on  the  top.  A  special  Inside  Measurements  Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 

feature  is  the  equal  temperature  all  over  the  interior.  31  x  27?  x  26  inches  194.25  291.38 

Note — Nos.  20728,20732,  20736  and  20740  are  usually  in  stock  for  immediate  delivery. 

HEARSON  INCUBATORS  FOR  OIL  HEATING. 

The  Patent  Capsule  control  lends  itself  particularly  to  incubators  heated  by  an  oil  lamp.  The  heat  from 
the  lamp  passes  through  a  flue  across  the  bottom  of  the  incubator  and  returns  again  to  the  lamp  by  another  flue 
parallel  with  the  first  and  is  then  conducted  to  the  open  air  by  a  second  chimney  as  shown  in  illustration.  When 
the  degree  of  heat  reached  in  the  chamber  is  sufficient  to  expand  the  capsule  the  lever  will  rise  and  lift  the 
damper  from  the  lamp  chimney  and  after  a  short  period  the  damper  will  be  found  to  hang  steady  in  one  position 
and  the  temperature  remain  constant.  These  utensils  may  be  adjusted  for  higher  temperatures  for  use  as  par¬ 
affine  embedding  ovens  when  so  ordered. 


25 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS’COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  20764  No.  20786 


Hearson  Incubators  for  Oil  Heating,  with  capsule  adjusted  to  37§°  C.  unless  otherwise  ordered,  with  ther¬ 
mometer,  suitable  burner  with  two  chimneys,  funnel,  1  yd.  of  wick,  etc. 


Inside  Measurements 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

20764. 

Incubator  for  Oil  Heating,  with 

one 

shelf . 

$28.95 

$43.45 

20768. 

ft 

it 

a 

it 

tt 

a 

it 

a 

36.00 

54.00 

20772. 

it 

it 

a 

u 

a 

tt 

tt 

.  12  x  12  x  14 

n 

45.00 

67.50 

20776. 

tt 

a 

a 

it 

■  a 

a 

it 

.  15  x  15  x  18 

tt 

65.55 

98.35 

20780. 

it 

a 

a 

it 

it 

a 

tt 

.  20  x  20  x  24 

u 

93.15 

139.75 

20784. 

tt 

a 

tt 

n 

a 

tt 

it 

tt 

100.80 

151.20 

HEARSON  ANHYDRIC  INCUBATORS  FOR  ELECTRIC  HEATING. 

In  these  incubators  the  heating  effect  is  produced  by'an  even  distribution  of  one  or  more  electric  resistance 
wires,  covering  every  part  of  the  apparatus  otherwise  occupied  by  the  water  jacket.  Suitable  terminals  con¬ 
trolling  each  wire  permit  of  the  resistances  being  utilized  in  various  combinations  in  order  to  provide  for  high 
or  low  temperatures,  or  to  enable  the  operator  to  adapt  the  same  apparatus,  within  certain  limits,  to  different 
voltages. 

They  work  equally  well  on  alternating  or  direct  current,  it  simply  being  necessary  to  specify  voltage. 

Owing  to  the  elimination  of  the  water-jacket,  this  system  of  heating  is  not  restricted  to  temperatures  below 
the  boiling  point  of  water,  but  can  be  applied  to  drying  ovens,  sterilizers  and  other  apparatus  for  which  much 
higher  temperatures  are  necessary.  Apparatus  constructed  on  this  principle  heats  up  much  more  quickly 
because  there  is  no  large  volume  of  water  to  be  warmed. 

Regulation  of  temperature  is  effected  by  the  alternate  collapsion  and  expansion  of  a  capsule  as  in  all  the 
foregoing  thermostatic  apparatus,  and  eventually  a  steady  mean  temperature  is  attained. 


Hearson  Incubators  for  Electric  Heating,  with  capsule  adjusted  to  375°  C.  unless  otherwise  ordered,  with 
thermometer,  wall  plate  and  plug,  flexible  leads,  etc.  These  incubators  operate  equally  well  on  direct  or 
alternating  current  but  voltage  must  be  stated  in  ordering. 


Inside  Measurements 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

20788. 

Incubator  for  Electric  Heating, 

with  one  shelf . 

.  6  x  6  x  7  inches 

$31.95 

$47.95 

20792. 

ii 

it 

tt 

tt 

it  tt  if 

.  9  x  9  x  12 

it 

39.60 

59.40 

20796. 

it 

it 

(4 

tt 

tt  it  it 

.  12  x  12  x  14 

tt 

49.50 

74.25 

20800. 

a 

it 

tt 

n 

“  two  shelves . 

.  15  x  15  x  18 

it 

67.50 

101.25 

20804. 

n 

tt 

tt 

tt 

tt  it  it 

.  20  x  20  x  24 

it 

102.45 

153.70 

20808. 

it 

a 

it 

tt 

“  three  “  . 

.  18  x  14  x  35 

tt 

110.85 

166.30 

26 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


20812.  Size  24  20812.  Size  40 

INCUBATORS,  FREAS’  PATENT  ELECTRIC.  These  incubators  have  no  water  or  water  jacket  and  the 
adjustment  is  set  at  the  temperature  required  by  simply  turning  a  milled  head. 

Construction — -The  incubators  are  constructed  of  heavy  asbestos  wood,  with  cast  aluminum  door  and 
door  frame.  This  asbestos  wood  is  absolutely  fire-proof  and  possesses  unusual  insulating  qual¬ 
ities.  This  latter  quality  and  the  large  thermal  capacity  of  the  body  of  the  incubator  assist  the 
maintenance  of  an  even  temperature  throughout  the  chamber;  the  air  space  between  the  inner 
and  outer  walls  is  filled  with  insulating  material,  which  results  in  a  very  low  heat  loss,  thereby 
reducing  the  current  consumption  to  a  minimum.  The  interior  is  fitted  with  aluminum  racks, 
allowing  the  perforated  metal  shelves  to  be  placed  at  any  desired  height.  There  is  provided  an 
inner  door  of  heavy  glass,  fitted  in  an  aluminum  frame  cushioned  with  felt  to  exclude  air,  thus 
permitting  inspection  of  the  chamber  without  opening  the  door  and  cooling  the  incubating 
chamber.  An  opening  through  the  top  of  the  incubator  to  the  chamber  is  provided  for  a  ther¬ 
mometer. 

Regulation — The  regulation  device  is  made  entirely  of  metal,  substantially  built,  so  that  it  is  practi¬ 
cally  impossible  for  it  to  get  out  of  order.  Its  action  depends  upon  the  expansion  of  a  metal 
tube  running  through  the  chamber  from  top  to  bottom,  operating  a  lever  which  “makes”  and 
“breaks”  a  contact,  with  proper  means  to  prevent  arcing.  The  lever  is  extended  to  serve  as  an 
indicator,  operating  up  and  down  the  graduated  temperature  scale  on  the  outside  of  the  incu¬ 
bator.  The  indicator  is  moved  to  the  temperature  desired  by  turning  the  milled-head  screw 
at  the  bottom  of  the  scale.  The  regulation  is  sharp  and  accurate  to  a  fraction  of  a  degree  and 
remains  so  indefinitely. 

Temperature  Range — The  temperature  range  of  the  incubator  is  from  a  degree  or  so  above  the  sur¬ 
rounding  air  temperature  to  60°  C.;  the  regulating  device  operates  just  as  satisfactorily  at  lower 
as  at  higher  temperatures. 

Heating  Element — The  heating  element  consists  of  a  wire  wound  resistance  plate  situated  at  the  bot¬ 
tom  of  the  incubator.  While  there  may  be  no  need  to  remove  it,  it  can  be  very  easily  taken  out 
if  desired.  The  plate  is  wound  for  75  watts,  about  50  watts  being  required  to  maintain  a  tem¬ 
perature  of  37?°. 

20812.  Incubators,  Freas’  Electric . No.  20  22  24  26  28  32  36  40 

Iosid6  dimensions,  inches . 7x  7x  10  7x  7  x  10  12  x  12  x  12  12  x  12  x  12  16 x  14 x  16  18 x  16 x 20  26  x  14  x 22  32x18x24 

Each . ’ . .  ."52.50  57.50  ^(h00  87.50““T4(h00  190.00  “225.00  270760 

Note — Nos.  22,  26,  28,  32,  36  and  40  are  provided  with  switches,  one  for  the  current  and  the  other  for 
the  electric  lamp  illuminating  the  chamber.  Nos.  28,  32,  36  and  40  are  furnished  on  high  bases, 
as  shown  in  illustration.  Nos.  36  and  40  can  be  furnished  with  compartments  for  students’  use. 
Prices  on  application. 


27 


A  R  T  H  U  R 


THOMAS 


C  O  M  P  A  NY 


H  . 


No.  20816 

Arrangement  of  Hearson  Electric  Incubating  Room  Temperature  Control,  showing  Control  Capsule,  Automatic  Switch  and  Blow-out 

Directions  for  Constructing  an  Incubating  Room  and  for  Installing  Electric  Temperature  Control. 

The  room  should  be  constructed  of  brickwork  9  inches  thick  and  perfectly  square  inside,  6  x  6  ft.  and  about 
7  ft.  high.  There  should  not  be  any  windows,  but  two  doors,  the  outer  door  being  closed  before  opening  the 
inner  door  of  the  chamber.  These  doors  should  be  made  of  white  pine  2  inches  thick  and  the  walls  glazed  or 
covered  with  parian  cement  and  the  floor  and  ceiling  insulated  with  slag  wool.  A  9-inch  ventilator  should  be 
fixed  near  the  ceiling  and  nine  1-inch  holes  in  the  bottom  of  each  door. 

Attach  the  Automatic  Switch  and  blow  out  on  marble  base  outside  the  room  to  be  heated,  in  a  convenient 
position  and  bring  the  main  supply  to  this  switch  and  connect  at  the  back  of  switch  base.  Place  the  four  Ra¬ 
diators  in  the  incubating  room,  one  on  each  side  between  the  first  two  shelves  (not  on  the  floor)  and  carry 
wires  from  the  Automatic  Switch  to  each  Radiator  in  parallel  and  connect  to  the  terminals  indicated.  Place 
the  Capsule  Switch  with  lamp  about  the  height  of  the  third  shelf  (not  against  the  wall)  and  carry  wires  from 
this  to  the  Automatic  Blow-out  Switch  and  connect  to  terminals  indicated. 

The  installation  is  then  complete  and  the  current  may  be  turned  on.  The  Radiators  will  heat  up  and  con¬ 
tinue  to  do  so  until  the  Capsule  expands  and  interrupts  the  current,  when  the  magnetic  coils  will  drop  the  arma¬ 
ture  and  the  current  will  cease  to  flow  to  the  Radiators  which  will  cool  down  until  the  Capsule  again  collapses 
when  the  current  will  be  again  switched  on.  This  will  continue  automatically. 

To  increase  the  temperature  screw  down  the  milled  head  screw  on  Capsufe  Switch  a  turn  or  two  at  a  time; 
to  decrease  the  temperature  reverse  the  process.  See  that  the  carbons  on  the  Automatic  Switch  touch  each 
other  perfectly,  otherwise  a  spark  of  eruption  will  occur  and  cause  rapid  deterioration.  There  must  be  no  spark¬ 
ing  except  at  the  moment  of  breaking  contact. 

20816.  Incubating  Room  Temperature  Control  for  Electric  Heating,  Hearson,  as  above  described.  When 
the  capsule  is  collapsed  the  lever  arm  is  kept  in  position  by  the  solenoid,  and  the  current  is  free 
to  pass  to  the  heaters.  Upon  the  expansion  of  the  capsule  contact  is  broken,  the  solenoid 
ceases  to  act,  the  lever  arm  drops  suddenly  and  the  current  to  the  radiators  is  checked  and 
by  means  of  the  electric  blow-out,  the  sparking  is  reduced  to  a  minimum.  The  current  remains 
cut  off  until  the  temperature  of  the  room  is  so  reduced  as  to  allow  the  capsule  to  contract  and 
contact  again  be  made.  The  outfit  consists  of  capsule  switch,  four  radiators  and  blow-out 
panel  switch  and  is  based  on  keeping  a  room  6  x  6  x  7  ft.  at  a  constant  temperature.  Larger 
rooms  must  be  supplied  with  additional  radiators.  Price  of  outfit  for  either  direct  or  alter¬ 
nating  current. 

Duty  Free .  94.50  Duty  Paid .  141.75 


28 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


20820. 


Incubating  Room  Temperature  Control  for  Gas  Heating.  With  a  well 
insulated  room  a  uniform  temperature  can  be  maintained  within 
2°  with  the  use  of  the  gas  valve  regulator  and  a  suitable  gas  stove. 
It  is  advisable  to  arrange  ventilation  in  both  the  lower  and  upper 
parts  of  the  room  for  the  purpose  of  temperature  equalization  and 
avoidance  of  smell  from  the  products  of  combustion  and  gases  of 
fermentation,  etc.  The  regulator  may  be  placed  at  any  con¬ 
venient  position,  usually  near  the  door.  Price  is  for  gas  valve 
with  capsule  only .  13.50 


WATER 


No.  20820 


20824.  Incubator,  Hearson  New  Compartment.  For  either  high  or  low  temperatures.  Consisting  of  nine 
compartments  of  copper,  water-jacketed  and  insulated,  each  compartment  being  7x8x6 
inches.  Temperature  may  be  adjusted  from  25-32°  C.,  32-40°  C.,  40-47°  C.,  or  any  other  pre¬ 
determined  range.  Each  compartment  is  fitted  with  a  Hearson  control  capsule  which  automati¬ 
cally  controls  the  entry  of  warm  water  from  the  heating  tank  either  into  the  water  jacket 
surrounding  each  compartment  or  to  the  waste.  A  difference  in  temperature  of  less  than  a 
degree  in  the  compartment  suffices  to  change  the  flow  of  warm  water.  A  control  capsule  is  con¬ 
nected  with  the  heating  tank  also  so  that  the  supply  of  warm  water  is  constantly  under  control. 
All  the  compartments  may  be  operated  independantly  of  one  another. 

Duty  Free .  $345.15  _  _  _ _  J  Duty  Paid . $517.75 


20828.'  [Incubator,  Embryological,  Hearson 
Electric,  operating  on  the  same 
principle  as  the  Hearson  bac¬ 
teriological  incubators  previ¬ 
ously  described,  capacity  50 
eggs.  This  is  a  very  much 
more  convenient  apparatus 
than  the  usual  chicken  incuba¬ 
tor  used  for  embryological  pur¬ 
poses.  Voltage  must  be  speci¬ 
fied  in  ordering. 


Duty  Free .  37.80 

Duty  Paid .  56.70 


29 


A  R  T  H  U  K 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


20832. 


20836. 


Incubator,  Compartment  form,  for  different  temperatures  in  the  various  compartments  between  24° 
and  60°  C.  Each  compartment  is  30  x  20  x  25  cm.  With  both  glass  and  metal  doors.  With 
>  burner,  thermo-regulator,  etc.,  but  without  thermometer.  With  ten  compartments  as  shown 
1  in  illustration. 

Duty  Free .  396.00  Duty  Paid .  480.00 

Incubator,  Compartment  form,  same  as  above  but  for  low  temperatures,  i.  e.,  between  0  and  22°  C. 
with  ice  box  and  ice  water  cooling  arrangement. 

DutyFree . ,  .  495.00  Duty  Paid .  600.00 


20840.  Incubator,  Hearson,  Parasite,  as 

suggested  by  Dr.  Boycott 
of  Guy’s  Hospital,  London. 
With  adjustable  ventilator. 
The  air  is  heated  by  passing 
through  tubes  in  the  warm 
water  in  the  tank  after  which 
it  passes  over  a  water  tube 
in  order  to  take  up  sufficient 
moisture.  With  fitted  ther¬ 
mometer  and  hygrometer  to 
show  moisture  percentage  in 
the  interior  of  the  incubating 
chamber.  Size  inside,  20  x 
20  x  14  inches.  Similar  in 
construction  and  operation 
to  the  Hearson  gas  incuba¬ 


tors. 

Duty  Free .  101.25 

Duty  Paid .  152.00 


30 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


LOW  TEMPERATURE  INCUBATOR,  HEARSON  MODEL  C,  for  operation  with  a  constant  flow  of  water. 
Most  of  the  low  temperature  incubators  can  only  be  worked  successfully  as  long  as  the  external  air  is  10° 
below  the  temperature  required  in  the  incubating  chamber,  and  the  expedient  sometimes  resorted  to  of  running 
cold  water  through  them  to  keep  the  temperature  down  can,  in  summer  time,  be  adopted  with  advantage,  but 
the  results  are  not  altogether  satisfactory,  cultures  being  frequently  spoiled  by  an  unexpectedly  warm  day  or 
night. 

In  summer,  therefore,  or  in  hot  climates,  cultivation  of  gelatine  can  only  be  considered  safe  in  an  incubator 
using  ice,  and  the  special  feature  of  this  incubator  is  that  it  will  automatically  remain  constant  at  20°  Cent.,  or 
any  other  predetermined  temperature,  using  only  the  theoretical  amount  of  ice  requisite  to  obtain  this  result, 
even  though  the  external  air  may  be  30  or  40  degrees  above  the  temperature  desired  in  the  interior. 

With  capsule  adjusted  to  10°  C.  unless  otherwise  ordered,  with  thermometer,  ice  funnel,  gas  fittings  and 
4  ft.  of  flexible  metallic  tubing  (or,  if  for  oil  lamp,  2  chimneys  and  1  yd.  wick)  and  packing.  With  suitable 
burner  for  either  oil  or  gas  heating.  Please  specify  when  ordering. 

Inside  Measurements  Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 


20844.  Low  Temperature  Incubator  Model  C 
20848.  “  “  “ 

20852.  “  “  “ 

20856.  “  “  “  “  “ 


9  x  9  x  12  inches 
12  x  12  x  14  “ 

15  x  15  x  18  “ 

20  x  20  x  24  “ 


$65.25  $97.90 

93.15  139.75 

117.30  175.95 

165.60  248.40 


NOTE. — This  Low  Temperature  Incubator  is  one  of  the  most  satisfactory  bacteriological  utensils  we  have  ever  sold  and  it  has  been  supplied 
by  us  to  leading  Universities,  City  and  State  Boards  of  Health  and  U.  S.  Government  laboratories.  All  of  these  users  are  unanimous 
in  reporting  satisfactory  service. 


LOW  TEMPERATURE  ELECTRIC  INCUBATOR,  HEARSON  MODEL  G,  for  ice  and  electricity,  working 
independently  of  any  constant  water  supply  as  required  in  model  C.  This  apparatus  is  identical  with  Model 
C  except  that  an  electric  heater  is  provided  which  automatically  operates  when  the  room  temperature  is  lower 
than  the  temperature  required  in  the  chamber  and  an  electric  motor  which  automatically  circulates  the  water 
from  melting  ice  to  the  water  jacket  when  the  temperature  of  the  room  is  higher  than  the  temperature  re¬ 
quired  in  the  chamber.  No  connection  with  a  water  supply  is  required  and  the  apparatus  may  be  set  to  operate 
at  any  temperature  from  10°  to  37°  C.  and  can  be  operated  in  any  climate  and  in  any  place  where  water  and 
electricity  are  available.  Control  is  by  the  Hearson  capsule  and  full  operating  directions  are  supplied  with 
each  utensil.  Voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering. 


20860. 

20864. 

20868. 

20872. 


Low  Temperature  Electric  Incubator  Model  G. 

U  U  (<  «  <<  << 

M  «  «  «  “  “ 

U  U  ((  «  «  “ 


Inside  Measurements 

9  x  9  x  12  inches 
12  x  12  x  14  “ 

15  x  15  x  18  “ 

20  x  20  x  24  “ 


Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 

94.50  141.75 

119.25  178.85 

159.00  238.50 

210.00  315.00 


31 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


20876.  Incubator,  Low  Temperature, 
Giddings.  The  incubator  proper 
is  regular  water-jacketed  type  with 
outer  air  space  and  covered  with 
a  heat  insulating  material.  Be¬ 
neath  the  incubator  is  an  ice  chest 
fitted  with  coils  of  pipe,  which  are 
connected  to  the  water  jacket  of 
the  incubator  so  that  the  water 
may  circulate  freely.  In  the  pipe 
line  is  a  pump  operated  by  an  elec¬ 
tric  motor.  This  motor  is  con¬ 
trolled  by  a  thermostatic  bar  which 
makes  and  breaks  the  circuit 
through  a  solenoid  switch,  ener¬ 
gized  by  the  line,  thus  rendering 
the  operator  independent  of  the 
troublesome  dry  battery. 

The  regulation  is  effected  as 
easily  as  with  the  ordinary  electric 
incubator,  the  temperature  for 
which  the  thermostat  is  adjusted 
remaining  constant  within  All 
parts  are  readily  accessible,  and 
the  construction  is  very  simple. 
To  put  the  equipment  into  oper¬ 
ation  it  is  only  necessary  to  con¬ 
nect  the  feed  wires  and  turn  on  the 
current. 

The  cooling  arrangement  per¬ 
mits  practically  any  desired  tem¬ 
perature  below  that  of  the  room  to 
be  maintained.  If  a  temperature 
below'  the  freezing  point  is  required, 
cracked  ice  and  sodium  thiosul¬ 
phate  (hypo)  are  placed  in  the  ice- 
chest,  while  from  4  to  12  liters  of 
water  are  drawn  off  and  replaced 
by  a  solution  consisting  of  50%  of 
glycerine  and  50%  of  alcohol  (95%). 

Please  specify  voltage  and  cur¬ 
rent  in  ordering.  If  for  alternat¬ 
ing  current  also  state  number  of 
cycles.  See  Phytopathology,  Vol.  II, 
p.  106,  1912. 

Size,  Cm.  .45X75X35  70X45  X35  48X45  X35 

Each .  290.00  270.00  235.00 

Size,  cm.  .48X45X24  48X30X24  24X30X24 

Each .  210.00  190.00  170.00 


20880.  Coagulator  lor  Blood 
Serum  (Inspissator),  Hearson  An- 
hydric  Electric,  operating  exactly 
the  same  as  Hearson  Incubators. 
For  40  tubes.  Voltage  and  tem¬ 
perature  must  be  given  when 
ordering.  Complete  with  ther¬ 
mometer.  Inside  dimensions  22if 
inches  long,  10j  inches  wide  by  3 
inches  deep,  holds  four  trays  each 


containing  10  tubes. 

Duty  Free .  39.00 

Duty  Paid .  58.50 


No.  20880 


32 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  20884 


Hearson  Cellular  Incubator  for  Students’  Use.  This  Incubator  is  heated  by  gas  or  electricity  and  the 
fittings  for  regulating  the  temperature  are  the  same  as  in  those  previously  described.  Prices  given  below  are 
for  gas  heating.  Electric  heating  adds  $21.00  duty  free  and  $31  50  duty  paid  to  the  list  prices  printed  below. 

This  utensil  is  designed  for  use  in  educational  laboratories  where  it  is  desirable  to  provide  each  student 
with  a  separate  incubating  chamber  or  drawer  which  may  be  removed  from  the  apparatus  without  affecting  the 
temperature  of  the  remaining  drawers.  The  inside  of  the  utensil  is  strongly  made  of  heavy  copper,  firmly  stayed 
at  frequent  intervals.  Each  drawer  of  the  size  13|  x  85  x  4f  inches  will  accommodate  about  60  culture  tubes. 

Seven  flat  copper  tubes,  extending  the  whole  length  of  the  drawers,  form  the  sides  and  divide  the  appa¬ 
ratus  into  six  vertical  compartments;  these  are  again  sub-divided  by  eighteen  terne-iron  shelves,  into  four 
divisions  horizontally,  thus  forming  twenty-four  pigeon  holes  water-jacketed  in  every  case  on  two  sides. 

All  the  vertical  tubes  are  joined  to  horizontal  tanks  at  the  top  and  bottom,  so  that  the  water  is  free  to 
move  up  or  down  any  of  the  tubes,  or  even  up  and  down  different  parts  of  the  same  tube,  thus  equalising  the 
temperature  in  all  directions. 

The  drawers  are  made  of  terne-iron,  which  is  not  liable  to  rust,  and  each  drawer  has  a  thick  varnished 
wood  front,  bearing  a  number  which  serves  to  show  the  order  in  which  they  should  be  replaced  and  enables 
the  student  to  easily  recognize  the  compartment  allotted  to  him.  The  removal  of  one  or  more  drawers  does 
not  appreciably  affect  the  temperature  of  those  which  remain,  and  when  the  outer  doors  have  been  closed  for 

a  short  time  the  temperature  is  practically  the  same  in  all  parts. 

r  Duly  Free  Duty  Paid 


20884.  Cellular  Incubator,  for  Gas,  with  24  drawers,  each  13f  x8jx  4*  inches .  $172.50  $258.75 

20888  “  “  “  “  “12  “  “  9  x  4J  x  14  “  136.50  204.75 

20892*.  “  «  «  “  “12  “  «  9  x  x  14  “  183.00  274.50 


3 3 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


N».  20896 


20896.  Coagulator  for  Blood  Serum  (Inspissator),  Hearson,  with  Patent  capsule  temperature  control,  for 
gas  heating.  The  utensil  is  strongly  made  of  copper,  with  trays  holding  serum  tubes  at  a  proper 
angle. 

To  hold,  tubes .  20 _ 40 

Duty  Free .  39.00  52.50 

Duty  Paid .  58.50  78.75 


No.  20900 


No.  20904 


20900.  Coagulator  for  Blood  Serum  (Inspissator).  The  two  front  legs  are  slotted  so  that  the  oven  may  be 
tilted  for  securing  necessary  slants  to  the  test  tubes.  Of  same  construction  as  American  Stand¬ 
ard  Incubators.  Without  thermometer,  burner  or  thermo-regulator. 

Inside  dimensions,  inches .  12  x  10  x  2J  16  x  14  x  2£ 

Each .  21.00  27d>0 

20904.  Water  Bath  for  Vaccine  Cultures,  Hearson,  of  heavy  copper,  with  burner  and  Hearson  Capsule 
for  control,  with  removable  rack  for  48  test  tubes. 

Duty  Free .  26.25  Duty  Paid .  39.50 


34 


ARTHUR 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


20908.  Water  Bath  and  Incubator,  Hearson,  for  Wasserman  Test  This  apparatus  consists  of  a  strong  cop¬ 
per  vessel,  nickel-plated,  on  a  stand.  The  incubator  is  a  double  sided  reservoir  and  is' pro¬ 
vided  with  a  glass  front  and  back.  It  is  intended  to  be  used  on  a  bench  facing  the  light.  On 
the  side  of  the  apparatus  a  small  tank  is  fixed,  to  which  Hearson’s  control  capsule  is  attached. 
This  is  regulated  for  56  to  60°  C.  for  the  sterilization  of  liquids,  and  is  provided  with  two  per¬ 
forated  plates,  one  to  take  ordinary  test  tubes  and  other  for  small  tubes.  It  is  also  provided 
with  a  hinged  cover  held  in  place  by  a  spring  which  is  laid  over  the  wadded  stoppings  of  the 
reagent  tubes  in  order  that  they  may  remain  in  the  water.  The  incubator  itself  is  fitted 
with  Hearson’s  control  capsule  and  is  regulated  for  38°  C.  Thermometers  are  provided  for 
two  compartments,  also  two  racks.  The  whole  forms  a  very  useful  and  complete  set  for  the 
study  of  the  Wasserman  process. 

Duty  Free .  55.00  Duty  Paid .  80.00 

20912.  Water  Bath,  Hearson,  for  Wasserman  Reactions,  etc.,  with  Hearson  Patent  Capsule  control  and  remov¬ 
able  test  tube  racks  and  covers  for  same  while  in  the  bath.  Each  tray  holds  36  tubes. 

Number  of  trays . 2  4  6 

Duty  Free .  37.80  60.00  75.60 

Duty  Paid .  56.70  90.00  113.40 


35 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


2091G.  Water  Bath,  for  Wasserman  and  other  Serological  Reactions,  Liefmann-Meier;  with  three  metal  test 

tube  racks  containing  72  tubes.  The  front  wall  of  the  bath  is  of  glass  and  the  back  is  finished 
in  white  to  enable  accurate  observations  of  reactions  without  removing  the  trays.  With  two 
burners,  thermo-regulator,  and  thermometer  as  shown  in  cut  but  without  test  tubes. 

Duty  Free  33.10  Duty  Paid .  40.05 

20920.  Incubator,  Opsonic,  with  20  tubulations  for  pipettes,  each  with  serial  number.  Of  heavy,  polished  cop¬ 
per,  on  sheet  iron  base  8  inches  high;  with  tubulations  for  thermometer,  gas  regulator  and  filler, 

and  a  cup  1  x  3§  inches  for  holding  instruments.  Size  14  x  8  x  4  inches .  17.25 

20924.  Incubator,  Opsonic,  same  as  above,  but  including  0  tubes,  |  inch  diameter,  in  the  top  to  hold  test 
tubes . .  21.00 


No.  20928 


No.  20932 


20928.  Sterilizer,  Inslrument,  convenient  in  the  pathological  and  bacteriological  laboratory  for  the  steriliza¬ 
tion  of  syringes,  instruments  for  animal  operations,  etc.  The  tray  carrying  the  syringes  or  instru¬ 
ments  is  lifted  clear  of  the  water  when  the  lid  is  raised  and  supported  in  this  position.  Of  copper, 

nickel  plated,  10  x  5  x  3  inches . . .  15.00 

20932.  Sterilizer,  Instrument  for  purposes  similar  to  above  but  for  electric  heating.  With  automatic  cut-out 
which  cuts  off  the  current  if  sterilizer  is  allowed  to  run  dry.  Complete  with  5  ft.  of  cord,  con¬ 
nector  and  lamp  socket  plug.  Apparatus  is  of  copper,  nickel  plated.  Dimensions  10  x  4f  x  2 
inches.  With  three  heats .  18.00 


36 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  20936  No.  20944  No.  20948 


20936. 


20940. 

20944. 


20948. 


20952. 

20956. 


Autoclave  or  Vertical  Steam  Pressure  Sterilizer,  American  Standard.  Of  heavy  polished  copper  tin 
lined.  Lids  of  heavy  cast  brass,  nickel  plated  and  fitted  with  steam-tight,  ground  in  bevel 
joint,  obviating  entirely  the  use  of  washers.  This  apparatus  is  the  most  widely  used  autoclave 
in  bacteriological  work  and  has  been  supplied  by  us  to  many  leading  laboratories  for  over  four¬ 
teen  years,  with  unfailing  satisfaction.  Each  apparatus  is  tested  and  guaranteed  to  stand  a 
pressure  of  35  lbs.  to  the  square  inch,  and  is  provided  with  proper  gauge  and  thermometer, 
reading  both  in  temperature  degrees  and  pounds  pressure,  also  safety  valve.  With  six  screw 
clamps  on  lid.  Prices  on  gas  and  oil  heated  apparatus  include  suitable  burners.  Prices  on 
electric  heating  include  cord  and  plug  and  electric  heater.  Inside  dimensions  11  inches  diameter 

inches  deep.  With  gas  healing  With  oil  heating  With  electric  heating 

Method  Ot  heating .  equipment  equipment  equipment 

Each .  60.00  6L65  100.00- 

Autoclave,  same  as  No.  20936,  but  with  hinged  lid  wi(h  gas  heating  with  oi|  healing  wuh  eIectric  heating 

Method  of  heating .  equipment _ equipment  equipment 


Each .  65.00  70.65  105.00 

Autoclave,  same  as  No.  20936,  but  with  ten  screw  clamps  on  hinged  lid.  Inside  dimensions  14  inches 

diameter  by  26  inches  deep.  With  gas  heating  With  oil  heating  With  electric  heating 

Method  of  heating .  equipment  equipment  equipment 

Each .  90.00  “973)0'  “130760“ 

Autoclave,  or  Vertical  Steam  Pressure  Sterilizer,  German  type  with  instantaneous  clamping  device 
for  lid,  manometer,  safety  valve,  drain  cock,  etc.;  and  burner  permanently  fixed  in  jacket  of 
apparatus.  Boiler  is  of  heavy,  seamless  hammered  copper,  heavily  tinned  on  the  inside,  enclosed 
in  enamelled  iron  outer  ventilating  jacket.  Lid  is  of  brass  and  all  trimmings  are  heavily  nickel 
plated.  With  tripod  inside  for  supporting  baskets,  etc.  Adjusted  for  a  working  pressure  of 
15  lbs.,  equal  to  a  temperature  of  121°  C.  Inside  dimensions  200  x  400  mm. 

Duty  Free .  63.00  Stock .  84.00 

Autoclave,  as  above,  with  petroleum  burner,  for  use  where  gas  is  not  available. 

Duty  Free .  66.30  Stock .  88.80 

Wire  Basket,  nickel  plated,  for  above,  with  hinged  lid,  200  mm  diameter  by  200  mm  high,  i.  e., 
two  baskets  exactly  fill  autoclave.  Very  convenient  for  test  tubes. 

Duty  Free .  5.05  Stock . .  6.75 


37 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  20960 


No.  20964 


20960.  Autoclave  or  Steam  Pressure  Sterilizer,  Horizontal  Form.  No  mechanical  fastening  whatever  is  used 
to  secure  the  door  and  no  packing  or  gasket  is  used  to  make  the  joint  steam-tight.  The  steam 
pressure  from  within  seals  the  door  absolutely.  The  apparatus  is  made  of  heavy,  polished 
copper  with  a  double  wall  or  jacket.  Can  be  used  for  steam,  gas  or  petrqleum  heating,  but  will 
be  supplied  for  use  with  gas  unless  otherwise  specified.  Because  of  the  double  jacket  the  cotton 
plugs  in  the  culture  tubes  are  absolutely  dry  when  the  door  is  opened.  When  this  sterilizer 
is  supplied  for  direct  steam  connection  the  generator  shown  in  illustration  is  not  required,  for 
which  we  make  an  allowance  of  from  $10.00  to  $17.00  depending  upon  the  size  of  the  sterilizer. 


Inside  dimensions,  inches .  16  x  12  20  x  16  24  x  20  28  x  22  28  x  25 

Each .  130.00  150.00  175.00  250.00  333.00 


20964.  Autoclave  or  Steam  Pressure  Sterilizer,  Horizontal  Form,  double  cylinder  type  with  steam  space  entirely 
surrounding  except  at  the  door  of  entrance.  A  particular  feature  of  this  sterliizer  is  the  fact  that 
the  contents  of  the  inner  chamber  become  perfectly  dry  within  one  minute  after  the  steam  is 
withdrawn.  Ebonized  or  enameled  bronze  door  and  frame  with  copper  end,  seamless  drawn 
brass  or  copper  shell  (tinned  internally)  forming  walls  of  sterilizing  chamber,  jacket  and  all 
fittings  highly  polished  and  nickel  plated,  mounted  on  white  enameled  tubular  steel  stand. 
Heating  can  be  done  by  steam,  gas  or  petroleum  as  ordered  but  will  be  supplied  for  gas  heating 
unless  otherwise  specified. 

Inside  dimensions,  inches. .  9  x  19  12x20  14  x  22  16  x24  20  x  28  24x32 

Each .  175.00  225.00  300.00  350.00  450.00  650.00 

Note.  When  arranged  for  steam  or  gas  heating,  we  recommend  the  use  of  the  special  auto-control 
valve,  so  designed  that  when  the  desired  pressure  is  reached  the  supply  is  cut  down  just  enough 
to  maintain  such  pressure.  This  adds  $10.00  to  the  cost  of  each  of  the  above  sizes. 


38 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  20968 


No.  20984 


No.  20980 


20968. 


20972. 


20976. 

20980. 


20984. 


Hot  Air  Sterilizer,  with  Regenerative  Heating  System,  so-called  ‘‘Lautenschlager”  form.  Of  best  Russia 
iron,  covered  with  asbestos  on  the  outside.  With  three  walls,  providing  two  air  spaces.  When 
heated  by  gas,  a  row  of  small  Bunsen  burners  placed  around  the  outside  of  the  base  creates  a 
circulating  hot  air  current  which  passes  through  the  oven  as  indicated  by  the  arrows  in  the  illus¬ 
tration.  When  heated  by  petroleum  blast  burner,  or  by  electric  units  placed  in  the  base,  the 
circulation  occurs  in  the  same  way.  The  electric  heating  device  provides  one  heat  and  includes 
cost  of  relay  and  regulator.  A  temperature  of  360°  F.  (182°  C.)  may  be  had  with  the  electric  heater 
in  20  minutes.  The  gas  heated  sterilizer  may  be  used  for  either  gasoline  gas  or  natural  gas  by  the 
use  of  adjustable  burners  in  place  of  the  regular.  These  are  furnished  upon  order  at  a  slight 
extra  charge.  Inside  dimensions  12  x  18  x  9  inches.  On  low  base,  with  thermometer,  range 

200°  C.  Style .  With  gas  heating  With  oil  heating  With  electric  heating 

equipment  equipment  equipment 

Each . _  47.75  '  59.00  100.25 

Hot  Air  Sterilizer,  same  as  above,  but  with  inside  dimensions  18x24x14  inches  on  low  base,  with 

thermometer  Style .  With  gas  heating  With  oil  heating  With  electric  heating 

equipment  equipment  equipment 

Each .  65.00  77.75  130.25 

Hot  Air  Sterilizer,  same  as  above,  but  with  inside  dimensions  24  x  30  x  18  inches  on  low  base,  with 

thermometer  Style .  With  gas  heating  With  oil  heating  With  electric  heating 

equipment  equipment  equipment 

Each .  ‘  110.00  128.75  ~  173.75 

Hot  Air  Sterilizer,  same  as  above,  but  on  high  base,  with  thermometer.  Inside  dimensions  30x36x20 

inches  Style .  With  gas  heating  With  oil  heating  With  electric  heating 

equipment  equipment  equipment 

Each . . .  166.25  196.25  263.75 

Hot  Air  Sterilizer,  double  wall,  asbestos  covered,  with  built-in  burners,  for  gas  heating  only,  with  ther¬ 
mometer. 

Inside  dimensions,  inches .  12  x  24  x  12  19  x  12  x  _ 18  x  24  x  14 

Each .  38.75  31.25  46.25 


39 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  20988 


No.  21000 


20988.  Hot  Air  Sterilizer,  double  wall,  of  sheet  iron,' with  enclosed  base,  asbestos  mat,  thermometer  and  burner. 

With  two  shelves.  Inside  dimensions  10x12x10  inches .  19.75 

20992.  Hot  Air  Sterilizer,  same  as  No.  20988,  but  with  one  shelf  and  inside  dimensions  9x9x6  inches.  13.10 
20996.  “  “  “  of  sheet  iron,  double  wall.  Wall  form,  with  fork  to  hold  burner.  Including  ther¬ 
mometer  and  burner.  Inside  dimensions  11x9x9  inches .  15.75 

21000.  Sterilizer,  Freas  Patent  Electric.  The  general  construction,  regulating  and  heating  of  the  Freas’  Elec¬ 
tric  Dry  Sterilizer  is  identical  with  that  of  the  Freas’  Electric  Incubator,  the  only  difference 
between  them  being  that  the  Sterilizer  is  graduated  for  temperatures  up  to  175°  C.  and  accord¬ 
ingly  provided  with  heating  plate  wound  for  600  watts.  The  Sterilizer  is  not  provided  with  inside 
glass  door,  while  the  insulation  space  between  the  walls  is  greater  than  with  the  Incubator,  on 
account  of  the  higher  temperatures  maintained. 


Inside  dimensions,  in .  7x7x10  12x12x12  14x17x18 

Each .  50700  T2M~  165.00 


Note — Size  14  x  17  x  18  inches  is  mounted  on  heavy  iron  base  with  legs,  total  height  about  5  ft 


21004.  Sterilizer,  Hot  Air,  Hearson, 
Electric,  adjustable  for 
temperatures  from  150° 
to  175°  C.  The  opera¬ 
tion  is  similar  to  that  of 
the  Hearson  Electric  In¬ 
cubators  except  that  the 
heating  unit  is  provided 
for  higher  temperatures 
and  a  better  insulation 
is  built  in. 

Inside  dimensions, 


inches 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

12  x  9  x  9 

45.00 

67.50 

15  x  12  x  12 

51.75 

77.65 

18  x  15  x  15 

70.50 

105.75 

22  x  15  x  15 

94.50 

141.75 

40 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  21008 


No.  21020 


21008. 


21012. 


Arnold  Steam  Sterilizer,  Boston  Board  of  Health  Form.  Of  tin  lined  copper  throughout.  Without 
stand  or  burner. 

Inside  dimensions,  inches .  16  x  12  x  12  13f  x  8  x  8 

Each .  40.00  35  J)0 

Arnold  Steam  Sterilizer,  same  as  above  but  with  rectangular  sheet  iron  stand,  6  inches  high,  and  Fletcher 
radial  burner. 

Inside  dimensions,  inches .  16  x  12  x  12  13f  x  8  x  8 

Each . 44^66  _  39.00 


21016.  Hearson  Automatic  Electric  Steam  Sterilizer.  This  Sterilizer  is  operated  upon  any  ordinary  lamp 
socket  (voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering)  and,  in  addition,  connection  established  with  a 
constant  water  supply  with  overflow  to  sink.  The  apparatus  operates  absolutely  automatically 
from  the  moment  the  switch  is  turned  on.  When  the  water  boils  the  current  is  automatically 
reduced  and  no  more  current  is  consumed  than  is  required  to  keep  the  chamber  full  of  steam. 
Where  a  constant  water  supply  with  sink  for  disposal  of  waste  is  not  available,  one  pint  of 

water  will  operate  the  sterilizer  for  twenty-four 
hours  without  attention.  Flasks  of  media  may  be 
placed  cm  the  bottom  of  the  sterilizer  without  danger 
of  cracking  and  the  filtration  of  agar  effected  with¬ 
out  special  precautions.  The  outfit  is  extremely 
economical  in  current  consumption,  gives  oft  no 
fumes  of  any  kind  and  allows  no  steam  to  escape. 

Height,  inches .  10  22 

Diameter,  inches .  8  121 

Duty  Free .  63.00  84  00 

Duty  Paid .  94  50  126  00 


21020.  Arnold  Steam  Sterilizer,  Cylindrical  Form.  Automatically 
maintains  a  constant  temperature  of  100°  C  without 
attention.  Of  tin,  with  copper  bottom. 

Inside  dimensions,  inches .  7\  x  8j  10|  x  9| 

Each . . . .  3.50  4.50 

Inside  dimensions,  inches .  llj  x  10^  12§  x  llj 

Each .  5.00  5.50 

21024.  Arnold  Steam  Sterilizer,  same  as  above  but  of  copper 
throughout. 

Inside  dimensions,  inches .  7j  x  8|  10|  x  9§ 

Each . . . .  9725“  13.75 

Inside  dimensions,  inches .  11?  x  101  12j  x  11J 

Each .  15.00  17.00 


No.  21016 


41 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  21028 


No.  21036 


21028. 


21032. 


21036. 


Paraffine  Embedding  Oven,  double  wall,  of  heavy  sheet  copper,  on  wrought  iron  stand,  with  extra  sheet 
iron  bottom  to  prevent  burning  out.  With  perforated  shelf,  but  without  burner,  thermometer 
or  thermo-regulator. 

-  Inside  dimensions,  inches .  5 1  x  of _ 7g  x  7| _ 9*  xjlf 

Each .  8.00  10.00  14.00 

Paraffine  Embedding  Oven,  same  as  above  but  with  enclosed  sheet  iron  base  to  protect  burner  from 
drafts. 

Inside  dimensions,  inches .  5|  x  of  7|_xJ 7f  _ x  9| 

Each .  9.00  11.00  15.00 

Extra  for  Copper  Rings  to  fit  any  size  of  Nos.  21028  or  21032  Ovens  so  that  same  may  be  used  as 
a  water  bath .  1.50 


No.  21044 


No.  21048 


21040. 


21044. 

21048. 


Paraffine  Compartment  Embedding  Oven,  Lillie,  of  polished  copper  with  double  walls,  of  same  general 
construction  as  American  Standard  Incubators.  Drawers  10x4x3|  inches  with  sides  and  back 
of  perforated  zinc.  On  sheet  iron  base  10^  inches  high.  Gas  heating  equipment  includes 
metallic  connecting  tube,  Greenman  burner,  Greenman  thermo-regulator  and  thermometer. 
Oil  heating  equipment  includes  oil  lamp,  regulating  device  and  thermometer.  Electric  heat 
includes  three  heat  disc  for  temperatures  up  to  60°  C  with  relay  and  regulator. 

Without  With  gas  heating  With  oil  heating  With  electric  heating 
btyle .  equipment  equipment  equipment  equipment 

Each .  ~  72.00  91.25  110.25  13fL85 

Paraffine  Embedding  Oven,  same  as  No.  21040  but  with  16  drawers. 


Without  With  gas  heating  With  oil  heating  With  electric  healing 
Style .  equipment  equipment  equipment  equipment 

Each .  102.00  121,25  138.25  168.85  ~ 

Paraffine  Compartment  Oven,  Lillie,  Improved  Model,  similar  in  construction  and  equipment  to  No.  21040. 
With  8  drawers  and  2  receptacles  with  screw  tops  and  stopcocks  to  enable  the  contents  to  be  run 
into  moulds  as  required.  With  12  perforated  trays  for  drying  and  fixing  purposes.  On  base  15 

inches  high.  Without  With  gas  heating  With  oil  heating  With  electric  heating 

Style .  equipment  equipment  equipment  equipment 

Each .  165.00  194.25  207.85  240.85 


42 


ARTHUR 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  21052 


No.  21060 


21052.  Paraffine  Embedding  Ovens,  Hearson,  for  gas  heating.  These  utensils  are  identical  with  the  Hearson 
bacteriological  Incubators  for  gas  heating  listed  on  p.  24,  excepting  that  the  capsule  is  adjusted 
for  operation  at  temperatures  between  45°  and  60°  C.  instead  of  37|°  to  40°  as  regularly  sup¬ 
plied  with  the  Incubators.  These  capsules  can  be  used  interchangeably  with  those  supplied 
with  the  Incubators.  Complete  with  burner  and  thermometer. 

Inside  measurements,  inches .  6  x  6  x  7  9  x  9  x  12  12  x  12  x  14  15  x  15  x  18  20  x  20  x  24 

Duty  Free .  28^95  36.00  45.00  65^50  93.15 

Duty  Paid .  43.45  54.00  67.50  98.35  140.00 

21056.  Paraffine  Embedding  Ovens,  Hearson,  Anhydric  Electric.  Adjusted  for  temperatures  from  45°  to  60°  C. 

Works  equally  well  on  direct  or  alternating  current  but  voltage  must  be  stated  in  ordering. 
Identical  in  appearance  and  operation  with  Hearson  Electric  Incubators. 

8ize,  inches .  10  x  7  x  6  12  x  9x9 

Duty  Free .  37.80  45.00 

Duty  Paid .  56.70  67.50 

21060.  Paraffine  Embedding  Bath,  Coplin.  The  bath  is  supplied  with  four  independent  cups  of  3  inch  diame¬ 
ter  and  one  large  central  reservoir  7  inches  in  diameter,  the  latter  connected  with  stopcock  in 

front  to  draw'  off  melted  paraffine.  Three  spaces  are  sup¬ 
plied  in  front  for  heating  material  in  glass  vessels  such  as 
tall  form  Stender  dishes.  On  iron  base  17  inches  high,  with 
cylindrical  shield  for  the  gas  flame.  Without  burner,  ther- 
IfipOPSiitSi  mometer  or  thermo-regulator. 

Outside  dimensions,  inches .  12  x  12  x  23  24  x  12  x  23 

Each .  33.00  48.00 


21064.  Vacuum  Embedding  Apparatus,  Hearson.  consisting  of  a  water 
bath  with  a  heavy  copper  paraffine  bath,  7  x  45  inches,  with 
thick  plate  glass  lid  made  air-tight  by  means  of  a  rubber 
ring.  The  apparatus  may  be  used  as  an  ordinary  embed¬ 
ding  bath,  i.e.,  without  exhaustion,  or  the  paraffine  bath 
proper  may  be  exhausted  by  a  few  strokes  of  the  air  pump. 
The  removal  of  all  volatile  reagents  in  which  tissues  have 
been  soaked  preparatory  to  embedding,  is  very  much 
hastened  by  the  use  of  this  method.  The  control  of  the 
water  bath  is  by  Hearson’s  capsule.  For  gas  heating. 
Price  includes  burner,  flexible  tubing  and  thermometer. 

Duty  Free .  23.25 

Duty  Paid .  31.50 


No-  21064 


43 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


21068. 

21072. 


No.  21072 


No.  21068 

Vacuum  Embedding  Apparatus,  Hearson,  Electric,  rectangular 
form,  with  two  copper  pans  5?  inches  in  diameter.  Com¬ 
plete  with  thermometer,  flexible  cord  and  wall  plug. 

Duty  Free .  40.50  Duty  Paid .  60.75 

Dehydrator,  Hearson,  for  Continuous  Drying  of  Tissues  in 
Alcohol.  This  dehydrator  consists  of  a  water  bath,  boiler, 
condenser  and  receiver.  The  boiler  containing  the  spirit  to  be  distilled  is  heated  by  means  of  a 
gas  flame  through  the  intermediary  of  the  water  bath,  the  water  bath  being  constantly  replen¬ 
ished  with  the  hot  water  which  comes  from  the  condenser.  A  is  the  water  bath  supplied  by  the 
pipe  F  through  the  intermediary  of  a  small  reservoir  B,  the  surplus  water  from  which  runs  to 
waste  at  the  pipe  F.  O  is  the  supply  for  cold  water  for  condensing  the  vapor  of  the  spirit  as  fast 
as  it  is  formed.  E  is  a  glass  tube  to  enable  the  spirit  to  be  seen  as  it  leaves  the  condenser.  C  is 
the  receiver  which  must  always  be  full  of  spirit  up  to  the  overflow.  The  spirit,  overflowing  from 
the  receiver,  runs  into  the  boiler  through  the  pipe  T.  The  action  of  the  dehydrator  is  such  that 
the  container  is  always  full  of  absolute,  or  nearly  absolute,  alcohol.  Tissues  placed  in  C  are 
rapidly  deprived  of  their  moisture  and  the  water  thus  abstracted  is  left  behind  in  the  boiler  and 
there  unites  with  the  hydrate  of  soda,  which,  by  combining  with  it,  becomes  liquified.  When  all 
the  hydrate  of  soda  becomes  liquified  more  must  be  added,  or  the  whole  of  the  spirit  may  be  dis¬ 
tilled  off  and  fresh  hydrate  of  soda  placed  in  the  boiler  and  the  spirit  returned  to  it.  The  apparatus 
is  substantially  made  in  copper  and  brass. 

Duty  Free .  31.50  Duty  Paid .  47.25 


View  in  Shipping  Room 

44 


ART  HUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  21076  No.  21084 


21076.  Cold  Closet,  Large  Model,  for  maintaining  a  constant  temperature  of  —  15°  C.,  as  supplied  by  us  to  the 
laboratories  of  Henry  Phipps  Institute,  Philadelphia,  where  it  is  giving  the  best  of  satisfaction. 
With  careful  management  at  ordinary  room  temperature  the  closet  will  maintain  a  temperature 
under  the  freezing  point  for  six  to  eight  days  at  a  time  with  one  filling  of  ice  and  salt. 

Inside  dimensions,  cm . .60  x  50  x  50 _  100  x  50  x  50 

Duty  Free .  148.85  190.60 

Duty  Paid .  180.40  231.00 

21080.  Cold  Closet,  “Frigo,”  for  maintaining  a  constant  temperature  of  -S  to  -12°C.  for  the  preservation  of 
sera,  ferments,  urine  and  other  biological  products.  Economical  in  use  of  ice  and  maintains 
temperatures  much  lower  than  ordinary  refrigerators.  Size  35  x  22  x  20  cm,  inside  dimensions. 

Duty  Free .  46.75  Duty  Paid .  57.00 

21084.  Cold  Closet,  “Frigo,”  similar  to  above  but  40  x  30  x  30  cm  inside:  for  temperatures  from  -8  to  -12°  C. 

Duty  Free .  136.15  Duty  Paid .  165.00 


View  in  Stock  Room 


View  in  Packing  Room 


45 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


STAUDINGER  ANALYTICAL  BALANCES 

The  three  Staudinger  Analytical  Balances  herein  listed  were  first  introduced  by  us  into  the  United  States 
in  1899,  since  which  time  we  have  been  the  sole  United  States  agents  for  the  maker,  Wilhelm  Spoerhase  of 
Giessen,  Germany,  successor  to  the  old  firm  of  Carl  Staudinger.  established  in  Giessen  in  1842. 

During  this  period  we  have  supplied  these  Balances  to  practically  every  University,  College  and  Technical 
School  in  the  United  States.  In  some  of  the  larger  Universities,  such  as  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Cor¬ 
nell  University,  etc.,  there  are  upwards  of  seventy-five  Balances  in  actual  use,  the  same  type  of  instrument 
having  been  repeatedly  ordered  year  after  year  over  a  period  of  fifteen  years. 


21304.  Balance,  Staudinger  Analytical  No.  1.  This  Balance  is  designed  for  work  in  which  high  sensibility  is 
required.  In  general  construction  it  is  the  Staudinger  modification  of  the  usual  German  type, 
where  the  beam  and  pans  are  released  simultaneously.  By  means  of  a  patented  rider  sliding 
on  the  pointer  varying  degrees  of  sensibility  are  attainable  and,  for  this  reason,  the  No.  1  is 
adapted  to  a  great  variety  of  work.  The  scale  is  furnished  with  two  divisions,  one  being  for  use 
with,  and  the  other  without,  the  reading  microscope.  The  center  of  gravity  of  the  system  may 
be  adjusted  by  the  rider  on  the  pointer  so  that  1  mg.  equals  1  degree  of  the  macro  scale.  The 
micro  scale  then  divides  this  degree  into  tenths  so  that  a  direct  reading  to  7V  mg.  is  attained 
through  the  microscope.  The  action  with  this  adjustment  is  very  rapid  and  the  sensibility  re¬ 
mains  constant  under  varying  loads.  By  raising  the  rider  on  the  pointer  1  mg.  equals  5  and  finally 
10  degrees  on  the  macro  scale  so  that  by  using  the  microscope  to  read  the  subdivisions  on  the 
micro  scale  sensibilities  of  and  nig.  are  readily  available.  The  times  of  a  complete 
double  swing  for  the  three  sensibilities  are  as  follows:  T’5  mg.  =  14  seconds;  mg.  =  20  seconds; 
3*5  mg.  =  30  seconds. 

Capacity — 200  grams. 

Sensibility — 1-50  milligrams  under  full  load. 

Case — of  well-seasoned  mahogany,  highly  polished,  with  side  doors  and  counterpoised  front  door. 

Base — of  highly  polished  and  beveled  black  glass. 

Beam — of  hard  welded  magnalium,  highly  polished,  15  cm  long. 

Knife  Edges  and  Planes — of  agate  throughout. 

Release  and  Arrest — by  means  of  a  centrally  placed  milled  head,  naif  turn  of  which  simultaneously  releases  beam,  hangers 
and  pans. 

Rider  Carrier — Patented  Staudinger  construction  lifting  the  rider  vertically  in  a  straight  line. 

Pans — heavily  platinum  plated. 

Finish — excepting  magnalium  beam  all  metal  parts  are  heavily  platinum  plated  or,  if  so  specified,  gold  plated. 

Duty  Free .  90.00  Stock .  125.00 


The  stock  prices  of  the  Staudinger  Balances  have  been  materially  reduced  since  the  operation 
of  the  new  Tariff  Act  of  1913. 


46 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  213011 


21306.  Balance,  Staudinger  Analytical  No.  2.  This  Balance  is  of  the  same  general  construction  as  the  No.  1, 
with  some  simplifications  and  generally  more  robust  construction,  designed  to  stand  heavier 
work  where  such  high  sensibility  is  not  required.  It  is  used  in  many  laboratories  for  advanced 
student  work  as  well  as  in  industrial  laboratories. 

Capacity — 200  grams. 

Sensibility — under  full  load  1-10  milligram. 

Case — of  polished  mahogany,  with  side  doors  and  counterpoised  front  door. 

Base — of  highly  polished  and  beveled  black  glass. 

Beam — of  hard  welded  magnalium,  highly  polished,  13  cm  long. 

Knife  Edges  and  Planes — of  agate  throughout. 

Release  and  Arrest — by  means  of  a  centrally  placed  milled  head  half  turn  of  which  simultaneously  releases  beam,  hangers 
and  pans. 

Rider  Carrier — patented  Staudinger  construction  lifting  the  rider  vertically  in  a  straight  line. 

Pans — heavily  platinum  plated. 

Finish — heavily  nickelled  with  the  exception  of  polished  magnalium  beam  and  platinized  pans. 

Duty  Free .  50.00  Stock .  70.00 


21308.  Balance,  Staudinger  Analytical  No.  3.  This  Balance  is  deservedly  the  most  popular  of  the  three  and 
has  been  supplied  by  us  in  the  past  fifteen  years  to  most  of  the  principal  colleges  and  universi¬ 
ties  in  the  United  States  and  to  many  other  laboratories.  It  has  been  designed  primarily  for 
students’  use  in  quantitative  work,  and  over  75  instruments  are  in  use  in  some  of  our  largest  uni¬ 
versities  in  the  East,  having  been  repeatedly  ordered  over  a  period  of  fifteen  years.  All  of  the 
essential  features  of  Staudinger  construction  and  design  are  incorporated  and  the  instrument 
differs  from  the  preceding  Balances  only  in  the  matter  of  simplicity  of  finish  and  construction 
and  sensibility. 

Capacity — 200  grams. 

Sensibility — regular  adjustment  is  1-5  mg.  equals  1  degree  of  scale.  May  be  read  to  1-10  mg.  equals  $  degree  of  scale. 

Case — of  polished  mahogany. 

Base — of  polished  black  slate. 

Beam — of  hard  welded  magnalium,  highly  polished,  13  cm  long. 

Knife  Edges  and  Planes — of  agate  throughout. 

Release  and  Arrest — by  means  of  a  centrally  placed  milled  head  half  turn  of  which  simultaneously  releases  beam,  hangers 
and  pans. 

Rider  Carrier — patented  Staudinger  construction  lifting  the  rider  vertically  in  a  straight  line. 

Pans — heavily  platinum  plated. 

Finish — with  the  exception  of  the  pans  which  are  platinum  plated  and  the  magnalium  beam,  all  metal  parts  are  lacquered 
in  a  dull  black  finish  particularly  resistant  to  laboratory  fumes. 

Duty  Free .  32.00  Stock . .  45.00 


21320.  Balance,  Analytical,  Sartorius  Model  “U.  S.  A.”  This  new  balance  which  has  been  specially  designed 
for  use  in  educational  laboratories,  has  been  very  popular  throughout  the  U.S.  This  Balance 
is  of  the  German  type,  i.e.,  with  simultaneous  arrest  of  beam  and  pans  and  is  fitted  with  Sar¬ 
torius’  patent  compensation  suspension  and  circular  form  of  arrest  as  used  on  all  Sartorius  bal¬ 
ances. 

Capacity — 200  grams. 

Sensibility — 1-10  milligram. 

Case — of  polished  walnut. 

Beam — of  aluminum. 

Knife  Edges  and  Planes — of  agate  throughout. 

Duty  Free .  39.00  Stock .  50.00 


r 


47 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  21328 


”•2.2  S 


c 

73  Gj 

o  ~5 

£  « 

73  — 

O 


io 

3  & 


§1 

-d  73 


.2  "O  ®  43 

c  c  ^  2. 
b  33  hC  2 


~  o 

*>  t. 

JT  rf 
cc 

t- 

I  © 

©  -3 

I  ’C 

<£•  bO 


73  S 

o  5 
£  G  ' 
^  © 

73  O  ■ 

S  £ 

d  ^ 
a  ja 
s  tf 

m  £ 


No.  21332 


21328.  Balance,  Analytical,  Becker  No.  1.  This  is  a  high-grade  analytical  Balance,  manufactured  for  us  by 
the  renowned  firm  of  Becker’s  Sons,  Rotterdam,  and  has  long  been  in  use  in  many  leading  lab¬ 
oratories.  It  is  particularly  adapted,  because  of  robust  construction,  quick  action  and  great 
sensibility,  to  the  requirements  of  industrial  laboratories  and  is  highly  recommended  for  such 
work. 

Capacity— 200  grams. 

Sensibility— 1-20  milligram. 

Case — of  highly  polisned,  well-seasoned  mahogany,  with  counterpoised  front  door  and  sliding  door  in  rear. 

Base — of  beveled  glass. 

Beam — of  aluminum,  fi  inches  long,  graduated  to  1-10  milligram. 

Knife  Edges  and  Planes — of  agate  throughout. 

Release  and  Arrest — beam  is  arrested  by  center  milled  head  and  pans  are  arrested  separately  by  pressure  on  ivory  button. 
Pans — of  polished  German  silver. 

Finish — with  the  exception  of  polished  aluminum  beam,  metal  parts  are  protected  by  gold  lacquer  very  resistant  to  labora¬ 
tory  fumes. 

Duty  Free .  68.75  Stock .  125.00 

21332.  Balance,  Analytical,  Becker  No.  7.  This  Balance  is  also  made  for  us  by  Becker’s  Sons,  Rotterdam, 
and  is  especially  recommended  for  students’  use  and  for  industrial  laboratories  where  a  higher 
priced  Balance  is  not  required.  It  is  substantially  made  and  at  the  same  time  sufficiently  sensi¬ 
tive  to  give  close  results. 

Capacity— 100  grams. 

Sensibility— 1-10  milligram. 

Case — of  highly  polished  well-seasoned  mahogany  with  counterpoised  front  door  and  sliding  door  in  rear. 

Beam — of  aluminum,  6  inches  long,  graduated  to  1-10  milligram. 

Knife  Edges  and  Planes— of  agate  throughout. 

Release  and  Arrest — provided  writh  the  improved  pan  arrest  with  arrangement  for  lifting  planes  from  the  knife  edges  at  the 
ends  of  the  beams  when  the  balance  is  at  rest,  as  in  the  higher  priced  Balances.  This  feature  is  not  found  in  other 
balances  of  corresponding  price. 

Pans — of  polished  German  silver. 

Finish — with  the  exception  of  the  polished  aluminum  beam  all  metal  parts  are  lacquered. 

Duty  Free .  36.00  Stock .  65.00 

21324.  Balance,  Analytical,  Troemner  No.  10.  This  Balance  is  in  extensive  use  in  industrial  laboratories 
throughout  the  country,  also  in  many  of  our  leading  universities,  and  needs  no  introduction. 


No.  21324 


Capacity — 200  grams. 

Sensibility — 1-20  milligram. 

Case — of  old,  well-seasoned  mahogany,  French  polish:  the 
front  sash  is  counterpoised,  opening  up  the  full 
width  of  the  case.  The  rear  sash  also  slides  up,  al¬ 
lowing  the  weighing  of  long  objects  to  extend  beyond 
the  outside  lines  of  the  case.  The  top  and  ends  are 
also  fitted  with  glass  sash,  thus  securing  plenty  of 
light  from  all  directions. 

Base — top  is  covered  with  a  black  plate  glass. 

Beam — of  cold  rolled  aluminum,  having  more  than  three 
times  the  tensile  strength  of  pure  aluminum,  oxi¬ 
dized  black  with  a  non-corrosive  preparation,  and 
divided  into  fifty  parts  each  side  of  the  center  knife. 

Knife  Edges  and  Planes — of  agate  throughout.  - 

Release  and  Arrest — releasing  arms  are  of  simplest  construc¬ 
tion  with  three  principal  parts,  swinging  up  to  hold 
the  beam  and  down  to  release  it  and  operated  by  a 
turn  button  in  front  of  case,  constructed  so  as  to 
bring  their  axes  coincident  with  the  contact  line  at 
the  center  knife  edge  and  hold  the  beam  firm  and 
secure  when  the  Balance  is  being  loaded  or  unloaded. 

Pans — of  aluminum,  3  inches  diameter,  of  flat  shape  and 
adjustable  on  the  arches.  Arches  are  of  cold  drawn 
nickel  silver,  gold  plated. 

Finish — all  brass  parts  are  gold  plated. 

Stock .  125.00 


48 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


A  New  Analytical  Balance 

TROEMNER  NO.  50 . $50.00  NET 

MADE  BY  HENRY  TROEMNER,  PHILADELPHIA,  FOR  THE  ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


21340.  Balance,  Analytical,  Troemner  No.  50.  After  long  cooperation  with  the  firm  of  Henry  Troemner,  Phila¬ 
delphia,  we  are  enabled  to  offer  a  Balance  at  $50.00,  bearing  his  name  and  guarantee,  but  made 
specially  for  us,  which  will  satisfactorily  meet  all  the  practical  requirements  of  the  analyst  as 
well  as  any  Balance  now  listed  at  $125.00.  We  will  send  this  Balance  to  any  responsible  chemist, 
subject  to  trial  and  approval  and  returnable  at  our  expense  if  not  satisfactory.  This  Balance 
is  particularly  recommended  to  industrial  chemists  because  of  its  rigid  and  robust  construction 
and  is  guaranteed  to  stand  the  daily  wear  and  tear  in  a  works  laboratory. 

Sensibility — The  Balance  has  a  definite  sensibility  of  r'5  milligram  under  full  load  of  200  grams 
in  each  pan. 

Capacity — 200  grams  in  each  pan. 

Case — The  case  is  of  French  polished  mahogany  with  counterpoised  front  sash,  with  glass  sash 
at  the  back,  top  and  both  ends.  The  base  is  fitted  with  a  drawer  and  is  provided  with  screw 
leveling  feet. 

Beam — The  beam  is  of  aluminum  alloy,  7  inches  long  and  is  graduated  on  the  right  arm  into 
fifty  divisions.  The  special  feature  of  this  beam  construction  is  that  it  is  designed  to  sup¬ 
port  successfully  without  flexture  a  load  of  200  grams  in  each  pan,  and  that  the  knife  edges 
are  set  rigid  in  the  beam,  thus  doing  away  with  any  possible  shifting  which  would  make  the 
Balance  inaccurate  and  undependable. 

Release  and  Arrest — The  beam  is  supported  by  a  three  point  rigid  beam  arrest  that  has  a 
full-away  action  and  releases  the  beam  so  that  the  contact  at  the  center  knife  edge  is  coin¬ 
cident  with  the  contact  at  the  end  knife  edge,  thereby  avoiding  all  jarring  and  possible 
injury  to  the  knife  edge  by  a  sudden  shock. 

Rider  Carrier — The  rider  carrier  is  very  simple  in  construction  and  is  designed  to  be  thoroughly 
.  effective  and  free  from  any  possibility  of  derangement. 

Bearings — Of  agate  throughout. 

Pointer  Scale — The  ivory  pointer  scale  is  recessed  (see  illustration)  so  that  the  end  of  the 
pointer  moves  in  the  recess  and  in  the  same  vertical  plane  as  the  divisions  on  the  scale, 
thus  avoiding  all  errors  of  parallax  and  making  accurate  readings  convenient  and  rapid. 
Pan  Hangers — Of  extra  width  and  shape  to  conveniently  accommodate  a  Vanier  Potash  Bulb. 

Price .  50.00 

21341.  Balance,  Analytical,  Troemner  No.  65,  exactly  the  same  as  No.  50  but  with  beam  divided  on  both  sides 
of  the  central  knife  edge  instead  of  on  the  right-hand  side  only  as  in  the  No.  50.  and  with  black 
polished  plate  glass  base  inside  of  the  case .  65.00 


49 


A  R  T  H  U  R 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


RUEPRECHT  PRECISION  AND  ANALYTICAL^BALANCES 

As  supplied  by  us  to  laboratories  in  leading  institutions  throughout  the  United  States  for  the  highest  grade 

of  research  work. 


No  21360 


No.  21368 


21360.  Balance,  Precision,  Rueprecht,  a  balance  of  great  precision  and  large  carrying  capacity,  constructed 
upon  the  well-known  Rueprecht  system,  with  all  moving  parts  heavily  gold  plated,  in  mahogany 


case. 

Capacity  grams .  600  1000  2000  5000 

Sensibility,  milligrams .  0.1  0.1  0.2  0.5 

Duty  Free .  220.50  248.00  33(k75  42E25 

Duty  Paid .  305.25  343.50  458.00  591.50 


21364.  Balance,  Precision,  Rueprecht,  as  above,  with  automatic  device  for  removing  and  placing  weights 
on  the  right-hand  beam  and  with  arrangement  for  variable  sensibility. 


Capacity,  grams .  200  600  1000  2000 

Sensibility,  milligrams .  0.05  0.1  0.1  0.2 

Duty  Free . UiTOO  344JH)  385.85  496.10 

Duty  Paid .  300.00  477.00  534.25  686.85 


Note — The  above  Balances  can  be  furnished  in  case  constructed  entirely  of  brass  and  mirror  plate 
glass  at  an  advance  of  approximately  20%. 


21368.  Balance,  Analytical,  Rueprecht,  in  fine  mahogany  case,  with  beam  200  mm  long;  200  grams  capacity. 

Sensibility,  milligrams .  0.1  .05 

Duty  Free .  124.05  132.30 

Duty  Paid .  171.75  183.15 


21372.  Balance,  Analytical,  Rueprecht,  as  above,  but  with  shorter  beam,  i.e.,  150  mm  long;  200  grams  capacity. 

Sensibility,  milligrams . 0.1  .05 

Duty  Free .  124.05  132.30 

Duty  Paid .  171.75  183.15 

Note — Either  of  the  above  Balances  can  be  furnished  in  case  composed  entirely  of  brass  and  mirror  plate 
glass  at  an  extra  cost  of  $35.85  duty  free  and  $49.60  duty  paid. 


50 


- -  ^  ‘  ;  - 


ARTHUR _ Hj _ T  H  O  M  A  S  COMPANY 


I 


21376. 


21380. 


No.  21376 

Balance,  Technical -Analytical,  Staudinger,  a  convenient  balance  for  quick  and  exact  weighings  on 
the  lecture  table  and  for  students’  work.  With  beam  and  hangers  of  magnalium  and  agate 
bearings  and  knife  edges.  Case  is  of  mahogany  with  sliding  front  door  and  base  is  of  black  marble 

Capacity,  grams .  100 

Sensibility,  milligrams .  0.5 

Duty  Free .  29  35 

Duty  Paid . . . . . . . . . .  35.’20 


100 

200 

500 

1000 

0.5 

1 

2 

3 

29.35 

32.95 

39.70 

44.70 

35.20 

39.50 

47.65 

53.65 

Balance,  Physical-Analytical,  Staudinger.  Recommended  as  a  Balance  of  great  precision  with  large 
carrying  capacity.  1000  grams  capacity,  sensibility  by  means  of  reading  microscope  xbn  milli- 

fram;  with  adjustment  for  sensibility,  agate  bearings  throughout,  Argentan  beam  35  cm  long,  in 
ne  mahogany  case,  with  black  mirror  plate  glass  base. 


Duty  Free 


255.00 


Duty  Paid 


357.00 


51 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  21384  No.  21388 

21384.  Balance,  Assay,  Ainsworth  Inverted  Type  V,  a  reliable  and  widely  used  Assay  Balance. 

Sensibility — adjusted  to  a  sensibility  of  1-500  milligram  and  afterwards  reduced  to  1-200  milligram  to  increase  the  rapidity. 
Case — of  mahogany  with  counterpoised  sliding  door,  17  x  17  x  10  inches. 

Beam — of  hard  rolled  magnalium,  5  inches  long. 

Edges  and  Bearings — the  end  bearings  are  flat  agate  planes  with  suitable  recesses  for  the  engagement  of  agate  contact  points 
by  means  of  which  the  bearings  are  raised  from  the  edges  when  at  rest. 

Rider  Carrier — of  improved  design  with  no  metal  surfaces  in  sliding  contact  and  will  operate  smoothly  and  without  lubri¬ 
cation  under  all  conditions.  The  graduated  scales  divided  in  hundredths,  each  division  representing  1-100  the  weight 
of  the  rider  used,  are  attached  to  the  carrier.  The  rider  carrier  rod  has  a  slight  amount  of  end  play  in  the  sliding  bush¬ 
ing  which  permits  the  withdrawal  of  the  carrier  from  the  eye  of  the  rider  without  disturbing  the  reading,  a  greatly 
simplified  construction. 

Release — operates  rapidly  without  causing  the  beam  to  kick,  this  being  accomplished  by  first  releasing  the  pan  rests,  then  the 
end  bearings  and  finally  the  beam,  by  means  of  a  very  simple  mechanism  not  liable  to  derangement  and  which  over¬ 
comes  a  serious  defect  in  earlier  balances  of  this  type. 

Finish — all  metal  parts  are  heavily  gold  plated  and  lacquered. 

Price .  300.00 

21388.  Balance,  Assay,  Ainsworth  Type  C,  with  Improved  Multiple  Rider  Carrier.  As  used  by  leading  assay- 
ers,  smelters  and  mills  where  a  large  number  of  accurate  weighings  are  to  be  made.  The  carrier 
can  be  attached  to  any  of  the  other  Ainsworth  Balances.  Each  weight  or  rider  has  an  indi¬ 
vidual  arm,  cannot  be  misplaced  and  can  be  operated  with  beam  in  motion.  The  numbers  on 
the  arms  down  indicate  the  weight  of  the  riders  on  the  beam  and,  when  through  weighing,  all 
riders  are  reset  simultaneously  by  a  reverse  movement  of  the  thumbpiece. 

Sensibility — adjusted  to  a  sensibility  of  1-500  milligram  and  afterwards  reduced  to  1-200  milligram  to  increase  the  rapidity. 
Case — of  mahogany  with  counterpoised  sliding  door,  20  x  17  x  10  inches. 

Beam — of  truss  form,  with  star  adjustment,  unobstructed  on  top,  divided  in  50  parts  on  either  side  of  the  center  and  read 
from  0  to  the  full  weight  of  the  rider  used. 

Rider  Carrier — similar  in  construction  to  inverted  type,  No.  21384. 

Finish — all  metal  parts  are  heavily  gold  plated. 

Price .  335.00 


No.  21392 


3 


52 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  21400  No.  21404 

21400.  Balance,  Assay,  Pocket.  Improved  form  with  eccentric  lift  for  beam.  Size  when  closed  is  6  x  2f  x  lj 
inches.  Capacity  10  grams;  sensibility  \  mg.  Complete  with  set  of  weights.  A  half  assay  ton 
weight  is  usually  supplied  in  place  of  the  10  gram  piece .  16.50 


21392.  Balance,  Assay,  Troemner’s  New  Form,  No.  30.  This  is  an  entirely  new  Balance  designed  to  meet  the 
demand  for  a  low  priced,  short  arm  Balance  with  a  sensibility  of  x^j>  milligram  and  of  quick 
action.  It  requires  but  13  seconds  for  one  complete  oscillation. 

Sensibility — 1-100  milligram. 

Case — of  well  seasoned  mahogany,  French  polished,  with  glass  sides  and  top  and  with  black  plate  glass  sub-base;  fitted  with 
counterpoised  sliding  door  and  provided  with  a  reading  glass  for  the  ivory  index.  18  x  x  18  inches. 

Beam— of  hard  rolled  aluminum  alloy,  graduated  on  both  sides  of  the  center  knife  edge  into  50  divisions.  The  beam  is  un¬ 
obstructed  on  top,  so  that  the  rider  can  be  placed  at  any  division  on  the  beam,  from  0  at  the  center  to  the  last 
division  oa  the  beam,  which  is  directly  over  the  end  knife-edge  and  represents  the  full  weight  of  the  rider  used.  With 
a  1  mg.  rider  on  the  one-half  divisions,  or  a  h  mg.  rider  on  the  full  divisions  the  Balance  shows  1-100  mg.  for  each  di¬ 
vision  on  the  ivory  index. 

Edges  and  Bearings — of  Russian  agate — accurately' ground. 

Rider  Carrier — of  single,  double  hook  pattern,  operated  from  right  hand  side  of  case  with  full,  clear  sweep  across  beam,  and 
the  rider,  either  single  or  double,  can  be  placed  at  any  division  on  the  beam. 

Finish — all  the  brass  parts  are  covered  with  an  impervious  lacquer. 

Price . . . . .  125.00 

21396.  Balance,  Assay,  Staudinger  No.  22b.  This  instrument  is  devised  specially  to  meet  the  requirements 
of  students^  assay  work  in  the  U.  S.  at  a  low  price.  A  large  number  of  these  instruments  are 
now  in  use  in  this  country,  and  no  other  balance  of  similar  specifications  is  offered  at  a  corre¬ 
sponding  price. 

Capacity— 2  grams. 

Sensibility — 1-50  mg.  but  will  easily  show  1-100  mg. 

Case — of  mahogany. 

Beam — of  magnalium,  200  mm  long. 

Knife  Edges  and  Planes — of  agate  throughout. 

Release  and  Arrest — the  arrestment  of  beam  hangers  and  pans  is  accomplished  quickly  and  conveniently. 

Duty  Free .  36.00  Stock  y .  50.00 


21404.  Balance,  Micro,  Nernst.  This  Balance  is  based  upon  the 
torsion  of  a  very  fine  quartz  fibre  and  is  used  for 
weighing  small  crystals  and  for  carrying  on  micro¬ 
chemical  reactions  with  accurate  observation  of 
change  in  weight.  The  Balance  is  mounted  securely 
and  by  means  of  proper  arresting  device  may  be 
shipped  with  reasonable  safety.  Full  instructions 
for  operation  accompany  each  Balance.  Capacity  10 
mg;  sensibility  tVoo  mg.  See  Berichte  der  D.  Chem. 
Gesellsch.  Jahrg.  XXXVI  Heft  10  und  Jahrg. 


XXXVIII  Heft  1. 

Duty  Free . 37.95 

Duty  Paid .  43.70 


21408.  Reading  Microscope,  Emich,  for  use  with  above  Nernst 
Balance,  on  adjustable  stand,  with  counterpoise  for 
the  Microscope.  See  Emich,  Lehrbuch  der  Mikro- 
chemie,  Wiesbaden  1911. 


Duty  Free .  21.45 

Duty  Paid .  28.60 


53 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


21412.  Balance,  Lecture  Table,  Staudinger,  designed  particularly  for  experiments  where  large  carrying 
capacity  is  required;  capacity  5000  grams,  sensibility  1  centigram.  Beam  is  divided  into  100 
equal  divisions  with  zero  at  the  left-hand  side  so  that  a  50  centigram  platinum  rider  may  be  used 
with  a  value  of  100  centigrams  at  the  right-hand  end  of  the  beam.  Beam  is  of  bronze  with  agate 
bearings  and  planes,  on  heavy  mahogany  base;  with  levelling  screws. 

Duty  Free .  75.00  Duty  Paid .  105.00 

21416.  Balance,  Lecture  Table,  as  above,  but  with  covering  case  of  glass  and  mahogany. 

Duty  Free .  105.00  Duty  Paid .  147.00 


Na.  21420 


21420.  Balance,  Decimal,  Mach,  specially  con¬ 
structed  for  weighing  precise 
quantities  of  substances  for  an¬ 
alysis,  particularly  in  sugar,  ferti¬ 
lizer  and  brewery  laboratory  prac¬ 
tice  or  other  work  where  large 
numbers  of  consecutive  weighings 
of  equal  charges  are  to  be  made. 
The  usual  method  is  to  use  a 
scoop,  counterpoised  on  the  scale 
pan  with  lead  shot  placed  in  the 
circular  box  under  the  hangers  at 
the  short  arm  of  the  beam.  If  20 
grams  of  a  substance  is  to  be 
weighed,  a  200  gram  weight  is 
placed  in  the  rear  of  the  short  arm 
pan  and  the  scoop  on  the  front 
scale  pan  charged  until  the  pointer 
comes  to  zero.  Capacity  100 
grams,  sensibility  1°  of  scale  =  1 
milligram.  Balance  is  furnished 
in  mahogany  case  with  metal  parts 
heavily  nickelled,  suitable  for  use 
in  the  tropics  and  with  base  plate 
of  polished  mirror  plate  glass. 


Duty  Free . . . 25.90 

Duty  Paid .  34.50 


21424.  Balance,  Decimal,  Mach,  as  above  but 
with  pointer  at  the  left-hand  side 
instead  of  in  front,  and  with  side 


doors. 

Duty  Free .  27.40 

Duty  Paid .  36.50 


54 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


21428.  Balance,  Lecture  Table,  for  weighing  large  flasks  and  other  containers  and  also  for  lecture  table  use; 

with  adjusting  arrangement  for  end  knife  edges;  beam  is  of  aluminum  and  support  black  enam¬ 
elled.  It  should  be  noticed  that  this  balance  is  frequently  offered  with  an  iron  beam,  in  which 
case  the  sensibility  is  greatly  diminished. 

Capacity,  kilos . 

Sensibility,  mg . 

Duty  Free .  18.00 

Duty  Paid .  21.60 

21432.  Balance,  Lecture  Table,  same  as  No.  21428  but  in  glass  case  with  oak  frame. 

Capacity,  kilos . 

Sensibility,  mg .  10 

Duty  Free .  28.50 

Duty  Paid .  34.25 


1 

5 

10 

10 

30 

50 

18.00 

28.50 

36.90 

21.60 

34.25 

44.30 

1 

5 

10 

10 

30 

50 

28.50 

43.80 

56.10 

34.25 

52.60 

67.35 

No.  21436 


21436.  Balance,  Laboratory,  for  school  and  lecture 
table  work,  with  black  enamelled  iron 
base  and  pillar,  with  damping  device  for 
quick  arrestment.  The  beam  is  of  brass 
heavily  nickel  plated  and  divided  into 
100  parts  and  carrying  a  rider  weighing 
up  to  10  grams  without  weights.  The 
bearings  and  knife  edges  are  of  hard  high 
grade  steel  and  the  balance  is  supplied 
with  levelling  screws.  Capacity  2  kilos, 
height  of  bows  35  cm,  diameter  of  pans  14 
cm,  length  of  beam  32  cm,  sensibility  20 
milligram. 

Duty  Free .  9.00 

Stock . 12.50 

21440.  Balance,  as  above,  but  with  agate  knife  edges. 

Duty  Free .  12.50 

Stock .  16.50 


55 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  21444 


No.  21448 


No.  21456 


21444. 


21448. 

21452. 


21456. 


300 

2 

100 

20.00 


600 

2 

125 

26.50 


1500 

10 

ISO 

33.00 


Balance,  Pulp,  for  sugar,  ore,  pulp,  etc.,  smaller  sizes  widely  used  as  prescription  scales,  arresting 
device  extends  to  hangers,  knife  edges  and  planes  are  of  steel,  on  polished  mahogany  base  with 
drawer  and  levelling  screws.  A  very  satisfactory  and  widely  used  balance. 

Capacity,  grams .  75  180 

Sensibility,  milligrams .  1  1 

Diameter  of  pans,  mm .  65  80 

Each .  12.00  ltbOtT 

Balance,  Pulp,  same  as  above  in  mahogany  case,  with  sliding  glass  door. 

Capacity,  grams .  75  180  300  600  1500 

Each .  22.00  25^00  33.00  38700  50.00 

Balance,  Pulp,  exactly  the  same  as  No.  21444,  but  with  agate  knife  edges  and  planes  and  with  circu¬ 
lar  spirit  level  instead  of  plumb  bob. 

Capacity,  grams . 100  250 

Sensibility,  milligrams .  1  2 

Each . . .  22.50  26.50 

Balance,  Pulp,  exactly  same  as  No.  21452,  but  with  marble  top  on  the  mahogany  base. 

Capacity,  grams .  250  500 

Each .  20.00  22.00 


No.  21460  No.  21464 


21460.  Balance,  School  Laboratory,  with  open  beam,  agate  knife  edges  and  planes,  arrest  for  both  beam  and 
hangers,  levelling  screws  and  plumb  bob,  with  divisions  on  beam  for  use  of  rider. 

Capacity,  grams .  100  250 

Sensibility,  milligrams .  2  3 

Duty  Free . 10.00  12.00 

Stock..... . 15.00  16.50 

21464.  Balance,  Staudinger  School,  with  agate  knife  edges  and  planes,  improved  beam  and  hanger  arresting 
device,  on  heavy  wooden  base  with  levelling  screws,  with  removable  pans.  Recommended  as 
the  most  accurate  and  satisfactory  school  laboratory  balance  of  its  type. 

Capacity,  grams .  100  250 

Sensibility,  milligrams .  1  2 

Duty  Free .  12.00  13.50 

Stock .  16.00  17.50 


56 


ARTHUR  H.  "THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  21468 


No.  21472 


' 


21468.  Balances,  Magnalium.  Many  so-called  magnalium  balances  have  only  the  beam,  pillar  and  pans 
made  of  magnalium,  the  remaining  parts  being  of  brass.  On  this  account  they  do  not  resist 
acid  fumes  much  better  than  ordinary  balances.  These  balances  are  made  entirely  of  mag- 
nalium  insofar  as  the  metal  parts  are  concerned.  With  agate  knife  edges  and  planes. 

Capacity,  grams .  100  250 

Sensibility,  milligrams .  3  5 

Duty  Free .  10.00  12.50 

Stock . 13.25  14.50 

21472.  Balance,  Magnalium,  same  as  above  but  in  glass  and  magnalium  case,  and  with  rider  carrier. 

Capacity,  grams . 100 _ 250 

Duty  Free .  26.10  27.90 

Stock .  34.80  37.20 


No.  21476 


No.  21484 


21476.  Balance,  Laboratory,  for  general  laboratory  work,  open  beam  fitted  with  adjusting  screws  at  both  ends 
The  pans  are  75  mm  in  diameter  and  nickel  plated.  Case  is  of  polished  mahogany  with  glass  sides 
and  top,  sliding  door,  levelling  screws  and  spirit  level.  Capacity  100  grams,  sensitive  to  ^  mg  25.00 

21480.  Balance,  Laboratory,  same  as  No.  21476  but  with  agate  bearings  •  •  ■  .  30.00 

21484.  Balance,  Prescription,  of  brass  with  nickel  plated  pans  3  inches  in  diameter.  Beam  9  inches  long  with 

adjusting  screws.  Sensibility  2  mg . . . . .  . .  9.00 

21488.  Balance,  Prescription,  of  brass,  on  wooden  base,  with  drawer.  Beam  6  inches  long,  pans  3  inches  in  diam¬ 
eter.  Without  adjusting  screws  at  end  of  beam.  A  useful  Balance  at  a  low  price .  6.00 


Oi 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  21492 


No.  21496 


No.  21500 


21492.  Balance,  Jolly  Spiral  Spring,  with  new  patent  reading  scale.  The  inner  tube  can  be  adjusted  up 
or  down  by  means  of  the  milled  head  and  is  graduated  in  millimeters  with  vernier  reading  to 
jo  mm.  This  Balance  has  been  found  very  convenient  in  many  industrial  laboratories,  such  as 

in  rubber  works,  for  taking  specific  gravities .  25.00 

21496.  Balance,  Specific  Gravity,  Sartorius,  for  both  liquids  and  solids.  This  Balance  is  much  superior  to 
balances  of  the  same  type  made  by  other  manufacturers.  The  outfit  includes  Reimann’s  Plum¬ 
met  for  liquids,  pan  for  solid  bodies,  jar,  special  thermometer  and  rider  weights  reading  to  the 


fourth  decimal  place. 

Duty  Free .  22.50  Stock . 30.00 

Special  Thermometer,  only .  “  3.00 

Set  of  Riders,  only .  “  1.50 

Jar,  only .  “  30 

Reimann’s  Plummet,  with  thermometer .  “  75 

21500.  Balance,  Specific  Gravity,  Westphal.  For  the  determination  of  the  specific  gravity  of  liquids  up  to 

the  fourth  decimal  place.  With  jar,  riders  and  Reimann’s  Plummet .  12.00 

Reimann’s  Plummet,  only .  2.00 

Jar,  only . 30 

Set  of  Riders,  only .  1.50 


No.  21504 


No.  21508 


21504.  Balance,  Triple  Beam,  capacity  111  grams  with  a  sensibility  of  \  centigram.  One  beam  reads  from 
10  grams  to  100  grams  in  divisions  of  10  grams,  the  second  from  1  gram  to  10  grams  in  divisions 
of  1  gram  and  the  third  from  1  gram  to  1  gram  in  divisions  of  1  centigram. 

Duty  Free .  11.50  Stock .  15.00 

21508.  Balance,  Hand,  with  polished  brass  beam,  steel  knife  edges,  horn  pans  and  silk  cord. 

Length  of  beam,  mm .  150  175  200 

Diameter  of  pans,  mm .  60  75  90 

Each .  1.50  1.75  2.00 


58 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


e 


No.  21512 


No.  21524 


No.  21516 


No.  21520 


No.  21532  No.  21540 


21512. 

21516. 

21520. 

21524. 

21528. 

21532. 

21540. 

21544. 


Balance,  Harvard  Trip,  with  square  or  round  porcelain  plates  6  inches  in  diameter.  Capacity  1  kilo, 

beam  graduated  up  to  5  grains  in  ^  grams . .  6.00 

Balance,  Robervahl,  for  coarse  weighing,  with  metal  base  and  brass  pans  but  without  side  beam. 

Capacity,  kilos . * .  1  3  5  10 

Diameter  of  pans,  mm .  125  150  200  225 

Each . . .  .  2.80  3.60  4^50  <k00 

Balance,  Counter,  in  ebony  box  with  marble  top  and  heavily  nickel  plated  pans. 

Diameter  of  pans,  inches .  7  8  9 

Capacity,  lbs .  10  15  20 

Each . iHOO  16.00  18.00 

Balance,  Troemner  Trip.  A  very  substantial  and  reliable  scale,  with  one  heavy,  brass  pan  which  is 
removable.  Ornamented  in  black  and  gold. 

Diameter  of  pans,  inches .  8  9  12 

Capacity,  lbs .  2  6  10 

Each . ....... . .  6.00  7.00  8.00 

Balance,  Prescription.  Very  convenient  in  laboratory  and  pharmaceutical  work.  Pans  6  inches  in 
diameter,  heavily  nickel  plated.  Capacity  500  grams  in  each  pan,  sensitive  to  5  centigrams. 

Price  includes  full  set  of  weights  from  200  grams  to  1  centigram,  neatly  fitted  in  base .  10.00 

Balance,  Moisture,  for  determining  the  percentage  of  moisture  in  ores,  etc.  Beam  is  divided  on  the 
top  into  ounces  and  on  the  bottom  into  percentage  of  100  to  0.  Including  a  set  of  iron  weights 

from  2  lbs.  to  5  oz.  Avoirdupois . . . . . . . .  10.00 

Balance,  Solution.  With  two  weighing  beams  and  sliding  poises,  one  divided  into  100  parts,  each 
representing  1  gram;  the  other  into  10  parts,  each  representing  100  grams.  A  bar  with  a  sliding 
poise  is  placed  under  the  weighing  beams  to  balance  the  empty  bottle  or  container,  which  is 

quickly  done  by  sliding  the  poise  along  the  bar . . . . .  25.00 

Balance,  New  Dispensing.  Very  convenient  for  rough  prescription  work  or  laboratory  weighing. 
Pans  3j  inches  in  diameter,  heavily  nickel  plated.  Beam  divided  into  decigrams.  Capacity 
100  grams.  Including  set  of  brass  weights  from  50  grams  to  1  centigram,  fitted  into  base.  9.00 


59 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  21548 


No.  21564 


3  0  15 


No.  21572 


No.  21556 


No.  21578 


No.  21576 


21548. 

21552. 

21556. 


21564. 

21568. 

21572. 

21576. 

21578. 


Balance,  Torsion,  with  glass  case  and  cover  and  slide  beam  with  rider  carrier  operating  from  outside 
Capacity  125  grams  in  each  pan,  with  beam  reading  to  500  milligrams  by  5  milligrams;  pans  7.5 

cm  in  diameter;  sensibility  1  milligram .  40.00 

Hydrostatic  Attachment,  extra .  10.00 

Balance,  Torsion,  with  mechanism  entirely  enclosed  in  glass  case  with  German  silver  corner  posts  and 
nickel  plated  base;  nickel  plated  brass  pans  23  cm  in  diameter.  Capacity  4.5  kilos  in  each  pan, 
beam  reads  to  100  grams  by  1  gram,  sensibility  i  gram.  Rider  on  beam  is  manipulated  from 
outside  the  case.  With  slide  beam  inside  the  case  controlled  by  weight  mover  from  the  out¬ 
side . 35.00 

Balance,  Torsion,  with  9  inch  beam  and  6  inch  nickel  plated  pans.  Capacity  5  kilos.  Beam  divided 

to  300  grams  in  2j  gram  divisions.  Sensitive  to  about  1  gram .  13.50 

Arresting  Device,  extra .  2.00 

Balance,  Torsion,  with  tare  weight.  Bottles,  dishes  or  other  containers  can  be  tared  by  sliding  tare 
weight  on  upper  beam,  facilitating  weighing  and  avoiding  errors.  Capacity  2.3  kilos  in  each 
pan,  slide  beam  100  grams  by  1  gram,  sensibility  7  centigrams,  with  nickel  plated  brass  pans 

15  cm  diameter;  with  arresting  device . .  20.00 

Balance,  Torsion,  similar  to  No.  21572  but  of  larger  capacity,  i.  e.,  4.5  kilos  in  each  pan  with  a  sensi¬ 
bility  of  15  centigrams;  pans  23  cm  in  diameter;  with  slide  beam  divided  into  450  grams  by  5 

grams;  with  arresting  device . . . .  -  22.00 

Balance,  Solution,  Metric.  For  rapidly  making  accurate  reagents  or  other  kind  of  composite  solu¬ 
tions,  with  two  movable  brass  pans.  Price  includes  weights  of  solid  brass.  With  side  beam  in 
front,  undivided,  for  balancing  the  bottle  or  containers. 

Capacity,  kilos .  1  5 

Diameter  of  pans,  inches . . 5£_  9 


Each .  16.00 


20.00 


60 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


21580. 

21584. 


H  . 


*700 

No.  21580  No.  21584 

Balance,  Torsion,  as  recommended  for  soil  analysis  and  as  used  in  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 
With  slide  beam  divided  in  10  grams  by  T‘o  gram;  capacity  1  kilo  in  each  pan;  sensibility  7  centi¬ 
grams;  with  porcelain  plates  15  cm  in  diameter,  high  poise,  indicator  and  arrest  .  18.00 

Balance,  Torsion,  for  moisture  or  subtraction  tests.  Ihe  scale  is  constructed  with  percentage  beams 
so  that  0.1%  to  30%  of  moisture  can  be  determined  without  calculation  when  10  gram  samples 
are  used.  By  means  of  two  tare  beams  one  or  more  dishes  can-be  balanced  and  recorded.  As 
used  in  butter  testing,  paint  and  varnish  testing  laboratories,  etc.  With  10  gram  weight..  15.00 


View  in  Stock  Room  Showing  Arrangement  of  Porcelain  Evaporating  Dishes 


61 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


ANALYTICAL  WEIGHTS 


One  piece  Weights  of  Tobin  bronze,  made  according  to  the  designs  of  the 
Bureau  of  Standards,  for  use  as  Primary  Standards,  guaranteed  to  be  witbin 
the  tolerances  established  by  the  Bureau  for  Class  A  (new  class  M)  are  quoted 
upon  application.  Certificates  for  Analytical  Weights  of  German  manufacture 
such  as  No.  21600  are  furnished  from  the  Kaiserlichen  Normal-Eichungs- 
Kommission  of  Berlin,  as  a  matter  of  conrenience. 


No.  21600 


No.  21612 


21600. 


21604. 


21608. 


21612. 


21614. 

21616. 


21620. 


21624. 


Balance  Weights,  Analytical,  with  gram  pieces  heavily  gold  plated  and  with  fractional  pieces  of  plat¬ 
inum  except  the  1,  2  and  5  mg  which  are  of  aluminum  and  two  10  mg  riders.  In  velvet  lined, 
polished  mahogany  box,  with  ivory  tipped  forceps  and  fractional  pieces  covered  by  glass  plate. 
These  weights  are  adjusted  with  sufficient  accuracy  for  the  highest  grade  of  analytical  work. 

Sets,  1  milligram  to  grams .  20  50  100  200  500  1000 

Duty  Free,  per  set.. .  7^5  05  _  SL50  12.15  15.00  18.50 

Stock,  per  set .  10.75  12.00  14.25  18.25 

Balance  Weights,  Analytical  With  Certificate,  exactly  the  same  as  No.  21600  but  with  certificate  of  the 
Kaiserlichen  Normal-Eichungs-Kommission  of  Berlin. 

Sets,  1  milligram  to  grams .  20  50  100  200  500  1000 

Duty  Free,  per  set .  12.75  14.50  16.85  20.25  24JOO  28.70 

Stock,  per  set .  22.15  26.00 

Balance  Weights,  Analytical,  exactly  similar  to  No.  21600  but  with  brass  pieces  carefully  lacquered 
instead  of  gold  plated.  This  set  avoids  the  high  duty  on  platinum  and  gold  plated  articles  under 
the  Tariff  Act  of  1913.  By  many  experienced  laboratory  workers  the  lacquered  finish  is  con¬ 
sidered  preferable  to  the  gold  plating. 

Sets,  1  milligram  to  grams .  50  100  200  500  1000 

Duty  Free,  per  set .  6.85  8.00  10.50  13.00  16.25 

Stock,  per  set .  8.25  9.75 

Balance  Weights,  Analytical,  Troemner,  in  mahogany  block  with  removable  cover,  gram  pieces  care¬ 
fully  lacquered  and  fractionals  of  platinum  and  aluminum.  With  three  5  mg  riders.  Fractional 
pieces  have  one  entire  edge  turned  into  vertical  position  for  convenient  handling  with  forceps. 


Sets,  1  milligram  to  grams .  50  100 

Each .  19~00  21.00 

Balance  Weights,  exactly  as  above  but  with  Bureau  of  Standards  Certificate .  27.00  29.50 


Balance  Weights,  Analytical,  Becker’s  Sons,  Rotterdam,  exactly  similar  in  accuracy  and  finish  to  No. 
21612  and  mounted  in  similar  case.  This  set  can  also  be  furnished  with  Bureau  of  Standards 
Certificate.  With  three  6  mg  riders. 

Sets,  1  milligram  to  grams .  50  100 

Duty  Free,  per  set .  8.50  9.60 

Duty  Paid,  per  set .  14.00  16.00 

Balance  Weights,  Analytical,  fractional  sizes  only.  Same  as  those  supplied  in  sets  No.  21600  and 

adjusted  to  the  same  accuracy',  1,  2,  and  5  milligram  pieces  of  aluminum,  larger  pieces  of  plati¬ 
num. 

Size .  1 _ 2  5  milligrams  .01  .02  .05  .1 _ ,2  ,5  grams 

Each . 10  .10  .10  .25  .30  .45  .60  1.25  1.75 


Balance  Weights,  Analytical.  Single  pieces  of  brass,  gold  plated.  Same  accuracy  as  supplied  in  sets 


No.  21600. 

Size,  grams .  1  2  5  10  20  50  100 

Each . 40  .45  .60  “  770  .80  1.10  1.75 


Note — Riders  of  convenient  shape  and  size  for  all  standard  Analytical  Balances  will  be  sent  with  our 
Analytical  Weights  from  stock  if  customer  will  please  specify  make  and  t.ype  of  Balance  in  or¬ 
dering  the  Weights. 


62 


ARTH|JR  H.  THOMA  S  COMPANY 


No.  21628 


No.  21644 


No.  21652 


No.  21648 


No.  21656 


21628. 


21632. 

21636. 

21640. 


Balance  Weights,  Analytical,  with  gram  pieces  nickel  plated  and  fractionals  of  German  silver.  A 
good  set  for  students’  analytical  work,  the  sets  being  accurately  adjusted.  In  mahogany  case 
with  forceps.  Sets,  1  milligram  to  grams . ' .  50  100 

Per  set .  5.00  6.50 

Balance  Weights,  Standard,  for  sugar  analysis. 

Size,  grams .  13.024  26.04S  52.096 

Each . 80  .90  L00 

Balance  Weights,  Standard,  for  sugar  analysis,  set  of  three  same  as  No.  21632,  in  mahogany  box  with 

lid . 4.00 

Balance  Weights,  Assay  Ton.  Accurately  adjusted  to  the  standard  of  29.166  grams  to  the  ton.  Set 
from  4  A.  T.  to  jV  A.  T .  6.00 


WEIGHTS  OF  MEDIUM  ACCURACY 


21644. 


21648. 


21652. 


21656. 


Balance  Weights,  of  medium  accuracy.  Gram  pieces  are  nickel  plated,  fractionals  of  aluminum,  in 
polished  box,  with  forceps.  A  very  reliable  set  for  ordinary  laboratory  routine. 

Sets,  1  milligram  to  grams .  20  50 _  100  200  500  1000 

Per  set .  2.50  3.25  3.75  5.00  ~6/75  9750 

Balance  Weights,  of  medium  accuracy,  of  lacquered  brass.  A  very  useful  set  for  laboratory  work. 
Fractionals  are  of  German  silver.  In  polished  case  with  lid  and  forceps. 

Sets.  100  milligrams  to  grams .  20  50  100  200  500  1000 

Per  set .  1.25  1.50  2.00  3.00  4.25  6.50 

Balance  Weights,  of  medium  accuracy,  Troemner  make.  In  cherry  block,  weights  all  solid  brass  with 
small  pieces  of  nickel.  A  very  reliable  and  popular  set. 

Sets,  1  centigram  to  grams .  20  50  100  200  500  1000 

Per  set .  1.10  1.25  1.75  2JS0  4.00  6J50 

Balance  Weights,  of  medium  accuracy,  in  polished  block,  without  lid,  and  without  fractionals  or 
forceps. 

Sets,  1  gram  to  grams .  50  100  200  500  1000 

Per  set . 90  1.25  1.80  3750  54)6 


63 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  21660 


No.  21668 


No.  21664 


No.  21680 


No.  21708 


16 


No.  21684 


32, 


,64.  (iH) 


No.  21696 


No.  21704 


No.  21712 


21660. 


21664. 

21668. 

21672. 

21676. 

21680. 

21684. 

21688. 

21692. 

21696. 

21700. 


21704. 

21708. 

21712. 


Balance  Weights,  of  brass  in  walnut  box.  These  weights  are  roughly  finished  and  are  of  ordinary 
accuracy  but  are  very  suitable  for  students’  work. 

Sets,  10  milligrams  to  grams .  50  100  200  500  1000 

Per  set .  .90  1.25  1.80  3.00  ijE 

Balance  Weights,  single  fractional  sizes  only  of  aluminum.  Same  quality  as  weights  in  sets  No.  21644. 

Size,  milligrams .  1  2  5  10  20  50  100  200  500 

Each . 30  30  35  38  38  .18  38  38 

Balance  Weights,  of  aluminum,  fractionals  only.  Same  quality  as  No.  21644  but  in  set  of  from  1  milli¬ 
gram  to  .5  gram.  In  mahogany  box,  with  forceps .  1.50 

Balance  Weights,  single  fractional  sizes  only,  of  aluminum,  same  quality  as  No.  21648. 

Size,  milligrams .  1  2  5  10 

Each. . . . . 05  .05  .05  .05 

Balance  Weights,  of  iron,  for  coarse  weighing. 

Sets,  10  grams  to  kilos .  1  2  5  10 

Per  set . . . .  . .  1.25  2^00  3J50  540 

Balance  Weights,  Avoirdupois,  of  sealed  iron,  for  coarse  weighing. 

Sets,  j  oz.  to  lbs .  1  2 

Per  set .  .50~~  ~85 

Balance  Weights,  Avoirdupois,  Troemner  make,  of  nickel  silver.  Set  from  j  oz.  to 


20 

.05 


50 

.05 


100 

.05 


200 

.05 


4 

1.25 


T58 


OZ. 


500 

.05 


7 

2.25 

1.00 


“  concave,  of  aluminum.  Set  from  \  grain  to  10  grains  .40 
Balance  Cover,  of  rubber  sheeting,  to  order  to  fit  balances  as  per  size  which  must  be  given  with  order. 

Affording  a  very  convenient  and  satisfactory  protection  to  the  balances  in  the  laboratory.  .  3.00 
Balance  Riders,  of  aluminum,  carefully  adjusted. 

Size,  milligrams .  \  1  2  5  6 

Each .  .15  35  35  .15  35 

Balance  Riders,  same  as  No.  21696  but  of  platinum. 

Size,  milligrams .  6 

Each .  .50 

Note.  In  ordering  Riders  kindly  specify  make  and  type  of  Balance  on  which  they  are  to  be  used  and 
they  will  be  sent  of  proper  shape  to  fit  beam  without  bending. 

Balance  Pans,  of  glass,  with  handle. 

Diameter,  inches .  2£ 

Per  pair . .75  ~ 

Balance  Reading  Glass.  A  lens  with  cylindrical  curves  instead  of  spherical  permitting  the  reading 
of  the  entire  scale  of  any  ordinary  analytical  balance,  with  both  eyes.  On  heavy  base,  with 
adjustable  joint  and  extra  handle  so  that  same  may  be  used  as  a  hand  glass  when  necessary.  4.50 
Balance  Rests,  of  glass,  for  use  under  the  levelling  screws  of  balances.  Each . 10 


10 

.15 

10 

.50 


_2L 

.75 


12 

.15 

12 

.50 


3 

.75 


64 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


21716. 


21729. 

21724. 

21728. 


21732. 

21736. 

21740. 

21744. 

21748. 

21752. 

21756. 


21760. 

21764. 


21768. 


Balloons,  of  collodion  for  collecting  hydrogen  and  other  gases. 

Length,  inches .  6  12  16 

Each . 50  785  1.10 

Barometer,  Bunsen’s,  tube  only,  graduated  in  millimeters .  3.00 

“  Same  as  No.  21720  but  filled  with  mercury .  10.00 

“  Observatory,  U.  S.  Weather  Bureau  pattern.  Furnished  with  scale  divided  either  to  T‘T  inch 
and  vernier  reading  to  inch  or  graduated  in  millimeters  and  reading  by  vernier  to  -fa  mm. 
Mounted  on  polished  mahogany  board  with  white  glass  background  to  facilitate  accurate  read¬ 
ing.  With  thermometer . 37.50 

Barometer,  same  as  No.  21 728  but  without  mahogany  board .  32.00 

“  “  “  “  “  with  both  millimeter  and  inch  scales.  On  mahogany  board  42.50 

“  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  Without  mahogany  board.  37.00 

Barometer  Tube,  bent,  with  bulb,  closed  at  one  end . 40 

“  “  straight,  closed  at  one  end . 35 

Barometer,  Aneroid,  with  open  porcelain  dial  showing  internal  arrangement,  5  inches  in  diameter  in 

brass  case . 8.00 

Barometer,  Aneroid,  watch  form  for  the  pocket,  2^  inches  in  diameter,  in  gilded  metal  mounting  and 
morocco  carrying  case.  Compensated  for  temperature  and  with  revolving  altitude  scale  read¬ 
ing  to  8000  ft . 20.50 

Barometer,  same  as  No.  21756  but  with  revolving  altitude  scale  reading  to  16,000  ft . 24.00 

Barometer,  Richard,  Recording.  Divisions  of  chart  equal  1  mm  of  mercury.  Each  chart  equals  seven 
days  of  time.  In  metal  and  glass  case,  18  x  12  x  11  cm. 

Duty  Free .  22.00  Stock .  36.00 

Charts,  for  use  with  above. 

Duty  Free,  per  100 .  2.50  Stock.... .  3.25 

Battery,  Edison  Primary.  These  batteries,  formerly  known  as  Edison-Laland,  are  unequalled  for 
closed  circuit  work.  They  have  a  mean  working  E.  M.  F.  of  .667  volts  per  cell.  When  working 
continuously  it  is  not  advisable  to  take  over  lj  amperes  from  the  “BB”  type,  amperes  from 
the  “Q”  type  and  6  amperes  from  the  “S”  type. 

Type, .  “BB” 

Size,  inches .  4^  x  7f 

Capacity,  ampere  hours .  100 

Complete  in  porcelain  jar .  1.50 

Complete  renewal .  -72 


“Q” 
5y  x  8f 
150 
2.20 
.82 


“S” 
5f  x  13 
300 

3.00 
1.46 


The  following  is  the  itemized  cost  of  the  parts  necessary  for  one  charge  in  renewing  the  batteries 

Copper  Oxide  Plates . 24  .31  .62 

Zinc  Plates . -28 

Caustic  Soda .  -15 

Paraffine  Oil .  -05 


.31 

.28 

.17 

.06 


.62 

.50 

.28 

.06 


65 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  21776  No.  21780  No.  21784,  Type  E5. 


21772.  Battery,  Grenet,  original  Trench  make. 

Capacity,  liters .  *  1  2 


Complete . 

.  2.00 

2.75  ‘ 

4.00 

Carbon,  for  renewal . 

. 50 

.80 

.90 

Zinc  “  “  . 

. 20 

.25 

.30 

21776.  Battery,  Dry,  an  open  circuit  battery  of  high  efficiency,  7  x  2*  inches . 25 

21780.  Battery,  Storage,  Model  of  the  Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt,  Type  U.  These  cells  are 

52  x  30  x  80  mm  high,  with  sealed  in  porcelain  lid  and  arrangement  to  permit  the  outlet  of  gases 
through  fine  glass  wool.  The  cells  have  an  E.  M.  F.  of  2  volts  each  and  have  a  capacity  of  .8 
ampere  hours  at  the  normal  discharge  rate  of  rs  ampere,  or  2  ampere  hours  at  a  discharge  rate 
of  ampere.  They  are  widely  used  for  physical  measurements,  the  testing  of  ammeters,  volt¬ 
meters  and  other  electrical  measuring  instruments,  and  have  been  found  useful  in  many  kinds 
of  laboratory  work  where  a  great  variation  in  E.  M.  F.  is  required.  The  cells  are  furnished  singly 
for  mounting  in  the  laboratory  or  mounted  up  on  base  boards  with  connections,  in  batteries 
of  from  10  to  100  cells;  in  portable  cases,  with  switch  board  and  lid,  in  batteries  of  20  to  100  cells; 
and  in  portable  cabinets  in  batteries  of  from  120  to  400  cells.  Prices  on  application. 

21784.  Battery,  “Chloride  Accumulator,”  Portable  Type.  Portable  batteries  are  shipped  filled  with  electrolyte 
and  charged  ready  for  service.  While  the  greatest  care  is  used  in  packing,  it  is  almost  impossible  to 
avoid  damage  to  cells  of  this  type  shipped  by  freight.  For  short  distances  it  is,  therefore,  recom¬ 
mended  that  shipment  of  the  portable  type  be  made  by  express.  Where  distance  is  great  it  is 
recommended  that  electrolyte  be  forwarded  separately  as  in  the  case  of  regular  batteries.  Each  cell 
when  discharging  gives  approximately  2  volts  and,  as  the  cells  in  each  case  are  connected  in  series, 
the  number  of  cells  multiplied  by  2  will  give  the  approximate  voltage  between  the  two  outside  con¬ 
nectors  of  each  case.  The  normal  charge  rate  is  the  highest  rate  in  amperes  at  which  the  battery 
should  be  charged.  At  this  rate  a  battery  will  be  fully  charged  in  nine  hours  and  discharged  in 


eight  hours. 

Number  of  cells  in  case  ... .  12345123451 

Type  and  No.  of  plates .  C3  C3  C3  C3  C3  D3  D3  D3  D3  D3  D5 

Normal  charge  rate,  amp...  1?  1*  1*  1*  1*  2*  2*  2*  2*  2*  5 

Weight,  pounds .  8  14  20  26  32  15  26  37  48  59  24 

Price,  complete  charged .  5.00  9.00  12.50  16.00  19.00  6.50  12.00  16.50  21.00  25.00  10.00 

Number  of  cells  in  case .  2  3  4  5  1  2  3  4  5  1 

Type  and  No.  of  plates .  D5  D5  D5  D5  D7  D7  D7  D7  D7  E5 

Normal  charge  rate,  amp .  5  5  5  5  7k  7k  7k  7k  7k  10 

Weight,  pounds .  43  62  81  100  33  58  83  108  133  33* 

Price,  complete  charged .  18.00  26.00  32.00  38.00  12.00  22.00  30.00  40.00  50.00  14.50 

Number  of  cells  in  case .  2  3  4  5  1  2  3  4  1  1 

Type  and  No.  of  plates .  E5  E5  E5  E5  E7  E7  E7  E7  E9  Ell 

Normal  charge  rate,  amp .  10  10  10  10  15  15  15  15  20  25 

Weight,  pounds..... .  60  86f  113|  140  42*  82*  122*  163  44*  53* 

Price,  complete  charged .  28.00  40.00  50.00  60.00  18.00  35.00  50.00  60.00  21.00  25.00 


66 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  21788.  Type  D7 


No.  21788.  Type  C3 


No.  21788.  Type  FI  I 


21788. 


Battery, “Chloride  Accumulator,”  the  most  widely  used  form  of  storage  battery.  The  voltage  of  cells  of  all 
capacities  is  slightly  over  2  volts  on  open  circuit  and,  during  discharge  at  the  8  hour  rate,  varies 
from  that  point  at  the  beginning  to  1.75  volts  at  the  end.  Electrolyte  is  shipped  in  carboys,  for 
each  of  which  a  charge  of  S2.00  net  is  made  and  an  extra  charge  of  5c  for  caps  when  required.  Credit 
will  be  allowed  in  full  for  these  carboys  when  returned  in  good  condition  and  charges  prepaid.  The 
following  net  charges  are  made  for  casing  and  packing. 


“B,”  “LT”  and  “BT”  elements,  each . 02 

“C”  and  “CT”  elements,  each . 04 

“D”  “PT”  and  “ET”  elements,  each . 10 

“E”  elements,  each . 15 

“F”  elements,  each . 25 

Rubber  Jars,  each . 05 

No  charge  for  packing  Glass  Jars. 


Type . 

LT 

BT 

CT 

Size  of  plate,  inches . 

3J  xl 

4x3 

5x5 

Number  of  plates . 

2 

2 

2 

Discharge  in  (  «  hours., 
amperes  for.  •  •  |  3  « 

1 

5 

1 

4 

2 

7i 

3 

4 

1 

1* 

2 

3 

Normal  charge  rate . 

1 

5 

3 

4 

H 

Price,  element  only . 

.60 

.90 

1.75 

Price,  glass  jar  only . 

.20 

.25 

.50 

Price,  glass  cover  only . 

.12 

.14 

Price,  rubber  jar  and  cover  . 

.65 

1.10 

PT 

ET 

B 

C 

D 

8J  x  5 

71x71 

3x3 

4f  x  4 

41x4 

41x4 

6x6 

6x6 

2 

2 

3 

3 

5 

7 

3 

5 

3 

41 

5 

8 

n 

31 

2* 

5 

41 

61 

7 

8 

if 

3£ 

51 

3j 

7 

6 

9 

H 

21 

5 

7\ 

5 

10 

3 

41 

5 

8 

H 

2? 

3f 

2  h 

5 

2.60 

3.50 

1.50 

2.25 

3.50 

5.00 

3.25 

5.00 

.75 

.95 

.17 

.30 

.35 

.45 

.85 

1.00 

.14 

.30 

1.75 

2.05 

.65 

.95 

1.15 

1.40 

1.45 

1.70 

Type 


D 


E 


Size  of  plates,  inches . 

....  6x6 

6x6 

6x6 

6x6 

71  x  7f 

71  x  71 

71x71 

71x71 

71x71 

71x71 

Number  of  Plates . 

.  .  .  .  7 

9 

11 

13 

5 

7 

9 

11 

13 

15 

*  1  f  8  hours. . . . 

. . . .  7\ 

10 

12| 

15 

10 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

Discharge  in  ,  „ 

....  10-J 

14 

17l 

21 

14 

21 

28 

35 

42 

49 

amperes  for. .  •  ]  3  « 

....  15 

20 

25 

30 

20 

30 

40 

50 

60 

70 

Normal  charge  rate . 

71 

10 

12i 

15 

10 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

Price  of  element  only . 

. ...  6.75 

8.50 

10.25 

12.00 

8.25 

11.75 

15.25 

18.75 

22.25 

25.75 

Price  of  glass  jar,  only . 

. ...  1.35 

1.70 

1.70 

2.55 

1.50 

1.70 

1.85 

2.05 

2.90 

3.40 

Type .  F 


Size  of  plates,  inches. . . 

11x10} 

11  x  10}  11x10}  11x10} 

11  xlO} 

11x10} 

11x10} 

11x10} 

11x10}  llx  10} 

Number  of  plates . 

9 

11 

13 

15 

17 

19 

21 

23 

25 

27 

8  hours . 

40 

50 

60 

70 

80 

90 

100 

110 

120 

130 

Discharge  in 

5  “  . 

56 

70 

84 

98 

112 

126 

140 

154 

168 

182 

amperes  for 

3  “  . 

80 

100 

120 

140 

160 

180 

200 

220 

240 

260 

1  “  . 

160 

200 

240 

280 

320 

360 

400 

440 

480 

520 

Normal  charge  rate . 

40 

50 

60 

70 

80 

90 

100 

110 

120 

130 

Price  of  element  only. . . 
Price  of  glass  jar  A  only . 

30.00 

4.40 

37.50 

5.05 

45.00 

5.05 

52.50 

6.25 

60.00 

67.50 

75.00 

82.50 

90.00 

97.50 

67 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Battery  Binding  Posts,  of  brass. 

Each. 

Battery  Connectors.  Style. 

Each. 

Battery  Jars,  cylindrical,  white  glass,  hand  made. 

Diameter,  inches .  4  4? 

Height,  inches. ; .  4  4-J- 

Number  in  original  package _ 60  J18^ 

Each . ...... 

Per  dozen,  in  original 


.20 


.25 


.25 


.50 


.65 


21804. 


package . . . : .  1.45 

Battery  Jars,  square  form,  with  ground  top. 

Length,  inches . 

Width,  inches . 

Height,  inches . 

Each . 


1.65  1.80  2.75  3.30 

These  are  packed  six  dozen  in  a  case. 

.  3|  4 

.  3£  4 

.  5  8 


8.25 

2* 

4* 

6 


9.65 

4 

4 

4 


21808. 

21812. 

21816. 


Beakers,  Aluminum,  with  spout. 

Each . 

Beakers,  Copper,  with  spout.  Ca 
Each . 


Capacity,  cc. 


.  .20 

.30 

.25 

.20 

.  1.05 

1.50 

1.40 

1.05 

120 

250 

500 

1000 

.  .30 

.50 

.70 

1.00 

1.40 

.  125 

250 

500 

1000 

2000 

.  .55 

.75 

.90 

1.20 

3.00 

Beakers,  Enamel  Ware,  of  seamless  steel,  white  enamelled,  both  acid  and  fire  proof.  Very  convenient 


Height,  mm. 


Each. 


•» 


300 

450 

650 

900 

90 

100 

110 

120 

75 

85 

95 

100 

.30 

.35 

.45 

.55 

21820. 

21824. 

21828. 

21832. 

21836. 


Beaker,  Enamel  Ware,  of  seamless  steel,  white  enamelled,  both  acid  and  fire  proof,  with  flat,  well 
extended  lip;  140  mm  high  by  70  mm  inside  diameter.  Made  especially  for  and  widely  used  in 

the  dyeing  industry.  Capacity  500  cc .  .50 

Beakers,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain,  glazed  inside  and  outside,  without  spout.  Widely  used  in  the 
testing  of  dye-stuffs,  etc. 

Capacity,  cc .  340  580 

Each . — 790  1.08 

Beakers,  “Sanilats”  Porcelain,  glazed  inside  and  outside,  with  spout. 


800 

970  

1500 

1.35 

1.50 

2.10 

325 

500 

1000 

.50 

.75 

1.25 

Each . 

Beaker,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain  (Dye  Pot),  glazed  on  the  inside  entirely  and  on  the  outside  down  to 
the  heavy  ring  for  supporting  same  in  water  bath.  Below  the  ring  the  beaker  is  unglazed;  with¬ 
out  lid;  i65  mm  high,  132  mm  diameter  at  top,  capacity  1460  cc . .  2.70 

Lid,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain,  for  above  beaker....... .  .50 


68 


i 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  21848 


NOTE — Our  “Best  Bohemian"  beakers  Nos.  21840,  21844,  21860,  21864  and  21868  are  offered  as  being 
the  highest  product  of  the  Bohemian  factories.  They  are  selected  after  the  most  exhaustive 
chemical,  and  physical  tests  made  in  Philadelphia  under  our  own  direction  and  are  distinctly 
superior  in  shape,  finish  and  resistance  properties  to  German  made  beakers,  with  the  exception 
of  the  products  of  Schott  &  Gen  at  Jena.  We  do  not  list  or  stock  German  beakers  but  can 
supply  them  on  duty  free  orders  at  somewhat  less  price  than  our  “Best  Bohemian." 


jf  21840. 


21844. 


21848. 


Beakers,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  Griffin’s  low  form,  with  spout.  This  is  our  standard  beaker  and  widely 
used  in  both  educational  and  industrial  laboratories.  They  are  selected  with  special  care  as 
to  shape  and  quality  and  are  recommended  as  a  most  satisfactory  beaker  for  routine  work. 


Number .  000  00  0  l  2  3  4 

Capacity,  cc .  20  40  100  150  250  350  500 

Each . 07  .08  .10  .12  .15  .20  .25 

Number .  5  6  7  8  9  10  11  12 

Capacity,  cc .  670  950  1250  1750  2400  3000  3750  4500 

Each . 35  .45  .55  .70  .80  .95  1.10  1.30 

Beakers,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  Griffin’s  low  form,  without  spout.  Otherwise  same  as  above. 

Number .  000  00  0  1  2  3  4 

•  Capacity,  cc .  20  40  100  150  250  350  500 

Each . .  .07  “  .08  “TTfT  .12  ~T5  2J0  2>5 

Number .  5  6  7  8  9  10  11  12 

Capacity,  cc .  670  950  1250  1750  2400  .3000  3750  4500 

Each . 35  .45  .55  .70  .80  .95  1.10  1.30 

Beakers,  New  Jena  Glass,  Griffin’s  low  form,  with  spout.  The  standard  beaker  for  analytical  work 
throughout  the  civilized  world. 

Capacity,  cc .  50  100  150  250  400  600 

Each . . .  .12  .13  .15  .17  2>4~  229 

Capacity,  cc . JS00  1000  1300  1500  2000  2500  3000 

Each .  .34  .39  .47  .53  .60  .68  .78 


21852. 


21856. 


Beakers,  Whitall  Tatum  Nonsol  Glass,  Griffin’s  low  form,  with  spout.  Extremely  resistant  to  tempera¬ 
ture  change.  Very  insoluble  in  water,  acids  and  alkalies  and  especially  recommended  for  their 
uniformity  of  shape.  By  special  arrangement  we  offer  these  Beakers  for  immediate  shipment 
from  our  own  stock  at  manufacturer’s  original  net  prices. 


Capacity,  cc .  30  60  90  120  .  150  180 

Each . . .  .12  & .12  ~  ~J3~  .14  “!fT“  .15 

Capacity,  cc .  250  300  350  500  600  700  1000 

Each . 17  .18  .20  .25  ,28  ,30  .45 

/ 


Beakers,  Whitall  Tatum  Regular  Glass,  Griffin’s  low  form  with  spout;  widely  used  in  industrial  labora¬ 
tories  because  of  their  uniform  shape  and  high  quality  of  the  glass.  Exactly  similar  in  shape  to 
No.  21852.  By  special  arrangement  we  offer  these  Beakers  for  immediate  shipment  from  our 
stock  at  manufacturers  original  net  factory  prices. 


Capacity,  cc .  30  60  .  90  120  150  180  250  300 

Each .  .09  .09  .10  .11  .11  .12  .12  .14 

Capacity,  cc .  350  500  600  700  1000  1400  2000 

Each .  T6  T9  220  223  .35  .43  .55 


69 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  21860 


No.  21868 


No.  21872 


21860.  Beakers,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  usual  or  Berzelius  form,  without  spout.  Same  quality  as  No.  21840. 


Number .  000 

Capacity,  cc . 15 

Each . .06 

Number .  5  6 

Capacity,  cc .  380  580 

Each . 22  .28 


00  0  '  1  2  3  4 

30  45  75  110  170  250 

.07  .08  .10  A2  .«  T8 

7  8  9  10  11  12 

800  1150  1750  2250  2800  3700 

.35  .40  .55  .65  .75  .90 


21864.  Beakers,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  usual  or  Berzelius  form,  with  spout.  Same  quality  as  No.  21840. 


Number .  000 

Capacity,  cc .  15 

Each . 06 

Number . 5  6 

Capacity,  cc .  380  580 

Each . 22  .28 


00  0  "  1  '2  3  4 

30  45  75  110  170  250 

.07  .08  .10  .12  .15  .18 

7  8  9  10  11  12 

800_  1150  1750  2250  2800  3700 

.35  .40  .55  .65  .75  .90 


21868. 


21872. 


Beakers,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  extra  tall  form,  without  spout. 

Capacity,  cc .  150  250  350  500 

Each . 15  i20  ^25  .30 

Beakers,  New  Jena  Glass,  usual  or  Berzelius  form,  without  spout. 

Capacity,  cc .  50  100  150  200 

Each .  .12  J3  05  A7 

Capacity,  cc .  800  1000  1300  1500 

Each .  .32  .37  .42  .45 

21876.  Beakers,  New  Jena  Glass,  usual  or  Berzelius  form,  with  spout. 


Convenient  for  lecture  table. 


21880. 


750  1200  1800  2400 

.35  .45  .50  .60 

300  400  500  600 

.21  .24  .26  .29 

2000  2500  3000  4000 

.53  .63  .73  .85 

100  150  200  300  400  500  600 

.13  .15  .17  .21  .24  .26  .29 

1000  1300  1500  2000  2500  3000  4000 

.37  .42  .45  .53  .63  .73  .85 

Beakers,  Whitall  Tatum  Nonsol  Glass,  usual  form,  with  spout.  Extremely  resistant  to  temperature 
change.  Very  insoluble  in  water,  acids  and  alkalies  and  especially  recommended  for  their  uni¬ 
formity  of  shape.  By  special  arrangement  we  offer  these  Beakers  for  immediate  shipment  from 
our  own  stock  at  manufacturer’s  original  net  prices. 

Capacity,  cc .  60  90  120  180  250  300  350  500  700  1000 

Each .  .12  .13  .14  .15  .17  .18  .20  .25  .30  .45 


Capacity,  cc .  50 

Each . 12 

Capacity,  cc .  800 

Each . 32 


21884.  Beakers,  Whitall  Tatum  Regular  Glass,  tall  form,  with  spout.  Extremely  resistant  to  temperature 
changes.  Very  insoluble  in  water,  acids  and  alkalies  and  especially  recommended  lor  their 
uniformity  of  shape.  By  special  arrangement  we  offer  these  beakers  for  immediate  shipment 
from  our  own  stock  at  manufacturer’s  original  net  prices. 


Capacity,  cc .  30  60  90  120  180  250 

Each . 09  .09  .10  .11  .12  .13 

Capacity,  cc .  300  350  500  700  1000  1200 

Each . 14  .16  .19  .23  .35  .38 


f 


70 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


21888. 

Beakers,  New  Jena  Glass,  slender  conical  form,  with  spout. 
Capacity,  cc .  50  100  150 

250 

500 

750 

1000 

Each . 12 

.13 

.15 

.17 

.26 

.34 

.38 

21892. 

Beakers,  New  Jena  Glass,  wide  conical  form 

,  without  spout. 

Capacity,  cp .  50 

100 

150 

250 

500 

750 

1000 

Each . 12 

.13 

.15 

.17 

.26 

.34 

.38 

21896. 

Beakers,  Phillips,  conical  shape,  without  spout. 

Capacity,  cc . 

.  .  100 

250 

500 

750 

1000 

Each . 

..  .10 

.15 

.25 

.30 

.40 

21900. 

Beakers,  Phillips,  conical  shape,  with  spout. 

Capacity,  cc . 

. .  100 

250 

500 

750 

1000 

Each . 

..  .18 

.22 

.30 

.35 

.45 

21904. 

Beakers,  tumbler  form,  of  heavy  molded  glass.  Not  intended  to  stand  heat;  capacity  7  oz _ 

...  .10 

21908. 

Beakers,  Heavy  Glass,  low  wide  form  with  spout,  convenient  for  many  purposes  for  which  the  ordi- 

nary  thin  boiling  beaker  is  not  suitable. 

Capacity,  cc . 

.  100 

250 

400 

750 

1000 

2000 

Each . 

.  .20 

.24 

.35 

.50 

.60 

.85 

21912. 

Beaker,  Heavy  Glass,  with  wide  flaring  lip  and  spout, 

as  used  in  sugar  analysis. 

Capacity,  cc . 

. .  175 

900 

Each . 

.20 

.40 

21916.  Bell  Glass,  of  light  blown  glass,  without  flange.  Very  convenient  for  covering  small  objects. 

Diameter,  inches .  3  4 

Height,  inches .  1J  2 

Each . .35  dSO 

21920.  Bell  Glass,  of  heavy  glass,  with  extra  wide  flange  carefully  grpund  for  use  as  air  pump  receivers. 

Height,  mm .  80  105  130  180  200  220  260 

Diameter,  mm .  80  105  130  155  175  220  260 

Each . .60  T75  CIO  L60  2d)0  2^50  3d)0 

21924.  Bell  Glass,  low  form,  with  ground  flange. 

Height,  inches .  1J  2|  3|  4  4£  5  6  8  10  11 

Diameter,  inches .  3  4  5  6  7  8  9  10  12  16 

Each . . .  .50  .60  .75  1.00  1.25  1.50  1.75  2.00  3.50  6.00 

21928.  Bell  Glass,  low  form,  without  flange.  A  very  convenient  shape  for  covering  specimens,  etc. 

Height,  mm . .  100  120  150  180 

Diameter,  mm .  200  240  300  400 

Each . 760  E50  2.25  4JH) 

21932.  Bell  Glass,  with  open  top,  with  tubulature  near  bottom  and  with  wide,  well  ground  flange.  Suitable 
for  use  as  an  air  pump  plate. 

Height,  mm . 300  300 

Diameter,  mm . .  150  200 

Each . 3.00  4JK) 


71 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


21936. 

21940. 

21944. 

21948. 

21952. 


Bell  Glass,  high  form,  with  ground  flange 

Height,  inches .  8  9  11  14  15  15  45  17  18  18  18 

Diameter,  inches .  4  5  6  6§  7  8  8?  8|  9  9|  10 

Each..  . . . . 60  ".80  1.00  1.00  1.25  1.50  D75  1  2.00  2.50  "  5M 

Bell  Glass,  high  form,  with  more  or  less  square  top;  suitable  for  covering  microscopes,  etc.;  flange  not 
ground. 

Height,  inches .  13  15  17  20 

Diameter,  inches .  8  9  10  11 

Each .  2.40  3dH>  (hOO  fh50 

Bell  Glass,  with  open  top,  with  ground  flange  and  without  stopper. 

Height,  inches .  6  8  9  11  15  15  18 

Diameter,  inches .  3  4  5  6§  7  8§  10 

Each... . 70  .90  1.00  ”  1.20  ~D50  2JSF  6.00 

Bell  Glass,  with  open  top,  same  as  No.  21944  but  with  ground  in  glass  stopper. 

Height,  inches .  6  8  9  11  15  15  18 

Diameter,  inches .  3  4  5  6  7  85  10 

Each . .75  1.10  1.20  1.50  2.00  3d)0  <h50 

Bell  Glass,  double  walled,  with  ground-in  glass  stopper.  The  jar  may  be  filled  with  colored  fluid  act¬ 
ing  as  a  ray  filter  for  determining  the  effect  of  various  rays  on  plant  functions,  etc. 

Height,  mm .  300  400 

Diameter,  mm .  120  150 

Each .  *6.00  7700 


No.  21956 


No.  21956 


21956.  Binoculars,  Bausch  &  Lomb-Zeiss  Stereo,  for  nature  study,  ornithology,  etc.  The  6X,  20  mm  objec¬ 
tive  glass  is  recommended  as  a  general  purpose  glass  and  for  tourists’  and  sportmen’s  use  the 
8  X,  21  mm  glass,  is  recommended.  Price  includes  heavy  leather  carrying  case. 


Power . 

....  6  X 

6  X 

8  X 

8  X 

12  X 

10  x 

Diameter  of  objectives,  mm . 

21 

30 

21 

25 

30 

45 

Each . 

40.00 

60.00 

40.00 

50.00 

70.00 

75.00 

72 


A  R  T  H  UR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  21972 


No.  21984  Blower 


No.  21984  Air  Receiver 


No.  21964 


No.  21968 


21960. 

21964. 


21968. 


21972. 


21976. 


21980. 

21984. 


Bladders,  Animal,  dried  assorted  sizes.  Per  dozen .  1.00 

Blower,  High  Pressure,  a  new  patent  precision  blower  absolutely  noiseless  in  operation  and  highly 
recommended  for  laboratory  use.  Very  superior  in  steadiness  of  pressure  and  power  required 
to  the  ordinary  blower  operating  on  the  ventilating  fan  principle.  Size  A  gives  4*  kilos, 
requires  Yz  h.  p.  motor  and  should  be  driven  at  1400  r.  p.  m.  Size  B  requires  *  h.  p.  and  gives 
8  kilos  and  should  be  driven  at  700  r.  p.  m.  Size  A  will  operate  simultaneously  three  labora¬ 
tory  blast  lamps  and  Size  B  will  operate  six. 

Size .  A  B 

Duty  Free .  18.00  30.00 

Duty  Paid .  21.60  36.00 

Blowers,  Foot  Power.  These  blowers  produce  a  powerful  and  continuous  blast,  the  pressure  of  which 
may  be  increased  by  adding  one  or  more  rubber  discs  to  the  air  reservoir. 

Diameter  of  air  reservoir,  inches .  7*  9  11 

Each .  5d)0  7^00  11.50 

Blowers,  Foot  Power,  same  as  No.  21968  but  mounted  on  legs. 

Diameter  of  air  reservoir,  inches .  7*  9  11 

Each . 6.00  8^00  12.50 

Rubber  Discs  for  above  Foot  Blowers.  These  discs  are  cut  from  steam  cured  sheet  rubber  which  is  made 
of  the  best  Up-River  Para  and  contains  no  other  ingredients  than  the  necessary  sulphur  for 
curing.  Will  last  much  longer  than  discs  cut  from  ordinary  rubber  sheeting. 

Diameter,  inches .  7* _ 9 _ 11 

Each . 60  .90  1.25 

Nets  for  above  Foot  Blowers.  Each. . . 35 

Blower,  Crowell’s  Positive  Pressure.  Will  give  blast  of  from  1  to  10  lbs.  pressure  to  the  square  inch 
or  may  be  used  as  a  vacuum  pump  for  exhausting  of  vacuum  not  exeeding  24  inches  of  mercury. 
This  apparatus  is  most  satisfactory  in  securing  suction  for  laboratory  filtrations,  etc.  There  are 
no  springs,  gears,  valves  or  unbalanced  parts  and  the  pump  does  not  have  to  be  reversed  when 
changing  from  blast  to  suction.  In  ordering  please  state  whether  or  not  air  reservoir  is  desired. 


Size 

Number 

Cubic  Inches 
per 

Revolution 

Cubic  Feet 
per  Minute 
at  Maximum 

Speed 

Revolutions 
per  Minute 
at  Maximum 

Speed 

Approximate 

Horse  Power  at 
Three  Pounds 
Pressure 

Pulleys 

Inches 

Net  Weight 

Pounds 

Pipe  Size, 

Inlet  and 

Outlet 

Floor 

Space 

Inches 

Price  of 

Blower  only 

Price  of 

Air  Receiver 
with  Relief 

Valve 

1-A 

20 

6.9 

600 

i 

4x1 

24 

*  in. 

10  X  6* 

$20.00 

8.00 

2-A 

45 

13. 

500 

1 

4x1* 

34 

3  « 

4 

12* x  6* 

26.00 

8.00 

3-A 

125 

25.3 

350 

1 

2 

6x2* 

90 

1  “ 

22  x  14 

40.00 

10.00 

4-A 

280 

40.5 

250 

1 

9x3 

170 

11  “ 

A2 

28  x  17 

50.00 

10.00 

5-A 

460 

53.2 

200 

l* 

10  x  3 

225 

2  “ 

34  x  20 

75.00 

18.00 

6-A 

690 

79.8 

200 

2 

12  x  4 

320 

2  “ 

38  x  20 

100.00 

18.00 

73 


ARTHUR 


H. 


COMPANY 


THOMAS 


21988. 


21992. 


21996. 

22000. 

22004. 

22008. 

22012. 

22016. 

22020. 

22022. 

22023. 


Blowpipe,  of  brass. 


Blowpipe,  of  brass,  with  bulb. 
Length,  mm . 

Each . 


200 

225 

250 

300 

.08 

.09 

.10 

.12 

200 

225 

250 

300 

.17 

.18 

.20 

.22 

Blowpipe,  Black,  of  japanned  tin,  with  removable  brass  tip . . . 15 

of  brass,  with  screwed  on  tip,  and  wooden  mouth-piece . 50 

Mouth-piece  for  Blowpipes,  of  hard  rubber,  new  form . 40 

“  “  “  “  wood . . . 10 

Blowpipe,  Plattner,  with  hard  rubber  mouth-piece  but  without  platinum  tip .  1.50 

Platinum  Tips,  detachable,  to  fit  Plattner  Blowpipe  No.  22012  at  prices  depending  upon  the  platinum 
market. 

Blowpipe,  Berzelius  form,  of  brass,  extra  fine  finish,  with  hard  rubber  mouth-piece  and  platinum  plate 

placed  on  end  of  jet.  A  very  satisfactory  form .  2.00 

Blowpipe,  Charcoal,  American,  willow,  of  fine  uniform  grain,  4xlxj  inches.  Per  dozen . 50 

“  “  of  coarser  grain  than  above,  x  lj  x  £  inches.  Per  dozen . 25 


22024. 


22028. 


li.  m«»vT.voi.T: 


—T 


SET  OF 


A  PA*AT0, 


TO  AIXIHWMN*  . 

Handbook  of  Blowpipe  Analysis, 


THE  pF-NVfS  ITKE  a  AY  COMPANY 


No.  22024 


Blowpipe  Set  of  Apparatus  and  Reagents,  as  designed  by  Prof.  Butler  of  the  Colorado  School  of  Mines 
for  use  in  the  laboratory  and  in  the  field.  Each  piece  is  so  arranged  as  to  prevent  any  break¬ 
age;  outside  dimensions  Ilf  x  6£  x  2$  inches.  Complete  including  wet  and  dry  fluxes  and 

alcohol  and  oil  in  lamps .  17.50 

The  outfit  consists  of  the  following: — 


Blowpipe  Anvil 

Platinum  Wires  and  Holder  3  Arsenic  Tubes 

Combination  Charcoal  Borer,  2  sticks  Charcoal 

Magnet  and  Chisel  6  open  Tubes 

Streak  Plate  Large  Test  Tube 

Blue  Litmus  Small  “  “ 

Red  Litmus  Ammonium  Hydrate 


Cobalt  Nitrate 
Hydrochloric  Acid 
Sulphuric  Acid 
Nitric  Acid 
Tin 

Microcosmic  Salt 
Sodium  Carbonate 


Bismuth  Flux 
Borax 

Potassium  Bisulphate 
Oil,  Lamp,  brass 
Alcohol  Lamp,  brass 
Hammer 

Platinum  Tipped  Forceps 


Pocket  Handbook  of  Blowpipe  Analysis,  by  G.  Montague  Butler,  E.  M 


.75 


74 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


22032. 


22036. 

22040. 

22044. 

22048. 

22052. 


22056. 

22060. 

22064. 


22068. 

22072. 


22076. 

22080. 

22084. 


Boiler,  or  saucepan,  of  best  imported  enamel  ware,  white  on  inside  and  blue  on  outside.  These  goods 
are  made  of  seamless  steel  and  the  enamel  is  both  acid  and  fire  proof  and  distinctly  superior 
to  the  ware  usually  sold  for  household  purposes.  Very  convenient  for  use  in  the  preparation 
of  culture  media,  etc.  With  cover. 

Size,  inches .  6f  x  4 


_2 

.90 


6J  x3J 
2 


Capacity,  quarts 

Each . 

Boiler,  or  saucepan,  same  quality  as  No.  22032.  Without  cover. 

Size,  inches .  5x3 

Capacity,  quarts .  1 

Each . . . .  .35  .50~ 

Boiler,  or  saucepan,  double,  same  quality  as  No.  22032.  Capacities  given  are  for  inside  boilers. 

Capacity,  quarts .  1  2  4 

Each . . . . .  E50  2^25  3^25 

Bolting  Cloth,  as  used  in  making  sieves,  of  standard  mesh,  40  inches  in  width. 

Mesh  per  lineal  f  inch .  24  27  31  37f  44  50 


8  x  5f 

4* 

1.30 

8f  x  5 
4 

.95 


Per  yard .  2.60  2.80  3.40  4.15  8.50  10.00 

Botanical  Adhesive  Tape,  on  spool,  for  fastening  specimens  to  mounting  paper,  §  inch  wide,  36  inches 

long.  Per  spool . 10 

Botanical  Drying  Paper,  superior  quality,  as  used  in  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  and  in  other 
prominent  herbaria.  This  paper,  being  made  of  pure  cotton  stock  similar  to  blotting  paper, 
absorbs  the  moisture  much  more  readily  than  the  driers  usually  supplied  which  contain  a  certain 

percentage  of  wood.  13f  x  18f  inches.  Per  100  sheets .  2.00 

Botanical,  Drying  Paper,  extra  heavy.  Per  100  sheets . .  1.50 

“  Genus  Covers,  extra  quality  and  weight,  17  x  24f  inches,  with  surface  specially  prepared  for 

writing  upon.  Per  100 . .' . . .  2.50 

Botanical  Mounting  Paper.  This  paper,  as  well  as  the  Driers  and  Genus  Covers,  is  made  specially 
for  us  in  very  large  quantities  and  we  have  used  in  it  the  purest,  strongest  stock  producing  a 
mount  which  has  that  desirable  stiffness  so  seldom  found  in  mounting  papers.  The  color  is  very 
white  and  does  not  change  with  age  as  papers  made  of  impure  stock  are  sure  to  do.  Size  Ilf  x  17 
inches. 

Per  100  sheets .  1.25  Per  500  sheets . 5.50 

Botanical  Pressing  Paper,  best  white,  folded  and  trimmed.  Per  ream .  1.50 

“  Portable  Plant  Press.  This  press  is  light  and  strong  and  may  be  carried  into  the  field  with 
ease.  Elastic  bands  prevent  disarrangement  of  specimens  and  unused  driers  when  the  press  is 

opened.  Furnished  with  six  driers . . . .  2.00 

Botanical  Vasculum  or  Collecting  Case,  of  metal,  enameled  with  door  opening  along  entire  length. 

Size  16  x  8  x  5f  inches.  With  shoulder  strap .  2.00 

Bottles,  Aspirator  of  heavy  white  glass,  with  outlet  near  bottom. 

Capacity,  liters... . . _f _ f _ 1 _ 2  4  6  8  12  20 

Each . 40  .50  .70  1.00  1.60  2.00  3.00  4.50  10.00 

Bottles,  Aspirator,  of  heavy  white  glass,  with  outlet  tube  near  bottom  formed  into  nipple  for  attaching 
rubber  tubing. 

Capacity,  liters .  f  f  i  1  2 _ 4 _ 6 _  8  12 

Each . . 35  .40  .50  .75  1.00  1.75  2.25  3.25  4.75 


75 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  22096 


22088. 

22092. 

22096. 


Bottles,  Aspirator,  same  as  No.  22084  but  graduated. 
Capacity,  liters . 

Each . 


1  2  •  4 

.90  1.20  2.10 


Bottles,  Aspirator,  with  ground  glass  stopper  and  glass  stopcock  ground  into  outlet. 

Capacity,  liters .  \  5  1  2  4  8  _ 12 

Each.. . .  1760  L80  2^00  2.50  ~  4.00  6.00  9.00 

Bottles,  Aspirator,  of  heavy  white  glass,  with  ground  in  glass  stopper  and  glass  stopcock  ground  in  at 
tubuiation  and  held  in  place  by  a  metal  screw  cap. 

Capacity,  gallons .  1  2  3  5 

Each . ~7d>0  9A5  10.50  13.35 


No.  22100 


No.  22104 


No.  22120 


No.  22128 


No.  22132 


22100. 

22104. 

22108. 

22112. 


22116. 

22120. 

22124. 

22128. 


22132. 


22136. 


22140. 


Bottles,  Balsam,  with  glass  balsam  dropper  fitting  loosely  in  the  neck  of  the  bottle  and  with  glass  cap 

ground  on.  Capacity  45  cc . . . . 25 

Bottle,  Balsam,  with  constricted  neck,  dropper  of  wood  and  ground  on  cap,  30  cc  capacity . . .  .50 

Bottle,  Balsam,  conical  form,  with  turned  in  lip  for  removing  excess  balsam  from  rod  and  conical  cap 

to  keep  rod  in  vertical  position,  capacity  50  cc . . . 40 

Bottle,  Dropping,  with  ground  in  pipette  stopper  with  rubber  cap  to  control  delivery  from  pipette. 

Capacity,  oz . : .  §  1 

Each .  .25  .25 

Extra  Rubber  Caps  for  No.  22112  Dropping  Bottles,  per  dozen . . .  .50 

Bottle,  Dropping,  with  Barnes’  pipette  stopper.  A  very  convenient  and  inexpensive  bottle.  Capacity 

30  cc . 10 

Extra  Rubber  Bulb  and  pipette  only  for  No.  22120  Bottles . 05 

Bottle,  Dropping,  with  ground  in  pipette.  Delivery  may  be  controlled  by  finger  or  by  the  use  of  a  rubber 
bulb. 

Capacity,  cc .  15 _ 30 _ 50 

Each . 15  .18  .20 

Bottle,  Dropping,  same  as  No.  22128  but  with  rubber  bulb. 

Capacity,  cc .  15  30  50 

Each . 19  .22  .25 

Bottle,  Dropping,  same  as  No.  22128  but  of  amber  glass. 

Capacity,  cc .  30 _ 50 

Each . 25  .30 

Bottle,  Dropping,  same  as  No.  22136  but  with  rubber  bulb. 

Capacity,  cc .  30  50 

JSach . 30  .35 


76 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


22144. 

22148. 

22152. 

22156. 

22160. 

22164. 

22168. 

22170. 


Bottle  Dropping,  TK  patent  with  stopper  arranged  to  deliver  contents  drop  by  drop  or  to  hermetically 
seal  the  bottle. 

Capacity,  cc .  15  30  50  100 

Each . 7l5  .18  .20"  730 


Bottle  Dropping,  same  as  No.  22144  but  with  flat  stopper  protecting  the  lip  of  the  bottle  from  dust. 


Capacity,  cc . 

.  15 

30 

50 

100 

200 

Each . 

.  .25 

.25 

.30 

.35 

.40 

Bottle  Dropping,  same  as  No.  22148  but  of  amber  glass. 
Capacity,  cc . 

.  15 

30 

50 

100 

200 

Each . 

.  .28 

.28 

.35 

.40 

.50 

Bottle  Dropping,  with  ground  in  pipette  stopper  and  glass  cap  ground  on.  Very  suitable  for  highly 
volatile  contents. 

Capacity,  cc .  30  60 

Each .  .45  .60 


Bottle  Dropping,  Schuster,  with  ground  glass  stopper,  capacity  30  cc . 25 

“  “  “  same  as  No.  22160  but  without  glass  stopper . 15 

Bottle,  Cobalt  or  Acid,  with  solid  glass  stopper  and  glass  cap  ground  on. 

Capacity,  cc .  15  25  50 

Each . . .  730  735  740 


Bottle,  Immersion  Oil,  with  loose  fitting  glass  cap,  with  glass  dropping  rod  fused  to  same . 50 


No.  22176 


No.  22180 


No.  22184 


No.  22188 


22172. 


22174. 

22176. 

22180. 


22184. 


22188. 


Bottle,  Immersion  Oil,  New  Form,  with  loose  fitting  metal  cap  and  dropper.  The  immersion  oil  is 
used  in  the  inside  receptacle  only  in  small  quantities  at  a  time  so  that  it  is  impossible  to  with¬ 
draw  a  large  drop.  The  outer  compartment  is  to  be  filled  with  benzole,  xylol,  alcohol,  etc.,  for 
cleaning  objectives  and  slides,  having  no  connection  with  the  inside  or  oil  compartment ...  .75 

Bottle,  Immersion  Oil,  Bausch  &  Lomb,  with  metallic  cap . 50 

Bottle,  Immersion  Oil,  Mach,  with  metallic  cap . 75 

Bottles,  Specimen,  wide  mouth,  of  flint  glass,  for  cork  stoppers. 

Capacity,  ounces .  _l_i_  2|^  3; 

Per  dozen . . . 50  .55  .65 

Per  gross .  3.90  4.40  5.15 

Bottles,  Specimen,  extra  wide  mouth  and  very  narrow  shoulder,  of  best  American  flint  glass,  for  cork 


stoppers. 

Capacity,  oz .  1,  3  4  6 

Per  dozen . 60  .65  .85  .85 


Bottles,  Specimen,  with  extra  wide  mouth  for  cork  stoppers.  Of  best  white  German  glass.  This 
series  of  bottles  has  been  designed  to  meet  the  need  of  a  more  satisfactory  bottle  for  specimens 
in  pathological  and  histological  laboratories,  etc.,  and  is  superior  in  both  shape  and  finish  to  the 
American  bottle  listed  under  No.  22184. 


Capacity,  etc .  15  30  50  75  100 

Per  10 .  .  .60  765  775  785  E00 

Per  100  .  5.00  5.50  6.00  »  7.00  8.00 


77 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


22200. 


22204. 


22208. 


22210. 


22214. 


22218. 


22222. 


22226. 


Bottles,  Narrow  Mouth,  best  American  flint  glass  for  cork  stoppers. 

Capacity,  ounces .  §  1  2  3  4  6  8 

Number  in  original  case.  864  864  720  576  432  360  288 

10 

216 

12 

216 

16 

144 

32 

96 

64 

Per  dozen . 35  .40 

.50 

.50 

.55 

.65 

.70 

.85 

.90 

1.05 

1.55 

2.60 

Per  gross  in  original  case  3.25  3.50 

3.90 

4.75 

5.40 

6.15 

7.00 

8.25 

9.00 

10.15 

15.50 

25.65 

Bottles,  Narrow  Mouth,  best  American  amber  glass,  for  cork  stoppers. 

Shape  same 

as  No. 

22200. 

Capacity,  ounces . 

1 

2 

3 

4 

6 

8 

10 

12 

16 

32 

Number  in  original  case . 

864 

720 

576 

432 

360 

288 

216 

216 

144 

96 

Per  dozen . 

.35 

.40 

.50 

.55 

.65 

.70 

.85 

.90 

1.05 

1.55 

Per  gross  in  original  case . 

3.50 

3.90 

4.75 

5.40 

6.15 

7.00 

8.25 

9.00 

10.15 

15.50 

Bottles,  Narrow  Mouth,  best  American  green  glass,  for  cork  stoppers. 

Capacity .  1  oz.  2  oz.  4  oz.  £  pt.  1  pt.  1  qt.  2  qt.  1  gal.  5  gal. 

Number  in  original  case .  864  720  432  288  144  96  48  36  6 

Per  dozen .  ^35  .40  .55  .70  1.05  1.55  2.40  4.00  17.00 

Per  gross  in  original  case .  3.50  3.90  5.40  7.00  10.15  15.50  24.00  40.00  170.00 

Bottles,  Wide  Mouth,  best  American  flint  glass,  for  cork  stoppers. 

Capacity,  ounces .  j  1  2  3  4  6 

Number  in  original  case .  864 _ 864 _ 720 _ 576 _ 432 _ 360 


Per  dozen . 35  .40  .40  .50  .60  .65 

Per  gross  in  original  case .  3.90  3.65  4.00  4.90  5.65  6.40 

Capacity,  ounces .  8  12  16  24  32  64 

Number  in  original  case .  288  216  144  120  96  48 

Per  dozen .  .75  M  1.10  L45  L50  2455 

Per  gross  in  original  case .  7.25  9.50  10.65  14.50  15.90  26.15 


Bottles,  Wide  Mouth,  best  American  amber  gass,  for  cork  stoppers.  Shape  same  as  No.  22210. 

Capacity,  ounces. . . , .  1  2  4  8  16  32 

Number  in  original  case .  864  720  432  288  144  96 

Per  dozen . 40  .40  .60  .75  1.10  1.50 

Per  gross  in  original  case .  3.65  4.00  5.65  7.25  10.65  15.90 

Bottles,  Wide  Mouth,  of  green  glass,  for  cork  stoppers. 

Capacity .  1  oz.  2  oz.  4  oz.  8  oz.  16  oz.  1  qt.  2  qt.  1  gal.  2  gal.  5  gal. 

Number  in  original  case. .  864  720  432  288  144  96  48  12  6 


Per  dozen . 36  .40  .60  .75  1.10  1.60  2.50  4.10  12.80  18.35 

Per  gross  in  original  case.  3.65  4.00  5.65  7.25  10.65  15.85  24.50  40.15  102.50  175.00 

Bottles,  Narrow  Mouth,  flint  glass,  with  high  ground  mushroom  glass  stopper.  This  bottle  has  a  fine, 
fire  polished  finish  approaching  shop  furniture  ware  in  appearance  and  is  much  superior  to  iron 
mould  finish.  Recommended  specially  for  laboratory  or  other  uses  where  a  bottle  of  better  ap¬ 
pearance  is  desired. 

Capacity . 1  oz. 

Number  in  original  case .  144 

Per  dozen .  1.00 

Per  dozen  in  original  case . 

Capacity . 1  pt. 

Number  in  original  case .  72 

Per  dozen .  2.00 

Per  dozen  in  original  case .  1.60 

Bottles,  Wide  Mouth,  same  quality,  etc.,  as  No. 

Capacity . .' .  1  oz. 

Number  in  original  case .  144 

Per  dozen .  1.25 

Per  dozen  in  original  case . 1.00 


.  1  oz. 

2  oz. 

4  oz. 

6  oz. 

12  oz. 

2  Pt. 

.  144 

72 

72 

72 

72 

2 

.  1.00 

1.25 

1.50 

1.65 

1.90 

1.75 

.  .80 

1.00 

1.20 

1.35 

1.55 

1.40 

.  1  pt. 

1  qt. 

5  gal. 

1  gal. 

2  gal. 

3  gal. 

.  72 

36 

12 

12 

6 

4 

.  2.00 

2.25 

4.00 

6.00 

13.00 

20.00 

.  1.60 

1.80 

3.20 

4.80 

10.40 

16.00 

No.  22222. 

1  oz. 

2  oz. 

4  oz. 

5  pt.  1  pt. 

1  qt.  i 

gal.  1  gal. 

2  gal. 

144 

72 

72 

72  72 

36 

12  12 

1.25 

1.50 

1.75 

2.25  2.50 

3.25 

5.00  8.00 

18.00 

1.00 

1.20 

1.40 

1.80  2.00 

2.60 

4.00  6.40 

14.40 

> 


78 


R 


H  U  R 


H. 


H  O 


M 


O  M 


N 


No.  22230 


No.  22234 


No.  22238 


No.  22246 


No.  22250 


No.  22258 


22230. 


22238. 


22242. 


22246. 


22250. 


22254. 


22258. 


Bottles,  Narrow  Mouth,  with  vertical  glass  stopper,  of  green  glass,  for  acids. 

Capacity .  \  pt.  1  pt.  1  qt.  §  gal.  1  gal.  2  gal. 

Number  in  original  case .  144  144  96  48  36  12 


22234. 


Per  dozen .  2.00  2.50  3.40  5.60  7.60  16.00 

Per  gross  in  original  case .  20.00  25.00  34.00  56.00  76.00  160.00 

Bottles,  Narrow  Mouth,  of  white  glass  with  flat  glass  stopper.  These  bottles  are  of  German  make  and 
are  distinctly  superior  in  both  shape  and  finish  to  American  bottles  of  corresponding  price.  They 
are  turned  in  a  wet  wooden  mould  which  imparts  a  high  lustre  to  the  outside  surface.  Particu¬ 
larly  recommended  for  use  as  laboratory  reagent  bottles. 

Capacity,  cc .  15  30  60  125  250  500  1000  2000 

Number  in  original  case .  1800  1100  600  500  325  180  120 _ 60 

Each . 


. 10  .10 

Per  100  in  original  case .  8.40  8.40 


.12 

9.80 


.15 

10.85 


.18 

15.40 


.25 

19.60 


.35 

28.00 


.45 

38.50 


Bottles,  Narrow  Mouth,  of  white  glass,  with  vertical  stopper.  Same  quality  as  No.  22234. 

Capacity,  cc .  15  30  60  125  250  500  1000  2000  4000  8000 

Number  in  original  case. . .  1800  1100  600  500  325  180  120  60  36  13 

Each . ~A0  A0  A2  ~A5  A8  i25  ^35  A5  A5  L50 

Per  100  in  original  case  ...  8.40  8.40  9.80  10.85  15.40  19.60  28.00  38.50  56.00  129.50 


Bottles,  Narrow  Mouth,  of  amber  glass,  with  vertical  stopper. 

Capacity,  cc .  30  60 

Number  in  original  case .  1100  600 

Each . 


Same  quality  and  shape  as  No.  22238. 
125  250  500  1000  2000 

500  325  180  120  60 


. 11 

Per  100  in  original  case.. .  9.45 


.13 

10.85 


.14 

11.90 


.20 

17.15 


.25 

21.70 


.35 

30.80 


Bottles,  Wide  Mouth,  of  white  glass,  with  flat  glass  stopper. 

Capacity,  cc . .  15  30  60 

Number  in  original  case .  1800  1100  600 

Each . 


Same  quality  as  No.  22234. 

125  250  500  1000 

500  325  180  120 


.50 

42.00 


2000 

60 


. 11 

Per  100  in  original  case .  9.45 


.11 

9.45 


.13 

10.85 


.14 

11.90 


.20 

17.15 


.25 

21.70 


.35 

30.80 


Bottles,  Wide  Mouth,  of  white  glass,  with  vertical  stopper.  Same  quality  as  No 

Capacity,  cc .  15  30  60  125  250 

Number  in  original  case .  1800  1100  600  500  325 

Each . 


22234. 

500 

180 


1000 

120 


.50 

42.00 


2000 

60 


. 11 

Per  100  in  original  case .  9.45 


.11 

9.45 


.12 

10.15 


.14 

11.90 


.20 

17.15 


.25 

21.70 


.35 

30.80 


.50 

42.00 


Bottles,  Wide  Mouth,  of  amber  glass,  writh  vertical  stopper.  Same  quality  and  shape  as  No.  22250. 

Capacity,  cc .  30  60  125  250  500  1000  2000 

Number  in  original  case .  1100  600  500  325  180  120  60 

Each . ~  .12  .14  .15  .22  T28  .40  .50 

Per  100  in  original  case .  10.15  11.90  13.15  18.60  23.80  33.60  46.25 

Bottles,  New  Jena  Glass,  narrow  mouth,  with  flat  glass  stopper.  These  bottles  are  made  of  apparatus 
glass  and  are  offered  as  the  most  resistant  bottle  obtainable  for  reagents. 

Capacity,  cc . . .  100  250  500  1000 

Each .  ^43  .45  l70  .95 


79 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


/ 


REAGENT  BOTTLES.  S.  B.  S.  Type,  of  best  German  glass,  with  conical  stopper  with  projecting  flange  to  pro¬ 
ject  the  bottle  from  dust  in  the  narrow  mouth  shape  and  a  flat  hexagonal  stopper  projecting  over  the 
rim  in  the  wide  mouth  shapes.  The  stopper  can  be  placed  on  the  table  either  on  its  side  or  inverted, 
without  contact  of  the  ground  surface.  Bottles  for  alkaline  solutions,  such  as  Potassium  hydrate  are 
made  with  a  loosely  fitting  stoppers  inside  the  neck  but  with  the  under  side  of  the  flange  ground  to  fit 
the  upper  surface  of  the  mouth  of  the  bottle.  Bottles  are  carried  in  stock  in  the  labels,  designated 
below.  Labels  are  deeply  etched  into  the  glass  by  means  of  sand  blast  and  filled  with  white  pigment. 
In  ordering  please  use  numbers.  Special  labels  are  engraved  to  order  at  an  extra  cost  of  25ff  each. 
The  Bottles  may  be  imported  duty  free  at  an  approximate  reduction  of  33^%,  but  orders  must  aggre¬ 
gate  at  least  100  bottles  of  a  size. 

22270.  Reagent  Bottle,  Narrow  Mouth,  125  cc  capacity,  as  above,  with  labels  as  below. 


Each  ...... 

.25  Per  dozen  . 

B  1. 

Hydrogen  Sulphide  (Amber)  HaS 

B24. 

Magnesium  Sulpnate  Mg  SO4 

Mercuric  Chloride  Hg  CI2 

B  2. 

Hydrochloric  Acid  HCI 

B25. 

B  3. 

Acetic  Acid  HC2H3O2 

B26. 

Silver  Nitrate  (Amber)  Ag  NOi 

B  4. 

Sulphuric  Acid  H2SO4 

B27. 

Lead  Acetate  Pb  (C2Hi02)2 

B  5. 

Nitric  Acid  HNOa 

B28. 

Ferrous  Sulphate  FeS04 

B  6. 

Potassium  Ferrocyanide  KaFefCNh 

B29. 

Ferric  Chloride  FeaCU 

B  7. 

Potassium  Sulphocyanide  KCNS 

B30. 

Alcohol  C2HSOH 

B  8. 

“  Carbonate  K2CO3 

B31. 

Ammonium  Sulphocyanide  NH<CNS 

B  9. 

“  Sulphate  KaSOi 

B32. 

Barium  Hydroxide  Ba(OH)2 

B10. 

“  Iodide  K1 

B35. 

Ether  (CaHsHO 

Bll. 

“  Ferricyanide  KjFe(CN)e 

B36. 

Cupric  Sulphate  CUSO4 

B12. 

“  Hydroxide  KOH 

B37. 

Platinic  Chloride  PtCl, 

B13. 

“  Dichromate  I<2Cr207 

B56. 

Uranium  Acetate  UOafCaHaQah 

B14. 

Sodium  Phosphate  Na2HP04 

B58. 

Fehling’s  Solution 

B15. 

Ammonium  Hydroxide  NH4OH 

B59. 

Sodium  Carbonate  Na2CO-2 

BIO. 

Sulphide  (Amber)  (NHaBS 

B60. 

“  Acetate  NaC2H302 

B17. 

“  Chloride  NH4CI 

B61. 

“  Hydroxide  NaOH 

B18. 

“  Carbonate  (NHabCOa 

B81. 

Stannous  Chloride  SnCb 

B19. 

“  Oxalate  (NHabCaOa 

B82. 

Ammonium  Molybdate  (NH4)2Mo04 

B20. 

Barium  Chloride  BaCh 

B83. 

Carbon  Disulphide  CS3 

B21. 

Calcium  Chloride  CaCh 

B86. 

Mercurous  Nitrate  Hg2(NOa)a 

B22. 

“  Sulphate  CaS04 

B96. 

Potassium  Chromate  ICaCrOa 

B23. 

“  Hydroxide  Ca  (OH)2 

22274.  Reagent  Bottle,  Narrow  Mouth,  250  cc  capacity,  as  above,  with  labels  as  below, 

Each . 30  Per  dozen .  3.20 


22278. 

22282. 


B101.  Sulphuric  Acid,  Con.  II2SO4 
B102.  “  Dil.  H2SO4 

B!03.  Nitric  Acid,  Con.  HNO3 
B104.  “  “  Dil.  HNO» 

B105.  Hydrochloric  Acid,  Con.  HC1 
B106.  “  “  Dil.  HC1 

BJ07.  Hydrogen  Sulphide  (Amber)  H2S 
B108.  Ammonium  Hydroxide  NHiOII 
B109.  “  Chloride  NHrOl 

B110.  “  Carbonate  (NHjhCOj 

Bill.  Sodium  Hydroxide  NaOH 
B112.  “  Carbonate  NajCOj 

Reagent  Bottle,  Narrow  Mouth,  500  cc  capacity, 
Each . 

B204.  Ammonium  Hydroxide  NH4OH 
B215.  Sulphuric  Acid  H2SO4 

Reagent  Bottle,  Narrow  Mouth,  1000  cc  capacity 
Each . 

B501.  Sulphuric  Acid,  Con.  H2SO4 
B502.  “  “  Dil.  H3SO4 

B503.  Nitric  Acid,  Con.  HNOa 
B504.  “  “  Dil.  HNOa 


Bill.  Barium  Chloride  BaCIj 

B122.  Ammonium  Sulphide  (Amber)  (NHariS 

B126.  Alcohol  CaHsOH 

B129.  Sodium  Phosphate  NaaHPOa 

B130.  Ammonium  Oxalate  (NH4BC2O4 

B131.  Acetic  Acid  HC2H3O2 

B145.  Silver  Nitrate  (Amber)  Ag  NOi 

B130.  Potassium  Hydroxide  KOH 

BI51.  Calcium  Hydroxide  Ca  (OHB 

B152.  Lead  Acetate  Pb  (CaHaOah 

B154.  Ferrous  Sulphate  FeS04 

as  above,  with  labels  as  below, 

.40  Per  dozen . 

B216.  Nitric  Acid  HNOj 
B217.  Hydrochloric  Acid  HC1 

,  as  above,  with  labels  as  below. 

.  .50  Per  dozen . 

B505.  Hydrochloric  Acid,  Con.  HCI 
B506.  “  “  Dil.  NCI 

B512.  Ammonium  Hydroxide  NH4OH 


4.50 

5.50 


SO 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


22286.  Reagent  Bottle,  Wide  Mouth,  125  cc  capacity,  as  above  described,  with  labels  as  below. 

Each . 25  Per  dozen .  2.80 


22290. 

22294. 


B301.  Sodium  Carbonate  Na2C03 

B302.  Potassium  Nitrate  KNOa  B305.  Ferrous  Sulphate  FeSOi 

B303.  “  Cyanide  IvCN  B312.  Test  Paper 

B304-  Borax  NaaBaOj  B313.  Sodium  Ammonium  Hydrogen  Phosphate  Na(NHi) 

HPO4+4H2O 

Reagent  Bottles,  Set  of  40  as  above  described,  with  labels  as  per  list  below,  consisting  of  28  narrow 
mouth  125  cc  Bottles;  5  narrow  mouth  250  cc  Bottles;  6  wide  mouth  125  cc.  Bottles  and  one  30 

cc  dropping  bottle .  8.00 

Reagent  Bottles,  Set  of  40  as  above  described,  filled  with  the  following  c.  p.  reagents,  sealed  and 
packed .  17.00 


250  cc  Narrow  Mouth  Bottles. 

Acid  Sulphuric  (dil)  H  2SO  4 
“  Hydrochloric  HC1 
“  Nitric  HNOa 

Ammonium  Hydrate  (NH,)JIO 
Blank 

125  cc  Narrow  Mouth  Bottles 

Acid  Sulphuric  cone.  H2SO4 
Ammonium  Chloride  (NH«)CI 
“  Oxalate  (NHP2C2O4 

“  Sulfocyanide  (NH.)CNS 

“  Molybdate  (NH4HM0O4 

Carbonate  (NH4)2C03 
Acid  Acetic  HC2H1O1 
Alcohol  (C2H,)OH 
Silver  Nitrate  AgNOi(amber) 

Barium  Chloride  BaClj 
Calcium  Hydrate  Ca(OH  >2 
Cupric  Sulfate  CuSO, 

Ferric  Chloride  Fe2Cle 
Hydric  Sulphide  H2S  (amber) 
Ammonium  Sulfide  (NH4)2S(amber) 


Lead  Acetate  Pb(C2H02)j 

Magnesium  Sulphate  MgS04 

Mercuric  Chloride  HgCh 

Mercurous  Nitrate  Hg2(NO»)a 

Platinum  Chloride  PtCL  (1  oz  dropping  bottle) 

Potassium  Acid  Chromate  KrCnO? 

“  Ferrocyanide  KaFefCNJc 

“  Iodide  K1 

Sodium  Carbonate  NasCOi 
“  Acetate  NaC2H302 
“  Phosphate  Na2HP04 
Uranium  Acetate  (U0)C2H302 
Ether  (C2Hi)20 
Blank 

125  cc  Wide  Mouth  Bottles 

Sodium  Carbonate  Na2C03 
Borax 

Ferrous  Sulphate  FeSO, 

Potassium  Cyanide  KCN 

Ammonium  Sodium  Phosphate  Na(NH4)HP04 
+4H:0 
Test  Paper 


REAGENT  BOTTLES,  Whitall-Tatum  Company,  with  ground  glass  labels,  blown  in  the  glass,  the  surface  of 
each  letter  being  ground  so  as  to  render  it  distinct.  The  lettering  is  thus  indestructible  and  in  no 
danger  of  beng  defaced  when  the  bottle  is  washed  or  handled,  and  the  inconvenience  and  unsightly 
appearance  attending  the  use  of  paper  labels  is  entirely  avoided.  The  bottles  are  made  of  glass  con¬ 
taining  no  lead,  zinc  or  other  metallic  flux,  and,  in  the  points  of  convenient  shape,  thin,  dropping 
lip  and  perfect  stoppering,  are  unequalled.  They  are  exclusively  used  in  many  of  the  leading  labo¬ 
ratories  in  the  U.  S.  See  illustration  on  preceding  page. 

Reagent  Bottles,  Narrow  Mouth,  as  above  described.  For  names  available  in  each  capacity  see  list 
below.  Names  not  in  list  may  be  engraved  on  bottles  at  an  extra  charge  of  50 £  per  dozen  net. 
Please  use  numbers  in  ordering. 


Capacity .  1  oz.  ^  pt. _ h  pt. _ 1  pt.  1  qt. 

Per  dozen .  1.25  1.75  2.50  3.25  4.00 

Per  gross .  12.00  18.50  ,  23.00  33.00 


22300.  Reagent  Bottles,  Narrow  Mouth,  One  ounce  height,  3|  inches. 


No.  326.  Cobaltous  Nitrate . Co(NOa)2  No.  325.  Si lver  Nitrate  (Amber) . AgNO* 

“  336.  Gold  Chloride . AuCla  “  341.  Blank 

“  327.  Platinic  Chloride . PtCl< 


22304.  Reagent  Bottles,  Narrow  Mouth,  One-fourth  pint,  height  5y  inches. 


No. 

3. 

Acetic  Acid . 

,HC2HK)4 

No. 

97. 

Ammonium  Sulphydrate. . . . 

NH.ns 

<( 

30. 

Alcohol . 

,c2h3oh 

<4 

401. 

Barium  Nitrate . 

.BaCNOah 

(( 

18. 

Ammonium  Carbonate . 

.(NH,)2C03 

<4 

426. 

Bromine  for  Hypo-Bromite 

(( 

17. 

Chloride  . 

■  NH.CI 

406. 

“  Water 

it 

15. 

“  Hydroxide . 

.NH40H 

it 

418. 

Calcium  Chloride  Anhydrous. CaCI2 

it 

19. 

Oxalate . 

.  (NH.)2C204 

<4 

83. 

Carbon  Disulphide . 

CS2 

it 

16. 

“  Sulphide  (Amber) 

.(NH4)2S 

tt 

407. 

Chloroform . 

CHC'ls 

tt 

31. 

“  Sulphoeyanide _ 

.  NH4CNS 

it 

408. 

Cochineal 

it 

33. 

Barium  Carbonate . 

BaCOi 

it 

409. 

Coralline 

tt 

20. 

“  Chloride . 

.  BaCl2 

tt 

421. 

Dimethyl  Gloxime . 

.(CHi);C2(NOHh 

it 

32. 

“  Hydroxide . 

Ba(OH)2 

tt 

419. 

Hydrochloric  Acid,  Con . 

HCI 

tt 

21. 

Calcium  Chloride . 

.  CaCl2 

it 

428. 

Hydrogen  Peroxide 

it 

23. 

“  Hydroxide . 

,Ca(OH)2 

it 

87. 

Indigo  Solution 

it 

22. 

“  Sulphate . 

.  CaSO, 

414. 

Iodine  Solution . 

I+Kl 

tt 

36. 

Cupric  Sulphate . 

CuSO, 

tt 

410. 

Litmus 

tt 

35. 

Ether . 

.  (C2H8)20 

90. 

Magnesia  Mixture 

it 

29. 

Ferric  Chloride . 

.Fe2Cls 

it 

100. 

Mercuric  Potassium  Iodide 

tt 

28. 

Ferrous  Sulphate . 

.FeS04 

it 

86. 

Mercurous  Nitrate . 

Hg2(NU3)2 

tt 

2. 

Hydrochloric  Acid . 

.  HC1 

415. 

Methyl  Alcohol . 

CHsOH 

it 

1. 

Hydrogen  Sulphide  (Amber).. 

.ins 

411. 

Methyl  Orange 

it 

27. 

Lead  Acetate . 

.Pb(C2Hj02)2 

88. 

Nessler’s  Solution 

it 

24. 

Magnesium  Sulphate . 

.  MgSO, 

<4 

422. 

Nitric  Acid,  Con . 

HNO. 

it 

24. 

Mercuric  Chloride . 

.  HgCl2 

425. 

Obermayer’s  Reagent 

tt 

5. 

Nitric  Acid . 

.  HNO» 

44 

93. 

Oxalic  Acid . 

U2C2O, 

a 

8. 

Potassium  Carbonate . 

.K2C03 

44 

423. 

Phenol . 

CaHsOH 

tt 

13. 

“  Dichromate . 

.K2Cr20; 

412. 

Phenolphthalein 

it 

11- 

Ferricyanide . 

.K3Fe(CN)s 

44 

94. 

Picric  Acid . 

C6H2OH(N02) 

tt 

6. 

“  Ferrocvanide . 

.  K4Fe((CN)3 

37. 

Platinic  Chloride . 

PtCh 

it 

12. 

“  Hydroxide  . 

.  KOH 

44 

96. 

Potassium  Chromate . 

,K2CrG4 

“ 

10. 

Iodide . . .  ■ 

.  KI 

tt 

404. 

Silver  Sulphate . 

.  Ag2SC>4 

9. 

Sulphate . 

.  IC2SO4 

it 

80. 

Sodium  Acetate . 

.  NaC2H30, 

<< 

7. 

“  Sulphoeyanide . 

.  KCNS 

it 

59. 

“  Carbonate . 

Na2C03 

“ 

26. 

Silver  Nitrate  (Amber) . 

.  AgN(>3 

416. 

“  Cobaltic  Nitrite 

tt 

59. 

Sodium  Carbonate . 

.  Na2COs 

it 

61. 

“  Hydroxide . 

NaOII 

it 

61. 

“  Hydroxide . 

.NaOH 

it 

427. 

“  “  for  Hypo- 

14. 

“  Phosphate . 

.Na2HPO, 

Bromite . 

NaOII 

tt 

4. 

Sulphuric  Arid . 

.II2S04 

44 

417. 

“  Thiosulphate . 

.  NaaS203 

it 

38, 

39  and  40.  Blank 

44 

81. 

Stannous  Chloride . 

.  SdCIj 

The  above  40  bottles  are  fur- 

44 

420. 

Sulphuric  Acid,  Con . 

.  ILSO , 

nished  as  a  set  for . 

,$5.75 

it 

424. 

Finct.Guaiac 

No. 

77. 

Ammonia . 

.  FUs 

44 

413. 

Tumeric 

“ 

82 

Ammonium  Molybdate . 

.  (  N  H3)  6  Mo3034 

81 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


22308. 


22312. 


22316. 


22320. 


22324. 


Reagent  Bottles,  Narrow  Mouth,  One-half  pint,  height  65  inches. 


No. 

131. 

Acetic  Acid . 

,...HC2Hj02 

No. 

107. 

Hydrogen  Sulphide  (Amber)..H2S 

44 

126. 

Alcohol . 

...,C2HsOH 

“ 

152. 

Lead  Acetate . 

...Pb(C2H,02)2 

44 

157. 

Ammonia . 

...NHj 

“ 

153. 

Mercuric  Chloride . 

...HgCl2 

44 

110. 

Ammonium  Carbonate. . . . 

...(NHihCOj 

44 

103. 

Nitric  Acid,  Con . 

...  HNOa 

44 

109. 

Chloride . 

...NH,C1 

44 

104. 

“  “  Dil . 

. . . .  HNO. 

44 

108. 

Hydroxide _ 

. . .  NH4OH 

“ 

150. 

Potassium  Hydroxide . 

...KOH 

155. 

Molybdate _ 

. . .  (NHPuMoiOn 

44 

145. 

Silver  Nitrate  (Amber). . . 

44 

130. 

Oxalate . 

44 

112. 

Sodium  Carbonate . 

44 

122. 

Sulphide  (Amber) (NH,)2S 

“ 

111. 

“  Hydroxide . 

...NaOH 

114. 

Barium  Chloride . 

44 

129. 

“  Phosphate . 

. . . .  NajHPO, 

44 

151. 

Calcium  Hydroxide . 

,...Ca(OH)2 

44 

156. 

Stannous  Chloride . 

...SnCl2 

44 

154. 

Ferrous  Sulphate . 

...FeSO, 

“ 

101. 

Sulphuric  Acid,  Con . 

44 

105. 

Hydrochloric  Acid,  Con. . . 

...HC1 

44 

102. 

“  “  Dil . 

. .  .  HaSO, 

44 

106. 

“  “  Dil.... 

. . . .  HC1 

44 

116. 

Blank 

Reagent  Bottles,  Narrow  Mouth,  One  pint,  height  7f  inches. 


No.  204.  Ammonium  Hydroxide . NH,OH 

“  227.  “  “  Dil . NH,OH+Aq 

“  229.  “  Sulphide.  Dil . (NH,)2S+Aq 

“  218.  Barium  Chloride . BaCh 

“  223.  Calcium  Hydroxide . Ca(OH)2 

“  225.  “  Sulphate . CaSO, 

“  230.  Ether . (C2Hf)20 

“  224.  Ferrous  Sulphate . FeSO, 

“  217.  Hydrochloric  Acid . HC1 

Reagent  Bottles,  Narrow  Mouth,  One  quart,  height 

No.  505.  Hydrochloric  Acid,  Con . HC1 

“  506.  “  “  Dil . HC1 

“  503.  Nitric  Acid,  Con . HNOj 

“  504.  “  “  Dil . HNOj 


No.  222.  Hydrochloric  Acid,  Con . HC1 

“  226.  Hydrodisodic  Phosphate . Na2HP04 

“  216.  Nitric  Acid . HNOi 

“  219.  “  “  Con.  HNOi 

“  221.  Potassium  Hydroxide . KOH 

“  228.  Sodium  Hydroxide,  Dil . NaOH+Aq 

“  215.  Sulphuric  Acid . H2SO, 

“  220.  “  “  Con . H2SO, 

“  211.  Blank 

inches. 

No.  501.  Sulphuric  Acid,  Con . H2SO, 

“  502.  “  “  Dil . H2SO, 

“  511.  Blank 


Reagent  Bottles,  Wide  Mouth,  as  above  described. 


Capacity. . 

Per  dozen 
Per  gross. 


Reagent  Bottles,  Wide  Mouth,  One  ounce,  height  3|  inches. 


No.  374. 

Ammonium  Phosphate. . . . 

. (NH,)2HPO, 

No.  354. 

“  361. 

Sodium  Phosphate.  NaN  H,HPO, 

“  372. 

“  351. 

Borax . 

“  353. 

“  364. 

Copper . 

. Cu 

“  369. 

“  365. 

Ferrous  Sulphate . 

“  350. 

“  366. 

“  Sulphide . 

. FeS 

“  370. 

“  377. 

Phenyl  Hydrazine . 

.  ...CaHsNH,  NHi 

“  367. 

“  367. 

Potassium  Chlorate . 

. . . .  KClOj 

“  371. 

“  358. 

“  Cyanide . 

. . . .  KCN 

“  373. 

“  368. 

“  Ferricyanide . 

....K,Fe(CN)6 

“  375. 

Reagent  Bottles,  Wide  Mouth,  Four  ounce,  height,  4| 

inches. 

No.  314. 

Ammonium  Sulphate . 

....  (NH,)2SO, 

No.  313. 

“  304. 

Borax . 

“  305. 

Ferrous  Sulphate . 

...FeSO, 

“  303. 

Potassium  Cvanide . 

....KCN 

“  301. 

“  302. 

Nitrate . 

...KNOa 

“  312. 
“  307. 

1  OZ. 

4  oz. 

. . .  1.35 

1.95 

. . .  13.00 

20.50 

Potassium  Nitrate . 

. KNO. 

Test  Paper 

Sodium  Acetate . 

“  Bitartrate . 

. NaHC,H,Oa 

“  Carbonate . 

“  Nitrate . 

. NaNOa 

Sodium  Potassium  Carbonate.  .  Na2COa,  KaCOi 

Starch 

Zinc 

Blank 


Sodium  Ammonium  Hydrogen 

Phosphate . Na(NH,)HPO, 

+4H20 

Sodium  Carbonate . NaaCOa 

Test  Paper 
Blank 


View  of  Shipping  Room 


82 


ARTHUR 


T  H  O  M  A  S 


COMPANY 


H  . 


tsarium 
chloride 

BaCL>2H20 


No.  22328 


fe1 


No.  22332 


No.  22336 


/  g  =\ 

Barium 

chloride 

J 

No.  22356 


No.  22360 


32328. 


22332. 


22336. 

22340. 


22344. 


22348. 


22352. 


22356. 


22360. 


REAGENT  BOTTLES,  Narrow  Mouth,  with  name  and  symbol,  of  hard  white  potash  glass,  with 
polished  bottoms,  and  flat  stoppers;  with  white  enamelled  labels  with  double  border  and 
brilliant  black  acid  proof  letters  and  figures  for  both  name  and  symbol.  Exactly  like  illustration. 
Because  of  the  great  variety  of  labels  used  and  the  alternatives  offered  these  bottles  are  not  carried 
in  stock  and  are  imported  to  order  only  in  quantities  aggregating  not  less  than  $25.00  in  value. 


Capacity,  cc . 

.  50 

100 

125 

250 

500 

1000 

2000 

4000 

Each,  Duty  Free. . . 

.  .30 

.35 

.40 

.45 

.50 

.60 

.85 

1.25 

Each,  Duty  Paid. .. 

.  .45 

.50 

.50 

.60 

.70 

.85 

1.15 

1.75 

Reagent  Bottles,  Wide  Mouth,  otherwise  same  as  above. 

Capacity,  cc . 

.  50 

100 

125 

250 

500 

1000 

2000 

4000 

Each,  Duty  Free. . . 

.  .30 

.35 

.40 

.45 

.55 

.70 

.90 

1.30 

Each,  Duty  Paid... 

.  .45 

.50 

.50 

.60 

.80 

.95 

1.25 

1.85 

Note — While  we  recommend  Bottles  as  listed  under  No.  22328  and  22332  as  standard,  we  offer  the  follow¬ 
ing  alternatives  in  style,  finish,  etc. 


Alternative  I.  With  upright  stoppers  at  same  price  as  regular  No.  22328  and  22332  with  flat  stop¬ 
pers. 


Alternative  II.  Of  amber  or  blue  glass  instead  of  white,  add  the  following  to  price  of  No.  22328  and 
22332. 


Capacity,  cc . 

125  to  1000 

2000 

4000 

Each,  Duty  Free . 

. 02 

.03 

.05 

.08 

Each,  Duty  Paid . 

. 03 

.04 

.08 

.10 

Alternative  III.  For  desk  number  on  label  and  stopper,  add  the  following  to  price  of  No.  22328  and 
22332. 

Capacity,  cc . 50  to  100  125  to  1000  2000  4000 

Each,  Duty  Free . 03  .06  .06  .08 

Each,  Duty  Paid . 05  .10  .10  .12 

Alternative  IV.  For  loose  fitting  glass  caps  (Fig.  2)  add  the  following  to  price  of  No.  22328  (narrow 
mouth). 

Capacity,  cc . 50  to  100  125  to  1000 _ 2000 _ 4000 

Each,  Duty  Free .  d)6  JO  J2  ThT 

Each,  Duty  Paid . 10  .15  .16  .25 

Alternative  IV.  For  loose  fitting  glass  cap,  add  the  following  to  price  of  No.  22332  (wide  mouth). 


Capacitv,  cc . 

. 50  to  100 

125  to  1000 

2000 

4000 

Each,  Duty  Free. . . . 

. 08 

.12 

.15 

.20 

Each,  Duty  Paid . 

. 12 

.16 

.25 

.30 

Alternative  V.  For  label  like  No.  22328  but  without  chemical  symbol  deduct  the  following  from 
price  of  No.  22328. 

Capacity,  cc .  50  100  125  250  500  1000  2000  4000 

Each,  Duty  Free .  .  ^08  .08  .08  JO  Tl2  .12  .15  .20 

Each,  Duty  Paid .  .  .12  .12  .12  .15  .16  .16  .20  .25 

Note — Prices  for  square  or  diagonal  cut  stoppers  with  and  without  flange,  labels  with  etched  lettering, 
labels  without  border,  lettering  without  background,  etc.,  will  be  sent  upon  application. 

Bottle  Caps,  of  glass,  to  fit  over  the  stoppers  of  Reagent  Bottles. 

Inside  diameter  of  cap,  mm.  26  30  35  39  45  49  60 

Capacity  of  bottle,  cc .  30  60  125  250  500  1000  2000 

Per  ten..... .  1.00  1.00  1.00  L00  L00  L50  L50 


83 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


l 

it  3 

hp. 

llill'l  1 

|M  | 

il 

Al  '!|; 

p 

E 

1  ! 

I 

| 

1 

.  \ 

I 

i  si, 

No.  22376 


No.  22380 


No.  2236S 


No.  22384 


No.  22388 


22364. 


22368. 

22372. 


22376. 

22380. 

22384. 

22388. 

22392. 

22396. 

22400. 

22404. 

22408. 

22412. 


No.  22404 

Bottle,  Graduated,  of  flint  glass,  with  glass  stopper.  So-called  “mixing  jar 

Capacity,  cc .  250 

Each . 

Bottle,  Pressure,  Lintner,  complete  with  metallic  clamp. 

“  “  of  heavy  glass,  with  patent  stopper. 


No.  22412 


250 

500 

1000 

1.25 

2.00 

3.00 
..  2.75 

100 

150 

200 

.30 

.32 

.35 

Each . 

Bottles,  Ether,  of  glass,  with  ground  in  stopper  and  ground  on  glass  cap,  widely  used  for  all  volatile 
liquids.  This  is  a  well  made  imported  bottle. 

Capacity,  cc .  50 

Each . . 45 

Bottles,  Hard  Rubber,  with  paraffine  seal  and  screw  cap,  for  acids. 


Each. 


Bottles,  Oil  Sample,  of  flint  glass,  tall,  narrow  shape. 

Capacity,  ounces . 

Number  in  original  case . 

Per  dozen . 


100 

250 

500 

1000 

.50 

.65 

.90 

1.40 

100 

250 

500 

1000 

.75 

1.00 

1.50 

2.75 

1 

2 

4 

8 

864 

720 

432 

144 

.40 

.50 

.65 

.95 

3.75 

4.90 

6.50 

9.25 

Bottles,  Oil  Sample,  same  as  No.  22384  but  with  metallic  screw  cap  with  cork  lining.  Capacity  4  oz., 
length  6f  inches,  diameter  liV  inches.  Packed  432  in  original  cases. 

Each . 12 

Per  dozen .  1.05 

Per  gross  in  original  case .  10.25 

Bottles,  Woulff,  with  two  necks. 

Capacity,  cc .  125  250  500  1000  2000  4000  S000 

Each . 


.60 


.85 


. . 40  .45 

Bottles  Woulff,  with  two  necks  and  bottom  tubulation. 

Capacity,  cc .  500 

Each . 80 

Bottles,  Woulff,  with  three  necks. 

Capacity,  cc .  125  250  500  1000 


1.20 

1000 


2.50 

2000 


4.00 

4000 


1.00 

2000 


1.50 

4000 


.65 


.95 

500 


1.35 

1000 


3.00 

2000 


3.00 

8000 

5.00 

4000 


Each . 45  .50 

Bottles,  Woulff,  with  three  necks  and  bottom  tubulation 

Capacity,  cc . 

Each . . . . .  M  1.20  2M  3J0  j 

Bottles,  Woulff,  with  three  necks,  two  of  which  are  fitted  with  ground  in  glass  delivery  tubes  and  one 
with  ground  in  glass  stopper. 

Capacity,  cc .  125  250  _ 500 

Each . . . . .  1.00  1.25  1.60 

Bottles,  Water  Sample,  2  oz.  capacity,  with  flat  ground  in  stopper.  Both  bottle  and  stopper  can  be 
numbered  with  serial  number.  As  used  in  large  quantities  in  the  Filtration  Laboratories  of  the 
Philadelphia  Bureau  of  Water,  etc. 

Style .  Plain  Numbered 

Each . 


. 25 

Per  dozen .  3.00 


.30 

3.60 


84 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  22416  No.  22420  No.  22424  No.  22428  No.  22432 


22416. 

22420. 

22424. 

22428. 

22432. 


Boxes  of  paste  board,  so  called  “pill  boxes.”  Covered  with  fine  glazed  paper,  carmine  color. 

Diameter,  inches .  £ 

Depth,  inches . .  £ 

Per  gross . 25 

In  packages  of  1  dozen  of  each  size  nested,  per  package . 

Boxes  of  paste  board,  sliding  form,  covered  with  fine  white  glazed  paper. 

Length,  inches .  2\ 

Width,  inches . 

Depth,  inches . 

Per  dozen .  .15 

Per  gross . . .  1.00 

Boxes,  of  seamless  tin,  round  form.  Convenient  for  samples  and  specimens. 

Capacity,  ounces .  § 

Per  dozen . 10 

Boxes,  of  turned  wood.  Convenient  for  samples  and  specimens. 

Capacity,  ounces .  £  1 

Per  dozen . 08  .10 

Brush,  of  bristle,  for  assay  buttons . 


1 

9 

16 

H 

11 

16 

u 

i 

.35 

© 

|Tj« 

.50 

.12 

2\ 

2* 

2  i 

n 

H 

u 

5 

8 

3 

4 

i 

.15 

.15 

.15 

1.00 

is. 

1.00 

1.00 

1 

2 

4 

.16 

.20 

.30 

2 

.14 


3 

.20 

.50 


No.  22436 


No.  22440 


No.  22444 


No.  22448 


No.  22452 


No.  22456 


M 


No.  22464  No.  22472  No.  22476  No.  22480 
No.  22468 


22436.  Brush,  of  black  horse  hair,  9  inches  long,  with  wooden  handle.  For  cleaning  small  cylinders,  etc.  .20 

22440.  “  of  black  bristle,  conical  shape,  with  tuft  on  end,  12  inches  long.  For  cleaning  cylinders,  etc  .30 

22444.  “  of  black  and  white  bristle,  conical  shape  with  tufted  end,  with  four  rows  of  bristles.  For  clean¬ 
ing  large  cylinders,  jars,  etc . 35 

22448.  Brush,  of  black  bristle,  12  inches  long.  For  cleaning  cylinders,  beakers,  etc . 25 

22452.  “  of  black  and  white  bristle,  on  wooden  handle,  with  four  rows  of  bristles.  For  cleaning  large 

jars,  cylinders,  etc . . . 30 

22456.  Brush,  of  black  and  white  bristle,  with  two  tufts  on  end  for  reaching  corners  of  large  cylinders,  jars, 

etc.  With  four  rows  of  bristles . 35 

22460.  Brush,  for  beakers,  with  long  handle  of  wood . . . . 20 

22464.  Brush,  of  bristle  in  wooden  handle,  flat.  Convenient  for  pasting  labels,  etc. 

Width  of  bristles,  inches .  1  1£  2  2§ 

Each . 05  .08  .10  .15 

22468.  Brush,  of  camel’s  hair,  flat,  with  wooden  handle.  For  dusting  scale  pans. 

Width  of  hair,  inches .  i  1  1§  2 

Each . . . . . 15  .25  .40  .50 

22472.  Brush,  of  camel’s  hair,  round,  with  wooden  handle,  5  inch  diameter.  For  dusting  scale  pans . 40 

22476.  Brush,  of  camel’s  hair,  bound  in  quill  handle. 

Length  of  hair,  mm .  14 _ 18 _ 22 

Each . . . 05  .07  .10 

22480.  Brush,  of  camels  hair,  bound  in  quill,  so-called  “camel’s  hair  pencils.” 

Number .  3  5  7 

Size .  Small  Medium  Large 

Per  dozen . 20  .25  .35 


85 


I/2 


22484. 


22488. 

22492. 

22496. 


22500. 

22504. 

22508. 

22512. 

22516. 

22520. 

22524. 


22528. 


22532. 


22548. 


Brush,  Test  Tube,  special,  of  stiff  bristles,  1  inch  in  diameter,  with  tuft  attend.  As  used  in  the  labor¬ 
atories  of  the  Johns  Hopkins  Medical  School.  Black  bristles,  2  inches  long,  on  heavy  tinned 

wire;  total  length  13!  inches . . . . 10 

Brush,  Test  Tube,  on  brass  wire,  with  bristle  end.  Total  length  9  inches;  length  of  bristle  part  2\ 

inches;  diameter  of  bristles  1}  inches .  .08 

Brush,  Test  Tube,  same  as  No.  22488  but  with  sponge  end . 08 

“  “  “  on  tinned  wire,  with  bristle  end . 

Total  length,  inches .  8!  9  ^ 

Length  of  bristle  part,  inches .  2\  2\  2\ 

Diameter  “  “  “  “  I  1J  l! 

Each . 06  .07  .08 

Brush,  Test  Tub,e,  on  tinned  wire,  with  sponge  end.  Total  length  9  inches;  length  of  bristle  part  2J 

inches;  diameter  of  bristles  lj  inches . . . . . 06 

Brush,  Test  Tube,  with  tufted  ends.  Total  length  9  inches;  length  of  bristle  part  3  inches;  diameter 

of  bristles  1|  inches . 05 

Brush,  Test  Tube,  with  sponge  end  and  rattan  haindle . 06 

Brush,  Flask,  convenient  for  Babcock  milk  test  bottles,  etc.  Total  length  9j  inches;  diameter  of 

large  bristles  2  inches;  diameter  of  small  bristles  !  inch . 05 

Brush,  Tube,  total  length  13  inches;  length  of  bristles  2\  inches;  diameter  of  bristles  !  inch.  Per 

dozen . 15 

Brush,  Tube,  total  length  36!  inches,  length  of  bristles  5  inches,  diameter  of  bristles  !  inch . 10 

Brushes,  of  the  general  shape  of  Test  Tube  Brushes,  No.  22488  to  22500,  but  larger,  for  cleaning  cylin¬ 
ders,  large  tubes,  bottles,  etc.  Mounted  on  brass  wire. 

Total  length,  inches .  11  14  16 

Length  of  bristle  part,  inches .  3  4  4 

Diameter  of  bristles,  inches .  J2 _  2!  2| 

Each .  A5  .20  .30 

Burettes,  for  pinchcock. 

Capacity,  cc .  10  25  50  50  75  100 

Graduated  in  cc 

Each 


i 

10 


1 

To 


1.00 


1 

To 

1.20 


To 

1.75 


. . . 50  .65 

Burettes,  for  pinchcock,  with  side  tube  for  refilling. 

Capacity,  cc .  25 

Graduated  in  cc .  iV 

Each . 75 

Burette  Attachment,  consisting  of  rubber  tubing,  pinchcock  and  tip  .  For  use  on  burettes  No. 
and  No.  22532 . 


1.75 

50 

i 

Tff 

1.30 


100 

iV 

2.00 


100 

_L 

1.85 
22528 
. .  .25 
For 


use  in  refilling  burettes  No.  22528 . 

Burettes,  with  straight  glass  stopcock. 

Capacity,  cc .  10  25 

Graduated  in  cc. .  iV  t& 

*  Jo 

50 

1 

5 

50 

To 

75 

ri> 

100 

i 

.  .50 

100 

A 

Each .  1.00  1.35 

Burettes,  with  three-way  glass  stopcock. 

1.65 

1.75 

1.85 

2.25 

2.35 

2.50 

Capacity,  cc . 

.  25 

50 

100 

Graduated  in  cc . 

•  * 

iV 

iV 

Each . . 

.  2.25 

2.75 

3.50 

I 


•  86 


■ 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


22552. 

22556. 

22560. 

22564. 

22568. 

22572. 

22576. 

22580. 

22584. 

22588. 


Burettes,  with  straight  glass  stopcock,  with  side  tube  for  refilling. 

Capacity,  cc . 

Graduated  in  cc . 


•25 


50 

1- 

10 


100 

ITT 


2.00 

100 

1 

5 


2.65 


100 


TTS 


Each .  1.50 

Burettes, with  glass  stopcock  set  on  at  an  angle. 

Capacity,  cc .  25  50  75 

Graduated  in  cc . ro  u>  iV 

Each. . U35  1.85  2.25  2.35  2.50 

Burettes,  with  glass  stopcock  set  on  at  an  angle  and  side  tube  for  refilling  with  glass  stopcock  in  same 

Capacity,  cc .  50  100 

Graduated  in  cc . ; .  ro  i 

Each....- . . . .  3.25  4.25 

Burettes,  for  pinchcock,  same  shape  as  No.  22528  but  with  dark  blue  enamelled  stripe  on  white  back¬ 
ground  for  accurate  reading  of  meniscus.  See  sectional  illustration. 


Graduated  in  cc . 

Each . 

Burettes,  same  as  No.  22564  but  with  straight  glass  stopcock.  Capacity,  cc. 

Graduated  in  cc . 

Each . 

Burettes,  same  as  No.  22564,  but  with  three  way  glass  stopcock. 


Graduated  in  cc. 


25 

To 

. ..  50 

.  1.50 

50 

1 

10 

100 

1 

T6 

2.50 

100 

1*5 

2.00 

2.50 

3.50 

25 

50 

100 

1 

1  0 

1 

1  0 

A 

2.25 

3.00 

4.25 

Burettes,  for  pinchcock,  same  shape  as  No.  22528  but  with  two  sides  white  enamelled  with  transparent 
vertical  stripe  behind  graduations  for  accurate  reading  of  meniscus.  See  sectional  illustration 


Capacity,  cc . .  50 

Graduated  in  cc .  rs 

Each . . 

Burettes,  same  as  No.  22576  but  with  straight  glass  stopcock.  Capacity 

Graduated  in  cc . 

Each . 

Burettes,  Automatic,  with  three-way  stopcock,  zero  point,  and  overflow  c 
stripe  on  white  background  for  accurate  reading  as  in  22564. 


100 

■nr 


• .  50 

100 

1 

A 

.  2.50 

3.50 

with  dark  blue  enamelled 

.  25  50 

100 

1  1 

10  10 

A 

3.50  4.50 

5.25 

Graduated  in  cc . 

Each . 

Burette  Automatic  Zero,  Squibb’s  latest  form  filled  by  pressure  from  rubber  bulb.  All  joints  are  ground 
air-tight  and  price  is  for  the  complete  apparatus  with  bulbs,  reservoir,  clamp  and  burette;  with 
dark  blue  enamelled  stripe  on  white  background  for  accurate  reading. 

Capacity,  cc .  25  50 

Graduated  in  cc .  Yn  tV 


Each. 


6.00 


7.50 


87 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


T  H  O  MAS 


COMPANY 


22592. 


22596. 


22600. 

22604. 

22608. 

22612. 

22616. 

22620. 

22624. 


22628. 

22632. 

22636. 

22640. 


Burette  Rose  Automatic  Adjustable  (Patent  applied  for).  For  repeated  delivery  of  definite  quantities. 
Automatically  delivers  the  quantity  at  which  it  is  set  and  cannot  overflow.  The  quantity  to 
be  delivered  can  be  quickly  changed.  Specially  recommended  for  nitrogen  determinations  by 
Kjeldahl  method,  fiber  determinations,  fat  determinations  in  milk  analysis  by  Babcock  method, 
for  lead  acetate  solution  in  sugar  determinations,  for  solvents  in  ore  and  soil  laboratories  and 
for  the  dispensing  of  nutrient  solution  and  culture  media  in  bacteriological  laboratories.  See 
Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  May,  1910.  Measuring  tubes  35  x  200  mm  giving  an 

approximate  delivering  capacity  of  182  cc  each .  6.00 

Burettes,  Dispensing,  wide  form  with  glass  stopcock. 

Capacity,  cc .  250  500  1000 

Graduated  in  cc .  5  10 _ 25 

Each .  JUKI  3j50  4.00 

Burette  Saponification  (Sapometer),  Huggenberg.  See  Seifensiederzeitung  1903,  S.  795 .  7.00 

Burette,  Morse,  for  calibrating  flasks,  pipettes,  burettes,  etc.,  500  cc .  6.00 

“  “  as  above,  50  cc  and  200  cc . . .  6.00 

“  “  “  “  50  cc.  3  cc  and  2  cc .  6.00 

Two-way  Stopcock  for  use  with  above  as  shown  in  illustration  of  No.  22604 .  3.00 

Burette,  Morse,  1  cc,  for  small  quantities,  with  stopcock  attached .  6.00 

Burette  Caps,  of  glass.  Outside  diameter  of  burette  must  be  given  in  ordering. 

To  fit  burettes,  cc .  25  50  100 

Each . 05  .08  .10 

Burette  Float,  Erdmann . 25 

“  Vollhardt,  with  glass  points  to  prevent  sticking  to  walls  of  burette . 40 

“  “  Beutel . 35 

Burette  Funnel.  A  small  glass  funnel  convenient  for  use  in  filling  burettes . 10 


No.  22644  and  22648 


22644.  Burette  Meniscus  Reader,  Gockel.  With  glass  plate . 75 

22648.  “  “  “  “  Without  glass  plate . 60 


8K 


ARTHUR  H  THOMAS  COMPANY 


cc 

20  °C 


a 

4 


cc 

aonc 


--  a 


cc 

20°c 


No.  22660  No.  22676 


No.  22664  No.  22680 


No.  22672  No.  22688 


BURETTES,  PRECISION,  graduated  by  weighing  at  20°C.  in  accordance  with  the  specifications  of  the  Physi- 
kalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt,  i.  e.,  with  individual  control  number,  time  of  outflow,  all  around 
graduations  for  the  whole  centimeters  and  semi-circular  graduations  for  the  fractions,  etc.  These 
burettes  are  offered  with  our  unofficial  factory  certificate  and  also  with  the  Physikalisch-Technische 
Reichs  sanstalt  certificate  and  control  stamp,  i.  e.,  the  official  certificate  of  the  German  government. 

Precision  Burettes  with  Unofficial  Factory  Certificate 
These  certificates  are  made  out  in  the  factory  in  exact  accordance  with  the  methods  prescribed 
by  the  Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt  and  no  burette  is  certified  unless  the  error  falls  within 
the  limit  permitted  by  the  Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt.  The  data  on  these  certificates 
may  be  used  as  a  check  where  burettes  are  calibrated  in  the  laboratory  or  with  entire  reliance  upon 
the  accuracy  of  the  figures  given. 

22660.  Burettes,  Precision,  with  pinchcock,  rubber  tubing  and  glass  tip,  graduated  in  accordance  with  the 
requirements  of  the  P.  T.  R.  at  20°  C  and  with  unofficial  factory  certificate. 

Size .  25  cc  in  rpths _ 50  cc  in  ^ths  100  cc  in  ^ths 

Each 


22664. 


22668. 


22672. 


22676. 


22680. 


22684. 


22688. 


1.75  3.00  4.00 

Burettes,  Precision,  with  straight  glass  stopcock,  graduated  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of 
the  P.  T.  R.  at  20°  C  and  with  unofficial  factory  certificate. 

Size .  25  cc  in  r^ths  50  cc  in  ^ths  100  cc  in  ,Vths 

Each .  2.70  4.00  6j00 

Burettes,  Precision,  with  glass  stopcock  set  on  at  an  angle,  graduated  in  accordance  with  the  require¬ 
ments  of  the  P.  T.  R.  at  20°  C  and  with  unofficial  factory  certificate. 

Size .  50  cc  in  ^ths _  100  cc  in  ^ths 

Each . . .  , .  ‘4.00  6.20 

Burettes,  Precision,  with  three  way  glass  stopcock,  graduated  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of 

the  P.  T.  R.  at  20°  C  and  with  unofficial  factory  certificate,  size  50  cc  in  ^ths .  4.60 

Precision  Burettes  with  official  Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt  Certificate 
These  Burettes  are  exactly  the  same  as  those  described  above  in  workmanship  and  accuracy  but 
are  furnished  with  the  P.  T.  R.  certificate  and  control  stamp,  for  which  a  higher  price  must  be  charged 
because  of  the  German  government  fee. 

Burettes,  Precision,  with  pinchcock,  rubber  tubing  and  glass  tip,  with  P.  T.  R.  certificate. 

Size .  25  cc  in  ^ths  50  cc  in  ^ths  100  cc  in  £ths 

6.15 


Each .  5-25 

Burettes,  Precision,  with  straight  glass  stopcock,  with  P.  T.  R.  certificate. 

Size .  25  cc  in  ^ths  50  cc  in  i^ths 

Each. 


7.85 

100  cc  in  Iths 


6.15 


7.00 


Burettes,  Precision,  with  glass  stopcock  set  on  at  an  angle,  with  P.  T.  R.  certificate. 
Size . .  50  cc  in  Aths 


9.65 

100  cc  in  iths 


Each . . .  7.00  9.65 

Burettes,  Precision,  with  three-way  glass  stopcock,  50  cc.  in  v&ths;  with  P.  T.  R.  certificate . 7.85 


89 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  22740 


No.  22744 


No.  22716 


No.  22720 


22692. 


22696. 

22700. 

22704. 

22708. 

22712. 

22716. 

22720. 

22724. 

22728. 

22732. 

22736. 

22740. 

22744. 


22748. 


Burette  Support,  Chaddock,  with  rubber  lined  wire  clamps  for  holding  the  burette  which  is  read¬ 
ily  placed  in  position  or  removed  by  simply  springing  back  the  wire.  The  rod  and  base  are  of 
polished  wood  and  a  piece  of  milk  white  glass  is  fastened  on  the  base.  For  two  burettes.. .  1.50 

Burette  Support,  same  as  above,  but  for  one  burette .  2.50 

Burette  Support,  consisting  of  rectangular  base  No.  37668,  medium  size  and  adjustable  clamp  No. 

24534 . 80 

Burette  Support,  consisting  of  porcelain  base  No.  376S0  and  brass  clamp  for  one  burette,  No.  24554. .  5.25 
Burette  Support,  consisting  of  porcelain  base  No.  37684  with  brass  rod  in  center  and  brass  clamp  No. 

24558  for  two  burettes .  7.00 

Burette  Support,  of  wood,  with  cork  lined  clamp,  for  one  burette .  1.00 

“  “  “  “  same  as  above  but  with  an  extra  arm  to  keep  the  burette  steady .  1.40 

“  “  “  “  with  cork  lined  clamp,  for  two  burettes .  1.25 

“  “  “  “  same  as  No.  22720  but  with  double  arm  to  keep  the  burettes  steady. .  1.50 

“  “  with  round  porcelain  base,  brass  rod  adjustable  as  to  height  and  revolving  clamps, 

for  four  burettes .  7.50 

Titration  Outfit,  consisting  of  wooden  support  and  two  burettes,  2  aspirating  bottles  of  1  liter  capacity 

and  rubber  connections,  pinchcocks,  etc.,  as  shown  in  illustration.  Complete .  8.25 

Support,  only,  without  glassware .  6.00 

Burette  Support,  consisting  of  rectangular  base  No.  37672,  with  rod  in  center  and  No.  24542  clamp  for 

two  burettes . 1.25 

Burette  Support,  consisting  of  automatic  burette  clamp  No.  24570  for  two  burettes  and  new  form 
of  support  permitting  the  use  of  same  in  the  vertical  position  and  also  in  a  horizontal  position 

by  hanging  the  base  plate  on  the  wall  by  means  of  aperture  provided .  3.75 

Burette  Support,  as  above  but  for  one  burette .  6.00 


90 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  22760  No.  2276S  No.  22772 


No.  22776  No.  22780  No.  27786 


22760. 

22764. 

22768. 

22772. 

22776. 

22780. 

22784. 

22786. 

22787. 


Burner,  Argand,  with  lava  lip  and  sheet  iron  chimney.  Flame  is  adjustable  and  can  be  turned  very 

low .  1.00 

Glass  Chimney  for  use  with  No.  22760  Burners,  with  clamp  to  attach  to  burner . 15 

Burner,  consisting  of  an  ordinary  gas  jet  writh  12  inch  stem  on  heavy  iron  base.  Very  convenient  in 
laboratory . 1.00 

Burner,  Micro,  for  obtaining  a  small  flame;  2i  high,  nickel  plated,  with  long  inlet  tube.  Very  suit¬ 
able  for  use  with  paraffine  baths,  etc .  50 

Burner,  Micro,  same  as  No.  22772  but  with  glass  chimney .  1.00 

Burner,  with  circular  draft;  without  air  regulator;  will  not  clog  because  of  any  substance  falling  in 
tube.  Height  5  inches,  diameter  of  tube  inch . 35 

Burner,  Micro,  consisting  of  a  brass  tube  on  bronze  base  with  air  inlet  underneath,  height  3  inches, 
diameter  of  tube  f  inch.  A  very  convenient  and  economical  burner  for  the  laboratory  table 
where  great  heat  is  not  required . 25 


Burner,  Bunsen,  low  form.  Height  3  inches  diameter  of  tube  inch . . . . . 50 

“  “  low  form,  same  as  No.  22786  but  larger  and  heavier.  Height  4|  inches. 

Diameter  of  tube .  _ f _ t _ 1_ 

Each . .  i.30  1.50  1.75  3.00 


22788.  Burner,  Bunsen,  multiple,  with  two  tubes .  1-25 

22792.  “  “  “  “  three  “  i-50 

22796.  “  “  “  “  four  “  2.00 

22800.  “  “  “  “  six  “  .  2.75 

22804.  “  “  “  “  three  tubes  in  straight  line .  2.00 

22808.  “  “  “  “  four  “  “  “  “  2.40 

22812  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  with  individual  stopcocks .  4.50 


22816.  Burner,  Bunsen,  with  laquered  brass  air  regulator.  This  is  a  superior  burner  to  the  ordinary  Bunsen 
in  both  construction  and  finish.  Height  6  inches,  diameter  of  tube,  yg  inch . 25 

22820.  Burner,  Bunsen,  same  construction  as  No.  22816  but  with  tube  §  inch  in  diameter  giving  a  much  larger 

flame . 40 

22824.  Burner,  Bunsen,  with  pilot  flame  and  stopcock .  2.00 


91 


A  R  T  H  U  R 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  22836 


No.  22840 


No.  22860 


No.  22848 


No.  22856  No.  22864 


22836. 

22840. 


22844. 

22848. 

22852. 

22856. 

22860. 

.22864. 


Burner,  Bunsen,  improved  low  form .  .75 

Burner,  Bunsen,  improved  form  with  gas  regulator  in  addition  to  air  regulator.  Superior  to  the  ordi¬ 
nary  Bunsen  in  that  perfect  combustions  may  be  had  at  all  times.  Height  6  inches,  diameter 

of  tube  \  inch .  1.15 

Burner,  Bunsen,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain,  with  air  regulator .  2.00 

“  “  “  “  “  as  above,  with  porcelain  chimney  as  shown  in  illustration.  3.50 

Extra  Porcelain  Burner  Tube . 50 

Burner,  Adjustable,  improved  form,  with  regulators  for  both  gas  and  air,  for  either  coal  or  gasoline 

gas.  Height  6|  inches,  diameter  of  tube  5  inch .  1.25 

same  as  No. 22856  but  without  base.  Fitted  with  thread .  1.15 

Burner,  Detroit,  suitable  for  either  gasoline  gas  or  coal  gas.  Height  6  inches,  diameter  1  inch. .  1.00 


No.  22868 


No.  22872  No.  22876 


No.  22880 


No.  22884 


No.  22888 


22868.  Burner,  Acetylene,  designed  especially  for  acetylene  gas  and  not  suitable  for  use  with  either  coal  or 

gasoline  gas.  Height  6  inches,  diameter  of  tube,  ^  inches .  1.50 

22872.  Burner,  Boyce  Adjustable,  suitable  for  coal  or  gasoline  gas;  with  separate  regulators  for  gas  and  air 

supply.  A  popular,  low  price  adjustable  burner  giving  great  satisfaction .  .75 

22876.  Burner,  Boyce  Acme  Safety,  for  either  coal  or  gasoline  gas,  with  regulator  for  both  gas  and  air. 

Gives  perfect  combustions  with  high  or  low  flame  and  can  not  strike  back  under  any  circum¬ 
stances.  A  very  satisfactory  burner .  1.50 

22880.  Burner,  Adjustable,  for  burning  any  kind  of  gas.  Works  very  well  with  gasoline  gas .  1.25 

22884.  Burner,  Tirrill,  made  entirely  of  brass,  for  use  with  either  coal  or  gasoline  gas.  Adjustable  for  both 

gas  and  air.  A  very  satisfactory  burner . . .  1.00 

22888.  Burner,  Universal,  adjustable  for  gas  and  air.  Works  well  with  either  acetylene,  natural,  coal  or  gaso¬ 
line  gas .  1.00 


No.  22892 


22892. 


Burner,  Chaddock.  A  clean,  non-corrodible  and  durable  burner. 
Specially  recommended  for  use  where  metallic  burners 
are  unsuitable  because  of  corrosion.  Complete  with  air 
regulator,  support  for  dishes,  chimney  for  triangle  and 
three  asbestos  pads .  2.00 


92 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


N*.  22896 


No.  22900 


No.  22901 


No.  22908 


No.  22912 


22896. 

22900. 

22904. 

22908. 

22912. 


Burner,  Teclu,  with  regulator  for  gas  and  air,  gives  a  large  and  powerful  flame. 

Height,  inches .  g  71 

Diameter  of  tube,  inches . .  5  f 2 

Each. . . .  1.25  2.00 

Burner,  Fletcher  Safety,  of  brass  with  gauze  top  to  prevent  striking  back.  Complete  with  brass 

base.  Height,  inches .  41  5’  7 

Diameter  at  top,  inches . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  £  l£  l  £ 

Each . . .  2H5  £66  £l0 

Burner,  High  Temperature,  a  new  burner  of  the  grid  top  type  with  gas  and  air  regulation.  Equal  in 

performance  to  any  burner  of  this  type.  Diameter  of  top,  inches _  £  1  1£ 

Each . 1.00  ~L50  £66 

Burner,  Quadruple,  High  Temperature,  consisting  of  four  high  temperature  burners  as  above  mounted 

on  base  with  supply  pipe . 15.00 

Burner,  Sargent’s  High  Temperature,  a  burner  of  the  grid  type,  with  adjustment  for  gas  and  air, 
with  large  tube  and  grid  top. 

Diameter  of  grid  top,  inches .  £  1  1J 

Each .  L00  1.50  1 .75 


No.  22916 


No.  22920 


No.  22924 


No.  22928 


22916.  .  Burner,  Scimatco  Patent.  Constructed  upon  the  M6ker  principle  with  a  metal  grid  §  inch  deep  at 
top.  Adjustable  for  both  gas  and  air  and  can  be  used  with  any  kind  of  gas. 

Diameter  of  flame,  mm .  25  30 

Each . . . . . . .  £16  2.50 

BURNERS,  BLUE  FLAME,  for  high  temperatures  with  great  economy  of  gas.  This  is  the  latest  development 
of  the  grid  top  type  of  burner,  giving  greatly  increased  heating  power  and  an  absolutely  homogeneous 
flame,  all  of  which  is  available  for  heating  from  the  top  of  the  burner  to  the  extreme  point.  The  gas 
regulating  device  permits  its  use  with  any  quality  of  gas  delivered  at  any  pressure  and  permits  regu¬ 
lation  from  the  maximum  to  the  smallest  flame  without  back-firing.  This  burner  is  supplied  in  five 
sizes  and  also  on  adjustable  support  and  with  blast  attachment.  With  blast  attachment  a  temper¬ 
ature  exceeding  1700°C  is  obtained. 

22920.  Burner,  Blue  Flame,  as  above  described. 

Diameter  of  grid  top,  mm . . 19 _ 22  25  _ 31  43 

Each .  ...1.00  1.60  2.00  ~£50  4.00 

22924.  Burner,  Blue  Flame,  as  above,  but  with  patent  universal  joint  for  maintaining  the  burner  in  vertical, 
horizontal  or  inclined  position. 

Diameter  of  grid  top,  mm .  19  25 

Each .  3.00  4.00 

22928.  Burner.  Blue  Flame,  as  above,  with  blast  attachment. 

Diameter  of  grid  top,  mm .  22  31  43 

Each .  2.50  .3.80  5.00 


93 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  22952  No.  22956  No.  22960  No.  22964  No.  22968  No.  22976  No.  22980 


22932. 

22936. 

22940. 

22944. 


22948. 

22952. 

22956. 

22960. 

22964. 

22968. 


22972. 

22976. 

22980. 

22984. 


Burner,  Eureka,  self-lighting,  height  6i  inches,  diameter  of  flame  tube  §  inch .  2.00 

Burner,  Greenman,  for  use  with  the  Greenman  Thermo-regulator .  9.00 

Burner,  Quadruple,  for  combustion  tubes,  each  burner  with  air  regulator,  stopcock  and  wing  tip,  with 

adjustable  support  for  the  combustion  tube .  7.50 

Burner.  Bunsen  Ring  Form.  For  use  on  apparatus  support  for  heating  funnels,  flasks,  etc.  With  air 
regulator. 

Diameter  of  ring,  inches .  3  4  5  6  8 

Each .  1.25  1.50  1.75  2d)0 


Burner  Attachments 

Support,  fork  shaped,  for  attaching  to  support.  To  hold  Bunsen  Burners . 

Crown  Top  for  Burners,  giving  round  flame,  Suitable  for  heating  small  dishes . 

Gauze  Top  for  Burners,  giving  large  round  flame . 

Wing  Top  for  Burners,  giving  a  broad  flat  flame  very  suitable  for  bending  glass  tubing . 

Blowpipe  Tip  for  Burners,  giving  a  flat  flame,  with  rest  for  blowpipe . 

Tripod  for  Burners,  for  supporting  small  dishes,  etc.,  directly  over  flame. 

Size .  Small 

Each . 15 

Tube  for  Burners,  to  fit  inside  of  the  burner  for  giving  yellow  flame  for  blowpiping . 

Star  for  Burners,  to  support  chimney,  etc . 

Chimney  of  metal,  for  use  on  burners  in  connection  with  star  Xo.  22076 . 

of  iron,  with  support  attached . . 


. ..  .25 
.40 
.  .25 
...  .10 
. .  .15 

Large 
'  .20 
.  .15 

. ..  .20 
...  .10 
..  .40 


No.  22988  No.  22992  •  No.  22996  No.  23000 


22988.  Guard  for  Burners,  of  vitrified  earthenware,  9  inches  high,  8  inches  diameter  at  bottom  and  5  inches 
diameter  at  top.  Protects  the  flame  from  drafts  and  forms  a  rigid  non-corrosive  support.  .35 
22992.  Burner,  Bunsen  Blast,  with  separate  cocks  for  blast  and  gas  supply.  The  blast  is  directed  at  the 
mouth  of  the  burner  by  a  small  tube  which  aids  as  a  powerful  blowpipe.  Can  be  used  as  an  ordi¬ 
nary  Bunsen  burner  and  blast  turned  on  only  when  desired.  Height  6j  inches .  3.50 

22996.  Burner,  Bunsen  Blast,  for  use  with  gas  and  air  pressure,  new  pattern.  On  adjustable  stand  with 

separate  cocks  for  blast  and  gas,  and  with  three  tips . . . .  3.50 

23000.  Burner,  Bunsen  Blast,  improved  form,  extra  large  size  for  use  with  gas  and  air  blast.  On  adjustable 
stand  with  two  tips .  8.00 


94 


A  R  T  H  u  R  H.  THOMAS 


COMPANY 


23004. 

23008. 


23012. 

23016. 

23020. 

23024. 


23028. 


23032. 


23036. 

23040. 

23044. 

23048. 


Burner,  Blast,  French  form,  mounted  on  universal  joint  on  tripod,  with  separate  cocks  for  gas  and 

pressur .  5.00 

Burner,  Compound  Blast.  An  improved  Burner  of  the  Fletcher  type,  furnishing  a  flame  from  a  finely 
pointed  jet  to  a  large  powerful  blast.  One  lever  adjusts  air  and  gas  automatically.  With  pilot 

light . 10.00 

Burner,  Barthel,  Automatic,  for  benzene.  Burns  90  minutes  with  full  flame  on  one  charge.  Will 

melt  copper  wire  3  mm  in  diameter  in  45  seconds.  Use  benzene  from  sp.  gr.  0.67  to  0.71 .  4.50 

Burner,  Barthel,  Automatic,  for  benzene,  on  tilting  mount.  Burns  two  hours  with  full  flame  on  one 
charge.  Melts  copper  wire  4  mm  diam.  in  1^  minutes.  Flame  may  be  placed  at  any  angle.  Very 
convenient  for  bending  glass  tubing,  etc.,  in  the  laboratory.  Use  benzene  of  sp.  gr.  0.67  to 

0.71 . 8.00 

Burner,  Barthel  Automatic,  for  alcohol.  Burns  90  minutes  with  blue,  smokeless  flame  on  one  charge. 

Melts  copper  wire  3  mm  diameter  in  1§  minutes . . .  4.00 

Burner,  Barthel  Automatic,  for  alcohol.  Produces  a  perfectly  blue  flame  without  smoking  some¬ 
what  hotter  than  the  flames  of  ordinary  gas  burners.  Considered  the  best  alcohol  burner  made. 
Price  includes  burner,  5  ft.  of  metallic  tubing  and  reservoir. 

Size . Small  Medium  Large. 


Each . . .  6.00  8.50  10.00 

Burner,  Barthel  Automatic,  for  benzene.  A  blast  burner  with  perfect  combustion  giving  a  tempera¬ 
ture  of  about  1400°  C.  This  burner  is  smokeless  and  odorless  and  absolutely  safe.  Used  with 
flame  tubes  of  three  sizes  producing  a  benzene  blast  or  cooking  flame.  Regularly  furnished  with 

medium  size  flame  tube— 21  mm  diameter .  7.50 

Extra  Flame  Tubes  for  No.  23028  Burner.  Number .  _1  2  4 

Each . . 50  .70  1.00 

Rose  Top  Burner  for  No.  4  Tube . 1.00 

Wing  Top  Burner  to  fit  any  size  tube . 25 

Burner,  Barthel  Automatic,  for  Benzene,  as  above  but  with  metallic  force  pump  and  pressure  gauge.  9.50 
Burner,  Blast,  for  gasoline.  With  flame  adjustable  from  very  small  to  five  or  six  inches.  Will  burn 
about  U  hours  at  full  blast  on  one  charge.  With  swivel  burner  and  removable  tripod.  Reser¬ 
voir  3£  x  4  inches,  capacity  1  pint.  Nickel  plated .  4.75 


95 


ARTHUR  H 


THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  23064 


No.  23068 


No.  23056 


23052. 

23056. 

23060. 

23064. 


23068. 


Burner,  Blast,  with  two  darting  needle  point  flames,  for  sealing  vials,  ampoules,  serum  tubes,  etc.  On 
heavy  base  with  adjustment  for  gas  and  air  and  for  use  with  flame  in  vertical  position. . . .  6.00 
Burner,  Blast,  Thiiringian  glass-blower’s  model,  with  ball  bearing  socket,  on  heavy  base,  all  parts  hard 

soldered,  with  gas  tube  of  7  mm. . . .  3.50 

Burner,  Blast,  Janus  Improved,  as  used  in  the  German  glass  blowing  industry  for  making  stopcocks, 
Roentgen  tubes,  etc.  A  very  practical  blast  burner  for  chemical  laboratories  as  by  a  simple 
turn  either  a  thin  needle  pointed  flame  or  a  large  roaring  flame  of  varying  sizes,  is  obtained. 
Each  burner  tube  has  independent  regulation  for  gas  and  air  and  one  may  be  operated  inde¬ 
pendently  of  the  other.  Diameter  of  large  tube  7  mm,  of  small  tube  5  mm .  10.00 

Burner,  Blast,  double  tube,  with  foot  blower.  A  new  form  designed  particularly  for  the  sealing  of 
vials,  ampoules  and  tubes  containing  various  biological  products  where  instantaneous  sealing 
is  important.  The  ordinary  blast  burner  is  unsatisfactory  for  this  purpose  because  of  the  im¬ 
proper  shape  and  size  of  the  flame  and  its  unsteadiness,  noise  and  great  consumption  of  gas  and 
air.  This  new  burner  has  two  darting  needle  point  flames  which  meet  and  form  one  blade  shaped 
flame  which  instantly  seals  small  tubes.  By  regulation  of  the  gas  and  air  this  blade  shaped  flame 
can  be  retained  at  any  desired  length.  In  sealing  1  cc  ampoules  only  3  cu.  ft.  of  gas  per  hour  is 
required.  The  use  of  this  burner  permits  the  sealing  of  the  ampoules  so  quickly  that  no  heat 
reaches  the  contents,  an  important  feature  where  the  vial  or  ampoule  contains  camphor,  ether 
or  concentrated  solutions  easily  carbonized  or  with  chemicals  of  a  low  boiling  point  such  as  ether, 

ethyl  chloride,  etc.  With  small  foot  blower  and  bulb  as  shown  in  illustration .  10.00 

Burner,  Blast,  only  as  above,  without  blower  or  bulb .  5.00 


23072. 


23076. 


No.  23072  No.  23076 

Burner,  Evaporating,  of  cast  iron.  Very  convenient  for  heating  glass  and  porcelain  vessels  as  no  cold 
air  can  reach  the  hot  part  of  the  dish.  Flames  are  blue  and  smokeless 

Diameter,  inches .  4  5 

Each .  1.00  1.25 

Burner,  Evaporating,  same  as  No.  23072  but  made  of  solid  copper  with  lap  joi  nts  joined  without 

Diameter,  inches .  4  5 

Each .  1.50  2.00 


_ 6J 

2.00 

solder. 

6* 


2.50 


96 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  23080  No.  23084  No.  23092 

23080.  Burner,  Dangler,  for  gasoline.  Under  ordinary  pressure  a  temperature  of  1100°  F.  is  obtained.  Com¬ 
plete  with  copper  reservoir . .  8.0(9 

23084.  Burner,  Hydro  Carbon,  burning  vaporized  kerosene  which  is  automatically  generated  as  fast  as  needed! 

from  ordinary  kerosene;  gives  a  hot  blue  flame  without  smoke  or  smell;  height  8f  inches,  diam¬ 
eter  of  base  9  inches.  Without  stand  as  shown  in  illustration .  4.0(9 

23088.  Stand,  for  above  burner,  with  top  8f  inches  in  diameter . 50 

23092.  Burner,  Alcohol,  of  brass,  nickel  plated;  guaranteed  to  be  smokeless,  odorless  and  safe;  will  boil 
1  quart  of  water  in  8  minutes;  dimensions  4|  x  4§  x  8  inches .  1.00 


No.  23104 


No.  23108 


No.  23096 


23096.  Burner,  Gas,  3|  inches  high,  6  inches  in  diameter.  For  ordinary  or  gasoline  gas.  Please  specify  in 

ordering . . . 60 

23104.  Burners,  Gas,  of  cast  iron,  low  form,  4|  inches  high,  fitted  with  double  burner. 

Diameter,  inches .  61-  1\  8J 

Each . . .  1.00  1.15  1.25 

23108.  Burner,  Gas,  with  two  radial  burners  and  rings  set  flush  with  smooth  top.  Dimensions  of  top 
11?  x  21  inches.  For  ordinary  or  gasoline  gas.  Please  specify  in  ordering .  3.00 


No.  23112 


No.  23120 


No.  23124 


23112. 


23116. 

23120. 

23124. 


Burner,  Fletcher  Radial.  Made  entirely  of  annealed  cast  iron,  giving  a  solid  flame  when  in  use  with¬ 
out  tendency  to  run  to  a  point  in  the  center.  Convenient  for  general  laboratory  work. 

Diameter,  inches .  3f  5 

Each .  1.50  2.00 

Burner,  same  as  No.  23112  but  with  cap-nut  regulator.  For  use  with  gasoline  gas. 

Diameter,  inches .  3|  5 

Each . . . . . ; . 1.80  2.30 

Burner,  Low  Form,  extra  large,  with  gauze  top;  height  5  inches,  diameter  of  gauze  2^  inches,  length  14 

inches.  A  very  powerful  burner . . .  2.00 

Burner,  for  Low  Temperatures,  adjustable  from  a  gentle  current  of  warm  air  to  a  clear  red  heat,  dis¬ 
pensing  with  the  use  of  sand  baths,  water  baths,  etc.,  and  well  adapted  for  drying,  evaporating, 
boiling,  etc.  For  very  low  temperatures  the  ring  must  be  lighted  through  opening  “B.” 

Style .  Without  Blast  Pipe  “C”  With  Blast  Pipe  “C” 

Each .  1-75  2.00  ~~ 


97 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  23148 


No.  23128 


No.  23132 


No.  23110 


No.  23156 


No.  23144 


No.  23164 


23128. 

23132. 

23136. 

23140. 

23144. 

23148. 

23152. 

23156. 

23160. 

23164. 


Burner,  Fletcher’s  Solid  Flame.  Will  boil  quickly  four  or  five  gallons  of  water  or  keep  a  small  vessel 
boiling  steadily  by  simply  turning  the  gas  low. 

Diameter  of  flame  surface,  inches .  3^  4} 

Each .  1.00  2.00 

Burner,  same  as  No.  23128  but  with  cap-nut  regulator.  For  use  with  gasoline  gas. 

Diameter  of  flame  surface,  inches. . .  3j  4} 

Each . K30  2.30 

Extra  Perforated  Copper  Cap  for  use  with  Burners  No.  23128  and  No.  23132. 

Diameter,  inches .  3*  4J 

Each . 30  .35 

Burners,  Koch  Safety.  With  automatic  stopcock  to  close  off  the  gas  when  flame  is  extinguished.  Of 
improved  construction  with  spring  control  and  very  superior  to  those  in  general  use.  With 
threaded  inlet  for  attachment  of  flexible  metallic  tubing. 

Height,  inches .  5  6 

Diameter  of  tube,  inches .  re  re 

Each .  5.00  6.50 

Burners,  Koch  Safety.  Same  as  No.  23140  but  adjustable  for  height. 

Height,  inches .  9  10 

Adjustable  to,  inches .  13  14 

Each . 7.50  8.50 

Burner,  Koch  Safety,  with  weight  instead  of  spring  release.  On  a  stand  providing  both  horizontal 
and  vertical  adjustment;  with  mica  chimney  to  protect  flame  from  drafts.  Very  superior  in 
operation  to  the  imported  article  of  same  description  and  made  here  because  of  dissatisfaction 

with  those  of  foreign  make .  10.00 

Burner,  Koch  Safety,  same  as  No.  23148  but  with  two  burners.  Complete  on  adjustable  stand  and 

with  two  mica  chimneys . '. .  17.50 

Flexible  Copper  Tubing,  specially  arranged  to  connect  above  Koch  Burners  with  our  American  Standard 
Incubators,  Paraffine  Ovens,  etc.  With  |  inch  i.  p.  size  coupling  at  each  end  which  connects 
with  thread  regularly  supplied  on  burners  and  on  the  connecting  tubes  of  our  American  Standard 

Incubators .  1.00 

Burner,  Barthel,  for  denatured  alcohol ; enamelled  finish,  with  brass  reservoir;  smokeless,  economical 
and  a  satisfactory  substitute  for  the  gas  stove  in  laboratory  work  where  no  gas  supply  is  available. 

With  one  burner . 4.50 

Burner,  Barthel,  same  as  above,  with  two  burners  and  one  brass  reservoir .  8.50 


98 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  23184 


No.  23188 


23168. 

23172. 

23176. 

23180. 

23184. 

23188. 


Calcimeter,  Scheibler,  for  the  determination  of  carbonic  acid  in  boneblack,  etc.  Complete .  25.00 

Bottles  with  special  glass  stopper  with  tubulation . 80 

Rubber  Caps . 50 

Balloons  of  thin  rubber . 65 

Calcimeter,  Scheibler,  for  the  determination  of  carbonic  acid  in  saturated  gases,  complete....  32.00 
Calcimeter,  Scheibler-Finkener,  as  used  for  determination  of  carbonic  acid  in  marble,  limestone,  etc. 
complete  with  thermometer  and  barometer .  28.001 


No.  23192 


No.  23196 


23192.  Calcium  Chloride  Cylinder,  narrow  mouth,  on  foot,  with  tubulature  near  bottom. 

Height,  mm .  210  260  315  350  420  470 

Diameter,  mm .  25  40  45  50  55  75 

Each . .6®  .60  .75  P90  1.10  L90 

23196.  Calcium  Chloride  Cylinder,  wide  mouth,  on  foot,  with  tubulature  near  bottom. 

Height,  mm .  210  260  315  350  420  470 

Diameter,  mm .  25  40  45  50  55  75 

Each.. .  750  diO  J5  M  OP  H90 

23200.  Calcium  Chloride  Cylinder,  with  perforated  glass  stopper  and  side  tubulation  at  top. 

Height,  mm .  225  350 

Diameter,  mm .  40  50 

Each . 2.00  2^25 

23204.  Calcium  Chloride  Glass  Support,  to  prevent  the  calcium  chloride  from  falling  into  the  lower  cham- 


ber . 

. .  .30 

23208. 

Calcium  Chloride  Holder,  for  balance  cases . 

.  .75 

232] 2. 

Calcium  Chloride  Drying  Tube,  La  Motte . 

. .  .50 

23216. 

Calcium  Chloride  Tubes,  straight,  with  one  bulb. 

Length,  mm . 

. . . .  100 

125 

150 

200 

250 

Each . 

. ...  .10 

.10 

.12 

.15 

.20 

23220. 

Calcium  Chloride  Tubes,  straight,  with  two  bulbs. 

Length,  mm. . 

100 

125 

150 

200 

Each . 

.10 

.12 

.15 

.20 

23224. 

Calcium  Chloride  Tubes,  with  two  bulbs,  and  inner 

tube  to  collect  moisture. 

Length,  mm . 

100 

125  • 

150 

200 

Each . 

.15 

.18 

.20 

.25 

99 


ARTHUR  H .  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  23248 

200 

.28 


150 


23228.  Calcium  Chloride  Tubes,  U  shaped. 

Length,  mm .  75  100  125  150  175 

Each . 13  .15  .1S~  .20  23 

23232.  Calcium  Chloride  Tubes,  U  shaped,  with  two  side  tubes. 

Length,  mm .  100  120 

Each .  ~Tl5  .20  722 

23236.  Calcium  Chloride  Tubes,  Vollhardt,  with  two  side  tubes  and  bulb. 

Length,  mm .  125 

Each . 30 

23240.  Calcium  Chloride  Tubes,  Peligot,  with  three  bulbs. 

Length,  mm .  100  125  150 

Each . 30  .35  .45 

23244.  Calcium  Chloride  Tubes,  with  ground  in  outlet  tubes. 

Length,  mm .  100 

Each . 50 

23248.  Calcium  Chloride  Tubes,  Marchand. 

Length,  mm .  100 

Each . 25 

23252.  Calcium  Chloride  Tubes,  Schwartz,  with  side  tubes  and  perforated  glass  stoppers. 

Length,  mm .  100  120  150 

Each .  ~ 4)0  TOO  1.15 


250 

.35 

180 

730 

150 


.35 

ISO 

.60 

125 

.65 

120 

.30 

ISO 


300 


.45 

200 


.35 

200 

.50 

200 

.75 

150 

.75 

150 

.35 

200 


1.50 


1.75 


View  in  Salesroom  showing  special  stands  for  Distilling  Flasks,  Retorts,  Beakers,  Museum  Jars.  etc. 


ioo 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS 


i 

C  O  M  P  A  N  Y 


No.  23300  No.  23300 — Sectional  View 


CALORIMETER,.  PARR  STANDARD.  The  marked  features  of  this  method  are  accuracy,  .’simplicity,  ease 
and  rapidity  of  manipulation.  The  results  are  absolute  and  not  relative.  The  operations  are  such 
as  can  be  carried  on  by  one  not  specially  skilled  in  laboratory  processes.  Oxygen  under  high  pressure 
or  any  pressure  is  not  used.  The  time  consumed  in  conducting  a  test  on  a  weighed  and  dried  sample 
should  not  exceed  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes.  Sodium  Peroxide  is  used  as  the  combustion  medium. 
The  CO2  and  H20  formed  in  the  reaction  are  at  once  absorbed  by  the  chemical  giving  a  solid  residue 
instead  of  gaseous  products.  It  will  at  once  be  seen  that  the  apparatus  required  is  simple  in  construc¬ 
tion  and  easy  of  manipulation. 

23300.  Calorimeter,  Parr  Standard,  as  above  described  complete  for  Electric  Ignition,  complete  for  either 
lighting  circuit  or  battery,  with  special  thermometer  65-90°  F.  graduated  to  F.  with  Bureau 
of  Standards  certificate,  2  liter  measuring  flask,  chemical  receptacle,  measuring  cup,  5  inch  100 
mesh  brass  sieve  with  bottom,  chemical  sufficient  for  fifty  determinations,  pincers,  ignition  wires 

reading  lens  with  support,  camels  hair  brush,  etc . . .  75.00 

23308.  Reading  Lens,  for  reading  the  divisions  on  the  thermometer.  This  lens  uses  the  thermometer  stem  for 
its  support,  thereby  maintaining  the  same  angle  of  vision  for  all  points  on  the  scale,  without 

support. . . . . . . . . . .  2.00 

23310.  Reading  Lens,  same  as  No  23308  but  with  support . . . . .  3.00 

23314.  Bank  of  Resistance,  for  use  when  igniting  the  charge  of  the  Electric  Ignition  bomb.  The  110  volt 

outfit  includes  five  lamp  sockets,  wired  up  in  parallel  together  with  switch  and  fuse  block  and 
for  220  volt  two  lamp  sockets  in  series  and  five  in  parallel,  with  same  accesories. 

Voltage .  110  volts  220  volts 


23318. 

23322. 

23338. 

23346. 

23350. 

23354. 

23358. 

23362. 

23366. 

23370. 

23374. 


Each .  5.00 

Water  Motor  and  support .  . 

Electric  Motor,  variable  speed  for  either  A.C.  or  D.C.  voltage  must  be  specified . 

Bomb,  Electric  Ignition,  complete  with  w  rench . . . . 1 . . . . . 

Thermometer,  as  supplied  with  the  outfit,  65-90°  F.,  in  2'0ths  with  B.  of  S.  certificate. . 

Special  Thermometer,  65-105°  F.,  same  as  above . 

Accelerator,  2  oz.  bottle . 

Barium  Oxalate,  2  oz.  bottle . . . 

Gaskets  for  bomb,  per  dozen . 

Hydrone,  2  lb.  can .  . 

Special  Chemical,  2  oz.  bottle . . . 

Sodium  Peroxide,  a  special  grade.  Size  of  can .  I  lb. 


Each 


.65 


i  lb. 
1 .25 


5.50 
.  5.00 

.  12.00 
.  30.00 
/ 10.00 
f  15.00 
.  .50 

.  .50 

.  .25 

.  1.75 

.75 
1  lb. 
2.00 


101 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  23378  No.  23446 


23378.  Calorimeter,  Parr  Oxygen  Bomb.  The  new  features  consist  of  a  bomb  of  a  new  acid  resisting  alloy 
superior  in  strength  to  the  best  tool  steel  and  which  obviates  the  use  of  any  platinum  or  enamel 
lining;  the  use  of  rubber  gaskets  in  place  of  lead  and  a  new  automatic  oxygen  valve.  Complete 
with  bomb,  water  container,  insulating  vessel  with  cover,  stirrer  and  pulley,  oxygen  connection 
with  gauge,  needle  valve  and  couplings,  octagon  holder  for  bomb,  ring  support  for  holding  calorim¬ 
eter  covers  with  thermometer  spanner  wrench,  electric  motor  with  variable  speed,  direct  or 
alternating,  one-half  dozen  capsules  of  special  alloy,  thermometer  graduated  in  F.,  with  U. 
S.  Bureau  of  Standards  certificate,  reading  lens  and  support,  special  ignition  wire  and 
gaskets .  300.00 


23382. 

23386. 

23390. 

23394. 

23398. 

23402. 

23406. 

23410. 

23414. 

23418. 

23422. 

23426. 

23430. 

23434. 

23438. 

23442. 

23446. 


23450. 

23454. 

23458. 


Accessories  for  Parr  Oxygen  Bomb  Calorimeter. 


Bomb~only.  Of  acid  resisting  alloy .  175.00 

Water  Container .  10.00 

Insulating  Vessel  with  cover,  stirrer  and  pulley .  45.00 

Oxygen  Connection  with  gauge,  needle  valve  and  couplings .  26.00 

Octagon  Holder  for  Bomb,  with  spanner  wrench .  10.00 

Electric  Motor  with  variable  speed,  direct  or  alternating .  12.00 

Special  Thermometer,  as  regularly  supplied  with  the  outfit,  65-90°  F..  graduated  in  A0  F.  with 

U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards  certificate .  10.00 


Reading  Lens  and  support . . .  3.00 

Ring  Support  for  holding  calorimeter  covers  with  thermometer . , .  2.00 

Special  Ignition  Wire,  per  card . 50 

Large  Gaskets  for  Bomb,  per  dozen . ' . 75 

Small  Gaskets  for  Valve,  per  dozen . 75 

Small  Gaskets  for  Union,  per  dozen .  .25 

Beckman’s  Differential  Thermometer,  graduated  to  TJ0°  C.  with  P.  T.  R.  Certificate  of 

Standardization . 25.00 

Capsules  (special  alloy)  5  dozen .  6.00 

Bench  with  hinged  top  and  locking  device  for  oxygen  cylinder.  Blue  print  for  constructing 

bench  will  be  sent  free  on  request .  18.00 


Calorimeter,  Mahler  Bomb,  original  French  make,  constructed  under  the  supervision  of  the  author. 
A  standard  instrument  throughout  the  world.  With  enamelled  steel  bomb,  stirring  apparatus, 
platinum  tray,  etc.,  but  without  thermometer,  oxygen  cylinder  and  primary  battery  as  shown  in 
illustration.  (Price  subject  to  variation  because  of  platinum  market). 

Duty  Free .  248.75  Stock .  300.00 

Thermometer,  original  French  make  for  use  with  above,  +  8  to  +  19°  C.  in  -^ths .  22.50 

Thermometer  as  above,  +  18  to  +  29°  C.  in  -,'jyths .  22.50 

Thermometer  as  above,  +  14  to  +  25°  C .  22.50 


102 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


COMPANY 


H  O  M  A 


S 


No.  23470 

CALORIMETER,  EMERSON  FUEL.  This  is  a  calorimeter  of  the  so-called  “bomb”  type,  with  its  essential 
elements  of  operation  the  same  as  the  original  Berthelot  type.  It,  however,  embodies  improvements  in  design 
over,  the  older  types  of  bomb  calorimeters  which  tend  to  increase  the  durability  of  the  instrument  and  greatly 
facilitate  its  operation. 

The  bomb  is  made  of  steel,  consisting  of  two  cups  joined  by  means  of  a  heavy  steel  nut.  The  two  cups  are 
machined  at  their  contact  faces  with  a  tongue  and  groove,  the  joint  being  made  tight  by  means  of  a  lead  gasket 
inserted  in  the  groove.  The  lining  is  of  sheet  metal  spun  to  fit  the  interior.  The  bomb  is  made  up  tight,  with 
a  milled  wrench  or  spanner.  The  pan  holding  the  combustible  is  of  platinum  or  nickel.  The  fuse  wire  should 
be  platinum  in  general  fuel  testing.  In  standardizing  the  calorimeter  by  means  of  cane  sugar,  benzoic  acid,  etc., 
it  is  necessary  to  use  iron  fuse  wire. 

The  jacket  is  a  double  walled  copper  tank,  between  the  walls  of  which  water  is  inserted.  The  calorimeter 
bucket  is  made  as  light  as  possible,  of  sheet  brass. 

The  stirring  device  consists  of  a  paddle  wheel  shaft  enclosed  in  a  vertical  tube  to  facilitate  its  action  in 
circulating  the  water.  The  stirrer  shaft  is  driven  by  a  belt  from  a  small  motor  at  the  other  end  of  the  stirrer 
bracket.  The  motor  is  mounted  on  a  sliding  plate  which  permits  of  a  changing  position  of  same  to  vary  the 
tension  on  the  belt.  This  varying  tension  serves  to  regulate  the  speed  of  the  paddle  shaft  by  thus  varying  the 
speed  of  the  motor.  The  stirrer  is  mounted  on  a  post  on  the  calorimeter  jacket,  as  is  the  thermometer  holder. 
The  motor  is  driven  by  a  110  volt  circuit  and  should  be  placed  in  series  with  a  16  c.p.  lamp.  If  so  desired,  a 
motor  driven  by  a  battery  can  be  specified  in  ordering  the  apparatus.  The  battery  motor  is  driven  by  a  six 
volt  storage,  battery.  The  Edison-Leland  Type  of  battery  is  preferred.  These  motors  designed  for  the  110  volt 
power  circuit  may  be  driven  on  the  other  voltage  provided  that  a  proper  resistance  be  placed  in  series  so  that 
the  current  in  the  circuit  is  one-half  ampere.  The  motor  may  be  driven  by  either  direct  or  alternating  current. 

The  piping  for  the  insertion  of  oxygen  under  pressure  is  made  especially  strong  and  durable.  The  piping  of 
small  internal  bore  is  made  of  heavy  brass.  The  system  is  fitted  with  a  hand  nipple  at  one  end  to  make  the  con¬ 
nection  with  the  bomb,  and  the  other  end  has  a  special  fitting  to  grasp  the  oxygen  supply  tank.  The  oxygen 
piping  of  the  regular  Emerson  Calorimeter  outfit  is  designed  to. fit  the  oxygen  cylinders  sent  out  by  the  S.  S. 
White  Dental  Mfg.  Co.  For  prices  see  page  252.  Oxygen  piping  to  fit  the  oxygen  cylinders  of  the  Linde  Air 
Products  Co.  can  be  specified  in  ordering  the  apparatus.  The  oxygen  piping  furnished  to  connect  with  S.  S. 
White  Company’s  cylinders  is  designed  for  two  cylinders  while  that  furnished  to  connect  with  the  Linde  Air 
Product  Company’s  cylinders  (which  are  considerably  larger)  is  designed  for  only  one  cylinder.  Commercially 
pure  oxygen,  free  from  all  traces  of  combustible  gases  should  be  used. 

The  plate  holder  or  vise  is  to  be  used  when  tightening  the  nut  of  the  bomb  with  the  spanner. 

The  table  with  the  rotating  top  is  to  hold  the  bomb  when  the  same  is  connected  to  the  oxygen  piping. 

The  spanner  or  wrench  is  a  forging  with  30  inch  handle  and  is  used  to  make  bomb  up  with  gas  tight  joint. 
23470.  Calorimeter,  Emerson  Fuel,  as  described  above,  complete  with  steel  bomb  with  spun  nickel  lining, 
calorimeter  can,  double  walled  calorimeter  jacket,  heavy  piping  leading  to  oxygen  supply  tank, 
high  pressure  gauge,  special  holder  and  spanner,  stirrer  with  motor  attached  (battery  drive 
can  be  supplied  if  desired)  nickel  pan,  thermometer  holder,  gaskets,  etc.,  but  without  ther¬ 
mometer . 180.00 

23474.  Calorimeter,  Emerson  Fuel,  same  outfit  as  No.  23470  but  with  gold  lined  copper  cup  instead  of  nickel. 

'•1^4  275.00 

22478.  Calorimeter,  Emerson  Fuel,  same  outfit  as  No.  23470  but  with  platinum  lining:  (Price  subject  to  market 

fluctuation  of  platinum) . 490.00 

23482.  Nickel  Lining  only  for  Emerson  Fuel  Calorimeter .  12.00 

23486.  Motor  only  for  Emerson  Fuel  Calorimeter . . .  ' .  8.00 

23490.  Thermometer,  Beckmann,  Goetze  make,  range  5°  to  6°  C.  in  ,  ,V () 0 ,  without  certificate .  15.00 

23494.  Thermometer,  as  above,  with  P.  T.  R.  certificate . ‘ . 25.00 


103 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  23500 


CALORIMETER,  RICHE  IMPROVED  ADIABATIC,  designed  for  use  in  all  branches  of  calorimetric  work,  i.e., 
the  presence  of  heat  power  in  coal,  food  or  other  commercial  products  the  values  of  which  are  mate¬ 
rially  altered  by  impurities.  The  bomb  is  of  the  Krocker  type,  provided  with  two  outlets  so  that  carbon 
determinations  can  be  made.  The  bomb  is  supported  by  a  hinged  ring  which  is  raised  and  lowered  without 
touching  the  fingers  in  the  water.  The  water  j  acket  for  the  bomb  consists  of  a  vacuum  cup  which  insures 
both  isolation  and  insulation.  The  stirrer  is  of  the  screw  propeller  type  and  the  rods  are  insulated  by 
passing  through  hard  rubber  with  a  hard  rubber  cap  screwed  on  each  end.  The  vacuum  cup  containing 
the  water  is  surrounded  by  an  oak  box  lined  with  one  inch  pressed  cork  glued  to  the  wood.  On  the  cover, 
in  addition  to  the  cork  is  glued  a  piece  of  hair  felt  one-half  inch  thick,  effecting  a  tight  joint  with  the 
top  of  the  vacuum  cup.  Ignition  of  the  substance  in  the  bomb  is  accomplished  by  a  current  from  three 
2-volt  storage  cells.  The  current  first  passes  through  a  3-ampere  fuse  wire  in  series  with  a  platinum 
wire  within  the  bomb  itself.  The  platinum  wire  is  connected  with  the  substance  to  be  burned  by 
means  of  a  linen  thread  of  sufficient  size  to  secure  ignition.  In  making  combustions,  the  substance  to 
be  burned  is  prepared,  weighed  and  placed  in  the  bomb,  which,  after  being  charged  with  30  to  40  atmos¬ 
pheres  of  oxygen,  is  then  placed  in  the  split  ring  and  the  wires  connected.  The  water  in  the  vacuum 
cup  is  brought  to  any  temperature  within  +  or  —  5°  of  the  room  temperature.  The  thermometer  is 
adjusted  and  the  motor  started.  Readings  are  then  taken  until  the  temperature  of  the  water  becomes 
constant.  The  sample  is  then  ignited  by  closing  the  switch  and  the  readings  are  taken.  The  heat 
absorption  is  complete  when  the  thermometer  shows  a  constant  temperature  for  three  successive  min¬ 
utes.  When  the  bomb  is  removed  and  opened  and  rinsed  with  water,  the  rinsings  are  titrated  with 


alkali  for  nitric  acid,  using  litmus  as  an  indicator.  This  calorimeter  may  be  used  with  any  of  the 
standard  bombs  now  in  use.  See  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  November,  1918. 

23500.  Calorimeter,  Riche  Improved  Adiabatic,  complete  with  thermometer .  225.00 

23504.  “  “  “  “  “  without  thermometer .  215.00 

23508.  “  “  •  “  “  “  “  “  or  gauge .  210.00 

23512.  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  gauge  or  accessories .  150.00 


104 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


C  O  M  P  A  N  Y 


No.  23520 


I-eeds  and  Norlhrup  Platinum  Resistance  Calorimeter  Thermometer  with  Reading  Bridge,  High  Sensibility  Galvanometer  and 

Scale  in  Connection  with  Emerson  Fuel  Calorimeter. 


CALORIMETER  THERMOMETER,  LEEDS  &  NORTHRUP,  Platinum  Resistance,  Bureau  of  Standards  Type. 

A  platinum  resistance  thermometer  designed  to  secure  an  accuracy  greater  than  can  be  obtained  with 
a  mercury  thermometer.  It  is  sensitive  to  temperature  changes  of  .0003°C.  or  .0008°C.  and,  there¬ 
fore,  the  temperature  interval  can  be  read  to  an  accuracy  about  ten  times  as  great  as  is  possible  with 
mercury  thermometers.  The  bulb  of  the  resistance  thermometer  is  more  robust  than  is  a  mercury 
thermometer  and  is  also  much  quicker  in  responding  to  changes  in  temperature.  Its  knife-like  form, 
which  gives  it  a  maximum  of  surface  with  a  minimum  of  volume,  practically  eliminates  thermometer 
lag.  Its  range  of  measurement  includes  the  melting  point  of  ice  and  the  boiling  point  of  water.  The 
electrical  method  of  reading  is  also  well  adapted  to  obtaining  radiation  corrections  through  time  tem¬ 
perature  curves.  See  “Calorimetric  Resistance  Thermometers,”  Bureau  of  Standards  Bulletin,  Volume  3. 


23520. 


23524. 

23528. 

23532. 

23536. 

23540. 

23544. 

23548. 

23552. 


Thermometer  Outfit,  as  above,  sensitive  to  .0003°C.,  consisting  of  Reading  Bridge,  uncertified  Resist¬ 
ance  Bulb,  High  Sensitivity'  Galvanometer,  Lamp  and  Scale,  but  without  Calorimeter. .  .  355.00 

Reading  Bridge . 200.00 

Resistance  Bulb,  uncertified .  40.00 

“  “  with  certificate  of  the  Bureau  of  Standards .  50.00 

High  Sensitivity  Galvanometer .  90.00 

Lamp  and  Scale . 25.00 

Thermometer  Outfit,  as  above,  sensitive  to  .0008°C..  consisting  of  Reading  Bridge,  uncertified  Resist¬ 
ance  Bulb,  and  Galvanometer  with  Telescope  and  Scale,  but  without  Calorimeter .  244.00 

Reading  Bridge .  150.00 

Galvanometer,  with  Telescope  and  Scale .  54.00 


Calorimeter  Thermometers  as  above  described  are  used  by: 

U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards  Armour  Institute 

U.  S.  Bureau  of  Mines  Harvard  University 

U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Nutrition  Laboratory  Cornell  University  Medical  College 

U.  S.  Naval  Experiment  Station  Pennsylvania  State  College 

City  of  St.  Louis  Ohio  State  University 

University  of  Illinois  University  of  Chili 

Johns  Hopkins  University  Ottawa  Department  of  Mines 

Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology  Etc.,  Etc. 


CALORIMETER,  ATWATER  BOMB,  widely  used  in  determining  the  heating  value  of  feeding  stuffs,  foods,  the 
adulteration  of  fats  and  oils,  in  addition  to  coal  work.  See  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society, 
Vol.  XXV,  No.  7,  July.  1903.  The  Atwater  Bomb  Calorimeter  can  be  furnished  with  complete  plati¬ 
num  bomb,  at  an  extra  price  which  must  be  quoted  on  application.  The  regular  outfit  consists  of  the 
following: 

Bomb,  with  rolled  gold  plated  copper  lining  for  shell  and  with  top  nickel  lined  and  nickel  supports,  complete  with  one  doz¬ 
en  nickel  capsules  (three  sizes),  tools,  ignitioD  wire,  gaskets,  etc.,  for  use  with  bomb .  150.00 

Clamp,  for  holding  bomb  with  spanner . •  . .• .  15.00 

Support,  for  holding  bomb  while  changing,  manometer,  and  connections .  16-00 

Pellet  Press  and  Mold,  complete . . . •••• - . ; .  25.00 

Calorimeter  Cylinders,  complete  with  water  holder,  stirrer,  thermometer  support  and  electrical  connections .  25-00 

Direct  Current  Motor,  with  speed  reducing  gear . 

Alternating  Current  Motor,  with  speed  reducing  gear .  22.50 

Thermometer  Reading  Glass . .  . . . . ••• . •••; .  ®-Jj® 

Electric  Tapper,  for  use  with  thermometer,  complete  with  batteries,  push  button  and  wire .  5-00 


23560.  Complete  Outfit,  consisting  of  the  above,  without  thermometer,  with  alternating  current  motor.  264.50 
23564.  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  direct  current  motor .  262.00 


105 


A  R  T  H  U  R 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  23568 


Vertical  Section  through  bomb 
showing  connection  to 
milli-voltmeter. 


CALORIMETER,  FERY  THERMO¬ 
ELECTRIC,  a  new  applica¬ 
tion  of  the  thermo-electric 
couple  to  calorimetry,  pro¬ 
viding  the  following  distinct 
advantages  in  the  determi¬ 
nation  of  calorific  power: — 

Direct  reading  in  calories  on 
miilivoltmeter  scale. 

Omission  of  water  jacket, 
the  steel  bomb  itself  con¬ 
stituting  the  calorimetric 
mass. 

Omission  of  mercurial  ther¬ 
mometer  with  its  attend¬ 
ant  difficulty  in  reading. 

Rapidity  of  determinations,  i. 
e.,  15  minutes. 

The  bomb  proper  con¬ 
sists  of  a  steel  cylinder  lined 
inside  with  nickel  to  prevent 
oxidation  and  surrounded  on 
the  outside  with  a  close- 
fitting  copper  jacket  “D.” 

The  bomb  is  supported  in  an 
outside  copper  cylinder  “A” 
by  means  of  constantan  disc 
■“E.”  When  the  millivolt- 
meter  is  connected  as  shown, 
the  steel  bomb,  the  con¬ 
stantan  disc  and  the  outside  copper  jacket  constitute  a  copper-eonstantan  thermoelectric  couple 
with  the  hot  junction  at  the  point  where  the  constantan  disc  “E”  is  joined  to  the  steel  bomb  and 
the  cold  junction  at  the  point  where  the  constantan  disc  is  attached  to  the  outside  copper  jacket. 
Experiments  at  the  British  National  Physical  Laboratory  and  at  the  Laboratoire  National  des  Arts 
et  Metiers,  of  France,  have  shown  that  with  a  comparatively  constant  weight  of  sample  and  a  uniform 
oxygen  pressure  in  the  bomb  the  elevation  of  temperature  is  proportionate  to.  the  calories  released  in 
the  bomb  divided  by  the  weight  of  the  sample  in  grams  and  that  in  a  long  series  of  tests  the  error  in 
readings  on  benzoic  acid  were  found  to  be  considerably  less  than  1%.  As  the  needle  of  the  millivolt- 
meter  remains  at  the  point  of  maximum  deviation  for  about  15  seconds,  the  readings  can  be  taken  with 
great  accuracy.  The  ignition  is  accomplished  by  a  hot  wire  heated  by  an  accumulator  of  60  ampere- 
liour  capacity  at  4  volts  or  by  a  magneto.  See  Genie  Civil  du  25  Mai  1912. 

23568.  Calorimeter,  Fery  Thermo-electric,  with  bomb,  copper  jacket  and  miilivoltmeter. 

Duty  Free .  193.75  Duty  Paid . . . .  232.50 

23572.  Calorimeter,  Fery  Thermo-electric,  as  above  with  certificate  of  the  Laboratoire  National  des  Arts  et 

Metiers. 

Duty  Free .  200.00  Duty  Paid .  240.00 

23576.  Manometer,  for  automatically  controlling  constant  pressure  of  the  Oxygen. 


Duty  Free .  18.75 

23580.  Pastille  Press,  with  moulds. 

Duty  Free .  15.00 

23584.  Accumulator,  4  volt,  60  ampere-hours. 

Duty  Free . . .  11.25 

23588.  Ignition  Magnets,  to  be  used  in  place  of  the  Accumulator. 
Duty  Free .  16.25 


Duty  Paid .  22.50 

Duty  Paid .  18.00 

Duty  Paid .  13.50 

Duty  Paid .  19.50 


106 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  23592 


No.  23596 


23592.  Calorimeter  for  Gas,  Parr.  In  this  instrument  have  been  eliminated  the  main  sources  of  error, 
i.e.,  the  metering  of  gas,  the  radiation  of  heat,  the  variations  due  to  the  differences  in  the 
humidity  of  the  air,  the  uncertainty  as  to  the  quantity  of  air  used,  the  incompleteness  of 
combustion  and  the  inaccuracy  of  the  numerous  thermometric  readings  which  are  necessary. 
Determination  is  based  upon  the  burning  of  a  standard  gas  of  known  composition  and  heat  value 
on  one  side  and  the  unknown  gas  on  the  other,  in  such  a  manner  that  equal  volumes  under  equal 
pressures  and  equal  temperatures  may  be  made  to  impart  their  heat  to  equal  volumes  of  water. 
The  heat  values  are,  therefore,  in  direct  proportion  to  the  temperature  readings  of  the  two  ther¬ 
mometers  and  the  metering  of  gas  thus  avoided.  See  Journal  of  Industrial  and  Engineering 
Chemistry,  August,  1910.  Complete,  including  generator  for  standard  gas,  electric  motor  for 
driving  the  apparatus,  thermometers,  reading  lens,  pilot  lamps,  gravity  tank,  one  2  lb.  can  of 
Hydrone  and  instruction  book .  275.00 

CALORIMETER,  SARGENT  AUTOMATIC  GAS,  for  determining  the  calorific  value  and  the  dust,  tar,  mois¬ 
ture  and  solid  matter  in  commercial  and  inflammable  gases.  The  Calorimeter  consists  of  a  wet  test 
meter  in  which  the  gas  consumed  is  accurately  measured.  From  this  meter  it  flows  to  a  governor  which 
maintains  a  uniform  pressure  of  the  gas  at  the  burner.  In  the  calorimeter  proper  the  accurately 
measured  gas  is  burned  and  its  calorific  value  is  manifested  in  the  rise  of  temperature  of  measured 
quantities  of  water  flowing  through.  From  the  calorimeter  proper  the  heated  water  for  each  unit  of 
gas  burned  is  automatically  discharged  into  one  of  the  pails  in  which  it  is  weighed  on  the  decimal 
scales.  The  pounds  of  water,  times  its  rise  in  temperature  in  degrees  Fahrenheit,  times  the  quantity 
of  gas  in  cubic  feet  consumed,  gives  the  B.  t.  u.  direct.  The  complete  outfit  consists  of  the  follow¬ 
ing  equipment,  only  one  pair  of  thermometers,  of  course,  being  necessary. 

23596.  Calorimeter  Body  with  automatic  attachment,  Bunsen  burner,  tubing,  exhaust  thermometer  and 


beaker .  100.00 

23600.  Two  Thermometers,  inlet  and  outlet.  Graduated  to  ^5°.  For  ordinary  work .  16.00 

23604.  Two  Thermometers,  Precision,  inlet  and  outlet,  with  certification.  Graduated  to  ^ .  30.00 

23608.  Wet  Pressure  Governor  with  weights .  15.00 

23612.  Wet  Test  Gas  Meter  with  all  attachments .  52.50 

23616.  Scales,  special,  10  lbs.  weighing  to  T^(j  lb . ' .  12.00 

23620.  Two  Weighing  Pails,  Balanced  and  nickeled .  5.00 


107 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  23624  with  No.  2362*  and  No.  23632 


CALORIMETER,  JUNKERS  GAS,  for  continuous  combustions,  to  determine  quickly  and  exactly  the  heating 
value  of  gases  and  liquid  fuels.  For  gas  works,  gas  consumers,  laboratories,  manufacturers  of  gas 
motors,  establishments  using  gas  motors,  etc.  The  heat  developed  from  a  constantly  burning  flame  is 
entirely  transmitted  to  an  even  flowing  stream  of  water.  This  is  the  standard  gas  calorimeter  through¬ 
out  the  civilized  world.  A  galvanometer  or  millivoitmeter  as  regularly  used  with  Thermocouple 
Pyrometers  can,  with  slight  alteration,  be  used  in  taking  the  readings  on  this  instrument. 

23624.  Calorimeter,  Junkers  Patent  Gas,  including  two  thermometers  0-50°  C.  in  rjths,  reading  lens,  neces¬ 
sary  rubber  stoppers,  tubing,  graduated  cylinders,  etc.,  in  polished  case. 

Duty  Free .  115.00  Stock .  136.00 

23628.  Gas  Meter,  3  liters,  for  use  with  above  for  rich  gases,  with  two  thermometers  0-50°  C.  in  single  degree 
divisions,  measuring  cylinders  and  case. 

Duty  Free .  36.30  Stock . 45.00 

23632.  Gas  Pressure  Regulator,  for  above,  with  extra  valve  and  case. 

Duty  Free . 14.85  Stock .  18.00 

Note — The  above  three  units  constitute  a  complete  outfit  and  are  furnished  at  the  sum  of  the  prices, 
i.e.,  duty  free  at  $166.15  and  from  stock  at  $199.00 
23636.  Gas  Meter,  for  10  liters,  for  pure  gases,  in  case. 

Duty  Free . 43.00  Duty  Paid .  52.00 

23640.  Accessory  Outfit  for  Liquid  Fuels,  consisting  of  precision  balance,  burners,  etc.,  in  case. 

Duty  Free .  36.30  Duty  Paid . ....  45.00 

23644.  Thermometer  (as  furnished  with  Junkers  Gas  Calorimeter),  0-50°  C.  in  ^ths .  5.00 

23648.  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  0-50°  C.  in  1° .  1.00 


108 


ARTHUR 


H.  THOMAS 


C  O  M 


P  A  N  Y 


-r|'  •  ^  LJ5l 


No.  23652 


No.  23652 


EXPLANATION  OF  DIAGRAM 


WATER  METER  A,  GAS  METER  B,  which  by  means  of  a  light  running  coupling  (usually  cogwheels  with  chain)  are  compelled 
to  keep  the  relation  between  the  quantity  of  gas  and  the  quantity  of  water  constant. 

CALORIMETER  BODY  C,  the  arrangement  for  continuously  recording  the  heating  value  which  takes  up  the  gas  flame  and  gives 
off  the  heat  developed  therefrom  to  the  stream  of  water  continuously  flowing  through  it. 

REGULATOR  D,  which  allows  the  water  to  flow  to  the  plummet  box. 

“  E,  which  provides  for  a  regular  flow  of  water  to  the  water  meter. 

TWO  GAS  PRESSURE  REGULATORS  FI  AND  F2  which  keep  the  pressure  in  front  and  behind  the  gas  meter  regular  within 
certain  limits. 

DIFFERENTIAL  THERMOMETER,  with  connections,  a  thermo-element  for  the  production  of  an  electric  current,  the  tension 
of  which  denotes  the  difference  of  temperature  between  the  incoming  and  outflowing  water. 

TWO  CONTROL  THERMOMETERS  for  the  incoming  and  outflowing  water. 

CASE  with  tightly  fastened  connection  pipes,  etc. 


CALORIMETER,  JUNKERS  AUTOMATIC  GAS,  for  the  continuous  measurement  and  recording  of  the  heat 
value  of  gases.  For  gas  plants,  coke  ovens,  blast  furnaces,  foundries  and  all  other  establishments  pro¬ 
ducing  gas  for  light,  power  and  heat  as  well  as  for  laboratory  investigations.  The  instrument  requires 
no  measurement  of  water  or  gas,  no  watching  of  thermometers  and  no  calculations,  the  calorific  value 
being  continuously  shown  by  a  pointer.  Readings  can  be  made  at  points  distant  from  the  calorimeter 
or  at  several  points  simultaneously  from  one  calorimeter. 

23652.  Calorimeter,  Junkers  Automatic  Gas,  complete  as  above  described,  including  calorimeter  with  thermo¬ 
electric  pile,  apparatus  for  measuring  the  proportions  of  gas  and  water  with  supply  regulator, 
regulator  for  gas  pressure,  cupboard  with  glass  doors  and  accessories  and  reservoir  for  supplying 
water  constantly  to  the  apparatus  for  measuring  water,  but  without  galvanometer. 

Duty  Free .  313.50  Stock . . .  380.00 


23656. 

23660. 

23664. 


Galvanometer,  Indicating  simple  construction,  for  use  with  above. 

Duty  Free .  49.50  Duty  Paid 

Galvanometer,  Indicating  improved  construction. 

Duty  Free .  66.00  Duty  Paid 

Galvanometer  Registering,  with  24-hour  charts. 

Duty  Free . 148.50  Duty  Paid 


60.00 

80.00 

180.00 


23668.  Galvanometer,  Registering,  for  continuous  operation. 

Duty  Free .  214.50 


Duty  Paid 


260.00 


109 


ARTHUR 


T  H  O  M  A  S 


COMPANY 


H  . 


23700. 

23704. 

23708. 

23712. 

23716. 

23720. 

23724. 

23728. 

23732. 

23736. 


Carbon  Apparatus,  Parr,  for  the  determination  of  total  carbon  in  coal,  coke,  etc.,  in  connection  with 

the  Parr  Calorimeter.  Complete  with  directions  and  tables .  45.00 

Carboy  Inclinator,  Universal,  strongly  built,  of  iron  throughout.  Is  shipped  knocked  down  and  may  be 

assembled  in  a  few  minutes.  Delivers  the  last  drop  from  a  carboy .  5.00 

Carboy  Stopper,  Hard  Rubber,  with  air  inlet  and  soft  rubber  cap  to  fit  over  the  mouth  of  the  carboy; 

for  the  convenient  handling  of  acids .  4.00 

Casseroles,  Sanitats  Porcelain,  trade  mark  “arrow,”  with  porcelain  handle,  without  lids. 


Diameter,  mm . 

Each . 

Casseroles,  Sanitats  Porcelain,  trade-mark 


30 

70 

100 

125 

250 

375 

625 

1000 

2000 

50 

65 

75 

85 

100 

110 

130 

160 

230 

.18 

.20 

.30 

.30 

If} 

CO 

• 

.55 

.70 

1.00 

2.75 

‘arrow,”  with  wooden  handles  but  without  lids. 


Diameter,  mm . 

Each . 

Lids  only  for  Casseroles  No.  23716. 


125 

250 

375 

625 

1000 

2000 

90 

110 

130 

140 

160 

200 

.40 

.55 

.70 

.85 

1.15 

2.10 

125 

250 

375 

625 

1000 

2000 

.10 

*15 

.20 

.25 

.30 

.50 

210 

95 


With  porcelain  handle,  without  lids. 


375 

110 


750 

135 


1250 

165 


Each 

Casseroles,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain,  trade  mark  “scepter. 

Capacity,  cc .  30  75  150 

Diameter,  mm .  50  70  85 

Each . “740  750  .60  .75  .90  1.65  2.10 

Casseroles,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain,  trade  mark  “scepter.”  Deep  form,  with  wooden  handle. 

Capacity,  cc . '. .  1050  1900 

Diameter,  mm .  110  140 

Height,  mm .  155  180 

Each .  2.00  2.90 

Casseroles,  Opaque  Fused  Silica,  shape  of  23724;  glazed  inside  and  outside,  with  handle. 

Capacity,  cc . . .  30  75  150  200 

Each 

Cement,  Refractory  (Vulcan  Paste)  Northrup. 


2000 

175 

3760 

3230 

170 

205 

4.40 

350 


.  1.75  2.15  2.65  3.40 

For  use  at  the  highest  available  temperatures, 
plied  as  a  paste  for  stopping  up  cracks,  sealing  holes,  as  a  protective  covering  to  heating 
wound  on  cylinders  or,  when  thinned  according  to  directions  on  jar,  as  a  protecting  paint, 
very  plastic  and  cohesive  as  a  paste  or  paint,  which  on  heating  to  200°  C  or  more,  becomes 
hard.  It  is  very  useful  in  many  ways  for  high  temperature  experiments  in  the  laboratory, 
pint  jar . 


4.40 

Ap- 

wires 
It  is 
flinty 
Per 
3.25 


no 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


CEMENT  TESTING  APPARATUS 


No.  23772  No.  23776 


23740. 


23742. 

23744. 


23748. 

23752. 


23756. 

23760. 

23764. 

23768. 

23772. 


23776. 

23780. 


Autoclave  Force,  for  Cement  Boiling  Test,  with  metal  rack  for  holding  briquettes.  Inside  dimen¬ 
sions,  12  x  7  inches;  cover  and  clamps  of  special  alloy  steel;  the  cover  is  provided  with  a 
steam  gauge  registering  up  to  400  lbs.,  and  also  a  pop  safety  valve  which  may  be  set  to  blow  off 
at  300  lbs. ;  an  angle  relief  valve  is  provided  to  relieve  the  pressure  at  the  expiration  of  the  test. 
The  cover  is  fastened  to  the  cylinder  of  the  autoclave  by  means  of  a  hinged  clamp  made  in  two 
halves;  thus  obviating  the  use  of  any  bolts  for  fastening,  and,  as  the  clamp  encircles  the  entire 
cylinder,  uniform  pressure  is  exerted  at  the  cylinder  cover  and  the  cylinder,  thus  insuring  an 
absolutely  tight  joint.  A  rack  for  supporting  the  briquettes  is  supplied  with  the  apparatus  which 

is  made  most  substantially  and  mounted  on  suitable  support . 100.00 

Burner,  Special  for  Force  Autoclave .  5.00 

Cement  Micrometer,  for  measuring  the  expansion  of  test  bars  subjected  to  the  autoclave  test.  The 
head  is  divided  so  that  the  micrometer  will  give  positive  readings,  irrespective  of  whether  the 
test  bars  expand  or  contract  during  the  time  they  are  subjected  to  the  autoclave  test.  The 
micrometer  head  is  divided  so  that  the  expansion  or  contraction  can  be  measured  to  TTiVvth  of 

an  inch .  35.00 

Cement  Mould,  of  brass,  for  making  test  bars,  with  brass  test  bar  which  is  exactly  6  inches  long  at 
70°  F.,  for  use  in  setting  the  micrometer  before  subjecting  the  cement  specimen  to  test.. . .  6.00 
Briquette  Mould,  new  model,  according  to  the  specifications  of  the  American  Society  of  Civil  Engi¬ 
neers;  by  having  different  length  rods  the  mold  can  be  changed  to  take  from  1  mould  up  to  any 
number  desired  with  no  possibility  of  individual  moulds  springing  out  of  place.  In  gangs  of  3 

or  more  moulds,  per  mould . . . . .  3.50 

Briquette  Moulds,  brass,  with  end  clamps,  according  to  the  specifications  of  the  American  Society 

for  Testing  Materials .  2.50 

Briquette  Moulds,  same  as  above  but  with  iron,  horseshoe  shaped  clamp . 2.50 

Extra  Clamp  for  Briquette  Mould  No.  23760 . 30 

Briquette  Moulds,  improved  form,  for  shaping  sections  automatically  without  rapping.  According 
to  the  specifications  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  3.00 

Briquette  Gang  Moulds 

Number  of  briquettes .  2  3  4  5  6 

Each .  6.00  9.00  12.00  15.00  18.00 

Cube  Mould,  of  brass,  one  inch,  per  gang .  3.00 

“  “  “  “  two  “  “  “  .  4.00 


111 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  23788 


No.  23736 


No.  23792 


23784. 


23788. 


23792. 


23796. 

23800. 


Cement  Testing  Machine,  Fairbanks  Automatic,  recognized  as  standard.  Without  springs  or  hydraulic 
apparatus,  the  action  being  automatic  and  entirely  free  from  jars  which  tend  to  break  the  speci¬ 
men  before  its  greatest  efficiency  has  been  reached.  The  tensile  strength  is  generally  accepted 
as  the  standard,  it  being  less  difficult  to  obtain  fair  comparisons  than  by  other  methods.  1000  lbs. 

capacity.  Size  12  x  24  inches .  110.00 

Cement  Testing  Machine,  Fairbank’s  Improved  Automatic.  This  machine  is  exactly  like  the  above 
except  that  it  is  mounted  on  a  sub-base  containing  a  worm  and  worm  gear  connected  to  an  axis 
which  is  threaded  and  passes  up  through  the  base,  and  hand  wheel  by  which  means  a  steady 
tension  is  applied  to  the  briquette  until  broken.  Recommended  because  of  great  increase  in  ten¬ 
sile  strength  of  cement  during  recent  years.  Capacity  1000  lbs .  160.00 

Cement  Testing  Machine,  Olsen’s  New  Automatic  Shot  form.  The  principal  advantages  of  this  machine 
are  as  follows: 


The  machine  is  automatic  to  its  full  capacity  and  is  not  touched  from  start  to  finish  of  test. 

The  instant  the  briquette  breaks,  the  breaking  load  is  read  on  the  dial  of  the  scale. 

The  load  is  applied  with  absolute  smoothness,  and  impact  from  falling  shot  is  eliminated. 

The  cut-off  on  the  shot  kettle  is  practically  instantaneous. 

All  shot  that  has  escaped  from  the  kettle  has  already  done  its  work  and  the  column  of  falling  shot  in  the  air  when  the  specimen 
breaks  is,  therefore  weighed  as  it  should  be. 

A  new  grip  which  brings  the  strain  uniformly  on  the  specimen  is  used. 

The  briquette  hangs  clear  of  the  frame  of  the  machine,  giving  plenty  of  room  for  the  hands  when  adjusting  specimens. 


This  is  a  widely  used  and  thoroughly  satisfactory  outfit;  1000  lbs.  capacity,  length  24  inches. 

height  26j  inches,  weight  40  lbs .  125.00 

Soundness  Test  Apparatus,  Le  Chatelier.  A  very  convenient  method .  3.00 

Cement  Sampler,  for  obtaining  fine  samples  of  cement  from  the  center  of  a  barrel .  7.50 


112 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


«^nnr»--D 


No.  23S01 


No.  23804— Side  View 


No.  23820 


23804. 


23808. 

23812. 

23816. 


23820. 

23824. 


Vicat  Needle  Apparatus,  Improved  form.  This  apparatus  does  not  require  an  extra  compensating  weight 
to  give  a  downward  pressure  of  300  grams  when  the  1  mm  needle  is  used  (both  needles  are  made  of 
equal  weight),  thus  obviating  error  because  of  overlooking  the  use  of  the  compensating  weight 

with  the  small  needle.  Complete  with  one  mould .  16.00 

Extra  Rubber  Mould .  2.50 

Extra  Glass  Mould .  1.00 

Vicat  Needle  Apparatus,  Bramwell  Improved  Form,  very  convenient  to  determine  the  normal  consistency 
and  time  of  setting  of  cement.  The  plunger  ends  are  of  different  diameters  and  the  small  needle 

when  not  in  use  can  be  reversed  and  screwed  into  the  body  of  the  main  plunger .  20.00 

Gilmore  Needle,  for  determining  both  the  initial  and  final  set  of  cement.  Consists  of  a  steel  needle 
T'^  inch  in  diameter  with  a  |  lb.  weight,  and  a  needle  inch  in  diameter  with  a  1  lb.  weight. .  4.00 
Gilmore  Needle,  same  as  No.  23820  but  with  vertical  support  to  keep  needle  perpendicular  to  the  surface 
of  the  pat .  5.00 


23828. 

23832. 


No.  23828  N#-  23832 

Cement  Scale,  specially  made  to  show  the  fineness  of  cement.  Will  weigh  1  lb.  to  .0001  lb.  avoirdu¬ 
pois .  13.00 

Percentage  Scale  for  fineness  test,  with  beam  divided  to  16  oz.  in  §  oz. ;  also  with  a  second  row  of  figures 
reading  from  0  to  100% .  6.00 


113 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  23844 


No.  23848 


No  .23856 


No.  23840 


No.  23864 


No.  23836 


□  □  □ 


Cf....  Samples 


No.  23860 


No.  23880 


No.  23868 


No.  23876 


23836. 


23840. 


23844. 

23848. 


23852. 

23856. 

23860. 


23862. 

23864. 

23868. 

23872. 

23876. 

23880. 

23884. 


Volumenometer,  Erdmenger-Mann,  for  the  determination  of  the  specific  gravity  of  cement.  A  very 
accurate  method,  consuming  much  less  time  than  the  Le  Chatelier,  and  highly  recommended  by 

leading  cement  engineers,  complete  with  ten  flasks . . .  35.00 

Specific  Gravity  Apparatus,  Jackson,  for  the  true  determination  of  the  specific  gravity  of  cement. 
Consists  of  a  special  burette  with  bulb  and  stopcock  and  a  special  flask  with  ground  in  funnel 
stopper  of  exactly  the  same  bore  as  the  burette.  As  described  in  the  Journal  of  the  Society  o  f  Chemi¬ 
cal  Industry,  15  June,  190 4.  No.  11,  Vol.  XXIII .  6.00 

Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  Le  Chatelier,  as  used  in  cement  testing .  2.00 

Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  Le  Chatelier,  New  Form,  in  accordance  with  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards 
requirements  and  as  used  in  the  U.  S.  Government  test  for  Portland  Cement.  See  Circular  No. 

S3  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards,  without  certificate .  3.00 

Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  as  above,  but  with  certificate  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards .  5.00 

Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  Schuman,  with  tube  graduated  to  50  cc  in  njths .  2.50 

Permeability  Testing  Apparatus,  for  determining  experimentally  the  exact  relations  between  the  im¬ 
permeability  and  strength  of  concrete,  treated  by  the  integral  method.  The  briquettes  are 
cylindrical  in  shape,  3  inches  in  diameter  and  2  inches  high.  A  pressure  gauge  is  attached  to  the 
main  vertical  tube  for  indicating  the  pressure  under  which  the  water  flows.  As  constructed  in 
the  Structural  Material  Testing  Laboratory  of  the  Brooklyn  Polytechnic  Institute.  Complete 


with  one  mould .  14.00 

Extra  mould .  4.00 

Cement  Sample  Cans,  per  dozen .  1.00 

Steaming  Apparatus,  for  boiling  and  steaming  test.  Made  of  copper;  12  x  12  x  24  inches .  30.00 

Glass  Plate,  for  use  with  briquette  moulds,  24  x  24  inches .  8.00 

Pan  of  galvanized  iron,  24  x  24  x  3  inches  deep .  2.00 

Brush  of  brass  wire  with  wooden  handle .  .50 

Trowels,  for  making  briquettes,  etc. 

Size . Small  Large 


Each 


.40  .60 


114 


No.  23924  No.  23932 


23900. 


23904. 


23908. 


23912. 

23916. 

23920. 

23924. 

23928. 

23932. 

23936. 

23940. 

23944. 

23948. 

23952. 

23956. 

23960. 

23964. 

23968. 

23972. 

23976. 

23980. 


Centrifuge,  Bausch  &  Lomb,  Hand,  single  speed,  giving  1,200  revolutions  per  minute  with  fifty  turns 
of  the  handle,  the  latter  being  so  constructed  as  to  render  sudden  stopping  impossible.  Complete 
with  two-arm  sedimentation  attachment  and  one  graduated  and  one  ungraduated  glass  tube  7.50 
Centrifuge,  Bausch  &  Lomb,  Hand,  two  speed,  providing  for  speeds  from  1200  to  4000  revolutions  per 
minute.  Similar  in  construction  to  No.  23900.  Complete  with  Daland’s  haematokrit,  auto¬ 
matic  blood  pipette,  two  sputum  tubes  and  two-arm  sedimentation  attachment  with  one  grad¬ 
uated  and  one  ungraduated  glass  tube . . . . .  10.00 

Centrifuge,  Bausch  &  Lomb,  Electric,  with  rheostat  providing  five  different  speeds  of  from  750  to  2100 
revolutions  per  minute  with  two  15  cc  tubes.  For  operation  upon  ordinary  incandescent  lamp 
socket.  Please  specify  voltage  in  ordering.  Complete  with  two-arm  sedimentation  attach¬ 
ment  and  one  graduated  and  one  ungraduated  glass  tube. 

For  Circuit .  110  volts,  direct  220  volts,  direct  110  volts,  alternating,  60  cycles 


Each 


25.00 


27.50 


30.00 


Accessories  for  use  with  any  of  above  Centrifuges. 


High  Speed  Indicator .  1.50 

Speed  Indicator,  automatic  registering .  3.00 

Two-arm  Head,  for  50  cc  tubes,  with  aluminum  shields  and  one  graduated  and  one  ungraduated 

tube,  50  cc . 4.50 

Four-arm  Head,  for  15  cc  tubes,  with  aluminum  shields  and  one  graduated  and  three  ungraduated 

tubes,  15  cc .  4.50 

Blood  Lancet,  Moore  automatic .  1.50 

Haematokrit,  Daland,  with  two  percentage  and  two  sputum  tubes .  2.50 

Milk  Tube,  for  determining  percentage  of  fats . 50 

Blood  Tube,  for  use  in  Haematokrit  for  determining  percentage  of  haemaglobin . 50 

Pipette,  1  cc,  for  filling  milk  tubes . 10 

automatic,  for  filling  blood  tubes . 75 

Glass  Centrifuge  Tube,  graduated.  15  cc . 35 

“  “  “  50  cc . 75 

“  “  ungraduated,  15  cc . 15 

“  “  “  “  50  cc . 30 

Aluminum  Shield,  to  hold  15  cc  glass  tube . 25 

“  “  “  “  50  cc  “  “  . 50 

Sputum  Tube,  for  haematokrit,  ungraduated . 25 

Metallic  Guard,  for  use  with  Electric  Centrifuge  No.  23908 .  7.50 


115 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


23984. 


23988. 

23992. 

23996. 

24000. 

24002. 

24004. 


24008. 

24012. 

24016. 

24020. 

24024. 

24028. 

24032. 

24036. 

24040. 

24044. 


Centrifuge,  Water  Motor,  Arthur  H.  Thomas  Co.  Special,  with  protected  bearing  which  cannot  become 
rusted  and  from  which  the  oil  cannot  become  washed  out  by  the  water.  For  attachment  to  any 
ordinary  faucet  by  means  of  patent  hose  connections.  The  speed  is  under  absolute  control  by 
merely  turning  on  or  off  the  flow  of  water.  Huns  absolutely  noiselessly  and  may  be  left  going 
constantly  without  attention.  Each  machine  is  furnished  with  necessary  aluminum  shields,  4 
ft.  of  pressure  tubing  and  patent  hose  connection  for  faucet.  With  patent  hangers  which  support 
the  aluminum  shields  at  the  lower  part  of  the  pointed  ends,  which  obviates  stripping  of  the  lip 
of  both  aluminum  and  glass  tubes  when  tubes  are  hung  by  the  lip.  With  2-15  cc  tube  holder 
and  one  each  plain  and  graduated  glass  tubes,  15  cc .  8.00 

Note. — It  is  assumed  in  listing  the  accessories  for  our  Water  Centrifuge  that  the  2-15  cc  tube  head  with  aluminum  and  glass  tubes 
will  be  desired  and  it  is,  therefore,  necessary  in  order  to  secure  the  price  of  any  special  outfit  simply  to  add  the  price  for  the  various 
heads.  Tf  the  2-15  cc  tube  head  included  in  the  regular  outfit  is  not  desired  a  credit  of  $1.00  is  allowed  when  special  outfits  are 
made  up. 


Accessories  for  Water  Centrifuge. 


Four-arm  Head,  with  patent  hangers,  for  15  cc  tubes,  without  shields  or  glass  tubes .  2.75 

u  a  (i  i.  ii  ii  gQ  ii  ii  ii  ii  ii  it  ii  3.75 

Two-arm  “  “  “  “  “  50“  “  “  “  “  2.75 

Lactokrit,  Stewart,  for  estimating  the  number  of  pus  cells  and  the  character  of  bacteria  and  insolu¬ 
ble  matter  contained  in  milk.  Complete  with  20  glass  tubes  and  stoppers .  7.50 

Extra  Glass  Tubes  with  rubber  stoppers  and  nipples,  for  use  with  above.  Per  dozen .  1.50 

Rotating  Metal  Guard,  for  water  centrifuge,  14  inches  in  diameter  by  3  inches  deep.  The  whole  hood 
rotates  permitting  much  greater  speed  than  the  ordinary  head  and  eliminating  the  danger  of 
tubes  flying  off  during  operation. 

With  shields  for,  tubes .  4-15  cc  6-15  cc  8-15  cc 


Each .  9.00  10.00 

Two-arm  Head,  Goetz,  for  phosphor  determination  in  steel  analysis,  without  tubes . 


Goetz  Phosphorous  Tube,  glass,  graduated  and  with  glass  stopper . 

“  “  “  “  ungraduated  and  without  glass  stopper 

Aluminum  Shields  for  15  cc  glass  tubes . . 

“  “  “  50  cc  “  “  . 

Glass  Centrifuge  Tube,  ungraduated,  15  cc . 

“  “  “  “  50  cc . 

“  “  “  graduated,  15  cc . 

“  “  “  “  50  cc . 

Speed  Indicator,  for  Water  Centrifuge . 


11.00 
.  7.50 
..  1.00 
.  .40 

.25 
.50 
.15 
.30 
.  .35 
.  .75 

.  3.00 


116 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Table  of  Speeds  with  Arthur  H.  Thomas  Company  Special  Water  Motor  Centrifuge,  No.  23984. 


Head 

15  lbs.  pressure 

20  lbs.  pressure  30  lbs.  pressure  40  lbs.  pressure 

50  lbs. 

pressure  :  GO  lbs.  pressure 

2-15  cc  tubes . 

. 1100  r.  p.  III. 

1200  r. 

p.  m.  1500  r.  p.  m.  1700  r.  p.  m. 

1900  r 

.  p.  m.  2100  r.  p.  m. 

4-15  cc  tubes . 

.  850  “ 

970 

“  1200  “  1400  “ 

1550 

“  1700  “ 

2-50  cc  tubes . 

.  900  “ 

1050 

“  1300  “  1500  “ 

1700 

“  1900  “ 

4-50  cc  tubes . 

.  750  “ 

850 

“  1080  “  1280  “ 

1400 

“  1600  “ 

24048.  Centrifuge,  Water,  Double  Jet,  Martin,  for  high  speeds.  This  form  of  centrifuge  consists  of  a  plate  with 
four  radiating  chambers  each  having  a  depth  sufficient  to  take  a  tube  and  its  necessary  holder 
flush  with  the  under  surface  of  the  plate,  thus  avoiding  all  atmospheric  resistance.  The  plate 
is  fitted  to  a  spindle,  pivoted  between  an  upper  and  lower  center,  and  the  spindle  carries  at  its 
lower  end  a  small  water  wheel  in  a  “well”  to  which  are  attached  the  nozzle  or  nozzles  and  fittings 
for  connecting  with  the  water  main  and  for  carrying  off  the  waste  water.  The  upper  center  is 
poised  lightly  to  avoid  friction,  and  is  mounted  in  a  flexible  holder,  thus  giving  the  necessary 
freedom  from  strain  when  working  at  high  speeds.  Three  sizes  of  plates  are  made,  carrying  tubes 
of  25  cc,  10  cc  and  5  cc,  respectively.  The  speed  has  been  carefully  measured  and  a  rotation  of 
from  1000  to  5000  revolutions  per  minute  can  be  maintained  with  ordinary  pressure  and  with 
absolute  safety.  Complete  with  four  German  silver  tube  holders  and  1  dozen  glass  tubes. 


For  four  tubes  of .  5  cc  10  cc  25  cc 

Duty  Free .  34750  34.80  44.10 

Duty  Paid .  41.40  41.80  52.90 

24052.  Extra  Glass  Tubes  for  use  with  Martin  Centrifuge.  Capacity,  cc .  5  10  25 

Per  dozen,  from  stock . 90  1.10  1.35 


Table  of  Speeds  with  Martin  Double  Jet  Centrifuge 


Head 

Pressure  In  lbs.  10 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

40 

45 

50 

60 

70 

4-  5  cc  tubes. . . 

.  1200 

1600 

2000 

2500 

3100 

3400 

3700 

4000 

4300 

4550 

4900 

4  10  cc  “  ... 

.  moo 

1400 

2200 

2700 

3100 

3400 

3700 

3900 

4100 

4500 

4900 

U-25  cc  “  . 1 

900 

1200 

1550 

1900 

2100 

2300 

2500 

2900 

3200 

3500 

24056.  Centrifuge  Electric,  specially  arranged  for  Goetz  method  of  phosphorous  determination  in  steel  analy¬ 
sis.  With  aluminum  arm  with  conical  aluminum  Goetz  tube  holders  and  graduated,  glass  stop¬ 


pered  Goetz  tubes.  Size .  2-tube  4-tube 

With  rheostat  for  110  volts  direct  current . ._ .  44.00  55.00 

24060.  Centrifuge,  Electric,  as  above,  but  with  rheostat  for  220  volts  direct  current .  54.00  65.00 

24012.  Goetz  Phosphorous  Tubes  of  glass,  graduated  and  with  glass  stopper,  each .  .  1.00 

24016.  “  “  “  “  “  ungraduated  and  without  glass  stopper,  each . 40 


117 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  24064 


50  cc  and  15  cc  Heads  and  Tubes  for  Size  1  Centrifuge 


CENTRIFUGES,  INTERNATIONAL  ELECTRIC  SIZE  1,  a  compact,  high-power  centrifuge,  with  moderately 
large  capacity,  conveniently  arranged  for  research  and  routine  work  in  bacteriological,  physiological 
and  chemical  laboratories  of  hospitals,  medical  schools,  dairies  and  health  departments.  Made  in 
two  types  according  to  speed,  Type  A  and  Type  B.  Height  18  inches,  diameter  17  inches  and  weight 
about  75  lbs.  With  speed  control  rheostat  and  protecting  case.  Speeds  with  various  heads  are 
shown  in  table. 


Speeds  with  head 

4-tube,  15  cc 

8-tube,  50  cc 

Board  of  Health 

Size  1,  Type  A,  direct  current . 

“  “  alternating  current 

“  Type  B,  direct  current. ... . 

“  “  alternating  current. 

3000  r.p.m. 
1900  “ 

4000  “ 

3600  “ 

2400  r.p.m. 
1600  “ 

3000  “ 

3000  “ 

3000  r.p.m. 
2800  “ 

3000  “ 

3000  “ 

24064.  Centrifuge,  International  Size  1,  with  speed  control  rheostat  and  protecting  case, 
or  tubes. 

110  colts,  >.  c. 

L  or  current .  lio  rolls,  d.  e.  220  rolls,  d.  c.  60  cycles 

but  without  heads 

220  rolts,  a.  c. 

60  cycles 

Size  1,  Type  A . 

“  Type  B . 

40.00 

65.00 

44.00 

68.00 

46.00 

78.00 

48.00 

80.00 

Accessories  for  Size  1  Centrifuge. 

The  price  of  any  desired  outfit  may  be  had  by  adding  the  price  of  attachments  desired  to  the  price 
of  the  machine  as  listed  above.  No  glassware  is  included  in  price  for  attachments.  These  must  be 
added  separately. 

24072.  Head,  2-tube,  to  carry  either  2-50  cc  tubes,  two  Gooch  crucibles  or  tv/o  Babcock  bottles  without  cups 


or  tubes .  3.00 

21076.  Trunnion  cups  for  Gooch  crucibles,  each . . . 75 

24080.  Hard  Rubber  Collars  for  Gooch  crucibles.  (Crucibles  should  be  sent  to  us  to  be  fitted.)  Each..  .90 

24084.  Trunnion  Ring  and  50  cc  metal  tube.... .  1.25 

24092.  Head,  2-tube,  to  carry  2-15  cc  tubes,  with  metal  tubes .  3.40 

24096.  “  4-tube,  “  “  4-15  cc  “  “  “  “  7.80 

24100.  “  8-tube,  “  “  8-15  cc  “  “  “  “  13.60 

24104.  Combination  Head,  4-tube,  to  carry  2-15  cc  and  2-50  cc  tubes,  with  metal  tubes .  8.70 

21108.  Head,  4-tube,  to  carry  4-50  cc  tubes,  wuth  metal  tubes .  9.60 

21112.  “  8-tube,  “  “  8-50  cc  “  “  “  “  . . .  17.20 

24116.  Combination  Head,  8-tube,  to  carry  4-15  cc  and  4-50  cc  tubes,  with  metal  tubes .  16.40 

24120.  Trunnion  Cups,  for  Babcock  test  bottles  (used  in  50  cc  places),  each . 50 

24124.  Board  of  Health  Head,  without  tubes . 10.00 

24128.  Head,  perforated  brass  basket,  5  inches  in  diameter,  with  drip  pan .  20.00 

24136.  Trunnion  Carriers  for  Goetz  tubes,  each .  1.75 

24140.  “  Cups  for  200  cc  bottles,  each .  3.00 

24144.  “  Carriers  for  150  cc  Squibb  funnels,  each .  1.75 

24148.  Prescription  Bottles,  of  glass,  200  cc,  per  dozen .  1.50 

24152.  Glass  Centrifuge  tubes,  plain,  15  cc  capacity,  per  dozen .  1.35 

24156.  “  “  “  “  50  cc  “  per  dozen .  1.50 

24160.  “  “  “  graduated,  15  cc  capacity,  per  dozen .  4.00 

24164.  Board  of  Health  Tubes,  2  cc  capacity,  per  100 .  4.75 

24168.  Head,  2-place,  for  two  Goetz  Phosphorous  Tubes,  2-150  cc  Squibb’s  funnels  or  2-200  cc  bottles, 

without  trunnion  carriers .  5.00 

24012.  Goetz  Phosphorous  Tubes,  of  glass,  graduated  and  with  glass  stopper,  each .  1.00 

24016.  “  “  “  “  “  ungraduated  and  without  stopper,  each . 40 


118 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


24172. 


24176. 


24180. 


Centrifuge,  International,  with  Hospital  Equipment,  for  urine  analysis,  bacteriology,  serology,  etc., 
consisting  of  the  following: 

1  No.  24104  Combination  Head  carrying  2-15  cc  and  2-50  cc  6  No.  24160  glass  tubes,  graduated,  15  cc  capacity. 

tubes,  with  steel  tubes.  1  doz.  No  24156  glass  tubes,  50  cc.  capacity. 

1  doz.  No.  24152  glass  tubes  plain,  15  cc.  capacity. 


110  volts,  a.c.,  220  volts  a.  c., 

220  volts,  d.  c.  60  cycles  60  cycles 

57.50  59.50 

81.50  91.50  93.50 

Equipment,  for  urine  analysis,  bacteriology,  serology, 


Current .  no  volts,  d.  o 

Size  1,  Type  A .  53.50 

“  1,  Type  B .  78.50 

Centrifuge,  International,  with  Board  of  Health 
and  milk  testing,  consisting  of  the  following: 

No.  24116  Combination  Head  carrying  4-15  cc  and  1-50  cc 
tubes,  with  metal  tubes. 

No.  24124  Board  of  Health  Head. 

4  No.  24120  Trunnion  Cups  for  Babcock  bottles. 

1  doz.  No.  24152  glass  tubes,  15  cc,  plain. 


h  doz.  No.  21160  glass  tubes,  15  cc,  graduated. 

1  doz-  No.  24156  “  “  50  cc  capacity. 

2  doz.  No.  24164  Board  of  Health  Tubes  with  rubber  stoppers. 
1  doz.  No.  Babcock  milk  bottles. 


~  110  volts,  a.  c.  220  volts,  a.  c. 

Current .  110  volts,  d.  c.  220  volts,  d.  c.  60  cycles  60  cycles 

Size  1,  Type  A . ”  78.35  82.35  84.35  83.35 

“  Type  B .  103.35  106.35  116.  5  115.35 


Centrifuge,  International,  with  Board  of  Health  and  Food  Laboratory  Equipment,  a  very  complete  outfit 
for  urine  analysis,  bacteriology,  serology,  milk  testing,  food  analysis  and  most  work  encountered  in 
hospital  or  public  service  laboratories,  consisting  of  the  following: 

No.  24100  Head  carrying  8-15  cc  tubes,  with  metal  tubes.  1  doz.  No.  24152  glass  tubes.  15  cc,  plain. 

No.  24112  “  “  8-50  cc  “  “  “  “  \  doz.  No.  24160  “  “  “  graduated 

8  Trunnion  cups  for  Babcock  test  Bottles.  1  doz.  No.  24156  “  “  50  cc  capacity 

No.  24124  Board  of  Health  Head.  2  doz.  No.  24164  Board  of  Health  tubes  with  rubber',stoppers. 

No.  24168  Head  carrying  2  Squibb’s  separatory  funnels.  2  doz.  No.  Babcock  Milk  Test  Bottles 

2  No.  24144  Trunnion  Carriers  for  Squibb  s  separatory  funnels.  2  No.  Squibb’s  Separatory  Funnels,  150  cc. 


100  volts,  a.  c.  220  volts,  a.  c. 

Current . . .  lin  volts,  d.  c.  220  volts,  d.  c.  60  cycles  60  cycles 

Size  1,  Type  A .  108.50  112.50  114.50  116.50 

“  Type  B .  133.50  136.50  146.50  148.50 


No.  24181 


CENTRIFUGE  INTERNATIONAL  ELECTRIC,  SIZE  2, 

than  Size  1  machines, 
diameter  24  inches,  weight  about  150  lbs. 
Speeds  with  various  heads  are  shown  in  table. 


Four-tube,  eight-tube  heads,  etc.,  for  Size  II  Centrifuge 


designed  for  larger  capacity  but  not  for  higher  speeds 
Made  in  two  types  according  to  speed,  types  A  and  B.  Height  23  inches, 
Size  2,  Typo  A,  is  not  made  for  alternating  current. 


1 

Speeds  with  head 

16-‘u£e’  r;"cc  or  8-tube,  50  cc 

8-tube,  100  cc 

Board  of  Health 

Size  2,  Type  A,  direct  current . 

1500  r.p.m.  2000  r.p.m. 

2200  “  3000  “ 

2200  “  3000  “ 

3000  r.p.m. 

3000  “ 

3000  “ 

“  Type  B,  “  “  . 

<l  Tvpe  R  alt.ernntino-  current . 

24184.  Centrifuge,  International  Size  2,  with  speed  control  rheostat  and  protecting  case,  but  without  heads 


Or  tubes.  110  volts,  a.  c.  220  volts,  a.  c. 

Current .  110  volts,  d.  c.  220  volts,  d.  c.  60  cycles  60  cycles 

Size  2,  Type  A . ”  61.00  65.00 

“  Type  B .  95.00  99.00 


95.00 


95.00 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


24188. 

24192. 


24196. 

24200. 

24204. 

24208. 

24212. 

24216. 

24220. 

24224. 

24228. 

24232. 


24236. 


24240. 


Accessories  for  Size  2  International  Centrifuge. 

Accessories  listed  under  the  Size  1  Centrifuge,  p.  118,  may  also  be  used  with  the  Size  2  machine 
when  desired  and,  in  addition,  the  attachments  of  larger  capacity,  and  for  special  purposes  as  listed 
below.  No  glassware  is  included  in  price  for  attachments. 

Head,  8-tube,  carrying  100  cc,  50  cc  or  15  cc  tubes  or  Babcock  bottles,  without  tubes .  10.00 

Combination  Head,  8-place,  carrying  2-200  cc  tubes,  or  2-150  cc  tubes,  or  2  Squibb’s  funnels  or  2  Goetz 
tubes,  and  6-100  cc  tubes,  or  6-50  cc  tubes  or  6-15  cc  tubes  or  6  Babcock  bottles,  without  cups 

or  tubes .  13.50 

Head,  4-place,  carrying  either  4-200  cc  cups  or  4-150  cc  Squibbs  funnels,  without  cups .  8.00 

“  16-tube,  carrying  16-50  cc  tubes,  or  16  Babcock  bottles,  without  cups  or  tubes .  16.00 

Metal  Tubes,  100  cc,  each . 75 

Trunnion  Rings,  100  cc,  each . 35 

Metal  Tubes,  50  cc,  each . 55 

Trunnion  Rings,  50  cc,  each . 35 

Metal  Tubes,  15  cc,  each . 45 

Trunnion  Rings,  15  cc,  each . 40 

Glass  tubes,  with  lip,  100  cc  capacity,  per  dozen .  1.75 

Centrifuge,  International,  with  Soil  Analysis  Equipment,  consisting  of  Size  2,  Type  B  Centrifuge,  with 
a  speed  of  1200  revolutions  per  minute,  and  equipped  with  a  speed  control  rheostat,  8-tube  head, 
eight  100  cc  metal  tubes  and  rubber  cushions,  b  gross  100  cc  glass  tubes  and  an  eight  tube  rack 
for  the  bench.*  • 

110  volts,  a.  c.  220  volts,  a.  c. 

Current .  no  volts,  d.  c.  220  volts,  d.  c.  60  cycles  60  cycles 

Each .  80.00  84.00  101.00  104.00 


Centrifuge,  International,  with  General  Laboratory  Outfit  with  special  reference  to  bacteriological  and 
serological  work  where  large  quantities  are  to  be  handled,  consisting  of  Size  2  Centrifuge  with 
speed  control  rheostat,  8-tube  head,  eight  each  of  100,  50  and  15  cc  metal  tubes  and  two  dozen 
each  of  100  cc,  50  cc  and  15  cc  plain  glass  tubes. 


n  110  volts,  a.  c.  220  volts,  a.  c. 

L/Urrent .  lio  volts,  d.  c.  220  volts,  d.  c.  60  cycles  60  cycles 

Size  2,  Type  A . .  102700  106.00 

“  Type  B .  136.00  140.00  136.00  136.00 


Note — For  Size  2  Centrifuge  fitted  with  16-  and  24-bottle  Babcock  heads,  see  Milk  Analysis  Appa¬ 
ratus,  p.  347. 

Centrifuge,  International  with  Food  Analysis  Equipment,  consisting  of  No.  24192  Combination  Head, 
8-place,  for  2  Squibb’s  funnels  and  6-50  cc  tubes,  2  Squibb’s  separatory  funnels,  150  cc,  1  dozen 
glass  tubes  50  cc,  \  dozen  metal  tubes  50  cc,  £  dozen  Trunnion  Rings  for  50  cc  tubes,  and  two 
carriers  for  Squibb’s  separatory  funnels. 


110  volts,  a.  c.  220  velts,  a.  c. 

Current .  lio  volts,  d.  c.  220  volts,  d.  o.  60  cycles  60  cycles 

Size  2,  Type  A .  88.90  92.90 

“  Type  B .  122.90  126.90  122.90  122.90 


No.  24244 


No.  24252 


24244. 


24248. 

24250. 


24252. 


24256. 

24258. 


Centrifuge  Cyclone,  with  perforated  drum,  for  separating  precipitates  and  crystals  from  their  mother 
liquors.  Widely  used  by  sugar  chemists  for  the  determination  of  the  yield  as  well  as  purity 
test.  With  bronze  basket,  4£  inches  in  diameter,  with  crank  for  hand  power  driving. . . .  50.00 

Centrifuge,  Cyclone,  same  as  above  but  with  pulley  for  power  driving .  50.00 

Hard  Rubber  Basket  for  handling  of  material  which  must  not  come  in  contact  with  the 

metal . ' .  1 .  8.00 

Centrifuge,  Cyclone,  same  as  above  but  heavier  and  larger,  with  metal  basket  8  inches  in  diameter  with 

crank  for  hand  power  driving .  100.00 

Centrifuge,  Cyclone,  same  as  above  but  with  pulley  for  power  driving .  100.00 

Hard  Rubber  Basket  for  above .  10.00 


120 


ARTHUR  H.  TH  OMAS  COMPANY 


No.  24260 


24260.  Centrifuge,  Large  Universal,  with  independent  drive;  for  serological  and  bacteriological  work  where 
large  quantities  are  to  be  handled  as  in  separation  of  blood  serum.  Especially  adapted  for 
centrifuging  a  large  number  of  small  specimens  at  one  time  with  head  No.  24312.  The  variety 
of  heads  adapted  for  use  with  this  machine  permit  its  application  to  most  lines  of  laboratory 
work  requiring  the  use  of  a  Centrifuge  of  high  speed  and  large  capacity,  as  in  steel,  rubber, 
sugar  and  oil  analysis  and  the  separation  of  crystals  from  their  mother  liquors.  The  prices  given 
include  regular  head  as  illustrated  on  next  page  under  24260 — Regular  Head  with  metal  cups  of 
the  capacities  indicated  and  one  dozen  special  heavy  glass  tubes  and  endless  camels  hair  belt 
and  speed  indicator,  but  without  motor. 

Capacity,  tubes .  6-50  cc  6-100  cc  6-200  cc  6-300  cc  6-400  cc  6-500  cc 

Revolutions  per  minute .  3000  4000  4000  3000  3000  3000 

Horse  power  required .  % _ 1 _ 2 _ 3^  4  5 

Centrifuge,  without  Motor  Duty  Free  58.10  115.00  233.00  284.00  358.00  386.75 

“  “  Duty  Paid  67.20  132.00  267.00  325.00  410.15  443.50 

24264.  Electric  Motor,  only  for  above  Centrifuge,  direct  current,  with  starting  rheostat. 

Horsepower .  \  1  2  3  4  5 

Duty  Free .  75.70  115.00  178.25  228.80  260.00  284.00 

Duty  Paid .  86.00  130.00  202.50  260.00  295.00  322.50 

Centrifuge,  Large  Universal,  as  in  No.  24260  but  for  different  purposes  as  indicated  by  the  respective 
heads.  The  machine  supplied  with  these  heads  is  the  smallest  size  of  the  above  series,  i.  e., 
that  for  6-50  cc  tubes,  with  the  exception  of  heads  F  and  H  with  which  the  centrifuge  for  6-100 
cc  tubes  is  supplied.  For  motor  prices  see  24264. 

Head  A,  with  revolving  sieve  of  hard  glazed  porcelain  enclosed  in  a  porcelain  jacket  with  spout. 
The  bearings  are  entirely  protected  from  the  liquid.  The  maximum  speed  permitted  by 
the  strength  of  the  porcelain  is  about  2000  r.  p.  m.;  diameter  140  mm. 

Head  B,  with  revolving  sieve  of  heavily  tinned  copper,  for  separating  crystals  from  their  mother 
liquors,  etc.  May  be  used  at  a  speed  up  to  3000  r.  p.  m.  On  special  order  these  sieves 
may  be  furnished  with  ebonite  lining,  silver  plating,  lead  lining,  etc. 

Head  C,  for  the  examination  of  rubber  according  to  the  method  of  Frank-Marckwald,  for  the 
purpose  of  separating  rubber  and  other  organic  compounds  from  the  mineral  filling  mate¬ 
rials  without  filtering.  This  outfit  is  supplied  with  two  heads,  one  for  4  glass  stoppered 
cylindrical  glasses  and  the  other  for  4  Erlenmeyer  Flasks. 

Head  D,  for  sugar  analysis  after  the  method  of  Zimmerman,  as  used  in  the  Royal  Institute  for 
Sugar  Testing,  in  Berlin ;  for  the  determination  of  the  quantitative  crystals  in  raw  sugar, 
the  calculation  of  the  yield,  the  calculation  of  the  adherence  of  the  syrup  and  the  quali¬ 
tative  examination  of  sugar  crystals  for  size,  color,  etc.  The  metallic  cups  are  furnished 
with  two  circular  sieves  and  one  felt  plate. 

Head  E,  for  testing  mineral  oils  for  water,  dirt,  etc.;  for  4-50  cc  tubes,  the  cylindrical  lower  part 
of  the  tube  being  graduated  in  percentages;  maximum  speed  3000  r.  p.  m. 

Head  F,  same  as  Head  E  but  for  4-100  cc  tubes. 

Head  G,  for  Goetz  phosphorous  determination;  for  4-50  cc  tubes. 

Head  H,  “  “  “  “  “  4-100  cc  “ 

24268.  Centrifuge,  without  Motor,  with  Head  A  B  C  D  E  F  _ G _ H^ 

Duty  Free  106.50  106.50  124.10  124.10  115.30  175.00  98.10  160.00 

Duty  Paid.  '. '. ‘ .  122.20  122.20  142.20  142.20  132.20  199.50  112.20  182.00 


21 


122 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


24272. 

24276. 

24280. 

24284. 

24288. 

24292. 

24296. 

24300. 

24304. 

24308. 

24312. 


24316. 


Accessories  for  the  Large  Universal  Centrifuge  as  above. 

Porcelain  Perforated  Drum  for  Head  A,  175  x  140  mm .  18.00 

“  outside  jacket  for  Head  A,  240  x  210  mm .  24.00 

Glass  Cylinders  for  Head  C,  50  cc  capacity. . . 60 

Metal  Cups,  each  with  two  circular  sieves  and  one  felt  plate,  for  Head  D,  each .  1.25 

Felt  Discs,  per  100 .  2.50 

Graduated  Glass  Tubes,  for  Head  E,  50  cc  capacity,  each .  1.15 

“  “  “  “  “  F,  100  cc  “  each .  .  .  ..  1.30 

“  “  “  “  “  G,  50  cc  “  each .  1.15 

“  “  “  H,  100  cc  “  each .  1.13 

Gas  Tubes,  for  above,  each . 10 

Special  Head  for  Serum  Work,  consisting  of  swinging  rectangular  boxes  each  carrying  12  or  24-10  cc 
glass  tubes,  particulary  recommended  as  an  accessory  to  the  two  smaller  sizes  of  Large  Uni¬ 
versal  Centrifuge. 

Number  of  Tubes .  72-10  cc  14A-10  cc 


Duty  Free .  80.00  100.00 

Duty  Paid .  93.50  112.50 

Centrifuge  Tubes,  of  heavy  well-annealed  glass,  cylindrical,  with  round  bottom,  for  use  in  head  illus¬ 
trated  above  and  as  regularly  supplied  with  the  Universal  Centrifuge. 

Capacity,  cc .  50  100  200  300  400  500 

Each . ~60  780  1.10  1225  U75  2.00 


24324. 


24328. 


No.  24320  No‘  24328 

24320.  Centrifuge,  Electric,  High  Speed,  Konig,  designed  especially  for  serological  work.  With  heavy 
armour  plate  cover  and  separate  motor,  all  mounted  on  the  same  base  board.  A  regulating 
resistance  permits  the  reduction  of  speed  from,  the  maximum  of  approximately  8000  revolu¬ 
tions  per  minute  to  about  2000.  With  speed  indicator  as  shown  m  illustration  Prices  quoted 
are  for  motors  for  110  volts  direct  current.  For  motor  for  220  volts  direct  current  prices  are 
increased  $5.15  duty  free  and  $6.85  .duty  paid.  For  alternating  circuits,  both  voltage  and 
number  of  cycles  must  be  given  and  price  will  be  quoted  upon  application.  ,  , 

Capacity. . . . .  4-15  cc  tubes  6-15  cc  tubes  4-30  cc  tubes  6-30  cc  tubes 

Duty  Free . '  m00  150.00  150.00  171.25 

Duty  Paid .  157.50  .  182.50  182.50  207.50 

Special  Glass  Tubes  for  use  with  above  centrifuge.  ^  ^ 

Capacity,  cc . — -^o - 40 

CentrUuge  Delepine  1913  Model,  for  independent  drive,  having  a  speed  of  10000  r.  p.  m.  with  alight 
load  'and  of  3000  to  4000  r.  p.  m.  with  a  heavy  load.  In  order  to  s^ 
absence  of  rusting  the  rotor,  buckets  and  tubes  are  made  of  Duralumin,  an  aluminum  aiiov 
having  the  strength  of  steel  and  only  one-third  its  weight,  which  Prof  Delepine  has  selected 
after  testing  several  metals  and  alloys  and  ascertained  that  it  was  capable  of  resisting  the  stress 
S  fSK  Sd.  This  metal  is  but  slightly  affected  by  organic  fluids  such  as 
milfand  has  little  action  upon  the  bacteria.  He  has  therefore  d-igned  tubes  ofDgahggn 
to  take  the  place  of  the  glass  tubes  generally  used.  These  tubes  are  practically  indestruct 
and  therefore  eliminate  the  loss  of  material  due  to  breakage  ol  the  tubes,  and  also  permit.  01 

without  support,  and  have  consecutive  numbers  from  1  to  16  stamped  upon  them.  Pomp  ete, 
wHhout  motor; .  435.75  Duty  Paid .  522.90 

2«32.  Duralumin  Tubes,.  100  cc  capacity. . ^  Duty  Paid,  each .  5.60 


123 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


24400. 


H  . 


No.  24400.  Chart  IX  No.  24400.  Chart  in 

Charts,  Tabulae  Anatomicae,  Lendenfeld,  a  comprehensive  series  of  large  charts  covering  the  whole 
range  of  human  anatomy,  in  finest  color  lithography  after  hand  drawing,  with  explanatory  text. 
The  charts  are  207  cm  high  by  74  cm  wide. 


Chart 


Integument  (Skin  and  hair  follicles,  various  sections). 

Structure  of  Bones,  Cartilages  and  Teeth  (various  sections  of  cartilage  and  lower  molar  teeth,  femur,  etc). 
Skeleton  (Anterior  view). 

“  (Posterior  view). 

Skull  (various  views). 

Parts  of  Skeleton  (Vertebrae,  hand,  foot  and  hyoid  bone). 

Connective  tissue,  adipose  tissue,  ciliated  epithelium. 

Muscular  Tissue  (various  muscles). 

Muscular  System  (anterior  view  of  the  superficial  muscles). 

“  “  (  “  “  “  deep-seated  “  ). 

(posterior  view  of  the  superficial  muscles). 

(  “  “  “  deep-seated  “  ). 

Muscles  and  Tendons  of  the  Hand  (superficial  and  deep-seated  muscles  of  the  palm  and  back). 

Nervous  System  (anterior  view). 

Brain  (various  views). 

“  Cerebrum. 

Parts  of  the  Nervous  System  (spinal  cord,  ganglion  cells,  nerve  fibres,  motor  endplates). 

Organs  of  Taste  and  Touch  (tongue,  taste  buds,  various  corpuscles,  free  nerve  endings,  etc.). 

Eye,  Nose  and  Nasal  Sinuses. 

Retina  (transverse  section). 

Ear  (left  inner  ear,  cochlea  and  diagrammatic  section). 

Ear  (transverse  section). 

Organs  of  Circulation  and  Respiration  (Femoral  vein,  blood  capillaries,  blood  corpuscles,  lymph  spaces, 

artery,  trachea,  terminal  bronchus). 

Heart. 

Arterial  System  (anterior  view). 

Venous  and  Lymphatic  System  (anterior  view  of  the  venous  system  and  lymphatic  plexus). 

Lungs  and  Abdominal  Viscera  (anterior  view)  and  Organs  of  Digestion  (frontal  view). 

Organs  of  Digestion  (wall  of  the  intestines,  epithelium  of  the  stomach,  salivary  gland,  pancreas,  liver) . 
Organs  of  Digestion,  Urinary  Organs  and  ductless  glands. 

Ductless  Glands  and  Male  Genitalia  (spleen,  adrenal,  thymus,  thyroid,  testicle,  spermatozoa). 

Male  Genitalia. 

Female  Genitalia  (anterior  view  of  the  ovary,  section  through  the  ovum). 

_  Situs  Viscerum  (median  view  of  the  head  and  female  trunk). 

Charts,  as  above,  each  duty  free . . .  3.60 

complete  set  of  Charts  Nos.  I  to  XXXIII,  inclusive,  duty  free .  118.80 

124 


I. 
II. 
ill. 
IV. 
V. 
VI. 
VII. 
VIII. 
IX. 
X. 
XI. 
XII. 

XIII. 

XIV. 
XV. 

XVI. 

XVII. 

XVIII. 

XIX. 

XX. 

XXI. 

XXII. 

XXIII. 


XXIV. 

XXV. 

XXVI. 

XXVII. 

XXVIII. 

XXIX. 

XXX. 

XXXI. 

XXXII. 

XXXIII. 


ARTHUR 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Bacteries 

Pathos-enas. 


Pathogene  Bakterien. 


TafsJ  HI 

Pathogenic 


EaS-It.-Ufa*.  ,Ju.  ftandUftfat  I  Lwhuh 


No.  24404.  Series  I,  Chart  3  No.  24404.  Series  n.  Chart  3 

24404.  Charts,  Bacteriology,  Lucksch,  a  series  of  18  charts,  with  accompanying  text  in  German,  English  and 
French,  carefully  executed  in  colors.  Series  I  consists  of  6  charts  81  x  110  cm  devoted  to  General 
Bacteriology  and  Series  II  consists  of  12  charts,  80  x  106  cm,  devoted  to  Pathogenic  Bacteria. 
Series  I,  Chart  No.  1.  Forms  of  Bacteria. 

“  “  “  2.  Structure  of  Bacteria  Cells. 

“  “  “  3.  Capsules,  Sheaths  and  Cilia. 

“  “  “  4.  Division  Gonidia. 

“  “  “  5.  Reproduction  by  Spores. 

“  “  6.  Ramification.  Forms  of  Involution.  Plasmoptysis. 

Series  II,  Chart  No.  1.  Bacillus  typhi  abd.  Agglutination  Bacteriolysis.  Phagocytosis. 

“  “  “  2.  Staphylococcus  pyogenes.  Streptococcus  pyogenes.  Micrococcus  ca- 

tarrhalis.  Micrococcus  tetragenes. 

“  “  “  3.  Micrococcus  gonorrheae.  Micrococcus  meningitidis.  Diplococcus  pneu¬ 

moniae.  Micrococcus  melitensis. 

“  “  “  4.  Capsule  cocci.  Bacillus  capsulatus  Friedlander.  Bacillus  anthracis. 

“  “  “  5.  Bacillus  tetani.  Bacillus  Chauveau.  Bacillus  oedematis  maligni. 

Bacillus  botulinus. 

“  “  “  6.  Bacillus  aerogenes  Welch.  Bacillus  pyocvaneus.  Bacillus  typhi  abdom- 

inalis. 

“  “  “  7.  Bacillus  diphteriae.  Bacillus  tuberculosis.  Bacillus  leprae. 

“  “  “  8.  Bacillus  influenzae.  Bacillus  mallei.  Bacillus  pestis.  Bacillus  chol- 

erae  gallinarum. 

“  “  “  9.  Bacillus  suisepticus.  Bacillus  suipestifer.  Bacillus  rhusiopathiaesuum. 

“  “  “  10.  Aktinomyces.  Bacillus  necroseos.  Bacillus  ulceris  mollis. 

“  “  u  11.  Bacillus  fusiformis.  Vibrio  cholerae.  Spirillum  gallinarum. 

“  “  “  12.  Spirillum  febris  recurrentis.  Spirillum  framboesiae  tropicae.  Spiro- 

chaete  pallida. 

Charts,  as  above,  Series  I  (6  charts),  unmounted .  9-00 

“  “  “  “  “  “  “  mounted  on  linen  with  rollers .  13.50 

“  “  “  Series  II  (12  charts),  unmounted .  18.00 

“  “  “  “  “  “  “  mounted  on  linen  with  rollers .  27.00 

24408.  Charts,  Bacteriology,  Roux.  These  charts  are  prepared  in  the  laboratories  of  the  Pasteur  Institute, 
Paris,  and  are  carefully  reproduced  in  colors.  They  are  lithographed  on  heavy  paper  80  x  62 
cm  with  edges  bound  and  with  eyelets  for  hanging  and  are  accompanied  by  explanatory  text  in 
English,  French  and  German. 

1.  Bacteria.  10.  Anthrax— kidney. 

2.  “  11.  Chicken  Cholera — blood. 

3.  Moulds.  12.  Erysipelas— blood  of  pigeon. 

4.  Anthrax — colony  on  gelatine.  13.  “  liver  of  pigeon. 

5.  “  — formation  of  spores.  14.  spleen  of  pig. 

g  ii  _ blood.  15.  Staphylococcus— culture  in  bouillon. 

_ spleen  pulp.  16-  Streptococcus — culture  in  bouillon. 

8.  “  — omentum.  17.  “  kidney, 

q  ii  —liver.  18-  Pneumococcus — culture  in  gelatine. 

Continued  on  next  page. 


! 

| 


125 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


24408. 


Charts,  Bacteriology,  Roux  (continued). 

19.  Pneumococcus — blood. 

20.  “  — capsules,  positive  and  negative. 


21.  Plague — 

22.  “  —culture. 

23.  “  — blood  from  spleen. 

24.  “  —smear  from  buba. 

25.  “  — omentum  of  rabbit. 

26.  “  — liver. 

27.  Bacillus  Typhosus — flagella. 

28.  “  “  — spleen. 

29.  Cholera — vibrions.  Flagella. 

30.  Recurrent  Fever — blood. 

31.  Gonococcus — pus. 

32.  Tuberculosis — reaction  in  omentum. 

33.  “  — aviare,  spleen  of  rabbit,  giant  cells. 

34.  Tuberculosis — initial  intravasculary  phagocytosis. 

35.  “  — intravasculary  tubercle,  12th  day. 

36.  “  — perivasculary  tubercle  (kidney)  25th  day. 

37.  “  — ramified  bacilli.  Yellow  degeneration. 

38.  “  — encysted  bacilli.  Spleen  of  rodent. 

39.  “  —sputum. 

40.  Leprosy — section  of  skin. 

41.  Glanders — pus  and  section  of  lung. 

42.  Actinomycosis — phagocytic  reaction. 


Charts,  complete  set  as  above,  duty  free. 


43.  Diphtheria— culture  on  coagulated  serum. 

44.  “  — smear  from  fossiel  membrane. 

45.  “  — section  of  trachea. 

46.  Septic  Vibrion — flagella. 

47.  “  “  — peritoneal  exsudate. 

48.  Symptomatic  Anthrax — peritoneal  exsudate. 

49.  Tetanus — bacillus  with  flagella. 

50.  “  — culture  with  spores. 

51.  “  — spores  in  phagocytes. 

52.  Cancer — development  of  archoplasm. 

53.  “  — spermatogenesis  of  guinea  pig. 

54.  “  — pseudo-coeeidia. 

55.  Small  pox — cornea  of  rabbit. 

56.  “  “  — pustule  in  skin  of  monkey. 

57.  Coccidia  in  rabbit — life  cycle  (schematic.) 

58.  “  “  “  — adenoma  of  liver. 

59.  Malaria — haematozoan  in  fresh  blood. 

60.  “  —  “  “  blood  after  staining. 

61.  “  — development  of  Haemamoeba  relicta  in  mos¬ 

quito. 

62.  “  — Anopheles  and  Culex. 

63.  Trypanosoma  in  rat — division. 

64.  “  “  “ — agglutination. 

65.  “  “  tse-tse  fly — division. 

.  75.00 


No.  244 12 — Kny  Botanical  Chart 


f- ;  t 

i  I’;  \i 

W  '  3  "  F  "  "t 

IHv 

No.  24416 


24412.  Charts,  Botanical,  Kny,  on  heavy  chart  paper,  printed  in  colors,  69  x  85  cm,  with  explanatory  text. 

The  old  series  consists  of  100  charts  in  sections  of  10  charts  each  (excepting  sections  VI  and 
VII),  each  section  being  furnished  in  a  portfolio  and  sold  only  by  the  section.  For  the  new 
series  see  No.  24416. 

Section  I,  Charts  I  to  X,  in  portfolio,  duty  free . .  7.20 

I.  Structure  of  the  living  plant  cell  and  arrangement  of  its  most  important  elements;  the  two  chief  kinds  of 
protoplasmic  movement  inside  a  closed  membrane,  rotation  and  circulation  and  transition  between  the  two. 

II.  Structure  and  development  of  the  starch  grain. 

III.  The  chief  forms  of  Calcium  Oxalate  crystals. 

IV.  Chief  stages  in  the  conjugation  of  a  large  species  of  Spirogyra. 

V.  Milk  cells  of  Euphorbia  splendens  and  Lactuca  sativa  L. 

vi-vn.  A  few  of  the  most  important  forms  of  one-celled  hairs. 

VIII.  Longitudinal  section  through  a  dicotyledonous  vascular  bundle. 

IX.  Vascular  bundle  from  the  interior  of  the  stem  of  Saccharum  officinarum  L. 

X.  Development  of  the  embryo  of  Brassica  Napus  L. 

Section  II,  Charts  XI  to  XX,  in  portfolio,  duty  free .  7.20 

XI.  Structure  and  development  of  the  epidermis  of  Ficus  elastica. 

XU.  Portion  of  a  transverse  section  of  a  leaf  of  Pinus  Laricio. 

XIII.  Stoma  of  Thymus  Serpyllum,  surface  and  transverse  section. 

XIV.  Transverse  section  through  the  vascular  bundle  of  the  petiole  of  Polypodium  vulgare. 

XV.  Part  of  a  transverse  section  of  a  three  year  old  twig  of  Tilia  parvifolia. 

XVI.  Transverse  section  through  vascular  bundle  from  the  stem  of  Cucurbita  Pepo. 

XVII.  Medium  longitudinal  section  of  the  rapidly  growing  root-tip  of  Secale  cereale. 

XVIII.  Transverse  section  of  a  well  developed  radicle  of  Secale  cereale. 

XIX.  Development  of  the  ovule  of  Oenothera  biennis. 

XX.  Ovule  of  Viola  tricolor  immediately  after  fertilization,  drawn  in  median  longitudinal  section. 


126 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Charts,  Botanical,  Kny  (continued). 

Section  III,  Charts  XXI  to  XXX,  in  portfolio,  duty  free . . .  9.00 

XXI.  Development  of  Peronospora  ealotheca  de  Bary. 

XX1I  XXIU.  Development  of  Mucor  Mueedo  L. 

XXIV-XXV.  Development  of  Pucclnia  gram  in  is  (Pers). 

XXVI.  Reproduction  in  the  Florldeae, — Nemalion  multidum  (Web.  and  Mohr.). 

XXVH-  “  “  “  “  — Lejolisia  mediterranea  (Bornet). 

XXVIII.  “  “  “  “  — Dudresnaya  coccinea  (Poir). 

XXIX.  Development  of  the  tip  of  the  stem  of  Hippuris  vulgaris  L. 

XXX.  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  Elodea  canadensis  (L.  G.  Rich  and  Michaux). 

Section  IV,  Charts  XXXI  to  XL,  in  portfolio,  duty  free .  9.00 


XXXI. 

xxxn-xxxm. 

xxxivxxxv. 

xxxvi. 

xxxvn-xxxvm. 

xxxix. 

XL. 


Development  of  Rivularia  bullata  (Poir). 

“  “  Eurotium. 

“  Penicillium  crustaceum  L.  (Fries). 

“  the  Fucaceae — Apial  growth  of  Pelvetia  canalicuta. 

“  — Fertilization  in  Fucus  vesiculosus  L. 

Heterogonous  dimorphism  in  the  flowers  of  Primula  elatlor  (Jacq.). 

trimorphism  in  the  flowers  of  Lythrum  salicaria  L. 


Section  V,  Charts  XLI  to  L,  in  portfolio,  duty  free .  9.00 

XLI-XLIV.  Development  of  Claviceps  purpurea  (Fries). 

XLV-XLVTII.  “  “  Botrydium  granulatum  L. 

XLIX.  Transverse  section  through  a  vascular  bundle  showing  soft  bast  divided  into  two  portions  from 
the  middle  part  of  the  petiole  of  Chamaerops  humilis  L. 

L.  Reduced  vascular  bundle  from  the  stem  of  Elodea  canadensis  (Rich.  <fc  Michx.)in  transverse 
section. 


Section  VI,  Charts  LI  to  LXV,  in  portfolio,  duty  free 


15.00 


LI-LIII. 

LIV. 

LV. 

LVI. 


LVII. 


Lvm. 

LIX. 

LX. 

LXI-LXII. 

LXm-LXV. 


Anatomy  of  tne  wood  of  Pinus  sylvestris  L. 

Transverse  section  through  the  central  cylinder  of  the  root  of  Asparagus  officinalis  L. 

“  “  “  “  “  “  “  Musa  sapientum  L. 

“  “  “  “  “  “  “  the  root  of  Vicia  Faba  L  in  the  beginning  of 


secondary  growth. 

Transverse  section  through  the  central  cylinder  of  the  root  of  Vicia  Faba  L  showing  advanced 
secondary  growth. 

Development  of  the  periderm  in  young  shoots  of  Sorbus  Aucuparia  L. 

“  “  “  bark  In  one  year  twigs  of  Vitls  vinifer  L. 

“  “  “  “  “  young  stems  of  Quercus  sessiliflora  Sm. 

“  “  “  lenticels  in  twigs  of  Syringia  vulgaris  L. 

“  “  “  Sphaeroplea  annulina  Ac.  var.  carassisepta  Heinr. 


Section  VII,  Charts  LXVI  to  LXXX,  in  portfolio,  duty  free .  15.00 

LXVI-LXVII.  Development  of  the  embryo  of  Alisma  Plantago  L. 

LXVm-LXXm.  Structure  and  development  of  the  Lichens. 

LXXIV-LXXVT.  Structure  of  the  wood  of  Quercus  sessiliflora  Sm. 

LXXVn.  Apical  growth  and  branching  of  Delesseria  alata  Huds. 

LXXVin.  Cell  division  in  the  young  stamen-hairs  of  Tradescantia  virginiea  L. 

LXXIX.  Secondary  growth  in  thickness  of  the  stem  of  Dracaena  Draco  L. 

LXXX.  Concentric  vascular  bundle  from  the  zone  of  secondary  thickening  in  the  stem  of  Dracaena 
Draco  L. 


24412. 

24416. 


24416. 

24418. 


Section  VIII,  Charts  LXXXI  to  XC,  in  portfolio,  duty  free . 

LXXXI-LXXXIH.  Developmental  processes  In  the  embryo-sac  of  Monotropa  Hypopitys  L. 
LXXXIV-XC.  Structure  and  development  of  Marchantia  polymorpha  L. 


12.00 


Section  IX,  Charts  XCI  to  C,  in  portfolio,  duty  free . 

XCI.  Structure  and  development  of  the  grands  of  lupine. 

XCII.  Pollination  of  the  flower  of  Aristolochia  Clematitis  L. 

XCm-C.  Development  of  Aspidium  Filix-mas  Sw. 

Complete  set  of  100  Charts,  as  above  listed,  consisting  of  9  sections,  duty  free 


12.60 


96.00 


Charts,  Botanical,  Kny,  New  Series.  These  charts  are  larger  than  the  old  series,  i.e.  106  x  150  cm  and, 
while  published  in  sections  of  varying  numbers,  are  also  sold  separately,  bee  illustration, 
page  126. 


Section  X,  Charts  Nos.  101  to  105. 

101.  Drosera  rotundifolia. 

102.  Mimosa  pudica. 

103.  Spirogyra  setiformis 

104.  Cuscuta  Trifolii. 

105.  Berberis  vulgaris. 

Section  XI,  Charts  Nos.  106  to  110. 

106  and  107.  Dionaea  muscipula  L. 

108.  Centaurea  Jacea  L. 

109  and  110.  Mucor  Syzygites  de  Bary. 

Section  XII,  Charts  Nos.  Ill  to  115.  ,  , 

111  and  112.  The  honey  substitute  of  Orchard 
Flowers,  Maxillaria  rufescens.  Stan- 
hopea  graveolena  and  Stanhopea 
oculata. 


Section  XII  (continued). 

113  and  114.  Internal  structure  of  the  Sun-  and 
Shade  leaves  of  the  Red  Beech 
(Fagus silvatica  L.). 

115.  The  Plasmodium  of  Fuligo  varians 
(Aethalium  septieum). 

Section  Xin,  Charts  116  to  120. 

116  and  117.  Ectotrophic  and  Endotrophle  Mycor- 
hiza. 

118.  Surface  Modelling  of  Spores. 

119  and  120.  Apical  Growth  of  Roots  of  Phanero¬ 
gams. 


Charts,  Kny,  New  Series,  as  above,  unmounted,  per  section,  duty  free . 

«  «  a  a  a  “  “  each,  duty  free  . . 

Charts,  Kny,  New  Series,  mounted  on  linen  with  rollers,  P^^dirtTfree^  free' 


10.50 

2.40 

15.00 

3.30 


127 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  24420 — Frank  and  Tschirch,  Botanical 


24420. 


Charts,  Plant  Physiology,  Frank  and  Tschirch,  printed  in  colors  upon  heavy  chart  paper,  69  x  85  cm, 
each  with  explanatory  text.  These  charts  are  furnished  in  six  sections  of  10  charts  each,  each 
section  being  furnished  in  a  portfolio.  They  are  sold  only  by  the  section. 


Section  I,  Charts  I  to  X,  in  portfolio,  duty  free .  9.00 

I.  Zones  of  growth  in  dicotyledonous  plants. 

II.  Root  hairs. 

III.  Mechanical  tissue  in  monocotyledons. 

IV.  Germination  of  corn. 

V.  Potato  tubers. 

VI.  Origin,  growth  and  separation  of  starch  grains. 

VII.  Structure  of  the  leaf  of  Beta  vulgatis  (common  beet). 

VIII.  Appearance  and  division  of  the  stomata. 

IX.  Forms  of  stomata. 

X.  Mycorhiza  of  trees. 


Section  II,  Charts 
XI. 
XII. 

xm. 

XIV. 

xv. 

XVI. 

XVII. 

xvin. 

XIX. 

xx. 


XI  to  XX,  in  portfolio,  duty  free . 

The  cell. 

Multiplication  of  cells  by  division. 

The  growing  point  and  growth  of  the  stem. 

Cholorophyll  grains. 

Spectra  of  chlorophyll,  xanthophyll  and  of  living  leaves. 

“  “  alcoholic  solutions  of  green  and  of  etiolated  leaves. 

Young  stems  of  Helianthus  annus  (Sunflower),  first  appearance  of  the  ducts. 

“  “  “  “  “  enlarged. 

Older  stem  of  Helianthus  annus  in  transverse  section. 

“  “  “  Helianthus  annus,  enlarged. 


9.00 


Section  III,  Charts  XXI  to  XXX,  in  portfolio,  duty  free .  9.00 

XXI.  Germination  of  the  pea. 

XXII.  Stem  of  Lmum  usitatissimum  (flax)  In  cross  section,  rigidity  by  means  of  wood  and  bast  ling. 
XXIII.  Growth  of  a  stalk  of  rye. 

XXIV.  Fibro-vascular  bundle  and  starch  sheath  of  corn. 

XXV.  Stoma  of  beet  leaf,  1. 

XXVI.  “  “  “  “  2. 

XXVII.  OrigiD  and  appearance  of  root  hairs. 

XXVIII  XXIX.  Division  of  the  nucleus. 

XXX.  Chromoplasts. 


Section  IV,  Charts  XXXI  to  XL,  in  portfolio,  duty  free . 

XXXI.  Germination  of  flax. 

XXXII.  Root-tubercles  of  the  lupine. 

XXXm.  “  “  “  “  pea. 

XXXIV.  Bacteria  and  symbiotic  fungi  of  the  Leguminosae. 
XXXV.  The  entrance  of  the  svmbiotic  fungus  Into  the  lupine. 

XXXVI.  “  “  “  “  “  . .  pea. 

XXX vn.  Root  tubercles  of  Phaseolus  nanus. 

XXX VIII.  Daily  period  of  growth. 

XXXIX.  Ring  ducts. 

XL.  Spiral  ducts. 


9.00 


Section  V,  Charts 

XU-XLIV. 

XLV. 

XLV1. 
XL  VII. 
XLVin. 
XLIX. 
L. 


XLI  to  L,  in  portfolio,  duty  free .  9.00 

Forms  of  starch  grains 

Transition  from  the  primary  structure  of  the  root  to  the  secondary  and  throwing  off  of  the  primary 
rind. 

Periderm  (cork  and  cork  formation). 

Cork  of  the  tubers  of  Solanum  tuberosum  (Potato). 

Callus  of  wounds  and  leaf  scars. 

Root  systems  of  the  Dicotyledons  (lupine,  mustard). 

“  “  “  “  Monocotyledons  (rye). 


128 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Charts,  Plant  Physiology,  Frank  and  Tschirch  (continued) 

Section  VI,  Charts  LI  to  LX,  in  portfolio,  duty  free .  9.00 

U.  Cambium  ring  and  growth  in  thickness  of  the  wood  of  trees,  1 . 

HJ  M  u  it  U  it  U  («  U  «  » l  U  2 

LIU.  Epidermal  cells. 

LIV.  Cuticle  and  cuticular  seed  tissues. 

LV.  Relation  of  nitrogen  to  the  cycle  of  plants. 

LVI.  Aleurone  grains. 

LVn.  Schizogenous  secreting  ducts. 

LVIII.  Oil  tubes  of  the  fruits  of  the  Umbelliferae. 

LIX.  Secreting  glands  of  the  Labiatae  and  Compositate. 

LX.  “  “  in  hemp,  hop  and  cistus. 

24420.  Complete  set  of  60  Charts,  Frank  and  Tschirch,  duty  free .  54.00 


24421. 


24422. 


24423. 


24424. 


Charts,  Plant  Physiology,  Errera  and  Laurent,  consisting  of  a  set  of  15  charts  printed  in  colors,  70  x  85 
cm,  with  explanatory  text  in  French,  German  and  English.  These  charts  cover  all  of  the  more 
important  phenomena  in  Plant  Physiology  such  as  root  nutrition,  leaf  respiration  and  trans¬ 
piration,  fermentation,  animal  nutrition,  growth,  geotropism,  heliotropism,  climbing  and  creep¬ 
ing,  etc.  Per  set,  duty  free .  1.5.00 


Charts,  Plant  Pathology,  Tubeuf,  colored  reproductions,  mounted  on  linen  with  rollers,  and  each  chart 
accompanied  by  explanatory  text. 

Series  I,  consisting  of  Charts  Nos.  lto6,  inclusive,  each  80  x  100  cm,  per  set  of  six,  duty  free  12.40 

1.  The  Mistletoe  (European)  (Viscum  album  L.). 

2.  The  Fusicladia  of  Fruit  Trees.  (Scab  Diseases  ) 

3.  The  Toothwort  (Lathraea  Squamaria). 

4.  Erisiphaceae  (Mildew  fungi). 

5.  The  Rusts  of  Grain.  I. 

6  «  “  “  «  n. 

Series  II,  consisting  of  Charts  Nos.  7  and  8,  each  80  x  120  cm,  per  set  of  two  duty  free -  5.10 

7.  Smut  Diseases  of  Grain  I  (Stinking  Smut  of  Wheat) . 

8.  “  “  “  “  II  (Loose  Smut  on  Barley,  Wheat  and  Oats). 


Charts,  Tabulae  Botanicae,  Blakeslee,  Guiliermond,  Bauer  and  Jahn.  These  charts  are  of  large  size, 
i.e.  150  x  100  cm,  and  each  chart  is  prepared  by  a  specialist  on  the  botanical  order  represented. 
The  drawing  and  coloring  is  done  by  Ehrlich,  of  Berlin,  under  the  direction  and  with  the  assist¬ 
ance  of  the  authors  mentioned  above. 


Series 

ii 

it 

t< 


I,  Chart  1. 


it 

it 

a 


a  a  it  5 


Myxobacteriaceae,  development  of  Polyangium  fuscum. 

“  kernels  of  Myxococcus,  spores  of  Myxococcus. 

Acrasieae,  development  of  Dictyostelium  mucoroides. 

Myxomycetes:  Sporangia  of  Dictydium  umbilicatum  (A,  B),  Trichia  fallax 
(C,  D),  Leocarpus  fragilis  (F),  Plasmodium  of  Leocarpus  (E). 

Splitting  of  Rhoeo  discolor. 


Series  II,  Chart  6.  Mucorineae.  Mucor. 

“  “  “  7.  Mucor.  Rhizopus. 

“  “  “  8.  Ustilagineae  I:  Ustilago  Tragopogonis. 

“  “  “  9.  Volvocaceae.  Endorina  elegans. 

“  “  “  10.  Phaeophyceae.  Ectocarpus  I. 

it  it  a  <<  t(  II. 

“  “  “  12.  Rhodophyceae.  Nemalion. 

Complete  set  of  12  charts,  as  above,  unmounted,  duty  free  ... 

«  “  “  “  “  “  “  mounted  on  linen  with  rollers,  duty  lree. 


55.20 

67.80 


When  the  above  Charts  are  ordered  singly,  prices  are  as  follows:— 

Charts  1,  2  and  4,  unmounted,  each  duty  free . 

“  “  “  “  “  mounted  on  linen  with  rollers,  each  duty  free 

Charts  3,  5,  6  and  7,  unmounted,  each  duty  free  •••••••• 

“  “  “  “  “  “  mounted  on  linen  with  rollers,  each  duty  lree 

“  8,  9,  10,  11  and  12,  unmounted,  each  duty  free  • 

«  «  “  “  “  “  “  mounted  on  linen  with  rollers,  each  duty  lree 


8.10 

9.15 

6.45 

7.50 

4.80 

5.85 


Charts,  Chemical  Technology,  each  chart  is  arranged  after  drawing  by  an  authority  on  the  subject 
illustrated.  Charts  are  170  x  125  cm  and  illustrate  twelve  of  the  most  important  manufacturing 
processes  in  the  chemical  industry. 

1.  Bessemer  Steel  Manufacturing,  by  Prof.  A.  V  Kerpely. 

Glover  Tower  Manufacturing  of  Sulphuric  Acid,  by  H.  hchanner. 

Ammonia  Ice  Machine,  by  F.  Carre. 

Beer  Brewing,  by  Gustav  Noback.  _ 

Condensation  of  Hydrochloric  Acid,  by  H.  ochanner. 

Sugar  Refining.  „  u  + 

Diffusion  Apparatus,  by  Julius  Robert. 

Martin  Steel  Manufacturing,  by  Siemens. 

Iron  Furnace  for  Cokes.  Producing  from  50  to  60  tons  a  day. 

Puddling  Furnace,  by  Dr.  Jos.  Schnuedhamer. 

Sulphur  Distillation,  by  Dr.  Pasqualmi. 

Tile-Making;  Hofmann’s  Ring-Oven. 


II. 

III. 

IV. 
V. 

VI. 

VII. 

VIII. 

IX. 

X. 

XI. 

XII. 


XII.  TUe-iViaKing;  noimami  B 

Charts,  as  above,  mounted  on  linen  with  rollers,  each  duty  f  . . 


129 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


24428. 


24432. 

24436. 

24440. 

24444. 


No.  24428 

Charts,  Chemical  Technology,  von  Schroder,  size  106  x  78  cm.  showing  the  more  important  manufacturing 
processes  based  upon  chemistry.  Mounted  on  linen  with  rollers. 

Series  I.  Series  V. 

Chart  1.  Production  of  sulphur.  Chart  21.  Gas  generator. 

“  2.  Refining  crude  sulphur.  “  22.  Glass-potfurnace. 

“  3.  Preparation  of  nitric  acid.  “  23.  Glass-troughfurnace. 

“  4.  Preparation  of  sulphurous  acid  by  “  24.  Glass-stretching  furnace  (for  mak- 

combustion  of  pyrites  for  use  in  ing  plate  glass), 

the  manufacture  of  sulphuric  “  25.  Hoffman’s  ring  furnace, 

acid.  Series  VI. 

„  r  J  A.  Furnace  for  lump  pyrites.  Chart  26.  Lime  kiln. 

\  B.  Furnace  for  fine  pyrites.  “  27.  Manufacture  of  porcelain. 

Series  II  “  23-  Manufacture  of  sodium. 

Chart  6.  Sulphuric  acid  factory,  ground  plan.  “  29 '  Manufacture  of  aluminum. 

“  7‘  Sulphuric  acid  factory,  vertical  sec-  ch„t  31.  Charring  of  wood. 

“  8'  D£i'!,£,S0fmariUfaC'  “  si  FurnaccToTroasting  iron  ores. 

»  9.  Concentration))  acid!*  “  %  , 

“  10.  Preparation  of  fuming  sulphuric  35‘  Bias tjupcr  heater  (Wmderhitzer) . 

ac^'  Chart  36.  Fresh  fire  (Frischfeuer).  . 

Series  ITT  “  37-  Puddling  furnace. 

Chart  11.  Salt  Garden.  ’  “  38 '  ?/®f.^e/]rpnenar- 

“  12.  Graduation  house.  „ 

“  13.  Salt  boiling.  40-  Rollm|  “'Ji' .. 

“  14.  Soda  manufacture.  .  41  tmj 

“  15.  Condensation  of  muriatic  acid.  «  42‘  gilver  furnace. 

Series  TV  “  43-  Copper  furnace. 

Chart  16  1  "  “  44‘  Zi nc  furnace. 

“  17.  i  Manufacture  of  illuminating  gas.  Mercury  furnace. 

“  18.  J  Series  X. 

“  19.  Manufacture  of  phosphorus.  Chart  46,  47.  Semet-Solvay  coke  ovens. 

“  20.  System  of  generative  heating,  Sie-  “  48.  Pure  Aluminum,  Calcium  Car¬ 
mens’.  bide. 

“  49.  Carbon  Bisu  phide  I. 

“  50.  “  “  II. 

Charts,  as  above,  in  lots  of  not  less  than  five,  each  duty  free .  1.35 

“  “  “  “  “  “  any  series  of  five,  duty  free .  6.00 

Chart,  the  Elements  and  their  Atomic  Weights,  as  adopted  by  the  International  Committee,  62  x  62 

inches,  mounted  on  linen . . .  4.00 

Chart,  as  above,  mounted  on  linen  with  wooden  rollers .  5.00 

Chart,  Periodic  Arrangement  of  the  Elements,  Mendelejeff,  latest  arrangement  by  Baskerville, 

mounted  on  linen .  2.00 

Chart,  as  above,  mounted  on  linen  with  wooden  rollers .  2.50 


130 


ARTHUR _ H .  THOMAS  COMPANY 


F 


Glossina  pnlpulis  Koliin.Dcsv.  ^  Tatfei 


OhniU  Hartmann 

JV*i:t.«»»  n  iiiwl  ib".  flVrMKcr 


Glossina  morsilans  Weslw.  d 


Plasmodium  vivax  'Grassi  d  Pci.) 

y  ’4"  ♦;< 


Tnfol  IV. 


♦f  r  "s 


•  f  • 


■  in* 


10a 


rvS: 


a$4r~'' 

/W/ 


>!  ■■&+ 


24448. 


24448. 


No.  24448.  Series  2,  Chart  I 


No.  24448.  Series  1,  Chart  IV 


Charts,  Parasitic  Protozoa  and  their  Carriers,  Donitz  and  Hartmann.  This  publication  is  to  eventually 
include  18  to  20  charts,  of  which  10  to  14  charts  will  be  devoted  to  Protozoa,  Series  I,  and  6  to  8 
charts  to  their  carriers,  Series  II.  At  the  present  time  9  charts  of  Series  I,  as  per  list  below,  have 
been  issued  and  2  charts  only  of  Series  II,  the  wprk  having  been  interrupted  because  of  Dr.  Hart¬ 
mann’s  absence  in  South  America.  Series  I  charts  are  120  x  160  cm  and  Series  II  charts  are 
90  x  120  cm.  They  are  carefully  executed  in  colors. 

Series  I,  Chart  I.  Chlamydophrys  encihelys  (Ehrbrg.). 

“  “  II.  Trichomastix  lacertae  (Butschli). 

“  “  III.  Leucozytozoon  Ziemanni  (Lav.). 

“  “  IY.  Plasmodium  vivax  (Grassi  et  Fel.). 

“  “  V.  Lamblia  muris.  Lamblia  intestinalis.  Trichomonas  intestinalis.  Nyc- 

totherus  faba.  Balantidium  minutum.  Balantidium  coli. 

“  “  VI.  Haemoproteus  columbae. 

“  “  VII.  Trypanosoma  lewisi. 

“  “  VIII.  Entamoeba  tetragena  (Viereck).  Entamoeba  hystolytiva  (Schand). 

“  “  IX.  Leishmania  donovani  (Lav.  u.  Mesn.) 

Series  II,  Chart  I.  Glossina  palpalis  (Robin  Desv.)  ?.  Glossina  morsitans  (Westw.)  rf1. 

“  “  II.  “  morsitans  Details.  Glossina  fusca  (Welk). 


Charts,  as  above,  unmounted,  each  duty  free .  3.00 

“  “  mounted  on  linen  with  rollers,  each  duty  free .  3.75 


24452. 


24452. 


Charts,  Haematology  and  Cytology,  Landouzy  and  Labbe.  These  charts  are  prepared  under  the 
direction  of  the  Pasteur  Institute,  Paris,  and  are  finely  executed  in  colored  lithographs  on  heavy 
paper  with  stout  binding  and  eyelets  for  hanging.  Size  80  x  62  cm. 


Normal  Blood 

I.  Leucocytes. 

II. 

III. 

IV.  Spectrum. 

Pathological  Blood 

I.  Variole. 

II.  Lymphatic  Leucemia. 

III.  Myelogenic  Leucemia. 

IV.  “  “ 

V.  Disturbances  of  Hematies. 


Serum 

I.  Blood  Serum. 

Blood  in  Disease 

I.  Primary  Tuberculosis  of  the  Pleura. 

II.  Secondary  Tuberculosis  of  the  Pleura. 

III.  Hydrothorax. 

IV.  Pleurisy  due  to  Pneumococcus. 

V.  Sarcomatous  Pleurisy. 


Charts,  as  above,  complete  set,  duty  free 


20.00 


131 


ARTHUR 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  24456 


No.  24456 


24456. 


24456. 


Charts,  Paleontology,  Zittel  and  Haushofer,  consisting  of  83  charts,  100  x  140  cm,  mounted  on  linen 
with  rollers,  illustrating  fossil  animals  and  including  8  ideal  landscapes  after  Haushofer.  The 
ideal  landscapes  consist  of  Charts  Nos.  6,  7,  8,  9,  26  and  40,  as  follows:— 

Chart  6.  Carbonic  Era: — Calami  tea,  Ferfls,  Pecopteris,  Neuropteris  and  other  plants  of  this  period. 

“  7.  Obligocene  Period: — Palms,  Flabelaria,  Phoenicites,  Anthracoterillum,  etc. 

“  8.  Carbonic  Era: — Ligillania,  Lepido  den. 

“  9.  Jurassic  Era: — Sponges,  Corals,  Lepidotus,  Ammonites,  Cycad  and  Pterodactyl. 

“  26.  Glacial  Period: — Alps  showing  glaciation,  moraines,  reindeer,  temming  and  mammoth. 

“  40.  Cretaceous  Era: — Cypress,  Arancaria,  Seguoia,  Credneria,  Iguanodon. 


The  contents  of  the  entire  series  is  given  below, 


Chart 

Amblypoda .  56. 

Amphibia .  42,  43. 

Anthozoa  .  3,  4,  75. 

Anthropoda .  30,  31,  82,  83. 

Artiodactyla .  67,  68,  69,  70. 

Aves .  53. 

Blastoidea .  12. 

Brachiopoda .  5,  17,  77. 

Bryozoa .  16. 

Carnivora .  71,  72. 

Castle  Geyser .  41. 

Cephalopoda .  19,  21,  22,  23,  24,  25, 

27,  28,  78,  79,  80,  81. 

Cheilostomata  .  16. 

Coelenterata .  2,  3,  4,  75,  76. 

Condylarthra .  55. 

Crinoidea . 10,  11. 

Crocodilia . 49. 

Crustacea .  30,  31,  82,  83. 

Cyclostomata .  16. 

Cystoidea .  12. 

Dibranchiata .  28. 

Dinosauria .  39,  50,  51,  59,  60. 

Echinodermata .  10,  11.  12,  13,  14,  15. 

Echinoidea .  13. 

Edentata .  61,  62,  63. 

Euechinoidea .  13,  14,  15. 

Formaminifera .  1,  74. 

Ganoidei .  37,  38. 

Gastropoda .  29. 

Graptoloidea .  76. 

Hydrozoa .  76. 

Ichthyosaura .  45. 

Ideal  Landscapes .  6.  7,  8,  9,  26,  40. 


with  the  chart  numbers: — 


Chart 


Knidaria .  75. 

LamelliDranchiata .  18,  32,  33. 

Litopterna .  66. 

Mammalia .  54,  55,  56,  57,  58,  61,  62,  63, 

64,  65,  66,  67,  68,  69,  70,  71,  72. 

Mammoth  Hot  Springs,  Yellowstone  Park .  20. 

Marsupialia .  54. 

Mollusca .  18,  19,  21,  22,  23,  24,  25,  27, 

28,  29,  32,  33,  78,  79,  80,  81. 

Molluscoidea . 5,  16,  17,  77. 

Palechinoidea .  13. 

Perissodactyla .  58,  64,  65,  66. 

Phytenomorpha .  48. 

Pisces .  34,  35,  36,37,38. 

Proboscidia .  57,  64. 

Protozoa.. . 1,74. 

Pterosauria .  52. 

Radiolaria .  74. 

Reptilia .  39,  44.  45,  46,  47,  48,  49, 

50,  51,  52,  59,  60,  73. 


Rhizopoda . 1. 

Rhynchocephalia .  49. 

Rudistae .  33. 

Sauropterygia .  45. 

Scaphopoda .  29. 

Schalenbau . 78. 

Selachii .  34. 

Spongien .  2. 

Stegocephali .  42,  43. 

Testudinata .  47. 

Tetrabranchiata _  19,  21,  22,  23,  24,  25,  27,  79,  80,  81. 

Theromorpha . .  46,  73. 

Toxodontia . 55. 

Trilobitae .  30,  82,  83. 

Vertebrata .  34  to  39,  42  to  73. 


Charts,  as  above,  Nos.  1  to  83,  with  the  exceptions  noted  below,  each  duty  free .  1.65 

“  Nos.  6,  7,  8,  9,  26,  40  and  74  to  83,  each  duty  free .  1.80 

“  Nos.  20  and  41,  each  duty  free .  2.10 

“  Complete  set,  Nos.  1  to  83,  duty  free .  138.30 


132 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  24460 


24460. 


24464. 


24468. 


24472. 


Charts,  Crystallography,  Schwarzmann,  consisting  of  9  charts  with  113  illustrations  in  all;  size  of  each 
chart  70  x  96  cm. 

Chart  1.  Regular  system.  Chart  6.  Oxides,  halogens,  aluminates  and 

“  2.  Irregular  systems.  borates. 

“  3.  Hemihedron  system.  “  7.  Carbonates. 

“  4.  Elements  and  sulphides.  “  8.  Sulphates,  molybdates,  wolfra- 

“  5.  Oxides.  mates  &  phosphates. 

“  9.  Silicate. 

Complete  set,  as  above,  duty  free .  7.20 

Charts,  Paleontology,  Zittel,  Pompeckj  and  Salfeld,  consisting  of  10  charts,  each  105  x  130  cm,  illus¬ 
trating  fossil  plants. 


Chart  1. 

2. 


3. 

4. 

5. 


Thallophyta— Algae . 
Gymnospermae — Cycadeles. 
“  Ginkgoales. 

“  Coniferales. 

Filices — Pecopteridae. 


8. 

9. 

10. 


Chart  6.  Filices — Sphenopteridae. 

“  7.  “  Cryptogamae — Neurop- 

teridae. 

Filices — Cryptogamae — Dictyop- 
teridae. 

“  Palaeopteridae. 
Cryptogamae — Sphenophyllae — 
Hydropteridae. 

Charts,  complete  set  of  10,  as  above,  mounted  on  linen  with  rollers,  duty  free. ........ . .  18.00 

Charts,  Paleontology,  Fraas.  This  series  shows  the  development  of  the  earth  with  its  inhabitants, 
striagraphic  formation,  type  fossils  and  landscape  reconstruction.  Each  chart  is  95  x  125  cm, 
with  explanatory  text. 

Chart  1.  Old  paleozoic.  Chart  5.  Cretaceous  formation. 

“  2.  Later  “  “  6.  Tertiary  “ 

“  3.  Triassic  formation.  “  7.  Diluvian  “ 

“  4.  Jurassic  “ 

Complete  set*  as  above,  unmounted,  duty  free .  10.00 

“  “  “  “  mounted  on  linen  with  rollers,  duty  free. . . .  15.15 

Charts,  Petrography,  Sauer,  consisting  of  12  charts  showing  the  microscopic  structure  of  the  most  im¬ 
portant  rock  types,  size  75  x  100  cm,  with  explanatory  text. 

Chart  1.  Granite,  from  Lausitz.  Chart  8. 

“  2.  Gabbro  from  Volpersdorf. 

“  3.  Obsidian  from  Mexico. 

“  4.  Pitchstone  from  Arran. 

“  5.  Vitrophyre  from  Lugano. 

“  6.  Pitchstone  from  Meissen. 

“  7.  Leucite  porphyry.  Lake  Laach. 


9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 


Feldspar  basalt,  from  Mt.  Aetna. 
Basalt  tuff,  from  Swabian  Alp. 
Bunter  sandstone  from  Schwarz- 
wald. 

Gneiss  from  Erzgebirge. 

Marble  from  Carrara. 


;e  porphyry,  Lake  Laach. 

Complete  set,  as  above,  unmounted,  duty  free . . .  6.00 

“  “  “  “  mounted  on  linen,  with  rollers,  duty  free .  11.40 


133 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


C  O  M  P  A  NY 


H  . 


No.  24476  No.  24476 


24476.  Charts,  Zoological,  Pfurtscheller,  Chromolithographic  reproductions,  130  x  140  cm,  with  explanatory 
text  in  English,  French  or  German.  Twenty-five  charts  of  the  series  are  now  finished  by  Prof. 
Pfurtscheller.  He  is  continuing  the  work  and  there  are  now  in  preparation  charts  covering  Pro¬ 
tozoa,  Coelenterata,  Echinoderma,  Worms,  Crustacea,  Myriopoda,  Arachnoidea  and  Insects. 
The  contents  of  the  present  series  is  as  follows: — 


1.  Anthozoa  (Astroides  calycularis). 

2.  Lamellibranchiata  (Uni). 

3.  Gastropoda  (Helix  pomatia). 

4.  Selachii  (Plagiostomi,  Mustelus). 

5.  Echinodermata  (sea-urchin). 

f>.  Hydrozoa  Hydrmedusae  (Hydra). 

7.  Cephalopoda  (Sepia). 

8.  Mollusca  (formation  of  the  mantle). 

9.  Cestodes  (Taenia  solium). 

10.  Anthozoa  (Octactinia). 

11.  Asteroidea  (Astropecten  aurantiacus). 

12.  Spongiae  I.  (Sycon,  Aplysina). 

13.  Hymenoptera  (Apis  mellificia  I.) 
Charts,  as  above,  Nos, 

“  “  “  Nos 


14.  Spongiae  II.  (Euspongia  officinalis). 

15.  Thoracostraca  (Astacus  fluviatilis  I). 

16.  Hirudinei  (Hirudo  medicinalis) . 

17.  Infusoria  (Ciliata). 

18.  Ophidia  I.  (Tropidonotus  natrix). 

19.  Aves  I  Situs  viscerum  (Columba  domes- 

tica). 

20.  Chelonia  (Emys). 

21.  Myriopoda  (Lithobius). 

22.  Toleosti  (Perea  fluviatilis). 

23.  Lepidoptera  (Pieris  brassicae  I). 

24.  Lepidoptera  (Pieris  brassicae  II). 
Araneina  (Epeira). 


25. 

1  to  21,  inclusive,  mounted  on  linen  with  rollers,  each,  duty  free. .  2.50 
22  to  25  “  “  “  “  “  “  each,  duty  free. .  3.00 


24480.  Charts,  Zoology,  Leuckart-Chun.  These  widely  used  and  excellent  charts  are  104  x  140  cm  for  the 
regular  charts  and  135  x  192  cm  for  the  special  charts.  Series  I  consists  of  103  charts  of  Inverte¬ 
brates  and  Series  II,  so  far  as  finished,  consists  of  13  charts  of  Vertebrates,  each  chart  accom¬ 
panied  by  explanatory  text  in  English,  French  and  German.  Special  prices  are  quoted  when 
more  than  25  charts  are  ordered  at  one  time.  The  contents  of  each  chart  is  shown  in  the 
appended  biological  classification. 

Charts,  Leuckart-Chun,  Series  I,  Nos.  1  to  101,  inclusive,  and  Series  II, Nos.  1  toll,  inclusive, 

unmounted,  each,  duty  free .  1.80 

Charts,  as  above,  mounted  on  linen  with  rollers,  each,  duty  free . . .  2.70 

“  Series  I,  special  charts  Nos.  102  and  103,  and  Series  II,  special  charts  Nos.  12  and  13, 

unmounted,  each,  duty  free .  3.60 

Charts,  as  above,  mounted  on  linen  with  rollers,  each,  duty  free .  4.80 


I.  TYPE— PROTOZOA 

Class — Rhizopoda 

Order — Thalamophora 

Series  I,  Chart  2.  Arcella  vulgaris,  Difflugia  proteiformis,  Euglypha  alveolata,  Miliola  (Triloculiaa)  gibba,  Quinqueloculina, 
Polystomella  strigilata,  Cycloclypeus,  Globigerina  Diplophrys  arcberi. 

Order — Radiolaria 

Chart  29.  Acanthometra  elastiea,  Thalassicolla  pelagica,  Collozoum  inerme,  Actinomraa  asteracanthion ,  Stilodictya 
quadrisptna,  Phaeoduria,  I.ithocircus  productos,  Encyridium  galea. 


134 


ARTHUR _ H  .  T  H  Q  MAS  COMPANY 


♦ 


•  (’In  nx.’  i 

Sporozoa 

SporatWere 


ProT* 


ozoa 

Urthicrc 


<  lintardasse  • 

Haemosporidia 

ItlljfsptiTJ.-nfhilMY 


No.  24480.  Series  I.  No.  27  No.  24480.  Series  I,  No.  102 

Charts,  Zoology,  Leuckart-Chun  (continued). 

Class — Sporozoa 

Order—  Gregarinida 

Series  I,  Chart  23.  Polycystidea,  Monocystidea,  Actinocephalus  oligocanthus,  Gonospora  lerebellae,  Clepsidrina  polymorpha,  Uro- 
spora,  Nemertis.  Clepsidrina  blattarum,  Stylorhyncus  longicolLis,  Gamocystis  teriax,  Coccidiida  among  the  Mon- 
ocystidea. 

Order — Haemosporidia 

“  Chart  102.  Life-cycle  of  Plasmodium  praecox,  showing  sporozoite,  schizont,  schizogonia  (merezoites),  macrogamente,  mi- 
crogametoblast,  ookinete,  microgamentes,  oocyst,  sporoblasts,  and  various  intervening  stages  and  processes — 
Anopheles  claviger, — female,  head  of  male,  larva,  nympha,  stomach  with  oocysts,  cross-section  of  saliva  duct 
with  sporozoites  of  Plasmodium. 

Order — Coccidiida 

“  Chart  103.  Life-cycle  of  Coccibium  schubergi,  parasitic  in  Lithobius  forficatus,  showing  sporozoites,  schizont,  merozoites, 
macrogamente,  microgametoblast,  microgametes,  oocyst,  sporocyst,  and  various  intervening  steps.  Develop¬ 
ment  stages  of  Adelea  ovata,  showing  microgametocyt.es,  etc.  Section  of  liver  of  rabbit  with  Coccidium  oviforme. 
Section  of  kidney  of  snail  with  Klossia  helicina. 

Class — Infusoria 

Orders — Flagellata,  Choanoflagellata 

Series  1,  Chart  75.  Mastigamoeba  aspera,  Oikomonas  termo,  Nonas  guttula,  Cercomonas  longicauda,  Anthophysa  vegetans,  Sy- 
nura  uvella,  Tetramitus  rostratus,  Megastoma  intestinalis.  Trichomonas  vaginalis,  Haematococcus,  Euglena 
spirogyra,  E.  viridis,  Urceolus  alenitzini,  Trachelomonas  hipida,  Chilomonas  paramaecium,  Dinobrion  sertularia, 
Anisonema  grande,  Cryptomonas  ovata.  Polytoina  uvella,  Codosiga  botrytis. 

Orders — Flagellata,  Dinoflagellata,  Cystoflagellata 

“  Chart  76.  Volvox  globator,  Goniodoma  acuminata,  Ceratium  hirudinella,  Glenodinium  cinctum,  Ceratum  furca;  Dino- 
physis  acuta,  Gymnodinium  spirale,  Noctiluca  miliaris. 

Order — Ciliata 

“  Chart  65.  Holotricha,  Helerotricha,  Hypotricha: — Porodon  teres,  Cyclidium  glaucoma,  Colpoda  cucullus  encysted,  i’ara- 
maecium  caudatum,  Frontonia  leucas,  Paramaecium  putrinum;  Stentor  polymorphus,  S.  coeruleus; 
Stylonychia  mytilus. 

“  Chart  67.  Oligotricha,  Peiitricha: — Tintinnopsis  beroidea,  Dictyocysta  tiara;  Carchesium  polypinum.  Vagi ni cola  Iongi- 
collis,  Vorticella  microstoma,  Spirohona  gemmipara. 

Order — Suctoria  (=Acinetaria) 

“  Chart  68.  Podophrya  fixa,  P.  libera,  P.  puadripartita,  Ephelota  gemmipara,  Dendrocommetes  paradoxus,  Dendro- 
soma  radians,  Aeineta  tuberosa,  Stylonychia  mytilus  with  parasitic  Sphaerophryae,  Ophryodendron 
abietinum. 

II.  TYPE— COELENTERATA  (ZOOPHYTES) 

Sub-type — Porifera  Sponges 

Class — Spongiae 

Order — Fibrospongiae 

Series  I,  Chart  35.  Myxos  pongiae,  Ceratospongiae.Monactenellidoe: — Halisarca  dujardini,  Euspongia  officinalis,  Hircinia  setosa, 
Aplysilla  tenella,  Darwinella  aurea,  Spongilla  lacustris,  S.  fluviatilis,  S.  lieberkiihni.Rinalda  arctica, 
silicious  spicules  of  Monactinelidae. 


135 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Charts,  Zoology  ,Leuckart-Chun  (continued) 

Order — Tetractinellidae 

Series  I,  Chart  47.  Tethya  maza,  Tetilla  polyura,  Tisiphonia  fenestrata,  Agilardiella  radiata,  Corticium  candelabrum,  Plakina 
monolopha,  Geodia  placenta,  Caminus  vulcani,  Plakina  trilopha,  Stelleta  mammillaris,  Corticium  ver¬ 
satile,  Ancorina  verrucosa,  Tisiphonia  agariciformis,  Chondrilla  phyllodes. 

Order — Lithistidae 

“  Chart  52.  Leiodermatium  lynceus,  Seliscothoachonelleides,  Discodermia  calyx,  D.  japonica,  Corallistes  pratii,  Kaliap- 
sis  cidaris,  spicules. 

Order — Hexactinellidae 

“  Chart  50.  Hyalonema  piirabile,  Holtenia  carpenteri,  Pheronema  liemispaericum,  Rossella  velata,  Pheronema  anna* 
Crateromorpha,  Eupleetella  suberla,  E.  aspergillum,  characteristic  spicules. 

“  Chart  50.  Lyssacina: — Antochone  cylindra,  Rhabdodictyum,  delicatum;  Dictyonina. 

Order — Calcispongiae 

“  Chart  54.  Olynthus  primordialis,  Ascaltis  gegenbauri,  Sycurus  primitivus,  various  forms  of  spicules,  Sycandra 
raphanus. 

Sub- type — Cnidaria  (Corals,  etc.) 

Class — Hydrozoa 

Order— Hydroidea 

Series!,  Chart  16.  Hydra  viridis,  H.  fusca,  Cordylophora  lacustris,  Podocoryne  camea,  Corymorpha  nutans;  diagrammatica 
sections  of  typical  Hydroids. 

“  Chart  20.  Hydra  viridis,  Hydra  vulgaris  var.  aurantiaca,  Hydra  grisea. 

Order — Hydromedusae 

“  Chart  18.  Carmarina  hastata,  C.  fungiformis,  Hippocrene  superciliaris,  Bougainvillea  superciliaris. 

Order — Siphonophora 

“  Chart  96.  Agalma  sarsi,  siphonophores  of  the  family  Calycophoridae,  Praya  galea,  Abyla  pentagons,  Eudoxi 
cuboides,  Monophyes  primordialis,  Eudoxia  eschscholtzi  Halistemma  pictum,  Diphyes  sieboldii. 

Order — Acalephae  (Jelly-fish) 

“  Chart  64.  Aurelia  aurita,— Mastrula  fixed  with  commencing  stomodaeum,  polyp  with  4  tentacles,  with  8  tentacles, 
Scyphistoma  with  16  tentacles,  Strobila  with  only  one  Ephyrula,  Scyphistoma  with  6  segments;  Aurelia 
flavidula. 

Class — Anthozoa  (Corals) 

Order — Octactinia  ( =  Alcyonaria) 

Series  II,  Chart  1.  Single  zooid  of  an  Octactinian;  Corallium  rubrum. 

“  I:  Chart  94.  Pennatula  phosphorea,  Renilla  reniformis,  cross  section  of  a  polyp,  cross-section  of  stalk  of  Pennatula. 

Class — Ctenophora 

“  Chart  74.  Hormiphora  plumosa,  Bolina  hydalina,  Cestus  veneris,  Vexillum  parallelum,  Beroeovata,  Beroe  forskalii. 

III.  TYPE— ECHINODERMATA 

Series  I,  Chart  79.  Development  of  the  Larval  Forms  of  Echinoierms:  Simplest  larval  form.  Development  of  the  Holothu- 
rian  larva  Auricularia,  of  the  Asteroid  larva  Bipinnaria,  and  of  the  Pluteus  larva. 

“  Chart  80.  Development  of  Holothuria  tubulosa,  Cucumaria  doliolum,  Synapta  digitata.  Echinus  miliaris,  Arbacia, 
Asterina  gibbosa. 

Sub-type — Pelmatozoa 

Class — Crinoidea 

Order — Brachiata 

Series  1,  Chart  5.  Rhizocrinus  lofotensis.  Small  individual,  crown  of  a  full-grown  specimen,  calyx  from  above,  section  of  crown, 
section  through  an  arm. 

“  Chart  7.  Antedon  rosaceus, — Full-grown  animal,  calyx  from  dorsal  side,  arrangement  of  fibrous  strings,  larvae. 

Class — Blastoidea 

Order — Regulares 

Series  I,  Chart  46.  Pentremites  sulcatus,  P.  pyriformis,  P.  godoni,  Codaster  hindei,  Orophocrinus  stelliformis,  Granatocrinus 
derbiensis; 

and  Order — Irregulares 

“  “  Astrocrinus  benniei. 

Sub-type — Asterozoa 

Class — Ophiuroidea 

Series  I,  Chart  59.  Ophiura,  Ophiocoma,  Ophiomyxa,  Ophiothrix,  Ophioglypha,  Ophiarachna. 

Class — Asteroidea  (Starfishes) 

Series  I,  Chart  86.  Asteracanthion  rubens,  pedicellaria,  Astropecten  hemprichti,  Echinaster  sentus. 


Sub-type — Echinozoa 

Class— Echinodea  (Sea-urchins) 

Series  I,  Chart  81.  Sea-urchin  with  lower  floor  removed,  Arabic  punctulata.  Echinus  acutus,  Dorocidaris  papillata,  Arbacia 
pustulosa. 

Class — Holothuroidea  (Sea-cucumbers) 

Series  1,  Chart  61.  Anatomy  of  a  Holothurian  of  the  family  Aspidochirotae;  gullet  of  a  dendrochirote  Holothurian  and  of 
Synapta;  Holothuria  impatiens,  Cucumaria,  Chirodota. 

IV.  TYPE— VERMES  (WORMS) 

Class — Platodes 

Order — Trematoda 

Scries  I.  Chart  62.  Tristomum  coccieum,  T.  papiliosum,  Gyrodactylus  elegans,  Polystomum  integerrimum,  Octobothrium 
lanceolatum,  Diplozoon  paradoxum,  Dipora. 

Chart  33.  Distomum  hepaticum,  Distomum  lanceolatum. 

“  Chart  73.  Distomum  macrostomum,  D.  clavigerum,  Cercaria  macrocerca,  I).  eciiinatum. 

Order — Cestoda 

“  Chart  15.  Taenia  saginata,  Taenia  solium. 

“  Chart  44.  Bothriocephalus  latus,  Tetrarhynchidae,  Caryophyllaeus  mutabilis. 

Chart  99.  Development  of  Taenia  echinoscoceus,  adult  Taenia,  genital  organs  of  a  young  segment,  Cysticercus  condition 
Coenurus  cerebralis;  Taenia  serrata;  Cysticercus  pisiformis,  headhooks  on  the  Cysticercus,  head  young 
Taenia  serrata;  development  of  the  Cystoid  tapeworms,  Taenia  cucumerina,  young  segment  of  same, 
Cysticeroid  egg  of  same,  Cysticercus  arionis,  etc. 


136 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Charts,  Zoology,  Leuckart-Chun  (continued) 

Order — Turbellaria 

Chart  28.  Planaria  polychroa,  Dendrocoelum  lacteum,  Eurylepta  orbicularis.  Vortex  viridis,  Mesostomum  ehrenbergi, 
Microstomum  lineare. 

Order—  Nemertea 

Chart  39.  Nemertes  neesii,  Amphyporus  lactifloreus,  Tetrastemma  flavidum,  development  of  Nemertes  out  of  the 
Pilidium  Lineus  obscurus. 

Class— Nemathelminthes 

Order — Nematoda 

Series  I,  Chart  31.  Ascaris  lumbricoides,  Oxyurus  vermicularis,  Dochmius  duodenalis,  D.  trigonocephalus,  Anguillula  intes- 
tinalis. 

Chart  G6.  Trichocephalus  dispar,  T.  affinis,  Trichosomum  crassicauda,  Trichina  spiralis,  meat  containing  Trichina. 
Chart  49.  Heterodera  schachtii. 

Order — Acanthocephala 

Chart  100.  Male  Echinorhynchus  gigas,  male  Echinorhynchus  angustatus,  female  genital  apparatus  of  E.  gigas 
nephridea  of  same,  oviduct  of  E.  angustatus,  and  ligamentum  suspensorium ,  section  through  ovary,  egg 
of  E.  moniliformis,  embryo  of  E.  gigas  and  of  E.  angustatus,  larvae. 

V.  TYPE— ANNELIDA  (ANNELIDS) 

Class — Chaetopoda 

Order — Polychaeta 

Series!*  Chart  56.  Errantia: — Nereis  (Leontis)  dumerili,  Heteronereis  oerstedi,  Nereis  pulsataria,  N.  striolata,  Alciopa  can- 
trainii,  Tomopteris  euchaeta. 

Chart  57.  Sedentaria: — Arenicola  piscatorum,  Phyllochaetopterus  major,  Spirorbis  laevis,  Serpula  vermicularis, 
Sabellaria  alveolata,  Psygmobranchus  protensus,  Myxicola  infundibulum. 

Order — Oligochaeta 

Chart  19.  Lumbricus  riparius,  L.  agricola,  Criodrilus  lacuum,  Lumbricus  communis,  L.  olidus.  Lumbricus  trape- 
zoieds,  on  Chart  24  following. 

Class — Hirudinea  =  Discophora 

Series  I,  Chart  24.  Hirudo  medicinalis,  Pisciola. 

Class — Gephyrea 

Orders — Sipunculoidea,  Echiuroidea 

Series  I,  Chart  55.  Sipunculus  nudus,  Echiurus  pallasi,  Bonellia  viridis,  Sternaspis  spinosus,  Actinotrocha-larva  of  Phoronis. 

Class — Rotifera,  incl.  Gasterotricha 

Series  I,  Chart  51.  Hydatina  senta,  Stephanoceros  eichhorni,  Melicerta  ringens,  Rotifer  vulgaris,  Notommata  sieboldi,  Chae- 
tonotus  maximus. 

VI.  TYPE— MOLLUSCOIDEA 

Class — Bryozoa 

Orders — Endoprocta,  Ectoprocta 

Series  I*  Chart  34.  Pedicellina  echinata,  Plumatella  repens,  stages  of  statoblasts  of  Alcyonella  fungosa  in  section,  Alcyonidium 
mytili,  Bowerbankia  densa,  Acamarchis  avicularia,  Flustra  membranacea. 

Class — Brachiopoda 

Order— Testicardines 

Series  I,  Chart  98.  Waldheimia  australis,  and  anatomy,  Terebratula  vitrea,  Argiope  neapolitana,  larva,  Terebratula  minor, 
Argiope  kownlevskii; 

Lingula  anatina.  and  Order— Ecardines 
“  Chart  101.  Lingula  anatina, — Anatomy  in  detail. 

VII.  TYPE— MOLLUSCA  (SHELL-FISHES) 

Class — Lamellibranchiata  (Bivalves) 

Order— Asiphonida 

Series  I,  Chart  12.  Margaritana  margaritifera,  development  of  Unio  pictorum. 

“  Chart  GO.  Ostrea  edulis, — longitudinal  sections,  cross-section  of  larva  ready  to  swarm,  side  view  of  same,  heart,  blood 
corpuscles,  ball  of  sperma,  spermatozoon,  and  mature  eggs. 

“  Chart  77.  Pecten  jacobeus,  Area  noae,  Mytilus  edulis,  Spondylus  gaederopus. 

Order — Siphonida 

“  Chart  89.  Cardium  tuberculatum,  pericardial  chamber  of  Venus  verrucosa,  Pholadidea,  Teredo  and  larva,  hinge  of 
Trigonia,  Chondrophore  of  Mya  truncata. 

Class — Scaphopoda  (Tooth  shells) 

Series  I,  Chart  92.  Anatomy  and  development  of  Dentalium  entalis. 

Class — Gastropoda  (Univalves) 

Order — Pulmonata 

Series  1,  Chart  30.  Anatomy  of  Helix  pomatia.  Helix  nemoralis,  Limnae  stagnalis,  arion  empiricorum. 

Order — Opisthobranchiata 

“  Chart  8.  Pontolimax  capitatus,  .Eolis,  Doris,  Polycera  quadrilineata,  Pleurobranchus,  Aplysia  punctata. 

Orders — Pteropoda  and  Heteropoda  , 

“  Chart  43.  Creseis  acicula,  Cymbulia  peroni,  larva,  Clione  borealis,  Clionopsis  krohni,  larva  of  Clione  and  Paeumo- 
dermon,  Firola  (Pterotrachea)  coronata,  Firoloides  lesueuri,  Atlanta  peroni. 

Class — Cephalopoda 

Orders — Tetrabranchiata  and  Dibranchiata  .  .  . 

Series  1,  Chart  14.  Anatomy  of  Octopus  vulgaris,  head-cartilage  of  Sepia  officinalis,  brain  of  Sepia,  section  through  eye  of 
Sepia  and  of  Nautilus  pompilius.  .  ,  .  ,  t  ,  , 

“  Chart  3G.  Nautilus  pompilius,  Spirula  prototypus,  shell  of  Spirula  peroni,  male  Argonauta  argo,  female  of  same, 
hectocotylus  of  Octopus  carenae,  spermatophore  of  Sepia  officinalis. 

VIII.  TYPE— ARTHROPODA 

Sub-type — Branchiata 

Class — Crustacea 
Sub-class — Entomostraca 

Order — Phyilopoda 

Series  I,  Chart  2G.  Apus  cancriformis,  Apus  prouctus,  Branchipus  stagnalis,  Daphma  pulex,  Polyphemus  oculus. 

Order— Copepoda  . 

»  chart  25.  Canthocamptus  minutus,  CycloDS  canthocarpoides,  Cyclus  tenuicorms,  Achteres  percarum,  Argulus  I'ohace. 

Order — Cirri  pedia 


137 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Charts,  Zoology,  Leuckart-Chun  (continued) 

Series  I,  Chart  87.  Anatomy  and  development  of  the  Lepadidae, — Lapas  anatifera,  entire  section,  embryo,  Cypris  stage, 
section  of  further  developed  Lepas,  ripe  young  Lepas.  Anatomy  and  development  of  the  Balanidae, — 
Balanus  tintinnabulum,  Naplius  larva  of  Balanus  balanoides,  Cypris  stage,  young  Balanus;  Ibla  cumingi. 

Chart  85.  Rhizocephala: — Carcinus  maenas  with  a  mature  Sacculina  carcini  in  situ;  development  of  the  Sacculina, 
Nauplius  stage,  first  moult.  Cypris  stage,  Cypris  working  its  way  into  the  body  of  the  crab,  young 
Sacculina,  older  Sacculina  interna,  cross  section,  longitudinal  section,  mature  Sacculina  externa. 

Sub-class — Malacostraca 

Order — Stoma  topoda 

Series  I,  Chart  95.  Squilla  mantis,— Adult,  side  view,  back  view  cut  open,  transverse  section  through  abdomen,  mouth 
parts,  three  stages  in  development,  Erichthoid  larva,  older  Squilloid  larvae. 

Order — Decapoda 

“  Chart  91.  Macrura, — Larval  history  of  Penaeus,  Nauplius,  youngest  Zoea  stage,  older  Zoea  larva,  older  Panaeus  larva, 

same  more  developed ;  Zoea  forms  of  other  Decapods,  of  Galathea,  of  Pagurus;  young  Homarua  and 
larva;  larva  of  Astacus  fluviatilis.  Brachyura, — Youngest  Zoea  of  Thia,  older  Zoea  of  Maia. 

“  Chart  82.  Astacus  buviatilis, — Longitudinal  section  of  male,  section  of  cephalothorax,  mouth  parts,  stomach,  circu¬ 

latory  system,  male  genital  apparatus,  female  genital  apparatus,  section  thiough  eye,  inner  antenna. 

Order — Arthrostraca 

Sub -order — Isopoda 

Chart  3.  Asellus  aquaticus, — male,  central  nervous  system,  female,  anatomy,  embryo;  Porcellio  scaber, — animal 
groups  of  segments,  incubatory  pouch. 

"  Chart  88.  Entomscidiae, — Development  of  Cepon  elegans,  second  larval  form,  male  and  female,  ventral  views; 

female,  dorsal  view;  Postunion  maenadis,  P.  kossmanni,  Cancrion  miser. 

Sub-order — A  mphipoda 

“  Chart  4.  Gammarus  Deglectus,  Pbronima  sedentaria,  Caprella. 

Class — Acerata 
Sub-class — Merostomata 

Order — Xiphosura 

Series  I,  Chart  90.  Limulu3  polyphemus, — Longitudinal  section  of  body,  transverse  section  of  cephalothorax,  of  female 

Limulus,  circulatory  and  nervous  systems,  genital  organs,  young  Limulus. 

Sub  -class — Arachni  da 

Orders — Scorpionida,  Pseudoscorpionida,  Cyphophthalmida 

Series  I,  Chart  45.  Inner  structure  of  Buthus;  Buthus  afer,  B.  occitanus,  Scorpio  italicus,  Chelifer  cancroides,  Gibocellum 

sudeticum. 

Order— Araneida 

“  Chart  42.  Inner  structure  of  a  female  dipneumonic  Araneid;  Epeira  diadema,  Segestria  senoculata,  Tegeneria,  Zilla 

calophylla,  Anyphaena  aceentuata,  Philocea  domestico,  Agalena  labyrinthica. 

Order — Acarina 

“  Chart  48.  Metamorphosis  of  Trombidium  fuliginosum;  Tyroglyphus  siro,  Trichodactylus  anonymus. 

“  Chart  58.  Sarcoptes  scabei  var.  hominis,  S.  mutans,  Chorioptes  spathiferus,  Psoreptes  longirostris,  Analges  pas- 

serinus;  Desmodex  folliculorum. 

Order— Linguatulida 

“  Chart  63.  Linguatula  (Pentastomum)  taeniodes,  Pentastomum  denticulatum,  P.  torquatum,  P.  multicinctum,  P 

constrictum. 


Sub-  type — T  racheata 
Class — Prostracheata 
Class — Myriopoda 

Orders — Chilopoda,  Symphyla,  Pauropoda 

Series  I,  Chart  32.  Lithobius  forficatus,  Scolopendra  borrida,  S.  complanata,  Geophilus,  Scolopendrella,  Pauropus. 

Orders — Diplopoda,  Onychophora 

“  Chart  38.  Polodesmus  complanatus,  Lysiopetalum  insculptum,  lulus  londinensis,  Glomeris  marginata,  Strongylo- 

soma  guerinii  (also  Peripatus  capensis). 

Class— Insec  ta 

Order — Orthoptera 

Series  I,  Chait  11.  Migratory  locust,  (Edipoda  stridula,  body  of  Acridium  tartaricum,  mole-crioket,  grass-hopper. 

“  Chart  22.  Pelarius,  Ephemeridae,  Libellulidae,  Agrion  puella. 

“  Chart  83.  Termes  lucifugus,  Eutermes  from  Borneo,  Termes  from  Java. 

Order — Rhynchota 

“  Chart  17.  Phylloxera  vastatrix,— Vine  leaf  covered  with  galls  of  Phylloxera,  development,  apterous  sexual  genera¬ 

tion,  male  and  female  generation,  root-attacking  generation  and  egg,  winged  generation,  subterranean 
pupa.  Map  of  France  showing  distribution  of  Phylloxera. 

Order — Neuroptera 

“  Chart  9.  Megaloptera,  Chrysopa  flavifrons,  Trichoptera,  Strepsiptera. 

Order — Coleoptera 

“  Chart  6.  Potato  beetle  (Doryphora  decemlineata). 

“  Chart  78.  Hylesinus  piniperda,  Bostrichus  typographus,  galleries  in  trunk  of  a  fir  tree,  Bostrichus  laricis,  Eccopto- 

gaster  scolytus,  Clerus  formicarius. 

“  Chart  84.  Organs  and  metamorphoses  of  European  May-beetles  (Melolontha  vulgaris  and  M.  hippocaatani). 

Order — Diptera 

“  Chart  70.  Musca  (Calliphora)  vomitoria.  Sarcophaga  carnaria,  Musca  domestica. 

Order — Lepidoptera 

“  Chart  21.  Cabbage  Butterfly  (Pieris  brassicae),  Goat  Moth  (Cassus  liguiperda),  caterpillar  of  Bombyx  pini,  silk 

glands,  etc.,  head  of  larva  of  Aporia  crataegi,  head  of  imago  of  Sphinx  pinastri,  scales  from  butterflies' 
wings,  alimentary  canal  of  imago  of  Sphinx  atroDOs,  egg  of  Smerinthus  populi  showing  micropyle. 
Order — Hymenoptera 

“  Chart  41.  Galls,  adult  insects  etc.,  of  certain  Gall-Wasps  of  the  oak. 

“  Chart  27.  Honey  bee  (Apis  mellifica). 

“  Chart  97.  Anomolon  circumflexum,  Gastropacha  pini,  Microgaster  nemorum,  Teleas  phalae  narum,  larva  of 

Platygaster. 


IX.  TYPE— CHORDATA  (VERTEBRATES) 

Sub-type — Acrania 

Class — Hemichordata 

Series  I,  Chart  93.  Balanoglossus  kowalewskii, — Development,  organization  of  larva. 

Class — Tunicata  (Urochordata) 

Sub-class — Copelata  (Larvacea) 

Series  I,  Chart  71.  Appendicularia  and  tadpoles  of  Ascidiae,  Oikopleura  cophocerca,  Stegosoma  pellucidum,  Clavellina 
lepadi-formis. 


138 


* 

_ _ _ 

A  R  T  H  U  R _ H .  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Charts,  Zoology,  Leuckart-Chun  (continued) 

Sub-class 


Series 

I, 

Chart 

53. 

m  \ 

Series 

I, 

Chart 

40. 

Series 

I. 

Chart 

72. 

Series 

II. 

Chart 

I. 

n 

Series 

II, 

Chart 

2. 

It 

Chart 

3. 

it 

Chart 

4. 

It 

Chart 

12. 

Ascidiacea 

Anatomy  of  Ciona  mtestinalis,  Corella  parallelogramma,  Clavellinale  padiformis,  development  stages  of 
the  simple  Ascidians. 

Sub-class— Thaliacea 

Doliolum  mulleri,  D.  ehrenbergi,  Salpa  pinnata,  Salpa  democratica-mucronata. 

Class — Cephalochordata 

Development  of  Amphioxus  lanceolatus. 

Sub- type — Crania  ta 

Class — Pisces 

Electric  organs  of  Torpedo  marmorata,  Gymnotus  electricus  and  Malapterurus  electricus,  pseudoelectric 
organs  of  Mormyrus  and  Raja  clavata.  ^ 

Order — Elasmobranchii 

Embryonic  development  of  Plagiostomata:  Belfour’a  stages  B  to  K. 

Sections  of  early  stages  (to  stage  C.) 

Sections  of  later  stages  (from  stage  D.) 

Skeletons  of  Acanthias,  dorsal  and  side  view  of  3kull  of  Notidanns  cinereus,  tooth  of  Acanthias  and  of 
Notidanus.  (Doable  chart). 


Order — Dipnoi 

Various  specimens  of  Ceratodus,  Protopterus  anneetens. 

Class — Amphibia 

Orders — Anura,  Urodela 

Embryonic  development  of  Rana  temporaria  and  Triton,  in  detail,  earlier  stages. 

Embryonic  development  of  Rana  temporaria,  R.  esculenta,  Bombinator,  and  Triton,  later  stages  (in  con¬ 
tinuation  of  preceding  chart). 

Metamorphosis  of  the  Common  Frog  (Rana  temporaria). 

Skeletons  of  batrachia,  Rana  temporaria,  esculenta  and  tigrina,  details. 

Intestinal  tract  of  larval  Pelobates  fuscus,  and  Rana  esculenta,  jaw  of  last,  dissection  of  pyloric  tract 
pharynx  of  newly  hatched  Bufo  vulgaris,  etc. 

Vascular  system  of  amphibia, — aorta  with  branchiae,  heart  and  arteries,  venous  system,  section  of  heart 
of  frog. 

Nerve  system, — brain  and  spinal  cord  of  Rana  temporaria,  sections  of  brain,  sympathetic  system,  brain 
of  larva  of  Bombinator  igeneus,  spinal  cord  of  Rana  esculenta,  sense  organs  of  lateral  line  of  head  of 
larval  Triton  taeniatus. 

Urogenital  system  of  Amphibia, — segment-canal  from  kidney  of  larval  Siphonops,  urogenitalia  of  male 
Rana  temporaria  and  R.  esculenta,  and  of  female  of  either  species,  diagrams  of  male  and  female  urogeni¬ 
tal  systems  of  Triton  taeniatus. 

Class — Mammalia 

Order — Primates 

Gorilla  eugena,  skull  of  adult  male  Gorilla,  head  of  adult  male  Chimpanzee,  skull  of  an  adult  male  Orang¬ 
outang,  head  of  Semnopitheeus  nasicus. 


Series  If,  Chart  10. 


Series  II, 

Chart 

5. 

n 

Chart 

9. 

u 

Chart 

69. 

u 

Chart 

6. 

tt 

Chart 

11. 

u 

Chart 

10. 

tt 

Chart 

8. 

a 

Chart 

7. 

Series  II,  Chart  37. 


No.  24484 


No.  24490 


No.  24496 


24484.  Chronograph,  registering,  with  electric  motor  and  regulator  after  Tbury,  with  three  speeds,  i.e.,  one 
rotation  every  minute,  one  every  ten  seconds,  or  one  every  second;  electro  marking  magnets 
with  two  writing  pens,  all  mounted  on  carriage  with  variable  speed.  A  precision  instrument 
for  the  graphic  recording  of  any  laboratory  experiments  requiring  the  measurement  of  small 
time. 

Duty  Free .  300.00  Duty  Paid .  375.00 

24486.  Chronoscope,  Hipp,  with  two  dials,  reading  to  xwVffth  of  a  second;  clock-work  operates  for  one  minute. 

Duty  Free .  96.00  Duty  Paid .  120.00 

24488.  Chronoscope,  Hipp,  as  above,  but  on  wooden  base  with  levelling  screws. 

Duty  Free . 90.00  Duty  Paid .  112.50 

24490.  Chronoscope,  Hipp,  large  model,  operating  6  minutes  from  one  winding;  on  column  support. 

Duty  Free.. .  156.00  Duty  Paid .  195.00 

24492.  Chronoscope,  Hipp,  as  above,  but  on  wall  bracket. 

Duty  Free .  144.00  Duty  Paid .  180.00 

24496.  Chronoscope,  Ewald,  for  counting  rapid  interruptions  in  electric  current,  such  as  from  an  electrically 
driven  tuning  fork,  etc.;  dial  divided  from  1  to  100;  pointer  may  be  set  instantly  to  zero  after 
each  reading. 

Duty  Free . . . 50.40  Duty  Paid .  63.00 


139 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  24500— Small 


No.  24504— Small 


No.  24500 — Large 


No.  24504— Medium 


A.HT.Co 


No.  24508— Small 


No.  24504 — Large 


No.  24508— Large 


No.  24514 


1/2 


24500. 


24504. 


24508. 


24510. 

24514. 
\J  24518. 


24522. 

24526. 


No.  24518 


No.  24522 


No.  24526 


Clamps,  Bunsen,  extension,  of  japanned  iron,  with  cylindrical  rubber  covered  jaws, 
holders  No.  24518  and  No.  24526. 

Total  length,  inches. . . 

Will  take  tube,  inches  in  diameter . 

Each . 


For  usevwith  clamp 


8  9 

li  2 


.40  .60 


Clamps,  Bunsen,  extension,  of  japanned  iron,  with  one  flat  and  one  V  shaped  rubber  covered  jaw  in  the 
small  and  medium  sizes  and  two  in  the  large  size.  For  use  with  clamp  holders  No.  24518  and 
No.  24526. 

Total  length,  inches . . .  9  10 

Will  take  tube,  inches  in  diameter .  1  2  2f 

Each . .  .40  .60  .75 


Clamps,  Universal,  extension,  of  japanned  iron,  with  universal  motion  permitting  its  use  for  articles 
of  irregular  shape.  Especially  recommended  for  use  with  condensers  and  retorts.  For  use  with 


clamp  holder  No.  24518. 

Total  length,  inches .  8  11 

Will  take  tube,  inches  in  diameter .  I5  3 

Each .  .75  1.25 


Clamps,  Hoffmann, extension,  with  one  flat  and  one  V  shaped  jaw,  covered  with  rubber,  the  flat  jaw  with 
parallel  motion.  Total  length  9J  inches.  Will  take  tubes  up  to  lj  inches  in  diameter . 40 

Clamps,  Ostwald,  extension,  of  polished  brass.  Jaws  will  take  tubes  from  1  to  50  mm  in  diameter.  2.00 

Clamp  Holder,  of  japanned  iron,  with  brass  screws  for  attaching  extension  clamps,  extension  rings, 
etc.,  to  apparatus  supports.. 

For  supports  up  to,  inches  in  diameter . . .  £  f 

Each . ~220  225 

Clamp  Holder,  of  polished  brass  throughout,  for  supports  up  to  16  mm  in  diameter .  1.10 

Clamp  Holder,  same  as  No.  24518  but  adjustable,  for  rods  up  to  5  inch  in  diameter . 50 


* 


!l 


I 


140 


^ _ 5 _ T  H  U  R  H.  THOMA  S  COMPANY 


No.  24534 


No.  24542 


No. 

24550 


No 

24546 


No.  24570 


No.  24558 


No.  24554 


No.  24582 


No.  24578 


No.  24590 


No.  24598 


No.  24594 


No.  24586 


No.  24602 


24530. 

24534. 

24538. 

24542. 

24546. 

24550. 

24554. 

24558. 

24570. 

24574. 

24578. 

24582. 

24586. 

24590. 

24594. 

24598. 

24602. 


Clamp,  of  nickel  plated  brass,  with  rubber  covered  jaws . 50 

Clamp,  of  stamped  steel,  with  rubber  covered  jaws;  adjustable  by  check  nut  to  any  angle.  A  widely  used 

and  satisfactory  clamp . ' . .  .40 

Clamp,  of  japanned  iron.  With  rubber  covered  jaws  held  together  by  spring . 55 

Clamp,  same  as  No.  24538  but  for  two  burettes . 75 

“  Hoffmann,  double,  of  japanned  iron,  with  one  V  shaped  and  one  parallel  moving  jaw,  rubber 

covered... . . .  1.00 

Clamp,  improved  double  form,  with  V  shaped  and  rubber  covered  convex  jaw .  1.00 

Clamp,  of  brass,  with  widely  separated  jaws  giving  perfect  support  to  burettes,  etc .  1.25 

Clamp,  same  as  No.  24554  but  double . ._ . 2.00 

“  of  brass,  adjustable  so  that  burette  may  be  held  in  vertical  position  no  matter  in  what  position 

the  upright  support  may  be  fixed.  Single,  for  one  burette .  2.70 

Clamp,  same  as  No.  24570  but  double,  for  two  burettes . . .  4.35 

“  for  immediate  fixation  of  burette  and  permitting  graduations  to  be  freely  read.  Single...  1.05 

Clamp,  same  as  No.  24578  but  double  . . . . .  1.70 

Clamp,  of  brass,  with  one  parallel  moving  and  one  V  shaped  jaw  for  tubes  up  to  inches  in  diam¬ 
eter  such  as  condensers,  etc . _ .  2.10 

Clamp,  with  screw  for  attaching  to  supports  and  brass  hook  for  supporting  apparatus . 75 

Clamp,  of  japanned  iron,  with  strong  spring  closed,  movable  jaw.  A  heavy  serviceable  clamp  for 

large  burettes,  etc . _ . ; . 50 

Clamp,  Lincoln,  for  two  burettes  Will  fit  any  rod  up  to  5  inch  diameter.  Burettes  are  held  perpen¬ 
dicular  and  are  easily  removed;  very  convenient  and  rigid . 75 

“  of  brass,  nickel  plated,  for  burettes.  For  screwing  into  wall  or  wood,  so  constructed  that  the 
graduated  part  of  the  burette  is  not  covered . 40 


141 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  24642  No.  24646  ■  No-  24650 


No.  24622 


No.  24634 


No.  26454 


No.  23658 


24606. 


24610. 


24614. 

24618. 

24622. 

24626. 

24630. 

24634. 

24638. 

24642. 

24646. 


24650. 

24654. 

24658. 

24662. 

24666. 

24670. 

24674. 


Clamp,  Chaddock,  for  holding  beakers. 

Size . 

For  beakers,  mm  in  diameter . 

Each . . 

Clamp,  Chaddock,  for  holding  evaporating  dishes. 


Size . . .  Small 

For  dishes,  inches  in  diameter . .  3  to  4 

Each . 25 


Clamp,  Chaddock,  for  holding  test  tubes  and  necks  of  flasks . 

“  of  wood,  with  rubber  spring,  for  test  tubes . 

“  same  as  No.  24618  but  with  wire  spring . 

“  Stoddart,  of  spring  brass  wire,  4$  inches  long,  for  test  tubes . 

“  same  as  No.  24626  but  of  nickel  plated  steel  wire . 

“  of  nickel  plated  steel  wire,  for  test  tubes,  improved  form,  6  inches  long. . . 

“  nickel  plated,  for  holding  crucibles  and  small  dishes . 

“  “  “  German  form,  for  test  tubes . 

Clamp,  Hoffman,  nickel  plated,  for  rubber  tubing;  so-called  “screw  compressor.” 
are  for  maximum  diameter  of  tubing  for  which  clamp  is  available. 

Size,  inches . 

Each . . . . . . . . 

Clamp,  Hoffman,  for  rubber  tubing,  nickel  plated,  with  one  swinging  jaw. 

Maximum  diameter  of  tubing,  inches . 

Each . ; . 

Clamp,  Hoffman,  for  rubber  tubing,  nickel  plated  with  open  jaw. 

Maximum  diameter  of  tubing,  inches . 


.  Small  Large 

.  40-60  60-80 

.25  .25 

Medium  Large 

4  to  6  6  to  7 

25  .25 

.  25 

. 10 

. 10 

. 15 

. 10 

. 15 

. 40 

. . .40 

Dimensions  given 


I 


.20 

.25 

1 

2 

f 

.25 

.30 

2 

1 

4 

Each . . . 25  .30 

Clamp,  of  brass,  nickel  plated,  for  rubber  tubing,  extra  heavy,  f  x  1£  inches . 50 

“  Mohr’s  Pinch  cock,  of  nickel  plated  spring  wire  (rectangular  cross  section)  for  rubber  tubing. 
'  Total  length  of  clamp,  inches . _1| _ 2 _ 2|  3 


Each . . 10  .15  .20  .25 

Clamp,  Mohr’s  Pinchcock,  for  rubber  tubing,  same  as  No.  24662,  but  with  automatic  catch  to  hold 
clamp  open. 

Total  length  of  clamp,  inches .  2  2J  3 


Each . “ . . . 25  .30 

Clamp,  of  brass,  nickel  plated^  for  watch  glasses. 

For  watch  glasses,  mm  in  diameter .  50 


.35 


65 


Each . . . . . . 15  .20 

Clamp,  of  malleable  iron  with  steel  screw  for  fastening  apparatus  to  table. 

Length,  inches . _3^ _ 4 _ 5 _ 6 

Each . 30  .40  .50  .60 


142 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


ORGM 


No.  24678 


ORGM. 


No.  24682 


No.  24686 


24682. 

24686. 


24690. 


24702. 


24678.  Clamp,  for  thermometers,  burettes,  conductivity  vessels,  etc.  The  advantage  of  this  clamp  is  that 
the  same  spring  which  clamps  the  article  to  be  held  in  a  vertical  position,  i.  e.,  thermometers, 
etc.,  serves  also  to  clamp  the  support  on  which  the  clamp  is  used,  thus  obviating  the  use  of  any 
screws.  The  clamps  are  of  spring  brass,  heavily  nickel  plated  and  are  kept  in  stock  to  fit  verti¬ 
cal  supports  of  6  mm,  8  mm  and  10  mm. 

To  fit  support,  mm .  _  6  8  J.0 

Each . 90  .90  .90 

Clamp,  as  above,  with  handle,  for  holding  test  tubes,  small  flasks,  etc .  1.15 

Extension  Holder  with  clamps  as  above  to  fit  6  mm  support. 

Number  of  clamps .  1 _ 2 

Each . . . .  . . . . .  1-10  2.00 

Clock  (Thayer  Interval  Timer),  new  model  with  bell  entirely  enclosed  in  brass  case.  Very  convenient 
in  timing  continuous  laboratory  operations..  . .  4.75 

COLOR  TESTING  APPARATUS. 

Color  Comparison  Tubes,  Eggertz,  for  the  estimation  of  carbon  and  manganese  in  steel  by  the  colorimetric 
method. 

Capacity,  . .  30  50 

Graduated  in,  . . :  tt?  tit 

Per  set  of  two .  2.50  2.75 

“  w  u  four .  5.00  5.50 

24706.  Color  Comparison  Tubes,  Julian,  same  as  No.  24702  but  with  bent  ends.  The  bent  end  permits  the 
mixing  of  the  contents  without  the  use  of  a  stopper  in  the  tube.  The  lower  portion  of  the  tube 
is  ungraduated. 

Graduated  from,  . .  5  to  30 

Graduated  in,  . . . 

Per  set  of  two . . .  2.75 

^  ^  four  . . . . .  5.50 

24710.  Color  Comparison  Tubes,  Camp,  for  manganese  determinations. 

Per  set  of  two  ••  . . . . . . . . . . .  6.00 

24714.  Color  Comparison  Tubesj  Nessler’  of  special,  colorless  glass,  usual  form.  Height  of  50  cc  mark  in  50  cc 
tubes  120  mm.  height  of  100  cc  mark  in  100  cc  tubes,  150  mm. 

Graduation,  cc .  50 _ 100  50  and  100 

gacj,  50  .60  .70 

24718.  Color  Comparison  Tubes,  Nessler,  American  Public  Health  Association.  With  polished  bottoms  and 
50  cc  mark  210  mm  high  on  50  cc  tube,  and  100  cc  mark  325  mm  high  on  100  cc  tubes.  Tubes 
in  selected  sets  of  six  or  twelve  guaranteed  to  have  either  50  cc  or  100  cc  marks  within  6  mm  of 
same  height  See  American  Public  Health  Association  “Standard  Methods  of  Water  Analysis,’’ 

1912.  •  Cfl 

Graduation,  cc . . . _ 

Each .  -50 

Per  set  of  six . 

“  “  “  twelve .  b-b0 


10  to  50 
1 

_  nr 

3.00 

6.00 


50 

100 

50  and  100 

.50 

.75 

.90 

3.15 

4.75 

5.70 

6.60 

9.90 

11.90 

ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  24734  No.  24738  No.  24742 

24722.  Stand  for  Nessler  Tubes  No.  24718,  of  wood  painted  a  dull  black,  with  bottom  lined  with  opal  glass 

plate.  For  twelve  50  cc  tubes .  4.50 

24726.  Camera,  for  comparing  color  comparison  tubes  such  as  No.  24718,  etc.  Improved  form  with  blue  and 

ground  glass .  10.00 

24730.  Colorimeter,  Rowntree  and  Geraghty,  designed  especially  for  accurately  estimating  the  functional 
ability  of  the  kidneys  and  for  the  determination  of  the  relative  efficiency  of  each  kidney  when 
the  secretions  are  separately  collected  by  the  Phenolsulphonephthalein  Test.  In  wooden  case, 

without  ampoules  of  Phenolsulphonephthalein .  20.00 

24732.  Sterile  Ampoules  of  Phenolsulphonephthalein,  10  in  box .  1.00 

24734.  Colorimeter,  Dunning,  for  estimating  the  quantity  of  phenolsulphonephthalein  excreted  when  apply¬ 

ing  the  Rowntree  and  Geraghty  Renal  Functional  test.  Complete  in  polished  wooden  case.  5.00 
24738.  Colorimeter,  Schreiner,  as  used  in  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Soils.  All  working  parts  coming  in  contact 
with  the  sample  or  standard  are  of  glass.  Broken  parts  are  easily  replaceable.  See  Journal  of 
the  American  Chemical  Society,  Sept.  9,  1905,  and  Bulletin  No.  31  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of 


Agriculture,  Bureau  of  Soils. . . . .  15.00 

24739.  Graduated  tubes  for  above,  per  pair .  3.00 

24740.  Plain  tubes  for  above,  per  pair . 80 


24742.  Colorimeter,  Kennicott — Campbell-Hurley.  This  instrument  is  used  in  the  analysis  of  water,  determina¬ 

tion  of  carbon  in  steel,  titanium  metal,  etc.,  and  for  the  color  variations  of  dye  stuffs.  See 
Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  July,  1912 .  20.00 


144 


ARTHUR  H.  T  HOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  24758 


m 
1 1 

InTjS 
’ll  s  i! 
lifi 

pi 

II 

11 !  Kill  l:l 

fllil 

No.  24746 


No.  24762 


No.  24766 


24746.  Colorimeter,  Duboscq,  original  French  make.  A  standard  instrument  for  a  great  variety  of  work  and 
as  used  in  physiological  chemistry  in  the  determination  of  the  total  nitrogen  in  urine,  non-protein 
nitrogen,  urea  and  ammonia  in  blood,  urea  in  urine,  etc.,  by  the  methods  of  Dr.  Otto  Folin. 

Height  of  tube,  cm .  5  io 

Duty  Free .  56.25  77.50 

Stock .  81.00  111.60 


24750.  Extra  Glass  Tubes,  for  Duboscq  Colorimeter. 

Height  of  tube,  cm .  5  io 

Each,  from  stock .  3.00  "4.25 


24754.  Colorimeter,  Duboscq,  original  French  make,  same  as  No.  24746  but  with  longer  tubes  and  with  hori¬ 
zontal  reading  telescope  for  convenience  of  operator. 

Height  of  tube,  cm .  20  30  35 

Duty  Free . TOO.00  125.00  13U50 

Duty  Paid .  144.00  180.00  200.00 


24758.  Colorimeter,  Duboscq,  original  French  make,  small  size,  for  biological  investigation  of  blood,  serums, 
etc.,  where  only  small  quantities  of  solution  are  available.  Determinations  may  be  made  with 
less  than  1  cc  of  solution,  as  furnished  by  us  to  Harvard  Medical  School,  Cornell  University, 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  etc. 

Duty  Free .  37.50  Stock .  54.00 

24762.  Colorimeter  with  Polariscope  (Polarisation-Colorimeter),  with  Grosse  prism  combination.  See  Zeit- 
schrift  f.  physik.  Chem.  10.  165,  1892. 

Duty  Free .  57.00  Duty  Paid . . .  76.00 

24766.  Colorimeter  with  Spectroscope  (Spectro-Colorimeter),  Kriiss  with  ocular  slit  and  device  for  accu¬ 
rately  measuring  location  in  spectrum.  See  Kriiss  Kolorimeler  S.  121  u.  Zeitschrift  f.  Physik. 
Chemie  10.  165,  1892. 

Duty  Free .  75.00  Duty  Paid . 100.00 


145 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


24770. 


No.  24770 


No.  24770 — Sectional  View 


Colorimeter-Chromoscope,  Arons,  for  physiological  and  psychological  work  as  well  as  the  measure* 
ment  of  colors  of  paper,  leather,  yarn  and  other  substances.  See  Annalen  der  Phvsik,  Band 
33,  1910  and  Band  39,  1912.  Reprint  in  German  sent  on  application. 

Duty  Free  420.00  Duty  Paid .  588.00 


No.  24774 


24774.  Colorimeter,  Precision,  Nutting,  as  used  in  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards.  This  Colorimeter  is 
a  monochromatic  analyzer  of  wide  range,  high  precision  and  great  simplicity.  The  use  of 
arbitrary  reference  standards,  such  as  red,  green  and  blue,  is  eliminated,  the  reading  being 
given  directly  in  wave  length  and  per  cent  white.  Light  of  a  pure  spectral  hue  may  be  mixed 
with  white  light  to  match  the  unknown,  or,  in  the  case  of  purple,  mixed  with  the  unknown  to 
match  white.  The  comparison  is  made  by  means  of  a  Lummer-Brodhun  prism.  See  Bulletin 
of  the  Bureau  of  Standards,  Vol.  9,  and  Zeitschrift  fur  Instrumentenkunde  1913,  Januar. 

Duty  Free .  202.50  Duty  Paid .  270.00 


146 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


24778. 

24782. 

24786. 


No.  24778 


No.  24782 


No.  24786 


Color  Tester,  Zeiss,  with  color  scale,  for  accurate  color  comparisons  of  opaque  materials,  solutions, 
etc.  See  Chemiker-Zeitung  1912 ,  S.  853,  Bd.  36. 

Duty  Free .  50.00  Duty  Paid .  68.00 

Colorimeter,  Stammer,  designed  especially  for  use  in  the  sugar  industry.  Constructed  entirely  of 
of  metal,  with  tubes  260  mm  high,  and  with  four  standard  colored  glasses. 

Duty  Free .  52.50  Stock .  70.00 

Colorimeter,  Stammer,  constructed  of  metal  throughout  with  tubes  350  mm  high.  Especially  de¬ 
signed  for  use  in  testing  petroleum  and  other  mineral  oils.  Arranged  for  convenient  deter¬ 
minations  of  market  grades  of  oil  such  as  Standard  White,  Prime  White,  Superfine  White  and 
Water  White.  With  two  Uranium  Normal  glass  discs. 

Duty  Free .  78.00  Stock .  104.00 


No.  24802 


24790.  Immersion  Tube  of  glass,  with  two  jars,  for  use  with  No. 
24786. 

Duty  Free .  12.60 

Stock .  17.50 

24794.  Uranium  Glass  Plates  for  petroleum  work  for  normal  and  half 

normal  colors. 

Duty  Free,  each .  4.35 

Stock,  each .  6.00 

24798.  Normal  Glass  Plates,  for  beer,  sugar  and  other  work. 

Duty  Free,  each .  1.10 

Stock,  each .  1.50 

24802.  Colorimeter  (Chromophotometer)  Plesch,  Model  I,  as  used  in 

biological  chemistry  and  described  by  Plesch  “Haemo- 

dynamische  Studien,”  Berlin,  1909,  and  as  used  in  the 
Laboratory  of  Physiological  Chemistry,  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  With  two  color  tubes  fitting  one  into  the 
other,  Lummer-Brodhun  prism,  trough,  comparison 
prism,  etc.,  with  horizontal  telescope  and  camera. 

Duty  Free .  127.50 

Duty  Paid .  170.00 


147 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


24806. 

24810. 

24814. 

24818. 

24822. 

24826. 

24830. 

24834. 

24838. 

24842. 

24846. 


24850. 


24854. 

24858. 

24862. 

24866. 

24870. 

24874. 

24878. 

24882. 

24886. 

24890. 

24894. 


LOVIBOND’S  TINTOMETER 

Note — Because  of  the  great  variety  of  combinations  possible  we  do  not  carry  these  outfits  in  stock. 
Delivery  can  be  made  by  importation  usually  in  from  three  to  five  weeks.  Manufacturer’s  original 
publication  with  full  descriptive  matter  sent  upon  request. 

Colorimeter  (Lovibond’s  Tintometer)  improved  optical  instrument  for  both  monocular  and  binocular 

vision. 

Duty  Free .  12.60  Duty  Paid .  16.80 

Colorimeter  (Lovibond’s  Tintometer)  optical  instrument,  monocular  only,  arranged  in  case  for  factory 
use  to  prevent  standards  from  being  handled. 

Duty  Free .  18.90  Duty  Paid .  25.20 

Colorimeter  (Lovibond’s  Tintometer)  improved  optical  instrument  with  hot  water  attachment  for 
liquidating  solids  below  212°  F. 

Duty  Free .  22.50  Duty  Paid . 30.00 

Complete  Set  of  Standard  Glasses  for  Lovibond’s  Tintometer,  470  glasses  in  set  for  matching  all  colors. 

Duty  Free .  282.00  Duty  Paid .  376.00 

Accessories  for  Lovibond  Tintometer. 

Extra  Shoe,  to  carry  cells  up  to  6  inches. 

Duty  Free .  2.25  Duty  Paid .  3.00 

Stand  for  either  No.  24806,  24810  or  24814. 

Duty  Free .  3.75  Duty  Paid .  5.00 

Stand,  rigid,  with  support,  to  take  cells  up  to  two  feet. 

Duty  Free .  3.75  Duty  Paid .  5.00 

Extra  Support,  making  the  above  suitable  for  cells  of  any  length. 

Duty  Free .  2.25  Duty  Paid .  3.00 

Mirror,  white  reflecting,  for  long  troughs. 

Duty  Free .  3.75  Duty  Paid .  5.00 

Mirror,  white  reflecting,  mounted  on  jointed  brass  stand. 

Duty  Free .  9.00  Duty  Paid .  12.00 

Metal  Trough,  with  glass  ends  either  silver  plated  or  of  brass. 

Gauged,  inches .  ys  1  12  24 

Duty  Free .  3.00  3.75  7.50  9.00 

Duty  Paid .  4.00  5.00  10.00  12.00 

Combination  Outfits  for  specific  purposes. 

Lovibond  Tintometer  Set  for  brewers,  maltsters,  sugar  and  caramel  manufacturers,  wine  and  spirit 
merchants,  etc.,  including  the  improved  optical  instrument  No.  24806  box  with  stand  and  re¬ 
flector,  1  inch,  and  inch  silvered  cells,  filtering  apparatus  and  20  standard  glasses,  series  52 
and  50;  as  recommended  by  the  Council  of  the  Institute  of  Brewing  in  their  Malt  Analysis  Report 
“Colored  Malts  and  Caramel.” 

Duty  Free .  37.50  Duty  Paid . 50.00 

Extra  Apparatus  for  estimating  the  color  of  dry  malt,  consisting  of  33  standard  glasses,  with  trays,  pres- 

ser  and  standard  white. 

Duty  Free .  17.40  Duty  Paid .  23.20 

Lovibond  Tintometer  Set  for  estimating  the  color  in  water,  including  the  monocular  optical  instrument 
No.  24810,  box  with  supports  and  reflector,  2  ft.  and  1  ft.  brass  cells  and  forty  standard  glasses. 

Duty  Free .  63  60  Duty  Paid .  84.80 

Lovibond  Tintometer  Set  for  estimating  percentage  of  Ammonia  in  Nessler’s  Ammonia  Test,  including 
the  improved  optical  instrument,  No.  24806,  box  with  stand  and  reflector,  \  inch  glass  cell,  with 
30  standard  glasses. 

Duty  Free .  36.00  Duty  Paid... . 48.00 

Lovibond  Tintometer  Set  for  estimating  Carbon  in  Steel,  including  the  improved  optical  instrument 
No.  24806,  box  stand  and  reflector,  5  inch  cell  and  34  standard  glasses  series  52,  and  26  glasses 
series  50. 

Duty  Free .  48.00  Duty  Paid .  64.00 

Lovibond  Tintometer  Set  for  estimating  the  color  in  oils,  waxes,  lards  and  other  fats,  varnishes,  gela¬ 
tine,  scale,  etc.,  including  the  improved  optical  instrument  fitted  with  hot  water  attachment 
for  melting  solids,  No.  24814,  thermometer  for  taking  their  melting  point,  box,  1  inch,  £  inch 
and  i  inch  silvered  cells,  without  standard  glasses. 

Duty  Free .  40.50  Duty  Paid .  54.00 

Lovibond  Tintometer  Set,  simple  form,  for  estimating  color  in  cotton  seed  oil,  fitted  with  standard  oil 
bottle  and  compound  glass  and  set  of  24  standard  cotton  seed  oil  glasses. 

Duty  Free .  20.40  Duty  Paid .  27.20 

Lovibond  Tintometer  Set,  for  estimating  the  color  in  cotton  seed  oil,  including  the  improved  optical 
instrument  No.  24814  fitted  with  lamp  and  hot  water  attachment  for  liquifying  the  oil  and 
maintaining  a  given  temperature,  5j  inch  cell  and  36  standard  glasses. 

Duty  Free . 57.00  Duty  Paid . . .  76.00 

Lovibond  Tintometer  Set  for  standardizing  merchantable  petroleums,  including  the  monocular  optical 
instrument  No.  24806,  box  with  stand  and  reflector,  18  inch  silvered  cell,  4  special  standard 
glasses  for  water  white,  standard  white,  superfine  white  and  prime  white. 

Duty  Free .  33.00  Duty  Paid .  44.00 

Extra  Apparatus  for  Intermediate,  Russian  and  Lubricating  oils,  containing  ^  inch  silvered  cell  and 
5  additional  standards. 

Duty  Free.. .  9.60  Duty  Paid .  12.80 

Lovibond  Tintometer  Set  for  estimating  the  value  of  flour,  including  the  improved  optical  instrument 
No.  25806.  standard  white,  6  trays,  pressing  apparatus  and  90  standard  glasses. 

Duty  Free .  63.00  Duty  Paid .  84.00 

Lovibond  Tintometer  Set  for  estimating  the  coloring  matter  in  tanning  solutions,  consisting  of  binocu¬ 
lar  instrument  in  polished  box,  with  stand  and  reflector,  5  cm  and  10  cm  glass  cells  and  88  standard 
glasses 

Duty  Free .  64.50  Duty  Paid .  86.00 


148 


ARTHUR _ H. _ T  H  O  MAS  COMPANY 


24910. 


24914. 


24918. 


24922. 

24926. 

24930. 


24934. 

24938. 

24942. 

24946. 

24950. 

24954. 

24956. 

24957. 


Combustion  Boats,  Royal  Meissen  Porcelain. 

Length,  mm .  60 

Width,  mm .  10 

Each . 


75 

11 


75 

15 


.15 


. . . .  .15  .15 

Combustion  Boats,  Opaque  Silica,  glazed,  without  handle. 

Length,  inches .  If 

Width,  inches .  £ 


100 

18 

.25 


115 

13 

.25 

3 

i 


145 

14 

.30 


Each . . 50  .75  .90  1.15 

Combustion  Boats,  Alundum,  adaptable  to  a  great  variety  of  work,  but  particularly  designed  for  the 
determination  of  carbon  in  iron  and  steel.  The  boats  may  be  used  repeatedly  because  the  alun¬ 


dum  does  not  react  with  the  iron  oxide  in  the  sample, 
practical  chemists. 

Length,  inches .  3j 

Width,  inches .  5 

Depth,  inches .  -fg 


Shapes  have  been  carefully  designed  by 


3f 


4_I_ 

^16 


16 


A 


Each . 30  .35  .50  .40  .40 

Alundum  Cover  for  Combustion  Boat  No.  24918,  4^  inches  long  x  fg  inch  wide . 75 

Combustion  Boats,  Johnson,  of  clay . .  . . . 10 

R  R  Alundum,  for  use  with  combustion  boats  of  either  platinum  or  siliceous  materials  and  particularly 
recommended  for  alundum  boats,  increasing  their  durability  and  preventing  their  destruction 
during  combustions.  Consists  of  pure  crystalline  Alumina  and  is  supplied  in  granular  form  of 
No.  60,  90  and  120  mesh  for  use  in  the  determination  of  carbon  in  steel.  Please  specify  mesh  in 
ordering.  In  glass  stoppered  bottles. 


Size  bottle. 


lb. 


1  lb. 
.75 


Each . . . . . 40 

Combustion  Capsules,  Royal  Meissen  Porcelain,  without  lip,  as  used  in  coal  analysis. 

Diameter,  mm . i . .  40 

Depth,  mm .  22 

Each . . . 20 

Combustion  Tubes,  Alundum,  to  withstand  temperatures  of  approximately  2000°  C.  These 


2  lbs. 

1.50 

50 

30 


.20 

tubes 

are  made  gas-tight  by  glazing  without  sacrificing  their  refractive  quality;  in  24  inch  lengths. 

Inside  diameter,  inches .  f  f  1 

Each . . 

Combustion  Tubes,  Sanitats  Porcelain.  Glazed  inside  and  outside. 


Inside  diameter,  mm .  15 

Each. 


4.95  4.95 

In  60  cm  lengths. 


4.95 


18 


22 


25 


.  1.60  2.00  2.25  2.75 

Combustion  Tubes,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain,  glazed  inside  and  outside.  Will  stand  a  temperature  of 
1100°  C.  and  are  paractically  gas  tight.  In  60  cm  lengths. 

Inside  diameter,  mm .  20 _ 28_ 

Each .  4.50  5.40  7.20 

Combustion  Tubes,  Marquardt  Mass,  for  temperatures  up  to  1650°  C.  These  are  furnished  either 
glazed  or  unglazed.  In  60  cm  lengths. 

Inside  diameter,  mm .  15  20 

Each .  4.00  4.75 

Combustion  Tubes  Opaque  Silica,  for  temperatures  up  to  1500°  C.  Tubes  of  the  following  diameters 
are  carried  in  stock  in  2  ft.  lengths  but  tubing  from  ^  in.  to  2  in.  inside  diameter  can  be  fur¬ 
nished  in  lengths  up  to  8  ft.;  24  in.  long  x  £  in.  inside  diameter  is  the  standard  tube  for  Hoskins 
Combustion  Furnace  No.  28988 

Inside  diameter,  inches . . . < _ _ _ 1 

Each,  unglazed .  4.20  4.60  5.00 

Each,  glazed  on  outside  and  at  one  end .  5.20  5.60  6.00 

Combustion  Tube,  Vitrified  Clay,  Johnson.  When  used  with  tapered  clay  connector  below  rubber 

stoppers  are  unnecessary  in  carbon  combustion  work,  etc.  See  Journal  of  Industrial  Engi¬ 
neering  Chemistry,  July,  1913 . .  3.00 

Tapered  Connector,  Vitrified  Clay,  for  use  with  above . 90 


149 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  24958 


COMBUSTION  TRAIN,  VANIER,  for  the  Determination  of  Carbon  in  Steel  by  the  Direct  Combustion  Method 

with  Electric  Furnace,  consisting  of  the  following: 

H  and  H1,  4  liter  Aspirator  Bottles  for  maintaining  a  constant  pressure,  H  being  filled  with  water. 

A,  Potash  Bulb  with  caustic  potash  for  purifying  oxygen  before  entering  tube. 

B,  Calcium  Chloride  Tube,  for  removing  moisture  from  oxygen  before  entering  tube. 

C,  Hoskin  Electric  Combustion  Tube  Furnace. 

D,  Glazed  Quartz  Combustion  Tube,  |  inch  bore  and  2  feet  long. 

E,  Vanier  Zinc  Tube  for  granulated  zinc,  to  remove  any  trace  of  sulphur. 

F,  Vanier  Sulphuric  Acid  Bulb,  for  absorbing  moisture. 

G,  Vanier  Combined  Potash  Bulb  and  Drying  Tube. 

The  determination  of  carbon  in  steel  is  one  of  the  principal  duties  of  the  Steel  Chemist  and  when  this  analysis 
is  made  by  the  direct  combustion  method  with  the  proper  furnace  and  absorption  train,  it  becomes  one  of  the 
most  satisfactory  analyses,  both  in  point  of  time  and  in  accuracy  to  be  made  in  a  steel  laboratory.  This  com¬ 
bustion  outfit  is  the  design  of  Mr.  Geo.  P.  Vanier,  Chief  Chemist  of  the  Pennsylvania  Steel  Company,  several 
of  the  important  components  of  the  brain  being  specially  designed  by  Mr.  Vanier  for  this  apparatus.  With  this 
outfit  one  man  can,  with  five  outfits,  maintain  a  rate  of  ten  combustions  per  hour.  An  important  feature  of 
the  outfit  is  the  Vanier  Combined  Potash  Bulb  and  Drying  Tube  (Patented)  Fig.  G  of  the  illustration.  It  offers 
many  advantages  over  the  bulbs  formerly  used,  i.e. —  . 


24958. 


24962. 


44732. 

23252. 

28988. 

24954. 

26656. 

26660. 

26664. 

24918. 

24930. 

24964. 


Large  capacity.  Six  grams,  or  more,  of  carbonic  acid  can  be  absorbed,  thus  enabling  the  chemist  to  make  over  100  combustions  with¬ 
out  refilling. 

No  rubber  caps  are  necessary  when  weighing  with  the  bulb  filled  with  oxygen  as  the  glass  stopcock  closes  the  inlet  and  outlet. 

Haying  a  drying  tube  attached  they  are  compact  and  more  easily  handled  than  the  ordinary  bulbs. 

They  hare  a  smooth  outer  surface  which  is  easily  cleaned. 

They  are  self-supporting  and,  having  a  firm  base,  can  be  conveniently  placed  on  the  balance  pan  when  weighing. 

The  drying  tube  being  vertical,  the  moist  gases  pass  in  at  the  bottom  and  the  drying  tube  never  stops  up.  As  the  solid  caustic  potash 
deliquesces  it  forms  a  pool  in  the  bottom  of  the  drying  tube  thus  making  an  extra  seal. 

The  gasses  can  be  passed  at  a  high  rate  without  loss  of  COj  or  moisture. 

When  gases  are  passed  through  rapidly  the  action  is  perfectly  quiet  without  any  spraying  or  jumping  of  the  solution. 


Vanier  Combustion  Train,  complete  outfit  as  illustrated,  consisting  of  aspirator  bottles  H  and  H';  bulbs 
A.  B.  E.  F  and  G,  Hoskin’s  Electric  Combustion  Furnace  C,  glazed  quartz  combustion  tube  D 
rubber  tubing,  supports,  clamps,  glass  rods,  two  Alundum  combustion  boats,  3|  x  f  inches,  and 

5  lb.  of  R  R  Alundum  but  without  oxygen  tank .  42.00 

Vanier  Combustion  Train,  complete  as  above,  but  with  the  addition  of  Hoskins  Rheostat  for  regulating 

temperature  of  furnace .  50.00 

Single  Parts. 


Potash  Bulb.  A  of  illustration . 50 

Calcium  Chloride  Tube.  B  of  illustration .  : . 90 

Hoskin  Electric  Combustion  Tube  Furnace.  C  of  illustration .  25.00 

Glazed  Quartz  Combustion  Tube,  1  in.  bore  x2  ft.  long.  D  of  illustration .  5.20 

Vanier  Zinc  Tube.  E  of  illustration . . . 75 

Vanier  Sulphuric  Acid  Bulb.  F  of  illustration .  1.25 

Vanier  Combined  Potash  Bulb  and  Drying  Tube.  G  of  illustration .  3.25 

Alundum  Combustion  Boats.  3f  in.  x  f  in.,  each . 35 

RR  Alundum.  In  1  lb.  glass  stoppered  bottle . 75 

Factor  Weight,  2.7273  grams,  of  lacquered  brass.  For  weighing  charge  of  boat . 75 


150 


ARTHUR _ Hj _ T  H  O  M  A  S  COMPANY 


No.  24970 


No.  24978 


24970. 


Compression  Pump,  hand,  for  laboratory  use  in  the  compres¬ 
sion  of  either  liquids  or  gases. 

For  pressures  up  to,  atmospheres  . . .  300  1000 

Duty  Free .  136.40  156.20 

Duty  Paid .  173.60  200.00 

Reservoir  for  the  above,  on  stand  for  the  Cailletet  experiment 
in  the  liquefaction  of  gases. 

For  pressures  up  to,  atmospheres .  300  1000 

Duty  Free .  39.60  50.60 

Duty  Paid .  50.40  64.40 


Note Compressors  for  liquefying  Air  and  Hydrogen  of  large 
Capacity  are  listed  under  Liquid  Air  Apparatus,  page 
285. 


No.  24982 


24978.  Compression  Pump  for  the  Determination  of  Critical  Pressure,  with  high  pressure  manometer  mounted 
on  board,  with  six  extra  capillaries.  See  Phys.-chem.  Mess.  Seite  228. 

Duty  Free .  43.60  Duty  Paid .  59.40 

24982.  Compression  Pump,  Ramsay-Young,  for  gases,  consisting  of  an  iron  compression  cylinder  with  screw 
for  pressure  up  to  200  atmospheres,  with  three  tubulations  for  manometers,  three  calibrated  and 
graduated  manometer  tubes  of  English  lead  glass,  two  cooling  jackets  with  thermometers,  etc. 
See  Travers,  experimentelle  Untersuchunq  von  Gasen  pag.  251  Braunschweig  1905. 

Duty  Free  .  90.75  Duty  Paid .  123.75 


151 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


25000. 

25004. 
t  25008. 
25012. 

25016. 

25020. 

25024. 

25028. 

25032. 

25036. 


Condenser,  of  brass,  with  condensing  tube  of  glass. 

With  rubber  stoppers. 

Length,  mm .  300 

375 

500 

600 

675 

750 

1000 

Each . . .  3.00 

3.50 

3.80 

4.20 

4.50 

5.00 

6.50 

Condenser,  Liebig,  of  glass,  with  condensing  tube  in  form  of  coil  sealed  in 

water  jacket. 

Length,  mm . 

150 

200 

250 

300 

400 

600 

Each . 

1.25 

1.60 

1.80 

2.25 

3.00 

5.00 

Condenser,  Liebig,  with  rubber  connections. 

Length,  mm .  250 

300 

400 

500 

600 

800 

1000 

Each . . .  .85 

1.00 

1.10 

1.25 

1.60 

2.00 

3.00 

Condenser  Tubes  for  above  condensers,  of  glass. 

Length,  mm .  250 

300 

400 

500 

600 

800 

1000 

Each...... . . . 18  .20  .22  .25  .35  .45  .65 

Condenser,  Liebig,  of  glass,  with  inner  tube  sealed  to  body. 

Length,  mm .  250  300  400  500  600 

Each. . . 190  ElO  L25  L65  2dW 

Condenser,  Allihn,  of  glass,  with  bulb  condensing  tube. 

Length,  mm .  200  250  300  400  600 

Each . . ~T10  L25  L40  L60  256 

Condenser,  Hopkins,  outside  jacket  35  cm  long.  As  widely  used  in  Extraction  Apparatus.  See 

Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  December,  1908 . . .  1.75 

Condenser,  Hopkins,  Picard-Law  modification,  which  consists  in  the  side  tube  being  bent  upright  at 
right  angles  with  a  funnel  top  so  that  extraction  fluid  may  be  poured  into  the  condenser  with¬ 
out  disconnecting  the  extraction  tube  when  used  in  connection  with  extraction  apparatus. 

Widely  used  in  cotton  seed  oil  work . . .  1.90 

Condenser,  Gockel,  may  be  connected  air-tight  with  receiver  and  used  either  as  a  reflux  condenser  or 
for  the  determination  of  inflammable  substances  where  dangerous  gases  must  be  led  off  from 
inside. 

Length  of  jacket,  inches .  18  24 


Each .  3.00  3.60 

Condenser,  Sulphurous  Acid,  Liebig,  of  glass,  with  two  stopcocks  on  horizontal  tubes .  2.25 


Ne.  25040 


25040.  Condenser,  of  glass,  with  spiral. 

Capacity,  cc . 

Each . 

25044.  Tripod,  of  metal,  for  use  with  condenser  No. 25040. 

For  condenser,  cc . 

Each . 


500 

1000 

2000 

3.00 

3.50 

4.25 

500 

1000 

2000 

1.00 

1.50 

2.00 

152 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


C  O  M  P  A  NY 


No.  25048 


No.  25060 


No.  25064 


No.  25068 


N».  25072 


No.  25076 


No.  25080 


No.  25084 


25048. 

25052. 

25056. 

25060. 

25064. 

25068. 

25072. 

25076. 

25080. 

25084. 


For  use  with  distilling  apparatus  such  as  No.  26548. 
.  h  1  2  3  5 


Condenser,  of  zinc,  with  heavy  block  tin  worm. 

For  still  of  capacity,  gallons . 

Each .  5.00  6.00  8.00  10.00  12.00 

Condenser,  Friedrichs,  of  glass,  screw  shape,  with  glass  screw  inside.  See  Zeitschrift  fur  angew. 

Chemie,  1910 . . . . .  3.00 

Condenser,  Friedrichs,  of  glass,  screw  shape,  with  counter  current  device.  Specially  adaptable  for  use 

as  reflux  condenser.  See  Zeitschrift  fiir  angew.  Chemie ,  1912. ....... . . .  5.00 

Condenser,  Mohr,  of  glass,  with  cork  stoppers  and  tubing  as  shown  in  illustration. 

Length,  mm .  300  360  500 

Each . . . . . . . . .  TOO  1.25  L40 

Condenser,  Soxhlet,  spherical,  of  copper  tinned  inside,  4  inches  in  diameter .  3.00 

same  as  No.  25064  but  with  two  bulbs .  6.00 


Condenser  Support,  consisting  of  Support  No.  37668,  with  extra  large  rectangular  base,  large  clamp 

holder  No.  24516  and  large  universal  clamp  No.  24508  .  2.60 

Condenser  Support,  consisting  of  No.  37668  with  extra  large  rectangular  base  and  brass  condenser 

clamp  No.  24586  .  3.00 

Condenser  Support,  for  condenser  up  to  60  mm  in  diameter,  with  double  clamp  of  brass,  on  iron 

tripod . . .  6.00 

Condenser  Support,  for  condenser  up  to  60  mm  in  diameter,  of  iron,  with  double  brass  clamp .  6.00 


153 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  25100 


HSEBISpias 


No.  25122 


25104. 


25108. 


25110. 

25114. 

25118. 

25122. 

25126. 

25130. 

25134. 


No.  25126 


No.  25134 


No.  25130 


25100.  Corks,  XXX  Quality,  regular  length. 


Number . 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Diameter  at  small  end,  inches . 

f 

5 

16 

3 

8 

7 

16 

1 

2 

16 

5 

8 

If 

if 

f 

Per  100 . 

.15 

.18 

.20 

.25 

.30 

.35 

.50 

.55 

.65 

.80 

Number . 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

Diameter  at  small  end,  inches . 

H 

7 

8 

a 

1 

1A 

If 

1A 

If 

1A 

H 

Per  100 . 

.85 

.95 

1.05 

1.15 

1.25 

1.60 

1.80 

2.00 

2.15 

2.45 

Corks,  Special  Laboratory  Quality,  regular  length.  These  corks  are  made  for  laboratory  use  and 

are 

not  regularly  listed  or  designated  in 

the  cork  trade  and  because  of  the  wide  selection  necessary 

to  get  homogeneous  wood  are  much 

more 

expensive  than  any  corks  regularly 

on  the  market. 

They  are  particularly  recommended  for  use  with  extraction  apparatus,  etc. 

Number . 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

Diameter  at  large  end,  inches . 

IS 

f 

3 

4 

ft 

f 

1A 

16 

1 

1A 

Per  100 . 

.38 

.45 

.55 

.65 

.80 

1.00 

1.20 

1.40 

1.60 

Number . 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

Diameter  at  large  end,  inches . 

H 

1A 

If 

llJS 

11 

X8 

Ire 

If 

1A 

If 

Per  100 . 

1.80 

2.00 

2.25 

2.50 

2.75 

3.00 

3.25 

3.50 

3.75 

Corks,  XXX  Quality,  short  taper. 

Number . 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Diameter  at  small  end,  inches . 

Te 

3 

8 

7 

16 

1 

2 

5 

8 

H 

11 

16 

3 

4 

if 

Per  100 . 

.15 

.15 

.15 

.18 

.25 

.30 

.35 

.40 

.45 

.65 

Number . 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

Diameter  at  small  end,  inches . 

7 

8 

ft 

1 

1A 

If 

1  3 
±T6 

If 

1  5 
AT6 

H 

1A 

Per  100..... .  . 75 

Corks,  XXX  Quality,  flat,  f  inch  high,  so-called 

Diameter,  inches . 

Per  100..... .  .50 

Corks,  XXX  Quality,  same  as  No.  25110  but  f  inch  high. 
Diameter,  inches .  If 


.80 

'specie’ 

2 

4 


.85  .90  1.05  1.15  1.35 

’  corks,  very  slight  taper. 

f  1 


1.45  1.65  1.85 


if 


n 


n 


.50 

If 


.55 

If 


.70 

If 


.85 


1.00 

2J 


Per  100..... .  1.35 

Diameter,  inches .  2f 


1.55 


1.80 

2f 


2.05 

24 


2.30 

2f 


2.75 

2f 


Per  100 .  3.20 

Corks,  XXX  Quality,  same  as  No.  25110  but  f  inch  high. 
Diameter,  inches .  3  3f 


3.65 

4.10 

4.70 

5.30 

5.90 

3f 

3f 

4 

4f 

4f 

Each . 

Diameter,  inches . 

. . .  .07 

.09 
•  4} 

.11 

5 

.13 

5f 

.15 

5| 

.18 

5f 

.21 

6 

Each . 

Borers,  of  hard  brass. 

.  .24 

.27 

.31 

.35 

.40 

.45 

Number  in  set . 

.  3 

6 

9 

12 

15 

Per  set . 

.  .60 

1.00 

1.75 

2.40 

3.20 

Cork  Borers  of  hard  drawn  brass  tubing. 
Number  in  set . . 


Each  borer  supplied  with  handle. 


A  very  convenient  form. 

_6 _ 9 _ 12 

Per  set . . . . . .  1.00  1.75  2.40 

Cork  Borer,  for  both  wood  and  rubber  corks,  with  device  for  conveniently  holding  the  set  of  borers 

which  vary  from  4  to  15  mm  in  diameter .  9.00 

Cork  Borer  Sharpener,  convenient  for  use  in  connection  with  No.  25130,  for  sharpening  both  inside 
and  outside  of  borers .  1.00 


154 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


25138. 

25142. 

25146. 

25150. 

25154. 

25158. 

25162. 

25166. 


25170. 

25174. 

25178. 

25180. 

25182. 


Cork  Borer  Sharpener,  a  steel  cone  with  knife .  1.00 

“  Extractor,  folding.  Extractor  is  pushed  down  between  neck  of  bottle  and  cork  and  then  rotated 
and  cork  withdrawn.  Very  practical . 15 


Size. 


Small 

^25 


Large 


.40 


32 


Cork  Press,  Lever,  of  cast  iron. 

Each . 

Cork  Press,  Rotary.  For  corks  up  to,  mm .  18 

Each. . . . . . . .  750_  775 

Cork  Screw,  quick  acting,  in  heavy  wooden  handle . .  . 25 

“  self  pulling,  with  wire  cutter.  The  most  simple  and  practical  cork  screw  made . 50 

Cork  Tongs,  for  compressing  corks  by  hand . . 75 

Counting  Apparatus,  Stewart,  for  colonies  of  bacteria,  consisting  of  a  hard  wood  box  12x6  x  8  inches, 
which  contains  a  16  candle-power  incandescent  lamp  and  adjustable  platform  carrying  a  Petri 
dish  which  is  illuminated  by  oblique  rays  from  the  lamp  which  do  not  enter  directly  into  the 
eye  of  the  operator.  A  ruled  glass  plate  is  provided  on  the  top  of  the  box  and  the  counting 
accomplished  by  viewing  the  colonies  in  the  Petri  dish  through  the  glass  plate.  See  Journal  oj 

Medical  Research,  January,  1906 .  12.00 

Reading  Lens,  for  use  with  same .  1.50 

Ruled  Counting  Plate,  only . 6.0# 

Counting  Apparatus,  Wolffhuegel,  for  colonies  of  bacteria.  Complete  on  wooden  base  with  ruled  glass 

plate  and  black  and  white  back-grounds . . . . . 5.00 

Ruled  Glass  Plate,  only . . . . . . . . . .  1.50 

Counting  Plate,  Jeffer,  for  colonies  of  bacteria.  See  Journal  of  Applied  Microscopy  and  Laboratory 
Methods,  Vol.  1,  No.  S.  Can  be  used  interchangeably  with  the  Wolffhuegel’s  plate  on  the  same 
base .  2.0© 


155 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


25186. 


25202. 


25206. 


25210. 


25214. 


H 


Counting  Apparatus,  Bottcher,  with  moist  chamber,  consisting  of  an  ordinary  micro  slide  with  glass 
ring  20  mm  in  diameter  and  8  mm  high  cemented  thereon.  Cover  glass  for  same  ruled  into 
100  squares  of  2  mm  each,  19  of  which  squares  are  numbered .  1,50 


No.  25202  . 


Crucibles,  Denver  Fire  Clay  made  in  both  hard  and  soft  burn, 
Capacity,  grams .  5 

without 

10 

covers. 

15 

20 

30 

Approx,  number  in  original  barrel . 

.  900 

550 

400 

350 

300 

Per  dozen . 

. 40 

.50 

.55 

.60 

1.00 

Per  100  in  original  barrel . 

.  3.00 

3.90 

4.00 

4.50 

7.00 

Covers,  per  dozen . 

. 40 

.40 

.40 

.40 

.40 

No.  25210 

Crucibles,  Denver  Fire  Clay  without  covers. 


Number .  D 

Height,  inches .  4 

Diameter,  inches .  2j 

Approx,  number  in  original  barrel  500 

Per  dozen . 50 

Per  100  in  original  barrel .  3.50 

Covers,  per  dozen . 35 


E 

F 

G 

J 

K 

L 

4^ 

5 

5! 

61 

7\ 

8 

3 

3* 

3f 

4f 

4| 

350 

300 

200 

150 

75 

50 

.75 

1.00 

1.10 

1.80 

2.20 

3.60 

5.50 

7.00 

8.00 

12.00 

15.50 

27.00 

.50 

.55 

.60 

.80 

1.20 

1.40 

156 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


CO 


No.  25218 


TRADE  HARK 

No.  25222 


TRADE  MARK. 
No.  25230 


No.  25238 


No.  25242 


No.  25246 


25218.  Crucibles,  Hessian  Sand,  triangular  form. 


25222. 


25226. 

25222. 


25226. 

25230. 


25234. 

25238. 


25242. 


25246. 


25250. 


Number  in  nest . 

Height  of  largest,  inches 
Width  at  top,  inches. 

Threes 

3 

3 

24 

Small  5s 

3 

4 

3 

Centimeters 

3 

4* 

3* 

Large  5s 

5 

4J 

34 

Eights 

5 

74 

Sixes 

6 

54 

44 

Per  nest . 

.10 

.10 

.10 

.10 

.30 

.20 

Crucibles,  Battersea,  round  form. 

Number . 

Height,  inches . 

Diameter,  inches .  If 

Number  in  original  barrel .  1000 

Per  dozen . 30 

Per  100  in  original  barrel .  1.85 

Covers,  per  dozen . 30 

Crucible,  Battersea,  Continued. 

Number . 

Height,  inches . 

Diameter,  inches . 


Dimensions  given  are  outside  dimensions. 

.  A 

2* 


Without  covers. 


Per  dozen. 


Number . 

Height,  inches. . . . 
Diameter,  inches. 


B 

C 

D- 

E 

F 

G 

H 

J 

3 

34 

4 

41 

5 

•  5| 

54 

64 

14 

24 

"  8 

91 

"S 

3 

34 

34 

44 

1000 

750 

500 

500 

500 

400 

300 

250 

.35 

.40 

.45 

.70 

.80 

1.10 

1.20 

1.65 

2.25 

3.25 

3.60 

5.75 

6.25 

8.60 

9.00 

13.00 

.30 

.30 

.35 

.45 

.  Trd 

.55 

.70 

.80 

.85 

K 

L 

M 

•N 

O 

P 

Q 

R 

74 

8 

84 

9f 

.10 

11 

12 

13 

44 

54 

54 

64 

•  •  .  •fL 

74 

84 

94 

150 

100 

100 

75 

50  •; 

m  40 

30 

25 

1.75 

3.00 

3.50 

4.90 

7.29  f 

8.00 

9.15 

Moo 

13.50 

24.00 

28.00 

39.00 

58.00  1 

54.00 

73.00 

100.00 

1.10 

1.20 

1.35 

1.60 

1.90 

2.10 

2.25 

2.70 

rs. 

,  1  -  j)  -  "iTl  4  ■ 

S 

T 

u 

V 

W 

- 

44 

4 

34 

34 

24 

44 

34 

34 

2| 

24 

..  1. 

15 

.85 

.60 

.45 

.40 

. . .  8, 

.75 

6.50 

4.75 

3 

.60 

3.00 

.85 

.85 

.70 

50 

.50 

6608 

2* 

4? 


6820 

2t 

24 


5922 

1J 

2 


5923 

1! 
3i 


Per  dozen . . .  1 

Per  100  in  original  barrel .  8.75 

Covers,  per  dozen . 85 

Crucibles,  Alundum,  highly  refractory;  well  adapted  to  experimental  electric  furnace  work  and 
used  successfully  for  melting  platinum.  They  are  not,  however,  adapted  for  uses  where  slags 
are  encountered  on  account  of  their  absorbent  nature. 

Number .  5144 

Diameter,  inches .  3 

Height,  inches .  3f 

Each . . 

Crucibles,  Opaque  Fused  Silica,  for  melting. 

Number .  1 

Height,  inches .  3& 

Diameter  at  top,  inches .  24 

Each .  2.00 

Crucibles,  Dixon’s  Plumbago.  Capacities  given  are  actual  total,  not  working  capacities.  The  working 
capacity  is  variable,  and  may  be  from  70%  to  90%  of  those  given.  The  total  capacity  in  pounds 
of  metal  depends  on  the  specific  gravity,  and  may  be  found  approximately  by  multiplying  the 
total  liquid  capacity  in  pints  by  the  specific  gravity  of  the  metal. 


1.25 

2.00 

1.00 

.75 

1.50 

3 

4 

6 

7 

14 

16 

30 

60 

70 

44 

4 

64 

74 

74 

84 

104 

12| 

20 

34 

44 

4* 

444 

54 

64 

74 

10| 

12 

!.15 

2.15 

3.15 

3.75 

4.00 

5.00 

8.00 

12.50 

18.00 

0 


Number 

Capacity,  pints . 

Height,  inches . . 

Diameter  at  top,  inches 

Each .  . 

Number . 

Capacity,  pints . 

Height,  inches .  S_ 

Diameter  at  top,  inches .  4| 

Each . 


00 


000 


0000 

i 


To  fit  No. 

Each . 

To  fit  No. 

Each . 


X2 

24 

14 

24 

2 

3 

24 

3f 

34 

44 

34 

54 
■  44 

.20  ? 

.20 

.20 

.25 

.30 

.35 

.40 

4  "  - 

5 

6 

'  7" 

8 

9 

10 

14 

11 

2i 

24 

3 

34 

4 

S'f 

, 

6 

'TKvj.'gf 

64 

74 

74 

44 

4| 

54' 

54 

6 

64 

.45  .55  .60 

crucibles  No.  25246. 

.65 

.70 

.75 

.80 

0 

00 

000 

0000 

'  ^  . 

2 

3 

.15 

.15 

.15 

.15 

.15  •* 

.15 

.15 

4 

5 

6 

7 

S 

9 

10 

.15 

.15 

.20 

.25 

.20 

.20' 

.20 

157 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


N«.  25278 


No.  25 286 


No.  25258 


No.  25274 


No.  25290 


25254. 


25266. 

25270. 

25274. 

25278. 

25282. 

25286. 

25290. 

25294. 


25298. 


Crucibles,  Sanitats  Porcelain,  trade  mark  blue  arrow  high  form,  glazed  throughout,  without 

Number .  8  7.  6  5  4  3  2 

Capacity,  cc .  10  18  30  40  65  90  135 

Diameter,  mm .  30  35  42  48  55  63  70 

covers. 

1 

175 

80 

Each . 

.  .07 

.07 

.12 

.12 

.16 

.20 

.25 

.35 

Covers,  only,  for  crucibles  No.  25254. 

To  fit  Number. . . 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

Each . 

.  .05 

.05 

.08 

.08 

.12 

.15 

.17 

.25 

Crucibles,  Sanitats  Porcelain,  trade  mark  blue  arrow,  low  form,  glazed  throughout. 

Without  covers. 

Number . 

.  000 

00 

0 

1 

2  . 

3  / 

/  4 

5 

Capacity,  cc . 

8 

13 

15 

25 

45  J 

90  1/ 

150 

250 

Diameter,  mm. . . . 

.  25 

34 

40 

46 

57  y 

68  V 

80 

87 

Each . 

.  .07 

.07 

.07 

.09 

.09  / 

.12 

.14 

.17 

Covers,  only,  for  crucibles  No.  25262. 

J 

J 

To  fit  Number. . . 

.  000 

00 

0 

1 

2  V 

3  V 

4 

5 

Each . 

.  .05 

.05 

.05 

.07 

.07 

.08 

.10 

.14 

Crucibles,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain,  trade  mark  blue  scepter,  high  form,  glazed  throughout,  without  covers. 

Number . 

.  000 

00 

0 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Diameter,  mm.... 

.  26 

30 

35 

41 

52 

62 

72 

87 

Capacity,  cc . 

5 

10 

15 

30 

57 

95 

155 

280 

Each . 

.  .09 

.12 

.15 

.24 

.30 

.35 

.45 

.55 

Covers,  only,  for  crucibles  No.  25270. 

To  fit  Number... 

.  000 

00 

0 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Each . 

.  .05 

.05 

.06 

.06 

.09 

.12 

.12 

.15 

Crucibles,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain,  trade  mark  blue  scepter,  low  form,  glazed  throughout. 

Without  covers. 

Number. . . 

00000  0000 

000  00 

0  1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Diameter,  mm. . . . 

14  18 

32  37 

41  46 

56 

67 

81 

96 

Capacity,  cc . 

I  2 

8  12 

17  30 

50 

90 

145 

265 

Each . 

.06  .07 

.12  .15 

.18  .25 

.35 

.40 

.50 

.60 

Covers,  only,  for  crucibles  No.  25278. 

To  fit  Number. . . 

.  0000 

000  00 

0  1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Each . 

.06  .06 

.06  .09 

.09 

.12 

.15 

.18 

Crucibles,  Royal  Meissen  Porcelain,  trade  mark  crossed  swords.  Glazed  throughout.  Without  covers. 

Number . . 

1 

2  3 

4  5 

6  7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

Diameter,  mm.... 

80 

70  65 

55  45 

40  35 

30 

23 

18 

14 

Capacity,  cc . 

140  100 

60  40 

28  15 

7 

3 

1 

ii 

Each . 

.  .40 

.35  .35 

.25  .21 

.18  .15 

.15 

.15 

.15 

.15 

Covers,  only,  for  crucibles  No.  25286. 

To  fit  Number... 

1 

2  3 

4  5 

6  7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

Each . 

.  .21 

.18  .12 

.12  .09 

.09  .06 

.06 

.06 

.06 

.06 

Crucibles,  Gooch,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain,  trade  mark  blue  scepter. 

Glazed  inside  and  outside  with  the 

exception  of  the  outside  bottom  surface.  Holes  in  bottom  are  i  mm 

in  diameter. 

Without 

covers. 

Number . 

2 

3 

4 

Capacity,  cc . 

10 

25  v' 

35 

Diameter  at  top, 

mm . 

27 

35 

40 

“  “  bottom,  mm. . 

18 

22 

25 

Height,  mm . 

30 

40 

43 

Each . 

.30 

.40 

.45 

Crucible,  Gooch,  Royal 

Berlin  Porcelain,  trade  mark 

blue  scepter.  Exactly  similar  to 

No. 

4  of 

25294  but  with  larger  holes, 

i.  e.,  1 

mm  in  diameter . 

ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


25300. 

25302. 

25303. 

25304. 

25306. 

20356. 

25310. 

25312. 


25314. 

25316. 

25318. 

25320. 


25322. 

25324. 


♦ 

Crucible,  Gooch,  Sanitats  Porcelain,  with  perforated  bottom,  glazed  throughout;  38  mm  diameter  of 


top  by  40  mm  high,  diameter  of  bottom  25  mm.  Without  cover . 40 

Crucible,  Caldwell,  Royal  Meissen  Porcelain,  with  removable  perforated  bottom.  Glazed  throughout. 
Removable  bottom  glazed  on  upper  surface  only. 

Height  40  mm,  diameter  at  top  40  mm,  diameter  at  bottom  25  mm . 50 

Loose  perforated  bottom  only,  for  above  crucible . 20 

Crucible,  Rose,  Porcelain,  with  perforated  cover  and  delivery  tube.  Unglazed. 

Capacity,  . .  15 _ 30  60 


Each . . . 50  .80  .90 

Crucible,  Plattner,  Royal  Meissen  Porcelain,  glazed  throughout,  with  wide  flaring  lip;  height  25  mm, 

diameter  45  mm . : . : . 25 

Crucible,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain,  of  special  shape,  with  large  filtering  surface,  as  used  in  the  deter¬ 
mination  of  soluble  bitumen;  height  24  mm,  width  at  top  45  mm,  width  at  bottom  35  mm. . .  .50 
Crucible,  Caldwell,  Opaque  Fused  Silica,  with  open  bottom  with  flange  to  take  porcelain  or  plati¬ 
num  disc;  45  mm  diameter  at  top,  25  mm  diameter  at  bottom  and  45  mm  high,  without  disc.  1.80 
Crucibles,  Iron,  spun  from  sheet,  with  covers. 

Capacity,  cc . .  20 

Diameter,  inches .  If 

Height,  inches . . . .  •  •  •  • _ H 

Each . .  •  . . 

Crucibles,  Copper,  spun  from  sheet,  with  covers 

Capacity,  cc .  20 

Diameter,  inches . . .  1| 

Height,  inches 

Each . ; . 50 

Crucibles,  Pure  Silver,  with  covers. 

Capacity,  cc..... .  20 

Approximate  weight,  grams .  35 

Each .  3.25 

Crucible,  Nickel,  Pennock-Martin,  40  cc  capacity 


.  20 

50 

100 

200 

400 

2f 

2h 

3f 

3f 

If 

2 

2f 

3 

.  .20 

.25 

.30 

.40 

.50 

20 

30 

50 

75 

100 

l  150 

200 

250 

500 

H 

If 

If 

2 

2f 

2f 

3 

3f 

4 

if 

If 

2 

2f 

2* 

2f 

3£ 

3f 

3f 

.50 

.60 

.70 

.80 

.90 

1.10 

1.30 

1.50 

2.00 

30 

45 

3.75 


50 

60 

5.25 


75 

80 

7.00 


100 

100 

8.50 


150 

150 

12.00 


_ _  __  ^  _  For  the  rapid  determination  of  sulphur  in  coal 

and  coke.  See  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  December ,  1903. 

Complete  on  stand . - y. . . . .  3.00 

Crucibles  Pure  Nickel.  These  are  very  superior  to  the  ordinary  article  in  which  the  manganese  con¬ 
tent  frequently  causes  trouble.  The  shape  is  also  special,  being  that  approved  in  steel  labora- 

Wlth  COVe"'  .  35  40  45  50  55  60  80  100 

ActutU  capacity,  cV.'.V.V . . .  23  36  50  74  93  130  300  540 

Each  . 60  .70  .80  1.00  1.15  1.25  2.00  3.00 

Crucible,  Kawin,  Pure  Nickei,  heavy  wali,  as  used  in  muffle  furnaces  for  burning  off  filter  paper  in 

silicon  determinations  in  iron;  28  mm  in  diameter  by  15  mm  high. . . . . .  .50 

Crucible,  Gooch,  Pure  Nickle,  with  perforated  bottom  and  extra  removable  cup;  30  cc  capacity,  1J 
inches  in  diameter  by  If  inches  high . 


1.25 


159 


A  RTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  25326 


No.  25350 


No.  25334 


No.  25346 


No.  25348 


No.  25342 


No.  25330 


25326. 


25328. 


25330. 


25332. 

25334. 

25336. 

25338. 


25340. 

25342. 


25346. 


25348. 


25350. 


1§ 

H 

l! 

1A 

i! 

i? 

20 

40 

25 

.30 

.35 

.35 

.  5202 

5203 

.30 

.35 

Crucibles,  Alundum,  for  general  laboratory  use.  These  crucibles  are  of  a  very  light  colored  mix¬ 
ture  of  which  the  factory  number  is  RA  84,  which  number  is  stamped  on  each  crucible.  With¬ 
out  covers. 

Diameter,  inches .  1§ 

Height,  inches . 1t% 

Capacity,  cc . 20 

Each . 

Covers,  only,  for  crucibles  No.  25326. 

To  fit  Number .  5202 

Each . 

Crucibles,  Filtering,  Alundum.  These  crucibles  are  made  in  three  degrees  of  porosity  of  which  the 
factory  designations  are  RA  98  very  porous,  RA  360  medium  porous  and  RA  84  slightly  porous. 
The  varying  degrees  of  porosity  are  easily  discernible  by  their  color  and  the  mixture  number  is 
stamped  on  each  crucible.  Please  state  porosity  in  ordering.  Without  covers. 

Diameter,  inches . . . 

Height,  inches . 

Capacity,  cc . , . 

Each . * . . 

Crucible,  Alundum,  specially  made  for  determining  moisture  in  samples  of  coal.  2  inches  in  diameter, 

If  inches  high . . . 40 

Crucibles,  Opaque,  Fused  Silica,  highly  glazed;  low,  wide  shape,  without  covers 


If 

H 

25 

.30 


i! 

itt 

35 

.35 


1  7 

.75 

2 

2 

1.25 

2f 

.60 


1* 

21 

.90 


1.25 

21 

.75 


1.25 

1? 

Jji 

1.25 

_ 2| 

.90 


Height,  inches . f  1 

Diameter,  inches .  If  If 

Each . 60  .60 

Crucibles,  Opaque,  Fused  Silica,  highly  glazed,  high  form,  without  covers. 

Height,  inches . 

Diameter,  inches . 

Each . 

Covers,  only,  for  crucibles  No.  25334  and  25336. 

Inside  diameter,  inches . If  2 

Each . 50  .50  .60 

Crucible,  Opaque  Fused  Silica,  highly  glazed,  special  large  size,  73  mm  diameter  and  8  mm  high.  2.50 
Crucible,  Iron,  Skidmore.  Designed  for  making  oxygen  from  Mn02,  calcination  of  chalk  with  recov¬ 
ery  of  the  expelled  C02,  manufacture  of  soda  from  cryolite,  preparation  of  ammonia,  destructive 
distillation  of  coal,  wood  or  other  organic  substances,  or  for  any  use  in  which  the  materials 
employed  or  evolved  do  not  act  destructively  on  hot  iron. 

Capacity,  ounces .  2  6 

Each . . . . .  1.25  2.00 

Crucible  Holder,  Bailey,  consisting  of  a  rubber  holder  taking  a  25  cc  porcelain  Gooch  crucible.  The 
rubber  holder  fits  an  ordinary  2  inch  60°  glass  funnel  as  shown  in  illustration.  The  lower  part 
of  the  rubber  holder  rests  against  the  side  of  the  funnel  supporting  the  crucible  while  the  upper 
part  makes  a  seal  against  the  top  of  the  funnel  when  suction  is  applied.  Rubber  holder  only  .30 
Crucible  Holder,  Spencer,  consisting  of  a  special  glass  funnel  or  filter  tube,  with  projecting  lug  to 
support  crucible,  and  rubber  ring  for  use  with  Alundum  crucible.  The  suction  makes  tight 
contact  between  the  crucible  and  the  inside  of  the  glass  funnel.  See  Journal  of  Industrial  and 

Engineering  Chemistry ,  Vol.  4,  No.  8,  Sept.,  1912 .  1.50 

Crucible  Holder,  Walter,  for  Gooch  crucibles  of  25  cc  capacity,  consisting  of  a  combined  rubber  stopper 
and  crucible  holder  with  glass  funnel  shaped  tube  set  in  stopper.  Will  fit  the  neck  of  any  regu¬ 
lar  suction  flask  up  to  1  liter  capacity.  Price  includes  the  funnel  tube  and  rubber  part  only  .40 


160 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  25350 


No.  25362 


No.  25366 


25352.  Crucible  Holder,  Rotary,  for  the  uniform  heat¬ 
ing  of  crucibles  in  the  determination  of 
ash,  evaporations  with  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid,  incineration  of  sugar, 
glycerine,  food  products,  etc.  A  uniform 
heating  of  the  entire  contents  of  the  cru¬ 
cible  is  secured  by  the  rotation  of  the 
triangle  supporting  it.  Apparatus  is 
arranged  with  pulley  for  convenient  con¬ 
nection  to  water  motor  or  other  source 
of  power.  Complete  with  one  burner  as 
shown  in  illustration .  20.00 


No.  25354 


No.  25370 


CRUSHING,  GRINDING  AND  PULVERIZING  APPARATUS 

For  Ores,  Minerals,  Drugs,  Food  Stuflfs  and  Samples  of  various  kinds,  Bacteria,  Animal  Tissues,  Lymph,  etc.  For 

convenience  we  have  grouped  under  the  above  heading  apparatus  heretofore  listed  under  Crushers,  Grinders, 
Mills,  etc.,  believing  that  such  an  arrangement  will  facilitate  selection. 

25354.  Crusher,  or  Bucking  Board,  of  chilled  iron.  Board  is  18  x  24  inches .  10.00 

25358.  “  “  “  “  similar  to  No.  25354  but  of  hardest  Chrome  Steel,  weighs  115  lbs.  Rubber 

is  7  x  8  inches  and  weighs  30  lbs.  The  metal  does  not  grind  off  into  the  sample.  As  used  in 
many  large  steel  laboratories  and  as  recommended  by  the  Chemists’  Committee  of  the  U.  S. 

Steel  Corporation  in  their  ‘Uniform  Methods”  . . . .  . . . . . •  •  45.00 

25362.  Crusher,  Weatherhead  Patent,  a  pulverizing  and  amalgamating  mortar  which  crushes  and  pulverizes 
coarse  material  at  one  operation.  Will  handle  any  material  from  clay  to  pig  iron.  The  cover 
of  the  machine  is  so  designed  that  it  may  be  used  as  a  small  hand  mortar  using  the  end  of  the 

handle  as  a  pestle . . . .  ■  25.00 

25366.  Mill,  Assay,  for  pulverizing  hard  substances,  such  as  ores,  etc.,  for  analysis.  1  o  bolt  to  bench  or  table 

Will  take  material  about  |  inch  in  diameter .  10.00 

25368.  Extra  plates  for  above,  per  set . ■  •  . .  . .  .  2.00 

25370.  Grinding  Apparatus  with  Agate  Mortar,  for  reducing  ore  to  an  impalpable  powder.  It  is  also  used  for 
grinding  bacteria  and  other  organic  materials.  Any  desired  pressure  may  be  obtained  and  both 
mortar  lind  pestle  revolve  giving  a  combined  rolling  and  sliding  motion.  Agate  mortar  is  110 
mm  in  diameter.  Total  height  of  apparatus  18  inches .  60.00 


161 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


\ 


No.  25378  No.  25386 


25374.  Crusher,  Case  Patent.  When  driven  by  power  has  a  capacity  of  from  100  to  200  lbs.  per  hour.  Jaw 
opening  is  2|  x  3  inches.  The  adjustment  for  fine  or  coarse  work  is  made  by  use  of  patented 
shims  which  are  inserted  between  the  front  jaw  plate  and  the  frame,  affording  a  variation  of  from 

;  inch  to  20  mesh.  Weight  135  lbs.  For  hand  power  only .  37.00 

25378.  Crusher,  Case  Patent,  exactly  same  as  No.  25374  but  arranged  for  both  hand  and  power  driving  40.00 
25382.  “  “  “  large  size,  for  power  driving  only.  Similar  to  No.  25378  but  with  jaw  opening 

3x4j  inches,  capacity  200  to  300  lbs.  per  hour,  shipping  weight  350  lbs.  Furnished  with  both 

tight  and  loose  pulleys... . . . . . . . .  100.00 

25386.  Pulverizer  or  Sample  Grinder,  Iler’s  Patent  Disc.  Will  grind  an  ordinary  8  oz.  sample  to  100  mesh 
in  less  than  one  minute.  Adjustment  for  degree  of  fineness  can  be  made  while  machine  is  in 
operation,  thus  one  part  of  a  sample  may  be  ground  to  50  mesh,  part  to  100  mesh  and  part  to 
200  mesh  while  the  machine  is  in  motion.  Made  in  two  sizes,  the  small  size  with  6  inch  discs, 
weighing  130  lbs.  and  is  furnished  with  10  inch  pulleys  and  requires  3  h.  p.  to  operate;  the  large 
size  has  9  inch  discs,  weighs  300  lbs.,  and  is  furnished  with  14  inch  pulleys  and  requires  2  h.  p. 
for  operation.  With  one  set  of  discs. 


Diameter  of  discs,  inches .  6  9 

Each . . .  85.00  145.00 

25388.  Grinding  discs,  per  set .  5.00  11.00 


No.  25402 


No.  25390 


No.  25390 


25390.  Sample  Grinder,  Braun,  for  Ordinary  Ore,  pulverizes  to  200  mesh  at  one  grinding.  Capacity  4  oz.  of  or¬ 
dinary  granite  rock  to  100  mesh  in  3  minutes.  For  hand  power  only,  with  one  set  of  discs.  50.00 

25392.  Sample  Grinder,  Braun,  for  Coal  and  Coke,  otherwise  exactly  the  same  as  above .  50.00 

25394.  Sample  Grinder,  Braun,  for  Coal  and  Coke,  with  tight  and  loose  pulley  for  power  driving .  60.00 

25396.  Grinding  Discs,  for  any  of  above,  per  set .  10.00 

25398.  Sample  Grinder,  Braun,  for  Iron  Ore,  with  discs  of  special  carbon  steel  containing  a  low  percentage 

of  phosphorous.  With  both  tight  and  loose  pulley  for  power  driving .  85.00 

25400.  Grinding  Discs,  of  special  carbon  steel,  per  set . 20.00 

25402.  Grinder  for  Iron  Ore,  Braun,  New  No.  7,  similar  in  construction  to  the  Sample  Grinders  but  larger 
and  built  for  higher  speed.  Grinding  plates  are  7  inches  in  diameter  and  are  of  carbon  steel 
with  low  phosphorous  content.  Will  grind  J  inch  material  to  200  mesh.  With  balance  wheel 

and  tight  and  loose  pulley  for  power  only .  125.00 

24504.  Grinding  Discs  of  special  carbon  steel,  7  inches  diam.,  per  set .  22.50 

24505.  Grinding  Discs  for  coal  and  coke  for  above,  per  set .  10.00 


, 

; 


* 


I 


162 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  25406  No.  25406 

25406.  Pulverizer,  Braun  Planetary,  works  equally  well  on  hard,  soft  and  taley  ores,  such  as  lime  rock,  cement 
rock,  etc.  The  planetary  movement  is  obtained  by  a  set  of  external  and  internal  clover  leaf 
gears.  About  15  teeth  are  simultaneously  in  mesh,  producing  a  slow,  noiseless  movement  to  the 
quill,  which,  being  bored  eccentrically,  causes  the  rotating  plate  to  impart  a  planetary  movement. 
All  the  working  strain  is  removed  from  the  main  bearings,  thus  insuring  long  life  to  the  most 
expensive  parts,  and  renewals  at  slight  cost  of  those  parts  which  take  the  most  wear.  This 
machine  has  a  greater  capacity  than  the  regular  Braun  Pulverizer.  Material  which  has  been 
previously  crushed  to  i  mesh  can  be  ground  to  80  mesh  at  the  rate  of  1  pound  in  40  seconds,  or 
90  pounds  per  hour.  The  machine  can  be  instantly  adjusted  to  pulverize  to  any  fineness  while 
it  is  in  operation,  or  at  rest.  The  machine  is  as  easily  cleaned  as  the  regular  Braun  Pulverizer 
No.  25426,  and  above  illustration  shows  the  simple  manner  of  opening  the  cover  and  side  door 
for  this  purpose.  An  important  feature  is  that  all  the  material  is  brushed  into  the  pan  beneath 
the  machine  so  that  the  entire  sample  is  saved.  Length  36  inches,  height  16  inches,  speed 


550  r.  p.  m.,  power  2  H.  P.  With  one  set  of  grinding  plates .  150.00 

25410.  Grinding  Plates  for  above,  extra,  per  set .  15.00 


25414. 


25418. 

25422. 

25426. 


25430. 


Crusher,  Simplex  Ore,  for  hand  power  only.  The  important  features  of  this  machine  are  the  ease  with 
which  the  front  jaw  may  be  removed  for  cleaning  the  interior  parts,  and  the  simplicity  of  its 
adjustment,  There  are  no  bolts  or  screws  to  be  removed  and  the  machine  can  be  opened  and 

closed  again  in  a  moments  time;  very  substantially  built;  size  of  jaws  6x3  inches .  30.00 

Crusher,  Simplex  Ore,  as  above  for  hand  and  power  driving. . . . . . .  33.00 

«  «  “  “  “  “  power  driving  only,  with  both  tight  and  loose  pulleys .  40.00 

Pulverizer,  Braun  Improved  UA  Type.  The  most  important  feature  of  this  Pulverizer  is  the  accessibil¬ 
ity  of  all  the  interior  parts  for  thorough  cleaning.  These  parts  are  either  enameled  or  machine  fin¬ 
ished  allowing  the  material  to  be  easily  brushed  into  the  pan.  The  mannei  in  which  the  cover  and 
door  of  the  machine  are  opened  insures  all  of  the  pulp  being  brushed  into  the  pan.  The  capacity 
of  the  machine  varies  according  to  the  fineness  to  which  the  material  has  been  previously  crushed. 
If  }  and  smaller  mesh  material  is  fed  into  the  Pulverizer  it  will  easily  handle  60  lbs.  per  hour  to 
100  mesh.  If  the  material  has  been  crushed  to  about  10  mesh,  it  will  easily  handle  80  to  90  lbs. 
per  hour  to  100  mesh.  The  machine  is  fed  through  the  spout  in  the  door  and  will  take  material 
a  mesh  and  smaller  and  reduce  it  all  with  one  grinding  to  a,ny  desired  mesh.  The  best  aver¬ 
age  speed  at  which  the  Braun  Pulverizer  should  be  operated  is  850  r.  p.  m.  Complete,  with  one 

set  of  grinding  plates,  length  23  inches,  height  14§  inches,  power  1  H.  P .  100.00 

Grinding  plates  for  above,  extra,  per  set .  8.00 


163 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  25438 


No.  25438 


No.  25450 


25434.  Crusher,  Improved  Chipmunk  No.  1,  with  improved  adjusting  device  consisting  of  an  eccentric  bolt 
passing  through  the  adjusting  block,  By  moving  the  lever  at  the  side  of  the  machine  backward 
it  decreases  the  opening  between  the  jaws;  by  moving  it  forward  or  towards  the  operator,  it 
increases  this  opening.  A  safety  pin  is  placed  in  one  of  the  holes  which  prevents  the  stationary 
jaw  being  brought  in  contact  with  the  movable  jaw.  The  main  feature  of  this  machine  is  the 
fact  that  the  frame  is  made  of  steel,  each  side  being  made  in  one  piece,  and  both  rigidly  secured 
together  with  strong  bolts.  The  second  important  feature  is  the  ease  with  which  all  of  the 
interior  parts  are  reached  for  cleaning.  The  front  or  stationary  jaw  can  be  removed  from  the 
crushing  chamber  in  a  moment’s  time,  while  the  rear  jaw  can  be  swung  backward,  thus  exposing 
every  part  of  the  machine  for  cleaning.  The  vibratory  jaw  is  mounted  upon  an  eccentric  shaft 
at  its  upper  end,  and  rests  against  a  toggle  at  its  lower  end.  The  eccentric  imparts  a  circular 
or  gyratory  movement  to  the  upper  end,  while  the  toggle  compels  the  lower  end  to  describe  an 
arc  of  a  small  circle.  This  motion  is  both  forward  and  downward,  or  a  rubbing  motion,  and 
impels  a  discharge.  With  jaws  3x6  inches,  opening  l£  inches,  capacity  300  to  400  lbs.  per  hour 

to  1  mesh  and  smaller,  for  both  hand  and  power  driving .  45.00 

25438.  Crusher,  No.  la,  as  above,  but  for  power  driving  only,  with  tight  and  loose  pulleys .  55.00 

25442.  Crusher,  No.  3,  “  “  larger  size  with  jaws  4x9  inches,  opening  2f  inches,  capacity  1000  to  1500 

lbs.  per  hour  to  £  mesh  and  smaller,  for  both  hand  and  power  driving .  110.00 

25446.  Crusher,  No.  3a,  large  size  as  above  but  for  power  driving  only,  with  tight  and  loose  pulleys. .  125.00 

25450.  Milling  Machine,  Laboratory,  Johnson,  for  taking  samples  of  thin  sheets,  wire,  resistance  ribbon  nails, 

steel  blades  and  small  samples  of  all  kinds  that  are  irregular  in  shape  for  use  in  carbon  determi¬ 
nations- in  iron  and  steel  analysis .  28.00 


No.  25454 


No.  25458 


No.  25462 


No.  25466 


25454.  Mill, 

25458.  Mill, 
25462.  Mill, 

25466.  Mill, 


Seek,  (or  coarse  grist,  a  widely  used  laboratory  mill,  particularly  adaptable  for  grinding  malt 
to  a  definite  degree  of  fineness,  which  is  adjustable  by  a  special  regulating  device.  This  mill 
has  been  adopted  by  the  International  Congress  of  Chemists  in  Berlin  and  the  Royal  German 

Brewing  Academy.  For  hand  driving .  100.00 

Seek,  as  above,  for  power  driving . 105.00 

Grinding  and  Pulverizing.  Will  granulate  or  grind  to  fine  powder.  Pulley  10  inches  in  diameter 
by  lj  inches  wide.  Is  used  with  great  satisfaction  in  tanning  laboratories  for  grinding  leather 

samples  and  in  cotton  seed  oil  and  other  laboratories .  25.00 

Porcelain,  for  grinding  either  wet  or  dry  substances,  for  both  bacteriological  and  chemical  pur¬ 
poses,  with  grinding  parts  of  acid-proof  porcelain.  With  grinding  surface  of  170  mm  in  diam¬ 
eter,  for  hand  power .  25.00 


164 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


25470. 

25474. 

25478. 


No.  25470  No.  25474  No.  25478 

Mill,  Excelsior,  for  drugs,  food  stuffs,  seeds  and  a  great  variety  of  other  work  in  grinding  laboratory 
samples.  Widely  used  in  Agricultural  Experiment  Stations.  Diameter  of  grinding  discs  6J 
inches.  Output  per  hour  25  to  50  lbs. 

Duty  Free .  77.95  Duty  Paid .  94.50 

Mill,  Swift  B.  Easily  adjusted  to  any  degree  of  fine  grinding.  Can  be  opened,  cleaned,  and 
closed  quickly  and  without  changing  the  degree  of  fineness  as  adjusted.  Hopper  capacity  3 

lbs.,  total  height  30  inches,  diameter  of  fly-wheel  34  inches . . . . .  25.00 

Mill,  Drug,  for  grinding  drugs,  grains,  seeds,  etc.  Can  be  regulated  to  grind  to  various  degrees  of 

finpnpcci 

Height, 'inches .  12J  15  20£ 

Diameter  of  wheels,  inches .  8 _ 8 _ 10 

Each .  4.25  6.00  9.00 


No.  25482 


25482.  Mill,  Laboratory  Drug,  Korner,  a  new  model  particularly  adapted  for  the  grinding  of  vegetable  sub¬ 
stances  and  the  preparation  of  drugs,  feed  stuffs,  etc.;  as  supplied  by  us  to  the  leading  pharma¬ 
ceutical  manufacturers  in  the  U.  S.,  and  as  used  in  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  etc. 
See  Chemiker-Zeitung,  1903  27,  No.  42.  For  hand  driving,  with  improved  ball  bearings. 

Duty  Free .  115.50  Duty  Paid .  140.00 

25486.  Mill  as  above,  but  for  power  driving,  with  improved  ball  bearings. 

Duty  Free . .  . 82.50  Duty  Paid . 100.00 


165 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  25490 


No.  25494 


25490.  Ball  Mill,  consisting  of  a  porcelain  jar  with  pebbles.  Will  handle  specimens  from  J  oz.  to  1J  lbs.  at 
one  time.  Pulley  is  9  inches  in  diameter  x  1  inch  wide  and  requires  80  to  100  r.  p.  m.  for  fine 

grinding.  Outside  dimensions  of  jar  5.2  x  5.7  inches.  Price  complete  with  pebbles .  15.00 

25494.  Ball  Mill,  consisting  of  a  porcelain  jar  and  pebbles.  Jar  is  8.7  x  9.6  inches.  Will  handle  quantities 
from  a  few  ounces  up  to  5  lbs.  Wheel  pulley  9  inches  in  diameter,  with  handle.  Requires  60 

r.  p.  m.  Complete  with  pebbles . 30.00 

25498.  Extra  Jars,  for  No.  25494,  each .  12.00 

25502.  Porcelain  Pebbles,  per  lb . 30 


No.  25505  No.  25518 


25506. 


25510. 

25514. 

25518. 


Grinding  Apparatus  for  Bacteria,  etc.,  White,  and  as  used  in  the  laboratories  of  the  Pennsylvania 
State  Live  Stock  Sanitary  Board.  Glass  globes  may  be  sterilized  with  the  agate  marbles  inside. 

Complete  with  two  glass  globes  and  set  of  agate  marbles.. .  35.00 

Extra  Glass  Globes,  each .  5.00 

“  Marbles,  per  box  of  25 .  5.00 

Ball  Mill,  Porcelain,  small  model  on  baseboard,  with  water  turbine  and  including  2  kilos  of  hard 
porcelain  balls. 

Duty  Free .  26.40  Duty  Paid . . .  32.00 


No. 25522  (See  description  on  following  page.) 


166 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


25522.  Grinding  Machine  for  Bacteria  etc.,  consisting  of  from  three  to  five  horizontally  operated  porcelain  mills. 

As  furnished  by  us  to  the  laboratories  of  Henry  Phipps  Institute,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 
State  Live  Stock  Board,  etc.  Complete  with  motor  for  110  or  220  volts  direct  current. 

Number  of  Mills .  2  3  4  5 

Duty  Free .  136.15  16325  199.65  252.30 

Duty  Paid . . .  165.00  198.00  242.00  305.80 

25526.  Extra  Porcelain  Mills  for  above,  capacity  1200  cc.  Can  be  sterilized. 

Duty  Free,  each .  8.75  Duty  Paid,  each .  11.50 


No.  25530 


25530. 


25534. 


25538. 


Grinding  Apparatus,  Macfaedjen,  OTganfsTs^iTS'brtter^nTo^erby’fiaSfd^r 

gffiSStEStf  SE  Thi  mortaJ  is  Merited  in  a”  liquid  air  vessel.  Cotnp.ete  with  motor. 

Current  and  voltage  must  be  sPec^7QD  °r  enng‘  puty  Paid .  717.20 

„  .  ..Duty  Free.  ;  X  ••••;•  etc.’,  bv means  of  pressure  applied  during  the  cutting.  Model 

<!fg th^HygSi iclStitSte,  Berlin.’  The  substances  can  be  finely  enough  ground  as  to  be  injected 

directly.  .  .  10  50 

Capacity,  grams .  24/75  4920 

Duty  Free . ‘  ^  ” .  30.00  60.00 

„  .  ,.Duty  paid  •;  •  v  •  -r  '  ' ' '  supplied  by  us  to  the  laboratories  of  the  Henry  Phipps 

Gt“dTn8s”ut”rhi!Ide“h1..  With  motor.  Current  and  voltage  must  be -specified  in  ordertttg.^ 
Duty  Free . . 


167 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  25542  No.  25558  No.  25570 


25542.  Grinding  Machine  for  the  Preparation  of  Animal  Lymph.  Devised  for  the  thorough  mixing  of  the  ani¬ 
mal  lymph  with  the  necessary  glycerine.  The  lymph  is  poured  into  the  conical  shaped  funnel 
and  is  carried  by  means  of  the  revolving  spindle  through  the  cylinder.  The  spindle  is  of  pure 
nickel  screwed  with  a  thread,  gradually  tapering  from  a  rough  thread  at  top  to  a  very  fine  thread 
at  bottom.  The  inside  of  the  cylinder  is  also  of  pure  nickel.  The  mixing  swindle  is  run  on  a 
compound  ballbearing  and  is  so  arranged  that  it  can  easily  be  removed  for  sterilizing  and  replaced 
without  any  difficulty.  In  order  that  the  bore  of  the  cylinder  may  be  easily  cleaned  and  examined 
the  cylinder  is  cut  into  two  halves  and  held  together  when  in  use  by  the  clamps  shown.  The 
machine  is  mounted  on  a  strong  table  with  marble  top  and  the  working  part  is  encased  under 
a  glass  cover  with  hinged  door.  The  cover  need  not  be  removed  when  the  machine  is  at  work. 
By  means  of  this  machine  the  lymph  is  thoroughly  mixed  in  about  15  minutes  without  any  loss 
of  the  lymph  which  is  kept  perfectly  free  from  dust.  As  supplied  by  us  to  some  of  the  leading 
manufacturers  of  biological  products  in  the  U.  S.  Complete  as  illustrated,  for  foot  power,  with 
treadle  and  driving  wheel. 

Duty  Free .  142.00  Duty  Paid . . .  172.00 

25546.  Grinding  Machine,  exactly  same  as  No.  25542  but  fitted  with  pulley  for  power  driving. 

Duty  Free .  122.10  Duty  Paid . . .  148.00 

25550.  Grinding  Machine,  exactly  same  as  No.  25542  but  with  electric  motor  for  direct  current  and  adjust¬ 

able  resistance  coils  for  starting.  Voltage  must  be  stated  in  ordering. 

Duty  Free .  204.60  Duty  Paid . . .  248.00 

25554.  Grinding  Machine,  exactly  same  as  No.  25542  but  with  electric  motor  for  alternating  current  and 

with  countershaft.  Voltage  must  be  stated  in  ordering. 

Duty  Free .  224.50  Duty  Paid . 272.00 

25558.  Grinding  Mill  for  Lymph.  Model  of  the  K.  K.  Impfstoff-Gewinnun^s-Anstalt,  Vienna;  consisting  entirely 
of  glass,  permitting  the  whole  utensil  to  be  repeatedly  sterilized.  The  complete  outfit  is  mounted 
on  an  enamelled  iron  bracket  with  marble  top,  and  water  motor  for  driving  built  in. 

Duty  Free .  115.20  Duty  Paid . . .  158.40 

25562.  Grinding  Mill  for  Lymph  as  above,  but  with  electric  motor  drive.  In  ordering  please  state  current. 

Duty  Free .  204.00  Duty  Paid .  280.50 

25566.  Filling  Apparatus  for  Lymph.  Model  of  the  K.  K.  Impfstoff-Gewinnungs-Anstalt,  Vienna;  improved  con¬ 
struction,  with  complete  equipment  for  the  adjustment  of  pressure  and  blast  lamp  for  melting 
the  capillary  tubing,  on  enamelled  iron  table,  with  electric  motor. 

Duty  Free .  228.00  Duty  Paid .  313.50 

25570.  Combined  Lymph  Grinding  and  Filling  Apparatus,  consisting  of  outfit  No.  25562  for  grinding,  and 
outfit  No.  25566  for  filling.  Complete,  on  enamelled  iron  table. 

Duty  Free .  468.00  Duty  Paid .  643.50 


168 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


N*.  25574  No.  25578  No.  25586 


25574.  Grinding  Apparatus,  Borrel,  for  Organic  Tissues,  Bacteria,  Lymph,  etc.  The  grinding  is  accom¬ 
plished  by  means  of  flexible  steel  leaves.  The  normal  speed  is  about  2000  r.  p.  m.  and  the  front 
(shown  removed  in  illustration)  is  of  glass  so  that  the  entire  process  may  be  observed.  All  the 
working  parts  may  be  readily  sterilized  and  the  machine  is  well  suited  for  the  grinding  of  moist 
as  well  as  dry  material. 

Duty  Free .  87.50  Duty  Paid .  105.00 

25578.  Cryoscope,  Friedenthal,  for  Molecular  Weight  Determination  by  depression  ef  the  freezing  point  in 
physiological  and  clinical  work.  See  Zentralblatt  fur  Physiologie  1899-1900.  Outfit  consists 
of  the  f  11  owing: — 

Cooling  Jar,  with  wooden  cover  nickel  stirrer,  one  freezing  tube  with  rubber  stopper  and  one 
freezing  rod. 

Thermometer,  for  the  cooling  mixture,  from  —20  to  +49°  C.  in  single  degrees. 

Stirrer,  for  the  solution,  consisting  of  glass  rod  with  platinum  ring.  Approximately  1.2  grams 
of  platinum. 

Thermometer,  Heidenhain,  from  +0.5°  to  —2  5°  C.  m^ths.  As  in  medical  work  only  a  few  de¬ 
grees  under  zero  are  required  in  the  thermometer,  this  thermometer  is  furnished  with  fixed 
graduations  so  that  the  laborious  adjustment  of  zero  in  the  regular  Beckmann  thermometers  is 
avoided.  When  small  drops  of  mercury  are  found  in  the  enlargement  at  the  top  of  the  tube 
they  must  be  carefully  run  into  the  tube  by  inversion  of  the  thermometer. 

Complete  outfit  as  described. 

Duty  Free .  10.75  Stock .  16.25 

25582.  Thermometer,  Heidenhain,  as  described  above . .  9.00 

25586.  Cryoscope,  Drucker-Burrian,  for  Molecular  Weight  Determination  by  depression  of  the  freezing  point 
in  physiological  and  clinical  work,  designed  for  small  quantities,  only  1.5  cc  of  solution  being 
necessary.  See  Zentralblatt  fur  Physiologie,  Band  XXIII,Nt.  22.  Outfit  consists  of  the  following: 
Cooling  Jar,  with  nickle  plated  cover  and  stirrer. 

Freezing  Tube,  with  cork  ring  and  air  jacket  with  cork  for  both  thermometer  and  stirrer. 
Stirrer,  of  glass  with  platinum  ring,  approximately  12  grams  of  platinum. 

Thermometer,  with  fixed  degrees  as  in  Heidenhain  No.  25582,  from  +0  5°  to  —5°  C.  in  ^ths, 
total  length  24  cm,  with  specially  small  bulb  designed  especially  for  this  apparatus. 

Complete  outfit  as  described. 

Duty  Free .  10.05  Stock .  15.25 


25590.  Thermometer  only,  as  described  above 


9.00 


169 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  25602 


No.  25606 


No.  25610 


No.  25614 


. . . 'WnwwpiBBwj? 

No.  25618 


No.  25622 


No.  25626 


No.  25630 


No.  25630 


No.  25634 


No.  25638 


25602. 


25606. 

25610. 

25614. 

25618. 

25622. 

25626. 

25630. 

25634. 


25638. 


Culture  Dishes,  Petri,  of  glass,  fitted  in  pairs.  The  100  x  10  mm  size  is  the  standard  Petri  dish  for 
bacteriological  work  throughout  the  U.  S.  The  glass  is  very  free  from  striae  and  will  stand  re¬ 
peated  sterilization  with  a  minimum  of  breakage  and  corrosion. 

Diameter,  mm . 100  120  150 

Depth,  mm .  10  10  10 

Per  pair . 20  .40  .60 

Covers,  Porous  Earthenware,  for  culture  dishes  100  mm  in  diameter.  Each . 15 

Culture  Dishes,  of  glass,  fitted  in  pairs,  with  top  and  bottom  surface  as  free  from  striae  as  possible, 
for  cultures,  mounting  of  specimens  in  gelatine,  etc. 

Diameter,  mm .  40  50  60  80  100  120  150  200  220  240 

Depth,  mm .  10  10  10  10  15  20  20  35  40  50 

Per  pair . 15  .15  .18  .21  .30  .40  .60  .80  .90  1.30 

Culture  Dish,  of  glass,  with  top  and  bottom  polished,  permitting  the  examination  of  cultures  with 
higher  power  objectives  than  the  ordinary  blown  Petri  dish.  So-called  Pasteur  dish.  Fitted 
in  pairs. 

Diameter,  mm . 100  100 

Depth,  mm . 5  10 

Per  pair . 50  .50 

Culture  Dish,  of  glass,  fitted  in  pairs,  with  top  and  bottom  of  polished  plate  glass.  Glass  rings  forming 
sides  are  cemented  on  at  600°  C.  in  a  special  furnace.  Especially  valuable  for  photomicrographic 
work  and  use  with  microscope  because  of  the  freedom  from  distortion  as  compared  with  blown 

dishes.  Will  stand  sterilization  as  well  as  the  ordinary  Petri  dish.  Per  pair .  1.25 

Culture  Dish,  White  Metal,  Friedberger-Kanten,  rectangular  form,  250  mm  wide  by  10  mm  deep.  3.00 
Culture  Dishes,  Gabritschewsky,  as  originally  used  for  Tetanus  cultures  but  as  now  used  for  growing 
tissues  in  plasma.  The  culture  is  made  on  the  under  side  of  the  lid.  The  circular  concave  por¬ 
tion  of  the  dish  serves  to  collect  the  products  of  metabolism  falling  from  the  culture,  the  cir¬ 
cular  trough  around  the  bottom  dish  being  used  for  water.  By  means  of  the  apertures  provided 
a  slight  turn  of  the  lid  permits  or  excludes  the  entrance  of  air  into  the  culture  compartment.  Per 

pair . . . 75 

Culture  Dish,  Porcelain,  Neisser.  Dishes  are  100  mm  in  diameter  x  10  mm  deep  and  are  furnished  in 
both  black  and  white  glazed  porcelain. 


Each, 
ire  Disl 
knob. 


Diameter  of  cover,  mm . 

Each . . . 

Culture  Dishes  or  Moist  Chambers,  same  as  No.  25634  but  without  knob  on  cover. 


Diameter  of  cover,  mm 

Each . 


White 

Black 

.60 

.75 

tting  covers  with 

.  70 

80 

.  200 

240 

.  1.25 

2.00 

.  70 

80 

..  200 

240 

1.75 

170 


ARTHUR _ Hj _ T  H  O  M  A  S  COMPANY 


No.  25654 


No.  25646 


No.  25646 


No.  25650 


No.  25658 


25642. 


25646. 

25650. 

25654. 

25658. 


25662. 

25666. 

25670. 

25674. 

25678. 


Culture  Dish  Holder,  Ravenel,  for  dishes  100  mm  diameter,  of  spring  brass,  nickel-plated.  A  very  con¬ 
venient  device  for  handling  dishes  in  the  incubator  and  sterilizer. 

To  hold,  dishes .  3  6 


Each . . . 50  .75 

Culture  Dish  Holder,  of  polished  copper,  with  removable  inside  tray.  To  take  100  mm  dishes.  Height 

9  inches . .  3.00 

Culture  Dish  Holder,  of  sheet  copper,  nickel  plated,  with  door  and  handle.  For  dishes  100  mm  in  diam¬ 
eter.  Height  8  inches . . .  6.00 

Culture  Dish  Holder,  rectangular  form,  of  nickel  plated  copper.  For  dishes  100  mm  in  diameter. . .  6.00 
Culture  Flasks,  Koch. 

Capacity,  cc .  50  100 

Each . . . .  .12  H5 

Culture  Flask,  Fernbach,  so-called  Antitoxin  flask.  Shape  as  used  in  the  Antitoxin  Laboratories  of 

the  Philadelphia  Board  of  Health,  8  inches  high  and  10  inches  in  diameter  at  base .  2.00 

Culture  Flask,  Freudenreich,  with  cap  ground  on,  25  cc  capacity . 35 

“  “  with  side  neck,  capacity  25  cc . 40 

“  Lister,  for  serum,  capacity  500  cc . . . 60 

“  Miquel,  with  flat  bottom  and  ground  on  cap.  Capacity,  cc  . . .  50 _ 75  100 

Each . 35  .40  .45 


No.  25682 


No.  25690 


25682.  Culture  Flask,  Kolle,  with  indentation  to  prevent  flowing  out  of  medium.  Flasks  are  about  3  cm  deep. 
As  used  in  the  preparation  of  typhoid  vaccine  in  the  U.  S.  Army  Medical  Department. 


Diameter,  cm .  13 _ 15 

Each . . . 50  .60 

25690.  Culture  Flask,  Roux,  220  mm  long,  120  mm  wide  and  53  mm  deep . 80 

25694.  “  “  Piorkowski,  140  mm  long,  140  mm  wide  and  50  mm  high . 80 


171 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


♦ 


25696. 

25698. 

25702. 

25706. 


No.  25698 


No.  25702 


No.  25706 


Culture  Flask,  Martin,  for  toxin, 

Capacity,  cc .  125  250 

Each . ' .  .35"  jhT 

Culture  Flasks,  Chamberland. 

Capacity,  cc .  125  250 

„  ,  Each .  15  ^o 

Culture  Flasks,  Miquel,  pipette  form . 

Culture  Flask,  Pasteur,  with  side  tubulations  and  constricted  neck. 

Capacity,  cc . . .  100  250 


No. 

25714 

500 

.75 

500 

.60 


„  ,  Each . 40  .50  -60  -80 

25710.  Culture  Flask,  Pasteur,  Jena  Glass.  Same  shape  as  above.  Recommended  because  of  insolubility 

of  glass  during  sterilization.  Capacity  500  cc .  1.30 

25714.  Culture  Tube,  Gayon,  220  mm  long  by  20  mm  diameter . 30 

25718.  “  “  Roux,  for  potato  cultures,  155  mm  long  by  20  mm  diameter . . . 10 


25722.  Cups  or  Cells,  porous,  of  unglazed  porcelain,  for  use  in  batteries,  etc. 

Height,  mm .  75  75  95  110  135  185  200 

Diameter,  mm .  38  50  50  50  65  80  80 

Each... . .10  .15  .18  .20  .30  .40  .55 

25726.  Cupels,  Brownite,  for  assaying,  are  absolutely  uniform  in  composition  and  density,  give  a  lower  silver 
loss  than  bone  ash,  and  are  guaranteed  against  breakage  in  shipment.  They  should  be  hot 
before  receiving  the  button. 

Diameter,  inches .  1  1£  1§  If  2 

Height,  inches .  f  f  s  1  11 

Per  100 .  1.00  1.25  1.75  2.00  2.50 

25730.  Cupels,  Torry  &  Eaton,  of  best  washed  bone  ash. 

Diameter,  inches .  1  1§  1J  If  1J  If  1*  1J  2 

Will  absorb,  grams .  10  15  20  25  30  40  50  60  75 

Per  100 .  2.00  2.25  2.50  3.00  3.40  3.75  4.00  4.50  5.00 


25734.  Cupel  Rake,  of  iron,  24  inches  long . .  .45 

25738.  “  Shovel,  of  iron,  24  inches  long . 45 

25742.  Cupel  Mould,  of  brass. 

Size,  inches .  .  _H _ i|  _  j*. 

Each .  2.50  2.75  3.00 


172 


A  R  T  H  UR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


25750. 


25754. 


25758. 

25762. 

25766. 

25770. 

25774. 

25778. 

25782. 

25784. 

25786. 

25788. 


25790. 

25792. 


Cylinders,  with  spout. 

Height,  mm .  100  125 

Diameter,  mm . I _  25  25 

Each .  ...  TTlT^ 

Height,  mm . \J250  260 

Diameter,  mm .  40  45 

Each. . .  ^0  i35  i35~ 

Cylinders,  with  rim  around  top,  top  not  ground. 

Height,  mm .  100  125 


125 

40 


150 

25 


150 

40 


175 

30 


.16 

3001/ 

40 


.18 

300 

50 


.16 

315 

65 


.22 

350 

50 


.24 

365 

65 


200 

30 

.25 

375 

50 


210 

40 

.26 

450 

50 


Diameter,  mm .  25 

Each .  .15 

Height,  mm .  260 


25 


125 

40 


.45 

150 

25 


.55  .50  .60  .50 


150 

40 


175 

30 


200 

30 


210 

40 


.65 

250 

40 


.16 

300 

40 


.18 

300 

50 


.16 

315 

65 


.22 

350 

50 


.24 

365 

65 


.25 

375 

50 


.60  .50  .65  .75 


350 

50 

40 


300 

75 

50 


Diameter,  mm .  45 

Each. .  735  i35  A5~  255  250 

Cylinders,  with  enlarged  top.  Especially  adapted  for  use  with  hydrometers. 

Height,  mm . 

Diameter  at  top,  mm . 

“  “  bottom  mm . 

Each . 

Cylinders,  with  ground  rim  at  top  for  use  with  glass  plates. 

Height,  mm . 

Diameter,  mm . 

Each . . .  775 

Cylinders,  with  side  funnel  for  acid  chambers,  so-called  “drop  cups.” 

Height  of  cylinder,  mm .  125 

Each . 50 

Cylinders,  Graduated,  with  single  graduations,  and  spout,  on  foot. 

Capacity,  cc .  5 _ 10  15  _  25  50 

Each . 


.26 

450 

50 


.30 

500 

50 


200 

100 


.50 

300 

80 


.70 

300 

100 


400 

75 

65 

.90 

400 

80 


.80 


1.25 


1.25 

150 


.25 

Capacity,  cc .  200 

Each 


.28 

250 


.30 

500 


.35 

1000 


.40 

2000 


.75  .80  1.00 

Cylinders,  Graduated,  with  double  graduations,  and  spout,  on  foot. 

Capacity,  cc .  5  10  25  50  100 

Each .  728  730  .40  .50  .65 

Cylinders,  Graduated,  with  single  graduations  and  ground  glass  stopper. 

Capacity,  cc .  10  25  50  100  150 

Each. 


1.75 


3.25 


.60 

my 

.50 

3000 

4.00 


200  250  500  1000  2000 


.50  .55  .60  .80  .90 

Cylinders,  Graduated,  same  as  No.  25778.  but  with  double  graduations. 

Capacity,  cc .  10  25  50 

Each . 50  .60  .70 

Cylinders,  Graduated,  New  Jena  Glass,  with  single  graduations. 

Capacity,  cc .  50 _ 100 

Each .  .90  1.10 


200 


.80  1.00  1.20  2.00  3.50 

So  called  “mixing  bottle.” 
200  250  500  1000  2000 

1.00  1.15  1.35  2.30  4.00 

100  250  500  1000  2000 

.80  1.20  .65  2.45  4.50 

250 


500 


1.35 


1000 

3.00 


1.50  2.00 

Cylinder,  Graduated,  for  use  with  the  official  Brown-Duvel  Moisture  Tester.  With  enlarged  top,  read¬ 
ing  in  percentages  up  to  16%.  See  Bulletin  56  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry . 40 

Cylinder  with  Outlet  but  without  spout,  of  well-annealed  thin  glass  guaranteed  to  stand  repeated  steri¬ 
lization;  4  inches  in  diameter  and  15  inches  high,  with  tubulation  at  the  side;  as  used  in  the  labo¬ 
ratory  of  Soil  Bacteriology  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture . .  1.25 

Cylinder,  as  used  in  testing  sewage,  with  conical  end  graduated  from  0  to  50  cc,  total  capacity  1000  cc.  2.50 
Cylinder,  as  above,  of  conical  shape  throughout,  with  graduations  at  points  from  0  to  100  cc,  total 
capacity,  1000  cc . >2.25 


173 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  25784  No.  25785  No.  25788  No.  25790  No.  25792  No.  25796  No.  25800  No.  25804  No.  25812 


2579G.  Cylinders,  Mixing,  Precision,  as  used  in  the  Hygienic  Laboratory,  of  the  U.  S.  Public  Health  Service  for 
determining  the  immunity  unit  in  the  standardization  of  diphtheria  antitoxin.  See  Hygienic 
Laboratory  Bulletin  No.  2l.  These  cylinders  are  standardized  at  20°  C.  in  accordance  with  the 
requirements  of  the  Bureau  of  Standards  but  are  regularly  furnished  without  certificate.  With 
ground  glass  stopper  without  constriction  in  neck  and  with  flask  shaped  enlargement  below 
first  graduation.  Each  cylinder  of  the  series  has  a  graduation  of  10  cc  in  rjths,  i.e..  the  capacity 
to  the  beginning  of  the  graduations  is  10  cc  and  to  the  top  of  the  graduations  20  cc  and  so  on  up 
to  100  cc. 

Graduations,  cc.  5-10  10-20  20-30  30-40  40-50  50-60  60-70  70-80  80-90  90-100 

Each .  1.25  1.50  1.55  1.60  1.65  1.70  L75  L80  L85  L90 


CYLINDERS,  Precision,  graduated  by  weighing  at  20°  C.  in  accordance  with  the  specifications  of  the  Physikaiisch- 
Teohnische  Reichsanstalt,  i.  e.,  with  individual  control  number,  time  of  outflow,  all  around  graduations 
for  the  whole  centimeters  and  semi-circular  graduations  for  the  fractions,  etc.  These  cylinders  are 
offered  with  our  unofficial  factory  certificate  and  with  the  Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt  cer¬ 
tificate  and  control  stamp,  i.  e.,  the  official  certificate  of  the  German  government.  Because  of  the 
limited  demand  we  do  not  carry  these  cylinders  in  stock  with  the  official  P.  T.  R.  certificate  but  import 
them  on  special  order.  We  do,  however,  carry  them  in  stock  with  our  unofficial  factory  certificate. 
These  certificates  are  made  out  in  the  factory  in  exact  accordance  with  the  methods  prescribed  by  the 
P.  T.  R.  and  no  Cylinder  is  certified  unless  the  error  falls  within  the  limit  permitted  by  the  P.  T.  R. 
The  data  on  these  certificates  may  be  used  as  a  check  where  cylinders  are  calibrated  in  the  laboratory 
or  with  entire  reliance  upon  the  accuracy  of  the  figures  given. 

25800.  Cylinders,  Graduated,  Precision,  with  single  graduations  and  spout,  adjusted  for  receiving,  with  unoffi¬ 
cial  factory  certificate.. 

Capacity,  cc .  10  25  50  100  250  500  1D00 

Graduated  in  cc .  _ f  £ _ 1 _ 5 _ 5_ _ JO 

Each .  ^85  L30  L55  L35  1.90  2.35  3.05 

25804.  Cylinders,  Graduated,  Precision,  same  as  No.  25800.  but  with  double  graduations;  with  unofficial 

factory  certificate. 

Capacity.... .  10  25  50  100  250  500  1000 

Graduated  in  cc .  iV  i  i  1  5  5  u 

Each . L25  L60  "  L90  1.50  .  2^25  2J0  3J50 

25812.  Cylinders,  Graduated,  Precision,  with  single  graduations  and  ground  glass  stopper,  adjusted  for  re¬ 
ceiving.  So-called  “mixing  bottle;”  with  unofficial  factory  certificate. 

Capacity,  cc .  10  25  50  100  250  500  1000 

Graduate  in  cc .  rs  i _ j _ 1 _ 5 _ 5  10 

Each .  T20  L65  L90  L70  235  2M  LOO 

25816.  Deflagration  Spoons,  of  brass  for  burning  phosphorous,  sulphur,  etc.,  in  oxygen. 

Diameter  of  bowl,  inches . ^ _  1 

Each . 15  .20 

25820.  Deflagration  Spoons,  same  as  above  but  of  iron. 

Diameter  of  bowl,  inches . _2  * 

Each . 10  .15 

25822.  Deflagration  Spoon,  for  decomposition  of  water  by  sodium;  with  brass  gauze  bowl  and  wooden  handle  .50 


174 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  25834 


No.  25838  No.  25854  No.  25842  No.  25850 


No.  25830 


No.  25858  No.  25862  No.  25870  No.  25874  No.  25878  _ 

25826.  Demijohns,  of  glass,  with  rattan  cover.  Capacity,  gallons .  1  2  3  5 

/  Each . ^50  i75  LOO  L50 

Y  25830.  Desiccator,  Scheibler,  extra  fine  quality,  with  wide,  finely  ground  flange  to  which  covers  are  evenly 
and  accurately  fitted. 

Diameter,  mm .  100  120  150  200  Y  250 

Each . . . . .  L00  L25  L50  2.50  L50 

25834.  Desiccator,  Scheibler,  exactly  like  No.  25830,  150  mm  diameter,  but  with  side  tubulation  to  take 

rubber  stopper . . . . .  2.25 

25838.  Desiccator,  Scheibler,  exactly  like  ,No.  25834,  but  with  a  stout  stopcock  ground  in  side  tubulation. 

Diameter,  mm . 120  150  200  250 

Each . . . . . . . . .  2.80  3.50”  5.50  ^6?° 

25842.  Desiccator,  Scheibler,  identical  with  No.  25830,  but  with  ground  in  glass  stopcock  and  hook  in  lid. 

Diameter,  150  mm. . . . .  3.50 

25846.  “  Scheibler,  ordinary  quality.  Recommended  as  a  very  satisfactory  desiccator  at  an 

unusually  low  price.  Shape  same  as  No.  25830. 

Diameter,  inches .  4  5  6 


Each . # . . . . 60  .90  1.25 

25850.  Desiccator,  Hempel,  with  glass  stopcock  and  hook  for  suspension.  Diameter  150  mm .  5.00 

25854.  Porcelain  Plates,  glazed,  especially  intended  for  use  in  Scheibler  desiccators.  On  three  small  feet 

and  with  from  three  to  eight  holes  depending  upon  the  diameter  of  the  plate.  , 


Each . _ . . . . . . 75  .85  1.25  2.00  2.50 

25858.  Desiccator,  Atwater,  with  triangle  inside,  diameter  about  4£  inches .  2.00 

25862.  Desiccator,  Mitscherlich,  with  glass  tripod  for  taking  beakers  and  deep  vessels,  150  mm  deep,  and 

100  mm  in  diameter,  with  tubulation  and  ground  in  stopdock .  3.00 

25866.  Extra  glass  tripod  for  above . 25 

25870.  Desiccator,  Fresenius.  Diameter,  mm . \ . ! .  80  _  100 

Each . . . . . .’ . ! .  1.00  1.20 

25874.  Desiccator,  Fruehling  and  Schultz,  with  glazed  porcelain  plate  profusely  perforated  with  small  holes. 

Diameter,  mm . 200 _ 250 

Each . . . 7.00  10.66 

25878.  Desiccator,  Fruehling  and  Schultz,  same  as  above  but  with  stopcock  in  lid. 

Diameter,  mm . 200  250 

Each .  9.15  13.00 

25882.  Porcelain  Plates,  only,  for  Fruehling  &  Schultz  Desiccators,  glazed  and  profusely  perforated  with  small 
holes. 

Diameter,  mm .  190  230 

Each . 1*^®  2.10 

25886.  Porcelain  Plates,  only,  for  Fruehling  and  Schultz  Desiccators,  with  holes  26  mm  in  diameter  for  tak¬ 
ing  crucibles. 

Diameter,  mm .  190 _ 230 

Each . . . .' .  L75  2.10 


175 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  25890 


No.  25918 


No.  25898 


No.  25902 


No.  25926 


No.  25910 


25890. 

25894. 

25898. 


25902. 

25906. 


Desiccator,  stoutly  made  to  withstand  considerable  pressure.  With  glass  stopcock,  rubber  stopper 

and  hook  in  lid.  Diameter,  140  mm .  5.25 

Stopcock,  only,  for  No.  25890  desiccator .  1.00 

Desiccator,  rectangular  form,  a  new,  very  practical  model. 

Length,  mm .  145  185 

Width,  mm .  110  140 

Height,  mm .  90  90 

Each . 5J50  7.50 

Desiccator,  exactly  same  as  No.  25898  but  with  stopcock  ground  in  side  tubulation,  but  without  porce¬ 
lain  plate  as  shown  in  illustration. 

Length,  mm .  145  185 

Each . 9.50  11.50 

Porcelain  Plates,  rectangular,  glazed  for  use  in  either  of  above  desiccators  and  as  shown  in  illustra¬ 
tion  of  No.  25902. 

Length,  mm .  125  170 

Width,  mm . 90  125 

Each .  L80  05 


25910. 


25914. 


25918. 

25922. 

25926. 

25930. 


Note. — Desiccators  No.  25898  and  25902  can  be  furnished  in  amber  glass  on  special  order. 

Desiccator,  with  Electric  Hot  Plate  and  Electric  Fan.  The  electric  motor  and  fan  are  mounted  on  a 
nickel  desiccator  plate  and  motor  may  be  operated  by  a  three -volt  battery.  The  air  circulation 
from  the  fan  causes  much  more  rapid  drying.  The  tubulation  is  provided  with  glass  stopcock 
in  addition  to  electrical  connections  so  that  the  desiccator  may  be  used  for  drying  in  vacuum 
and  with  the  electric  hot  plate  in  place  on  the  nickel  support  becomes  a  small  vacuum  drying 
oven.  The  electric  hot  plate  is  regularly  furnished  for  connection  with  110  volts  d.  c.;  180  mm  in 
diameter.  Complete  with  nickel  support,  fan,  motor,  electric  hot  plate  for  110  volts  and  sup¬ 
port,  but  without  battery. 

Duty  Free .  18.00  Stock .  30.00 

Dialyzers,  consisting  of  an  open  top  bell  glass  suspended  in  a  glass  jar.  The  large  end  of  the  bell  glass 
is  covered  with  parchment. 

Capacity,  liters .  2  4 

Each . 1.25  1.50 

Dialyzers,  Graham.  The  inner  glass  to  which  parchment  paper  is  fastened  is  supported  by  its  rim 
upon  the  edge  of  the  outer  vessel. 

Diameter,  mm .  100  150  200 

Each . . .  1.30  L80  2^25 

Dialyzer  Tubing,  of  heavy  parchment. 

Diameter,  mm .  45  55 

Per  meter . 08  .10 

Diamond,  for  writing  on  glass.  A  fine  diamond  mounted  in  a  metal  handle  with  removable  cap. .  2.50 
Diffusion  Shells,  Schleicher  &  Schiill  No.  579.  These  shells  offer  a  large  dialyzing  surface  with  the 
smallest  possible  volume  and  enable  work  to  be  carried  on  with  a  small  outside  vessel.  Not 
°  suitable  for  Abderhalden  technique. 

Size,  mm .  .  100  x  16  100  x  35-40 


Per  box  of  25. 


3.15 


7.35 


176 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


C  O  M  P  A  N  Y 


H  . 


No.  25950 


No.  25942 


No.  25954  No.  25946 


No.  25962 


No.  26000 


No.  26004 


No.  26008 


No.  26012 


25934. 


25938. 


DIALYZING  METHOD,  ABDERHALDEN.  For  convenience  we  are  listing  under  this  heading  the  special 
Diffusion  Shells,  Flasks,  Tubes,  etc.,  as  used  in  the  Abderhalden  dialyzing  method  of  serodiagnosis. 
For  Polariscope,  etc.,  required  for  the  optical  method,  see  Polariscope  No.  34380  with  special  electric 
heating  attachment  No.  34392  and  special  tubes  No.  34396. 

Diffusion  Shells,  Abderhalden,  This  is  Schleicher  &  Schull’s  No.  579a  Diffusion  Shell  which  differs 
from  the  regular  No.  579  in  that  they  allow  peptone  to  pass  and  retain  the  albumen.  Size  50  x  16 

mm.  Per  box  of  25 . . . .  •  •  •  . . . . : .  3.00 

Diffusion  Shells,  Tested,  Abderhalden,  as  above,  tested  in  Halle  for  their  permeability  for  peptone 
and  retention  of  albumen,  in  accordance  with  the  methods  established  by  Abderhalden.  In 

sealed  sterile  bottles  containing  25  each,  Price .  10.00 

Flasks  and  Tubes,  Abderhalden,  for  use  with  Diffusion  Shells  No.  579a  for  Abderhalden  serodiagnosis 
by  the  dialyzing  method,  consisting  of  a  wide  mouth  special  shape  Erlenmeyer  flask,  permitting 
the  easy  entrance  and  withdrawal  of  the  diffusion  shells.  The  size  of  these  flasks  is  such  that 
the  diasylate  reaches  a  proper  level  after  the  diffusion  shell  has  been  filled  with  the  serum  to 
be  tested.  The  marks  on  the  flasks  and  tubes  render  the  measuring  of  identical  movements 
very  easy.  Both  flasks  and  tubes  are  supplied  in  duplicate  and  each  pair  carries  the  same  in¬ 
dividual  number,  obviating  the  possibility  of  confusion  between  the  tested  and  untested  mem¬ 
branes.  As  used  in  the  Laboratory  of  Internal  Medicine,  Phipps  Psychiatric  Clinic,  Johns 
Hopkins  University.  Both  flasks  and  tubes  are  of  Jena  glass.  Flasks  are  marked  at  20  cc  and 
tubes  at  10  cc.  .  ,  , 

Flasks,  as  above  described  with  identical  numbers,  per  pair . 60 


25942. 

25946. 

25950. 

25954. 

25958. 

25962. 

25966. 

25970. 

25974. 

26000. 

26004. 


26008. 


26012. 

26014. 


Tubes 

Tongs  ’  for  the  convenient  handling  and  washing  of  the  dialyzing  shells,  arranged  for  convenient  open¬ 
ing  and  closing  by  simple  hand  pressure,  heavily  nickel  plated. . . . . . . . . . .  3.50 

Test  Tube,  with  bulb  to  prevent  boiling  over  and  with  two  marks,  at  10  and  12  cc  and  serial  number. 

. 25 

Glass  Bulb!  with  vents  on  the  side  for  stoppering  above  test  tubes  Each . .  .  .20 

Water  Bath,  Abderhalden,  with  aluminum  vane  stirring  device,  of  heavy  copper,  with  Teclu  burner 

and  inset  for  25  of  the  above  test  tubes... . ;  . .  25.00 

Ninhydrin,  (Triketohydrindene  hydrate).  Per  to  gram  vial . 25 

Silk  Peptone,  Hoechst.  Per  gram .  .50 

Placentapeptone.  Per  gram . . . 

Dish  Boas  for  feces  experiments.  Lower  half  of  dish  is  black  enamelled  and  upper  half  transparent. 


.50 


Height,  mm .  f0 

Diameter,  mm . 

Each . 


_40_ 

.14 


Diameter,  mm 

Each .  .,0 

Diameter,  mm .  ArA 

Each 


high  form  with  polished  edges. 

50 

60  80 

100 

120 

150 

50 

60  80 

100 

120 

150 

.15 

.16  .20 

.25 

.30 

.50 

low  form, 

with  polished  edges. 

30 

40 

50  60  70 

80 

90 

o 
»— < 

o 
o 
»— 1 

130 

.10 

.10 

.10  .12  .14 

.16 

.18 

.20  .25 

.30 

150 

170 

190  210  240 

270 

300 

350  400 

450 

.40 

.50 

.60  .70  .90 

1.50 

2.25 

3.25  4.50 

6.50 

Dish,  Crystallizing,  of  thin  blown  glass .with polished  edge;  as  used  in  tanning  laboratories.  Height  50 


mm  diameter  70  mm.  . 

Dishes,  Crystallizing,  New  Jena  Glass, 

Diameter,  mm . 

Each . 

Diameter,  mm . 

Each . 


.15 


form,  with  spout. 

40  50 

60 

70 

80 

90 

.17 

.18 

.19 

.22 

.28 

.32 

100 

125 

150 

200 

250 

300 

.38 

.60 

.80 

1.05 

1.25 

1.90 

177 

ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  26016 


No.  26036 


No.  26020 


No.  26040  No.  26024— large  No.  26028— large 


No.  26024 — small 


No.  26028— small 


26016. 


26020. 


26024. 


26028. 


26032. 


26036. 


26040. 


26044. 


Dishes,  Thiiringian  Porcelain,  glazed  inside  only,  shallow  form.  Recommended  as  an  inexpensive 
dish  for  students’  use. 


Capacity,  cc .  20  35  50  75  125  200  500  750  1100 

Diameter,  mm .  58  70  82  92  108  135  165  200  235 


Each . 07  .08  .10  .14  .18  .20  .25  .35  .60 

Capacity,  cc .  1500  2000  2500  3400  4300  5200  7000  10000 

Diameter,  mm .  265  285  305  315  345  375  415  450 


Each . 80  1.10  1.40  L60  2dH)  2h95  3dfi>  5.85 


Dishes,  Thiiringian  Porcelain,  glazed  inside  only,  deep  form,  with  heavy  welted  rim.  Same  quality  as 
No.  26016. 

Diameter,  mm ... .  65  75  85  94  112  120  150  170  210  240  265  285 


Capacity,  cc .  35  50  75  100  170  225  450  600  1150  1500  2250  2750 

Each . 10  .10  .12  .14  .17  .30  .40  .55  .70  .95  1.40  1.70 

Dishes,  Sanitats  Porcelain,  trade  mark  “blue  arrow,”  glazed  both  inside  and  outside  up  to  and  in¬ 
cluding  120  mm  diameter  size.  Larger  sizes  glazed  inside  only  as  shown  in  large  dish  in  illus¬ 
tration. 

Capacity,  cc .  20  50  75  90  115  160  225  240  350 

Diameter,  mm .  50  70  80  85  95  105  110  120  150 

Each .  .08  10  A2  A4  A7  ^20  dW  .35 

Capacity,  cc .  700  1000  1250  1500  2000  3000  5000  8500  15000 

Diameter,  mm .  190  210  235  255  275  300  355  400  470 

Each . 90  .95  1.35  1.55  1.95  2.65  3.95  8.30  11.75 

Dishes,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain,  trade  mark  “blue  scepter,”  glazed  inside  and  outside  up  to  and  in¬ 
cluding  No.  5.  Larger  sizes  glazed  inside  only  and  for  a  short  distance  below  the  rim  on  the  out¬ 
side,  remainder  of  outside  surface  being  unglazed.  See  larger  dish  of  illustration. 

Number .  000  00  0  1  2  3  4  5 

Capacity,  cc .  35  60  80  100  140  175  210  300  385 

Diameter,  mm .  60  70  80  85  90  100  110  120  145 

Each . 15  .18  .21  .25  .35  .40  .45  .55  .79 

Number .  6a  6b  7  8  8a  9  10  11  12  13 

Capacity,  cc .  535  690  765  1285  1430  2200  3250  5700  10000  16500 

Diameter,  mm .  162  170  185  215  230  265  305  360  400  460 

Each . 85  .90  .95  1.20  1.75  2.10  4.00  5.60  13.50  22.50 


Dishes,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain,  same  shape  and  execution  as  No.  26028  but  with  inside  glazing  of  a 
dark  green  color. 


Capacity,  cc .  80  175  300 

Diameter,  mm .  80  100  120 

Each .  .60  1.00  1.29 


Dishes,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain,  shallow  form,  with  comparatively  flat  bottom.  Glazed  inside  and 
for  a  short  distance  below  the  rim  on  the  outside,  remainder  of  outside  surface  being  unglazed. 

Number .  1  2  3  4  5  6  " 

Capacity,  cc .  45  60  95  160  200  350  550 

Diameter,  mm .  70  80  95  105  120  140  160 

Each . 20  .25  .40  .50  .60  .75  .99; 

Dishes,  Royal  Meissen  Porcelain,  trade  mark  “crossed  swords”  in  blue,  glazed  inside  and  for  a  short 
distance  below  the  rim  on  outside,  remainder  of  outside  surface  being  unglazed. 


Number . 

.  11 

10 

9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

Capacity,  cc . 

.  20 

50 

120 

190 

280 

525 

870 

Diameter,  mm . 

.  65 

83 

110 

123 

135 

165 

190 

Each . 

. 18 

.20 

.35 

.40 

.60 

.85 

1.20 

Number . 

.  4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

00 

000 

Capacity,  cc . 

. 1100 

1700 

2250 

3750 

4750 

6200 

8700 

Diameter,  mm . 

.  220 

250 

275 

300 

340 

365 

400 

Each . 

. 1.45 

1.70 

2.10 

2.75 

4.00 

6.00 

6.50 

Dish,  Alundum,  for  incinerations,  45  mm  diameter  at  top,  30  mm  diameter  at  bottom,  22  mm  high, 
with  wall  2  mm  thick.  These  are  furnished  in  either  RA  84  or  RA  320  mixture,  which  should 
be  specified  in  ordering . . . 35 


178 


ARTHUR 


T  H  O  M  A  S 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  26084  No.  26068  No-  26072  No.  26076 


26048. 

26052. 

26056. 

26060. 


26064. 

26068. 


26076. 

26080. 

26084. 

26088. 

26092. 

26096. 


7 

160 


8 

180 


9 

200 


51  .68 

525 

170 


Dishes,  Sanitats  Porcelain,  trade  mark  “blue  arrow,”  shallow  form  with  flat  bottom. 

Number .  1  2  3  4  5  6 

Diameter,  mm .  70  80  95  105  120  140 

Each.. .  .14  .17  .20  .24  .27  .34  .41 

Dishes,  Sanitats  Porcelain,  trade  mark  “blue  arrow,”  glazed  inside  only  with  wooden  handle. 

Capacity,  cc .  40  120  200 

Diameter,  mm .  70  100  125 

Each.... . ^30  .40  M  1*35 

Dish,  Thiiringian  Porcelain,  glazed  inside  only,  with  heavy  double  welted  rim.  Deep  form.  As  sup¬ 
plied  large  chemical  works.  Dimensions  430  mm  diameter  by  305  mm  deep .  12.00 

Dish,  Thiiringian  Porcelain,  glazed  inside  only,  with  heavy  welted  rim.  As  supplied  to  large  manu¬ 
factures.  Capacity,  cc .  12,000  24,000 

Diameter,  mm .  420  600 

Each .  4J5  l2JH) 

Dish,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain,  glazed,  flat  bottom;  72  mm  diameter  by  16  mm  deep . 45 

Dishes,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  round  bottom,  with  spout. 

Diameter,  mm .  50  60  70  80  90  100  110  120  150 

Each. 


.15 


26072.  Dishes,  Jena  Glass,  round  bottom,  with  stout  walls. 


.16  .18  .20  .25  .28  .32  .35  .50 

For  many  purposes  may  be  used  in  place  of 
With  spout. 


Diameter,  mm . 

. .  40 

50 

60 

70 

80 

90 

Each . 

. 15 

.16 

.17 

.20 

.25 

.29 

Diameter,  mm . 

.  100 

125 

150 

200 

250 

300 

Each . 

. 34 

.55 

.73 

.95 

1.15 

1.70 

s,  Jena  Glass,  same 

as  No.  26072  but  with  flat  bottom. 

Diameter,  mm . 

.  40 

50 

60 

70 

80 

90 

Each . 

. 15 

.16 

.17 

.20 

.25 

.29 

Diameter,  mm . 

.  100 

125 

150 

200 

250 

300 

Each . 

. 34 

.55 

.73 

.95 

1.15 

1.70 

Dishes,  Opaque  Fused  Silica,  highly  glazed,  with  spout  and  round  bottom. 

Diameter,  inches .  2  2f  31 

Depth,  inches .  H _ 1 _ ^ _ 

Each .  1.00  1.15  1.25 

Dishes,  Opaque  Fused  Silica,  highly  glazed,  flat  bottom,  with  spout. 

Diameter,  inches .  21 

Depth,  inches .  I 

Each. .  1*15 


31 


41 

U 


1.35 

21 

1 


1.60 

3f 

H 


1.85 

41 


1.25  1.35  1.85 

As  used  for  ash  determi- 


57 


60 


70 


Dishes,  Opaque  Fused  Silica,  highly  glazed,  shallow,  flat  form  without  lip. 
nations,  ignitions,  etc.,  instead  of  platinum  dishes. 

Diameter,  mm .  35 _ 44 _ 51 

Each . 60  .60  .90  .90  1.00  D25 

Dish,  Opaque  Fused  Silica,  highly  glazed,  for  sugar  analysis,  of  exactly  the  shape  and  dimensions  of 
platinum  dishes  usually  used  for  the  purpose,  i.e.  51  mm  diameter  and  25  mm  deep,  flattened  on 

the  bottom  and  without  lip . . . .  •  . . . . . . .  •  •  1*25 

Dish,  Opaque  Fused  Silica,  for  tannin  analysis,  82  mm  diameter  and  25  mm  deep,  flattened  on  the 
bottom  and  without  lip .  1*25 


179 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


26100. 

26104. 

26108. 

26112. 

26116. 

26120. 

26124. 

26128. 

26132. 


26140. 

26148. 

26152. 

26156. 

26160. 


No.  2613fi 


No.  26140 


No.  26156 


Dishes,  Preparation,  of  glass,  with  flaring  sides  and  ground  on  covers. 
Diameter,  mm . 


40 


No.  26lbU 


70 


100 


Each . 25 

Dishes,  Preparation,  of  glass,  low  form.  The  lid  is  neatly  fitted  but  is  not  ground  on. 

Height,  mm .  30  40 

Diameter,  mm .  50 _ 70 

Each . 


.30 

45 

90 


.35 

50 

100 

.40 


. .20  .25  .35 

Dishes,  Preparation,  of  glass,  same  as  No.  26104  but  high  form,  i.e.,  75  mm  high  by  50  mm  diameter. 

Very  convenient  for  keeping  clean  micro  slides  on  end.  Each . 25 

Dishes,  Preparation,  of  glass,  with  cover  with  knob,  accurately  ground  air  tight  on  broad  flange. 
Particularly  convenient  for  use  as  receptacle  for  clean  cover  glasses. 

Height,  mm .  30  35  40  I  ■ 

Diameter,  mm . 50  65  80  100 

Each . 45  .50  .55  .65 

Dishes,  Preparation,  of  glass,  so-called  American  Stender  Dishes.  Covers  ground  on.  The  largest  size, 


Diameter,  mm. 

Each . 


24 

30 

35 

90 

36 

50 

60 

60 

.08 

.10 

.15 

.15 

Dishes,  Stender,  of  glass,  for  biological  preparations,  staining,  etc.,  with  covers  of  polished  plate  glass 
accurately  ground  on.  These  are  the  original  Stender  dishes  of  German  make. 


Height,  mm . 

.  25 

30 

35 

40 

50 

60 

70 

90 

Diameter,  mm . 

.  40 

50 

60 

80 

100 

120 

140 

50 

Each . 

.  .25 

.25 

.30 

.40 

.50 

.90 

1.00 

.50 

Dishes,  Aluminum,  with 

straight  i 

sides  and  flat  bottom, 

as  used 

in  milk  analysis. 

Diameter,  mm . 

. .  65 

75 

90 

Depth,  mm . 

..  18 

20 

22 

Each . 

..  .30 

.40 

.50 

Dish,  Aseptic  Enamel  Ware,  of  seamless  steel  white  enamelled.  Both  acid  and  fire  proof.  Diameter 

4f  inches,  depth  2§  inches . ; . . . 40 

Dishes,  Iron,  lined  with  white  porcelain  inside  and  blue  enamel  outside.  With  handles  and  spout. 

Diameter,  mm .  100  120  150  180  200_  JJ40  300  360  400 

Each. 


.40 


.80  1.00  1.20  1.50 


26136. 

Dishes,  Lead,  Diameter,  inches. . . 

..  2 

2  i 

3 

32 

4 

5 

6 

Each . 

. .  .10 

.12 

.16 

.20 

.25 

.35 

.50 

Dishes,  Pure  Wrought  Nickel,  with  spout. 

Diameter,  mm . 

Each . 


Best  imported  quality  with  minimum  trace  of  manganese. 


Diameter,  mm . . . .  50  65  75 

Approximate  weight  in  grams . . .  45  75  100 

Dishes,  Tin  Foil  for  milk  analysis;  so-called  “bottle  caps.”  Size,  inches 

Per  100 . 

Dish,  Weighing,  with  Counterpoise,  of  aluminum,  shallow  form.  Capacit; 

Each . '. . .  2.00  ih25 

Dish,  Weighing,  with  Counterpoise,  of  German  silver.  For  Weighing  Sugar  Samples . 3.25 


60 

80 

100 

. .  .70 

1.25 

1.60 

.  .10 

90 

100 

125 

125 

175 

320 

03  v  3 

X  4 

2$  xlA 

3|  xi 

1.25 

1.15 

1.80 

cc . 

. . . .  10 

30 

180 


A  R  T  H  U  R  H. 


C  O 


M 


P 


A 


N 


Y 


26200. 

26204. 

26208. 

26212. 


26216. 

26220. 

26224. 

26228. 

26232. 

26236. 

26240. 

26244. 

26248. 


26252. 

26256. 


DISSECTING  INSTRUMENTS 

Blowpipe,  for  zoological  work,  of  nickeled  metal,  5  inches  long .  .15 

Forceps,  Artery,  of  nickeled  steel,  bent  form,  self-closing,  with  corrugated  points,  55  mm  long . 40 

Forceps,  Artery,  same  as  No.  26204  but  straight . 40 

Bone-Cutting,  strong  straight  blades,  with  pinless  lock  joint  permitting  separation  for  cleaning. 

Length,  mm .  200  225 

Each . . . . .  2.50  2J5 

Forceps,  Bone-Cutting,  of  nickeled  steel,  with  strong  curved  blades,  125  mm  long . 80 

“  Dissecting  fine,  straight,  smooth  points,  95  mm  long . 20 

“  curved,  with  fine  file-cut  points  and  guide  pin,  120  mm  long . 35 

“  “  of  steel,  heavy,  with  straight,  blunt,  corrugated  points,  110  mm  long . 15 

Forceps,  Dissecting,  with  fine  straight  corrugated  points,  115  mm  long . 40 

“  “  “  “  curved  “  “  110  mm  “  . 40 

“  '*  “  medium  fine,  straight  corrugated  points,  115  mm  long . 40 

“  ‘  “  “  “  curved  “  “  110  mm  “  . 40 

“  “  “  heavy,  straight,  corrugated  points.  Length,  mm.  105  115  130  145 

Each . . .  740  .40  “  740  ^40 

Forceps,  Dissecting,  heavy,  straight,  corrugated  points;  without  guide  pin;  125  mm  long . 40 

Forceps,  Dissecting,  heavy,  with  curved  corrugated  points,  115  mm  long . 60 


No.  26280  No-  26264 


26260. 

26264. 

26268. 

26272. 

26276. 


26280. 


Hooks  and  Chains,  nickel  plated,  with  sharp  points . 20 

Double  Hooks,  of  steel,  nickel  plated . . . . . . . .  .25 

Knife,  Brain,  with  very  thin  blade  of  finest  steel,  in  ebony  handle.  Length  of  blade  185  mm,  width  26 

mm . . .  L50 

Knife,  Cartilage,  all  steel,  with  nickel  plated  handle,  with  45  mm  cutting  edge  . . . 30 

“  “  (Prosecting  Knife),  with  ebony  handle  and  heavy  blade  thick  at  the  back. 

Length  of  cutting  edge,  mm . ; - -  •  70 _ 9? 

Each . _ . 75  1.00 

Knife,  Virchow,  3£  inches  length  of  cutting  edge .  .  1.50 


181 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


H  . 


COMPANY 


26284. 

26288. 

26292. 

26296. 

26300. 

26304. 

26308. 

26312. 

26316. 

26320. 

26324. 


26328. 

26332. 


No.  26284 


No.  26288  to  No.  26312 


Bone  Saw,  of  steel,  nickel  plated,  with  detachable  blade  for  sterilization.  Length  of  blade  200  mm.  3.00 

Needle,  Dissecting,  with  ebony  handle,  straight  and  sharp,  135  mm  long . 30 

“  “  “  “  “  curved  and  sharp,  130  mm  long . 35 

“  “  “  “  “  “  “  blunt,  130  mm  long . 35 

“  “  “  “  “  half  spear  shaped,  130  mm  long . 35 

“  “  spear  shaped,  with  double  cutting  edge,  125  mm  long . 35 

“  “  harpoon  shaped,  with  two  cutting  edges  and  145  mm  long . 60 

“  “  hook  shaped,  145  mm  long . 35 

Dissecting  Needle,  cheap  form,  straight,  in  cedar  wood  handle.  Per  dozen . 30 

“  “  “  “  bent  “  “  “  “  Per  dozen . 30 

Needle  Holders,  of  bone  with  clamp  holding  any  needle.  With  one  straight  needle. 

Length,  mm .  _85 _ 110 

Each .  .07  .10 

Needles,  for  Holder  No.  26324,  of  steel,  50  mm  long.  Style .  A  BCD 

Per  ten . 

Oil  Stone,  for  sharpening  scalpels,  4  inches  long . 


.05 


.07 


.05 


05 

60 


No.  26340  and  No.  26352 


t 


/ 


f\ 


A  B  C  D 
No.  26328 


No. 

26320 


No. 

26324 


CD  E 

No.  26336  and  26348 


G 


No.  26332 


SCALPELS,  DISSECTING,  are  carried  in  the  following  grades: — 

Quality  A  instruments  are  of  the  best  attainable  quality,  being  made  by  the  same  makers  and  of 
the  same  material  as  the  highest  grade  minor  operating  knives. 

Quality  B  instruments  are  of  usual  quality  for  general  laboratory  work. 

Quality  C  instruments  are  entirely  suitable  for  students  work  where  instruments  are  used  for  one 
course  in  dissecting  only  but  are  not  recommended  for  permanent  use  where  they  are  to  be  re¬ 
peatedly  resharpened. 

26336.  Scalpels,  Dissecting,  quality  A,  in  ebony  handle.  Special  shapes. 

Style .  ABC  D  E  F  G 

Length  of  cutting  edge,  mm .  35  35  35  10  50  23  26 

Each .  T25  L25  L25  L25  L25  L25  L25 

26340.  Scalpels,  Dissecting,  quality  A,  in  ebony  handle.  Regular  shapes. 

Length  of  cutting  edge,  mm .  18  25  32  38  45  50 


Each . . .  1.00 


1.00 


1.00 


1.00 


1.00 


1.00 


182 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


ARTHUR  H. 


26344. 

26348. 

26352. 

26356. 

26360. 


. 40  .40  .40  .40 

Scalpels,  Dissecting,  quality  B,  with  ebony  handle.  Regular  shapes. 

Length  of  cutting  edge,  mm .  18  25  32 

Each .  ^40  ^40  .40 

Scalpels,  Dissecting,  quality  B,  all  steel.  Regular  shapes. 

Length  of  cutting  edge,  mm .  25 

Each . 45  .45 

Scalpels,  Dissecting,  quality  C,  with  ebony  handles.  Regular  shapes. 

Length  of  cutting  edge,  mm .  25  32 

Each . 25~  .25 


.40 

38 

.40 

32 


Scalpels,  Dissecting,  quality  A,  all  steel.  Easily  cleaned  and  sterilized.  Regular  shapes. 
Length  of  cutting  edge,  mm .  25  32  38 

„  ,  Each. .  . . "Too  LOO  L00 

Scalpels,  Dissecting,  quality  B,  with  ebony  handle.  Special  shapes. 

Style . . .  A  B  C  D  E  F 

Length  of  cutting  edge,  mm...  35  35  35  10  50  23 

Each . 


.40 

45 

.40 

38 


.45 

38 


45 

1.00 

G 

26 


.40 

50 

.40 

45 


.25 


.45 

45 

.25 


With  ane 
bloat 
point 
No.  26380 


No.  26376 


No.  26380 


No.  26384 


26364. 


26368. 


26372. 

26376. 

26380. 


26384. 


Scissors,  Dissecting,  with  fine  points  and  screw  joint,  length  150  mm;  regular  quality. 

Style .  Straight _ Curved  on  edge _ Curved  on  flat 

Each . _  .50  .75  .75 

Scissors,  Dissecting,  with  fine  points  and  aseptic  lock  joint,  length  150  mm.  Finest  grade  of  surgi¬ 
cal  scissors. 

Style .  : .  Straight  Curved  on  edge  Curved  on  flat 

Each .  . 90  1.00  1.00 

Scissors,  Dissecting,  medium  weight,  with  straight  points,  150  mm  long.  A  low  priced  scissors  for 

student  work . . . . 25 

Scissors,  Dissecting,  same  size  and  style  as  above,  but  better  quality . 40 

Scissors,  Dissecting,  medium  weight,  with  screw  joint,  115  mm  long. 

Style .  With  sharp  points  With  one  blunt  point 

Each .  .60  _  .60 

Scissors,  Dissecting,  medium  weight,  with  one  sharp  and  one  blunt  point  and  aseptic  lock  joint. 
Finest  grade  of  surgical  scissors. 

Length,  mm . ._105 _ H5 _  125 

Each . 75  .90  1.00 


No.  26388  No.  26392 


26388.  Scissors,  Dissecting,  heavy,  with  one  sharp  and  one  blunt  point  and  screw  joint. 

Length,  mm.  . . . . .  .  125  140  150  178 

Each . 65.  .80  .90  1.00 

26392.  Scissors,  Dissecting,  heavy,  140  mm  long,  with  both  blades  blunt  and  with  aseptic  lock  joint.  Finest 
grade  of  surgical  . .  1-06 


183 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  26432 


No.  26440 


No-  26416 
and 
26420 


No.  26436 


26396. 

26400. 

26404. 

26408. 

26412. 

26416. 

26420. 

26424. 

26428. 

26432. 

26436. 

26440. 

26444. 

26448. 


Scissors,  Dissecting,  Coronary  Artery,  with  one  probe  point.  As  used  in  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1.25 
“  “  with  handle  of  genuine  ivory,  for  the  finest  invertebrate  dissecting.  Length  of 

blades  10  mm .  3.00 

Section  Lifter,  nickel  plated.  Total  length  100  mm,  width  18  mm . 10 

“  “  with  ebony  handle.  Width  of  small  blade  6  mm,  width  of  larger  blade  10  mm . 50 

“  “  similar  to  No.  26408  but  with  only  one  blade.  Width  of  blade  6  mm . 35 

“  “  with  ebony  handle  and  very  flexible  blades.  Width  of  blade  20  mm . 35 

“  “  same  as  No.  26416  but  width  of  blade  35  mm . 40 

“  “  perforated,  for  handling  delicate  specimens.  Width  of  top  18  mm . 50 

Seeker,  or  Probe,  with  the  curved  end  sharply  pointed  with  an  inner  sharp  edge . 20 

“  “  “  Mall  form.  As  used  in  Johns  Hopkins  Medical  School . 40 

Cartilage  Shears,  of  nickeled  steel.  Total  length  230  mm,  length  of  blades,  60  mm .  2.25 

Tenaculum,  of  steel,  with  ebony  handle  and  sharp  hook.  Length  160  mm . 25 

“  all  steel,  160  mm  long . 40 

Dissecting  Instrument  Cases,  in  the  following  styles: — 

Type  A—  one  fold  leatherette  case  with  cloth  lining. 

Type  B — two  fold  leatherette  case  with  cloth  lining. 

Type  C — two  fold  genuine  morocco  leather  case  with  velvet  lining,  and  chamois  protecting  flaps. 
Type  D — three  fold  genuine  morocco  leather  case  with  velvet  lining  and  chamois  protecting  flaps. 
Type .  A  B  C  D 

Each . 25  .50  .90  1  25 


DISSECTING  INSTRUMENTS  IN  SETS.  The  following  sets  have  been  prepared  as  being  those  mostly  in 
demand.  We  also  make  up  special  sets,  utilizing,  if  possible,  the  standard  types  of  cases  as  listed  above, 
and  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  the  practice  in  vogue  in  any  laboratory. 

26452.  Dissecting  Set,  consisting  of  one-fold  leatherette  case  with  name  card  inserted  and  one  forceps,  one 

scalpel,  two  needles,  one  scissors,  one  rule  and  one  pipette . .  1.00 

26456.  Dissecting  Set,  consisting  of  the  following  instruments  in  leatherette  case  No.  26448  Type  A _  1-25 

1  No.  26360.  Scalpel,  with  ebony  handle  and  38  mm  edge.  1  No.  26224.  Forceps,  fine,  curved  points. 

1  No.  26372.  Scissors,  medium  straight.  2  No.  26324.  Needle  Holders,  fitted  with  needles. 

1  No.  26228.  Forceps,  blunt.  1  No.  31100.  Celluloid  Measure  (not  shown  in  illustration.) 


26460. 


Dissecting  Set,  consisting  of  the  following  instruments  in  leatherette  case  No.  26448  Type  B. . . .  2.25 


1  No.  26360. 
1  No.  26360. 
1  No.  26372. 
1  No.  26252. 
1  No.  26440. 


Scalpel,  with  ebony  handle  and  45  mm  edge. 

“  “  “  “  “  25  mm  edge. 

Scissors,  medium,  straight. 

Forceps,  heavy,  straight,  for  vertebrate  work. 
Tenaculum. 


1  No.  26272. 
1  No.  26260. 
1  No.  26200. 
1  No.  31100. 


Cartilage  Knife,  all  steel,  with  45  mm  edge. 
Triple  Chain  and  Hooks. 

Blowpipe. 

Celluloid  Measure  (not  shown  in  illustration.) 


184 


ARTHUR 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  26456 


No.  26464 


No.  26472 


26464. 


26468. 


26472. 


Dissecting  Set,  consisting  of  the  following  instruments  in  two-fold  leatherette  case  No.  26448  Type 

.  3.25 


B. 


Scalpel,  with  ebony  handle  and  45  mm  edge. 

“  “  “  “  “  25  mm  “ 

Scissors,  fine,  straight. 

“  medium,  straight. 

Forceps,  fine,  curved  points. 


1  No.  26228. 

2  No.  26324. 


1  No.  33788. 
1  No.  31100. 


1  No.  26428. 
1  No.  26260. 
1  No.  26200. 
1  No.  31100. 


Forceps,  medium,  blunt  points. 

Needle  Holders,  85  mm  long,  fitted  with 
needles. 

Section  Razor,  with  folding  handle. 

Celluloid  Measure  (not  shown  in  illustration.) 


1  No.  26360. 

1  No.  26360. 

1  No.  26364. 

1  No.  26372. 

1  No.  26224.  . 

Dissecting  Set,  consisting  of  the  following  instruments  in  two-fold  morocco  case,  with  velvet  lining 
and  chamois  protecting  flaps,  No.  26448,  Type  C .  3.50 

1  No  26352  Scalpel,  with  ebony  handle  and  45  mm  edge.  1  No.  26272.  Cartilage  Knife,  all  steel,  with  45  mm  edge 
1  No.'  26352.  “  “  “  “  “  25  “  “ 

1  No.  26376.  Scissors,  medium,  straight,  nickeled. 

1  No.  26252.  Forceps,  heavy  straight,  for  vertebrate  work. 

1  No.  26440.  Tenaculum.  ... 

Dissecting  Set,  consisting  of  the  following  instruments  in  three-fold  morocco  case  with  velvet  lining 

and  chamois  protecting  flaps,  No.  26448  Type  D .  8.00 

1  No.  26356.  Scalpel,  all  steel,  with  45  mm  edge. 


Triple  Chain  and  Hook. 

Blowpipe. 

Celluloid  .Measure  (not  shown  in  illustration.) 


1  No.  26356. 
1  No.  26356. 
1  No.  26364. 
1  No.  26364. 
1  No.  26380. 
1  No.  26248. 

i  No  26248. 


32  mm 

„  «  «  «  25  “  “ 

Scissors,  fine,  straight,  nickeled. 

“  “  curved. 

“  medium,  straight,  probe  point. 

“  medium,  heavy,  straight,  115  mm 

long. 

Forceps,  heavy,  straight,  130  mm  long. 


1  No.  26252.  Forceps,  for  vertebrate  work. 

1  No.  26272.  Cartilage  Knife,  all  steel,  45  mm  edge. 

1  No.  26444.  Tenaculum. 

1  No.  26428.  Seeker. 

1  No.  26260.  Triple  Chain  and  Hooks. 

1  No.  26200.  Blowpipe. 

3  No.  26204.  Serrafines  (Artery  Forceps.) 

1  No.  31100.  Celluloid  Measure  (not  shown  In  illustration.) 


185 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


STOKES  AUTOMATIC  WATER  STILLS 


By  a  patented  construction  the  Stokes  Automatic 
Still  accomplishes  two  novel  results.  First — It  utilizes 
the  heat  generated  in  the  Still  for  preheating  the  in¬ 
coming  raw  water  to  the  boiling  point.  By  this  arrange¬ 
ment  a  very  small  quantity  of  live  steam  is  required  to 
operate  the  Still  after  it  is  once  started.  Secondly — 
By  preheating  the  feed  water  before  it  enters  the  dis¬ 
tilling  chamber,  ammonia  and  other  gases,  due  to  impu¬ 
rities  in  the  raw  water,  are  largely  liberated  and  escape 
into  the  atmosphere  through  an  opening  in  the  condenser 
provided  for  this  purpose.  This  is  a  very  important 
feature,  for  by  driving  off  these  gases  before  the  water 
enters  the  distilling  chamber  it  prevents  their  reabsorp¬ 
tion  by  the  distilled  water. 

The  Stokes  Automatic  Stills  are  made  in  five 
sizes;  the  smallest,  No.  0  and  No.  00  are  heated  by 
gas,  gasoline  burner  or  steam  coil,  and  the  other 
sizes;  Nos.  1  to  4  are  heated  with  live  steam.  The 
principle  upon  which  they  operate  is  as  follows: 
The  feed  or  raw  water  enters  at  (H)  surrounds  the  con¬ 
denser  tubes  (C)  and  serves  first  to  condense  the  steam 
generated  in  the  Still  (B)  as  it  descends  the  condenser 
tubes,  converting  it  into  distilled  water;  in  so  doing 
the  raw  water  becomes  heated  to  the  boiling  point  by 
the  time  it  reaches  the  top  of  the  condenser  where  the 
ammonia  and  other  gases  escape  into  the  air  through 
the  opening  (F).  A  part  of  this  feed  water  escapes  over 
the  goose-neck  (E),  either  into  a  waste  pipe  or  cistern, 
and  the  balance  passes  into  the  Still  through  the  pas¬ 
sage  (M). 

By  referring  to  the  illustration,  it  will  be  seen  there 
is  a  zone  of  water  at  the  top  of  the  condenser,  which 
being  above  the  outlet  to  the  overflow  (G),  is  not  drawn 
off  except  to  replenish  the  water  in  the  Still  as  it  evap¬ 
orates.  This  zone  of  water  at  the  top  of  the  condenser 
is  constantly  kept  boiling  by  the  steam  from  the  Still 
descending  the  condenser  tubes,  and  it  is  here  the  am¬ 
monia  and  other  gases  are  liberated.  The  Still  is  heated 
by  live  steam  with  a  pressure  of  twenty  pounds  or  over, 
which  circulates  in  the  copper  coil  (D),  and  serves  to 
boil  or  evaporate  the  raw  water.  The  distilled  water 
comes  out  at  (J)  and  can  be  piped  to  any  receptacle. 
The  condenser  tubes  extend  to  the  extreme  top  of  the 
steam  chamber  and  high  above  the  water  level,  so  there 
is  no  danger  of  water  being  carried  over  by  steam.  The 
Still  can  be  flushed  for  cleaning  by  opening  a  valve 
connecting  with  the  drain,  or  by  removing  the  copper 
lid  on  top,  the  interior  can  be  easily  scrubbed. 

The  heating  coil  is  made  of  copper  and  will  stand  a 
steam  pressure  of  250  pounds.  It  is  so  arranged  that 
it  can  be  detached  from  the  Still  for  cleaning.  This  is 
a  very  important  feature,  for  scale  will  form  rapidly  on 
any  heating  surface  where  hard  water  is  being  distilled 
and  unless  the  Still  is  constructed  so  this  scale  can  be 
removed  quickly  the  Still  soon  loses  efficiency  and  ceases 
to  operate  properly.  ' 

The  condenser  cylinder  and  distilling  chamber  are 
cast  iron,  the  latter  galvanized  to  resist  corrosion.  The 
condenser  tubes  are  brass,  lined  both  inside  and  out 
with  block  tin.  These  are  held  with  screw  ferrules  so 
the  tubes  can  be  removed  if  occasion  should  demand. 
The  manhole  cover  on  the  top  is  copper,  tin  lined. 
These  Stills  are  of  the  bracket  type,  as  this  arrangement  offers  the  greatest  economy  of  space  and  is  more 
sanitary  than  mounting  them  on  floor  stands.  ...  ....  , 

The  cost  of  producing  distilled  water  with  the  steam  apparatus  under  ordinary  conditions  is  one-fafth  to  one- 
quarter  of  a  cent  a  gallon;  this  includes  the  cost  of  both  the  steam  and  water  required.  The  quantity  of  raw 
water  required  to  produce  each  gallon  of  distilled  water  depends  on  the  temperature  at  which  the  distilled 
water  is  delivered  by  the  Still.  Under  average  conditions  it  requires  about  eleven  gallons  of  raw  water  to 
produce  one  gallon  of  distilled.  ...  .  ,  .  ,,  , 

As  these  Stills  are  self-contained  and  require  only  the  two  connections  for  water  and  steam,  they  can  be 
installed  at  very  small  expense.  They  are  shipped  set  up  ready  for  connecting  the  steam  and  water. 

The  capacity  of  the  steam  Stills  is  based  on  having  live  steam  of  20  to  40  pounds  pressure  at  the  Still* 


Diagram  showing  sectional  view  of  the  interior  of 
the  still  and  connections 


186 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  0  Still 

Capacity  $  gallon  per  hour 


No.  2  Still 

Capacity  10  gallons  per  hour 


We  guarantee  these  Stills  to  have  the  capacities  stated  above  and  to  deliver  pure  water,  free  from  any  con¬ 
tamination.  We  will  ship  them  on  30  days’  approval  to  any  one  in  the  United  States  where  satisfactory  reference 
is  furnished. 

We  supply  copper  tin-lined  or  glass-lined  steel  tanks  for  storing  the  distilled  water  in  any  capacity  up  to 

1000  gallons. 


26500.  Distilling  Apparatus,  Stokes  Automatic,  Gas  Heating;  height  24  inches  weight  35  lbs. 

Size... .  0  00  000 

Capacity  per  hour,  gallons .  \  1  3 

Each .  18.00  20.00  35.00 

26504.  Distilling  Apparatus,  Stokes  Automatic,  same  as  No.  00  of  No.  26500  but  with  steam  coil  inside  of  boil¬ 
ing  chamber,  capacity  1  gallon  per  hour .  25.00 

26508.  Distilling  Apparatus,  Stokes  Automatic,  same  as  No.  26500,  equipped  with  1  gallon  gasolene  storage 
tank,  connecting  iron  piping  and  gasolene  burner;  with  tank  arranged  to  hang  on  the  wall  along¬ 
side  of  the  still.  The  burner  for  the  f  gallon  size  consumes  one  gallon  of  gasolene  in  ten  hours. 
Capacity  per  hour,  gallons .  _  _ 1 

Each . 

26512.  Distilling  Apparatus,  Stokes  Automatic,  Steam  Heating. 

Size . 

Capacity  per  hour,  gallons . 

Weight,  lbs . 

Height,  feet . 

Each .  100.00 


.  25.00 

27.00 

r, 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

5 

10 

25 

60 

100 

275 

325 

750 

1200 

1500 

3| 

41 

7 

7i 

•  2 

n 

100.00 

150.00 

250.00 

450.00 

600.00 

Among  those  using  STOKES  AUTOMATIC  WATER  STILLS,  are  the  following: 


Kellogg  Food  Company 
International  Creosoting  Company 
Diamond  Rubber  Company 
Keystone  Watch  Case  Company 
Alan  Wood  Iron  &  Steel  Company 
Republic  Iron  and  Steel  Company 
Pennsylvania  Steel  Company 
American  Can  Company 
New  Jersey  Zinc  Company 
Pennsylvania  Salt  Manufacturing  Company 
E.  1.  du  Pont  de  Nemours  Powder  Company 
Philadelphia  &  Reading  Railway  Company 


Texas  State  College  of  Agricultural  &  Mechanic  Arts 

University  of  Washington 

University  of  Missouri 

Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute 

Indiana  State  University 

University  of  Cincinnati 

Pennsylvania  State  College 

Battle  Creek  Sanitarium 

New  York  State  Hospital  for  the  Insane  (Matteawan ) 
German  Hospital  (Philadelphia) 

U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture 
U.  S.  War  Department 


187 


A  * 1 R  T  H  U  R 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  26516 


No.  26524 


26516.  Distilling  Apparatus,  Barnstead  Automatic,  Type  G,  for  Gas  Heating,  yielding  chemically  pure  distilled 
water  without  ammonia,  gases,  or  organic  impurities;  substantially  built  of  copper,  nickel  plated. 

Capacity  per  hour,  gallons .  1  lj  2  5  10 

Each .  45.00  “  50.00  75.00  f25.00  225.00 

26520.  Distilling  Apparatus,  Barnstead  Automatic,  Type  E;  for  Electric  Heating,  capacity  1  gallon  per  hour. 

Current .  110  volts  220  volts 

Each . _  55.00  65d)0 

26524.  Distilling  Apparatus,  Barnstead  Automatic,  Type  S,  for  Steam  Heating;  of  heavy  copper  and  composi¬ 
tion,  thoroughly  coated  with  pure  block  tin  on  all  parts  that  come  in  contact  with  the  water. 

Capacity  per  hour,  gallons .  2  5-7  10-15  15-20  20-25  25-30 _ 50 _ 75 

Each . .  75.00  115.00  170.00  285.00  300.00  430.00  540.00  775.00 


No.  26528 


No.  26528 


26528. 


26532. 


Distilling  Apparatus,  Jewell,  for  use  with  gas;  highly  recommended  for  their  simplicity  and  durability; 
substantially  built  and  all  parts  easily  accessible;  boiling  chamber  is  of  iron,  enamelled  inside 
and  finished  outside  with  aluminum  bronze  paint;  condenser  of  iron.  Can  be  furnished  on  order 
with  copper  boiling  chamber,  nickel  plated  outside  and  tinned  inside. 

Capacity  per  hour,  gallons .  5  1  li 

Each...' . . .  25.00  45.00  65.00 

Distilling  Apparatus,  Automatic,  for  gas.  Of  cold  rolled  copper,  lined  throughout  with  block  tin,  with 
top  of  retort  removable  for  cleaning. 

Capacity  per  hour,  liters .  . 2  4 

Each .  15.00  25.00 


I 


1 


i 

I 


I 


18S 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS 


C  O  M  P  A  N 


Y 


i 


No.  26536 


No.  26540 


WASTE 


26536.  Distilling  Apparatus,  Automatic,  11  inches  in  diameter  by  13  inches  high,  made  of  heavy  spun  copper 
without  soldered  seams;  capacity  2  liters  per  hour  with  a  burner  using  10  cu.  ft.  of  gas  per 

hour .  15.00 

Iron  Tripod,  for  use  with  above  still . ’  i^oo 

26540.  Distilling  Apparatus,  Femel,  Patented,  capacity  5  liters  per  hour;  delivers  absolutely  pure  and  sterile 
distilled  water.  Highly  recommended  and  widely  used  in  Germany. 

Duty  Free .  42.50  Stock .  60.00 


No.  26544 


No.  26548 


No.  26552 


26544. 


26548. 


26552. 


Distilling  Apparatus,  for  steam,  designed  for  experimental  distillation  of  heavy  oils  and  other  liquids 
or  solids  requiring  agitation  with  high  heat. 

Capacity,  gallons .  _3 _ 1 _  2 _ 3 _ 5 

Each .  13.75  24.00  36.00  42.00  543)0 

Distilling  Apparatus,  consisting  of  a  tin-lined  copper  retort  with  zinc  condenser  with  block  tin 
worm,  receiving  funnel  for  cold  water  and  outlet  for  hot  water. 

Capacity,  gallons .  _J _ 1  2  3  5 

Each .  12.00  14.00  18.00  23.50  32.00 

Note — For  condenser  only  see  No.  25048  and  for  retort  only  see  No.  46012. 

Distilling  Apparatus,  Automatic,  for  making  distilled  water  by  steam  heat;  of  heavy  copper  with  3team 
coil  near  the  bottom  and  provided  with  an  automatic  valve  which  controls  the  water  supply; 
also  water  gauge  and  union  for  connecting  with  condenser  No.  25048  or  other  form. 

Capacity,  gallons .  3 _  5 

Each .  29.25  32.25 


189 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  26556  No.  26560  No.  26564 

26556.  Distilling  Apparatus,  of  heavy  copper,  all  seams  brazed,  intended  for  high  temperatures;  with  flanges 
secured  by  six  thumb  screw  clamps,  easily  taken  apart  for  cleaning. 

Capacity,  gallons .  5  1  2  3 

Each . . . . .  23.25  25.50  36.75  51.00 

26560.  Distilling  Apparatus,  for  Determination  of  Ammonia  in  Water.  The  inlet  tube  permits  the  introduction 
of  the  permanganate  solution  into  the  flask  after  the  distillation  of  the  free  ammonia;  with  mer¬ 
cury  seal  providing  a  perfect  joint  and  easy  disconnection . . . .  7.00 

26564.  Distilling  Apparatus,  Vacuum,  for  evaporations  or  distillations  under  diminished  pressure.  Consisting 
of  a  porcelain  dish  160  x  80  mm,  2  liters  capacity,  glass  dome  with  tubulation  for  thermometer 
and  side  tube,  and  rubber  fitting  between  dome  and  porcelain  dish.  Without  thermometer. .  7.50 


26568. 

26572. 

26576. 

26580. 

26584. 


No.  26568  No.  26584 

Distilling  Apparatus,  Vacuum,  with  cast  iron  water  bath,  white  enamelled  inside,  and  tripod,  but 

without  burner  or  thermometer .  10.00 

Porcelain  Dish  only,  160  x  80  mm,  2  liters  capacitv,  for  either  No.  26564  or  No.  26568 .  5.00 

Glass  Dome,  only .  1.75 

Rubber  Ring,  only .  1.00 

Distilling  Apparatus,  Vacuum,  consisting  of  copper  water  bath  with  stopcock,  on  tripod,  porcelain  dish 
with  glass  dome  fitted  air-tight  by  means  of  gasket  and  glass  side  tube  for  side  of  dome,  but 
without  thermometer. 

Capacity  of  porcelain  dish,  liters .  1J  2i 

Each .  “22.50  30.00 


190 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


26588. 


26592. 

26596. 

26600. 

26604. 

26608. 


No.  26588  No.  26698 

Distilling  Apparatus,  Vacuum,  same  as  No.  26584,  arranged  for  distillations  but  with  the  addition 
of  vacuum  pump,  condenser,  gauge  and  glass  bottle. 

Capacity  of  porcelain  dish,  liters .  1J  2^ 

Duty  Free .  28.05  36^30 

Stock .  42.50  55.00 

Porcelain  Dish  only,  with  tin  ring . 7.50  10.05 

Glass  Dome,  only . *. . . .  3.00  4.20 

Glass  Side  Tube,  only . 45  .60 

Rubber  Rings,  only . 85  1.40 

Glass  Reservoir  with  metal  top,  with  tubulations,  gauge,  filter  pump  and  stand.  For  use  with  No.  26584 
in  place  of  gauge,  condenser,  etc.,  as  listed  under  No.  26588. 

Duty  Free .  7.50  Stock .  11.25 


No.  26612-16-20  No.  26624 

26612.  Distilling  Tube,  plain  form,  for  fractional  distillation 

26616.  “  “  with  one  bulb . 

26620.  “  “  “  two  bulbs . 

26624.  “  “  Glinsky,  with  glass  valves. 

Length,  mm . 

Each . . . 

26628.  Distilling  Tube,  Le  Bel-Henninger,  with  two  bulbs. . 
26632.  “  “  “  “  “  three  “ 

26636.  “  “  “  “  “  four  “  ... 


...  .15 
..  .20 
..  .25 


400  425  460 

1.50  2.00  2.50 

. .  1.00 

.  1.25 

.  1.80 


191 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  26640 


26G40. 


26644. 


Distilling  Apparatus,  Vacuum,  consisting  of  metal  retort  heavily  tinned  inside,  with  steam  jacket  and 
stopcock,  with  drip  cup,  stopcock  for  live  steam  connection,  glass  dome,  copper  condenser  with 
block  tin  tube  and  filter  pump,  and  glass  overflow  reservoir  with  metal  top  and  pressure  gauge. 
Very  stoutly  built  for  heavy  work. 

Capacity  of  metal  pan,  liters . 

Free . “9^70" 

Duty  Paid .  145.00 

Porcelain  Dishes  to  fit  inside  of  copper  retort  of  No.  26640. 

Capacity  of  porcelain  dish,  liters . 

To  fit  retort,  liters . ’ 

Duty  Free . 

Duty  Paid . . 16.50 

Note  Pure  nickel  dishes  can  also  be  fitted  inside  of  the  copper  retort.  Price  on  application. 


7 

12 

95.70 

108.90 

145.00 

165.00 

5 

9 

7 

12 

9.10 

12.90 

16.50 

23.40 

View  In  Office 


View  in  Office 


192 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  26G48—  For  two  trays 

26648.  Drying  Apparatus,  Hearson,  for  serums  and  other  sensitive  and  easily  decomposed  liquids.  This  ap¬ 
paratus  works  without  vacuum  and  renders  possible  the  rapid,  safe  and  antiseptic  drying  of  the 
most  delicate  liquids  at  a  low  temperature.  Two  liters  of  serum  can  be  dried  in  from  six  to 
eight  hours  which,  with  a  large  vacuum  apparatus  as  formerly  used,  required  at  least  24  hours. 
The  intake  of  air  is  filtered  through  a  flannel  filter  and,  after  passing  through  the  heating  chamber, 
reaches  the  drying  compartment  in  which  are  placed  the  trays  containing  the  liquid  to  be  dried. 
The  warm  air,  after  having  become  charged  with  moisture  from  the  contents  of  the  trays,  passes 
out  of  the  apparatus.  Baffle  plates  insure  the  direct  passage  of  the  current  of  air  over  the  trays. 
For  most  work  a  temperature  of  25  to  30°  C.  is  maintained  in  the  warming  chamber,  temperature 
of  which  may  be  noted  by  reading  the  thermometer.  The  apparatus  is  provided  for  either  gas 
or  electric  heating  as  may  be  specified  but  for  most  work  we  recommend  that  electric  heating 
be  used  both  for  heating  the  chamber  and  operating  the  motor  by  means  of  a  resistance  on  the 
same  circuit  which  makes  it  impossible  for  the  heating  or  the  motor  to  operate  alone.  The  fol¬ 
lowing  experiment  shows  the  antiseptic  conditions  under  which  work  may  be  done  with  this 
apparatus : — 

Two  liters  of  running  water  1  cc  were  set.  It  grew  25  colonies  of  which  the  larger  part  was 
washed  away.  The  running  water  was  then  divided  into  the  four  receptacles  of  the  machine 
so  that  500  cc  was  in  each  division.  The  air  ventilator  was  operated  for  five  hours  and  the  ingoing 
air  warmed  with  the  following  result: — 

No.  1  Compartment— Water  loss  180  grains— 1  dead  colony  in  1  cc. 

No.  2  “  — 128  grains  water  evaporated — 9  large  dead  colonies  in  1  cc. 

No.  3  “  — 166  grains  water  evaporated — 2  large  dead  and  7  living  colonies  in  1  cc. 

No.  4  “  — 123  grains  water  evaporated— 7  large  dead  and  4  small  colonies  in  1  cc. 

From  this  experiment  it  is  evident  that  the  germ  number  of  the  water  by  the  drying  process 
has  not  been  increased  but  considerably  decreased.  In  another  test  sterilized  water  was 
used  and  the  air  admitted  was  not  warmed.  In  each  compartment  250  cc  of  sterilized  water  dried 
for  five  hours,  after  which  1  cc  of  each  tray  was  tested.  All  four  tests  remained  free  from  germs. 
Number  of  trays .  2 _ 3 _  4 


Duty  Free  .  172.50  195.00  "  225.00 

Duty  Paid! !!!!!!!! .  258.75  292.50  337.50 


193 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


26668.  Drying  Apparatus,  Faust-Heim,  designed  especially  for  serums  and  easily  decomposed  fluids.  As 
"furnished  by  us  to  leading  manufacturers  of  biological  products,  Henry  Phipps  Institute  of 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  etc.  Illustration  shows  form  as  made  for  two  dishes.  The 
two  larger  sizes  accommodate  three  and  four  dishes,  respectively.  For  gas  heating. 

To  take,  dishes .  2  3  4  ^ 

Duty  Free .  196.00  216.00  ^  245.00 

Duty  Paid .  237.60  261.80  297.00 

26672.  Drying  Apparatus  Faust-Heim,  same  as  above  but  for  electric  heating.  Price  includes  electric  motor. 
Voltage  must  be  stated  in  ordering. 

To  take,  dishes.- .  2  3  4 

Duty  Free .  208.75  236700  272.25 

Duty  Paid .  253.00  286.00  330.00 


26676. 

26680. 

26684. 

26688. 

26689. 


No.  26676 


No.  26684 


Drying  Apparatus,  Buxton  and  Beebe,  modified  by  Taylor,  for  the  rapid  dry¬ 
ing,  at  low  temperatures,  of  easily  decomposed  organic  products.  Of 
heavy  polished  copper  with  motor  and  burner  for  heating  which  is  not  iW 
shown  in  illustration.  Price  does  not  include  dish.  Voltage  must  be 

stated  in  ordering .  85.00 

Drying  Closet,  of  glass  throughout,  with  nickel  plated  brass  mountings.  Inside 

dimensions  10  x  12  x  10  inches.  No.  26688 

Duty  Free .  19.20  Stock .  28.80 

Drying  Closet,  same  as  No.  26680  but  with  two  compartments  and  two  handles. 

Duty  Free . ......  32.00  Stock .  48.00 

Ebulliometer,  Dujardin-Salleron,  original  French  make,  in  exact  accordance  with  the  official  stand¬ 
ard  of  the  Arts  and  Trades  Conservatory  in  Paris,  reading  in  degrees  of  legal  alcoholometer  scale 
and  the  degrees  of  Malligand  Ebullioscope.  Of  polished  copper  with  jacket  around  the  burner, 

complete  in  case  with  accessories  and  thermometer .  30.00 

Special  Thermometer,  for  above . . .  10.00 


194 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  26704 


No.  26712 


26700. 


26704. 


26708. 

26712. 

26716. 


ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  APPARATUS 

Storage  Batteries  Are  Listed  On  Page  66 

Switch  Board  for  the  Demonstration  of  Ohm’s  Law.  By  means  of  ammeter,  voltmeter  and  resistance 
connected  with  open  connections,  the  operation  of  Ohm’s  law  can  be  demonstrated  to  a  com¬ 
paratively  large  class,  C,  E  and  R  being  easily  legible  from  the  three  scales,  in  amperes,  volts  and 
ohms.  Size  75  x  60  cm. 

Duty  Free .  49.50  Duty  Paid .  59.40 

Apparatus  for  the  Demonstration  of  Faraday’s  Law  and  for  the  determination  of  equivalent  weights, 
showing  in  a  very  instructive  manner  the  separation  of  heavy  metals  from  solutions  of  their 
salts,  such  as  copper  from  copper  sulphate,  silver  from  silver  nitrate,  etc.,  and  at  the  same 
time  the  equivalent  deposits  of  the  different  metals  with  the  same  current.  The  apparatus  con¬ 
sists  of  two  (or  more  if  necessary)  balances  of  the  specific  gravity  type  with  rider  pointer  and 
scale  and,  suspended  from  one  arm,  the  platinum  cathode  in  the  electrolyte.  As  anode  a  plate 
of  the  metal  to  be  deposited  upon  the  cathode  is  usually  used  and  electrolysis  established  with 
a  current  of  from  .1  to  .2  amperes.  The  illustration  shows  two  balances  set  up  in  connection 
with  ammeter,  rheostat  and  battery.  Price  includes  only  the  balances,  set  of  riders  and  glass 
cell.  See  Zeitschrift  fiir  den  physikalischen  und  chemischen  Unierricht  XXV  4,  page  270  and  Zeits- 
rhrifl  fiir  Elektrochemie  XVII 1,  page  45. 

Duty  Free .  10.00  Duty  Paid. .  .  12.00 

Electrodes  for  above  of .  Silver  Copper  Nickel  Tin  Bismuth 

Duty  Free,  when  ordered  with  apparatus -  1.25  .40  .50  .85  1.05 

Duty  Paid  “  “  “  “  ....  1.45  .50  .65  1.00  1.25 

Switch  Board,  Experimental,  small  universal,  for  currents  up  to  6  amperes  and  under  40  volts.  With 
precision  volt-ammeter  reading  to  0  to  40  volts  and  from  0-4  amperes;  regulating  resistance,  etc. 

Duty  Free .  28.50  Duty  Paid .  34.20 

Switch  Board  for  Electrolytic  Analysis.  This  switch  board  permits  the  accurate  organization  and  meas¬ 
urement  of  currents  from  0  to  5  amperes  and  from  0  to  12  volts  and  provides  connections  for  from 
1  to  6  electrolyses.  The  prices  given  are  for  operation  on  accumulator  or  other  low  voltage 


circuit. 

.  1 

2 

4 

6 

.  5 

10 

20 

30 

Voltage . 

.  12 

12 

12 

12 

Duty  Free . 

Duty  Paid . 

For  direct  connection  of  above  with  110  volts, 
For  direct  connection  of  above  with  220  volts, 

.  48.00 

.  57.60 

extra  per  electrolysis . 

extra  per  electrolysis . 

89.10 

107.00 

109.00 

130.75 

Duly  Free 

4.05 

6.00 

130.50 
156.60 
Duty  Paid 
5.00 
7.25 

195 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


C  O  M  P  A  NY 


H  . 


No.  26720  for  D.  C.  No.  26728  for  A.  C.  .  .  .  No.  26736 

26720.  Switch  Board,  Experimental,  Model  C,  for  110  volts  direct  current. with  precision  milh-ammeter  and 
voltmeter.  Net  weight  SO  kilograms;  size  85  x  70  x  30  cm. 

Range  of  meters  from  1  milli-ampere  to,  amperes .  15  20  30 

Duty  Free  110.75  112.50  118.15 

Duty  Paid .  132.75  135.00  141.75 

26724.  Switch  Board,  Experimental,  Model  C,  as  above,  but  for  220  volts,  direct  current. 

Range  of  meters  from  1  milli-ampere  to.  amperes .  15 _  20 _ _  30  ; 

Duty  Free .  120.00  123.75  129.50 

Duty  Paid .  144.00  148.50  155.15 

26728.  Switch  Board,  Experimental,  Model  C.  as  above,  but  for  110  volts  alternating  current. 

Range  of  meters  from  1  milli-ampere  to,  amperes .  15 _  20 _ 30  . 

Duty  Free  108.75  110.75  116.25 

Duty  Paid .  130.50  132.75  139.50 

26732.  Switch  Board,  Experimental,  Modei  C,  as  above,  but  for  220  volts,  alternating  current. 

Range  of  meters  from  1  milli-ampere  to,  amperes . 15 _ 20 _  30 

Duty  Free  118.15  121.90  127.50 

Duty  Paid .  141.75  146.25  153.00 

26736.  Switch  Board,  Portable,  for  Quantitative  Electrolysis,  particularly  recommended  for  teaching  purposes 
because  all  connections  are  exposed,  and  not  recommended  for  factory  or  continuous  laboratory 
work  because  of  the  deterioration  in  connections  due  to  this  exposure.  On  heavy  hardwood 
board  arranged  to  either  hang  on  the  wall  or  stand  on  the  work  table.  With  precision  volt¬ 
meter  and  ammeter  reading  from  0  to  10  volts  and  0  to  10  amperes,  respectively. 

Duty  Free .  52.50  Duty  Paid . 63.00 


26740. 


26748. 


No.  26740  No.  26748 

Switch  Board,  Portable,  for  Quantitative  Electrolysis,  similar  to  No.  26736  but  with  handles  for  convenient 
carrying  and  particularly  recommended  for  factory  and  practical  laboratory  work  because  of  the 
complete  protection  against  dust  and  fumes  and  of  the  fact  that  the  necessary  accumulators  may 
be  conveniently  placed  inside  the  desk  shaped  cover.  With  precision  voltmeter  and  ammeter 
reading  from  0  to  10  volts  and  0  to  10  amperes,  respectively.  With  adjustable  resistance,  all 
necessary  connections,  etc.,  but  without  accumulators 

Duty  Free .  70.00  Duty  Paid .  82.80 

Switch  Board  and  Work  Table,  Classen,  for  Quantitative  Electrolysis,  with  precision  voltmeter  reading 
from  0  to  15  volts  in  0.2  volts  and  precision  ammeter  reading  from  0  to  15  amperes  in  0.2  amperes, 
and,  in  addition,  both  current  and  potential  indicators  with  all  necessary  connections,  resistances, 
etc.,  and  connections  for  laboratory  supply  of  gas,  water  and  vacuum  systems  Without  accumu¬ 
lators.  Number  of  determinations .  2  4  6_ 

Duty  Free .  211.25  330.00  44(M)0 

Duty  Paid .  256.00  400.00  532.00 


196 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


26752.  Switch  Board  and  Work  Table  for  Quantitative  Electrolytic  Analysis,  for  operation  with  direct  current 
up  to  5  amperes  per  electrolysis  and  at  a  voltage  of  12  volts.  Tables  are  stoutly  made  of  well 
finished  wood,  with  resistance,  measuring  instruments,  switch,  etc.,  on  the  upright  switch  board 
behind  each  table. 

Number  of  electrolyses .  2  3  4  6  8 

Amperes,  direct  current .  10 _ lo _ 20 _ 30 _ 40 

Duty  Free  109.00  122.15  135.00  231.00  254.10 

Duty  Paid .  130.75  146.50  162.00  277.25  305.00 

26756.  Switch  Board,  Veit,  for  Quantitative  Electrolytic  Analysis,  with  two  gold  plated  rotating  spindles,  the 
polarity  of  which  is  reversible  by  means  of  switch;  each  spindle  connected  with  six  point  switch, 
advancing  the  current  from  .05  amperes  to  .5  amperes,  and  additional  switch  from  1  ampere 
to  5  amperes.  Ammeter  reads  from  .05  to  5  amperes,  with  connections  so  that  readings  may 
be  taken  separately  from  either  spindle.  The  container  support  will  hold  a  platinum  dish  up 
to  3^  inches  in  diameter,  with  platinum  contact  points  to  insure  good  metallic  contact  when  dish 
is  used  as  either  anode  or  cathode.  Complete  outfit  is  mounted  on  polished  slate  slab  31  x  18 
inches  supported  by  angle-iron  bfaces.  This  switch  board  obviously  can  not  be  connected  with 

an  alternating  current  unless  same  is  transformed  by  use  of  motor  generator  set .  190.00 

26760.  Switch  Board,  same  as  above  but  with  two  revolving  spindles .  150.00 


s  5  ^ m 

1  *  'K  pii 

13  *  9| 

■WegMgSl 

No.  26764 


26764. 


Electrolytic  Outfit,  Herman,  for  Quantitative 
Copper  Analysis,  etc.,  with  revolving 
anodes  and  cathode  of  platinum 
gauze.  Assays  are  quickly  made. 
Cabinets  are  made  up  of  any  number 
of  units,  each  unit  having  an  indi¬ 
vidual  motor  so  that  one  or  more 
units  may  be  operated  at  one  time. 
Can  not  be  used  on  alternating  cur¬ 
rent  excepting  with  motor  generator 
set.  The  outfit  is  neatly  mounted  in 
a  hardwood  case  with  a  glass  door, 
which  protects  the  motors  from  the 
nitric  acid  fumes.  Complete  in  cabi¬ 
net  with  voltmeter  and  ammeter. 
Platinum  electrodes  are  furnished  at 
the  market  price  of  platinum.  Ap¬ 
proximate  weight  of  anodes,  4.25 
grams,  cathodes,  9.00  grams. 

Number  of  units .  1  2 

Each . .100.00  120.00 

Number  of  units _  4 _ 6^ 

Each .  165.00  220.00 


197 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  26768 


No.  26772 


26768. 


26772. 


Switch  Board,  Nissenson,  for  Quantitative  Electrolysis,  closet  form.  Cabinet  is  made  of  polished  oak 
with  three  counterpoised  glass  doors  (in  the  outfit  for  6  determinations)  and  two  shelves  covered 
with  glass  plates;  each  compartment  is  furnished  with  precision  ammeter  and  voltmeter,  neces¬ 
sary  control  switches,  resistances,  etc.  Without  accumulators. 

Number  of  determinations .  6  8  10 

Duty  Free . .  528.00  660.00  792.00 

Duty  Paid . .  640.00  800.00  960.00 

Electrolytic  Support,  Fischer,  for  use  with  any  of  the  switch-boards  or  work  table  outfits  previously 
listed.  With  motor  and  electrode  holder  for  all  kinds  of  electrodes  and  stirring  devices,  with 
regulating  rheostat  in  the  base.  Current,  volts... .  110  d.  c.  a.  c.  and  220  d.  c. 

Duty  Free .  46.25  51.25 

Duty  Paid .  56.00  62.00 


No.  26776 


No.  26780 


1 


No.  26784 


No.  26792 


26776.  Electrolytic  Support,  Fischer, simplified  1912 model.  Current,  volts  llOd.c.  a.  c.  and220d.  c. 


Duty  Free .  30.00  34.65 

Duty  Paid .  36.00  42.00 


26780.  Electrolytic  Support.  Fischer-Fresenius.  for  electrolysis  without  rotation  as  in  elementary  electro¬ 
chemistry;  with  double  electrode  holders  and  thermometer  holder .  5.00 

26784.  Electrolytic  Support,  with  japanned  iron  base,  glass  upright  with  ring  with  three  platinum  lugs  and 

one  clamp,  and  binding  post  attached  to  both  ring  and  clamp .  5.00 

26788.  Electrolytic  Support,  same  as  No.  26784  with  two  clamps  with  binding  posts .  4.75 

26792.  “  “  with  glass  upright  carrying  clamp  and  separate  glass  upright  carrying  ring. .  5.00 


198 


ARTHUR 


H.  THOMAS 


COM 


P 


A 


N  Y 


A 


No.  26816 


No.  26800  with  28616 


No.  26796 


No.  26820 


26796.  Electrolytic  Support,  Peters,  adjustable  as  to  height  and  with  extension  clamp. 

Duty  Free .  6.00  Duty  Paid .  11.00 

26800.  Glass  Stirrer,  for  Electrolysis,  Fischer.  Illustration  of  No.  26772  shows  the  stirrer  attached  to  the 

rotating  head  of  the  support  and  in  connection  with  the  double  net  electrode .  1.50 

26808.  Connecting  Cords  for  electrolytic  support,  covered  with  red  and  blue  silk,  respectively,  to  show 

polarity,  80  cm  long,  per  pair .  1.50 

26816.  Double  Net  Electrode.Pure  Nickel,  Fischer .  10.00 

Note: — For  Platinum  Electrodes  see  Platinum  Ware. 

26820.  Electric  Stirrer  and  Rotating  Anode  Apparatus,  consisting  of  motor  which  can  be  furnished  for  either 
alternating  or  direct  current,  110  or  220  volts;  adjustable  arm  for  holding  the  anode  or  stirring 
rod  with  suitable  attachment  for  electrolysis  current  and  rheostat  for  regulating  speed  from  50 
to  1000  revolutions  per  minute.  Recommended  for  depositing  nietals  in  quantitative  analysis. 
Price  does  not  include  crucible  anode  or  dish  shown  in  illustration,  nor  electrolytic  stand  with 
glass  upright.  Please  specify  voltage  and  current  in  ordering .  25.00 


26824. 

26832/ 


No.  26824  No-  26832 

Speed  Counter,  Fischer,  for  conveniently  determining  the  speed  of  the  stirring  device .  7.00 

Potentiometer  (Compensation  Apparatus),  Fischer;  a  quick  and  convenient  measurement  and  check  of 
cathode  potentials  when  determining  and  separating  metals  by  means  of  electrolysis.  The  instru¬ 
ment  consists  of  a  rectangular  walnut  case  with  a  convenient  and  handy  arrangement  of  the 

following: —  .....  „  .  ... 

A  moving  coil  voltmeter  for  0-2.5  volts  with  divisions  of  0.0 o  volts;  a  moving  coil  galvanometer 
with  pointer  and  scale  divided  10-0-10,  sensitiveness  1  °  =  0.000004  amperes ;  a  current  switch  for  the 
auxiliary  battery;  a  key;  a  sliding  resistance  and  four  terminals  with  suitable  connections  for 
battery  and  electrolysis.  The  sliding  resistance  is  readily  removable  for  cleaning.  See  A.  Fischer, 
Elektroanalytische  Schnellmethoden ,  Enke,  Stuttgart  1908  and  A.  Fischer,  Chemiker-Zeitung  Cdthen 

1909,  No.  37,  p.  337.  _  ,  „  .  ,  „„ 

Duty  Free..!.  .  55.50  Duty  Paid .  66.60 


199 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H 


No.  26836  No.  26840  No.  26844 


26836.  Apparatus  for  Rapid  Electrolysis  in  a  Magnetic  Field,  consisting  of  a  solenoid  of  insulated  copper  wire, 
inside  of  which  is  an  iron  cylinder  to  strengthen  the  magnetic  field,  the  entire  being  covered  by 
an  iron  mantle  which  serves  to  protect  the  winding  and,  at  the  same  time,  concentrate  the  lines 
of  force.  Connections  are  provided  permitting  the  use  of  the  same  circuit  for  exciting  the  sole¬ 
noid  and  conducting  the  electrolysis.  The  apparatus  is  intended  for  a  16  volt  direct  current 
circuit  but  may  be  conveniently  used  on  regular  lighting  circuits  of  110  or  220  volts  direct  cur¬ 
rent  with  additional  resistances.  Without  electrodes .  21.00 

GALVANOMETERS,  DEMONSTRATION,  designed  primarily  for  lecture  table  use,  with  transparent  scale 
graduated  on  both  front  and  rear  so  that  same  is  visible  to  the  audience  as  well  as  to  operator.  With 
case  and  base  of  polished  mahogany,  with  glass  both  front  and  back.  These  instruments  are  conven¬ 
ient  for  use  as  Galvanoscopes,  i.  e.,  for  the  indication  of  the  presence  and  polarity  of  electric  currents, 
or  as  Galvanometers  as  the  angle  of  deflection  is  proportional  to  the  strength  of  the  current.  They 
are  made  in  two  systems,  i.  e.,  the  electromagnetic  or  soft  iron  system  with  air  damping  device,  and 
the  moving  coil  or  Deprez  d’Arsonval  system.  With  the  set  of  resistances  and  shunts  they  can  be 
used  as  volt  and  ammeters  reading  from  0  to  250  volts  and  from  0  to  50  amperes  and,  in  addition,  they 
are  offered  below  in  both  systems  with  special  scales  graduated  in  both  volts  and  amperes. 


26840. 

Galvanometer,  Demonstration,  with  soft  iron  (electromagnetic)  system,  as 
above  described . 

Duty  Free 

13.50 

Duty  Paid 

16.25 

26844. 

Galvanometer,  Demonstration,  with  moving  coil  (Deprez  d’Arsonval)  system, 
as  above  described . 

15.00 

18.00 

26848. 

Set  of  Four  Resistances  and  Three  Shunts  on  Baseboard,  for  use  with  above 
Galvanometers.  Can  be  connected  singly  with  the  instruments  for 
measuring  voltage  from  0  to  1,  0  to  10,  0  to  100  and  0  to  250  volts  and 
current  from  0  to  1,  0  to  10  and  0  to  50  amperes . 

12.00 

14.40 

DEMONSTRATION  VOLT  AND  AMPERE-METERS.  These  consist  of  the  above  Galvanometers  with  special 

scales  reading  directly  in  volts  and  amperes  as  indicated. 

26852. 

Demonstration  Ampere-Meter,  with  soft  iron  (electromagnetic)  system,  for 
either  direct  or  alternating  current,  1  to  60  amperes . 

15.00 

18.00 

26856. 

Demonstration  Voltmeter,  as  above,  4  to  100  volts . 

15.00 

18.00 

26860. 

“  “  “  “  100  to  250  volts . 

18.00 

21.60 

26864. 

“  Combined  Volt  and  Ampere-Meter,  as  above,  with  scale  0  to 

12  volts  and  0  to  6  amperes . 

19.50 

23.40 

Note: — Please  state  in  ordering  whether  instrument  is  to  be  used  on 
direct  or  alternating  current. 

26868. 

« 

Demonstration  Ampere-Meter,  with  moving  coil  (Deprez  d’Arsonval)  system, 
for  direct  current  only,  0  to  50  amperes . 

16.50 

19.80 

26872. 

Demonstration  Voltmeter,  as  above,  0  to  500  volts . 

16.50 

19.80 

26876. 

Demonstration  Universal  Galvanometer,  scale  2-0-2  milliamperes,  100-0-100 
millivolts,  with  resistances  by  which  the  range  is  increased  to  10  milli¬ 
amperes,  100  ohms  and  1  volt . 

21.00 

25.20 

26880. 

Separate  Shunts,  for  above,  from  100  millivolts  to  50  amperes,  each . 

3.60 

4.35 

200 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  2689G 


No.  26900 


Nos.  26908  to  26940  Showing  Various  Scales 


Nos.  2690S  to  26940  Showing  Various  Scales 


26896.  Galvanoscope,  for  Wheatstone  Bridge  measurements,  determination  of  E.  M.  F.  by  means  of  the  com¬ 
pensation  method,  etc.,  internal  resistance  6  ohms,  sensibility  .02  milliampere  =  1°  of  scale; 
diameter  100  mm,  height  50  mm . ” .  8.25 

26900.  Galvanoscope,  Paschen,  with  internal  resistance  of  10  ohms,  sensibility  of  .002  milli-ampere  =  1°  of 
scale,  and  with  an  internal  resistance  of  6  ohms  and  a  sensibility  of  .0002  milliampere  =  1°  of 
scale.  In  an  iron  case  for  magnetic  protection.  Sensibility  must  be  specified  in  ordering. 

Duty  Free .  12.75  Duty  Paid .  15.30 

26904.  Galvanoscope,  as  above,  in  brass  case. 

Duty  Free .  16.35  Duty  Paid .  19.65 

WESTON  MINIATURE  PRECISION  DIRECT  CURRENT  AMMETERS,  VOLTMETERS  AND  VOLT- 
AMMETERS,  Model  280.  These  instruments  embody  all  the  well  known  advantages  of  the  Weston 
instruments  being  absolutely  dead  beat  and  extremely  sensitive  and  so  designed  that  they  may  be 
left  continuously  in  circuit  under  full  load  without  overheating  or  causing  an  appreciable  change  in 
the  indications.  The  separate  voltmeters  have  a  resistance  of  about  100  ohms  per  volt  while  the  volt- 
ammeters  have  a  resistance  of  approximately  50  ohms  per  volt.  The  cases  are  made  of  sheet  steel 
finished  in  dead  black  and  the  dimensions  are  4.6  x  4.4  x  1.5  inches  and  any  of  the  instruments  may 
be  carried  in  an  ordinary  coat  pocket.  A  great  variety  of  ranges  is  offered,  i.  e.,  the  voltmeters  from 
50  milli-volts  to  150  volts,  and  the  ammeters  from  50  milli-amperes  to  30  amperes.  They  are  admirably 
adapted  to  all  kinds  of  commercial  and  experimental  testing  falling  within  their  limits  of  e.  m.  f.  and 
current  and  are  very  adaptable  for  individual  students  use  in  laboratory  work.  Particular  attention 
is  called  to  the  double  and  triple  scale  instruments  and  the  volt-ammeters.  The  triple  range  volt- 
ammeter  is  in  reality  six  instruments  in  one  case,  since  there  are  three  current  ranges  and  three  e.  m.f. 
ranges.  Range  must  he  specified  in  ordering. 

26908.  Single  Range  Milii-Voltmeters. 


Milli-volts . 

50 

75 

100 

120 

150 

200 

Each . 

Milli-volts . 

o  o 

12.50 

300 

12.50 

400 

12.50 

500 

12.50 

600 

12.50 

750 

Each . 

12.50 

12.50 

12.50 

12.50 

12.50 

12.50 

26912. 

Single  Range  Voltmeters. 

Volts . 

1 

2 

3 

5 

7.5 

10 

15 

Each . 

Volts . 

. . .  12.50 

25 

12.50 

40 

12.50 

50 

12.50 

75 

12.50 

100 

12.50 

120 

12.50 

150 

Each . 

.  .  12.50 

12.50 

12.50 

12.50 

12.50 

12.50 

12.50 

26916. 

Double  Range  Voltmeters. 

Volts .  20-2  20-8 

25-2.5 

30-3 

50-2.5 

50-5 

80-8 

100-10 

150-15 

Each. .  14.50  14.50 

14.50 

14.50 

14.50 

14.50 

14.50 

14.50 

14.50 

26920. 

Triple  Range  Voltmeters. 

Volts . 

25-10-2.5 

30-3-1.5 

30-6-3 

30 

-15-3  40-20-4 

50-5-2.5 

Each . 

Volts . 

16.50 

50-25-5 

16.50 

50-25-10 

16.50 

80-20-4 

16.50 

100-25-2.5  150- 

16.50 

15-1.5 

16.50 

150-15-3 

Each . 

16.50 

16.50 

16.50 

16.50 

16.50 

16.50 

201 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


26924. 

26928. 

26932. 

26936. 

26940. 


Single  Range  Mil-Ammeters. 

Milli-amperes . 

Each . . 

Milli-amperes . 

Each . 

Single  Range  Ammeters. 


Amperes .  _  1 

Each .  12.50 

Double  Range  Ammeters. 

Amperes .  1-0 .1  2 . 5-0 . 25 

Each .  13.50  13.50 


50  75  100  120  150 

. 12.50  12.50  12.50  12.50  12.50 

250  300  400  '  500  600 

. . . .  12.50  12.50  12.50  12.50  12.50 

2  3  5  7.5  10  15  25 

12.50  12.50  12.50  12.50  12.50  12.50  12.50 

5-0.1  5-0.5  8-2  10-115-1.5  20-225-2.5  25-5 

13.50  13.50  13.50  13.50  13.50  13.50  13.50  13.50 


200 

12.50 

750 

12.50 

30 

12.50 

30-3 

13.50 


Triple  Range  Ammeters. 


Amperes .  5-2.5-0.25  10-1-0.1  10-1  0.5  10-1-0.5  10-2.5-1  15-3-0.15  20-4-2  20-8-2 

Each .  16.50  16.50  16.50  16.50  16.50  16.50  16.50  16.50 

Amperes .  25-2.5-0.5  25-5-2.5  25-10-2.5  25-10-5  30-3-1.5  30-6-3  30-15-3  15-3-1.5 

Each .  16.50  16.50  16.50  16.50  16.50  16.50  16.50  16.50 


Single  Range  Volt-Ammeters. 


Volts .  1.5  3  3 

Amperes  .  3  1.5  3  15 

Each  19.00  19.00  19.00  19.00 


No.  26944 


WESTON  STANDARD  PORTABLE  DIRECT  CURRENT  VOLTMETERS  AND  AMMETERS.  The  illustra- 


tion  used  shows  the  general 

type  of  the  instruments  and 

form  of  mounting,  etc., 

for  all  of  the 

Voltmeters,  Ammeters,  Mil-Ammeters  and  Milli -Voltmeters  listed  below. 

26944. 

Portable  Voltmeters. 

Range,  volts . 

150  150 

150-5  150-3 

150-15 

300-150 

300 

450  600 

Division,  volts . 

1  1 

Wo  wv 

W.T 

2-1 

2 

3  5 

Each . 

55.00  57.50 

75.00  75.00 

75.00 

77.50 

65.00 

65.00  65.00 

26948. 

Portable  Milli- Voltmeters. 

10  to  0  to  10  and 

0  to  20  and 

Range,  milli-volts . 

.  0  to  20 

10  to  0  to  10 

100  to  0  to  100 

0  to  200 

Divisions . 

100 

100 

100 

100 

Each . 

50.00 

50.00 

55.00 

55.00 

26952. 

Portable  Mil-Ammeters. 

Range,  mil-amperes. . . 

150  300 

600 

1000 

1500 

500  and  50  500  and  10 

Divisions,  mil-amperes 

1  2 

4 

10 

10 

5-1 

5-A 

Each . 

50.00  50.00 

50.00 

50.00 

50.00 

60.00 

60.00 

26956. 

Portable  Ammeters. 

Range,  amperes . 

5 

15 

25 

50  100 

Division,  amperes . 

■  •  * 

iV 

1 

4 

i  1 

Each . . . . . 

. .  65.00 

65.00 

65.00 

65.00  70.00 

ARTHUR 


T  H  O  M  A  S 


COMPANY 


H  . 


n 


Slate  Rheostat.  Type  F  Universal  Rheostat.  Type  U 


Rheostats,  Ruhstrat,  Simple  Form  of  Slate,  Type  F,  on  aluminum  feet,  with  holes  for  screwing  to  table,  and 
prismatic  contact. 


No. 

Amperes 

Ohms 

Size,  mm 

Duty 

Free 

Duty 

Paid 

No. 

Amperes 

Ohms 

Size,  mm 

Duty 

Free 

Duty 

Paid 

26960. 

0.3 

250 

120  x  30  x  15 

3.15 

3.80 

27040. 

4.0 

60 

450  x  60  x  35 

9.40 

11  30 

26964. 

U 

400 

160  x  40  x  15 

3.75 

4.50 

27044. 

7.0 

1.7 

120  x  30  x  15 

3.25 

3.90 

26968. 

a 

650 

200  x  50  x  20 

5.45 

6.55 

27048. 

a 

3 

160  x  40  x  15 

3.80 

4.55 

26972. 

a 

1200 

300  x  50  x  25 

6.10 

7.25 

27052. 

a 

5 

200  x  50  x  20 

5.70 

6.85 

26976. 

a 

1700 

400  x  50  x  25 

8.20 

9.80 

27056. 

a 

8 

300  x  50  x  25 

6.75 

8.00 

26980. 

a 

2400 

450  x  60  x  35 

9.40 

11.30 

27060. 

a 

16 

450  x  60  x  35 

9.75 

11.70 

26984. 

0.6 

140 

160  x  40  x  15 

3.75 

4.50 

27064. 

10.0 

.85 

120  x  30  x  15 

3.40 

4.05 

26988. 

1.0 

55 

120  x  30  x  15 

3.15 

3.80 

27068. 

a 

1.5 

160  x  40  x  15 

3.90 

4.70 

26992. 

(i 

150 

200  x  50  x  20 

5.45 

6.55 

27072. 

a 

2.5 

200  x  50  x  20 

6.00 

7.20 

26996. 

a 

300 

300  x  50  x  25 

6.10 

7.25 

27076. 

ti 

4 

300  x  50  x  25 

7.05 

8.45 

27000. 

it 

440 

400  x  50  x  25 

8.20 

9.80 

27080. 

it 

6 

400  x  50  x  25 

9.10 

10.90 

27004. 

it 

550 

450  x  60  x  35 

9.40 

11.30 

27084. 

“ 

8.5 

450  x  60  x  35 

10.15 

12.20 

27008. 

2.0 

14 

120  x  30  x  15 

3.15 

3.80 

27088. 

15.0 

3 

400  x  50  x  25 

9.10 

10.90 

27012. 

a 

24 

160  x  40  x  15 

3.75 

4.50 

27092. 

20.0 

2.4 

120  x  30  x  15 

3.40 

4.05 

27016. 

it 

35 

200  x  50  x  20 

5.45 

6.55 

27096. 

if 

0.4 

160  x  40  x  15 

3.90 

4.70 

27020. 

a 

70 

300  x  50  x  25 

6.10 

7.25 

27100. 

a 

0  5 

200  x  50  x  20 

6.00 

7.20 

27024. 

a 

105 

400  x  50  x  25 

8.20 

9.80 

27104. 

u 

1 

300  x  50  x  25 

7.05 

8.45 

27028. 

a 

130 

450  x  60  x  35 

9.40 

11.30 

27108. 

n 

1.6 

400  x  50  x  25 

9.10 

10.90 

27032. 

4.0 

6 

120  x  30  x  15 

3.15 

3.80 

27112. 

a 

2.5 

450  x  60  x  35 

10.15 

12.20 

27036. 

a 

10 

160  x  40  x  15 

3.75 

4.50 

To  prices  given  above  add  the  following  for  extras  as  indicated,  if  desired. 


For  Rheostats 

Extra  for  scale  with  ohm 
divisions 

Extra  for  winding  with  wire 
of  increasing  diameter 

Extra  for  Ruhstrat  cross 
winding 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

Size,  mm  120  x  30  x  15 

.85 

1.00 

.55 

.65 

.75 

.90 

“  60  x  40  x  15 

.85 

1.00 

.55 

.65 

.75 

.90 

“  200  x  50  x  20 

.85 

1.00 

.55 

.65 

1.05 

1.30 

“  300  x  50  x  25 

.85 

1.00 

.55 

.65 

1.05 

1.30 

“  400  x  50  x  25 

.85 

1.00 

.85 

1.00 

1.50 

1.80 

“  450  x  60  x  35 

.85 

1.00 

.85 

1.00 

1.50 

1.80 

Rheostats,  Ruhstrat,  Universal  Form  of  Slate,  Type  U,  consisting  of  two  resistances  mounted  side  by  side  on 
aluminum  feet.  The  two  resistances  may  be  operated  independently,  in  series,  or  in  parallel,  each 
being  provided  with  separate  contact  slide.  This  form  of  Rheostat  lends  itself  to  a  great  variety  of 


experimental  purposes. 


No. 

27116. 

27120. 

27124. 

27128. 

27132. 

27136. 

27140. 

27144. 


Amperes  Ohms 


u 


a 


O 

0.5 

5 

1 

13 

1.6 

16 

2.5 

65 

5 

120 

18 

1701 

13/ 

2501 

16/ 


Size,  mm 

Duty 

Free 

Duty 

Paid 

No. 

Amperes 

Ohms 

Size,  mm 

Duty 

Free 

Duty 

Paid 

200  x  50  x  20 

11.50 

13.75 

27148. 

1} 

150' 

6 

200  x  50  x  20 

11.00 

13.20 

300  x  50  x  25 

12.60 

15.00 

27152. 

a 

300' 

28 

300  x  50  x  25 

12.00 

14.40 

400  x  50  x  25 

14.70 

17.65 

27156. 

a 

440' 

40 

400  x  50  x  25 

14.35 

17.25 

450  x  60  x  35 

16.75 

20.00 

27160. 

a 

550' 

60 

450  x  60  x  35 

16.00 

19.20 

27164. 

0.3  \ 

650 

65 

200  x  50  x  20 

11.25 

13.50 

1.5/ 

200  x  50  x  20 

11.00 

13.20 

300  x  50  x  25 

12.60 

15.00 

27168. 

a 

12001 

120 

300  x  50  x  25 

12.00 

14.40 

400  x  50  x  25 

14.70 

17.65 

27172. 

a 

17001 
170  J 

400  x  50  x  25 

14.35 

17.25 

450  x  60  x  35 

16.75 

20.00 

27176. 

a 

2400/ 
250  J 

450  x  60  x  35 

16.00 

19.20 

203 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


To  prices  given  above  add  the  following  for  extras  as  indicated,  if  desired. 


Size,  mm 

Extra  for  scale  with  ohm 
divisions 

Extra  for  winding  with  wire 
of  increasing  diameter 

Extra  for  Ruhstrat  cross 
winding 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

200  x  50  x  20 

.45 

.55 

.45 

.55 

.75 

.90 

300  x  50  x  25 

.45 

.55 

.45 

.55 

1.05 

1.30 

400  x  50  x  25 

.75 

.90 

.75 

.90 

1.35 

1.65 

450  x  60  x  35 

.75 

.90 

.75 

.90 

1.G5 

2.00 

Metallic  Tube  Rheostat.  Type  F  Universal  Tube  Rheostat.  Type  U 


Rheostats,  Ruhstrat,  Metallic  Tube  Form,  Type  F,  on  foot,  consisting  of  thin  walled  metal  tubes  thoroughly 
insulated  with  enamel  and  wound  with  resistance  wire  of  a  special  alloy  which  is  so  well  insulated  by 
means  of  a  microscopically  designed  oxide  deposited  on  the  surface  as  to  permit  the  wire  to  lie  in  contact. 


No. 

Am¬ 

peres 

Ohms 

Length, 

mm 

Diarn., 

mm 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

No. 

Am¬ 

peres 

Ohms 

Length, 

mm 

Diam., 

mm 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

27180. 

0  3 

700 

150 

30 

2.65 

3.15 

27280. 

3.3 

42 

300 

50 

5.05 

6.05 

2?  184. 

U 

1000 

200 

30 

3.00 

3.60 

27284. 

ii 

60 

400 

50 

5.70 

6.85 

27188. 

1400 

200 

40 

3.45 

4.15 

27288. 

it 

90 

500 

60 

7.60 

9.10 

27192. 

2300 

300 

40 

4.20 

5.05 

27292. 

5.0 

5 

150 

30 

3.00 

3.50 

27196. 

2600 

300 

50 

5.05 

6.05 

27296. 

ii 

7.5 

200 

30 

3.30 

4.00 

27200. 

3600 

400 

50 

5.70 

6.85 

27300. 

a 

n 

200 

40 

3.75 

4.50 

27204. 

it 

5500 

500 

60 

7.60 

9.10 

27304. 

u 

18 

300 

40 

4.65 

5.60 

27208. 

1.0 

150 

150 

30 

2.65 

3.15 

27308. 

a 

20 

300 

50 

5.25 

6.30 

27212. 

225 

200 

30 

3.00 

3.60 

27312. 

a 

28 

400 

50 

6.10 

7.30 

27216. 

270 

200 

40 

3.45 

4.15 

27316. 

it 

45 

500 

60 

8.00 

9.50 

27220. 

450 

300 

40 

4.20 

5.05 

27320. 

12.0 

i 

150 

30 

3.00 

3.50 

27224. 

“ 

500 

300 

50 

5.05 

6.05 

27324. 

it 

1.5 

200 

30 

3.30 

4.00 

27228. 

a 

710 

400 

50 

5.70 

6.85 

27328. 

a 

1.8 

200 

40 

3.75 

4.50 

27232. 

a 

1130 

500 

60 

7.60 

9.10 

27332. 

a 

3 

300 

40 

4.65 

5.60 

27236. 

2.0 

25 

150 

30 

2.65 

3.15 

27336. 

a 

3.2 

300 

50 

5.25 

6.30 

27240. 

38 

200 

30 

3.00 

3.60 

27340. 

tt 

4.4 

400 

50 

6.10 

7.30 

27244. 

50 

200 

40 

3.45 

4.15 

27344. 

a 

7.8 

500 

60 

8.00 

9.50 

27248. 

85 

300 

40 

4.20 

5.05 

27348. 

20.0 

0.25 

150 

30 

3.00 

3.50 

27252. 

100 

300 

50 

5.05 

6.05 

27352. 

it 

0.4 

200 

30 

3.30 

4.00 

27256. 

140 

400 

50 

5.70 

6.85 

27356. 

tt 

0.45 

200 

40 

3.75 

4.50 

27260. 

220 

500 

60 

7.60 

9.10 

27360. 

a 

0.75 

300 

40 

4.65 

5.60 

27264. 

3.3 

10 

150 

30 

2.65 

3.15 

27364. 

it 

0.8 

300 

50 

5.25 

6.30 

27268. 

15 

200 

30 

3.00 

3.60 

27368. 

it 

1.1 

400 

50 

6.10 

7.30 

27272. 

it 

20 

200 

40 

3.45 

4.15 

27372. 

it 

1.9 

500 

60 

8.00 

9.50 

27276. 

it 

35 

300 

40 

4.20 

5.05 

Size 

Extra  per  tube  for  wire 

Extra  for  rotary  drive 

Extra  for  perforated 

Extra  for  scale  gradu* 

of  increasing  diameter 

with  screw 

metal  cover 

ated  in  100  parts 

Length, 

Diameter, 

mm 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

150 

30 

.55 

.65 

2.05 

2.45 

.85 

1.00 

.55 

.65 

200 

30 

.55 

.65 

2.10 

2.50 

.90 

1.10 

.55 

.65 

200 

40 

.55 

.65 

2.25 

2.70 

1.05 

1.30 

.55 

.65 

300 

40 

.60 

.75 

2.55 

3.10 

1.15 

1.35 

.55 

.65 

300 

50 

.60 

.75 

2.55 

3.10 

1.30 

1.50 

.55 

.65 

400 

50 

.70 

.80 

2.85 

3.45 

1.45 

1.75 

.55 

.65 

500 

60 

.85 

1.00 

3.15 

3.80 

1.65 

2.00 

.55 

.65 

Rheostats,  Ruhstrat,  Universal  Metallic  Tube  Form,  Type  U,  on  feet,  consisting  of  two  metal  tubes  as  in  Tube 
Form  Type  F,  but  with  two  independent  contacts  permitting  the  use  of  the  resistances  either  sepa¬ 
rately  in,  series,  or  in  parallel.  A  new  and  useful  form  in  laboratory  work.  Price  twice  those  quoted 
above  for  Tube  Form,  Type  F. 

Note — In  ordering  Rheostats  please  specify  carefully  current  capacity,  resistance,  and  size  desired. 


204 


ARTHUR 


H.  THOMAS 


COMPANY 


N®.  27412 

27400. 

27408. 

27412. 

27416. 

27420. 


27424. 

27428. 

27432. 

27436. 


27437. 


27438. 


27440. 


27444. 

27448. 


27452. 


27456. 


27460. 

27464. 

27468. 


No.  27420 


No.  27424 


No.  27440 


xno.  274  3B 


No.  27448 


Emery  Cloth,  in  sheets  9x11  inches,  fine,  medium  or  coarse. 

“  Paper  “  “9x11  “  “  “  “  “ 

Eudiometers,  Bunsen,  with  platinum  electrodes.  Graduated 

Each . 

Eudiometers,  Bunsen,  graduated  in  millimeters.  Graduated  to  mm 


Per  dozen  sheets . 70 

Per  dozen  sheets . '  ’  .30 


Eudiometers,  Mitscherlich,  with  glass  stopcock  and  platinum  electrodes. 


Each. 


Eudiometers,  Ure,  with  platinum  electrodes. 

Each . 


2.50 

***  5  17X10 

3.00 

300 

500 

2.00 

2.50 

50  cc  in  |ths 

100  cc 

in  |ths 

3.50 

4.25 

50  cc  in  5ths 

100  cc 

in  |cc 

2.50 


Extraction  Flask,  Knorr,  for  mercury  seal;  capacity  100  cc . 40 


with  two  holes  in  the  neck  to  provide  for  the  return  flow  of  ether. 
“  Sy,  with  trough  for  mercury  seal,  with  large  neck  to  facilitate  cleaning. 
Capacity,  cc .  100  150  200 


.  .50 

250 

.85 

1000 


Each . . . 50  .65  .75 

Flask,  Extraction,  New  Jena  Glass,  flat  bottom  with  wide  neck  and  vial  mouth. 

Capacity,  cc .  50  100  150  250  500  750 

Each . 12  .13  .14  .19  .29  .37  Ai 

Flask,  Extraction,  New  Jena  Glass,  round  bottom  with  wide  neck  and  vial  mouth. 

Capacity,  cc .  50  100  150  250  500 

Each . 12  .13  .14  .19  .29 

Extraction  Thimbles  Schleicher  &  Schiill’s  No.  603;  seamless  and  made  from  the  best  material,  it  is  ab¬ 
solutely  impossible  for  any  particles  of  the  substances  undergoing  extraction  to  find  their  way 
into  the  ether.  The  ether  itself  flows  readily  from  the  shells. 

Diameter,  mm. . .  . 

Height,  mm . 

Per  box  of  25 .  1.65  .  .... 

Extraction  Thimbles,  Schleicher  &  Schiill’s  New  Double,  exactly  same  as  above  but  of  double  thickness. 

Diameter,  mm .  25  33  43 

Height,  mm . 80  80  123 

Per  box  of  25 . 3.70  3.70~  7^40 

Extraction  Thimbles,  Alundum.  For  the  extraction  of  soaps,  fats,  foods,  rubber,  etc.,  by  both  organic 
and  inorganic  solvents,  these  thimbles  offer  the  advantage  of  being  rapid,  practically  indestruct¬ 
ible  and  readily  cleansed  by  ignition. 

Diameter,  mm .  32  35  26  25  30  19  34  32  45 

Height,  mm .  51  55  60  70  SO  90  100  127  127 

Each 


19 

22 

26 

25 

28 

30 

33 

33 

33 

43 

90 

80 

60 

80 

80 

80 

80 

94 

118 

123 

1.65 

1.65 

1.65 

1.85 

1.60 

1.85 

1.85 

2.30 

3.30 

3.70 

. .  .40  .50 

Extraction  Thimbles,  Giass,  round  bottom,  with  perforations 
Height,  mm . 

Each 


.40  .40  .45 

Diameter,  mm 


.50 


25 

80 


.60  .75 

33 

80 


.35 


.50 


1.00 

43 

123 

75 


Extraction  Tubes,  Soxhlet.  The  sizes  of  thimbles  given  are  for  convenience  in  ordering  only  as  other  thim¬ 
bles  may  be  used  in  each  extraction  tube.  Inside  diameter,  mm 

Capacity  to  top  of  syphon,  cc . 

Height  of  syphon  tube,  mm . 

Suitable  for  S.  &  S.  thimbles,  mm .  x  80 

Each . . . . . . 

Extraction  Tube,  shape  as  above  but  of  dimensions  required  by  the  Southern  Cotton  Oil  Co .  1.20 

Extraction  Tube,  Smalley,  for  cotton  seed  oil  work. .  . . . . . . . .  1.30 

Extraction  Tube,  Lehmann,  with  ground  in  top,  for  the  extraction  of  bulky  substances .  4.00 


30 

38 

50 

70 

100 

200 

90 

112 

120 

28  x80 

33  x  118 

43  x  123 

1.20 

1.60 

2.30 

205 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


27476. 


27480. 


27484. 


27488. 


27492. 

27496. 


27500. 

27504. 

27508. 


27512. 


27516. 


27520. 

27524. 

27528. 


Extraction  Apparatus,  Soxhlet,  complete  with  flask  and  condenser.  Consisting  of  bulb  condenser, 
Soxhlet  extraction  tube  No.  27456,  and  wide  mouth  Jena  extraction  flask  fitted  with  specially 
selected  fine  grain  cork  stoppers. 

Inside  diameter  of  Soxhlet  Tube,  mm .  30  38  50 

Each .  3.25  3.50  4.50 

Extraction  Apparatus,  Soxhlet,  same  as  No.  27476  but  with  ground  joints  instead  of  cork  stoppers. 
Each  apparatus  is  furnished  with  three  Jena  glass  flasks  ground  to  fit  extraction  tube. 

Inside  diameter  of  Soxhlet  tube,  mm .  30 _ J58  ^  50 

Each .  4.50  5.00  6.00 

Extraction  Apparatus,  Soxhlet,  same  as  No.  27480,  i.  e.,  with  ground  joints  throughout,  but  with  Hop¬ 
kins  Condenser  in  place  of  bulb  condenser.  With  three  Jena  extraction  Flasks  ground  to  fit. 

Inside  diameter  of  Soxhlet  tube,  mm .  30  38 _ 50 

Each . 5.00  5.50  6.50 

Extraction  Apparatus,  consisting  of  Soxhlet  tube  38  mm  inside  diameter,  Hopkins  condenser  and  Knorr 
flask;  100  cc,  for  mercury  seal.  The  joint  between  the  condenser  and  extraction  tube  is  ground 

air-tight .  6.00 

Extraction  Apparatus,  exactly  same  as  No.  27488  but  with  Sy  Flask  for  mercury  seal .  6.00 

“  “  Knorr,  complete  with  condenser,  extraction  tube  with  perforated  platinum 

disc  and  Knorr  flask.  See  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Circular  No.  69, 

Walter  &  Goodrich  '‘Improvements  in  the  Knorr  Fat  Extraction  Apparatus ” .  6.50 

Extra  Condenser  with  adapter  sealed  on .  3.60 

“  Extraction  Tube,  with  platinum  disc. . .  3.00 

“  Tube,  improved  form  with  nickel  disc  and  wire  spring .  1.20 

Note — If  Knorr  flasks  are  desired  with  two  J  inch  holes  in  neck  for  return  of  flow  of  ether,  an  extra 
price  of  10(1  per  flask  is  charged. 

Extraction  Apparatus,  Ringer,  with  Hopkins  condenser.  An  extraction  apparatus  well  suited  for 
continuous  extractions  from  liquid  media.  The  ether  as  it  condenses  in  the  condenser  drips 
down  into  a  central  tube  which  permits  of  its  escape  through  small  openings  at  its  bottom.  The 
ether  then,  because  of  its  gravity,  rises  to  the  surface  of  the  medium  to  be  extracted.  This 
apparatus  is  well  adapted  for  the  extraction  of  /3-oxybutyric  acid  from  diabetic  urine.  As  used 
in  the  Laboratory  of  Physiological  Chemistry,  Medical  Department,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
All  joints  ground  air-tight.  Inside  diameter  of  extraction  tube  38  mm,  length  of  extraction  tube 

37  cm.  Complete  with  three  flasks  ground  to  fit .  8.00 

Extraction  Apparatus,  Friedrichs,  for  continuous  liquid  extractions.  Complete  with  counter  current 
condenser  and  three  flasks,  with  all  joints  ground  air-tight.  The  condensed  ether  from  the 
condenser  drops  into  the  funnel  tube  of  the  extractor  and  reaches  the  bottom  through  the  screw- 
cylinder.  It  then  ascends  and  the  new  drops  enter  the  liquid  to  be  extracted.  When  the  ether 
layer  reaches  the  lower  tube  the  excess  runs  back  into  the  flask  and  the  process  goes  on.  By 
means  of  the  stopcock  funnel  and  the  lower  stop-cock,  liquid  may  be  introduced  or  drawn 

off  without  interrupting  the  operation.  See  Zeitschrift  fur  anal.  Chemie,  1911 .  15.00 

Extraction  Apparatus,  Teas,  as  used  in  tanning  laboratories;  extractor,  flask  and  reflux  condenser  are 
of  heavy  copper,  the  flask  being  of  1  quart  capacity.  Original  form  without  side  tube  A.  17.40 

Extraction  Apparatus,  Teas,  as  above  with  side  tube  A  for  flooding  contents  of  extraction .  18.00 

Extraction  Apparatus,  Yocum,  as  used  in  tanning  laboratories.  The  extractor  and  flask  are  of  heavy 
polished  copper,  the  latter  of  1  liter  capacity.  The  condenser  is  of  brass  ground  in .  24.00 


i 


206 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


27532.  Extraction  Apparatus,  Cottle,  frequently  referred  to  as  the  Underwriter’s  Laboratories  form.  See  No¬ 
vember  Journal  of  Industrial  and  Engineering  Chemistry,  1912;  consisting  of  a  metallic  spiral 
reflux  condenser  supporting  a  porcelain  Gooch  crucible  by  means  of  platinum  or  aluminum  wire. 
All  contained  in  a  specially  designed,  long  neck  Erlenmeyer  flask,  the  whole  apparatus  being 
only  6  inches  high  and  3  inches  wide.  Specially  recommended  for  use  in  testing  rubber  com¬ 
pounds  as  used  on  wires  and  cords . . .  2.50 

27536.  Extraction  Apparatus,  for  Rubber  Analysis,  as  recommended  by  the  Joint  Rubber  Insulation  Committee. 

See  Journal  of  Industrial  and  Engineering  Chemistry,  January,  1914-  This  apparatus  is  in 
general  like  the  preceding  form  but  with  a  syphon  cup  for  holding  the  paper  extraction  thimble 
instead  of  a  Gooch  crucible  as  used  in  the  Cottle  form.  In  addition,  all  of  the  dimensions 
are  slightly  different,  being  in  exact  accordance  with  the  specifications  of  the  Committee  above 

referred  to . . .  2.50 

27540.  Extraction  Apparatus,  as  used  in  the  Food  Laboratories,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  U.  S.  Department  of 
Agriculture.  Parts  are  supplied  separately  at  the  prices  given  or  the  complete  outfit  at  the 
total  of  the  three  prices. 

A — Cylinder,  20^  inches  long,  2  inches  in  diameter,  except  at  its  lower  or  sealed  end,  which  is 

enlarged  to  diameter  of  3  inches  for  a  length  of  4  inches. . . . . .  1.50 

B — Condenser,  If  inches  in  diameter,  except  at  its  upper  end  which  is  enlarged  to  a  bulb  2\  inches 

in  diameter,  to  permit  its  suspension  in  “A” . . .  1.50 

C — Thimbles,  6  inches  long  and  H  inches  in  diameter,  perforated  f  inch  from  top  with  two  f  inch 

holes  placed  opposite  each  other,  capacity  100  cc,  with  straight  upper  rim . 50 

27544.  Extraction  Apparatus,  Reed,  as  used  for  bark  and  wood  extracts,  etc.;  in  use  in  many  tanning  labora¬ 
tories.  Of  polished  copper,  with  polished  condenser.  Complete  as  shown  in  illustration . .  18.00 
27548.  Extraction  Apparatus,  Thorn,  with  ground  joint  condenser. 

Height,  mm .  180  240 

Diameter,  mm .  30  40 

Each .  2.40  4.00 

27552.  Extraction  Apparatus,  Wiley,  with  metallic  condenser  and  top  and  with  porcelain  Gooch  crucible. 

No  stoppers  are  required  and  the  arrangement  permits  double  weighing  of  both  residue  and 

fixtrsctsd  matter . . . * . . . * . . .  o»00 

27556.  Extraction  Apparatus,  wiley-Richardson,  a  simple  form,  recommended  where  much  work  is  done  on 
fats,  oils,  gums  and  resins,  combining  the  simplicity  and  efficiency  of  the  original  Wiley  appa¬ 
ratus  with  the  maceration  and  percolation  method  of  washing  as  in  the  regular  Soxhlet  apparatus. 
Complete  with  glass  syphon  cup  as  shown  in  illustration  but  without  extraction  thimbles. .  5.00 
27560.  Support  and  Gas  Heating  Apparatus  for  Extraction  Apparatus,  consisting  of  extra  large  support,  ring 

95  mm,  clamp,  cast  iron  water  bath,  120  mm,  without  burner  or  glassware .  2.50 

27564.  Support  and  Electric  Heating  Apparatus  for  Extraction  Apparatus,  consisting  of  large  support,  clamp 
and  electric  heater  for  three  heats,  115  mm,  the  latter  being  set  into  the  base  of  the  support. 
These  supports  may  be  arranged  in  banks  of  three,  six,  twTelve,  etc.,  and  form  a  convenient  and 
satisfactory  method  of  conducting  extractions  as  each  extractor  may  be  operated  at  a  given  heat 
independently  of  the  others.  For  either  110  or  220  volts.  Voltage  must  be  stated  in  ordering.  7.00 


207 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  27568 


27568.  Support  and  Electric  Heating  Apparatus  for  Four  Extractions,  consisting  of  4  supports,  4  clamps  and 

electric  hot  plate,  without  glassware.  A  convenient  arrangement  as  the  hot  plate  is  not  per¬ 
manently  attached  to  the  bases  of  the  supports  and  may  be  used  for  other  work  as  well,  as 

may  also  the  supports .  15.40 

27572.  Support  and  Heating  Apparatus  for  Six  Extractions,  consisting  of  rectangular  copper  water  bath,  with 
n  water  level,  and  special  upright  supports  for  six  extractors.  Can  be  heated  either  by  gas  or  run- 
jsj,  [I  ning  hot  water.  Without  glassware  or  burner .  24.00 


No.  27576 


No.  27580 


27576.  Support  and  Electric  Heater  for  Six  Extractions,  for  heating  by  electric 
lamps.  Box  support  is  made  of  asbestos  wood,  with  holes  over 
the  lamps  used  for  heating.  With  iron  uprights  and  adjustable 
metal  rods  with  six  clamps  each.  State  voltage  in  ordering. 

Without  glassware .  30.00 

27580.  Support  with  Electric  Heaters  for  Six  Extractions,  similar  to  above  but 
with  electric  hot  plates  with  individual  switches  and  support. 
No.  27584  The  base  is  of  sheet  iron,  9  inches  high,  5j  inches  wide  and  24 

inches  long.  State  voltage  in  ordering .  55.00 

27584.  Revolving  Support  and  Electric  Heating  Apparatus  for  Extraction  Apparatus  with  copper  condenser. 

The  tank  of  the  condenser  is  adjustable  in  height  so  that  extractors  of  different  sizes  may  be 
used.  The  temperature  of  the  hot  plate  is  high  enough  to  volatilize  solvents  of  the  highest  boil¬ 
ing  point  generally  used  in  fat  extractions.  Where  different  temperatures  are  required  small 
discs  of  asbestos  may  be  inserted  under  the  flasks.  Very  economical  of  space  and  of  current. 
For  either  110  or  220  volts.  Voltage  must  be  stated  in  ordering .  35.00 


208 


27588. 


27592. 

27596. 

27600. 


27604. 

27608. 

27612. 


27616. 

27620. 


27624. 

27628. 

27632. 

27636. 


Fermentation  Tubes,  for  bacteriological  work,  small  size;  height  of  vertical  tube  100  mm  outside 
diameter  of  tube  12  to  13  mm;  with  long  tubulation  for  plugging  and  bulb  carefully  made  to 

hold,  entire  contents  of  vertical  tube;  on  glass  foot,  ungraduated .  .25 

Fermentation  Tube,  same  size  and  shape  as  No.  27588  but  without  glass  foot . . .  .15 

same  size  and  shape  as  No.  2758S  with  glass  foot  and  tube  graduated  in  cubic 

centimeters . 

Fermentation  Tube,  American  Public  Health  Association  standard.  See  ‘‘Standard  Methods  for  'the 
Examination  of  Writer  and  Sewage.”  Inside  diameter  of  upright  tube  15  mm,  length  of  verti¬ 
cal  tube  140  mm,  diameter  of  bulb  38  mm,  on  glass  foot . ’  .35 

Fermentation  Tube,  same  as  No.  27600,  but  without  glass  foot .  "20 

“  “  without  bulb,  so-called  “fish  hook”  form;  height  of  vertical  tube  100  mm  out¬ 
side  diameter  of  tube  12  to  13  mm .  ’  10 

Fermentation  Tube,  Smith,  without  foot,  designed  primarily  for  the  cultivation  of  anaerobes,  in  exact 
accordance  with  the  specifications  given  us  by  the  author;  carefully  made  as  to  all  dimensions 
and  as  to  the  angle  between  the  vertical  tube  and  the  bulb;  in  appearance  similar  to  No.  27604.  .30 

Fermentation  Tube  Support,  of  copper;  for  10  tubes  without  foot,  of  the  usual  size . '  2.50 

Figures,  of  steel,  for  stamping  steel,  iron,  bullion,  etc.  In  sets  of  9. 

Face,  inches .  i  1 

.  8  ~ 

Per  set  of  nine .  1.00 

Files,  flat,  best  quality.  Length,  inches .  3  4  5  6  7 

Each  . .  .10  .12  .15  .15  A8 

Files,  round  (Rat  tail),  best  quality.  Length,  inches .  4  5  6 

Each .  ilO 

Files,  triangular,  best  quality.  Length,  inches .  3  4 

Each . 


.15 

5 

.12 

5 


.15 

6 


.08 


1.25 

8 

.20 

8 

.20 

8 


,  -1°  -12  .15  .20 

File  Handle,  best  quality . 05 


No.  27656 


27640. 


27644. 


27648. 

27652. 

27656. 


Filtering  Apparatus,  Witt,  with  ground  in  funnel  and  ground  on  glass  cover  with  side  tubulation  for 
filtering  into  beaker,  or  other  receptacle,  under  diminished  pressure.  Price  does  not  include 
beaker.  The  main  body  of  the  jar  is  16  cm  high  by  12  cm  in  diameter  and  ground  in  funnel  in 

9  cm  in  diameter . . . . . .  4.50 

Filter  Apparatus,  Martin,  for  filtering  toxins  or  for  filling  bulbs  with  sterile  liquid  by  means  of  a 
filter  or  other  suction  pump.  Consisting  of  Pasteur-Chamberland  cylinder  in  special  metal 
mounting  with  funnel  and  stopcock.  All  parts  are  demountable,  permitting  sterilization  in  the 
autoclave.  Without  stand,  clamps  or  glass  bulb  these  being  indicated  in  illustration  to  show 

arrangement  only .  12.60 

Filter  Apparatus,  Martin,  complete  with  suitable  support  and  clamps .  14.00 

Filter  Apparatus,  Kitasato,  consisting  of  1000  cc  flask,  filter  cylinder  with  bulb  and  rubber  stopper. .  2.50 
Filter  Apparatus,  Reichel,  improved  form,  for  separating  the  bacteria  in  fluid  cultures  from  their 
various  products.  Complete  with  special  flask  of  about  150  cc  capacity,  filter  cylinder  and 
rubber  and  asbestos  rings .  2.75 


209 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


27660. 

27664. 

27668. 

27672. 


27676. 

27680. 

27684. 

27688. 

27692. 

27696. 

27700. 

27704. 

27708. 

27712. 

27716. 


Filter  Apparatus,  Uhlenhuth  and  Weidanz,  for  filtering  serums,  etc.,  for  immediate  delivery  into  am¬ 
poules  without  exposure.  With  measuring  tube  on  the  side  for  measuring  doses  up  to  2  cc.  May 
be  used  with  Berkefeld  filter  and  glass  mantle  as  indicated  in  illustration,  but  filter  cylinder  and 
glass  mantle  with  rubber  stopper  are  not  included  in  the  price.  It  may  also  be  used  with 

Maassen  cylinder  No.  27708  by  means  of  asbestos  ring  and  rubber  cap .  6.00 

Filter  Apparatus,  similar  to  above  but  with  Silberschmidt  filter  held  in  place  by  rubber  band  with 
asbestos  ring.  Graduations  on  the  tube  permit  the  delivery  of  accurate  doses  into  ampoules  by 

means  of  pinchcock.  Price  does  not  include  filter  cylinder .  4.50 

Filter  Apparatus,  same  as  27664  with  glass  stopcock,  but  without  filter  cylinder .  6.00 

Filters,  Berkefeld,  cylinders  only  with  metallic  head-pieces.  As  widely  used  in  all  laboratory  work 
in  the  filtration  of  toxines  and  the  preparation  of  sterile  liquids  of  all  sorts.  These  filters  are 
furnished  in  three  degrees  of  fineness:— 


‘W”  =  very  fine  or  slow  filtering. 
“N”  =  normal  or  medium  filtering. 
“V”  =  coarse  or  rapid  filtering. 
Unless  other  specifications  are  given,  the 
Number . 


“N,”  or  normal,  filters  are  supplied  on  all  orders. 
1  2  13  3  5 


Size,  inches .  10  x  2 

Each. 


8  x  1 


5x1 


is 
A  8 


6 

xi 


....- .  3.50  3.00  2.50  1.25  1.15  1.00 

Filters,  Berkefeld,  as  above  but  with  glass  mantle  with  circular  opening  in  bottom  into  which  metal 
head-piece  is  clamped. 

Number .  1  2  13  3  5 

Each .  5.25  4.25  3.75  2.00  1.65  1.50 

Glass  Mantles,  only,  for  Berkefeld  Filters,  such  as  are  included  with  the  cylinder  in  No.  27676. 

Number .  1  2  3  5 

Size,  inches .  14  x  4  11  x  2j  4x1  2\  x  f  4|  x  li 

Each .  T75  _  L25  .75  750  .50 

Filters,  Berkefeld,  Household.  Can  be  screwed  to  any  f  inch  bib  faucet.  In  nickel  plated  mount  with 

filter  cylinder  6|  x  2|  inches .  4.00 

Extra  Filter  Cylinder,  only .  1.50 

Filter  Cylinder,  of  unglazed  porcelain,  200  x  17  mm,  outside  dimensions.  As  used  in  Kitasatos  and 

similar  filters . 20 

Filter  Cylinder,  Pasteur-Chamberland,  Bougie  “B,”  i.  e.,  fine  and  suitable  only  for  use  with  pressure, 

original  French  make,  with  glazed  flange  and  nipple,  200  mm  long  by  25  mm  diameter.. . . .  1.25 
Filter  Cylinder,  Pasteur-Chamberland,  Bougie  “F,”  i.  e.,  of  coarser  texture  and  suitable  for  ordinary 

filtrations  ;  same  size  and  shape  as  above . .  1.25 

Filter  Cylinder,  Berkefeld,  of  same  shape  as  Pasteur  Chamberland,  i.  e.,  with  glazed  flange  and  nipple; 

may  be  used  interchangeably  with  these  in  the  pressure  apparatus . 3.00 

Filter  Cylinder,  Maassen,  of  unglazed  German  porcelain  with  glazed  flange  at  top,  for  use  by  the 
Maassen,  Reichel  or  Silberschmidt  method,  i.  e.,  with  asbestos  ring  between  the  flange  and  the 

top  of  the  filter  flask;  130  mm  long  by  35  mm  diameter .  1.25 

Filter  Cylinders,  Berkefeld,  of  the  same  shape  and  for  the  same  purpose  as  above. 

Length,  inches .  5£ 

Diameter,  inches .  1| 

Each .  2.50 

Filter  Balloon,  Pukal,  of  unglazed  Royal  Berlin  porcelain. 

Capacity,  cc .  50  140  500 

Each...” . 65  1.00  1.75 


2| 

5 

s 

1.25 


1.10 

1000 

3.00 


210 


ARTHUR _ H  ■  T  H  O  MAS  COMPANY 


27720. 


27721. 

27722. 

27724. 


27728. 

27732. 


Filter  Apparatus  for  Pressure,  Hill,  for  the  use  of  hydraulic  pressure.  By  this  method  the  material  to 
be  filtered  is  separated  from  the  pressure  medium  by  a  soft  rubber  membrane.  This  avoids  foam¬ 
ing  and  also  permits  the  use  of  water  instead  of  air  pressure.  City  water  service  will  usually 
furnish  40  lbs.  per  square  inch,  which  is  about  three  times  the  pressure  of  a  vacuum  filter.  The 
force  pump  supplied  increases  this  to  300  lbs.  per  square  inch.  At  the  left  top  of  the  chamber 
is  a  block  tin  funnel  and  tube,  through  which  the  liquid  is  introduced  to  the  filter.  To  this  tube  in¬ 
side  the  chamber  a  flexible  rubber  tube  connects  the  soft  rubber  filter  bag.  Within  this  bag  is  placed 
the  Berkefeld,  or  similar,  bougie,  the  nozzle  of  which  fits  through  a  bushing  at  the  bottom  of  the 
filter  chamber  and  delivers  the  filtered  liquid  below.  The  side  funnel  tube  of  tin  is  soldered 
into  a  brass  nut,  which,  together  with  the  tube,  is  readily  removable  for  sterilization.  There 
is  a  rubber  washer  at  the  base  of  this  nut  and  a  screw  stopper  in  the  funnel  to  prevent  back  flow 
under  pressure.  When  filled  the  screw  plug  is  inserted  in  the  funnel  and  the  contents  of  the  bag 
may  be  subjected  to  the  required  pressure.  The  three-way  cock  enables  one  to  admit  water  to  the 
chamber,  to  close  the  chamber  from  the  service  pipe,  leaving  it  under  pressure,  and  to  drain 
the  chamber.  The  vertical  pipe  with  pressure  gauge  at  the  top  is  an  air  pressure  storage  chamber 
and  is  for  the  purpose  of  keeping  a  fairly  uniform  pressure  without  continuous  pumping.  There 
is  a  vent  cap  at  the  top.  This  should  be  kept  tightly  closed.  If  it  leaks,  air  will  be  gradually 
forced  out  and  the  chamber  will  be  kept  filled  with  water.  In  that  case  its  usefulness  would  be 
temporarily  impaired  and,  moreover,  a  single  stroke  of  the  pump  would  then  raise  the  pressure 
beyond  a  safe  point.  Complete  with  one  8x1  inch  Berkefeld  cylinder  and  1  liter  rubber 


bag . . .  92.00 

Extra  Rubber  Bag,  1  liter  capacity . .  1.50 

“  “  150  cc  capacity . . .  1.35 


Filter  Apparatus,  for  filtering  toxins  by  means  of  pressure.  As  supplied  by  us  to  the  Antitoxin  Lab¬ 
oratories  of  the  Philadelphia  Board  of  Health.  Consisting  of  a  cast  iron  bowel,  enameled  inside, 
20  inches  deep  and  6  inches  in  diameter,  with  air-tight  cover  held  down  by  four  wing  nuts,  and  with 
pressure  cock  attached  and  bracket  for  fastening  on  wall.  Attached  below  is  a  detachable, 
nickel  plated  metal  cylinder  with  a  ground  in  stopper,  carrying  a  Berkefeld  cylinder  10  x  2 
inches.  Price  includes  the  Berkefeld  cylinder. . . . .  50.00 

Filter  Apparatus  for  Pressure,  Chamberland-Pasteur.  Original  French  make,  with  manometer,  pressure 
pump  and  Pasteur-Chamberland  cylinder. 

Duty  Free.. .  45.00  Stock .  60.00 


Filter  Bags,  of  felt. 

Capacity,  quarts 

Size,  inches . 

Each . . . 


12  4 

8|  x  8  9^  x  10  12  x  13j 

.50  JO  1.25 


211 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  27736 


No.  27736 


27736. 


27740. 


27744. 


Ultrafiltration  Apparatus,  Bechhold,  as  used  in  the  Ivgl.  Institut  fur  Experiment.  Therapie,  Frankfurt, 
a.  M.,  consisting  of  a  double  filtration  apparatus,  one  with  stirrer  and  one  with  glass  trough,  with 
ground-on  lid,  separatory  funnel,  manometer  and  twelve  clamps,  but  without  the  ultrafilter 
discs. 

Duty  Free .  80.00  Duty  Paid .  115.00 

Ultrafilter  Discs,  Bechhold,  for  use  in  the  above  apparatus,  as  used  for  filtering  and  separating 
colloids  and  crystalloids,  albumenoids,  albumoses,  ferments,  soaps,  etc.,  as  well  as  for  testing 
beer,  milk,  etc.  In  Physiological  Chemistry  it  is  most  useful  in  the  examination  of  animal  fluids 
such  as  urine,  serous  liquid,  blood,  etc.,  and  in  Bacteriology  during  the  examination  of  the  prod¬ 
ucts  of  bacterial  growth  (toxins  and  antitoxins) ;  while  in  Pharmacology,  filtration  of  decoctions 
and  extracts  is  facilitated  by  its  use.  The  permeability  of  the  ultrafilter  to  various  colloids  de¬ 
pends  on  its  density,  i.e.,  to  the  percentage  content  of  nitrocellulose  in  the  acid  collodion  im¬ 
pregnating  the  filter,  i.e.,  the  higher  the  percentage  the  denser  the  filter.  A  4£%  ultrafilter 
will,  generally,  prevent  the  passage  of  haemaglobin  from  a  1%  solution.  Small  variations  in  either 
direction  can  not  be  completely  avoided.  Each  filter  is  sent  out  between  perforated  pergament 
paper  immersed  in  water  to  which  a  little  chloroform  has  been  added  to  prevent  the  growth  of 
micro-organisms  and  the  whole  contained  in  an  aluminum  case  sealed  by  a  rubber  ring,  as  after  a 
filter  becomes  dry  it  is  useless.  The  filters  are  impregnated  in  vacuo  with  acetic  acid  collodion 
and  are  supplied  under  the  designations  of  1J,  3,  4§,  6  and  1\%,  according  to  the  content  of  nitro¬ 
cellulose  in  the  collodion.  The  filters  are  90  mm  in  diameter. 

Designation .  \\%  3% _ 4|% _ 6% _ 7j% 

Duty  Paid,  per  case  of  10 .  .90  1.20  1.40  1.75  2.00 

References. 

Kolloidstudien  mit  der  Filtrationsmethode  ( Ultrafiltration )  von  H .  Bechhold,  Zeitschrift  fiir  physikal 
Chemie,  LX.  3,  1907. 

Die  Gallertfiltration  {Ultrafiltration)  von  H.  Bechhold,  Zeitschrift  fur  Chemie  und  Industrie  der 
Kolloide,  Bd.  II,  Heft  1  und  2 

Ultrafiltration  von  H.  Bechhold,  Biochemische  Zeitschrift  6,  Heft  5  und  6. 

Ultra  filtration  und  Ultrafilter  von  Prof.  Dr.  E.  Bertarelli,  Zentralblatt  fiir  Bakteriologie  4%,  nr  2t 
und  23. 

Ultrafiltralie  von  T.  I.  I.  Buijdenijk,  Chemisch  Weklbad  1910,  nr.  20. 

Die  Trennung  von  Emulsionen  durch  Filtration  uni  Ultrafiltration  von  E.  Hatschek,  Zeitschrift  fiir 
Chemie  und  Industrie  der  Kolloide,  Bd.  VI  Heft  5. 

Versuche  zur  Aufklarung  des  zellfreien  Gdrungsprozesses  mit  Hilfe  der  Ultrafilter  von  A.v.  Lebedew, 
Biochemische  Zeitschrift  20,  Heft  1  und  2 

Conference  donnke  au  1*  Congrcs  intern,  de  Brasserie  le  25.7.  1910  par  M.  H.  Van  Laer. 
Pulsierende  Ultrafiltration  von  II.  Bechhold,  Van  Bemmelen  Festschrift  4 30-433 . 

Funktion  der  Nierenglomeruli  und  Ultra  filtration  von  Burian,  Pfliiger’s  Archiv.  d.  Physiol.  136, 


741-760. 

Filter  Discs,  Alundum.  These  discs  can  be  advantageously  used  to  replace  perforated  porcelain  plates 
in  many  operations,  obviating  the  necessity  of  preparing  an  asbestos  mat.  They  are  easily 
cleaned  by  reverse  washing  and  ignition,  permitting  of  their  repeated  use.  They  are  supplied 
in  two  degrees  of  porosity  RA  225  Medium  and  RA  98  Porous,  which  must  be  specified  in  order¬ 
ing.  Edges  are  moulded  to  a  60°  bevel  to  fit  funnels. 

Diameter,  inches .  f  1  2  3  4  5  6  7  $ 

Thickness,  inches .  A  A  A  i  A  A  i  i 

Each . 25  .25  .35  .50  .75  1.00  1.25  1.50  1.75 


212 


•i  - 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


27748. 


27749. 

27752. 


27753. 

27756. 


27760. 

27764. 


27768. 

27772. 


27776. 


27780. 


27784. 


27788. 


Filter  Cones,  Alundum.  These  may  be  used  in  any  60°  funnel  by  stretching  a  wide  band  of  rubber 
tubing  over  the  funnel.  They  have  a  large  filtering  area  and  can  be  thoroughly  washed  from 
all  soluble  salts  and  are  recommended  for  the  filtration  of  gelatinous  and  slow  filtering  sol¬ 
utions.  They  may  be  cleansed  by  reverse  washing,  reduced  to  a  constant  weight  by  ignition 
and  used  repeatedly.  They  are  furnished  in  three  degrees  of  porosity,  RA  320  dense,  RA  321 
medium  and  RA  322  porous.  Please  specify  porosity  in  ordering.  Each  cone  is  supplied  with 
wire  stand  as  shown  in  illustration. 

Diameter,  inches .  If  2^ 

Capacity,  cc .  20 _ 50  100^ 

Each . 30  .35  .50 

Rubber  Gaskets  for  use  with  any  of  the  above . . . 05 

Filter  Dish,  Alundum.  Will  fit  into  the  top  of  any  60°  funnel  and  affords  a  rapid  means  of  filtering 
large  amounts  by  suction.  Well  adapted  to  organic  work.  Supplied  in  three  degrees  of 

porosity,  RA  84,  RA  360  and  RA  98.  Diameter  5f  inches,  capacity  400  cc .  1.50 

Rubber  Gasket  for  use  with  above  Dish . . . 50 

Filter  Paper,  White,  A.  H.  T.  Co.  Special.  This  paper  is  offered  for  qualitative  work  and  general  manu¬ 
facturing  purposes,  as  being  unequalled  in  strength,  uniformity  of  texture  and  clear  and  rapid 
filtering.  We  have  supplied  this  paper  in  large  quantities  to  leading  college  and  university  lab¬ 
oratories  throughout  the  U.  S.,  for  use  in  qualitative  chemistry. 

Diameter,  mm .  75  90  100 _ HO _ 125 _ 150 _ 180 

Price  per  100 . 10  .11  .12  .14  .15  .20  .26 

Diameter,  mm .  200  250  330  380  450  500  600 


Per  100 . 33  .46  .70  .86  1.20  1.50  2.00 

Filter  Paper,  White,  A.  H.  T.  Co.  Special.  Same  as  above,  in  sheets  480  x  480  mm.  Per  100 .  1.36 

Filter  Paper,  Gray,  A.  H.  T.  Co.  Very  tough  and  durable.  Especially  designed  for  pharmaceutical 
and  manufacturing  purposes. 

Diameter,  mm . .  100  125  150  180  200  250  330  380  450  500  600 

Per  100 . . . '. . .  Til  .14  H8  .24  .28  .40  .60  .76  L10  1.40  1.80 

Filter  Paper,  Gray,  A.  H.  T.  Co.  Same  as  above,  in  sheets  500  x  500  mm.  Per  100 .  1.25 

Filter  Paper,  Baker  &  Adamson,  washed  in  hydrochloric  acid,  very  rapid  filtering,  all  soluble  salts  re¬ 
moved  (“single  washed.”) 

Diameter,  mm . .  _55 _ 70 _ 90  HO _ 425 _ 150 

Per  100 . 15  *30  .45  .55  .60  .85 

Filter  Paper,  Baker  &  Adamson,  “A”  Quality,  thin  paper,  very  rapid  filtering,  for  general  analytical 

works  very  low  ash.  _  ...  _ 

Diameter  mm .  55  70  90  110  125  150 

Ash  in  each  paper . 00001  . 00002  .  00003 _ ■  OOOOo _ .000065  .  000093 

Per  100 . ~^40  .50  .65  .80  1.00 

Filter  Paper,  Baker  &  Adamson,  “B” 


1.20 


.50  .65 

Quality,  dense  paper  for  filtering  Barium  Sulphate,  Calcium 
Oxalate,  and  other  troublesome  precipitates,  a 

Diameter,  mm .  55  70 

Ash  in  each  paper . ^00006  .  00012 

Per  100  . 40  .50 

Filter  Paper,  Munkteil,  No.  00.  For  special  scientific  work— washed  in  hydrofluoric  and  hydrochloric 
acids.  Cut  in  round  filters,  100  filters  in  a  package,  five  packages  in  a  box  of  birch  bark 
TRamp+or  rmn  . .  55  70  90  110  125 

.Diameter,  mm . .  „  — o  0.000030  0.000045  0.000058 

1.10 


90 

110 

125 

150 

.00018 

.0003 

.0004 

.0005 

.65 

.80 

1.00 

1.20 

0.000018 


150 

0.000083 


Ashes,  gram .  0.000011 _ 

Per  100  . 50  .55  .80  1.00  1.10  1.25 

Filter  Paper  Munkteil,  No.  0.  Washed  with  hydrochloric  acid,  removing  traces  of  iron,  alumina,  lime, 
etc.  The  ash  is  reduced  to  a  minimum,  and  a  high  standard  of  purity  is  secured.  A  uniform  and 
quick  filter,  retaining  fine  precipitates,  adapted  to  the  most  precise  requirements  of  analytical 
work.  Cut  in  round  filters,  100  filters  in  a  package,  five  packages  in  a  box  of  birch  bark. 

Diameter  mm .  55  70  90  .  n  nrn-jQ 

Ashes,  gram .  0.000060  0,00010  0.00017  0.00025  0.00033^ 

Per  100  . 20  -27  .42  .55  .63 


150 
0.00046 
.85 


185 
0.00070 
1.25 


213 


-  V. 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No  27788 


No.  27812 


No.  27796 


27792.  Filter  Paper,  Munktell,  No.  0.  Same  as  above  in  sheets  480  x  480  mm.  Per  quire .  2.50 

27796.  Filter  Paper,  Munktell,  No.  IF.  The  Original  Swedish  Paper.  Of  best  linen  material,  by  some  claimed 

to  be  the  most  perfect  filtering  paper  made;  leaves  one-third  less  ash  than  formerly,  probably 
the  smallest  amount  of  any  of  unwashed  paper.  Cut  in  round  filters,  100  filters  in  a  package, 
five  packages  in  a  box  of  birch  bark. 

Diameter  mm .  55  70  90  110  125  150  185 

Ashes,  gram .  0.00014  0.00023  0.00038  0.00056  0.00073  0.00105  0.00161 

Per  100 . 11  .16  25  dH)  A0  750  .75  3 

27800.  Filter  Paper,  Munktell,  No.  IF.  Same  as  above  in  sheets  480  x  480  mm.  Per  quire .  1.20 

27804.  Filter  Paper,  Munktell,  No.  2.  A  pure  white  linen  paper  of  medium  thickness,  not  as  closely  made, 

therefore  more  rapid  in  filtration.  A  superior  paper  for  all  laboratory  work. 

Diameter  mm .  55  70  90  110  125  150  185 

Ashes,  gram .  0.00018  0.00030  0.00051  0.00074  0.00095  0.00138  0.00209 

Per  100 .  .10  A3  .20  .26  .31  .40  .53 

27808.  Filter  Paper,  Munktell,  No.  2.  Same  as  above  in  sheets  480  x  480  mm.  Per  quire .  1.00 


27812. 


27816. 

27820. 


27824. 

27828. 

27832. 


27836. 


Filter  Paper,  C.  S.  &  S„  No.  595.  A  good  light  paper,  free  of  chlorine  and  tasteless,  made  of  the  best 
material.  A  filter  of  15  cm  diameter  filters  100  cubic  cm  of  water  in  50  to  80  seconds. 

Diameter  mm .  55  70  90  110  125  150  185  240  270  320  _ 385 

Per  100  . 10  .11  .16  .18  .20  728  24  25  25  L0lfl725 

Filter  Paper,  C.  S.  &  S.,  No.  595.  Same  as  above  in  sheets  470  x  540  mm.  Per  100 .  2.20 

Filter  Paper,  C.  S.  &  S..  No.  597.  A  stouter  paper  than  the  foregoing,  perfectly  white  and  clean,  filters 
very  quickly  (100  cubic  cm  of  water  pass  through  a  plain  filter  of  15  cm  diam.  in  80  to  100 
seconds).  A  standard  paper  for  analytical  purposes. 

Diameter  mm .  55  70  90  110  125  150 

Per  100 .  ~A5  A6  22  (28  .30  AS 

Diameter  mm .  185  240  270  320  385  500 

Per  100 . 48  .75  1.00  1.20  1.55  2-«0 

Filter  Paper.  C.  S.  &  S.  No.  597.  Same  as  above  in  sheets  580  x  580  mm.  Per  100 . 4.20 

Filter  Paper,  C.  S.  &  S.  No.  571,  fat  extracted  for  milk  analysis.  See  M.  A.  Adams  “ Analyst ”  1885, 

p.  46.  In  strips  56  x  65  mm.  Per  50  strips . 1*75 

Filter  Paper,  C.  S.  &  S.  No.  604,  soft.  This  paper  is  similar  to  No.  597  but  has  the  additional  advantage 
of  possessing  rapid  filtering  in  the  highest  degree.  In  all  cases  where  quick  working  is  desired 
this  paper  is  most  suitable,  excepting  where  the  precipitate  to  be  filtered,  is  very  fine  and  requires 
a  closer  and  harder  paper. 

Diam.,  mm .  55  70  90  110  125  150  185  240  270  320  385  500 

Per  100 . 715  A6  22  28  (30  (38  (48  25  L00  1.20  1.55  2M 

Filter  Paper,  C.  S.  &.S.  No.  604,  in  sheets  580  x  580  mm.  Per  100  sheets. . . 4.20 


214 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


27840. 


27844. 

27848. 

27852. 

27856. 

27860. 

27864. 

27868. 

27872. 

27876. 

27880. 

27884. 

27888. 

27892. 


H  . 


...  40  55 

70 

90 

110 

125 

150 

.56 

.82 

1.00 

1.10 

1.30 

.  185 

240 

270 

320 

385 

500 

2.60 

3.40 

4.15 

5.50 

9.00 

Folded  Filters.  For  general  use. 

185 

240 

320 

385 

500 

.48 

.68 

1.10 

1.45 

2.40 

70 

.00007 

.55 


90  110 

.00011  .00017 

.82  1.00 

Washed  in  hydrochloric  and  hydrofluoric  acid. 

but  after  being  freed  of 


125 

.00021 

1.10 


150 

.00025 

1.30 


Filter  Paper,  C.  S.  &  S.  No.  575.  Hardened  filters,  especially  adapted  for  use  with  the  filter  pump  as 
they  cling  closely  to  the  sides  of  the  funnel.  These  hardened  filters  will  retain  the  finest  pre¬ 
cipitates  and  resist  pressures  of  2  or  3  atmospheres  when  moist.  Another  important  feature  is 
durability  in  continued  use,  one  sheet  of  this  paper  being  available  for  several  operations,  as 
the  precipitate  can  be  scraped  off  without  removing  the  fluff  from  the  filter.  They  are  probably 
the  only  papers  which  are  suitable  for  the  filtration  of  caustic  liquids,  requiring  a  long  time  to 
deposit,  such  as  solutions  of  bichloride  of  tin  (SnCh),  chloride  of  antimony  (SbCU)  also  acids 
and  strong  alkalies. 

Diameter  mm . 

Per  100 .  .42 

Diameter  mm . 

Per  100 . 

Filter  Paper,  C.  S.  &  S.  No.  588. 

Diameter  mm. . . 

Per  100 . 

Filter  Paper,  C.  S.  &  S.  No.  589  “Black  Ribbon.”  Washed  in  hydrochloric  and  hydrofluoric  acid,  of  soft 
and  very  loose  composition,  filtering  very  quickly.  Used  for  deposits  which  do  not  pass  through 
easily,  as  is  the  case  with  many  metals.  Specially  adapted  for  use  in  laboratories  of  metal¬ 
lurgy.  For  BaS04  and  similar  deposits  passing  through  easily,  these  filters  should  not  be  used. 

Diameter  mm .  55  70  90  110  125  150 

Ashes,  gram . 00004  .00007  .00011  .00017  .00021  .00025 

Per  100 .  .52  .55  .82  1.00  1.10  1.30 

Filter  Paper,  C.  S.  &  S.  No.  589  “Blue  Ribbon.”  Washed  in  hydrochloric  and  hydrofluoric  acid,  and 
made  from  close,  firm  material.  We  recommend  them  to  be  used  in  connection  with  an  air-pump 
or  if  possible  as  folded  filters.  They  are  suitable  for  the  finest  precipitations,  which  are  not  kept 
back  by  the  black  or  white  ribbon. 

Diameter  mm .  55  70  90  110  125  150 

Ashes,  gram . 00004  .  00007  .  00011  .00017  .  00021  .00025 

Per  100 . 52  .55  .82  1.00  1.10  1.30 

Filter  Paper,  C.  S.  &  S.,  No.  589  “White  Ribbon.”  Washed  in  hydrochloric  and  hydrofluoric  acid.  Suit¬ 
able  for  most  analytical  purposes.  These  filters  filter  quickly  and  retain  a  properly  treated 
deposit  of  BaS04. 

Diameter  mm .  55 

Ashes,  gram . 00004 

Per  100 .  .52 

Filter  Paper,  C.  S.  &  S.,  No.  589  “Yellow  Ribbon. 

The  filters  of  this  brand  are  identical  with  the  brand  “white  ribbon” 
mineral  constituents,  they  are  also  treated  with  ether. 

Diameter  mm .  55  70  90  110  125  150 

Ashes,  gram . 00004  .00007  .00011  .00017  .00021  .00025 

Per  100 .  .65  .70  1.05  1.25  1.40  1.65 

Filter  Paper,  C.  S.  &  S.,  No.  590.  These  filters,  which  are  also  treated  with  HC1  and  HF1  are  thinner 
than  the  brands  specified  under  No.  589.  They  therefore  contain  slightly  less  ash  and  filter 
and  are  slower  than  No.  589— white  ribbon— but  otherwise  readily  retain  fine  precipitates. 

Diameter  mm .  55  70  90  110  125  150 

Ashes,  gram . 00002  .  00003  .  00005  -  00007  .  00009  _ 00013 

Per  100 .  .65  .70  1.05  1.25  1.40  1.65 

Filter  Paper,  C.  S.  &  S.,  No.  602,  hard  or  extra  hard,  a  paper  of  especial  density  and  hardness. 
The  finest  particles  or  precipitates  which  no  other  paper  can  filter  are  letained.  Consequently 
these  papers  must  not  be  expected  to  work  quickly  and  they  are  recommended  for  use  with  an 
air  pump  or  as  folded  filters.  The  “hard”  filters  are  supplied  if  grade  is  not  specified  in  ordering. 
After  filtration  through  these  papers  the  superphosphates  are  rendered  soluble  for  the  purpose 
of  determining  the  amount  of  the  phosphoric  acid  soluble  in  water,  and  solutions  which  are  to 
be  notarized  and  imnrefimated  with  acetate  of  lead,  become  clear  at  once. 

Diam  mm  .  .  P  55  70  90  110  125  150  185 _ 240  270  320  385 _ 500 

Per  100  .22  726  .34  .42  .44  .55  .72  1.10  1.45  1.75  2.30  3.80 

Filter  Paper,  C.  s!  &S.  No.  602,  hard  or  extra  hard,  in  sheets  580  x  580  mm.  Per  100.  ...  .  .  .4.20 

Filter  Paper,  C.  S.  &  S.  No.  591,  an  extra  heavy  and  strong  paper,  specially  adapted  for  the  filtration  of 
liquors,  fruit  juices,  syrups  and  oils,  and  does  not  give  off  any  hairs  or  fuzz  to  the  filtrate.  In 

sheets  580  x  580  mm.  Per  100 . .  •  •  . .5. 

Filter  Paper.  C.  S.  &  S.  No.  551,  a  deep  black  filtering  paper,  specially  adapted  for  filtering  light  col¬ 
ored  sediments  and  for  drop  reactions  of  the  same  nature.  These  papers  are  not  acted  upon  by 
water,  alcohol,  ether  diluted  acids  or  alkalies. 

Diam.,  mm. . . .  55  70  90 _ 110  ..  .  125 _  15°  18a 

Per  100  . 22  -26  .34  .42  .44  .55  .70 

Filter  Paped,  C.  S.  &  S.  No.  601,  for  drop  reactions.  In  sheets  140  x  220  mm.  Per  100 .  2.35 

Filters,  Folded  C.  S.  &  S.  No.  580,  with  parchmentized  points  to  prevent  breaking  under  pressure.  Spe¬ 
cially  recommended  for  the  filtration  of  molasses,  fruit  juices,  liquors  and^caustic  solutions.  ^ 
Diam.,  mm. . . 

Per  100 . ............ . -  •  ••• 

Filter  Cones,  C.  S.  &  S.  No.  574,  consisting  of  semi-circular  discs  of  No. 
folding.  An  excellent  substitute  for  platinum  cones^ 

Diam.?  mm .  55 _ 70 _ _?0_  .110 _  125 

Per  100 . 42  .46  .62  .76  .85 


320 

385 

500 

1.40 

1.75 

2.70 

hardened  filter  paper,  for 

150 

185 

240 

1.00 

1.30 

2.00 

215 


R 


H  U  R 


H  . 


H 


M 


O  M 


N 


I* 


N?20  :« 


,k  9  cm. | 
Diamtr. 


fafi 


h!  $&**%*%&  V61 

|e|&jm»«*  4 1  a  *4>a/ysen  1U' 

N?417  m  1 


,a  9  cm.// 

Diamtr. 


27896. 


27900. 


27904. 


27908. 


27912. 


27916. 

27920. 


27924. 

27928. 


27932. 

27936. 

27944. 


27948. 


27952. 


No.  27900 


No.  27908 


No.  27952 


Filter  Paper,  Dreverhoff,  No.  86,  crimped  fast  filters,  heavy,  dense  and  pure  white.  These  papers  filter 
more  rapidly  than  any  other,  the  filtering  surface  being  increased  60%  by  the  crimping.  Spec¬ 
ially  adapted  for  sugar  work  and  for  filtration  in  silica  determinations. 

Diam.,  mm .  55  70  90  110  125  150  185 

Per  100 . 14”  .20  .26  .29 

Diam.,  mm .  200  240  320 


.37 

450 

Si 


.50 

500 


125 

0.001 


2.81 

150 

0.0016 


.33 
380 

Per  100 . . . 64  .81  1.31  1.83 

Filter  Paper,  Dreverhoff,  No.  207,  rapid  filtering,  washed  with  hydrochloric  acid. 

Diam.,  mm .  55  70  90  110 

Ash  per  filter,  grams. .  0.00016  0.0003  0.0005  0.0009 

Per  100 .  .22  .27  .41  .54  .65  .82 

Filter  Paper,  Dreverhoff,  No.  400,  washed  with  hydrochloric  and  hydrofluoric  acids;  of  very  close  tex¬ 
ture,  retaining  the  finest  precipitates.  Although  very  strong,  it  filters  rapidly. 

Diam.,  mm .  55  70  90  110  125  150 

Ash  per  filter,  grams .  0.00003  0.00006  0.00009  0.00014  0.00018  0.00028 

Per  100 .  .52  _  .78  1.09  1.50  1.68  1.98 

Filter  Paper,  Dreverhoff,  No.  417,  washed  twice  with  hydrochloric  and  hydrofluoric  acids;  retains  fine 
precipitates  such  as  barium  sulphate,  etc. 

Diam.,  mm .  55  70  90  110  125  150 

Ash  per  filter,  grams.  0.00002  0.0004  0.00006  0.00009  0.00012  0.00019 

Per  100 .  .67  .95  1.34  1.73  1.96  2.28 

Filter  Paper,  Dreverhoff,  No.  206,  a  superior  white  paper  for  general  qualitative  and  pharmaceutical 
work,  retaining  fine  precipitates. 

Diam.,  mm .  55  70  90  110  125  150  185  240  320  400  500 

Per  100 .  .13  .15  .20  .23  .27  .30  .38  .58  1.02  1.91  2.18 

Filter  Paper,  Dreverhoff,  No.  206,  in  sheets  450  x  450  mm.  Per  quire . 56 

Filter  Paper  For  Agar,  A.  H.  T.  Co.  Special,  sometimes  designated  as  “  Lautenschlaeger”  filter  paper. 
A  heavy,  white  paper  with  rough  surface.  Specially  recommended  for  filtering  agar  and  other 

culture  media.  In  sheets  400  x  400  mm.  Per  100 . . .  2.50 

Filter  Paper,  white,  so  called  “bibulous”  paper . . . Per  ream  3.00  Per  quire  .20 

Filter  Paper,  Chardin,  as  used  and  specially  recommended  for  filtering  agar  agar  in  preparation  of 

culture  media.  The  filters  are  already  folded  and  come  in  boxes1  containing  50  of  the  32  cm  size 
and  25  of  the  50  cm  size. 

Diameter,  cm .  32  j 

Per  box .  1.00  .70 

Filter  Paper,  Chardin,  in  sheets  58  cm  square.  Per  25  sheets .  1.50 

Filter  Paper,  Prat-Dumas,  white,  in  sheets,  17  x  21  inches.  Per  quire . 20 

Per  ream .  3.50 

Filter  Paper,  Dialyzing,  Morochowetz,  C.  S.  &  S.,  a  specially  cut  and  folded  membrane  of  parchment 
paper.  They  are  folded  ready  for  use  in  funnels  from  12°  to  15°  angle  and  250  mm  high.  No. 
521  is  thick  and  No.  522  thin. 

S.  &  S.  number . 521  522 

Per  package  of  25 . 2,70  2.00 

Note — For  Funnel  for  use  with  above  Dialyzing  Filters,  see  No.  28582. 

Filter  Racks,  for  holding  the  filter  paper  away  from  the  sides  of  the  funnel;  made  of  galvanized  iron 
wire  and  rubber  ring.  May  be  folded  to  serve  as  squeezer. 

Diameter,  inches .  5  7£  9  12 

Each .  ^30  ^40  M  .75 

Filter  Paper  Box,  of  japanned  tin,  holding  five  sizes  of  circular  filters  from  3  to  7\  inches  in  diameter. 
Very  convenient  in  the  laboratory  as  it  provides  ready  access  to  clean  filters  at  all  times .  2.50 


216 


ARTHUR  H  . _ T  H  O  MAS  COMPANY 


No.  27956  No.  27964 


27956.  Filter  Press,  Laboratory,  complete  with  pressure  pump,  three  filter  frames  of  different  thickness  and 
three  sets  of  filter  cloths.  Exposed  filtering  surface  is  400  sq.  cm.  Press  is  of  iron  on  heavy  iron 
base. 

Duty  Free .  45.00  Duty  Paid .  60.00 

27960.  Filter  Press,  Laboratory,  as  above  but  of  bronze. 

Duty  Free .  60.00  Duty  Paid .  80.00 

27964.  Filter  Press,  Laboratory,  with  two  pumps,  one  for  pumping  the  material  for  filtration  into  the  press, 
the  other  to  pump  in  the  bleaching  solution.  Complete  with  three  filter  frames  and  three  sets 
of  filter  cloths.  With  an  exposed  filtering  area  of  400  sq.  cm. 

Duty  Free . 60.00  Duty  Paid... . 80.00 

27968.  Filter  Press,  Laboratory,  with  press  and  Pump  A  of  bronze  and  Pump  B  of  iron. 

Duty  Free .  90.00  Duty  Paid .  120.00 


N«.  27972 

27972. 

27976. 

27980. 

27984. 


27988. 

27992. 

27996. 

28000. 


28004. 

28008. 


28012. 


VACUUM. 


No.  27984  No.  27988  No.  27992  No.  27996  No.  28000  No.  27976 


No.  28004 


IdlSCHARCE. 
No.  28008 


Filter  Pump,  Chapman,  of  polished  brass.  For  operation  under  ordinary  water  pressure  either  on 
faucet  or  directly  connected  to  water  supply  pipe.  Length,  inches.  3f  4J  5J 

Each .  1.35  1.75.  2.00 

Filter  Pump  Couplings,  of  brass,  with  faucet  thread.  Style  and  size  of  filter  pump  must  be  given  when 

ordering . 35 

Filter  Pump  Couplings,  of  brass,  for  connecting  with  faucet  without  threads.  Style  and  size  of  filter 

pump  must  be  given  in  ordering . 55 

Filter  Pump,  of  brass.  New  patent  form.  More  efficient  than  the  Chapman. 

Length,  inches .  _3| _ 4} _ 5| 

Each .  1 .35  1.75  2.00 

Filter  Pump,  Geissler,  of  glass. . . 80 

“  “  Muencke,  of  glass,  with  one  suction  tube .  1.25 

«  «  u  u  iC  two  u  .  1.50 

Filter  Pump,  Richards,  of  brass.  A  very  powerful  pump. 

Length,  inches . 7  7 

Size  pipe  fitting  thread,  inches .  t _ f _ 

Each . 1.25  2.00  7.50 

Filter  Pump,  On  Base,  with  stopcocks  for  water  and  air  connections .  10.00 

Filter  Pump,  Water  Jet  Form,  displacing  J  cu.  ft.  of  air  per  minute  with  20  lbs.  water  pressure.  Will  ex¬ 
haust  a  1  gallon  vessel  to  a  vacuum  of  29j  inches  of  mercury  in  10  min.  with  a  10  lbs.  water  pres¬ 
sure  and  in  5  min.  with  a  20  lbs.  water  pressure.  \  ery  useful  for  filtrations,  percolations  and 
distillations  in  laboratory  work.  Complete  with  vacuum  gauge,  connecting  tee  and  two  stop¬ 
cocks  ..  . .  . . . * . ...•••••  12. 00 

Filter  Pump,  as  above  but  for  operating  by  steam  instead  of  water,  with  steam  connections. . . .  12.00 


13 

i 


217 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


28016. 

28020. 

28024. 

28028. 


28032. 

28036. 


28040. 

28044. 

28048. 

28052. 

28056. 

28060. 

28064. 

28068. 

28072. 

28076. 

28080. 


Filter  Pump,  for  both  suction  and  pressure;  with  metal  reservoir.  Filter  pump  is  removable.  Stop¬ 
cocks  and  fittings  are  nickel  plated  and  reservoir  is  of  zinc  finished  in  bronze  lacquer _  8.00 

Filter  Pump,  as  above,  with  manometer . 15.00 

Metal  Band  for  either  of  above,  with  holes  to  conveniently  screw  to  wall . 50 

Filter  Tubes,  for  filtering  through  asbestos,  glass  wool  or  glass  powder. 

Length,  mm .  150  200 

Each . 10  .15 

Filter  Tube,  Fresenius,  with  bulb,  20  mm  inside  diameter  at  top . 20 

Filter  Tubes,  for  use  with  Gooch,  Alundum  and  similar  crucibles.  Tube  of  32  mm  inside  diameter  is 
suitable  for  Gooch  crucible  No.  25294,  25  cc  or  Alundum  crucible  No.  25266,  25  cc.  Rubber 
tubing  suitable  for  making  air-tight  connection  with  Gooch  crucible  is  listed  under  No  46236. 
Inside  diameter  at  top,  mm. .  18  20  25  28  32  37  40 

Each. . 18  .20  .22  .25  .30  55  *  .40 

Flask,  Acetylization,  with  ground  in  condensing  tube,  as  used  in  determining  menthol  in  oil  of  pepper¬ 
mint,  etc .  1.25 

Flasks,  Assay,  Best  Bohemian  Glass.  Capacity,  cc .  50  100  250 

Each . 


15 

Flasks,  Assay,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  conical  high  form,  with  narrow  mouth  and  spout. 
~  "‘100 

.20 


Capacity,  cc .  50 

Each . .15 

Flasks,  Assay,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  conical  wide  form,  with  spout. 

Capacity,  cc .  50 

Each 

Flasks,  Assay,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  pear  shape,  with  long  neck. 


100 


.18 

250 

.25 

250 


.20 

500 

.30 

500 


.15 


.20 


Capacity,  cc .  50 

Each . ~A2~ 


.25 

100 


.30 

250 


.15 


.25 


Flasks,  Best  Bohemian  Glass;  light  weight,  low  form,  with  extra  wide  mouth  and  flat  bottom,  so- 

called  Carbonic  Acid  flasks.  Capacity,  cc .  25  50  100  150  250 

Each . .10  .12  .15  T20  .25 

Flask,  for  Copper  Determinations,  with  flaring  neck.  Capacity,  cc .  180  < 

Each . 20  .25 

Flasks,  Joliet,  much  heavier  than  boiling  flasks  but  made  to  stand  heat;  as  used  in  iron  and  steel 

analyses.  Capacity,  cc .  50  1000  2000 

Each . . . . .  ~.25  .35  .60 

Flasks,  Johnson,  for  Sulphur  Determination,  for  use  in  iron  and  steel  analysis.  With  heavy  ring  neck, 

taking  a  No.  6  rubber  stopper,  capacity  275  cc  to  base  of  neck;  height  165  mm . 25 

Flasks,  Low,  for  Copper  Determination ;  cylindrical  neck  with  flaring  top. 

Capacity,  cc .  125  250 

Each . 18  .30 

Flasks,  Soil  Analysis,  of  Jena  Glass,  with  long  condenser  tube  ground  in  with  air  tight  joint. 

Capacity,  cc .  200  500 

Each .  1.60  2-00 


218 


ARTHUR  H  .  THOMAS 


COM 


P  A  N  Y 


28084.  Flasks,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  flat  bottom,  vial  mouth,  with  uniform  necks. 


28088. 


28092. 


2809G. 


Capacity,  cc . 

.  .  25  50  100 

150 

200 

250 

300 

400 

500 

750 

To  take  stopper  No . 

. .  0  1  2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

6 

Each . 

.  .  .07  .08  .10 

.12 

.14 

.16 

.17 

.18 

.20 

.25 

Capacity,  cc . 

.  1000  1500 

2000 

3000 

4000 

6000 

8000  12000  20000 

To  take  stopper  No . 

.  6  7 

9 

10 

10 

10 

10 

11 

13 

Each . 

. 30  .35 

.45 

.60 

.80 

1.00 

1.50 

2.00 

3.50 

Flasks,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  flat  bottom  with  heavy  ring  neck. 

Capacity,  cc . 

.  25 

50 

100 

150 

200 

250 

300 

400 

To  take  stopper  No . 

.  0 

1 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

Each . 

. 07 

.08 

.10 

.12 

.14 

.16 

.17 

.18 

Capacity,  cc . 

.  500 

750 

1000 

1500 

2000 

3000 

4000 

To  take  stopper  No . 

.  5 

6 

6 

7 

9 

10 

10 

Each . . . 

.  .20 

.25 

.30 

.35 

.45 

.60 

.80 

Flasks,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  round  bottom,  with  vial  mouth. 

Capacity,  cc . 

.  50  100 

250 

500 

750 

1000 

1500 

2000 

4000 

To  take  stopper  No . 

.  1  2 

4 

5 

6 

6 

7 

9 

10 

Each . . . 

. 08  .10 

.16 

.20 

.25 

.30 

.35 

.45 

.80 

28100. 


28104. 


28108. 


28112. 


Flasks,  Whitall  Tatum  “Nonsol”  Glass,  flat  bottom,  with  vial  mouth.  Very  insoluble  in  water, 
alkalis  and  acids  and  specially  recommended  for  uniformity  of  shape.  By  special  arrangement 
with  the  manufacturer  we  are  enabled  to  offer  these  Flasks  for  immediate  shipment  from  our 
own  stock  at  original  net  factory  prices.  _ 

Capacity,  cc....  .  .! .  60  120  180  250  500  1000  2000 

To  take  stopper  No .  1 _ 2 _ 3 _ 4 _ 5 _ 6 _ 9 

Each . 11  -13  .14  .15  .20  .28  .45 

Flasks,  Whitall  Tatum  Regular  Glass,  flat  bottom,  vial  mouth,  widely  used  in  industrial  laboratories 
because  of  their  uniform  shape  which  is  identical  with  the  illustration  of  Nonsol.  By  special 
arrangement  with  the  manufacturers  we  are  enabled  to  offer  these  Flasks  for  immediate  ship¬ 
ment  from  our  stock  at  original  net  factory  prices.  ^  nAAA  1onnn 

Capacity,  cc .  30  60  120  180  250  500  1000  2000  4000  8000  12000 

Each .  .08  .09  .10  .11  .12  .15  .23  .35  .75  1.25  2.00 

Flasks,  Wash  Bottle,  with  stout  ring  neck  to  withstand  corking.  The  heavy  wall  of  these  flasks  makes 
them  much  more  durable  under  mechanical  stress  than  the  ordinary  boiling  flask. 

Capacity,  cc . . .  500 

To  take  stopper  No .  _ _  ... 

Each . 15  -20  35 

Flasks,  Opaque  Fused  Silica.  These  flasks  are  sufficiently  transparent  to  enable  the  level  of  a  liquid 
to  be  determined.  They  are  furnished  with  either  round  or  flat  bottom  and  are  adnnrab  y 
adapted  for  direct  heating  by  electric  resistance  wires  for  boiling  at  high  temperatures,  etc 

Each .  2.75  4.00  4.25  5.00  6.25  7.50 

Flasks,  New  Jena  Glass,  round  bottom,  with  vial  mouth.  See  illustration  on  following  page. 

Capacity,  cc . 

To  take  stopper  No . 

Each . 

Capacity,  cc . 

To  take  stopper  No . . . 

Each...... . 


1000 
6 


2000 

.50 


1000 

16.00 


50 

100 

150 

200 

300 

400 

1 

3 

3 

4 

5 

5 

.11 

.12 

.14 

.16 

.19 

.23 

500 

700 

1000 

1500 

2000 

3000 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

.26 

.32 

.38 

.45 

.53 

.68 

219 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


28116. 


Flasks,  New  Jena  Glass,  flat  bottom  with  vial  mouth. 

Capacity,  cc . 

To  take  stopper  No . 

Each . 

Capacity,  cc . 

To  take  stopper  No . 

Each . 


50 

100 

150 

200 

300 

400 

0 

0 

1 

2 

4 

4 

.11 

.12 

.14 

.16 

.19 

.23 

500 

700 

1000 

1500 

2000 

3000 

6 

6 

7 

7 

8 

9 

.26 

.32 

.38 

.45 

.53 

00 

<£> 

28120.  Flasks,  New  Jena  Glass,  flat  bottom,  with  heavy  ring  neck. 

Capacity,  cc . 

To  take  stopper  No . 

Each . 


500 

1000 

2000 

6 

7 

8 

.32 

.46 

.63 

28124.  Flasks,  New  Jena  Glass,  round  bottom,  with  short  ring  neck. 

Capacity,  cc .  50  100  150  200  300  400  500  700  1000 

To  take  stopper  No .  0  2  3  3  4  5  6  6  7 

Each .  .13  14  .16  .19  .23  .28  .32  .38  .46 

Capacity,  cc .  1500  2000  3000  4000  5000  6000  8000  10000 

To  take  stopper  No .  9  9  10 _ 10  11  11  12  12 

Each .  .55  763  .80  .93  1.05  1.40  1.90  2.50 

28128.  Flasks,  New  Jena  Glass,  round  bottom  with  long  ring  neck.  Prices  and  sizes  same  as  for  No.  28124. 


No.  28140 


No.  28144 


No.  28148 


No.  28152 


28140. 

28144. 

28148. 

28152. 

28156. 


Flasks,  for  Iodine  Determinations ;  with  wide,  flaring  funnel  shaped  lip  and  hollow,  ground  in  stopper 


fitted  to  neck. 

Capacity,  cc .  125  250  500 

Each . 760  i75  LOO 

Flasks,  Copper  Oxide,  for  storing  CuO  in  organic  analyses. 

Capacity,  cc .  125  250  500 

Each . T&T  ~  765  .85 


Flasks,  Copper,  polished,  with  ring  neck. 

Capacity,  cc .  250  500  1000  2000 

Each .  T75  2dKr  2750  3d)0 

Flasks,  Copper,  polished,  as  used  for  Kjeldahl  determinations;  4  inches  high,  8£  inches  diameter,  capac¬ 
ity  1000  cc .  3.30 

Flask,  Orlovius,  for  the  sterile  drawing  and  handling  of  blood  for  bacteriological  purposes,  fitted  with  a 
ground  in  glass  stopper  with  two  tubulations  and  a  protecting  cap .  2.50 


220 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


28160. 


28164. 


Flasks,  Erlenmeyer,  Best  Bohemian 

Capacity,  cc . 

To  take  stopper  No . 

Each . 

Capacity,  cc . 

To  take  stopper  No . 

Each . 


Glass,  with  narrow  mouth. 

.  25  50  100  150  200 

.  0  1  2  3  3 

. 07  .08  .10  .12  .14 

.  1000 

.  6 

. 30 


Flasks,  Erlenmeyer,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  with  wide  mouth. 

Capacity,  cc .  25  50  100 

To  take  stopper  No .  1  2  3 

Each .  T07  d)8  Ho” 

Capacity,  cc .  500  750 

To  take  stopper  No .  6  7 

Each .  .20  .25 


150 

4 

.12 

1000 

7 

.30 


250 

4 

.16 

1500 
_  7 
.35 


200 

4 

.14 

1500 

8 

.35 


300 

400  500 

750 

4 

5  5 

6 

.17 

.18  .20 

.25 

2000 

3000 

4000 

7 

9 

9 

.45 

.60 

.80 

250 

300 

400 

5 

5 

6 

.16 

.17 

.18 

2000 

3000 

4000 

9 

11 

12 

.45 

.60 

.80 

28168.  Flasks,  Erlenmeyer,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  with  extra  wide  mouth. 


Capacity,  cc .  100  250  500  1000 

Each.... .  7!0  .16  ^20  ^30 


28172.  Flasks,  Erlenmeyer,  New  Jena  Glass. 

Capacity,  cc . 

To  take  stopper  No . 

Each . 

Capacity,  cc . 

To  take  stopper  No . 

Each . 


25  50  100  150  200  250  300  500 

0013  4  5566 

.09  .10  .11  .12  .13  .15  .17  .24 

600  750  1000  1500  2000  3000  4000  5000 

6  7  8  9  10  10  10  10 

.26  .29  .37  .45  .53  .65  .85  1.00 


28176.  Flasks,  Erlenmeyer,  Whitall  Tatum  Nonsol  Glass.  Very  insoluble  in  water,  alkalis  and  acids,  and 
specially  recommended  for  uniformity  of  shape.  By  special  arrangement  with  the  manu¬ 
facturers  we  are  enabled  to  offer  these  flasks  for  immediate  shipment  from  our  stock  at  original 


net  factory  prices. 

Capacity,  cc .  60  120  180  250  500  1000  2000 

To  take  stopper  No . . . 6 _ _5 _ 3 _ 4  5 _ 6 _ 8 


Each .  .11  .13  .14  .15  .20  .30  .50 


28180.  Flasks,  Erlenmeyer,  Whitall  Tatum  Regular  Glass,  widely  used  in  industrial  laboratories  because  of 
their  uniform  shape,  which  is  exactly  similar  to  the  Nonsol  above  listed.  By  special  arrange¬ 
ment  with  the  manufacturers  we  are  enabled  to  offer  these  flasks  for  immediate  shipment  from 
our  stock  at  original  net  factory  prices. 

Capacity,  cc .  60  120  _ 180  250  350 

Each .  .09  .lfT  .11  .12  .14 

28184.  Flasks,  Erlenmeyer,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  with  ground  in  glass  stopper. 

Capacity,  cc .  125 

Each . 

• 

28188.  Flasks,  Erlenmeyer,  with  very  flat,  extra  wide  base,  specially  constructed  for  boiling  on  electric  hot 
plates  and  for  culture  flasks. 

Capacity,  cc .  250 _ 500 _ 1000 

Each . 18  -24  .45 


500 

700 

1000 

2000 

.15 

.20 

.23 

.38 

125 

250 

500 

1000 

.50 

.65 

.85 

1.25 

ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


C  [O  '  MJ  P  A  N  Y 


H  . 


28192. 

28196. 

28200. 

28204. 

28208. 

28212. 

28214. 

28215. 

28216. 

28220. 

28224. 

28228. 

28232. 

28236. 

28240. 


Flasks,  Distillation,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  with  side  tube  high  on  neck. 

Capacity,  cc .  30  60  100 

Each. 


250 


500 


. .15  .20  .25 

Flasks,  Distillation,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  with  side  tube  at  center  of  neck. 

Capacity,  cc .  30  60  100 

Each .  .15  .20  .25 


.30 


.50 


1000 

.65 


2000 

1.00 


250 


500 


1000  2000 


.30 


.50 


.65 


1.00 


Flasks,  Distillation,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  with  side  tube  low  on  neck. 

Capacity,  cc .  30  60  100  250 

Each. 


500 


. 15  .20  .25  .30  .50 

Flasks,  Distillation,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  with  side  tube  400  mm  long  at  center  of  neck. 


1000 

.65 


2000 

1.00 


Capacity,  cc .  100 

Each . 30 

Flasks,  Distillation,  New  Jena  Glass,  with  side  tube  at  center  of  neck. 

Capacity,  cc .  50  100  200  300  500 

Each .  .22  .24  .29  .34  .45 


250 


500 


.40 


.60 


1000 

.75 


2000  3000 


1000  1500 _ 

.65  .78  1.00  1.25 

Flask,  Distillation,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  with  side  tube  bent  down  at  right  angle.  So-called  “sul¬ 
phur”  flask.  Capacity  500  cc . . . 60 

Flask,  Glass,  for  use  with  the  official  Brown-Duvel  Moisture  Tester.  See  Bulletin  56  of  the  U.  S. 


Bureau  of  Plant  Industry . 75 

Flask,  Copper,  Double  Wall,  for  use  with  the  official  Brown-Duvel  Moisture  Tester  when  same  is  used 
for  moisture  determinations  in  flour  and  ground  grain  substances  in  which  the  copper  flask  is 

used  in  place  of  the  glass  flask.  See  Bulletin  56  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry .  5.00 

Flask,  Distillation,  Ladenburg,  with  three  bulbs  in  neck.  Capacity  500  cc . . .  -80 

Flask,  Distillation,  Hempel,  as  used  in  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest  Service,  for  the  dis¬ 
tillation  of  creosote.  Capacity  500  cc. . . 80 

Flasks,  Distillation,  Lunge,  with  trap  in  neck.  Capacity,  cc .  125  250  Knft 

Each . 60  .70 

Flasks,  Distillation,  Claisen.  Capacity,  cc .  50  100 _ 250 

Each . 50  .60  .75 

Flasks,  Distillation,  Engler,  as  used  in  the  coal  tar  industry. 


. 50  .60 

Made  to  exact  dimensions. 

Capacity,  cc .  100  250 

Each .  .30  .40 

Flask,  Distilling,  Engler,  Semi-transparent  Silica,  for  use  in  distillation  above  300°  C .  5.00 

Flask,  Opaque  Fused  Silica,  with  side  arm  for  distillations. 

Capacity,  cc....* .  50  100  150  200  250  500  1000 

Each . 


3.25 


4.75 


5.00 


6.00 


7.50 


9.00 


18.50 


222 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  28244 


No.  28248 


No.  28252 


No.  28256 


No.  28260 


28244.  Flasks,  Filtering,  Erlenmeyer  shape,  of  heavy  glass  to  withstand  pressure. 

Capacity,  cc .  250  500  1000  2000 

Each .  ^25  ^0  d50  J5 

28248.  Flasks,  Filtering,  same  as  No.  28244  but  with  side  neck. 

Capacity,  cc .  250  500  750  1000  2000  4000 

Each... . 35  .45  .50  .60  1.00  1.50 

28252.  Flasks,  Filtering,  same  as  No.  28248  but  with  side  neck  and  glass  stopcock. 

Capacity,  cc .  250  500  1000 

Each .  1.25  L50  2^50 

28256.  Flasks,  Filtering,  Erlenmeyer  shape,  of  heavy  glass,  with  side  neck  and  tubulation  at  bottom  at 
opposite  side  to  take  ordinary  stopper. 

Capacity,  cc .  500  1000  2000 

Each . 90  1.20  2.00 

28260.  Flasks,  Filtering,  Erlenmeyer  shape,  of  heavy  glass,  with  side  tube  at  neck  and  in  addition  tubula¬ 
tion  with  stopcock  on  opposite  side  near  bottom.  Capacity  1000  cc .  . .  2.00 


28264. 


28268. 


28272. 


28273. 

28276. 


Flask,  Filtering,  as  above,  but  with  ground  in  stopcock  in  lower  tubulation. 

Capacity,  cc .  *00 _ *000 _ 2000 

. . 1.50  2.00  2.50 

Flasks,  Filtering!  Erienmeyer  ’ shape,  of  heavy  glass,  with  side  tube  and  with  funnel  ground  into  neck. 

Capacity,  cc .  .  5-°° _ 159? 

Ea^h  2.00  2.75 

Flask,  filtering!  with  side  tubulation  and  funnel  shaped  neck  into  which  the  filtering  funnel  may  be 
tightly  fitted  by  means  of  a  heavy  rubber  ring.  Price  does  not  include  glass  funnel  or  rubber 

Capacity  of  flack,  cc .  «°° _ !°°° _ 

Rubber  Rings,  each . . . •. . .  •  •  * - "  '.  *, 

Flasks,  Kjeldahl,  Whitall-Tatum,  Nonsol  Glass,  very  insoluble  in  water,  alkalis  and  acids.  Specially 
recommended  for  uniformity  of  shape.  By  special  arrangement  with  the  inanuf acturer  we  are 
enabled  to  offer  these  Flasks  for  immediate  shipment  from  our  stock  at  original  net  factory 

Prices\.  500  800 

Capacity,  cc .  300  280 

Height,  mm. . .  . .  itv)  iin 

Diameter  of  body,  mm . — — - — 

«  «  . . . .  •  ,  .30  .35 

Each . 


223 


t 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  28296 


No.  28302 


No.  28304 


No.  28310 


No.  28312 


No.  28336 


28296. 


28300. 

28302. 

28304. 


28308. 

28310. 

28312. 

28316. 

28320. 

28324. 

28328. 

28332. 

28336. 


28280. 

Flasks,  Kjeldahl,  New  Jena  Glass,  round  bottom,  short  neck. 

Capacitv,  cc .  50  100  200 

300 

500 

800 

1000 

1500 

2000 

Each . 13  .14 

.18 

.22 

.30 

.35 

.45 

.55 

.63 

28284. 

Flasks,  Kjeldahl,  New  Jena  Glass,  flat  bottom,  short  neck. 
Capacity,  cc .  50  100 

200 

300 

500 

800 

1000 

1500 

2000 

Each . 13  .14 

.18 

.22 

.30 

.35 

.45 

.55 

.63 

28288. 

Flasks,  Kjeldahl,  New  Jena  Glass,  round  bottom,  long  neck. 

Capacity,  cc .  50  100 

200 

300 

500 

800 

1000 

1500 

2000 

Each. . . 14  .15 

.20 

.25 

.33 

.40 

.50 

.63 

.70 

28292. 

Flasks,  Kjeldahl,  New  Jena  Glass,  flat  bottom,  long  neck. 
Capacity,  cc . . .  50  100 

200 

300 

500 

800 

1000 

1500 

2000 

Each . . . 14  .15 

.20 

.25 

.33 

.40 

.50 

.63 

.70 

Flasks,  Vacuum,  Dewar,  tube  form,  for  liquid  air,  without  base  and  unsilvered. 

Length  outside,  mm .  100  250 

Outside  diameter,  mm . 45  60 

Inside  diameter,  mm .  30  40 

Each . ”~2dj0  L50 

Flasks,  Vacuum,  as  above,  but  silvered .  2.50  5.00 

Support  for  either  of  above . 75 

Flasks,  Vacuum,  Dewar,  pear  shaped,  for  liquid  air,  unsilvered. 


Each. 


150 

300 

500 

1000 

2.50 

3.00 

4.00 

6.50 

3.00 

3.50 

4.75 

7.25 

1.00 

1.00 

1.50 

1.50 

Flask,  Cassia,  with  graduated  neck  and  glass  stopper.  Capacity  120  cc,  neck  graduated  to  10  cc  in 

Yoths .  1.50 

Flask,  Volumetric,  with  graduations  above  and  below  bulb,  for  saponification  method  of  determining 

total  fatty  acid  in  cotton  seed  and  similar  products .  1.50 

Flask,  Volumetric,  for  the  determination  of  unsaponifiable  fats,  capacity  of  lower  bulb  100  cc,  with 
mark  indicating  50  cc;  capacity  of  upper  bulb  30  cc;  with  ground  glass  stopper  and  graduated  to 

contain .  1.10 

Flask,  Volumetric,  for  insoluble  phosphoric  acid  determinations,  with  wide  neck  25  mm  inside  diameter, 

capacity  of  flask  200  cc,  of  stout  glass . 40 

Flask,  Volumetric,  for  fertilizer  work,  250  cc  capacity,  with  short  neck,  of  heavier  glass  than  regular 

volumetric  flask  and  with  mark  low  on  neck . 50 

Flask,  Volumetric,  as  used  in  the  analysis  of  feed  water  for  boilers,  particularly  in  determining  the 

alkalinity,  etc.;  accurately  graduated  to  deliver  58.3  cc . 35 

Flask,  Volumetric,  conical  shape  with  enlarged  mouth,  100  cc  capacity.  As  used  in  oil  analysis. .  -75 


224 


ARTHUR  H. 


T  H  O  MAS  COMPAN 


“7 


No.  28340 


No.  28344 


No.  28360 


No.  28364 


28340. 


No.  28368 


28344. 


28348. 


28352. 


28356. 


28360. 


250 

.40 


300 

.45 


500 

.50 


1000 

.65 


2000 

1.00 


10 

25 

50 

100  1  200 

250 

.20 

.25 

.30 

.35  ' 

.45 

.50 

300 

500 

1000 

2000 

3000 

6000 

.55 

.60 

.80 

1.20 

2.00 

4.00 

■;  graduated  to  contain  and  to  deliver. 

With  two  marks 

100 

250 

500 

1000 

.50 

.70 

.90 

1.10 

500 

.40 

500 

.55 


1000 

.50 

1000 

.70 


No.  28348 

Flasks,  Volumetric,  without  stoppers,  graduated  to  contain. 

Capacity,  cc .  10  25  50  100  200 

Each . . . 15  .18  .20  ~i25 .30 

Flasks,  Volumetric,  with  ground  glass  stopper;  graduated  to  contain 

Capacity,  cc .  10 

Each . ~  .20 

Capacity,  cc .  300 

Each . . . .55 

Flasks,  Volumetric,  with  ground  glass  sto[ 
on  neck. 

Capacity,  cc . . . 

Each . 

Flask,  Volumetric,  without  graduation,  for  graduation  by  the  user.  Without  stopper. 

Capacity,  cc .  100  250 

Each .  .18  .28 

Flask,  Volumetric,  same  as  above,  with  glass  stopper. 

Capacity,  cc .  100  250 

Each . 30  i40 

Flasks,  Volumetric,  with  blue  stripe  on  white  enamel  back,  as  in  Schellbach  burettes,  making  easy 
the  reading  of  a  sharp  meniscus;  with  ground  glass  stopper.  Graduated  to  contain. 

Capacity,  cc .  100  250  500  1000 

Each . 35  .50  .65  .85 

FLASKS,  VOLUMETRIC,  PRECISION,  graduated  by  weighing  at  20°C.  in  accordance  with  the  specifications 
of  the  Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt,  with  individual  control  number.  These  flasks  are  offered 
with  our  unofficial  factory  certificate  and,  in  addition,  with  the  Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt 
certificate  and  control  stamp,  i.  e.,  the  official  certificate  of  the  German  government. 

Precision  Volumetric  Flasks  with  Unofficial  factory  certificate 
These  certificates  are  made  out  in  the  factory  in  exact  accordance  with  the  methods  used  by  the 
Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt  and  no  flask  is  certified  unless  the  error  falls  within  the  limit 
permitted  by  the  P.  T.  R.  The  data  on  these  certificates  may  be  used  as  a  check  where  flasks  are  cali¬ 
brated  in  the  laboratory  or  with  entire  reliance  upon  the  accuracy  of  the  figures  given. 

Flasks,  Volumetric,  Precision,  without  stopper,  adjusted  to  contain;  with  unofficial  factory  certificate. 

Capacity,  cc . . 50 _  _ 100_  250  500  1000  2000 

Each . 7  65  .70  1.00  1.25  1.50  2.30 

28368.  Flasks,  Volumetric,  Precision,  with  stopper,  adjusted  to  contain,  with  unofficial  factory  certificate. 

Capacity,  cc .  50  100  200  250  500  1000  2000 

Each . 80  .85  1.10  1.20  1.50  L75  2.50 

Flasks,  Volumetric,  Precision,  with  stopper,  adjusted  for  delivery,  with  unofficial  factory  certificate. 

Capacity,  cc .  100  250  500  1000  2000 

Each .  .85  1.20  1.50  1.75  2^50 

Precision  Volumetric  Flasks  with  Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt  Certificate 
These  flasks  are  exactly  the  same  as  those  described  above  in  workmanship  and  accuracy  but  are 
furnished  with  the  official  Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt  certificate  and  control  stamp,  for 
which  a  higher  price  must  be  charged  because  of  the  German  government  fee. 

Flasks,  Volumetric,  Precision,  with  stopper,  adjusted  to  contain,  with  P.  T.  R.  certificate. 

Capacity,  cc .  100 _ 250 _ 500 _ 1000  2000 

Each .  2.00  2.65  3.15  3.75  5^25 

Flasks,  Volumetric,  Precision,  with  stopper,  adjusted  for  delivery,  with  P.  T.  R.  certificate. 

Capacity,  cc .  100  250  500  1000  2000 

Each .  2.00  2.65  3.15  3.75  5.25 


28364. 


28372. 


28376. 


28380. 


225 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


28384. 

\J  28388. 
28392. 

2839G. 

28400. 

28404. 

28408. 

28412. 

28416. 

28420. 

28424. 

28428. 


Flasks,  Volumetric,  New  Jena  Glass,  without  stoppers  and  without  graduation.  The  indicated  capac¬ 
ity  falls  near  the  middle  of  the  neck. 

Capacity,  cc .  50  100  125  200  250  300  500  750  1000  2000 

Each . 17  .18  .19  i24  .29  .33  .42  .50  .55  .78 

Flasks,  Volumetric,  New  Jena  Glass,  same  as  No.  28384  but  with  glass  stoppers. 

Capacity,  cc .  50  100  125  200  250  300  500  750  1000  2000 

Each . 38  .39  .40  .48  .53  .58  .73  .83  .90  1.15 

Flasks,  Volumetric,  New  Jena  Glass,  without  stoppers.  Graduated  to  contain. 

Capacity,  cc .  50  100  125  200  250  300  500  750  1000  2000 

Each . 50  .53  .55  .60  .70  .75  .85  1.00  1.15  1.4(1 

Flasks,  Volumetric,  New  Jena  Glass,  same  as  No.  28392  but  with  glass  stoppers. 

Capacity,  cc .  125  250  500  1000 

Each . 77  “^94  Tl6  T50 

Flasks,  Sugar,  with  two  graduations  and  without  stoppers. 

Capacity,  cc .  50  and  55  100  and  110  200  and  220 

Each . . .  .28  .35  JO 

Flasks,  Sugar,  Eohlrausch,  with  enlarged  mouth. 

Capacity,  cc .  100  200  200.6  201.2  201.4 

Each . . . . . .  M  i65  165  .65  .6*1 

Flasks,  Sugar,  with  dark  blue  enameled  stripe  on  white  enameled  background. 

Capacity,  cc .  50  and  55  100  and  110  200  and  220 

Each .  .40  .50  .70 

Flask,  Sugar,  Bates,  100  cc  capacity,  pear  shape  with  flaring  top . .  .60 

Flasks,  Volumetric,  Stohmann,  of  heavy  glass  for  shaking,  graduated  to  contain,  without  stopper. 

Capacity,  cc . 250  500  1000 

Each .  JS0  iSO  1.00 

Flasks,  Volumetric,  Stohmann,  as  above,  with  glass  stopper. 

Capacity,  cc . . .  250  500  1000 

Each . 75  1.00  1.20 

Flasks,  Volumetric,  Giles,  with  glass  stopper  and  two  graduations.  When  used  for  making  nor¬ 
mal  solutions  the  10%  extra  volume  in  the  neck  of  the  flask  is  used  for  ascertaining  exact  titra¬ 
tion,  leaving  a  volume  equal  to  the  exact  capacity  of  flask,  for  correction. 

Capacity,  cc . - .  500/50  1000/100  2000/200 

Each . ...... . .  1.75  2.40  3^50 

Flasks,  Watering,  as  used  in  the  determination  of  water  requirement  of  plants.  This  flask  is  of  special 
shape  and  of  exactly  2000  cc  capacity  when  filled  even  with  the  ground  rim,  there  being  no  other 
mark  on  the  flask.  This  feature  enables  them  to  be  quickly  filled  by  total  immersion  and  insureB 
delivery  of  the  exact  amount  of  water  when  placed  in  a  vertical  position  over  the  pot,  as  illus¬ 
trated  in  Bulletin  284  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry .  1.50 


226 


ARTHUR  H. 


T  H  °  M  AS  COMPANY 


i* 


No.  28492 

28432.  Flask  Heater,  heated  by  electric  incandescent  lamp,  for  conducting  ether  and  similar  distillations  with¬ 
out  danger.  On  support,  with  connecting  cord  but  without  flask.  Will  accommodate  a  1000 

cc  flask .  4.00 

28436.  Flask  Heater,  Electric,  of  copper,  with  convenient  ring  top.  Diameter  8j  inches,  height  4  inches. 

Furnished  with  three  heats,  regulating  switch,  6  ft.  of  cord  and  switch  for  connecting.  Requires 
500  watts.  Works  equally  well  on  direct  or  alternating  current  but  voltage  must  be  specified 

in  ordering .  12.00 

28440.  Flask  Heaters,  of  sheet  iron,  with  ventilating  openings  and  asbestos  inset. 

Diameter,  mm .  112 _ 130  180  220  270 

Each . 60  .75  .90  1.10  ~1.25 

28460.  Forceps,  of  brass,  straight . 15 

28464.  “  “  “  bent . 18 

28468.  “  “  “  with  ivory  tips . 70 

28472.  “  “  “  nickel  plated,  so-called  Goosenecks.  Will  not  corrode;  150  mm  long . 50 

28476.  “  “  steel,  plain.  Length,  mm .  100  112  125  150 

Each . 10  T2  jl5  .20 

28480.  Forceps,  Blowpiping.  French  form,  5j  inches  long,  with  heavy  platinum  tips .  5.00 

28484.  Forceps,  Pinning  regular  style . 75 

28488.  “  “  Blake .  1.75 

28492.  Forceps,  of  steel  nickel  plated:  For  removing  specimens  from  deep  jars  or  bottles. 

Length,  mm .  250  300  375  450 

Each .  1.25  1.50 '  ~2d)0  ~TM 

28496.  Forceps,  Cover  Glass,  with  flat,  bent  blades,  105  mm  long . 50 

28500.  “  “  “  with  thin,  straight  blades  and  guide  pin,  115  mm  long . 50 

28504.  “  “  «  with  thin,  bent,  flat  blades;  self-closing;  125  mm  long . 75 

28508.  “  “  “  Ehrlich,  with  long,  flat  blades  and  locking  device;  135  mm  long .  1.25 

28512.  Forceps,  Cover  Glass.  Novy,  with  flat  lower  blade  and  curved,  pointed  upper  blade.  Nickel  plated, 

115  mm  long . 50 


227 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


V 


28516. 

28520. 

28524. 

28528. 

28532. 

28536. 

28540. 

28544. 


28548. 

28552. 

28556. 

28560. 

28564. 

28568. 

28572. 


No.  28520 


No.  28524 


No.  28536 


No.  28564 


No.  28572 


Forceps,  Cover  Glass,  Novy,  same  as  No.  28512  but  with  locking  device .  1.00 

“  “  “  Cornet,  of  spring  brass,  nickel  plated,  self-closing,  120  mm  long . 45 

“  “  “  and  Slide,  with  weight  to  increase  stability  . . . .  1.00 

“  “  “  Stewart,  original  form,  of  nickeled  spring  wire,  self-closing . 10 

“  “  “  “  same  as  No.  28528  but  with  ring  to  hold  jaws  together . 08 

“  Slide,  Kirkbride . 10 

“  “  Boston . . .  ,.25 

Funnels,  Glass,  with  angle  of  60°  and  stem  ground  to  point. 

Diameter,  mm .  25  40  50 

Each .  ~07  709  .09 

Diameter,  mm .  120  150  170 

Each . 


65 

.10 

200 


75 

.12 

225 


90 

.15 

250 

.90 


100 
.18 

300 

.20  .30  .35  .50  .65  .90  1.35 

Funnels,  Glass,  Bunsen,  with  an  exact  angle  of  60°  and  with  long,  thin  stems  (sizes  up  to  100  mm 
diameter  have  stems  about  100  mm  long)  ground  to  point  and  with  ground  rim.  This  is  an  accu¬ 
rate  funnel  and  is  not  to  be  confused  with  the  ordinary  funnel  which  we  list  under  No.  28544. 

Diameter,  mm .  25  40  50  65  75  90  100  110  120  150 

Each . 


. . . 10  .10  .12  .15  .16  .18  .22 

Funnels,  Glass,  Special,  exactly  as  above  but  with  extra  long,  thin  stems. 

Diameter,  mm . , .  50  65  75 

Each . : .  .15  ~7l8  ~d20 

Funnel,  Glass,  exactly  as  above  but  with  capillary  bore  for  perfect  suction. 

Diameter,  mm .  50  65  _ 75 

Each . . 1 .  .15  Tl8  .20 

Funnels,  without  stem,  as  used  in  sugar  analysis.  Diameter,  mm .  70 

Each . 15 

Funnels,  Glass,  with  short,  wide  stem;  so-called  powder  funnels. 

Diameter,  mm .  60 

Diameter  of  stem,  mm .  14 

Each . 20 

Funnels,  Glass,  with  bulb,  for  filtering  through  glass  wool. 

Each . 

Funnels,  Victor-Meyer,  to  suspend  over  evaporating  dishes 
Each . 


.25  .30  .40 


90 

.25 

90 


100 

.30 

100 


.25 

90 


.30 

100 


.20 

80 
16 
.25 

Diameter,  mm .  100 

Diameter,  mm.... 


.25 

100 

18 

.30 

150 


160 

1.00 


.30 

200 

1.20 


.45 

260 

1.60 


228 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  28604 


No.  28628 


No.  28608 


No.  28620 


No.  28624 


28576. 

28580. 


25582. 

28584. 

28588. 

28592. 

28596. 

28600. 

28604. 


28608. 

28612. 

28616. 

28620. 

28624. 

28628. 


101 


13 


Funnels,  Ribbed,  for  quick  filtering.  Of  heavy  pressed  glass  with  finished  rim. 

Diameter,  inches.  2f  3f  4f  5f  7j  Sf 

Each . .  .10  .12  il5  .18  .25  .40  775  1.50 

Funnels,  Glass,  with  diagonal  fluting,  for  very  rapid  filtering.  Particulary  recommended  for  use 
with  our  special  filter  paper  N  o.  27920  in  filtering  agar  agar  for  culture  media. 

Diameter,  mm .  70  100  160  200  240 

Each . . .  125  d50  .  70  L45  23Z5 

Funnel  for  use  with  Morochowetz  dialyzing  filters,  with  very  accurate  angle  12°-15°,  and  250  mm  high  .75 

Funnels,  Vogel,  with  side  tubulation  for  suction.  Diameter,  mm .  80  90  105 

Each .  ~T75  d)0  L00 

Funnels,  Double  Walled,  for  either  hot  or  cold  filtrations,  with  inlet  and  outlet  tube,  100  mm  in 

diameter .  3.00 

Funnels,  Double  Walled,  with  exhaust  and  silvered  lid,  100  mm  in  diameter .  6.50 

Funnels,  set  of  three  for  delivering  minute  quantities;  l,  1  and  1$  inch  in  diameter.  Per  set . 25 

Funnels,  Copper,  with  ribs,  4  inches  in  diameter.  Without  stem . 75 

Funnels,  Aseptic  Enamel  Ware.  Of  seamless  steel,  white  enameled,  both  acid  and  fire  proof.  With 

handle.  Diameter,  inches .  3 _ 4|  6  8 

Each . 35  .50  .75  1.00 

Funnels,  Porcelain,  with  perforated  sides,  160  mm  in  diameter . . .  1.20 

“  small  size,  for  use  as  filter  cones.  Diameter,  mm .  45  65 

Each . . .  "725  d55 

Funnels,  Porcelain,  Buchner,  with  fixed  perforated,  porcelain  plate. 

Diameter,  mm .  50  65  80  100  125  150  200 

Each .  755  JO  M  1.00  L35  1.70  2J05 

Funnels,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain,  Buchner,  with  fixed,  perforated  plate.  While  more  expensive,  this 
funnel  is  distinctly  superior  to  No.  28616  in  that  funnels  of  the  same  size  have  an  equal  number 
of  perforations  of  1  mm  diameter  in  the  plate. 

Diameter  of  funnel,  mm .  59 _ 85 _ H2 _ 160 

Each 


. .  .90  1.50 

Funnels,  Royal  Berlin  Porceiain,  Hirsch,  with  fixed,  perforated  porcelain  plate. 

Diameter  of  funnel,  mm .  50  75  92  103  120 

Diameter  of  plate,  mm .  36  44  57  59  59 

Diameter  of  holes,  mm .  1  1  1  1|  U 

Each 


2.10 

140 

59 

H 


4.20 

163 

112 

1* 


2.10 


2.70 


. . 60  .75  .90  1.20  1.50 

Funnels,  Hard  Rubber,  with  corrugated  spout  which  allows  the  air  to  escape  so  that  the  liquid  flows 
freely. 

Capacity. . .  i  Pt-  »  PC _ 1  pt.  1  qt. 

Each . 35  .45  .60  .75 


229 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  28632 


No.  28640 


No.  28644 


No.  28648 


28632.  Funnel,  Hot  Water,  of  heavy,  polished  copper,  double  wall,  on  three  iron  legs.  Much  superior  to  the 

ordinary  article  made  without  inside  wall  of  copper.  Including  a  glass  funnel  No.  28544,  150 

ram  diameter . . .  6.00 

28636.  Funnel,  Hot  Water,  double  walled,  with  constant  water  level,  Bunsen  ring  burner,  clamp,  stopcock  and 

glass  funnel,  150  mm  diameter,  but  without  support .  7.50 

28640.  Funnel,  Hot  Water,  same  as  No.  28636,  but  with  support . .  8.15 

28644.  “  “  “  for  electric  heating,  particularly  recommended  for  filtration  of  culture  media. 

Of  copper,  with  constant  water  level  and  stand  and  connection  cord  and  plug  for  electric  light 
socket.  Voltage  must  be  stated  in  ordering.  Including  a  glass  funnel,  150  mm  diameter. .  16.00 
28648.  Funnel,  Hot  Air,  Lothar  Meyer,  of  copper,  double  walled.  With  ring  burner,  support  and  a  funnel, 
120  mm  diameter .  10.00 


28652. 

28656. 

28660. 

28664. 


28668. 


28672. 


Funnel,  Hot  Water,  of  tin,  with  double  wall .  2.50 

“  “  “  same  as  No.  28652  but  of  copper  throughout .  4.50 

Funnel,  Hot  Water  or  Steam,  consisting  of  a  lead  coil  and  one  glass  funnel,  170  mm  diameter . 4.50 

Funnels,  Separatory,  of  heavy  glass,  with  glass  stopper. 

Capacity,  cc .  250  500  1000  2000  4000 

Each .  2.00  2.25  2.50  3.00  4.00 

Funnels,  Separatory,  of  heavy  glass,  with  angle  60°  and  stem  ground  to  point. 

Diameter,  mm .  100  150  180  200  240 

Each . — L50  2^25  2^50  3df0  3.75 

Funnel  Separatory,  (Terrapin  Separator),  as  used  in  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Bureau  of 
Chemistry,  for  the  handling  of  emiscible  liquids  which  separate  with  difficulty  because  of  their 
tendency  to  form  emulsions;  200  cc  capacity,  with  ground  in  stopper  and  stopcock. . 3.00 


230 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


|P' 

< 

' 

iNo. 

28676 

28676. 

28680. 

28684. 

28688. 

28692. 

28696. 

28700. 

28704. 

28708. 

28712. 

28716. 

28720. 

28724. 

28728. 

28732. 

28736. 


VI 


No. 

28680 


No-  No. 

28684  28688 


28696  28700  28708 


Funnels,  Separatory,  bell  shape,  with  open  top. 

Capacity,  cc .  25  50  75  100 

Each . 80  1.00  1.10  U25 

Funnels,  Separatory,  cylindrical,  with  open  top. 

Capacity,  cc . 30  50  100  150  200  250 

Each . .90  1.00  T.T0  145  1.50  U75 

Funnels,  Separatory,  cylindrical,  with  ground  glass  stopper. 

Capacity,  cc .  30  50  100  150  200  250 

Each . 1.15  1.25  1.35  X50  1775  2700 

Funnel,  Separatory,  cylindrical,  with  ground  glass  stopper  and  short  stem,  of  stout  glass. 

Capacity,  cc . 500  1000 

Each .  240  7h25 

Funnel,  Separatory,  cylindrical,  with  ground  glass  stopper  and  short  stem,  exactly  like  No.  28688  but 
graduated. 

Capacity,  cc . ’ .  500  1000 

Each . 4.00  5.00 

Funnel,  Separatory,  cylindrical,  graduated,  with  glass  stopper  and  air  vent. 

Capacity,  cc .  100  250 

Each .  2.00  3.00 

Funnels,  Separatory,  pear  shape,  with  ground  glass  stopper. 

Capacity,  cc .  30  60  125  250  500  1000  2000 

Each .  1.00  1.10  1.20  1.50  2.00  3.40  5.00 

Funnels,  Separatory,  same  as  No.  28700  but  with  air  vent  in  stopper. 

Capacity,  cc .  125  250  500  1000  2000 

Each . . .  1.50  2.00  2.50  3.90  540 

Funnel,  Separatory,  for  ether  separation  in  nickel  determinations.  The  outlet  stem  is  moderately 
long  and  of  small  caliber  so  as  to  hold  a  column.  Specially  designed  for  use  in  iron  and  steel 

laboratories.  Capacity,  160  cc —  . . . ; . : . . .  1.75 

Funnel,  Separatory,  for  nickel  determinations,  as  described  in  Blair’s  “Analysis  of  Iron  and  Steel,”  7th 

Ed.,  p.  191 .  3.00 

Funnels,  Separatory,  Squibb,  with  ground  glass  stopper. 

Capacity,  cc .  125 _ 250 _ 500 

Each . . .  1.50  1.80  2.40 

Funnel,  Separatory,  for  sulphonation  test  of  creosote,  as  used  in  the  Forest  Service  of  the  U.  S.  Depart¬ 
ment  of  Agriculture.  With  graduated  tube  above  the  bulb.  Capacity  125  cc .  3.00 

Funnel,  Separatory,  LaWall,  for  preventing  the  formation  of  emulsions  in  shaking  out  with  im¬ 
miscible  solvents.  See  Journal  of  American  Pharmaceutical  Association,  April,  191f,  p.  ^ 98 . 
The  liquid  to  be  extracted  is  placed  in  one  bulb,  with  sufficient  water  to  completely  fill 
the  bulb  and  the  immiscible  solvent  is  placed  in  the  second  bulb.  By  inclining  the  apparatus, 
with  the  lighter  of  the  two  solvents  in  the  lower  bulb,  extraction  is  easily  accomplished  by  the 
passing  of  the  liquids  through  the  construction  between  the  bulbs.  Recommended  for  use  in 
the  assay  process  for  alkaloidal  fluid  extracts. 

Capacity  of  bulbs,  cc . .  _ _ _ Irr 

Each .  1*50  160  !-75 

Funnel,  Straus,  for  estimating  lactic  acid  in  gastric  juice;  with  glass  stopcock .  1.25 

Funnel,  Dropping,  Walter,  for  examining  single  drops.  Capacity,  60  cc. . . . . . . . . . . .  •  •  •  •  140 

Funnel  Attachment,  for  use  in  filling  test  tubes,  flasks,  etc.  It  prevents  contact  of  fluid  with  the 
surface  of  vessel  being  filled  so  that  the  latter  remains  clean  for  the  insertion  of  cotton  plug^ 
Including  rubber  tubing  and  pinchcock . 50 


231 


R 


H  U  R 


H. 


H  O  M 


O  M 


N 


5  Y  0 


No. 

28752 


No. 

28756 


No. 

28760 


No.  28772 


28740. 

28744. 

28748. 

28752. 

28756. 

28760. 

28764. 

28768. 

28772. 

28776. 

28780. 


Funnel  Tubes, 

Each . 

Funnel  Tubes,  straight,  with  thistle  top. 

Each . 

Funnel  Tubes,  with  loop  and  conical  top. 

Each . . 

Funnel  Tubes,  with  loop  and  thistle  top. 

Each . 

Funnel  Tube,  with  loop,  one  bulb  and  conical  top.  Lengt 

“  same  as  No.  28756  but  with  thistle  top. ._ _ 

with  double  loop  and  one  bulb  on  each  side. 


straight,  with'conical  top.  Length,  mm. 

Length,  mm... 
Length,  mm. . . 
Length,  mm. . . 


200 


250 


300 


400 


.10 

200 


.10 

250 


.12 

300 


.14 

400 


.07 


.08 

200 


.10 

300 


.12 

400 


Funnel  Support,  for  holding  funnels  on  beaker. 
Each . 


.16 

.20 

.25 

200 

300 

400 

.15 

.16 

.20 

..  .25 

>;  length 

i . . . . 

300  mm. . . 

..  .25 

..  .25 

Diameter,  mm 


65 

80 

100 

120 

.20 

.25 

.35 

.40 

.  .30 

i .  1.00 

No.  28784 


No.  28788 


No.  28796 


No.  28800 


28784. 

28788. 

28792. 

28796. 

28800. 


Funnel  Support,  of  wood,  for  one  funnel .  .90 

1.50 


“  two  funnels,  one  on  each  side . 75 

“  “  “  both  on  one  side . 70 

“  four  funnels,  two  on  each  side . 90 


28804. 

28808. 


No.  28804 

Funnel  Support,  of  wood,  improved  pattern 
Each 


.  2.75  4.50 

Support,  Schultz,  of  brass,  nickel  plated,  adjustable  in  length  from  40  cm  to  120  cm  and 
adaptable  to  from  1  to  20  simultaneous  filiations;  with  12  triangular  funnel  supports .  15.00 


232 


ARTHUR 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


28812.  Funnel  Support,  of  wood  for  six  funnels  in  one  row,  with  slotted  holes .  2.00 

28816.  “  “  “  “  “  twelve  funnels,  six  in  each  row,  with  slotted  holes .  4.50 

28820.  Funnel  Support,  Leach,  for  separatory  funnels . . . . .  6.00 

28824.  “  “  for  four  funnels,  of  wood  with  metal  clamp,  for  attaching  to  support . 50 

28828.  Funnel  Support,  revolving  form,  a  very  convenient  new  model. . . . .  25.00 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


28900.  Furnace,  Fletcher  Crucible  No.  15,  for  operation  without  blast.  Takes  crucibles  up  to  4  x  3f  inches. 

For  operation  with  either  illuminating  gas,  natural  gas  or  gasoline  gas.  Requires  i  inch  diame¬ 
ter  gas  feed  pipe.  Price  includes  6  ft.  of  pipe,  a  No.  3  clay  crucible,  clay  cylinder  and  tongs  16.00 
28904.  Furnace,  Fletcher  Crucible  No.  40,  for  illuminating  gas  only.  Requires  blast  from  foot  blower  such 
as  No.  21968  and  f  inch  gas  supply  pipe.  Takes  No.  00  clay  crucible.  Complete  with  one 

No.  00  crucible,  but  without  foot  blower . 3.50 

28908.  Furnace,  Fletcher  Crucible  No.  40a,  Injector.  For  use  with  illuminating  gas,  natural  gas  or  gasoline 
gas.  Requires  f  inch  supply  pipe  and  takes  a  No.  00  clay  crucible.  May  be  used  with  foot 
blower  No.  21968  and,  where  regular  gas  supply  is  not  available,  with  gasoline  gas  generator 

Complete  with  one  No.  00  clay  crucible,  but  without  foot  blower .  4.00 

28912.  Furnace,  Fletcher  Crucible  Kerosene  Blast  No.  40B,  for  use  with  refined  petroleum  or  kerosene  oil. 

Requires  foot  blower  No.  21968  and  takes  No.  00  clay  crucible.  Complete  with  one  No.  00 

clay  crucible  but  without  foot  blower .  5.50 

28916.  Furnace,  Fletcher  Crucible  Kerosene  Blast  No.  41E,  similar  to  No.  28912  but  larger.  Complete  with 

one  No.  1  clay  crucible  and  two  burners,  but  without  foot  blower .  10.50 

28920.  Furnace,  Fletcher  Crucible  Kerosene  Blast,  similar  to  No.  28916  but  larger.  Complete  with  one 
No.  3  clay  crucible  and  three  burners,  but  without  foot  blower .  13.00 


28924. 


Furnace,  Fletcher  Combined  Muffle  and  Crucible  No. 
141,  for  use  with  illuminating  gas,  natural  gas  or 
gasoline  gas.  Requires  foot  blower  No.  21968 
and  1  inch  bore  supply  pipe.  Takes  a  No.  3 
crucible  or  a  muffle  3f  x  2J  x  6J  inches,  or,  when 
used  as  a  crucible  furnace  only,  takes  a  No.  6 
crucible.  Complete  with  muffle  and  one  No.  3 
clay  crucible,  but  without  foot  blower .  11.00 


No.  28924 


234 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  28928 


No.  28938-40 


28928.  Furnace,  Fletcher  Muffle,  for  exact  temperatures  not  exceeding  that  of  the  fusing  point  of  copper. 

For  use  with  illuminating  gas,  natural  gas  or  gasoline  gas.  Complete  with  muffle,  dome,  cru¬ 
cible  tongs  and  6  ft.  of  pipe. 

Number .  3  4  5  6 

Muffle  space,  inches .  5J  x  5f  x  5f  71x61x51  8f  x  7f  x  6f  10|  x  9j  x  8f 

Bore  of  gas  pipe,  inches .  5  f  1  1 

Each .  17.00  22.00  35.00  45.00 

28932.  Extra  Domes  or  Muffles,  each .  1.00  1.25  1.50  2.50 

28936.  Furnace,  Assayer’s  Combination,  Brown,  fully  described  in  “ Manual  of  Assaying  Gold,  Silver,  Copper 
and  Lead  Ores.”  For  use  with  illuminating  gas,  natural  gas  or  gasoline  gas.  Consists  of 
three  furnaces;  the  one  on  the  left  for  roasting  sulphurets,  the  center  one  for  crucible  fusions, 
taking  a  plumbago  crucible  4  inches  high  by  3f  inches  in  diameter,  and  the  one  on  the  right  for 
scorification  and  cupellation.  Complete  with  plumbago  fittings,  chimney  pipe,  horizontal  gas 
pipe  and  three  f  inch  taps,  as  illustrated,  but  without  vertical  gas  pipe,  fire-brick  covered  bench 


or  rubber  tubing .  57.00 

28940.  Fire-Brick  Covered  Bench,  extra .  32.00 


Furnace,  Wiesnegg  Muffle,  original 
French  make,  for  incinera¬ 
tion.  As  supplied  by  us  to 
the  Food  Laboratories  of  the 
U.  S.  Department  of  Agri¬ 
culture,  etc.  Muffle  dimen¬ 
sions  115  x  70  x  165  mm. 

Complete  with  muffle  and  5 

gas  burners .  16.00 

Extra  Muffles,  each.. .  .75 

Combustion  Furnace,  Fletcher,  for 
ordinary  gasoline  or  natural 
gas.  For  high  temperatures 
it  should  be  used  with  Foot 
Blower  No.  21952  or  other 
form  of  blast. 

Length  of  furnace,  inches 
12  18  24 

Each.  124)0  16.00  20.00 

Extra  Fire-Clay  Tiles,  6  inches 
long,  for  use  with  Furnace 
No.  28952.  Each . 50 

No.  28944  No-  28952 


235 


ARTHUR 


T  H  O  M  A  S 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  28960 


No.  28964 


28960. 


28964. 


28968. 

28972. 

28976. 


Combustion  Furnace,  von  Babo-Erlenmeyer,  a  widely  used  and  satisfactory  model.  With  Bunsen 
burners  with  both  stopcock  and  air  regulator. 

Number  of  burners .  10  15  20  :  i 

Length  of  heating  surface,  cm .  25  35  45  'SO 

Each .  2(h00  25.00  30.00  38.00 


Combustion  Furnace,  Glaser,  with  burners  of  the  Finkener  type  with  stopcock  and  air  regulator. 
Burner  system  is  adjustable  both  vertically  and  horizontally  and,  by  a  special  arrangement  of 
the  tiles  and  burners,  a  uniformly  long  surface  is  heated  by  each  burner  so  that  only  20  burners 


are  required  to  heat  an  80  cm  surface. 

Number  of  burners .  10  15 

Length  of  heating  surface,  cm .  38  56  '  s 

Each .  35^00  407oF  50.00 

Extra  Side  Tiles  for  Furnace  No.  28964.  Each . 25 

“  Top  “  “  “  “  28964.  Each .  .35 

“  Clay  Gutters  for  Furnace  No.  28964.  Each . 20 


No.  28980  No.  28984 


28980.  Furnace,  Freas  Tube,  with  electric  heating  and  control.  Recommended  as  a  safeguard  against  untimely 
explosions  so  frequent  with  gas  heated  furnaces,  due  to  fluctuating  gas  pressure,  etc.  The  front 
of  the  furnace  is  fitted  with  a  cast  iron  frame  with  four  iron  tubes  25  inches  long  and  1£  inches 
in  diameter,  set  in  and  properly  supported.  The  iron  frame  is  also  provided  with  a  heavy  metal 
hood  to  prevent  contents  of  the  tubes  causing  personal  injury  in  case  of  an  explosion.  The 
indicator  of  the  furnace  is  graduated  for  temperatures  up  to  200°  C.,  but  can  be  furnished  for 

other  temperatures  when  desired .  85.00 

28984.  Furnace,  Explosion,  Carius,  for  five  20-inch  tubes.  Tubes  may  be  used  up  to  1J  inches  outside 
diameter .  15.00 


236 


28992. 

28996. 

29000. 

29004. 

29008. 


No.  29020  No.  28988 

28988.  Combustion  Furnace,  Hoskins  Electric,  Type  FA,  for  temperatures  up  to  1000°  C.  Operates  on  110  or  220 
volts,  A.  C.  or  D.  C.  Life  of  heating  element  about  1000  hours  if  operating  temperature  is  kept 
down  to  1000°C.  or  below  by  means  of  rheostat.  Immediate  renewals  can  be  made  by  the  user  with 
repair  parts  we  supply  at  prices  below.  Voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering.  Widely  used  for  the 
determination  of  carbon  in  steel  by  the  combustion  method  as  in  the  Vanier  Train,  p.  150. 
Heating  compartment  is  12  inches  long  x  1£  inches  in  diameter.  These  furnaces  should  aiwaj^s 
be  used  with  Rheostat  for  exact  temperature  control  and  to  avoid  burning  out.  Without 

rheostat . 25.00 

Combustion  Furnace,  as  above,  but  with  rheostat .  33.00 

Alundum  Tube,  only .  2.10 

Heating  Unit . 2.00 

Alundum  Tube  Wound  with  Nickel  Chromium  wire .  7.00 

Combustion  Furnace,  Hoskins  Electric,  Type  FB,  for  A.  C.  only.  Operates  on  low  voltages,  from  io  to  50, 
which  are  most  satisfactorily  obtained  by  stepping  down  alternating  currents  by  means  of  a  trans¬ 
former.  Regularly  supplied  for  use  on  110,  220  or  440  volts,  25  or  60  cycle  lines.  Maximum  work¬ 
ing  temperature  1100°  C.  at  which  the  life  of  the  furnace  is  about  1000  hours.  Specially  designed 
for  continuous  operation.  Power  consumption  1000  watts.  Heating  chamber  is  11  inches  long  by 
1  inch  in  diameter.  Voltage  and  number  of  cycles  must  be  specified  in  ordering.  Without  rheo¬ 
stat  or  transformer .  30.00 

29010.  Combustion  Furnace,  as  above,  but  with  rheostat  and  transformer  for  60  cycle,  A.  C .  55.00 

29012.  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  25  “  “  .  65.00 

29016.  Extra  heating  unit .  4.10 

29020.  Temperature  Regulator  and  Recorder  for  Electric  Furnaces,  Thwing;  automatically  controls  the  tem¬ 
perature  of  electric  furnaces  and  records  the  temperature  every  minute  (or  oftener,  if  desired) 
proving  the  efficiency  of  control  and  supplying  an  absolute  record  as  to  the  temperature  at  which 
the  work  is  done.  Adapted  to  any  type  of  electric  furnace.  Circuit  made  and  broken  by  relay 
switch,  there  being  no  contacts  made  or  broken  in  the  instrument.  Control  outfit  also  built  for 
Thwing  or  other  indicating  pyrometers.  Recorder  and  Controller,  without  thermocouple, 

(which  must  be  selected  for  the  range  desired)  or  furnace  as  shown  in  illustration .  165.00 

29024.  Indicator  and  Controller,  only .  115.00 

29028.  Controller  only .  75.06 


237 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  29033 


No.  29044 


No.  29041 


29032. 

29033. 

29034. 


29036. 

29037. 

29038. 


29040. 

29041. 

29042. 

29044. 


Combustion  Furnace,  Heraeus,  Type  A.  Wound  with  platinum  ribbon  for  a  maximum  temperature  of 
1400°  C.  The  inside  diameter  of  the  tube  is  20  mm.  Voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering. 


Prices  include  platinum.  Length  of  heating  tube,  cm .  22  44  60 

Furnace  only,  without  rheostat .  47.50  63.00  72.50 

“  with  rheostat  for  110  volts .  61.50  85.00  98.10 

“  “  “  “  220  “  .  85.00  98.10 


Combustion  Furnace,  Heraeus,  Type  B,  exactly  same  as  No.  29032  but  with  tube  30  mm  inside  diameter 


and  maximum  temperature  of  1350°  C.  Length  of  heating  tube,  cm. .  20  30  40  60 

Furnace  only,  without  rheostat . .  57.00  69.00  78.50  90.50 

“  with  rheostat  for  110  volts .  72.00  91.00  104.10  124.50 

“  “  “  “  220  “  .  91.00  104.10  124.50 


Combustion  Furnace,  Heraeus,  for  Reactions  in  Vacuum  or  in  Gases  other  than  Air.  This  is  a  platinum 

wound  furnace  of  the  same  type  as  No.  29032  and  No.  29036  but  with  larger  internal  chamber 
so  that  a  special  tube  with  closed  end  may  be  inserted.  One  end  of  the  tube  is  provided  with 
connections  for  the  thermo-couple  of  a  pyrometer  and  the  other  end  with  a  mica  observation 
window  and  inlet  and  outlet  tubes  for  the  gases.  Tubes  can  be  used  of  Royal  Berlin  porcelain, 
glazed  inside  and  outside,  opaque  fused  silica  or  Marquardt  mass.  For  temperatures  under 
1000°  C.  the  Royal  Berlin  glazed  porcelain  tubes  are  recommended  as  being  more  likely  to  be 
entirely  gas  tight. We  guarantee  none  of  the  tubes  to  be  absolutely  gas  tight  under  all  conditions. 
With  silica  or  Marquardt  tubes  a  temperature  of  1300°  C.  can  be  obtained.  Prices  include  a 
suitable  tube  of  Royal  Berlin  porcelain  with  the  end  fittings  as  shown  in  illustration  but  do 
not  include  pyrometer  or  thermo-couple.  Inside  diameter  of  the  tube  is  1^  inches. 

Length  of  heatings  surface,  cm .  30  60 

Furnace,  without  rheostat .  93.25  142.50 

“  with  110  volt  rheostat .  127.25  185.00 

“  “  220  “  “  .  127.25  185.00 


Combustion  Furnace,  Heraeus,  for  Organic  Analysis.  Consists  of  two  mutually  independent  fur¬ 
naces  mounted  on  wheels  which  operate  on  top  of  a  supporting  frame.  A  grooved  metal  trough 
extends  through  both  furnaces  and  carries  a  combustion  tube  which  should  be  about  90  cm  in 
length.  Each  furnace  is  provided  with  a  separate  rheostat.  The  larger  furnace  is  35  cm  in  length 
and  will  cover  a  charge  of  copper  oxide  about  25  cm  long.  Prices  include  platinum. 


Voltage .  110 _ 220 

Each .  135.00  124.50 


238 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


i 


;i 


29048.  Combustion  Furnace,  Heraeus-Dennstedt,  for  elementary  organic  analysis.  See  Zeitschrift  fur  ange- 
wanclte  Chemie  1905,  18,  1134.  For  110  volts  the  furnace  takes  about  16  grams  of  platinum  and 
the  220  volt  takes  about  8  grams.  This  is  not  included  in  the  price  and  is  added  to  the  cost  of 
the  furnace  at  market  price.  The  glassware  and  supports  constituting  the  train  after  Denn- 
stedt  are  not  included  in  the  price  nor  is  the  combustion  tube.  Furnace  only,  for  either  110  or 

220  volts,  Duty  Free .  82.50 

29052.  Complete  Set  of  Glass  Parts,  rubber  connections  and  supports  for  above,  outfit  to  be  arranged  as 
'  shown  in  illustration.  Duty  Free .  27.00 


FA  101 

2x2| 

FA  103 

4x4 

FA  104 

5x5 

18.00 

40.00 

60.00 

23.00 

48.00 

70.00 

1.00 

2.00 

4.00 

1.00 

2.00 

3.00 

4.00 

8.00 

13.00 

No.  29056  No.  29060 

Furnace,  Electric,  Hoskins  Crucible  Type  FA,  for  operation  between  a  minimum  of  316°  C  and  a  maxi¬ 
mum  of  1000°  C,  for  either  110  or  220  volts  alternating  or  direct  current.  Life  of  the  heating 
element  of  nickel  chromium  about  1000  hours  if  operating  temperature  is  kept  at  maximum  or 
below  by  means  of  rheostat  which  should  always  be  used  in  connection  with  the  furnace  for 
safety  as  to  burn  outs  and  accurate  control.  Power  consumption  of  No.  101  is  450  Watts  and  of 
No.  103  is  1000  Watts.  Voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering. 

Number .  FA  101 

Internal  dimensions  of  chamber,  inches .  2  x  2\ 

29056.  Furnace  only . 

29057.  Furnace  with  rheostat . 

Alundum  Core  only . 

Heating  Unit . 

Core  wound  with  wire . 

Furnace,  Electric,  Hoskins  Crucible  Type  FB,  for  alternating  current  only,  for  operation  at  a  maxi¬ 
mum  of  1100°  C  continuously  with  great  economy  of  energy.  They  operate  only  on  low  volt¬ 
ages,  i.  e.  10  to  55,  varying  with  the  size  of  the  Furnace  and  which  is  more  satisfactorily  obtained 
by  stepping  down  by  means  of  a  special  transformer.  Voltage  and  number  of  cycles  must  be 
specified  in  ordering. 

Number .  FB  101 

Inside  dimensions  of  chamber,  inches .  H  x  If 

29060.  Furnace  only .  18.00 

29061.  Furnace  with  Rheostat  and  Transformer,  60  cycles .  41.00 

29062.  Furnace  with  Rheostat  and  Transformer,  25  cycles 

Extra  Heating  Units . 

Note  Regarding  Use  of  Hoskins  Type  FA  Furnaces 
All  Hoskins  Type  FA  Furnaces  are  wound  so  that  when  connected  to  the  proper  voltage  (110 
or  220  volts  alternating  or  direct)  which  is  always  stamped  on  the  name  plate,  they  will  reach  the  maxi¬ 
mum  safe  working  temperature  of  1832°  F  or  1000°  C  in  approximately  one  hour.  The  Type  FA  Tube 
and  Crucible  Furnaces  require  approximately  40  minutes  to  reach  this  temperature.  If  these  fur¬ 
naces  are  left  on  the  full  line  voltage  after  they  have  reached  1832°  F  the  temperature  will  continue 
to  increase  and  the  resistance  element  will  consequently  burn  out  in  a  short  time.  To  guard  against 
this,  a  rheostat  should  always  be  connected  in  series  with  the  furnace,  and  after  the  furnace  has  reached 
the  desired  working  temperature  the  rheostat  handle  should  be  turned  back  part  of  the  way  toward 
the  starting  position.  The  proper  point  at  which  to  set  the  rheostat  handle  in  order  to  maintain  any 
desired  temperature  may  readily  be  determined  by  trial.  Where  the  furnace  is  frequently  operated 
at  the  same  temperature  it  is  convenient  to  make  a  mark  on  the  rheostat  at  the  proper  point  for  main¬ 
taining  this  temperature,  and  after  furnace  has  reached  the  proper  temperature  the  rheostat  handle 
can  be  set  at  the  mark  and  left  there,  thus  insuring  that  the  proper  temperature  will  not  be  exceeded. 


.  FB  101 

.  lj  x  If 

FB  102 

2x2! 

FB  105 

4x6 

18.00 

20.00 

60.00 

41.00 

45.00 

109.00 

51.00 

55.00 

122.50 

3.00 

4.00 

8.00 

239 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  29064 


No.  29068 — Rear  View  of  Type  FB202 


No.  29068 


No.  29068— FB206 


Furnace,  Electric,  Hoskins  Muffle  Type  FA,  general  specifications  the  same  as  above  with  the  exception 
of  shape.  FA  201  consumes  1100  Watts  and  FA  204  consumes  4150  Watts.  Voltage  must  be 
specified  in  ordering. 

--  -  “  -  -  -  '  —  FA  204 

7\  x  5\  x  11 

80.00 
110.00 
7.00 
10.50 

.  .  .  . .  .  .  .  28.00 

Furnace,  Electric,  Hoskins  Muffle  Type  FB,  operating  within  the  same  limits  as  Type  FB  Crucible 
Furnaces  above.  The  control  on  the  small  size  FB  202  is  by  means  of  rheostat  with  transformer 
but  in  all  of  the  larger  sizes  is  accomplished  by  means  of  regulating  transformer  only.  Furnaces 
FB  206  and  FB  207  are  furnished  on  wire  stand  as  shown  in  illustration. 

Number .  FB  202  FB  204  FB  206  FB  207 

Inside  dimensions  of  chamber,  inches. ...  4}  x  3  x  9  7f  x  5  x  12^  12  x  8  x  19  12  x  8  x  26 

Number  of  Heating  Units .  10  10  14  14 


Number . 

FA  201 

FA  202 

FA  203 

Inside  dimensions  of  chamber,  inches. . . 

x  2J  x  5 

4j  x  3  x  8 

5|  x  3|  x  9 

29064. 

Furnace  only . 

35.00 

50.00 

65.00 

29065. 

Furnace  with  rheostat . 

43.00 

60.00 

85.00 

Alundum  Muffle  only . 

2.50 

4.00 

5.00 

Heating  Unit . 

2.50 

4.00 

6.00 

Muffle  wound  with  wire . 

9.00 

13.50 

18.00 

29068. 

Furnace  only . 

60.00 

95.00 

250.00 

300.00 

29069. 

Furnace  with  Rheostat  and 
cycles . 

Transformer, 

60 

116.00 

190.00 

422.00 

486.00 

29070. 

Furnace  with  Rheostat  and 
cycles . 

Transformer, 

25 

132.50 

210.00 

481.00 

554.00 

Heating  Units,  each. . . . 

1.00 

2.00 

3.00 

4.00 

Note  Regarding  Use  of  Hoskins  Type  FB  Furnaces 
Hoskins  Type  FB  Furnaces  which  are  operated  in  connection  with  rheostat  control,  i.  e.,  Type  FB 
101,  102,  105,  202  and  301  are  controlled  in  the  same  manner  as  Type  FA  Furnaces,  the  use  of  the  trans¬ 
former  with  the  above  mentioned  Type  FB  Furnaces  being  simply  for  the  purpose  of  stepping 
down  the  line  voltage  to  the  proper  pressure  for  these  furnaces. 


240 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Nos.  29076  and  29080 


29072. 


29076. 


Furnace,  Electric  Arc,  Moissan  Type,  new  model  for  experimental  work.  Current  consumption  100 
amperes  at  50-60  volts.  Accommodates  a  crucible  50  mm  high  by  45  mm  diameter  or  a  dish 
35  mm  high  by  28  ram  diameter.  Without  cables. 

Duty  Free .  49.50  Duty  Paid . . 

Accessories 

1  pair  Cables,  150  cm  long,  with  connections . 

Extra  per  meter  per  pair  when  cables  longer  than  above  are  required 

Carbon  Electrodes,  350  x  22  mm,  per  pair . 

Carbon  Crucible  with  depression  for  electrodes . 

Magnesite  Crucible . 

Magnesia  Crucible . 

Carbon  Dish . 

Magnesite  Dish . 

Magnesia  Dish . 

Note— Duty  Free  prices  are  extended  on  Accessories  only  when  they  are  ordered  in  connection  with 
the  Furnace  and  complete  outfit. 

Furnace,  Electric  Arc,  Moissan  Type,  new  model  with  carbon  adjustment.  Current  consumption  100 
amperes  at  50-60  volts.  Will  accommodate  a  dish  100  mm  in  diameter  by  55  mm  high.  With¬ 
out  cables. 

Duty  Free .  87.40  Duty  Paid .  115.00 


. 65.00 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

11.40 

15.00 

2.85 

3.75 

.45 

.60 

.27 

.35 

.30 

.40 

.60 

.80 

.27 

.35 

.27 

.35 

.60 

.75 

29080. 


Duty  Free 
11.40 
2.85 
4.50 
.35 
.45 
.95 
.60 

200  amperes  at 


Duty  Paid 
15.00 
3.75 
6.00 
.45 
.60 
1.25 
.75 
50-60 


29084. 


Accessories 

1  pair  of  Cables,  150  cm  long,  with  connections . 

Extra  per  meter  per  pair  when  cables  longer  than  above  are  required 

Screen  of  colored  glass . 

Carbon  Dish,  100  mm  diameter . 

Magnesite  Dish,  “  “  “  . 

Magnesia  Dish,  “  “  “  . . . 

Carbon  Electrodes,  500  x  22  mm,  per  pair . 

Furnace,  Electric  Arc,  same  as  No.  29076  but  with  a  current  consumption  of 
volts.  Without  cables. 

Duty  Free .  136.80  Duty  Paid .  180.00 

Accessories 

1  pair  of  Cables,  150  cm  long,  with  connections . . 

Extra  per  meter  per  pair,  when  cables  longer  than  above  are  required . 

Screen  of  colored  glass . 

Carbon  Dish,  100  mm  diameter . 

Magnesite  Dish  “  “  “  . 

Magnesia  “  “  “  “  . . 

Carbon  Electrodes,  500  x  40  mm,  per  pair . . 

Furnace,  Electric  Arc,  for  Continuous  Operation,  for  the  handling  of  oxides  difficult  to  reduce,  such  as 
chrome  oxide,  etc.,  as  well  as  more  or  less  infusible  metals.  The  oven  may  be  filled  through 
the  funnel  at  the  top  and  emptied  through  the  spout  at  the  side.  Dimensions  of  melting  chamber 
140  x  100  mm.  For  current  consumption  of  100  to  150  jamperes  at  50-60  volts 

Duty  Free . 95.00 

Accessories 

1  pair  of  Cables,  150  cm  long,  with  connections . . .  16.00 

Extra  per  meter  per  pair  when  cables  longer  than  above  are  required. . 

Colored  Glasses  with  one  pair  of  extra  glass  discs . 

Crucible  of  Carbon,  with  outlet  tube . 

“  “  Magnesite,  with  outlet  tube . 

Upper  Carbon  Electrodes,  500  x  30  mm . 

Lower  “  “  300  x  40  mm . . . 


Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

19.75 

26.00 

9.50 

12.50 

4.50 

6.00 

.35 

.45 

.45 

.60 

.95 

1.25 

1.60 

2.00 

....  125.00 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

16.00 

21.00 

4.50 

6.00 

1.35 

1.75 

3.80 

5.00 

4.50 

6.00 

.45 

.60 

.60 

.75 

241 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  29084 


No.  29088 


No.  29092 


29088.  Furnace,  Electric  Arc,  for  distillations  of  phosphorus  and  various  metals.  The  distillate  is  taken 
off  through  the  side  tube  and  the  remaining  material  after  the  removal' of  the  lid.  For  current 
consumption  of  100  to  150  amperes  at  50-60  volts.  Dimensions  of  melting  space  140  x  100  mm. 
Without  cables. 

Duty  Free .  171.00  Duty  Paid .  225.00 

Accessories 

1  pair  of  cables,  150  cm  long,  with  connections . 

Extra  per  meter  per  pair,  when  cables  longer  than  above  are  re¬ 
quired . . 

Crucible  of  Carbon . 

“  “  Magnesite . 

Upper  Carbon  Electrodes,  750  x  30  mm,  per  pair . 

Lower  “  “  300  x  40  mm,  per  pair . 

29092.  Furnace,  Electric  Arc,  Vacuum  or  Pressure,  or  for  operation  with  gases  other  than  air. 
sumption  100  to  150  amperes  at  50-60  volts.  Without  cables. 

Duty  Free .  285.00  Duty  Paid .  375.00 

Accessories 

1  pair  of  Cables,  150  cm  long,  with  connections . 

Extra  per  meter  per  pair,  when  cables  longer  than  above  are  required . 

Carbon  Crucible,  70  x  60  mm . 

Carbon  Electrodes,  450  x  25  mm.  each . . 


Duty  Free 

Duty  P»id 

16.00 

21.00 

4.50 

6.00 

3.80 

5.00 

4.50 

6.00 

.55 

.70 

.60 

.75 

r  than  air. 

Current  con- 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

16.00 

21.00 

4.50 

6  00 

.35 

.45 

.40 

.55 

No.  29096 

29096.  Furnace,  Arsein  Electric  Vacuum,  as  used  in  the  Research  Laboratories  of  the  General  Electric  Com¬ 
pany,  U.  S.  Bureairof  Standards,  etc.  Sizes  and  descriptions  of  various  installations  on  request. 


242 


No.  29100 

Large  Furnace  with  Top  and  Cover  removed 
and  Heater  Unit  disconnected 


Cascade  Attachment  for  Large  Furnace  taken  apart 


No.  23100 

Large  Furnace,  Assembled  and  Connected  with 
Special  Transformer 


Heater  Unit  of  Large  Furnace  Cascade  Attachment  Assembled 


FURNACES,  HIGH  TEMPERATURE  ELECTRIC,  NORTHRUP,  a  new  construction  of  electric  furnace  on  a  non- 
vacuum  principle  wherein  the  furnace  itself  develops  in  its  heating  chamber  an  atmosphere  of  carbon 
monoxide.  The  furnaces  consist  essentially  of  three  main  parts,  a  graphite  heater  unit,  an  inner  com- 
partment  of  moulded  refractory  material  into  which  the  heater  unit  fits,  and  an  outer  compartment 
filled  with  powdered  refractory  material,  with  outside  jacket  of  polished  monel  metal.  The  furnaces 
are  of  the  vertical  type  and  heating  chamber  in  the  large  model  is  a  tube  If  inches  internal  diameter  and 
12  inches  long,  and  in  the  small  model  1  inch  in  diameter  and  5£  inches  long.  The  Cascade  Attachment 
for  the  large  model  is  inserted  in  the  chamber  of  the  large  furnace  after  same  has  been  brought  to  a  high 
temperature  and  the  energy  from  the  same  transformer  transferred  by  means  of  switch  to  the  heating 
element  of  the  attachment.  The  resistor-unit  of  the  Cascade  Attachment  consists  of  a  tube  of  re- 
graphitized  Acheson  graphite  containing  a  crucible  11  mm  internal  diameter  and  70  mm  deep.  These 
furnaces  operate  only  on  alternating  current  of  low  voltage. 

Transformer  for  Large  Model— This  is  specially  made  for  a  primary  of  110,  220,  220  or  240  volts  with 
five  taps  offs  on  its  winding  and  a  switch  whereby  the  secondary  voltage  may  be  regulated  as 
many  steps  for  a  variety  of  temperatures.  Capacity  4  K.  W.  for  continuous  operation  and  avail¬ 
able  for  short  intervals  at  a  greater  load. 

Transformer  for  Small  Model — Capacity  1.5  K.  W.  continuously  or  3  Iv.  W.  for  30  minutes. 
Temperatures — For  the  large  model  a  working  temperature  of  over  1600°C.  is  not  recommended  al¬ 
though  an  occasional  use  at  the  temperature  of  melting  platinum,  1755°C.  is  possible.  With 
the  Cascade  Attachment  in  the  large  model  a  temperature  of  over  3000°C.  is  attained  throughout 
a  heating  space  of  15  cc.  The  small  model  may  be  safely  operated  at  temperatures  up  to  1800°C. 
Use — These  furnaces  have  been  developed  by  Dr.  Northrup  for  use  in  his  own  researches  upon  the 
electrical  conduction  of  matter  at  high  temperatures  but  they  have  a  great  variety  of  application 
between  1100°C.  and  1800°C.,  avoiding  the  inconvenience  and  expense  of  the  vacuum  type 
furnace  and  where  the  temperature  required  makes  the  use  of  platinum  wound  furnaces  impossi¬ 
ble.  No  contaminating  vapors  are  given  off  in  these  furnaces  and  their  perfect  black  body  tem¬ 
perature  makes  them  admirable  for  the  calibration  of  optical  pyrometers.  The  small  furnace 
is  particularly  adapted  for  melting  cylinders  or  cones  of  coal  ash  without  the  gradual  deterio¬ 
ration  of  the  heater  unit  by  vapors  given  off  by  the  material.  The  furnaces  are  well  adapted  to 
the  fusing  of  any  of  the  precious  metals  and  to  the  study  of  alloys  because  of  the  freedom  from 
contamination  during  the  process. 


243 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


29100. 

29104. 

29108. 

29116. 

29120. 

29124. 

29128. 


29132. 

29136. 

29140. 

29144. 

29146. 

29148. 

29152. 


Furnace,  Northrup,  High  Temperature  Electric,  Large  Model,  including  graphite-crucible-tube  with 
tongs  for  convenient  handling  and  one  cover  piece  for  Furnace.  Without  transformer..  360.00 

Special  Transformer  for  Large  Model,  4  K.W.  capacity  for  continuous  operation.  To  work  on  pri¬ 
mary  line  of  110,  120,  220  or  240  volts,  as  ordered.  The  secondary  voltage  is  regulated  in  five 
steps  by  tap  offs  from  the  primary  winding .  165.00 

Cascade  Attachment  for  Large  Model,  with  double-pole  double  throw  switch  with  two  pairs  of  flexible 

leads  with  connectors .  125.00 


Heater  Units  for  Large  Model,  of  standard  size  and  construction  and  ready  for  quick  connection.  .35.00 

Graphite-Crucible-Tube  for  Large  Model,  12|  inches  long  with  gV  inch  wall,  closed  at  bottom .  5.00 

Special  Tongs,  for  handling  graphite-crucible-tubes .  1.50 

Cylindrical  Graphite  Weights  for  Large  Model,  These  fit  in  the  graphite-crucible-tube  and  are  2  inches 
high.  They  are  convenient  for  use  in  building  up  load  to  bring  the  charge  to  any  desired  height 
from  the  bottom  of  the  Furnace.  Arranged  for  convenient  handling  by  special  tongs  listed 
above .  1.50 


Special  Refractory  Cylinders  for  Large  Model,  These  are  of  the  same  shape  and  serve  the  same 
purpose  as  the  Graphite  Cylinders.  They  will  not  shrink  or  expand  or  contaminate  the  charge 
and  have  very  high  insulation .  4.50 

Extra  Covers  for  Large  Model,  of  refractory  material  with  window  or  sight  hole  and  a  stopper  to  close 
same  when  necessary .  9.00 

Replaceable  Resistor  Units  for  Cascade  Attachment .  3.00 

Graphite-Crucible-Tubes  for  Cascade  Attachment .  1.50 

Furnace,  Northrup,  High  Temperature  Electric,  Small  Model,  with  one  graphite-crucible-tube  with 
tongs  for  handling,  furnace  cover  piece  and  one  compression  carbon  rheostat  for  insertion  in  the 
primary  for  close  control  of  the  voltage .  90.00 

Special  Transformer  for  Small  Model,  1§  K.W.  capacity  for  continuous  operation  or  3  K.W.  for  30 
minutes.  Primary  winding  to  order  for  110,  120,  220  or  240  volts.  This  transformer  is  not 
sold  separately  and  is  furnished  only  with  the  Small  Model  Furnace .  65.00 

Heater  Unit  for  Small  Model,  complete .  30.00 


References — 

“Resistivity  of  Copper  in  Temperature  Range  20°  C.  to  1450°  C.”  Journal  of  the  Franklin  Institute,  January,  1914. 

“A  New  High  Temperature  Furnace.”  Metallurgical  and  Chemical  Engineering,  January,  1914. 

“High  Temperature  Resistivity  of  Refractories;  a  New  Method  of  Measuring,  with  Results  for  Alundum.”  Metallurgical 

and  Chemical  Engineering,  February,  1914. 

“Temperature  and  the  Properties  of  Matter.”  Metallurgical  and  Chemical  Engineering,  June,  1912. 

"Molybdenum  and  Tungsten;  Their  Thermal  E.  M.  F.”  Metallurgical  and  Chemical  Engineering,  January,  1913. 
“Restivity  of  a  few  Metals  Thru  a  Wide  Range  of  Temperature.  Journal  of  the  Franklin  Institute,  February,  1913. 
“Some  Effects  of  Temperature  upon  the  Resistance  of  Graphite  and  Carbon."  Metallurgical  and  Chemical  Engineering, 

May,  1913. 

"Resistivity  of  Pure  Gold  in  Temperature  Range  20°  C.  to  1500°  C.”  Journal  of  the  Franklin  Institute.  March,  1914. 
“Resistivity  of  Brass;  Solid  and  Molten.”  Metallurgical  and  Chemical  Engineering,  March.  1914. 

“Cascade  Arrangement  for  Graphite  Furnaces.”  Metallurgical  and  Chemical  Engineering,  May,  1914. 


Complete  eight  page  circular,  showing  heating  curves,  etc.,  will  be  sent  upon  request. 


244 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  29156 

29156.  Fusel  Oil  Apparatus,  Bromwell,  with  stopcock  and  glass  stopper  in  accordance  with  the  requirements 
of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Bulletin  107,  revised .  3.50 


No.  29160  No.  29168  No.  29176 


29160. 


29164. 

29168. 


29172. 

29176. 


29180. 


29184. 

29188. 

29192. 

29196. 

29200. 

29208. 

29212. 

29216. 


29220. 


Gas  Analysis  Apparatus,  Orsat-Muencke,  for  the  determination  of  CO2,  CO  and  O,  particularly  in 
flue  and  furnace  gases.  Consisting  of  graduated  measuring  burette  with  water  jacket,  aspira¬ 
tor  bottle,  three  absorption  pipettes  and  manifold  tube  which  projects  through  the  upper  left- 
hand  side  of  the  case  and  which  is  provided  with  four  glass  stopcocks.  Complete  in  portable 

oak  case  of  durable  construction .  25.00 

Manifold  for  above  with  one  horizontal  and  three  vertical  stopcocks,  for  three  pipettes. . . .  8.00 

Gas  Analysis  Apparatus,  Orsat-Fischer.  This  apparatus  differs  from  the  Orsat-Muencke  only  in 
the  addition  of  a  drying  tube  inside  the  case  and  attached  to  the  manifold,  the  left-hand  end 
of  which  turns  down  to  make  this  connection  instead  of  projecting  through  the  wooden  case 

as  in  the  Orsat-Muencke.  For  three  pipettes .  25.00 

Manifold  for  above . .  ■  •  . .  ^.00 

Gas  Analysis  Apparatus,  Orsat-Lunge,  similar  in  arrangement  and  principle  to  the  Orsat-Muencke, 
but  with  four  pipettes  and  bent  palladium  tube  with  lamp  for  heating  same  for  separate  estima¬ 
tion  of  hydrogen,  and  also  drying  tube  on  outside  of  case.  Complete  in  portable  oak  case. .  34.00 

Manifold  for  above,  with  one  horizontal  stopcock  and  four  pipette  stopcocks .  10.00 

Note— The  pipettes,  measuring  burettes,  etc.,  for  the  three  proceeding  gas  analysis  apparatus 
are  standard  and  interchangeable  and  are  carried  in  stock  separately  as  follows : 

Measuring  Burette  only,  without  water  jacket .  3.00 

Water  Jacket  only,  for  measuring  burette . . . 75 

Absorption  Pipette,  plain . . .  2.00 

“  “  filled  with  glass  tubes . . .  2-50 

«  «  “  “  “  “  and  copper  spiral . . .  2.50 

Soft  Rubber  Bag  for  attaching  to  pipette . . . . . 50 

Rubber  Bulb,  of  black  acid-cured  rubber  with  double  valve  set  in  bone  fittings .  2.50 

Gas  Analysis  Apparatus,  Orsat-Dennis.  See  Journal  of  Industrial  and  Engineering  Chemistry,  V0I.4, 

No.  12.  Complete  with  measuring  burette  in  water  jacket,  aspirator  bottle,  manifold  tube  with 

one  horizontal  stopcock  and  three  pipette  stopcocks  and  the  new  patent  spiral  absorption 

pipettes  after  Friedrichs.  Complete  in  portable  case . . . . .  45.00 

Gas  Analysis  Apparatus,  Orsat-Allen  and  Moyer.  See  “Transactions  of  the  American  Society  of  Me¬ 
chanical  Engineers,”  Vol.  18,  p.  901,  and  “Power  Plant  Testing,  by  J  A.  Moyer,  Chapter 
IX,  1911.  The  distinctive  improvement  over  the  preceding  forms  of  Orsat  Apparatus  is  in  the 
substitution  of  hard  rubber  capillaries  for  glass  and  the  new  absorption  pipettes  which  are  easily 
removable  for  the  renewing  of  solutions .  25.00 


245 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


29280. 


29284. 


Gas  Analysis  Apparatus,  Lomschakow,  for  flue,  generator  and  mine  gases;  a  new  system  offering  the 
advantage  of  great  rapidity  of  operation,  quick  and  complete  absorption,  economy  of  reagents 
and  simple  and  convenient  cleaning.  See  Chemiker-Zeiiung,  Nr.  123,  1913.  With  three  absorp¬ 
tion  pipettes .  50.00 

Extra  Absorption  Pipettes,  each .  10.00 


No.  29288  No.  29296 

29288.  Gas  Analysis  Apparatus,  Williams  Patent,  Model  A  for  complete  analysis  of  combustible  gases.  For 
carbon  dioxide,  illuminants,  oxygen,  carbon  monoxide,  hydrogen,  methane  and  nitrogen.  Com¬ 
plete  in  portable  oak  case .  50.00 

29292.  Portable  Explosion  Coil,  with  batteries,  in  quartered  oak  case . . .  5.00 

29296.  Gas  Analysis  Apparatus,  Williams  Patent,  Model  B  for  flue  gas  analysis.  With  Williams’  special  bub¬ 
bling  pipettes.  For  carbon  dioxide,  oxygen  and  carbon  monoxide . . . 35.00 


246 


R 


H  U  R 


H  . 


H  O  M 


O  M 


N 


No.  29300 


No.  29308 


29300. 


No.  29316 

GAS  ANALYSIS  APPARATUS,  BURRELL,  U.  S.  BUREAU  OF  MINES  TYPE.  This  series  of  Gas  Analysis  Ap¬ 
paratus  is  made  in  accordance  with  the  original  drawings  furnished  us  by  the  Bureau  of  Mines  and  is  in 
exact  accordance  with  the  specifications  and  descriptions  in  Bulletin  42  of  the  Bureau  of  Mines,  The 
Sampling  and  ExaminatiorC'.of  Mine  Gases  and  Natural  Gas ,  Burrell  and  Seibert.  The  figure  numbers 
given  refer  to  illustrations  in  the  above  Bulletin.  Prices  on  individual  glass  parts  are  quoted  on  ap¬ 
plication.  All  connections  in  explosion  pipettes  are  of  No.  27  platinum  wire. 

Apparatus  for  the  Determination  of  Methane  in  Mine  Air,  Portable  Form,  Fig.  13  of  Bulletin  42.  Com¬ 
plete  in  wooden  case  with  sliding  doors,  rubber  tubing,  clamps,  etc .  17.00 

Complete  Set  of  Glass  Parts  only .  8.00 

Apparatus  for  the  Determination  of  Carbon  Dioxide  and  Methane  in  Mine  Air,  Portable  Form,  Fig.  14 
of  Bulletin  42.  Complete  with  rubber  tubing,  clamps,  etc.,  in  wooden  case  with  sliding  doors.  18.50 

Complete  Set  of  Glass  Parts  only .  9.00 

Apparatus  for  the  Approximate  Analysis  of  Mine  Air,  Portable  Form,  Fig.  16  of  Bulletin  42.  Pipettes  are 
filled  with  glass  tubes  not  shown  in  illustration.  Complete  in  wooden  case  with  sliding  doors  29.50 
Complete  Set  of  Glass  Parts  only .  17.00 


29304. 

29308. 


29312. 

29316. 


29320. 


29324. 


29328. 

29332. 


29336. 


No.  29332 

Apparatus  for  the  Exact  Analysis  of  Mine  Air  and  Flue  Gas,  Laboratory  Form,  Fig.  7  of  Bulletin  42. 

Complete  with  three  iron  supports,  rubber  tubing,  etc .  35.50 

Complete  Set  of  Glass  Parts  only . . . . .  21.50 

Apparatus  for  the  Exact  Determination  of  Methane,  Laboratory  Form,  Fig.  11  of  Bulletin.  Complete 

with  supports,  rubber  tqbing,  clamps,  etc . .  34.50 

Complete  Set  of  Glass  Parts  only .  20.00 


247 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


29340.  Apparatus  for  the  Exact  Determination  of  Carbon  Dioxide  and  Methane,  Laboratory  Form,  Fig.  15  of 


Bulletin  42.  Complete  with  iron  supports,  tubing,  etc .  33.50 

29344.  Complete  Set  of  Glass  Parts  only .  19.50 


No.  29364 


No.  29348 


No.  29356 


No.  29368 


29348. 

29352. 

29356. 

29360. 

29364. 

29368. 


Apparatus  for  Natural  Gas  Analysis,  Laboratory  Form,  Fig.  23  of  Bulletin.  Complete  with  four  iron 

supports,  rubber  tubing,  clamps,  etc .  45.00 

Complete  Set  of  Glass  Parts  only .  25.50 

Apparatus  for  Mixtures  containing  C02,  C2H4,  02,  CO,  H2,  CH4,  C2H6  and  N2,  Laboratory  Form,  Fig. 

17  of  Bulletin  42.  Complete  with  four  iron  supports,  tubing,  case,  etc .  56.00 

Complete  Set  of  Glass  Parts  only .  35.00 

Gas  Collecting  Tube,  Haldane,  with  three-way  stopcock  at  each  end,  capacity  70  cc . 4.00 

Gas  Absorption  Tube,  Blount,  for  moisture  and  carbon  dioxide.  See  Haldane  “Methods  of  Air  Analy¬ 
sis ” .  3.50 


No.  29372 


No.  29376 


29372.  Gas  Analysis  Apparatus,  Haldane,  Portable,  for  general  air  and  gas  analysis,  especially  designed  for 
physiological  investigations.  See  Journal  of  Physiology ,  Vol.  22,  1898  and  Fig.  10,  Haldane 
“Methods  of  Air  Analysis,’’  1912.  Complete  in  wooden  case,  with  rheostat  for  controlling  the 

current  to  the  platinum  spiral .  45.00 

29176.  Gas  Analysis  Apparatus,  Haldane,  for  the  determination  of  very  small  percentages  of  carbon  dioxide 
in  the  physiological  investigation  of  air  in  ordinary  rooms,  schools,  factories,  etc.  See  Journal 
of  Hygiene,  1901,  p.  109,  First  Report  of  the  Departmental  Committee  on  Factory  Ventilation, 
1902  and  Fig.  11,  Haldane  “ Methods  of  Air  Analysis,”  f912.  Complete  in  wooden  case. . .  32.00 
Official  English  Certificate  for  above .  10.00 


248 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  29392 


No.  29396 


29388.  Gas  Analysis  Apparatus,  Petersen-Palmquist  Anderson,  for  the  convenient,  and  exact  determination 
of  COj  in  air.  The  standard  apparatus  for  investigations  of  ventilating  and  other  sanitary  con¬ 
ditions  of  schools,  factories,  etc.  Complete  in  case .  50.00 

29392.  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  and  Ammonia  Apparatus,  Tutwiler,  Standard  U.  G.  I.  Form.  This  apparatus 
gives  direct  readings  in  grains  per  100  cu.  ft.  of  gas  of  H2S  or  NH3.  It  affords  a  simple  and 
accurate  method  for  determining  the  efficiency  of  the  condensing,  scrubbing  and  purifying  appa¬ 
ratus  in  gas  manufacture.  A  determination  may  be  made  in  less  than  three  minutes.  In  portable 

case,  with  chemicals  necessary  for  operation .  25.00 

29396.  Apparatus  for  Determining  Hydrogen  Sulphide  in  Gases,  Johnson,  Patented,  a  new  system  offering 
the  advantage  that  accurate  results  may  be  obtained  from  small  samples  of  gas  as  compared  with 

the  gravimetric  method  and  that  the  time  needed  for  a  test  is  greatly  shortened .  18.00 

29397.  Apparatus  as  above  but  in  case  with  necessary  reagents .  30.00 


No.  29400 


No.  29404 


29400.  Gas  Apparatus  for  the  Quantitative  Determination  of  Sulphur  and  Ammonia,  consisting  of  an 
ammonia  saturator  and  automatic  shut-off  meter  registering  from  of  a  cu.  ft.  to  100  cu.  ft. 

a  double  dry  governor  mounted  on  stand  and  a  London  Gas  Referee’s  sulphur  determination 
apparatus,  mounted  as  illustrated.  The  apparatus  conforms  to  the  latest  modifications  of  the 

Board  of  London  Gas  Referees . . .  115.00 

29404.  Sulphur  Determination  Apparatus,  only,  as  used  in  above  outfit,  complete  with  burner  and  support  15.00 


249 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  29432 


No.  2943G 


No.  29440  No.  29448 


No.  29452  No.  29456 


No.  29424  No.  29428 


No.  29464 


29408. 


29412. 

29416. 


29420. 

29424. 

29428. 

29432. 

29436. 


1 


3 


Gas  Bags,  oval,  of  pure  gum,  without  stopcock. 

Capacity*,  gallons . 

Each . .  1.50  2.00  2740  3.50  4.50 

Brass  Stopcock  for  above  gas  bags,  to  connect  with  tubing .  1.00 

Gas  Balance,  Lux,  for  the  automatic  determination  of  the  specific  gravity  of  gases.  In  glass  case  with 
levelling  screws  and  spirit  level. 

Duty  Free .  116.00  Duty  Paid .  160.00 

Gas  Balloons,  of  blown  glass,  for  weighing  gases.  Shape .  A  B  C  D 

Each.. . .  ~U)0  E50  1.50  2.50 

Gas  Generating  Bottles,  stout  walled,  for  generating  gases,  etc. 

Capacity,  cc .  125  250  500  750  1000 

Each . 


.12 


.18 


.2  5 


.35 


.40 

1000 


Fittings  only  for  above  gas  bottles  consisting  of  thistle  tube,  rubber  stopper  and  outlet  tube. 

To  fit,  cc .  125  250  500  750 

Each . 35  .35  .35  .40  .40 

Fittings  only  for  above  gas  bottles  consisting  of  safety  thistle  tube,  rubber  stopper  and  outlet  tube. 

To  fit,  cc .  125  250  500  750  1000 

Each .  .40  .40  .45  .45  .50 

Gas  Generating  Bottles,  with  ground  glass  stopper,  safety  tube  with  glass  stopcock  and  delivery  tube. 


Capacity,  cc .  250 

Each .  2.00 


500 


29440. 

Gas 

Washing  Bottles,  Allihn,  with  stopper.  Capacity,  cc . 

..  250 

500 

1000 

Each . 

.  .  1.50 

2.00 

2.50 

29448. 

Gas 

Washing  Bottles,  Bunsen,  with  rubber  stopper.  Capacity,  cc. 

, .  125 

250 

500 

Each . 

.  .  .40 

.50 

.60 

29452. 

Gas 

Washing  Bottles,  Drechsel,  high  form.  Capacity,  cc . 

100 

150 

250 

500 

Each . 

.75 

.85 

1.10 

1.35 

29456. 

Gas 

Washing  Bottles,  Drechsel,  low  form.  Capacity,  cc... . 

100 

150 

250 

500 

Each . 

.75 

1.00 

1.10 

1.35 

29460. 

Gas 

Washing  Bottle,  Friedrichs,  new  spiral  form,  on  glass  foot. . . . 

.  4.00 

29464. 

(( 

“  “  “  with  spiral  tube  inside  jar,  without  metal  support. 

Size,  mm . 

.  200  x  40 

300  x  50 

Each .  4.00  5.00 

29468.  Metal  Support,  for  above . ' .  1.00  1.00 


250 


R 


H  U  R 


H. 


H  O 


M 


O  M 


N 


29472. 

29480. 

29484. 

29488. 

29492. 

29496. 

29500. 


No.  29504 

29504. 

29508. 

29512. 

29516. 

29520. 

29524. 

29528. 

29532. 

29536. 


No  29488  —  No.  29492  No.  29500 

Gas  Washing  Bottles,  Muencke,  with  wide  mouth.  Capacity,  cc .  100  250 _ 500 

Each. .  1.25  1.50  2.00 

Gas  Collecting  Tube,  with  bulb  in  center  and  two  glass  stopcocks .  2.50 

“  “  “  long  form,  125  cc  capacity,  with  two  stopcocks .  2.50 

Case  for  above,  of  polished  mahogany,  with  fittings.  To  hold  tubes .  4  6 

Each. .  6.00  7.00 

Gas  Collecting  Tube,  short  form,  125  cc  capacity,  with  two  stopcocks .  2.50 

Mailing  Case,  with  screw  cap,  for  convenient  mailing  of  No.  29492  gas  collecting  tubes . 15 

Gas  Collecting  Tube,  Winkler,  12  inches  long  by  4j  inches  in  diam. ;  of  zinc  with  brass  stopcocks.  .  3.00 


No.  29508 


No.  29512 


No.  29516 


No.  29520 


No.  29536 


Gas  Burette,  Bunte,  without  water  jacket.  Graduated  to  50  cc  in  ^gths,  with  two  stopcocks..  o.OO 

“  same  as  No.  29504  but  with  water  jacket . 

“  Hempel,  on  weighted  wooden  bases  without  stopcocks.  Per  set .  5.00 

Gas  Burette,  Hempel-Winkler,  with  glass  stopcocks,  on  weighted  wooden  bases.  Per  set . .  7.50 

Gas  Burette,  Hempel,  with  correction  for  temperature  and  pressure,  for  measurement  of  gas  volumes 
varying  between  .5  and  100  cc.  With  stopcock  and  levelling  bulb,  complete  as  illustrated  . .  1—50 

Connecting  Tube  for  gas  burettes . . . .  "i!? 

Levelling  Bulb,  on  iron  stand,  convenient  for  use  in  gas  analysis  and  other  purposes .  1-50 

Glass  Bulb  only,  for  above . . . •  •  •  ■  • 

Gas  Burette,  Standard  U.  G.  I.  Form,  being  Tutwiler’s  modification  of  Hempel  s  burette.  With  ma¬ 
nometer,  correction  tube,  water  jacket,  levelling  bulb  and  heavy  metal  bases.  A  special  teature 
of  this  burette  is  the  four-way  stopcock  which  permits  a  permanent  connection  with  the  potash 
pipette,  thus  obviating  the  necessity  of  repeatedly  connecting  and  disconnecting  the  pipette 
during  the  course  of  an  analysis .  25.UU 


251 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  29556 


No.  29564 


29540. 


29544. 

29548. 

29552. 

29556. 


29557. 

29560. 


29564. 


29568. 


Gas  Cylinder,  Low  Pressure,  Empty,  of  steel,  riveted  and  brazed,  tested  to  600  lbs.  pressure  to  the  square 
inch;  with  stopcock  and  coupling.  These  cylinders  are  for  sale  and  are  returnable  for  re-filling 
but  not  for  credit. 

Size,  inches .  10  x  32  13  x  44 

Capacity  in  cubic  feet  of  oxygen  at  225  lbs.  pressure .  25  50 

Each...'. . . .  . . .  16.50  22.50 

Gas  Cylinder,  High  Pressure,  Empty,  of  seamless  steel  5j  inches  in  diameter  by  51  inches  high.  Each 
cylinder  is  tested,  numbered  and  stamped  with  the  wording  required  by  Paragraph  1822A  of  the 
Interstate  Commerce  Commission  Regulations,  which  number  is  registered  in  New  York  with  the 
Chief  Inspector  of  the  Bureau  for  the  Safe  Transportation  of  Explosives  and  other  Dangerous 

Articles.  These  cylinders  are  sold  outright  only  and  are  not  returnable  for  credit .  15.00 

Gas  Cylinder  of  Carbon  Dioxide,  consisting  of  high  pressure  cylinder  No.  29544  filled  with  20  lbs.  of 
Carbon  Dioxide  as  used  in  connection  with  freezing  microtomes  and  other  laboratory  purposes. 

Cylinders  are  returnable  for  re-filling  only  and  not  for  credit .  18.00 

Gas  Cylinder  of  Oxygen,  consisting  of  high  pressure  cylinder  No.  29544  filled  with  70  cubic  feet  of 
99%  pure  electrolytic  Oxygen  (under  1800  lbs.  at  68°F).  Oxygen  is  absolutely  free  from  the  oxides 
of  carbon,  hydrocarbons  and  other  deleterious  impurities.  As  used  in  calorimetry,  carbon  com¬ 
bustions  in  steel  analysis,  etc.  Cylinders  returned  for  refilling  only  not  for  credit .  17.80 

Gas  Cylinders  of  Oxygen.  These  cylinders  are  filled  with  the  indicated  quantities  of  97%  pure  Oxygen 
(S.  S.  White  Dental  Mfg.  Co.)  at  1000  lbs.  pressure.  These  cylinders  are  only  sold  filled  with 
Oxygen  but  are  returnable  when  empty  for  either  re-filling  or  credit  at  the  prices  indicated. 

Capacity,  gallons .  40 _  100 

Each,  filled  with  Oxygen .  8.15  17.00 

Cylinders  returnable  for  credit  at  (charges  prepaid) .  6.00  12.00 

Set  of  connections,  for  above  cylinders . .  1.75 

Throttle  Control  Valve,  for  (he  safe  and  accurate  delivery  of  small  quantities  of  gas  from  cylinders  as 
required  in  the  use  of  carbon  dioxide  in  connection  with  freezing  microtomes  and  in  the  delivery 

of  oxygen  in  calorimetry  and  carbon  combustions  in  steel  analysis .  7.50 

Gas  Pressure  Regulator,  for  maintaining  a  constant  pressure  of  oxygen  when  delivered  from  pressure 
cylinders.  These  regulators  will  deliver  oxygen  or  other  gas  uniformly  at  any  desired  pressure 
up  to  40  lbs.  per  square  inch.  One  of  the  dials  shows  the  pressure  at  which  the  oxygen  is  deliv¬ 
ered  while  the  other  shows  the  pressure  remaining  in  the  tank .  30.00 

Iron  Support,  for  high  pressure  Cylinder  No.  29544  .  4.00 


Note. — We  undertake  the  refilling  of  Oxygon  Cylinders  No.  29556  with  S.  S.  White  Dental  Mfg.  Co.  Oxygen  at  their  original  prices,  i.e.  40 
gallon  cylinders  at  530  per  gallon  and  100  gallon  cylinders  at  50  per  gallon.  We  fill  high  pressure  cylinders  with  99%  electrolytic  Oxygen  at  540 
per  cubic  foot  with  the  addition  of  all  transportation  and  hauling  charges  which  may  be  necessary.  We  also  fill  high  pressure  cylinders  No. 
29544  with  20  lbs.  of  Carbon  Dioxide  at  $3.00  per  cylinder,  with  transportation  and  hauling  charges  added.  Low  pressure  cylinders  are  best 
filled  with  Oxygen  and  Illuminating  Gas  for  calcium  lights  at  nearest  supply  establishment  for  gases  of  this  character.  The  usual  charge  in 
large  cities  is  $3.00  for  filling  25  gallon  cylinders  and  $5.00  for  filling  50  gallon  cylinders  with  Oxygen,  end  $.50  and  $1.00,  respectively,  for  the 
same  cylinders  filled  with  illuminating  gas.  We  undertake  such  filling  as  an  accommodation  for  our  customers  when  necessary,  but  without 
responsibility  on  our  part. 


252 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS 


COMPANY 


r,c 

CC 

L 

1 

No. 

No. 

29600 

29604 

1 


No.  29608 


29572. 


29576. 


29588. 


29592. 

29596. 


29600. 

29601. 

29608. 


Gas  Generator,  Kipp,  improved  form,  for  the  continuous  production  of  hydrogen  sulphide;  vvitli  large 
side  opening  for  filling.  Complete  with  Geissler  stopcock,  funnel  tube,  etc. 

Capacity,  cc .  250  500  1000  1500  2000  4000 

Each . . .  3.50  4.00  5.00  6.00  7M  ih00 

Rubber  Rings,  for  use  in  the  above  generator  to  prevent  the  iron  sulphide  from  falling  into  the  lower 
chamber.  ■ 

To  fit  generator,  cc .  250 _ 500  1000  2000 

Each . . 


.60 

2000 


.  . .  .30  .35  .45 

Gas  Generator,  McCoy.  A  steady  gas  pressure  is  maintained  by  delivering  the  acid  in  drops. 

Capacity,  cc .  1000 

Each . .  8.00  10400 

Gasoline  Gas  Generator,  for  operating  one  Bunsen  burner  or  one  blast  burner  in  laboratories  without 
gas  supply.  Must  be  used  in  connection  with  a  foot  blower  or  other  form  of  blast  apparatus. 
Dimensions  4|  inches  diameter  by  7  inches  high  and  contains  14  lineal  feet  of  evaporating  sur¬ 
face . 

Gas  Holders,  Berzelius-Pepy’s  improved  form,  of  heavy  copper,  with  glass  gauge. 

Capacity,  liters . 


20 


9.00 

40 


Each . v .  20.00  25.00 

Gas  Holder,  Berzelius,  entirely  of  glass  with  ground  fittings;  capacity  8  liters .  16.00 

Gas  Generator,  Tirrill,  for  generating  gasoline  gas  for  use  in  laboratories.  This  machine  accomplishes 
the  mixing  outside  and  is  permitted  by  all  fire  underwriters  without  extra  cost.  The  gas  delivered 
gives  a  white,  absolutely  smokeless  flame  without  odor.  It  is  composed  of  a  generator  placed  in 
the  ground  30  ft.  from  the  building  and  buried  6  ft.  under  ground,  a  mixer  placed  near  the 
generator  3  ft.  under  ground  and  an  air  pump  placed  in  the  cellar  of  the  building.  The  machine 
can  be  operated  by  either  weight  or  water.  The  above  illustration  shows  the  machine  operated 
by  weight.  Any  plumber  or  gas  fitter  can  set  the  same  up  with  the  directions  supplied. 

Number  of  burners .  15  _ 25  _  _ 50 _  75  100 

Each .  210.00  7250.00  210.00  410.00 

Gas  Measuring  Tubes,  of  glass,  graduated,  closed  at  one  end,  without  stopcock. 

Capacity .  25  cc  in  iVths  50  cc  in  rgths _ 

Each...., .  .65  1.00  1.50 

Gas  Measuring  Tubes,  same  as  No.  29600  but  with  stopcock. 

Capacity .  25  cc  in  ^ths  50  cc  in  i^ths 

Each . .*. .  1.50  "  2700 

Gas  Palladium  Tube,  Hempel,  for  the  absorption  of  hydrogen,  with  about  2  grams  of  palladium  sponge. 

5.00 


525.00 
100  cc  in  Iths 


253 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  29612  No.  29616  No.  29624 


29612. 

29616. 

29620. 

29624. 


Gas  Distributors,  of  brass,  with  one  supply  pipe  anti  three  burner  connections  with  stopcocks. .  4.00 

Gas  Distributors,  of  brass,  same  as  No.  29612  but  with  burner  in  center .  4.75 

“  “  “  “  with  gas  supply  pipe  and  four  burner  connections,  with  stopcocks. . .  4.75 

“  “  “  “  same  as  No.  29620  but  with  burner  in  center .  6.00 


No.  29636 


No.  29644 


29628.  Gas  Filter,  for  use  with  either  the  Greenman  or  the  Roux  Bimetallic  Thermo-regulators,  to  clean  the 
gas  of  coal  tar  or  other  impurities,  thereby  securing  more  satisfactory  working  of  the  regula¬ 


tors  .  5.00 

29632.  Gas  Filter  Tube,  with  projections  to  support  paper  thimble  and  ground  in  connecting  tube.  The  upper 

connecting  tube  is  1  inch  in  diameter;  without  thimble .  2.00 

29636.  Gas  Generator,  “Autogenor,”  for  generating  oxygen,  automatically  producing  an  absolutely  pure  oxygen 

from  oxone  at  any  desired  pressure  up  to  50  lbs . • .  45.00 

29640.  Oxone  Cartridges,  in  tins  each  containing  six  round  tablets,  sufficient  for  4j  cu.  ft.  of  oxygen, 

for  use  in  above.  Per  cartridge . .  1.35 

29644.  Gas  Generator,  on  stand  with  three  flame  Bunsen  burner,  50  cm  long .  12.00 


29648.  Gas  Generator,  Electrolytic  Oxygen  and  Hydrogen.  By  means 
of  pure  nickel  electrodes  and  the  use  of  30%  caustic  soda 
solution  as  electrolyte,  pure  oxygen  and  hydrogen  are 
generated  in  turn  by  reversing  the  poles  of  the  battery. 
The  oxygen  is  very  pure,  being  particularly  free  from 
ozone.  Height  7  cm  by  15  cm  in  diameter.  See  Zeit- 
schrift  fur  den  physilcalischen  und  chemischen  Unterricht 
(. Poske )  XXV. I.  p.  69. 


Duty  Free .  11.55 

Duty  Paid .  16.20 


254 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  29652  No.  29668  No.  29672 


29652. 


29656. 

29660. 

29668. 

29664. 


29672. 


Cubic  Foot  Bottle,  immersion  type,  standardized  by  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards.  This  instrument 
is  the  basis  of  all  gas  measurements;  operating  on  the  principle  of  displacing  1  cu.  ft.  of  gas  by  a 

volume  of  1  cu.  ft.  of  water .  125.00 

Cubic  Foot  Bottle,  as  above,  cabinet  form .  275.00 

“  rir,  on  wooden  stand,  for  testing  the  correction  of  the  registratibn  of  gas  meters, 

particularly  the  wet  test  meters  as  used  for  experimental  purposes .  55.00 

Cubic  Foot  Bottle,  as  above,  T’j  cu.  ft .  55.00 

Gas  Meter,  a  wet  test  laboratory  meter  with  a  iV  drum  and  a  dial  reading  from  ToWth  of  cu.  ft.  to 
100  cu.  ft.  This  meter  is  also  furnished  with  a  special  dial  having  an  hourly  rate  circle  within 
the  to  circle.  This  rate  circle  reads  from  0  to  6  ft.  per  hour.  Complete  with  water  gauge,  ther¬ 
mometer,  spirit  level  and  levelling  screws  . . .  50.00 

Gas  Meter,  a  photometer  wet  test  meter,  with  a  ^  cu.  ft.  drum  and  an  hourly  rate  dial  reading  from 
0  to  5  cu.  ft.  per  hour.  This  is  the  meter  mostly  used  in  photometrical  work.  The  meter  makes 
one  revolution  of  the  drum  per  minute  in  accordance  with  the  legal  rate  at  which  gas  should  be 
burned  in  ascertaining  its  candle  power,  i.e.,  5  cu  ft.  per  hour.  With  water  gauge,  thermometer, 
two  spirit  levels  and  levelling  screws .  50.00 


255 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  29676  No.  29684— Larger  Size  No.  29684— Smaller  Size  No.  29716 


29676.  Harcourt  Pentane  Lamp,  model  adopted  as  standard  by  the  London  Gas  Referees  with  improvements 


as  suggested  by  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards .  75.00 

29680.  Harcourt  Pentane  Lamp,  as  above,  with  certificate  of  the  Bureau  of  Standards .  87.50 


29684.  Gas  Meter,  “Rotameter,”  an  accurate  instrument  for  showing  instantaneously  with  direct  reading 
the  volume  of  gas  or  liquid  passed  through  it  per  hour.  In  ordering  it  is  important  to  state  the 
kind  of  gas  to  be  measured,  the  maximum  and  minimum  capacity  in  liters  per  hour,  the  pres¬ 
sure  at  which  measurement  is  to  be  made,  the  diameter  of  the  inlet  and  outlet  tubes  to  which 
the  Rotamesser  is  to  be  connected  and  the  temperature  of  the  gas  or  liquid  to  be  measured. 


29692. 


29696. 

29700. 

29704. 

29708. 

29712. 

29716. 


29720. 


Capacity,  liters  per  hour . . . 05-10 _ .1-20  1-50 _ 2-100 

Duty  Free .  75.00  66.00  45.00  37.50 

Duty  Paid .  100.00  88.00  60.00  50.00 

Capacity,  liters  per  hour .  10-200  30-300  50-500  100-1000 

Duty  Free .  3L50  34.50  “39.00  51.00 

Duty  Paid .  42.00  46.00  52.00  68.00 


Gas  Regulator,  for  shutting  off  the  supply  of  gas  at  any  desired  time,  consisting  of  a  specially  con¬ 
structed  clock  with  timing  device  and  gas  valve.  The  gas  valve  is  connected  by  rubber  tubing 

between  the  gas  supply  and  the  apparatus  which  it  is  to  regulate .  4.00 

Specific  Gravity  Apparatus,  Schilling,  for  illuminating  gas .  18.00 

Gas  Pipette,  He mpel -Friedrichs,  simple  absorption,  of  reddish  brown  glass.  See  Zeitschrift  fur  angew. 

Chemie,  1912.  On  metal  stand .  4.50 

Glass  Parts  only  for  No.  29700 .  3.00 

Gas  Pipette,  Winkler,  for  the  determination  of  methane.  On  iron  support,  with  platinum  spiral. .  7.50 

Glass  Parts,  only,  with  platinum  spiral .  6.00 

Gas  Pipette,  Double  Absorption  for  Cuprous  Chloride,  Standard  U.  G.  I.  Form.  This  pipette  was  designed 
to  replace  the  two  double  absorption  pipettes  otherwise  necessary  in  making  a  gas  analysis. 
By  simply  turning  the  cock  it  is  possible  to  bring  the  gas  in  contact  with  the  absorbent  contained 

in  either  side  of  the  pipette  without  disconnecting . . .  10.50 

Glass  Parts,  only,  for  above . . .  7.50 


256 


ARTHUR 


T  H  O  MAS 


COMPANY 


H 


No.  29724 


No.  29732 


No.  29740 


GAS  PIPETTES,  HEMPEL,  mounted  on  improved  iron  supports  with  lacquered  base.  The  glass  parts  are  fas¬ 
tened  to  the  supports  by  means  of  adjustable  metallic  clamps  with  cork  inset.  The  adjustment  permits 
of  the  use  of  glass  parts  of  slightly  varying  dimensions.  To  avoid  breakage  iron  supports  and  glass 
pipette  are  packed  separately  and  must  be  set  up  in  the  laboratory. 

29724.  Gas  Pipette,  Hempel,  simple  absorption,  for  liquid  reagents,  on  new  form  iron  stand .  3.00 

29728.  Glass  Parts  only  for  No.  29724 .  1.25 

29732.  Glass  Pipette,  Hempel,  simple  absorption,  for  liquid  and  solid  reagents,  on  new  form  iron  stand..  3.00 

29736.  Glass  Parts  only  for  No.  29732 .  1.50 

29740.  Gas  Pipette,  Hempel,  compound  absorption,  for  liquid  reagents,  on  new  iron  stand .  4.00 

29744.  Glass  Parts  only  for  No.  29740 .  2.00 


No.  29748  No.  29756  No.  29764 

29748.  Gas  Pipette,  Hempel,  compound  absorption,  for  liquid  and  solid  reagents,  on  new  iron  stand _ 4.00 

29752.  Glass  Parts  only  for  No.  29748 .  2.25 

29756.  Gas  Pipette,  Hempel,  for  the  preparation  of  hydrogen,  on  new  iron  stand .  5.00 

29760.  Glass  Parts  only  for  No.  29756 . 3.00 

29764.  Gas  Pipette,  Hempel,  with  glass  beads  for  ethylene  absorption . 3.50 

29768.  Glass  Parts  only  for  No.  29764 .  2.00 


No.  29772  Wo.  29780  No.  29788 

29772.  Gas  Pipette,  Hempel,  simple  explosion,  with  stopcock  and  platinum  electrodes .  6.00 

29776.  Glass  Parts  only  for  No.  29772 .  3.50 

29780.  Gas  Pipette,  Hempel,  explosion,  with  platinum  electrodes,  stopcock  and  levelling  bulb .  7.00 

29784.  Glass  Parts  only  for  No.  29780 .  4.25 

29788.  Gas  Pipette,  Hempel,  with  platinum  spiral,  for  methane,  mounted  on  new  iron  stand .  6.00 


257 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  29820 


29792. 


29796. 

29800. 

29804. 

29808. 

29812. 

29816. 

29820. 

29824. 


29825. 

29828. 

29832. 

29836. 

29840. 


Gauge,  Pressure,  in  brass  case,  reading  in  pounds.  Suitable  for  steam,  water  or  air  pressure  but  when 
used  with  steam  pressure  must  always  be  connected  with  syphon.  May  be  graduated  to  any 
pressure  not  exceeding  500  lbs.  Range  must  be  specified  in  ordering.  The  3  inch  gauge  connects 
on  I  inch  pipe  thread  and  5  inch  gauge  connects  on  \  inch  pipe  thread. 

Diameter,  inches .  3 _ 5 

Each .  5.00  7.50 

Gauge,  Vacuum,  reading  in  inches  to  30  inches  of  mercury.  Otherwise  similar  to  No.  29792.  Dial  3 

inches  in  diameter .  5.00 

Gauge,  Vacuum  and  Pressure,  both  on  same  dial,  vacuum  scale  for  0  to  30  inches  of  mercury,  pressure 
scale  from  0  to  15,  30  or  60  lbs.  Range  must  be  specified  in  ordering.  Exactly  the  same  in  con¬ 
struction  as  Nos.  29792  and  29796 .  14.00 

Gauges,  Wire,  American  Standard,  B  &  S,  of  best  tempered  steel. 

Size .  0  to  36  5  to  36 

Each . . . . *. .  2250  22)0 

Glass  Beads,  solid,  3  to  6  mm  in  diameter.  Per  lb . 1 . 90 

“  “  hollow,  5  to  6  mm  long  by  4  to  5  mm  in  diameter.  Per  lb . 70 

Glass  Cutter,  Diamond.  Price  depends  upon  quality  of  splint  and  varies  from  $5.00  to  $20.00. 

“  “  with  small  steel  wheel . 20 

“  Tubing  Cutter.  Large  size  will  cut  tubing  of  f  to  1  inch  in  diameter  in  lengths  up  to  8  inches; 

small  size  will  cut  tubing  §  inch  diameter  in  lengths  up  to  5  inches. 

Size .  Small  Large 

Each .  1.50  1250 

Extra  cutter  wheels.  Per  dozen .  2.00 

Glass  Tubing  Cutter,  Griffin’s  form. 

For  tubes,  mm  in  diameter .  17  30 

Each . . .  1.00  2.00 

Glass  Cutter,  consisting  of  a  hardened,  sharpened  steel  knife  with  wooden  handle.  A  most  convenient 

and  satisfactory  laboratory  utensil .  1.00 

Glass  Tubing  Gauge,  of  steel,  very  convenient  for  rapidly  sorting  glass  or  metal  tubing  by  outside 
diameters.  The  slots  vary  in  width  by  5  mm.  These  gauges  come  in  three  sizes,  the  size  meas¬ 
uring  from  5  to  11  mm  being  shown  in  the  illustration. 

Size,  mm .  1  to  5  5  to  11  11  to  16 

Each .  1.00  L25  1.50 

Glass  Tubing,  heavy  walled  for  sealing,  so-called  “Einschmelz”  tubing 

Length,  mm .  500  600  700 

Diameter,  mm .  18  20  22 

Each .  ^40  .45  250 


258 


A  R  T  H  U  R 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  29844 


No.  29848 


29844.  Glass  Blower’s  Table,  consisting  of  an  iron  covered  table  top  75  x  75  cm,  supported  over  a  cylindri¬ 

cal  foot  bellows.  Very  convenient  in  the  laboratory  for  glass-blowing  as  the  blast  lamp  may 
be  left  permanently  in  place  on  the  table  without  blast  lamp  or  burner. 

Duty  Free .  17.50  Duty  Paid .  22.00 

29848.  Glass-blower’s  Table,  Thiiringian  model,  with  single  and  double  blast  burners,  as  shown  in  illustration, 

permitting  the  use  of  flame  of  all  kinds  as  used  in  ordinary  laboratory  glass  blowing.  The  use 

of  this  outfit  makes  laboratory  glass  blowing  far  easier  of  accomplishment  than  is  possible  with 
the  use  of  ordinary  blast  lamp  and  foot  blower. 

Duty  Free .  23.25  Duty  Paid .  27.85 

29852.  Glass-blower’s  Table,  as  above  without  burners. 

Duty  Free .  13.80  Duty  Paid .  16.50 


1 


View  in  Stock  Room  Showing  Adjustable  Partitions  on  Right  and  Glass  Tubing  on  Left 


259 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


GLASS  TUBING  AND  ROD  is  carried  in  stock  in  the  original  factory  lengths  of  from  1§  to  2  meters.  Customers 
are  requested  to  state  the  length  to  which  pieces  may  be  cut  for  shipment.  On  small  orders,  particu¬ 
larly  where  factory  length  is  not  required,  an  extra  charge  is  made  for  the  special  box  required  to  insure 
safe  transit.  The  following  prices  are  based  on  tubing  with  usual  factory  variations  as  to  bore,  thick¬ 
ness  of  wall,  etc.  Where  tubing  must  be  selected  to  an  exact  measurement  as  to  inside  and  outside 
diameter,  an  extra  charge  is  made.  Specifications  as  to  diameter  of  glass  tubing  are  always  taken  to 
be  outside  diameter  unless  otherwise  stated,  except  in  the  case  of  combustion  tubing  where  it  is  cus¬ 
tomary  to  specify  inside  diameter  in  order  to  make  sure  same  will  take  proper  size  combustion  boat. 

29856.  Glass  Rod,  for  easy  manipulation  before  the  lamp.  From  1  to  25  mm  diameter.  Per  lb . 40 

29860.  Glass  Stirrers,  with  one  end  rounded  and  the  other  end  pointed. 

Length,  inches .  4  5  6  8  10  12  15 

Diameter,  inches . •. . .  j  j  Jg  _  &  }  _ | 

Per  dozen . 20  .25  .30  .40  .60  1.06  1.15 

29864.  Glass  Bending  Tubing,  Best  Imported.  Particularly  recommended  for  laboratory  use  because  of  the 
ease  with  which  it  can  be  manipulated  before  the  lamp.  Not  to  be  confused  with  low  priced, 
thin  walled  "vial”  tubing  of  either  German  or  American  make. 

Outside  diameter,  mm .  1  to  4  5  to  20  21  to  35  36  to  50 


29868. 

29872. 

29876. 

29880. 

29884. 

29888. 

29892. 

29896. 

29900. 


29904. 

29908. 


Per  lb . 45  .40  .50  .60 

Glass  Tubing,  Barometer,  in  three  outside  diameters,  i.  e.,  6,  8  and  10  mm.  Per  lb .  .70 

Glass  Tubing,  Capillary,  with  very  small  outside  diameters,  i.  e.,  approximately  2,  3,  4  and  5  mm.  The 
2  mm  tubing  has  a  capillary  fine  enough  to  be  designated  as  thermometer  tubing.  The  tubing 
of  3,  4  and  5  mm  outside  diameter  has  a  bore  of  about  1  mm  and  differs  from  barometer  tubing 

only  in  the  outside  diameter.  Per  lb .  1.00 

Glass  Tubing  Combustion,  Kavalier  Hard  Bohemian.  Dimensions  given  are  inside  dimensions  in 
order  to  determine  size  suitable  for  various  combustion  boats. 

Inside  diameter,  mm . ’ .  3  to  8  9-25 

Per  lb . .  1.10  f  L00 

Glass  Tubing,  Jena,  Combustion,  containing  very  little  alkali.  Very  tractable  in  the  blowpipe  flame 
although  as  hard  to  fuse  as  the  hardest  Bohemian.  Inside  diameter,  mm..  3  to  5  6  to  25 

Per  lb . .  1.00  .75 

Glass  Tubing,  Jena  Apparatus  Glass,  adapted  for  work  before  the  lamp  in  the  manufacture  of  appa¬ 
ratus.  Outside  diameter  5  to  25  mm.  Per  lb .  1.00 

Glass  Tubing,  Jena  Compound  Robax  Glass  (registered  trade-mark  a  light  blue  longtitudinal  line) 
for  explosion  furnaces,  etc.  Of  great  resistance  to  sudden  temperature  change,  the  action  of 

water,  acid  or  alkali  solutions,  etc.  Outside  diameter  12  to  25  mm.  Per  lb . 75 

Glass  Tubing,  Jena  Uviol  Glass,  of  high  transparency  to  ultra-violet  rays  and  very  thin  wall.  Im¬ 
ported  to  order  only.  Duty  Free,  per  kilo .  3.50  Duty  Paid,  per  kilo .  7.00 

Glass  Tubing,  Jena  397ni  Glass,  adapted  for  the  enclosure  of  platinum  wire,  so-called  fusing-in 

glass.  Outside  diameter  5  to  12  mm.  Per  kilo .  1.00 

Glass  Tubing,  Jena  Fiolax  Glass,  made  especially  for  the  manufacture  of  ampoules  and  other  con¬ 
tainers  for  sterilized  solutions.  Very  resistant  to  alkalies  under  sterilization  and  at  the  same 
time  easy  to  manipulate  before  the  lamp.  Trade-mark  for  white  tubing  a  red  line  and  for  amber 
a  white  line.  A  very  valuable  tubing  for  laboratory  work  because  of  its  resistance  to  alkalies. 

Outside  diameter  10  to  18  mm.  Per  kilo .  2.50 

Glass  Tubing,  Thermometer,  Jena  16HI  Glass,  of  great  resistance  power,  almost  entirely  eliminating 
the  periodical  changes  of  the  zero  point.  Registered  trade-mark  red  longitudinal  line  with 

white  background.  About  5  to  6  mm  outside  diameter.  Per  lb .  1.75 

Glass  Tubing,  Thermometer,  Jena  Borosilicate  59m  Glass,  with  white  background  with  lowest  possible 
temperature  coefficient,  i.  e.,  1°  C.  =  .0000177.  For  the  manufacture  of  thermometers  to  measure 
high  temperatures,  i.  e.,  up  to  500°  C.  About  5  to  6  mm  outside  diameter.  Per  lb .  2.75 


260 


I 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


2  H  OMAS  COMPAN 


Y 


29904. 

29908. 


Glass  Tubing,  Thermometer,  Thiiringian  make,  with  white  background 
diameter.  Per  lb . 


Glass  Wool,  of  best  Bohemian  spun  glass.  In  original  cartons. . 

Quality .  A  (wavy,  coarse  spun)  FF  (wavy,  finespun) 

Per  25  gram  carton. ...  .40  40 

“  100  “  “  ....  1.25  L25 

“  500  “  “  5.00  6.00 


About  5  to  6  mm  outside 

.  1.00 

B  (smooth,  free  from  lead) 
^40“ 

1.25 

4.25 


N«.  29928 


No.  29944 


No.  29920  No.  29924 


29912. 


29916. 

29920. 

29924. 


29928. 

29932. 


29936. 


29940. 


29944. 

29948. 


Glue  Testing  Apparatus,  Weiss  (Consistency  Meter)  for  measuring  the  consistency  of  rubber,  sugar, 
sugar  solutions,  glue,  gelatine,  fats,  oils,  etc.  The  time  of  rotation  of  a  horizontal  disc  under 

the  impulse  of  a  fixed  weight  is  measured  on  the  circular  dial .  200.00 

Giue  and  Gelatine  Tester,  Alexander,  of  brass,  with  electric  annunciator.  See  Journal  of  the  Society 

of  Chemical  Industry,  Feb.  28,  1906  . _ .  26.00 

Glue  Viscosity  Pipette,  Alexander,  with  tripod,  metal  jacket,  etc .  5.00 

Glue  Tester,  Scott,  for  testing  the  tensile  strength  of  glue,  gelatine,  etc.,  and  for  making  comparative 
tests  of  the  hardness  of  greases,  wax,  etc.,  reading  in  pounds  and  fractions  of  ounces  automati¬ 


cally. 


.40 

250 


.70 

500 


32 

1.20 


25.00 

Goggles,  gas  tight  and  indestructible,  with  rubber  fittings  and  removable,  clear  glass  lenses .  1.50 

Graduates,  Glass,  of  ordinary  accuracy,  graduated  in  ounces. 

Capacity,  ounces .  &  1  4  6  8  16 

Each . 18  .22  ‘  .28  .35 

Graduates,  Glass,  of  ordinary  accuracy,  graduated  in  cubic  centimeters. 

Capacity,  cc .  30  60  120  _ 

Each . 25  .28  .35  .50  .80  ^ 

Graduates,  Glass,  of  ordinary  accuracy,  graduated  in  ounces  and  cubic  centimeters. 

Capacity,  ounces .  1  2  4  6  8  16 

cc  .  30  60  120  150  250  500 


1000 

1.40 

32 

1000 


Each . 32  .35  .50  .60  .75  1.10  2.00 

Graduate,  Glass,  1500  cc  capacity,  graduated  in  cc. . . .  1.25- 

Graduate,  with  graduated  stem,  as  used  in  moisture  testing  in  wood  that  has  been  creosoted,  etc.  Stem 
is  graduated  to  12  cc  in  ^ths.  See  Bulletin  No.  134  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service .  1  *20 


261 


I 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMA  S  COMPANY 


No.  29952  No.  29956  No.  29956  No.  29960 


29952.  Graduates,  Aseptic  Enamel  Ware,  of  seamless  steel,  white  enameled,  both  acid  and  fire  proof;  gradu¬ 
ated  in  cubic  centimeters  on  the  inside. 

Capacity,  cc .  500  1000  2000  4000 

Each .  1.00  1.25  U75  3.00 

29956.  Grain  Germinator,  Schonjahn,  with  thermometer;  as  used  in  determining  the  germinating  power  of 

barley,  etc.,  in  malting.  For  100  grains .  4,00 

29960.  Grain  Tester,  Grobecker,  of  brass,  for  sectioning  50  grains .  6.00 


APPARATUS  FOR  HAEMATOLOGY 


Diagrams  Showing  the  most  used  Haemacytometer  Rulings 


Thoma  Ruling 


Neubauer  Ruling 


II 

1 

mm  IH 

h 

,i  : 

!9!  •!!••■•!*« 

. .  J.  _  — ! 

piry  ~  ,i  : 

•  tiiiioiiii 

"  "i  ‘  j| 

Zappert  Ruling 


Breuer  Ruling 


Fuchs  and  Rosenthal  Ruling 


Turk  Ruling 


262 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Biirker  No.  1  Ruling 


No.  30088 


Tiefe 

0,100  mm 

400  V™1 


C.  ZEISS ,  JENA 


No.  30000 


W 


B 


■<  .  '■  ' 


HAEMACYTOMETERS,  ZEISS.  We  particularly  emphasize  the  advantage  of  using  the  original  Zeiss  make 
of  Thoma  Haemacytometers  and  all  modifications  thereof ;  our  experience  having  shown  that  the  cheaper 
makes  are  inferior  and  never  satisfactory  as  to  accuracy.  Our  stock  of  Haemacytometers,  with  the 
exception  of  the  Hayem-Sahli  and  the  Thoma-Metz,  is  confined  entirely  to  the  Zeiss  product.  The 
counting  chambers  when  sold  separately  are  supplied  without  leather  case  but  with  one  each  thick  and 
thin  cover  glasses.  They  are  all  of  .1  mm  depth,  excepting  the  Helber  and  Fuchs-Rosenthal.  The  vari¬ 
ous  rulings  are  shown  in  illustrations  on  preceding  page. 

30000.  Counting  Chamber,  Thoma  ruling,  with  two  cover  glasses  but  without  case .  4.50 

30004.  “  “  Zappert  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  4.70 

30008.  “  “  Turk  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  6.30 

30012.  “  “  Breuer  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  5.60 

30016.  “  “  Biirker  No.  1  ruling.  The  chamber  is  provided  with  two  counting  surfaces  sepa¬ 

rated  by  a  cross  channel  so  that  two  countings  can  be  done  one  shortly  after  the  other.  The 
rectangular  cover  glass  is  placed  in  position  before  introducing  the  blood  mixture,  the  drops 
are  placed  upon  the  semicircular  prominence  of  the  middle  plate  and  flow  from  thence  by  capil¬ 
lary  attraction  upon  the  counting  surfaces.  With  cross  lines  divided  on  both  counting  sur¬ 
faces  .  7.40 

30020.  Counting  Chamber,  Biirker  No.  1  ruling,  but  with  spring  clamps  to  hold  cover  glass  in  position. .  11.00 

30024.  Counting  Chamber,  Biirker  No.  2,  the  counting  surfaces  of  which  are  not  provided  with  cross  line 

divisions.  Counting  is  done  by  means  of  special  ocular  diaphragms ;  the  value  of  the  square 
aperture  of  these  diaphragms  can  be  estimated  by  the  stage  micrometer  (1  mm  divided  into  100 

parts)  cemented  alongside  the  counting  chamber.  With  three  ocular  diaphragms .  8.85 

30028.  Counting  Chamber,  Biirker  No.  2  ruling  but  with  spring  clamps  to  hold  cover  glass  in  position 11.70 

30032.  Counting  Chamber,  Special,  with  two  counting  surfaces  as  in  the  Biirker  No.  1  but  with  the  surfaces 

ruled  with  the  Neubauer  ruling.  As  made  specially  for  us  by  Zeiss  and  as  used  in  the  Clinical 

Laboratory  at  Johns  Hopkins  University  Medical  School .  11.70 

30036.  Counting  Chamber,  Helber,  for  counting  blood  platelettes,  yeast  cells,  bacteria,  etc.  With  Thoma 

ruling  but  with  counting  cell  0.02  mm  in  depth  instead  of  0. 1  mm .  4.85 

30040.  Counting  Chamber,  Fuchs  and  Rosenthal,  for  cytological  investigations  of  the  cerebro-spinal  fluids, 

with  counting  chamber  0.2  mm  deep .  4.70 

30044.  Leather  Cases,  of  morocco,  velvet  lined,  for  any  of  the  above  counting  chambers . 55 

30048.  Cover  Glasses,  for  above  counting  chambers,  square  0.4  mm  thick . •  . 20 

300:6.  “  “  “  Biirker  counting  chambers,  rectangular,  0.3  mm  thick . 25 

30060.  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  0.5  mm  “  . 25 

30064.  Mixing  Pipette,  Thoma,  for  red  corpuscles,  diluting  1  to  100;  with  rubber  tube  and  mouth  piece .  1.80 

30068  “  “  “  for  white  corpuscles  diluting  1  to  10;  with  rubber  tube  and  mouth  piece .  1.80 

30072*.  “  “  Rieder,  for  diluting  1  to  20;  with  rubber  tube  and  mouth  piece .  2.90 

30076.  “  “  Miescher,  for  diluting  1  to  100, 1  to  150  and  1  to  200;  with  rubber  tube  and  mouth  piece  4.30 

30080 ]  “  «  “  ’  for  diluting  1  to  200,  1  to  300  and  1  to  400,  with  rubber  tube  and  mouth  piece  4.30 

30084*.  Fluid  Chamber,  Biirker,  for  use  on  Burker’s  counting  chambers . 75 


263 


COMPANY 


R 


H  U  R 


H. 


H  O  M 


30088.  Haemacytometer,  Thoma,  complete  w 

30092.  “  Zappert  “ 

30096.  “  Tiirk  “ 

30100.  “  Breuer  “ 

30104.  “  Biirker  1  “ 

30108.  “  Burker  1  “ 

30112.  “  Burker  2  “ 

30116.  “  BUrker  2  “ 

30120.  “  Special  Biirker-Neubauer  , .  .  A  .A.  ,,  ,.  , 

Note-For  counting  with  Burker  No.  2  chamber  without  rulings,  and  in  fact  with  all  the  counting  cham¬ 
bers,  it  is  sometimes  convenient  to  use  the  seven  square  diaphragms  after  Ehrlich  and  the  Ocular 
Net  Micrometer  Nos.  30132  and  30144,  both  of  which  are  best  used  with  the  Adjustable  Oculars 
with  focussing  eye  lens  No.  30140. 


leather 

case 

and  pipettes . . 

With  two  pipettes 
red  and  white 

9.75 

With  one  pipette 
red  or  white 

7.75 

U 

<< 

U 

a 

9.90 

7.90 

u 

it 

a 

it 

11.50 

9.50 

u 

U 

it 

it 

23.60 

21.30 

u 

a 

a 

a 

12.60 

10.60 

a 

a 

it 

“  with  clamps  16.20 

14.25 

u 

a 

a 

u 

13.90 

12.10 

u 

u 

a 

“  with  clamps  16.90 

14.95 

u 

a 

it 

u 

16.90 

14.95 

30124. 

30128. 


30132. 

30136. 

30140. 


No.  30124 

Haemacytometer  Outfit,  Biirker,  for  red  corpuscles,  consisting  of  Burker  No.  1  counting  chamber  with 
clamps,  Burker  fluid  chamber,  2  mixing  flasks  125  cc  capacity,  1  diluting  pipette  4975  cmm,  2 
transfer  pipettes  and  1  blood  lancet.  Complete  in  case  with  directions  for  use  and  100  diagrams 
for  tabulating  results.  See  K.  Burker,  Pfliiger’s  Arch.  f.  d.  ges.,  Physiol.,  142  337  ff,  1911 . .  23.75 
Haemacytometer,  Hayem-Sahli,  complete  in  case,  consisting  of  the  following,  Eyepiece  III  with  sliding 
eye  lens  and  screw-in  Hayem  counter,  including  tables;  object  slide  with  chamber  0.2  mm  deep, 
without  ruling,  but  with  reference  square  of  0.2  mm  side  ruled  on  the  floor  of  the  chamber  and 
surrounded  by  concentric  orientation  circles;  object  slide  with  chamber  0.1  mm  deep,  with  refer¬ 
ence  square  of  0.2  mm  side  surrounded  by  concentric  orientation  circles  and,  in  addition,  a  microm¬ 
eter  scale,  i.  e.,  1  mm  divided  into  100  parts,  2  pipettes  for  the  diluent  of  250-500  cc  capacity,  one 
red  and  the  other  white,  pipette  of  1-5  cc  capacity,  for  red  corpuscles;  pipette  of  5-25  cc  capacity 
for  white  corpuscles;  two  mixing  cells  with  stoppers,  one  marked  “red”  and  the  other  “white;” 

two  thick  and  two  thin  plane,  parallel  cover  glasses  and  one  stirring  spatulum .  22.00 

Ocular  Net  Micrometer,  Zeiss,  consisting  of  a  square  of  5  mm  divided  into  small  squares  of  0.5  mm. .  1.55 
Ocular  Diaphragms,  Ehrlich,  Zeiss,  with  square  openings  of  1  mm,  2  mm,  3  mm,  4  mm,  6  mm, 8  mm  and 

9  mm.  .Convenient. to  place  on  the  diaphragm  of  any  regular  Huyghenian  Oculars .  3.10 

Oculars,  Adjustable,  Zeiss,  particularly  recommended  for  use  with  the  various  ocular  micrometers 
in  that  the  eye  lens  may  be  focussed  sharply  upon  the  micrometer  when  resting  on  the  dia¬ 
phragm 

Designation . . K.  6  H.  2  H.  3  H.4 

Duty  Free .  6725  2^75  2^5  2J5 

Duty  Paid .  7.75  3.40  3.40  3.40 


264 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


! 


I 


i 


No.  30152 


30144. 

30148. 


30152. 

30156. 


30160. 


30164. 

30168. 

30172. 

30176. 


Ocular,  Ehrlich,  with  adjustable  square  diaphragm  for  use  in  blood  counting,  cytology,  etc .  11.40 

Haemacytometer,  Thoma-Metz,  consisting  of  a  counting  ocular,  counting  slide,  piano  cover  glass,  pipette 
for  red  corpuscles  and  pipette  for  white  corpuscles.  The  usual  graduations  on  the  counting  cham¬ 
ber  are  omitted  and  are  provided  in  the  ocular  which  is  adjusted  for  use  with  a  4  mm  objective. 
Small  variations  in  the  focus  of  the  objective  may  be  compensated  for  by  adjustment  of  tube 
length.  This  adjustment  is  controlled  by  the/'coincidence  of  the  counting  plate  with  a  square 

engraved  on  the  slide.  In  case .  16.00 

Haemaglobinometer,  Dare,  complete  in  leather  case .  22.50 

Haemaglobin  Scale,  Tallquist.  A  color  scale  of  ten  tints,  ranging  from  10%  to  100%,  bound  in  book 
form,  pocket  size,  complete  with  50  sheets  of  standard  filter  paper  sufficient  for  150  tests,  and 

directions  for  use . 1-50 

Haemometer,  Sahli,  original  Swiss  make  being  constructed  under  Dr.  Sahli’s  personal  supervision  and 
not  to  be  confused  with  the  many  unsatisfactory  imitations  at  a  lower  price.  Complete  with  direc¬ 
tions  for  use .  7.50 

Standard  Colored  Tubes  for  above,  each .  1.25 

Graduated  Tubes  for  above .  1-25 

Graduated  Pipette  for  above . . . •••■•.•'  i_Y  j  '  . 

Haemometer,  Fleischl,  for  measuring  the  percentage  of  haemaglobin  in  blood.  The  standard  of  com¬ 
parison  in  this  instrument  is  a  tinted  wedge  of  glass  mounted  movably  beneath  the  stage.  Only 
a  small  quantity  of  blood  is  required  and  the  results  are  obtained  easily  and  quickly.  Complete 
in  case  with  lock  and  handle .  24.00 


265 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  30180  No.  30196 


30180.  Haemometer,  Fleischl-Miescher,  for  estimating  the  absolute  as  well  as  the  relative  percentage  of  haema- 
globin  content  of  blood  with  great  accuracy.  Complete  with  cells,  mixing  pipette,  etc.  45.00 
30184.  Capillary  Tubes  for  Fleischl  Haemometers  of  varying  capacities  to  suit  wedge  of  instrument.  Capacity 

in  cubic  millimeters.  Each . 30 

30188.  Yellow  glass  disc,  for  use  with  Fleischl  haemometers  in  day  light.  Each .  1.75 

30192.  Coagulometer,  Biffi-Brooks.  Complete  with  thermometer .  8.00 

30196.  Coagulometer,  Brodie-Russell-Boggs,  for  use  on  the  stage  of  the  microscope.  See  Johns  Hopkins  Hos¬ 
pital  Bulletin,  June-July,  1907 .  9.00 

30200.  Coagulometer,  Schultz,  consisting  of  small  glass  tubes  each  with  14  bulbs,  which  may  be  broken  off 

readily  with  the  fingers  for  introduction  into  the  normal  salt  solution  A  simple  and  convenient 
method  for  determining  coagulation  time  of  blood.  See  Berliner  klin.  Wochenschr.,  1910,  No. 
12.  Each . 20 


30204. 


30208. 

30212. 

30216. 

30220. 

30224. 


30228. 


Apparatus  for  the  Determination  of  Urea  in  the  Blood,  Marshall.  Complete  outfit  as  shown  in  the  illus- 

tration  consists  of  two  calcium  chloride  tubes,  two  Erlenmeyer  flasks,  two  cylinders,  one  gas 
washing  bottle,  two  rubber  stoppers  to  fit  cylinders,  one  Chapman  filter  pump,  three  special 
rolin  tubes  with  perforations  in  bulb,  three  glass  bulb  connecting  tubes,  tubes  for  connecting 
SrS  fnC-  t to  reach  to  the  bottom  of  the  cylinders  with  necessary  hose,  etc.  See  Journal 

of  Biological  Chemistry  Vol  XF  No.  3,  September,  1913.  Complete  outfit. . . .  7.00 

Folin  Tube  with  perforated  bulb,  for  above,  each .  !  ■; 

Bulb  Connecting  Tube,  for  above,  each . .  .  .  .  .  .  . .  ^30 

Connecting  Tubes,  short,  for  connecting  flasks,  for  above,  each. . . .  !l0 

_.  .“  .  “  „  lo£g>  to  reach  bottom  of  cylinders,  for  above,  each.’.’.’” . !  !l0 

Stalagmometer,  Traube,  for  determining  the  surface  tension  of  fluids  bv  the' number  of  drops'formed 

SLIP VYn  gl V  i- me  and  as  u?ed  for  the  small  drop  reaction  in  the  diagnosis  of  ty- 
S/o  and  fowrL/  Tf  ?ee  Biochem.  z.  Marz,  1910,  Miineh.  med.  W.  5762. 

of  three  SenrateW  "lc,an.Med}c9}  Association,  May  28,  1910.  Complete  outfit  consisting 

of  three  accurately  calibrated  glass  tubes  one  each  for  small  quantities  of  thin  liquids,  large 

quantities  of  thin  liquids,  and  one  specially  for  blood  and  other  more  viscous  solutions  16  00 
Stalagmometer  Tubes,  as  above,  if  ordered  singly,  each  viscous  solutions. .  lb.W 


266 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  30256 


No.  30232 


No. 

30236 


No.  30240 


0 


O 

b 

i 


No. 

30244 


No. 

30248 


30232.  Viscosimeter,  Hess,  for  determining  the  viscosity  of  blood.  Complete  in  case,  with  instructions  for 

use .  22.25 

30236.  Blood  Capsules,  Wright,  of  soft  glass,  2^  inches  long.  Per  10 . 50 

30240.  Blood  Collector,  Vacuum,  as  devised  by  Dr.  Keidel  for  collection  of  blood  for  Wasserman  and  other 

tests,  consisting  of  an  ampoule  of  5  cc  capacity  from  which  the  air  has  been  exhausted,  a  piece 
of  rubber  tubing,  a  syringe  needle  and  a  glass  tube  to  protect  needle  after  sterilization.  Per 

dozen .  2.40 

30244.  Blood  Lancet,  Swan,  for  drawing  blood . . * . 25 

30248.  Blood  Lancet,  English  form,  single  end,  with  guard  screw  to  regulate  depth  of  stab .  1.00 

30252.  “  “  “  “  double  end,  with  both  points  protected  for  carrying  in  the  pocket.  1.50 

30256.  Blood  Pipettes,  Wright,  of  soft  glass  with  end  rounded  for  convenient  application  of  rubber  tube  and 

carefullly  drawn  point;  length  7\  inches  over  all.  Per  10 . 50 


No.  30272 


30260.  Hammers,  of  solid  cast  steel,  wedge  shaped,  for  breaking  ores. 

Weight,  ounces .  ‘  10 _ 1° _ 26 

Each . 50  -60  0.80  -90 

30264.  Hammers,  for  geologists,  of  solid  cast  steel,  with  edge  parallel  to  handle. 

Weight,  ounces .  14  20  28 

Each.  .  -75  1.00  1.25 

30268.  Hammers,  for  geologists,  of  solid  cast  steel,  with  edge  at  right  angle  to  handle. 

Weight,  ounces .  11  16 _ 20 

Each  ’00  .75  .90 

30272.  Hardness  Tester  (Scieroscope),  for  measuring  the  hardness  of  metals.  A  miniature  trip  hammer  is 
dropped  from  sl  fixed  height  upon  the  surfs/Ce  of  the  met&l  the  h&rdness  of  which  is  to  be  tested. 
The  height  of  the  rebound  of  this  hammer  depends  on  the  hardness  or  amount  of  resistance  to 
penetration  offered  by  the  metal,  and  is  measured  by  the  Scieroscope  scale.  In  addition  to  the 
Scieroscope  proper  the  outfit  consists  of  one  plaster-mount  vessel,  one  nickeled  and  enameled 
swing  arm  and  stand  one  magnifier,  hammer  for  soft  metals  only,  one  brass  and  one  hard  steel 
standard  reference  bars,  50  blank  curve  charts,  all  in  polished  hardwood  carrying  case. ......  150.00 

30276.  Hardness  Tester,  Keen,  a  simple  portable  instrument  for  testing  the  hardness  of  metals,  the  readings 
of  which  may  be  easily  converted  into  approximately  the  Brmnell  hardness  numerals.  A  standard 
weight  drops  from  a  standard  height,  delivering  a  blow  of  constant  magnitude  on  a  socket  in 
which  is  mounted  a  hardened  steel  ball.  The  indication  on  the  piece  to  be  tested  is  measured  with 
a  small  celluloid  gauge  graduated  to  ^mm  or  with  a  microscope.  The  instrument  weighs  only  6| 
lbs.,  is  thoroughly  portable  and  is  finished  with  highly  polished  nickel  plate.  Complete  with  three 
extra  hardened  steel  balls  and  measuring  scale .  18.00 


267 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H 


No.  30280 


No.  30296 — With  top  removed,  showing  replaceable  heating  units 


No.  30288 


No.  30296— Single  Heat 


No.  30296 — Three  Heat 


30280.  Hardness  Tester,  Brinell,  for  use  in  making  Brinell’s  ball  impression  test  or  Ludwik's  test  by  conical 
impressions.  This  method  is  standard  throughout  the  world  and  gives  numerical  values  of  the 
hardness  of  materials  without  elaborate  preparation,  and  insofar  as  iron  and  steel  are  concerned, 
the  tensile  strength  as  well.  Some  of  the  applications  of  this  instrument  are  as  follows: — 
Rapid  control  of  chemical  carbon  determinations  during  iron  and  steel  smelting. 

Testing  finished  articles  without  damaging  the  same,  say  rails,  tires,  projectiles,  armor 
plates,  gun  barrels  of  all  kinds,  structural  steel,  etc. 

Examining  the  nature  of  the  material  in  entire  or  broken  parts  of  machinery,  where  the 
making  of  a  tensile  test  bar  is  impossible. 

Testing  the  degree  of  hardness  and  softness  obtainable  by  thermal  treatment  of  any  steel. 
Testing  uniformity  of  temper. 

Ascertaining  the  effect  of  the  nature  and  temperature  of  various  hardening  fluids. 

Studying  the  effect  of  cold  working,  etc.,  etc. 

For  a  maximum  pressure  of  3000  kilograms. 

Duty  Free . 210.00  Duty  Paid .  250.00 

30284.  Hardness  Tester,  Brinell,  as  above,  for  a  maximum  pressure  of  5000  kilograms. 

Duty  Free .  235.00  Duty  Paid . 280.00 

30288.  Hot  Plates,  for  gas,  with  extra  heavy  polished  steel  top. 

Length,  inches .  18  24  30  36 

Width,  inches .  14  18  18  18 

Each .  12.00  16.80  21.60  26.50 

30296.  Hot  Plates,  Electric,  “Multiple  Unit”  Type,  wound  for  110  and  220  volts  interchangeably.  Size  6j  x  18 
inches  reaches  400°  F.  on  low  heat,  600°  F.  on  medium  and  750°  F.  on  high  heat,  and  consumes 


330,  660  and  990  Watts, 
Size,  inches . 

respectively,  for  these  temperatures. 
.  12j  x  12i 

12j  x  18 

18  x  24 

6i  x  18 

Each,  one  heat . 

.  17.50 

24.50 

34.00 

15.00 

Each,  three  heats . 

.  20.00 

27.50 

37.50 

17.50 

Extra  Units,  each . 

.  3.25 

4.00 

4.00 

2.50 

Rewiring  Units,  each. . 

.  2.50 

3.00 

3.00 

2.00 

268 


ARTHUR  H  . 


THOM  AS  COMPANY 


! 


No.  30300 


No.  30304 


No.  30308 


30300. 

30304. 


30308. 


Hot  Plate,  Hoskins  Electric,  with  heating  elements  of  nickel-chromium.  With  500  watts  gives  a  maxi- 
mum  temperature  of  483°  C.  With  pressed  steel  top  6  inches  in  diameter.  Works  equally  well 
on  alternating  or  direct  current  but  voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering.  Furnished  with  six 

„  l>1te?t  9*  flexible  cord  and  plug.  Requires  use  of  5  ampere  snap  or  knife  switch .  6.00 

not  .Plate,  Hoskins  Electric,  with  polished  sheet  steel  top  and  cast  iron  legs.  Spiral  resistance  unit 
covers  circular  area  5f  inches  in  diameter  in  center  of  top,  12  inches  square.  Gives  maximum 
temperature  with  500  watts  of  260°  C.  at  center  and  121°  C.  at  edge.  Works  equally  well  on 
direct  or  alternating  current  but  voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering.  Furnished  with  6  ft.  of 

xj-  P' exible  cord  and  plug.  Requires  5  ampere  snap  or  knife  switch  for  operation .  8.00 

Hot  Plate,  Hoskins  Electric,  Three  Heat,  with  polished  sheet  steel  top  12  x  18  inches,  with  square 
steel  legs.  Resistance  unit  composed  of  three  parallel  windings,  each  controlled  by  a  snap  switch 
onfront  of  plate.  Heat  distribution  is  absolutely  uniform.  At  “Low”  heat  with  600  watts  gives 
177  C.,  ‘Medium”  with  1200  watts  gives  232°  C.  and  “High”  with  1800  watts  gives  288°  C. 
Works  equally  well  on  direct  or  alternating  current  but  voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering. 
Requires  use  of  a  double  pole  knife  switch  20  amperes  capacity  on  110  volts,  and  10  amperes  on 
220  volts .  25.00 


Nos.  30316  and  30320  Nos.  30324  and  30328  No.  30332 


30312.  Hot  Plate,  Electric,  Three  Heat.  Furnished  with  regulating  switch,  5  ft.  of  flexible  cord  and  snap 
switch.  Gives  maximum  temperature  of  315°  C.  when  running  idle.  Of  polished  steel.  Operates 
equally  well  on  direct  or  alternating  current  but  voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering. 

Length,  inches .  6  6 

Width,  inches .  6  12 

Each .  9.00  11.00 

30316.  Hot  Plates,  Electric,  Three  Heat,  circular  form,  of  polished  steel  with  slate  base,  with  regulating 
switch.  All  are  furnished  with  6  ft.  of  flexible  cord  and  the  4\  and  6  inch  sizes  with  a  lamp  socket 
plug.  No  socket  plug  is  furnished  with  the  8  inch  size  but  a  plug  switch  is  furnished  with  the 
10  inch.  Operate  equally  well  on  direct  or  alternating  current  but  voltage  nust  be  specified  in 
ordering.  Maximum  surface  temperature  on  “High”  heat  when  running  idle  about  340°  C.  For 
arrangement  to  use  these  heaters  in  connection  with  Extraction  Apparatus,  No.  27564. 

Diameter,  inches .  4| _ 6_  8  10 

Each . . . .  6.00  7.50  10.00  13.00 

30320.  Hot  Plate,  Electric,  circular  form,  for  single  heat,  with  6  ft.  of  cord  and  lamp  socket  plug  but  without 
regulating  switch.  Diameter,  4j  inches.  Of  polished  steel  on  slate  base.  Gives  surface  tem¬ 
perature  when  running  idle  on  250  watts  of  about  340°  C.  Operates  equally  well  on  direct  or 

alternating  current  but  voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering . . .  4.00 

30324.  Hot  Plates,  Electric,  rectangular  form,  for  one  heat.  Of  polished  cast  iron.  Furnished  with  4  ft.  of 
cord  but  no  plug.  Will  reach  about  340°  C.  when  running  idle.  Operate  equally  well  on  direct 
or  alternating  current  but  voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering. 

Length,  inches .  12  18 

Width,  inches .  9  12 

Each . 11.00  16.50 

30328.  Hot  Plate,  Electric,  rectangular  form,  same  as  No.  30324  but  with  three  heats  and  furnished  with 
4  ft.  of  cord  and  plug  switch.  Operates  equally  well  on  direct  or  alternating  current  but  voltage 
must  be  specified  in  ordering. 

Length,  inches .  12  18 

Width,  inches . 9 _ 12 

Each . 13.00  18.50 

30332.  Hot  Plate,  Electric,  long  form,  with  three  moderate  heats,  very  suitable  for  extraction  apparatus 
such  as  No.  27568.  With  5  ft.  of  cord  and  snap  switch.  Operate  equally  well  on  either  direct  or 
alternating  current  but  voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering. 

Length,  inches .  24  24 

Width,  inches .  _ 4j 

Each .  13.00  13.50 


269 


ARTHUR 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  30336 


HOT  PLATES,  HERAEUS  PATENT,  WITH  AUTOMATIC  TEMPERATURE  REGULATION.  These  plates 

are  of  aluminum  with  heating  element  of  sheet  Nichrome  and  reach  a  maximum  temperature  of 
250°C.  A  micrometer  screw  is  set  to  any  temperature  desired  below  the  maximum,  after  which  the 
plate  will  maintain  the  desired  temperature  to  within  1°  without  attention,  all  of  which  is  accom¬ 
plished  without  the  use  of  rheostats.  The  plates  are  listed  below  both  without  regulator  and  with 
regulator  for  both  alternating  and  direct  circuits.  As  the  heating  element  is  contained  in  an  air 
box  2  inches  deep  the  hot  plate  proper  can  be  removed  and  replaced  with  a  plate  with  aluminum  rings 


Size  of  plate,  cm .  12 

3  x  25 

\2i  x  50 

20  x  40 

25  x  50 

10  x  85 

Maximum  current  consumption,  Watts . 

400 

900 

1200 

1800 

1300 

30336. 

Hot  Plate,  as  above,  without  regulator . Duty  Free 

11.50 

17.00 

18.50 

25.00 

23.00 

Duty  Paid 

16.10 

23.80 

25.90 

35.00 

32.20 

30337. 

“  “  “  with  regulator  for  D.C.,  Duty  Free 

22.00 

27.50 

28.50 

35.50 

33.50 

Duty  Paid 

30.80 

38.50 

39.90 

49.70 

46.90 

30338. 

“  “  “  “  with  regulator  for  A. C.,  Duty  Free 

24.00 

29.00 

30.00 

37.00 

35.50 

Duty  Paid 

33.60 

40.60 

42.00 

51.80 

49.70 

30340. 

Aluminum  Rings,  for  above  Hot  Plates. 

Diameter  of  largest  size,  cm . 

9 

12 

15 

18 

Number  of  rings  in  set . 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Duty  Free,  per  set . 

1.00 

1.20 

1.40 

Duty  Paid,  “  “  . 

1.40 

1.70 

2.00 

270 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


30344. 

30346. 

30348. 


30352. 

30356. 

30360. 

30364. 

30368. 

30372. 

30376. 

30380. 

30384. 

30388. 

30392. 

30396. 

30400. 

/ 

30404. 

30408. 

30412. 

30416. 

30420. 

f 

30424. 

30428. 

30432. 

30436. 

30440. 


Hot  Plate  with  Flask  Heater,  Electric,  Multiple  Unit  Type.  A  practical  combination  of  hot  plate, 
flask  heater  and  sand  bath.  The  hot  plate  is  removable  and  either  the  sand  bath  or  flask 
heater  may  be  inserted  in  its  place  immediately  over  the  heating  units.  Attains  a  maximum 
temperature  of  540°  C  which  may  be  reduced  sufficiently  low  for  ether  or  alcohol  extractions. 
The  unit  is  replaceable  by  the  operator.  Complete  with  connecting  cord  and  plug  for  either 

110  or  220  volt  lines.  Voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering . 25.00 

Extra  Units,  for  either  voltage .  3.00 

Rewinding  Units  at  factory,  each .  j.25 


HYDROMETERS. 

All  our  Baume  scale  Hydrometers  are  graduated  in  accordance  with  the  American  Standard  scale,  i.  e 
gO*  p  140  ' 

B°  =  • - hr?  for  liquids  heavier  than  water  and  S.G.  =  — „ — ,  for  liquids  lighter  than  water. 


145  - 


135 

S.G. 


150  +  B° 


Hydrometers,  Specific  Gravity,  for  liquids  lighter  than  water;  ranges  0.700-0.800,  0.800-0.900,  0.900-1.000 
and  0.700-1.000.  Each .  1.00 

Hydrometers,  Specific  Gravity,  for  liquids  heavier  than  water;  ranges  1.000-1.200, 1.200-1.400, 1.400-1.600 

1.600-1.800, 1.800-2.000, 1.000-1.500,  and  1.000-2.000.  Each .  1.00 

Hydrometer,  Specific  Gravity,  Patent,  for  both  light  and  heavy  liquids  in  either  small  or  large 
quantities,  as  well  as  for  solids.  Provided  with  three  scales  on  the  one  stem.  Fig.  2  shows 
the  paper  scale  laid  out  flat,  before  being  placed  in  the  stem  of  the  hydrometer.  One  scale  is 
graduated  from  0.700  to  1.000  for  light  liquids  in  bulk,  the  second  is  graduated  from  1.000  to  1.400 
for  heavy  liquids  in  bulk,  and  the  third  is  graduated  in  grams  and  3*5  grams,  serving  as  a  balance, 
for  determining  the  specific  gravity  of  light  or  heavy  liquids  and  solids,  which  are  placed  in  the 

small  graduated  stoppered  bulb  of  the  instrument.  Complete  in  tin  carrying  case . .  4.00 

Hydrometers,  Specific  Gravity  and  Baume,  for  liquids  lighter  than  water;  ranges  0.700-1.000  and 
70-10;  0.700-0.850  and  70-34;  0.850-1.000  and  34-10;  0.700-0  800  and  70-44:  0.800-0.900  and  44-25, 

0.900-1.000  and  25-10.  Each . ! .  1.25 

Hydrometers,  Specific  Gravity  and  Baume,  for  liquids  lighter  than  water,  with  thermometer  in  stem; 

ranges  0.700  to  1.000  and  70-10.  Each . .' .  2.25 

Hydrometers,  Specific  Gravity  and  Baume,  for  liquids  heavier  than  water;  ranges  1.000-2.000  and  0-70; 
1.000-1.400  and  0-41;  1.400-2.000  and  41-70;  1.000  to  1.200  and  0-24;  1.200-1.400  and  24-41; 

1.400-1.600  and  41-54;  1.600-1.800  and  54-64;  1.800-2.000  and  64-70.  Each .  1.25 

Hydrometer,  Specific  Gravity  and  Baume  for  liquids  heavier  than  water,  with  thermometer  combined; 

1.000-2.000  and  0-70.  Each .  2.25 

Hydrometer,  Universal,  Baume  and  Specific  Gravity,  for  both  heavy  and  light  liquids.  Baume  ranges 

from  0  to  70  andlO  to  100°  in  single  degrees,  specific  gravity  from  0.700  to  1.900.  Each - 1.75 

Hydrometers,  Baume,  for  liquids  lighter  than  water;  ranges  20-10°,  30-20°,  40-30°,  50-40°,  60-50°> 

70-60°,  80-70°,  and  90-80°;  divided  in  3*5°.  Each .  1.00 

Hydrometers,  Baume,  for  liquids  heavier  than  water;  ranges  0-10°,  10-20°,  20-30°,  30-40°,  40-50°,  50-60° 

and  60-70°;  divided  in  yo°.  Each . 1.00 

Hydrometers,  Baume,  for  liquids  heavier  than  water;  0-50°  and  0-70°;  divided  in  single  degrees. 

Each . 50 

Hydrometer,  Twaddle,  for  liquids  heavier  than  water  (Twaddle  degrees  multiplied  by  5  and  added  to 
1000  =  specific  gravity);  about  12  inches  long.  Ranges  No.  0,  0-10;  No.  1,  0-24;  No.  2,  24-48; 

No.  3,  48-72;  No.  4,  72-102;  No.  5, 102-134  and  No.  6, 134-160.  Each . 75 

Hydrometer,  Twaddle,  same  construction  and  scales  as  No.  30396  but  small  size.  i.  e.,  about  6  inches 
long.  Each . . 

Hydrometer,  Brix,  ranges  0-30°,  30-60°  and  60-90°  graduated  in  \  .  Each .  1.00 

nyaromeier,  »  a  g^  glas’s;  ranges  0-15°,  15-30°,  30-45°,  45-60°,  60-75°,  and  75-90°;  graduated 

in  i°.  Each .  1*25 

Hydrometer,  Brix,  of  Jena  glass,  range  20-25°,  graduated  in  3%°,  with  enclosed  Centigrade  thermometer 

Hydrometer, a  Brix!'  o^German  silver 'throughout,  ranges  0-30°,  3(P60°,  and  60-90°;  graduated  in  J°. 

4.50 


Each. 


Hvdrometers  Soecific  Gravity,  Precision,  of  Jena  16  III  glass,  reading  to  between  the  third  and  fourth 
nyuruineierh,  openm.  \  ^  _i  i___  j _ ocn  1  «««•  vnnnoo  n  7nn_n  7 ah  n_7An_n  oon 

decimal 

0.820-0. 

1.300-l.ww,  a.wv  — E  h”  2  50 

Hydrometer!  Specific  Gravity,  complete  set  of  above  (No.  30420)  consisting  of  20  hydrometer  spindles  and 
one  indicating  thermometer  spindle  with  which  to  determine  the  correct  hydrometer  to  use  in 

•  |  •  . . .  UV/tUu 

Hydrometers!  Specific  Gravity i  complete  set  as'i'n  No.  30424  but  certified  to  four  points  and  with  certifi¬ 
cate  of  the  Physikalisch-T echnische  Reichsanstalt.  In  wooden  case  . .  .  70.00 

Hydrometers,  Precision,  exactly  same  as  No.  30424  and  same  ranges,  but  15  cm  long,  for  small  quanti- 

Hydrometers^Precisfon,  complete  set  of  No.  30432.  In  wooden  case. .... - ••••••• - -  •  •  ■■■■■  35.00 

iijuiumcicia,  x  „  «  «  u  certified  to  four  points  and  with  certificate  of  the 

Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt.  In  wooden  case .  55.00 


271 


ARTHUR 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


272 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


! 


I 

i 


No.  30476 


30444. 

30448. 

30452. 

30456. 

30460. 

30464. 

30468. 

30472. 

30476. 


30480. 

30484. 


30488. 

30492. 

30496. 

30500. 

30504. 

30508. 

30512. 

30516. 


30520. 

30524. 

30528. 

30532. 

30536. 


30540. 

30544. 


30548. 

30552. 

30556. 

30560. 


Hydrometers,  Precision,  reading  in  specific  gravity  to  the  third  decimal  place.  Set  of  six,  0.700-0.850, 
0.850-1.000,  1.000-1.250,  1.250-1.500,  1.500-1.750  and  1.750-2.000.  With  separate  thermometer 

in  case.  Spindles  are  not  sold  separately.  In  wooden  case .  15.00 

Hydrometers,  Precision,  complete  set  as  in  No.  30444  but  with  certificate  of  the  Physikalisch-Technische 

Reichsanstalt.  In  wooden  case .  21.00 

Hydrometer,  Baume,  of  German  Silver,  for  liquids  heavier  than  water,  scale  0-50°  in  1° . 4.50 

Hydrometer,  Alcohol,  Gay-Lussac,  scale  from  1°-100°  in  single  degrees .  1.00 

“  “  Tralle  and  Proof  Scales  reading  from  100°  below  to  100°  above  Proof  and 

from  1  °  to  100°  Tralle  in  single  degrees . .  1 .00 

Hydrometer,  Alcohol,  Tralle  and  Proof  Scales  as  in  No.  30460  and  also  wi1±i  enclosed  thermometer. 

U.  S.  Custom  House  standard  pattern . . .  2.00 

Hydrometers,  Alcohol,  U.  S.  Internal  Revenue  Bureau  Pattern,  covering  the  entire  range  of 
spiritous  liquors.  No.  1,  0-100°;  No.  2,  80-120°;  No.  3,  100-140°;  No.  4,  130-170°;  No.  5,  160-200°. 

Each . . . .  2.50 

Hydrometers,  Alcohol,  Complete  Set,  as  above,  in  polished  wooden  case  with  leather  lining,  includ¬ 
ing  one  copper  spirit  can  with  standard  thermometer .  24.00 

Hydrometers,  Alcohol,  Plate.  Set  of  three  hydrometers  9  cm  in  length,  for  testing  alcohol  in  mu¬ 
seum  jars  and  biological  work  without  the  inconvenience  of  pouring  off  a  sufficient  quan¬ 
tity  to  float  the  usual  large  hydrometer.  Reading  from  30  to  100%  volume  and  tested  in  the 

Zeiss  laboratories.  In  handsome  case. . . .  5.00 

Hydrometer,  Ammonia,  35-10°  Baume  scale  in  |°  divisions . 75 

“  Sommer’s  Patent,  for  determining  the  specific  gravity  of  Asphalt,  graduated  from  0.85 

to  1.3°  at  25°  C.,  as  recommended  by  the  Committee  of  the  American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers. 

Complete  with  brass  receptacle  and  fittings,  with  instructions  for  use .  10.00 

Hydrometer,  same  as  No.  30484.  but  graduated  from  0.950  to  1.100° .  10.00 

“  (Barkometer)  for  tanning  liquids  reading  from  0-60°  Baume  in  single  degrees .  1.00 

Hydrometer,  same  as  above  but  with  thermometer  and  correction  scale .  2.50 

Hydrometer  (Barkometer)  reading  from  0  to  60°  Baume  in  single  degrees  with  Fahrenheit  thermom¬ 
eter  to  90°,  scale  about  5  inches  long .  2.00 

Hydrometer,  Benzene,  also  for  coal  oil,  gasoline,  naphtha,  etc.,  scale  90-60°  Baume  reading  in  single 

degrees.  Each . •■•••. . •. . . .  2.75 

Hydrometer  Ether,  reading  from  0.75  to  0.700  Specific  Gravity,  with  enclosed  thermometer .  2.75 

Hydrometer  Glue,  graduated  from  0-12°  in  J°. . . . . . •  ■  •  •  ■  ■ ; . .  . . . . 1-25 

Hydrometer,  Lime-sulphur,  for  use  in  determining  the  degree  of  density  of  lime-sulphur  solutions,  as 
recommended  bv  Parrott  and  Stewart;  scale  is  from  0  to  38°  Baume  and  from  1.000  to  1.350 

specific  gravity,  without  cylinder.. . 75 

Hydrometer,  as  above,  with  special  cylinder .  1.00 

Special  Cylinder  only . .  . . . . . . .  ■  ■  - - -  •  •  . . ; - •  •j*® 

Hydrometer,  (Salinometer)  with  direct  reading  in  percentage  of  salt  content,  range  from  1  to  100% 

in  l^o  divisions  . . .  .75 

Hydrometer,  Storage  Battery,  with  specific  gravity  scale,  with  range  1.100  to  1.300  and  7  inches 

in  length.  Each . .  . . ;  •;  •••••■"  •  •  • ; . .  .75 

Hydrometer,  Storage  Batterv,  with  svringe.  The  pointed  tube  of  the  syringe  is  inserted  in  the  storage 
cell  opening  and  the  electrolyte  withdrawn  by  means  of  the  bulb.  The  specific  gravity  is  then 
read  b 
tainer. 

Hydrometer,  Rendimento,  for  tropical  cane  sugar  factories.  A  special  hydrometer 

with  thermometer  combined,  for  determining  the  possible  yield  of  sugar  from  the  cane  by  the 
density  of  the  raw  juice.  The  hydrometer  shows  how  much  sugar  to  expect  and,  by  comparing 
this  with  the  actual  yield,  the  efficiency  of  the  factmy  work  can  be  estimated  .  6.00 

Hydrometer,  Sugar  and  Syrup,  Baume  scale  graduated  m  single  degrees;  0-20  and  0-50  Each  .75 

Hydrometer,  Saxe’s  Areo-Pycnometer,  for  testing  small  quantities,  only  3  cc  of  solution  being  neces¬ 
sary,  range  1.000  to  1.060  specific  gravity.... . . .  2.50 

Hydrometer,  Vinegar,  showing  percentage  ot  acetic  acid . . : . 

«  «  (Solidimeter),  for  solids  in  vinegar,  with  thermometer .  3.00 


273 


ARTHUR  H. 


No.  30564 


No.  30568 


No.  30572 


No.  30576 


HTGROMETiJR 


S«uss»»t 

V” 


No.  30592 


No.  30584 


30564. 

30568. 

30572. 

30576. 

30580. 

30584. 

30588. 

30592. 


30593. 

30594. 

30595. 


Hygrometer,  Mason,  wet  and  dry  bulb,  for  the  determination  of  relative  and  absolute  humidity  and 
dew  point  in  connection  with  the  tables  and  directions.  With  black  oxidized  brass  scale  on 

oak  board  5x11  inches .  2.25 

Hygrometer,  simple  form,  in  nickel  plated  case,  with  scale  80  mm  in  diameter .  2.75 

in  brass  case,  with  scale  reading  in  degrees  and  percentage .  6.00 

“  Wurster’s  model,  for  industrial  use.  For  the  testing  of  the  moisture  content  of  yarn, 

cloths,  bales  of  tobacco,  paper,  etc.  With  thermometer .  10.00 

Hygrometer  (Sling  Psychrometer),  for  obtaining  more  rapid  results  than  are  possible  with  a  station¬ 
ary  wet  and  dry  bulb  instrument.  Scale  0°  to  100°  F.  in  30.  With  copper  protecting  case. .  9.00 
Hygrometer  (Hygro-Autometer),  an  improved  form  of  wet  and  dry  bulb  hygrometer,  reading  directly 
in  percentage  of  relative  humidity  and  dew  point  without  the  aid  of  tables.  On  black  japanned 
iron  frame .  10.50 


Hygrometer  (Hygrodeik),  an  improved  wet  and  dry  bulb  instrument  showing  relative  and  absolute 
humidity,  with  dew  point  without  reference  to  tables.  With  black,  japanned  iron  frame.  12.00 
Hygrometer,  Registering  (Hygrograph),  latest  model,  for  registering  the  relative  humidity,  As  used 
by  manufacturers  of  food  products,  paper,  explosives,  etc.,  and  in  cold  storage  and  tobacco 
warehouses.  Including  charts  for  one  year’s  use. 

Duty  Free . 45.00'  stock .  55.00 

Extra  Charts,  per  box  of  53  sheets . 2.00 

Extra  Pens,  each .  .  1.50 

Special  Ink,  per  bottle . .  . . ’  ’  .50 


274 


No.  30596 


No.  30608— Sectional  view 


No.  30608 


3059G. 

30600. 

30604. 

30608. 


30612. 


30616. 


Hygrometer,  Lambrecht’s  Polymeter;  an  accurate  hygrometer  with  thermometer  and  various  correc¬ 
tion  scales,  used  both  in  meteorology  and  for  industrial  purposes;  non-corrodible,  with  phosphor- 
bronze  finish  with  enamel  scale,  total  height  245  mm,  diameter  of  scale  75  mm;  not  to  be  con¬ 
fused  with  cheaper  forms  of  the  same  instrument .  12.00 

Hygrometer,  Miniature  Form,  total  height  140  mm  with  scale  75  mm  in  diameter,  in  non-corroding  phos¬ 
phor-bronze  case,  with  thermometer;  particularly  recommended  for  laboratory  use  as  in  bac¬ 
teriological  incubators,  etc . . . . .  14.00 

Hygrometer,  Lambrecht,  for  factory  use,  for  hanging  on  wall,  without  thermometer,  in  nickel  plated 

zinc  case,  total  height  150  mm,  with  scale  75  mm  in  diameter .  5.00 

Incinerator,  Laboratory,  for  convenient  disposition  of  laboratory  and  dissecting  room  refuse,  particu¬ 
larly  infected  animal  carcasses  and  similar  material.  The  arrangement  of  the  combustion  cham¬ 
ber  and  burner  insures  the  drying  of  wet  compact  refuse  by  allowing  air  passage  through  it  until 
it  is  finally  consumed.  Any  drip  or  liquid  matter  is  caught  in  the  trough  below  the  burner. 
The  apparatus  is  economical  in  its  operation  and  because  of  asbestos  lining  causes  very  little 
heat  radiation  in  the  room  and  it  is  easy  to  take  apart.  Full  directions  for  installation  and 
operation  are  sent  with  each  machine.  A  f  inch  gas  supply  pipe  is  necessary  and  a  proper  flue 
for  disposing  of  the  products  of  combustion.  Size  I  is  supplied  with  a  single  grate  and  Size  II 
has  two  grates. 

Designation . Sizei  Sizeii 

Outside  dimensions,  inches . . 15  x  11  x  37  18  x  18  x  49 

Capacity  of  combustion  chamber,  cu.  inches .  1412.5  2825 

Each .  60.00  90.00 

Induction  Coils,  Ruhmkorff,  mounted  on  polished  mahogany  base,  with  condenser  and  adjustable 
vibrator. 

Length  of  spark,  approximately,  inches . . | _ ? _ | _ f  1 

Each .  4.50  6.75  9.00  13.50  18.00 

Ink,  Diamond,  for  writing  on  glass,  25  grams  in  gutta  percha  bottle.  Per  bottle . 50 


275 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  30620 


No.  30628  No.  30632  No.  viuooo 


30620.  Jar,  Museum,  A.  H.  T.  Co.  Special,  with  foot  and  ground  in,  air  tight  stopper  with  knob.  A  widely 
used  jar  for  all  laboratory  and  museum  purposes,  of  special  finish  affording  a  great  brilliancy 
and  lustre  and  not  to  be  confused  with  jars  of  similar  shape  to  be  had  at  much  less  price.  See 
list  below  of  additional  sizes  to  be  had  on  import  orders. 


Height,  cm .  10  10  13  15  15  15  15  18  18  20  25  60 

Diam.,  cm .  7.5  10  7.5  10  15  20  30  12  15  30  25  15 

Each . 50  .80  .60  1.00  H80  3.00  6T80~  1.30  2.00  7.55  6JH)  fLOO 


30620.  Jars,  Museum,  A.  H.  T.  Co.  Special  Import  List.  For  the  convenience  of  those  preparing  lists  of  our 

Special  Museum  Jars  as  listed  above  for  duty  free  importation  we  list  the  sizes  available  with 
prices,  duty  free,  f.  o.  b.  Philadelphia  boxing  extra.  Orders  are  intended  to  be  for  at  least  10 
jars  of  a  size  (except  in  the  case  of  very  large  sizes)  and  to  aggregate  at  least  $50.00  in  value. 


Height,  cm .  5  5  5  5  5  6  6  6  6  6  6 

Diameter,  cm .  1  2 _ 3 _ 4 _ 5 _ 1  2  3  5  6  8 

Duty  Free,  per  10  .  .  .  .75  .75  775  .95  2)5  .75  .75  .75  1.05  1  15  L80 

Height,  cm .  7  7  7  7  8  8  8  8  8  8  8 

Diameter,  cm .  2  3  4  10  2  3 _ 4  5  6.5  8  10 

Duty  Free,  per  10 .  .  .  .75  .95  1.15  2.40  1.05  1.15  1.35  1.35  1.50  L90  2.70 

Height,  cm .  8  9  9  9  9  9  9  10  10  10  10 

Diameter,  cm .  16  2  3  4  5  6  9  2  3  4  5 

Duty  Free,  per  10 .  .  .  6.00  1.15  L15  1.35  1.35  1.50  2L70  L15  L35  T50  L50 

Height,  cm .  10  10  10  10  10  12  12  12  12  12  12 

Diameter,  cm .  6  7.5  10  12  15  2  3  4  5  6  8 

Duty  Free,  per  10. . . .  1.70  1.90  3.00  4.50  5255  1.15  L35  1250  1.70  L90  2^40 

Height,  cm .  12  12  12  12  12  13  13  13  13  15  15 

Diameter,  mm .  10  12  15  18  20  5  7.5  10  16  2  3 

Duty  Free,  per  10 ... .  3.75  4.65  6.00  7.50  9.75  1.70  2.25  3.75  7.50  1.50  1.70 

Height,  cm .  15  15  15  15  15  15  15  15  15  18  13 

Diameter,  cm .  4  5  8  10  12  15  20  25  30  2  8 

Duty  Free,  per  10. . . .  1.70  1.90  2.65  3.75  4.95  6.60  11.25  15.00  26.35  L70  L70 

Height,  cm .  18  18  18  18  18  18  18  18  18  18  18 

Diameter,  cm .  4  5  6  7  9  10  11  12  15  18  24 

Duty  Free,  per  10  .  .  1.90  2.05  2.25  2.25  3.75  4.50  4.50  4.80  7.50  9.30  15.00 

Height,  cm .  20  20  20  20  20  20  20  20  20  20  20 

Diameter,  cm .  4  5  6  7  8  10  12  14  16  20  25 

Duty  Free,  per  10  .  .  1.90  2.25  2.45  2.65  2.85  4JS(T  5.55  6T5  9.00  12.00  18.75 

Height,  cm .  20  22  22  22  22  22  22  22  22  22  22 

Diameter,  cm .  30  2  4  5  7  8  9  10.5  12  14  16 

Duty  Free,  per  10  .  .  .  37.60  2.25  2.25  2.45  2.85  3.30  4.05  4~95  5.55  6.90  9.00 

Height,  cm .  22  25  25  25  25  25  25  25  25  25  25 

Diameter,  cm .  22  3  5  8  10  12  16  18  20  25  30 

Duty  Free,  per  10 .  .  .  15.00  lL85  3.20  4.50  5.70  6.60  9.60  11.25  15.00  22.50  34.10 

Height,  cm .  25  30  30  30  30  30  30  30  30  35  35 

Diameter,  cm .  33  5  8  10  12  15  20  25  30  5  S 

Duty  Free,  per  10 ...  56.00  3.90  5.90  6.85  7.75  11.65  19.40  29.15  45.75  5.80  7.20 

Height,  cm .  35  35  35  35  40  40  45  45  50  50  55 

Diameter,  cm .  12  15  20 _ 25  10 _ 15  12 _ 20  10  25 _ 10 

Duty  Free,  per  10 .  .  .  11.05  15.40  26.25  38.50  l0.85  18.40  15.40  30.65  13.15  66.50  14.90 


276 


R 


H  U  R 


H. 


H  O 


M 


O  M 


N 


30628. 


30632. 


30636. 


30640. 

30644. 

30648. 

30652. 


30652. 


Jars,  Museum,  Hopkins-Columbia  Model,  as  furnished  by  us  in  large  quantities  to  various  laboratories 
in  Johns  Hopkins  l  niversity  and  (  olumbia  University.  The  stopper  of  the  jar  is  ground  inside 
In  lc*  r?5?alns  some  distance  from  the  upper  flange.  Glass  and  workmanship  identical  with 
Mo.  30620.  these  jars  are  not  regularly  carried  in  stock. 

Height,  cm. 


Diameter,  cm. 
Duty  Free,  per 

Height,  cm. . . . 
Diameter,  cm. 


9 

10 

12 

13 

15 

18 

20 

4 

5 

6 

7.5 

8 

14 

6 

1.30 

1.50 

1.80 

2.25 

2.60 

6.65 

2.40 

20 

22 

22 

.  24 

30 

35 

35 

10 

9 

20 

14.5 

15 

9.5 

30 

4.70 

4.00 

12.50 

7.35 

11.60 

7.70 

75.00 

museum,  ot  same  quality  and  finish  as  No.  30620  but  with  fiat  lid  with  air  tight  grinding  between 
the  lid  and  top  of  jar  and  with  the  downward  projection  of  the  lid  loosely  fitting  into  the  jar, 
thus  preventing  the  sticking  of  the  lid  sometimes  encountered  when  the  ground  surface  is 
inside  the  jar.  The  flat  lid  permits  stacking  of  the  jar  either  when  filled  or  emntv. 

Height,  cm . 

Diam.,  cm .  7.5 

Each . 


10 

10 

13 

15 

15 

15 

15 

18 

IS 

20 

25 

60 

7.5 

10 

7.5 

10 

15 

20 

30 

12 

15 

30 

25 

15 

.50 

.80 

.60 

1.00 

1.80 

3.00 

6.80 

1.30 

2.00 

7.55 

6.00 

8.00 

Standard  Museum,  Whitall-Tatum  Co.,  with  mouth  same  size  as  body;  with  rubber  band  and 
metal  clamp  and  two  glass  suspension  rings  on  under  side  of  glass  cover.  By  special  arrange¬ 
ment  with  the  manufacturers  we  offer  these  Jars  at  original  factory  prices. 

Height,  inches _ 

Diameter,  inches. 

Capacity,  pints. . . 

Each . 


Height,  inches. . . . 
Diameter,  inches. 
Capacity,  pints... 

Each . 


Height,  inches. . . . 
Diameter,  inches. 
Capacity,  pints. . . 

Each . 


4 

6 

8 

12 

18 

6 

S 

12 

IS 

S 

2| 

2\ 

91 

-4 

2J 

91 

*J4 

3| 

3i 

3| 

3| 

5 

2 

4 

1 

U 

2j 

n 

2| 

4 

6 

5b 

.38 

.41 

.43 

.49 

.54 

.57 

.62 

.73 

.86 

1.08 

3.65 

4.05 

4.32 

4.73 

5.40 

5.67 

6.08 

7.16 

8.51 

10.94 

12 

15 

18 

S 

12 

6 

8 

12 

15 

18 

5 

5 

5 

6| 

6| 

7| 

^  8 

7| 

7f 

7| 

8 

10 

12 

8 

12 

9 

12 

18 

22 

28 

1.30 

1.38 

1.49 

1.40 

1.57 

2.03 

2.16 

2.46 

2.70 

2.89 

12.96 

13.77 

14.85 

14.04 

15.66 

20.25 

21.60 

24.57 

27.00 

28.89 

24 
'  8 

36 


36 

75 

'  s 

56 


12 

HI 

38 


18 

HI 

58 


24 

111 

SO 


Fittings  for  No.  30636  Jars. 

Diameter,  inches . 

Lids,  only,  each . 


91 

-4 

3| 

3.32 
.  33.21 

5 

4.32 

43.20 

6| 

5.13 

51.30 

6.48 

64.80 

75 

•  8 

8.10 

81.00 

HI 

.06 

.10 

.20 

.28 

.50 

1.30 

.24 

.30 

.48 

.54 

.90 

1.70 

.05 

.15 

.35 

.40 

.60 

1.40 

The 

The 


Jars,  Museum,  A.  H.  T.  Co.  Special  Flat  Top,  with  gound  on  lids  of  plate  glass  and  with  foot, 
great  variety  of  sizes  offered  and  low  prices  have  resulted  in  a  very  wide  use  of  these  jars, 
foreign  method  of  manufacture  produces  a  jar  of  much  finer  appearance  and  finish  and  less  sus 
ceptible  to  sudden  temperature  changes  than  corresponding  ware  made  in  the  U.  S.  See  follow¬ 
ing  import  list  for  duty  free  prices  and  variety  of  sizes  available  on  importation  order. 

Height,  cm . 

Diameter,  cm . 

Each . 

Height,  cm . 

Diameter,  cm . 

Each . 

Jars,  Museum,  A.  H.  T 
Jars  No.  30652  for 
free  prices. 


Height,  cm . 

Diameter,  cm . 

Duty  Free,  per  10. 

Height,  cm . 

Diameter,  cm . 

Duty  Free  per  10.  . 

Height,  cm . 

Diameter,  cm . 

Duty  Free  per  10. 

Height,  cm . 

Diameter,  cm . 

Duty  Free  per  10. 

Height,  cm . 

Diameter,  cm . 

Duty  Free  per  10. 

Height,  cm . 

Diameter,  cm . 


Height,  cm. . . . 
Diameter,  cm. 


10 

10 

10 

15 

15 

15 

15 

IS 

6 

10 

16 

10 

15 

20 

30 

15 

.35 

.60 

1.10 

.75 

1.05 

1.90 

4.00 

1.20 

18 

20 

20 

25 

60 

70 

70 

21 

18 

30 

25 

15 

10 

15 

2.30 

1.75 

6.00 

3.70 

4.35 

3.00 

4.95 

».  Special  Flat  Top, 

Import  List. 

For  the  convenience  of  those  ordering 

ity  free  importation 

we  give  the  following  list  of 

sizes 

available  and 

duty 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

6 

7 

7 

8 

8 

8 

1.5 

2 

3 

2 

3 

4 

1.5 

5 

2.5 

3.5 

5 

.55 

.55 

.60 

.60 

.65 

.75 

.60 

.90 

.70 

.80 

.95 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

9 

9 

9 

9 

10 

10 

8 

10 

12 

13 

15 

4 

6 

9 

18 

2 

4 

1.45 

1.95 

2.40 

2.80 

3.35 

.90 

1.20 

1.85 

5.30 

.75 

.90 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

11 

11 

12 

12 

12 

12 

5 

6 

8 

10 

16 

3 

9 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1.15 

1.15 

1.65 

2.15 

4.00 

.85 

2.05 

.75 

.90 

1.00 

1.15 

12 

12 

12 

12 

12 

13 

13 

13 

13 

13 

13 

8 

10 

12 

16 

20 

3 

5 

6 

7.5 

10 

13 

1.85 

2.55 

2.80 

4.45 

6.55 

.95 

1.30 

1.55 

2.05 

2.55 

3.35 

13 

13 

13 

14 

14 

14 

14 

15 

15 

15 

15 

15 

18 

28 

10 

14 

20 

25 

2 

4 

5 

6 

3.90 

5.70 

14.00 

2.70 

3.65 

6.80 

10.30 

1.00 

1.05 

1.30 

1.55 

15 

15 

15 

15 

15 

15 

16 

16 

16 

16 

18 

8 

10 

12 

15 

20 

30 

10 

15 

16 

20 

3 

2.05 

2.75 

3.15 

3.90 

6.95 

15.40 

2.80 

3.90 

4.55 

6.95 

1.15 

18 

18 

18 

18 

18 

18 

18 

18 

18 

20 

20 

4 

5 

8 

10 

12 

15 

18 

21 

25 

2.5 

4 

1.25 

1.55 

2.25 

3.10 

3.75 

4.45 

6.40 

8.35 

11.80 

1.20 

1.25 

277 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  C  O  M  P  A  N  Y 


30652. 


30660. 


30660. 


No.  30652-56 


Height,  cm . 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

Diameter,  cm . 

5 

6 

7 

8 

10 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

18 

Duty  Free  per  10 . . . 

1.55 

1.75 

2.00 

2.25 

3.10 

3.75 

4.05 

4.50 

4.95 

5.75 

6.40 

Height,  cm . 

20 

20 

20 

22 

22 

22 

23 

23 

23 

25 

25 

Diameter,  cm . 

20 

30 

35 

5 

7 

9 

6 

12 

18 

3 

4 

Duty  Free  per  10 . . . 

8.05 

23.10 

42.50 

1.70 

2.20 

2.60 

2.10 

4.20 

7.50 

1.40 

1.80 

Height,  cm . 

25 

25 

25 

25 

25 

25 

25 

25 

25 

25 

25 

Diameter,  cm . 

5 

6 

7 

10 

12 

15 

16.5 

18 

20 

25 

30 

Duty  Free  per  10 . . . 

2.05 

2.10 

2.40 

3.80 

4.65 

5.90 

7.30 

7.85 

9.90 

13.65 

24.65 

Height,  cm . 

28 

28 

28 

28 

28 

2S 

28 

28 

28 

30 

30 

Diameter,  cm . 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

10 

12 

16 

20 

3.5 

5 

Duty  Free  per  10 . . . 

1.70 

2.15 

2.60 

2.90 

2.90 

4.75 

5.60 

7.85 

11.15 

1.70 

2.15 

Height,  cm . 

30 

30 

30 

30 

30 

30 

30 

30 

30 

30 

30 

Diameter,  cm . 

6 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

14 

15 

16 

20 

25 

Duty  Free  per  10 . . . 

2.60 

3.25 

4.35 

5.10 

5.60 

6.10 

6.95 

7.50 

8.65 

11.90 

18.20 

Height,  cm . 

30 

35 

35 

35 

35 

35 

35 

35 

35 

35 

35 

Diameter,  cm . 

30 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

S 

10 

12 

15 

18 

Duty  Free  per  10 . . . 

31.10 

2.10 

2.70 

2.90 

3.35 

3.75 

4.00 

5.75 

7.75 

10.25 

12.85 

Height,  cm . 

35 

35 

35 

40 

40 

40 

40 

40 

40 

40 

40 

Diameter,  cm . 

20 

25 

30 

4 

5 

6.5 

8 

10 

15 

20 

25 

Duty  Free  per  10 . . . 

15.50 

29.75 

42.00 

2.80 

3.10 

3.95 

5.05 

6.45 

12.50 

18.40 

38.60 

Height,  cm . 

40 

45 

45 

45 

45 

45 

45 

50 

50 

50 

50 

Diameter,  cm . 

30 

5 

8 

10 

15 

20 

25 

5 

6 

8 

10 

Duty  Free  per  10 . . . 

52.50 

3.35 

5.05 

6.45 

13.75 

22.25 

40.25 

4.50 

4.55 

6.45 

8.70 

Height,  cm . 

50 

50 

50 

55 

55 

55 

55 

55 

60 

60 

60 

Diameter,  cm . 

12 

15 

20 

6 

8 

10 

12 

15 

7.5 

10 

12 

Duty  Free  per  10 . . . 

10.90 

15.50 

24.00 

5.75 

7.65 

10.65 

14.25 

17.25 

8.35 

11.85 

13.20 

Height,  cm . 

60 

60 

70 

70 

70 

70 

70 

80 

80 

80 

80 

Diameter,  cm . 

15 

20 

7.5 

10 

12 

15 

20 

8 

10 

12 

15 

Duty  Free  per  10 . . . 

19.00 

27.50 

11.15 

13.10 

14.40 

21.65 

32.75 

13.95 

16.40 

18.60 

25.15 

Height,  cm . 

80 

90 

90 

90 

90 

95 

95 

100 

100 

100 

Diameter,  cm . 

20 

8 

10 

12 

15 

10 

12 

8 

10 

15 

Duty  Free  per  10 ... . 

38.00 

18.15  : 

20.60 

23.00 

32.30 

22.90 

27.35 

22.55 

27.25 

45.25 

Jars,  Rectangular  Museum,  A. 

H.  T. 

Co.  Special,  with  flat  ground  on 

lids  for  permanent  sealing. 

Of  heavy  clear  white  glass  of  extra  fine  finish  and  annealing. 

Much 

superior  to  jars  of  similar 

appearance  which  are  sold  at  lower  prices. 

Plain  finish  only  in  stock.  See  also  following  import 

list  for  duty  free  prices. 

Height,  cm . 

10 

10 

12 

13 

15 

16  20 

20 

20 

Width,  cm . 

5 

6 

8 

10.5 

10.5 

12  6 

10.5 

15 

Depth,  cm . 

.  2.5 

5 

5 

4 

5 

9  4 

5 

7 

Each . 

.  .40 

.55 

.60 

.70 

.80  1.10  .75 

1.20 

1.75 

Height,  cm . 

21 

26 

26 

26 

29 

30 

37  42 

45 

46 

Width,  cm . 

21 

65 

15 

21 

15 

20 

25  10.5 

12 

25 

Depth,  cm . 

10 

5 

8 

16 

4 

18 

14  7.5 

9 

16 

Each . 

.  2.85 

1.15 

2.30 

4.00 

2.00  ■ 

4.35  5.00  3.20 

3.30 

6.00 

Jars,  Rectangular  Museum,  A.  H.  T.  Co.  Special,  Import  List.  For  the  convenience  of  those  ordering 
Jars  No.  30660  for  duty  free  importation  we  give  a  list  of  the  sizes  available  and  duty  free 
prices.  These  are  furnished  in  two  styles  of  finish,  i.  e.,  A  plain,  and  B,  with  one  wide  face 
ground  and  polished. 


278. 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  30660-64  No.  30668 

30660.  (Cont.) 


Height,  cm . 

Width,  cm . 

Depth,  cm . 

10 

5 

2.5 

10 

6 

5 

12 

8 

5 

12 

9 

3 

13 

10.5 

4 

13 

13 

5 

14 

9 

2.5 

14 

10 

2 

14 

14 

3 

15 

8 

4 

15 

9 

7.5 

A,  Duty  Free,  per  10 

g  “  U  it 

Height,  cm . 

Width,  cm . 

Depth,  cm . 

1.50 

2.30 

15 

10.5 

5 

1.90 

2.55 

15 

14 

6 

2.20 

3.65 

15 

15 

6 

2.20 

3.80 

15 

30 

10 

2.50 

4.00 

16 

12 

9 

3.80 

6.75 

17 

20 

7 

2.35 

4.00 

18 

8 

4 

2.55 

4.20 

18 

12 

2 

3.80 

6.95 

18 

12 

6 

2.65 

4.40 

18 

14 

12 

2.959 

4.555 

18 

18 

7 

A,  Duty  Free,  per  10 

g  it  u  a 

Height,  cm . 

Width,  cm . 

Depth,  cm . 

2.95 

4.55 

18 

22 

3 

3.80 

7.15 

18 

40 

14 

4.20 

7.60 

20 

6 

4 

13.90 

22.90 
20 
10 

7 

4.00 

7.60 

20 

10.5 

5 

9.70 

15.75 

20 

12 

5.5 

3.10 

5.25 

20 

12 

10 

4.00 

6.95 

20 

13 

5 

4.20 

7.15 

20 

13 

7 

6.75 

10.50 

20 

15 

7 

7.60 

11.80 

20 

15 

10 

A,  Duty  Free,  per  10 

g  a  u  u 

Height,  cm . 

Width,  cm . 

Depth,  cm . 

10.30 

16.80 

20 

17 

9 

30.00 

52.50 

20 

17 

14 

2.80 

4.45 

20 

19 

7 

4.45 

6.75 

20 

42 

7.5 

4.45 

6.65 

20 

50 

15 

4.45 

7.15 

21 

10 

7 

5.05 

8.40 

21 

21 

10 

4.45 

7.35 

22 

7 

3 

4.45 

7.35 

22 

10 

3 

6.30 

10.50 

24 

11 

5 

6.95 

10.95 

24 

15 

7 

A,  Duty  Free,  per  10 

g  a  a  a 

Height,  cm . 

Width,  cm . 

Depth,  cm . 

7.80 

13.65 

24 

24 

14 

9.25 

15.15 

25 

10 

8 

7.75 

14.95 

25 

20 

7 

36.00 

50.00 

26 

6.5 

5 

58.75 

90.00 

26 

15 

8 

4.45 

6.65 

26 

15 

10 

10.50 

17.65 

26 

18 

15 

4.20 

6.30 

26 

21 

8 

4.45 

6.65 

26 

21 

10 

4.85 

7.15 

26 

21 

16 

6.30 

10.50 

26 

26 

13 

A,  Duty  Free  per  10. 

B,  “ 

Height,  cm . 

Width,  cm . 

Depth,  cm . 

13.45 

19.55 

28 

10 

6 

5.70 

8.65 

28 

19 

7 

10.50 

17.65 

28 

20 

7.5 

4.40 

6.40 

29 

9 

7 

8.80 

13.00 

29 

15 

4 

9.25 

13.45 

30 

10 

6 

14.75 

20.50 

30 

10 

10 

12.35 

21.15 

30 

17 

9 

13.20 

22.00 

30 

19 

6.5 

15.40 

26.95 

30 

20 

18 

17.60 

30.80 

30 

23 

5 

A,  Duty  Free  per  10. 

B,  “  “  “ 

Height,  cm . 

Width,  cm . 

Depth,  cm . 

5.95 

9.25 

30 

24 

7.5 

11.00 

19.80 

30 

25 

6 

12.35 

21.15 

31 

29 

11 

5.95 

9.25 

33 

16 

10 

7.70 

11.55 

34 

28 

18 

5.95 

9.90 

35 

15 

13 

6.85 

12.10 

35 

20 

10 

9.50 

17.60 

36 

12 

9 

11.45 

20.70 

37 

12 

4 

16.75 

23.80 

37 

25 

14 

14.10 

22.90 

40 

30 

25 

A,  Duty  Free  per  10. 

B.  “  “  “ 

Height,  cm . 

Width,  cm . 

Depth,  cm . 

16.10 

25.30 

40 

40 

25 

16.10 

25.30 

42 

10.5 

7.5 

22.00 

39.50 

45 

10 

7 

11.50 

21.25 

45 

12 

9 

28.00 

49.25 

45 

25 

15 

16.50 

27.75 

46 

25 

16 

19.25 

33.00 

47 

12 

9 

10.00 

15.00 

50 

12 

10 

9.50 

14.50 

50 

20 

15 

22.00 

40.00 

50 

25 

12 

39.50 

50 

30 

30 

A,  Duty  Free  per  10. 

B,  “  “  “ 

71.25 

14.00 

19.80 

14.00 

20.00 

14.50 

21.00 

24.75 

55.00 

26.25 

57.50 

57 

14.50 

21.00 

60 

16.00 

23.00 

60 

49.25 

85.00 

65 

57.50 

103.75 

65 

75.00 

85 

Width,  cm . 

12 

4 

15 

15 

16 

13 

16 

11 

30 

20 

16 

12 

A,  Duty  Free  per  10.  . 

r>  a  u  u 

17.50 

27.50 

36.25 

67.50 

36.25 

67.50 

37.50 

75.00 

80.00 

92.50 

Jars,  Rectangular  Museum,  of  same  quality  and  shapes  as  No.  30660  excepting  that  they  are  fur¬ 
nished  with  glass  foot  and  ground  flange  or  lip  at  the  top,  providing  a  broader  support  at  base 
and  a  widened  space  for  air  tight  sealing.  Not  carried  in  stock. 

Height,  cm......  ..  6.5  11  12  13  20  21  25  27  35  40  45 

Width,  cim  5.5  3.5  8  12  16  21  25  26  13  21  13 

Denth  cm .  5  1  2  4  4.5  10  12  13  12  17  12 

Duty  Free  per  10 . . . 

4.50 

3.60 

3.60 

6.00 

18.45 

21.75 

27.30 

30.00 

27.00 

40.50 

31.50 

279 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


30672. 


30676. 


30680. 


30684. 


30688. 


30692. 


30696. 


H 

U 


3 

2| 

31 

5 

3| 

5 

7 

4 

6 

n 

2 

.  2 

2 

2 1 

91 

"2 

2| 

3 

3 

2* 

3 

5 

6 

8 

11 

16 

14 

20 

.18 

.19 

.21 

.23 

.24 

.27 

.30 

.32 

.35 

1.76 

1.89 

2.03 

2.30 

2.43 

2.70 

2.97 

3.11 

3.51 

Jars,  Specimen,  Whitall-Tatum  Co.,  of  clear  white  glass,  with  extra  wide  mouth  and  glass  stoppers 
carefully  ground  in.  By  special  arrangement  with  the  manufacturers  we  offer  these  Jars  at 
original  factory  prices. 

Height,  inches . 

Diameter,  inches . 

Capacity,  ounces . 

Each . 16 

Per  dozen .  1.62 

Height,  inches . 

Diameter,  inches. . . . 

Capacity,  ounces. . . . 

Each . 

Per  dozen .  4.19 

Jars,  Brain,  of  heavy,  clear  white  glass,  with  trough  or  channel  around  rim  into  which  cover  fits 
loosely.  Can  be  made  air  tight  by  the  use  of  glycerine,  paraffin  oil,  etc.,  and  are  particularly 
recommended  for  use  as  brain  jars,  or  for  other  purposes  where  specimens  must  be  readily 
accessible  and  yet  air  tight.  Not  carried  in  stock. 

Height,  cm .  15  15  15  20  15  20  25 

Diameter,  cm .  15  20  25  25  30  30  30 

Duty  Free  per  10 .  15.00  19.50  22.50  24.00  29.45  34.90  38.75 

Jars,  Dressing,  of  heavy  white  glass,  with  flat  bottom,  ground  rim  and  loosely  fitting  cover 

Height,  mm .  130 

Diameter,  mm . 

Each . 


8 

6 

8 

10 

5 

8 

12 

7 

10 

12 

15 

3 

31 

31 

31 

4| 

4| 

4| 

6 

6 

6 

6 

28 

29 

40 

52 

38 

62 

92 

98 

140 

168 

212 

.43 

.46 

.57 

.68 

.59 

.73 

.86 

1.03 

1.35 

1.46 

1.67 

4.19 

4.59 

5.67 

6.75 

5.81 

7.29 

8.64 

10.26 

13.50 

14.58 

16.74 

65 

.40 


Jars, 


100 

120 

150 

210 

260 

100 

120 

150 

210 

260 

.95 

1.15 

1.60 

2.60 

3.40 

30 
30 

46.50 

180 
80 
.60 

Dressing,  of  heavy  white  glass,  with  lid  closely  fitting  on  shoulder  but  not  ground  air  tight, 
with  cut  and  polished  knob. 

Height,  mm . 

Diameter,  mm . 

Each . 

Jar,  Dressing,  of  heavy  white  glass,  with  foot  and  lid  fitting  loosely,  without  indented  shoulder. 

Height,  mm .  100  120  150  210 

Diameter,  mm .  100  120  150  210 

Each . . . .  “J5-  .95  1.30  ~ 2.25 

Jars,  Specimen,  of  glass,  with  lid  smoothly  fitting  but  not  ground  air-tight.  Knob  in  the  lid  is 
countersunk  so  that  jars  may  be  readily  stacked  one  on  top  of  the  other.  Nearly  air-tight 
when  rubber  band  is  used. 

Height .  3f  4  j  5 1  6  6f 

Diameter .  6j  6J  8|  9f  10f  111 

Capacity .  1  qt.  3  pt.  6  pt.  9  pt..  1.3  pt.  2  gal. 

Each,  piain .  ~73(T  .35  .80  1.15  2.00  2.50 

Each  with  rubber  band . 35  .40  .85  1.25  2.15  2.75 

Jars,  Specimen,  with  slight  constriction  at  neck  and  lid  provided  with  a  rubber  washer  which  renders 
t he  jar  partially  but  not  entirely  air  tight.  These  jars  are  of  clear  flint  glass,  but  not  of  such 
fine  finish  as  No.  30620  or  30652. 

Height,  inches .  7| 

Diameter,  inches .  65 

Capacity,  gallons . 

Each . 80 


260 

260 

3.00 


7  h 

10J 

HI 

12t 

134 

64 

8! 

10i 

10| 

111 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

.80 

1.40 

2.40 

3.40 

4.00 

280 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMA  S  COMPANY 


30700. 


30704. 


No.  30700 

Jars,  Specimen,  with  foot,  slightly  constricted  neck  and  ground  in  stopper.  Highly  finished. 

Height,  mm . . .  80  100  120  150  180  200 

Diameter,  mm .  30 _ 30 _ 40  50  60  80 

Each . .  .25  .35  ,35  ~50~  J55  275 

Jars,  Uniform  Specimen,  with  foot,  slightly  constricted  neck  and  ground  in  stopper.  These  jars  are  all  of 
the  same  height  i.  e.,  145  mm,  but  of  varying  capacities  and  are  widely  used  in  chemical  museums. 


Capacity,  cc. 

Each 


10 


20 


50 


100 


125 


.25 


.25 


.25 


.30 


.40 


.50 


No.  30/16 


JP 

Nu.  30720 


No.  30732 


30708.  Jars,  Inverted  Specimen,  of  clear  white  glass,  with  carefully  ground  in.  airtight  stopper. 


30712. 


30716. 


30720. 


30724. 


Diameter,  cm . 

Each . 

Jars,  Inverted  Specimen,  for  cork  stopper. 

Height,  cm .  9.5 

Diameter,  cm .  4 

Each . 


11 

5 


.10 


.13 


Each . 

Per  gross. 


solutely  air-tight. 
Capacity . 

Each . 


30728. 


30732. 


Jars,  Specimen,  of  white  glass.  So-called  “Jam  Jai 
spring  clamp. 

Height,  mm .  40 

Diameter,  mm .  40 

Capacity,  cc .  30 

Each . 07 

Jars,  Specimen,  with  metallic  screw  cap. 

Height,  mm . 

Diameter,  mm . 

Capacity,  cc . 

Per  dozen . .  ■ 


Capacity,  ounces.  t  i  _ 

Each . 05  -06 

Per  gross .  4.50  5.45 


1 

.08 

6.95 


. . .  13 

5 

19 

8 

22 

10 

32 

12 

. .  .40 

.90 

1.10 

1.80 

15 

19.5 

23 

28 

35.5 

6.5 

7 

9 

11 

14.5 

.15  .20  .30 

air-tight  by  spring  clip. 

.50 

1.00 

5  pt. 

1  pt. 

!  Pt. 

1  qt. 

\  gal. 

.12 

.14 

.15 

.16 

.20 

9.00 

10.00 

11.00 

12.00 

15.00 

;  clamp  with  rubber  washer  makes  the  jars  ab- 

\  pt. 

1  pt. 

H  pt. 

1  qt. 

2  gal. 

.14 

.16 

.18 

.20 

.24 

10.75 

12.60 

14.00 

15.50 

19.50 

with  cover  held 

air  tight  by  rubber  band  and 

70 

80 

100 

150 

120 

65 

75 

75 

70 

100 

125 

200 

250 

400 

600 

.09 

.10 

.11 

.14 

.23 

.  60 

95 

120 

110 

145 

.  30 

35 

45 

60 

80 

.  30 

60 

120 

250 

500 

.80 

.90 

1.25 

1.83 

3.00 

glass  with  metal 
ion  of  contents. 

screw  caps 

lined  with  paraf- 

2 

3 

4 

8 

16 

.10 

.12 

.14 

.25 

.40 

8.85 

10.50 

12.40 

21.00 

36.00 

281 


R 


H  U 


R 


H. 


T  H  O 


M 


M 


N 


No.  30738 


No.  30740 


No.  30744 


No.  30748 


No.  30752 


30736. 


Jars,  Precipitating,  straight  cylindrical  form,  with  spout. 

Capacity,  cc .  125  250  500  1000 


2000 


4000 


6000  10000 


30740. 


Each . 20  .30  .40 

Jars  Precipitating,  conical  or  tapering  form,  with  spout. 

Capacity .  8oz.  16oz. 

Each .  .20  .30 

30744.  Jars,  Stoneware,  with  two  handles  and  cover,  resistant  to  chemicals  and  useful  in  laboratories  as 
waste  jars  and  similar  purposes.  Can  be  furnished  on  special  order  up  to  50  gallons  capacity. 


.60 

.SO 

1.50 

2.00 

3.01) 

32oz. 

f  gal. 

lgal. 

2gal. 

3gal. 

.55 

.70 

1.25 

2.90 

4.00 

1 

2 

4 

5 

0 

8 

12 

7f 

9 

Hf 

12f 

144 

164 

184 

7f 

S4 

12 

124 

124 

134 

154 

HO 

.60 

1.00 

1.25 

1.50 

1.75 

2.50 

30748. 


Jars, 


30752. 


Because  of  their  low  value  in  comparison  to  their  bulk,  boxing  is  charged  extra  at  cost. 
Capacity,  gallons. 

Height,  inches .  7f 

Diameter,  inches. 

Each . 

Stoneware,  low  form.  The  sizes  listed  are  frequently  used  for  temporary  preservation  of  speci¬ 
mens  in  comparative  anatomy.  They  can  also  be  furnished  on  special  order  up  to  50  gallons 
capacity.  With  covers.  Boxing  charged  extra  at  cost. 

Capacity,  gallons . 

Height,  inches . 

Diameter,  inches .  13 

Each . . . . . 

Knife,  a  convenient  laboratory  knife  for  preparing  potato  cultures. 


4 

6 

10 

15 

84 

10 

124 

144 

13 

15 

174 

194 

1.00 

1.25 

2.25 

4.00 

paring; 

corks,  etc.. . 

. .  .20 

2001 

-  1 

- 4 

No.  30756 


30756. 


No.  30760 

Labels,  Dennison,  gummed,  on  white  paper  with  red  border. 


Number . 

225 

223 

217 

213 

209 

205 

201 

Size,  inches . 

3  v  _9_ 

4  A  16 

1  x  ii 

8  A  16 

livll 

xi6  A  16 

l*xl 

1JL_  V  I1 

J-16  A  8 

If  x  1| 

24  x  1* 

Number  in  box . 

175 

150 

125 

100 

100 

75 

100 

Per  box . 

.06 

.06 

.06 

.06 

.06 

.06 

.06 

Per  carton  of  1  doz.  boxes. . 

.50 

.50 

.50 

.50 

.50 

.50 

.50 

30760. 


Labels,  Dennison,  gummed,  in  books,  white  with  red  border  and  rounded  corners,  in  sheets,  perforated, 
bound  in  book  form.  Size  of  book  9x5  inches,  with  25  sheets  in  book. 


Number .  225 

Size,  inches .  fx^ 

Number  in  book. .  .  1575 


223 


221 


219 


217 


213 


ily  5 
16  X  8 

1400 


Jx*  14x1  n xH  l^xH 


1050 


750 


750 


750 


I35 


209  205 

e  x  If  Iff  x  1-& 


500 


300 


201 
24  x  14 
225 


30764. 


Per  book . 25  .25  .25  .25  .25  .25  .25  .25  .25 

Carton  of  6  books  . .  1.25  1.25  1.25  1.25  1.25  1.25  1.25  1.25  1.25 

Labels,  Dennison,  gummed,  perforated,  in  rolls.  Each  roll  is  contained  in  a  special  box  with  slot 
opening  so  that  labels  can  be  drawn  out  as  needed  without  opening  the  box.  Each  roll  contains 

1000  labels.  Number .  221  217  209  205 

Size,  inches . _ If  x  1&  lfV  x  If  Iff 

Per  roll 


x  lrr 


.45 


30768. 


.50 

Labels,  Dennison,  gummed,  white  with  red  border,  large  rectangular  shape.  Packed 
Number .  2004  2007  2002  2001  2006 


.70 


.65 

100  in  a  box. 

2005  2003 


Size,  inches . .  2f  x  l^g 

Per  box .  .12 

Per  carton  of  10  boxes. . .  1.00 


oi 


7  ..  i  : 

8  A  1  i 


3f 


1- 


3|  x  1* 


4  x  H  4ih 


.15 

1.25 


.15 

1.25 


.18 

1.50 


.18 

1.50 


.20 

1.75 


.22 

2.25 


282 


ARTHUR _ H. _ T  H  OMAS  COMPANY 


30772.  Labels,  Dennison,  gummed,  on  plain  white  paper  without  border.  Circular. 

Number. . .  A81  A83  A84  A85  A109 

Diameter,  inches .  ^  i  §  a  la 

OA T  ,  ,  per  box  of  1000 . AO  A5  A5  A5  dJO 

30776.  Labels,  Dennison,  gummed,  on  plain  white  paper  without  border.  Rectangular.  No.  A18,  size  lj  x  $ 

inches.  Per  box  of  1000 . 25 

30780.  Label  Book,  containing  the  names  and  formulae  of  the  most  used  chemicals  and  reagents.  Printed 

on  paper,  gummed  and  perforated  and  bound  in  book  form.  Per  book . 40 

30784.  Ladles,  of  wrought  iron,  with  lip,  4  inches  in  diameter . 50 

30788.  Lamps,  Alcohol,  of  polished  brass,  with  screw  top  and  metal  cap. 

Capacity,  ounces . 2  4  8 

Each . .50  dio  A5 

30792.  Lamp,  Alcohol,  of  brass,  with  wick;  capacity  8  ounces . 20 

30796.  “  “  of  glass,  with  base  and  ground  on  glass  cap.  With  wick  and  metal  fitting. 

Capacity,  cc .  60  100  150 

Each . . . .40  A5  d50 

30800.  Lamps,  Alcohol,  cylindrical  shape,  of  glass  with  cap  ground  on.  With  wick  and  metal  fitting. 

Capacity,  cc . ' .  30  60  100  150 

Each . . .  .35  A0  A5  JS0 

30804.  Lamps.  Alcohol,  cylindrical  shape,  of  glass  with  cap  ground  on,  and  with  side  tubulation  and  glass 
stopper.  With  wick  and  metal  fitting. 

Capacity,  cc .  60  100  150 

Each. . . .  .55  .60  .65 

30808.  Lamp  Wicking,  a  wick  of  any  size  is  obtained  by  using  the  required  number  of  strands.  Per  bundle.  .05 

30812.  Lead  Shot,  for  cleaning  bottles,  No.  6.  Per  lb . 10 

LECTURE  APPARATUS  AS  DESCRIBED  BY  HOFFMAN  in  his  “Introduction  to  Modern  Chemistry.”  The 
more  frequently  required  pieces  only  are  listed  but  the  complete  set  is  quoted  for  importation  upon 
application. 

30816.  Apparatus  for  the  Decomposition  of  Water,  with  sliding,  graduated  glass  tubes  for  the  collection  of  gases. 

With  platinum  electrodes .  2.25 

30820.  Apparatus,  same  as  No.  30816  but  on  glass  foot .  2.75 

30824.  Apparatus  for  the  Decomposition  of  Water,  with  graduated  glass  tubes  with  ground  in  stoppers.  With 

platinum  electrodes .  3.50 

30828.  Apparatus,  same  as  No.  30824  but  on  glass  foot .  3.75 

30832.  Apparatus  for  Decomposition  of  Water,  with  plain  tubes  with  stopcocks,  platinum  electrodes,  support 

and  binding  screws .  10.00 

30836.  Glass  Parts  only  for  No.  30832,  with  platinum  electrodes.... .  6.00 

30840.  Apparatus  for  the  Decomposition  of  Water,  similar  to  No.  30832  but  with  graduated  tubes,  on  support  1 1 .00 
30844.  Glass  Parts  only  for  No.  30840,  with  platinum  electrodes .  7.00 


283 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  30848  No.  30856  No  30864  No.  30872  No.  30880  No.  30888 


30848. 

30852. 

30856. 

30860. 

30864. 

30868. 


30872. 

30876. 

30880. 

30884. 

30888. 


30892. 


Apparatus  for  the  Decomposition  of  Hydrochloric  Acid,  Water  and  Ammonia,  with  platinum  electrodes 

and  support . . .  6.00 

Glass  Parts  only  for  No.  30848,  with  platinum  electrodes . . . 3.00 

Apparatus  for  the  Decomposition  of  Water,  Hydrochloric  Acid  and  Ammonia,  with  two  platinum  elec¬ 
trodes  and  glass  stopcocks,  on  support  with  binding  screws .  10.00 

Glass  Parts  only  for  No.  30856,  with  platinum  electrodes .  6.00 

Apparatus,  same  as  No.  30856  but  with  carbon  electrodes .  10.00 

Glass  Parts  only  for  No.  30864,  with  carbon  electrodes .  6.00 

Note — The  complete  outfit  for  the  decomposition  of  water,  hydrochloric  acid  and  ammonia  consists  of 
two  No.  30864  connected  with  one  No.  30856. 

Lecture  Eudiometer,  with  platinum  electrodes,  two  stopcocks,  one  graduated  arm  and  support. .  10.00 

Glass  Parts  only  for  No.  30872,  with  platinum  electrodes . _ .  7.00 

Apparatus  for  the  Decomposition  and  Recomposition  of  Water,  with  platinum  electrodes  in  middle  of 

tube,  two  glass  stopcocks  and  support . .  10.00 

Glass  Parts  only  for  No.  30880  with  platinum  electrodes .  7.00 

Apparatus  for  Demonstrating  that  Three  Volumes  of  Hydrogen  Combined  with  One  Volume  of  Nitrogen 
to  Form  Two  Volumes  of  Ammonia.  With  platinum  electrodes,  two  glass  stopcocks  and  sup¬ 
port .  8.00 

Glass  Parts  only  for  No.  30888,  with  platinum  electrodes .  5.00 


No.  30S00 


No.  30904 


No.  30908 


30896. 


30900. 

30904. 

30908. 

30912. 


30916. 


Lens  Paper,  Japanese,  for  cleaning  lenses,  does  not  easily  collect  dust  or  become  greasy  and  harsh. 
It  is  very  soft  and  free  from  impurities. 

Size  of  sheet  mm .  185  x  275  275  x  275 


Per  package  of  100  sheets .  .35  .65 

Level,  of  brass,  4  inches  long . 50 

“  round,  in  brass  case;  for  balances,  bacteriological  work,  etc.;  30  mm  diameter. .  2.00 

“  “  “  “  “  nickel  plated;  15  mm  diameter . 65 

Liquid  Air  Apparatus,  Olszewski,  Demonstration  Model.  Arranged  for  the  liquefaction  of  air  only. 
Simple  model  for  lecture  table  work  with  a  capacity  of  100  cc  of  liquid  air  in  5  or  10  minutes 
when  operated  with  cylinders  of  13  liter  capacity  under  compression  of  150  to  200  atmospheres 
pressure.  With  two  13  liter  Steel  Cylinders.  See  illustration  on  following  page. 

Duty  Free .  175.00  Duty  Paid .  245.00 

Liquid  Air  Apparatus,  Olszewski,  Technical  Model.  With  apparatus  entirely  enclosed  in  nickel  plated 
jacket.  Capacity  1  liter  of  liquid  air  per  hour  when  used  in  connection  with  a  7  h.  p.  Whitehead 
Compressor.  Without  Compressor. 

Duty  Free .  287.50  Duty  Paid .  402.50 


284 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  30912  No.  30916  No-  30920 

References: — K.  Olszewski,  “Verfliissigung  des  Wasserstoffs  bei  Vermeidung  von  KUlte-Verlusten,"  Zeitschrift  fiir  komprimieite 

und  flussige  Gase  sowie  filr  die  Pressluft-Industrie  (XIV,  Jahrgang).  . .  . 

K.  Olszewski,  “Die  Verfliissigung  der  Gase,”  Bulletin  des  Sciences  de  Cracovie,  Maiheft  1908,  Sitzung  vom  4.  Mai, 


30920. 


30924. 


30928. 


Liquid  Air  Apparatus,  Olszewski,  Universal  Type. 

For  hydrogen  and  other  gases,  latest  im¬ 
proved  model,  capacity  1.2  liters  of  liquid 
air  per  hour  when  operated  with  a  White- 
head  Compressor  of  7  h.  p.  Capacity  of  hy¬ 
drogen  1  liter  per  hour  with  the  same  sized 
Compressor.  Without  Compressor. 

Duty  Free _  575.00  Duty  Paid...  805.00 


Thermostat  for  Low  Temperatures,  Olszewski, 

range  from  0  to  -190°  C.  For  use  with  liquid 
air  or  other  liquified  gas  as  cooling  media. 
Duty  Free . . .  325.00  Duty  Paid . . .  455.00 


impressor.  High  Pressure,  Whitehead,  suitable 
for  both  air  and  hydrogen  but  not  for  work 
with  oxygen,  requires  7  h.  p.  for  attaining  a 
final  pressure  of  200  kilograms  per  cubic 
centimeter;  to  be  operated  at  350 r.  p.  m.  and 
with  a  loose  pulley  for  power  driving. 
Drawing  with  dimensions  and  other  details 
upon  application  As  furnished,  by  us  to  the 
Palmer  Physical  Laboratory,  Princeton  Uni¬ 
versity.  Price  with  direct  connecting  elec¬ 
tric  motor  on  request.^ 


Note— Reprints  in  German  descriptive  of  the  above 
apparatus  on  application. 


No.  30924 


285 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


30932. 

30936. 

30940. 

30944. 


30948. 


30952. 


30956. 


30960. 


30964. 


30968. 


30972. 


No.  30948  No.  30956 

Magnets,  Bar,  of  steel,  best  quality.  Length,  mm. 

Each . 

Magnets,  Horseshoe,  with  armature.  Length,  mm. 
Each . 


No.  30968 


100 

125 

150 

200 

250 

.25 

.30 

.35 

.50 

.75 

50 

75 

100 

125 

150 

.08 

.10 

.15 

.25 

.50 
.  .10 

Magnifiers,  Pocket,  Oval  Shape,  Single  Lens. 

flight  weight  and  of  neat  appearance 


Mounted  in  best  quality  vulcanized  rubber,  durable, 


Number . 

..  50 

56 

52 

68 

74 

78 

Lens  Diam.  in  Inches . 

2 

1 

If 

if 

If 

2 

Power . 

4  X 

3.5  X 

3  X 

2.5  X 

2  X 

Each . 35  .45  .55 

Magnifiers,  Pocket,  Oval  Shape,  Double  Lens.  Otherwise  same  as  above. 

.70 

.85 

1.00 

Number .  51 

57 

63 

69 

75 

79 

Lens  Diam.  in  Inches'.. .  f,  f 

1  1 

8)  1 

If,  If 

If,  1* 

1*,  H 

If,  2 

Range  of  Powers . 5  to  12  X 

4  to  9  X 

3.5  to  8  X 

3  to  6  X 

2.5  to  5  X 

2  to  4  X 

Each . 50 

.70 

.85 

1.00 

1.35 

1.70 

Magnifiers,  Pocket,  Bellows  Shape,  Single  Lens.  Otherwise  same  as  above. 

Number .  101 

Lens  Diam.  in  Inches .  f 

Power .  7 

Each . 

Magnifiers,  Pocket,  Bellows  Shape,  Double  Lens.  Otherwise  same  as  above. 

Number .  102 

Lens  Diam.  in  Inches . 

Range  of  Powers . 7  to 

Each .  .50 

Magnifiers,  Pocket,  Bellows  Shape,  Triple  Lens.  Otherwise  same  as  above. 

Number .  103 

Lens  Diam.  in  Inches .  §,  |,  f 

Range  of  Powers . 7  to  30  X 

Each . 


5  a 

8)  4 


101 

110 

119 

f 

i 

1 

7  X 

4  X 

4  X 

.35 

.40 

.45 

111 

120 

if 

i  1 

X 

4  to  9  X 

4  to  9  X 

.60 

.70 

112 

121 

t.f.f 

i  f,  1 

4  to  20  X 

4  to  20  X 

.70 


.85 


1.00 


3 

7  X 


110  NK 
f 

5  X 

.55 


119  NK 

U 

3.5  X 
.65 


Magnifiers,  Pocket,  Nickel  Mounted,  Single  Lens.  Differ  from  preceding  in  mounting  which  is  of 
metal.  Simply  constructed  and  attractively  nickeled.  Furnished  only  in  bellows  shape.  Lenses 
of  same  quality  and  range  as  those  in  vulcanite  mounting. 

Number .  101  NK 

Lens  Diam.  in  Inches . 

Power . 

Each . . 50 

Magnifiers,  Pocket,  Nickel  Mounted,  Double  Lens.  Otherwise  same  as  above. 

Number .  102  NK  111  NK  120  NK 

Lens  Diam.  in  Inches . . .  f,  f  1,  1  If,  If 

Range  of  Powers . 5  to  12^X  4  to  9  X  3  to  6  X 

Each . . . "  .70  .80  .95 

Magnifiers,  Pocket,  Nickel  Mounted,  Triple  Lens.  Otherwise  same  as  above. 

Number .  103  NK  112  NK  121  NK 

Lens.  Diam.  in  Inches .  f,  f,  f  1,  1,  1  1J,  1J,  1J 

Range  of  Powers . 4  to  20  X  3.5  to  17  X  2.5  to  9  X 

Each .  1.00  JM  1.35 


286 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPAN  Y 


Nos.  173a,  172, 171a 
No.  30988 


Nos.  173,  172,  171,  170 
No.  30988 


No.  30980 

Nos.  163,  162,  161,  160 


Nos.  168,  167,  166,  165 
No.  30984 


30976. 


30980. 


30984. 


30988. 


Magnifiers,  Doublet.  Good  lenses  at  a  very  moderate  cost.  Consist  of  two  separated,  piano  convex 
lenses.  Nos.  1,  2  and  3  are  mounted  for  dissecting  microscopes,  No.  6  is  a  hand  magnifier  with 
hexagonal  handle  and  No.  7  and  7a  have  folding  pocket  cases. 


Number .  1 

Focus  in  Inches .  1^ 

Power .  7  X 

Each .  .75 


2 
1 

10  X 
.75 


3 

3 

14*X 


6 


7a 


144X 


7 

I  5 

_ 14  X  12  X 

.75  .75  1.00  1.00 

Magnifiers,  Coddington.  Give  a  good  definition  and  a  wide  field.  Composed  of  a  cylinder  of  glass 
with  a  deep  groove  cut  in  at  equal  distance  from  ends  to  serve  as  a  diaphragm;  ends  of  cylinder 
ground  spherically  and  polished  to  form  lens  surfaces.  Nos.  163a,  162a,  161a,  160a  are  mounted 
for  use  in  dissecting  microscopes,  and  Nos.  163,  162,  161,  160  in  folding  pocket  cases. 


Number . 

.  163a 

162a 

161a 

160a 

163 

162 

161 

160 

Focus  in  Inches. . . 

•  H 

1 

3 

4 

1 

2 

H 

1 

i 

2 

Power . 

.  7  X 

10  X 

14  X 

20  X 

7  X 

10  X 

14  X 

20  X 

Each . 

.  1.25 

1.25 

1.25 

1.25 

1.50 

1.50 

1.50 

1.50 

Magnifiers,  Triple  Aplanats.  High  grade  magnifier  with  large  field  and  perfect  correction  for  chro¬ 
matic  aberration  as  well  as  flatness,  astigmatism  and  distortion;  new  construction  designed  for 
highest  grade  work.  Composed  of  two  meniscus  lenses  of  flint  glass  separated  by  double  convex 
lens  of  crown  glass.  Nos.  168a,  167a,  166a,  165a  are  mounted  for  use  in  dissecting  microscopes 


165  in  folding  pocket  cases, 
168a  167a  166a 

165a 

168 

167 

If  1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

1* 

1 

7.5  X  10  X 

15  X 

20  X 

7.5  X 

10  X 

3.50  3.50 

3.50 

3.50 

3.50 

3.50 

166 

3.50 


165 

i 

20  X 

3.50 


Number .  168a 

Focus  in  Inches — 

Power .  7.5  X 

Each . 

Magnifiers,  Hastings  Aplanatic  Triplet.  With  a  very  large  angle  of  view  and  corrections  of  a  high 
order.  Nos.  173a,  172a  and  171a  are  mounted  for  use  in  dissecting  microscopes  and  Nos.  173, 
172,  171  and  170  in  folding  pocket  cases. 

Number .  173a 

Focus  in  Inches .  1§ 

Power .  7.5X 

Each .  7.50 


172a 

171a 

173 

172 

171 

170 

1 

3 

4 

H 

1 

3 

4 

4 

10  X 

14  X 

7  X 

10  X 

14  X 

20  X 

7.50 

7.50 

7.50 

7.50 

7.50 

7.50 

No.  30992 


No.  30996  144A  No.  30996  144-2 


No.  30996  144LP 


No.  31000 


30992.  Magnifier,  Tripod.  Used  for  elementary  biological  work  and  dissections.  Lens  mounting  screws  up 

and  down  in  brass  frame  for  focusing.  Diameter  of  lens  one  inch,  power  7.5  X . 35 

30996.  Magnifier,  Watchmaker’s.  Easily  held  in  orbit  of  the  eye;  No.  144LP  has  detachable  spring  to  pass 
around  the  head.  Lenses  furnished  in  two  different  diameters  (sizes  2  and  3),  with  same  eye 
opening  in  each  case.  No.  144A  fitted  with  two  lenses,  one  removable  to  give  two  different  mag¬ 
nifying  powers  as  indicated  below.  _ 

Number. .  144-2  144-3  144^  144-2  LP  144-3  LP  144A 

Lens  Diam.  in  Inches .  1  1J  5  1  H  2.1 

Range  of  Power .  2  to  10  X  2  to  5  X  10  X _ 2  to  5  X _ 2  to  5  X  4  to  10  X 

Each . : . .  ^40  .40  .40  .55  .55  .60 

31000.  Magnifiers,  Engravers’  Glass.  Designed  for  engravers,  carvers  and  die  cutters,  also  available  for 
biological  work,  retouching  and  use  as  condensers  because  of  their  large  clear  field.  Nos.  146-148 
made  with  two  plano-convex  lenses  giving  flatter  field  and  better  image  than  one  lens.  All 
styles  in  vulcanized  mountings. 

Number . .  146  148  146A  148A 

Lens  Diam.  in  inches .  *1  2£  or1®  „  .  2i 

power  .  3.5  X  2.5  X  3.5  X  2.5  X 

Each.................... .  150  2.50  .75  1.25 


287 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  31004 


No.  31008 


No.  31012 


31004. 


Magnifiers,  Linen  Testers.  Intended  primarily  for  counting  threads  in  cloth,  but  used  for  beginners’ 
classes  and  various  other  magnifying  purposes.  Mounting  hinge  to  fold  up  compactly  when  not 

in  use.  Number .  141  " 

Openings  in  Inches .  lxl 

Power .  7 

Each . 


141 

141* 

142 

143 

143* 

1  x  1 

*x* 

i  x  * 

j  x  i 

O  4  dia. 

7  X 

10  X 

10  X 

10  X 

10  X 

2.00 

.45 

.45 

.45 

.45 

31008. 


31012. 


Magnifier,  Cloth  Counting  Glass,  with  base  divided  into  spaces  of  i, 
tween  the  *  and  1  inch  marks  divided  into  10  mm.  With  focusim 


*  and  1  inch  and  the  space  be- 

.  JBB - - - „  focusing  eyepiece  with  pointer  attached 

which  traverses  the  whole  scale  by  means  of  quick  acting  screws.  In  leather  covered  case. . .  7.50 
Magnifiers,  Reading  Glasses.  Regularly  furnished  with  nickel  rim  of  sufficient  width  to  protect 
lens  surfaces  and  with  handle  of  ebonized  wood. 


Lens  Diam.  Inches .  2 

Focus  in  Inches .  5 

Each .  .60” 


oi 

"2 

6 


3 

7 


3| 

8 


4 

10 


■*2 

12 


5 

13 


c>2 

14 


.80 


1.00 


1.50 


2.00 


2.25 


2.50 


3.00 


3.50 


No.  31024 


No.  31028  and  36 


No.  31032 


No.  31016 


31016. 


31020. 


31024. 


MAGNIFIERS,  ZEISS  ANASTIGMATIC  COMBINATION  LENSES 
FOR  DISSECTING,  ETC,  These  excellent  combinations 
are  to  be  recommended  particularly  because  of  a  compara¬ 
tively  large  field  of  view,  excellent  definition  and  remarkably 
long  working  distance,  and  are  furnished  in  simple  mount 
for  use  in  a  dissecting  microscope,  handle  and  lens  ring,  or 
small  tripods,  as  well  as  in  single  and  double  folding  pocket 
cases.  The  Briicke  system  is  designed  especially  for  dis¬ 
secting  with  the  Mayer  Dissecting  Microscope  and  the  sys¬ 
tems  may  be  used  separately  as  simple  magnifiers  or  with 
the  ocular  for  greater  magnification.  To  secure  the  best 
results  with  all  simple  magnifiers  the  observer  should  place 
the  eye  as  near  as  possible  to  the  magnifier. 

Dissecting  Combination  Lens,  Briicke,  giving  powers  of  11,  17,  30,  40,  60  and  100 

diameters  with  the  different  combinations  used  singly  or  with  the  ocular  Dub  Free 

lens .  10.00 

Dissecting  Combination  Lens,  Briicke  large,  with  lens  of  a  free  aperture  of  25 


No.  31020 


Stock 

12.40 


and  covering  field  from  7  to  13  mm  in  diameter, 
lifiers,  Anastigmatic,  in  simple  mount,  for  use 
small  tripods,  etc. 


Diameter  of  field  of  view,  mm. 
Free  working  distance,  mm. . . . 


31028.  Magnifiers,  Anastigmatic,  same  as  above  but  in  single  folding  mount. 


8.75 

10.85 

in  lens  ring  with  handle, 

16  X 

20  X 

27  X 

10 

8 

6 

9 

7 

5.5 

5.50 

5.50 

5.50 

6.82 

6.82 

6.82 

16  X 

20  X 

27  X 

6.25 

6.25 

6.25 

7.75 

7.75 

7.75 

31032. 


31036. 


Magnifiers,  Anastigmatic,  same  as  above  but  in  double  folding  mount. 

Magnification . .  10  X  and  20  X  16  X  and  27  X  20  X  and  27  X 

Duty  Free .  10.50  12.00  12.00 

Stock . . .  13.02  14.88  14.88 

Plankton  Magnifier,  Kolkwitz,  a  special  magnifier  of  40  diameters,  very  useful  in  field  work,  giving  a 
field  of  view  2  mm  in  diameter  with  a  free  working  distance  of  3  mm.  This  magnifier  has  a  nu¬ 
merical  aperture  of  0.27.  See  R.  Kolkwitz,  “Entnahme-und  Beobachtungsinstrumente  fCr  biolo- 
gische  W asserunlersuchungen.”  Mitteilung  aus  der  kOniglichen  PrCfungsanstalt  fUr  Wasserver- 
sorgung  zu  Berlin,  1907,  Heft  9,  .  126  and  127.  pp. 

Duty  Free .  12.00  Stock .  14.88 


288 


ARTHUR  H. 


THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  31060 


No.  31064 


Magnifiers,  Zeiss  Anastigmatic  Combination  (Continued). 


31040. 

31044. 

31048. 

31052. 

31056. 

31060. 


31064. 

31068. 


Magnifier,  Low  Power,  for  use  either  in  handle  or  on  lens  stand  as  listed  below,  with  a  power  of  2l  diam¬ 
eters,  field  of  view  100  mm  in  diameter  and  free  working  distance  of  100  mm .  2.80 

Lens  Ring,  without  handle,  for  use  with  either  of  the  Briicke  systems  when  same  are  to  be  used  in 
combination  with  lens  stand . . 

Lens  Ring  for  Anastigmatic  Magnifiers,  in  plain  mount,  for  use  in  connection  with  handle  or  lens 
stand . 50 


Handle,  only,  for  use  with  above  Lens  Rings;  illustration  shows  ring  in  position  in  handle . 50 

Tripod,  with  ring,  to  take  any  of  the  three  Anastigmatic  Magnifiers  in  plain  mount .  1.00 


Lens  Stand,  adjustable,  for  use  with  either  the  Briicke  combination  dissecting  systems  or  the  Anastig¬ 
matic  Magnifiers  in  plain  mount  in  combination  with  the  necessary  rings.  Illustration  shows 
large  Briicke  dissecting  system  with  ring  in  position. 

Duty  Free .  3.75  Stock . .  4.65 


Lens  Stand,  adjustable,  with  hinged  joints  and  rack  and  pinion  adjustment,  without  lens  or  ring. 

Duty  Free .  10.00  Stock .  12.40 


Object  Holder,  Wolf,  designed  expecially  for  Entomology  and  for  use  with  Anastigmatic  Magnifiers  in 
double  folding  case  and  with  lens  stand  No.  31064.  Price  does  not  include  the  double  magnifier 
shown  in  illustration  but  does  include  cork  pinning  blocks  of  three  different  shapes.  In  leather 
case  with  space  to  accommodate  magnifier. 

Duty  Free .  8.00  Stock .  9.92 


31072.  Manometer,  consisting  of  glass  U  tube  on  wooden  support,  with  scale.  Without  mercury .  2.00 

31076.  “  Bennert,  with  glass  stopcock  and  movable  scale  engraved  on  wood.  Without  mercury,  5.00 

31080.  “  “  with  movable  scale  engraved  on  glass.  Without  mercury .  6.00 


Note — When  desired  the  Manometers  No.  31072,  31076  and  31080  will  be  shipped  filled  with  mercury  at 
customer’s  risk,  with  the  cost  of  mercury  added  at  market  price. 


289 


ARTHUR  H 


H  O  M 


O  M 


N 


No.  31092 


i  V'3.'  i«ii''si"Ts!  'Vi  "si  "oi  ws  wu  y  ■*!  iw  wyu  y  y  » &  y  mI  'b  & » 


ARTHUR  H  THOMAS  CO. 


No.  31096 

i ■  igi1 1  ■  i ' ■ 1 1 •  'si ‘ 1 ' i 1  [rI " 1  > 1 1 j>r ‘ ' i 1  isi' | ' i ' i^r 1  •  t 1  ^oi 1 1' rTsrT1^- 


No.  31096 


vnwrwwwnr-tr'tr  is  ‘Ui— us-ur-  Hf *  r 

MCm"e.5  ARTHUR  H.TMOMAS  COMPMIV 

1*...h..ImiI. ...In. . I . ...>?■  I  •■■■•»  "l*dH't'lHt:J. 


No.  31100 


No.  31100 


i 

lipppiipapip 

2 

1 

3  2|4  25  26  2T  2 

S  2 

9  3 1 

P 

l|0  H.38ID  1 

X  IHdiAND 

Wm 

[3 

No.  31084 


No.  31104 


No.  31124 


. . . I " '  lA’ 1 1 1 ri "j| 1 " I ' ' i i  f 

iiili..l|1liul.UI . . .  _1 


No.  31120 


No.  31128 


No.  31132 


31084. 


31088. 

31092. 


31096. 

31100. 

31104. 


31108. 

31112. 

31116. 

31120. 


Manometer,  Differential,  Konig.  For  measurementsup  to  20  mm  of  water  pressure.  With  bottle  of 
standard  phenol  solution.  See  Lunge,  Chemisch-technische  Untersuchungs-methoden,  5.  Aufl., 

p.  189  or  Chemiker-Zeitung  1889,  p.  71.  In  polished  case  with  glass  door .  18.00 

Gauge,  Seger  Draft.  See  Lunges  Sodaindustrie.  Very  sensitive,  for  measuring  the  difference  of 

drafts  in  flues,  etc.  With  bottle  of  phenol  solution . . . .  8.00 

Manometer,  for  measuring  very  slight  differences  in  pressure,  as  in  the  determination  of  the  specific 
rate  of  gases,  etc.  See  Zeitschr.  fur  phys.  und  chem.  Unterricht  1905,  p.  199 .  6.00 

MEASURING  APPLIANCES 

Rule,  Boxwood,  graduated  on  one  side  in  millimeters  to  30  centimeters,  on  the  other  in  fth  inches  to 

12  inches . . . . . . 20 

Rule,  Celluloid,  6  inches  long,  in  both  metric  and  English,  with  comparative  Centigrade  and  Fahren¬ 
heit  thermometer  scales  on  the  back.  A  convenient  vest  pocket  rule  for  the  laboratory  work  .05 
Rule,  Steel,  with  English  and  metric  scales,  graduated  on  one  side  to  i  millimeter  and  J,  and  ^th 

inches;  and  on  the  other  to  to,  tV,  jV,  fg,  js  and  tvh  inches.  Length  6  inches  (150  mm)  .75 
Meter  Stick,  with  brass  bound  ends,  graduated  in  metric  system  on  one  side  and  in  inches  on  the  other  .50 

Meter  Stick,  as  above,  plain,  i.  e.  without  brass  bound  tips . 25 

Half  Meter  Stick,  exactly  the  same  as  above  but  only  J  meter  long,  with  metal  tips . 30 

Rule,  folding  caliper,  of  boxwood,  graduated  on  one  side  in  millimeters  and  on  the  other  in  i^th  inches. 

Length  (unfolded)  inches .  6  12 

Each 


31124. 


31128. 

31132. 


.30  .50 

Rule,  Decimeter,  Steel,  one  decimeter  long,  one  centimeter  wide,  one  millimeter  thick  and  graduated 

in  centimeters  and  millimeters.  Volume  is  1  cc  and  weight  in  grams  is  the  specific  gravity.  In 

metal  bound  leather  pocket  case . 25 

Caliper  Rule,  pocket  form,  of  polished  brass,  with  both  English  and  metric  scale  up  to  6  centimeters 

and  2§  inches.  Very  convenient  in  laboratory  work . _ . 50 

Micrometer  Caliper,  nickel  plated,  graduated  to  iwth  millimeter.  Sizes  given  are  the  maximum  open¬ 
ing  between  jaws.  Scale,  from  0  to,  mm . . .  10 _ 15  20 

Each. 


1.75 


31136. 

31140. 


2.00 


2.25 

Micrometer  Caliper,  B.  &  S.  American  Standard,  1  inch  reading  to  -nreoth  of  an  inch .  5.00 

“  “  same  as  No.  31136  but  reading  to  x£Tth  of  a  millimeter .  5.00 


290 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


31144. 

31148. 

31152. 


31156. 

31160. 

31164. 

31168. 

31172. 

31176. 


31180. 


31184. 


Micrometer  Caliper,  for  measuring  the  thickness  of  tubing  walls  to  ^  mm.  Particularly  convenient 
in  measuring  glass  or  metal  tubing  rapidly  and  with  accuracy.  Range  from  rV  to  10  mm.  .5.00 
Micrometer  Caliper,  roller  form,  for  ascertaining  the  thickness  of  sheets  of  rubber,  cloth,  paper,  etc. 

Reading  in  ^Tths  of  an  inch  up  to  f^ths  of  an  inch .  20.00 

Micrometer  Caliper,  dial  form  with  steel  box,  reading  on  the  dial  to  TJffth  mm;  very  convenient  for 
measurement  of  cover  glasses  in  the  laboratory,  diameter  of  small  wires,  etc.,  in  both  laboratory 

and  shop  practice .  12.00 

Micrometer  Caliper,  as  above,  but  reading  to  ro^Dth  of  an  inch .  15.00 

Vernier  Caliper,  for  both  inside  and  outside  measuring.  Of  steel,  graduated  in  millimeters  to  10  centi- 

_  meters,  with  vernier  reading  to  r^th  millimeter .  1.50 

Vernier  Caliper,  of  steel,  graduated  in  millimeters  and  inches,  20  centimeters  long,  with  vernier  reading 

to  i^th  millimeters .  2.00 

Caliper,  plain,  of  steel,  for  inside  and  outside  measurements . 60 

“  with  graduated  measuring  arc,  reading  in  millimeters  to  80  mm  and  in  rtth  inches  to  3  inches  1.75 
Measuring  Cones,  of  steel,  nickel  plated,  for  measuring  holes,  graduated  to  ^th  millimeter. 

Scale,  mm .  1  to  15  15  to  30 

Each . . . . .  1.00  _  1.50 

Tape  Measure,  Linen,  with  English  and  metric  graduations.  In  nickel  plated  case  with  spring. 

Total  length,  meters .  1  2 

Each . .25  .40 

Tape  Measure,  Steel,  with  metric  divisions  on  one  side  and  English  on  the  other.  In  German  silver 
case  with  spring.  Very  convenient  in  laboratory  work.  Total  length,  meters. . .  1  2 

Each . 75  1.00 


No.  3118S 

31188.  Micrometer  Microscope,  a  measuring  device  for  use  in  calibrating  or  verifying  thermometer  scales 
etc.,  or  as  a  comparator.  With  two  microscopes  mounted  on  horizontal  carrier,  each  with  micro¬ 
meter  fine  adjustment  and  one  with  Fraunhofer  ocular  micrometer.  Reading  by  means  of  Fraun¬ 
hofer  micrometer  to  3J,j  millimeter. 

Duty  Free .  84.00  Duty  Paid .  105.00 


291 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  31200  No.  31196b 


Micrometer  Measuring  Machine,  Model  of  1910,  for  actual  as  well  as  comparative  measurements, 
reading  by  comparison  to  an  accuracy  of  y^^th  of  a  millimeter  and  giving  absolute  value  meas¬ 
urements  to  T1jVo  of  a  millimeter;  total  length  which  may  be  measured  300  mm,  with  centering 
device.  This  instrument  is  of  great  value  in  shop  and  laboratory  practice  where  great  accuracy 
is  desired.  Larger  models  measuring  up  to  2  meters  quoted  on  application. 

Duty  Free .  480.00  Duty  Paid .  600.00 

Micrometer  Microscope,  Fraunhofer,  measuring  a  total  length  of  20  mm  and  reading  to  of  a  mil- 
limeter.  Mounted  on  tripod  with  axis  so  that  same  may  be  used  vertically  (Fig.  a)  or  horizon¬ 
tally  (Fig.  b).  The  tripod  is  folding  and  the  whole  is  mounted  in  a  neat  wooden  case. 

Duty  Free .  84.00  Duty  Paid . 105.00 

Microscope,  Measuring,  with  vertical  and  horizontal  scale  on  silver  reading  to  y^th  millimeter. 
The  vertical  and  horizontal  scales  are  16  cm  long  and  are  both  actuated  by  rack  and  pinion.  The 
microscope  rotates  in  a  vertical  plane  and  may  be  clamped  in  any  position.  The  horizontal 
and  vertical  positions  of  the  microscope  are  definitely  marked.  A  glass  micrometer  scale  is 
placed  in  the  common  focus  of  the  eyepiece  and  objective  and  serves  to  measure  very  short  dis¬ 
tances  without  moving  either  slide.  By  substituting  a  telescope  objective  the  instrument  may 
be  used  as  a  reading  telescope  or  as  a  short  range  cathetometer.  With  one  ocular,  a  2  inch  micro 
objective  and  extra  telescope  objective. 

Duty  Free .  54.00  Duty  Paid .  68.40 

31204.  Extra  Micrometer  Eyepiece  for  above,  reading  to  ycooth  of  a  millimeter. 

Duty  Free .  25.50  Duty  Paid .  32.30 


31192. 

31196. 

31200. 


292 


ARTHUR  H. 


T  H  Q  M  A  S  COMPANY 


No.  31208 


31208.  Micrometer  Microscope,  or  Comparator,  for  the  most  accurate  measurement  of  spectrographic  negatives 
and  other  measurements  of  great  accuracy.  The  separation  of  two  spectral  lines,  for  instance, 
is  measured  by  direct  comparison  to  a  small  scale  on  the  speculum  metal,  the  coefficient  of  expan¬ 
sion  of  which  is  equal  to  that  of  the  plate  itself ;  reading  by  means  of  Fraunhofer  micrometer  in 
the  ocular  to  millimeter,  which  diminishes  the  error  of  the  thread  |th.  Particularly  rec¬ 
ommended  for  rapid  measurements  as  the  screw  carrying  the  stage  or  table  is  immediately 
disengaged  and  its  position  changed. 

For  measuring  over,  cm .  9  x  12  13  x  18 

Duty  Free . .  321.60  480.00 

Duty  Paid .  402.00  600.00 


31212.  Micrometer  Microscope,  Hilger,  1913  Model 
embodying  the  following  modifications — 

The  mirror  moves  with  the  travelling  microscope. 
The  milled  head  for  turning  the  screw  has  been 
replaced  by  a  handle. 

The  standards  which  support  the  slide  and  substage 
are  so  designed  that  the  axis  of  the  microscope 
is  sloped  towards  the  observer. 

A  vernier  has  been  added,  reading  to  0.001  mm. 

Though  specially  designed  for  rapid  and 
accurate  measurements  of  spectrum 
photographs,  this  instrument  can  be 
used  with  equal  advantage  for  any  of  the 
accurate  length  measurements  needed  in 
a  laboratory.  With  the  aid  of  the 
handle  now  provided,  one  can  pass 
rapidly  over  the  whole  range  of  motion, 
while  at  the  same  time  the  large  drum¬ 
head  enables  measurements  to  be  taken 
to  0.001  mm.  The  base  is  of  cast  iron 
and  the  microscope  slide  is  mounted  on 
two  cast  iron  standards  of  such  shape  as 
to  form  convenient  handles  for  moving 
the  instrument. 

Length  of  horizontal  motion,  inches 

3  6 

Duty  Free .  164.70  197.10 

Duty  Paid .  225.70  270.10 


No.  31212 


293 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  31216  No.  31216 

MICROSCOPE,  MEASURING  AND  SCREW  TESTING,  LARGE  MODEL.  This  instrument  has  been  designed 
to  give  absolute  measurements  of  small  objects  to  a  very  fine  degree  with  extreme  accuracy.  It  is 
particularly  useful  for  measuring  and  checking  such  articles  as  micrometer  screws,  divided  scales, 
standard  gauges,  dies,  etc.,  and  is  constructed  for  great  ease  of  manipulation  in  such  work.  It  is 
designed  to  give  the  length  and  pitch  of  a  screw  to  .001  mm,  the  maximum,  minimum  and  effective 
diameters  and  depth  of  thread  to  .01  mm,  and  the  angle  of  the  thread  to  5'  without  the  necessity  of 
moving  the  screw  after  it  has  been  once  set  up  for  examination. 

The  object,  according  to  its  shape,  is  either  held  in  one  of  the  chucks,  A,  of  the  rotating,  divided 
holder,  B,  or  fixed  on  the  stage  and  its  length  measured  by  moving  it  across  the  field  of  the  webbed 
ocular,  P,  by  means  of  a  micrometer  screw  with  a  divided  head,  C.  The  pitch  of  this  screw  is  .5  mm 
and  the  head  is  divided  into  100  parts;  the  fractions  of  these  divisions  are  read  from  a  vernier  to 
mm  or  inch.  Entire  millimeters  are  shown  by  an  index  on  the  scale,  D.  The  plate  of  the  stage 

is  held  against  the  flint  hard  point  of  the  screw  by  two  long  spiral  springs  set  in  the  same  plane  as 
the  dove-tailed  fittings,  one  on  each  side  equally  displaced.  The  point  of  the  screw  is  turned  on  a 
separate  piece  of  steel  to  the  thread;  it  is  hardened,  ground  and  polished,  and  let  into  the  main  piece 
before  the  thread  is  cut.  This  is  done  to  prevent  distortion  of  the  thread  which  would  occur  if  the 
hardening  were  done  after  cutting.  The  screw,  which  is  of  the  most  accurate  description,  is  cut  be¬ 
tween  dead  centres  with  a  single  point. 

The  width  of  an  object  is  measured  by  moving  it  across  the  field  by  means  of  the  milled  head, 
F;  the  amount  of  the  traverse  is  read  to  .01  mm  by  the  scale  and  vernier,  G. 

The  angle  between  two  lines,  edges,  sides,  etc.,  as,  for  example,  the  angles  of  a  screw  thread,  is 
ascertained  by  rotating  the  webbed  ocular.  One  of  the  webs  is  brought  coincident  with  a  side  and  the 
milled  head  of  the  tangent  screw,  H,  is  turned  until  the  web  coincides  with  the  other  side.  The  angle  is 
given  on  the  scale  and  vernier,  K,  to  5'. 

The  milled  head,  L,  actuates  a  tangent  screw  which  inclines  the  object  under  examination  to  the 
optic  axis;  the  degree  of  inclination  is  read  to  5'  by  the  scale  and  vernier,  M.  As  the  object  lies  in 
the  same  plane  as  the  axis  of  rotation  it  does  not  go  out  of  focus  on  being  inclined.  When  the  pitch 
of  a  screw  is  being  measured  the  screw  should  be  inclined  the  same  number  of  degrees  as  the  angle 
at  which  the  thread  crosses  it;  this  angle  can  be  approximated  or  else  measured  accurately  by  means 
of  the  circle  attached  to  the  ocular. 

The  object  is  focused  by  an  ordinary  rack  and  pinion  coarse  adjustment  and  a  micrometer  screw 
fine  adjustment;  the  milled  head,  N,  of  this  latter  is  divided  to  read  direct  to  .01  mm.  This  divided 
head  is  of  use  in  obtaining  the  correct  position  for  viewing  the  profile  of  a  screw  thread.  To  effect 
this,  the  top  of  the  thread  is  focused  on  the  cross-wires  of  the  ocular  and  the  body  is  lowered  by 
means  of  the  fine  adjustment  an  amount  equal  to  the  secant  of  the  angle  through  which  the  screw 
is  tilted  on  the  stage  multiplied  by  half  the  maximum  diameter  of  the  thread. 

Extremely  large  objects,  such  as  milling  cutters,  hobs  up  to  2|"  diameter,  etc.,  can  be  accommo¬ 
dated  on  the  instrument  by  means  of  special  arms  attachable  to  the  stage  which  holds  adjustable  male  and 
female  centres. 

31216.  Microscope,  as  above  described,  with  1J  inch  objective,  cross-webbed  ocular 

and  complete  set  of  chucks  for  carrying  micrometer  screws,  small  taps,  Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 


etc.,  in  strong  wooden  case .  300.00  380.00 

31220.  Attachable  arms,  for  carrying  large  objects .  18.90  23.95 

31224.  Extra  Objectives  2  inch,  1  inch  or  §  inch  focus .  6.30  8.00 


294 


Model  A 


Model  C 


MICROSCOPE,  MEASURING,  ZEISS,  MODELS  A,  B  AND  C,  with  horizontal  movement  of  the  microscope  tube 
of  either  20  or  50  mm  and  reading  by  means  of  micrometer  head  to  1 J  0  mm.  Model  A  is  intended  for  use 
with  objects  which  may  be  placed  upon  the  stage,  i.e.  graduations,  small  castings,  etc.,  and  especially 
for  the  measurement  of  the  concavities  in  metals  produced  by  the  Brinell  Ball  Test.  In  large  pieces  or 
castings  the  microscope  body  is  removed  from  the  base  and  clamped  in  a  regular  laboratory  support 
as  in  Fig.  2.  Model  B  differs  from  Model  A  only  in  the  base  and  stage  arrangement  which  consists  in 
a  heavier  base  with  revolving  circular  stage  permitting  two  measurements  of  diameter,  for  instance, 
at  90°  each  from  the  other.  Model  C  consists  in  a  base,  as  in  an  ordinary  microscope,  with  stage  and 
mirror  for  the  examination  of  photographic  plates,  spectrographs,  or  other  objects  by  means  of  trans¬ 
mitted  light.  With  model  C  higher  power  objectives  may  be  used  such  as  A3  (26  diameters)  and  AA 
(54  diameters).  The  stage  plate  shown  in  illustration  of  Model  A  is  removable  so  that  the  whole  micro¬ 
scope  with  base  may  be  conveniently  placed  upon  large  castings  in  the  measurement  of  Brinell  test 
depressions,  etc. 

Model  A,  with  horizontal  motion  of  20  mm,  without  objectives  or  oculars,  in  Duty  Free 

case . . . 

Model  A,  with  horizontal  motion  of  50  mm  without  objectives  or  oculars,  in 

case . 

Model  B,  with  horizontal  motion  of  20  mm,  with  heavy  base  and  removable 

revolving  circular  stage,  without  objectives  or  oculars,  in  case .  65.00 

Model  B,  as  above  but  with  horizontal  motion  of  50  mm .  71.25 

Model  C,  with  horizontal  motion  of  20  mm.  with  stage  and  mirror  for  trans¬ 
mitted  light,  without  objectives  or  oculars,  in  case .  68.75 

Model  C,  as  above  but  with  horizontal  motion  of  50  mm .  75.00 

Ocular  2,  with  crosshairs  and  adjustable  eyelens . . . 

Achromatic  Objective  A2,  giving  a  power  with  above  ocular  of  15  diameters.. 

“  “  At,  26  diameters . 

“  “  AA,  54  “  . . 

Note — -Outfits  may  be  made  up  with  any  of  the  above  stands  and  optical 
equipment  of  oculars  and  objectives,  but  we  offer  the  following  as  a 
typical  outfit  for  Brinell  test  measurements,  etc. 

Microscope,  Measuring,  Model  A,  with  ocular  2  and  objective  A2,  in  case  .... 

For  more  detailed  information  send  for  a  copy  of  Zeiss,  Mess  152. 


31228. 

31232. 

31236. 

31240. 

31244. 

31248. 

31252. 

31256. 

31260. 

31264. 


31268. 


50.00 

56.25 


4.25 

3.00 

3.00 

7.50 


57.25 


Duty  Paid 
62.00 

69.75 

80.60 

88.35 

85.25 

93.00 

5.27 

3.72 

3.72 

9.30 


70.99 


295 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


31272. 


31276. 


31280. 

31284. 


31288. 

31292. 


31296. 


Cathetometer,  for  either  horizontal  or  vertical  use,  consisting  of  a  brass  bar,  hexagonal  section,  mounted 
between  two  hardened  steel  centers  and  which  can  be  clamped  in  any  position  in  azimuth.  The 
scale  is  divided  in  millimeters  and  the  carriage  is  provided  with  spring  and  clamp.  The  position 
of  the  telescope  is  read  by  means  of  verniers  to  TlJfrth  millimeter.  The  telescope  has  a  focal 
length  of  about  7  inches  and  a  clear  aperture  of  -j-f  and  is  provided  with  level  and  cross-wires 
and  may  be  focused  from  infinity  to  within  three  feet. 

Length  of  bar .  50  cm  1  meter 

Duty  Free .  "SLOtT  72.00 

Duty  Paid .  64.60  91.20 

Cathetometer,  or  Reading  Telescope,  with  objective  with  a  focal  length  of  6  inches  and  aperture  of 
£  inch,  can  be  focussed  from  3  ft.  to  infinity.  Telescope  is  provided  with  crosshairs  and  level 
and  fine  adjustment  screw  for  accurate  setting  in  horizontal  position.  With  vertical  movement 
by  rack  and  pinion  to  a  distance  of  24  inches.  Very  convenient  in  the  laboratory  for  reading 
thermometers,  barometer  tubes,  burettes,  etc. 

Duty  Free .  33.00  Duty  Paid . . .  44.00 

Extra  with  scale  on  vertical  rod  to  be  read  by  vernier  to  0.02  mm. 

Duty  Free . .  9.0  Duty  Paid . . . .  12.00 

Reading  Telescope,  with  objective  24  mm  in  diameter  and  crosshairs  in  ocular,  with  horizontal  and 

vertical  rotation  and  vertical  adjustment,  on  support . .••:•••  17.50 

Reading  Microscope,  with  Ramsden  eyepiece,  with  5  mm  scale  divided  into  ^  mm.  This  is  a  most 
useful  microscope  for  reading  thermometers,  electroscopes,  etc;  in  general  laboratory  work.  It 
is  furnished  with  objectives  of  two  focii  and  prices  do  not  include  any  support.  The  magnify¬ 
ing  power  of  the  4  cm  focus  is  20  diameters  and  of  the  10  cm  focus  12  diameters. 

Focussing  at  approximately,  cm .  4 _ 10^ 

Duty  Free .  8.25  8.25 

Stock . . .  12.10  12.10 

Reading  Microscope,  as  above,  but  with  V-shaped  support  and  levelling  screws. 

Focussing  at  approximately,  cm .  4 _ 10^ 

Duty  Free .  10.05  10.05 

Duty  Paid .  14.75  14.75 

Tele-Microscope,  exactly  similar  in  appearance  to  the  above  Reading  Microscope  but  with  special 
lenses  to  give  high  magnification  and  wide  field  and  with  a  draw-tube  enabling  it  to  be  used  at 
various  distances.  A  very  useful  laboratory  microscope  and  particularly  recommended  for  use 
in  reading  electroscope  leaves  in  the  measurement  of  radio-activity  and  as  used  for  this  purpose 
by  Thomson,  Rutherford,  etc.  The  eyepiece  scale  is  10  mm  long  divided  in  mm  and  with  the 
draw -tube  closed  the  instrument  focusses  at  approximately  15  cm  distance  with  a  magnification 
of  20  diameters  and  with  draw-tube  open  focusses  at  10  cm  with  a  magnification  of  50  diameters. 
Without  support. 

Duty  Free .  12.00  Stock .  17.60 

Tripod  Support,  convenient  for  use  with  either  of  above  Reading  Microscopes,  with  V-shaped  rest, 
two  adjusting  screws  and  spring  clamp  (not  shown  in  illustration)  to  hold  microscope  tube  in 
position. 

Duty  Free .  7.50  Duty  Paid  .  11.00 


296 


31284. 


31288. 

31292. 

31296. 

31300. 


31304. 


31308. 


Meat  Chopper,  useful  for  the  preparation  of  meat  for  culture  media.  Leaves  no  meat  in  the  machine 
and  is  easily  cleaned. 

Number .  1  2  4  6  8 

Capacity,  lbs .  i  1  2  3  4 

Each .  1.25  ii50  2^00  JhOO  4.50 

Meat  Cutter  for  Bagasse,  etc.,  for  cutting  in  preparation  for  laboratory  analyses.  With  automatic 

feed  giving  shavings  from  Jth  inch  thick  down  to  the  thickness  of  thin  paper .  8.00 

Melting  Point  Tube,  Thiel,  of  hard  glass .  1.00 

Mercury  Trough,  of  porcelain,  cross  form,  holding  3  kilos  of  mercury . 75 

“  “  of  porcelain. 

Capacity,  kilos . . 4  8 

Each .  1.00  2.00 

Mercury  Still,  Hulett,  as  used  in  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Mines  Experiment  Station,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.  See 
Bulletin  No.  42  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Mines  and  Physical  Review,  Vol.  34,  1911,  p.  SOY,  consisting 
of  flask  of  500  cc  capacity,  with  long  neck  and  side  tube,  as  illustrated,  which  is  sealed  to  the 
outlet  tube  of  a  Drechsel  wash  bottle.  The  asbestos  air  bath,  asbestos  disc  “S”  tripod  and  burner, 

are  not  included  in  the  price . . .  3.00 

Mercury  Still,  Hulett,  for  electric  heating.  Glass  parts  only,  without  electric  heater  “B.”  See  Bulle¬ 
tin  No.  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Mines .  5.60 


297 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


METALLOGRAfclC 

APPARATUS 


No.  31316 


No.  31320 


MICROSCOPE,  METALLURGICAL,  SAUVEUR-BAUSCH  AND  LOMB,  latest  model  Handle  Arm  Type  with  lever 
fine  adjustment,  with  rack  and  pinion  for  the  raising  and  lowering  of  the  stage  so  that  focusing  may 
be  done  without  moving  the  vertical  illuminator  out  of  the  optical  axis  of  the  illuminating  system  and 
also  providing  a  much  greater  working  distance  for  thick  specimens.  _  With  circular  revolving  stage 
with  large  size  opening  (If  inches)  in  the  center,  for  convenience  in  manipulating  the  Sauveur  magnetic 
specimen  holder.  This  is  the  most  widely  used  microscope  in  metallurgical  laboratories  in  the  U.  S. 
and  the  outfit  as  regularly  supplied  consists  of  Sauveur  Metallurgical  Stand;  two  oculars,  10X  and 
5X;  three  special  metallographic  objectives,  i.e.  short  mounted  and  corrected  for  use  without  cover 
glass,  of  32,  16  and  4  mm  e.f . ;  vertical  illuminator;  two  stage  specimen  holders,  one  magnetic  and  the 
other  non-magnetic,  and  auxiliary  tube,  in  polished  case. 

31312.  Microscope,  as  above,  without  Sauveur  Mechanical  Stage . . .  128.00 

31316.  Microscope,  as  above,  with  Sauveur  Mechanical  Stage  as  shown  in  illustration .  150.00 

MICRO-PHOTOGRAPHIC  APPARATUS  FOR  METALLOGRAPHY,  SAUVEUR-BAUSCH  &  LOMB.  This 
outfit  offers  the  advantage  of  a  photo-micrographic  outfit  with  microscope  which  may  be  removed  for 
regular  work  on  the  table  and  instantly  replaced  in  proper  position  on  the  outfit  or  mounted  with  the 
illuminant  on  one  solid  support  with  all  adjustments. 


Supporting  Stand — Of  cast  iron,  neatly  finished  and  very  stable;  has  four  supports  with  25-inch  lateral  spread,  provided 
with  both  castors  and  leveling  screws;  carries  plate,  21  x  7i  In.,  at  height  of  22  in.  from  floor,  to  which  plate  are 
attached  the  optical  beds. 

Optical  Beds— Two  in  number,  of  lathe  type,  carefully  planed,  one  accommodating  supports  for  the  microscope,  arc  lamp 
with  condensing  system,  table  for  macroscopic  photography  (of  rail  sections,  etc.),  and  parts  for  lantern  slide  and 
transparent  microscopic  projection  when  these  are  desired.  The  other,  graduated  to  640  mm,  carries  camera  and 
Is  attached  to  base  plate  by  strong  hinge  joint,  permitting  the  camera  to  be  used  in  any  position  from  vertical  to 
horizontal. 

Illuminant — 90  deg.  hand  feed  arc  lamp  for  use  with  direct  or  alternating  current,  enclosed  in  a  small  cylindrical  hood  with 
observation  windows,  attached  to  rear  of  condensing  mount;  carbon  adjustments  so  arranged  as  to  be  conven¬ 
iently  reached  from  the  observer’s  position  either  at  the  microscope  or  at  the  camera.  Carbons  may  be  adjusted 
either  separately  or  together. 

Condensing  System — Triple  condensing  system  with  lenses  in.  diam.  in  patent  ventilated  mount,  which  Is  in  turn 
mounted  in  a  cylindrical  metal  hood,  9  In.  long  and  5  in.  diam.,  in  which  the  condensers  may  be  easily  adjusted 
to  and  fro  with  reference  to  the  lanip;  a  cylindrical  extension  slips  over  the  end  of  the  hood  and  helps  to  render 
the  apparatus  more  nearly  light-tight;  a  spring  clip  is  provided  for  holding  filter  screens.  A  green  monochromatic 
screen  is  provided  with  the  outfit  as  this  has  been  found  to  be  almost  indispensable  for  the  best  photomicrographlc 
work;  entire  illuminating  apparatus  is  carried  by  a  special  fork  and  standard,  adjustable  for  height  and  also  to 
and  fro  on  the  optical  bed,  and  provided  with  conveniently  located  adjustment  screws  for  shifting  Its  direction 
vertically  or  laterally.  The  lamp  may  also  be  tilted  at  an  angle  for  transparent  and  for  oblique  illumination. 

Camera — Regularly  supplied  with  camera  for  5x7  in.  plates  and  smaller,  having  a  maximum  bellows  draw  of  24  in., 
equipped  with  double  plate  holder  with  reducing  kits  for  4  x  5]ln.  and  3}  x  4}  in.  plates  and  a  ground  glass  screen 
with  clear  center;  in  adjustable  mounting  on  two  supports  clamped  to  optical  bed;  front  standard  fitted  with  slid¬ 
ing  light-tight  tube  to  connect  with  microscope.  A  similar  camera  to  take  4x5  and  3i  x  4i  in.  plates  can  be  sup¬ 
plied  at  a  reduction  of  $10.00  in  the  price.  We  strongly  recommend  the  regular  5x7  camera,  however. 

Shutter — Automatic  with  steel  leaves,  having  a  maximum  opening  of  40  mm.  may  be  set  with  Instantaneous,  bulb  or  time 
exposure. 

31320.  Micro-photographic  Outfit,  as  above  described,  including  Sauveur-Bausch  &  Lomb  Metallographic 
Microscope  No.  31316  with  Mechanical  Stage  and  5  ampere  rheostat  for  110  volt  circuit. .  310.00 


31324.  Micro-photographic  Outfit,  as  above, for  220  volts .  311.50 

31328.  “  “  “  “  “  without  Mechanical  Stage .  288.00 

31332.  “  “  “  “  “  “  Microscope . . .  160.00 

Note — If  a  4  x  5  camera  is  desired  $10.00  may  be  deducted  from  each  of  the  above  prices. 

31336.  Set  of  Lantern  Slide  Accessories  consisting  of  supports,  bellows,  slide  carrier,  mounted  condenser 

and  If  inch  diameter  projection  lens  of  either  6,  8  or  10  inch  focus,  as  desired . 17.50 

31340.  Extra  Carbons  for  lamp.  Please  state  whether  current  is  alternating  or  direct.  Per  100 .  2.50 

31344.  Focussing  Glass .  4.00 


298 


R 


H  U  R 


H 


H  O  M 


O  M 


N 


No.  31348 


No.  31348 


MICRO-PHOTOGRAPHIC  OUTFIT  FOR  METALLOGRAPHY  WITH  INVERTED  SAUVEUR-BAUSCH  & 
LOME  METALLOSCOPE.  The  microscope  included  with  this  outfit  is  of  the  inverted  or  Le  Chatelier 
type,  with  fine  adjustment  controlled  from  the  rear  of  the  camera  by  a  small  milled  head  pulley.  The 
illuminant  is  set  at  a  convenient  angle  to  the  bed  of  the  camera  and  arc  may  be  conveniently  set 
without  movement  from  the  position  necessary  at  time  of  focusing.  A  separate  microscope  tube  is 
provided  for  visual  examination  and  with  the  vertical  illuminator  permanently  fixed  the  only  adjust¬ 
ment  necessary  is  the  arc  lamp. 

Supporting  Stand — Of  cast  Iron,  neatly  finished  and  very  stable;  with  four  supports  with  25-inch  lateral  spread,  provided 
with  both  castors  and  leveling  screws;  carries  plate,  21  x  7\  in.,  at  height  of  40  in.  from  floor,  to  which  plate  are 
attached  the  optical  beds. 

Optical  Beds — Two  in  number,  of  lathe  type,  carefully  planed,  one  accommodating  supports  for  the  arc  lamp  with  con¬ 
densing  system.  The  other,  graduated  to  640  mm,  carries  the  camera. 

Microscope — As  described  above. 

Illuminant— 90  deg.  hand  feed  arc  lamp  consuming  about  4J  amps,  for  use  with  direct  or  alternating  current,  enclosed  in 
a  small  cylindrical  hood  with  observation  windows,  attached  to  rear  of  condensing  mount;  carbon  adjustments  so 
arranged  as  to  be  conveniently  reached  from  the  observer’s  position  either  at  the  microscope  or  at  the  camera. 
Carbons  may  be  adjusted  either  separately  or  together. 

Condensing  System — Triple  condensing  system  with  lenses  4i  In.  diam.  in  patent  ventilated  mount,  which  Is  In  turn 
mounted  in  a  cylindrical  metal  hood,  9  in.  long  and  5  in.  diam.,  in  which  the  condensers  may  be  easily  adjusted 
to  and  fro  with  reference  to  the  lamp;  a  cylindrical  extension  slips  over  the  end  of  the  hood  and  helps  to  render 
the  apparatus  more  nearly  light-tight;  a  spring  clip  is  provided  for  holding  filter  screens.  A  green  monochromatic 
screen  Is  provided  with  the  outfit,  as  this  has  been  found  to  be  almost  Indispensable  for  the  best  photomicro¬ 
graphic  work;  entire  illuminating  apparatus  is  carried  by  a  special  fork  and  standard,  adjustable  for  height  and  also 
to  and  fro  on  the  optical  bed,  and  provided  with  conveniently  located  adjustment  screws  for  shifting  its  direction 
vertically  or  laterally.  .  . 

Camera — Regularly  supplied  with  horizontal  camera  for  5  x  7  in.  plates  and  smaller,  having  a  maximum  bellows  draw  of 
24  in.,  equipped  with  double  plate  holder  with  reducing  kits  for  4x5  in.  and  3 *  x  4J  in.  plates  and  a  ground  glass 
screen  with  clear  center;  in  adjustable  mounting  on  two  supports  clamped  to  optical  bed;  front  standard  fitted 
with  sliding  light-tight  tube  to  connect  with  metalloscope.  A  similar  camera  to  take  4x5  and  3J  x  41  in.  plates 
can  be  supplied  at  a  reduction  of  $10.00  in  the  price.  We  recommend  the  regular  5x7  camera,  however. 
Shutter— Automatic  with  steel  leaves,  having  a  maximum  opening  of  40  mm  may  be  set  with  instantaneous,  bulb  or  time 
exposure. 

31348.  Micro-photographic  Outfit,  as  described  above,  including  three  special  metallographic  objectives,  16 
mm  and  4  mm  in  long  mounts  and  32  mm  in  short  mount,  all  corrected  for  use  without  covers; 
four  oculars,  two  each  of  6.4X  and  10X ;  vertical  illuminator,  two  Sauveur  specimen  holders,  one 
magnetic  and  one  non-magnetic;  inverted  Metalloscope  stand;  camera  with  automatic  shutter 
and  pulley  for  controlling  fine  adjustment  of  microscope  as  above  described,  with  5  ampere  rheo¬ 
stat  for  110  volts  and  with  Sauveur  Mechanical  Stage .  345.00 

31352.  Micro-photographic  Outfit,  as  above,  with  rheostat  for  220  volts .  346.50 

31356.  “  “  “  “  “  without  Mechanical  Stage .  323.00 

31360.  Focussing  Glass . .•••• . . . ; .  4.00 

31364.  Extra  Carbons  for  lamp.  Please  state  whether  current  is  direct  or  alternating.  Per  100 . 4.00 

Note— If  4x5  camera  is  preferred,  $10.00  may  be  deducted  from  each  of  the  above  prices. 


299 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  31368— In  position  for  use  on  a  casting'and  with  electric  illumination 

MET  ALLOGRAPHS  MICROSCOPE  AND  CAMERA,  TASSIN-BAUSCH  &  LOMB,  a  portable  outfit  for  the 
microscopical  investigation  of  structural  metals  and  other  surfaces;  particularly  designed  for  the 
practical  study  of  the  forging,  casting  or  bar  as  it  is  turned  out  rather  than  from  specimens  cut  from 
the  piece  which  must  be  taken  to  the  laboratory  for  examination.  The  Tassin  Apparatus  consists 
essentially  of  three  parts,  the  Microscope,  the  Illuminating  Apparatus  and  the  Camera. 

Microscope — The  microscope  is  of  Bausch  &  Lomb  handle  arm  type.  It  has  a  large  stage  which  is  provided  with  leveling 
screws  and  forms  the  base  of  the  instrument.  The  stage  measures  119  x  92  mm,  with  a  distance  of  41  mm  from 
its  center  to  the  base  of  the  arm.  The  effective  length  of  the  leveling  screws  is  36  mm.  The  object  under  exam¬ 
ination  is  viewed  through  a  circular  aperture  in  the  stage,  31  mm  in  diameter.  The  stage,  of  course,  may  also 
be  used  in  the  regular  way  when  the  size  of  the  specimen  permits. 

The  body  tube,  carrying  the  objective,  illuminating  apparatus  and  ocular,  is  moved  up  and  down  by  a  rack 
and  pinion  adjustment  for  approximate  focusing,  the  exact  focus  being  obtained  by  means  of  a  fine  adjustment  of 
lever  type  with  a  milled  micrometer  head.  A  post  with  clamp  is  attached  to  the  body  tube  so  that  the  tube, 
after  the  focus  has  been  obtained,  cannot  be  forced  down  while  attaching  the  camera,  thus  eliminating  all  risk  of 
disturbing  the  focus  or  injuring  the  objective  by  forcing  it  down  against  the  object. 

Illuminating  Apparatus — At  the  lower  end  of  the  body  tube  is  attached  the  illuminating  apparatus,  to  which  In  turn  is 
fastened  a  quick  changing  nosepiece,  permitting  a  ready  interchange  of  objectives.  The  Illuminating  apparatus 
shown  in  position  in  illustration,  consists  of  a  vertical  Illuminator  and  an  arm,  to  the  outer  end  of  which  is  clamped 
an  upright  metal  arm,  carrying  a  condensing  system  in  an  adjustable  tube,  a  metal  shield  and  an  illuminant 
attached  at  the  rear  of  the  shield. 

The  illuminant  may  be  either  a  6-volt,  16  c.p.  Mazda  lamp  or  a  small  Acetylene  burner,  both  of  which  are 
supplied  with  the  complete  outfit.  The  former  illuminant  is  shown  in  illustration,  the  Mazda  lamp  being  mounted 
In  a  metal  hood  attached  to  the  shield  by  clips  fitting  over  insulated  lugs. 

A  resistance  bank  is  supplied  for  use  with  the  Mazda  lamp  to  permit  one  to  take  current  from  either  the 
regular  110-  or  220-volt,  direct  or  alternating  circuit.  This  resistance  bank  is  provided  with  six  lamp  sockets  but 
is  furnished  without  lamps.  If  it  is  desired  to  use  tb  i  Mazda  lamp  regularly  supplied  with  a  110- volt  circuit,  either 
direct  or  alternating,  the  bank  should  be  equipped  with  two  32  c.  p.  and  16  c.  p.  carbon  lamps;  if  a  220- volt  cir¬ 
cuit  is  to  be  used,  the  lamp  should  be  fitted  with  five  32  c.  p.  carbon  lamps. 

When  acetylene  is  to  be  used,  the  burner  Is  attached  to  the  back  of  the  shield  by  means  of  a  rod  and  clamp. 
The  gas  may  be  supplied  by  a  charged  acetylene  tank,  as  used  on  automobiles,  or  by  the  generator  listed. 

Within  the  vertical  illuminator  is  an  adjustable  reflector  of  clear  glass.  Openings  in  the  mounting  permit  the 
light  from  the  Illuminant  to  reach  this  reflector,  which  directs  it  upon  the  object.  Adjustments  are  provided  for 
centering  the  light  properly.  After  the  correct  position  has  once  been  established,  no  further  attention  need  be 
paid  to  the  position  of  the  light  source  since  it  travels  with  the  body  tube  in  focusing. 

Camera — The  camera  is  of  metal,  10  inches  in  length.  It  is  provided  with  a  focusing  ground  glass,  two  double  plate 
holders  for  3}  x  3  j-inch  plates  and  a  small  trap  shutter.  The  front  board  is  fitted  with  a  draw  tube  which  is 
inserted  in  the  body  tube  of  the  microscope  in  place  of  the  regular  draw  tube  when  making  a  negative.  Two 
oculars  are  therefore  desirable,  one  for  each  draw  tube. 

The  three  objectives  regularly  supplied,  i.e.,  the  32,  16  and  8  mm,  when  used  with  a  7.5X  ocular,  will  give 
magnifications  of  30,  60  and  150  diameters,  respectively. 

Since  one  may  often  wish  to  know,  before  leaving  the  job,  what  sort  of  negatives  he  has  obtained  and  there 
may  not  be  a  dark  room  at  hand,  we  provide  a  changing  bag  and  a  tank  for  daylight  developing  to  meet  this  con¬ 
tingency.  Any  good  orthochromatic  plate  may  be  used  with  any  standard  developer  and  fixing  solution. 

Price  list  on  following  page. 


300 


R 


H  U  R 


H. 


H  O 


M 


O  M 


N 


31368. 


31372. 

31376. 

31380. 

31384. 

31388. 

31392. 

31396. 

31400. 

31404. 

31408. 

31412. 

31416. 

31420. 

31424. 

31432. 

31434. 


Tassin  Metallography  Equipment  complete,  as  above,  consisting  of  the  following  parts:  special  micro¬ 
scope  stand;  quick  changing  nosepiece  with  three  rings;  two  eyepieces,  7.5X ;  three  objectives,  32, 
16  and  8  mm;  vertical  illuminator;  Tassin  illuminating  apparatus  complete  for  acetylene;  electric 
light  attachment  with  Mazda  lamp;  resistance  bank  with  cord,  fuse  block  and  connecting  plug- 
Never  Out  Acetylene  Generator  No.  3  with  six  feet  of  rubber  tubing;  camera;  2doz.  Seed  plates'; 
hand  magnifier;  package  of  developing  powders;  focusing  cloth;  changing  bag;  carrying  case 

with  fittings .  122.00 

Special  Microscope  with  stage  119x92  mm,  with  four  leveling  screws,  rack  and  pinion  and 

lever  fine  adjustments .  26.75 

Quickchanging  Nosepiece  with  three  rings .  7.00 

Eyepiece  7-5X . ’  1.50 

Objective  32  mm  .  4.00 

Objective  16  mm . .  5.00 

Objective  8  mm . 8.00 

Vertical  Illuminator . 6^0 

Tassin  Illuminating  Apparatus  for  acetylene .  15.00 

Tassin  Illuminating  Apparatus  for  electricity  including  illuminator,  hood,  6-volt  Mazda  lamp 

and  socket .  17.50 

Electric  Light  Attachment  consisting  of  hood,  lamp  and  socket .  3.50 

Resistance  Bank  with  snap  switch  and  sockets  for  six  lamps,  fuse  block,  cord  and  plug;  nec¬ 
essary  for  use  with  electricity;  furnished  without  lamps .  7.50 

Never  Out  Acetylene  Generator  No.  3 .  9.00 

Camera  with  ground  glass,  two  plate  holders,  shutter  and  draw  tube .  13.50 

Changing  bag .  1.25 

Developing  tank .  4. 00 

Carrying  Case .  8.00 


METALLOGRAPHIC  MICROSCOPE,  REICHERT.  The  advantage  of  this  instrument  is  the  manner  in  which 
the  light  is  brought  to  bear  upon  the  preparation  and  the  more  perfect  quality  of  the  illumination 
obtained  thereby.  The  specimen  requires  one  prepared  surface  only,  which  does  away  with  the 
necessity  of  providing  it  with  two  approximately  parallel  planes,  the  instrument  being  so  arranged 
that  the  polished  surface  rests  upon  a  stage  set  accurately  at  right  angles  to  the  optic  axis.  The  appa¬ 
ratus  is  fitted  with  convenient  appliances  for  taking  rapidly  a  series  of  photographs;  a  new  and  con¬ 
venient  form  of  slow  adjustment  with  slide  motion  and  micrometer  screw  at  the  side,  the  whole  acting 
on  the  principle  of  the  screw  and  inclined  plane  and  thereby  furnishing  an  exceedingly  sensitive  and 


Fig.  4 


Fig.  5 


Fig.  4  shows  diagrammatically  the  path  of  the  rays.  The  rays  emitted  by  the  source  of  light  are 
brought  to  bear  upon  the  object  by  means  of  a  prism  and  the  objective,  the  function  of  the  latter  be¬ 
ing  both  that  of  a  magnifying  lens  and  that  of  a  condenser.  The  light  reflected  at  the  object  passed  in¬ 
to  the  prism  P2,  by  which  means  it  is  deflected  into  the  horizontal  tube  I  and  so  reaches  the  observer  s  eve. 
To  pass  from  observation  with  the  eye  to  photographic  records  the  prism  marked  P2,  in  Fig.  4  can  be 
given  a  quarter  turn  about  an  axis  at  right  angles  to  the  plane  of  the  stage.  The  photographic  plate, 
Is  shown  in  Fig.  7,  is  placed  at  right  angles  to  the  optical  bench  which  carries  the  illuminating  appli¬ 
ances.  To  facilitate  the  observation  of  the  image  the  instrument  may  have  appended  to  it  an  eyepiece 
elbow  fitting  which  is  inserted  into  the  sleeve  of  the  horizontal  tube  of  the  microscope  The  rays  are 
deflected  upwards  by  a  prism  and  thence  pass  through  the  eyepiece  to  the  eye  The  advantage  of  this 
arrangement  is  that  it  enables  the  worker  to  assume  his  accustomed  posture.  Fig.  5  shows  the :  arrange¬ 
ment ofThe  il^  and  their  order  of  sequence.  A  suitable  illumination  is  furnished 

bv  anv  of  the  usual  sources,  such  as  Welsbach  burners,  Nernst  lamps,  Lihput  arc  lamps,  and  arc 
-  any  1  tfie  usua  lamps  taking  large  currents,  whilst  in  photomicrographic  work  pref¬ 

erence  should  be  given  to  one  of  the  three  last  named  sources.  The 
whole  of  the  illuminating  appliances,  the  wheel  diaphragm  I  (Fig.  5) 
and  the  condensing  lens  B  are  accommodated  in  a  tube  fitting  which 
attaches  to  the  microscope  stand.  In  the  same  tube  there  is  a  slit  for 
the  °lass  screens  and  the  light  filter  trough  furnished  with  the  micro¬ 


scope. 

Externally  the  complete  Metallograph  presents  the  form  shown  in 
Fie  6  It  will  be  seen  that  a  heavy  sole-plate  is  surmounted  by  a 
pillar,  which,  like  other  Reichert  microscope  stands,  is  provided  with 
a  loop  serving  as  a  convenient  handle  for  lifting  the  microscope.  This 
nillar  carries  the  rack  and  pinion  mechanism  for  the  coarse  motion  of 
the  stage,  as  well  as  a  mirror  capable  of  being  moved  in  all  directions. 


301 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H 


Fig.  6.  No.  31436.  Microscope  ^ith  Circular  Mechanical  Stages 

METALLOGRAPHIC  MICROSCOPE,  REICHERT,  (cont.) 

The  stage  of  the  microscope  is  of  the  revolving  and  centering  type,  two  screws  being  fitted  to  the  side 
of  the  stage  frame  by  means  of  which  the  specimen  may  be  displaced  by  a  few  millimeters  in  any  direc¬ 
tion.  Larger  displacements  may  either  be  made  by  hand  or  with  the  aid  of  the  compound  mechanical 
stage.  Fig.  7  represents  this  microscope  as  set  up  in  combination  with  a  photographic  apparatus.  The 
latter  rests  with  its  heavy  metal  feet  upon  an  optical  bench  set  at  right  angles  to  the  centre  line  of  the 
illuminating  appliances.  The  tube  facing  the  camera  is  optically  connected  with  the  latter  by  means 
of  a  sleeve  and  socket  arrangement.  The  picture  on  the  camera  screen  can  be  readily  focused  with 
great  nicety  by  means  of  the  movable  eye  lens  of  the  projection  eyepiece  without  in  any  way  inter¬ 
fering  with  the  adjustment  of  the  eyepiece  in  the  drawtube.  To  make  the  transition  from  ocular 
observation  to  photomicrography  all  that  is  necessary  is  to  turn  the  small  lever  under  the  prism  mount 
horizontally  up  to  its  stop.  An  image  which  has  been  sharply  focused  with  respect  to  the  ordinary 
eyepiece  will  then  appear  sharply  upon  the  camera  screen.  Nevertheless,  especially  when  light  filters 
are  being  used,  it  is  advisable  to  complete  the  fine  adjustment  by  focusing  on  the  screen.  In  this  case 
the  slow  motion  is  transmitted  to  the  microscope  by  means  of  a  Hooke’s  key  fitted  with  a  socket  by 
which  it  may  be  attached  to  the  micrometer  head  facing  the  camera. 

The  Camera  of  the  metallographic  apparatus  may  be  fitted  with  a  focusing  mirror,  which  adds  mate¬ 
rially  to  the  ease  and  rapidity  with  which  the  apparatus  can  be  used.  It  enables  the  observer,  after 
completing  the  adjustment  of  the  microscope,  to  obtain  a  sharp  focus  on  the  ground  glass  focusing 
screen  without  having  to  leave  his  seat.  The  ground  glass  focusing  screen  M  is  in  this  case  at  the  side 
and  parallel  to  the  track  of  the  camera,  whilst  the  dark  slide  K  remains  in  its  usual  position.  It  will 
be  seen  that  the  vertical  mirror  Sp,  as  shown  in  Fig.  8  is  hinged  between  the  ground  glass  focusing 
screen  M  and  the  dark  slide  K  and  may  be  turned  about  its  axis  by  means  of  the  lever  fitted  to  the  out¬ 
side  of  the  case.  To  view  the  image  on  the  screen  the  mirror  should  be  placed  at  an  angle  of  45°  to 
the  axis  of  the  camera  (Fig.  8)  and  during  exposure  it  should  be  turned  back  in  the  direction  of  the 
arrow  so  as  to  lie  close  to  the  ground  glass  screen.  This  arrangement  is  particularly  convenient  in 
all  cases  where  the  use  of  feeble  sources  of  light  coupled  with  high  magnifications  necessitate  long 
exposures.  In  such  cases  the  arrangement  may  be  readily  controlled  during  the  exposure. 

31436.  Metallographic  Microscope,  Reichert,  as  shown  in  Fig.  6,  with  rack  and  pinion  coarse  adjustment,  microm¬ 
eter  screw  fine  adjustment  with  milled  heads  at  the  side  reading  displacements  of  0.001  mm, 
with  centring  revolving  stage,  also  with  wheel  diaphragm,  condensing  lens,  two  glass  screens, 
and  one  light-filter  trough  in  a  tube  fitting.  Without  objectives  or  Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 


eyepieces .  126.00  168.00 

31440.  Objective,  No.  2 .  5.10  6.80 

31444.  Apochromatic  Objective,  16  mm .  18.00  24.00 

31448.  “  “  8  mm .  25.50  34.00 

31452.  “  “  4  mm .  31.50  42.00 

31456.  “  “  3  mm .  34.50  46.00 

31460.  Apochromatic  Immersion  Lens  2  mm .  75.00  100.00 

31464.  Compensating  Eyepiece,  No.  4 .  4.80  6.40 

31468.  “  “  “  6 .  4.80  6.40 

31472.  “  “  “  8 .  4.80  6.40 

31476.  Micrometer  Eyepiece  “  III .  3.60  4.80 


302 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Fig.  7.  No.  31436.  Microscope  with  No.  31484  Circular  Mechanical  Stage,  No.  31504  Photographic  Camera  and  Base  Plate,  No.  31536  Hand 
Regulating  Arc  Lamp,  No.  31508  Hooke’s  Key  for  focussing  at  a  distance  and  No.  31552  Universal  Motion  for  Adjusting  the  Lamp 

31480.  Attachable  and  Recording  Mechanical  Stage  giving  two  motions  at  right  angles  to  one  another,  the 
ranges  of  the  respective  motions  being  30  mm.  The  magnitudes  of  the  motions  can  be  read 
with  the  aid  of  scales  and  verniers,  and  hence  the  position  of  any  given  element  may  be  record¬ 
ed  and  found  without  searching. 

Duty  Free .  25.50  Duty  Paid .  34.00 

31484.  Large  Circular  Mechanical  Stage  for  attachment  in  the  place  of  the  centring  and  revolving  stage  usually 
employed.  It  has  a  diameter  of  120  mm,  it  may  be  rotated  and  gives  two  motions  at  right  angles 
to  one  another  through  a  range  of  20  mm.  The  magnitude  of  the  motions  can  be.  read  to  0.01 
mm  with  the  aid  of  verniers  and  divided  drums.  The  stage  is  interchangeable  with  respect  to 
the  fixed  stage,  which  is  better  adapted  for  the  examination  of  large  pieces  of  metal.  Additional 
price  of  both  stages. 

Duty  Free .  30.00  Duty  Paid .  40.00 

31488.  Eyepiece  Elbow  Mount  with  prism  for  observation  from  above,  to  slip  into  the 

drawtube  of  the  microscope  (Fig.  5) . . . . . . 

31492.  Stage  Micrometer  ruled  upon  metal,  being  one  millimeter  divided  into  100 

parts . . . 

31496.  Ground  Glass  Screen  with  etched  scale  of  millimeters  for  use  in  conjunction 
with  a  stage  micrometer  for  ascertaining  the  magnification  furnished 

by  a  photograph . . 

31500.  Ground  Glass  Screen  for  ocular  observation,  to  secure  greater  uniformity  in 

the  illumination  when  arc  lamps  are  used,  on  stand . .. . 

Photographic  Equipment  for  use  with  Reichert  Metallographic  Microscope. 

31504.  Large  Base  Plate  with  two  Optical  Benches,  Microscope  Base,  and  Photomicrographic  Camera,  the  latter 
being  provided  with  a  ground  glass  and  plain  plate  glass  focusing  screen  and  a  dark-slide  to  take 
13  x  18  cm  (7J  x  5  in.)  plates  and  carriers  to  take  9  x  12  cm  (4*  x  3|  Duty  Fre-  ”-!J 

in.)  plates.  The  bellows  give  an  extension  of  75  cm  (30  inches) .  50.10 

Hooke’s  Key  for  focusing  from  a  distance .  3.00 

Projection  Eyepiece  No.  2 . 

“  “  No.  4... . 

One  Extra  Double  Dark-slide . 


31508. 

31512. 

31516. 

31520. 

•31524. 

31528. 

31532. 

31536. 

31540. 

31544. 

31548. 

31552. 


Duly  Free 

Duty  Paid 

6.30 

8.40 

2.55 

3.40 

3.75 

5.00 

3.75 

5.00 

New  Nernst  Lamp  on  stand  to  raise  and  lower 

a)  for  a  supply  pressure  of  80  -200  Volts . 

b)  «  «  <<  “  “  200-300  “  . . . 

Small  Hand  Regulating  Arc  Lamp  with  carbons  placed  at  right  angles  to  one 

another,  taking  4  amperes . . . ■ :  •  . . 

Ditto  with  Hooke’s  Key  for  operating  from  a  distance . 

Resistances  for  lamp  No.  31536  for  110  volts.  ■■.•••• - -  •  •  . . I’ ' 'A' V ' :  • 

Large  Hand  Arc  Lamp  with  carbons  placed  at  right  angles  to  one  another,  in 

metal  casing,  wound  for  a  current  of  10-30  amperes - ••.•••• . :  v 

Universal  Motion  Fitting  for  adjusting  lamp  No.  31548  in  every  direction,  with 
two  Hooke’s  keys . 


Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

50.10 

66.80 

3.00 

4.00 

12.00 

16.00 

12.00 

16.00 

6.30 

8.40 

4.20 

5.60 

9.75 

13.00 

9.75 

13.00 

12.75 

17.00 

18.75 

25.00 

4.50 

6.00 

56.25 

75.00 

16.80 

22.40 

303 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


MICROSCOPES  AND  ACCESSORIES 


The  BH  Microscopes  are 
probably  more  widely  used 
throughout  the  U.  S.  for  stu¬ 
dents’  laboratory  work  than 
any  other  make  or  type  of 
Microscope. 


No.  31604 — BH2  No.  31616— BH8 

with  stage  iris  diaphragm  with  regular  quick  acting  screw  substage 

MICROSCOPE,  BAUSCH  &  LOME  TYPE  BH.  This  microscope  is  probably  more  widely  used  for  students’ 
laboratory  work  in  the  U.  S.  than  any  other  make  or  type  of  instrument.  It  was  the  first  Handle  Arm 
Microscope  with  the  modern  adaptation  of  the  lever  fine  adjustment  and  was  such  a  pronounced  suc¬ 
cess  that  the  modification  of  the  other  instruments,  BBH,  CAH  and  DDH,  rapidly  followed.  With  the 
addition  of  a  substage  of  the  quick  acting  screw  type,  Abbe  condenser,  and  iris  diaphragm,  the  BH 
type  is  available  for  bacteriological  and  other  work  requiring  the  use  of  the  oil  immersion  objective  of 
1.9  mm  focus.  This  is  designated  as  the  BH8. 

Body  Tube — Provided  with  society  screw  thread;  draw  tube  graduated  in  single  millimeters  with  every  tenth  line  numbered, 
adjustable  in  cloth  lined  sleeve,  or  in  metal  fitting  if  so  specified,  and  provided  with  society  screw  thread  for  the  use  of  low 
power  objectives. 

Focusing  Adjustment — Coarse  adjustment  by  standard  rack  and  pinion;  fine  adjustment  of  the  Bausch  &  Lomb  lever  type  with 
two-sized  knurled  head  for  slow  and  rapid  movement,  ceasing  to  operate  when  objective  touches  the  slide. 

Stage  of  BH1  to  4 — Of  metal  completely  covered  with  vulcanized  rubber,  measuring  103  x  101  mm,  with  a  distance  of  59  mm  from 
center  to  base  of  arm,  provided  with  spring  clips,  an  iris  diaphragm  so  mounted  as  to  be  readily  detached  if  desired  and 
screw  threads  for  attaching  a  substage  ring  to  hold  an  Abbe  condenser;  iris  diaphragm  controlled  by  knurled  ring,  operated 
from  any  point  of  its  circumference. 

Substage  of  BH8 — Adjustable  for  focus  by  a  quick-acting  screw;  consists  of  a  mounting  for  the  Abbe  condenser  and  an  iris  dia¬ 
phragm,  which  comes  into  the  plane  of  the  stage  when  the  screw  is  turned  up  as  far  as  possible,  allowing  the  condenser  to  be 
used  in  immersion  contact  with  the  slide;  substage  is  swung  to  the  left  of  the  optical  axis  when  screw  reaches  the  limit  of 
motion  downward;  iris  diaphragm  is  automatically  locked  against  closing  when  condenser  is  in  position. 

Finish — Main  parts  including  body  tube  in  alcohol  proof  black,  adjustment  heads  in  yellow. 

Case — of  hard  wood  with  polished  finish,  fitted  with  brass  lock  and  key. 


Outfit 

Objectives 

Eyepieces 

Nosepieces 

Abbe 

Condenser 

Price 

Dry 

Oil  Immersion 

31600. 

BHl 

16  mm 

4  mm 

7.5  X 

27.50 

31604. 

BH2 

16  mm 

4  mm 

7.5  X 

Circular  Double 

31.50 

31608. 

BH3 

16  mm 

4  mm 

5  X  10  X 

29.00 

31612. 

BH4 

16  mm 

4  mm 

5  X  10  X 

Circular  Double 

33.00 

31616. 

BH8 

16  mm 

4  mm 

1.9  mm 

5  X  10  X 

Circular  Triple 

1.20  N.  A. 

70.00 

Note — Microscopes  BH1,  BH2,  BH3  and  BH4  are  furnished  with  a  substage  ring  and  Abbe  condenser 
1.20  N.  A.,  in  an  iris  diaphragm  mounting  at  an  additional  cost  of  S7.50.  The  Abbe  Condenser 
in  the  BH8  outfit  is  supplied  in  the  regular  quick  acting  Screw  Substage.  The  above  are  the 
outfits  regularly  supplied.  Prices  on  special  outfits  quoted  on  application. 


304 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


The  BBH8  Microscope  is  the 
standard  throughout  the  U.  S. 
Tor  medical  and  other  advanced 
laboratory  work. 


No.  31640— BBH8 

with  regular  quick-acting  screw  substage 


No.  31660 — CAH8 
with  complete  substage 


MICROSCOPE,  BAUSCH  AND  LOMB  TYPES  BBH  AND  CAH.  The  BBH  Microscope  is  the  handle  arm  suc¬ 
cessor  of  the  BB  Microscope  which  was  for  many  years  the  standard  microscope  throughout  the  United 
States  for  physicians’  use  and  for  laboratory  work  in  all  advanced  work.  The  CAH  Microscope  differs 
from  the  BBH  only  in  size  and  having  the  complete  substage  and  is  recommended  for  the  individual 
use  of  scientists  doing  more  advanced  work.  Unless  otherwise  stated  the  following  specifications 
apply  to  both  types. 

Body  Tube — Outside  diameter,  39  mm;  provided  with  society  screw  thread;  standard  size  eyepieces  are  used;  draw-tube  graduated 
in  single  millimeters  with  every  tenth  line  numbered,  adjustable  in  cloth-lined  sleeve,  or  in  metal  fitting,  if  so  specified, 
and  provided  with  society  screw  thread  for  the  use  of  low  power  objectives. 

Focusing  Adjustment — Coarse  adjustment  by  standard  rack  and  pinion;  fine  adjustment  of  Bausch  &  Lomb  lever  type  with  double 
knurled  micrometer  screw  head  for  slow  and  rapid  movement,  the  larger  part  graduated  into  100  divisions,  each  equal 
to  .0025  mm  in  vertical  movement,  and  provided  with  a  hinged  indicator,  which  may  be  turned  back  from  the  head; 
fine  adjustment  ceases  to  operate  when  objective  touches  the  slide. 

Stage _ of  BBH _ of  metal,  covered  with  vulcanized  rubber;  measures  120  x  107  mm,  with  a  distance  of  70  mm  from  its  center  to  base 

of  arm;  provided  with  spring  clips.  ...  , 

Stage— of  CAH _ as  above,  measures  125  x  115  mm;  with  a  distance  of  75  mm  from  its  center  to  base  of  arm. 

Substage _ of  BBH _ adjustable  for  focus  by  a  quick  acting  screw;  consists  of  a  mounting  for  the  Abbe  condenser  and  an  iris  dia¬ 

phragm  which  comes  into  the  plane  of  the  stage  when  the  screw  is  turned  up  as  far  as  possible,  allowing  the  condenser  to 
be  used' in  immersion  contact  with  the  objective,  if  desired;  substage  is  swung  to  the  left  of  the  optical  axis  when  screw 
reaches  the  limit  of  motion  downward.  ,  ,  T  ,  .  ..  ,  . 

Substage _ of  CAH _ complete  with  swing-out  condenser  of  Bausch  &  Lomb  new  construction,  and  arranged  to  take  all  the  substage 

accessories- adjustable  by  standard  rack  and  pinion;  upper  iris  diaphragm  of  dome  shape,  self-locking,  combined  with  Abbe 
condenser  the  whole  easily  removable  from  substage;  Abbe  condenser  removable  from  optical  axis  by  a  double  swing 
movement  to  one  side,  releasing  upper  iris  diaphragm  for  use;  lower  iris  diaphragm  adjustable  laterally  by  rack  and  pinion 
for  oblique  illumination,  revolvable  about  its  own  axis  and  mounted  on  a  swinging  arm  allowing  it  to  be  swung  entirely 

Finish— -Main  partsmdUidlng'body  tube  in  alcohol  proof  black,  adjustment  heads  in  yellow. 

Cases — Of  hard  wood  with  polished  finish;  fitted  with  brass  lock  and  key. 

Objectives 


Outfit 


31620. 

BBH1 

16  mm 

31624. 

BBH2 

16  mm 

31628. 

BBH3 

16  mm 

31632. 

BBH4 

16  mm 

31636. 

BBH6 

16  mm 

31640. 

BBH8 

16  mm 

31644. 

CAH1 

16  mm 

31648. 

CAH2 

16  mm 

31652. 

CAH3 

16  mm 

31656. 

CAH4 

16  mm 

31660. 

CAH8 

16  mm 

Dry 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 


Oil  Immersion  Eyepieces 


Nosepieces 


mm 

mm 

mm 

mm 

mm 

mm 


4  mm 
4  mm 
4  mm 
4  mm 
4  mm 


one  in  the  BBH6  and  BBH8  outfits  i 
stage  with  swing-out  condenser.” 


1.9  mm 


1.9  mm 


7.5  X 
7.5  X 
X  10  X 
X  10  X 
X  10  X 
X  10  X 


7.5  X 
7.5  X 
X  10  X 
X  10  X 
X  10  X 


Circular  Double 

Circular  Double 
Circular  Double 
Circular  Triple 


Circular  Double 

Circular  Double 
Circular  Triple 


Abbe 

Condenser 


1.20  N.  A. 
1.20  N.  A. 

1.20  N.  A. 
1.20  N.  A. 
1.20  N.  A. 
1.20  N.  A. 
1.20  N.  A. 


Price 

41.50 

45.50 
43.00 
47.00 

54.50 
80.00 

76.00 

80.00 

77.50 

81.50 

110.00 


305 


A  R  T  H  U  R 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  31680 — DDH8  with  Revolving  Mechanical  Stage 
and  Complete  Substage 


MICROSCOPE,  BAUSCH  AND  LOMB  TYPE  DDH.  This  is  the  largest  and  most  elaborate  of  the  Bausch  and 
Lomb  Handle  Arm  series  and  is  particularly  designed  for  advance  research  work,  photo-micrography, 
etc. 

Pillar — Double  rectangular  in  section,  provided  with  inclination  joint  and  clamping  lever  to  secure  the  instrument  in  any  position 
and  with  stops  in  the  vertical  and  horizontal  positions. 

Body  Tube — Of  aluminum,  50  mm  outside  diameter;  provided  with  society  screw  thread;  standard  size  eyepieces  are  used;  draw 
tube  graduated  in  single  millimeters  with  every  tenth  line  numbered,  adjustable  in  cloth-lined  sleeve,  or  in  metal  fit¬ 
ting,  if  so  specified,  and  provided  with  a  society  screw  thread;  lower  collar  may  be  removed  for  attaching  the  Micro- 
Tessar,  72  mm  objective.  .  . 

Focusing  Adjustment — Coarse  adjustment  by  standard  rack  and  pinion;  fine  adjustment  of  Bausch  &  Lomb  lever  type  with 
micrometer  screw  head  in  two  parts  for  slow  and  rapid  movement,  the  larger  graduated  Into  100  divisions,  each  equal  to 
.0025  mm.  in  vertical  movement,  and  provided  with  a  hinged  indicator,  which  may  be  turned  back  from  the  head. 

Stage — Revolving  mechanical,  with  circumference  graduated  into  single  degrees  and  read  by  a  convenient  vernier;  measures  126 
mm  outside  and  112  mm  inside  the  graduations;  provided  with  two  rack  and  pinion  movements,  covering  a  range  of  75 
mm  and  35  mm,  respectively;  provided  with  centering  screws  and  removable  for  substitution  of  plain  stage,  if  desired, 
or  upper  part  may  be  removed,  leaving  a  large,  flat  surface  with  one  rack  adjustment. 

Substage — Complete  with  swing-out  condenser  and  so  arranged  that  all  substage  accessories,  inserted  into  the  upper  sleeve,  may 
be  easily  employed;  adjustable  by  standard  rack  and  pinion;  upper  iris  diaphragm  of  dome  shape,  self  locking,  com¬ 
bined  with  Abbe  condenser,  the  whole  easily  removable  from  suhstage;  Abbe  condenser  removable  from  optical  axis  by  a 
double  swing  movement  to  one  side  releasing  upper  iris  diaphragm  for  use;  lower  iris  diaphragm  adjustable  laterally  by 
rack  and  pinion  for  oblique  illumination,  revolvable  about  its  own  axis  and  mounted  on  a  swinging  arm,  allowing  it  to 
be  swung  entirely  out  of  the  optical  axis. 

Finish — Main  parts,  including  body  tube,  in  alcohol  proof  black;  adjustment  heads  and  buttons  in  yellow. 

Case— Of  hardwood  with  polished  finish;  fitted  with  brass  lock  and  key. 


Outfit 

Dry  Oil  Immersion 

Eyepieces 

Nosepieces 

Abbe 

Condenser 

Price 

31664. 

DDH1 

16  mm 

4  mm 

7.5  X 

1.20  N.  A. 

131.00 

31668. 

DDH2 

16  mm 

4  mm 

7.5  X 

Circular  Double 

1.20  N.  A. 

135.00 

31672. 

DDH3 

16  mm 

4  mm 

5  X  10  X 

1.20  N.  A. 

132,50 

31676. 

DDH4 

16  mm 

4  mm 

5  X  10  X 

Circular  Double 

1.20  N.  A. 

136.50 

31680. 

DDH8 

16  mm 

4  mm  1 . 9  mm 

5  X  10  X 

Circular  Triple 

1.20  N.  A. 

165.00 

31681. 

Plain  Vulcanite  Stage 

for  DDH,  interchangeable  with 

the  Revolving  Mechanical  Stage. 

15.00 

306 


ARTHUR 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  31696-F4 
with  stage  iris  diaphragm 


The  F  and  FF  Microscopes 
embody  all  the  advantages  of 
the  Lever  Fine  Adjustment 
combined  with  the  Curved 
Arm. 


No.  31700-FF8 


with  regular  quick-acting  screw  substage 


MICROSCOPE,  BAUSCH  &  LOME  CURVED  ARM  TYPE  F  &  FF.  This  Microscope  is  the  latest  development 
of  the  handle  arm  type  with  lever  fine  adj'ustment  and  is  preferred  by  many  to  the  BH  type  because 
of  the  facility  and  safety  with  which  the  arm  of  the  microscope  may  be  grasped  by  the  whole  hand  and 
because  of  the  large  amount  of  space  available  for  manipulation  of  the  object  on  the  stage. 


Body  Tube— Provided  with  society  screw  thread;  standard  sized  eyepieces  are  used  (23  mm  diam.);  draw  tube  graduated  in  single 
millimeters  with  every  tenth  line  numbered,  adjustable  in  cloth  lined  sleeve  or  in  metal  fitting,  if  so  specified,  and  pro¬ 
vided  with  society  screw  thread  for  the  use  of  low  power  objectives. 

Focusing  Adjustment — Coarse  adjustment  by  standard  rack  and  pinion,  provided  with  stop  to  prevent  pinion  from  overriding 
rack;  fine  adjustment  of  Bausch  &  Lomb  original  lever  type  with  two-sized  knurled  head  for  slow  and  rapid  movement, 
ceasing  to  operate  when  objective  touches  the  slide;  adjustment  head  locked  to  prevent  removal;  all  parts  of  fine  ad¬ 
justment  thoroughly  dust-proof. 

Stage — of  metal,  completely  covered  with  vulcanized  rubber  except  at  point  of  attachment;  measures  102  x  102  mm,  with  a  dis¬ 
tance  of  76  mm  from  center  to  arm  at  stage  surface  (distance  from  optical  center  to  extreme  inner  curve  of  arm,  85 
mm);  provided  with  spring  clips.  In  the  FI  to  F4  outfits  the  stage  is  provided  with  an  iris  diaphragm  with  mount  having 
screw  threads  for  attaching  a  substago  ring  to  hold  an  Abbe  condenser;  iris  diaphragm  controlled  by  knurled  ring, 
operated  from  any  point  of  its  circumference;  stage  attached  to  arm  on  broad  bearing  surface  to  insure  maximum  rigidity. 

Finish — Main  parts  including  body  tube  in  alcohol  proof  black,  adjustment  heads  in  yellow. 

Case — Of  hard  wood  with  polished  finish;  fitted  with  brass  lock  and  key. 

Substage — of  FF6  and  FF8 — adjustable  for  focus  by  a  quick-acting  screw;  consists  of  a  mounting  for  the  Abbe  condenser  and  an 
iris  diaphragm,  which  comes  into  the  plane  of  the  stage  when  the  screw  is  turned  up  as  far  as  possible,  allowing  the  con¬ 
denser  to  be  used  in  immersion  contact  with  the  slide;  condenser  is  provided  with  iris  diaphragm  beneath,  thus  giving  two 
iris  diaphragms  with  equipment;  sub-stage  is  swung  to  the  left  of  the  optical  axis  when  screw  reaches  the  limit  of  motion 
downward;  iris  diaphragm  is  automatically  locked  against  closing  when  condenser  is  in  position. 


Outfit 

Objectives 

Nosepieces 

Abbe 

Condenser 

Price 

Dry  Oil  Immersion 

Eyepieces 

31684. 

FI 

16  mm 

4  mm 

7.5  X 

27.50 

31688. 

F2 

16  mm 

4  mm 

7.5  X 

Circular  Double 

31.50 

31692. 

F3 

16  mm 

4  mm 

5  X  10  X 

29.00 

31696. 

F4 

16  mm 

4  mm 

5  X  10  X 

Circular  Double 

33.00 

31698. 

FF6 

16  mm 

4  mm 

5  X  10  X 

Circular  Double 

1.20  N.  A. 

41.00 

31700 

FF8 

16  mm 

4  mm  1  9  mm 

5  X  10  X 

Circular  Triple 

1.20  N.  A. 

65.00 

Note — Microscopes  FI  to  F4  can  be  furnished  with  a  substage  ring  and  Abbe  condenser,  1.20  N.  A.  in 
an  iris  diaphragm  mounting  at  an  additional  cost  of  $7.50.  In  the  FF6  and  FF8  outfits  the  sub¬ 
stage  furnished  is  the  regular  quick-acting  screw  type.  The  above  are  the  outfits  regularly 
supplied.  Prices  on  special  outfits  quoted  on  application. 


307 


ARTHUR 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  31708  FS2 
with  stage  iris  diaphragm 


These  Microscopes  offer 
the  combined  advan¬ 
tages  of  the  Lever  Fine 
Adjustment  with  the 
Side  Wheel  and  Curved 
Arm 


No.  31724  FFS8 

with  regular  quick  acting  screw  substage 


MICROSCOPE,  BAUSCH  &  LOMB  CURVED  ARM  TYPE  FS  AND  FFS  with  Lever  Side  Wheel  Fine  Adjust¬ 
ment.  This  is  a  new  microscope  with  side  fine  adjustment  of  the  lever  type,  which  is  here  used  in 
conjunction  with  the  curved  arm  made  by  Bausch  &  Lomb  for  many  years.  The  principle  is  that  of 
their  original  lever  type  of  fine  adjustment  which  has  met  the  test  of  time  and  has  been  very  generally 
adopted.  The  construction  is  simple  and  durable,  giving  a  delicate  movement  for  work  with  the  high¬ 
est  powers,  yet  rapid  enough  for  the  lower  powers.  There  is  absolutely  no  tendency  to  wedge,  and  the 
adjustment  has  been  tested  in  a  manner  equivalent  to  many  years  of  use  without  showing  wear  or  lost 
motion.  This  adjustment  produces  a  vertical  movement  of  the  body  tube  of  0.25  mm  for  every  com¬ 
plete  rotation  of  the  heads.  It  can  be  operated  from  either  the  right  or  left  side  of  the  arm,  a  turn  of  the 
fine  adjustment  heads  always  moving  the  body  tube  in  the  same  direction,  up  or  down,  as  a  correspond¬ 
ing  turn  of  the  coarse  adjustment  heads.  Positive  stops  denote  the  upper  and  lower  limits  of  motion, 
and  the  adjustment  ceases  to  operate  when  the  objective  comes  in  contact  with  the  slide.  An  auto¬ 
matic  take-up  for  wear  is  provided. 

Body  Tube — Provided  with  society  screw  thread;  standard  size  eyepieces  are  used  (23  mm  diam.);  draw  tube  graduated  in  single 
millimeters  with  every  tenth  line  numbered,  adjustable  in  lined  sleeve  or  in  metal  fitting,  if  so  specified,  and  provided  with 
society  screw  thread. 

Focusing  Adjustments — Coarse  adjustment  by  standard  rack  and  pinion;  fine  adjustment  of  the  lever  type,  with  micrometer  head 
on  each  side  of  arm;  one  complete  revolution  of  the  micrometer  heads  produces  a  vertical  movement  of  the  body  tube  of 
0.25  mm. 

Stage — Of  metal,  completely  covered  with  vulcanized  rubber  except  at  point  of  contact  with  arm;  measures  102  x  102  mm,  with  a 
distance  of  76  mm  from  center  to  arm  at  stage  surface  (distance  from  optical  center  to  extreme  inner  curve  of  arm,  85  mm); 
provided  with  spring  clips.  In  the  FS1  to  FS4  Outfits  the  stage  is  provided  with  an  iris  diaphragm  with  mount  having 
screw  threads  for  attaching  a  substage  ring  to  take  an  Abbe  Condenser;  the  iris  diaphragm  being  controlled  by  a  knurled 
ring  operated  from  any  point  of  its  circumference.  With  mechanical  stage  No.  32508  the  entire  surface  of  a  slide,  50x75 
mm,  can  be  examined. 

Substage  of  FFS6  and  S— Adjustable  for  fo  us  by  a  quick-acting  screw;  consists  of  a  mounting  for  the  Abbe  condenser  and  an  iris 
diaphragm,  which  comes  into  the  plane  of  the  stage  when  the  screw  is  turned  up  as  far  as  possible,  allowing  the  condenser 
to  be  used  in  immersion  contact  witn  the  slide;  substage  is  swung  to  the  left  of  the  optical  axis  when  screw  reaches  the 
limit  of  motion  downward;  iris  diaphragm  is  automatically  locked  against  closing  when  condenser  is  in  position,  or  against 
inserting  condenser  when  upper  iris  is  closed. 

•  Mirror— Plane  and  concave,  50  mm  in  diameter;  adjustable  in  two  planes  in  a  fork,  mounted  on  a  swinging  arm  provided  with  a 

stop  for  central  illumination. 

Finish — Lower  parts,  arm  and  body  tube  in  alcohol-proof  black;  other  parts  in  yellow. 

Case — Of  hard  wood  with  polished  finish;  fitted  with  brass  lock  and  key. 

Objectives 


Outfit 

Dry 

Immersion 

Eyepieces 

Nosepiece 

Abbe 

Condenser 

Price 

31704. 

FS1 

16  mm,  4  mm 

7.5  x 

30.00 

31708. 

FS2 

16  mm,  4  mm 

7.5  x 

Circular  Double 

34.00 

31712. 

FS3 

16  mm,  4  mm 

5  x  10  x 

31.50 

31716. 

FS4 

16  mm,  4  mm 

5  x  10  x 

Circular  Double 

35.00 

31720. 

FFS6 

16  mm,  4  mm 

5  x  10  x 

Circular  Double 

1.20  NA 

43.50 

31724. 

FFS8 

16  mm,  4  mm 

1.9 

5  x  10  x 

Circular  Triple 

1.20  NA 

67.50 

Note.— Microscope  FS1  to  FS4  can  be  furnished  with  a  substage  ring  with  Abbe  Condenser  of  1.20  NA  at  an  extra  cost  of  $7.50. 
Outfits  FFS6  and  FFS8  are  provided  with  regular  quick  acting  screw  substage. 


308 


No.  31744  CAS8 
With  Complete  Substage 


No.  31764  CCS8 
With  Complete  Substage 


These  Microscopes  offer  the 

V 

combined  advantages  of  the 
Lever  Fine  Adjustment  with 
the  Side  Wheel  and  Curved 
Arm. 


MICROSCOPES,  BAUSCH  &  LOMB  CURVED  ARM  TYPES  CAS  AND  CCS  with  Lever  Side  Wheel  Fine  Ad¬ 
justment.  These  models  are  of  the  size  and  general  construction  of  CAH  and  CCH  and  combine  with 
these  features  the  curved  arm  with  lever  side  wheel  fine  adjustment  as  introduced  in  types  FS  and  FFS. 

Base  and  Pillar— Same  as  in  CAH. 

Arm — Long  curved  form  of  rectangular  cross  section  with  rounded  edges. 

Body  Tube — Same  as  in  CAH. 

Focusing  Adjustment — Coarse  adjustment  by  rack  and  pinion;  fine  adjustment  of  new  side  wheel  lever  type  with  micrometer 
head  on  each  side  of  arm,  with  drums  graduated  to  read  single  microns  of  vertical  movement.  Index  lines  are  provided 
on  side  of  arm  to  show  upper  and  lower  limits  of  fine  adjustment  range. 

Stage  of  CAS — Of  metal  covered  with  vulcanized  rubber,  125  x  115  mm  with  a  distance  of  87  mm  from  center  to  base  of  arm.  With 
spring  clips. 

Stage  of  CCS — Circular  revolving,  125  mm  diameter,  with  vulcanite  top,  centering  screws  and  spring  clips.  Distance  from  center 
of  stage  to  base  of  arm  87  mm.  Interchangeable  with  large  revolving  mechanical  stage. 

Substage — Complete  substage  equipment  with  Abbe  Condenser,  as  supplied  with  CAH,  DDH,  DHS,  etc. 

Finish— Main  parts,  including  body  tube,  in  alcohol  proof  black.  Adjustment  heads  in  yellow  lacquer. 

Case — Of  hardwood  with  polished  finish.  With  brass  lock  and  key. 


Objectives 


Outfit 

Dry  ' 

Oil  Immersion 

Eyepieces 

Nosepieces 

Abbe 

Condenser 

Price 

31728. 

CAS1 

16  mm 

4  mm 

7.5X 

1.20  N.  A. 

72.00 

31732. 

CAS2 

16  mm 

4  mm 

7.5X 

Circular  Double 

1.20  N.  A. 

76.00 

31736. 

CAS3 

16  mm 

4  mm 

5X  10X 

1.20  N.  A. 

73.50 

31740. 

CAS4 

16  mm 

4  mm 

5X  10X 

Circular  Double 

1.20  N.  A. 

77.50 

31744. 

CAS8 

16  mm 

4  mm 

1.9  mm 

5X  10X 

Circular  Triple 

1.20  N.  A. 

106.00 

31748. 

CCS1 

16  mm 

4  mm 

10X 

1.20  N.  A. 

82.00 

31752. 

CCS2 

16  mm 

4  mm 

10X 

Circular  Double 

1.20  N.  A. 

86.00 

31756. 

CCS3 

16  mm 

4  mm 

5X  10X 

1.20  N.  A. 

83.50 

31760. 

CCS4 

16  mm 

4  mm 

5X  10X 

Circular  Double 

1.20  N.  A. 

87.50 

31764. 

CCS8 

16  mm 

4  mm 

1.9  mm 

5X  10X 

Circular  Triple 

1.20  N.  A. 

116.00 

309 


A  R  T  H  *'U  R  H . THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  31784 — DDS8  With  Revolving  Mechanical  Stage  and  Complete  Substage 


MICROSCOPE,  BAUSCH  &  LOMB  CURVED  ARM  TYPE  DDS  with  Lever  Side  Wheel  Fine  Adjustment.  This 

Microscope  is  in  size  and  finish  identical  with  DDH  but  is  here  combined  with  the  curved  handle  arm 
and  lever  side  wheel  fine  adjustment  previously  introduced  in  FS  and  FFS.  This  Microscope,  like  the 
DDH,  is  provided  with  large  body  tube  for  photo-micrography  and  large  revolving  mechanical  stage 
and  is  particularly  designed  for  advanced  work  in  research. 

Base— Horse-shoe  form;  extra  largo.  .  .  .  . 

Pillar — Double  rectangular  in  section;  provided  with  inclination  joint  and  clamping  lever  to  secure  instrument  in  any  position,  and 
with  stops  in  the  vertical  and  horizontal  positions. 

Arm — Long,  curved  form,  providing  maximum  space  for  manipulation  of  object. 

Body  Tube — Of  brass,  50  mm  outside  diameter;  provided  with  society  screw  thread;  standard  size  eyepieces  are  used;  draw 
tube  graduated  in  single  millimeters  with  every  tenth  line  numbered,  adjustable  in  cloth-lined  sleeve,  or  in  metal  fit¬ 
ting,  if  so  specified,  and  provided  with  a  society  screw  thread;  lower  collar  may  be  removed  for  attaching  the  Micro- 
Tessar,  72  mm  objective. 

Focusing  Adjustment — Coarse  adjustment  by  rack  and  pinion;  fine  adjustment  of  lever  type,  with  micrometer  head  on  each  side 
of  arm,  one  with  drum  graduated  to  read  2j  microns  of  vertical  movement  of  body — index  lines  are  provided  on  side 
of  arm  to  show  upper  and  lower  limits  of  fine  adjustment  range. 

Stage — Large  mechanical,  with  centering  heads;  revolvable  with  clamping  device  to  prevent  rotation  when  desired;  diameter  125 
mm  with  a  distance  of  87  mm  from  its  center  to  the  base  of  arm,  provided  with  two  rack  and  pinion  movements,  covering 
a  range  of  75  mm  and  50  mm  respectively  to  make  possible  the  examination  of  3  in.  x  2  in.  slide  from  corner  to  corner; 
upper  part  of  stage  may  be  removed,  leaving  a  large  flat  surface  with  one  rack  movement;  entire  mechanical  stage  re¬ 
movable  for  substitution  of  a  plain  revolvable  stage. 

Substage — Complete  with  swing-out  condenser  and  so  arranged  that  all  substage  accessories,  inserted  into  the  upper  sleeve,  may 
be  easily  employed;  adjustable  by  standard  rack  and  pinion;  upper  iris  diaphragm  of  dome  shape,  self-locking,  combined 
with  Abbe  condenser,  the  whole  easily  removable  from  substage;  Abbe  condenser  removable  from  optical  axis  by  a  dou- 
ble  swing  movement  to  one  side,  releasing  upper  iris  diaphragm  for  use;  lower  iris  diaphragm  adjustable  laterally  by  rack 
and  pinion  for  oblique  illumination,  revolvable  about  its  own  axis  and  mounted  on  a  swinging  arm,  allowing  it  to  be  swung 
entirely  out  of  the  optical  axis. 

Mirror — Plane  and  concave,  50  mm  in  diameter;  adjustable  in  two  planes  in  a  fork,  attached  in  fixed  position  to  substage  support. 

Finish— Main  parts,  including  body  tube,  in  alcohol  proof  black;  adjustment  heads  in  yellow. 

Case — Of  hard  wood  with  polished  finish;  fitted  with  brass  lock  and  key. 


Outfit 

Dry 

Oil  Immersion 

Eyepieces 

Nosepieces 

Abbe 

Condenser 

Price 

31768. 

DDS1 

16  mm 

4  mm 

7.5X 

1.20  N.  A. 

120.00 

31772. 

DDS2 

16  mm 

4  mm 

7.5X 

Circular  Double 

1.20  N.  A. 

124.00 

31776. 

DDS3 

16  mm 

4  mm 

5X  10X 

1.20  N.  A. 

121.50 

31780. 

DDS4 

16  mm 

4  mm 

5X  10X 

Circular  Double 

1.20  N.  A. 

125.50 

31784. 

DDS8 

16  mm 

4  mm  1.9  mm 

5X  10X 

Circular  Triple 

1.20  N.  A. 

154.00 

310 


ARTHUR 


H.  THOM 


AS  CO 


M 


P  A  N  Y 


No.  31804— BHP8  in  Case 


No.  31808 


MICROSCOPE,  BAUSCH  AND  LOME  PORTABLE  TYPE  BHP.  This  microscope  is  of  the  same  general  con¬ 
struction  as  the  BBH  but  with  folding  stage  and  base  to  permit  of  convenient  insertion  in  a  small 
carrying  case.  It  has  been  widely  used  for  field  work  notably  by  the  Rockefeller  Sanitary  Commis¬ 
sion  for  the  Eradication  of  the  Hookworm  to  which  we  have  supplied  many  instruments. 

Base— V  shaped,  with  hinge  to  permit  parts  to  be  folded  together;  stable  with  microscope  at  full  inclination. 

Focusing  Adjustment — Coarse  adjustment  by  standard  rack  and  pinion;  fine  adjustment  of  Bausch&  Lomb  lever  type  with  double 
knurled  micrometer  screw  head  for  slow  and  rapid  movement,  the  larger  part  graduated  into  100  divisions,  each  equal  to 
.005  mm  in  vertical  movement,  and  provided  with  a  hinged  indicator,  which  may  be  turned  back  from  the  head;  fine 
adjustment  ceases  to  operate  when  objective  touches  the  slide. 

Stag  e — Of  blackened  metal,  with  vulcanized  rubber  top,  measures  98  x  88  mm  with  a  distance  of  58  mm  from  its  center  to  base 
of  arm;  provided  with  spring  clips,  mounted  on  a  joint  with  clamp,  permitting  it  to  be  turned  in  a  vertical  position  for 
placing  it  in  case  and  yet  to  be  rigid  when  in  a  horizontal  position  for  use. 

Substage — Adjustable  for  focus  by  a  quick  acting  screw;  consists  of  a  mounting  for  the  Abbe  condenser  and  an  iris  diaphragm, 
which  comes  into  the  plane  of  the  stage  when  the  screw  is  turned  up  as  far  as  possible,  allowing  the  condenser  to  be 
used  in  immersion  contact  with  the  objective,  if  desired;  substage  is  swung  to  the  left  of  optical  axis  when  screw  reaches 
the  limit  of  motion  downward. 

Finish — Main  parts  including  body  tube  in  alcohol  proof  black,  adjustment  heads  in  yellow. 

Case — Of  hard  wood  with  polished  finish;  fitted  with  brass  lock  and  key;  outside  dimensions,  284  x  192  x  83  mm  (Ilf  x"7f  x  3  j  in.). 
Weight — In  carrying  case,  10  lbs.,  15  ozs. 

Objectives 


31800. 

31804. 


Outfit 


Dry 


Oil  Immersion 


BHP4 

BHP8 


16  mm 
16  mm 


4  mm 
4  mm 


1.9  mm 


Eyepieces 

5  X 
5  X 


Nosepieces 


10  X 
10  X 


Circular  Double 
Circular  Triple 


Abbe 

Condenser 


1.20  N.  A. 


Price 

56750 

92.50 


MICROSCOPE,  BAUSCH  AND  LOMB  DEMONSTRATION  TYPE  O.  This  instrument  enables  an  instructor 
to  supplement  his  lecture  work  by  showing  a  single  object  to  an  entire  class. _  He  has  only  to  adjust 
the  slide,  focus  the  instrument  and  pass  it  around  the  class,  the  students  pointing  it  to  the  light  to 
make  the  observations.  We  have  supplied  this  instrument  also  to  a  number  of  industrial  establish¬ 
ments,  such  as  manufacturers  of  safety  razor  blades  for  the  convenient  examination  by  workman  of 
delicate  parts  during  manufacture. 


31808. 

31812. 


Arm— Handle  type,  of  ample  size.  ,  .  .  .,  ,  ...  .  , 

Stage— Of  blackened  metal,  100  x  83  mm,  giving  a  distance  of  42  mm  from  its  center  to  arm,  provided  with  spring  clips  and  with 
small  posts  underneath  to  hold  the  instrument  in  a  vertical  position  when  not  in  use.  _ 

Focusing  Adjustment— Body  tube  slides  in  a  cloth-lined  spring  tube;  when  properly  focused,  it  may  be  secured  by  a  small  set 

screw  above  the  handle.  ...  .  ,  ..........  , 

Body  Tube— Fixed  length,  160  mm;  provided  with  society  screw  for  regular  nnscoscopo  objectives;  standard  sized  eyepieces  are  used. 

Outfit  Objectives  Dry _  Eyepieces  Price _ 


o 

O,  16  mm 


7.5  X 
7.5  X 


6.00 

11.00 


311 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No-  31816 — With  paired  objective  in  position 


No.  31824 — With  body  tube  arranged  horizontally 


No,  31816 — ' With  base  and  stage,  glass  removed 


No.  31824 — With  body  tube  arranged  vertically 


MICROSCOPE,  BAUSCH  &  LOMB  BINOCULAR,  with  image  erecting  prisms,  paired  oculars  and  objectives. 

The  body  tube  with  prisms  is  similar  to  that  used  in  the  Zeiss  Binocular  and  the  eye-pieces  are  ad¬ 
justable  for  inter-pupilary  distance.  The  base  is  readily  removable  as  is  the  glass  part  of  the  stage 
in  which  arrangement  the  instrument  may  be  used  for  a  variety  of  purposes.  The  distinct  improve¬ 
ment  in  this  model  is  in  the  construction  of  the  arm  which  permits  the  detaching  of  the  curved  portion 
from  the  sliding  piece  which  carries  the  rack  and  also  from  the  body  tube  proper.  These  features 
permit  the  quick  increasing  or  decreasing  of  the  working  distance  and  also  the  almost  universal  applica¬ 
tion  of  the  binocular  body  when  used  in  connection  with  the  large  preparation  stand  and  support.  The 
stand  for  large  preparations  consists  of  a  heavy  base  of  horse-shoe  form  with  a  removable  wooden  stage. 
31816.  Microscope,  Binocular,  as  above,  stand  only  with  hand  rests  but  without  oculars  or  objectives,  in 

case . . .  45.00 

31820.  Support  for  Large  Preparations,  without  binocular  body  tube .  18.00 

31824.  “  “  _  “  “  with  binocular  body  tube,  without  objectives  or  oculars  but  with  case 

for  binocular  body  tube .  53.00 

31828.  Paired  Objectives,  for  Bausch  &  Lomb  Binocular  Microscope. 

Equivalent  focus,  mm .  55  48  40  32  25 

Each .  11.00  11.00  BLOtT  12700  ELM 

31832.  Paired  Oculars,  for  Bausch  &  Lomb  Binocular  Microscope. 

Power .  5X  6.4  X  7.5  X  10  X  12.5  X 

Equivalent  focus,  mm .  50  40  33  25  20 

Each . .  3.00  sM  3^00  5L00  ILOO 


312 


ARTHUR  H  . 


THOM  AS  COMPANY 


No.  31844  No.  31848 — Showing  base  opened 

MICROSCOPE,  BAUSCH  AND  LOMB  CHEMICAL  TYPE  M.  Constructed  after  the  specifications  of  Dr.  E.  M. 

Chamot  of  Cornell  University,  and  is  designed  for  work  in  all  branches  of  Micro-Chemistry  and  in  com¬ 
mercial  laboratories,  being  admirably  adapted  for  the  examination  of  foods  and  drugs  as  well  as  chem¬ 
icals.  High  power  objectives  may  be  used  with  it,  but  a  small  cover  glass  should  be  cemented  with 
pure  glycerine  to  the  front  of  even  low  powers  to  prevent  damaging  from  contact  with  reagents.  Bausch 
&  Lomb  quick  changing  nosepiece  is  regularly  listed  with  this  instrument,  as  it  is  desirable  under 
ordinary  conditions  to  have  but  one  objective  on  the  stand  at  once.  The  instrument  is  of  the  Handle 
Arm  Type  with  lever  fine  adj  ustment  similar  in  appearance  to  the  BBH  except  for  the  revolving  stage. 
Stage — Circular  revolving  with  knurled  edge,  graduated  on  circumference  in  single  degrees,  with  every  tenth  line  numbered,  and 
read  by  a  conveniently  placed  pointer;  measures  88  mm  outside  and  78  mm  inside  graduations,  with  a  distance  of  88  mm 
from  center  to  base  of  arm;  has  vulcanite  top  and  is  provided  with  spring  clips  and  centering  screws. 

Analyzer — Consists  of  a  Thompson  prism  mounted  in  a  revolving  collar  graduated  in  two-degree  divisions  with  every  tenth  line 
numbered;  collar  revolves  smoothly  in  cylindrical  mounting  fitting  over  draw  tube  and  is  slotted  to  engage  stud  for  zero 
point;  can  be  easily  removed  for  insertion  of  microscope  eyepiece. 

Polarizer — Consists  of  a  high  grade  Nicol  prism  mounted  with  a  revolving  ring  graduated  in  two-degree  divisions,  with  every  tenth 
line  numbered,  and  having  an  indicating  pointer;  entire  mounting  securely  supported  in  substage  and  fixed  for  zero  point 
by  stud  which  engages  corresponding  slot. 

Finish — Entire  instrument  neatly  finished  in  durable  black. 

Case— Of  hard  wood  with  polished  finish;  fitted  with  brass  lock  and  key. 


Outfit 

Objectives 

Dry 

Cross  Hair  Eyepieces 

Quick  Changing  Nosepieces 

Price 

31836. 

31840. 

31844. 

M  1 

M  2 

M  4 

16  mm 
16  mm 

32  mm 

8  mm 

8  mm 

16  mm  8  mm 

10  x 

10  x 

/  5  X 

\iox 

15  X 

15  X 

7.5  X  1 
15  X  / 

With  Two  Rings 

With  Three  Rings 

84.00 

90.65 

100.00 

31848. 


31852. 

31856. 


Microscope,  Dissecting,  Barnes,  consisting  of  a  block  of  wood  neatly  finished  and  made  in  a  shape 
forming  hand  rests;  with  hinged  base  providing  a  case  for  accessories.  Stage  is  of  glass  80  x  70 
mm  removable,  and  with  black  and  white  plate  supplied  for  use  as  opaque  background;  distance 
from  center  of  post  to  center  of  lens  50  mm.  While  Doublet  lenses  are  supplied  with  the  regular 
outfits  listed  below  any  of  the  regular  magnifiers  such  as  Coddington,  Triple  Aplanat  and 
Hastings  will  fit  the  lens  holder. 

Number  of  Doublets .  *  _ 

Each  . . . . .  2.50  3.25 

Lens  Holder,  Type  TU,  consisting  of  a  one  piece  lens  arm  with  spring  clamp  taking  any  magnifier  not 
more  than  38  mm  in  diameter,  all  mounted  on  heavy  metal  base;  distance  from  center  of  post 

to  center  of  lens  205  mm,  adjustable  in  all  directions^ .. . . . . . . ... .  3.00 

Lens  Holder,  Type  TUS,  consisting  of  jointed  lens  arm  on  triangular  post,  with  rack  and  pinion,  dis¬ 
tance  from  center  of  pillar  to  center  of  lens  340  mm.  Spring  clamp  will  take  any  lens  not  over 
38  mm  in  diameter,  range  of  rack  work  48  mm.  See  illustration  on  following  page .  9.00 


313 


ARTHUR  H.  TH  O  M  A  S 


COMPANY 


No.  31856  TUS 


No.  31916  Type  Y2 


No.  31860  Type  U1 


No.  31888  Type  W1 


MICROSCOPES,  BAUSCH  AND  LOME  EUSSECTING,  TYPES  U,  W  AND  Y.  These  three  types  of  dissecting 
Microscopes  are  supplied  in  varying  outfits  as  given  in  the  price  list  below  or  in  special  outfits  a,s  may 
be  required.  The  specifications  of  the  stands  are  as  follows  with  a  list  of  regular  equipment  and  prices . 
[Lens  Arm — Jointed  so  that  the  entire  field  of  stage  may  be  covered;  maximum  distance  from  center  of  pillar  to  center  of  lens,  80 
mm. 


Type  U. 

TypeW.  < 

Type  Y. 

Focusing  Adjustment — By  means  of  sliding  post  in  pillar,  with  knot;  range,  47  mm.  .  ..  ,  . 

Stage — Glass,  80  x  66  mm,  removable,  second  set  of  grooves  beneath  stage  for  black  and  white  metal  plate,  supplied  tor  use  a 
opaque  background;  spring  clips  attached  to  stage  support;  hand  rests  may  be  attached  to  edges  of  support. 

Focusing  Adjustment — By  standard  rack  and  pinion,  with  a  knurled  head  on  either  side,  giving  a  range  of  60  mm. 

Hand  Rests — Of  metal,  neatly  covered  with  leatheret,  95  mm  in  length  and  detachable.  Qft 

Lens  Arm —  Jointed  so  that  entire  field  of  stage  can  be  covered;  maximum  distance  from  center  of  pillar  to  center  of  lens,  "V  raD“* 
arm  may  be  removed  for  substitution  of  erecting  body;  extra  removable  support  provided  for  attachment  of  Abbe  Camera 
Lucida,  which  may  be  raised  or  lowered  to  get  full  field  of  view. 

Focusing  Adjustment — By  standard  rack  and  pinion,  with  knurled  head  on  either  side;  range,  60  mm. 

Stage — Plate  glass,  90  x  80  mm,  removable;  second  set  of  grooves  beneath  stage  for  black  and  white  metal  plate,  supplied  tor  u 
as  opaque  background;  extra  long  spring  clips  attached  to  stage  support;  holes  for  hand  rests  in  edges  of  stage  Bupport* 

Hand  Rests — Mahogany,  160  mm  long,  attached  to  edges  of  support  and  steadied  by  metal  frames;  detachable  but  included 
outfits. 

Lenses 

Outfit  Focal  Lengths  Formulae  Camera  Lucida  Price 

31860. 

U  1 

25  mm 

Doublet 

6.75 

31864. 

U  2 

38  mm 

19  mm 

Doublet 

7.50 

31868. 

U  3 

25  mm 

Coddington 

7.25 

31872. 

U  4 

3S  mm 

19  mm 

Coddington 

8.50 

31876. 

U  5 

25  mm 

Triple  Aplanat 

9.50 

31880. 

U  6 

25  mm 

13  mm 

Triple  Aplanat 

13.00 

31884. 

H  R 

Metal  Hand  Rests  for  Type  U  per  pair — 

.75 

31888. 

W  1 

25  mm 

Doublet 

9.00 

31892. 

W  2 

38  mm 

19  mm 

Doublet 

9.75 

31896. 

W  3 

25  mm 

Coddington 

9.50 

31900. 

W  4 

38  mm 

19  mm 

Coddington 

10.75 

31904. 

W  5 

25  mm 

Triple  Aplanat 

11.75 

31908. 

W  6 

25  mm 

13  mm 

Triple  Aplanat 

15.25 

31912. 

Y  1 

25  mm 

Doublet 

17.00 

31916. 

Y  2 

38  mm 

19  mm 

Doublet 

17.75 

31920. 

Y  3 

25  mm 

Coddington 

17.50 

31924. 

Y  4 

38  mm 

19  mm 

Coddington 

19.00 

31928. 

Y  5 

25  mm 

Triple  Aplanat 

19.75 

31932. 

Y  6 

34  mm 

17  mm 

Triple  Aplanat 

23.25 

31936. 

Y  7 

38  mm 

19  mm 

Hastings  Triplet 

31.25 

31940. 

Y  8 

38  mm 

19  mm 

Hastings  Triplet  Abbe  No.  32044 

41.25 

314 

ARTHUR  H.  THOMA  S  COMPANY 


No.  31996 


No.  32016 


No.  32028 


MICROSCOPE  ACCESSORIES,  BAUSCH  AND  LOMB. 

Objectives— The  4  mm  (£  in.)  objective  is  supplied  in  two  types  of  different  N.  A.  The  0.65  N.  A.  is 
distinguished  by  an  extraordinarily  long  working  distance,  which  enables  the  objective  to  focus 
easily  through  the  thickest  cover-glass  of  the  Thoma-Zeiss  Haemacytometer. 
the  4  mm  objective  of  0.85  N.  A.,  with  less  working  distance  and  lees  depth  of  focus  than  the  0.65 
N.  A.  type  has  the  advantage  of  greater  resolving  power. 


B  and  L 

Catalog  Number 

Equivalent  Focus 

Num  erica 
Aperture 

1  Working 

Distance 

Micrometer  Values 
with  6.4  X  Ocular 

Price 

Millimeters 

Inches 

31944. 

1005 

48 

2 

0.08 

53 

0.087  =87 m 

4.00 

31948. 

1009 

32 

0.10 

38 

0.044  =  44m 

4.00 

31952. 

1021 

16 

2 

3 

0.25 

7.0 

0.018  =  18  m 

5.00 

31956. 

1027 

8 

i 

0.50 

1.6 

0.0085  =  8.5  m 

8.00 

31960. 

1029 

4L 

1 

0.65 

0.6 

0.0040  =  4.0  m 

8.00 

31964. 

1031 

4S 

1 

0.85 

0.3 

0.0040  =  4.0m 

8.00 

31968. 

1035 

3 

1 

0.85 

0.2 

0.0029  =  2.9  m 

8.00 

31972. 

1041 

1.9 

* 

1.30 

0.15 

0.0018=  1.8  m 

27.00 

Oculars — l’he  Huygheman  Oculars 

are  of  23  mm 

outside  diameter  and 

are  interchangeable  with  all 

modern  European  oculars  such  as  Zeiss,  Leitz,  etc. 

If  oculars  are 

ordered  for  the  old  American 

32020. 

32024. 


size,  l.  e.,'25  mm  outside  diameter,  this  fact  must  be  stated  in  ordering. 

Approximate  Equivalent  Focus 


B  and  L 

Catalog  Number 

Magnifying  Power 

Millimeters 

Inches 

Price 

31976. 

1100 

5  X 

50 

2 

1.50 

31980. 

1101 

6.4  X 

40 

1.50 

31984. 

1102 

7.5  X 

33 

li 

1.50 

31988. 

1104 

10  X 

25- 

1 

1.50 

31992. 

1106 

12.5  X 

20 

4 

1.50 

Substage  Condensers — The  usual  Abbe  Condensers  are  neither  chromatically  nor  spherically  corrected, 
but  for  all  ordinary  work  serve  their  purpose  very  well.  Their  function  is  to  send  light  through 
the  object  under  an  angle  sufficiently  large  to  fill  the  aperture  of  the  objective  with  light.  They 
are  furnished  in  two  numerical  apertures:  1.20  N.  A.,  containing  two  lenses,  and  1.40  N.  A.  con¬ 
taining  three  lenses.  The  Aplanatic  Condenser  1.40  N.  A.,  consists  of  three  lenses — an  over 
hemispherical,  a  meniscus  and  a  double  convex,  which  has  a  spheroidal  surface  for  correcting 
the  spherical  aberration.  The  spherical  correction  obtained  in  this  way  is  of  the  highest  de¬ 
gree  and  perfect  for  all  zones  of  the  condenser,  a  result  that  has  not  been  reached  by  any  other 
construction.  The  lenses  are  separable,  and  the  condenser,  with  the  upper  lens  removed,  gives 
a  numerical  aperture  of  0.60;  with  both  lenses  removed,  one  of  0.40.  The  quality  of  correction 
in  each  case  is  of  the  same  high  order  as  that  of  the  complete  combination. 

The  Achromatic  Condensers  are  corrected  for  two  colors  and  spherically  corrected  for  two  zones. 
They  are  recommended  for  work  where  it  is  essential  that  a  sharp  image  of  the  light  source,  free 
from  color  fringes,  be  projected  into  the  plane  of  the  object.  The  iris  diaphragm  is  located 


between  the  lenses. 

B  and  L 

Catalog  Number 

Designation 

Numerical 

Aperture 

Equivalent  Focus 

Price 

Millimeters 

Inches 

Thickness 

31996. 

1740 

Abbe  Condenser 

1.20 

12.0 

1 

2 

1.80 

7.50 

32000. 

1742 

Abbe  Condenser 

1.40 

8.7 

i 

0.90 

9.00 

32004. 

1743 

Aplanatic  Condenser 

1.40 

12.0 

i 

2.00 

22.50 

32008. 

4535 

Achromatic  Condenser 

1.00 

12.0 

\ 

1.90 

25.00 

32012. 

.  4537 

Achromatic  Condenser 

1.40 

13.0 

i 

0.90 

30.00 

32016. 

Dark-Field  Condensers — 

This  Condenser  is  interchangeable  with  the  Abbe  Condenser,  and 

can  be 

applied  to  any  Bausch  &  Lomb  Microscopes  fitted  with  either  the  screw  or  the  complete  substage. 
It  consists  of  a  reflector  so  constructed  that  the  rays  are  made  to  strike  the  object  at  oblique 
angles,  corresponding  to  numerical  apertures  between  1.00  and  1.40,  allowing  only  those  rays 
to  reach  the  eye  which  are  diffracted  by  the  object.  The  result  is  that  a  dark  field  is  produced 
in  which  objects  appear  brilliantly  illuminated.  Objectives  having  numerical  apertures  between 
1.00  and  1.40,  such  as  the  oil  immersion  1.30  N.A.,  must  be  provided  with  a  funnel  stop,  when 
used  with  this  condenser,  in  order  to  reduce  the  numerical  aperture  to  less  than  1.00.  For  suc¬ 
cessful  operation  a  powerful  light  source  is  required.  See  discussion  under  Micro  Lamps.  Printed 
directions  are  enclosed  with  each  illuminator.  In  centering  mount  with  iris  diaphragm. . .  11.00 

Funnel  Stop  for  oil  immersion  objective,  when  used  for  dark  field . 40 

Nosepiece,  Double,  new  dust  proof  form  accurately  centered  and  par-focal  for  16  mm  and  4  mm 

objectives  . . . . . . . . .  4.00 

iece.  Triple,  accurately  centered  and  par-focal  for  16  mm,  4  mm  and  1.9  mm  objectives .  5.50 


32028.  Nosepiece 


315 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  32040 


No.  32044 


No.  32048 


32032. 

32036. 

32040. 

32044. 

32048. 

32052. 

32056. 

32060. 

32064. 

32068. 


32072. 

32076. 

32080. 


32084. 

32088. 


Mechanical  Stage,  Model  A,  for  attaching  to  the  pillar  above  the  stage  of  Bausch  and  Lomb  Micro¬ 
scopes  BH,  BBH . .  17.00 

Mechanical  Stage,  New  Model,  for  clamping  to  the  side  of  the  stage  of  any  Microscope  provided  with 
a  square  or  rectangular  stage.  Scale  reads  75  mm  forward  and  55  mm  backward,  with  verniers 
reading  to  1/10  mm.  Range  permits  examination  of  slides  50  x  75  mm  from  corner  to  corner. 

Valuable  for  examining  serial  sections,  etc .  16.00 

Abbe  Camera  Lucida,  Model  A,  simple  form .  8.00 

Abbe  Camera  Lucida,  Model  B,  with  extension  arm  for  the  mirror  and  moderating  glasses .  10,00 

Abbe  Camera  Lucida,  Model  C,  with  centering  screws,  two  series  of  moderating  glasses  and  extension 

arm  for  the  mirror . \ .  17.00 

Drawing  Board,  Stationary,  11x9  inches,  designed  particularly  for  use  with  Model  A  Abbe  Camera 

Lucida .  1,50 

Ocular  Micrometer  Disc,  for  use  on  diaphragm  of  ocular,  ruled  to  0.1  mm  with  every  tenth  line  num¬ 
bered .  1.25 

Ocular  Micrometer  Disc,  for  use  on  diaphragm  of  ocular,  ruled  in  0.5  mm  squares  with  every  second 

line  on  two  adjacent  sides  numbered . . . .  2.00 

Ocular  Micrometer  Disc,  for  use  on  diaphragm  of  ocular,  ruled  in  1.0  mm  squares,  with  every  line  on 

two  adjacent  sides  numbered .  1,75 

Ocular  Micrometer  Disc,  Whipple,  for  counting  bacteria,  consisting  of  a  large  square  divided  into  four 
squares,  one  of  which  is  subdivided  into  twenty-five  squares,  and  one  of  th&se  again  subdivided 

into  twenty-five  squares .  3.50 

Note — Unless  otherwise  specified  the  above  Ocular  Micrometer  Discs  are  furnished  of  23  mm  diameter 
to  fit  all  standard  oculars  as  at  present  constructed.  If  for  older  microscopes  with  larger  diam¬ 
eter  of  ocular  dimensions  must  be  given  with  order. 

Micrometer  Eyepiece,  with  movable  scale  divided  in  0.1  mm .  8.00 

“  “  “  fixed  scale  divided  in  0.1  mm . / .  .  4.00 

Filar  Micrometer — A  micrometer  screw  acts  on  a  slide  that  carries  a  movable  wire.  One  revolution 
of  this  screw  moves  the  wire  0.5  mm  across  the  field.  This  screw  has  a  drum  head  divided  into 
50  parts,  one  part,  therefore,  being  equal  to  0.01  mm.  One-tenth  of  this  interval  (equal  to  0.001 
mm  =  1  m)  can  easily  be  estimated.  A  fine  line  running  through  the  center  of  the  field,  parallel 
to  the  axis  of  the  screw,  serves  as  a  guide  in  orienting  the  object  with  reference  to  the  direction 
of  motion  of  the  movable  wire.  A  glass  scale  placed  in  the  field  and  ruled  in  intervals  of  0.5  mm 
each  serves  for  counting  the  full  revolutions  of  this  screw.  Every  second  interval  of  the  scale 
is  numbered.  The  eyepiece,  which  can  be  focused  on  the  movable  wire  and  scale,  is  of  the 

Ramsden  type  and  has  an  equivalent  focus  of  20  mm  (12.5  X) .  25.00 

Stage  Micrometer,  on  glass  slide  75  x  25  mm,  ruled  to  0.1  and  0.01  mm .  3.00 

“  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  0.01  and  0.001  inch .  2.00 


316 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


i: 


H  . 


i 


No.  32120 


No.  32124 


No.  32123 


No.  32132 


No.  32136 


32092. 


32096. 

32100. 

32104. 


32108. 

32112. 

32116. 

32120. 

32124. 

32128. 

32132. 


32136. 

32138. 


Micro  Drawing  Apparatus,  a  new  and  convenient  arrangement  for  the  use  of  an  ordinary  Microscope 
in  drawing;  suitable  for  use  with  powers  from  50  to  430  diameters.  The  standard  image  distance 
of  10  inches  being  fixed,  the  pencil  is  operated  with  the  eye  at  its  normal  reading  distance,  an  im¬ 
portant  feature  where  much  work  is  to  be  done.  Outfit  includes  drawing  board,  mirror,  hand  feed 
arc  lamp  and  rheostat  for  110  volts,  4  amperes,  with  plug  and  cord  but  without  microscope. .  25.00 

Drawing  Board,  only,  with  support  for  the  microscope,  clamp  and  light  shield .  3.50 

Mirror,  only,  with  clamp  for  draw  tube .  2.50 

Micro  Drawing  Apparatus,  similar  to  above  in  operation  but  with  adjustable  support  for  the  micro¬ 
scope,  permitting  alterations  of  the  projection  distance  between  mirror  and  paper.  With  draw¬ 
ing  board,  mirror,  hand  feed  arc  lamp  and  rheostat  for  110  volts,  4  amperes,  but  without  micro¬ 
scope .  27.50 

Adjustable  Drawing  Board,  only,  with  support  for  the  microscope,  clamp  and  light  shield. . .  6.00 

Polarizer,  for  use  interchangeably  with  an  Abbe  condenser  in  the  substage;  with  one  selenite .  12.00 

Polarizer,  same  as  No.  32112,  but  with  three  interchangeable  seleDites  mounted  in  metal  rings  15.00 
Analyzer,  for  use  with  either  of  the  above  Polarizers  for  attaching  to  the  microscope  immediately  above 

the  objective .  10.00 

Analyzer,  for  attaching  to  draw  tube  above  the  ocular;  with  graduated  disc  to  measure  angle. . .  15.00 

Turn-Table,  for  ringing  mounts  and  making  cells .  4.00 

Bulls-Eye  Condenser,  for  the  illumination  of  opaque  objects  and  to  secure  parallel  beam  from  arti¬ 
ficial  sources  of  light.  On  adjustable  stand. 

Diameter  of  lenses,  mm .  38  56  75 

Each..... . . .  3.00  5.00  7.00 

Vertical  Illuminator,  for  illuminating  opaque  objects,  particularly  metal  surfaces;  for  attaching 

immediately  above  the  objective .  6.50 

Vertical  Attachment,  new  form,  with  bulls-eye  condensing  lens  and  iris  diaphragm  attachment.  15.00 


No.  32092 


No.  32104 


No.  32112-16 


We  have  found  it  difficult  to  comprehensively  and  clearly  present  the  two  makes 
of  Microscopes  and  Accessories  (Bausch  &  Lomb  and  Zeiss)  in  the  space  at  our  disposal 
in  this  catalogue.  We  believe  those  familiar  with  Microscope  equipments  will  find  no 
difficulty  in  securing  the  information  necessary  to  the  selection  of  outfits  from  the  ma¬ 
terial  listed  on  these  pages  but  we  emphasize  our  desire  to  send  upon  application  the 
original  catalogues  of  both  Carl  Zeiss  and  Bausch  &  Lomb  Optical  Co.  with  such  addi¬ 
tional  and  more  specific  information  as  we  have  gathered  in  an  experience  of  over 
twenty  years  in  the  sale  of  Microscopes. 


317 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  32144 — Stand  IB  with  Triple  Nosepiece,  Objectives,  and  Ocular 

MICROSCOPE,  ZEISS  STAND  I.  This  is  the  standard  Microscope  throughout  the  civilized  world  for  the 
most  refined  investigations  by  ocular  observation,  photo-micrography  and  micro  projection;  the  large 
body  tube  permits  the  use  of  projection  objectives  and  micro  planars  with  full  use  of  the  emergent  beam. 
These  Stands  are  all  of  the  handle  arm  type  as  shown  in  illustration.  The  finish  and  mechanical 
adjustments  of  these  Microscopes  represent  the  highest  development  of  instrument  making  as  applied 
to  optical  instruments. 

Fine  Adjustment — By  Berger  slow  motion  with  side  wheel,  first  introduced  by  Zeiss  m  1898. 

Stages — The  plain  revolving  vulcanite  stage  regularly  furnished  on  Stand  IA  is  interchangeable  with  the  large  revolving  mechani¬ 
cal  stage  as  shown  in  illustration  and  which  is  regular  equipment  for  Stand  IB.  Either  may  be  ordered  as  an  extra  accee- 
sory  for  interchangeable  use.  The  special  photo-micrographic  Stage  furnished  as  regular  equipment  for  Stand  IC  is  not  inter¬ 
changeable  with  the  others  and  must  be  furnished  with  the  stand  when  ordered.  It  is  of  similar  appearance  to  the  large 
revolving  mechanical  stage  and  is  particularly  recommended  for  photo-micrographic  work  because  of  Hs  extremely  slow 
motion.  This  stage  has  a  rectilinear  range  of  only  10  mm  in  each  direction  actuated  by  two  coaxial  milled  heads  and  on 
this  account  is  not  specially  recommended  for  ocular  observation,  the  large  mechanical  stage  with  a  range  of  motion  of 
50  mm  in  one  direction  and  35  mm  in  the  other  with  a  third  scale  and  vernier  showing  the  position  of  the  movable  stop 
for  the  object  slide  and  centering  device,  being  preferable  for  this  work. 

Illuminating  Apparatus.  These  Stands  are  all  furnished  with  complete  Abbe  Illuminating  Apparatus  with  Abbe  condenser  system 
of  1.40  N.  A.  as  regular  equipment  for  the  Stands  IA  and  IB.  For  photo-micrographic  work  particularly  with  objec¬ 
tives  of  wide  aperture,  the  aplanatic  condensing  system  of  1.40  N.A.  is  distinctly  superior  to  the  regular  Abbe  system  and 
is  therefore,  furnished  as  regular  equipment  with  Stand  IC.  Where  photo-micrography  is  to  be  accomplished  with  objec¬ 
tives  of  less  than  1.00  N.A.  the  centering  achromatic  condenser  of  1.00  N.A.  is  recommended  and  in  a  complete  photo- 
micrographic  outfit  both  of  these  condensers  should  be  ordered  for  the  most  refined  work. 

The  Stands  are  all  furnished  in  fine  polished  mahogany  cases  and  prices  do  not  include  oculars, 
nosepieces  or  objectives.  For  prices  on  Complete  outfits  see  page  323. 

32140.  Stand  IA,  with  plain  revolving  and  centering  vulcanite  stage  and  Abbe  condenser  of  1.40  N.  A. 

Duty  Free .  81.25  Stock .  100.75 

32144.  Stand  IB,  with  large  revolving  mechanical  stage  and  Abbe  condenser  of  1.40  N.  A. 

Duty  Free.... .  100.00  Stock .  124.00 

32148.  Stand  IC,  with  special  photo-micrographic  stage,  aplanatic  condenser  of  1.40  N.  A.  and  set  of  accessory 
fittings  for  photo-micrography,  consisting  of  a  light-proof  connecting  funnel,  light-proof  connect¬ 
ing  sleeve,  adapters  for  the  attachment  of  Microplanars,  centering  diaphragm,  moderating  glass 
and  revolution  counter. 

Duty  Free .  112.50  Stock .  139.50 


318 


ARTHUR  H . 


T  H  O  M  A  S  COMPANY 


No.  32156 — Stand  in  CA  with  Triple  Nosepiece,  Ocular  and  Objectives 


MICROSCOPE,  ZEISS  STAND  III.  This  is  the  most  widely  used  of  the  new  series  of  Zeiss  Microscopes  with 
handle  arm  and  Berger  fine  adjustment.  It  is  identical  with  Stand  I  with  the  exception  of  large  body 
tube  and  the  finish  of  the  base  which  in  Stand  III  is  of  crystallized  lacquer  instead  of  smooth  black. 
For  all  ocular  observations,  therefore,  this  stand  meets  the  requirements  of  the  most  refined  investiga¬ 
tions  but  is  not  recommended  for  a  wide  range  of  use  in  photo-micrography  and  micro-projection 
because  of  the  narrow  or  standard  tube.  Special  attention  is  called  to  the  four  types  of  stages  fur¬ 
nished  as  regular  equipment  with  this  outfit.  With  the  exceptions  above  noted  this  stand  is  identical 
in  finish  and  mechanical  adjustments  to  Stand  I. 

Fine  Adjustment — By  Berger  slow  motion  with  side  wheel,  first  introduced  by  Zeiss  in  1S98. 

Stages— The  fixed  round  stage  furnished  as  regular  equipment  with  Stand  IIIC  is  11  cm  in  diameter.  The  simplified  mechanical 
stage  furnished  as  regular  equipment  with  Stand  IIICA  is  a  non-revolving  stage  fitted  with  a  movable  plate  giving  a  back¬ 
ward  and  forward  movement  by  operating  two  screws  jointly  and  a  transverse  motion  by  operating  the  same  screws  in 
opposite  directions,  with  a  range  of  displacement  of  10  mm.  This  has  been  found  a  great  convenience  and  for  many  pur¬ 
poses  as  satisfactory  as  the  large  mechanical  stage.  This  simplified  mechanical  stage  is  also  arranged  as  a  revolving  stage 
furnished  as  regular  equipment  for  Stand  IIICB.  The  plain  revolving  and  centering  vulcanite  stage  furnished  as  regular 
equipment  with  Stand  IIID  is  the  same  as  supplied  with  Stand  IA  and  the  large  revolving  mechanical  stage  supplied  as 
regular  equipment  to  Stand  IIIE  is  the  same  as  supplied  with  Stand  IB.  All  of  these  stages  are  interchangeable  and  can 
be  supplied  as  accessory  equipment  after  the  purchase  of  the  regular  microscope. 

Illuminating  Apparatus— These  Stands  are  all  furnished  with  the  complete  Abbe  Illuminating  Apparatus  with  Abbe  condenser 
system  of  1.40  N.A.  as  regular  equipment.  For  very  refined  work  we  particularly  recommend  the  addition  of  aplanatic 
condensing  system  of  1.40  N.A.  or  the  achromatic  centering  condenser  of  1.00  N.A. 

The  Stands  are  all  furnished  in  fine  polished  mahogany  cases  and  prices  do  not  include  oculars, 
nosepieces  or  objectives.  For  price  on  Complete  outfits  see  page  323. 

32152.  Stand  IIIC  with  fixed  round  stage  and  Abbe  Condenser  of  1.40  N.  A. 

Duty  Free .  63.75  Stock .  79.05 

32156.  Stand  IIICA  with  simplified  non-revolving  mechanical  stage  and  Abbe  Condenser  of  1.40  N.  A. 

Duty  Free .  66.25  Stock .  82.15 

32160.  Stand  HID  with  plain  revolving  and  centering  vulcanite  stage  and  Abbe  Condenser  of  1.40  N.  A. 

Duty  Free .  72.50  Stock .  89.90 

32164.  Stand  IIIE  with  large  revolving  mechanical  Stage  and  Abbe  Condenser  of  1.40  N.  A. 

Duty  Free .  91.25  Stock . 113.15 


319 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


32170.  Swingout  Condenser  Mounting,  for  Abbe  Condenser  of  1.40  N.  A.  If  ordered  with  Stands  I  A,  IB 
IIIC,  IIICA,  HID,  or  IIID,  extra 

Duty  Free .  6.25  Duty  Paid . . . . 

Note. — The  Aplanatic  Condenser  of  1.40  N.  A.  as  furnished  on  Stand  IC  is  not  adaptable  to  the  swingout  mounting. 

REVOLVING  STAGES,  ZEISS.  The  Plain  Revolving  Vulcanite  Stage  as  well  as  the  Large  Revolving  Me¬ 
chanical  Stage  may  be  ordered  separately  at  any  time  for  use  with  both  Stands  I  and  III  or  may  be 
ordered  as  additional  accessories  at  the  prices  given  below. 

32172.  Plain  Revolving  Vulcanite  Centering  Stage,  only 

Duty  Free .  6.25  Stock .  7.75 

32176.  Large  Mechanical  Revolving  Stage,  with  center  housing. 

Duty  Free .  25.00  Stock .  31.008 

32180.  Center  Housing,  for  use  with  plain  revolving  vulcanite  stage  or  large  mechanical  stage. 

Duty  Free. . .  4.25  Duty  Paid . , . 5.27% 

SUBSTAGE  CONDENSERS,  ZEISS.  The  following  Condensers  all  fit  interchangeably  into  the  upper  sleeve 
of  the  complete  Abbe  Illuminating  Apparatus.  In  the  series  of  Stands  I  and  III  previously  listed  we 
have  included  Condensers  in  the  price  but  here  list  them  separately  with  additional  systems  for  special 
work  for  ready  reference  in  making  up  the  prices  of  special  outfits. 

32184.  Abbe  Condenser,  three  lens  system,  1.40  N.  A.,  equivalent  focus  8  mm. 

Duty  Free .  6.25  Stock .  7.75 

32188.  Aplanatic  Condenser,  1.40  N.  A.,  equivalent  focus  10  mm,  particularly  recommended  for  photomi¬ 
crography  with  high  power  objectives  of  wide  aperture. 

Duty  Free .  15.00  Stock .  18-60 

Note — The  front  lens  of  both  the  preceding  Condensers  may  be  removed  and  the  remaining  lenses  used  as  a  long  focus  Condenser  ol 
small  aperture  for  low  power  work.  When  the  complete  set  is  used  with  objectives  of  large  aperture  the  Condenser  should 
be  used  in  immersion  contact  with  the  slide.  _ 

32192.  Centering  Achromatic  Condenser  of  1.0  N.  A.,  equivalent  focus  14  mm.  This  condensing  system  has 
an  iris  diaphragm  mounted  between  the  lenses  and  the  iris  diaphragm  of  the  Abbe  Illuminating 
Apparatus  should,  therefore,  remain  opened  when  this  condenser  is  used.  This  Condenser  is 
recommended  for  the  most  refined  investigations  in  both  ocular  and  micro  photographic  obser¬ 
vations  with  objectives  up  to  1.0  N.  A.  and  for  best  results  should  be  used  in  immersion  contact 
with  the  slide. 

Duty  Free .  18.75  Stock .  23.25 

32196.  Condenser,  Quartz,  of  1.30  N.  A.  with  interchangeable  upper  part  reducing  the  aperture  to  0.8.  I'or 
use  in  work  with  the  Ultra-Violet  as  in  the  Luminescence  Microscope. 

Duty  Free .  17.50  Stock . 21.70 

32200.  Condenser,  Paraboloid,  for  dark  field  illumination. 

Duty  Free .  10.00  Stock .  12.40 

32204.  Paraboloid  Stops,  for  Zeiss  Achromatic  Objectives  DD,  E,  F,  J  and  ^jth  inch  and  Apochromatic  Ob¬ 
jectives  of  4  mm  focus  and  less. 

Duty  Free . 25  Stock .  -31 

Note — For  best  results  in  dark  field  illumination  with  the  Zeiss  Paraboloid  Condenser,  Arc  Lamp  No.  32848  page  331  or  Nernst 
Lamp  are  recommended.  The  Condenser  should  be  used  in  immersion  contact  with  the  slide,  care  being  taken  to  avoid 
air  bubbles.  With  all  dry  objectives  of  moderate  power  dark  field  illumination  is  obtained  by  total  reflection  at  the  coyer 
glass.  With  dry  objectives  of  high  power  and  all  oil  immersion  objectives  a  stop  must  be  introduced  into  the  objective 
mount  in  order  to  reduce  the  aperture  of  the  objective  to  about  0.8.  This  stop  is  indispensable  with  immersion  objectives 
of  over  1.0  N.  A.  since  dark  ground  illumination  is  produced  in  them  not  by  total  reflection  at  the  surface  of  the  cover 
glass  but  exclusively  from  the  illumination  of  apertures  above  1.0  N.A.  The  very  considerable  reduction  of  aperture  of 
immersion  objectives  which  is  thus  necessary  to  secure  proper  dark  field  illumination  reduces  their  resolving  power  to 
such  an  extent  as  to  make  it  advisable  to  use  the  higher  power  dry  objectives  wherever  possible.  The  Paraboloid  stops  for 
the  objectives  are  furnished  without  charge  when  both  condenser  and  objective  are  ordered  at  the  same  time. 

OCULARS,  ZEISS.  Huyghenian  or  Orthoscopic  Oculars  should  never  be  used  with  Apochromatic  Objectives 
as  they  are  computed  only  for  use  in  connection  with  the  achromatic  systems.  The  Compensating 
Oculars,  on  the  other  hand,  may  be  satisfactorily  used  with  Achromatic  Objectives  of  considerable  ap¬ 
erture,  i.e.,  0.85  N.  A.  and  upwards  or,  in  other  words,, with  Achromatic  Objectives  DD,  E,  F  and 
inch  Oil  Immersion.  The  two  new  Orthoscopic  Oculars  are  recommended  for  use  with  Achromatic 
Objectives  where  high  magnification  with  large  field  of  view  is  required.  As  in  the  case  of  Compen¬ 
sating  Oculars  they  permit  the  use  of  the  eye  at  a  very  comfortable  distance  above  the  eye  lens  with 
the  entire  field  in  view. 

32208.  Zeiss  Huyghenian  and  Orthoscopic  Oculars. 


Huyghenian  Orthoscopic 


Designation  No .  1  ;  2  I.  3  4  5  _ 6  7 

Equivalent  focus,  mm . 50  40  30  25  20  ~l5~  "9 

Magnification .  3  4  ,  55  7  9  12  20 

Duty  Free .  1.50  1.50  1.50  1.50  1.50  .  6.25  6.25 

Stock .  1.86  1.86  1.86  1.86  1.86  7.75  7.75 


320 


ARTHUR 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


ZEISS  ACHROMATIC  AND  APOCHROMATIC  OBJECTIVES,  HUYGHENIAN,  ORTHOSCOPIC  AND  COM¬ 
PENSATING  OCULARS.  The  tables  on  bottom  of  preceding  page  and  those  on  this  page  give  the 
principal  optical  data  and  prices.  Please  always  specify  focal  length  in  addition  to  catalogue  number 
in  ordering.  The  information  on  this  page  with  the  tables  of  magnification  on  the  following  page 
will  be  found  of  great  assistance  in  selecting  the  optical  equipment  for  Zeiss  Microscopes. 


32212.  Compensating  Oculars,  Zeiss. 


Seeker  Compensating  Oculars 


Designation . 

2 

4 

6 

8 

12 

18 

Equivalent  focus, 
mm . 

70 

39 

33 

21 

15 

10 

Duty  Free . 

5.00 

5.00 

5.00 

7.50 

7.50 

6.25 

Stock . 

6.20 

6.20  . 

6.20 

9.30 

9.30 

7.75 

Achromatic  Objectives,  Zeiss. 

Class 

Designation 

32216. 

Ao 

32220. 

Ai 

32224. 

A2 

32228. 

A3 

32232. 

A* 

32236. 

aa 

32240. 

A 

32244. 

AA 

32248.  Dry  Series 

B 

32252. 

C 

32256. 

D 

32260. 

tDD 

32264. 

fJDJL)  with  correction  collar 

32268. 

tE 

32272. 

tE  with  correction  collar 

32276. 

tF 

32280. 

fF  with  correction  collar 

32284. 

pi 

32288.  Water 

D* 

32292.  Immersion 

J 

32296. 

J  with  correction  collar 

32300.  Homogeneous 

1-12  Inch 

32304.  Immersion 

1-12  Inch  Fit 

t  Fluorite  system. 

In  combination  with 
Huyghenian  Ocular  2 

Equivalent 

focus. 

with  160  mm  tube 

Numerical 

Aperture 

length 

Duty  Free 

Stock 

Free  work- 

Diameter 

ing  distance 

of  field  of 

mm. 

view,  mm. 

4 

— 

32 

14 

3.00 

3.72 

45 

— 

61 

10 

3.00 

3.72 

37 

— 

43 

7.5 

3.00 

3.72 

28 

— 

27 

5.2 

3.00 

3.72 

43-29 

10-42 

9-20 

10.00 

12.40 

26 

0.17 

14 

4 

6.75 

8.37 

15 

0.20 

9 

2 

5.00 

6.20 

17 

0.30 

7.5 

2.5 

7.50 

9.30 

12 

0.35 

3 

1.5 

7.50 

9.30 

7 

0.40 

1.8 

0  9 

7.50 

9.30 

4.2 

0.65 

0.6 

0.5 

8.75 

10.85 

4.3 

0.85 

0.4 

0.5 

12.50 

15.50 

17.50 

21 .70 

2.8 

0.90 

0.25 

0.35 

15.00 

18.60 

20.00 

24.80 

1.8 

0.90 

0.17 

0.23 

18.75 

23.25 

23.75 

29.45 

25 

0.11 

36 

4 

5.00 

6.20 

4.4 

0.75 

1.5 

0.55 

18.75 

23.25 

1.8 

1.18 

0.2 

0.23 

27.50 

34.10 

32.50 

40.30 

1.8 

1.25 

0.15 

0.25 

25.00 

31.00 

1.8 

1.30 

0.13 

0:22 

35.00 

43.40 

Apochromatic  Objectives,  Zeiss. 


Class 

Equivalent 

focus, 

mm. 

Numerical 

Aperture 

Initial 

Magnifica¬ 

tion 

With  Compensating 
Ocular  4  at  160  mm. 
tube  length 

Duty  Free 

Stock 

Free  work¬ 
ing  distance 
mm. 

Diameter 
of  field  of 
view,  mm. 

32308. 

16 

0.30 

15.5 

5 

2 

20.00 

24.80 

32312. 

Dry  Series 

8 

0.65 

31 

1.0 

1 

25.00 

31.00 

32316. 

4 

0.95 

63 

0.2 

0.45 

35.00 

3.40 

32320. 

3 

0.95 

83 

0.15 

0.35 

40.00 

49.60 

32324. 

Water  Immersion 

2.5 

1.25 

100 

0.18 

0.25 

62.50 

77.50 

32328. 

3 

1.30 

83 

0.20 

0.35 

75.00 

93.00 

32332. 

Homogeneous 

3 

1.40 

83 

0.16 

0.35 

100.00 

124.00 

32336. 

Immersion 

2 

1.30 

125 

0.16 

0. 25 

75.00 

93.00 

32340. 

2 

1.40 

125 

0.12 

0.25 

100.00 

124.00 

32344. 

1.5 

1.30 

167 

0  09 

0.20 

87.50 

108.50 

321 


ARTHUR 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


MAGNIFICATION  TABLES  FOR  BAUSCH  &  LOMB  AND  ZEISS  OBJECTIVES  AND  OCULARS 


Table  of  Magnifications  with  Bausch  &  Lomb  Achromatic  Objectives  and  Huyghznian  Oculars  computed  upon  the  basis  of  tube 

length  =  160  mm  and  projection  distance  =  250  mm. 


Objectives 

Eyepieces 

Equivalent  focal 
length  in  mm. 

Initial  magni¬ 
fication  of 
Objective 

5x 

6.4x 

7.5x 

10x 

12. 5x 

Magni- 

Size  of 

Magni- 

Size  of 

Magni- 

Size  of 

Magni- 

Size  of 

Magni- 

Size  of 

* 

fication 

field 

fication 

field 

fication 

field 

fication 

field 

fication 

field 

48 

2 

10  X 

10.5  mm 

13  X 

9.0  mm 

15  X 

8.5  mm 

20  X 

8.5  mm 

25  X 

6.8  mm 

32 

4 

20  X 

5.5  mm 

26  X 

4 . 8  mm 

30  X 

4.3  mm 

40  X 

4.4  mm 

50  X 

3.5  mm 

16 

10 

50  X 

2.10  mm 

64  X 

1.85  mm 

75  X 

1.70  mm 

100  X 

1.74  mm 

125  X 

1.38  mm 

8 

20 

100  X 

1.02  mm 

130  X 

0.90  mm 

150  X 

0.83  mm 

200  X 

0.85  mm 

260  X 

0.67  mm 
0.32  mm 

4 

43 

215  X 

0.48  mm 

275  X 

0 . 43  mm 

320  X 

0.39  mm 

430  X 

0.40  mm 

560  X 

3 

57 

285  X 

0.36  mm 

365  X 

0.32  mm 

420  X 

0.29  mm 

570  X 

0.30  mm 

740  X 

0 . 24  mm 

1.9 

95 

475  X 

0.22  mm 

610  X 

0.19  mm 

720  X 

0.17  mm 

950  X 

0.18  mm 

1260  X 

0.14  mm 

Table  of  Magnifications  with  Zeiss  Apochromatic  Objectives  and  Compensating  Oculars  at  160  mm  tube  length  and 

calculated  for  an  image  distance  of  250  mm. 


Focus  of  the 

Objective,  mm 

Seeker 

Compensating  Oculars 

2 

4 

6 

8 

12 

18 

16 

31 

62 

94 

125 

187 

281 

8 

62 

125 

187 

250 

375 

562 

4 

125 

250 

375 

500 

750 

1125 

3 

167 

333 

500 

667 

1000 

1500 

2.5 

200 

400 

600 

800 

1200 

1800 

2 

250 

500 

750 

1000 

1500 

2250 

1.5 

333 

667 

1000 

1334 

2000 

3000 

Table  of  Magnifications  with  Zeiss  Achromatic  Objectives  and  Huyghenian  and  Orthoscopic  Oculars  at  160  mm  tube  length 

and  calculated  for  an  image  distance  of  250  mm. 


Objectives 

Huyghenian  Oculars 

Orthoscopic  Oculars 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Ao 

4.5 

7 

11 

14 

18 

23 

38 

Ai 

7 

10 

16 

20 

28 

35 

57 

A2 

11 

15 

23 

28 

37 

47 

75 

A  8 

20 

26 

38 

47 

55 

68 

110 

A* 

3-8 

5-12 

8-18 

10-22 

15-31 

20-40 

32-63 

aa 

24 

31 

46 

57 

75 

95 

150 

A 

42 

54 

79 

97 

130 

165 

260 

AA 

39 

50 

73 

90 

120 

150 

240 

B 

58 

74 

110 

130 

180 

225 

360 

C 

100 

125 

180 

225 

300 

370 

590 

D 

175 

220 

330 

385 

550 

680 

1100 

DD 

170 

210 

315 

365 

530 

650 

1060 

E 

275 

345 

505 

620 

830 

1030 

1650 

F 

410 

510 

735 

900 

1260 

1540 

2500 

PI 

26 

33 

48 

60 

80 

100 

160 

D* 

170 

210 

315 

365 

530 

650 

1050 

J 

410 

515 

750 

920 

1280 

1570 

2540 

1-12 

410 

515 

750 

920 

1280 

1570 

2540 

Table  of  Magnifications,  working  distance  and  diameter,  of  field  of  view  with  Paired  Oculars  and  Objectives  when  used  on  the 

Binocular  Microscope 


Zeiss  Paired  Objectives 

55 

Ao 

A2 

A* 

pi 

54 

40 

Free  Working  distance  mm 

70 

Without 

With 

40 

30 

35 

phragm 

phragm 

Paired  Oculars 

Magnifi¬ 

cation 

Diameter 
of  field 
mm 

Magnifi¬ 

cation 

Diameter 
of  field 
mm 

Magnifi¬ 

cation 

Diameter 
of  field 
mm 

Magnifi¬ 

cation 

Diameter 
of  field 
mm 

Magnifi¬ 

cation 

Diameter 
of  field 
mm 

No.  1 

8 

13 

14 

7.5 

20 

5 

31 

3.3 

37 

3 

No.  2 

9 

13 

15 

7.5 

23 

5 

35 

3.3 

42 

3 

No.  3 

13 

10.5 

22 

6.5 

32 

4.2 

50 

2.7 

60 

2.5 

No.  4 

16 

8.5 

27 

4.8 

40 

3.3 

61 

2.2 

73 

2 

No.  5 

23 

6.2 

39 

3.6 

57 

2.5 

88 

1.6 

105 

1.4 

No.  6 

26 

7.1 

46 

4.1 

67 

2.7 

103 

1.8 

121 

1.6 

No.  7 

44 

4.1 

77 

2.4 

112 

1.6 

172 

1.1 

200 

1 

322 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


COMPLETE  ZEISS  MICROSCOPE  OUTFITS 

With  the  preceding  information  as  to  Zeiss  stands,  stages  and  condensers  and  the  optical  data  and  prices 
of  oculars  and  objectives,  complete  Zeiss  outfits  can  be  made  up  to  meet  all  requirements.  For  the  conveni¬ 
ence  of  customers  we  list  below  commendable  outfits  on  the  basis  of  Stands  I  and  III  with  both  achromatic  and 


apochromatic  equipment. 

32348.  Apochromatic  Outfit  on  the  basis  of  Stand  IA, 

i.  e.,  with  plain  revolving  vulcanite 
stage. 


Stand  IA,  with  Abbe  condenser 

Duty  Free  Stock 

of  1.40  N.  A.  and  plain  re- 

volving  vulcanite  stage. . . . 

81.25 

100.75 

Triple  Revolving  Nosepiece . 

5.00 

6.20 

Compensating  Ocular  6 . 

5.00 

6.20 

“  “  12 . 

7.50 

9.30 

Apochromatic  Objective,  16  mm 

20.00 

24.80 

“  “  4  mm 

35.00 

43.40 

“  “  2  mm 

1  JO  N-  A . 

75.00 

93.00 

228.75 

283.65 

Apochromatic  Outfit  on  the  basis  of  Stand  IC 

Stand  IC  with  aplanatic  con- 

Duty  Free  Stock 

denser  of  1.40  N.  A.  and 

special  stage  and  accesso- 

ries  for  micro-photography. 

112.50 

139.50 

Tube  Slide  for  interchanging  ob- 

jectives . 

2.00 

2.48 

3  Objective  slides . 

6.00 

7.44 

Compensating  Ocular  6 . 

5.00 

6.20 

“  “  12 . 

7.50 

9.30 

Apochromatic  Objective,  16  mm 

20.00 

24.80 

“  “  4  mm 

35.00 

43.40 

“  “  2  mm 

140  N.  A . 

75.00 

93.00 

263.00 

326.12 

32356.  Achromatic  Outfit  on  the  basis  of  Stand  III- 
CA. 

Stand  HICA,  with  simplified  me-  Duty  Free  Stock 


chanical  stage  and  Abbe 

condenser  of  1.40  N.  A...  66.25  82.15 

Triple  Revolving  Nosepiece .  5.00  6.20 

Huyghenian  Ocular  2 .  1-50  1.86 

“  “  4 .  1.50  1.86 

Achromatic  Objective  A .  5.00  6.20 

“  “  D  .  8.75  10.85 

“  “  1-12"  Oil 

Immersion  1.25  N.  A .  25.00  31.00 


113.00  140.12 


32360.  Apochromatic  Outfit  on  the  basis  of  Stand  IB, 

i.  e.,  with  large  revolving  mechanical 
stage 

Stand  IB,  with  Abbe  condenser  Duty  Free  Stock. 


of  1.40  N.A.and  large  revolv¬ 
ing  mechanical  stage .  100.00  124.00 

Triple  Revolving  Nosepiece .  5.00  6.20 

Compensating  Ocular  6 .  5.00  6.20 

“  “  12 .  7.50  9.30 

Apochromatic  Objective  16  mm  20.00  24.80 

“  “  4  mm  35.00  43.40 

“  “  2  mm 

1.30  N.  A .  75.00  93.00 


247.50  306.90 

32364.  Apochromatic  Outfit  on  the  basis  of  Stand  IIICA 

Stand  IIICA  with  simplified  me-  Duty  Free  Stock 
chanical  stage  and  Abbe 
condenser  of  1.40  N.  A...  66.25  82.15 

Triple  Revolving  Nosepiece  ....  5.00  6.20 

Compensating  Ocular  6 .  5.00  6.20 

“  “  12 .  7.50  9.30 

Apochromatic  Objective,  16  mm  20.00  24.80 

4  mm  35.00  43.40 

“  “  2  mm 

1.30  N.A .  75.00  93.00 

213.75  265.05 


32368.  Apochromatic  Outfit  on  the  basis  of  Stand  IIIE 

with  large  revolving  mechanical  stage. 

Stand  HIE  with  large  revolving  Duty  Free  Stock 


mechanical  stage  and 
Abbe  condenser  of  1.40 

N.A .  91.25  113.15 

Triple  Revolving  Nosepiece .  5.00  6 JO 

Compensating  Ocular  6 .  5.00  6 JO 

“  “  12 .  7.50  9.30 

Apochromatic  Objective,  i6  mm  20.00  24.80 

“  “  4  mm  35.00  43.40 

“  “  2  mm 

1.30  N.A .  75.00  93.00 


238.75  296.05 


32372.  Portable  Outfit,  on  the  basis  of 


Stand  IV.  Duty  Duty 

Zeiss  Traveling  Stand  IV,  Free  Paid 

as  above .  42.50  52.70 

Double  Nosepiece  .  3.75  4.65 

Huyghenian  Ocular  4 _  1-50  1.86 

Achromatic  Objective  A . .  5.00  6.20 

“  •<  D..  8.75  10.85 


61.50  76.2* 


32376.  Portable  Outfit,  on  the  basis  of 
Stand  IV,  complete  for  bacterio¬ 
logical  work. 

Duty  Duly 

Zeiss  Traveling  Stand  IV,  Free  Paid 


as  above .  42.50  52.70 

Triple  Revolving  Nosepiece . .  5.00  6.20 

Huyghenian  Ocular  2 .  1-50  1.86 

“  4 .  1.50  1.86 

Achromatic  Objective  A .  5.60  6.20 

“  “  D.  ...  8.75  10.85 

“  “  1-12  inch, 

1 .25  N.  A .  25.00  31.00 

89.25  110.67 


32380. 


32384. 


No.  32120 

Microscope,  Zeiss  Traveling  Stand  IV,  a  new  and  compact  Microscope  with  80  mm  rectangular  stage 
substage  condenser  of  1.0  N.  A.  in  a  strong,  well  protected  canvas  carrying  case  designed 
especially  for  use  in  the  tropics,  but  without  oculars,  nosepiece,  objectives  or  accessories  shown 

in  illustration.  _  „  . .  ~n 

Duty  Free .  42.50  Duty  Paid . . . . . .  52.70 

Accessories,  as  shown  in  illustration,  consisting  of  forceps,  scalpel,  scissors,  dissecting  needles,  etc. 

Duty  Free .  2.25  Duty  Paid .  2.79 


323 


_ _ _ _ _ 

x  R  T  H  0  R  FT  T  H  O  M  AS  COMPANY 


No.  32416 


No.  32404 


32388. 

32392. 

32396. 

32400. 

32404. 

32408. 

32412. 

32416. 

32420. 

32424. 

32428. 

32432. 

32436. 

32440. 

32444. 

32448. 

32452. 

32456. 

32460. 


Zeiss  Microscope  Accessories  Duty  Free  Stock 

Triple  Revolving  Nosepiece .  5.00  6.20 

Double  Revolving  Nosepiece . 3.75  4.65 

Sliding  Objective  Changer,  Tube  Slide  recommended  for  microphotographic 

work  on  account  of  accurate  centering .  2.00  2.48 

Sliding  Objective  Changer,  Objective  Slide.  One  for  each  Objective .  2.00  2.48 

Large  Abbe  Drawing  Camera,  in  case .  15.00  18.60 

Vertical  Illuminator,  prism  form .  4.50  5.58 

“  “  ,  with  iris  diaphragm . •  9-50  11.78 

Drawing  Table,  Bernhard .  13.00  16.12 

Ocular  Micrometer,  10  to  100 .  1-88  2.33 

“  Contrast  Micrometer,  5  mm,  consisting  of  50  squares  in  0.1  and  .05  mm  2.50  3.10 

“  “  “  10  mm  “  “  25  “  in  .4  and  .2  mm  2.50  3.10 

“  Screw  Micrometer  with  Ramsden  ocular  for  use  with  achromatic 

objectives .  22.50  27.90 

Ocular  Screw  Micrometer  with  compensating  ocular  No.  6,  for  use  with  apo- 

chromatic  objectives .  26.25  32.55 

Stage  Micrometer,  consisting  of  3  mm  divided  into  ^  mm  and  ^  mm  divided 

into  TJ(r  mm .  2.13  2.64 

Abbe  Apertometer  for  measuring  the  numerical  aperture  of  micro  objectives.  17.50  21.70 

Microspectral  Objective,  Engelmann.  See  Bot.  Zeit.  AO,  419-4&6,  1882  and 

Pfliiger’s  Arch.  f.  d.  ges.  Physiol.  27,  485-490,  1882 .  42.50  52.70 

Spectral  Ocular,  Abbe  (Microspectroscope) .  50.00  62.00 

Maltwood  Finder .  5.00  6.20 


Ocular,  Abbe  Stereoscopic,  by  the  use  of  which  any  of  the  Zeiss  Stands  may  be  converted  into  a  binocu¬ 
lar  microscope  for  use  with  any  powers.  The  attachment  is  adjustable  for  the  inter-pupillary 
distance  of  the  observer  and  should  be  used  with  achromatic  objectives  only.  Its  use  with  a 
revolving  nosepiece  or  with  apochromatic  objectives  is  not  recommended. 

Duty  Free . 45.00  Duty  Paid . 55.80 


324 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


C  O  M  P  A  NY 


No.  32464  No.  32468 


MICROSCOPE,  ZEISS  BINOCULAR  STAND  X,  with  image  erecting  prisms,  paired  oculars  and  objectives. 

This  is  the  original  Binocular  Microscope  giving  true  stereoscopic  vision  and  which  has  not  only  come 
into  wide  use  of  recent  years  but  has  been  widely  copied  by  other  makers.  The  regular  outfit  includes 
the  stage  and  base  and  the  vulcanite  fork  for  attaching  when  the  Microscope  is  used  with  the  stage 
and  base  as  a  Dermatoscope,  as  shown  in  upper  right  hand  corner  of  illustration.  It  is  also  furnished 
as  Stand  XB,  with  rack  and  pinion  elevating  motion  with  extension  arm  with  joint,  which  arrange¬ 
ment  has  found  much  favor  with  geologists,  mineralogists,  botanists  and  zoologists.  A  lower  priced 
form  of  this  stand  is  now  offered  for  the  first  time  as  Stand  XB,  Simplified  Model.  Where  one  pair  of 
binocular  tubes  is  to  be  used  on  both  Stand  XA  and  XB,  the  tubes  should  be  ordered  as  a  part  of  the 
Stand  XB  outfit  after  which  they  can  be  used  on  the  stage  and  base  of  Stand  XA  by  means  of  the 
Straight  Support  No.  32476.  This  Support  is  also  necessary  when  the  Drtiner  Stereoscopic  Camera  is 
used  in  connection  with  Stand  XA. 

32464.  Zeiss  Binocular  Stand  XA,  with  base,  stage,  hand  rests  for  dissecting  and  vul¬ 
canite  fork  for  use  with  the  body  tube  as  Dermatoscope,  without  objec-  Duty  Free  Stock 

tives  or  oculars,  in  mahogany  case . 48.75  60.45 

32468.  Dermatoscope,  consisting  of  the  upper  part  of  Stand  XA  with  the  vulcanite 
fork  but  without  stage  and  base  and  also  without  objectives  and  oculars, 

in  case .  33.25  41.23 

32472.  Vulcanite  Fork,  only,  for  Dermatoscope . 1.50  1.86 

32476.  Straight  Support,  for  use  when  the  Drtiner  Stereoscopic  Camera  is  to  be  used 
with  Stand  XA  and  also  when  the  binocular  body  of  Stand  XB  is  to 

be  used  interchangeably  on  stage  and  base  of  Stand  XA . . .  2.50  3.10 

32480.  Zeiss  Binocular  Stand  XB,  on  heavy  base,  with  rack  and  pinion  vertical  mo¬ 
tion  and  extension  jointed  arm,  without  objectives  or  oculars,  in  ma¬ 
hogany  case . , .  65.00  80.60 

32484.  Zeiss  Binocular  Stand  XB,  simplified  model,  as  shown  in  illustration,  without 

objectives  or  oculars,  in  mahogany  case . .•••••. . .  40.00  49.60 

32486.  Adapter,  necessary  for  occasional  use  because  it  is  impossible  in  either 

form  of  Stand  XB  to  lower  the  tube  sufficiently  to  focus  on  the  plane 
of  the  table  top  or  desk  on  which  the  base  of  the  stand  rests.  If  this 

feature  is  unnecessary  this  adapter  need  not  be  ordered .  3.75  4.65 


325 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  32480 


32488. 


32496. 


32500. 


32504. 


32508. 


Note — Outfits  involving  the  use  of  Stands  XA  and  XB  may  be  made  up  by  ordering  the  paired  oculars 
and  objectives  listed  below.  For  the  convenience  of  those  wishing  either  a  simple  or  a  com¬ 
plete  outfit  we  list  two  outfits  on  the  basis  of  Stand  XA  as  follows: — 

Binocular  Outfit,  on  the  basis  of  Stand  XA  giving  32492.  Outfit,  on  the  basis  of  Stand  XA  giving  a 


a  range  of  magnification  from  9  to  40  diam¬ 
eters,  with  fields  from  13  to  3.3  mm  in 
diameter. 


range  of  magnifications  from  9  to  103  di¬ 
ameters,  with  fields  from  13  to  1.8  mm  in 
diameter. 


Zeiss  Binocular  Stand  XA 
Paired  Oculars  2 . 

“  “  4 . 

Paired  Objectives  55 . 

“  “  A2 . 


Duty  Free 
48.75 
3.00 
3.00 
11.25 
11.25 


Stock 

60.45 

3.72 

3.72 

13.95 

13.95 


77.25 


95.79 


Zeiss  Binocular  Stand  XA. 
Paired  Oculars  2 . 

“  “  4 . 

“  “  6 . 

Paired  Objectives  55 . 

Ao . 

“  “  Aj . . 

“  “  Aj . 


Stereoscopic  Camera,  Driiner,  for  use  with  Binocular  Microscope,  with  instan¬ 
taneous  shutter, focusing  frame  with  ground  glass  and  clear  glass  screens 
and  plate  holder  for  a  pair  of  plates  6  x  6  cm.  For  use  on  Stand  XB 
without  additional  accessory  or  on  Stand  XA  by  the  use  of  Straight 

Support  No.  32476 . . . 

Extra  Plate  Holder  for  pair  of  6  x  6  cm  plates . 

Reflecting  Stereoscope  for  obtaining  orthomorphic  views  of  the  negatives  made 
with  above  camera,  with  a  magnification  of  two  diameters.  See  v.  Rohr, 

“ Die  binokularen  Instrumente,”  Berlin,  1907,  published  by  Julius 
Springer  and  H..Braus,  Zeitschr.  f.  wiss.  Mikr.,  XXV,  1908,  pp.  282-387 
Paired  Objectives,  for  Zeiss  Binocular  Microscope.  For  magnification,  etc.,  see 
Designation .  55  A0  A, 


Duty  Free .  11.25  11.25  11.25 

Stock . 13.5  13.95  13.95 

Paired  Oculars  for  Zeiss  Binocular  Microscope.  For  magnification,  etc.,  see 
Designation .  1  2  3  4 

33)0  33)0  3700  3.00 

3.72  3.72  3.72  3.72 


Duty  Free . . .  3.00 

Stock .  3.72 


Duty  Free 
48.75 

3.00 

3.00 

12.50 

11.25 

11.25 

11.25 

11.25 

Stock 

60.45 

3.72 

3.72 

15.50 

13.95 

13.95 

13.95 

13.95 

112.25 

139.19 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

35.00 

43.40 

4.50 

5.58 

12.00 

14.88 

page  322. 

2  Aj 

PI 

i  11.25 

13.75 

i  13.95 

17.05 

e  322. 

1  6 

7 

1  12.50 

12.50 

:  15.50 

15.50 

326 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  32512— with  32516  and  Bruckc  Combination  31016 


No.  32512  with  32536 

MICROSCOPE,  DISSECTING,  MEYER-ZEISS,  a  large  dissecting  microscope  of  almost  universal  application 
with  the  great  variety  of  accessories  offered;  particularly  recommended  for  use  with  the  Binocular  body, 
but  may  be  fitted  with  simpler  magnifiers  such  as  the  Anastigmatic  No.  31024,  the  Briicke  dissecting 
combination  or  with  either  the  monocular  or  binocular  compound  microscopes,  as  on  Zeiss  stands  XA, 
XB,  XC  or  XI. 

32512.  Dissecting  Stand  with  adjustable  mirror  and  light  modifying  device,  stage  measuring  8x6  inches,  Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 
round  stage  opening  4$  inches  in  diameter,  brass  disc  and  plate  glass  disc  to  fit  the  stage 
opening,  two  arm  rests,  and  holder  fitted  with  rack  and  pinion  for  magnifiers  and  compos¬ 
ite  dissecting  lenses .  24.50  30.38 

32516.  Ditto,  with  simple  sliding  lens  holder .  17.50  21.70 

32620.  Cabinet  for  the  stand,  of  alderwood .  3.00  3.72 

32524,  Round  Foot  rendering  the  lens  holders  available  for  use  as  lens  stands  independently  of  the  dis¬ 
secting  microscope. . . . . . . . . . .  1.75  2.17 

Note — The  stand  of  the  new  dissecting  microscope  may  be  use  in  conjunction  with  the  body  of  the 
binocular  microscope  X  b,  the  Driiner  camera,  the  body  of  the  erecting  microscope  X  1,  as 
well  as  a  single  tube  similar  to  that  of  Stand  IX.  For  this  purpose  we  supply  a  yoke 
attachment  of  two  patterns: 

32528 .  Yoke  with  Slide  Carriage  for  giving  a  traversing  motion  of  the  microscope  body,  with  two  fixing 

screws . 6*75  8.37 

32532.  Yoke  without  Traversing  Slide  Carriage,  with  two  fixing  screws .  .  2.75  3.41 

Note — The  various  Bodies  which  may  be  attached  to  the  yoke  are  subject  to  the  following  prices:  — 

32536.  Body  of  the  Binocular  Microscope  Xb .  27.50  34.10 

32540  Driiner  Stereoscope  Camera .  35.00  43.40 

32544.  Pillar  Bracket  for  the  attachment  to  the  yoke  of  the  camera  or  the  body  of  Stand  Xb .  2.50  3.10 

32548.  Pillar  Bracket  for  the  attachment  of  the  body  of  Stand  Xb  in  an  inclined  position. . .  2.00  2.48 

32552.  Body  of  the  Single-tube  Erecting  Microscope  XI  with  exceptionally  large  radial  extension .  18.75  23.25 

32556.  Body  similar  to  that  of  the  Single-tube  Stand  XI .  7.50  9.30 

Note — The  following  parts  are  required  to  render  the  stand  available  for  use  as  a  ball  stage  micro¬ 
scope: 

32560 .  Ball  Stage  to  drop  Into  the  stage  opening .  3.75  4.65 

32564.  Raising  Block  for  attachment  between  the  yoke  and  the  pillar  bracket,  with  two  long  fixing  screws  1.88  2.33 

32568.  Drawing  Apparatus  for  use  with  the  Mayer  Dissecting  Microscope .  .  ..  .  31.25  38.75 


327 


A  R  T  H  U  R 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  32674 — Luminescence  Microscope 

MICROSCOPE,  LUMINESCENCE,  ZEISS.  This  apparatus  consists  of  an  ordinary  Microscope  Stand  as  used  for 
other  work,  with  Achromatic  or  Apochromatic  Objectives  and  either  Huyghenian  or  Compensating  Ocu¬ 
lars,  and  differs  only  in  the  illuminating  apparatus  and  source  of  light.  In  order  that  the  illuminating 
apparatus  permit  the  radiation  of  the  object  with  ultra-violet  light,  which  causes  the  luminescence, 
it  is  essential  that  the  object  slide  as  well  as  the  condenser  system  be  of  quartz,  which  is  permeable 
for  the  ultra-violet  ray,  exactly  as  is  required  in  the  micro-photographic  outfit  for  ultra-violet  light. 
The  source  of  light  may  be  either  an  arc  lamp  with  specially  prepared  carbons  or  a  Quartz  Mercury 
Vapor  Lamp,  both  of  which  are  rich  in  ultra-violet  rays.  A  collector  condensing  system  of  quartz 
lenses  is  also  necessary.  Light,  particularly  of  wavelength  visible  to  the  eye,  must  be  cut  out  by  means 
of  ultra-violet  filters  in  order  that  the  object  may  be  examined  solely  in  the  fluorescent  light  originating 
from  it  under  the  action  of  the  ultra-violet  ray.  The  Lehmann  filter  with  the  additional  filters  of 
blue  Uviol  glass  provides  this  feature.  The  illustration  shows  the  outfit  complete  with  Zeiss  Micro¬ 
scope  Stand  III  in  position  and  the  hand  regulating  arc  lamp,  but  with  the  diaphragm  removed  to  better 
display  the  remaining  parts.  For  more  detailed  description  send  for  a  copy  of  Zeiss  Micro  325.  The 
component  parts  of  the  equipment  with  individual  prices  are  as  follows: 


32572. 

32576. 

32580. 

32584. 

32588. 

32592. 

32596. 

32600. 

32604. 

32608. 

32612. 

32616. 

32620. 

32624. 

32628. 

32632. 

32636. 

32640. 

32644. 


32648. 

32652. 

32656. 

32660. 

32664. 

32668. 

32672. 

32674. 

32675. 


Base  Board,  with  optical  bench  70  cm  long . 

Diaphragm  Arrangement . 

Blue  Uviol  Glass  Disc,  6  cm  diameter,  on  support . 

UV  Filter,  6  cm  diameter,  on  support . 

Wash  Bottle,  for  filling  and  emptying  the  UV  Filter . 

Quartz  Condensing  Lens,  plano-convex,  6  cm  in  diameter,  on  support . 

Support  for  microscope  with  quartz  prism . 

Quartz  Substage  Condenser  with  iris  diaphragm . 

Centering  Device  for  above . 

Uranium  Glass  Plate,  with  circular  ring  for  centering . 

Plane  mirror  in  mounting,  for  the  convenient  observation  of  the  uranium  glass 

centering  plate . 

Micro  Slide  of  Quartz,  0.5  mm  thick,  25  x  30  mm . 

Cover  Glass,  of  Euphos  glass,  0.17  to  0.20  mm  thick,  12  mm  in  diameter . 

Object  Carrier,  Heidenhain,  for  the  convenient  manipulation  of  the  quartz 

slides . 

Hand  Regulating  Arc  Lamp,  for  10  amperes . 

Carbons,  special,  impregnated  with  nickel,  per  50  pairs . 

Quartz  Condensing  Lens,  consisting  of  two  plano-convex  lenses  of  quartz,  4 

cm  in  diameter,  on  support . 

Rheostat,  for  110  volts,  alternating  or  direct  current,  for  either  5  or  10 

amperes . 

Rheostat,  for  220  volts,  alternating  or  direct  current,  for  either  5  or  10 

amperes . 

Note — As  an  alternative  to  the  Arc  Lamp  above  listed  the  Quartz  Mercury 
Vapor  Lamp  may  be  used  as  a  source  of  light  as  follows: — 

Quartz  Mercury  Vapor  Lamp . 

Light  Box  for  above . . . 

Quartz  Condensing  Lens,  similar  to  above,  but  consisting  of  a  meniscus  and 

plano-convex  lens  of  4  cm  diameter,  on  support . 

Rheostat  for  110  volts  direct  current . 

Additional  Rheostat  making  above  available  for  220  volts  direct  current . 

Extra  Quartz  Lamp,  only,  for  replacement . 

Microscope,  Zeiss  Stand  IIIDQ  as  shown  in  illustration  and  specially  designed 

for  this  outfit . 

Complete  Luminescence  Outfit  with  Arc  Lamp  as  above  with  rheostat  for  110 

volts . 

Complete  Luminescence  Outfit  with  Arc  Lamp  as  above  with  rheostat  for  220 
volts . 


Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

8.75 

10.85 

5.00 

6.20 

7.00 

8.68 

17.00 

21.08 

.69 

.85 

13.25 

16.43 

12.50 

15.50 

17.50 

21.70 

3.00 

3.72 

2.00 

2.48 

.38 

.47 

1.13 

1.40 

.25 

.31 

.50 

.62 

13.50 

16.74 

1.75 

2.17 

10.75 

13.33 

8.00 

9.92 

10.63 

13.18 

32.50 

40.30 

27.50 

34.10 

12.00 

14.88 

10.00 

12.40 

6.25 

7.75 

11.25 

13.95 

60.00 

74.40 

282.45 

350.23 

285.08 

353.49 

328 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


ULTRA-MICROSCOPE,  ZEISS  CARDIOID  CONDENSER  TYPE.  The  Cardioid  Microscope  as  devised  by 
Siedentopf  is  designed  for  bringing  into  view  ultra-microscopic  particles  by  means  of  a  simplified  attach¬ 
ment  (the  cardioid  condenser)  providing  a  remarkable  light  concentrating  power.  By  this  arrangement 
the  rays  of  high  aperture  are  employed  to  illuminate  the  object,  while  those  of  low  aperture  reach  the 
eye.  The  difficulty  occasioned  by  the  presence  of  surface  impurities,  the  maintenance  of  a  stratum  of 
the  correct  thickness  and  the  absorbing  properties  of  the  ultra-microscopic  particles  have  been  avoided 
by  the  use  of  a  suitably  designed  chamber.  The  Cardioid  Ultra-Microscope  is  primarily  adapted  for 
the  examination  of  colloid  solutions,  diluted  precipitates  and  for  the  observation  of  micro-chemical 
and  photo-chemical  reactions.  Where  a  suitable  microscope  and  source  of  light  are  already 
available  it  is  only  necessary  to  provide  the  Special  Equipment.  In  the  illustration  the  Cardioid 
Condenser  is  shown  in  position  on  Zeiss  Stand  III  equipped  with  the  special  apochromatic  3  mm  ob¬ 
jective  with  centering  appliance,  Cardioid  Condenser  in  position  on  substage  and  quartz  chamber  in 
position  in  its  holder  on  the  stage,  with  the  water  cooling  cell  and  arc  lamp  in  position.  For  more 
detailed  description  send  for  Zeiss  Mikro  306. 

32676.  Special  Cardioid  Condenser  Equipment,  consisting  of  trough  for  water  cooling  without  wooden  sup¬ 
port;  Cardioid  Condenser;  quartz  chamber;  chamber  holder;  special  apochromatic  objectives 
3  mm,  N.A.  0.9:  centering  applicance  for  special  apochromatic  objective;  compensating  ocular 
18  with  sliding  lens  system;  Huyghenian  ocular  1  as  searcher  ocular,  and  platina  collar  with 
two  accessory  supports,  in  case,  but  without  Microscope  stand  or  arc  lamp  as  shown  in  illus¬ 
tration.  Duty  Free .  66.50  Duty  Paid .  82.46 

32680.  Complete  Cardioid  Ultra-Microscope  Outfit,  consisting  of  above  Special  Equipment  and  Zeiss  Stand 
IIIAA,  Arc  Lamp  No.  32848  as  shown  in  illustration,  with  rheostat  for  110  volts  and  50  carbons. 

Duty  Free .  .  134.76  Duty  Paid .  168.51 

32684.  Complete  Cardioid  Ultra-Microscope  Outfit,  as  above,  with  rheostat  for  220  volts. 

Duty  Free .  136.26  Duty  Paid .  170.37 

32688.  Cardioid  Condenser,  only. 

Duty  Free .  10.00  Duty  Paid .  12.40 


ULTRA-MICROSCOPE,  ZEISS  SLIT  TYPE,  an  improved  arrangement  of  the  Siedentopf  and  Zsigmondy  appa¬ 
ratus  originally  announced  in  1904  and  which  by  the  orthogonal  arrangement  of  the  direction  of  illumi¬ 
nation  and  observation  and  the  micrometrically  alterable  thickness  of  the  illuminating  beam  in  relation 
to  the  depth  of  definition  of  the  objective,  entirely  removes  the  powerful  absorptive  effect  of  the  upper 
surface  of  the  slide  and  the  lower  surface  of  the  cover  glass.  This  arrangement  is  specially  recom¬ 
mended  for  the  investigation  of  all  colloidal  substances,  serum  solutions,  drinking  water,  etc.  With 
some  additions  as  listed  in  separate  outfit  this  arrangement  is  the  only  practical  one  for  the  investi¬ 
gation  of  ultra-microns  inside  solid  bodies,  glasses  and  crystals.  For  more  detailed  description  send 
for  Zeiss  Mikro  239.  Suitable  outfits  for  both  liquid  colloids  and  solid  colloids  are  offered  as  follows: — 
32700.  Complete  Slit  Type  Ultra-Microscope  Outfit  for  Liquid  Colloids,  consisting  of  table  top  with  optical 
bench;  objective  f  =  120  mm  in  disc-stop  on  saddle  stand;  precision  slit  on  saddle  stand 
capable  of  being  rotated  by  90°;  objective  f  =  55  mm  in  disc-stop  on  saddle  stand;  sole-plate 
with  cross  slide  for  the  optical  bench  with  intermediate-plate;  achromatic  objective  AA  for 
the  cross  slide;  immersion  objective  D*  with  trough  holder  and  screw -ring  in  case,  trough  with 
fixed  sleeve  with  conical  adapter  and  hose-clamp;  Stand  V  without  mirror,  stage  or  case; 
Huyghenian  ocular  4,  cross  ruled,  with  sliding  eyelens;  Weule’s  automatically  regulating  arc 
lamp  for  direct  current,  5  amperes,  with  diaphragm  for  the  casing  and  rheostat  for  110  volts. 

Duty  Free .  172.65  Duty  Paid .  214.09 

32704.  Complete  Slit  Type  Ultra-Microscope  Outfit,  as  above,  with  rheostat  for  220  volts. 

Duty  Free .  177.38  Duty  Paid . 219.95 

32708.  Additional  Equipment  to  above  for  Solid  Colloids,  consisting  of  achromatic  objective  C,  polarizer  on 
saddle  stand,  Analyzer  I  and  Zeiss  Microscope  Stand  IV  with  stage  to  raise  and  lower,  without 
Abbe  illuminating  apparatus,  and  with  case. 

Duty  Free .  120.75  Duty  Paid .  149.73 


329 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


32732. 


32736. 


No.  32732 


Microscope,  Zeiss,  for  the  Observa¬ 
tion  of  Liquid  Crystals,  consist¬ 
ing  of  Stand  IV,  with  large 
mechanical  stage  divided  in  de¬ 
grees  with  index,  but  without 
condenser  system,  diaphragm 
holder  and  iris  diaphragm ;  with 
gas  heating  condenser  with  air 
cooling  apparatus;  preparation 
stage  for  the  large  mechanical 
stage;  rotatory  and  adjustable 
analyser  with  selenite  film  for 
red  of  the  first  order;  objectives 
A  and  D,  each  with  water  cool¬ 
ing  arrangement ;  cross  line  ocu¬ 
lars  2  and  4;  micrometer  ocular 
H3  and  compressed  air  cylinder. 


Duty  Free . 221.25 

Duty  Paid . 274.35 


Microscope,  Zeiss,  same  as  above,  but 
with  analyzer,  to  be  put  on  the 
ocular  instead  of  the  rotatory 
and  adjustable  analyser. 


Duty  Free . 207.50 

Duty  Paid . 257.30 


No.  32740 


32740.  Microscope,  Binocular,  Chun,  with  image  erecting  prisms,  as  used  for  dissecting  and  observing  small 
animals  in  trays  or  on  plates  of  large  dimensions.  The  legs  of  the  stand  are  jointed  and  may  be 
extended  or  brought  together  to  suit  the  size  of  the  vessel.  With  paired  oculars  Nos.  2  and 
4  and  paired  objectives  of  77  mm  and  40  mm  focus,  giving  a  range  of  magnifications  from  about 
10  diameters  to  50  diameters. 

Duty  Free .  80.50  Duty  Paid .  115.95 


330 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  3286$ 


No.  32872 


No.  32884 


No.  32844 — with  Rheostat  No.  32852 


MICROSCOPE  LAMPS.  For  all  purposes  involving  the  use  of  a  Microscope,  i.  e.,  general  microscopy,  dark- 
field  illumination,  micro-photography,  projection  for  drawing,  illumination  of  opaque  objects  such  as 
metallic  surfaces  (metallography),  etc.,  the  small  arc  lamp  gives  the  best  results,  although  in  the 
ordinary  use  of  the  Microscope  the  light  from  the  arc  must  be  tempered  by  the  use  of  ground  or  blue 
glass  discs  as  provided.  The  Nernst  lamps  are  a  very  convenient  and  satisfactory  source  of  light  for 
all  of  the  work  above  mentioned  with  the  exception  of  dark-field  illumination  with  high  powers,  such 
as  TVth  inch  immersion  objective  for  which  use  the  arc  is  much  superior.  The  Welsbach  gas  lamps 
give  very  good  results,  particularly  in  micro-photography,  and  are  very  satisfactory  for  general  work 
with  the  Microscope.  The  kerosene  lamp,  while  quite  suited  for  ordinary  use  with  the  Microscope 
is  not  recommended  for  dark-field  illumination,  particularly  with  the  higher  powers.  All  of  the  arc 
lamps  listed  below  may  be  used  on  ordinary  house  lighting  circuits  of  either  110  or  220  volts,  alter¬ 
nating  current  or  direct  current,  the  direct  current  being  the  most  satisfactory.  A  suitable  resistance 
is  always  necessary  in  using  these  lamps.  The  Flask  Condenser  is  recommended  for  use  with  both  the 
Nernst  and  Welsbach  lamps,  particularly  for  dark-field  illumination. 

Micro  Lamp,  Hand  Feed  Arc,  Bausch  &  Lomb,  on  adjustable  sup.port,  with  cord  and  plug  but  without 

rheostat . . . . .  14.00 

Micro  Lamp,  Hand  Feed  Arc,  Zeiss,  specially  recommended  for  dark-field  illumination  with  the  Zeiss 
Paraboloid  Condenser  and  with  the  Cardioid  Condenser  for  the  examination  of  colloidal  solu¬ 
tions,  etc.  To  prevent  undue  heating  of  the  object  the  use  of  a  cell  with  weak  copper  sulphate 
solution  or  cool  distilled  water  is  recommended.  Without  glass  cell. 

Duty  Free .  11.75  Stock .  15.98 

Rheostat,  fixed  form,  for  11.0  volts,  4  amperes;  necessary  in  using  either  of  the  above  Hand  Feed  Arc 

Lamp  on  house  circuit .  5.00 

Rheostat,  as  above,  for  220  volts,  4  amperes .  6.50 

Carbons,  for  either  of  above  Lamps,  6  inches  long,  ^  in.  diameter.  Per  10 . 40 

“  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  \  in.  “  Per  10 . 38 

Micro  Lamp,  Nernst  Electric,  Bausch  &  Lomb,  on  adjustable  support  with  frosted  globe;  ifith  cord  and 

plug.  Voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering.  No  rheostat  necessary .  9.00 

Extra  Glowers.  Voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering. . . . . . . 35 

Micro  Lamp,  Nernst  Electric, Zeiss,  in  metal  mounting,  conveniently  inclined  for  easy  direction  of  the 
beam  upon  the  microscope  mirror.  The  Nernst  glower  must  be  warmed  when  the  current  is 
first  turned  on  with  an  alcohol  lamp  or  similar  source  of  heat.  Voltage  must  be  specified  in 
ordering.  No  rheostat  necessary. 

Duty  Free .  10.00  Stock .  .  13.60 

Extra  Glowers .  1.50 

Glass  Cell  for  use  with  above  lamps,  with  plane  glass  sides,  100  x  80  x  8  mm .  3.00 

Micro  Lamp,  Welsbach  Gas,  with  adjustable  support,  on  base,  and  with  a  blackened  metal  chimney 

and  condensing  lens . ; . . . . .  8.00 

Micro  Lamp,  Welsbach  Gas,  similar  to  above  but  with  the  addition  of  an  iris  diaphragm  for  controlling 

the  size  of  the  emergent  pencil  of  light . . . . . . . .  12.00 

Micro  Lamp,  Welsbach  Gas,  similar  to  above  but  without  either  condensing  lens  or  iris  diaphragm; 
intended  for  use  with  Flask  Condenser  No.  32900  in  which  case  neither  the  diaphragm  nor  the 

condensing  lens  is  necessary .  6.50 

32896.  Mantles  for  above  Welsbach  Lamps,  each . . 25 


32844. 

32848. 


32852. 

32856. 

32860. 

32864. 

32868. 


32872. 


32876. 

32880. 

32884. 

32888. 

32892. 


331 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


T  H  O  MAS 


COMPANY 


No.  32928 


No.  32912 


No.  32932 


32900. 

32904. 

32908. 

32912. 


32912. 


32916. 

32920. 

32924. 

32928. 

32932. 


Flask  Condenser,  on  wooden  stand  for  filling  with  distilled  water;  for  use  with  either  the  Bausch  & 
Lomb  Nernst  Lamp  or  Welsbach  Lamp  No.  32896,  particularly  in  dark-field  illumination. . .  2.25 

Flask,  only . 75 

Micro  Lamp,  Incandescent  Gas,  Zeiss,  with  inverted  mantle  and  flask  condenser. 

Duty  Free .  5.00  Stock .  6.80 

Micro  Lamp,  Zeiss,  for  Monochromatic  Light,  consisting  of  a  mercury  vapor  arc  lamp  20  cm  long,  spe¬ 
cially  made  for  this  work,  support,  screen,  and  Jena  glass  flask  to  act  as  both  condenser  and  ray 
filter;  particularly  valuable  in  refined  microscopic  work  where  it  is  of  advantage  to  use  a  beam 
of  light  of  a  given  wavelength.  By  using  different  solutions  in  the  composition  of  the  ray  filter 
monochromatic  light  of  wavelengths  as  indicated  below  are  available. 


Filter  for  yellow  light,  X  =  579  and  576  /i  p.  Filter  for  green  light,  X  =  546  M  It. 

Potassium  bichromate .  15  grams  Picric  acid. ..  . .  0.4  gram* 

Copper  sulphate .  3.5  grams  Copper  sulphate .  3.5  grams 

Sulphuric  acid .  15  cc  Didymium  nitrate .  1.5  grams 

Distilled  water..... . .  300 cc  Distilled  water .  300 cc 

a  Note — The  above  formula  without  the  Didymium  nitrate  gives  a  yellowish  green  light  of  wavelength  X  =  579,  X  =  576  and 
X  =  546  m  m- 

Filter  for  blue  light  X  =  436  it  it. 

Copper  sulphate .  1  gram 

Distilled  water .  225  cc 

Ammonia .  75  cc 

Note — This  filter  is  transparent  also  to  the  violet  rays  of  wavelength  407  and  405  it  it. 


Reference — A  Kohler  Uber  die  Verwenduna  des  Quicksilberlichts  fiir  mikroskopische  Arbeiien; 
Zeitschr.  fur  wiss.  Mikroskopie,  XXVII,  1910. 

Complete  Outfit,  as  above,  with  support  for  the  lamp  and  condenser  flask  and  condenser  flask  of  Jena 
glass,  without  resistance. 

Duty  Free .  16.25  Stock .  25.00 


Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 


Mercury  Vapor  Lamp,  only,  for  above .  5.50  8.65 

Special  Resistance  necessary  for  above  lamp,  for  110  volts .  8.75  10.85 

“  “  “  “  “  “  220  volts .  11.25  13.95 

Micro  Lamp,  Electric,  with  60  watt  incandescent  bulb,  blue  and  amber  colored  screens  and  one  diffus¬ 
ing  glass  also  platform  for  convenient  use  in  warming  slides .  10.00 

Micro  Lamp,  Kerosene,  on  metal  foot,  with  blue  moderating  glass,  shield,  etc .  7.50 


332 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  32944 


No.  32952 


No.  32956 


32936.  Micro  Object  Marking  Apparatus.  This  device  is  mounted  in  a  society  screw  and  can  be  inserted  in 
place  of  the  objective  or  carried  on  the  nosepiece  for  use  when  occasion  demands.  After  the 
field  to  be  marked  is  found  the  diamond  point  is  set  to  engrave  a  circle  around  same,  the 
smallest  circle  possible  being  \  mm.  After  the  circle  is  made,  the  field  can  always  be  easily  lo¬ 
cated  by  the  use  of  a  low  power  objective  at  first.  This  apparatus  is  intended  for  use  only  on 
preparations  mounted  under  a  cover  glass. 

Duty  Free .  10.50  Stock .  14.00 

32940.  Micro  Object  Marking  Apparatus,  in  objective  mounting  for  screwing  into  nosepiece.  This  arrange¬ 
ment  marks  by  means  of  a  colored  ring  on  the  cover  glass.  The  apparatus  is  filled  with  color¬ 
ing  matter  and  when  brought  gently  in  contact  with  the  slide  leaves  a  small  ring . 4.50 

32944.  Microscope  Oven,  Plehn-Nuttal,  for  constant  temperatures,  improved  construction,  with  metal  parts 
of  Nickelin,  a  non-corrodible  alloy.  With  micro  burner  and  metallic  thermoregulator,  but  with¬ 
out  thermometer  or  microscope 

Duty  Free .  61.05  Duty  Paid .  81.40 

32948.  Micro  Warm  Stage,  Pfeiffer,  with  three  concavities  for  hanging  drop,  tubulations  for  inflow  and  out¬ 
flow  of  water  and  thermometer  graduated  from  33°  to  44°  C.  in  Jths .  7.50 

32952.  Micro  Warm  Stage,  Schultze,  consisting  of  a  “U”  shaped  metal  stage  to  which  heat  is  applied  by  means 

of  an  alcohol  lamp  or  small  burner.  The  stage  is  fitted  with  a  condenser  which  renders  it  avail¬ 
able  for  observations  under  a  high  power,  and  has  a  thermometer  reading  to  100°  C .  12.00 

32956.  Micro  Warm  Stage,  Strieker,  consisting  of  a  flat  metal  chamber  through  which  a  constant  stream  of 
warm  water  may  be  passed;  with  a  lens  at  the  center  making  it  available  for  use  with  high  powers. 
A  thermometer  is  provided  with  bulb  within  the  chamber  and  scale  on  the  outside  of  stage.  14.00 
32960.  Ocular,  Double  Demonstrating,  for  use  with  two  observers,  with  pointer  in  the  common  field  of  view, 
with  power  of  6  x. 

Duty  Free .  17.60  Duty  Paid .  22.00 


333 


A  '  R  T  HUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


NON-CORROSIVE 

/  NON-  N 

(  corrosive) 

NON-CORROSIVE 

NON-CORROSIVE 

A.M.T.CO. 

A.H.T.CO, 

A.HTCC 

A.H.T.CO.  •' 

No.  32968 


No.  32968 


No.  32972 


No.  32992— Size  3  x  1 


No.  33008 


32964. 


32968. 


32972. 


32976. 


32980. 

32984. 

32988. 

32992. 


32996. 

33000. 

33002. 

f 

33004. 

33008. 

33012. 

33016. 


No.  33016  No.  32992— Size  3  x  1J 

Thickness  of  Cover  Glasses. 


Oz.  Boxes. 


No.  1— varying  from  0.13  to  0.17  mm  (1/200  to  1/150  inch)  1  oz.  box  of  No.  1,  18  mm  square  contains  136  covers. 

No.  2 —  “  “  0.17  to  0.25  mm  (1/150  to  1/100  inch)  \  oz.  box  of  No.  2,  22  mm  circles  contains  90  covers. 

No.  3 —  “  “  0.25  to  0.50  mm  (1/100  to  1/50  inch)  i  oz.  box  of  No.  1,  22  x  40  rectangles  contains  156  covers. 

Micro  Cover  Glasses,  Standard  White,  Blue  Label,  uniform  in  color  and  smoothly  cut.  Carefully 
packed  in  J  oz.  round  cardboard  boxes.  Please  specify  size,  shape  and  thickness  in  ordering. 


Size,  mm,  squares  or  circles . 

.  12 

15 

18 

22 

25 

Per  f  oz.  box  No.  1 . 

. 38 

.38 

.38 

.38 

.38 

“  “  “  No.  2 . 

. 30 

.30 

.30 

.30 

.30 

“  “  “  No.  3 . 

. 25 

.25 

.25 

.25 

.25 

Micro  Cover  Glasses,  “Non-Corrosive,”  Red  Label,  guaranteed  against  corrosion  in 

any  climate. 

Glass 

is  of  slightly  greenish  tint.  Neatly  packed  in 

i  oz.  round  wooden  boxes.  A  specialty  of  our  own 

introduction  in  very  wide  use.  Please  specify  size,  shape  and  thickness  in  ordering. 

Size,  mm,  squares  or  circles . 

.  12 

15 

18 

22 

25 

Per  f  oz.  box  No.  1 . 

. 45 

.45 

.45 

.45 

.45 

“  “  “  No.  2 . 

. 35 

.35 

.35 

.35 

.35 

Micro  Cover  Glasses,  “Non-Corrosive,”  Red  Label, 

rectangular 

shape. 

Most  used  sizes. 

Size,  mm .  22  x  30 

22  x  32 

22  x  36 

22  x  40 

22  x  50 

24x30 

24  x  36 

Approx,  contents  of  £  oz.  box  of  No.  1  60 

58 

50 

48 

38 

66 

45 

“  . No.  2  53 

50 

41 

38 

26 

51 

36 

Per  f  oz.  box  of  No.  1 .  .75 

.75 

.75 

.75 

.75 

.75 

.75 

“  “  “  “  No.  2 . 50 

.50 

.50 

.50 

.50 

.50 

.50 

Size,  mm . 

24  x  40 

24  x  50 

35  x  50 

35  x  62 

43  x  50 

43x70 

Approx,  contents  of  $  oz.  box  of  No.  1 . 

44 

37 

26 

22 

16 

14 

“  “  . . No.  2 . 

34 

26 

20 

16 

15 

12 

Per  3  oz.  box  of  No.  1 . 

.75 

.75 

.75 

.75 

.75 

.75 

“  “  “  “  No.  2 . 

.50 

.50 

.50 

.50 

.50 

.50 

Micro  Slides,  Standard  White,  Blue  Label,  with  carefully  ground  edges,  average  thickness  lj  to  If  mm; 
carefully  packed  with  paper  between  each  slide,  in  5  gross  cardboard  boxes. 

Size,  inches .  2x1  3x1  3  x  1|  3x2 

Per  ^  gross  box . 45  .45  .75  1.10 

Micro  Slides,  same  as  above,  3x1  inches,  but  J  to  If  mm  thick.  Per  \  gross  box . 40 


cially  selected  stock. 


3  x  1 

Per  } 


and  polished  on  both  sides,  of  spe- 
gross  box .  1.10 


Micro  Slides,  same  as  above,  i.e.  f  to  If  mm  thick,  lfx  1  inch,  for  petrographers.  Per  f  gross  box  .40 
Micro  Slides,  “Non-Corrosive,”  Red  Label,  with  well  ground  edges.  The  limits  of  thickness  are 
usually  from  f  to  If  mm  but  the  slides  in  any  one  box  are  usually  of  the  same  thickness.  A 
specialty  of  our  own  in  wide  use.  This  slide  is  of  a  slightly  greenish  tint  and  is  guaranteed  not 

to  corrode  or  become  cloudy  in  any  climate.  Size,  inches .  3x1  3xlf  3x2 

Per  f  gross  box . 45  L00  L25 

Micro  Slides,  same  as  above  but  carefully  selected  to  be  between  If  and  2  mm  thick,  and  as  free  from 
striae  and  scratches  as  possible  as  required  in  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry.  In  3x1 

inch  size  only.  Per  f  gross  box . 50 

Micro  Slides,  for  Brain  Sections,  with  carefully  ground  edges  and  about  2  mm  thick. 

Size,  mm . ' .  80  x  110  100  x  150  115  x  150  160  x  190 

Per  100 . 


9.00  15.00 

90x175  105x140  125x145 


.  6.00  8.00 

Micro  Covers  for  Brain  Sections,  of  glass  varying  from  .5  to  .7mm  thick. 

Size,  mm....  40x55  40x90  45x70  65x100  65x110  75x125  90x140 

Per  100 . .  1.10  1.80  1.60  3.25  3.60  4.70  (L30  L85  L35  9.10 

Micro  Covers  of  Mica,  for  Brain  Sections,  carefully  selected  to  be  as  free  as  possible  from  striae,  etc. 

Size,  mm .  40  x  55  40  x  90  45  x  70  65x100  65x110  75x125  90x140  90x175  105x140  125x145 

Per  100 . .  1.80  4.80  3.60  12.00  13.20  21.00  27.00  36.00  36.00  54.00 

Culture  Slide,  3x1  inches,  with  polished  spherical  concavity  12 mm  in  diameter;  as  used  for  hanging 

drop  and  similar  reactions.  Each . 05 

Culture  Slide,  same  as  No.  33008  but  with  two  concavities.  Each . 08 

“  “  3  x  1  inches,  of  heavy  polished  plate  glass  with  flat  bottom,  depression  3  mm  deep  and 

16  mm  in  diameter.  Inside  of  bottom  is  smooth,  but  not  polished.  For  drop  cultures,  etc. 
Each .  20 


334 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  33060 


No.  33064 


No.  33068 


33020. 

33024. 

33028. 

33032. 

33036. 

33040. 

33044. 


33048. 

33052. 

33056. 

33060. 

33064. 


33068. 


Culture  Slide,  consisting  of  heavy  polished  plate  glass  slide  with  cell,  15  mm  in  diameter,  3  mm  deep, 
fused  on  in  electric  furnace.  The  advantage  of  this  slide  is  that  the  bottom  of  the  cell 

consists  of  the  plate  glass  slide  free  from  inequalities . 35 

Culture  Slides,  for  cultures,  electrolysis,  etc.,  with  side  tubes  and  cover  glass .  1.00 

Glass  Rings  for  Micro  Slides,  with  edges  finely  ground,  for  cementing  on  ordinary  slides  to  make  cells 


Diameter,  mm .  15  18  18 

Height,  mm .  3  5  10 


22 


24 

10 


Each . 

.  .08 

.10 

.10 

.15 

Cells  for  Micro  Slides,  consisting  of 

a  square  pi; 

ate  of  glass, 

with  circular  hole. 

Diameter  of  hole,  mm . 

. . .  10 

10 

15 

15 

IS 

Thickness  of  glass,  mm . 

1 

2 

i 

2 

1 

Each . 

.  .  .  .15 

.15 

.15 

.15 

.15 

.20 

18 

2 


.15 

Micro  Labels,  for  slides,  with  border,  22  mm  square  Per  box  of  100 . 10 

Per  carton  of  10  boxes . . 75 

“  “  “  “  “  “  rectangular,  22  x  15  mm.  Per  box  of  100 . 10 

Per  carton  of  10  boxes . 75 

“  “  “  “  in  books  of  500  labels  each.  These  labels  are  printed  on  best  white  gummed 

paper  and  are  scored  as  to  be  readily  torn  from  the  book,  leaving  clean  edges,  interleaved  with 

paraffine  paper.  Size  22  mm  square.  Per  book . 25 

Micro  Labels,  for  slides,  same  as  No.  33044,  but  rectangular.  Size  22  x  15  mm.  Per  book . 25 

Micro  Slide  Box,  for  conveniently  keeping  clean  slides  to  be  withdrawn  one  by  one  as  needed.  For 

attaching  on  wall.  For  3  x  1  inch  slides .  1.00 

Micro  Slide  Mailing  Cases,  for  slides  3x1  inches.  Per  dozen . 10 

“  “  Boxes,  of  white  wood,  popularly  known  as  Pillsbury  boxes,  for  twenty-five  3x1  slides. 

Each . 08  Per  100  .  6.00 

“  Slide  Boxes,  improved  form,  of  selected  wood,  with  lid  fitting  down  over  the  outside  of  pro¬ 
jection  instead  of  inside  as  in  No.  33060.  Box  is  joined  by  superior  method  of  gluing  and  is  dis¬ 
tinctly  worth  the  difference  in  price. 

Number .  1924 

Size  of  slides .  3x1 

Capacity . 

Per  10 . 

Micro  Slide  Box,  for  one  hundred  3  x  1  slides,  of  wood  covered  with  green  book-binder’s  cloth,  with 
hinged  lid . . . 40 


1924 

1930 

1932 

1934 

3  x  1 

1  4  X  1 

3x2 

3x1 

12 

25 

25 

25 

.75 

1.25 

2.00 

1.00 

335 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  33072—2020 


No.  33072—2016 


No.  33072—2025 


33072.  Micro  Slide  Cabinet,  Bausch  &  Lomb,  substantially  made  of  mahogany,  with  drawer  in  bottom  for  card 
index.  For  3x1  slides. 


Number .  2016  2020  2025 

Capacity,  slides .  500  1500  3000 

Each . 123)0  25.00  503)0 


No.  33080 


33076.  Micro  Slide  Trays  of  cardboard,  in  map  form,  holding  twenty  3x1  slides . 25 

33080.  Micro  Slide  Cabinet,  Minot,  of  metal.  The  30  trays  each  hold  twenty-four  3x1  slides  giving  a  total 

capacity  of  720  slides . . .  20.00 


View  in  Stock  Room 


Office  View  Showing  Section  for  Distribution  of  Catalogues 


336 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  33084  with  Microscope  in  Horizontal  Position 


a 

~  o 

■—  '  1  ‘ 

MICRO-PHOTOGRAPHIC  APPARATUS,  BAUSCH  AND  LOMB,  MODEL  G,  for  Horizontal  and  Vertical  Work, 
with  and  without  Microscope.  Designed  especially  for  general  laboratory  and  research  work  in 
college,  commercial  institution  or  wherever  photomicrographic  work  of  the  highest  grade  is  desired. 
The  new  models  presented  here  are  the  outgrowth  of  many  years  experience  in  developing  and 
constructing  apparatus  of  this  general  type  with  a  view  of  obtaining  the  greatest  possible  stability  and 
efficiency.  Not  only  will  this  apparatus  accommodate  a  wide  range  of  magnifications,  producing 
photomicrographs  up  to  8  x  10  inches  in  size,  but  it  can  also  be  used  to  advantage  in  photographing 
gross  objects,  in  enlarging  and  reducing  work  and  is  thus  an  excellent  laboratory  camera.  Its  dis¬ 
tinctive  features  are: 

Extreme  rigidity. 

Constantly  accurate  alignment  of  parts,  due  to  construction  on  single  supporting  stand  with  accurately  planed  optical  beds, 
free  from  spring  and  vibration. 

Superior  illuminating  system. 

Convenient  and  effective  adjustments. 

Swing-out  of  microscope  plate,  permitting  direct  observation  of  object  to  be  photographed  through  eyepiece. 

Long  range  vertical  adjustment  of  microscope  plate,  permitting  use  of  any  standard  microscope. 

Special  camera  box,  providing  for  focusing  on  opaque  screen  in  place  of  ground  glass  if  desired. 

Removable  plate  holder  adapter,  permitting  long  side  of  plate  to  be  placed  in  either  vertical  or  horizontal  position. 

Wide  scope  of  adjustability  and  Usefulness- 

Supporting  Stand — Of  cast  iron,  massive  construction,  having  base  of  four  feet  cast  in  one  piece  with  heavy  connecting  rib, 
base  has  spread  of  54  x  24  in.,  and  is  fitted  with  both  castors  and  leveling  screws;  two  upright  supports  carry  main  optical 
bed  at  height  of  42  in.,  wooden  shelf  for  accessories  measuring  37  x  18  in.  is  mounted  between  upright  supports. 

Optical  Beds — Three  in  number,  of  lathe  type,  carefully  planed  and  accommodating  supports  for  the  different  parts,  which 
may  be  adjusted  as  desired  and  rigidly  clamped;  main  bed,  78  in.  (198.5  cm)  long  and  44  in.  (11.8  cm)  wide,  carries  two  sup¬ 
plementary  beds — one  adjustable  carrying  camera,  and  one  stationary,  bearing  illuminating  apparatus;  adjustable  bed  49 
in.  (124  cm)  long  and  4J  in.  (11.8  cm)  wide,  can  be  set  at  any  position  from  the  horizontal  to  the  vertical  and  rendered  ab¬ 
solutely  rigid  by  its  supporting  braces;  both  main  and  adjustable  beds  graduated  in  centimeters  and  millimeters,  with 
every  fifth  centimeter  numbered;  stationary  bed  is  mounted  on  heavy  casting  which  may  be  clamped  to  main  bed  at  any 
desired  point  or  removed  without  difficulty. 

Illuminant — Two  different  electric  illuminants  are  regularly  listed  with  outfit — 90“  arc  lamp.  Drovided  with  long  extension 
feeding  device  for  adjusting  from  rear  of  camera  box,  or  single-glower  Nernst  lamp  for  110  or  220  volts;  both  lamps  mounted 
either  in  large  light-tight  lamp  house  with  observation  windows  and  spring  door  or  in  smaller  lamp  house  without  door; 
both  lamp  houses,  when  furnished  with  arc  lamp,  provided  with  small  mirror  mounted  near  one  of  observation  windows 
to  serve  as  guide  in  feeding  lamp  from  rear  of  camera  box;  5-ampere,  110  volt  rheostat  mounted  on  base  of  stand,  when  arc 
lamp  is  furnished. 

Condensing  System — Apparatus  is  listed  with  two  different  condensing  systems — complete  and  simple;  complete  consists  of 
regular  triple  system,  44  inch  diameter,  in  Bausch  &  Lomb  patent  ventilated  mount  with  water  cell,  bellows  and  standards 
mounted  on  stationary  optical  bed,  front  standard  of  bellows  has  special  mounting  carrying  a  24  inch  diameter,  12  inch 
focus  piano  convex  condensing  lens  for  use  with  front  lens  of  triple  system  removed,  an  iris  diaphragm  with  2J  inch 
opening  and  a  trough  for  carrying  yellow  glass  ray  filter  or  cell  for  liquid  filter,  both  of  which  are  furnished  with  outfit; 
simple  system  consists  only  of  this  front  standard  with  plano-convex  lens,  iris  diaphragm  and  ray  filters  as  described. 
Camera — Consists  of  supports  carrying  tapering  bellows  with  draw  of  approximately  40  in.  having  wire  support  in  center;  rear 
support  carries  box  of  neatly  finished  hard  wood  with  door  in  side  for  use  in  focusing  image  on  opaque  white  screen  if  de¬ 
sired;  supplied  with  reversible  adapter  carrying  laboratory  plate  holder  for  8  x  10  plates  and  kits  for  smaller  sizes,  also  with 
two  focusing  screens — one  ground  glass  with  clear  center  and  one  clear  glass  with  graduated  cross  lines  in  center;  hinged 
cover  with  two  springs  at  rear  of  adapter  permits  plate  holder  to  be  placed  in  exact  position  without  jarring  apparatus;  plate 
holder  of  special  book  form  construction,  ensuring  exact  registration. 

Shutter — Bausch  &  Lomb  automatic  shutter.  No.  4570,  with  steel  leaves,  having  a  maximum  opening  of  40  mm;  may  be  set  for 
instantaneous,  bulb  or  time  exposure;  supplied  with  tube  for  making  light-tight  connection  with  microscope  eyepiece. 
Microscope  Plate — Of  metal,  7J  x  5j  in.,  provided  with  three  leveling  screws  to  serve  in  bringing  any  microscope  into  exact 
alignment  with  optical  axis  of  camera;  fitted  to  main  optical  bed  by  clamping  block  and  provided  with  vertical  screw 
of  9  inch  range,  operated  by  hand  wheel,  for  accommodation  of  varying  center  distances  on  different  microscoDes;  so  con¬ 
structed  that  plate  may  be  turned  out  90“  for  locating  field  to  be  photographed  by  direct  observation,  and  provided  with 
a  stop  which  brings  it  at  once  into  alignment  with  optical  axis  of  camera  when  turned  back;  support  attached  to  plate  car¬ 
ries  universal  joint  and  pulley  with  extension  rod,  by  means  of  which  fine  adjustment  of  microscope,  whether  level,  prism 
or  side  adjustment,  can  be  controlled  from  rear  of  camera  box. 

Prices  on  following  page. 


337 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  33084  with  Microscope  in  Vertical  Position 


No.  33084  Arranged  for  Macro-Photography 


33084.  Large  Micro-Photographic  Apparatus,  as  above  described,  complete  with  adjustable  and  stationary 
beds,  arc  lamp  with  adjusting  rod,  large  light-tight  lamp  house,  5  ampere,  110  volt  rheostat, 
complete  condensing  system,  adjustable  microscope  plate  with  adjusting  rod  for  microscope, 

camera  and  shutter  as  described .  300.00 

33088.  Large  Micro-Photographic  Apparatus.  Same  as  No.  33084  but  with  Single-Glower  Nernst  lamp  in  place 

of  arc,  rheostat  and  adjusting  rod . .  287.50 

33092.  Large  Micro-Photographic  Apparatus.  Same  as  No.  33084  but  with  small  lamp  house  and  simple  con¬ 
densing  system  in  place  of  complete .  280.00 

33096.  Large  Micro-Photographic  Apparatus.  Same  as  No.  33092  but  with  Single-Glower  Nernst  lamp  in  place 

of  arc,  rheostat  and  adjusting  rod .  267.50 

33100.  Automatic  Arc  Lamp,  will  be  furnished  with  any  of  the  above  outfits,  in  place  of  the  hand-feed  arc 

and  adjusting  rod,  at  an  additional  cost  of .  57.50 

33104.  Regular  Double  Plate  Holder  for  8  x  10  plates,  without  reducing  kits .  2.00 

33108.  Regular  Double  Plate  Holder.  Same  as  No.  33104,  with  reducing  kits .  4.00 

33112.  Special  Single  Laboratory  Plate  Holder,  bookform,  for  8  x  10  plates,  with  reducing  kits .  5.50 

Note. — Special  descriptive  pamphlet  sent  on  application.  Because  of  the  many  possible  combinations  and  arrangements  of  this 
outfit  we  suggest  the  sending  of  information  as  to  requirements  so  that  we  may  submit  detailed  estimate  on  specific  outfit. 


No.  33116 


33116.  Micro-Photographic  Camera, 
Bausch  and  Lomb,  Model 

H.  The  Camera  is  the 
same  as  furnished  with 
the  combined  apparatus 
and  is  mounted  on  a 
similar  optical  bed, 
graduated  to  640  mm. 
The  bed  is  mounted  by 
a  strong  hinge  joint  on 
a  heavy  metal  base, 
13  x  9f  in.;  may  be  ad¬ 
justed  in  any  position 
between  the  vertical  and 
horizontal  and  secured 
by  a  clamp.  The  adjust¬ 
ments  on  the  plate  will 
accommodate  any  stand¬ 
ard  microscope.  The 
outfit  does  not  include  an 
illuminating  apparatus 
or  shutter .  45.00 


33120.  Micro-photographic  Camera,  Bausch  &  Lomb  Model  K,  a  simplified  outfit  for  quick  operation.  The 
plate  holder  will  take  3j  x  4j  inch  plates.  The  camera  may  be  rotated  in  and  out  of  the  axis 
of  the  microscope  as  shown  in  illustration  and  the  base  may  be  utilized  on  the  work  table  as 
a  regular  support  for  the  microscope  at  all  times  so  that  the  vertical  rod  and  camera  need  only 

be.added  when  photographs  are  to  be  made . 20.00 

33124.  Automatic  Shutter,  with  maximum  opening  of  40  mm,  for  use  with  instantaneous,  bulb  or  time  ex¬ 
posure,  and  ready  to  attach  to  either  Model  H  or  Model  K  cameras  as  listed  above .  10.00 


338 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  33128 — Arranged  for  Micro-Photography  with  Microscope  in 
Horizontal  Position 


No.  33128 — Arranged  for  Projection 
of  Lantern  Slides 


No.  33128 — Arranged  for  Projection  of 
Micro  Slides 


No.  33128 — Arranged  for  Drawing 


No.  33128— Arranged  for  Drawing  No.  33128— Arranged  for  Micro-Photography 


COMBINED  DRAWING,  MICRO -PHOTOGRAPHIC  AND  PROJECTION  APPARATUS,  BAUSCH  AND  LOME, 
for  use  with  any  regular  microscope  as  used  for  ordinary  work  and  providing  for  the  following: — 
Drawing  with  apparatus  in  horizontal  position. 

Drawing  with  apparatus  in  vertical  position. 

Photo-micrography  with  camera  horizontal. 

Photo-micrography  with  camera  vertical. 

Gross  photography  with  Micro-Tessar  objectives,  without  microscope  but  with  special  stage  having  micrometer  movement. 
Gross  photography  of  solid  objects  with  regular  photographic  objectives. 

Microscopic  projection. 

Lantern  slide  projection. 

Drawing  of  large  opaque  objects  by  addition  of  opaque  attachment. 

Photo-micrography  of  opaque  objects  by  addition  of  vertical  illuminator. 

Supporting  Stand — Of  cast  iron,  provided  with  both  castors  and  leveling  screws. 

Optical  Beds — Two  in  number,  of  lathe  type,  accommodating  supports  for  different  parts  which  may  be  adjusted  as  desired  and 
rigidly  clamped ;  one  bed,  graduated  to  570  mm,  carries  illuminating  accessories,  microscope  plate,  and  mirror,  the  other, 
graduated  to  640  mm,  carries  camera;  both  are  attached  to  base  plate  by  strong  hinge  joints,  permitting  them  to  be  adjusted 
in  either  horizontal  or  vertical  position. 

Iliuminant — Either  a  hand-fed  arc  or  single-glower  Nernst  electric  lamp,  as  ordered,  for  use  on  direct  or  alternating  current,  en¬ 
closed  in  a  small  cylindrical  hood  with  observation  windows,  attached  to  rear  of  condensing  system  mount;  a  rheostat  is 
mounted  on  lower  base  of  outfits  equipped  with  the  arc  lamp. 

Condensing  System — Regular  4 j  in.  diam.  triple  condensing  system  in  patent  ventilated  mount,  which  in  turn  is  mounted 
in  a  cylindrical  shaped  metal  hood,  in  which  the  condensers  may  be  easily  adjusted  to  and  fro  with  reference  to  the  lamp; 
a  conical  shaped  extension  slips  on  the  front  of  the  cylindrical  shaped  hood  and  helps  to  render  the  apparatus  more  nearly 
light-tight;  diaphragms  of  three  different  apertures  are  furnished  to  cut  off  superfluous  light  and  heat  when  desired;  en¬ 
tire  illuminating  apparatus  is  carried  by  a  special  fork  and  standard,  adjustable  for  height  and  also  to  and  fro  on  the 
optical  bed,  and  provided  with  coarse  and  fine  adjustment  screws  for  shifting  its  direction  vertically  or  laterally. 
Camera — Regularly  supplied  with  camera  for  4  x  5  in.  plates,  having  a  maximum  bellows  draw  of  24  in.,  equipped  with  a  double 
plate  holder  with  reducing  kits  for  31  x  4J  in.  plates  and  a  ground  glass  focusing  screen  with  clear  center;  in  adjustable 
mounting  on  two  supports  clamped  to  optical  bed;  front  standard  fitted  with  sliding  light-tight  tube  to  connect  with  mi¬ 

croscope.  A  similar  camera  to  take  5  x  7  in.  plates  can  be  supplied  at  an  extra  cost. 

Shutter — Automatic  with  steel  leaves,  having  a  maximum  opening  of  40  mm;  maybe  set  for  instantaneous,  bulb  or  time  exposure. 
Drawing  Board— Of  wood,  neatly  finished,  14  in.  square,  adjustable  on  front  standard  of  supporting  stand,  which  is  gradu¬ 
ated  so  that  one  can  readily  reset  board  at  any  particular  position;  supplied  with  velvet  hood  on  adjustable  standard  to 
Bhield  board  from  light. 

33128.  Combined  Drawing  and  Micro-photographic  Apparatus,  as  described,  with  hand-feed  arc  lamp  and 

5  ampere  rheostat  for  110  volts  without  microscope .  155.00 

33132.  Combined  Drawing  and  Micro-photographic  Apparatus,  but  with  5  ampere  rheostat  for  220  volts.  157.50 

33136.  Combined  Drawing  and  Micro-photographic  Apparatus,  but  with  single-glower  Nernst  lamp  in  place  of 

arc.  Please  to  specify  voltage  when  ordering .  150.00 


339 


MICRO-PHOTOGRAPHIC  APPARATUS,  ZEISS.  We  list  below  two  typical  micro-photographic  outfits,  one 
on  the  basis  of  the  Zeiss  Combined  Horizontal  and  Vertical  Camera  with  Nernst  light  and  one  on  the 
basis  of  the  Large  Micro-photographic  Camera  with  Mercury  Vapor  Lamp.  Equipment  for  micro- 
photography  should  be  selected  in  every  case  with  special  reference  to  the  sources  of  light  available  and 
the  kind  of  work  to  be  accomplished  and  we  recommend  that  we  be  permitted  to  make  specific  quotation 
wherever  possible.  Zeiss  Mikro-264,  a  50  pp.  catalogue  devoted  exclusively’  to  micro-photographic 
equipment,  will  be  sent  upon  request.  Modern  research  has  shown  that  the  large  sources  of  light  of 
great  current  consumption  are  unnecessary  if  a  proper  condensing  system  be  used,  and  where  electric 
current  is  available  we  recommend  for  alternating  current  the  Nernst  lamp  with  iris  diaphragm  and 
where  direct  current  is  available  the  Weule  arc  lamp  requiring  only  5  amperes  of  current  as  compared 
with  the  20  and  30  ampere  lamps  formerly  used,  or  the  new  Mercury  Vapor  Lamp  as  shown  in  lower 
illustration.  This  Lamp  furnishes  an  extraordinarily  uniform  and  bright  light,  which  with  the  aid  of 
simple  light  filters  is  rendered  monochromatic  to  a  very  perfect  degree.  The  Zeiss  Weule  arc  lamp  with 
rheostat  and  condensing  lens  is  applicable  to  either  of  the  outfits  listed  below  at  the  following  prices: — 

33140.  Weuel  Direct  Current  Arc  Lamp,  5  amperes;  with  casing. 

Duty  Free  .  50.00  Duty  Paid . . . . „ .  66.00 

33144.  Condensing  Lens  IC,  on  saddle  stand  with  iris  diaphragm 

Duty  Free .  15.00  Duty  Paid .  19.80 

33148.  Adjustable  Resistance  for  110  volts  direct  current. 

Duty  Free .  4.65  Duty  Paid .  6.14 


45.00 

59.40 

1.50 

1.98 

5.00 

6.60 

14.50 

19.14 

5.00 

6.60 

26.25 

34.65 

2.50 

3.30 

2.50 

3.30 

102.25 

134.97 

Micro-photographic  Outfit,  Zeiss,  on  basis  of  Combined  Horizontal  and  Vertical  Camera  (illustration  shows  Cam¬ 
era  in  horizontal  position).  Without  Microscope  or  equipment  for  same. 

33156.  Combined  Horizontal  and  Vertical  Camera,  for  plates  7x9  inches . 

33160.  Two  sets  of  kits  for  smaller  plates . 

33164.  Focussing  Glass . 

33168.  Remote  Focussing  Gear  for  attachment  to  Zeiss  Stands  with  Berger  fine  adjustment . 

33172.  Optical  Bench . * . 

33176.  Nernst  Lamp  on  saddle  stand,  with  Aplanatic  Condenser  and  iris  diaphragm . 

33180.  Rheostat  for  above,  for  110  volts  alternating  or  direct  current . 

33184.  Ray  Filter,  for  attachment  to  the  lamp,  with  glass  cell . 

33188.  Complete  Outfit,  as  above . 

Micro-Photographic  Outfit,  Zeiss  on  basis  of  Large  Camera  with  Mercury  Vapor  Lamp,  for  direct  current  only 
Without  Microscope  or  equipment  for  same. 

33192.  Large  Camera,  with  cast  iron  stand  for  raising  and  lowering.  For  plates  10  x  12  inches . 

33196.  Three  sets  of  kits  for  smaller  plates . 

33200.  Focussing  Lens . 

33204.  Projection  Table,  with  optical  bench  mounted  on  rigid  cast  iron  stand . 

33208.  Elevating  Support  for  the  microscope  when  it  is  to  be  used  in  upright  position . 

33212.  Reflecting  Prism,  with  sleeve  for  attachment  to  the  camera  when  Microscope  is  to  be  used  in  vertical  position 

33216.  Remote  Focussing  Gear . 

33220.  Mercury  Vapor  Quartz  Lamp,  for  4  amperes  direct  current . 

33224.  Light-proof  Lamp  Casing,  for  above,  on  saddle  stand  so  arranged  that  no  injury  can  result  from  ultra¬ 
violet  radiation . . . 

33228.  Rheostat  for  110  volts . 

33232.  Condenser  IB  on  saddle  stand  with  screen  disc . 

33236.  Iris  Diaphragm,  on  saddle  stand . 

33240.  Ray  Filter,  on  saddle  stand,  with  two  cells . . 

33244.  Complete  Outfit,  as  above . 


77.50 

102.30 

2.25 

2.97 

6.50 

8.58 

25.00 

33.00 

13.00 

17.16 

5.00 

6.60 

12.75 

16.83 

32.50 

42.90 

27.50 

36.30 

6.25 

8.25 

7.50 

9.90 

7.50 

9.90 

6.00 

7.92 

229.25 

302.61 

340 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  33536 


MICRO-PHOTOGRAPHIC  OUTFIT  FOR  ULTRA-VIOLET  LIGHT,  ZEISS.  The  special  effects  obtainable 
by  the  application  of  ultra-violet  light  to  micro-photography  are  mainly  as  follows : — 

Resolving  power.  In  a  microscope  objective  this  increases  in  direct  proportion  to  any  decrease  in  the 
wavelength  of  the  light  used.  With  the  quartz  objective  in  this  arrangement  the  resolving 
power  is  about  doubled  as  compared  with  an  objective  of  identical  numerical  aperture  when 
made  of  glass  and  operated  with  daylight. 

Permeability.  Many  colored  organic  objects,  both  in  the  fresh  and  preserved  state,  display  consid¬ 
erable  variation  in  their  degree  of  permeability  under  ultra-violet  light  when  they  show  no  sign 
of  color  in  white  light. 

Physiological  effects.  These  are  sometimes  very  pronounced  upon  living  organic  objects. 

The  objectives  employed  are  the  monochromats  of  quartz,  corrected  for  wavelength  275  nfi  and 
with  a  numerical  aperture  of  the  high  power  1.25.  The  entire  optical  system  including  slides,  cover 
glasses,  etc.,  must  be  of  fused  quartz  or  of  glass  permeable  to  the  ultra-violet  ray.  The  monochromatic 
objectives  of  quartz  cannot  be  used  with  light  of  a  different  wavelength,  such  as  daylight,  nor  can 
they  be  used  with  an  immersion  fluid  differing  in  composition  or  having  a  refractive  index  other  than 
that  as  supplied  with  each  objective.  The  outfit  consists  essentially  of  a  Cadmium  arc  as  a  source 
of  light  which  is  actuated  by  the  secondary  circuit  from  an  induction  coil.  The  beam  of  wavelength 
275  nfi  from  this  sort  of  light  is  made  available  by  quartz  prisms  and  this  beam,  after  passing  through 
a  quartz  condenser  lens,  is  used  as  a  source  of  illumination  for  the  microscope.  As  the  ultra-violet 
of  this  wavelength  is  totally  invisible  to  the  eye,  fluorescence  screens  must  be  used  in  order  to  find 
suitable  field,  etc.  A  list  ( Zeiss  Mikro  237)  of  the  complete  literature  referring  to  the  use  of  this  in¬ 
teresting  method,  and  also  Mikro  170  giving  more  detailed  information  as  to  the  outfit  is  sent  upon 
request.  The  outfit  listed  below  is  the  latest  arrangement  offered  by  the  firm  of  Carl  Zeiss. 

33348.  Cast  Iron  Base  Plate,  with  slides  for  the  microscope . 

33352.  Vertical  Camera . 

33356.  Adapter,  with  time  shutter . 

33360.  2  Sheets  for  9  x  12  cm  plates . 

33364.  Dark  Slide,  for  two  9x12  cm  plates,  with  diaphragm  to  insert  into  the  register  of  the  camera 
33368.  Searcher,  with  quartz  objective,  fluorescent  screen  and  12  x  magnifier  for  direct  observation. .. . . 

33372.  Carrier  for  the  Searcher,  with  sleeve  and  clamping  screw  to  fix  it  on  the  rod  of  the  vertical 

camera . 

33376.  Totally  Reflecting  Prism  of  quartz,  in  sliding  sleeve . 

33380.  Monochromatic  Objective  6  mm,  0.35  N.A . 

33384.  “  “  2.5  mm,  0.85  N.A . 

33388.  “  “  1.7  mm,  2.50  N.A . 

33392.  Achromatic  Objective  A . 

33396.  Quartz  Eyepieces  5,  7,  10,  14  and  20 . 

33400.  Huyghenian  Eyepiece  2 . . .  .  . 

33404.  Sliding  Objective  Changer  for  the  three  Monochromatic  and  the  Achromatic  Objective  A  .  . 

33408.  Mahogany  Case,  with  lock  and  key,  for  6  objective  slides  and  objectives  attached  . 

(Outfit  continued  on  following  page.) 


Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

9.00 

11-88 

23.75 

31.35 

1.00 

1.32 

.75 

'  .99 

8.75 

11.55 

12.50 

16.50 

1.25 

1.65 

6.25 

8.25 

50.00 

62.00 

100.00 

124.00 

150.00 

186.00 

5.00 

6.20 

37.50 

46.50 

1.50 

1.86 

10.00 

12.40 

3.75 

4.65 

341 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Micro-Photographic  Outfit  for  Ultra-Violet  Light,  Zeiss  (continued) 

33412.  Quartz  Condenser,  with  iris  diaphragm  and  with  a  single  front  and  a  duplex  front,  interchange¬ 
able  . , . v . . . . 

33415.  Centering  Appliance  for  ths  quartz  condenser,  or  for  objectives  which  are  to  be  used  as  con¬ 
densers . . . _ . . 

33420.  Screen,  of  Uranium  Glass,  to  insert  into  the  diaphragm  carrier  of  the  Abbe  illuminating  appa¬ 
ratus,  with  roded  circle . 

33424.  Rectangular  Plane  Mirror,  to  place  on  the  foot  of  the  microscope  stand .  . 

33428.  4  Object  Slides  of  quartz,  ground  vertical  to  the  optical  axis,  0.5  mm  thick,  size  25  x  30  mm 

each . 

33432.  10  Object  Slides  of  U  V  Glass,  about  0.2  to  0.3  mm  thick,  size  20  x  30  mm . 

33436.  5  Aluminum  Slides,  as  designed  by  Heidenhain . 

33440.  5  Cover  Glasses,  of  fused  quartz . 

33444.  Stage  Micrometer,  1  mm  divided  into  100  parts,  on  quartz  slide  under  a  cover  glass  of  fused 

quartz  with  one  Heidenhain  aluminum  slide . . 

33448.  Stand  III  E  with  large  mechanical  stage,  1.40  N.A . 

33452.  Horse  shoe  cast  iron  Base  Plate . 

33456.  Short  Optical  Bench,  with  three  set  screws  and  column  for  the  collector . 

33460.  Spark  Stand,  for  horizontal  electrodes .  . 

33464.  Projection  Lens  Carrier,  with  slide  for  the  collimator,  on  saddle  stand,  without  micrometrical 

movement . 

33468.  Collimator  of  quartz,  of  long  focus . 

33472.  Prism  Platform  with  two  prism  mounts  screwed  upon  it,  on  saddle  stand . 

33476.  2  Prisms  of  quartz,  refractive  angle  60°,  with  refractive  surface  about  3  cm  high  and  5  cm  wide, 

inclined  by  60°  to  the  optical  axis  of  the  crystal . 

33480.  10  meters  Cadmium  Wire . 

33484.  10  meters  Magnesium  Tape . 

33488.  Induction  Coil,  series  HB,  without  condenser . 

33492.  Electrolyte  Contact  Breaker,  Simon,  with  porcelain  nozzle . 

33496.  Resistance  Coil . 

33500.  Amperemeter,  Type  AG,  for  1  to  5  amperes,  aperiodic . 

33504.  Switch,  for  cut-off . 

33508.  Fluorescent  Screen,  3x9  cm . . . 

33512.  Condenser,  consisting  of  two  Leyden  jars . 

33516.  Burner . 

33520.  Table  top  and  case  for  the  illuminating  apparatus . 

33524.  Switch-board . 

33528.  Wire  and  montage . 

33532.  Support  for  the  camera . 

33536.  Complete  Micro-photographic  Outfit  for  Ultra-violet  Light,  as  above  listed. 

ACCESSORIES  FOR  USE  WITH  MICRO-PHOTOGRAPHIC  OUTFITS. 

33540.  Micro-Tessar  Objective,  Bausch  &  Lomb,  Zeiss,  constructed  after  the  formulae  of  the  large  photo¬ 
graphic  lenses  of  the  same  name  and  particularly  well  adapted  to  photo-micrography.  The 
angle  of  view  is  55°,  the  illumination  is  uniform  and  the  definition  remarkably  sharp.  Each 
is  mounted  with  a  metal  iris  diaphragm  and  provided  with  a  society  screw.  72  mm  equivalent 

focus .  32.00 

33544.  Micro  Tessar  Objective.  Same  as  above,  but  with  48  mm  equivalent  focus .  26.00 

33548.  Micro  Tessar  Objective.  Same  as  above,  but  with  32  mm  equivalent  focus .  26.00 

33552.  Doublet  Focusing  Glass .  4.00 

33556.  Achromatic  Focusing  Glass .  8.00 

33560.  Light  Filters,  Wratten  and  Wainwright,  Set  of  9,  etc.,  for  micro-photography,  cemented  between  glass,  2 

inches  square. 

Duty  Free .  8.10  Duty  Paid .  11.10 


Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

17.50 

23.10 

3.00 

3.96 

2.00 

2.64 

.38 

.49 

4.50 

5.58 

5.00 

6.20 

2.50 

3.10 

3.75 

4.65 

5.00 

6.20 

91.25 

113.15 

2.50 

3.10 

5.00 

6.60 

20.00 

26.40 

3.50 

4.62 

6.25 

8.25 

5.75 

7.59 

25.00 

33.00 

2.50 

3.30 

.75 

.99 

45.00 

59.40 

11.25 

14.85 

12.00 

15.84 

9.98 

13.17 

1.75 

2.31 

.38 

.50 

11.25 

14.85 

6.25 

8.25 

12.50 

16.50 

35.00 

46.20 

12.50 

16.50 

4.25 

5.61 

785.73 

1037.15 

View  in  Salesroom  Showl  ng  Microscopes,  and  Accessories.  Apparatus  for  Cement  and  Asphalt  Testing,  etc. 


342 


-  'V*.-  1 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  33624  No.  33636 


MICROTOME,  STUDENT,  BAUSCH  AND  LOMB,  suitable  for  individual  and  elementary  laboratory  use. 

Feeding  Mechanism — Operated  by  hand;  consists  of  accurately  cut  micrometer  screw  of  0.5  mm  pitch,  provided  with  a  disc 
graduated  into  100  parts  each  equal  to  5  microns,  the  edge  having  100  teeth  which  engage  with  a  click  and  secure  perfect 
control  of  the  feed.;  whole  supported  in  a  metal  stirrup,  permanently  attached  to  front  of  stand. 

Object  Clamp — Of  one  piece,  extremely  rigid;  when  fully  extended  will  accommodate  objects  measuring  30  x  22  mm;  adjustable 
vertically  and  orienting  in  one  plane;  may  be  attached  at  either  side  of  vertical  slide  for  paraffin  or  celloidin  works. 

Dimensions — Length,  240  mm;  width,  127  mm;  height,  146  mm. 

Possible  Attachments — Microtome  regularly  furnished  without  knife;  plain  knife  No.  33744,  90  mm,  with  holder  No.  33772  or  shanked 
knife  No.  33752  are  recommended;  CO2  Freezing  attachment  can  be  fitted  to  this  instrument. 


33600.  Student  Microtome,  without  knife  and  holder,  as  described . 

33604.  Plain  Microtome  Knife  90  mm,  without  handle,  in  case,  but  with  No.  33772  Knife  Holder . 

33752.  Shanked  Microtome  Knife,  90  mm,  in  case . . 

MICROTOME,  MEDIUM  LABORATORY,  BAUSCH  AND  LOMB,  as  widely  used  in  hospital  laboratories. 


22.00 

5.00 

5.00 


Feeding  Mechanism — Operated  by  convenient  hand  lever;  can  be  set  by  simple  movement  of  the  quadrant  to  feed  any  thickness 
from  2  to  60  microns,  in  steps  of  2  microns;  provided  with  split  nut  which  releases  carriage  at  any  point  of  feed,  enabling  it 
to  be  returned  to  any  point  at  once;  whole  supported  in  metal  stirrup  permanently  attached  to  front  of  stand. 

Object  Clamp — Of  one  piece,  extremely  rigid;  when  fully  extended  will  accommodate  objects  measuring  35  x  32  mm,  adjust¬ 
able  vertically  and  orienting  in  one  plane;  can  be  set  at  either  side  of  the  vertical  slide  for  paraffin  or  celloidin  works. 

Dimensions — Length,  300  mm;  width,  143  mm;  height,  188  mm. 

Case— Microtome  supplied  in  strong  wooden  box  with  handle. 

Possible  Attachments — Microtome  regularly  furnished  without  knife;  plain  knife  No.  33744,  125  mm,  with  holder  No.  33772 
or  shanked  knife  No.  33752,  125  mm,  are  recommended;  CO2  Freezing  attachment  can  be  fitted  to  this  instrument,  as  can 
the  Naples  Universal  Clamp. 


33612.  Medium  Laboratory  Microtome,  without  knife  and  holder,  as  described .  45.00 

33616.  Plain  Microtome  Knife,  125  mm,  without  handle,  in  case,  but  with  No.  33772  Knife  Holder. . . .  6.50 

33752.  Shanked  Microtome  Knife,  125  mm,  in  case .  6.75 

MICROTOME,  AUTOMATIC  LABORATORY,  BAUSCH  AND  LOMB,  a  most  satisfactory  form  of  the  sledge 
type  of  Microtome  for  general  use.  A  special  feature  is  the  lateral  adjustability  of  the  feeding  mech¬ 
anism  along  the  entire  front  of  the  stand,  providing  for  different  cutting  angles  and  stroke  lengths. 
The  feeding  is  either  automatic  or  by  hand  as  desired. 

Feeding  Mechanism— Automatically  operated  with  stroke  of  knife  by  arm  extending  from  rear  of  knife  block— also  provided 
with  lever  for  hand  feeding;  controlled  by  adjustable  cam  with  graduated  knurled  button  and  spring  click,  giving  feed  of 
2  to  36  microns  in  steps  of  2  microns;  provided  with  split  nut  having  convenient  handles  and  with  releasing  lever,  enabling 
carriage  to  be  released  at  any  point  of  feed  and  to  be  set  at  any  desired  position  on  the  feed  instantaneously;  whole  sup¬ 
ported  in  a  metal  stirrup  adjustable  laterally  along  front  of  stand  aDd  secured  in  any  position  by  clamping  screws. 

Object  Clamp — Of  one  piece,  extremely  rigid;  engages  rigidly  with  slide;  when  fully  extended  will  accommodate  objects  meas¬ 
uring  35  x  32  mm;  adjustable  vertically  and  orienting  in  one  plane;  can  be  set  at  either  side  of  the  vertical  slide  for  paraffin 
or  celloidin  works. 

Dimensions — Length,  344  mm;  width,  158  mm;  height,  218  mm. 

Possible  Attachments — Microtome  regularly  furnished  with  knife;  plain  knife  No.  33744,  165  mm,  with  holder  No.  33772  or  shanked 
knife  No.  33752,  165  mm,  are  recommended;  Ether  Freezing  attachment  can  be  fitted  to  this  instrument,  as  can  the  Naples 


Universal  Clamp. 

33624.  Automatic  Laboratory  Microtome,  without  knife,  as  described . . .  65.00 

33628.  Plain  Microtome  Knife,  165  mm,  without  handle,  in  case  and  No.  33772  Knife  Holder .  8.00 

33752.  Shanked  Microtome  Knife,  165  mm .  8.00 


343 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  33644 


No.  33652 


MICROTOME,  MINOT  ROTARY,  BAUSCH  AND  LOMB,  as  designed  by  Dr.  Charles  S.  Minot  of  Harvard  Uni¬ 
versity  and  improved  from  time  to  time  during  the  past  twelve  years.  The  most  widely  used  and 
satisfactory  instrument  for  paraffine  cutting.  (See  illustration  on  preceding  page.) 


Feeding  Mechanism — Consists  of  a  micrometer  screw  revolved  by  a  large  ratchet  wheel  which  engages  a  pawl;  amount  of 
feed  controlled  by  a  cam ;  wheel  provided  with  knurled  head  which  permits  fine  adjustment  of  object  in  relation  to  knife 
with  pawl  disengaged  and  held  off  wheel  by  spring  catch;  cam  disc  graduated  in  single  microns,  numbered  from  0  to  25, 
and  operated  by  knurled  head;  micrometer  screw  fitted  with  split  nut  provided  with  handles  and  releasing  lever,  by  means 
of  which  feed  can  be  instantly  brought  to  beginning,  or  any  intermediate  position,  and  held;  feed  wheel  protected  by  strong 
iron  guard  of  neat  design. 

Object  Holder — Consists  of  disc  25  mm  in  diameter,  adjustable  in  mounting  which  permits  of  orientation  to  give  any  desired 
cutting  angle;  securely  held  in  position  by  convenient  screws;  moves  on  a  vertical  slide  actuated  by  a  crank  operated  by 
a  heavy  balance  drive  wheel  with  handle  and  stopped  when  desired  by  convenient  locking  device. 

Knife  Block — Consists  of  heavy  iron  casting  which  is  attached  to  base  and  holds  knife  in  fixed  position;  adjustable  to  and 
from  object  and  from  side  to  side  to  permit  use  of  entire  cutting  edge;  knife  clamp  may  also  be  tilted  in  its  support  to  set 
angle  of  cutting  edge  as  desired. 

Dimensions— Length,  196  mm;  width,  212  mm;  height,  214  mm. 

Case- — Supplied  in  strong  wooden  box  with  handle. 

Possible  Attachments — Regularly  without  knife,  unless  otherwise  specified;  knife  No.  33744,  125  mm  blade,  without  handle 
is  recommended  and  can  be  included  at  its  additional  cost;  rotary  object  clamp,  No.  32732  or  No.  33728,  can  also  be  attached, 
and  the  ribbon  carrier,  No.  33720. 

Minot  Automatic  Rotary  Microtome,  without  knife,  as  described  with  three  object  discs .  75.00 

Knife,  125  mm  blade,  without  handle  in  case .  4.75 

MICROTOME,  MINOT  SIMPLIFIED  ROTARY,  BAUSCH  AND  LOMB,  designed  to  meet  the  demand  for  a 

Rotary  Microtome  at  less  expense  than  the  original  Rotary  No.  33636. 


33636. 

33744. 


Feeding  Mechanism — Consists  of  a  micrometer  screw  revolved  by  a  ratchet  wheel  which  engages  a  pawl:  amount  of  feed  con¬ 
trolled  by  a  cam;  wheel  provided  with  a  small  handle,  permitting  fine  adjustment  of  object  in  relation  to  knife  with  pawl 
disengaged  and  held  off  wheel  by  spring  catch;  cam  disc  graduated  in  steps  of  2£  microns,  up  to  25  microns,  and  operated 
by  large  knurled  head. 

Object  Holder — Consists  of  disc  25  mm  in  diameter,  having  fixed  ball  on  stem  universally  adjustable  in  socket  holder;  can 
be  oriented  to  give  any  desired  cutting  angle  and  securely  clamped  in  place  by  convenient  screw;  stem  of  disc  projects 
through  holder  permitting  convenient  adjustment  from  the  rear,  holder  moves  on  a  vertical  slide  actuated  by  a  crank  which 
is  operated  by  a  heavy  balanced  drive  wheel  with  handle  and  stopped  by  a  convenient  locking  device.  Object  holder  on 
Minot  Automatic  Rotary  Microtome  No.  33636  can  be  substituted  for  that  above  if  desired. 

Knife  Block — Consists  of  heavy  iron  casting  which  is  attached  to  base  and  holds  knife  in  fixed  position;  adjustable  to  and  from 
object  and  from  side  to  side  to  permit  use  of  entire  cutting  edge;  knife  clamp  may  also  be  tilted  in  its  support  to  set  angle 
of  cutting  edge  as  desired. 

Dimensions— Length,  196  mm;  width,  212  mm;  height,  208  mm. 

Case— Supplied  in  strong  wooden  box  with  handle. 

Possible  Attachments — Regularly  furnished  without  knife,  unless  otherwise  specified;  knife  No.  33744,  90  mm  blade  without 
handle  is  recommended;  rotary  object  clamp.  No.  33732  or  No.  33728  can  be  attached,  as  can  also  the  adjustable  knife 
holder. 


33644.  Minot  Simplified  Automatic  Rotary  Microtome  as  described,  without  knife  and  with  three  object 

discs .  40.00 

33744.  Knife,  90  mm  blade,  without  handle,  in  case .  3.50 

MICROTOME,  MINOT  AUTOMATIC  PRECISION,  BAUSCH  AND  LOMB.  This  microtome,  designed  and 
recently'  improved  under  the  supervision  of  Dr.  Minot  is  unexcelled,  we  believe,  for  all  around  work 
of  the  most  accurate  nature.  It  is  intended  for  very  precise  section  cutting  of  large  specimens,  either 
paraffin  or  celloidin,  but  can  be  used  for  serial  work  as  well  and  has  given  eminent  satisfaction  in  some 
of  the  most  exacting  laboratories  of  the  world. 

I  EEDING  MECHANISM — Consists  of  a  micrometer  screw  with  an  available  feeding  length  of  38  mm,  turned  by  a  large  ratchet 
wheel  which  engages  a  pawl  and  is  controlled  by  a  cam;  cam  disc  graduated  in  single  microns,  numbered  from  0  to  25,  and 
operated  by  knurled  head,  micrometer  screw  fitted  with  our  split  nut  provided  with  handles  and  releasing  lever,  by  means 
of  which  feed  can  be  instantly  brought  to  beginning,  or  any  intermediate  position,  and  held;  feed  wheel  protected  by  metal 
n-MipvCcrrDD>J-»neat  ^e9‘g.n-  With  rack  and  pinion  device  for  raising  and  lowering  object  clamp. 

HNJ4E  SUPPORT — Consists  of  oblong  frame,  carefully  machined,  with  T-slot  on  all  four  sides  and  having  two  knife  clamps  mov- 
'll.9  .  3  t0  P'ace  knife  at  any  horizontal  angle  with  relation  to  object. 

“IMENSIONS — Length,  405  mm;  width,  194  mm;  height,  245  mm. 

POSSIBLE  ATTACHMENTS — Microtome  regularly  furnished  without  knife;  Minot  knife,  No.  33660  is  listed  for  use  with  this  model; 
adjustable  knife  clamps  No.  33664  for  tilting;  Zabriskie  object  clamp  No.  33656,  can  also  be  attached,  as  can  the  ribbon  carrier, 


336o_.  Minot  Automatic  Precision  Microtome,  without  knife,  as  described .  125.00 

33656.  Zabriskie  C  lamp  for  large  objects,  for  use  with  above  Microtome  only .  15.00 

33660.  Minot  Knife,  length  315  mm,  in  case .  15.00 

3.3664.  Tilting  Knife  Clamps  for  Precision  Microtome . 7.50 


33668.  Minot  Automatic  Precision  Microtome,  with  Zabriskie  Clamp  for  objects  100  x  80  mm  and  iess  and  with 
special  clamps  for  elevating  and  tilting  knife,  as  used  at  Rockefeller  Institute  for  Medical  Research, 
Neurological  Institute  and  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  New  York  City,  etc.  Complete  147.50 


344 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  33672 


33672. 


33676. 

33680. 

33684. 

33688. 


Microtome,  Large  Brain,  Sartorius,  for  cutting  whole  brain  sections  to  a  thickness  of  15  microns.  As 
used  in  leading  neuropathological  laboratories  in  both  the  United  States  and  Europe.  Will  take 
a  preparation  210  x  210  mm.  The  sectioning  is  done  by  the  celloidin  method  and  the  knife  oper¬ 
ates  under  the  surface  of  the  alcohol.  Special  CO2  freezing  device  may  be  used  in  connection 
with  this  microtome  for  freezing  whole  brain  sections  at  extra  price.  Price  includes  one  knife 
45  cm  long  and  wooden  table  for  the  microtome. 

Duty  Free .  420.00  Duty  Paid .  560.00 

Knife  and  Clamp  to  hold  same  in  rectangular  position  for  paraffin  sections. 


Duty  Free .  30.00 

Extra  Knife,  45  cm  long  for  celloidin. 

Duty  Free .  21.60 

Object  Disc,  regular. 

Duty  Free .  15.00 

Object  Disc,  with  clamp. 

Duty  Free .  21.00 


Duty  Paid .  40.00 

Duty  Paid . ■ .  28.80 

Duty  Paid .  20.00 

Duty  Paid .  28.00 


No.  33692 — Attached  to  CO2  Cylinder  No.  29548 

Microtome,  Freezing,  Sartorius,  suitable  for  both  paraffin  and 
celloidin  cutting  but  widely  used  as  the  most  convenient 
form  of  microtome  for  quick  sectioning  of  specimens  frozen 
by  means  of  CO2.  With  automatic  adjustment  for  sections 
down  to  5  microns  in  thickness.  Including  object  clamp, 
two  knives  with  box  and  springback  for  honing,  embedding 
disc,  andCCU  freezing  att  achment  but  without  CO2  Cylinder. 
Duty  Free .  37.25  Stock .  50.00 

Note:— Because  of  the  U.  S.  law  requiring  registration  of  cylinders  in  which  CO2  is 
sold  we  recommend  the  use  of  U.  S.  Standard  Cylinders.  See  p.  252. 


33692. 


No.  33692 


345 


A  R  T  H  U  R 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  33740 


33696. 


33700. 


33704. 


33708. 

33712. 


33716. 

33720. 


33724. 

33728. 

33732. 

33736. 

33740. 


Microtome,  Hand,  Bausch  &  Lomb.  This  convenient  little  microtome  is  carefully  made  and  neatly 
finished.  While  designed  primarily  for  cutting  sections  of  stems  and  roots,  it  can  be  used  for 
both  animal  and  vegetable  tissues.  The  feed  is  accurate  and  effected  by  means  9f  a  micrometer 

screw,  the  collar  of  which  is  graduated  in  steps  of  25  microns  each.  Without  knife .  6.00 

Microtome,  Table,  Bausch  &  Lomb.  This  model  attaches  securely  to  a  table  edge  or  similar  support 
and  is  adapted  to  all  kinds  of  sectioning  for  thicknesses  of  5  microns  and  over.  It  is  used  largely 
in  work  preliminary  to  surgical  operations  and  by  students  in  ordinary  laboratory  work.  With¬ 
out  knife . . .  12.50 

Microtome  Bardeen  C02  Freezing,  Bausch  &  Lomb.  This  instrument  was  originally  designed  by  Prof. 
C.  R.  Bardeen,  formerly  of  Johns  Hopkins  University,  now  of  the  University  of  Wisconsin.  It 
is  indispensable  for  clinical  work  where  sections  of  morbid  tissues  are  required  during  an  oper¬ 
ation.  The  knife  slides  on  glass  guides.  The  finest  feed  is  20  microns.  The  object  disc  is  scored 
concentrically  and  measures  36  mm  in  diameter.  The  microtome  may  be  attached  directly  to 
a  C02  cylinder.  We  recommend  for  use  with  this  microtome  a  special  knife  No.  33708  with  handle 


to  fit  the  hand.  Without  knife .  16.00 

Special  Knife .  4.00 


C02  Freezing  Attachment.  The  freezing  device  in  this  attachment  consists  of  a  small  metal  cylinder. 
The  object  is  placed  on  the  flat  disc  top  of  the  cylinder,  which  measures  36  mm  in  diameter,  and 
is  frozen  by  the  expansion  of  the  C02.  This  device  is  connected  with  the  gas  cylinder  by  a  flexi¬ 
ble  copper  tube,  provided  with  a  connecting  nut  for  joining  to  the  cylinder  and  the  necessary 
adapter  for  fitting  to  the  microtome.  We  furnish  it  also  with  an  extra  valve,  which  can  be 
placed  at  either  end  of  the  tube.  This  attachment  may  be  used  with  Students,  Medium  Labor¬ 
atory,  Automatic  Laboratory  or  Table  Microtomes.  Complete  with  valve,  but  without  cylinder 

of  COa .  9.00 

CO 2  Freezing  Attachment  as  above  but  without  valve .  7.50 

Ribbon  Carrier,  for  attaching  to  the  knife  block  of  either  of  the  Minot  Rotary  Microtomes  as  shown  in 
the  illustration  and  is  very  useful  in  serial  sectioning.  The  ribbon  is  of  silk  40  mm  wide,  mounted 

on  rollers  and  is  easily  operated  by  a  knurled  head . 7.50 

Ribbon  Carrier,  same  as  above,  for  attaching  to  Precision  Microtome .  7.50 

Object  Clamp,  for  Rotary  Microtomes,  to  replace  embedding  disc.  With  closed  back  and  open  sides. 

Will  take  an  object  26  mm  thick .  3.00 

Object  Clamp,  as  above,  but  with  closed  sides.  Will  take  an  object  28  x  26  mm .  3.00 

“  Coplin,  for  Rotary  Microtomes.  Provides  extreme  rigidity  and  will  take  a  block  32  x 

29  mm .  4.00 

Object  Clamp,  Naples  Universal  for  the  Automatic  and  Medium  Laboratory  Microtomes.  Will  accom¬ 
modate  a  block  35  x  32  mm .  15.00 


346 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  33760 


No.  33780 


f  ' 

No.  33744 


No.  33748 


No.  33752 


No.  33796 


No.  33776 


No.  33784 


33744. 


33748. 

33752. 


33756. 

33760. 


33764. 

33768. 

33772. 


33776. 

33780. 

33784. 


33788. 

33792. 

33796. 

33800. 

33804. 


Microtome  Knives,  a  plain,  straight  blade  which  may  be  held  on  the  microtome  either  by  the  razor 
or  knife  holder,  or  by  a  special  holder  which  supports  the  knife  at  both  ends.  The  blades  are 
true  and  evenly  tempered.  Ease  and  rapidity  in  sharpening  are  secured  by  the  use  of  an  attach¬ 
able  ebony  handle.  Each  knife  is  furnished  in  a  velvet-lined  case. 

Length  of  blade,  mm .  90  125  165 

Cutting  edge,  mm .  82  120  158 

Each . . . 3.50  4.75  6.00 

Handle  for  use  in  sharpening  above  knives .  1.00 

Microtome  Knives,  Shanked,  for  attaching  directly  to  the  knife  block  by  means  of  the  clamping  screw 
Each  knife  furnished  in  a  velvet-lined  case. 

Length  of  blade,  mm .  90  125  165 

Cutting  edge,  mm .  82  120  160 

Each .  5.00  6J5  83)0 

Microtome  Knife,  Shanked,  165  mm  blade  and  160  mm  cutting  edge.  Same  as  No.  33752  but  heavier.  10.00 
Microtome  Knife,  Minot,  for  the  Minot  Automatic  Precision  Microtome.  The  handles  are  simply  ex¬ 
tensions  of  the  back  of  which  they  are  a  part  and  have  the  same  section,  hence  when  the  knife 
is  placed  in  the  clamps  it  is  held  perfectly  true.  The  knife  may  be  honed  in  the  usual  manner 
but,  instead  of  stropping,  the  edge  is  polished  by  means  of  diamantine  powder  on  a  plane  glass 

plate,  315  mm  long  with  cutting  edge  of  190  mm.  In  velvet-lined  case .  15.00 

Glass  Plate,  for  use  in  sharpening .  1.25 

Diamantine  Powder,  per  bottle .  50 

Knife  Holder  designed  to  hold  the  plain  knives  for  the  Automatic  and  the  Medium  Laboratory 
Microtomes  and  for  the  Student  Microtome.  This  holder  is  strong  and  rigid  and  when  the 
knife  is  in  position  its  upper  surface  is  entirely  exposed. 

To  hold  knife,  mm .  90  125  165 

Each .  1.50  1.75  2.00 

Adjustable  Knife  and  Razor  Holder .  4.00 

Tilting  Knife  Clamp,  for  Precision  Microtome,  per  pair .  7.50 

Section  Knives,  for  Table  or  Hand  Microtomes,  or  for  free-hand  sectioning.  Of  very  best  quality 
steel,  with  straight  blade,  flat  on  one  side,  and  with  fixed  ebony  handle.  In  case. 

Length  of  cutting  edge,  mm .  75  90  _  95  125  140 

Each . .  L75  23)0  2.25  2.75  3.50 

Section  Razors,  folding  type  with  perfectly  straight  edge.  Flat  concave  shape  with  blade  75  mm 

long . ; . 85 

Section  Razor,  same  as  No.  33788  but  with  both  sides  flat .  1.00 

Section  Razor,  same  quality  steel  as  above  but  better  finished.  Flat  concave  shape,  with  blade  100 

mm  long .  1.25 

Section  Razor,  same  as  No.  33796  but  75  mm  long .  1.00 

“  “  “  “  No.  33800  but  with  both  sides  concave .  1.00 


347 


f 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


EMERSON  PL  ACE.  CHARLESTOWN.  MASS.  — K' 


®;il  ts  tfl.Mi'.KJ  i'..Av,u  a' •  . 


No.  33840 


No.  33828 


No.  33848 


No.  33852 


33808. 

33816. 

33820. 

33824. 

33828. 

33832. 

33836. 


33840. 

33844. 


33848. 

33852. 

33856. 


33860. 


Block  Strop  of  finest  leather,  perfectly  blocked  on  a  solid  wood  back;  375  x  65  mm.  Coarse  or  fine. . .  2.00 

Dressing  for  above  Strops,  per  box . 25 

Hone,  Yellow  Belgian,  250  x  50  mm .  3.50 

“  “  “  150  x40  mm . ". .  1.50 

“  Blue  Green,  260  x  50  mm .  1.00 

“  “  “  180  x40  mm .  .75 

Palm  Oil  Soap,  per  cake . 10 

Note. — The  Yellow  Belgian  Hone  with  Palm  Oil  Soap  is  used  for  first  grinding,  followed  by  the  Blue  Green  Water  Hone.  The  above 
hones  are  of  the  finest  possible  grain,  free  from  grit.  Each  is  furnished  in  a  wooden  box  with  cover.  The  Blue  Hones  have 
rubbing  stone. 

Razor  Strop,  Emerson,  of  calf  skin,  17^  inches  long . . .  2.00 

Red  Fibre  Blocks,  for  celloidin  sections.  Size,  inches. .  |x;x|  fxfxj  fxjxf  lxlxj 

Per  100 .  .  3.00  3.50  4.50  6.00 

Spring  Back  for  holding  microtome  knives  at  proper  angle  daring  honing.  It  is  necessary  for  us  to 

have  the  knife  in  order  to  fit  this  back . 50 

Safety  Razor  Holder .  4.00 

Paraffin  Embedding  Box,  for  use  in  embedding  objects  in  paraffin,  consisting  of  two  metal  L’s  with  a 

metal  plate.  Height,  mm .  10  20  30 

Each . . . . 40  .40  .40 

Embedding  Table,  for  embedding  objects  in  paraffin,  consisting  of  a  triangular  copper  plate  400  mm 
long  and  190  mm  wide  at  the  large  end .  2.00 


No.  33900  No.  33904  No.  33908  No.  33920 


33900. 

33904. 

33908. 

33912. 

33916. 

33920. 


MILK  TESTING  APPARATUS 

Creamometer,  for  showing  the  percentage  of  cream  in  milk,  graduated  from  0  to  30% . 30 

“  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  on  foot,  without  stopcock;  graduated 

from  0  to  50% . . .  .......  . 75 

Milk  Testing  Set,  Holt,  for  testing  human  milk  consisting  of  two  stoppered  graduated  cylinders,  lac¬ 
tometer  and  cylinder  for  same .  2.50 

Lactometer,  New  York  Board  of  Health  form,  with  Spence  scale,  in  which  sp.  gr.  1.029=  100;  length  12 

inches,  without  thermometer . 75 

Lactometer,  same  as  No.  33912  but  with  thermometer .  1.75 

Lactometer,  Quevenne,  new  design;  graduated  in  accordance  with  the  specific  gravity  scaie  with  first 
two  figures  omitted  for  sake  of  convenience,  i.  e.,  1.029  specific  gravity  =  29  Quevenne.  The 
fractions. in  the  blue  columns  indicate  the  percentage  of  water  in  skim  milk,  and  in  the  yellow 
column,  in  whole  milk;  165  mm  long,  without  thermometer . 50 


% 


348 


ARTHUR 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  33932 


No.  33936 


No.  33940 


33924. 

33928. 

33932. 

33936. 


33940. 


Lactometer,  same  as  No.  33920  but  210  mm  long . 60 

“  “  “  No.  33924  but  with  thermometer .  1.50 

Lactoscope,  Feser,  for  determining  the  amount  of  fat  in  milk  by  its  degree  of  translucency.  With  grad¬ 
uated  pipette,  in  polished  wooden  case,  complete  with  directions  for  use .  4.50 

Milk  Tester,  Babcock,  fitted  with  deep,  seamless  brass  tubes  and  malleable  iron  tinned  head.  Op¬ 
erates  easily,  without  vibration  or  jar  and  may  be  readily  attached  to  any  table  or  bench.  Com¬ 
plete  with  full  set  of  glassware,  consisting  of  test  bottles,  pipette,  acid  measure,  bottle  brush  and 
bottle  of  acid.  With  directions  for  use. 

Number  of  tubes . . .  . 2 _ 4^ 

Each .  4.00  5.00 

Milk  Tester,  Babcock,  for  hand  operation,  enclosed  in  cast  iron  case  with  cover.  Operates  easily  and 
noiselessly  at  high  speed.  With  complete  set  of  glassware  and  directions  for  use. 

Number  of  bottles .  6  8 _ hi _ 12 

Each .  9.00  10.00  12.00  14.00 


33944. 

33948. 


No.  33944 


No.  33948 


Milk  Tester,  Babcock,  same  as  No.  33940,  but  for  operation  with  steam  turbine. 

Number  of  bottles .  12 _ 18 _ 24 

Each .  25.00  27.50  30.00 

Milk  Tester,  Babcock,  International  Electric  Size  1,  8-Bottle.  These  are  of  same  construction  as  the 
International  Electric  Centrifuges,  for  which  the  Babcock  heads  listed  and  shown  here  are  inter¬ 
changeable.  With  8  trunnion  buckets  and  with  speed  control  rheostat  but  without  glassware 
or  heater. 


110  volts  a.  e.  220  volts,  a.  c. 

Current .  110  volts  d.  c.  220  volts  d.  c.  60  cycles _ 60  cycles 

Each .  54.00  58.00  60.00  65.00 


349 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  34000 


33952.  Milk  Tester,  Babcock,  International  Electric  Size  2,  16-Bottle.  The  cups  regularly  furnished  with  this 
machine  carry  all  the  usual  styles  of  7  inch  Babcock  test  bottles  and,  in  addition  the  9  inch  cream 
test  bottles  may  also  be  used.  With  16  trunnion  buckets,  speed  control  rheostat  and  mechanical 
brake,  but  without  glassware  or  heater.  110  TOlts  a  c  220  volts  a.  c. 

Current .  no  volts  d.  c.  220  volts  d.c.  60  cycles  60  cycles 

Each . .  76.00  8tT.OO  105.00  107.00 

33956.  Milk  Tester,  Babcock,  International  Electric  Size  2,  24-Bottle.  This  is  a  modified  form  of  the  regular 
Size  2  Centrifuge,  but  of  greater  height,  i.e.,  40  inches  and  weighing  about  200  lbs.  With  24 
buckets,  speed  control  rheostat  and  mechanical  brake  but  without  glassware  or  heater. 
r,  .  no  volts  a.  c.  220  volts  a.  e, 

current . . .  110  volts  d.c.  220  volts  d.c.  60  cycles  60  cycles 

Each . .  125.00  130.00  140.00  145700 

33960.  Electric  Heater  for  International  Milk  Testers,  for  convenience  in  heating  the  test  bottles  while  in 
the  centrifuge,  operating  on  the  same  current  as  the  motor. 

For  Milk  Tester  Number .  33948  33952  33956 

Price  of  Electric  Heater  attached .  11.50  12.50  12.50 

Glassware  for  Babcock  Test,  in  accordance  with  the  specifications  formulated  by  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Stand¬ 
ards  for  standard  Babcock  glassware  and  adopted  by  the  Official  Dairy  Instructors  Association. 

33964.  Milk  Test  Bottle,  8%,  18  grams,  so-called  “6  inch”  bottle.  Each . 25 

33968.  Cream  Test  Bottle,  50%,  9  grams.  Length,  inches .  6  9 

Each .  TifT  .45 

33972.  Pipette,  Babcock,  delivering  17.6  cc  in  5  to  8  seconds  at  20°  C.  Each . 20 

33976.  Skim  Milk  Bottle,  double  bore,  Patent.  Graduated  in .  ?t>%  x^g% 

Each .  .50  .50 

33980.  Acid  Measure,  17.5  cc . 10 

33984.  Acid  Burette.  Number  of  17.5  cc  charges . . .  3  6  12  25 

Each... . . .  2.00  2.00  2750  3.00 

Combined  Acid  Bottle  and  Pipette.  For  storing  acid  and  delivering  charges  of  17.5  cc .  5.00 


33988. 

33992. 

33996. 

34000. 


Milk  Tester,  Heeren  (Pioscope),  for  determining  the  richness  of  milk  by  comparison  with  standard 

colors . . . . .  1.00 

Paper,  Schleicher  &  Schiill,  No.  571,  fat  extracted  for  milk  analysis.  See  M.  A.  Adams,  “Analyst,” 

1885,  p.  46.  In  strips  56  x  65  mm.  Per  50  strips .  1.75 

Slide  Rule,  Richmond,  for  calculating  the  total  solids  in  milk .  4.00 


350 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


40300. 

40304. 

40308. 

40312. 


No.  40300  No.  40304  No.  40308  No.  40312 

Balance,  Torsion,  for  cream  test,  with  sliding  tare  weight,  weight  pan,  special  bottle  holder  and  arrest; 
sensibility  1  centigram;  with  special  9  and  18  gram  weights. 


For,  bottles . . .  12  4 

Each . ~~12.00  13.00  15.00 


Fat  Extraction  Tube,  Rohrig,  for  use  in  the  Rose-Gottlieb  method;  46  cm  high  with  a  capacity  to  base 
of  neck  of  87J  cc.  The  delivery  tube  with  stopcock  is  so  placed  that  its  center  lino  coincides  with 
the  surface  of  23  cc  of  liquid  in  the  main  tube.  With  polished  wooden  base  with  indentation  for 
flask,  but  without  flask  as  shown  in  illustration.  As  used  in  the  Dairy  Laboratory.  Bureau  of 


Chemistry  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture .  2.25 

Galactometer,  Adam,  with  two  bulbs  and  glass  stopcock .  2.50 

Automatic  Reckoner,  Ackermann,  for  dry  substances  in  milk,  with  directions .  2.00 


View  in  Salesroom  showing  special  stands  for  the  display  of  Beakers,  Flasks,  etc. 


351 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


MINERALOGY,  CRYSTALLOGRAPHY,  PETROGRAPHY,  ETC. 

Note — We  are  enabled  to  offer  by  special  arrangement  with  the  maker,  the  optical  measuring  instru¬ 
ments  for  Crystallography  as  designed  by  Prof.  Victor  Goldschmidt,  of  Heidelberg.  Original 
catalogue  is  sent  on  application. 


No.  40420 


40400. 

40404. 

40408. 

40412. 

40416. 

40420. 

40424. 


Goniometer,  Grinding,  Goldschmidt,  complete  as  described  in  Zeitschr.  fur 

Krystallnqr.  1912 ,  B  l.  51,  S"ite  359 . . . 

Goniometer,  Two-Circle  type,  Goldschmidt,  Model  1910,  complete  as  described 

in  Zeitsrhrift  fur  Kryst  alloar.,  1898,  Bd.  29,  Seite  333 . 

Goniometer,  Two-Circle  type,  Goldschmidt,  as  above,  simplified  model. ...  . 

Accessory  to  the  above  for  the  photography  of  oriented  specimens . . 

Application  Goniometer,  Penfield,  pocket  form,  from  stock . 

Crystal  Modeling  Apparatus,  Goldschmidt,  as  described  in  Zeitschrift  fur 

Krystalloar.  1908,  * Bd .  45,  S-itr,  573  . 

Mineral  Sectioning  Apparatus,  Wiilfing . 


Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

690.00 

920.00 

360.00 

480.00 

240.00 

320.00 

21.00 

28.00  ' 
1.25 

120.00 

160.00 

11.40 

15.20 

352 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  40432 


No.  40440 


No.  40448 


40428. 

40432. 

40436. 

40440. 

40444. 

40448. 


40452. 

40456. 

40460. 

40464. 


40468. 

40472. 

40476. 

40480. 

40484. 


Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

540.00 

720.00 

11.40 

15.20 

150.00 

200.00 

7.50 

10.00 

Goniometer,  Goldschmidt,  large  model,  for  the  measuring  of  very  large  crys¬ 
tals,  complete  as  described  in  Zeitschrift  Jur  Krystallogr.  1910,  Bd.  Jtf , 

Seile  50 . 

Application  Goniometer,  Two-Circle  type  Goldschmidt,  an  improvement  of  the 
1896  model,  as  described  in  Zeitschrifl  J'tir  Krystallogr.  1896,  Bd.  25,  Seile 

821 . 

Axial- Angle  Apparatus,  Wiilfing,  complete  in  accordance  with  Neues  Jahrbuch 

fur  Mineralogie,  1899,  Beil.  Bd.  12,  Seile  843 .  150.00 

Tourmaline  Tongs,  with  condensing  lens.  Price  varies  in  accordance  with  the 
perfection  of  the  tourmaline  plates.  A  good  specimen  may  be  had  for 
Tourmaline  Specimens,  mounted  in  cork  mounts,  48  x  28  mm,  for  demonstration  of  optical  properties 
of  crystals  in  polariscope,  dichroscope,  etc.,  and  very  suitable  for  use  with  tourmaline  tongs, 
and  illustrating  all  of  the  six  crystal  systems,  are  to  be  had  at  prices  varying  in  accordance 
with  the  perfection  of  the  specimens.  On  this  account  it  is  difficult  to  list  these  specimens  but 
complete  lists  of  the  best  European  preparers  will  be  sent  on  application 
Grinding  and  Polishing  Machine,  Gasser,  designed  especially  for  the  preparation  of  micro  sections 
of  bones  and  teeth.  r\  he  table  is  rigidly  constructed  and  is  1  meter  in  height,  and  is  provided 
with  a  zinc  dish  in  which  the  revolving  lap  operates,  so  that  grinding  may  be  done  under  water 
if  necessary.  r\  he  electric  motor  drives  the  lap  at  a.  speed  of  1500  r.p.m.  while  above  the  table 
a  heavy  support  carries  the  specimen  spindle,  provided  with  knob  for  hand  guidance  and  adjust¬ 
able  ring  for  regulating  the  thickness  of  the  specimen.  The  specimen  discs  are  5  cm  in  diameter. 
Bone  sections  may  he  ground  and  polished  completely  in  ten  minutes  and  teeth  sections  in  20 
minutes.  Outfit  consists  of  apparatus  with  motor  (Voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering),  start¬ 
ing  rheostat,  connecting  plug,  two  15  cm  grinding  discs  of  different 
degrees  of  fineness,  one  15  cm  metal  disc  for  polishing  and  four  speci¬ 


men  discs. 

Extra  Grinding  Discs,  15  cm,  each. 
“  Polishing  Discs,  15  cm,  each. 
“  Specimen  Discs,  5  cm,  each.. 


Duty  Free 
66.00 
1.65 
3.00 
.70 


Duty  Paid 
80.00 
2.00 
3.60 
.80 


Grinding  and  Polishing  Machine,  for  minerals  and  metals,  identical  in  construction  with  above  but 
with  gear  providing  a  speed  of  2000  r.p.m.  to  the  grinding  disc  and  with  disc  20  cm  in  diameter. 
With  automatic  gear  for  rotating  the  spindle  carrying  the  specimen  disc  during  the  process. 
Removable  lead  weights  provide  means  of  regulating  the  pressure  upon  the  specimen  disc  when 
automatic  gear  is  used.  An  adjustment  ring  upon  the  spindle  automatically  ends  the  grinding 
when  the  desired  thickness  of  specimen  is  reached.  Outfit  consists  of  motor  fVoltage  must  be 
specified  in  ordering).  With  rheostat  and  connecting  plug,  two  20  cm  grinding  discs  of  silica- 
carborundum  compound  of  different  cutting  capacities  and  20  cm  disc 

of  metal  for  polishing  and  two  specimen  discs  5  cm  diameter . 

Grinding  and  Polishing  Machine,  as  above,  with  two  specimen  spindles  for 

simultaneously  grinding  two  specimens  and  with  four  discs .  118.80 

Grinding  and  Polishing  Machine,  as  above,  with  four  specimen  spindles  for 

simultaneously  grinding  four  specimens  and  with  eight  discs .  151.80 

Extra  Grinding  Discs,  of  Silica-Carborundum,  20  cm  diameter,  each.. 

“  Polishing  Discs,  of  metal,  20  cm  diameter,  each . 

“  Specimen  Discs,  each . 


Duty  Free 

92.40 

Duty  Paid 
112.00 

118.80 

144.00 

151.80 

184.00 

6.60 

8.00 

4.00 

4.80 

.70 

.80 

353 


ARTHUR 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


GONIOMETER,  HUTCHINSON  UNIVERSAL,  for  use  as  an  ordinary  goniometer  for  the  measurement  of  angles, 
as  an  axial-angle  apparatus,  as  a  Kohlrausch  total-reflectometer  and  for  determining  refractive 
indices  by  the  prism  method.  It  is  intended  primarily  for  the  examination  of  small  crystals  and 
by  its  aid  all  the  usual  crystallographic  and  optical  determinations  can  be  readily  carried  out.  In 
its  design  the  attempt  has  been  made  to  combine  efficiency  with  simplicity  and  strength  of  construc¬ 
tion,  together  with  adaptability  to  a  great  variety  of  purposes. 

A  circle  D,  five  inches  in  diameter,  graduated  to  J  degrees  and  reading  by  a  vernier  to  minutes,  is  supported  by  a  stout 
bracket  S,  at  a  height  of  ten  inches  above  a  flat  base-plate  P,  eleven  inches  square.  The  circle  is  provided  with  a  slow- 
motion  attachment,  and  can  be  clamped  by  the  screw  E.  A  steel  rod,  wnich  can  be  clamped  at  any  convenient  position  by 
the  screw  F,  passes  through  the  centre  of  the  circle  and  carries,  at  its  lower  end,  the  ordinary  centring  and  adjusting  arrange¬ 
ments  shown  at  G.  A  loose  collar,  which  can  be  clamped  to  the  rod  by  the  screw  R,  gives  the  means  of  raising  the  adjust¬ 
ing  head  and  of  again  lowering  it  to  its  former  position. 

A  telescope  A ,  and  a  collimator  C,  are  securely  clamped  to  the  base-plate  in  the  manner  shown  at  K ,  a  number  of  holes 
being  provided  for  this  purpose  at  convenient  positions.  The  object-glasses  of  the  telescope  and  collimator  are  I  inch  in  di¬ 
ameter  and  about  4  inches  in  focal  length.  Their  tubes  are  carried  by  collars,  provided  with  adjusting  screws.  An  addi¬ 
tional  lens  of  2j  inches  focus  is  also  supplied.  This  can  be  slipped  into  position  in  front  of  the  objective  of  the  telescope, 
thereby  converting  the  latter  into  a  microscope  of  low  power  with  which  the  crystal  can  be  examined. 

The  telescope  and  collimator  are  placed  at  any  convenient  angle  to  one  another  (some  angle  between  60°  and  90°  will 
be  found  suitable),  and  the  microscope  B  is  arranged  so  that  its  optical  axis  bisects  the  angle  between  them.  The  microscope 
tube,  which  is  eight  inches  long,  is  moved  by  an  ordinary  coarse  adjustment  actuated  by  a  pair  of  milled  heads,  one  of 
which  is  seen  in  the  figure  just  below  the  telescope.  At  one  end  it  carries  the  fitting  of  an  objective  changer  of  the  Zeiss 
pattern  which  enables  different  objectives  to  be  rapidly  slipped  into  position  and  provides  a  means  of  adjusting  them  to  the 
axis  of  the  microscope.  Objectives  of  -j  inch  and  of  2  inches  focal  length  will  be  found  the  most  generally  useful,  but  others 
can  be  employed  if  desired.  At  the  other  end  a  nicol  N  slips  on  over  the  eye-piece;  the  latter  and  the  nicol-holder  are 
slotted  to  admit  of  the  insertion  of  a  quartzrwedge  or  mica-plate.  A  Bertrand  lens  L  slides  into  the  body  of  the  microscope. 

An  adjustable  table  T,  which  can  be  levelled  by  the  screws  W,  is  carried  by  a  steel  rod  which  can  be  clamped  by  the 
screw  Q;  a  loose  collar  clamped  to  the  rod  by  a  screw  enables  the  table  to  be  rotated  when  supported  at  any  convenient 
height.  On  this  table  can  be  placed  a  tank,  when  it  is  desired  to  observe  the  crystal  immersed  in  a  liquid. 

Two  extra  fittings,  not  shown  in  the  figure,  are  also  provided.  One  enables  a  short  tube  containing  a  nicol  and  a  con¬ 
densing  lens  to  be  placed  opposite  the  objective  of  the  microscope.  The  other  can  be  clamped  to  the  graduated  circle:  at 
its  lower  end  it  carries  a  collar  into  which  the  telescope  A  can  be  screwed,  thus  enabling  the  latter  to  be  supported  at  the 
same  height  above  the  base-plate  (3j  inches)  as  the  collimator  and  microscope. 


40488. 

40492. 

40496. 

40500. 

40504. 


Universal  Goniometer,  as  above,  with  2  inch  and  5  inch  microscope  objectives 

and  centering  objective  changes . 

Special  Objective,  with  centering  changes  and  webbed  eyepiece  for  using 

microscope  as  a  telescope . 

Glass  Tank,  with  optically  plane  face  and  Centigrade  thermometer . 

Sliding  tank  holder . . . 

Case,  for  complete  outfit . 


Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

210.00 

280.00 

15.00 

20.00 

5.60 

7.50 

6.00 

8.00 

12.00 

16.00 

40512. 

40516. 


Dichroscope,  von  Lang,  improved  form,  in  case . 

Dichroscope,  with  revolving  stage  and  graduated  circle,  with  spectroscope 
attachment .  • 


Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 

4.20  5.60 

12.00  16.00 


354 


A  R  T  H  U  R  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  40520 

MICROSCOPE,  BAUSCH  &  LOMB  PETROGRAPHICAL,  RESEARCH  MODEL  LD.  This  microscope,  except 

for  certain  mechanical  details,  is  patterned  after  the  microscope  described  by  F.  E.  Wright  in  Amer. 

Jour,  of  Science,  (4)  %9,  407-414,  1910;  also  in  ‘'The  Methods  of  Petrographic  Microscope  Research” 

Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington  Publication  158,  1911. 

The  special  features  of  this  research  model  are: — 

Large  Abbe  Aplanatic  Condenser,  N.  A.  1.40,  which,  together  with  an  Ahrens  prism  of  20  mm  aperture, 
can  be  used  both  with  high  power  and  low  power  objectives. 

Special  Mounting  for  Polarizer,  which  can  be  swung  in  and  out  of  axis  of  microscope  at  will. 

Large  Sensitive  Tint  Plate  mounted  in  rotating  carrier  below  condenser.  This  arrangement  is  superior 
in  two  respects  to  the  usual  method  of  inserting  the  plate  above  the  objective:  the  optical  system 
is  not  disturbed  on  insertion  of  the  plate;  the  mounting  enables  the  observer  to  rotate  the  sen¬ 
sitive  tint  plate  and  thus  to  vary  at  will  the  intensity  of  field  illumination  produced  by  the  plate, 
also  to  pass  from  one  quadrant  to  another.  In  very  weakly  birefracting  minerals  it  is  essen¬ 
tial  that  the  field  illumination  from  the  sensitive  tint  plate  be  very  weak;  otherwise  the  faint 
interference  colors  from  the  fine  mineral  grains,  either  in  parallel  or  in  convergent  polarized 
light,  will  be  veiled  and  lost  to  view  in  the  intense  illumination  of  the  field  produced  by  the 
sensitive  tint  plate  in  the  usual  diagonal  direction. 

Large  Mechanical  Stage,  simple  in  design  and  construction  and  practically  dust-proof,  with  a  play 
of  24  mm  in  two  directions  at  right  angles,  the  divisions  on  the  screw  heads  reading  to  0.01  mm. 


355 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


MICROSCOPE,  PETROGRAPHICAL  (continued) 

Large  space  between  stage  and  arm,  necessary  for  manipulation  of  universal  stage  and  other  acces¬ 
sories;  also  for  opaque  mineral  investigations  in  reflected  light. 

Objective  Clamp  and  rings  of  case-hardened  steel. 

Device  for  simultaneous  rotation  of  Nicols. 

Wide  Draw  Tube  useful  for  photomicrographic  work. 

Entire  analyzer  carrier  included  within  body  tube  and  thus  protected  from  dust.  Even  when  the 
analyzer  is  withdrawn  from  axis  of  microscope,  it  is  still  within  the  tube. 

Bertrand  lens  slide  accurately  constructed  to  insure  exact  centering.  Below  the  Bertrand  lens  is  an 
iris  diaphragm  and  above  it  a  small  lens  on  an  arm,  which,  together  with  eyepiece,  forms  a  micro¬ 
scope  focused  on  the  plane  of  the  iris  diaphragm  and  enables  the  observer  to  bring  the  image  of 
the  object  on  the  stage  to  coincidence  with  the  plane  of  the  iris  diaphragm  and  thus  to  insure 
elimination  of  stray  light  from  adjacent  mineral  grains  in  the  case  of  the  measurement  of  the 
optic  axial  angle  of  a  mineral  grain  or  plate  in  a  specimen. 

Rack  and  Pinion  movement  for  Bertrand  lens,  permitting  one  to  raise  or  lower  it  and  thus  change  the 
magnification  of  an  interference  figure  from  one  to  two  diameters. 

Specifications  of  Stand 


40520. 

40524. 


40528. 

40532. 

40536. 

40540. 


40544. 


40548. 


40552. 

40556. 

40560. 


Arm — Curved  type,  providing  ample  vertical  distance  from  stage  to  arm  of  60  mm;  horizontal  distance  from  center  of  stage 
to  base  of  arm,  80  mm. 

Tube — Body  tube,  55  mm  outside  diameter,  with  inner  tube  adjustable  by  rack  and  pinion  (two  heads)  through  a  range 
of  25  mm;  inner  tube  contains  a  Bertrand  lens,  with  an  auxiliary  lens  above  it  and  an  iris  diaphragm  below  it, 
each  adjustable  from  the  right  hand  side  of  the  body  tube;  draw  tube  slides  in  metal  fitting  graduated  in  single 
millimeters  and  numbered  160,  170  and  180,  taking  standard  sized  (23  mm)  eyepieces,  which  are  supplied  here  with 
cross-hairs  and  the  eye-lens  adjustable  for  focusing  upon  them;  notch  in  the  upper  edge  of  draw  tube  fixes  azimuth 
of  the  eyepiece ;  within  the  lower  portion  of  the  body  tube  the  analyzer  is  mounted  to  slide  in  and  out  of  the  optical 
axis  on  the  rotating  arm;  45°  slot  in  body  tube  with  dust-proof  shutter  placed  just  beneath  the  analyzer  for  acces¬ 
sories;  provided  with  non-detachable  nose-piece,  centering  by  means  of  two  screws  working  at  right  angles  in  N  and 
E  positions. 

Focusing  Adjustments — Coarse  adjustment  by  standard  rack  and  pinion;  fine  adjustment  of  Bausch-Lomb  lever  type 
with  micrometer  screw  head  graduated  in  100  parts,  each  equal  to  .0025  mm  in  vertical  movement,  and  provided 
with  a  vernier  sliding  vertically  to  follow  rise  and  fall  of  micrometer  head  for  reading  to  .0005  mm;  mechanism 
ceases  to  act  when  objective  touches  slide. 

Stage — Revolving,  with  clamping  device  to  set  in  any  desired  position;  circumference  graduated  in  single  degrees  with 
each  tenth  line  numbered,  the  two  verniers  reading  to  0.1°;  two  additional  verniers,  also  reading  to  0.1°,  are  at¬ 
tached  to  the  support  of  bar  connecting  nicols;  outside  diameter  of  graduated  circle,  112  mm;  mounted  on  the  re¬ 
volving  stage  is  an  adjustable  stage  plate,  95  mm  in  diameter,  with  mechanical  cross  movements  actuated  by  grad¬ 
uated  heads  set  90°  apart,  the  graduations  reading  to  0.01  mm;  stage  aperture,  32  mm,  with  reducing  disc  having 
an  aperture  of  19  mm. 

Substage— Adjustable  by  rack  and  pinion;  carries  condenser,  iris  diaphragm,  selenite  plate  and  polarizer. 

Illuminating  Apparatus — Aplanatic  condenser,  1.40  N.A.,  with  upper  two  lenses  removable,  giving  0.40  N.A.  with  lower  lens 
alone;  placed  in  fixed  substage  arm  with  small  set-screw  and  is  easily  removable;  iris  diaphragm  below  condenser; 
mirror,  plane  and  concave,  50  mm  in  diameter,  with  fork  in  socket  adjustable  along  substage  support. 

Polarizer— An  Ahrens  prism  in  revolving  mount  attached  to  swinging  arm,  permitting  complete  removal  from  optical 
axis;  above  the  polarizer,  attached  to  the  iris  diaphragm  mount,  is  a  revolvable  carrier  for  sensitive  tint  plate  (20 
mm  outside  diameter),  itself  carried  in  sliding  mount  allowing  withdrawal  from,  and  return  to,  optical  axis. 

Analyzer — A  Thompson  prism,  revolvable  a  quarter  turn,  insliding  prism-box,  allowing  withdrawal  from,  and  return  to 
optical  axis  entirely  within  the  body  tube. 

Simultaneous  Rotation  of  Nicols— Rigid  bar  is  supported  at  plane  of  stage  by  arms  moving  through  90°,  with  two 
verniers  to  provide  for  reading  angle  of  rotation;  connection  arms,  with  broad  bearing  surfaces,  extending  from 
analyzer  and  polarizer  carriers  engage  bar  in  such  a  way  as  to  permit  free  movement  of  body  tube  and  substage 
wnen  focusing  and  to  eliminate  lost  motion;  bar  is  movable  in  its  support  for  instant  release  of  arms,  allowing  inde¬ 
pendent  rotation  of  polarizer  or  analyzer;  a  clamping  device  with  milled  head  on  one  of  the  verniers  sets  the  bar 
support  against  rotation,  to  permit  tne  principal  nicol  planes  to  be  set  parallel  with  cross-hairs  of  eyepiece  and  to 
provide  for  rotating  specimen  on  stage  rather  than  rotating  connected  nicols. 

Changing  Nosepiece — Consists  of  two  parts: — the  upper  one  with  clamp  permanently  attached  to  centering  nosepiece, 
the  lower,  a  ring  threaded  to  take  objective;  ring  and  socket  in  which  it  fits  made  of  steel  for  long  term  service; 
with  ring  for  each  objective  quick  interchange  is  provided  for. 

Accessories  Included — Bertrand  lens,  mounted;  one  selenite  plate,  mounted,  to  fit  substage:  one  slide-plate  to  carry  blue 
glass  and  ground  glass  for  insertion  below  condenser  iris  diaphragm  when  sensitive  tint  plate  is  withdrawn  from 
optical  axis. 

Finish — Principal  parts  in  alcohol-proof  black;  smaller  adjusting  heads  and  bar  nickel-plated;  graduated  circles  in  Ger¬ 
man  silver. 

Case — Of  hard  wood  with  polished  finish,  fitted  with  brass  lock  and  key. 


Outfit 

Objectives 

Cross-Hair 

Eyepieces 

Quick  Changing 
Nosepiece 

Price 

LD 

LD 

16  mm,  4  mm 

32  mm,  16mm,  4mm 

7.5X,  10X. 

7.5X .  10X,  12.5  X 

With  two  rings 
With  three  rings 

$311.75 

320.00 

For  the  measurement  of  the  optical  constants  of  mineral  grains  and  plates,  the  following  accessories  are 
essential: 

Universal  Holder  and  Positive  Eyepiece  to  be  used  with  the  following  accessories .  15.50 

(a)  Graduated  Quartz  Compensator  for  the  measurement  of  birefringence . 4. . . .  17.25 

(b)  Bi-Quartz-Wedge  Plate  for  the  measurement  of  extinction  angles . *. . . .  19.50 

(c)  Co-ordinate  Grating,  0.1  mm  divisions,  for  the  measurement  of  optic  axial  angles  and  for 

statictical  mineral  volume  analysis  after  the  Rosiwal  method  or  the  percentage  area 
method .  10.00 

(d)  Cap  Analyzer  with  2°  graduations  for  use  above  positive  eyepiece,  fitting  into  recessed 

plate  with  means  for  a  sufficient  rotary  adjustment  to  permit  accurate  setting  of  the 
index  point  with  zero  of  the  analyzer . 8.00 

Sliding  Stop  Eyepiece  for  the  observation  of  interference  figures  from  fine  mineral  grains;  substituted 
for  regular  eyepiece;  consists  essentially  of  two  adjustable  slits  at  right  angles  with  special  eye- 

piece  for  focusing  on  the  same .  12.50 

Adjustable  Support  for  opaque  objects;  replaces  condenser  in  substage;  two  adjustable  screws  set  at 

nght  angles  tilt  the  table  in  any  direction  desired;  the  object  table  revolves .  10.00 

New  Model  Vertical  Illuminator .  12  00 

Petrographical  Objective,  0.95  N.  A.,  4.5  mm  E.  F . V" !  8loO 


356 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  40564  No.  40572 


MICROSCOPE,  BAUSCH  AND  LOMB  PETROGRAPHICAL  TYPE  LCH.  The  features  of  this  new  model  are 
the  unusually  large  space  provided  for  manipulation  of  objects  and  super-stage  accessories;  the  mount¬ 
ing  of  rotatable  analyzer;  the  arrangement  of  the  substage  parts  for  quick  change  from  polarized  to 
ordinary  and  from  parallel  to  convergent  light.  It  is  a  high-grade  instrument  combining  the  efficiency 
and  simplicity  of  adjustment  which  are  commensurate  with  the  requirements  of  laboratory  work.  In 
designing  this  instrument  the  Bausch  &  Lomb  Optical  Co.,  have  had  the  kind  assistance  of  Dr.  Wright, 
of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  D.  C. 

Tube — Body  tube.  35  mm  outside  diameter;  draw-tube,  sliding  in  metal  fitting,  graduated  in  single  millimeters  and  numbered  160, 
170  and  180;  having  slot  for  Bertrand  lens,  with  an  iris  diaphragm  above  it;  taking  standard  size  (23  mm  diameter)  eye¬ 
pieces,  which  are  supplied  here  with  cross-hairs  and  the  eye-lens  adjustable  for  focusing  upon  them;  having  two  notches 
in  upper  edge  for  fixing  the  azimuth  of  the  eyepiece;  analyzer  box  slides  in  and  out  of  body  tube;  slot  in  body  tube  with 
dust  proof  shutter  placed  just  beneath  analyzer  for  accessories;  nosepiece  with  society  screw  thread,  non-detachable,  cen¬ 
tering  by  means  of  two  screws  working  at  right  angles  in  N  and  E  positions. 

Focusing  Devices — Coarse  adjustment  by  standard  rack  and  pinion;  fine  adjustment  of  Bausch  &  Lomb  lever  type  with  microm¬ 
eter  screw  head  graduated  in  100  parts,  each  equal  to  .0025  mm  in  vertical  movement,  and  provided  with  a  hinged 
vernier  for  reading  to  .0005  mm,  mechanism  ceases  to  act  when  objective  touches  slide. 

Stage — Revolvable;  circumference  graduated  in  single  degrees  with  each  tenth  line  numbered,  the  double  vernier  reading  to  one- 
tenth  degree  in  both  directions;  diameter  of  stage  outside  of  graduations  102  mm,  inside  90  mm;  stage  plate,  vulcanite- 
covered,  having  inlaid  for  orientation  two  millimeter  scales  at  right  angles,  30  mm  long,  with  each  tenth  line  numbered. 
Substage — Adjustable  by  long-range  quick-acting  screw,  turning  to  the  left  completely  clear  of  the  optical  axis  when  screw  reaches 
limit  of  downward  movement;  carrying  condenser,  iris  diaphragm  and  polarizer. 

Illuminating  Apparatus — Three-lens  condenser,  1.10  N.A.;  upper  lenses  in  swinging  arm  operated  by  knurled  head  at  the  side,  pro¬ 
viding  for  quick  change  from  convergent  to  parallel  light  without  disturbing  any  of  the  other  substage  pans;  iris  dia¬ 
phragm  below  condenser;  mirror  plane  and  concave,  50  mm  diameter,  on  swinging  arm  with  spring  clip  for  central  position. 
Polarizer — A  Nlcol  prism  (angular  field  19°)  in  revolving  mount  graduated  in  15  degree  parts,  each  alternate  line  numbered — 0,  30, 
60,  90  and  so  on  up  to  330;  entire  mounting  with  prism  removable  from  optical  axis  by  a  double-swing  movement  to  one 
side. 

Analyzer— A  Thompson  prism,  revolvable  a  quarter  turn,  in  sliding-prism-box  which  carries  graduations  and  indicator  allowing 
withdrawal  and  return  to  optical  axis  without  disturbing  the  reading  on  scale.  Graduations  in  5  degree  parts,  numbered 
0,  30,  60  and  90. 

Changing  Nosepiece — As  shown  in  illustration,  consists  of  two  parts,  the  upper  one  with  clamp  screwing  into  centering  nosepiece — 
the  lower,  a  ring  threaded  to  take  objective.  The  ring  and  the  socket  in  which  it  fits  are  made  of  steel  for  long  service. 
With  a  ring  for  each  objective,  quick  interchange  is  provided  for. 

Accessories  Included — One  selenite  plate,  mounted,  one  quartz  wedge,  mounted,  one  Quarter  Undulation  plate,  mounted,  and  Ber¬ 
trand  lens,  mounted;  pinhole  cap  fitting  draw-tube  for  observation  of  interference  figures  after  Lasaulx  method. 

Finish— Main  parts  including  body-tube  in  alcohol-proof  black,  pinion  heads  and  adjacent  parts  in  natural  brass  color,  adjusting 
beads  nickel  plated;  all  graduations  in  German  silver. 

Case — Of  hardwood  with  polished  finish;  fitted  with  brass  lock  and  key. 


Outfit  Objectives  Cross  Hair  Eyepieces  Quick  Changing  Nosepieces  Price 

40564.  LCH2  16  mm  4  mm  7.5  X  10  X  With  Two  Rings  153.65 

40568.  LCH4  32  mm  16  mm  4  mm  7.5  X  10  X  12.5  X  With  Three  Rings  160.00 

40572.  Glass  Model  of  Nicol  Prism,  Vrba,  on  adjustable  support,  30  cm  in  height,  for  lecture  table  use,  duty 
free .  7.35 


357 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


40576. 


40580. 


40584. 

40588. 


Polarization  Model,  Vrba,  consisting  of  four  metallic  rods  with  crosspieces  of  various  lengths  set  at 
right  angles  thereto  and  representing: — 

1.  The  ether  vibrations  in  an  ordinary  beam  of  light,  i.e.  vibrations  in  various  planes. 

2.  “  “  “  “  a  plain  polarized  beam  of  light,  i.e.  vibrations  all  in  one  plane. 

3.  “  “  “  “  “  circular  polarized  beam  of  light,  i.e.  vibrations  in  a  spiral  plane,  laevo-rotary. 

4.  “  “  “  “  “  circular  polarized  beam  of  light,  i.e.  vibrations  in  a  spiral  plane,  dextro-rotary. 

Set  of  4  models . . . - .  6.50 

Glass  Rhombohedron,  Busz,  for  demonstration  of  double  refraction  in  calcspar,  on  adjustable  support 
with  base,  duty  free .  6.75 


Models  of  Crystal  Axes,  a  set  of  six  wooden  axes  showing  the  axial  arrangement  of  each  of  the  six  crys¬ 
tal  systems,  15  cm  size.  When  ordered  with  models,  duty  free .  4.50 

Models  of  Crystal  Axes,  as  above,  25  cm  size,  duty  free .  .  6.30 


40592. 

40596. 


Models  of  Crystal  Axes,  consisting  of  a  set  of  six  metal  supports  with  colored  silk  threads  to  indicate 
positions  of  surfaces.  The  models  are  38  cm  in  size,  with  supports  and  are  very  well  suited  for 

lecture  table  demonstrations,  duty  free . .  24.00 

Models  of  Crystal  Axes,  as  above,  50  cm  size,  duty  free .  30.00 


358 


A  R  T  H  U  R  H.  THO  MAS  COMPANY 


No.  40600 

40600.  Crystal  Models,  Pear  Wood,  consisting  of  a  set  of  30  models  demonstrating  the  simpler  fundamental 
forms  of  the  six  crystal  systems  as  follows: — 

I.  Regular,  Nos.  1  to  13.  IV.  Rhombic,  Nos.  24  to  27. 

II.  Hexagonal,  Nos.  14  to  19.  V.  Monosym  metrical,  Nos.  28  and  29. 

III.  Tetragonal,  Nos.  20  to  23.  AT.  Assymetrical,  No.  30. 

Models,  as  above,  with  5  cm  models,  in  polished  compartment  case,  from  stock .  10.00 

“  “  “  “  10  cm  “  “  “  “  “  duty  free .  18.75 

40604.  Crystal  Models,  Pear  Wood,  consisting  of  a  set  of  20  models  supplementing  the  preceding  set  of  30 
and  which  add  some  of  the  more  ordinary  combinations  and  twin  developments. 

Models,  as  above,  5  cm  size,  in  polished  compartment  case,  from  stock .  12.00 

“  “  “  10  cm  “  “  “  “  “  duty  free .  17.40 

40608.  Crystal  Models,  Pear  Wood,  lecture  table  set  of  30  models,  each  of  20  to  25  cm  size,  with  blackened 
surfaces  for  marking  with  crayons.  The  arrangement  of  the  models  is  exactly  the  same  as  in 

set  No.  40600.  Imported  to  order  only,  duty  free . . .  24.60 

40612.  Crystal  Models,  Pear  Wood,  Hintze,  consisting  of  a  set  of  80  models  including  the  holohedral,  hemi- 
hedral  and  tetartohedral  forms,  to  which  are  added  the  designations  of  the  new  arrangement  by 
Groth,  Piysikul.  Ki  ysl.ullographie,  4-  Aufl.  and  Liebisch,  Grundriss  der  physikcil.  Krystallo- 


graphie  1X96. 

Models,  as  above,  5  cm  size,  in  polished  compartment  case,  duty  free .  21.60 

“  “  “  10  “  “  “  “  “  “  duty  free . 60.00 


No.  40616 


40616.  Crystal  Models,  Glass,  with  colored  silk  axes,  consisting  of  a  set  of  six  models  representing  the  six 
crystal  systems  with  a  typical  form  of  large  size,  i.e.,  20  to  25  cm,  from  each  system;  specially 
adapted  for  lecture  table  use.  In  case  without  supports,  from  stock .  9.00 


359 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  40620 


40620.  Crystal  Models,  Glass,  consisting  of  a  set  of  15 
models  of  the  same  size  and  execution  as  the 
above  but  representing  the  more  important 
fundamental  forms  of  the  six  systems.  In 
polished  wood  case;  duty  free .  14.40 

Crystal  Models,  Glass,  consisting  of  a  set  of  98  of 
the  same  size  as  above,  i.e.,20  to  25  cm,  and 
same  execution  as  the  preceding  sets,  composed 
of  six  separate  collections  which  may,  if  de¬ 
sired  be  ordered  separately  as  follows: 


No.  40660 


40624. 

40628. 

40632. 

40636. 

40640. 

40644. 

40648. 

40652. 

40656. 

40660. 

40664. 

40668. 


Crystal  Models,  Set  B,  14  models  showing  the  simpler  pyramidal  and  prismatic  forms  of  the  six  crystal 

systems  and  their  relative  position  to  each  other.  In  polished  wood  case.  Duty  free -  13.20 

Crystal  Models,  Set  D,  30  models  showing  the  simpler  fundamental  forms,  with  colored  axes  in 

polished  wood  case.  Dutyfree .  34.20 

Crystal  Models,  Set  E,  10  models  showing  the  simpler  hemihedral  forms,  the  holohedral  form  being 
made  of  cardboard  and  enclosed  in  the  former.  In  polished  wooden  case.  Duty  free. . . .  16.80 
Crystal  Models,  Set  F,  18  models  showing  the  simpler  combinations;  in  polished  wooden  case.  Duty 

free . 30.00 

Crystal  Models,  Set  G,  16  models  showing  the  complex  crystals  of  holohedral  and  hemihedral  forms. 
The  combination  is  made  of  cardboard  and  is  shown  inside  the  glass  model  which  corresponds 
to  the  faces  of  the  simpler  form  of  the  combination.  In  polished  wooden  case.  Duty  free.  26.70 
Crystal  Models,  Set  H,  10  models  of  twin  crystals  arranged  so  that  each  part  may  be  rotated  about 

the  twinning  axis.  In  oolished  wooden  case.  Dutyfree . ; .  20.40 

Complete  Set  of  98  Models,  consisting  of  six  collections  as  above,  without  boxes  and  if  ordered  at  one 

time,  duty  free .  108.00 

Crystal  Models,  Cardboard,  Vrba.  These  models  are  of  the  large  lecture  table  size,  i.e.,  16  to  25  cm. 
and  are  stoutly  made  of  sized  cardboard  with  yellow  faces  and  black  binding.  Complete  arrange¬ 
ment  of  60  models,  duty  free .  40.50 

Crystal  Models,  Cardboard.  Vrba,  as  above,  but  a  smaller  set  consisting  of  30  representative  models, 

duty  free .  21.00 

Note — For  large  collections  of  520  models  arranged  by  Vrba,  send  for  Krantz  special  catalogue  No.  11. 
Supports  for  Crystal  Models,  Vrba,  a  three-arm  support  for  simultaneously  displaying  three  large  glass 

or  cardboard  models.  When  ordered  with  models,  duty  free .  3.60 

Supports  for  Crystal  Models,  Krantz,  a  new  set  of  ten  holders  on  individual  bases,  suitable  for  demon¬ 
strating  all  ordinary  forms;  duty  free .  13.50 

Supports  for  Crystal  Models,  a  simplified  set  to  support  the  six  principal  forms,  on  adjustable  support 
with  base,  duty  free .  9.00 


360 


A  R  T  H  U  R 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  40688 

40672.  Petrological  Collection  of  Rock  Forming  Minerals,  Busz,  with  both  micro  and  lantern  slides  of  each  speci¬ 
men,  consisting  of  a  set  of  25  of  the  most  important  rock  forming  minerals  each  with  its  mounted 
thin  section  for  use  with  the  microscope  and  a  lantern  slide  made  from  a  micro-photograph  of 
same  for  class  room  demonstration,  with  a  copy  of  Part  I,  “Kleinen  petrographischen  Praktikum.” 

Specimens  are  4x6  cm;  duty  free .  22.50 

40676.  Petrological  Collection, Busz,  supplementary  set  to  above,  consisting  of  14  eruptive,  6  crystalline  and 
5  sedimentary  rocks,  illustrating  Part  II  of  “Kleines  petrographisches  Praktikum,”  with  copy 

of  same.  Specimens  are  6|  x  8y  cm;  duty  free .  24.00 

40680.  Petrological  Collection  of  100  Rocks  with  Micro  Sections  of  each,  arranged  in  accordance  with  CrednePs 
“Elements  of  Geology,”  edition  of  1912,  in  wooden  case  with  four  trays  and  separate  case  for 

the  100  micro  thin  sections;  size  of  specimens  6§  x8|  cm;  duty  free .  60.00 

Mineralogical  Collections,  arranged  by  Klockmann:  “Lehrbuch  der  Mineralogie,”  V  and  VI  Editions;  con¬ 
sisting  of  120  specimens  divided  as  follows: — 

I.  Elements,  Nos.  1  to  5. 

II.  Sulphides,  Nos.  6  to  24. 

III.  Oxides,  Hydrates  and  Oxyi  salts.  Nos.  25  to  110 

IV.  Haloids,  Nos.  Ill  to  116. 

V.  Organic  Compounds,  Nos.  117  to  120. 


40684.  Collection,  as  above,  with  specimens  3x4  cm,  each  in  separate  cartons.  Stock .  18.00 

40688.  “  “  “  with  specimens  3x4  cm,  in  wooden  case  with  compartment  trays.  Stock  23.00 

40692.  “  “  “  with  specimens  5  x  6  cm,  in  separate  cartons;  duty  free .  21.60 

40696.  “  “  “  with  specimens  5  x6  cm,  in  case  with  compartment  trays,  duty  free. .  29.10 

40700.  “  “  “  with  specimens  6  x  8  cm,  in  separate  cartons;  duty  free .  33.00 

40704.  “  “  “  with  specimens  6x8  cm,  in  case  with  compartment  trays;  duty  free. .  43.50 


Mineralogical  Collections,  as  arranged  by  Brauns,  consisting  of  a  basic  collection  of  70  specimens,  a  first  sup¬ 
plement  of  98  specimens,  a  second  supplement  of  47  specimens  and  a  third  supplement  of  35 
specimens.  The  basic  collection  and  the  supplements  are  sold  separately  so  that  the  basic 
collection  may  be  ordered  first  and  the  supplements  from  time  to  time  until  the  collection  is 
finished.  For  a  complete  list  of  the  specimens  in  this  collection  send  for  Krantz  catalogue  No.  18. 

40708.  Complete  Collection,  as  above,  with  specimens  5x6  cm,  duty  free .  84.00 

40712.  “  “  “  “  “  “  6x8  cm,  duty  free .  141.00 

40716.  “  “  “  “  “  “  5x6  cm,  in  polished  oak  case  with  five  drawers 

with  individual  compartments  for  each  specimen,  duty  free .  101.40 

40720.  Collection,  as  above,  with  specimens  6x8  cm,  in  case  as  above,  duty  free . . .  161.40 

Mineralogical  Collections,  arranged  to  illustrate  the  physical  properties  of  Minerals,  consisting  of  200  speci- 

. 


40724. 

40728. 

40732. 

40736. 

361 


mens  distributed  as  follows: — 

Crystalline,  crystallized  and  amorphous 

state .  10  specimens 

Specific  gravity .  .  16 

Tenacity .  ’ 

Fracture .  J 

Direction  of  cleavage .  13 

Degree  of  cleavage .  “ 

Structure .  12 

Degree  of  hardness . . .  10 

Different  hardness  in  the  same  mineral .  1 

Metallic  colors .  Ijj 

Various  colors  in  the  same  mineral .  6 

Various  colors  in  the  same  crystal .  2 

Collection,  as  above,  with  specimens  5x6  cm, 
“  “  “  “  “  6x8  cm, 

*<  “  u  “  “  5x6  cm, 

Collection,  as  above,  with  specimens  6  x  8  cm, 


Degree  of  transparency .  5  specimens 

“  “  lustre .  4  “ 

Kind  of  lustre .  7  “ 

Double  refraction .  1  “ 

Pleochroism  .  2  “ 

Fluorescence .  1  “ 

Blending  of  colors  .  9  “ 

Asterism  .  1  “ 

Phosphorescence .  3  “ 

Electricity . . .  2  “ 

Magnetism . 1  “ 

Fusibility .  7 

Physiological  properties .  11  “ 

Streak .  5  “ 

duty  free .  60.00 

duty  free .  97.50 

in  case  with  compartments;  dutyfree..  69.00 

in  case  as  above,  duty  free .  109.50 


ARTHUR 


T  H  O  M  A  S 


COMPANY 


H 


No.  40840 

No.  40848 

No.  40844 

40800. 

Mortars,  Agate,  carefully  selected.  With  pestle.  Dimensions  given  are 

outside. 

, 

Diameter,  mm .  35  40 

50 

65 

75 

90 

100 

120 

Each .  1.50  1.75 

2.00 

3.50 

4,50 

7.00 

8.50 

15.00 

40804. 

Mortar,  Diamond,  Leeds,  of  hardest  steel . 

.  2.00 

40808. 

“  “  Plattner,  of  hardest  steel. 

Outside  diameter, 

mm.  .  . 

15 

25 

Each . 

4.00 

6.00 

40812. 

Mortars,  Glass,  with  pestle.  Capacity,  ounces . 

2 

4 

8 

16 

32 

Diameter,  inches . 

n 

4 

4* 

5* 

6 

Each . 

.20 

.30 

.40 

.60 

.90 

40816. 

Mortars,  Iron,  with  pestle.  Actual  capacity, 

cc . 

250 

350 

750 

1300 

2200 

4000 

Outside  diameter,  inches . 

4i 

4i 

5* 

6* 

8 

9i 

Each . 

.50 

.60 

.75 

1.25 

2.00 

4.00 

40820. 

Mortars.  Porcelain,  with  spout  and  pestle,  glazed  outside,  rough  inside. 

Outside  diameter,  mm.. . .  65  80 

110 

130 

150 

175 

200 

260 

Each . 15  .20 

.40 

.50 

.70 

.90 

1.10 

2.40 

40824. 

Mortars,  Porcelain,  with  spout  and  pestle,  glazed  inside  and  outside. 

Outside  diameter,  mm .  65 

80 

no 

130 

150 

175 

200 

Each . 30 

.35 

.55 

.65 

.80 

1.20 

1.35 

40828.  Mortars,  Hard,  Acid-proof  Stoneware,  so-called  “Wedgewood,”  with  pestles  with  wooden  handle. 


Diameter,  inches. . 

3} 

31 

4 

41 

5 

5* 

6! 

7i 

Each . 

.35 

.40 

.45 

.50 

.60 

.70 

.85 

1.00 

Diameter,  inches.. 

8 

9 

10 

lOf 

111 

m 

13 

14 

Each . . . 

1.25 

1.50 

1.85 

2.40 

3.00 

3.50 

4.10 

4.75 

40832.  Mortar,  Iron,  Buck,  for  grinding  and  amalgamating.  By  rotation  of  the  miller  a  large  sample  of  quartz 

may  be  ground  in  contact  with  quicksilver.  Diameter,  inches .  6  8 

Each . . . . . .  6d)0  fhOO 

40836.  Motor.  Water,  for  direct  attachment  to  faucet;  with  80  lbs.  pressure  will  furnish  JH.P.  With  pulley.  5.00 
40840.  Motor,  Water,  Rabe,  improved  construction  with  75  mm  diameter  turbine,  and  clamp  to  hold  same  on 

an  ordinary  apparatus  stand  in  either  a  vertical  or  horizontal  position .  5.00 

40844.  Motor,  Water,  Rabe,  same  as  No.  40S40  but  to  screw  on  table .  6.00 

40848.  “  “  “  with  clamp  for  vertical  apparatus  stand  so  that  turbine  revolves  in  a  horizontal 

position.  Convenient  for  stirring  devices  and  with  clamp  to  shaft  to  attach  rods  and  other  forms 
of  stirrers  and  with  long  delivery  tube  to  carry  waste  water  away  from  apparatus .  8.00 


362 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  40872 


No.  40880 


No.  40884 


40852. 

40856. 

40860. 

40864. 

40868. 


40872. 


40876. 


40880. 

40884. 


Motor,  Hot  Air,  may  be  used  with  either  gas  or  alcohol;  diameter  of  fly-wheel  6  inches,  belt  pulley  lj 

inches;  speed  about  300  r.  p.  m.;  consumes  3  cu.  ft.  of  gas  per  hour .  15.00 

Motor,  Hot  Air,  fa  H.  P.,  similar  to  No.  40852  but  larger;  speed  300  r.  p.  m.  With  gas  burner. .  35.00 

“  “  “  same  as  No.  40860  but  for  gasoline  burner .  40.00 

Countershaft,  for  use  in  power  transmission  with  small  laboratory  motors;  shaft  12  inches  long,  1£ 

inches  in  diameter  with  pulleys  1,  2,  3  and  4  inches  in  diameter .  1.50 

Speed  Reducing  Gear,  for  small  laboratory  motors.  Useful  for  converting  the  high  speed  of  a  motor 
into  a  slow,  powerful  motion.  The  round  plate  may  be  removed  and  apparatus  directly  connected 
to  shaft  of  motor.  The  fast  running  pulley  is  provided  with  three  grooves  and  the  slow  with  two, 

thus  effecting  a  wide  range  of  speeds . . . .  5.00 

Motor,  Hot  Air,  Heinrici,  noiseless,  and  absolutely  safe;  for  operating  with  gas  burner.  Motors  of 

H.  P.  can  be  furnished  on  special  order  for  alcohol  burner  without  increase  in  price.  Motors  of 
the  four  larger  sizes  are  furnished  on  special  order  with  either  alcohol  burner  or  patent  petroleum 
burner  at  slightly  extra  prices. 

Horse  Power,  approx . 

Revolutions  per  minute . 


1 

1 

1 

fa 

8 

200 

200 

180 

160 

140 

22.50 

28.80 

39.00 

60.00 

87.00 

30.00 

38.40 

52.00 

84.00 

116.00 

Motors,  Electric,  small  ventilating  type  for  operation  on  either  direct  or  alternating  current  and  either 
110  or  220  volts  circuit,  with  triple  pulleys,  f,  fa  and  fa  inch  in  diameter.  Current  and  voltage 
must  be  specified  in  ordering. 

Horse  Power .  fa  fa  fa  ts 

Revolutions  per  minute .  1000  1500  2000  3000 

Each,  for  110  volts .  12.50  12~50  12.50  12J50 

Each  for  220  volts .  13.50  13.50  13.50  13.50 

Motor,  Electric,  for  operating  on  battery  circuit,  for  any  voltage  up  to  8  volts;  size  3*  x  4J  x  4§  inches 

high;  weight  3J  lbs.;  pulley  |  inch  diameter .  4.50 

Motor,  Electric,  with  variable  speeds,  i.  e.,  from  100  to  1800  r.  p.  m. ;  without  motor.  Adjustable  to  any 
angle.  For  use  on  either  110  or  220  volt  circuits.  In  ordering  please  specify  voltage  and  whether 
current  is  direct  or  alternating .  7.00 


363 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  40316 


40888. 

40892. 

40896. 


40900. 


40904. 


40908. 

40912. 

40916. 

40920. 

40924. 


40928. 

40932. 

40936. 


No.  40920 


m 


No.  40928 


Mould,  Pouring,  of  cast  iron,  with  three  conical  cavities  2  inches  in  diameter,  with  wooden  handle. .  1.00 
Mould  Pouring,  of  cast  iron,  with  hemispherical  cavities  If  inches  in  diameter,  with  6  cavities. .  1.00 
Mufflles,  Battersea,  regular  form.  Dimensions  given  are  outside. 


Number .  B  C  D  E  F 

Length,  inches .  7\  8  8f  9  10 

Width,  inches .  4f  4f  5  5J  6 

Height,  inches .  2f  3  3f  3f  4 

Each .  45  .55  .65  .70  .80 

Muffles,  Opaque  Fused  Silica. 

Length,  inches .  4f  7f  6§  9f  9^  15  15 

Width,  inches .  2f  3  4|  5f  6f  9f  11 

Height,  inches .  2f  3  3|  5  4J  6|  7 

Each .  1.85  2.50  2.50  4.25  3.75  7.00  10.00 

Muffles,  Alundum,  D  shaped. 

Length,  inches ...41  4f  65  7  9f  12  12§  13 

Width,  inches ... .  3£  3f  5  4f  5f  6f  7f  6f 

Height,  inches.  .  .  2  2f  3|  3j  3rg _ 4| _ 4|^ 

Each .  1.75  2.25  3.50  3.25  4.50  6.00  6.50  7  00 


Needle,  Innoculating,  a  glass  rod  with  If  inches  of  No.  26  platinum  wire  fused  in  end .  .50 

Needle,  Innoculating,  same  as  above  but  with  3f  inches  of  No.  24  platinum  wire .  1.00 

“  “  Kolle,  consisting  of  a  holder  entirely  of  aluminum  with  a  non-conducting  inset 

to  prevent  extreme  end  from  heating,  without  platinum  loop . 80 

Needle,  Innoculating,  Kolle,  new  form,  with  demountable  hard  rubber  handle,  without  platinum  loop  1.20 
Needles,  Innoculating,  Ravenel,  consisting  of  No.  24  platinum  wire  securely  mounted  in  an  aluminum 
rod  with  protecting  cover  made  of  a  glass  tube  with  one  end  closed.  Furnished  either  with  a 
straight  needle  or  twisted  loop.  Style .  Straight  Twisted 


Each . 80  1.50 

Needle,  Innoculating,  Rosenberger,  consisting  of  a  rosewood  handle  wTith  clamp  for  conveniently 

inserting  platinum  wire . 50 

Needle,  Innoculating,  same  as  above,  but  with  If  inches  of  No.  26  platinum  wire . 75 

“Platinid”  Wire,  as  recommended  by  Neisser  for  use  in  innoculating  needles  because  of  the  present 
high  price  of  platinum.  Per  foot .  .10 

APPARATUS  FOR  THE  DETERMINATION  OF  NITROGEN 


40960. 

40964. 

40968. 


Kjeldahl  Distilling  Apparatus,  complete,  consisting  of  No.  40964  Condenser  with  block  tin  tubes  and 
Burner  Shelf  No.  40968.  With  burners  but  without  glass  flasks  or  connecting  tubes. 

Number  of  burners .  6  10 

Each .  42.00  60.00 

Kjeldahl  Condenser,  only,  of  copper,  with  coils  of  block  tin,  as  shown  in  Kjeldahl  outfit  No.  40960. 

Number  of  coils .  q  10 

.  , .  Each- .  . . . . . .  28.00  42dH) 

Kjeldahl  Digesting  Shelf  with  burners,  writh  iron  support  for  the  necks  of  the  flasks  when  used  for  diges¬ 
tions.  This  is  identical  with  the  distilling  shelf  used  in  outfit  No.  40960. 

Number  of  burners .  5  10 


Each 


364 


17.50 


24.00 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMA  S  COMPANY 


No.  40984 


No.  40988 


40972. 

40976. 


40980. 

40984. 


40988. 


40989. 

40992. 


40996. 


Kjeldahl  Digesting  Shelf,  Electric,  same  as  No.  40968  but  with  individual  electric  heaters.  Voltage 


must  be  stated  in  ordering.  Number  of  heaters .  6  10 

Each .  40.00  64JOO 


Kjeldahl  Distilling  Apparatus,  improved  form,  made  to.hang  on  the  wall.  A  very  convenient  apparatus 
for  food  chemists  in  the  determination  of  ammonia  and  nitrogen.  The  burners,  flasks  and  receivers 
are  handled  from  the  front  and  without  interference.  The  burners  are  adjustable  and  may  be 
used  with  natural,  illuminating  or  gasoline  gas.  Condenser  of  heavy  copper  with  block  tin  tubes. 

With  six  burners,  but  without  glassware .  60.00 

Kjeldahl  Distilling  Apparatus,  same  as  above  but  with  support  to  stand  on  table.  With  six  burners. 

63.00 


Kjeldahl  Distilling  Apparatus,  Folin  Modification,  of  heavy  tinned  copper,  with  quickly  removable, 
adjustable  and  interchangeable  ring  supports  of  both  4  and  5  inch  diameter.  The  copper  still 
proper  is  bolted  between  cast  iron  end  brackets  by  which  the  entire  apparatus  is  fastened  to  the 

wall.  Number  of  burners . .' .  6  12 

Each . 35.00  60.00 

Extra  Rings  5  inch,  Each . 30 

“  “  4  “  Each . . . . 25 

Kjeldahl  Digesting  Rack,  Folin  Modification,  which  obviates  the  use  of  a  shelf  as  the  burners  and 
bulb  rack  are  a  self-contained  unit.  Supports  for  the  necks  of  the  flasks  are  not  regularly  in¬ 
cluded  because  it  is  better  to  allow  the  necks  to  rest  dircetly  in  the  lead  pipe  connected  with 
ventilating  tube.  Individual  supports  are  furnished  extra  if  desired. 

Number  of  burners . 6_  12 

Each .  15.00  25.00 

Individual  Rack  Supports  for  necks  of  flasks,  each . . 20 

Kjeldahl  Digesting  Shelf,  Johnson,  as  used  in  the  Connecticut  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
Of  heavy  cast  iron.  The  flask  heaters  are  4^  inches  apart  from  center  to  center  and  the  flasks  are 
supported  by  placing  their  necks  within  the  openings  in  the  large  lead  pipe  which  should  be  con¬ 
nected  with  the  ventilating  system.  Each  burner  is  furnished  with  stopcock  and  the  price  includes 
the  lead  pipe,  4  inches  in  diameter,  on  separate  stand. 

Number  of  burners .  6  10  13 

Each . 34.00  44.00  50.00 

Kjeldahl  Digesting  Shelf  only  as  listed  in  above  outfit;  without  lead  pipe  or  glassware. 

Number  of  burners .  6  10  13 

Each .  24.00  30.00  33.50 


365 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  41000 


No.  41008 


No.  41020 


No.  41028 


No.  41032 


No.  41004 


No.  41036 


No.  41040 


41000. 


41004. 


41008. 

41012. 

41016. 

41020. 


41024. 


41028. 

41032. 

41036. 

41040. 

41044. 


Kjeldahl  Distilling  Apparatus,  new  form,  with  individual  condensers,  light  and  portable  and  offers  the 
advantage  of  complete  adjustment  in  all  directions  so  that  different  size  flasks  and  connecting 
bulbs  may  be  used.  Each  burner  is  furnished  with  a  removable  protecting  shield  and  condenser 
jackets  are  of  brass  with  condensing  tubes  of  heavy  block  tin.  With  out  glassware. 

Number  of  condensers .  4  6 

Each . . .  30.00  40.00 

Digestion  Apparatus,  Fumeless,  Sy.  See  Journal  of  Industrial  and  Engineering  Chemistry,  September, 
1912.  With  this  apparatus  digestions  can  be  made  without  the  use  of  a  fume  closet  in  any  place 
having  a  water  supply  and  drain.  All  fumes  are  disposed  of  by  means  of  a  filter  pump  and  the 
price  includes  filter  pump,  connecting  bulb  tubes,  stand,  burners  and  four  500  cc  Jena  Kjeldahl 


flasks . . .  15.00 

Kjeldahl  Distilling  Apparatus  for  Single  Determinations.  Convenient  where  but  little  work  is  to  be 

done.  Complete  as  illustrated,  including  glassware _ . . . .  5.00 

Kjeldahl  Connecting  Bulbs,  spherical  form,  with  one  curved  tip  at  top. 

Diameter  of  bulb,  mm .  52  65 

Each . 50  .60 

Kjeldahl  Connecting  Bulb,  Jennings,  as  used  in  water  analysis.  With  tubulature  in  bulb... . 75 

Kjeldahl  Connecting  Bulbs,  cylindrical  form,  with  two  curved  tips  inside  of  the  bulb. 

Diameter  of  bulb,  mm .  45  55 

Length  of  bulb,  mm .  100 _ 120 

Each . . . . . . .  . . .  .65  i75 

Kjeldahl  Connecting  Bulbs,  Hopkins,  with  single  straight  tubulation  inside  of  bulb. 

Diameter  of  bulb,  mm .  50  65 


Each . 50  .60 

Nitrogen  Bulb,  Fresenius . 50 

“  “  Vollhardt . 50 


“  “  latest  form . . . 60 

“  Will-Varentrapp,  with  three  bulbs . 35 

“  “  “  “  four  “  . 45 


366 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  41092 


41048.  Nitrometer,  Dupont,  latest  modification.  For  original  description  see  Journal  of  the  Society  of  Chem¬ 
ical  Industry,  1900,  p.  182.  As  used  by  the  manufacturers  of  explosives.  Glass  parts  only,  with¬ 
out  support .  18.75 

41052.  B.  Compensating  Tube,  only .  1*75  41076.  L.  Large  Iron  Support  with  six  uprights  fitted  with  rings. 

41056.  C.  Large  Measuring  Tube,  only .  4.00  Hack  and  pinion  movement  for  levelling  bulb,  etc. 

41060.  D.  Nitrogen  Bulb  Tube,  only .  5.00  Made  to  order  only .  50.00 

41064.  E.  Levelling  Reservoir,  only . 75  Note — For  suitable  tubing  for  use  with  above  see  our  No. 

41068.  J.  Reaction  Bulb,  only .  6.00  46225. 

41072.  K.  Three-way  Tube,  only . 50 

41080.  Nitrometer,  Lunge,  with  rubber  tubing,  but  without  support.  Capacity. .  50  cc  in  ^ths.  lOOccinjths. 


Each . . . . . . .  4.00  4-50 

41084.  Nitrometer,  Lunge,  as  used  in  the  determination  of  nitrogen  in  gun  powder,  nitro-glycerine,  dynamite 
etc.  Graduated  from  100  to  140  cc  in  ^ths.  With  rubber  connection  but  without  support.  6.00 

41088.  Nitrometer,  Lunge,  same  as  No.  41084  but  complete  with  support  and  clamps .  10.00 

41092.  “  Schifif,  graduated  to  100  cc  in  £ths,  on  support,  with  reservoir,  special  clamp  and  rubber 

tubing .  7.00 


No.  41096 


41096. 


41100. 

41101. 

41108. 


Apparatus  for  the  Gasometric  Determination  of  Aliphatic  Amino 
Groups,  Van  Slyke.  See  Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry 
XII,  p.  275,  1911,  and  XVI,  p.121,  1913,  also  Abderhalden’ s 
Handbuch.  der  biochemischen  Arbeitsmethoden,  V,  p.  995,  and 
VI,  p.  278.  The  nitrogen  gas  evolved  from  amino  groups 
and  nitrous  acid  in  the  reaction  RNH2+HN02  =  R0H+H20 
+N2  is  purified  and  accurately  measured  in  a  gas  burette. 
A  complete  determination  of  the  NH2  nitrogen  of  amino 
acids  requires  but  six  to  ten  minutes,  and  the  accuracy  is 
equal  to  that  of  a  Kjeldahl  determination.  An  indefinite 
number  of  successive  determinations  can  be  performed  with¬ 
out  disconnecting  any  of  the  parts.  The  apparatus  permits 
analysis  of  any  volume  of  solution  up  to  10  cc  and  give 
results  with  an  accuracy  of  ^th  mg.  of  nitrogen.  This 
method  has  been  applied  to  varied  problems,  among  which 
are  study  of  protein  digestion,  both  in  vitro  and  in  vivo; 
the  determination  of  the  nature  of  the  amino  acids  yielded 
by  hydrolysis  of  small  amounts  of  protein,  determination  of 
free  amino  groups  in  fixing  the  constitution  of  various  or¬ 
ganic  substances;  and  the  determination  of  amino  acid 
nitrogen  in  urine,  blood  and  tissues.  Complete  with  glass 
parts  and  supports,  pulley,  shaking  device,  etc.,  but  with¬ 
out  motor .  25.00 

Extra  glass  parts 

Reaction  Vessel  with  filling  funnel,  burette  and  three  glass  stop¬ 
cocks.  .  8.75 

Gas  Burette,  Schellbach,  with  three-way  cock,  levelling  bulb  and 

tubing . . .  4.50 

Gas  Pipette,  new  form,  for  shaking .  1.50 

Note — We  recommend  our  Motor  No.  40884  suitable  for 
connection  to  house  circuit  instead  of  that  shown  in  the 
illustration  which  is  intended  to  work  on  accumulators. 


367 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  41200 


No.  41204 


No.  41208  No.  41212 


OIL  TESTING  APPARATUS 

41200.  Fire  Tester,  Elliott,  for  the  flashing  point  of  illuminating  oil,  only.  With  thermometer .  11.70 

41204.  Fire  Tester  Foster,  for  the  flashingfpoint  of  illuminating  oil  only.  With  thermometer .  13.50 

41208.  Fire  Tester,  open  form,  for  the  flash  point  of  illuminating  oil,  with  thermometer .  5.85 

41212.  Fire  Tester,  Cleveland  open  form,  small  size,  complete  with  thermometer .  9.00 

41216.  “  “  “  “  “  large  model,  a  most  substantial  tester.  Complete  with  ther¬ 
mometer  80°  to  640°  F.,  alcohol  lamp  and  Bunsen  burner . .  13.50 


No.  41220 


41220. 


41224. 

41228. 

41232. 


41236. 

41240. 

41244. 


41248. 


Flash  Point  Tester,  Abel-Pensky,  for  petroleum,  latest  model, 
with  clockwork  for  opening  cover  and  for  depressing  the 
test  flame,  with  certificate  of  the  Kaiserlichen  Normal- 
Eichungs-Kommission;  with  one  standard  thermometer 
10-55°  C.  and  one  50-75°  C.  and  aneroid  barometer  65.00 
Standard  Thermometer  only  for  above,  10-55°  C.,  with  metal 

fitting  and  P.  T.  R.certificate .  4.50 

Standard  Thermometer  only  for  above,  50-75°  C.,  with  metal 

fitting  and  P.  T.  R.  certificate .  4.50 

Flash  Point  Tester,  Abel-Pensky,  for  both  high  and  low 
temperatures.  This  outfit  is  identical  with  No.  41220 
except  that  the  joints  of  the  heating  bath  are  hard  brazed 
and  it  is  supplied  with  an  additional  pair  of  thermometers 
for  high  temperatures,  i.  e.  one  from  50-160°  C.  for  the 
oil  bath  and  one  from  70-200°  C.  for  the  water  bath,  and 
is  arranged  for  both  gas  heating  and  gas  ignition,  with 
certificate  of  the  Kaiserlichen  Normal-Eichungs-Kom- 


mission .  80.00 

Thermometer,  only,  for  above,  50-160°  C .  4.00 

“  “  “  70-200°  C .  4.00 

Flash  Point  Tester,  Abel-Pensky,  for  benzene,  benzole,  etc., 
with  oil  cup,  similar  in  arrangement  to  No.  41220  and 

with  two  thermometers  —  30  to  +  40°C .  40.00 

Thermometer  only  for  above  —  30  to  +  40°  C .  3.50 


368 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


- - - - r~ '  ■  — —— t  — -  -r==£  '  ,  ~ 

No.  41252  No.  41268  No.  41272 


41252.  Flash  Point  Tester,  Pensky-Martens,  for  heavy  oils,  latest  model,  for  gas  heating,  with  thermometer 


from  80-250°  C . .  45.00 

41256.  Thermometer,  only,  for  above,  80-250°  C.,  with  P.  T.  R  certificate .  6.50 

41260.  “  “  “  “  40-160°  C.,  “  “  “  for  low  temperatures .  5.00 

41264.  “  “  “  “  200-400°  C.,  “  “  “  “  high  “  .  8.00 


41268.  Flash  Point  Tester,  Pensky-Martens,  for  heavy  oils,  exactly  the  same  as  No.  41252  but  with  electric 
heating  and  ignition;  for  either  110  or  220  volt  circuit.  Voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering. 
With  adjustable  resistance,  connecting  cord,  socket  and  switch  and  one  certified  thermometer 
80-250°C.  With  this  electric  heating  device  the  crucible  may  be  heated  to  100°C.  in  seven  min¬ 
utes  and  to  400°C.  in  twenty-five  minutes . _ .  110.00 

41272.  Flash  Point  Tester,  open  crucible  form,  for  gas  heating  and  gas  ignition;  with  one  thermometer  from 
80  to  280°  C.,  porcelain  crucible  and  adjustable  burner .  22.50 


No.  41276 


41276.  Flash  Point  Tester,  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Mines  Model,  for  low  burning  oils,  complete  with  three  thermom¬ 
eters,  aneroid  barometer,  instructions  and  portable  carrying  case .  135.00 

41280.  Flash  Point  Tester,  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Mines  Model,  for  high  burning  oil,  with  two  thermometers  and 
instructions,  in  portable  case .  120.00 


369 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


i 


No  41324 


No.  41284 


No.  41300 


No.  41328 


No.  41312 


R 


No.  41316 


41284. 

41288. 

41292. 

41296. 

41300. 


41304. 

41308. 

41312. 

41316. 


41320. 

41324. 

41328. 


Flash  Point  Tester,  same  as  No.  41280  but  with  electric  heating,  for  either  110  or  220  volts.  Voltage 


must  be  specified  in  ordering;  with  adjustable  resistance,  switch,  socket  and  cord .  65.00 

Thermometer  only  for  either  No.  41280  or  No.  41284,  80-280°  C .  4.50 

“  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  180-400°  C .  5.00 


Porcelain  Crucible  only  for  either  of  above . 45 

Viscosimeter,  Scott.  Each  instrument  is  standardized  and  has  stamped  upon  the  handle  the  time  in 
seconds  and  fractions  of  seconds  required  for  50  cc  of  distilled  water  at  70°  F.  to  be  discharged. 

Complete  with  thermometer  to  212°  F.  in  single  degrees  and  50  cc  graduated  cylinder .  15.00 

Thermometer  for  above,  212°  F.  in  single  degrees .  1.50 

Thermometer  for  lubricating  oils,  50°  to  120°  F.  in  £th  degrees .  5.00 

Viscosity  Pipette,  Dudley,  delivering  100  cc  of  distilled  water  in  35  seconds  at  a  temperature  of 
100°  F .  1.25 


Viscosimeter,  Redwood,  original  English  make,  for  testing  the  viscosity  of  oils  and  as  adopted  bv 
the  British  Mineral  Oil  Association.  With  certificate  of  verification  by  Mr.  J.  A.  Hicks,  assist¬ 
ant  to  Sir  Boverton  Redwood.  Complete  with  thermometers .  45.00 

Thermometers  for  No.  41316,  340  to  300°  F.  Per  pair .  6.00 

Leptometer,  for  the  direct  comparison  of  the  viscosity  of  two  oils  simultaneously  and  under  equal 

conditions .  40.00 

Viscosimeter,  Stormer,  new  model.  This  instrument  is  constructed  upon  the  principle  of  rotating  a 
cylinder  in  the  liquid  under  examination  with  a  constant  weight  and  at  a  known  temperature. 
A  revolution  counter  is  connected  and  the  time  required  for  the  cylinder  to  make  a  specified 
number  of  revolutions  in  distilled  water  and  the  substance  under  examination  form  the  basis  of 
comparison,  or  in  other  words,  give  a  means  for  determining  the  viscosity  of  a  liquid,  with  direc¬ 
tions  for  use .  30.00 


370 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  41332  No.  41340  No.  41352 


41332. 


41336. 

41340. 


41344. 

41348. 

41352. 


Viscosimeter,  Doolittle  Torsion,  improved,  for  measuring  the  viscosity  or  fluidity  of  oils,  varnish, 
starch,  glucose,  glue,  or  any  fluid  whether  containing  solid  particles  in  suspension  or  not.  See 

J ournal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  Vol.  XV,  1893,  pp.  172  and  11^5.  Complete .  75.00 

Viscosimeter,  Saybolt  Universal,  original  make  and  design .  60.00 

Viscosimeter,  Saybolt  Universal,  Improved  Model,  for  testing  cylinder,  valve  and  similar  oils  with 
bath  at  212°  F  and  the  oil  at  210°  F,  for  reduced  black  oils  with  oil  at  130°  F  and  for  testing 
neutral,  spindle,  paraffine,  red  and  other  distilled  oils  with  oil  at  100°  F  or  with  oil  at  any 
temperature  from  70°  F  to  212°  F.  The  Viscosimeter  is  now  furnished  with  an  electric 
heating  element  for  either  110  or  220  volt  lighting  circuit  with  cord  and  plug  for  lamp  socket 
(voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering)  and  is  also  furnished  with  the  usual  gas  heating  arrange¬ 
ment  as  shown  in  illustration  and  also  with  a  U-tube  steam  heater .  75.00 

Extra  Flask,  graduated,  60  cc  capacity .  1.25 

Extra  Thermometers,  each . .  1.75 

Viscosimeter,  Engler,  with  gold  plated  oil  cup  and  platinum  outlet  tube,  two  certified  thermometers, 
10-50°  C.  and  10-150°  C.,  ring  burner,  tripod  and  200  cc  certified  flask  with  one  mark;  with  cer¬ 
tificate  of  the  Kaiserlichen  Normal-Eichungs-Kommission .  38.00 


Viscosimeter,  Engler,  for  High  Temperatures,  similar  to  No. 
41352  but  with  hand  brazed  bath  and  enclosed  steam 
jacket;  with  two  certified  thermometers,  180-300°  C  and 
200  cc  certified  flask  with  one  mark,  tripod  and  ring 
burner;  with  certificate  of  the  Kaiserlichen  Normal- 
Eichungs  Kommission .  55.00 

Viscosimeter, Engler,  Improved  Model,  according  to  the  specifi¬ 
cations  of  the  Petroleum  Congress.  This  instrument  differs 
from  No.  41352  in  that  the  oil  bath  is  totally  immersed  in 
the  water  bath  and  the  lid  of  the  oil  bath  is  doubled  walled. 
The  water  bath  is  also  provided  with  a  stirrer  D.  The  water 
bath  is  wider,  permitting  a  more  constant  temperature  and 
the  special  device  F  is  provided  to  control  the  opening  of 
the  outlet  tubulation;  with  two  certified  thermometers, 
10-50°  C  and  10-150°  C,  200  cc  certified  flask  with  two 
marks,  tripod  and  ring  burner;  with  certificate  of  the 
Kaiserlichen  Normal- Eichungs  Kommission .  46.50 


371 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


41364.  Viscosimeter,  Engler,  Improved  Model  for  Electric  Heating.  With  two  certified  thermometers,  10-50°  C 
and  10^150° C,  adjustable  resistance  for  maintenance  of  constant  temperature,  200  cc  certified 
flask  with  two  marks,  tripod;  and  certificate  of  the  Kaiserlichen  Normal-Eichungs  Kommission. 

Voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering .  86.25 

41368.  Viscosimeter,  Engler,  Improved  Model  for  High  Temperatures,  for  Electric  Heating,  with  enclosed  bath 
in  asbestos  jacket,  deflamator  and  outlet  stopcock,  with  two  certified  thermometers,  100-300°  C 
and  100-350°  C,  tripod,  200  cc  certified  flask  with  two  marks  and  adjustable  resistance.  With 
certificate  of  the  Kaiserlichen  Normal-Eichungs  Kommission.  Voltage  must  be  specified  in 

ordering .  101.50 

41372.  Viscosimeter,  Engler,  Improved  Model,  for  Small  Quantities.  20  cc  of  oil  is  required  for  the  test 
instead  of  200  cc.  By  this  arrangement  much  time  is  saved  in  the  testing  of  thick  oils  by  dimin¬ 
ishing  the  time  of  outflow.  Otherwise  the  instrument  is  similar  to  No.  41360.  With  2  certified 
flasks,  one  of  200  cc  with  two  marks  and  one  of  20  cc  with  one  mark;  with  support,  tripod,  gas 
burner  and  2  certified  thermometers,  10-50°  C  and  10-150°  C.  With  certificate  of  the  Kaiserlichen 

Normal-Eichungs  Kommission .  70.00 

41376.  Viscosimeter,  Engler,  for  Electric  Heating.  Otherwise  as  above,  with  adjustable  resistance,  and  cer¬ 
tificate  of  the  Kaiserlichen  Normal-Eichungs  Kommission.  Voltage  must  be  specified  in  order¬ 
ing .  109.50 


41380. 


41384. 

41388. 


41392. 


Viscosimeter,  Ubbelohde,  for  Illuminating  Oils,  for  the  testing  of 
which  the  regular  Engler  Viscosimeter  is  not  well  adapted. 
The  oil  cup  is  wider  and  the  same  is  provided  with  an  over¬ 
flow  tube  for  bringing  the  oil  to  the  correct  height  and  the  out¬ 
let  tube  is  of  greater  length  and  of  smaller  diameter  than  for 
lubricating  oils;  with  two  certified  thermometers  50°  and  100° 
C,  100  cc  certified  flask  with  one  mark,  gas  burner  and 
tripod .  34.50 

Viscosimeter,  Ubbelohde,  for  Illuminating  Oils,  for  Electric  Heating. 

Otherwise  as  above.  With  adjustable  resistance.  Voltage^ 
must  be  specified  in  ordering .  74.25 

Viscosimeter,  Ubbelohde,  for  Cylinder  Oils.  This  is  similar  in  con¬ 
struction  to  the  Petroleum  Viscosimeter  No.  41380  but  the 
joints  are  hard  brazed  for  high  temperatures  and  the  water 
jacket  is  enclosed  in  asbestos  and  furnished  with  cover  and 
stirring  device.  With  two  certified  thermometers,  100-300°  C 
and  180-300°  C,  measuring  flask  100  cc  with  one  mark,  tripod 
and  ring  burner . 47.50 

Viscosimeter,  Ubbelohde,  for  Cylinder  Oils,  for  Electric  Heating. 

Otherwise  as  above.  With  adjustable  resistance.  Voltage 
must  be  specified  in  ordering .  86.75 


No.  41388 


372 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  41400 


No.  41404  No.  41412 


No.  41448  No.  41456  No.  41464 


41396. 


41400. 


41404. 

41408. 

41412. 

41416. 

41420. 

41424. 

41428. 

41432. 

41436. 

41440. 

41444. 

41448. 

41452. 

41456. 

41460. 

41464. 

41468. 


Tables,  Ubbelohde,  for  use  with  Engler’s  lubricating  oil  Viscosimeters.  The  use  of  these  tables 
dispenses  with  all  calculations  and  gives  direct  readings  in  Engler  degrees  for  the  outflow  periods 
of  both  50  cc  and  100  cc.  They  reduce  the  time  of  making  tests  to  about  5th  that  required  with¬ 
out  the  use  of  the  tables.  See  “ Handbuch  der  Chemie  und  Technulugie  der  Oele  und  Fette.” 
Each . . . .  1.50 


Apparatus  for  the  Distillation  of  Mineral  Oils,  Engler,  consisting  of  a  nickel  plated  receptacle  for  the 
mineral  oil,  on  stand  with  burner  and  cover;  with  condenser  with  support,  measuring  flasks,  and 
two  burettes  with  stand;  all  packed  in  two  portable  wooden  cases.  With  P.  T.  It.  certificate  for 

both  the  apparatus  and  the  glassware.  Duty  Paid .  107.00 

Oil  Testing  Machine,  Thurston.  The  journal  of  this  tester  is  1^  inches  in  diameter  by  1^  inches  long. 

The  friction  is  measured  on  a  graduated  circular  arc  by  motion  of  pendulum  over  same .  1 60.00 

Oil  Testing  Machine,  Thurston,  as  above,  with  countershaft .  190.00 

Molecular  Weight  Determination  Apparatus,  Schimmel,  as  used  for  determining  the  solidification 
point  of  essential  oils.  Complete  with  special  thermometer  from  —20  to  -p40°  C.  in  £°. ..  6.50 

Thermometer,  only,  for  above  apparatus.  —20  to  +40°  C.  in  i° .  2.50 

Thermometer,  for  Engler  and  Ubbelohde  Viscosimeters,  10-50°  C.  with  P.  T.  R.  certificate .  3.00 

“  “  “  “  “  “  10-150°  C.  “  “  “  ....  4.00 

“  “  “  “  “  “  10-200°  C.  “  “  “  ....  5.00 

“  “  “  “  “  180-300°  C.  “  “  “  ....  7.00 

“  “  “  “  “  “  10-300°  C.  “  “  “  ....  8.00 

“  “  “  “  “  “  100-300°  C.  “  “  “  ....  7.50 

“  “  “  “  “  “  100-350°  C.  “  “  “  ....  8.00 


Flask,  Engler,  200  cc,  with  one  mark,  usual  form,  as  shown  in  illustrations  of  No.  41332  and  No.  41356; 


without  certificate .  2.25 

Flask,  Engler,  as  above  with  P.  T.  R.  certificate .  3.75 

“  Engler,  200  cc,  with  two  bulbs  and  two  marks,  as  shown  in  illustration  of  No.  41360,  etc.;  with¬ 
out  certificate .  2.75 

Flask,  Engler,  as  above,  with  P.  T.  R.  certificate .  4.75 

“  “  20  cc  with  one  mark,  as  used  with  No.  41372,  without  certificate .  2.00 

“  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  with  P.  T.  R.  certificate .  3.50 


373 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  41516 


41500. 


41504. 

41508. 


41512. 


41516. 

41520. 


Oven,  Single  Wall,  of  heavy  sheet  copper,  on  wrought  iron  stand,  with  extra  sheet  iron  bottom  to  pre¬ 
vent  burning  out.  With  perforated  shelf. 

Inside  dimensions,  inches .  6x8  8  x  10  10  x  12  12  x  16 

Each . . . . .  5.00  L00  10.00  15.00 

Oven,  Single  Wall,  exactly  same  as  No.  41500  but  with  enclosed  sheet  iron  base. 

Inside  dimensions,  inches .  6x8  8  x  10  10  x  12  12  x  16 

Each . .  6.00  8d)0  12.00  18.00 

Oven,  Double  Wall,  providing  space  for  water  jacket.  Otherwise  same  as  No.  41500. 

Inside  dimensions,  inches .  5J  x  5f  7J  x  7|  9|  x  9| 

Each . . .  8.00  10.00  lidjO 

Oven,  Double  Wall,  exactly  same  as  No.  41508  but  with  enclosed  sheet  iron  base. 

Inside  dimensions,  inches . .  5|  x  5§  7\  x  7f  9|  x  9| 

Each .  9.00  1L00  i5d)0 

Cylindrical  Rings  on  top  so  that  oven  may  be  used  as  a  water  bath.  For  all  sizes.  Extra . .  1.50 

Steam  Coil  for  heating  water  in  the  jacket  of  41508  and  41512  by  direct  connection  with  steam  supply. 
For  all  sizes.  Extra . . .  18.00 


No.  41524 


No.  41528 


No.  41536 


41524. 

41528. 


41532. 


41536. 


Oven,  Rammelsberg,  cylindrical  form,  of  polished  copper,  6  in.  high  x  5  in.  diameter.  .. . .  3.50 

Oven,  Double  Wall,  Wiesnegg  original  French  make.  Inside  chamber  is  of  heavy,  solid  porcelain  in 
one  piece,  with  porcelain  shelves.  The  inside  porcelain  frame  fits  tight  against  the  plate  glass 
door  so  that  no  corrosive  parts  are  exposed  to  the  inside  of  the  chamber As  supplied  by  us  to  the 
U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Food  Inspection  Laboratories.  Inside 
dimensions  29  x  25  x  24  cm.  With  adjustable  burner.  ' 

Duty  Free .  33.00  Stock . 50-00 

Oven,  Single  Wall,  of  heavy  asbestos  wood,  set  in  metal  frame.  A  removable  sheet  metal  plate  forms 
the  bottom  of  the  oven.  The  rack  for  the  shelves  and  frame  of  the  door  are  of  cast  aluminum, 
being  non-corrosive.  With  perforated  asbestos  shelves  adjustable  to  any  height.  For  either  gas 


or  electric  heating.  For  Gas  Heating. 

Inside  dimensions,  inches . . . .  . . .  10  x  10  x  12  18  x  12  x  14 


Each  .  16.50  22.50 

Oven,  Single  Wall,  for  Electric  heating,  otherwise  exactly  as  above .  25.00  35.00 


374 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  41558  No.  41562 


41540. 

41544. 

41546. 

41550. 

41554. 

41558. 

41562. 

41564. 


Oven,  Kaehler,  Single  Wall,  of  sheet  iron  covered  with  asbestos.  The  heat  is  distributed  evenly 
throughout  the  interior  chamber  by  means  of  tubes  from  the  dome  over  the  burner.  Inside 

dimensions  30  x  30  x  45  cm . . . .  40.00 

Oven,  Lothar  Meyer,  consisting  of  three  cylindrical  walls  with  ventilation  for  hot  air  and  with  top 
and  bottom  insulated  with  infusorial  earth.  The  inner  cylindrical  compartment  may  be  removed. 

On  stand  with  ring  burner.  Size  20  x  30  cm.  Of  iron .  20.00 

Oven,  Lothar  Meyer,  as  above,  but  of  copper .  32.00 

Oven,  Drying,  Single  Wall,  of  copper  throughout  with  asbestos  covering.  Size  10  x  8  x  8  inches.  As 

used  by  the  Barrett  Mfg.  Co.  for  their  tar  and  pitch  testing  in  connection  with  their  special 

apparatus  for  this  purpose . .  19.00 

Oven,  Double  Wall,  High  Temperature.  Can  be  used  up  to  120°  C.  when  glycerine,  toluol  or  other 
high  boiling  point  material  is  used  in  the  jacket  instead  of  water.  With  water  gauge  and  ventilating 

system,  20  x  25  x  18  cm . .  .  30.00 

Oven,  Double  Wall,  High  Temperature,  for  temperatures  up  to  300°  C.  when  filled  with  oil  or  other 
material  of  high  boiling  point.  Inside  dimensions  15  x  15  x  15  cm.  On  stand  not  shown  in  cut.  17.00 
Oven,  Double  Wall,  Abati,  Constant  High  Temperature.  With  xylol  used  in  the  jacket  a  constant 
temperature  of  136°  C.  can  be  attained  and  with  mixture  of  xylol  and  cumol,  150°  C.  With  heating 
bulb  and  spherical  condenser,  but  without  thermometer  or  burner.  Inside  dimensions  6x6x8  inches. 

Duty  Free .  .  26.40  Duty  Paid . . .  32.OO 

Oven,  Drying,  Single  Wall,  lined  throughout  with  white,  acid  resisting  enamel,  with  stand  and  alum¬ 
inum  shelf  not  shown  in  illustration. 

Inside  dimensions,  cm . 20  x  15  jj  15  35  x  25  x  25 

Each .  7.50  12.50 


375 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  41672 


No.  41676 


41668. 

41672. 


41676. 


Oven,  Single  Wall,  Kaehler,  of  polished  copper,  with  double  bottom  providing  a  circulation  system 

and  a  constant  temperature.  Inside  dimensions  10  x  10  x  12  inches . .  25.00 

Oven,  Electric,  Sargent  Patent,  with  automatic  temperature  control.  Of  asbestos  material  with  metal 
trimmings.  Temperature  can  be  set  at  any  point  between  70°  C.  and  150  C.  and  will  be  main¬ 
tained  to  within  about  1°  C.  Heating  units  are  easily  replaceable.  Plug  is  attached  to  ordinary 
lamp  socket  on  either  110  or  220  volt  current.  Voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering.  Inside  dimen¬ 
sions  10  x  10  x  12  inches.  Complete  with  cord,  plug,  thermometer  and  directions. . ..... .  25.00 

Oven,  Double  Wall,  for  Steam  Heating  by  direct  connection  with  steam  supply.  Consisting  of  four 
drying  compartments  8  x  10  inches,  with  massive  brass  doors  j  surmounted  by  a  copper  water 
bath  carrying  5  sets  of  rings.  The  inside  of  the  apparatus  is  made  of  zinc  lined  copper  and  dis- 
tilled  water  can  be  used  after  being  drawn  off. 


Duty  Free .  105.60 


Duty  Paid. . .  128.00 


No.  41680 


N*.  41682 


41680.  Oven,  Double  Wall,  for  Steam  Heating  by  direct  connection  with  steam  supply.  Made  of  copper,  with 
massive  brass  doors  and  inside  compartments  zinc  lined..  With  safety  valve  and  cock  under¬ 
neath  for  emptying.  Compartments  are  each  10  x  8  x  8  inches  inside. 

Number  of  compartments .  _2 _ 3 

Duty  Free . . .  41.25  59.40 

Duty  Paid . . .  50.00  72.00 

41682.  Oven,  Double  Wall,  for  Steam  Heating  by  direct  connection  with  steam  supply.  Of  copper  with 
copper  steam  coils,  water  gauge,  double  doors  and  asbestos  covering. 

Size,  cm .  15  x  25  x  15  20  x  30  x  20  25  x  40  x  25  30  x  50  x  30 

Duty  Free .  19780  26.40  45.00  67.50 

Duty  Paid .  26.40  35.20  60.00  90.00 


376 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COM  P  A  N  Y 


H 


No.  41684 


No.  41688 


41684.  Oven,  Electric,  with  automatic  expanding  disc  temperature  regulator  and  magnetic  circuit  breaker. 

Of  heavy  asbestos  board  mounted  in  solid  brass  frame,  giving  a  durable  and  rigid  construction. 
Heating  units  are  wound  on  hard  porcelain  and  are  easily  replaceable,  as  is  the  expanding  disc. 
The  temperature  control  will  regulate  within  1°  or  2°  C.  over  long  periods  of  time  and  is  recom¬ 
mended  as  a  thoroughly  practical  and  satisfactory  utensil  which  we  have  supplied  to  many  impor¬ 
tant  laboratories.  Works  equally  well  on  direct  or  alternating  current.  Inside  dimensions 
16  x  10  x  9  inches.  As  regularly  sent  out  the  expanding  disc  will  regulate  from  75°  C.  to  160°  C. 
Special  windings  of  heating  units  and  special  capsules  for  other  ranges  of  temperature,  when 
desired.  With  diagram  of  connections  and  full  information  for  operating. 

For  voltage .  110  220 

Each .  70.00  72.00 


OVENS,  FREAS  PATENT  ELECTRIC,  with  temperature  control,  as  approved  by  the  National  Board  of  Fire 
Underwriters.  May  be  set  for  any  temperature  desired  from  a  degree  or  so  above  room  temperatures 
to  175°  C.  Made  of  heavy,  fire-proof  asbestos  wood  which  is  not  attacked  by  acids  or  alkalies.  The 
temperature  indicator  is  set  at  the  temperature  desired  by  turning  the  milled  head  as  shown  in  illus¬ 
tration.  The  metal  fittings  of  door,  base,  etc.,  are  of  aluminum.  When  ordering  please  state  voltage 
and  current  of  circuit  on  which  oven  is  to  be  operated. 

41688.  Oven,  Freas  Patent  Electric  No.  100.  Size  of  chamber  12  x  12  x  12  inches.  Mounted  on  cast  iron 
base  for  placing  on  table.  Complete  with  flexible  cord  and  plug  to  attach  to  regular  lighting 
circuit . . .  75.00 

41692.  Oven,  Freas  Patent  Electric  No.  110.  Inside  dimensions  14  x  17  x  18  inches.  Mounted  on  heavy  iron 
base  with  legs,  total  height  5  ft.  Complete  with  flexible  cord  and  plug .  165.00 

41696.  Oven,  Freas  Patent  Electric  No.  114,  same  as  No.  110  but  graduated  for  temperatures  up  to  500°  F. 

as  used  in  the  evaporating  tests  of  asphalt,  etc .  175.00 


41700. 


No.  41700 


Oven,  Hearson  Electric,  specially  designed 
for  rapidly  ascertaining  the  percent¬ 
age  of  moisture  in  flour,  tobacco, 
seeds  and  similar  material.  The  oven 
is  regularly  sent  out  for  operation  at 
115°  C.  but  may  be  adjusted  from  15° 
C.  to  150°  C.  The  air  in  the  inner 
compartment  is  uniformly  heated  and 
passes  over  the  trays  containing  the 
samples  to  be  tested,  taking  up  in  its 
passage  the  moisture  which  is  driven 
off,  the  whole  being  discharged 
through  outlets  at  the  back  of  the 
apparatus;  with  Hearson’  Patent 
Capsule  by  means  of  which  tempera¬ 
ture  variation  may  be  kept  to  within 
1°  C.  Inside  dimensions  6  x  11  x  11 
inches.  Complete  with  thermostat, 
capsule,  thermometer,  two  shelves, 
eight  trays,  wall  plug  and  3  ft.  of 
flexible  cord.  Please  specify  voltage 
in  ordering. 


Duty  Free .  100.80 

Duty  Paid .  151.20 


377 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  41704 


No.  41708 


No.  41712 


No.  41716 


41704.  Oven,  Hearson  Electric,  similar  in  construction  to  above  but  specially  arranged  for  testing  tobacco. 

Complete  with  thermostat,  capsule,  thermometer,  two  perforated  shelves,  wall  plug  and  3  ft.  of 
flexible  cord.  Please  specify  voltage  in  ordering. 

Duty  Free .  100.80  Duty  Paid .  151.20 

OVENS,  DESPATCH,  ELECTRIC.  This  series  of  Ovens  is  constructed  of  polished  steel  with  nickel  plated  angle 
iron  corner  fittings  and  walls  of  asbestos  from  1  to  2  inches  apart,  depending  upon  the  size  of  the  oven, 
packed  with  mineral  wool .  They  have  open  wire  heating  units  guaranteed  not  to  burn  out  or  crack.  The 
alloy  from  which  this  wire  is  made  does  not  oxidize  at  high  temperatures  or  become  brittle  with  repeated 
heating  and  cooling.  These  Ovens  are  provided  with  ventilators  at  both  top  and  bottom  designed  espe¬ 
cially  for  the  carrying  off  of  moisture,  as  in  drying  out  of  samples,  thus  expediting  the  drying  process 
and  enabling  a  very  accurate  temperature  control  without  the  use  of  a  thermostat  or  other  regulating 
device.  The  ovens  are  all  provided  with  a  three-heat  switch  and  by  adjustment  of  the  ventilator  the 
temperature  can  be  maintained  from  90°  to  100°  C.  on  the  low  point,  100°  to  108°  C.  on  the  middle  point 
and  140°  to  150°  C.  on  the  high  point,  150°C.  being  the  highest  temperature  for  which  they  are  regularly 
built.  The  current  consumption  is  exceedingly  small,  as  will  be  noted  from  the  data  given  below. 
These  Ovens  are  widely  used  in  the  moisture  test  of  soils,  etc.,  Pekar  slick  tests  in  flour  and  baking  labo¬ 
ratories  and  for  testing  sulphite  in  pulp  mills  as  to  moisture.  The  Ovens  operate  equally  well  on  direct 
or  alternating  current  but  voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering. 

41708.  Oven,  Despatch,  Electric,  as  above  described,  with  glass  window  for  observation  of  the  material  dur¬ 
ing  drying,  with  drying  space  16  x  7  x  8  inches;  current  consumption  75-150-300  Watts. . . .  32.00 
41712.  Ovens,  Despatch,  Electric,  as  above,  with  removable  shelves  and  thermometer. 

Inside  dimensions,  inches . 13  x  12  x  18  12  x  9  x  16  11  x  6  x  16 

Number  of  shelves .  4  3  2 

Continuous  current  consumption,  Watts .  150  100  100 

Each . 85.00  80.00  75.00 

41716.  Ovens,  Despatch,  Electric,  Compartment,  specially  designed  for  moisture  test  of  soils. 

Inside  dimensions  of  each  compartment,  inches .  20  x  16  x  18  20  x  60  x  18 

Number  of  compartments .  2  3 

Maximum  current  consumption  of  each  compartment,  Watts .  150  150 

Each . 175.00  215.00 

41720.  Oven,  Despatch,  Electric,  Triple  Compartment,  as  above,  specially  designed  for  sulphite  test  in  pulp 
mills.  Inside  dimensions  of  each  compartment  14x9x20  inches,  current  consumption  of  each 
compartment  100  Watts... .  215.00 


378 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


41724.  Oven,  Double  Wall,  Blair,  of  copper,  on  sheet  iron  base.  As  used  in  iron  analysis;  24  inches  long  x7 
inches  high  and  7  inches  deep.  With  four  compartments  4}  x  6  x  inches,  with  constant  water 
level.  Each  compartment  is  supplied  with  a  copper  box  4  x  4f  x  1  j  inches,  with  serial  number  .40.00 
41728.  Oven,  Single  Wall,  for  Vacuum,  Carr.  Inside  dimensions  12x8  inches,  with  copper  shelf,  vacuum 
gauge  and  openings  for  thermometer  and  thermostat.  Made  of  heavy  brass,  with  tightly  clamp¬ 
ing  door.  See  Wiley’s  “Agricultural  Products,”  Vol.  Ill,  p.  23 .  65.00 

41732.  Oven,  Double  Wall,  for  Vacuum,  for  either  steam  or  gas  heating,  inside  dimensions  16  inches  long 
by  8  inches  in  diameter.  These  ovens  are  widely  used  in  various  laboratories  of  the  U.  S. 
Department  of  Agriculture,  sugar  laboratories,  etc.,  and  are  of  robust  and  substantial  construc¬ 
tion  intended  for  continuous  operation  in  vacuum  work.  The  body  of  the  oven  is  a  large  cylin¬ 
drical  brass  tube  surrounded  by  1  inch  steam  space  or  jacket  built  to  withstand  40  lbs.  pressure. 
The  oven  is  provided  with  two  perforated  pipe  burners  for  gas  heating  and  a  constant  level  for 
the  water  in  the  jacket  is  placed  in  the  rear.  Suitable  openings  for  exhaust  of  air  and  moisture 
from  the  chamber,  thermometer  and  vacuum  gauge  are  provided .  175.00 


m 


\  Sj  jfssj 


41736. 


41740. 


No.  41740 


Oven,  Double  Wall,  cylindrical  form,  for 
drying  in  current  of  hydrogen  etc. 
Substantially  made,  of  heavy  copper 
and  provided  with  one  shelf.  Inside 
dimensions  17  x  6f  inches.  May  also  be 
used  with  glycerine  or  toluol  in  jacket 
and  for  temporary  vacuums  up  to 
about  20  inches  of  mercury  but  not  for 
high  or  continuous  vacuum  ....  40.00 

Oven,  Freas  Patent  Electric  for  Vacuum. 

Inside  dimensions  of  vacuum  chamber 
8x8  x  18  inches.  Temperature  range 
up  to  180°  C .  250.00 


379 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  41744  No.  41752 

41744.  Oven,  Drying,  Alsop.  Designed  for  and  widely  used  in  tanning  laboratories.  Will  accommodate  110  No. 

26012  crystallizing  dishes,  of  heavy  copper  with  condenser  at  side  to  supply  distilled  water. 

With  steam  outlet  at  top.  Size  35  x  25  inches.  For  gas  heating .  135.00 

41748.  Oven,  Drying,  Alsop,  same  as  above  but  with  coil  for  steam  heating .  140.00 

41752.  Oven,  for  Vacuum,  Sidersky,  improved  model,  consisting  of  a  double  walled  chamber  with  heavy  metal 

door  with  plane  glass  inset.  Inside  dimensions  260  x  300  mm. 

Duty  Free .  66.00  Duty  Paid .  80.00 


No.  41756 


No.  41760 


41756.  Oven,  Soxhlet,  of  polished  copper,  improved  model  with  eight  tubes,  ball  condenser,  draft  chim¬ 
ney  and  tray  with  five  nickel  dishes.  Drying  chamber  is  50  x  100  x  3§  cm.  The  tubes  supply¬ 
ing  heat  to  the  chamber  lie  in  a  bath  which  is  filled  with  a  high  boiling  point  material  such  as 
salt  solution,  glycerine,  toluol,  etc.,  according  to  the  temperature  desired.  As  used  in  the  rapid 
determination  of  total  solids  in  milk  and  other  experiments. 

Duty  Free .  36.30  Duty  Paid .  45.00 

41760.  Oven,  Vacuum,  of  heavy  cast  brass.  With  glass  door,  and  interior  lined  with  zinc.  Inside  dimensions 
25  x  25  x  25  cm. 

Duty  Free .  90.75  Duty  Paid .  110.00 


380 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


41764.  Oven,  Double  Wall,  for  Vacuum,  for  gas  heating,  cylindrical  form.  Space  between  the  walls  may  be  filled 
with  glycerine,  toluol,  etc.,  when  high  temperatures  are  required.  Of  heavy  copper,  tinned  on 
inside.  Inside  dimensions  95  x  405  mm.  With  vacuum  gauge  and  ball  condenser  but  without 
burner. 

Duty  Free .  40.00  Stock .  45.00 

41768.  Oven,  Double  Wall,  for  Vacuum,  as  above,  but  for  indirect  steam  heating  with  valves  and  connections. 

Duty  Free .  45.00  Duty  Paid .  60.00 

41772.  Oven,  Double  Wall,  for  Vacuum,  cylindrical  form,  with  heavy  plate  glass  at  each  end  and  door  fastened 
by  clamps.  With  thermometer  in  metal  mounting,  manometer,  reflux  condenser  and  two  remov¬ 
able  shelves.  For  gas  heating.  Size  180x410  mm. 

Duty  Free . , .  66.00  Duty  Paid .  88.00 

41776.  Oven,  Double  Wall,  for  Vacuum,  of  the  same  general  construction  as  No.  41772  but  extra  large  size, 
i.  e.,  600  x  300  mm  inside  dimensions.  Massive  construction  with  heavy  plate  glass  at  each  end. 
May  be  fitted  for  direct  steam  heating  without  extra  cost.  With  gauge  and  reflux  condenser. 

Duty  Free .  125.25  Duty  Paid .  155.00 


41780.  Oven,  Vacuum,  Hearson  Electric. 

This  apparatus  consists  of  an 
inner  cylindrical  chamber,  the  ex¬ 
posed  end  of  which  is  furnished 
with  a  loose  cover  which  can  be 
clamped  to  this  end  of  it  in  order  to 
hermetically  close  it  when  it  is  de¬ 
sired  to  exhaust  the  air. 

The  inner  cylinder  is  surround¬ 
ed  by  another  cylinder  of  larger 
capacity,  which  is  filled  with  par¬ 
affine  (not  oil).  In  the  space  be¬ 
tween  the  two  vessels  there  is  also, 
coiled  around  the  inner  cylinder,  a 
long  fine  copper  tube  one  end  of 
which  terminates  in  the  inner 
cylinder,  whilst  the  other  end  is 
furnished  with  a  small  valve  which 
will  be  found  on  the  left-hand  side 
below  the  apparatus.  Another 
small  tube  connected  with  and 
terminating  in  the  inner  cylinder 
will  be  found  on  the  right-hand 
side  also  below  the  apparatus. 

The  regulator  and  the  ther¬ 
mometer  both  dip  into  the  vessel 
of  molten  paraffine  in  which  the 
inner  vessel  and  copper  tube  are 
both  also  submerged.  It  will  be 
found  in  practice  that  the  inside 
No.  41780  temperature  indicated  by  self-reg¬ 

istering  thermometers,  is  about 
3  degrees  above  that  shown  on  the  scale  of  [the  thermometer  outside  when  the  inside  is  at 
248  degrees  Fah.,  allowance  can  be  made  accordingly  if  considered  necessary. 

The  asbestos  gaskets  which  serve  to  lute  the  cover  should  be  painted  frequently  with  black- 
lead  mixed  with  turpentine.  Air  admitted  to  the  inner  cylinder  through  the  small  valve  on  the 
left  is  compelled  to  traverse  the  long  length  of  copper  tube  before  reaching  the  cylinder  into 
which  it  is  admitted  at  the  back  at  practically  the  same  temperature  as  that  already  in  the  interior. 
When  the  desired  temperature  is  reached  the  electrical  energy  required  to  maintain  it  is  only 
60  Watts. 

Duty  Free .  113.40  Duty  Paid .  170.10 


381 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  42024  No.  42028  No.  42032  No.  42036 


42000.  Paper,  highly  glazed  on  one  side.  Convenient  for  collecting  filter  ash,  etc.  In  white,  black,  blue  and 

yellow.  Color  must  be  specified  in  ordering.  Sheets  20  x  24  inches.  Per  quire . 25 

42004.  Paper,  Parchment,  for  dialysers,  etc.,  medium  weight,  in  sheets  375  x  250  mm.  Per  sheet . 10 

42008.  “  “  extra  heavy,  particularly  selected  for  and  used  by  the  leading  Antitoxin  Labora¬ 

tories  for  filtering  antitoxin,  serum,  etc.  Recommended  as  being  the  only  thoroughly  satisfac¬ 
tory  paper  for  this  purpose.  In  sheets  66  x  100  cm.  Per  sheet . 30 

42012.  Pencil  Litmus,  Tyree,  consisting  of  a  red  and  a  blue  litmus  pencil  in  metal  case . 25 

42016.  Pencils,  Wax,  best  imported  quality,  for  writing  on  glass,  china,  metal,  etc.  Selected  especially  for 

laboratory  use  and  found  highly  satisfactory  for  this  purpose.  In  white,  blue,  red  and  yellow. 

Color  must  be  specified  in  ordering.  Each . 10 

42020.  Pencils,  Wax,  with  the  wax  enclosed  in  hard  rolled  paper  instead  of  wood.  In  white,  blue,  red  or 

yellow.  Please  specify  color  in  ordering.  Each . : . 12 

42024.  Percolators,  conical  shape  of  blown  glass. 


Capacity .  J  pt. 

1  pt.  2  pt.  |  gal. 

1  gal. 

2  gal. 

3  gal. 

5  gal. 

42028. 

Each . 40 

Percolators,  cylindrical  or  Oldberg’ 
Capacity . 

.45  .50  .70 

s  shape,  of  blown  glass. 

5  pt.  1  pt.  2  pt. 

1.00 

h  gal. 

2.00 

1  gal. 

3.25 

2  gal. 

6.00 

3  gal. 

42032. 

Each . 

Percolators,  with  tubulation  to  fit  \ 
Capacity . 

.40  .45  .60 

inch  rubber  tubing. 
.  i  Pt- 

1.00 

1  pt. 

1.50 

*  gal. 

3.25 

1  gal. 

4.00 

2  gal. 

42036. 

Each . 

Percolator  Bottle,  graduated  in  cc. 

. 50 

Capacity,  cc .  500 

.60 

1000 

.80 

2000 

1.10 

4000 

2.25 

8000 

Each . 

.  1.00 

1.10 

1.65 

2.85 

4.35 

No.  42040 — See  description  on  following  page 


382 


I 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  42064 


42040. 


42044. 

42048. 

42052. 

42056. 

42060. 

42064. 


42068. 

42072. 

42076. 

42080. 

42084. 

42088. 

42092. 

42096. 

42100. 

42104. 

42108. 

42112. 

42116. 

42120. 


PHOTOMETERS 

Photometer,  Weber  Portable,  Opal  Glass  Plate  Type,  with  Lummer-Brodhun 

prism,  for  comparison  by  similarity;  with  benzene  lamp  and  Prof.  Web-  Duty  Free 

er’s  table  of  constants.  Complete  in  portable  case .  120.00 

Photometer,  as  above,  but  for  comparison  by  both  similarity  and  contrast . . .  127.50 

Accessories  for  Weber  Photometer  Nos.  42040  and  42044. 

Standard  Incandescent  Lamp  for  2  volts  for  use  with  above,  inter¬ 
changeable  with  benzene  lamp,  in  mounting .  21.00 

Reflecting  Mirror  Attachment,  to  be  put  on  in  place  of  tube  '"  K” .  9.00 

Table  of  Constants  for  the  mirror  attachment .  3.00 

Adjustable  Laboratory  Tripod,  for  either  of  above  Photometers .  3.60 

Photometer,  Weber,  Improved  Tube  Form,  latest  construction  with  Lummer-Brod¬ 
hun  prism,  for  comparison  by  both  similarity  and  contrast,  with  adjustable 
opal  glass  plate  in  the  tube,  diaphragm  arrangement,  but  without  percentage 
graduation,  standard  lamp,  plate  box  or  receiving  screen.  See  Zeitschrift 
fur  Instrumentenkunde  XXVII  Jahrgang,  Juni  1907.  (Copy  of  reprint  sent 

on  request) .  159.00 

Accessories  for  No.  42064  Weber  Photometer. 

Percentage  Graduation  on  above .  4.50 

Standard  2  Volt  Lamp,  in  adjustable  mounting  as  shown  in  No.  42064 .  21.00 

“  Benzene  Lamp,  in  adjustable  mounting  as  shown  in  No.  42040 .  27.00 

Plate  Box,  for  plates  u  and  m,  for  the  decimal  extension  of  the  range,  etc.  See 

Zeitschrift  fur  Instrumentenkunde,  XXVII  Jahrgang,  J uni  1907 .  43.50 

Gypsum  Plate,  Gi .  7.20 

Plate  Box,  Weber  model .  15.00 

“  “  “  “  with  divided  scale  and  pointer .  19.50 

Table  of  Constants  for  either  of  the  above  plate  boxes .  7.50 

Two  Smoked  Glasses  in  mounting,  fitting  in  either  of  above  plate  boxes. . .  7.50 

Box  for  Smoked  Glasses,  to  be  used  in  place  of  Weber  box .  10.50 

Improved  Plate  for  use  in  connection  with  Weber’s  plate  box  or  the  box 

for  smoked  glasses .  7.20 

Screen  u  1 .  15.00 

Spherical  Receiving  Screen .  27.00 

Case  for  complete  instrument . ;•••.• . ; .  12.00 

Note — As  a  comprehensive  outfit  for  the  measurement  of  illumination  and  inten¬ 
sities,  either  in  the  open  or  in  enclosed  spaces,  the  makers  recommend  an 
outfit  consisting  of  Nos.  42064, 42068, 42072,  42092, 42096, 42104,  421 12  and  42120  249.00 
Note — For  Weston  precision  millivolt  and  ammeters  for  use  with  the  above  see  p.  201. 


Duty  Paid 
160.00 
170.00 


28.00 

12.00 

4.00 

4.80 


212.00 

6.00 

28.00 

36.00 

58.00 

9.60 

20.00 

26.00 

10.00 

10.00 

14.00 

9.60 

20.00 

36.00 

16.00 


332.00 


383 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


■ . WMMC 

No.  42124 


42124. 


42128. 

42132. 

42136. 

42140. 

42144. 

42148. 

42152. 


Photometer  Bench,  Stationery,  latest  construction,  consisting  of  optical  bench  on 
three  cast  iron  standards,  with  scale  divided  iu  millimeters  from  0  to  2500  mm 
and  with  three  adjustable  riders  I,  II  and  III,  but  without  standard  lamp,  N, 

sight-box  P  or  gas  burner  L . . . . 

Accessories  for  above  Photometer  Bench. 

Graduations  in  Direct  Candle  Power,  extra . 

Scale,  divided  from  20  to  3000  mm,  extra  . 

Set  of  Six  Screens,  for  above  Photometer,  consisting  of  four  with  circular 

opening  and  two  without  opening . 

Illuminating  Device  for  reading  the  scale,  consisting  of  a  small  2  volt  Osram  lamp 

arranged  to  illuminate  only  the  portion  of  the  scale  to  be  read . 

Holder  for  the  Suspended  Lamp,  to  fit  on  the  optical  bench,  with  1  meter  of  con¬ 
necting  cord . . . 

Holder  for  Incandescent  Lamp,  to  hold  the  lamp  to  be  tested  in  both  vertical  and 

horizontal  position . . . . . 

Rotator  for  Incandescent  Lamp,  without  motor . 


Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 

145.50  194.00 

15.00  20.00 

10.50  14.00 

43.20  57.60 

10.80  14.40 

7.20  9.60 

30.00  40.00 

31.50  42.00 


42156. 

42160. 

42164. 


42168. 

42172. 

42174. 

42176. 

42180. 


Photometer  Sight-box,  Lummer-Brodhun,  for  comparison  by  similarity.  . . 

Photometer  Sight-box,  Lummer-Brodhun,  for  comparison  by  both  similarity  and 

contrast . . . . . 

Photometer  Sight-box,  Lummer-Brodhun,  for  measuring  of  light  sources  from  dif¬ 
ferent  angles  and  with  a  crossline  scale  for  sighting  and  concave  lens  for  the 

ocular . . 

Photometer  Sight-box,  Flicker  type,  including  motor  for  110  volts.  See  Zeitschrift 

fur  Instrumentenkunde,  Februar  1905 . 

Photometer  Sight-box,  same  as  above,  but  adjustable  for  use  through  an  arc  of  180° 

See  Zeitschrift  fur  Instrumentenkunde,  August  1905 . 

Adjustment  for  above,  with  horizontal  graduations . . . 

Photometer,  Sight-box,  same  as  No.  42168  but  reversible,  with  vertical  circle  and  en¬ 
closed  adjusting  arrangement  with  horizontal  circle . 

Photometer  Sight-box,  same  arrangement  as  in  No.  42176  but  for  use  through  an  arc 
of  180° . 


Duty  Free 

40.50 

Duty  Paid 
54.00 

46.50 

62.00 

60.00 

80.00 

48.00 

64.00 

55.50 

7.50 

74.00 

10.00 

64.50 

86.00 

72.00 

96.00 

384 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 

— - 


No.  4220# 


No.  42204  No.  42204 


No.  42212  No.  42184 


42184. 


42188. 

42192. 


42196. 

42200. 


42204. 


42208. 

42212. 

42216. 

42220. 

42224. 


Illuminometer,  or  Relative  Photometer,  Martens,  with  benzene  standard  lamp  and 
table  of  constants.  See  Schilling’s  Journal  fur  Gasbeleuchtung  und  Wasser- 

versorgung  1905 . 

Illuminometer,  Martens,  as  above,  including  a  standard  Osram  lamp,  but  without 

accumulator  or  ammeter . 

Additional  Equipment,  for  above,  arranged  according  to  Dinessen  for  the  measure¬ 
ment  of  illumination  on  the  street,  etc.,  consisting  of  a  3  cell  Edison 
accumulator,  Type  F  f,  two  resistances,  1.7  ohms  to  7  amperes  and  .4  ohms 
to  15  amperes,  carrying  case  and  two  wooden  boxes  for  the  accumulators 
and  the  photometer,  but  not  including  photometer  No.  42184  itself  or  ammeter. 
Precision  Amperemeter,  type  W.  K.  a;  from  0.7  to  1.2  amperes,  for  use  with  above. . . 
Relative  Photometer,  Weber,  particularly  recommended  for  the  determination  of 
illuminating  values  on  school  desks,  work  tables,  etc.  See  Schriften  des 
Naturwissenschaftlichen  Vereins  fur  Schleswig-Holstein,  Band  XV  Heft  1... . 

Extra  for  certificate  and  test  curve  by  Prof.  Weber . 

Standard  Incandescent  Osram  Photometer  Lamps. 


Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 

114.00  152.00 


120.00 


45.00 

30.00 


90.00 

7.50 


160.00 


60.00 

40.00 


120.00 

10.00 


Type. 

Hefner  Candles . 

Color . 

Amperes . 

Volts . . . . . 

Lamp  resistence  in  ohms.. . 
Watts  per  Hefner  Candle. . 
Cells  necessary  1  red. . . . 
for  operation  /  white. . 


E 


G 


E 


B 


B 


1 

1 

5 

5 

10 

10 

16 

16 

20 

25 

red 

white 

red 

white 

red 

white 

red 

white  white  white 

1.2 

1.0 

2.6 

1.5 

2.4 

2.8 

2.6 

3 

2.7 

2.8 

4 

2 

5 

6 

10 

6 

11.5 

8 

12 

13.5 

3.3 

2.0 

1.9 

4.0 

4.2 

2.1 

4.4 

2.7 

4.5 

4.8 

4.8 

2.0 

2.6 

1.8 

2.4 

1.7 

1.9 

1.5 

1.6 

1.5 

3 

3 

6 

6 

2 

4 

4 

5 

7 

8 

1.50 

1.20 

1.50 

1.50 

1.95 

1.95 

1.95 

1.95 

2.25 

2.25 

2.00 

1.60 

2.00 

2.00 

2.60 

2.60 

2.60 

2.60 

3.00 

3.00 

Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 


Precision  Mounting  for  Standard  Incandescent  Osram  lamps .  6.00  8.00 

Standard  Hefner  Lamp,  with  flame  measuring  device  and  sighting  arrangement.  . ..  12.60  16.80 

“  us  above,  with  P.  T.  R.  certificate .  13.50  18.00 

“  “  “  with  flame  measuring  device  after  Kruss .  13.50  18.00 

“  “  “  as  above,  with  P.  T.  R.  certificate .  14.40  19.20 


385 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  42252  No.  42260 


42228. 

42232. 

42236. 

42240. 

42244. 


42248. 


42252. 

42256. 

42260. 


42264. 


Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 


Polarisation  Photometer,  Martens,  for  white  light  on  stand  as  shown  in  illustration.  89.40  119.20 

“  “  “  without  stand .  38.40  51.20 

Stand  only  for  above  Photometer .  51.00  68.00 

Case  “  “  “  “  2.10  2.80 

Comparison  Lamp  for  above;  very  important  for  many  measurements  in 
fluorescence,  etc.,  consisting  of  a  small  Osram  lamp  for  2  volts,  with  opal 
glass  screen  and  mounting  for  immediate  attachment  to  the  Photometer. . . .  22.50  30.00 

Illumination  Tester,  Thorner,  in  box  as  shown  in  illustration.  See  Hygienischen 
Rundschau  190 4,  Nr.  18.  and  Gesundheits-Ingenienr,  Zeitschrift  fiir  die 

gesamte  Stadtehygiene,  1908 .  12.00  16.00 

Raumwinkelmesser,  Weber,  for  the  measurement  of  the  angle  of  illumination  and 

elevation  angle  with  which  a  given  area  is  illuminated . . .  24.00  32.00 

Raumwinkelmesser,  Pleier .  28.80  38.40 

Illuminometer,  Wingen,  for  measuring  the  illumination  of  a  desk,  work  table,  etc., 
within  the  limits  of  10  and  50  meter  candles  in  steps  of  10.  See  Journ.  /.  Gas- 

bel.  45,  738,  1902 .  9.30  12.40 

Illuminometer,  Wingen,  reading  in  single  meter  candles  up  to  50  meter  candles 
and  with  lamp  extended  to  500  meter  candles  by  means  of  smoked  glass  disc  to 
be  inserted .  19.50  26.00 


Note — Complete  descriptive  German  pamphlet  of  Schmidt  and  Haensch  describing  above  Photom¬ 
eters  and,  in  addition,  the  large  Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt  model,  sent  on  application. 


386 


ART  HUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


42268.  Densitometer,  Martens,  for  the  measurement  of  the  density  of  photographic  plates,  etc.  This  instru¬ 
ment  is  a  specific  application  of  the  Polarisation  Photometer,  with  convenient  stage  for  the  plates. 
See  Zeitschrift  fur  wissenschaftliche  Photographic,  Photophysik  und  Photchemie ,  Band  VII,  Heft  8, 
1 909 

Duty  Free .  78.00  Duty  Paid .  104.00 

42272.  Densitometer,  latest  construction,  for  use  with  two  10  candle  power  4  volts  standard  lamps,  with  stage 
for  plates,  operating  on  the  same  principle  as  Martens  Densitometer 

Duty  Free .  195.00  Duty  Paid .  260.00 


View  in  Salesroom  showing  samples  of  Analytical  and  other  Balances,  Woulff  Bottles,  Aspirator  Bottles,  etc. 


387 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


PHYSICAL-CHEMISTRY  APPARATUS 

Apparatus  for  the  Determination  of  Molecular  Weight 
Apparatus  for  the  Determination  of  the  Conductivity  of  Electrolytes  (Dielectric  Constant) 
Apparatus  for  the  Determination  of  Electro-Motive  Force  by  the  Potentiometer  Method 

Ostwald  Viscosity  Outfits,  etc.,  etc. 


No.  42300 


No.  42308 


42300.  Molecular  Weight  Determination  Apparatus,  Beckmann,  by  Depression  of  the  Freezing  Point.  See 

Zeitschrift  fur  Physikalische  Chemie,  Band  II,  Seite  638  und  Band  VII,  Seite  323-330.  Complete 
outfit  consisting  of  the  following: — 

Cooling  Jar,  with  nickel  plated  cover,  stirrer,  four  air  jackets,  four  freezing  tubes  with  corks,  three  filling  pipettes,  one  freez¬ 
ing  rod  and  one  rubber  stopper. 

Zinc  Trough,  with  glass  syphon  to  draw  off  cooling  mixture. 

Thermometer  for  the  cooling  mixture  from  —20  to  +  40°  C.  in  single  degrees. 

Stirrer,  for  the  solution,  of  glass  with  platinum  ring  (approximately  2.1  grams  of  platinum). 

Sulphuric  Acid  Tube.  When  hygroscopical  solutions  are  investigated  the  stirrer  passes  through  this  tube  which  should  then 
be  filled  with  sulphuric  acid  and  attached  to  a  filter  pump  with  drying  cylinders  in  order  to  obtain  a  current  of  dry 
air  for  the  determination. 

Thermometer,  Beckmann  Differential,  with  auxiliary  scale,  range  5  to  6°  C.  in  iJ5ths.  (No.  48288.) 

Reading  Device  for  Beckmann  Thermometer.  (No.  48276.) 

Duty  Free .  23.00  Duty  Paid .  31.50 

42304.  Molecular  Weight  Determination  Apparatus,  complete  as  above,  but  without  Beckmann  Differential 

Thermometer. 

Duty  Free .  12.10  Duty  Paid .  16.50 

42308.  Molecular  Weight  Determination  Apparatus,  Beckmann,  by  the  Depression  of  the  Freezing  Point,  for 
Hygroscopic  Solutions,  with  freezing  tube  hermetically  closed  against  the  moisture  of  the  air  and 
the  stirrer  operated  by  electromagnet.  See  Zeitschrift  fur  Physikalische  Chemie  Band  XXI  Seite 
240  und  Band  XLIV  Seite  169-184-  The  outfit  consists  of  the  following: 

Cooling  Vessel,  with  nickel  cover,  stirrer,  four  air  jackets,  four  freezing  tubes  with  corks,  three  filling  pipettes,  one  freezing 
rod  and  two  rubber  stoppers. 

Thermometer,  for  the  cooling  mixture,  from  —20  to  +  40°  C.  in  single  degrees. 

Stirrer,  of  platinum,  mounted  on  enamelled  iron  ring  for  operation  by  electromagnet.  Approximately  3.20  grams  of  plat¬ 
inum. 

Electromagnet,  for  operating  stirrer. 

Thermometer,  Beckmann  Differential,  with  auxiliary  scale,  range  5  to  6°  C.  in  TJsths.  (No.  48288.) 

Accumulator. 

Metronome  Contact  Break,  with  clock-work  running  40  minutes  and  platinum  contact. 

Spark  Conductor,  to  suppress  the  first  spark  at  the  metronome  break  in  order  to  protect  the  contact. 

Duty  Free .  33.60  Duty  Paid.... .  45.80 

42312.  Molecular  Weight  Determination  Apparatus,'  outfit  complete  as  above  but  without  Beckmann  Differ¬ 
ential  Thermometer. 

Duty  Free .  22.75  Duty  Paid .  30.95 


388 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  42332  No.  42360  No.  42352  No.  42348 


42316. 

42320. 

42324. 

42328. 


42332. 


42336. 


42340. 

42344. 

42348. 


42352. 


Extra  Parts  and  Accessories  for  the  preceding  Molecular  Weight  Determination  Apparatus. 

Freezing  Tube  as  used  in  outfit  No.  42300 . 40 

“  with  ground  stopper  and  ground  in  tubulation  for  thermometer .  1.00 

Thermometer,  for  cooling  mixture  from  —20  to  +40°  C.  in  single  degrees .  1.25 

Mechanical  Stirrer,  with  clockwork  running  two  hours;  on  adjustable  stand  with  contacts  so  that  it 
may  be  used  as  an  electromagnetic  stirrer  as  well;  pendulum  bob  is  adjustable  for  different 

speeds .  15.00 

Molecular  Weight  Determination  Apparatus,  Beckmann,  by  Elevation  of  the  Boiling  Point.  See  Zeit¬ 
schrift  fur  Physikalische  Chemie  Band  XXI,  Seite  245  und  Band  XL,  Seite  130-144 •  The  outfit 
consists  of  the  following: 

Support,  with  clamp,  ring,  etc. 

Boiling  Tube,  of  Jena  glaaa,  with  ground  in  stopper  and  tubulation  for  thermometer  (which  may  be  held  in  place  by  asbestos 
paper) . 

100  grams  Garnets  for  charging  material.  Platinum  tetrahedrons  for  charging  may  be  had  at  market  price  of  platinum, 
which  are  not  included  with  the  outfit.  The  best  charging  mixture  consists  of  from  2  to  3  grams  of  platinum  tetra¬ 
hedrons  and  20  grams  of  garnets. 

Jacketed  Tubes  with  mica  cover  and  asbestos  support. 

Micro  Bunsen  Burner,  with  regulating  cock,  and  mica  chimney. 

Thermometer,  Beckmann  Differential,  with  auxiliary  scale,  graduated  from  5  to  6°  C.  in  rJaths.  (No.  48288). 

Duty  Free .  17.30  Duty  Paid . . .  23.60 

Molecular  Weight  Determination  Apparatus,  outfit  complete  as  above  but  without  Beckmann  Differ¬ 
ential  Thermometer. 

Duty  Free .  6.50  Duty  Paid .  8.75 

Extra  Parts  and  Accessories  for  above  Molecular  Weight  Determination  Apparatus. 

Boiling  Point  Tube,  Beckmann,  of  Jena  glass,  as  supplied  with  outfit  No.  42332 . .  3.25 

Steaming  Jacket  for  above  when  investigating  solutions  of  high  boiling  point,  of  glass  with  condenser 

inside  the  arm.  See  Zeitschrift  fur  Physikalische  Chemie  Band  XL,  Seite  137-138 .  2.50 

Boiling  Point  Tube,  Beckmann,  model  of  1903,  See  Zeitschrift  fur  Physikalische  Chemie,  Band  XLIV, 
Seite  162-168;  with  two  ground  in  stoppers  and  two  ground  in  tubulations,  with  reflux  condenser 

for  discharging  reflux  into  the  jacket  of  the  boiling  tube  as  required .  7.50 

Pastille  Press,  of  steel,  5  mm  bore .  7.00 


42356.  Boiling  Point  Apparatus,  McCoy,  consisting  of  a  graduated  vessel  with  water  jacket.  See  Journal  of  the 


American  Chemical  Society,  April,  1900 . . . . .  3.50 

42360.  Boiling  Point  Apparatus,  Jones.  A  glass  vessel  with  ground  in  stopper  and  side  tubulation .  3.00 


389 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  42364 


42364.  Apparatus  for  the  Determination  of  the  Conductivity  of  Electrolytes  (Dielectric  Constant),  Koblrausch- 
Ostwald,  as  used  in  the  Leipzig  laboratories.  See  Phys.-chem.  Mess.,  S  Auflage,  Seite  461.  Out¬ 
fit  consists  of  the  following: — 


Extra 

42368. 

42372. 

42376. 

42380. 

42384. 

42388. 

42392. 


Conductivity  Vessel,  Ostwald,  of  Jena  glass,  with  electrodes  15  mm  diameter;  platinum  weight  approximately  2.2  grams. 
Constant  Temperature  Bath,  Ostwald,  25  cm  diameter  and  25  cm  high;  with  felt  jacket,  micro  burner,  two  toluol  regula¬ 
tors  with  supports  and  thermometer. 

Support  for  conductivity  vessels,  with  removable  base  and  clamp  for  hanging  in  thermostat. 

Thermometer,  0—60°  C.  in  iVjths. 

Induction  Coil,  simple  form,  with  felt  insulation  under  base. 

Condenser  for  use  with  above  induction  coil. 

Storage  Battery,  without  solution,  capacity  10  ampere  hours. 

Contact  Key,  with  three  binding  posts,  on  polished  wood  base. 

Slide  Wire  Bridge,  with  scale  1  meter  long  divided  into  millimeters,  model  of  the  Phys.-chemischen  Institute,  Leipzig. 
Telephone,  for  use  witn  slide  wire  bridge. 

Resistance  Box,  from  0.1  to  500  ohms,  with  17  coils,  giving  a  total  resistance  of  1111.1  ohms,  quality  A,  in  accordance  with 


the  requirements  of  the  Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt. 

Duty  Free .  112.00  Duty  Paid. ... . .  152.00 

Parts  and  Accessories  for  Apparatus  for  the  Determination  of  the  Conductivity  of  Electrolytes. 

Conductivity  Cell,  Arrhenius,  for  poor  conductors,  with  electrodes  24  mm  in  diameter  with  a  sepa¬ 
ration  of  10  mm.  Approximately  weight  of  platinum  5.6  grams;  with  Duty  Free  stock 

extra  cell  of  Jena  glass .  12.15  18.40 

Extra  Cell,  only,  for  above,  of  Jena  glass . .  .  .40 

Conductivity  Cell,  Arrhenius,  for  poor  conductors,  with  electrodes  sealed  in, 

ground  in  glass  stopper  with  stopcock . 13.25  20.00 

Conductivity  Cell,  Ostwald,  for  poor  conductors,  with  electrodes  15  mm  in 
diameter  with  separation  of  20  mm.  Approximate  weight  of  platinum 

2.2  grams.  With  extra  cell  of  Jena  glass. . 6.10  9.25 

Extra  Cell,  only,  for  above,  of  Jena  glass. . ._ . . . ; .  .50 

Conductivity  Cell,  Ostwald,  for  poor  conductors;  with  electrodes  sealed  in  and 

ground  in  glass  stopper  with  stopcock .  7.20  10.90 

Conductivity  Cell,  Kohlrausch,  for  poor  conductors,  with  large,  firmly  fixed 
platinum  electrodes.  Approximate  weight  of  platinum  4.2  grams.  With 

ground  in  stopper  with  thermometer  and  graduations  on  cell .  11.40  17.25 

Conductivity  Cell,  Kohlrausch-Holborn,  for  poor  conductors,  with  vertical 
electrodes  with  adjustable  separation  to  be  measured  in  millimeters. 

Approximate  platinum  weight  4.2  grams.  When  this  cell  is  used  with 

holder  No.  42396  the  larger  rubber  ring  No.  42406  is  necessary . .  12.80  19.50 


390 


ARTHUR  H. 


T  H  Q  MAS  COMPANY 


Nos.  42368  and  42396 


No.,42376 


No.  42392 


42396.  Support  and  Holder,  for  any  of  the  above  cells,  with  removable  base  and  clamp 

for  fixing  to  side  of  constant  temperature  bath  and  hard  rubber  ter-  Duty  free 

minals  for  electrodes  with  binding  screws .  3.10 

42400.  Large  Rubber  Ring  for  above,  for  use  with  cells  of  wide  diameter  such  as 

No.  42392 . . 

42404.  Conductivity  Cell,  Nernst,  for  good  conductors.  See  Deulsch.  Phys.  Ges.  1906. 1. 

With  five  different  glass  electrode  tubes  of  variable  capacity  for  inser¬ 
tion  through  the  cover.  Glass  parts  of  Jena  glass.  Platinum  weight 
approximately  2.5  grams.  This  may  be  used  with  support  and  clamp 

No.  42396  and  large  ring  No.  42400 .  12.00 

42408.  Extra  Cell,  only,  for  above,  of  Jena  glass . 

42412.  Conductivity  Cell,  Kohlrausch,  for  good  conductors.  See  Kohlrausch-Holborn 
Leitvermogen  der  Elektrolyte  1898  Seite  20.  With  adjustable  electrodes 
set  in  graduated  tubes,  each  tube  graduated  in  45  capacities  in  ^ths. 

The  platinum  electrodes  are  set  in  silver  rods.  Approximate  platinum 


weight  .75  grams .  7.30 

42416.  Extra  Cell,  only,  with  graduations  but  without  electrodes . 

42420.  Stand  for  above  Cell,  with  removable  base  and  with  clamp  for  attaching  to 

side  o  constant  temperature  bath . 

42424.  Immersion  Electrode,  for  good  conductors,  in  protecting  cylinder  of  glass. 

Platinum  weight  approximately  1.3  grams .  3.90 

42428.  Conductivity  Cell,  Kohlrausch,  for  good  conductors,  with  five  extra  cells  of 
different  capacities,  with  safety  device  for  electrodes.  Approx,  plat¬ 
inum  weight  4  grams .  12.50 

42432.  Extra  Glass  Cells,  each .  .65 

42436,  Holder  for  the  above  cell  similar  to  No.  42396  with  the  exception  that  the 

clamp  is  oval  as  shown  in  illustration  of  No.  42428  .  3.60 

42440.  Conductivity  Cell,  Kohlrausch,  with  two  glass  stoppers  and  graduations  on  each 

arm  of  cell  in  jcm.  Platinum  weight  approx.  4.2  grams .  10.80 

42444.  Holder  for  the  above  cell,  similar  to  No.  42396  but  with  special  double  rim  to 

take  both  arms  of  cell  as  shown .  3.50 

42448.  Immersion  Electrode,  for  poor  conductors.  Approx,  platinum  weight  1.2  grams  4.00 
Note — Prices  of  conductivity  cells  involving  the  use  of  platinum  vary  accord¬ 
ing  to  the  market  price  of  platinum. 


Duty  Paid 

4.65 


.25 


18.00 

1.00 


11.00 

2.00 

3.00 

5.90 

19.00 

1.00 

5.40 

16.40 

5.25 

6.00 


391 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  42452 


No.  42456 


42452.  Constant  Temperature  Bath,  Ostwald,  consisting  of  enam¬ 
elled  bath  with  felt  cover,  tripod,  perforated  nickel 
shelf,  micro  burner  and  two  toluol  regulators,  but 
without  thermometer  as  shown  in  illustration.  With 
necessary  clamps  and  either  mica  vanes  for  stirring 
by  flame  from  the  burner  or  pulley  for  stirring  by 
motor.  Type  must  be  specified  in  ordering. 


Duty  Free .  18.50 

Stock .  30.00 


42456.  Constant  Temperature  Bath,  Ostwald,  rectangular  form,  suitable  for  a  great  variety  of  work  in  Physi¬ 
cal  Chemistry.  Bath  is  of  tinned  copper  with  outside  jacket  of  felt.  Complete  with  all  fittings 
as  shown  in  illustration  with  the  exception  of  the  thermometer  and  with  two  toluol  regulators, 
55  cm  long,  35  cm  wide  and  35  cm  high. 

Duty  Free .  55.50  Duty  Paid .  75.60 


42460. 

42464. 

42468. 

42472. 


Flask  Holder,  to  take  small  flasks,  for  use  in  constant  temperature  bath . ._ . 75 

“  “  with  removable  base.  When  base  is  removed  holder  may  be  used  in  constant  tempera¬ 
ture  bath .  1-75 

Test  Tube  Holder,  for  use  in  constant  temperature  bath . 60 

Shaking  Device,  for  flasks,  etc.,  for  use  in  constant  temperature  bath.  May  be  attached  to  any 
support . 8.50 


392 


'<  4 


R 


H  U 


R 


H  . 


H  O 


M 


O  M 


N 


42476. 


42480. 


Constant  Temperature  Bath,  Freas,  Sensitive  Water,  designed  to  furnish  a  continuous  constant  temper¬ 
ature  for  the  range  of  temperature  on  the  lower  limit  of  the  available  hydrant  water  supply  and 
on  the  upper  limit  of  about  50°  C.  in  a  room  of  ordinary  temperature.  The  extreme  accuracy 
and  small  variation,  which  does  not  exceed  .002°  makes  the  thermostat  especially  suitable 
for  the  refined  measurements  of  Physical  Chemistry,  botanical  investigations,  exact  specific 
gravity  determinations,  etc.  The  apparatus  consists  of  a  well  insulated  tank  of  340  liters  water 
capacity,  provided  with  spacious  glass  windows  for  observations  and  perforated  shelf  on  which 
the  experimental  work  can  be  placed.  The  tank  is  equipped  with  a  stirring  device  and  a  mer¬ 
cury  regulator  which  controls  the  heat  through  a  thermal  relay;  long  cylindrical  filament  lamps 
with  low  thermal  capacity  and  motor  suspended  on  adjustable  springs  to  eliminate  vibratory 
noise  and  vibration;  device  for  maintaining  constant  water  level  and  device  for  cooling  the  water 
in  the  tank  when  the  room  temperature  is  too  great.  Complete  with  regulator  (without  mer¬ 
cury)  motor,  etc.,  ready  for  connection  with  water  supply,  drain  and  current.  Further  descrip¬ 
tion,  price  and  illustration  on  application. 

Thermometers,  Ostwald,  specially  made  for  use  in  constant  temperature  baths,  as  used  in  Physical 
Chemistry,  etc.  With  enclosed  milk  glass  scale. 

Range .  +10°  to  +30°  C.  0  to  +60°  C.  +50  to  +105°  C.  +100  to  +150°  C. 

Graduated  in . 


Each. 


To 

2.00 


i 

To 

2:.50 


4.00 


1 
TO 

5.00 


No.  42504 


)KGM. 


tab*- 

-msj 

JL  !\ 

IT!’,  S  ||  ; 

fll  HI"/  I 

lllBlF1  s  or.gm. 

r\ 


No.  42484 


No.  42524 


No.  42496 


No.  42508 


No.  42500 


42484.  Stirring  Device,  Luther,  for  operation  by  suction  and  for  chemically  pure  solutions  and  other  liquids 

attacking  metal.  For  use  in  constant  temperature  bath .  8.00 

42488.  Toluol  Regulator,  Ostwald,  simple  form,  with  by-pass,  for  use  with  gas  regulating  valve  on  Constant 

Temperature  Baths  No.  42452  or  42456 .  1.50 

42492.  Toluol  Regulator,  Ostwald,  same  as  above  but  with  fine  adjustment,  reservoir  and  new  form  of 

clamp .  6.00 

42496.  Toluol  Regulator,  Ostwald  new  form,  with  by-pass  and  stopcock .  5.00 

42500.  Contact  Arrangement,  Ostwald,  with  regulating  device  as  in  preceding,  to  be  attached  to  air,  liquid 

or  steam  regulators  so  that  the  control  of  the  gas  may  be  operated  by  electricity .  7.50 

42504.  Wheatstone  Slide  Wire  Bridge,  1000  mm  long,  with  mdlimeter  scale  and  ohm  divisions  for  direct  read¬ 
ing  of  the  resistance  in  ohms .  10.00 

42508.  Wheatstone  Bridge,  cylindrical  form,  with  two  scales,  one  divided  in  1000  equal  parts  and  the  other 
in  ohms. 

Duty  Free .  45.00  Duty  Paid .  54.00 

42512.  Wheatstone  Bridge,  same  as  No.  42508  but  with  comparison  resistances  in  the  base  plate  of  -fo,  1,  10, 
100  and  1000  ohms. 

Duty  Free .  82.50  Duty  Paid .  100.00 

42516.  Telephone,  for  use  with  above  bridges  .  3.00 

42520.  Small  Key  “  “  “  “  “  .  1.50 

42524.  Inductorium  “  “  “  “  “  .  12.00 

42528.  Set  of  Pure  Resistances,  Leeds  &  Northrup,  with  four  coils,  1-5000  ohms,  1-10000  ohms  and  2-20000 
ohms.  These  coils  are  wound  according  to  the  specifications  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards 
for  pure  resistances,  i.e.  resistances  without  any  appreciable  capacity  or  induction  effect.  See 
Bulletin- of  the  XJ.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards,  Vol.  8,  p.  J, 95 .  Bifilar  winding  gives  very  good  re¬ 
sults  in  coils  of  1000  ohms  or  less,  but  in  electrolytic  work  errors  due  to  capacity  and  inductance 
become  appreciable  when  using  coils  of  higher  values  wound  in  that  manner.  Therefore,  it  is 
recommended  that,  when  high  resistances  are  required,  this  box  be  used  in  conjunction  with  one 
or  the  other  of  those  previously  listed.  Each  coil  is  connected  to  two  small  binding  posts  on 
the  top  rubber  plate  in  order  to  keep  the  capacity  of  the  connections  at  a  minimum .  50.00 


393 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  42532 


No.  42560A 


No.  42560B 


No.  42560C 


42532.  Slide  Wire  Bridge,  Kohlrausch,  Leeds  &  Northrup,  with  extension  coils  specially  designed  for  use  in 
the  measurement  of  electrolytic  resistances.  The  slide  wire  resistance  is  about  25  ohms  and 
end  coils  are  provided  to  increase  the  effective  length  of  the  slide  wire.  These  coils  are  exactly 
4^  times  the  resistance  of  the  slide  wire  so  that  the  slide  wire  is  r^th  of  the  total  resistance.  The 
position  of  the  contact  is  read  by  means  of  the  vertical  glass  scale  which  reads  complete  turns 
and  also  by  the  scale  on  the  periphery  of  the  hood,  which  latter  is  divided  into  100  parts,  each 
division  being  about  6  mm.  These  divisions  are  further  subdivided  into  halves  so  that  it  is 
possible  to  estimate  to  y^th  of  a  complete  revolution  or  to  TT J^th  of  the  total  motion  of  the 

contact  point.  Used  and  recommended  by  many  leading  Physical  Chemists .  68.00 

42536.  Standard  Resistance  Box,  Leeds  &  Northrup,  with  coils  .5,  1,  2,  3,  4,  10,  20,  30,  40,  100,  200,  300,  400, 

1000  ohms.  An  infinity  plug  is  also  provided.  The  coils  are  arranged  on  the  plug  out  plan  and 

are  guaranteed  to  be  accurate  to  within  ^5%.  The  coils  are  bifilar  wound  and  are  practically 
free  from  capacity  and  inductance,  and  are  particularly  recommended  for  use  in  the  measure¬ 
ment  of  electrolytic  resistances.  The  wire  used  is  of  manganin  which  has  a  very  low  temperature 
coefficient.  The  accuracy  of  the  coils  is,  therefore,  practically  unaffected  by  ordinary  changes 

in  temperature.  The  blocks  and  plugs  are  large,  insuring  good  plug  contacts .  85.00 

42540.  Standard  Resistance  Box,  Leeds  &  Northrup,  similar  to  No.  42536  but  containing  the  following  coils; 

.5,  1,  2,  3,  4,  10,  20,  30,  40,  100,  200,  300,  400,  1000,  2000,  3000,  4000,  10000  ohms,  and  an  infinity 

plug .  100.00 

42544.  Induction  Coil  for  Electrolytic  Measurements,  Leeds  &  Northrup,  with  extreme  rigidity  of  the  vibrator 
so  that  it  will  operate  in  spite  of  mechanical  vibrations  and  short  circuiting  of  the  secondary 
coil.  The  vibrator  is  provided  with  a  slow  motion  set  screw  so  that  fine  adjustments  are  possible. 
Operates  on  a  single  cell  of  storage  battery  and  is  enclosed  in  a  felt  lined  case,  and  consequently 

makes  very  little  noise .  20.00 

42548.  Head  Band  Telephone  Receiver,  Leeds  &  Northrup,  specially  made  for  laboratory  work,  unusually  sensi¬ 
tive  and  with  strong  permanent  magnets.  The  receiver  is  thoroughly  insulated  from  the  head 
bands  which  are  strong  and  light  in  weight.  With  6  ft.  of  flexible  cord .  5.00 

42552.  Resistance  Box,  Otto  Wolflf,  in  decades  with  plug 

connection.  Decades  10  x  1000  with  a  total 
resistance  of  100,000  ohms.  Of  manganin 
wire. 

Duty  Free .  49.50 

Duty  Paid .  66.00 

42556.  Platinizing  Solution,  according  to  Kohlrausch  and 

Holborn,  consisting  of  a  3%  solution  of 
platinic  chloride  and  ?Vtb  of  1%  solution 
of  lead  acetate.  In  50  cc  bottles,  per 
bottle . 2.50 

42560.  Binding  Posts,  Ostwald.  Sheet  or  wire  can  be 

held  equally  tight. 

Style . . B  C 

Each . 35  .35  .35 


No.  42552 


394 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H. 

1 


No.  42564 

42564.  Apparatus  for  the  Determination  of  Electro-motive  Force  by  the  Potentiometer  Method,  arranged  ac¬ 
cording  to  Ostwald  and  as  used  in  the  Leipzig  laboratories.  See  Phy.-chem.  Mess.,  3,  Auflage, 
Seite  Outfit  consists  of  the  following: — 

Capillary  Electrometer  with  microscope  of  30  and  60  diameters  and  ocular  micrometer  divided  into  i'a  mm,  with  movable 
mirror  and  horizontal  fine  adjustment  on  the  microscope. 

Electrometer  Key,  with  platinum  contact,  on  wooden  base.  See  Phys.-chem.  Mess.  398. 

Cadmium  Normal  Element,  mounted  on  board,  with  binding  posts. 

Slide  Wire  Bridge,  With  scale  1  meter  long  divided  into  millimeters,  model  of  the  Phys.-Chemischen  Institute,  Leipzig. 

Accumulator. 

Contact  Key  for  one  circuit,  with  three  posts,  on  polished  wooden  base. 

X  pair  of  Half  Elements  No.  42623  with  Cylinder  No.  42832,  Stand  and  Clamp  No.  42636  and  with  two  each  of  No.  42640 
Electrodes. 

Mercury  Commutator  with  six  binding  posts. 

Duty  Free .  46.75  Duty  Paid .  63.75 


No.  42568  No.  42592  No.  42588  No.  42600 


42568. 


42572. 

42576. 

42580. 

42584. 

42588. 

42592. 

42596. 

42600. 


Capillary  Electrometer,  with  microscope  of  30  and  60  diameters  and  ocular  micrometer  divided  into 
tV  mm,  with  movable  mirror  and  horizontal  fine  adjustment  on  the  microscope.  Illustration 

shows  Tube  No.  42576  in  position .  25.00 

Capillary  Electrometer  Tube,  Ostwald,  vertical  form . 30 

“  “  “  Luther,  with  contacts  and  already  filled .  3.00 

Mercury  Commutator,  with  six  binding  posts . . .  4.00 

Contact  Key,  for  one  circuit,  with  three  posts,  on  polished  wooden  base.  As  shown  on  right  hand 

side  of  outfit  No.  42564 . .  2.25 

Contact  Key,  for  two  circuits,  with  five  binding  posts .  4.25 

“  f<  du  Bois-Reymond,  on  wooden  base .  4.25 

Plug  Key,  on  polished  wooden  base . .  2.75 

Electrometer  Key,  with  adjustable  contact  screw  on  spring,  mounted  on  hard  rubber .  6.75 

395 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


42604. 

42608. 

42612. 


42616. 


42620. 


42624. 

42628. 

42632. 

42636. 

42640. 


42644. 

42648. 

42652. 

42656. 


42660. 

42664. 


42666. 

42668. 


42672. 

42680. 


Cadmium  Normal  Element,  Drucker,  with  two  platinum  contacts,  in  protecting  tube,  with  two  corks, 

without  any  support  and  to  be  filled  by  user.  See  Phys.-Chem.  Mess.  419 .  1.25 

Cadmium  Normal  Element,  on  board,  with  binding  posts  and  clamp  to  hold  glass  vessel  in  position  3.25 
Battery  of  Five  Cadmium  Normal  Elements,  mounted  on  board  as  in  No.  42608,  with  binding  posts, 

clamps,  etc. 

Duty  Free .  14.85  Duty  Paid .  20.25 

Chemically  Pure  Material  and  solution  for  filling  above  elements  as  the  cells  can  not  be  sent  out  filled. 
In  air-tight  glass  containers. 

To  fill,  elements .  1  2  5^ 

Each . 


1.75 


3.00 


6.00 


Weston  Standard  Cell,  Unsaturated  Form,  Model  4.  At  ordinary  working  temperature  (15°  to  35°  C) 
change  in  E.M.F.  is  so  small  as  to  be  negligible  in  most  work.  The  E.M.F.  is  about  1.0187  volts 
at  20°  C.  Each  cell  is  accompanied  by  a  certificate  giving  the  exact  E.M.F.  and  other  neces¬ 
sary  data .  15.00 

Weston  Standard  Cell,  as  above,  with  National  Bureau  of  Standards  certificate .  17.50 

Glass  Cells  for  Half  Elements,  with  syphon  and  tubulation  with  rubber  tubing  and  pinchcock.  Per 

pair . 80 

Cylinder  for  connecting  the  two  half  elements . 15 

Supports,  with  element  holder,  mercury  contact  and  binding  posts.  Per  pair .  4.50 

Metal  Electrodes,  mounted  in  glass  tubes  with  rubber  stopper  to  fit  above  glass  cells. 


Metal .  Platinum 

Foil 


Platinum 

Ring 

.75 


Silver 

Spiral 

.75 


Gold 

Foil 


Zinc 

Rod 


Copper 

Rod 


Each .  2.00  .75  .75  1.75  .50  .50 

Glass  Cells  for  Gas  Electrodes,  Ostwald,  with  syphon  and  glass  stopcock.  Per  pair .  3.00 

Cylinder  for  connecting  the  two  elements . 15 

Supports,  with  element  holder,  mercury  contact  and  binding  posts.  Per  pair .  4.50 

Electrodes,  on  glass  tube,  with  rubber  stopper,  of  platinum  foil.  Approximate  platinum  weight  1.2 
grams.  Per  pair .  5.50 

Platinum  Electrodes,  Luther,  with  internal  contact.  Per  pair .  2.25 

Glass  Cell,  Drucker,  for  Calomel  Normal  Electrode,  with  fused  in  platinum  wire,  syphon  and  tubula¬ 
tion  with  rubber  tubing  and  pinchcock.  Each . 90 

Support,  for  above,  with  clamp  and  detachable  base .  1.75 

Glass  Cell,  Drucker,  as  above  but  with  glass  stopcock  in  syphon,  as  shown  in  illustration  of  No. 
42672 .  1.75 

Glass  Cell,  Drucker,  as  above  but  with  electrical  connection  from  above  and  with  glass  stopcock  in 

syphon  .  1.75 

Migration  Tube,  with  silver  and  copper  electrode . . . .' .  3.50 


396 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  42684 


42684.  Outfit  for  the  Determination  of  Viscosity,  Ostwald,  consisting  of  rectangular  constant  temperature 
bath  with  two  glass  sides  and  with  support  for  two  viscosity  tubes.  With  stirring  device,  three 
capillary  tubes  from  80  to  100  seconds  outflow  time,  two  toluol  regulators,  with  clamp,  micro 
burner,  small  flask,  pipette  and  a  thermometer  holder. 

Duty  Free .  22.50  Duty  Paid .  30.75 

42688.  Viscosity  Tube,  only,  as  furnished  with  above  outfit,  from  80  to  100  seconds  outflow  time  when  not 
otherwise  specified . 75 

42692.  Viscosity  Tubes,  in  sets  of  six,  with  varying  times  of  outflow  from  20  to  250  seconds.  Per  set. . .  3.75 

42696.  Viscosity  Tube,  Drucker,  new  form,  with  glass  stopcock.  Time  of  outflow  80  to  100  seconds  unless 
otherwise  specified .  4.00 


42700.  Model  for  Lecture  Table  Demonstrations  of  the  Migration  of  Ions,  Kohlrausch.  See  Zeilschrift  fur 
physikalische  Chemie,  XXXIV,  5,  1900- 

Duty  Free .  16.50  Duty  Paid .  22.00 


In  the  preceding  section  on  Physical  Chemistry  and  in  the  following  section  on  Physio¬ 
logical  Apparatus  no  effort  has  been  made  to  list  all  of  the  apparatus  offered  by  the  leading 
European  manufacturers.  In  the  section  on  Physical  Chemistry  we  have  selected  typi¬ 
cal  apparatus  for  routine  and  teaching  work  in  the  most  important  subjects  under  this 
heading. 

In  the  section  on  Physiological  and  Clinical  Apparatus  the  apparatus  has  been  selected 
with  special  reference  to  laboratories  of  Experimental  Pathology,  Experimental  and  Clini¬ 
cal  Medicine,  Pharmacology  and  Experimental  Therapeutics.  We  have  made  no  attempt 
to  list  a  complete  section  of  apparatus  for  both  teaching  and  research  in  Physiology  as 
such. 

We  keep  on  hand  a  supply  of  European  manufacturers’  catalogues  covering  very  com¬ 
pletely  the  latest  developments  in  apparatus  for  both  Physical  Chemistry  and  Physiology 
and  these  catalogues  are  sent  to  customers  where  wider  choice  of  apparatus  seems  advis¬ 
able. 


397 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


PHYSIOLOGICAL  AND  CLINICAL  APPARATUS 


42800. 


42804. 


42808. 


Kymograph,  Hurthle,  mounted 
on  heavy  oak  table,  with 
two  cylinders  of  20  cm 
diameter  and  25  cm  high 
adjustable  as  to  distance 
apart  so  that  papers  of 
from  60  to  330  cm  in 
length  can  be  used.  With 
new  reducing  gear  so  that 
speeds  can  be  obtained 
from  0.2  to  120  cm  per 
second.  As  supplied  by 
us  to  Rockefeller  Insti¬ 
tute  for  Medical  Re¬ 
search,  Harvard  Univer¬ 
sity,  University  of  Wis- 
consin  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  University 
of  California,  Drs.  Mayo. 
Graham,  Plummer  & 
Judd,  U.  S.  Public 
Health  &  Marine  Hos¬ 
pital  Service,  etc. 

Duty  Free .  282.00 

Duty  Paid .  338.40 

Apparatus  for  smoking  paper 
with  gas  flame,  after 
Hurthle. 

Duty  Free . 25.50 

Duty  Paid . 30.60 

Special  glazed  paper,  50  cm 
wide,  in  rolls  of  10 
meters.  Per  roll,  from 
stock .  1.00 


42812. 


42816, 


No.  42800 


Kymograph,  Brodie,  mount¬ 
ed  on  strong  table 
with  top  51x24  inches. 
The  recording  drum 
is  9  inches  in  diameter 
and  10  inches  high 
and  will  take  papers 
of  varying  length  from 
6  ft.  3  in.  to  9  ft.  6  in. 
A  fine  adjustment  is 
provided  on  the  small 
drum  for  tightening 
the  paper.  The  time 
marker  and  signal  are 
conveniently  placed 
under  the  drum  so  as 
not  to  interfere  with 
the  manometer.  Price 
includes  separate  pair 
of  drums  for  smoking 
and  varnishing, 
mounted  on  wall 
brackets.  A  recent 
improvement  is  a  two 
speed  gear  so  that  the 
speed  may,  at  any 
moment,  be  increased 
from  1|  to  24  times. 

Duty  Free .  330.00 

Duty  Paid .  400.00 

Special  glazed  paper,  10 
inches  wide,  in  rolls 
of  200  yards,  Per 
roll .  4.00 


398 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  42820-24 


No.  42848 


No.  42860 


KYMOGRAPH,  ZUNTZ,  for  practical  class  work  in  the  laboratory.  The  drum  is  18  cm  high  and  is  immediately 
detachable  for  the  purpose  of  attaching  the  paper  which  may  be  readily  smoked  on  the  drum  with  the 
apparatus  in  the  horizontal  position.  With  variable  speeds  as  noted  in  the  descriptions  below. 

42820.  Kymograph,  as  above,  with  clock-work,  for  use  either  vertically  or  horizontally,  surface  speed  of  cylin¬ 
der  varying  from  5  to  40  mm  per  second.  By  the  use  of  the  fan  governor  No.  42840  the  speed  may 
be  reduced  to  one  revolution  per  hour  equal  to  a  surface  speed  of  500  mm  per  hour. 

Duty  Free .  30.00  Duty  Paid .  36.00 

42824.  Kymograph,  as  above,  but  with  Fuhner’s  slow  motion  modification  consisting  of  a  supplementary  lever 
.  by  the  use  of  which  the  speed  may  be  reduced  to  one  rotation  in  24  hours.  In  addition  to  this 
slow  motion  the  instrument  will  give  all  the  speeds  attainable  with  No.  42820. 

Duty  Free . . .  43.50  Duty  Paid .  52.25 

42828.  Kymograph,  same  as  No.  42820  but  with  a  special  quick  motion  providing  a  surface  Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 


42832. 

42836. 

42840. 

42844. 

42848. 

42852. 

42856. 

42860. 


40.50 


48.60 


42864. 

42868. 

42872. 


speed  of  200  mm  per  second,  in  addition  to  the  regular  speeds  of  No.  42820 
Kymograph,  same  as  42820,  but  without  clock-work,  with  pulley  wheel  for  driving  by 

independent  motor . 

Support,  Adjustable,  for  kymographs  listed  above  (see  St  of  No.  42844).  This  sup¬ 
port  provides  a  convenient  means  of  attaching  the  writing  levers,  etc . 

Fan  Governors,  for  above  kymographs  in  three  sizes,  each . 

Attachment  for  Supporting  a  Continuous  Ink  Record.  Price  does  not  include  adjust¬ 
able  support  No.  42836  which  must  be  added . . . 

Support,  Extension,  for  use  with  endless  papers  by  the  Hering  method . 

Carrying  Case,  with  handle  and  lock . 

Glazed  Paper,  510  x  180  mm,  gummed.  Per  100  sheets . 

Recording  Drum,  Sherrington-Starling,  with  drum  6x6  inches  adjustable  up  and  down  the  shaft 

electric  contact  springs  are  provided  by  which  contact  at  any  two  points  in  the  revolution  can  be 
made.  There  are  two  driving  gears  within  the  base,  a  worm  and  wheel  for  the  slow  motion  and 
a  volute  gear  for  the  fast,  with  friction-clutch  for  stopping  and  starting.  A  change  speed  gear 
permits  a  range  of  speeds  from  1  to  870  revolutions  in  a  given  time  depending  on  the  speed  of 
the  driving  motor.  Without  driving  motor. 

Duty  Free .  35.25  Duty  Paid . 42.30 

Recording  Drum,  as  above,  with  screw  lifting  device . 

Extra  Cylinder,  12  inches  in  diameter . 

Glazed  Paper,  per  roll  of  200  yards . 


21.00 

4.50 
.90 

7.50 
18.00 

7.50 

1.15 


25.20 

5.40 

1.10 

9.00 

21.60 

9.00 

1.35 

Two 


Duty  Free 

38.25 

18.00 

2.25 


Duty  Paid 

45.90 

21.60 

2.70 


399 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


C  O  M  P  A  NY 


No.  42884 


No.  42892 


No.  42904 


No.  42900 


42876. 

42880. 

42884. 

42888. 

42892. 

42896. 

42900. 

42904. 

42908. 

42912. 

42916. 

42920. 


Chronometer,  Graphic,  Jaquet,  the  most  accurate  and  widely  used  time  marker,  reading  in  seconds  and 
sth  seconds.  For  use  in  either  vertical  or  horizontal  position.  See  Jaquet  “Studien  liber  graph - 


ische  Zeitregistrierung .  Zeitschrift  fur  Biologie,  Bd.  XXVIII,  S.  3  1891. 

Duty  Free .  33.75  Stock .  43.85 

Chronometer,  Graphic,  Jaquet,  New  Model,  with  arrangement  for  writing  inter-  Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 
vals  of  3  and  6  seconds  in  addition  to  the  |th  and  single  seconds,  the  addi¬ 
tional  adjustment  being  controlled  by  lever  operating  on  small  arc .  42.50  55.25 

Metronome,  Jaquet,  with  mercury  contact,  giving  contact  intervals,  by  adjust¬ 
ment  of  weight  on  the  lever  arm,  from  £  to  I5  second.  A  further  interval 
of  3  seconds  is  possible  by  arrangement  of  the  contact.  Operates  30  hours 

at  one  winding .  18.75  24.40 

Tuning  Fork,  electro-magnetic,  adjusted  to  100  double  vibrations  per  second _  15.00  18.00 

“  “  “  “  with  direct  writing  point,  adjusted  to  100  double 

vibrations  per  second . ’ .  16.50  19.80 

Manometer,  Spring,  Hurthle,  for  registering  arterial  blood  pressure  in  animals. 

See  Pfliigers  Archiv  Bd.  47S.  5 . .  21.00  25.20 

Manometer,  Mercury,  Hurthle,  for  control  of  spring  manometers,  etc.  See 

Pfliigers  Archiv  Bd.  43  S.  431 .  5.40  6.50 

Manometer,  Mercury,  Ludwig-Cyon,  in  metal  mounting,  with  three-way  stop¬ 
cock,  etc . 20.40  24.50 

Manometer,  Combined  Spring  and  Mercury,  HiiTthle.  See  Pfliigers  Archiv  Bd. 

72  S.  570 . 48.00  57.60 

Calibrated  U  Tube  for  above .  1.80  2.15 

Lever  for  adjusting  the  manometer  to  the  height  of  the  heart .  .90  1.10 

Piston  Recorder,  Hurthle,  with  three  brass  cylinders  of  18,  24  and  30  mm  in 
diameter  and  with  counterpoised  lever.  Improved  form  operating  with¬ 
out  oiling  of  the  piston .  24.00  28.80 


400 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


42924. 

Signal  Marker,  electric,  simple  model . 

Duty  Free 

3.75 

Duty  Paid 

4.50 

42928. 

Deprez  electric,  for  registering  very  small  time  intervals,  with 
fine  adjustment  of  writing  point,  rack  and  pinion  adjustment  for  length, 
etc . 

24.00 

28.80 

42932. 

Signal  Marker,  same  as  No.  42928  but  with  two  writing  points . 

42.00 

50.40 

42936. 

electric,  with  the  armature  of  the  magnet  controlled  by  a  spring 
adjustable  from  50  vibrations  per  second  to  250.  by  means  of  a  screw . 

27.50 

35.75 

42940. 

Tambour,  Marey,  with  fine  adjustment  and  double  transmission  for  the  writing 
lever . 

9.00 

10.80 

42944. 

Tambour,  Marey,  5  cm  in  diameter . 

4.20 

5.00 

42948. 

“  with  fine  adjustment  of  the  writing  point . 

4.80 

5.75 

42952. 

“  3  cm,  with  rubber  membrane  held  in  place  by  a  clamped  ring, 

with  adjustment  for  changing  fulcrum  of  writing  lever  in  order  to  adjust 
capsule  to  the  atmospheric  pressure . 

13.25 

17.25 

42956. 

Tambour,  Marey,  Straub’s  modification,  with  adjustment  for  the  membrane  by 
means  of  milled  head,  which  can  be  carried  on  while  experiment  is  in 
progress.  Membrane  is  clamped  in  position  by  metal  ring  as  in  No.  42952 
and  apparatus  is  also  furnished  with  air  valve . 

24.25 

30.85 

42960. 

Support,  Adjustable,  for  physiological  work,  with  vertical  rod  10  mm  diameter, 
30  cm  high,  with  fine  adjustment  on  the  vertical  axis . 

14.50 

17.25 

401 


A  R  T  H  U  R  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  42964 


No.  42992 


No.  42996 


yyujj 

OUUULIU 


No.  42972 


No.  42968 


No.  43000  No.  43008 


No.  43012 


No.  42980 


No.  43016 


42964. 

42968. 

42972. 


42976. 

42980. 

42984. 

42986. 

42988. 

42992. 

42996. 

43000. 

43004. 

43008. 

43012. 

43016. 


Support,  Adjustable,  for  holding  tambours,  etc.,  in  contact  with  the  drum,  with  Duty  Free 

fine  adjustment  at  “A” . ; . .  18.75 

Support,  Large  Universal,  for  physiological  use  with  all  adjustments,  55  cm  high  31.50 
Inductorium,  Du  Bois-Reymond,  for  physiological  work,  with  Meyer’s  interrup¬ 
ter  and  scale  with  which  to  read  the  position  of  the  secondary  coil,  with 

5.000  turns  of  wire . . . .  18.00 

Inductorium,  same  as  above,  but  with  10,000  turns  of  wire . .  21.00 

“  Vertical  Form,  secondary  being  carried  by  pulley  over  bars,  with 

counterpoise.  With  5,000  turns  of  wire .  36.00 

Inductorium,  same  as  above,  but  with  10,000  turns  of  wire .  40.50 

Electrodes,  Fleisch,  unpolarizable.  Per  pair . 1.35 

“  Ludwig,  for  deep  seated  nerves,  in  hard  rubber  mounting.  Per  set. .  6.75 

Contact  Key,  Du  Bois-Reymond,  on  heavy  base  . .  4.00 

Commutator,  Pohl . : . . .  3.75 

Canulae,  of  glass  for  arteries,  with  bore  of  from  2  to  8  mm,  in  sets  of  20  pieces. 

Per  set .  1.05 

Canulae,  of  metal,  for  arteries,  with  bore  of  from  2  to  4  mm  in  sets  of  6  pieces. 

Per  set .  2.40 

Canulae,  of  metal,  for  the  trachia.  State  diameter  in  ordering.  These  canulae 

rotate  and  are  provided  with  opening  for  control  of  expired  air.  Each  2.25 
Canulae,  same  as  above,  in  set  of  11  from  2  to  12  mm  diameter  in  steps  of  1  mm. 

Per  set . 22.50 

Respiration  Pump,  Brodie,  with  barrel  3  inches  in  diameter  x  11  inches  long. 

By  a  simple  adjustment  of  the  crank  the  throw  of  the  piston  may 
be  quickly  altered  to  deliver  any  quantity  up  to  1  liter  of  air  per  thrust. 

The  valves  are  of  simple  construction  and  easily  reached  for  examination. 

Mounted  on  a  board  for  fixation  on  the  wall  of  the  laboratory .  57.00 


Duty  Paid 
24.40 
37.80 


21.60 

25.20 

43.20 
48.60 

1.75 

8.00 

5.20 

4.90 

1.50 

3.25 

2.70 

27.00 


68.40 


402 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  43020 


No.  43028 


No.  43044 


43020. 

43024. 

43028. 

43032. 

43036. 


Artificial  Respiration  Apparatus,  Meyer.  See  Archiv.  f.  exp.  Path.  u.  Pharmakolngie  Bd.  47,  pag  4%6. 
Adjustable  from  20  respirations  of  1000  cc  of  air  per  minute  to  100  respir-  Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 

ations  of  25  cc.  With  water  motor  for  pressure  of  at  least  30  lbs .  165.00  200.00 

Artificial  Respiration  Apparatus,  same  as  No.  43020  but  for  water  pressure  of  from 


15  to  30  lbs 


185.00  225.00 


Artificial  Respiration  Apparatus,  same  as  No.  43020  but  with  electric  motor.  State 

voltage  and  current  in  ordering .  175.00  210.00 

Artificial  Respiration  Apparatus,  same  as  No.  43020  but  with  small  cylinders  deliv¬ 
ering  from  0  to  350  cc  of  air  per  thrust .  150.00  180.00 

Anaesthetizing  Valve,  Meyer,  with  stopcock,  for  use  in  connection  with  arti¬ 
ficial  respiration  apparatus  to  obtain  proper  mixture  of  air  and  anaesthetic. 

For  small  animals .  10.80  13.00 


43040. 

43044. 

43048. 


Anaesthetizing  Valve,  same  as  above  but  for 

large  dogs .  13.50  16.25 

Respiration  Valve,  after 

Metzner .  9.00  11.75 

Anaesthetic  Bottle  and  Air  Warmer,  Brodie, 
for  use  in  connection  with  the  above  Res¬ 
piration  Pump  No.  43016  and  can  be  furnished 
with  Dr.  Brodie’s  animal  operating  table 
No.  20244.  The  heater  consists  of  a  brass  tube 
with  removable  ends,  holding  two  ordinary 
electric  light  bulbs,  each  with  separate 
switch.  It  is  advisable  to  have  lamps  of 
different  candle-power  such  as  8  or  16,  which 
may  be  used  singly  or  together  in  accord¬ 
ance  with  the  amount  of  air  and  degree  of 
heat  required.  The  illustration  shows  the 
form  as  regularly  supplied  for  attaching  to 
the  end  of  Dr.  Brodie’s  operating  table,  but 
it  is  also  furnished  at  same  price  mounted 
separately,  where  a  more  portable  appara¬ 
tus  is  required.  In  ordering  please  state 
voltage  and  whether  table  or  portable  form 
is  desired.  Complete  with  one  extra  glass 
anaesthesia  bottle. 


Duty  Free .  25.20 

Duty  Paid .  30.25 


403 


1 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  43052 


No.  43056 


43052.  Spirometer,  Jaquet,  for  the  investigation  of  the  products  of  respiration.  The  analysis  of  the  air  from 
the  Spirometer  is  best  conducted  by  the  exact  method  of  Petersen  and  Palmquist  (See  No.  29388). 
See  Prof .  Jaquet— “Uber  die  Nachwirkung  einer  anstrengenden  Muskelarbeit  auf  den  Stoffwechsel." 
Archivfur  experimentelle  Pathologie  und  Pharmakologie.  Bd.  62,  pag.  341;  and  Gigon — “Uber  einige 
Fragen  des  Stoff wechsels  und  der  Ernahrung.”  Miinchner  Mediz.  Wochenschrift  Nr.  25.  1911. 

Duty  Free .  200.00  Duty  Paid .  260.00 

43056.  Respiration  Apparatus,  Jaquet,  for  the  convenient  securing  and  the  accurate  measurement  of  the 
products  of  respiration,  consisting  of  a  large  ventilating  chamber  constructed  to  order  of  any 
size  for  animals,  children  or  adults.  This  illustration  shows  an  instrument  furnished  the  Pedi¬ 
atric  Clinic  at  Strassburg  with  the  respiration  chamber  of  sufficient  size  for  small  children. 
The  chamber  is  connected  as  shown  by  dotted  lines  to  the  large  gas  meter  “G”  which  is 
driven  by  an  electric  motor.  With  a  controlling  rheostat  the  speed  of  the  motor  is  changed 
to  vary  the  ventilation  of  the  chamber.  The  determination  of  the  oxygen  and  carbon 
dioxide  content  of  the  tested  air  with  the  total  volume  passing  through  the  meter  makes  it  pos¬ 
sible  to  estimate  the  total  oxygen  requirement  as  well  as  the  carbon  dioxide  output  of  the 
individual  under  experiment.  Price,  depending  upon  the  size  of  the  respiration  chamber,  on 
application. 

References. 

Jaquet — Ein  neuer  Apparat  zur  Untersuchung  des  respiratorischen  Stoffwechsels  des  Menschen.  Ver- 
handl.  d.  N  aturforschenden  Gesellschaft  Basel  1903.  B.  15,  p.  252. 

Stahelin — Zum  Energiehaushalte  bei  der  Lungentuberlculose.  Verhandl  des  XXIV.  Kongr.  fur  innere 
Medizin.  Wiesbaden  1907. 

Stahelin — Der  respiratorische  Stoffwechsel  eines  Fettsuchtigen,  Zeitschrift  fiir  klinische  Medizin.  Bd. 
LXV. 

Gigon — Ober  die  Bedeutung  der  Gewurze  in  der  Ernahrung  ( nach  Respirationsversuchen) .  Ver hand- 
lung  des  XXIX  deutschen  Kongresses  fur  innere  Medizin  Wiesbaden. 

Falta,  Grote,  Stahelin — Versuche  uber  Kraft-  und  Stoffwechsel  u.  s.  w.  Hofmeisters  Bertrage  zur  chemischen 
Physiologie  und  Pathologie  9. 


43060.  Gas  Meter,  Experimental,  Bohr,  original  Danish  make, 
as  widely  used  in  physiological  work  in  connec¬ 
tion  with  respiration  and  nutrition  experi¬ 
ments,  etc.  With  level  and  regulating  screw. 

Capacity,  liters  J  J  1  5  10 

Duty  Free .  28.00  38.00  44.00  50.00  60.00 

Duty  Paid .  35.00  47.50  55.00  62.50  75.00 


No.  43060 


404 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


B—| 


No.  43068 


No.  43072 


43064.  Apparatus,  Barcroft  and  Haldane,  for  Determining  the  Oxygen  Capacity  and  Carbonic  Acid  Content  of 

the  Blood  by  the  ferricyanide  method  modified  by  Plesch.  See  J.  Plesch.  Haemodynamische 
Studien,  Berlin  1909.  Hirschwald  and  J.  Plesch.  Die  Bestimmung  des  Schlagvolumes.  D.  Med. 
Wochenschrift  1909.  No.  6. 

Duty  Free .  7.80  Duty  Paid .  11.50 

43068.  Apparatus,  Barcroft  and  Roberts,  for  Determining  the  Differential  Pressure  of  Blood  Gases.  See 

Journal  of  Physiology  XLII,  p.  512. 

Duty  Free .  9.00  Duty  Paid .  13.20 

43072.  Apparatus  for  Determining  the  Differential  Pressure  of  Blood  Gases  for  the  use  of  very  small  quanti¬ 
ties  of  blood,  i.  e.  ^  cc.  As  used  in  the  systematic  determination  of  the  haemaglobin  worth  or 
dissociation  curves  of  human  beings. 

Duty  Free .  3.25  Duty  Paid .  4.75 


19 


No.  43076 

MACKENZIE  INK  POLYGRAPH,  English  make.  This  instrument  records  two  simultaneous  tracings  only, 
i.  e.  radial  pulse  and  one  other,  such  as  carotid,  jugular,  apex  beat,  etc.,  the  great  advantage  being 
the  avoidance  of  smoked  paper  and  the  convenience  and  permanency  of  the  ink  tracings  which  may  be 
continued  almost  to  any  length  from  the  long  roll  of  paper  supplied  with  the  instrument.  The  instru¬ 
ment  is  not  attached  to  the  patient’s  wrist  and  by  many  is  preferred  because  of  this  feature.  The 
clock  work  operates  at  variable  speeds  permitting  the  taking  of  protracted  records  at  different  speeds. 
43076.  Mackenzie  Ink  Polygraph  including  a  wrist  cuff  with  tambour  for  the  radial  pulse,  metallic  receiving 
capsules,  two  sets  of  pens,  one  dozen  rolls  of  paper,  bottle  of  ink,  brush  for  loading  pens  and 
necessary'  rubber  tubes  for  connection. 

Duty  Free .  65.00  Stock .  84.00 

43080.  Extra  Paper  Rolls,  per  dozen . . . •••• . .80 

43084.  Extra  Writing  or  Time  Marker  Pens.  In  ordering  please  state  length  of  pen  desired.  Each  .60 


405 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


N®.  43108  No.  43112 


JAQUET  SPHYGMOCARDIOGRAPH.  In  these  instruments  one  tracing  must  always  be  that  from  the  radial 
artery,  over  which  the  instrument  is  fixed  in  place,  either  by  means  of  a  cuff  as  in  the  older  forms,  or 
by  means  of  the  arm  rest  No.  43136  as  shown  in  above  illustrations.  In  the  single  tambour  type,  there¬ 
fore,  two  simultaneous  tracings  are  made  in  addition  to  the  chronograph  record,  i.  e.  the  radial  pulse 
from  the  pelotte  attached  to  the  instrument  and  one  other  tracing  through  the  single  tambour  and 
which  may  be  taken  from  the  jugular,  carotid,  apex  beat,  respiratory  movements,  etc.  In  the  double 
tambour  type  two  tracings  may  be  made  simultaneously  in  addition  to  that  from  the  radial  pulse  and 
the  chronograph  record.  The  double  tambour  type  is  the  most  widely  used  form  of  Jaquet  instru¬ 
ment.  Both  types  are  provided  with  two  speeds  so  that  tracings  may  be  greatly  magnified  by  the  use 
of  a  high  speed. 

43092.  Jaquet  Sphygmocardiograph,  Single  Tambour  type,  with  cuff  for  attaching  to  wrist  and  100  glazed 
paper  recording  strips,  but  without  arm  rest,  cardiograph  attachment  or  receiving  tambour. 

Duty  Free . . .  55.00  Duty  Paid . 71.50 

43096.  Jaquet  Sphygmocardiograph,  Single  Tambour  type,  with  arm  rest  No.  43136,  cardiograph  attachment 
for  apex  beat  No.  43108,  receiving  tambour,  30  mm  in  diameter,  for  jugular,  carotid,  etc.,  cylinder 
for  smoking  papers  No.  43132,  100  paper  recording  strips  and  bath  for  fixing  records  in  varnish 
No.  43128.  1 

Duty  Free . .  84.65  Duty  Paid .  110.00 

43100.  Jaquet  Sphygmocardiograph,  Double  Tambour  type  (the  most  widely  used  form)  with  cuff  to  attach 
to  wrist  and  100  paper  recording  strips,  but  without  arm  rest,  cardiograph  attachment  or  re¬ 
ceiving  tambour. 

Duty  Free..... .  76.00  Duty  Paid .  100.00 

43104.  Jaquet  Sphygmocardiograph,  Double  Tambour  type,  with  arm  rest  No.  43136,  cardiograph  attachment 
for  apex  beat  No.  43108,  receiving  tambour,  30  mm  in  diameter,  for  jugular,  carotid,  etc.,  No. 
43120,  cylinder  for  smoking  paper  No.  43132,  bath  for  fixing  records  in  varnish  No.  43128  and  100 
paper  recording  strips. 

Duty  Free .  105.75  Duty  Paid . 

Accessories. 

u>utj  rrco 

43108.  Cardiograph  Attachment  only  for  taking  apex  beat,  with  girdle,  etc .  13.75 

43112.  Pneumograph  after  Marey  for  taking  respiratory  movements . 

43116.  Glycerine  Pelotte  for  taking  tracings  from  any  superficially  located  arteries  and 

_  as  particularly  recommended  for  use  on  children . 

43120.  Receiving  Tambour  for  jugular,  etc.,  30  mm  in  diameter . 

43124.  “  “  of  special  shape  for  the  liver . 

43128.  Bath  for  varnishing  the  tracings . ;  . . 

43132.  Cylinder  for  smoking  papers . 

43136.  Arm  Rest  new  model  as  shown  in  illustrations . 

43140.  Glazed  Paper  Recording  Strips  for  single  tambour  instrument  per  100  strips ... . 

43144.  Glazed  Paper  Recording  Strips  for  double  tambour  instrument  per  100  strips. . . . 


..  137.50 

Duty  Free 

Stock 

13.75 

18.00 

17  50 

22.75 

6.25 

8.15 

1  15 

1.50 

1  65 

2.25 

1  25 

1.75 

3.00 

4.00 

10.50 

13.75 

.40 

.50 

1.00 

1.30 

406 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  43156 


PORTABLE  POLYGRAPH,  with  continuous  roll  (20  meters)  of  smoked  paper.  This  instrument  consists'  of  an 
accurate  clock  movement  imparting  two  speeds  to  the  paper,  a  time  marker  recording  in  £th  seconds 
and  three  recording  tambours,  each  of  which  may  receive  impulses  from  three  different  parts  of  the 
body  for  simultaneous  tracing.  The  instrument  thus  answers  the  purpose  of  a  kymograph  and  is 
valuable  for  many  purposes  because  of  its  extreme  portability.  The  same  instrument  is  furnished 
with  a  mercurial  sphygmomanometer  (No.  43156)  indicating  blood  pressure  and  a  cuff  writing  attach¬ 
ment.  In  this  arrangement  of  the  instrument  one  of  the  tambours  must  of  necessity  be  used  for  re¬ 
cording  the  tracings  of  the  brachial  pulse  under  various  pressures,  while  the  other  two  tambours  may 
be  used  to  record  any  other  two  tracings  such  as  the  radial,  jugular  or  carotid  pulse,  apex  beat,  respi¬ 
ratory  movements,  etc.,  under  an  accurately  determinable  blood  pressure  as  is  read  in  a  manometer. 
The  pressure  applied  to  the  cuff  is  transmitted  to  the  manometer,  and  at  the  same  time,  to  the  writ¬ 
ing  tambour  by  means  of  a  rubber  bulb  enclosed  within  a  glass  bulb,  or  Erlanger  capsule. 

43148.  Portable  Polygraph,  with  three  tambours,  continuous  roll  attachment  and  one  roll  of  prepared  smoked 
paper  strips  20  meters  long,  in  polished  wood  case,  but  without  other  attachments. 

Duty  Free .  65.75  Duty  Paid .  .  85.00 

43152.  Portable  Polygraph,  as  above,  with  Sphygmograph  No.  43164  for  taking  radial  pulse,  Cardiograph  No. 

43168  for  taking  apex  beat,  receiving  tambour  for  carotid  with  zero  pressure  valve,  set  of  four 
glass  receiving  tambours  for  jugular  and  other  venous  pulses,  and  two  rolls  of  prepared  smoked 
paper  strips,  20  meters  long. 

Duty  Free .  80.00  Duty  Paid .  102.00 

43156.  Portable  Polygraph,  similar  to  No.  43148  but  with  the  addition  of  a  sphygmomanometer  and  cuff  for 
recording  brachial  pulse  under  varying  pressures,  with  two  recording  tambours  for  use  with  the 
two  remaining  writing  tambours  (one  being  in  connection  with  the  brachial  pulse)  and  two  rolls 
of  smoked  paper,  20  meters  long. 

Duty  Free .  100.00  Duty  Paid .  128.00 


43160.  Prepared  Smoked  Paper,  in  rolls  20  meters  long . 

43164.  Sphygmograph,  Lehmann,  for  taking  the  radial  pulse . 

43168.  Cardiograph,  Lehmann,  for  apex  beat 


Duty  Free 

.75 

4.00 

4.65 

4.00 


Duty  Paid 
1.00 
5.00 
6.00 
5.00 


43172.  Pneumograph,  Lehmann . 

43174.  Portable  Polygraph,  Jaquet,  new  model,  with  interchange¬ 
able  writing  points  for  both  ink  and  smoked  paper. 
Adjustable  for  speeds  from  1  cm  to  5  cm  per  second 
and  for  continuous  tracing  with  time  marker  for  (th 
seconds.  With  three  receiving  tambours.  In  box 
without  attachments. 

Duty  Free .  84.50  Duty  Paid .  109.85 

43176.  Portable  Polygraph,  Jaquet,  complete  outfit  consisting  of 
Polygraph  as  above  with  sphygmograph  for  radial 
pulse,  cardiograph  for  apex  beat,  receiving  tambour 
for  carotid  and  two  rolls  of  prepared  paper. 

Duty  Free .  96.25  Duty  Paid .  125.15 


No.  43176 


407 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  43180 


USKOFF  SPHYGMOTONOGRAPH.  The  unique  feature  of  this  instrument  is  the  simultaneous  recording  of 
blood  pressure  in  millimeters  of  mercury,  together  with  the  brachial  pulse  at  varying  pressures,  and 
one  other  tracing  (jugular,  carotid,  apex  beat,  etc.)  In  other  words,  there  are  four  tracings  upon  the 
paper,  three  of  which  are  fixed  by  the  limits  of  the  apparatus,  i.  e.  blood  pressure  in  millimeters  of 
mercury,  arterial  pulsations  at  various  pressures  and  time  tracing,  while  the  fourth  tracing  may  be 
taken  at  will  from  such  sources  as  carotid,  jugular,  apex  beat,  etc.  The  instrument  has  been  recently 
remodeled  and  improved,  particularly  by  the  addition  of  a  continuous  paper  roll  attachment,  carry¬ 
ing  20  meters  of  prepared  smoked  paper,  which  is  now  recommended  for  use  with  the  instrument.  The 
instrument  is  now  also  provided  with  two  speeds  at  the  suggestion  of  Dr.  Geo.  W.  Norris,  of  Phila¬ 
delphia.  See  Kraus  und  Hirsch,  Krankheiten  des  Zirkulationsweges,  in  Fortschritte  der  gesamten  Medizin, 
43,  Jahrgang  II  f.  121  and  Dr.  Lindemann  Miinchener  Medizin.  Wochenschrift  Nr.  45,  1908  f. 2338. 
43180.  Uskoff  Sphygmotonograph,  new  model  with  two  speeds  and  continuous  paper  roll  attachment,  including 
von  Recklinghausen’s  arm  cuff  and  polished  mahogany  case  and  one  box  containing  20  meters  of 
smoked  paper  recording  strips  ready  for  use. 

Duty  Free .  110.75  Duty  Paid .... . .  145.00 

431821  Uskoff  Sphygmotonograph  as  above,  but  with  the  addition  of  a  receiving  tambour  with  zero  pressure 

valve,  four  glass  receiving  tambours  for  jugular  and  other  venous  pulses,  cardiograph  attachment 
for  taking  apex  beat  and  two  boxes  smoked  recording  paper  strips,  20  meters  each. 

Duty  Free .  120.00  Duty  Paid .  155.00 

43184.  Continuous  roll  of  smoked  recording  papers,  20  meters  long . .  1.00 

43188.  Glazed  Paper  Recording  Strips,  510  mm  long,  for  use  with  instruments  not  provided  with  con¬ 
tinuous  roll  attachment  and  which  must  be  smoked  before  using . 75 


Curve  Analyzer,  Jaquet,  for 
the  accurate  measur¬ 
ing  and  analysis  of 
tracings  as  taken  in 
Physiological  or  other 
work.  See  Jaquet,  Stu~ 
dien  iiber  graphische 
Zeitregistri  erung. 
Zeitschrift  fur  Biolo- 
gie,  Bd.  XXVIII. 

Duty  Free .  68.75 

Duty  Paid . 90.00 


408 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Einthoven  String  Galvanometer  with  Illuminating  System,  Electrical  Resistances,  etc. 


No.  43240  Photographic  Register 


EDELMANN  LARGE  ELECTRO-CARDIOGRAPHIC  OUTFIT.  It  is  impossible  in  the  brief  space  at  our  dis¬ 
posal  in  this  catalogue  to  properly  describe  the  component  parts  of  a  complete  installation  on  the  basis 
of  the  large  Edelmann  outfit.  Complete  German  literature  will  be  sent  upon  request  to  those  inter¬ 
ested  and  we  give  below  a  summary  of  the  equipment.  In  the  illustrations  above  L  represents  the 
Arc  Lamp,  W  the  cooling  cell,  G  the  Einthoven  String  Galvanometer  with  optical  system,  R,  the  Photo¬ 
graphic  Registering  Apparatus  and  A  and  B  the  Wheatstone  Bridge,  electrical  resistances,  etc.  The 
equipment  is  divided  into  five  principal  parts,  as  follows : 

I.  Thread  Galvanometer  with  accessories.  Duty  Free 

Large  String  Galvanometer,  Einthoven .  $245.00 


43196. 

43200. 

43204. 

43208. 

43212. 

43216. 

43220. 

43224. 

43228. 

43232. 


43236. 


43240. 

43244. 

43248. 

43252. 


Zeiss  Apochromatic  Objective,  4mm. 

“  Achromatic  Objective,  DD _ 

“  Projection  Ocular,  No.  4 . 

II. 

Hand  Regulating  Arc  Lamp . 

Lamp  Box,  with  condensing  system. . 

Rheostat,  for  220  volts . 

“  “  110  “  . 

Water  Cooling  Cell . 


Illuminating  Apparatus. 


Electrode  Chair,  consisting  of  a 
stands  for  arm  baths,  etc.. 


III.  Electrodes. 

hospital  chair  with  arm  and  leg  baths  of 


zinc, 


35.00 

12.50 

10.00 

21.00 

18.00 

20.25 

19.00 

2.75 


85.00 


IV.  Electrical  Equipment. 

Outfit  B,  consisting  of  a  Weston  Normal  Element,  resistance  of  about  100,000 
ohms,  induction  coil  with  telephone,  various  keys  and  commutators,  slide 

wire,  rheostat,  etc .  155.00 

V.  Photographic  Registering  Apparatus. 

Outfit  C.  Photographic  Register  for  variable  lengths  of  exposure  and  inter¬ 
changeable  box  for  records  from  6  to  12  cm  wide  complete .  285.00 

Jaquet  Graphic  Chronometer. . .  32.50 

Negative  Paper,  75  meters  long,  21  cm  wide,  per  roll .  15.00 

“  “  «  “  “  g  cm  “  “  “ .  7.25 


Duty  Paid 

300.00 

43.40 
15.50 

12.40 


25.50 

21.45 

24.75 

23.25 

3.30 


100.00 


188.25 


351.50 

46.00 

18.00 

9.00 


Photographic  Register,  Dodge,  for  falling  plates,  taking 
regular  stock  plates  13  x  18  cm.  Recommended 
for  use  with  String  Galvanometers  and  similar 
records  or  as  a  recording  apparatus  for  smoked 
paper.  Furnished  with  an  adjustable  slit  and 
cylindrical  lens  with  a  vertical  screen  of  fine  plat¬ 
inum  wire  2  mm  apart,  which  projects  abscissae 
of  a  directly  photographed  coordinate  system. 
The  slit  and  cylindrical  lens  may  be  removed 
when  the  apparatus  is  to  be  used  as  a  smoked 
paper  recorder.  The  speed  of  the  plate  may  be 
varied  instantly  from  18  cm  per  hour  to  18  cm 

Eer  second  and  records  with  the  latter  speed  may 
e  correctly  read  to  T0Vs  second. 

Duty  Free .  112.50  Duty  Paid .  150.00 


409 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Cambridge  Electro  Cardiographic  Apparatus  in  Position  for  Operation 

ELECTRO  CARDIOGRAPHIC  OUTFIT,  Cambridge  Scientific  Instrument  Company  Outfit  No.  2,  recommended 

as  a  most  complete  installation  for  research  laboratories  and  hospitals.  Prices  given  are  in  English 
currency  and  are  f.  o.  b.  Cambridge,  England.  Duty  free  and  duty  paid  prices,  f.  o.  b.  Philadelphia, 
are  quoted  on  request.  Component  parts  are  supplied  at  separate  prices  given.  Numbers  in  text 
refer  to  original  C.  S.  I.  Co.  Catalogue  which  is  sent  upon  request. 

43260.  Einthoven  String  Galvanometer,  consisting  of  No.  53112  field  wound  for  10  and  £  s.  d. 

20  volts;  No.  53151  Fibre  Case  with  silvered  glass  fibre;  optical  system 
consisting  of  Zeiss  No.  12  compensating  eye-piece  No.  34633  and  two 
small  diameter  Zeiss  objectives,  i.  e.,  16  mm  apochromat  No.  34613  and 

AA  achromat  No.  34623  .  66  0  0 

43264.  Spare  Fibre  Case,  with  fibre,  No.  53151 . . .  14  17  0 

43268.  Double  Fibre  Case,  permitting  the  simultaneous  recording  of  both  electro  and 

phonocardiograms  on  one  plate  and  with  but  one  galvanometer .  27  10  0 

43272.  Battery,  10  volt,  50  ampere-hour,  to  excite  galvanometer  field,  No.  53914. . .  5  15  6 

43276.  Plate  Cameras,  No.  53311,  to  take  plates  7fx5  inches,  6fx3J  inches,  18x13 

cm  and  17  x  8.5  cm,  with  three  dark  slides  with  3  doz.  6|x3j  inch  plates..  49  10  0 

43280.  Paper  Camera,  with  100  volt  motor  and  reduction  gear,  No.  53334 .  50  12  0 

43284.  Automatic  Projection  Lantern,  No.  53411,  with  series  resistance  for  use  on 

110  volts,  No.  53412. . . 17  1  0 

43288.  Rotary  Time  Marker,  consisting  of  synchronous  motor,  vibrating  bar  No. 

53241,  stand  No.  53242  and  spoked  disc  to  give  5ths  and  25ths  of  a  sec¬ 
ond,  No.  53246 .  13  4  0 

43292.  Battery,  4  volt,  20  ampere  hour,  No.  53912,  for  use  with  above  Time  Marker  13  2 

43296.  Cardiograph  Control  Board,  No.  53211 .  39  12  0 

43300.  Large  Dry  Cell,  for  above,  No.  53921 .  6  6 

43304.  Pair  of  Tables,  to  carry  above  apparatus,  Nos  53353  and  53354 .  17  12  0 

43308.  Two  Non-polarizable  Hand  Electrodes,  “F”  of  illustration,  immersion  type, 

No.  53511 .  1  13  0 

43312.  Two  Insulated  Wooden  Stands,  for  above,  No.  53515  .  1  2  0 

43316.  Non-polarizable  Foot  Electrode,  immersion  type,  No.  53512 .  2  4  0 

43320.  Insulated  Wooden  Stand,  for  above,  No.  53516 .  11  0 

43324.  Twin  Flexible  Cable,  for  various  connections,  No.  49326,  twenty  yards .  11  0 

43328.  Button  Insulators,  for  fixing  above  cable,  No.  49388,  three  dozen .  2  6  £  s.  d. 

43332.  Complete  Outfit,  as  above .  309  6  8 

Additional  Equipment  Necessary  for  Taking  Phono-Cardiograms. 

43336.  Special  Transformer,  No.  53611,  with  Sensitive  Microphone  on  antivibration 

suspension,  etc.,  No.  53612 .  11  11  0 

43340.  Rheostat,  to  adjust  primary  current,  resistance  approximately  40  ohms, 

No.  53931 . 16  6 

43344.  Accumulator,  4  volt,  20  ampere-hour,  to  supply  current  for  primary,  No. 

53912 . 1  3  2 

43348.  Complete  set  of  above  accessories .  13  10  8 


410 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


View  of  Projection  Room  in  use  as  Dark  Room 

411 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H 


'*sa 


No.  43100 


f- ,, 

is  is 


No.  43440 


No.  43444 


No.  43404 


? 


No.  43408 


No.  43428  No.  43432  No.  43436  No.  43448 


No.  43452 


No.  43460 


43400. 


43404. 


43408. 


43412. 
434 1G. 


43420. 

43424. 

43428. 

43432. 

43436. 

43440. 

43444. 

43448. 

43452. 

43456. 

43460. 


Pill  Tiles,  of  glazed  porcelain,  square,  with  graduations. 

Size,  inches .  _6 _ 10 

Each . 40  1.50 

Pill  Tiles,  of  plate  glass,  square,  engraved  on  the  under  side  to  be  read  through  the  glass;  with  the 
surface  slightly  roughened  to  hold  pill  mass  while  rolling;  perfectly  level  and  impervious  to 
grease. 

Size,  inches .  8  x  10  10  x  12 

Each .  1.50  2.00 

Pins,  Insect,  Klaeger,  special  patent,  black  japanned  steel  pins.  In  packages  of  100  and  not  sold  in  less 
than  100  of  a  size. 

Number . . .  000  00-0 _ 1-7 

Per  100 . . 25  .20  .10 

Pins,  Insect,  Klaeger  “Minuten  Nadeln,”  black,  for  pinning  small  insects.  Per  100 . 15 

“  “  A.  E.  Co.’s  indestructible. 

Number .  00-0  1-7 

Per  100 .  730  .25 

Pipe,  Pure  Block  Tin,  convenient  for  laboratory  connections,  water  worms,  etc.  Weights  given  are  for 
walls  of  medium  thickness.  Other  sizes  or  weights  to  order. 

Inside  diameter,  inches .  J  xs  f  J  f  1 

Approximate  weight  per  foot,  ounces.. . .  3J  4  5  6  11  14 

.75 


Per  lb . . 75  .75  .75  .75  .75 

Pipe,  Lead.  Weights  are  given  for  walls  of  medium  thickness.  Other  sizes  or  weights  to  order. 

Inside  diameter,  inches .  f  xs  i  f  i 

Approximate  weight  per  foot,  ounces _  16  16  20  32 _  36 


1 

52 


Per  lb . 12  .12  .12  .12  .12  .12 

Pipette,  Dropping,  4  inches  long,  with  straight  top  and  bulb  of  red,  non-blooming  rubber  of  superior 

quality.  Not  to  be  confused  with  the  ordinary  medicine  dropper.  Per  dozen . 40 

Pipette,  Dropping,  same  as  above  but  with  curved  tip.  Per  dozen . 40 

Pipette,  Dropping,  with  glass  tube  of  large  bore  and  extra  large  rubber  bulb,  suitable  for  removing  large 

pieces  of  sediment,  small  embryos,  etc.  Each . 10 

Pipettes,  Dropping,  straight,  without  bulb.  Length,  mm .  200  300 

Each . 05 

Pipettes,  Dropping,  same  as  above  but  with  black  rubber  bulb  about  20  cc  capacity. 

Length,  mm . 

Each . 7l5  dJO 

Pipette,  Dropping,  Automatic,  with  rubber  bulb.  Very  convenient  for  filling  ampoules  with  repeated 

doses  of  1  cc.  Each . . .  1.00 

Pipettes,  Automatic,  with  three-way  stopcock.  Capacity,  cc .  10  25  50  100 

Each .  2.25  2.75  34)0  44)0 

Pipette,  Double  Automatic,  Friedrichs,  with  stopcock,  so  made  that  one  pipette  fills  while  the  other 

empties.  Capacity,  cc .  25  50  100 

Each . . . .  6.75  7.00  7775 

Pipette,  Double  Automatic,  Rothe,  for  the  rapid  determination  of  iron  by  the  ether.method .  12.00 


200 


.07 

300 


A  R  T  H  U  R  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


II 


/  \ 

/  \ 

IICC 

cc 

m. 

loci: 

> 

5 

cc 

_>)_ 

occ 

No.  43464  No.  43472 

43464. 

43468. 

43472. 

43473. 

43476. 

43480. 

43484. 

43488. 


No.  43476  No.  43488  No.  43492  No.  43496  No.  43501  No.  43308  No.  43512  No.  43520  No.  43524 


W 

No.  43528 


43492. 

43496. 

43500. 

43504. 

43508. 

43512. 


43516. 

43520. 

43524. 


Pipette,  Mercury,  for  taking  up  drops  without  danger  of  same  entering  the  mouth . 30 

Pipette,  Mercury,  for  the  convenient  handling  of  small  drops  of  mercury . 30 

Mercury  Pipette,  Heerwagen,  for  delivery  of  small  quantities  of  mercury,  on  stand  with  clamp.  2.00 

Extra  Glass  Tubes,  for  above,  with  piston . 50 

Pipette,  Ostwald,  for  calibrating,  2  cc,  with  two  marks . 75 

“  as  above,  with  jV  cc  graduations  over  and  under  the  upper  mark . 75 

“  “  “  5  cc,  with  two  marks . 65 

Pipettes,  Mohr,  accurately  graduated  in  cubic  centimeters  and  fractions  thereof. 

Capacity,  cc .  ^  1  1  1  2  2  5  5  10  10  25  50 

Graduated  to,  cc .  j  _ to _ tut  i  n _ to _ To _ to  to _ to _ to  _ to  t5 

Each . 35  .25  .30  .35  .30  .35  .40  .45  .45  .55  .65  1.20 

50 


10 

i 

TO 


. 35  .25  .30  .35  .30  .35  .40  .45  .45  .55  .65 

Pipettes,  Mohr,  with  glass  stopcock.  Capacity,  cc .  25 

Graduated  to,  cc . . . . ....  to 

Each . . . . .  .......  1.75  2.00 

Pipettes,  Serological,  same  as  No.  43488  but  with  graduations  extended  to  the  extreme  tip. 

Capacity,  cc .  to  1  1  5 

Graduated  to,  cc . ’. .  tU _ to _ tot _ to _ 

Each . . . 35  .25  .35  .40  .45 

Pipettes,  Graduated,  Stokes  These  pipettes  are  graduated  to  the  tip  and  are  of  accurate  specifications 
as  to  total  length  of  graduations,  inside  and  outside  diameter,  etc.  The  total  length  of  the  1  cc 

pipette  is  170  mm  and  of  the  15  cc  pipette  334  mm.  Capacity,  cc .  1  15 

Graduated  to,  cc .  to _ to 

Each . 25  .60 

Pipettes,  Volume  or  Transfer,  with  bulb  in  middle  of  tube  and  accurately  graduated  to  capacities  named. 

Capacity,  cc .  J _ 2 _ 3 _ 4 _ 5 _ K) _ 15 

Each . 


. 10  .11 

Capacity,  cc .  20 


.12 

25 


.14 

50 


.15 

75 

.45 


.17 

100 


.24 

200 


43528. 


Each . 26  .28  .35  .45  .50  .75 

Pipettes,  Volume  or  Transfer,  with  bulb  low  on  tube,  accurately  graduated  to  capacities  named. 

Capacity,  cc .  5  10  20  25  50  100  200 

Each . . 15  .20  .25  .30  .40  .50  .70 

Pipettes,  Volume  or  Transfer,  without  bulb,  as  used  in  bacteriological  work,  water  analysis,  etc. 

Capacity,  cc . 1  5  10 

Each.. . .  .10^  .15  ~  .20 

Pipette,  Spencer,  for  glucose,  50  cc,  reading  in  Brix  scale  from  5  to  20°  in  fths .  1.50 

“  sucrose,  capacity  52.096  cc,  reading  in  Brix  scale  from  5-25°  in  Yjths .  1.75 

Pipettes,  Graduated,  designed  particularly  for  use  in  water  analysis  and  as  used  in  the  Hygienic  Lab¬ 
oratory  of  the  U.  S.  Public  Health  Service  for  this  purpose.  The  11  cc  pipette  has  mark  at  0, 
10  and  11  cc  only;  the  10  cc  pipette  is  graduated  from  0  to  10  cc  n  single  cc;  the  2  cc  pipette  is 
graduated  from  0  to  1  cc  in  j^ths  and  is  ungraduated  from  the  1  cc  mark  to  2  cc. 

Capacity,  cc . 11  10  2 

Each.. . .25  125  .25 

Pipette,  Capillary,  for  use  in  preparing  milk  smears  for  microscopical  counting  of  bacteria.  Grad¬ 
uated  to  rJ(,  cc  with  one  mark.  With  a  Bausch  and  Lomb  6.4X  ocular  and  a  1.9  mm  oil  immer¬ 
sion  objective  and  a  tube  length  of  195  mm,  the  apparent  field  covers  approximately  sq. 
cm.  which  gives  a  convenient  factor  for  computation.  See  Bulletins  373  and  378  of  the  New 
York  Experiment  Station . . .  1 .00 


413 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


m 


A 


DELIVERS 

50  CC 


20  *C 
Outflow 
43  3« 


43556 


43568 


43572  43576 


> 


f? 

Hi 

IL 

i 

i 

I. 

43580 


43532. 

43536. 

43540. 

43544. 

43548. 


Pipette,  Weichardt  Hygienic,  for  bacteriological  and  serological  work.  With  air  filter  in  metal  capsule 

and  screw  adjustment  to  control  delivery  of  small  drops.  Capacity,  tqCC  in  T^ths . .  3.00 

Pipette,  Wassermann  Safety,  for  bacteriological  and  serological  work.  The  glass  cap  with  tubulation 
is  withdrawn  with  finger  over  the  opening,  thus  filling  the  pipette.  Withdrawal  of  the  finger 
from  the  tubulation  provides  exact  control  of  the  delivery.  With  pipette  ^cc  in  jJ-^ths,  gradu¬ 
ated  to  tip . 75 

Pipette,  Syringe,  Woithe,  for  bacteriological  and  serological  work.  Complete  with  precision  pipette  lcc 

in  T^,ths . 6.00 

Syringe  only  for  above .  5.25 

Pipette  Safety,  Permin,  for  bacteriological  and  serological  work.  Capacity  cc .  y?  1 

Graduated  to,  cc .  T^e _ jhj 


Each . 75  1.10 

PIPETTES,  PRECISION,  graduated  by  weighing  at  20°  C.  in  accordance  with  the  specifications  of  the  Physik¬ 
alisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt  with  individual  control  number,  etc.  These  pipettes  are  offered  with 
our  unofficial  factory  certificate  and,  in  addition,  with  the  Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt  cer¬ 
tificate  and  control  stamp,  i.e.,  the  official  certificate  of  the  German  government. 


Precision  Pipettes  with  Unofficial  Factory  Certificate. 

These  certificates  are  made  out  in  the  factory  in  exact  accordance  with  the  methods  used  by  the 
Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt  and  no  pipette  is  certified  unless  the  error  falls  within  the  limit 
permitted  by  the  P.  T.  R.  The  data  on  these  certificates  may  be  used  as  a  check  where  pipettes  are 
calibrated  in  the  laboratory  or  with  entire  reliance  upon  the  accuracy  of  the  figures  given. 

43552.  Pipettes,  Mohr,  Precision,  with  unofficial  factory  certificate. 

Capacity,  cc .  1  1  2  2  5  10  25  50 

Graduated  to,  cc . _  To?  t6  jsV  to  to  to  A  A 

Each .  .95  .80  1.00  .85  1.15  1.25  1.75  3.00 

43556.  Pipettes,  Volume  or  Transfer,  Precision,  with  unofficial  factory  certificate. 

Capacity,  cc .  1  2  3  5  10  15  20  25  30  50  100  200 

Each . 40  .40  .45  '  .45  .50  .55  .60  .70  .80  .90  1.15  1.60 


43560. 

43564. 

43568. 


Precision  Pipettes,  with  Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt  Certificate. 

These  pipettes  are  exactly  the  same  as  those  described  above  in  workmanship  and  accuracy  but  are 
furnished  with  the  official  Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt  certificate  and  control  stamp,  for 
which  a  higher  price  must  be  charged  because  of  the  German  government  fee. 

Pipettes,  Mohr,  Precision,  with  P.  T.  R.  certificate. 


Capacity,  cc.. 

1 

1 

2 

2 

5 

10 

25 

50 

Graduated  to, 

CC _ 

1 

10 

1 

10 

To 

1 

10 

A 

lV 

Each . 

3.00 

3.10 

3.00 

3.15 

3.45 

5.25 

6.20 

Pipettes,  Volume  or 

Transfer,  Precision, 

with  P. 

T.  R.  certificate. 

Capacity,  cc.. 

1 

2 

3 

5  10 

15 

20 

25 

30 

50 

100 

200 

Each . 

...  1.50 

1.50 

1.50 

1.50  1.60 

1.65 

1.70 

1.75 

1.80 

1.95 

2.40 

3.10 

Pipettes,  Serological,  Precision,  with  graduations  extended  to  the  tip.  Recommended  where  great 

accuracy  is  required;  with  P.  T.  R.  certificate.  Capacity,  cc .  -^11 

Graduated  to,  cc .  Ti?  A  ri? 


Each 


3.00  3.00  3.00 


414 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


PIPETTES,  PRECISION,  as  used  in  the  Hygienic  Laboratory  of  the  U.  S.  Public  Health  Service  for  determin¬ 
ing  the  immunity  unit  in  the  standardization  of  diphtheria  antitoxin.  See  Hygienic  Laboratory  Bulletin 
No.  21.  These  pipettes  are  standardized  at  20°  C.  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  the  Bureau 
of  Standards  but  are  regularly  furnished  without  certificate.  They  are  furnished  with  certificates  of 
either  the  Bureau  of  Standards  or  the  Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt  on  special  order  only. 
Outside  diameter  of  the  bulbs  is  in  no  case  greater  than  10  mm  in  order  to  permit  use  with  spe¬ 
cial  graduated  cylinders  used  in  the  same  technique.  See  illustration  on  preceding  page. 

43572.  Pipette  Volumetric,  Precision,  graduated  to  deliver  1  cc.  For  purpose  of  easy  manipulation  this  pipette 

is  supplied  with  two  etched  bands  near  top . 75 

43576.  Pipettes,  Volumetric,  Precision,  as  above,  graduated  to  contain. 

Capacity,  cc .  1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  9  10 

Each .  .75  .75  .75  .75  .75  ~.85  .90  .95  1.00  F.10 

43580.  Pipettes,  Graduated,  Precision,  so-called  “Ehrlich”  pipettes,  graduated  in  T J „  cc. 

Graduated  from . 01  to  1  cc  .07  to  2  cc  1.5  to  3  cc 


Each 


2.50  2.50 


2.50 


No.  43600 


No.  43592 


No.  43604 


No.  43608 


43584. 

43588. 

43592. 


43596. 


43600. 

43604. 

43608. 

43612. 

43616. 

43620. 


Pipette  Box,  for  sterilizing  pipettes,  cylindrical  form,  of  polished  copper,  with  tightly  fitting  lid,  21 
inches  in  diameter  by  16  inches  high.  Will  take  about  75  graduated  pipettes,  1  cc  in  Toths  or 

about  15  of  the  same  10  cc  in  Tjths . 

Pipette  Box,  same  as  above  but  of  sheet  iron . . . . . . . 5 

“  “  rectangular  form,  for  sterilizing  pipettes  in  bacteriological  work,  of  copper. 

Size,  inches  .  If  x  2^  x  10  If  x  2f  x  16 

Each . 

Pipette  Box,  same  as  above  but  of  sheet  iron. 


1.75 


2.50 


Size,  inches .  14  x  2a  x  1U 


If  x  2$  x  16 


Each. 


1.25  1.50 

with  lid  and  removable  end;  of  brass,  nickel 


Pipette  Box,  for  sterilizing  and  transporting  pipettes  . 

plated,  with  asbestos  lining;  2  inches  deep  by  4  inches  wide  by  16  inches  long .  7.50 

Pipette  Support,  of  brass,  nickel  plated . . . . 

Pipette  Rest,  with  ground  glass  surface  for  writing. .  . . 

“  “  of  porcelain,  for  pipettes,  stirrers,  etc.,  75  x  65  mm .  ./a 

Pipette  Support,  of  poli.-hed  hardwood,  revolving . •  •  •  •  •  ■  ■  •  . . . . :  . 

Pipette  Support,  for  24  pipettes,  perforated  discs  are  of  polished  wood,  upright  support  of  brass  and 

base  of  glazed  porcelain . 


415 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  43732  with  No.  43736 


No.  43736 


No.  43732  with  No.  43736 


No.  43744 


No.  43728 


PLANT  PHYSIOLOGY  APPARATUS,  GANONG.  The  apparatus  here  listed  has  been  developed  during  a 
period  of  ten  years  by  Prof.  W.  F.  Ganong,  of  Smith  College,  and  manufactured  by  the  Bausch  &  Lomb 
Optical  Company.  A  special  catalogue  entitled,  “Ganong  Botanical  Apparatus  for  use  in  Plant  Phys¬ 
iology,’’  53  pp.  with  introduction  and  descriptions  of  the  apparatus  with  method  of  use,  by  Prof. 
Ganong,  is  sent  on  application.  The  use  of  the  apparatus  finds  fuller  descriptions  in  Ganong,  “A 
Laboratory  Course  in  Plant  Physiology,’’  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  New  York  and  Ganong,  “The  Teaching 
Botanist,’’  the  Macmillan  Co.,  New  York. 

43700.  Aluminum  Shells,  for  transpiration  experiments,  consisting  of  shell  with  band  and  screw  as  shown  in 

illustration,  but  without  rubber  roof.  Diameter,  inches .  3  4  5 

Each . . .  1.25  1.75  2.75 

43704.  Rubber  Tissue,  medium  thickness,  for  use  as  roofs.  Per  ounce . 30 

43708.  Anoxyscope,  Demonstration,  for  showing  the  necessity  for  oxy^gen  in  plant  growth.  Complete  with 

5  oz.  of  caustic  potash  and  1  oz.  of  pyrogallic  acid .  4.25 

43712.  Auxograph,  Demonstration,  for  recording  the  rate  and  amount  of  growth.  Complete  with  chain  attach¬ 
ment  for  plant .  25.00 

43716.  Extra  Recording  Cylinder . 1.50 

43720.  Bell  Jar  Support,  with  split  glass  plate  but  without  bell  jar  and  Potometer  as  shown  in  illustration.  10.00 

43724.  Bell  Jar,  only,  for  above,  complete  with  two  hole  rubber  stopper  and  glass  tubes .  3.25 

43728.  Caloriscope  and  Calorimeter,  for  demonstrating  the  release  of  heat  in  respiration.  Complete  with 

two  silvered  Dewar  bulbs,  500  cc,  with  thermometers  and  wooden  support .  18.00 

43732.  Clamp  Stand,  portable,  for  use  with  Demonstration  Clinostat,  complete  with  two  rods .  8.00 

43736.  Clinostat,  Demonstration,  for  use  either  obliquely  or  horizontally  in  connection  with  the  Clamp  Stand 

above  listed.  Will  take  a  4  inch  pot  but  operates  with  greater  accuracy  with  a  pot  3  inches  in 
diameter.  Complete  with  clockwork  with  disc,  screw  rods,  spindle  arm  and  extensible  support, 

but  without  Clamp  Stand . . . . .  22.50 

43740.  Gas  Analysis  Tubes,  for  demonstration  of  the  percentage  of  carbon  dioxide  contained  in  a  sample  of 
gas.  With  two  reagent  tubes,  suitable  rubber  connections  and  graduated  stopcock  gas  tube.  2.00 
43744.  Leaf  Area  Cutter,  for  demonstrating  the  increase  of  organic  substances  through  photosynthesis.  With 

two  cups,  test  tube  and  holder  for  same .  12.00 

43748.  Leaf  Clasp,  for  applying  special  treatment  to  two  exactly  corresponding  areas  on  the  leaf  surface  as, 
for  instance,  Stahl’s  cobalt  chloride  method  in  the  study  of  transpiration.  Without  support  6.50 
43752.  Support,  for  above . 35 


416 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


43756. 


43760. 

43764. 

43768. 


43772. 


43776. 

43780. 


43784. 

43788. 

43792. 

43796. 

43800. 


No.  43756  No.  43784  No.  4377G  No.  43768 

Light  Screen,  whole  leaf  form,  with  screen  box  with  adjustable  clamp,  7x7  clear  glass  plate  with 
ground  edges,  two  half  plates  with  ground  edges  and  1  sq.  ft.  of  tin  foil,  but  without  color  screen 

bottles  and  support .  9.00 

Support,  for  above . 35 

Light  Screen,  part  leaf  form,  as  shown  in  illustration,  with  \  sq.  ft.  of  thin  tin  foil .  1.25 

Manometer,  Demonstration  Root-pressure,  showing  the  force  with  which  roots  start  the  sap  up  the 
stems.  With  clamp  and  vertical  support,  2  inches  of  rubber  tubing,  two  feet  of  tire  tape,  1  oz. 

of  stopcock  wax  and  10  cc  of  mercury .  4.75 

Manometer,  Normal,  for  measuring  liquid  pressure,  particularly  osmotic  pressure,  etc.  With  two 
glass  sleeves,  rubber  tubing  and  tire  tape  for  connections,  2  cc  of  mercury  and  1  oz.  of  shellac 

for  sealing .  1.50 

Osmoscope,  Demonstration,  to  show  osmotic  absorption  before  the  class.  With  support  and  clamps, 

storage  bottle  and  two  extra  lengths  of  parchment  paper  tubing . .  4.25 

Photosynthometer,  for  accurate  measurement  of  the  absorption  of  carbon  dioxide  by  green  plants  in 
light  with  the  equivolumetric  release  of  oxygen.  Complete  with  reagent  tubes,  rubber  con¬ 
nections,  clamps  and  cylinder  but  without  support  and  clamp .  5.25 

Support  and  Clamp,  for  above . 75 

Potometer,  for  the  quantitative  determination  of  transpiration  by  the  measurement  of  water  absorp¬ 
tion  by  a  cut  shoot.  With  split  rubber  stopper,  1  oz.  of  stopcock  wax,  vial  and  slide  piece.  3.75 
Respirometer,  for  demonstrating  and  measuring  the  gas  exchanges  in  typical  respiring  material  as, 

for  instance,  in  germinating  seeds.  With  rubber  connection,  two  clamps  and  support .  8.25 

Respiroscope,  Demonstration,  for  showing  the  elimination  of  carbon  dioxide  to  large  classes.  With 


1  oz.  of  calcic  oxide  and  1  liter  bottle  for  limewater .  4.50 

Space  Marker,  Root  and  Stem .  1.00 

“  “  Leaf . ; .  2.00 


417 


ARTHUR 


T  H  O  M  A  S 


COMPANY 


H  . 


43804. 


43808. 

43812. 

43816. 

43820. 

43824. 

43828. 

43832. 

43840. 

43844. 

43848. 


Spectroscope,  designed  specially  to  show  the  absorption  spectrum  of  chlorophyll  in  the  study  of  the 
energy  relations  of  photosynthesis.  Consisting  of  Browning  direct  vision  spectroscope  with 

comparison  prism,  handle,  frame  and  vial .  24.50 

Temperature  Stage,  for  use  on  the  microscope  to  show  the  relation  of  the  rate  of  protoplasmic  stream¬ 
ing  to  changes  of  temperature.  With  clamp  and  felt  mat  but  without  other  accessories. . .  4.00 

Thermometer,  for  above .  1.50 

Spirit  Lamp,  for  above . 45 

Transpiration  Balance,  for  measuring  the  alteration  in  weight  as  an  accurate  index  of  transpiration. 

Duty  Free .  80.00 

Transpirograph,  a  new  self-registering  transpirometer  for  both  demonstrations  and  investigations. 

With  150  ball  weights  and  25  record  papers .  75.00 

Record  Papers,  per  dozen . 25 

Water  Culture  Vessels,  consisting  of  Aluminum  Double  Support .  1.75 

Tumbler,  plain  glass,  with  felt  paper  cover . 10 

Paraffine,  hard,  for  coating  the  supports,  per  lb . 20 

Lampblack,  per  lb . 12 


View  of  Slock  Room  Where  Goods  are  Stored  in  Original  Cases 


418 


43900. 

43904. 

43908. 

43912. 

43916. 

43920. 

43924. 

43928. 

43932. 

43936. 

43940. 

43944. 

43948. 


43952. 


43956. 

43960. 


43964. 


Plates,  Glass,  circular,  plain,  edges  not  ground. 

Diameter,  mm . ; .  75  100  150  200 

Each .  .06  .08  ~i5  ~  .25 

Plates,  Glass,  circular,  ground  on  one  side,  edges  not  ground. 

Diameter,  mm .  75  100  150  200 

Each . 


.18  .30 

Convenient  for 


100 


.25 


.._ . 08  .10 

Plates,  Glass,  with  edges  slightly  ground  and  hole  in  center  to  admit  stirring  rod 
use  as  covers. 

Diameter,  mm .  75 

Each . 

Plates,  Glass,  same  as  above  but  with  hole  at  one  edge. 

Diameter,  mm .  75 

Each . ; . 

Plates,  Glass,  square,  plain,  edges  not  ground. 

Size,  mm .  75  100  125  150 

Each . . .  .03  i04  d)6  .08  .16 

Plates,  Glass,  square,  ground  on  one  side,  edges  not  ground. 

Size,  mm .  75  100  150  200 


.30 

100 


.25 


.30 

200 


Each . 04  .05  .10  .20 

Plates,  Heavy  Plate  Glass,  square,  ground  on  one  side,  edges  not  ground. 

Size,  mm .  150  175  200  225  250  300 

Each . 30  .35  .40  .50  .80  1.00 

Plates,  Heavy  Plate  Glass,  square,  ground  on  one  side,  with  edges  ground. 

Size,  mm .  150  175  200  225  250 _ 300 

Each. 


.35 


.45 


.55 


.70 


1.00 


1.25 


Plates,  Blue  Glass,  so-called  “Cobalt”  glasses,  for  observing  the  potassium  flame;  edges  not  ground. 


Size,  mm . 

.  50x50 

50x75 

75  x  75 

50  x  100  75  x  100 

100  x  100 

Each . 

. 04 

.05 

.06 

.06  .08 

.10 

Plates,  Glass,  200  x  100  mm,  of  finest  plate  glass  7  to  8  mm  thick,  with  one  end  finished  in  pitch 

black  and  the  other  in  pure  white.  For  examination  of  sputum,  feces,  etc . 75 

Plates,  Porcelain,  perforated,  for  use  in  funnels. 


Diameter,  mm. . . . 

. .  25 

38 

50 

75 

100 

125 

150 

175 

Each . 

. .  .15 

.20 

.25 

.40 

.60 

.75 

1.00 

1.00 

Plates,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain,  for  color  reactions,  110  x  90  mm,  with  twelve  concavities.  Very 

superior  to  the  common  porcelain  plate  usually  supplied . 75 

Plates,  Opaque  Fused  Silica,  unglazed,  preferable  for  use  as  heating  plates  to  wire  gauze  on  account 
of  their  cleanliness  and  absolute  resistance  to  corrosion.  Will  stand  extreme  changes  of  temper¬ 
ature  without  cracking. 

Size,  inches .  3x3 

Each,  l  inch  thick 
Each,  £  inch  thick 

Plates,  Opaque  Fused  Silica,  glazed  throughout,  f  inch  thick. 

Size,  inches . *  3x3 

Each 


....  3x3 

4x4 

6x6 

9x9 

12  x  12 

. 27 

.48 

1.08 

2.43 

4.32 

. 54 

.96 

2.16 

4.86 

8.64 

inch  thick. 

4x4 

6x6 

9x9 

12  x  12 

6.48 


11.25 


. 72  1.28  *2.88' 

Plates,  Porous,  circular,  for  drying  crystals  and  precipitates,  250  mm  diameter . 15 

“  “  square,  for  drying  crystals  and  precipitates. 

Size,  mm .  150  200  300 _ 400 

Each .  T25  ^55  1.25  3.00 

Plate,  Streak,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain,  unglazed,  as  used  for  arsenic  test  and  by  mineralogists;  100  x  65 
mm . 45 


419 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


PLATINUM  WARE 

The  Platinum  Ware  listed  below  is  genuine  hammered  ware  from  selected  factor'es  in  both  Europe  and 
America.  Our  relations  with  the  leading  manufacturers  enable  us  to  offer  it  at  the  current  daily  quotations 
observed  in  the  platinum  trade.  Most  of  the  items  listed  can  be  furnished  immediately  from  our  own  stock  and 
when  this  is  impossible  delivery  usually  requires  only  three  or  four  days.  Approximate  weights  are  given 
without  price.  The  current  prices  per  gram  for  the  different  classifications  of  ware  used  in  the  platinum  trade 
are  inserted  from  time  to  time  on  colored  slips  as  our  catalogues  are  sent  out. 

The  Care  of  Platinum  Ware. 

VV.  C.  Heraeus,  in  the  Zeitschrift  fur  angewamdte  Chemie ,  19)2,  Heft  37 — 2nd  1997,  Heft  explains  the  causes  of  the  destruction  of  plati¬ 
num  crucibles  in  the  making  of  phosphate  analyses  and  refers  to  the  fact  that  fhe  destruction  of  platinum  ware  (which  is  always  only  a  chemical 
change  of  its  properties)  might  in  many  cases  be  prevented  if  the  crucibles  or  dishes  were  not  exposed  to  unnecessarily  high  temperatures  during 
the  process  of  annealing. 

The  uniting  of  platinum  with  carbon,  silica,  boron,  phosphorus,  etc.,  takes  place  only  when  the  different  salts  are  reduced  at  compara¬ 
tively  high  temperatures. 

The  susceptibility  of  platinum  toward  hydrogen  and  hydrocarbon  while  annealing  accelerates  the  reductions  considerably.  When  the 
combustion  is  made  in  a  gas  furnace,  Roessler  furnace,  etc.,  care  should  be  taken  for  obvious  reasons,  that  there  is  no  reducing  atmosphere  in 
the  furnace.  The  use  of  acetylene  gas  for  the  annealing  of  platinum  ware  is  also  harmful  to  the  platinum. 

The  combustion  of  organic  substances  should  be  done  at  low  temperatures  and  the  annealing  over  a  blowpipe  or  in  a  furnace  only  when 
all  the  carbon  has  been  volatilized.  At  high  temperatures  platinum  is  very  readily  attacked  when  the  melting  of  alkaline  or  alkali  carbonate 
is  done  in  the  presence  of  sulphur  or  cyanide  of  potassium. 

Metals  of  a  low  melting  point  and  easily  reducing  oxydes  of  metals  should,  of  course,  not  be  annealed  in  platinum;  the  same  may  be  said 
of  all  reagents  which  give  up  chlorine,  boron,  iodine,  sulphur  or  phosphorus. 

Frequent  cleaning  of  platinum  ware  with  sea-sand  removes  alloys  formed  on  the  surface. 


No.  44020 


No.  44024 


44000.  Platinum  Foil. 


Thickness,,  mm. 


No.  44028 

No.  44032 

No  44036 

any  length  up  to 

24  inches. 

Light 

Medium 

Heavy 

.03 

.04 

.05 

.00118 

.00157 

.00196 

.353 

.530 

.705 

44004.  Platinum  Wire.  Platinum  loops  for  chemical  laboratory  work  are  usually  made  of  No.  26  wire,  as  are 


platinum  innoculating  needles  for  bacteriological  work, 
commend  No.  24.  All  weights  given  are  approximate. 


For  a  stiff  innoculating  needle  we  re- 


44008. 

44012. 


44016. 

44020. 

44024. 

44028. 

44032. 

44036. 


B.  &  S.  gauge . 

12 

14 

16 

18 

20 

22 

24 

Diameter,  inches . 

.080 

.064 

.050 

.040 

.031 

.025 

.020 

“  mm . 

2.021 

1.625 

1.269  1 

.015 

.787 

.634 

.507 

Weight  per  foot,  grams . 

.  21.27 

13 . 62 

8.31 

5.36 

3.20 

2.08 

1.33 

B.  &  S.  gauge . 

25 

26 

27 

28 

30 

32 

36 

Diameter,  inches . 

.017 

.015 

.014 

.012 

.010 

.008 

.005 

“  mm . 

.431 

.380 

.355 

.304 

.253 

.203 

.126 

Weight  per  foot,  grams  . 

.97 

.75 

.65 

.48 

.33 

.213 

.086 

lum  Wire,  special  for  calorimetry,  exactly  A  mm 

in  diameter 

Anodes.  Style.... . 

A 

R 

C 

Height,  mm . 

125 

150 

125 

Diameter  of  spiral,  mm . 

25 

50 

15 

Approximate  weight,  grams. 

5-6 

20 

8-10 

>um  Cathodes.  Stvle . 

A 

B 

C 

Diameter,  mm . 

* 

57 

25 

25 

Length  of  stem,  mm . 

Approximate  weight,  grams . 

Platinum  Gauze  Cathode  with  wire  frame  Anode. 
Platinum  Electrode,  with  open  gauze  cylinder. 

Approximate  weight  12  grams. 

Platinum  Electrode,  with  closed  gauze  cylinder. 

Approximate  weight  10  grams. 

Platinum  Electrode,  with  rotating  gauze  cylinder. 

Approximate  weight  15  grams. 

Platinum  Electrode,  with  perforated  sheet  cylinder, 
weight  17  grams. 


75 

20 


75 


75 


12 


12 


Approximate  weight  40  to  45  grams. 

Height  2  inches,  diameter  1  inch,  of 

Height  2  inches,  diameter  1  inch,  of 
Height  2  inches,  diameter  1  inch,  of 
Height  2  inches,  diameter  1  inch 


52  mesh  gauze. 
52  mesh  gauze. 
52  mesh  gauze. 

Approximate 


420 


A  R  T  H  U  R 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


44040. 

44044. 

44048. 

44052. 

44056. 

44060. 

44064. 

44068. 


Platinum  Combustion  Boats. 

Length,  inches .  1| _ 2_  2§  _ 3^  3|  4 

Approximate  weight,  grams .  3.0  4.0  5.5  8.5  10  0  12  0 

Platinum  Combustion  Boats,  Blair,  ^  inches  deep  by  5|  inches  long,  approximate  weight  35  grams; 
with  or  without  cover. 

Platinum  Combustion  Tube,  seamless,  with  German  silver  fittings.  As  used  in  iron  and  steel  analysis. 

Made  in  any  desired  length  or  in  special  shapes  according  to  specifications. 

Platinum  Filter  Cones,  seamless,  with  perforations  .020  inches  in  diameter. 

Diameter,  inches .  f  _s  1  If  1£  If  2 

Approximate  weight,  grams _  1.0  1.5  2.5  4.0  6.0  8.0  12.0 

Platinum  Crucibles.  Covers  are  always  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

Number .  122456789  10 

Capacity,  cc .  8  10  15 _ 20^  25  30  40  _ 50 _ 60 _ 70 

Approximate  weight,  grams .  8  10  15  20  25  30  40  56  60  70 

Platinum  Crucibles,  Gooch  form;  weight  includes  cover  and  cap. 

Capacity,  cc .  10  _ 15 _ 20 _ 25 _ 30 

Approximate  weight,  grams .  13  18  24  29  34 

Platinum  Crucible,  Gooch,  low  form,  with  bottom  permanently  fixed,  as  used  in  asphalt  and  bitumen 
analysis;  capacity  30  cc,  approximate  weight  30  grams. 

Platinum  Incinerating  Pan,  rectangular  shape,  with  flat  bottom. 

Capacity,  cc .  15  20 

Approximate  weight,  grams .  10  14 


No.  44072  No.  44076  No.  44084  No.  44088 


No.  44080  No.  44092  No.  44096 


44072.  Platinum  Dish,  flat  bottom,  with  straight  sides  and  without  lip,  as  used  in  milk  analysis,  capacity  45 
cc,  approximate  weight  17  grams. 

44076.  Platinum  Dish,  without  lip,  as  used  in  wine  and  water  analysis;  capacity  100  cc,  approximate  weight 
20  grams. 

44080.  Platinum  Dish,  with  lip,  as  used  in  water  analysis  and  iron  and  steel  work,  45  cc  capacity,  approximate 
weight  16  grams. 

44084.  Platinum  Dish,  Payne,  flat  bottom,  with  wire  rim  and  lip,  as  used  in  fertilizer  analysis;  capacity  100  cc, 
approximate  weight  40  grams. 

44088.  Platinum  Dish,  with  flat  bottom  and  straight  sides,  with  lip,  as  used  in  sugar  analysis;  35  cc  capacity, 
approximate  weight  16  grams. 

44092.  Platinum  Dish,  round  bottom,  without  lip,  as  used  in  sugar  analysis. 

Capacity .  20  25 

Approximate  weight,  grams . .  10  12 

44096.  Platinum  Dish,  flat  bottom,  with  handle  and  without  lip.  As  used  in  sugar  analysis.  This  dish  is  also 
made  for  sugar  work  without  handle  and  with  lip.  Please  specify  in  ordering. 

Capacity,  cc .  10-  20 _ J25 _ 35 

Approximate  weight,  grams . .  10  14  18  20 

44100.  Platinum  Dish,  deep  form,  with  handle,  as  used  in  sugar  analysis.  Also  used  in  sugar  work  with  lip  and 
without  handle.  Please  specify  form  in  ordering.  Capacity  30  cc,  approximate  weight  16  grams. 

44104.  Platinum  Dish,  deep  form,  with  two  handles  and  lip.  Capacity  45  cc,  approximate  weight  15  grams. 


421 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  44112 


No.  44116 


No.  44120 


44108. 


44112. 


44116. 


44120. 


No.  44124 


44124. 

44128. 

44140. 


44144. 

44148. 


44156. 


Platinum  Dish,  with  flat  bottom  and  straight  sides,  with  lip. 

Capacity,  cc . 

. . . .  80 

100 

125 

200 

250 

300 

Approximate  weight,  grams . 

...  32 

35 

40 

56 

70 

80 

Platinum  Dish,  Blair,  flat  bottom,  with 

or 

without  lip, 

with  either  wire  rim 

or  solid 

rim.  As  used  in 

iron  and  steel  analysis.  Capacity, 

CC . 

280 

380 

525 

Approximate  weight,  grams . 

80 

100 

120 

Platinum  Dishes,  with  lip.  Capacity,  cc 

15 

20 

25 

35 

50 

65 

75 

Approximate  weight,  grams . 

5 

6 

8 

12 

17 

22 

25 

Capacity,  cc . 

100 

125 

150 

175 

200 

250 

300 

Approximate  weight,  grams . 

33 

42 

50 

55 

67 

80 

100 

Platinum  Dish,  Classen,  for  electrolytic  separation,  with  either  polished  or  sand  blasted  inner  surface. 
Capacity  250  cc,  approximate  weight  40  grams. 


i 


No.  44128  No.  44124  No.  44128 
Square  Square 


No.  44144 


No.  44148 


A 


B 

No.  44156 


Platinum  Spatula,  round  end  or  square  end,  3  inches  long,  approximate  weight  7.5  grams. 

“  _  “  same  as  above,  but  with  wooden  handle.  Approximately  same  weight. 

Platinum  Triangles,  with  either  twisted  or  solid  ends. 

To  take  crucible,  cc .  10  15  20  25  30  40  50  60  _ 70 

Approximate  weight,  grams .  5.0  7.0  10.5  12.0  12.0  14.0  16.0  18.0  20.0 

Platinum  Pan,  with  holder,  for  calorimetry.  Weight  of  pan  5  grams,  weight  of  holder  6  grams. 

Platinum  Wire  Gauze.  Mesh .  52  45 

Diameter  of  wire,  inches . 004  .0085 

Approximate  weight  per  square  inch,  grams . 550  1.500 

Platinum  Blowpipe  Tips,  as  illustrated,  types  A,  B  or  C. 


422 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  44228 


No.  44236 


No.  44244 


44200.  Pliers,  steel,  with  pointed  nose.  Jaws  are  flat  inside. 

Length,  inches .  4  5  6 

Each . a. . 40  .50  .60 

44204.  Pliers,  steel,  with  flat  nose. 

Length,  inches .  4  5  6 

Each..... . ^20  .30  ^35 

44208.  Pliers,  steel,  with  flat  nose,  side  cutting. 

Length,  inches .  5  6  8 

Each .  “JO  i80  L40 

44212.  Pliers,  steel,  with  round  nose.  For  bending,  etc. 

Length,  inches .  4  5  6 

Each . .  i30  .35 

44216.  Pliers,  steel,  end  cutting. 

Length,  inches .  4  5  6 

Each.......... . ~J0  i75  J55 

44220.  Pliers,  steel,  with  diagonal  jaws  for  cutting. 

Length,  inches .  4  5  6 

Each . 75  .80  .90 

44224.  Pliers,  Button,  straight,  for  holding  buttons  while  brushing,  5  inches  long . 50 

44228.  Pliers,  gas  tongs  or  pipe  wrench,  8  inches  long . 80 

44232.  Pneumatic  Troughs,  of  heavy  glass. 

Length,  mm .  250  300  350 

Width,  mm .  150  200  250 

Height,  mm .  150  150  160 

Each .  2.50  4.00  5.50 

44236.  Cylindrical  Shelf  for  pneumatic  troughs,  so-called  “Beehive,”  of  glass,  72  mm  high  by  104  mm  diam¬ 
eter . 50 

44240.  Pneumatic  Troughs,  of  japanned  tin,  with  sliding  shelf  and  overflow. 

Length,  inches .  10  10  12  15  18 

Width,  inches .  7  7  9  11  12 

Height,  inches .  4  5  5  6  8 

Each .  1.25  1.35  1.50  2.00  3d)0 

44244.  Porcelain  Shelf  for  pneumatic  troughs,  of  glazed  porcelain  with  radiating  lugs  on  the  top,  tubula- 
tion  for  rubber  tubing  and  three  supporting  legs.  The  tubulation  connects  with  the  center 
opening  only.  Method  of  use  is  shown  in  illustration .  1.25 


423 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  44300  No.  44312 


Polariscopes  for  Urine  Analysis. 

44300.  Polariscope,  Ultzmann,  for  urine  analysis  by  means  of  either  day  or  lamp  light.  With  a  tube  of  spe¬ 
cial  length  so  that  the  angular  rotation  in  degrees  is  equivalent  to  1%  glucose  content.  By  means 
of  verniers  readings  are  made  to  xs%.  Complete  with  support  as  shown  in  illustration. 

Duty  Free . .  28.50  Stock .  38.00 

44304.  Extra  Glass  Tube  for  urine  work. 

Duty  Free .  2.10  Stock .  3.50 

44308.  Extra  Glass  Tube  of  200  mm  length  by  the  use  of  which  this  instrument  maybe  used  for  purposes  other 
than  urine  analysis  for  substances  where  the  specific  rotary  power  is  within  the  limits  of  the 
rotary  scale. 

Duty  Free .  2.10  Stock .  3.50 

44312.  Polariscope,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  Mitscherlich,  with  Laurent  Polarizer.  With  circular  scale  reading 
to  1°  of  arc  and  by  means  of  verniers  to  equal  respectively  to  1%  and  of  glucose  in  urine 
when  the  special  tube  of  189.4  mm  is  used.  For  use  only  with  monochromatic  light  from  a  sodium 
flame.  With  one  patent  tube  of  189.4  mm  and  one  tube  of  94.7  mm  and  gas  sodium  lamp  with 
platinum  ring,  but  without  case. 

Duty  Free . 56.55  Stock .  75.40 

44316.  Case,  for  above,  of  polished  wood,  with  lock  and  key,  taking  polariscope  tubes  and  vertical  pillar 
but  not  providing  for  the  lamp  or  tripod  base. 

Duty  Free .  10.50  Stock .  14.00 

Explanation  of  the  Use  of  Mitscherlich  Polariscope  in  Urine  Analysis. 

For  urine  analysis  tubes  of  special  length,  i.e.,  189.4  and  94.7  mm,  enable  the  user  to  determine  the 
percentage  by  volume  of  glucose  in  the  urine  without  special  calculation.  When  the  longer  tube,  i.e., 
189.4  mm,  is  used  the  rotation  obtained  in  degrees  of  arc  is  directly  equal  to  the  amount  in  grams  of 
glucose  contained  in  100  cc  of  the  solution.  When  the  tube  of  94.7  mm  is  used  for  darkly  colored  speci¬ 
mens,  the  result  must,  therefore,  be  multiplied  by  two.  As  the  specific  rotary  power  of  albumen  is  the 
same  as  that  of  glucose  except  that  the  latter  is  laevo  rotatory  while  that  of  glucose  is  dextro  rotatory, 
this  fact  enables  the  investigator  to  determine  the  percentage  of  albumen  when  same  is  present.  The 
usual  method  of  procedure  is  as  follows: — 


424 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


If  the  urine  is  not  clear,  i.e.,  if  it  is  clouded,  it  must  be  filtered  quickly  through  a  soft  filter  paper. 
If  it  is  so  strongly  colored  that  the  dividing  line  cannot  be  clearly  defined  through  the  long  tube,  the 
shorter  tube  must  be  used.  If  this  does  not  give  a  better  result  the  urine  must  be  slightly  discolored 
by  being  poured  into  a  flask  containing  pure  dry  animal  carbon  or  by  being  mixed  with  yo  part  of  lead 
acetate  and  then  filtered.  In  this  case  the  reading  of  the  rotation  must  be  multiplied  by  1.1.  The 
temperature  should  be  within  15  and  20°  C. 

The  tube  is  then  filled  and  placed  into  the  instrument  and  the  reading  in  yo  degrees  will  give  the 
percentage  of  glucose.  If  the  urine  contains  albumen,  two  readings  will  be  necessary.  As  albumen 
gives  a  rotation  in  the  opposite  direction  to  glucose,  the  total  reading  in  presence  of  albumen  will  be 
equal  to  the  number  of  degrees  for  glucose  less  than  that  for  albumen.  Before  effecting  the  second 
examination  the  albumen  must  be  removed.  100  cc  is  boiled  in  an  evaporating  dish  and  a  few  drops  of 
acetic  acid  are  added  until  the  solution  reacts  as  acid.  The  solution  is  then  filtered  and  the  filtrate 
washed  and  diluted  to  100  cc  at  18°  C.  The  second  polarizing  test  will  now  give  the  percentage  of  glu¬ 
cose  and  the  difference  between  this  reading  and  the  former  gives  the  percentage  of  albumen. 

Illustrations. 

1.  Almost  colorless  urine  without  albumen;  clear.  Observation  tube  1S9.4  mm.  Equal  intensity  in  both  halves  of  the 

field  obtained  after  a  turn  of  2°  to  the  right.  Vernier  mark  9  coincides  with  the  circular  division,  i.e.,  2.9°.  Percentage  of 
sugar  =2.9%.  — 

2.  Urine  without  albumen,  clear,  but  of  an  intense  color.  Observation  tube  94.7  mm.  Equal  intensities  at  1.5°. 
Percentage  of  sugar  =  2X1.5  =  3.0%. 

3.  Brown  urine,  no  albumen.  100  cc  mixed  with  10  cc  lead  acetate.  Tube  =  189.4.  Equal  intensities  at  2.9°. 
Percentage  of  sugar  2.9  X  1-1  =  3.19%. 

4.  Brown  urine,  no  albumen.  Tube  =  94.7  mm.  100  cc  mixed  with  10  cc  lead  acetate.  Equal  intensities  at  1.3°. 
Percentage  of  sugar  1.3  X  1.1  =  2.86%. 

5.  Clear,  almost  colorless  urine  with  albumen,  tube  189.4  mm.  a.  Determination  of  the  first  rotation.  Equal  inten¬ 
sities  after  turning  to  left  at  .5°.  b.  Separation  of  the  albumen;  equal  intensities  without  turning  analyzer,  i.  e.,  at  0°. 
Percentage  of  sugar  =  0;  of  albumen  =  .5%. 

6.  Clear  urine  with  albumen,  a.  First  rotation,  equal  intensities  at  2.7°.  b.  After  removal  of  albumen;  equal  intensi¬ 
ties  at  3.1°.  Percentage  of  sugar  =  3.1%;  of  albumen  3.1  —  2.7  =  0.4%. 

7.  Sucrose  solution.  Observation  tube  =  189.4  mm;  equal  intensities  at  5.2°.  Percentage  of  sucrose =5.2X1  =3.9%. 


No.  44320 


No.  44324 


44320.  Polariscope,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  with  Jellet-Cornu  Polarizer  and  Wedge  Compensation,  with  Direct 
Reading  Linear  Scale.  For  use  with  ordinary  white  light  such  as  a  petroleum  lamp,  incandescent 
lamp,  etc.  When  a  200  mm  tube  is  used  the  glucose  content  present  in  the  urine  is  read  directly  on 
the  scale  to  yo%.  Where  a  highly  colored  specimen  of  urine  is  to  be  examined  tubes  of  100  mm  or 
50  mm  are  to  be  used,  in  which  case  the  reading  is  to  be  multiplied  by  2  and  4,  respectively. 
Complete  with  one  each  of  patent  tubes  No.  44552  of  200,  100  and  50  mm  length,  Petroleum 
Lamp  No.  44516,  on  adjustable  stand  with  asbestos  cylinder  as  shown  in  illustration  but  with¬ 
out  case.  „  . , 

Duty  Free .  87.30  Duty  Paid .  116.40 


44324.  Polariscope,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  with  Jellet  Cornu  Polarizer  and  Wedge  Compensation,  with  Direct 
Reading  Linear  Scale.  Exactly  same  as  No.  41320  but  with  analyzer  and  scale  in  new  dust  proof 
mounting  and  with  special  Osram  electric  illuminating  device,  which  serves  at  the  same  time 
to  illuminate  the  scale,  with  incandescent  lamp  used  as  resistance  so  that  connection  can  be 
made  with  ordinary  lighting  circuit.  State  voltage  in  ordering.  A  most  convenient  and  satis- 
factory  outfit  for  hospital  and  other  uses  where  many  routine  sugar  determinations  in  urine 

samples  are  to  be  made;  without  case.  on 

Duty  Free .  11910  Duty  Paid .  158.80 


425 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Polariscopes  for  General  Purposes,  with  Divided  Circle.  For  use  with  Monochromatic  Light. 


No.  44332 


No.  44336 


44328.  Polariscope,  Mitscherlich,  Schmidt  &  Haenseh,  exactly  the  same  as  No.  44312  but  with  bichromate 
cell  and  tubes  of  100  and  200  mm  in  length  instead  of  the  special  urine  tubes.  Reading  to  jV° 
and  useful  for  a  variety  of  work  in  the  investigations  of  wine,  beer,  oils,  etc.,  where  a  great  degree 
of  accuracy  is  not  required.  With  gas  sodium  lamp  with  platinum  ring.  At  extra  cost  a  Ventzke 
degree  scale  is  furnished  on  these  polariscopes.  See  No.  44356. 

Duty  Free .  59.25  Stock .  79.00 

44332.  Polariscope,  Mitscherlich,  with  Laurent  Polarizer,  Schmidt  &  Haenseh,  with  divided  circle  reading 

in  single  degrees  and  by  means  of  verniers  to  uV ° •  With  illuminating  device  for  the  divided 
circle  by  means  of  mirrors,  and  with  bichromate  cell  and  one  each  patent  tubes  100  and  200  mm 
long,  gas  sodium  lamp  with  platinum  ring.  In  polished  alderwood  case  with  lock  and  key. 

Duty  Free .  138.60  Stock .  184.80 

44336.  Polariscope,  with  Lippich  Polarizer,  Lippich,  Schmidt  &  Haenseh,  with  divided  circle  reading  in  and 
by  means  of  verniers  to  rJo°.  with  simplified  protection  and  mirror  illuminating  device  for  the 
scale.  On  tripod  support.  With  new  arrangement  for  connecting  the  lamp  stand  to  the  base  of 
the  polariscope  so  that  it  is  always  in  exactly  the  right  position.  With  bichromate  cell,  gas 
sodium  lamp,  one  each  of  100,  200  and  220  tubes,  in  polished  alderwood  case.  Recommended  as 
the  most  satisfactory  outfit  for  general  laboratory  work. 

Duty  Free .  187.50  Duty  Paid . 250.00 

44340.  Polariscope,  same  as  above,  i.  e.,  including  lamp,  bichromate  cell,  alderwood  case  and  new  lamp  arrange¬ 
ment,  but  for  400  mm  tubes,  and  with  one  each  tubes  100,  200,  220  and  400  mm  long. 

Duty  Free .  200.70  Duty  Paid .  267.60 

hi 


No.  44344 


44344.  Polariscope,  exactly  same  as  No.  44336,  but  on  trestle  support,  and  without  case. 

Duty  Free .  211.50  Duty  Paid .  282.00 

44348.  Polariscope,  exactly  same  as  No.  44340,  but  on  trestle  support,  and  without  case. 

Duty  Free .  223.20  Duty  Paid .  297.60 


426 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Optional  Equipment  for  Polariscopes,  Nos.  44336,  44340,  44344  and  44348. 

44352.  Triple  Field  Polarizing  Arrangement  for  greatly  increasing  the  sensibility  as  well  as  the  safety  and 
convenience  of  the  adjustment. 

Duty  Free,  extra .  30.00  Duty  Paid,  extra .  40.00 

44356.  Extra  Yentzke  Degree  Scale  in  addition  to  that  reading  in  degrees  of  arc.  The  Ventzke  scale  by  means 
of  a  third  vernier  reads  to  yo%  of  cane  sugar. 

Duty  Free,  extra .  12.00  Duty  Paid,  extra .  16.00 

44360.  Illuminating  Device  for  the  verniers  consisting  of  a  miniature  6  volt  electric  lamp  in  place  of  the  reflect¬ 
ing  mirrors. 

Duty  Free,  extra .  9.00  Duty  Paid,  extra .  12.00 

44364.  Accumulator,  three  cell,  for  use  with  above. 

Duty  Free,  extra .  21.00  Duty  Paid,  extra .  28.00 

44368.  Glass  Case,  Folding,  for  use  with  instruments  with  trestle  support. 

For  Polariscope  with  tubes,  mm .  220 _ 400 

Duty  Free .  15.00  15.90 

Duty  Paid . 20.00  21.20 

44372.  Glass  Case,  with  Base  Board,  for  use  on  instruments  with  trestle  support.  See  illustration  page  431. 

For  Polariscope  with  tubes,  mm .  220^  400 

Duty  Free .  25.50  27.90 

Duty  Paid .  34.00  37.20 


44376. 


44380. 


No.  34376 


Polariscope,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  with  Lippich  Polarizer,  for  both  Macro  and  Micro  Polarisation  Experi¬ 
ments.  Consisting  of  Lippich  Polariscope  No.  44344,  on  trestle  support  with  the  addition  of 
three  diaphragms  of  different  sizes  on  the  polarizer,  a  direct  vision  spectroscope  adjustable  for 
all  wave  lengths  and  with  Nernst  lamp  for  illumination  of  spectroscope  which  also  serves  to 
illuminate  the  mirrors  of  the  scale  of  the  polariscope.  Operating  on  either  direct  or  alternating 
current.  Voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering.  Because  of  the  great  variety  of  work  for  which 
this  instrument  is  intended  no  equipment  of  tubes  is  included.  Without  Case. 

For  tubes,  mm .  220  400  600 

Dutv  Free  382.50  39i .50  403.50 

Duty  Paid  .  510.00  522.00  538.00 

Polariscope,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  Landolt  with  Lippich  Polarizer,  with  new  arrangement  for  taking  not 
only  all  kinds  of  polariscope  tubes  but  other  heating  vessels,  cooling  vessels,  electrical  devices, 
etc.  The  polariscope  proper  is  as  described  under  No.  44344,  with  trestle  support.  With  ad- 
justment  providing  for  the  accurate  centering  of  the  optical  system  at  all  times.  Without  Lan¬ 
dolt  heating  device  G  shown  in  cut.  With  special  lamp  after  Landolt.  For  tubes  up  to  200 
mm  in  length  but  without  any  tubes  or  case. 

Duty  Free .  223.80  Duty  Paid .  298.40 


427 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


44384. 

44388. 


No.  44380 

Special  V  Shaped  Trough  to  rest  on  supports  cc  for  any  kind  of  tubes. 

Duty  Free,  extra .  5.40  Duty  Paid,  extra .  7.20 

Heating  Device,  Landolt  (G  in  illustration)  consisting  of  an  asbestos  jacketed  brass  vessel  with  adjust¬ 
able  lid,  thermometer  reading  to  100°  C.  and  a  polariscope  tube,  gold  plated  inside,  100  mm  long 
set  in  a  glass  cjdinder. 

Duty  Free,  extra .  19.50  Duty  Paid,  extra .  26.00 


44392.  Electric  Heating  Device,  Abderhalden,  for  constant  temperatures,  for 
use  on  No.  44380.  The  use  of  this  device  obviates  the  use  of  an 
incubator  in  the  Abderhalden  technique.  See  Hoppe-Seyler’s 
Zeitschrift  fur  Physiolcgische  Chemie,  Band  84,  Heft  4- 

Duty  Free .  90.00  Duty  Paid . 120.00 


44396.  Special  Tubes,  Abderhalden’s  for  use  in  above, 


20  mm  long  and  con- 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

taining  2  cc . 

3.00 

4.00 

44400. 

Special  Thermometer, Ab¬ 
derhalden’s,  for  use  in 
above  —  20°  to  80°  C.  .. 

2.25 

3.00 

44404. 

Special  Resistance,  for 

110  volts . 

12.00 

16.00 

44408. 

Special  Resistance,  for 

220  volts . 

13.00 

20.00 

Note.— The  above  described  Polariscope,  No.  44380,  with  the  special 
Abderhalden  Tubes  No.  44396  and  if  desired,  the  special  Heating 
Device  No.  44392,  is  used  and  recommended  by  Prof.  Abderhalden 
in  his  work  on  the  protective  ferments  of  animal  organisms  and  the 
early  diagnosis  of  pregnancy  by  the  optical  method.  We  are  pre¬ 
pared  to  furnish  detailed  estimates  on  this  equipment. 


Abderhalden  Electric  Heating  Device  No.  44392  in  position  on  Polariscope  No.  44380  and  with  Rheostat 


428 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  44412 

44412.  Polariscope,  Schmidt  &  Haensch.  with  Lippich  Polarizer  and  Fischer  Micro-Polarisation  Attachment. 

On  trestle  support  with  direct  vision  Spectroscope  with  Nernst  lamp  illumination.  Voltage 
must  be  stated  in  ordering.  The  spectroscope  is  permanently  adjusted  for  the  D  line.  With 
triple  field  polarizer  arranged  for  the  observations  of  very  small  fields.  Will  take  ordinary 
tubes  up  to  220  mm  in  length.  With  one  micro  tube  after  Fischer  50  mm  long  .1  cc  content,  and 
one  100  mm  long,  .2  cc  content,  but  without  other  tubes  or  accessories. 

Duty  Free .  367.20  Duty  Paid .  489.60 


44416.  Polariscope,  Landolt,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  similar  to  No.  44380  but  with  the 

addition  of  a  Direct  Vision  Spectroscope,  but  without  tubes,  case,  Dutr  free  Duty  Paid 


or  source  of  light  for  the  spectroscope .  385.50  514.00 

44420.  Nernst  Lamp  Illuminating  Apparatus  for  the  above  Spectroscope,  as 

shown  in  illustration  of  No.  44376.  Extra .  27.00  36.00 

44424.  Direct  Vision  Spectroscope,  only,  as  in  above  outfit,  specially  arranged  for 

use  with  the  Polariscope,  mounted  on  special  base .  150.00  200.00 


429 


ARTHUR 


T  H  O  M  A  S 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  44428 

Polariscopes  for  Sugar  Analysis  (Saccharimeters) 

As  these  instruments  are  all  supplied  with  either  single  or  double  wedge  compensation  they  may  be 
used  with  white  light  of  any  source  but  the  electric  illuminating  device  No.  44476  is  specially  recom¬ 
mended.  All  of  the  outfits  are  supplied  with  the  bichromate  cell  as  shown  attached  for  use  in  illustration 
No.  44428.  The  scales  are  graduated  in  Ventzke  degrees  for  sugar  analysis  but  the  instruments  may 
be  used  for  other  purposes  by  using  the  factor  1°  Ventzke  =  0.34657°  angular  rotation  for  D  by  which 
factor  Ventzke  degrees  are  converted  into  degrees  of  arc.  As  regularly  listed  the  instruments  are  sup¬ 
plied  with  the  double  Lippich  Polarizer  with  the  triple  field  Polarizer  as  optional  equipment. 

44428.  Polariscope  (Saccharimeter)  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  with  Single  Wedge  Compensation,  with  linear  scale 
divided  on  Nickelin,  reading  directly  from  -25  to  +100°  Ventzke.  With  new  dust  proof  mounting 
for  scale  and  analyzer,  double  Lippich  Polarizer  and  bichromate  cell.  For  tubes  up  to  200  mm 
in  length  and  including  one  each  of  patent  tubes  No.  44552  of  100  and  200  mm  length  but  with¬ 
out  lamp.  On  tripod  support  as  shown  in  illustration.  In  polished  alderwood  case. 

Duty  Free .  142.20  Stock .  189.60 

44432.  Polariscope,  same  as  above,  but  for  400  mm  tubes,  and  including  one  each  of  No.  44552  patent  tubes 
100,  200  and  400  mm  length,  in  polished  alderwood  case. 

Duty  Free .  152.10  Duty  Paid .  202.80 


Polariscope,  exactly  same  as 
No.  44428,  i.e.,  with  100 
mm  and  200  mm  tubes, 
but  on  trestle  support  and 
without  case. 


Duty  Free .  147.00 

Stock .  196.00 


Polariscope,  exactly  same  as 
No.  44432,  i.e.,  with  100 
mm,  200  mm  and  400  mm 
tubes,  but  on  trestle  sup¬ 
port  and  without  case. 

Duty  Free .  156.00 

Duty  Paid .  208.00 


No.  44436 


% 


430 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  44452  with  44476  Electric  Illuminating  Device  and  Reading  Lamp  used  as  Resistance 


Polariscope  (Saccharimeter),  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  with  Double  Wedge  Compensation,  and  linear  scale 
reading  from  -100  to  +  100°  Ventzke.  Otherwise  same  as  No.  44428.  With  one  each  100  mm  and 
200  mm  tubes,  on  tripod  support,  in  polished  alderwood  case. 

Duty  Free .  197.70  Stock .  263.60 

Polariscope,  same  as  No.  44444  but  for  400  mm  tubes,  including  one  each  100  mm,  200  mm  and  400  mm 
tubes,  on  tripod  support,  in  polished  alderwood  case. 

Duty  Free .  210.60  Duty  Paid .  280.80 

Polariscope,  same  as  No.  44444  but  on  trestle  support.  Including  one  each  100  mm  and  200  mm  tubes 
but  without  case. 

Duty  Free .  202.50  Stock . 270.00 

Polariscope,  same  as  No  44448,  i.e.,  for  400  mm  tubes,  but  on  trestle  support,  including  one  each  of 
100,  200  and  400  mm  tubes,  but  without  case. 

Duty  Free .  217.50  Duty  Paid .  290.00 

44460.  Polariscope  (Saccharimeter)  Bates,  with  Double 
Wedge  Compensation,  with  variable  sensi¬ 
bility  and  brightness  (Fric’s  U.  S.  Patent, 
Feb.  12th,  1907).  By  simply  turning  a  milled 
head  both  analyzer  and  polarizer  Nicols  are 
rotated  simultaneously  through  the  correct 
angles  to  give  any  desired  sensibility  and 
brightness  without  change  of  the  zero  point 
or  other  corrections.  The  half-shadow  angle 
is  shown  by  the  “degree  of  brightness”  scale 
which  is  in  plain  view  of  the  operator.  This 
arrangement  permits  of  readings  under 
theoretically  perfect  conditions.  The  scales 
and  verniers  are  etched  upo  n  ground  glass 
and  read  by  transmitted  light.  The  ob¬ 
jectionable  black  line  between  vernier  and 
scale  on  the  metal  scales  commonly  used  is 
thus  avoided  as  well  as  the  expansion  co¬ 
efficient.  The  scale  can  easily  be  inter¬ 
polated  to  0.01°  Sugar.  Scales  read  up  to 
a  100°  Sugar.  Attached  to  the  top  of  the 
analyzer  case  is  a  horizontal  thermometer 
reading  from  10°-40°  C.,  whereby  the  temp¬ 
erature  of  the  interior  of  the  instrument 
can  be  ascertained.  For  200  mm  tubes. 
Complete  on  stand,  with  one  each  of  100 

and  200  mm  tubes,  in  case .  850.00 

44464.  Polariscope,  Bates,  exactly  same  as  above,  but  for 
400  mm  tubes.  Complete  on  stand,  with 
one  each  of  100,  200  and  400  mm  tubes,  in 

case .  900.00 

Polariscope  Tube,  Bates,  of  metal,  with  a  9  mm  bar  to  eliminate  danger  from  bending  and  to  give  mini¬ 
mum  deep  polarization  from  wall  reflection.  The  weight  is  carried  upon  two  shoulders  which 
are  integral  parts  of  the  tube,  and  not  upon  the  caps. 

Length,  mm .  *00 _ 200 

Each .  4-00  4-00 


No.  44460 


44444. 

44448. 

44452. 

44456. 


44468. 


431 


ARTHUR 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  44476  pig.  13 

Note.  Fig.  13  illustrates  the  new  arrangement  for  adjusting  quartz  wedges  whereby  one  milled  head  is  always  protected  when  the 
other  is  exposed.  The  position  of  the  milled  heads  in  Fig.  13  is  that  of  the  instruments  with  tripod  support,  while  on  the 
instruments  with  trestle  support  the  milled  heads  occupy  the  position  shown  in  No.  44452. 


No.  44492 


44472. 

44476. 

44480. 

44488. 

44492. 

44496. 


Optional  Equipment  for  Sugar  Polariscopes.  (Saccharimeters.) 

Triple  Field  Polarizing  Arrangement,  for  greatly  increasing  the  sensibility  as  well  as  the  safety  and 
convenience  of  the  adjustment.  Cannot  be  attached  to  an  instrument  after  delivery. 

Duty  Free,  extra .  30.00  Duty  Paid,  extra .  40.00 

Electric  Illuminating  Device,  with  special  Osram  lamp.  With  mirror  arrangement  for  the  illumi¬ 
nation  of  the  scale,  lamp  for  resistance  provided  with  shade  to  illuminate  note  book;  adaptable  to 
ordinary  lighting  circuit.  State  voltage  in  ordering.  Shown  attached  in  No.  44452. 

Duty  Free,  extra .  40.50  Duty  Paid,  extra .  54.00 

Special  Tropical  Finish,  recommended  where  instruments  are  to  be  used  in  moist  and  tropical  climates, 
insuring  protection  to  both  metal  and  optical  parts. 

Duty  Free,  extra .  4.50  Duty  Paid,  extra .  6.00 

Thermometer,  in  analyzer  with  projecting  stem  for  convenient  reading  as  in  Fig.  13. 

Duty  Free .  4.50  Duty  Paid .  6.00 

Case,  of  polished  alderwood,  with  glass  sides  and  base  board,  for  covering  the  Polariscope  in  its  work¬ 
ing  position,  with  room  for  lamp.  To  cover  polariscope  taking  tubes .  200  mm  400  mm 

Duty  Free .  25.50  27.90 

Duty  Paid . 34.00  37.20 

Case,  Folding,  of  polished  alderwood,  with  glass  sides,  for  conveniently  covering  Polariscopes  with 
trestle  support  in  the  laboratory.  To  cover  polariscope  taking  tubes ..... .  200  mm  400  mm 

Duty  Free... . 15.00  15.90 

Duty  Paid . 20.00  21.20 


432 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  44500  No.  44508 

44500.  Polariscope  (Saccharimeter)  for  Beet  Sugar  Investigations,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  with  restricted  scale 
reading  from  0  to  35°  Ventzke,  single  wedge  compensation,  for  use  with  white  light.  With  direct 
reading  linear  scale  engraved  on  Nickelin,  with  new  dust  protecting  device  for  analyzer  and  com¬ 
pensation,  and  with  bichromate  cell.  On  tripod  support  with  two  200  mm  tubes,  in  polished  alder- 
wood  case,  but  without  lamp. 

Duty  Free .  100.20  Duty  Paid .  133.60 

44504.  Polariscope,  exactly  same  as  No.  44500  but  on  trestle  support  and  without  case. 

Duty  Free .  105.00  Duty  Paid .  140.00 

44508.  Polariscope,  exactly  same  as  No.  44504,  but  with  both  circular  and  linear  scales. 

Duty  Free .  171.00  Duty  Paid .  228.00 

44512.  Polariscope  (Saccharimeter)  for  Beet  Sugar  Investigations,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  similar  to  No.  44500 
but  with  special  scale  reading  from  80  to  100%  so  that  with  the  use  of  400  mm  tubes  the  reading 
is  direct.  For  400  mm  tubes  only.  With  two  400  mm  tubes,  but  without  case  or  lamp. 

Duty  Free .  110.10  Duty  Paid .  146.80 

Note. — With  the  instruments  for  beet  sugai  investigations,  i.e.,  No.  44500  ,  44504,  44508  and  44512  it  is  recommended  that  the 
normal  quartz  plate  No.  44612,  for  the  control  of  zero,  be  purchased. 


No.  44516  No.  44520  No.  44524 

44516.  Polariscope  Lamp,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  Kerosene,  on  adjustable  stand  with  asbestos  chimney. 

Duty  Free .  7.20  Stock .  9.60 

44520.  Polariscope  Lamp,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  Gas,  on  adjustable  support. 

Duty  Free .  7.20  Stock . _ . •••.••  9-®® 

44524.  Polariscope  Lamp,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  Electric,  on  adjustable  stand.  State  voltage  in  ordering. 

Duty  Free .  10.80  Stock .  .  14.40 

Note.— The  above  three  lamps  are  recommended  for  use  with  all  wedge  compensation  instruments  when  the  special  electric  Osram 
is  not  used. 


433 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  44560  No.  44540  No.  44510  No.  44552  No.  44552  No.  44564  No.  44568 

With  slip  cap  With  screw  cap  With  slip  cap  With  screw  cap 


44528. 

44532. 

44536. 

44540. 

44544. 

44548. 

44552. 

44556. 

44560. 

44562. 

44564. 

44568. 


Polariscope  Lamp,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  on  adjustable  stand,  with  sodium  ring  to  give  monochromatic 
sodium  flame.  As  illustrated  in  No.  44328  and  44336.  With  Bunsen  burner  for  gas. 

Duty  Free .  10.20  Stock .  13.60 


Polariscope  Lamp,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  Alcohol,  with  platinum  ring  for  sodium  flame. 

Duty  Free .  12.60  Stock .  16.80 

Polariscope  Lamp,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  Landolt,  Gas,  with  special  Bunsen  burner,  on  adjustable 
stand,  with  rectangular  chimney  and  two  nickel  holders  for  the  sodium  chloride,  as  illustrated 
in  No.  44380. 

Duty  Free .  13.80  Duty  Paid . . .  18.40 

.  .  . 

Polariscope  Tubes,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  Glass,  with  either  screw  cap  or  slip  cap. 

Length,  mm .  50  94.7  100  189.4  J200  220  400 


Duty,  Free . 

2.40 

2.40 

2.40 

2.40 

2.40 

2.40 

2.70 

Stock . 

4.00 

4.00 

4.00 

4.00 

4.00 

4.00 

4.50 

Extra  Glass  Tubes  only  for  above 

For  tubes,  mm . 

50 

94.7 

100 

189.4 

200 

220 

400 

Duty  Free . 

.45 

.45 

.45 

.45 

.45 

.45 

.50 

Stock . 

.75 

.75 

.75 

.75 

.75 

.75 

.90 

Polariscope  Tubes,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  ] 

Brass,  nickel  plated, 

for  either  screw  cap  or  slip  cap. 

Length,  mm . 

50 

94.7 

100 

189.4 

200 

220 

440 

Duty  Free . 

2.70 

2.70 

2.70 

2.70 

2.70 

2.70 

3.00 

Duty  Paid . 

3.60 

3.60 

3.60 

3.60 

3.60 

3.60 

4.00 

Polariscope  Tubes,  Schmidt  &  Haensch, 

Patent  Glass, 

with  enlarged  end  to  take 

air  bubble, 

with 

either  screw  cap  or  slip  cap. 

Length,  mm . 

50 

94.7 

100 

189.4 

200 

220 

400 

Duty  Free . 

2.70 

2.70 

2.70 

2.70 

2.70 

2.70 

3.00 

Stock . 

4.50 

4.50 

4.50 

4.50 

4.50 

4.50 

5.00 

Extra  Patent  Glass  Tubes,  only  for  above. 

For  tubes,  mm . 

50 

94.7 

100 

189.4 

200 

220 

400 

Duty  Free . 

.60 

.60 

.60 

.60 

.60 

.60 

.75 

Stock . 

1.00 

1.00 

1.00 

1.00 

1.00 

1.00 

1.25 

Polariscope  Tubes,  Schmidt  &  Haensch, 

Inversion  for  filling  and  for  thermometer. 

with  either  screw 

cap  or  slip  cap. 

Length,  mm . 

50 

94.7 

100 

189.4 

200 

220 

400 

Duty  Free . 

3.00 

3.00 

3.00 

3.00 

3.00 

3.00 

3.45 

Stock . 

5.00 

5.00 

5.00 

5.00 

5.00 

5.00 

5.75 

Extra  Glass  Tubes  only  for  above. 

For  tubes,  mm . 

50 

94.7 

100 

189.4 

200 

220 

400 

Duty  Free . 

90 

90 

90 

90 

90 

90 

1.05 

Stock . 

1.50 

1.50 

1.50 

1.50 

1.50 

1.50 

1.75 

Polariscope  Tube,  Micro  Tube,  Fischer,  Schmidt  &  Haensch. 

Length,  mm .  50  100 

Contents,  cc . .  0.1  0.2 


Duty  Free .  3.60  3.60 

Duty  Paid .  4.80  4.80 


Polariscope  Tube,  Abderhalden,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  200  mm  long,  containing  2  cc,  with  water  jacket. 
Duty  Free .  7.20  Duty  Paid .  9.60 


434 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


44572. 


44576. 


44580. 

44584. 


44588. 

44592. 

44596. 

44600. 

44604. 


44608. 


44612. 


44616. 


Polariscope  Tube,  Inversion,  Landolt,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  for  general  scientific  work,  of  glass, 
with  brass  water  jacket,  thermometer  tubulation,  etc.,  including  thermometer  graduated  from 
10  to  32°  C.  in  ^ths. 

Length,  mm .  50  100  200  220  400  600 

Duty  Free . .  12.00  12.00  12.60  12.9(T  13.50  14.40 

Duty  Paid . . . .  16.00  16.00  16.80  17.20  18.00  19.20 

Polariscope  Tube,  Inversion,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  with  brass  water  jacket,  tubulation  for  thermometer, 
etc.,  but  without  thermometer. 

Length,  mm .  100  200  400  600 

Duty  Free .  (bOO  6d$0  7d20  8A0 

Duty  Paid .  8.00  8.40  9.60  10.80 

Polariscope  Tube,  Pellet,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  arranged  for  continuous  flow  of  liquid  to  be  observed. 


Length,  mm . 

100 

200 

400 

600 

Duty  Free . 

5.70 

5.70 

6.00 

6.90 

Duty  Paid . 

Polariscope  Tube,  same  as  above  but  with  funnel  and  gauge  tube. 

7.60 

7.60 

8.00 

9.20 

Length,  mm . 

100 

200 

400 

600 

Duty  Free . 

9.00 

9.00 

9.30 

10.20 

Duty  Paid . 

12.00 

12.00 

12.40 

13.60 

Note. — The  above  Duty  Free  prices  given  on  Polariscope  Tubes  can  only  be  extended  when  the  tubes  are  imported  in  connection 
with  a  complete  outfit. 

Polariscope  Control  Tube,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  of  brass.  Complete  in  case. 

Duty  Free . .  36.00  Duty  Paid . . .  48.00 

Cover  Glasses,  15.5  mm  of  optically  inactive  glass,  diameter,  for  the  regular  polariscope  tubes,  per 

dozen .  1.50 

Cover  Glasses,  23.7  mm  diameter,  for  the  patent  tubes  and  the  Inversion  tubes,  per  dozen .  2.25 

Cover  Glasses,  26.2  mm  diameter,  for  the  Abderhalden  tubes,  per  dozen .  2.00 

Rubber  Rings,  for  use  between  above  cover  glasses. 

For  cover  glasses,  mm  in  diameter .  _15.5^  _  23.7  26.2 

Per  dozen . 25  .30  .35 

Polariscope  Test  Plate  of  quartz,  optically  pure,  for  testing  the  scale  anywhere  between  25°  and  100° 
Ventzke  either  right  or  left. 

Duty  Free.. .  10.50  Stock .  14.00 

Polariscope  Test  Plate  of  quartz,  optically  pure,  for  testing  the  scale  from  —25  to  +25°  Ventzke. 
Designed  especially  for  use  with  Polariscope,  No.  44512. 

Duty  Free .  15.00  Duty  Paid .  20.00 

Polariscope  Test  Plates,  set  of  5  in  accordance  with  the  “Internationalen  Kommission  fur  einheitliche 
Untersuchungsmethoden.”  In  case. 

Duty  Free .  60.00  Duty  Paid .  80.00 

Note. — The  above  set  of  Test  Plates,  No.  44616,  is  furnished  with  certificate  of  the  Phyaikalisch-Technisohe  Reiehsanstalt  at  extra 
price  when  so  ordered. 


435 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  26664 


No.  44756 


44700. 

44704. 

44708. 

44712. 


44716. 

44720. 

44724. 

44728. 

44732. 

44736. 

44740. 

26664. 

44744. 

44748. 


44756. 


Potash  Bulb,  Liebig,  with  five  bulbs 

“  “  Liebig-Dittmar . 

“  “  Liebig-Kyll . 

“  Winkler.  Height,  mm 


Each . 

Potash  Bulb,  Winkler-Kyll 
“  “  Mohr . 


100 

.80 


“  “  “  with  CaCl2  tube . 

“  “  “  “  “  “  with  rubber  connections . 

“  “  “  “  “  “  ground  in . 

Potash  Bulb,  Norris . 

“  Geissler-Wetzel,  with  a  ball  float  valve  in  each  of  the  lower  bulbs. . . 

“  and  Drying  Tube  Combined,  Vanier.  (See  Vanier  Combustion  Train  p.  150) 


“  “  Gomberg,  with  ground  in  side  tube . 

Potash  Bulb,  Bowen,  for  very  thorough  absorption.  Size .  Small 

Each .  1.50 

Potash  Bulb  Support,  of  wood,  adjustable  as  to  height . 


.50 

.75 

.75 

180 

1.25 

1.30 

.80 

1.00 

1.20 

1.25 

.50 


.  1.75 
.  3.25 
.  1.50 
Large 
2.00 

1.50 


We  devote  over  eight  thousand  sq.  ft  of  floor  space  to  our 
salesroom  and  offices,  maintaining  a  permanent  exhibit  of 
Laboratory  Apparatus  amounting  to  over  six  thousand  different 
pieces,  conveniently  arranged  for  the  inspection  and  handling 
by  our  visitors,  and  a  dark  room  for  the  demonstration  of  Pro¬ 
jection  and  Micro-Photographic  Apparatus. 

We  recommend  that  customers  visit  our  establishment 
when  possible  before  the  preparation  of  equipment  lists  and 
use  this  facility  we  provide  for  the  careful  selection  of  ap¬ 
paratus. 


436 


ARTHUR  H, 


THOMAS  C  O  M  P  A  N  Y 


No.  44760 


44760.  Press,  Hydraulic,  Buchner  for  300  atmospheres  pressure,  with  two  cylinders  of  perforated  tin,  one  118 
mm  in  diameter  by  500  mm  high,  with  a  capacity  of  about  5  liters,  and  the  larger  one  200  mm 
by  500  mm  with  a  capacity  of  about  15  liters. 

Duty  Free .  205.00  Duty  Paid .  245.00 

44764.  Press,  Hydraulic,  of  the  same  general  construction  as  the  large  press  after  Buchner  but  of  smaller 
dimensions  and  for  very  high  pressures,  i.  e.,  600  atmospheres. 

Duty  Free .  128.75  Duty  Paid .  155.00 

44768.  Cylinder,  Abderhalden,  for  use  with  the  above  presses,  consisting  of  a  perforated  metallic  cylinder, 
55  mm  in  diameter,  with  removable  bottom  and  piston,  with  collecting  tray  and  spout. 

Duty  Free .  14.85  Duty  Paid .  17.85 

44772.  Cylinder,  Meyer,  for  use  with  the  above  presses,  consisting  of  ten  heavy,  accurately  fitting,  metallic 
rings,  70  mm  in  diameter.  See  Archiv  f.  exp.  Path.  u.  Pharmakologie,  B(l.  47 ,  pay.  426. 

Duty  Free . 33.00  Duty  Paid .  40.00 


437 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  44788  No.  44792  No.  44796 


44776.  Press,  Tincture,  extra  heavy,  for  making  tinctures,  decoctions,  infusions,  etc. 

Capacity,  quarts .  1  2  4 _ 8 

Each .  3.75  4~50  6.50  10.00 

44780.  Press,  Laboratory,  for  use  where  material  must  not  be  in  contact  with  metal,  exposed  parts  being  made 
of  porcelain;  diameter  of  press  plate,  80  mm .  17.00 

44784.  Press,  Laboratory,  Witt,  with  porcelain  plates,  the  lower  one  with  trough  and  with  pressing  surface 
150  mm  square.  Very  heavily  built  to  withstand  strong  pressure. 

Duty  Free .  33.00  Duty  Paid .  40.00 

44788.  Press,  Sodium,  Kossel,  for  the  direct  preparation  of  iV  Normal  solutions  without  weighing  of  the 
sodium.  See  Hoppe-Seyler,  Zeitschr.  f.  physiologische  Chemie,  Bd.  33. 

Duty  Free .  21.00  Duty  Paid .  25.20 

44792.  Press,  Sodium,  Hofmann,  with  separate  removable  cylinder  for  producing  both  wire  and  ribbon. 

With  molds  for  wire  of  j,  5,  1  and  2  mm  diameter  and  ribbon  of  0.4  by  10  mm .  17.50 

44796.  Press,  Laboratory,  for  sugar  beet  samples,  cylinder  60  mm  diameter  with  fine  perforations  through  which 
the  juice  is  pressed  into  the  dish  shown  below. 

Duty  Free .  40.50  Duty  Paid .  54.00 


438 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


PROJECTION  APPARATUS 


No.  44820 — Enlarging  Outfit 


PROJECTION  APPARATUS,  BAUSCH  &  LOME  MODEL  B  BALOPTICON.  This  little  Baloptieon  is  a  high 
grade  stereopticon  for  use  in  small  classrooms,  etc. 

We  furnish  the  Model  B  with  either  small  arc  lamp  and  compact  rheostat  or  with  the  new  250 
Watt  nitrogen  filled  Mazda  Lamp  with  silvered  globe  and  concentrated  filament.  This  new  illumi¬ 
nant  gives  almost  as  brilliant  a  picture  with  lantern  slides  as  does  the  arc  lamp  on  direct  current 
circuit  and  quite  as  brilliant  as  the  arc  lamp  on  alternating  circuit.  It  is  strongly  recommended  for 
school  and  home  work  where  apparatus  is  to  be  operated  by  those  not  familiar  with  the  manipulation 
of  even  a  simple  arc  lamp.  Both  are  furnished  complete  with  connections  for  ready  attachment  to  the 
lamp  socket  on  any  ordinary  house  wiring.  Where  electricity  is  not  available,  we  furnish  either  an 
acetylene  or  Welsbach  gas  burner.  If  both  types  of  illuminant  are  desired,  we  can  supply  the  extra 
lamp  in  its  lamp  house  for  quick  and  easy  interchange. 

A  feature  of  this  lantern  is  the  special  ventilation  of  both  lamp  house  and  condenser  mount,  per¬ 
mitting  one  to  use  lantern  slide  films,  if  desired,  without  the  expense  and  inconvenience  of  a  water 
cell. 

Lamp  House — Of  sheet  metal  with  special  ventilation;  two  styles — one  for  arc  lamp  measuring  6$  x  2£  x  5  in.,  and  that  for  Mazda, 
acetylene  or  Welsbach  lamp  measuring  x  7  x  5  in.;  both  styles  fit  in  grooves  to  rear  standard  and  can  be  instantly  inter¬ 
changed  by  lifting  out  one  and  sliding  in  the  other. 

Illuminant — Bausch  &  Lomb  Adjustable  Baby  Arc  Lamp  with  small  4|-ampere  rheostat,  250-watt  Mazda  lamp,  nitrogen  filled  with 
silvered  globe,  acetylene  or  Welsbach  gas  burner,  as  desired;  carbons  of  arc  lamp  can  be  adjusted  independently  and  then 
very  easily  fed  forward  by  turning  a  single  convenient  button. 

Projection  Lens — Special  achromatic  lens  of  10-inch  focus  in  spiral  focusing  mount  regularly  supplied;  either  8-inch  or  12-inch 
focus  lens  can  be  furnished,  by  special  order,  without  extra  charge. 

Dimensions — Length  (ready  for  operation),  20  in.  over  all,  with  arc,  or  22  in.  with  other  lamps;  height,  Of  in. 

Weight — Complete  in  case,  15  lbs.  with  arc  and  rheostat,  or  13  lbs.  with  other  lamps. 

Case— Of  sheet  metal,  7f  x  9£  x  15  in.,  neatly  lacquered  in  black  and  provided  with  carrying  strap. 

44800.  Model  B  Baloptieon,  as  above  described,  with  250-watt  Mazda  lamp,  cord  and  plug,  in  case,  with 


directions . . .  22.00 

44804.  Model  B  Baloptieon,  with  arc  lamp,  rheostat  and  switch. . .  . .  24.00 

44808.  “  “  “  with  Welsbach  gas  burner  and  connections .  20.00 

44812.  “  “  “  with  acetylene  burner .  20.00 

44813.  Acetylene  Tank  (Prest-o-lite),  charged  with  10  cu.  ft.  of  Acetylene .  .  .  . . .  10.00 


44820.  Lantern  Slide  and  Enlarging  Outfit,  for  use  in  connection  with  Model  B  Baloptieon,  consisting  of  the 
following: — - 

Two  sections  of  metal  track,  each  24  in.  long,  to  be  screwed  to  table  or  baseboard. 

Easel  board,  accommodating  11  x  14-in.  paper  either  vertically  or  horizontally  and  mounted  at  one  end  of  track. 

Supplementary  track,  18  in.  long,  sliding  on  base  tracks  and  supporting  the  Baloptieon  at  suitable  height  to  align 
optical  axis  with  center  of  board.  . 

Special  holder  with  two  pieces  of  glass  to  accommodate  films  for  enlarging,  up  to  4  x  5  in. 

Frame  to  hold  negatives  for  lantern  slide  making,  5x7  in.  and  smaller  sizes. 

Adapter  with  ground  glass,  attaching  to  rear  of  easel  board  to  accommodate  regular  lamp  house  of  Baloptieon. 

Special  frame,  fitting  in  slide  carrier  support  to  take  ground  glass  and  plate  holder. 

Piece  of  ground  glass  to  place  between  condensing  lenses  when  arc  lamp  is  used. 

Cap  with  ruby  glass  to  place  on  projection  lens  when  placing  sensitized  paper  on  easel. 

Complete  outfit,  as  above . ; .  18.00 

44824.  Flange,  for  use  when  it  is  desired  to  use  photographic  lens  from  the  camera,  same  to  be  attached  to 
the  front  board  of  the  Baloptieon.  Make  and  size  of  the  photographic  lens  must  be  specified  in 

ordering .  2*00 

Note— For  small  enlargements  the  regular  10-inch  e.  f.  projection  objective  supplied  with  the  Model  B 
is  satisfactory.  For  larger  work  a  shorter  focus  lens  is  recommended  such  as  the  6-inch  regular 
projection  objective. 


439 


A  R  T  H  U  R 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  44828 — Model  C.  with  Small  Lamp  House 


No.  44852 — Model  D,  with  Large  Lamp  House 


PROJECTION  APPARATUS.  BAUSCH  &  LOMB  MODEL  C  BALOPTICON.  This  is  the  standard  Balopticon 

for  lantern  slide  work  only  and  meets  every  requirement  where  lantern  slides  only  are  to  be  handled. 
The  new  250  watt  nitrogen  filled  Mazda  iamp  with  silvered  globe  is  recommended  for  use  with  the 
Model  C  when  same  is  to  be  operated  by  those  not  familiar  with  the  manipulation  of  arc  lamps.  It 
gives  an  illumination  equal  to  the  arc  lamp  with  small  carbons  on  4^  amperes  alternating  current 
circuit  and  nearly  as  brilliant  as  same  on  direct  current  circuit.  It  does  not  equal  in  illumination  the 
arc  lamp  with  the  larger  carbons  with  a  current  of  ten  to  twenty-five  amperes. 

Lamp  House — Two  styles,  small  and  large,  both  of  sheet  metal,  fitted  with  B  &  L  special  patented  light-tight  ventilator  and  provided 
with  two  observation  windows;  small  style  measures  6}  in.  long,  11  in.  high  and  6  in.  wide,  asbestos  lined;  large  style  meas¬ 
ures  13i  in.  long,  14  in.  high  and  7j  in.  wide,  light-tight,  constructed  of  double  walls  with  air  space  between  and  provided 
with  large  light-tight  door  on  the  side — conforms  to  most  rigorous  requirements  of  Boards  of  Underwriters. 

Illuminant — Hand-feed  arc  lamp  for  direct  or  alternating  current  or  new  250  watt  nitrogen  filled  Mazda  lamp  with  silvered  globe. 
Projection  Lens— Bausch  &  Lomb  Standard  lens  with  rack  and  pinion  adjustment. 

Dimensions — Length,  extended,  27  in.  without  lens;  height,  11  or  14  in. 

Weight — Alone,  14  lbs.;  in  case,  24  lbs. 

Case — Regularly  furnished  only  with  small  lamp  house  (see  foot  note  under  price  list);  of  metal,  neatly  lacquered  in  black  meas¬ 
uring  22|  x  12  x  7  in.  and  provided  with  carrying  strap. 

Possible  Attachments — The  attachments  for  opaque  materials,  the  simple  microscope,  the  vertical  attachment,  and  either  adjust¬ 
able  slit  can  be  used  successfully  with  this  Balopticon. 


44828. 

44832. 

44836. 

44840. 

44844. 

44848. 

44850. 


Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Model  C  Balopticon  with  large  light-tight  lamp  house.  We  strongly 
recommend  the  selection  of  this  outfit  since  it  prevents  any  light  from  escaping  into  the  room  ana  is 
consequently  more  satisfactory  in  operation.  A  water  cell,  to  minimize  the  heat  passing  through  the 
slide,  can  be  added  to  any  Model  C  at  an  additional  cost,  as  indicated  in  the  foot  note  below. 

Model  C  Balopticon,  as  above  described,  with  small  lamp  house  and  6-inch  focus,  If  inch  diameter 

projection  lens .  30.00 

Model  C  Balopticon,  as  above,  and  8-inch  focus,  If  inch  diameter  projection  lens .  30.00 

Model  C  Balopticon,  as  above,  with  10-inch  focus,  If  inch  diameter  projection  lens .  30.00 

“  “  “  “  “  “  10-inch  “  2ft  inch  “  “  “  35.00 

“  “  “  “  “  “  12-inch  “  2ft  inch  “  “  “  35.00 

“  “  “  “  “  “  15-inch  “  2ft  inch  “  “  “  35.00 

“  “  “  “  “  “  10-inch  “  2ft  inch  “  “  “  but  with  new  250 

watt  nitrogen  filled  Mazda  lamp  with  silvered  globe  instead  of  regular  hand  filled  arc  lamp,  35.00 
Note — Any  of  the  above  outfits  may  be  supplied  with  large  lamp  house  at  an  extra  cost  of  $7.50.  These 
outfits  are  not  regularly  supplied  with  carrying  case  but  one  of  lacquered  metal  can  be  supplied 
at  $2.50  additional. 

Note — If  any  of  the  above  Balopticons  is  desired  with  some  lamp  other  than  the  hand  feed  arc,  deduct 
the  price  of  the  latter,  $10.00,  and  add  price  of  illuminant  desired  (see  “  Balopticon  Accessories”). 
Note — A  water  cooling  cell  can  be  fitted  to  the  Model  C  at  an  extra  cost  of  $5.00. 


PROJECTION  APPARATUS,  BAUSCH  &  LOMB  MODEL  D  BALOPTICON,  with  heavy  lathe  bed  optical  bench 

of  great  rigidity  and  with  sliding  supports,  particularly  designed  for  laboratory  work.  This  outfit,  par¬ 
ticularly  when  purchased  with  the  large  light  tight  lamp  house  may  be  used  as  a  basis  for  the  building 
up  of  the  most  elaborate  outfits  for  special  work  as  this  form  of  optical  bench  takes  all  of  the  acces¬ 
sories  provided  for  the  Universal  and  Convertible  outfits  used  in  science  teaching. 

Base— Consists  of  cast  iron  supports  of  6-inch  spread,  front  and  back,  supporting  optical  bed  2\  in.  in  height;  front  support  pro¬ 
vided  with  elevating  screws. 

Optical  Bed — Of  lathe  type,  carefully  planed  accommodating  supports  for  different  parts  which  may  be  adjusted  as  desired  and 
rigidly  clamped;  measures  19$  in.  in  length  and  accommodates  projection  lenses  of  longest  focus. 

Lamp  House — Large  style  as  shown  in  illustration  of  sheet  metal,  fitted  with  B  <fe  L  special  patented  light-tight  ventilator  and  pro¬ 
vided  with  two  observation  windows;  measures  13 J  in.  long,  14  in.  high  and  7$  in.  wide,  light-tight,  constructed  of  double 
walls  with  air  space  between  and  provided  with  large  light-tight  door  on  the  side — conforms  to  the  most  rigorous  require¬ 
ments  of  Boards  of  Underwriters. 

Illuminant — Hand-feed  arc  lamp  for  direct  or  alternating  current. 

Condensing  System— Bausch  &  Lomb  triple  system  in  patented  ventilated  mount;  provided  with  water  cooling  cell;  diameter,  4J  in. 
Projection  Lens — Bausch  &  Lomb  Standard  lens  with  rack  and  pinion  adjustment. 

Dimensions— Length,  extended,  21$  in.  without  lens;  height,  Ilf  or  14  in. 

Case — Regularly  furnished  only  with  small  lamp  house  (see  foot  note  under  price  list);  strongly  built  of  wood,  measuring  29  x  13$ 
x  8$  in.  and  provided  with  iron  handle;  fitted  with  strong  spring  catches  and  locks. 

Possible  Attachments — The  attachments  for  opaque  materials,  the  simple  microscope,  medium  microscope,  or  large  microscope,  ver¬ 
tical  attachments,  the  combined  polariscope  and  vertical  attachment,  and  either  adjustable  slit  can  be  used  successfully 
with  this  Balopticon. 

For  scientific  work  we  recommend  the  use  of  the  large  light  tight  lamp  house  as  listed.  Its  use  pre¬ 
vents  the  escape  of  any  light  into  the  room,  an  important  feature  in  scientific  projection,  and  because 
of  its  construction  and  large  size,  this  house  will  remain  cool  throughout  long  demonstrations.  The 
small  lamp  house  can  be  furnished  on  Model  D  at  a  reduction  of  7.50. 

44852.  Model  D  Balopticon,  as  above  described,  with  large  light  tight  lamp  house  and  10-inch  focus,  If  inch 


diameter  projection  lens .  72.50 

44856.  Model  D  Balopticon,  as  above,  with  10  inch  focus,  2ft  inch  diameter  projection  lens .  77.50 

44860.  “  “  “  “  “  12-inch  “  2ft  inch  “  “  “  .  77.50 

44864.  “  “  “  “  “  15-inch  “  2ft  inch  “  “  “  .  77.50 


Note— These  outfits  are  not  regularly  supplied  with  cases  but  a  special  wooden  case  can  be  supplied 
at  $4.00  extra. 


440 


ARTHUR _ _ THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  44876 — Portable  Model  C  with  Tripod,  Case  and  Acetylene  Tank 


No.  44868 — Model  C  Dissolving 


PROJECTION  APPARATUS,  BAUSCH  &  LOMB  DOUBLE  MODEL  C  FOR  DISSOLVING  EFFECT,  with 
Bausch  &  Lomb  patent  iris  diaphragm  dissolver,  which  affords  a  perfect  blending  of  one  picture  into  the 
other.  With  the  exception  of  the  iris  dissolver  the  outfits  are  standard  Model  C  but  when  ordered  to¬ 
gether  are  furnished  with  the  necessary  connecting  pieces  to  rigidly  join  them  together. 

44868.  Double  Model  C  Balopticon,  with  6,  8  or  10-inch  focus,  If  inch  diameter  projection  lens,  as  specified, 

with  iris  dissolver . 75.00 

44872.  Double  Model  C  Balopticon,  with  10,  12  or  15-inch  focus,  2^  inch  diameter  projection  lens,  as  specified, 
with  iris  dissolver .  85.00 

PROJECTION  APPARATUS,  BAUSCH  &  LOMB  PORTABLE  MODEL  C,  as  widely  used  by  members  of  the  staff 
of  Agricultural  Experiment  Stations  in  their  field  work,  Farmers  Institute  work,  etc.,  and  as  supplied 
by  us  to  all  of  the  field  lecturers  employed  by  the  Rockefeller  Sanitary  Commission  for  the  Eradication 
of  the  Hookworm. 

Lantern — Bausch  &  Lomb  regular  Model  C  Balopticon,  fitted  with  2,Vinch  diameter,  10-inch  focus  Standard  projection  lens  and 
double  condensing  system  in  patent  ventilated  mount. 

IUuminant — Acetylene  lamp  of  two-jet  type  with  capacity  of  If  cubic  feet  of  gas  per  hour;  fitted  with  special  mirror  reflector. 
Supporting  Table — Consists  of  strong  tripod,  adjustable  to  any  desired  height,  with  connection  for  screwing  firmly  into  cover  of 
carrying  case,  which  forms  the  top. 

Carrying  Case — Of  wood,  measuring  29i  x  131  x  81  in.,  covered  with  leatheret;  cover  is  detachable,  asbestos  lined  and  fitted  with 
neat  metal  plate  into  which  tripod  is  screwed;  case  is  carried  by  strong  handle  attached  to  heavy  leather  strap  and,  in 
addition  to  the  regular  outfit,  contains  space  for  gas  tank  of  10  cubic  feet  capacity  and  a  second  illuminant,  both  of  which 
may  be  added  at  extra  cost. 

Weight — Outfit  in  case,  with  gas  tank  added,  40  lbs.  .  . 

Suggested  Accessories— Wherever  electric  wiring  is  available,  an  electric  illuminant,  particularly  the  arc  lamp,  is  preferable,  and  it 
is  well  to  be  provided  with  one  in  addition  to  the  acetylene  lamp.  They  will  be  found  listed  elsewhere.  For  those  desiring 
a  portable  screen  we  list  below  a  6  x  6-foot  screen  of  heavy  material  on  a  plain  roller.  It  is  furnished  in  a  canvas  covered 
case  with  reinforced  leather  ends,  which  is  fitted  with  a  serviceable  handle  for  carrying  with  the  outfit,  the  whole  weighing 
but  4  lbs. 

44876.  Portable  Model  C  Balopticon,  as  above  described .  45.00 

44880.  “  Screen,  6  ft.  square,  on  plain  roller  in  canvas  covered  case  with  reinforced  leather  ends.  8.00 

44884.  Acetylene  Gas  Tank,  10  cu.  ft.  capacity .  10.00 


441 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  44885.  Combined  Balopticon  in  position  for  projection  No.  44885.  Combined  Baiopticon  in  position  for  projection 

of  lantern  slides  of  opaque  objects  without  reversion  of  image 


PROJECTION  APPARATUS,  BAUSCH  &  LOMB  COMBINED  BALOPTICON,  NEW  MODEL,  providing  for 

lantern  slide  projection  and  projection  of  opaque  objects  with  immediate  interchange  from  one  to  the 
other.  The  new  model  differs  from  the  earlier  model  of  the  Combined  Balopticon  in  that  it  is  now 
provided  with  a  horizontal  object  holder  for  opaque  objects  which  has  been  found  in  the  Universal 
and  Convertible  models  to  be  distinctly  better  than  the  vertical  object  holder  and,  further,  that  opaque 
projection  is  accomplished  with  the  object  on  the  screen  in  the  correct  position  from  left  to  right,  i.e. 
without  reversion  of  the  image.  This  is  accomplished  by  illuminating  the  opaque  object  directly 
from  the  arc  by  placing  the  lamp  house  in  the  inclined  position  so  that  the  image  projected  vertically 
through  the  opaque  projection  objective  is  reflected  horizontally  to  the  screen  by  the  mirror  over  the 
opaque  object.  Lantern  slides  are  projected  with  the  lamp  house  in  the  horizontal  position  and  the 
change  from  the  projection  of  lantern  slides  to  opaque  projection,  or  vice  versa,  is  accomplished  by  the 
simple  shifting  of  the  lamp  house  from  the  horizontal  to  the  vertical  position  as  shown  in  the  illustra¬ 
tion.  The  size  of  the  area  which  may  be  projected  through  the  opaque  projection  objective  is  5  x  5 
inches  and  the  object  holder  is  so  constructed  that  large  illustrations  can  be  shifted  about  to  cover 
any  desired  area  for  projection.  For  convenience  in  handling  photographic  plate  and  post  cards  two 
carriers  are  supplied  with  adjustable  frames  to  take  cards  of  varying  width. 

Base — Consisting  of  heavy  sheet  metal  supports,  front  and  rear,  8  inches  wide,  and  carrying  dark  chamber  at  height  of  9J  inches. 
Lamp  House— Measures  13j  inches  long,  14 j  inches  high  and  7j  inches  wide;  light  tight  and  freely  ventilated,  constructed  of  double 
sheet  metal  walls  with  an  air  space  between  the  two  walls  and  the  roof,  fitted  with  special  patented  ventilator;  with  large 
light  tight  spring  door  on  the  side  and  observation  windows  on  both  sides;  mounted  between  horizontal  supports  at  front 
end  and  provided  with  handle  at  rear,  permitting  it  to  be  easily  tilted  for  projection  of  opaque  objects  and  held  rigidly 
in  position  by  spring  arm;  conforms  to  the  most  rigorous  requirements  of  Boards  of  Underwriters. 

Illuminant — Hand-feed  arc  lamp  for  direct  or  alternating  current. 

Condensing  System — Bauscn  &  Lomb  regular  triple  system,  with  two  rear  lenses  mounted  directly  in  front  of  the  lamp  house  in 
ventilated  mount,  giving  a  parallel  beam  of  light  in  the  dark  chamber,  and  the  front  lens  placed  in  front  of  the  dark  cham¬ 
ber  immediately  behind  the  slide  carrier;  diameter  4j  inches. 

Dark  Chamber — Of  sheet  metal,  light  tight,  measuring  121  x  llj  x  7  inches;  with  opening  in  bottom  for  projected  objects  5  inches 
square ;  provided  with  hinged  door  and  observation  window  on  right  side. 

Object  Holder — Of  square  sheet  metal  mounted  on  arm  controlled  by  two  strong  springs;  accommodating  objects  of  varying 
thickness,  the  holder  always  remaining  parallel  to  base  and  automatically  bringing  object  into  proper  plane  of  projection. 
Slide  Carrier — Double  carrier  with  elevating  device. 

Post  Card  Carrier— Two  adjustable  carriers  with  wooden  backs  and  frame  which  fit  opaque  object  holder. 

Projection  Lenses — Two  of  Bausch  &  Lomb  now  standard  lenses  with  rack  and  pinion  focusing  adjustment,  of  such  relative  foci 
as  to  project  images  of  approximately  equal  size  from  opaque  objects  and  lantern  slides;  lens  for  opaque  objects  fitted 
with  adjustable  first  surface  mirror. 

Dimensions— Length  from  rear  of  lamp  house  to  front  of  projection  lens  for  lantern  slides;  height  to  top  of  mirror  33  inches. 
44885.  New  Combined  Balopticon,  as  above,  with  4  inch  diameter,  15  inch  focus  lens  for  opaque  projection 
and  ljj-  inch  diameter,  10  inch  focus  lens  for  lantern  slide  projection;  without  rheostat. . .  120.00 
44886.  New  Combined  Balopticon,  as  above,  but  with  18  inch  focus  lens  for  opaque  projection  and  12  inch 
focus  lens  for  lantern  slide  projection .  120.00 


442 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  44888  in  Position  for  Opaque  Projection  No.  44892  With  Projection  Microscope 

PROJECTION  APPARATUS,  BAUSCH  &  LOMB  UNIVERSAL  BALOPTICON,  New  Model,  providing  for  lan¬ 
tern  slide  projection,  opaque  object  projection  by  reflected  light  from  an  area  6x6  inches,  micro 
projection,  and  projection  of  objects  in  a  horizontal  position  by  transmitted  light  with  the  use  of  verti¬ 
cal  attachment. 

The  interchange  from  lantern  slide  projection  to  projection  of  opaque  objects  is  instantaneous  without 
taking  down  or  building  up  any  part  of  the  apparatus.  With  the  vertical  attachment  in  position 
the  change  is  made  instantly  from  opaque  projection  to  either  vertical  or  lantern  slide  projection. 
When  the  projection  microscope  is  in  position  the  change  from  micro  projection  to  either  lantern  slide, 
vertical  projection  or  opaque  is  instantaneous. 

Base — Of  cast  iron,  25  in.  in  length;  carried  at  height  of  7  in.  from  table  by  two  cast  iron  supports  of  11-in.  spread  with  elevating 
screws  front  and  rear. 

Lamp  House — Measures  13J  in.  long,  131  in.  high  and  7}  in.  wide,  light-tight  and  freely  ventilated,  constructed  of  double  sheet 
metal  walls,  with  an  air  space  between  the  two  walls  and  the  roof  fitted  with  B.  &  L.  special  patented  ventilator;  provided  with 
large,  light-tight  spring  door  on  the  side  and  observation  windows  on  both  sides;  mounted  between  uprights  at  front  end 
and  provided  with  handle  at  rear,  permitting  it  to  be  easily  tilted  for  opaque  projection  and  held  rigidly  in  position  by 

strong  spring  arm ;  conforms  to  the  most  rigorous  requirements  of  Boards  of  Underwriters. 

Illuminant — Hand-feed  arc  lamp  for  direct  or  alternating  current. 

Condensing  System — Consists  of  two  rear  lenses  of  B  &  L  triple  system,  6-in.  diameter,  in  ventilated  mount  directly  in  front  of  lamp 
house,  rendering  light  approximately  parallel  in  dark  chamber,  and  a  plano-convex  lens  placed  in  front  of  the  mirror  box 
for  lantern  slide  work,  completing  triple  system. 

Object  Holder — Round,  of  heavy  metal,  mounted  on  double  arm  with  spring  hinge  at  each  end  and  handle  at  holder  end;  the 
whole  adjustable  for  height  on  a  grooved  vertical  standard  and  provided  with  set  screw;  will  accommodate  objects  of  widely- 
varying  thickness  and  size,  the  holder  always  remaining  parallel  to  base  and  automatically  bringing  object  into  proper 
plane  of  projection;  dark  curtain  in  front  of  opening  prevents  light  from  flooding  room  when  object  is  being  changed. 
Mirror  Box — Of  sheet  metal,  prism  shape  and  light-tight;  mounted  over  opening  in  top  of  dark  chamber  and  containing  stationary 
mirror  at  suitable  angle  to  reflect  beam  of  light  through  lantern  slide. 

Projection  Lenses—' Two  Bausch  &  Lomb  Standard  lenses  with  rack  and  pinion  focusing  adjustment,  that  for  lantern  slides  regu¬ 
larly  of  8-inch  focus,  lj-in.  diameter,  and  that  for  opaque  work  of  15-inch  focus,  4-in.  diameter;  lenses  of  other  foci  may 
be  substituted  if  so  specified. 

Dimensions — Length  over  all,  38  in.;  height,  24  in. 

Vertical  Equipment— Regularly  furnished  with  Universal  Balopticon  No.  34892  only,  but  can  be  ordered  separately  and  easily  added 
to  No.  34888;  consists  of  a  rectangular  metal  plate,  6i  x  12  in.,  with  circular  opening  at  either  end ;  over  one  end  is  mounted 
a  plano-convex  condensing  lens  with  plane  side  up,  to  complete  triple  condensing  system  for  vertical  projection  and  pro¬ 
vide  stage  upon  which  to  work;  upright  grooved  standard  near  opening  carries  10-in.  focus,  l|in.  diameter  projection  lens 
and  mirror  for  vertical  work;  over  other  opening  provision  is  made  for  mounting  mirror  box  with  lantern  slide  equipment; 
for  quick  transformation  from  one  form  of  projection  to  the  other  entire  plate  slides  on  metal  rods  and  is  operated  by  con¬ 
venient  handle. 

Possible  Attachments — The  medium  microscope,  or  Large  microscope,  and  any  standard  moving  picture  attachment  can  be  used 
successfully  with  this  Balopticon. 

Price  List  on  following  page. 


443 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Universal  Balopticon  (Continued) 

44888.  Universal  Balopticon,  as  described  above,  with  15-inch  focus,  4-inch  diameter  lens  for  opaque  objects 


and  8-inch  focus,  lf-inch  diameter  lens  for  lantern  slides,  without  vertical  equipment .  160.00 

44892.  Universal  Balopticon,  as  above,  but  with  vertical  attachment .  175.00 

44896.  “  “  “  “  “  “  18-inch  focus,  4-inch  diameter  lens  for  opaque  objects  and 

10-inch  focus,  lf-inch  diameter  lens  for  lantern  slides .  160.00 

44900.  Universal  Balopticon,  as  above,  with  vertical  attachment .  175.00 

44904.  Vertical  Equipment,  only,  with  mounting  for  attachment  to  dark  chamber  of  No.  34888 . .  15.00 

44908.  Optical  Bench,  carefully  planed,  15  inches  long,  for  attaching  to  the  front  end  of  the  base  of  Universal 
Balopticon  to  accommodate  projection  microscope .  5.00 


PROJECTION  APPARATUS,  BAUSCH  &  LOMB  CONVERTIBLE,  New  Model,  providing  for  lantern  slide 

projection,  projection  of  opaque  objects  by  reflected  light  from  an  area  8x8  inches,  micro  projec¬ 
tion,  projection  of  large  and  transparent  objects,  such  as  liquids  or  X-ray  plates  from  a  horizontal 
position,  polariscope  projection,  micro-polariscope  projection,  spectroscope  projection,  etc. 

In  opaque  projection  diaphragms  are  supplied  reducing  the  area  projected  to  6  inches  square  and  4 
inches  square.  The  use  of  these  permits  the  withdrawal  of  the  arc  from  the  condenser  systems, 
thus  providing  increased  illumination,  etc. 

Base — Cast  iron  frame  of  rectangular  shape,  13  in.  wide,  with  rigid  supports  at  either  end  carrying  dark  chamber  and  optical 
bed  at  height  of  10  in. 

Optical  Bed — Of  lathe  type,  carefully  planed,  accommodating  supports  for  attachments  which  may  be  adjusted  as  desired  and 
rigidly  clamDed;  length  of  optical  bed  proper,  22  in.;  entire  bed,  including  space  occupied  by  dark  chamber,  42  in.  long, 
affording  wide  range  of  applicability. 

Lamp  House — Measures  13j  in.  long,  13j  in.  high  and  71  in.  wide;  light-tight  and  freely  ventilated,  constructed  of  double  sheet 
metal  walls,  with  an  air  space  between  the  two  walls  and  the  roof  fitted  with  Bausch  &  Lomb  special  patented  ventilator; 
provided  with  large,  light-tight  spring  door  on  the  side  and  observation  windows  on  both  sides;  mounted  between  uprights 
at  front  end  and  provided  with  handle  at  rear,  permitting  it  to  be  easily  tilted  for  opaque  projection  and  held  rigidly  in 
position  by  strong  spring  arm;  conforms  to  the  most  rigorous  requirements  of  Boards  of  Underwriters. 

Uluminant — Hand-feed  arc  lamp  for  direct  or  alternating  current,  connected  by  two  feed  wires  to  a  switch  attached  to  rear  of  base 
and  provided  with  magnetic  coils  to  minimize  “blowing.” 

Condensing  System — Bausch  &  Lomb  regular  triple  system,  with  the  two  rear  lenses  of  6  and  8-inch  diameter  mounted  directly  in 
front  of  the  lamp  house  in  special  ventilated  mount,  giving  a  parallel  beam  of  light  in  the  dark  chamber,  and  the  front  lens 
of  41-inch  diameter  placed  in  front  of  the  dark  chamber  immediately  behind  the  slide  carrier. 

Dark  Chamber— Of  metal,  light-tight,  measuring  17  x  11  x  8  in.;  with  opening  in  bottom  for  projected  objects,  8  in.  square,  and 
metal  diaphragms  to  give  6-in.  square  or  4-in.  square  opening,  as  desired;  provided  with  hinged  door  and  observation 
window  on  right  side;  contains  movable  mirror  so  mounted  as  to  prevent  flooding  screen  with  fight  in  changing  from  one 
form  of  projection  to  another— also  small  condensing  lens  in  swinging  mount  for  use  in  high  power  microscopic  projection. 
Object  Holder — Square,  of  heavy  metal,  mounted  on  double  arm  with  spring  hinge  at  each  end  and  handle  at  holder  end;  the  whole 
adjustable  for  height  on  a  grooved  standard  and  provided  with  set  screw;  will  accommodate  objects  of  widely  varying 
thickness  and  size,  the  holder  always  remaining  parallel  to  base  and  automatically  bringing  object  into  proper  plane  of 
projection;  curtain  at  front  of  base  prevents  light  from  flooding  room  when  object  is  being  changed,  while  sliding  velvet 
curtains  on  either  side  screen  light  when  large  objects  are  in  place. 

Projection  Lenses— Standard  or  Tessar,  according  to  the  outfit  ordered;  one  for  lantern  slides  and  one  for  opaque  projection,  the 
latter  provided  with  large  first  surface,  adjustable  reversing  mirror. 

Dimensions — Length,  back  of  lamp  house  to  front  end  of  bed,  53  in.;  height,  27  in.  to  top  of  lens  for  opaque  projection. 

Microscope  Attachment — Consists  of  Large  Projection  Microscope,  including  amplifier,  new  projection  eyepiece,  substage  water  cell, 
three  substage  condensers,  triple  revolving  nosepiece  and  three  diaphragms  for  use  in  slide  carrier;  mounted  on  swinging 
arm  which  attaches  to  optical  bed. 

Vertical  Attachment — Consists  of  dark  chamber,  8  x  5j  x  5  in.,  with  movable  mirror  which  can  be  set  to  direct  light  through  4J-in. 
diameter  plano-convex  condensing  lens  in  horizontal  mounting  over  opening  in  top  of  chamber;  11-in.,  upright  optical  bed 
on  top  of  chamber  carries  two  standards  supporting  bellows  and  10-in.  focus,  lf-in.  diameter  projection  lens  with  adjust¬ 
able  reversing  mirror;  is  also  supplied  for  holding  microscope  in  vertical  position,  in  which  case  a  reversing  prism  is 
included. 

Combined  Polariscope  and  Vertical  Attachment — Consists  of  Vertical  Attachment  complete,  as  described  above,  with  a  Delezenne 
polarizer  which  fits  over  the  opening  in  top  of  dark  chamber  and  has  two  rotating  quarter-wave  mica  plates  in  front;  11  in. 
horizontal  optical  bed  clamps  readily  to  front  of  chamber  and  carries  polariscope  parts,  consisting  of  strongly  convergent 
and  divergent  lenses,  mounted  in  connection  with  a  95-mm  diameter  revolving  stage,  a  4-in.  focus  objective  and  a  revoc¬ 
able.  Nicol  prism  as  analyzer,  the  objective  and  analyzer  being  mounted  for  focusing  by  a  rack  and  pinion  adjustment. 
Special  Vertical  Attachment — Consists  of  a  dark  chamber,  9f  x  8j  x  8j  in.,  with  an  8-in.  diameter  plano-convex  condensing  lens  in 
horizontal  mounting  over  opening  in  top,  surrounded  by  cloth-covered  platform  14  x  12  in.;  upright  standard,  12  in.  high, 
carries  15-in.  focus,  2,^-in.  diameter  projection  lens  with  first  surface,  adjustable  reversing  mirror,  the  whole  being  mounted 
on  swinging  arm  which  permits  it  to  be  swung  out  of  path  of  light  for  opaque  projection. 

We  particularly  recommend  the  Convertible  Balopticon  with  large  Projection  Microscope  where  pro¬ 
jection  with  the  higher  powers  is  to  be  accomplished  and  where  immediate  interchange  from  micro 
projection  to  either  lantern  slide  or  opaque  objects  is  desirable.  The  special  vertical  attachment 
provided  with  this  outfit  is  the  best  method  available  for  the  projecting  of  X-ray  plates,  large  histo¬ 
logical  subjects,  such  as  of  the  brain,  and  other  transparencies,  without  reducing  them  to  ordinary 
lantern  slides  as  this  special  attachment  provides  for  the  projection  of  areas  up  to  8  inches  in  diameter. 

44912.  Convertible  Balopticon,  complete  for  projection  of  lantern  slides  and  opaque  objects,  with  15-inch 
focus,  4-inch  diameter  lens  for  opaque  objects  and  8-inch  focus,  lf-inch  diameter  lens  for  lan¬ 
tern  slides .  250.00 

44916.  Convertible  Balopticon,  same  as  above,  but  with  18-inch  focus  4-inch  diameter  lens  for  opaque  objects 

and  10-inch  focus,  lf-inch  diameter  lens  for  lantern  slides . 250.00 

44920.  Convertible  Balopticon,  same  as  above,  but  with  15f-inch  focus,  3^-inch  diameter  Tessar  Ic  lens  for 

opaque  objects  and  8-inch  focus,  If  inch  diameter  Standard  lens  for  lantern  slides . ..  430.00 

44924.  Set  of  Accessories  for  projection  of  4  x  5  or  5  x  7  transparencies,  consisting  of  special  slide  carrier  sup¬ 
port,  double  slide  carrier,  8-inch  diameter,  15-inch  focus  plano-convex  condensing  lens,  tapering 
bellows  and  front  standard,  without  projection  lens .  30.00 

Illustrations  of  Convertible  on  following  page. 


444 


No.  44912.  Convertible  with  Large  Projection  Microscope  on  Swinging  Mount  Providing  Immediate  Interchange  with  Lantern  Slide  Objective 


No.  44912.  Convertible  for  Opaque  and  Lantern  Slide  Projection 


No.  44912  with  Lamp  House  Tilted  for  Opaque  Projection  by 
Direct  Illumination 


No.  44912.  Optical  Scheme,  showing  Path  of  Light  in  both  Lantern  Slide 
Projection  and  Opaque  Projection  with  Direct  Reading  Text 


445 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  44952 


No.  44956 


No.  44964 


No.  44944 


Bausch  &  Lomb  manufacture  three  different  models  of  Projection  Microscopes — the  Simple,  Medium  and 
Large — designed  for  use  with  their  different  Balopticons.  The  Simple  Microscope  has  no  eyepiece  and  is  de- 
signed  for  work  with  low  power  objectives,  particularly  with  their  Model  C  Balopticon.  The  other  two  models 
are  compound  microscopes  with  both  coarse  and  fine  adjustments  and  high  grade  equipments.  The  Medium 
is  illustrated  with  Universal  Balopticon  on  page  442,  and  the  Large  with  the  Convertible  Balopticon  on  page  444. 
44928.  Simple  Microscope,  including  substage  condenser  and  three  diaphragms  for  use  in  slide  carrier . . .  15.00 
Medium  Microscope,  including  projection  eyepiece,  substage  condenser  and  three  diaphragms  for  use 

in  slide  carrier;  without  objectives . .  37.50 

Medium  Microscope,  mounted  on  swinging  arm  for  Model  D  or  Convertible  Balopticons . 45.00 

“  '  “  mounted  on  special  swinging  arm  for  Universal  Balopticon .  45.00 

Large  Microscope,  including  amplifier,  projection  eyepiece,  substage  water  cell,  three  substage  con¬ 
densers,  triple  revolving  nosepiece  and  three  diaphragms  for  use  in  slide  carrier;  mounted  on 

swinging  arm,  without  projection  lens  or  objectives .  100.00 

Large  Microscope,  as  above,  but  with  32,  16  and  8  mm  objectives  added .  117.00 

Vertical  Attachment  for  Model  C  Balopticon . . .  10.00 

Vertical  Attachment  for  Model  D  or  Convertible  Balopticon,  with  prism  shaped  mirror  box  and  sta¬ 
tionary  mirror .  15.00 

Vertical  Attachment  for  Convertible  Balopticon  or  Model  D,  with  rectangular  dark  chamber  and  mov¬ 
able  mirror  permitting  interchange  with  other  forms  of  projection . . . . .  30.00 

Vertical  Attachment  as  described  above,  but  with  front  standard,  bellows  and  lf-inch  diameter  pro¬ 
jection  lens .  42.00 

Vertical  Attachment,  with  reversing  prism  for  use  with  microscope .  37.50 

Extra  Front  Standard  for  Convertible  Balopticon .  3.00 

Note — When  the  vertical  attachment  remains  in  a  permanent  position  on  the  Convertible  Balopticon, 
it  is  well  to  have  an  extra  front  standard,  so  that  one  may  be  used  on  the  horizontal  and  the 
other  on  the  vertical  bed. 


44932. 

44936. 

44940. 

44944. 


44948. 

44952. 

44956. 

44960. 

44964. 

44968. 

44972. 


446 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  44976 


No.  44984 


No.  44988 


44976. 

44980. 

44984. 

44988. 

44992. 

44996. 

45000. 

45004. 

45008. 

45012. 

45016. 

45020. 

45024. 

45028. 

45032. 

45036. 

45040. 


Hand-feed  Arc  Lamp,  with  centering  support . .  10.00 

Incandescent  Electric  Lamp,  250  watt  nitrogen  filled,  with  silvered  globe,  on  support  with  10-foot  ex¬ 
tension  cable  and  Hubbel  connection  plug . . . . .  10.00 

Oxyhydrogen  Lamp,  on  support . . . V. .......  10.00 

Acetylene  Lamp  with  reflector  and  6  feet  of  rubber  tubing .  8.00 

Welsbach  Gas  Lamp  with  connection .  4.00 

Acetylene  Gas  Tank,  10  cubic  ft.  capacity .  10.00 

Plano-Convex  Lens,  4-inch  diameter,  6|-inch  focus;  rear  lens  of  the  regular  Model  C  system,  un¬ 
mounted .  1.25 

Plano-Convex  Lens,  4^-inch  diameter;  front  lens  of  the  regular  Model  C  system,  unmounted.  Please 

state  focus  of  projection  lens  when  ordering . . .  1.50 

Plano-Convex  Lens,  4jf-inch  diameter,  10-inch  focus;  middle  lens  of  regular  Model  D  system,  or  for 

special  condensing  system . 1.50 

Meniscus  Convex  Lens,  4-inch  diameter,  llj-inch  focus;  for  Model  D  system,  or  for  special  system  2.50 
Plano-Convex  Lens,  4|f-inch  diameter;  front  lens  of  the  regular  Model  D,  Universal  or  Convertible 

systems,  unmounted.  Please  state  focus  of  projection  lens  when  ordering .  1.50 

Meniscus  Convex  Lens,  51-inch  diameter,  llj-inch  focus;  for  Universal  Balopticon,  unmounted. .  6.00 

Plano-Convex  Lens,  6-inch  diameter,  10-inch  focus;  for  Universal  Balopticon,  unmounted . . .  3.00 

Meniscus  Convex  Lens, 6-inch  diameter,  ll|-inch  focus;  for  Convertible  Balopticon,  unmounted. .  7.00 

Double  Convex  Lens,  7j-inch  diameter,  11-inch  focus;  for  Convertible  Balopticon,  unmounted. . .  10.00 
Special  Condenser  System  for  opaque  projection,  in  the  Bausch  &  Lomb  patented  vehtilated  mount : 

for  use  in  place  of  the  regular  double  system  when  using  the  opaque  attachment .  5.00 

Projection  Lenses,  Bausch  &  Lomb  Standard. 

Designation .  6' 

Size  of  mounting . ; 

Diameter,  inches .  If 

Each 

Projection  Table  for  Lantern  Slides 


7* 

1 


NT 


10" 


12" 

1 

2 

9JL. 

^16 


15" 

1 

2 

o_i_ 

^16 


18" 

1 

2 

-16 


20" 

1 

2 

o_i_ 
—  16 


15" 


.  7.00  7.00  7.00  7.00  14.50  14.50  14.50  18.00  18.00  50.00 
(2J  x  3  inch  opening)  giving  size  of  picture  with  objectives  of 
various  focus  at  different  distances  from  the  screen. 


Lens  Designation 

Distance  from  lantern 

to  screen 

in  Terms  of  Focus 

1 

20  ft. 

30  ft. 

40  ft. 

50  ft. 

60  ft. 

70  ft. 

80  ft. 

90  ft. 

100  ft. 

6-inch 

10 

15 

20 

7-inch 

81 

121 

17 

21 

8-inch 

n 

11 

15 

181 

221 

21 

24 

10-inch 

6 

9 

12 

15 

18 

12-inch 

5 

71 

10 

121 

15 

171 

20 

221 

15-inch 

4 

6 

8 

10 

12 

14 

16 

18 

20 

18-inch 

61 

8 

10 

111 

13 

15 

161 

20-inch 

6 

7} 

9 

101 

12 

131 

15 

Example:  Using  a  12-inch  lens  at  a  distance  of  40  ft.  from  the  screen,  the  longest  side  of  the  screen  image  will  measure  10  ft. 


Projection  Table  for  Opaque  Objects,  giving  size  of  picture  with  objectives  of  various  focus  at 
different  distances  from  the  screen. 


Distance  from  Lens 
to  screen 

41  x  5  inch  Opening 

6x6  inch  Opening 

8x8  inch  Opening 

12"  lens 

15"  lens 

25"  lens 

15"  lens 

18"  lens 

15"  lens 

18"  lens 

15  ft. 

6 

41 

51 

41 

71 

6 

20  ft. 

8 

6 

71 

6 

10 

8 

25  ft. 

10 

8 

91 

8 

13 

101 

30  ft. 

12 

91 

51 

111 

91 

35  ft. 

11 

61 

11 

40  ft. 

13 

71 

50  ft. 

91 

60  ft. 

11 

_ 

_ 

_ 

_ 

Example:  An  18-inch  lens  used  at  a  distance  of  20  ft.  from  the  screen  will  project  an  image  8  ft.  square. 


447 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  45056 


No.  45060 


45044. 

45048. 

45052. 

45056. 

45060. 

45064. 

45068. 


45072. 


45076. 


45080. 

45084. 

45088. 

45092. 

45096. 

45100. 

45104. 

45108. 

45112. 

45116. 

45120. 

45124. 

45128. 

45132. 

45136. 

45140. 

45144. 

45148. 

45152. 

45156. 

45160. 


Projection  Stand,  of  metal,  top  30  x  14  inches . .  10.00 

“  “  as  above,  with  shelf  for  accessories .  12.00 

“  with  wooden  top,  32  x  I65  inches .  16.00 

“  “  as  above,  with  revolving  wooden  top . . .  20.00 

“  “  with  strong  cast  iron  base  and  frame  and  heavy  40  x  17  inch  revolving  wooden  top, 

with  space  beneath  for  adding  cabinet,  if  desired,  provided  with  castors  and  leveling  screws  32.50 

Projection  Stand,  as  above,  without  revolving  top . . . •  25.00 

Screens,  of  heavy  material  with  special  white  coating,  mounted  on  spring  roller. 

Size,  feet .  6x6  7x7  8x8  9x9  8x  10  10x  10  12  x  12 

Each .  44H)  64)0  7.20  12.00  13.50  15.00  MdM) 

Screens,  Aluminum,  of  heavy  material  with  metallic  surface.  These  screens  give  much  more  brilliant 
images  when  angle  including  observers  is  not  over  60°. 

Size,  feet .  6x6  7x7  8x8  9x9  10x  10  12  x  12 

Each .  IOjOO  14.00  lfbOtT  22.00  284)0  40.00 


Screen,  Aluminum,  Zeiss.  This  screen  is  stretched  taut  on  rigid  metallic  frame  and  results  obtained 
in  both  micro  and  opaque  projection  are  very  superior  to  those  with  any  other  form  of  alumi¬ 


num  coated  screen.  Size  1.5  meter  square. 

Duty  Free .  30.00  Duty  Paid .  39.50 

Rheostat,  Fixed  Form,  15  amperes,  110  volts .  7.00 

“  15  amperes,  220  volts .  18.00 

5  amperes,  110  volts .  5.00 

“  “  “  5  amperes,  220  volts .  7.00 

“  “  “  5  amperes,  110  and  220  volts .  8.00 

Rheostat,  Adjustable  Form,  15  to  25  amperes,  110  volts .  18.00 

“  “  “  15  to  25  amperes,  220  volts .  25.00 

“  “  “  15  to  35  amperes,  110  volts . . .  27.00 

Hart  Standard  Double  Pole  Snap  Switch,  for  35  amperes  on  circuits  up  to  250  volts .  1.50 

Air  Brake  Lever  Knife  Switch,  front  connected;  single  throw,  double  pole .  2.00 

Switch  as  above,  but  double  throw,  double  pole .  2.75 

Approved  Cartridge  Fuses  for  30  amperes.  Each . 25 

Approved  Cartridge  Fuses  for  40  amperes.  Each . 45 

Rubber  Covered  Twin  Cable  with  No.  12  copper  wire  for  15  amperes,  per  foot . 10 

Rubber  Covered  Twin  Cable  with  No.  10  copper  wire  for  25  amperes,  per  foot . 10 

Rubber  Covered  Twin  Cable  with  No.  8  copper  wire  for  35  amperes,  per  foot . 12^ 

Cored  Carbons,  18  mm  diameter,  6  inches  long,  per  100 . 4.50 

“  “  14  “  “  6  .  . .  3.00 

“  “  11  “  “  6  “  “  “  “  . .  2.50 

u  «  8  <(  u  6  u  6i  <<  «  2  00 
“  “  6  “  “  6  “  “  “  “  .  2M 


448 


ARTHUR 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


PYROMETERS 


We  are  not  manufacturers  of  Pyrometers  and  are  not  equipped  to  design  or  make  installations  of  Pyrometers 
for  special  purposes,  as  such  service  in  every  instance  is  better  performed  by  the  original  manufacturers.  It  is 
our  custom  to  refer  inquiries  involving  special  designs  to  the  maker  who,  in  our  opinion,  is  best  qualified 
to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  case.  We  are  prepared,  however,  to  furnish  standard  equipments,  for  both  labora¬ 
tory  and  works  practice,  from  reliable  makers  of  each  type  of  Pyrometer  and  always  at  original  factory  prices. 
As  a  convenience  to  users  of  this  catalogue  we  print  the  following  fixed  points  of  the  provisional  temperature 
scale  now  in  use  at  the  Bureau  of  Standards,  Washington,  D.  C.  (Circular  No.  7,  “Pyrometer  Testing  and  Heat 
Measurements”). 


Freezing  or  Melting  Points 


Tin . 

.  232° 

C. 

450°  F. 

Cadmium . 

.  321° 

C. 

610°  F. 

Lead . 

.  327° 

c. 

621°  F. 

Zinc . 

c. 

786°  F. 

Antimony . 

.  630° 

c. 

1166°  F. 

Aluminum . 

.  658° 

c. 

1216°  F. 

AgiCu2 . 

.  779° 

c. 

1434°  F. 

Silver . 

.  961° 

c. 

1762°  F. 

Gold .  1063°  C.  1945°  F. 

Copper .  1083°  C.  1981°  F. 

Nickel .  1450°  C.  2642°  F. 

Palladium .  1550°  C.  2822°  F. 

Platinum . 1755°  C.  3190°  F. 

Alumina . ..." .  2050°  C.  3720°  F. 

Tungsten .  3000°  C.  5430°  F. 


Boiling  Points  (Centigrade) 


Naphthaline .  217°,  9  +  0.058  (H  -  760) 

Benzophenone .  305°,  9  +  0.063  (H  —  760) 

Sulphur .  444°,  6  +  0.090  (H  -  760) 


TYPES  OF  PYROMETERS 

EXPANSION  PYROMETERS,  suitable  for  measurements  up  to  about  1400°  F.  These  are  based  on  the  relative  expansion  of  metals  or  of  a 
metal  and  graphite,  and  are  widely  used  in  industrial  establishments.  Such  instruments  should  be  tested  from  time  to  time  to  correct 
for  changes  in  zero. 

THERMO-ELECTRIC  PYROMETERS.  In  pyrometers  of  this  type  temperatures  are  measured  by  the  magnitude  of  the  electromotive  forces 
set  up  between  wires  of  different  materials  when  one  junction  is  exposed  to  the  temperature  to  be  measured  and  the  other  junction  (or 
junctions)  is  kept  at  some  known  temperature.  For  the  measurement  of  temperatures  in  the  interval  300°  to  1600°  C.  thermocouples 
consisting  of  a  wire  of  an  iridium  or  rhodium  alloy  of  platinum  joined  to  a  wire  of  pure  platinum  (usually  designated  as  rare  metal 
couples)  are  generally  used.  The  most  commonly  used  type,  known  as  the  Le  Chatelier  pyrometer,  consists  of  a  wire  of  10%  rho¬ 
dium  alloy  witn  platinum  joined  to  one  of  pure  platinum.  For  tbe  measurement  of  temperatures  below  600°  C.  to  that  of  liquid  air 
(—200°  C.)  couples,  known  as  the  base  metal  couples,  of  iron-constantan,  copper-constantan,  etc.,  are  used,  as  are  also  couples  of  iron, 
chromium,  nickel,  etc.,  and  their  alloy's.  These  couples  are  more  subject  to  oxidation  than  the  platinum  alloys  and  must  be  renewed 
more  frequently. 

ELECTRICAL  RESISTANCE  THERMOMETERS.  The  fundamental  principle  of  the  Resistance  Thermometer  is  the  fact  that  a  change 
in  the  temperature  of  a  pure  metal  causes  a  definite  change  in  its  resistance  to  an  electrical  current.  The  percentage  change  in  re¬ 
sistance  per  degree  change  in  temperature  is  more  than  twenty  as  great  as  the  percentage  change  in  the  volume  of  mercury  with  tem¬ 
perature.  The  method  of  measurement  employed  is  the  Wheatstone  Bridge  in  one  or  other  of  its  forms.  The  bridge,  instead  of  being 
calibrated  in  ohms,  is  calibrated  in  terms  of  temperature  and  is,  therefore,  direct  reading  in  temperature  units.  This  direct  reading 
feature  is  made  possible  in  the  Leeds  &  Northrup  product  by  a  special  method  of  adjustment  which  assures  that,  no  matter  how  the 
purity  of  tbe  metal  may  vary,  all  bulbs  of  a  given  class  have  not  only  the  same  resistance  at  a  given  temperature  but  also  have  the  same 
rate  of  change  of  resistance  with  temperature.  The  merits  of  Resistance  Thermometers  and  Pyrometers  group  themselves  under  the 
two  headings  of  reliability  and  flexibility.  There  is  no  method  of  temperature  measurements  as  flexible  as  the  resistance  thermometer. 
Not  only  may  the  bulb  be  made  so  small  that  its  total  volume  need  not  exceed  a  cubic  quarter  inch,  but  this  requisite  volume  may  be  of 
any  desired  form,  flat  or  round,  stiff  or  flexible.  On  the  other  hand,  the  bulb  may  integrate  the  temperature  over  as  great  an  area  as 
desired  either  as  a  large  single  unit  or  as  a  subdivided  unit.  Further,  considering  the  equipment  as  a  whole,  the  system  is  most  flexible; 
any  number  of  the  various  bulbs  of  a  given  class  may  be  read  on  one  indicator  with  any  length  or  size  of  leads,  and  a  system  already 
installed  may  be  increased  at  will  by  additional  bulbs  and  additional  switching  facilities.  In  other  words,  all  parts  are  electrically  inter¬ 
changeable.  Further  than  this,  the  thermometer  may  be  made,  if  so  desired,  in  such  form  as  to  be  practically  free  from  thermometric 
lag;  it  may  have  a  wide  range  at  all  points  of  which  it  is  equally  accurate,  or  it  may  have  a  short  range  selected  for  special  work,  giving 
an  open  scale  of  high  accuracy.  In  short,  throughout  the  range  of  temperature  extending  from  the  lowest  known  up  to  1800°  F,  a  re¬ 
sistance  thermometer  system  may  be  laid  out  to  have  almost  any  desired  characteristics. 

OPTICAL  PYROMETERS.  In  optical  pyrometers  the  intensity  of  the  light  emitted  by  an  incandescent  body  whose  temperature  is  sought 
is  measured  by  comparing  the  intensity  of  the  light  which  the  body  emits  with  that  emitted  by  some  standard  source,  such  as  a  gaso¬ 
line  lamp  or  an  incandescent  lamp  under  specified  conditions.  Optical  pyrometers  are,  therefore,  essentially  in  principle  photometers 
adapted  to  meet  the  varying  requirements  of  shop  and  laboratory  use.  In  these  pyrometers  light  of  a  single  color  is  generally  used  to 
get  rid  of  the  difficulties  in  photometry  incident  to  color  differences  and  also  for  the  reason  that  the  laws  connecting  the  temperature 
of  a  body  and  the  intensity  of  the  light  emitted  are  simpler  if  we  deal  with  a  single  wave  length  (color)  only. 

RADIATION  PYROMETERS.  In  radiation  pyrometers  the  energy  of  total  radiation  (i.e.  that  associated  with  the  long  waves  which  do  not 
affect  the  eyes,  as  well  as  the  energy  of  the  short  light  waves)  is  measured  in  various  wavs  by  the  heat  effect  which  it  produces,  such 
as  by  the  electric  current  set  up  when  the  radiation  heats  one  or  more  junctions  of  two  dissimilar  metals,  the  expansion  produced  by  the 
heating  of  a  compound  metal  strip,  and  the  change  in  resistance  of  a  very  fine  metal  ribbon. 

All  of  the  above  types  of  Pyrometers  are  furnished  with  recording  as  well  as  indicating  instruments,  with  the 
exception  of  the  Optical  and  Expansion  Pyrometers.  The  descriptions  given  in  the  preceeding  paragraphs  are 
mostly  taken  from  the  Bureau  of  Standards  Circular  No.  7,  “Pyrometer  Testing  and  Heat  Measurements.”  We 
offer  reliable  instruments  of  the  types  mentioned  on  the  following  pages. 


449 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H 


No.  45204 


No.  45200  Vertical  Stem  No.  45216 


* 


No.  45220 


No.  45224  No.  45228 


No.  45200  Horizontal  Stem 


No.  45212 


45200. 

45204. 

45208. 

45212. 


45216. 

45220. 

45224. 

45228. 


Pyrometer,  Expansion,  Brown,  with  new  patent  improvement  by  which  the  pyrometer  shows  exactly 
the  same  temperature  no  matter  how  much  of  the  stem  or  tube  above  12  inches  is  inserted  in  the 
heat.  With  new  non-tarnishing  porcelain  dial  62  inches  in  diameter  and  with  standard  length  of 
stem  of  36  inches  intended  for  12  inches  insertion  in  the  heat.  These  instruments  are  furnished 
with  either  vertical  or  horizontal  stem  and  with  Centigrade  or  Fahrenheit  dial  as  specified,  with¬ 
out  additional  charge.  With  dial  graduated  to .  800°  F.  1200°  F.  1500°  F. 

Each .  12.00  15.00  20.00 

Pyrometer,  Thermo-electric,  Brown  Stationary  Type,  with  round  pattern,  large  size  millivoltmeter, 
graduated  in  Fahrenheit  or  Centigrade  degrees,  with  base  metal  thermo-couple,  for  occasional 
use  up  to  2400°  F.  but  for  constant  use  at  not  over  1800°  F.  Complete  with  36  inch  thermo¬ 
couple  in  protecting  case,  as  shown  in  illustration,  and  50  ft.  of  double  conducting  wire. . . .  50.00 
Pyrometer,  Thermo-electric,  Brown  Portable  Type,  similar  to  above  but  with  galvanometer  in  port¬ 
able  case.  The  thermo-couple  is  usually  supplied,  as  in  illustration,  with  a  protecting  cap  which 
is  removed  for  instantly  measuring  temperatures  up  to  2400°  F.,  or  which  can  be  left  in  position 
for  permanent  installation  at  temperatures  up  to  1800°  F.  For  molten  metals  a  special  form  of 
thermo-couple  is  furnished.  Complete  with  scale  graduated  from  0-2400°  F.,  with  base  metal 

thermo-couple  and  15  ft.  of  flexible  wire .  50.00 

Pyrometer,  Thermo-electric,  Brown  Recording  Type,  wall  form  for  permanent  installation,  making 
a  perfect  ink  record  on  a  daily  chart  with  eight  day  clock  mechanism.  The  instrument  is  fur¬ 
nished  at  the  same  price  in  portable  type  for  horizontal  use  on  the  laboratory  table.  Range  of 
temperature  the  same  as  in  preceding  instruments.  Complete  with  base  metal  thermo-couple 
and  100  ft.  of  leads .  100.00 


Note — Galvanometers  are  furnished  with  temperature  scale  in  Fahrenheit  or  Centigrade  degrees  at 
the  same  price;  with  both  Fahrenheit  and  Centigrade  scales  or  with  temperature  and  millivolt 
scales  at  $5.00  additional. 

Accessories  for  Brown  Thermo-electric  Pyrometers. 

Thermocouples,  Base  Metal,  in  standard  lengths  of  36  inches,  complete  with  mount.  Each .  7.50 

“  Platinum  Rhodium,  in  Marquardt  porcelain  or  quartz  protecting  tubes  as  shown  in 

illustration.  For  reading  temperatures  up  to  3000°  F.  With  iron  head,  porcelain  block  and 
binding  posts,  complete.  Length,  inches  12  18  24  27  33  36  39  50  60 

Each . . . .  22.00  30.00  35.00  38.00  42.00  45.00  47.00  55.00  65.00 

Marquardt^  Porcelain  Tubes,  with  metal  caps,  for  thermocouples;  to  withstand  a  temperature  of 
3600°  F.  and  with  a  glaze  impervious  to  gases,  but  which  must  always  be  heated  up  slowly  in 

order  to  avoid  breakage.  Length,  inches .  12  18  27  39 

Each . .  3.00  4.00  6.00  8.00 

Quartz  Pyrometer  Tubes,  with  metal  caps,  for  thermocouples,  which  may  be  inserted  while  cold  into 
a  high  temperature  without  cracking  and  they  have  a  wide  application  because  of  this  feature. 
However,  they  are  not  suitable  for  temperatures  above  2500°  F.  and  are  not  as  durable  as  Mar¬ 
quardt  tubes  for  permanent  installations.  Length,  inches.  12  18  27  39 

Each .  3.00  3J50  4dH>  6.00 


450 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


45232. 


45233. 

45234. 

45235. 

45236. 

45237. 

45238. 

45239. 

45240. 

45241. 


H  . 


Pyrometer,  Thermo-electric,  Le  Chatelier,  with  Heraeus  Element  for  temperatures  up  to  1600°  C. 
with  Heraeus  platinum  rhodium  element  60  inches  long  mounted  in  double  50  inch  porcelain 
tubes,  and  with  latest  type  Siemens  &  Halske  pivot  type  galvanometer,  in  carrying  case. . .  163.05 

Galvanometer,  Siemens  and  Halske  pivot  or  suspension  type,  without  case .  75.00 

Carrying  case  for  above .  7.50 

Heraeus  Element,  60  inches  long,  bare .  66.00 

Porcelain  Tubes,  50  inches  long,  for  Heraeus  Element,  per  pair .  15.00 

Heraeus  Element,  30  inches  long,  bare .  36.50 

Porcelain  Tubes,  22  inches  long,  for  above  Heraeus  Element,  per  pair .  10.00 

Heraeus  Element,  18  inches  long,  bare .  23.00 

Porcelain  Tubes,  12  inches  long,  for  above  Heraeus  Element,  per  pair .  5.00 

Recording  Galvanometer,  Siemens  &  Halske  Pivot  type,  for  use  with  any  of  the  above  Heraeus 

Elements  as  a  Recording  Pyrometer .  180.00 


No.  45242 


POTENTIOMETER  INDICATOR  (THERMOCOUPLE  POTENTIOMETER)  Leeds  &  Northrup,  a  new  Precision 
Instrument  for  use  with  Thermocouples  and  which  greatly  increases  the  range  of  their  usefulness  in 
both  laboratory  and  shop  practice.  The  instrument  is  based  upon  the  potentiometer  principle,  so 
simplified  in  design  as  to  be  used  by  an  ordinary  workman.  Some  of  the  essential  facts  and  advan¬ 
tages  of  this  Indicator  are  as  follows:— 

The  potentiometer  indicator  when  calibrated  in  terms  of  millivolts  may  be  used  accurately  with 
any  thermocouple,  regardless  of  its  length,  cross-section,  or  materials,  or  the  length  of  its  leads. 

Many  kinds  of  base  metal  thermocouples  retain  their  calibration  four  or  five  times  as  long  with 
this  indicator  as  with  a  millivoltmeter. 

It  is  completely  portable  and  requires  no  levelling. 

It  has  a  scale  16  inches  long — at  least  twice  as  long  as  the  usual  millivoltmeter;  this  means  at 
least  twice  the  accuracy  in  reading. 

The  thermocouples  may,  if  desired,  be  long  enough  to  have  their  cold  ends  located  at  the  switch¬ 
board,  thus  having  an  equipment  with  one  cold  end. 

The  cold  end  temperature  may  be  compensated  for  in  the  instrument. 


451 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


SC  TC 

No.  45250— Electrical  Scheme 


The  illustration  of  No.  45250  gives  a  view  of  the  Indicator  looking  down  on  the  face  of  the  instrument.  The 
regular  routine  reading  is  taken  by  depressing  the  key  marked  TC  and  by  turning  the  handle  which  projects 
from  the  rubber  plate,  bringing  the  galvanometer  to  a  balance.  The  reading  is  given  by  the  scale  under  the  index. 

At  intervals  of  say  six  hours,  the  keyed  handle  shown  in  the  top  of  the  box  in  the  illustration  should  be 
inserted  in  the  key  ways  at  the  side  of  the  box,  as  shown  in  the  illustration  of  No.  45250.  The  button  SC 
should  be  depressed  and  the  galvanometer  brought  to  a  balance  by  turning  the  keyed  handle.  This  handle  is 
keyed  so  that  it  may  be  removed  to  prevent  tampering  with  the  setting. 

In  course  of  time  the  dry  cell  of  the  equipment  will  become  exhausted.  At  this  time  it  will  be  impossible 
to  secure  a  balance  when  the  key  SC  is  depressed.  The  dry  cell  used  in  the  indicator  is  a  No.  4  Columbia.  To 
replace  the  dry  cell  turn  the  indicator  upside  down  and  remove  the  panel  in  the  bottom  of  the  case.  The  dry 
cell  may  now  be  changed,  taking  care  to  connect  the  new  cell  with  its  polarity  the  same  as  the  old.  For  instru¬ 
ments  which  are  to  be  permanently  located  at  one  point,  we  would  recommend  the  use  of  an  external  battery 
consisting  of  two  large  dry  cells  (as  Columbia  No.  6)  in  parallel. 

No.  45250  Indicator  is  provided  with  an  auxiliary  cold  end  adjustment,  which,  in  effect,  makes  the  instru¬ 
ment  direct  reading.  This  appears  in  the  illustration  as  the  small  index  and  short  scale  lying  just  below  the 
main  scale.  The  small  scale  is  set  on  its  index  at  a  point  corresponding  to  the  cold  end  temperature,  and  the 
readings  of  the  instrument  are  then  right  without  cold  end  correction. 

The  Potentiometer  Indicator  measures  by  balancing  against  the  electromotive  force  to  be  measured  a  con¬ 
tinuously  variable  known  electromotive  force.  When  the  two  are  equal,  the  measurement  is  complete.  The 
operation  of  reading,  as  described  above,  consists  of  balancing  the  electromotive  force  of  the  thermocouple  against 
the  fall  in  potential  caused  by  the  current  flowing  from  the  dry  cell  through  any  portion  DG  of  the  slide  wire 
I)E  (see  diagram).  Since  the  dry  cell  is  not  constant,  the  adjusting  rheostats  RR',  are  provided  to  maintain 
the  current  constant.  By  varying  RR'  the  current  flowing  is  adjusted  until  the  drop  between  C  and  D  is  just 
equal  to  the  standard  cell  voltage.  It  is  this  operation  which  is  performed  when  adjustment  is  made  with  re¬ 
movable  handle.  Particular  attention  is  drawn  to  the  fact  that  the  Indicator  may  be  used  with  any  thermo¬ 
couple  if  the  scale  is  in  millivolts  as  it  is  regularly  furnished.  If  scale  is  to  be  graduated  in  degrees  of  temperature 
the  couple  with  which  it  is  to  be  used  must  be  sent  to  the  factory  for  calibration  with  the  Indicator.  Indicator 
with  range  in  millivolts  from  0  to  16  is  intended  for  use  with  rare  metal  couples  and  from  0-40  or  0-70  with 
base  metal  couples.  Prices  do  not  include  thermocouples. 

45242.  Potentiometer  Indicator,  as  above,  without  cold  end  compensation  range,  0-10,  0-16,  0-40  or  0  to  70 


millivolts . .  125.00 

45244.  Extra  for  other  ranges  whether  calibrated  in  millivolts  or  in  temperature  units .  5.00 

45248.  Extra  for  double  range .  20.00 

45250.  Potentiometer  Indicator,  as  above,  with  cold  end  compensator  ranges,  0-10,  0-16,  0-40  or  0-70 

millivolts .  140.00 

45252.  Extra  for  other  ranges  whether  calibrated  in  millivolts  or  in  temperature  units .  5.00 


TEMPERATURE  INDICATOR,  Leeds  &  Northrup  Balance  Type,  for  use  with  all  Resistance  Thermometers  of 
class  A,  40-260°  F.,  Class  B,  up  to  1000°  F.,  and  Class  C,  to  1800°  F„  as  listed  below.  The  Indicator  con- 
sists  of  a  direct  reading  Wheatstone  Bridge  with  a  self-contained  Galvanometer  of  new  design  and  great 
sensitivity.  The  Indicator  is  calibrated  to  read  directly  in  degrees  of  temperature  when  connected  to 
any  bulb  of  a  given  class.  The  total  length  of  the  scale  is  16  inches  and,  as  a  balance  may  be  readily 
obtained  to  ^nd  of  an  inch,  the  Indicator  is  easily  read  to  x2<jths  of  1%.  To  make  a  reading  with  this 


452 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Temperature  Indicator 


No.  45254— 


Indicator,  depress  key  to  connect  in  battery  and  turn  the  scale  until  the  galvanometer  is  at  its  balance 
position,  at  which  time  the  position  of  the  scale  on  the  index  gives  directly  the  temperature.  The  oper¬ 
ator  in  thus  reading  balances  the  bridge;  in  such  a  reading  all  questions  of  galvanometer  calibration 
are  eliminated.  On  this  account  a  balance  method  is  always  more  accurate  than  a  deflection  method. 
45254.  Temperature  Indicator,  as  above,  complete  in  carrying  case,  with  galvanometer  and  battery;  but 

without  resistance  bulb;  length  of  scale  16  inches;  case  9jx5|  inches;  weight  5|  lbs . 70.00 

RESISTANCE  BULBS,  CLASS  A,  for  use  with  the  above  Indicator.  These  are  electrically  interchangeable  and 
differ  only  in  the  style  of  mounting  used.  They  are  regularly  furnished  in  the  following  ranges: — 
-40°  to  120°  F.,  +10°  to  110°  F.,  30°  to  250°  F.,  -20°  to  120°  C.  and  -30°  to  50°  C.  Ranges  other 
than  those  listed  cost  15.00  additional.  * 

45256.  Resistance  Bulb,  for  General  Service.  This  bulb  is  about  as  quick  acting  as  the  ordinary  commercial 
mercury  bulb.  It  has  been  designed  to  secure  a  maximum  of  strength  and  is  practically  inde¬ 
structible.  The  leads  are  firmly  anchored  to  the  bulb.  Tube  is  of  brass  with  dull  black  lacquer; 

diameter  of  tube  f  inch;  length  of  winding  2  inches  with  length  over  all  5  inches .  10.00 

45260.  Resistance  Bulb,  Quick  Acting.  This  bulb  will  follow  temperature  changes  about  as  rapidly  as  will 

a  long  bulb  mercury  thermometer  and  may  be  inserted  into  mercury  without  injury.  Tube  is 
of  steel  with  ebonite  head;  diameter  of  tube  i  inch;  diameter  of  head  £  inch;  length  of  winding 

1£  inches  and  4|  inches  length  over  all . . .  14.50 

45264.  Resistance  Bulb,  with  Non-conducting  Case.  This  is  exactly  the  same  as  No.  45256  except  that  the 
stem  is  encased  in  ebonite.  This  construction  is  especially  desirable  when  the  bulb  is  to  be 
used  when  considerable  temperature  difference  will  exist  between  the  stem  and  the  sensitive 
end  of  the  bulb.  The  non-conducting  stem  prevents  conduction  of  heat  along  its  length.  This 
bulb  may  be  employed  as  “wet  bulb’’  in  hygrometry  with  success.  Diameter  of  stem  ^  inch: 

other  dimensions  same  as  No.  45256 .  12.00 

45268.  Resistance  Bulb,  with  Lead  Covered  Leads.  This  bulb  is  the  same  as  No.  45256  excepting  that  it  has 
lead  covered  leads.  The  lead  cable  is  soldered  with  waterproof  joint  to  the  stem  of  the  ther¬ 
mometer  and,  in  ordering,  a  sufficient  length  of  lead  covered  lead  should  be  ordered  to  extend 
beyond  the  moisture  zone.  The  cable  used  is  5  inch  outside  diameter  with  reth  inch  wall.  As 
widely  used  in  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  for  soil  investigations.  With  one  foot  of 

leads. .  11.00 

Extra  per  foot  for  additional  length  of  leads . 15 

RESISTANCE  BULBS,  CLASS  B,  for  use  with  above  Temperature  Indicator  in  ranges,  as  follows :  200°-1000°  F., 
50°-550°  F.,  50°-550°  C.  and  0-250°  C.  These  bulbs  are  electrically  interchangeable  with  each  other  in 
Class  B  and  with  those  of  Class  C.  The  material  is  bare  platinum  wound  on  mica  which  is  protected 
by  a  case  of  pure  nickel  without  the  use  of  porcelain. 

45272.  Resistance  Bulb,  Round,  10  inches  long;  length  of  winding  and  stem  10  inches;  length  of  winding  3 

inches;  diameter  of  bulb  f  inch,  of  head  1|  inch .  28.00 

Extra  per  inch  for  Bulbs  longer  than  10  inches . . . . 75 

45276.  Resistance  Bulb,  Quick-acting  Type.  In  this  bulb  the  platinum  wire  is  wound  on  a  thin  sheet  of  mica 
and  this  in  turn  insulated  by  a  thin  sheet  of  mica  laid  on  each  side  of  the  flat  coil.  This  is 
inserted  into  a  flattened  metal  tube.  The  stem  is  left  round.  The  large  surface  of  this  type 
of  bulb  and  its  low  heat  capacity  make  it  extremely  quick  in  its  action ;  in  a  liquid  it  is  practically 
instantaneous  in  its  action.  Length  of  winding  and  stem,  10  inches;  length  of  winding  4  inches; 

thickness  at  winding  ^nd  inch;  width  at  winding  3  inch;  diameter  of  stem  fth  inch .  32.00 

Extra  per  inch  for  Bulbs  longer  than  10  inches . . 75 

Extra  if  bulbs  are  to  be  used  in  pressures  of  over  50  lbs.  per  square  inch .  2.00 


453 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


RESISTANCE  BULBS,  CLASS  C,  for  use  with  the  above  Temperature  Indicator  in  the  following  ranges;  800°- 
1800°  F.,  200°-1800°  F.,  500°-1000°  C.  and  0-1000°  C.  These  Bulbs  are  electrically  interchangeable  with 
each  other  and  with  those  in  Class  C.  Thp  resistance  material  used  is  an  especially  pure  platinum 
wound  on  a  mica  cross.  The  mica  of  this  cross  is  treated  by  a  process  which  leaves  it  of  a  hard,  non¬ 
transparent,  rock-like  structure.  In  the  standard  type  of  construction  this  platinum  wound  form  is 
encased  in  a  Royal  Berlin  glazed  porcelain  tube.  A  clear  quartz  tube  is  at  times  desirable  although 
it  is  slightly  more  expensive. 

45280.  Platinum  Resistance  Bulb,  for  measurements  of  the  highest  precision;  porcelain  tube  with  fibre  head; 

length  of  bulb  3  inches;  diameter  of  tube  j|ths  inch;  entire  length  of  tube  19  inches;  diameter 
of  head  lj  inches.  These  Bulbs  are  widely  used  in  permanent  installations  for  some  of  the 
largest  chemical  works  in  the  U.  S..  When  used  in  connection  with  the  above  Temperature 
Indicator  No.  45252  the  accuracy  of  the  readings  without  correction  is  3°  in  500°  or  6°  in  1000°  of 

range .  60.00 

45284.  Platinum  Resistance  Bulb,  of  same  construction  as  No.  45280.  When  bulbs  of  this  type  are  used  in 
connection  with  No.  45252  the  accuracy  of  the  readings  without  corrections  and  direct  from  the 

scale  is  8°  in  500°  or  12°  in  1000°  of  range .  40.00 

45288.  Extra  per  inch  for  Bulbs  over  19  inches  in  length . 50 


No.  45296  and  No.  45304 — Temperature  Recorder.  Curve  Printing  Type 


TEMPERATURE  RECORDERS,  Leeds  &  Northrup  Patent,  for  use  with  Leeds  &  Northrup  Resistance  Ther¬ 
mometers  of  class  corresponding  to  the  range  required,  and  for  use  with  Thermocouples.  Consisting 

of  a  patented  mechanism  for  moving  with  ample  power  a  pen,  print  wheel,  or  other  device,  in  response 
to  the  necessarily  feeble  deflecting  forces  of  a  sensitive  galvanometer.  These  Recorders  are  furnished 
in  the  Curved  Drawing  Type  for  one  temperature  point,  and  in  the  Curved  Printing  Type  for  from 
two  to  sixteen  temperature  points.  Motors  will  operate  on  100-120  volts,  a.  c.  or  d.  c.,  or  220-250  volts, 
a.  c.  or  d.  c.,  as  specified.  The  paper  speed  is  3  inches  per  hour.  The  record  in  the  Curve  Drawing 
lype  is  made  in  ink  by  a  pen,  and  in  the  Curve  Printing  Recorder  by  a  print  wheel  drawn  on  a  track 
by  power  supplied  by  the  motor  but  controlled  by  the  temperature.  The  process  is  entirely  mechani¬ 
cal,  only  the  motor  and  the  measuring  circuit  involving  electric  current.  The  speed  of  the  motor  is 
automatically  held  constant  even  though  the  voltage  on  the  line  on  which  it  is  operated  varies  through 
a  range  of  20%. 

Recorder  for  Resistance  Thermometer,  Curve  Drawing  Type,  for  one  temperature  point.  This  instru¬ 
ment,  is  a  recording  Wheatstone  Bridge.  When  for  use  with  resistance  bulbs  the  recorder  is 
calibrated  to  record  directly  in  temperature  units.  The  accuracy  of  the  recorder  is  equal 
to  2%  of  the  range  of  the  instrument.  The  distance  separating  the  recorder  from  the  bulb  whose 
temperature  is  being  measured  is  without  effect  upon  the  record.  Should  it  be  desired  to  use 
the  same  recorder  with  different  bulbs  at  different  distances  from  the  recorder  this  may  be  done 
by  providing  a  suitable  hand  operated  selector  switch.  The  resistance  thermometer  has  no 
feature  corresponding  to  the  “cold  end”  of  a  thermocouple.  The  indications  of  the  recorder 

are  controlled  solely  by  the  temperature  of  the  sensitive  end  of  the  bulb .  200.00 

Recorder  for  Resistance  Thermometers,  Curve  Printing  Type,  for  temperature  points  as  indicated. 

Number  of  points .  2  4  6  8  10  12  14  16 

Each .  300.00  330.00  360.00  390.00  420.00  450.00  480.00  510.00 


45292. 


45296. 


454 


ARTHUR _ H. _ T  H  OMAS  COMPANY 


45300. 


45304. 


45316. 

45320. 

45324. 

45328. 


No.  45300  and  No.  45292 — Temperature  Recorder.  Curve  Drawing  Type 


3400 

No.  45328 


Tig.  2. 


Recorder  for  Thermocouples,  Curve  Drawing  Type,  for  one  temperature  point,  similar  to  No. 
45292  except  this  instrument  is  a  recording  potentiometer.  To  record  temperature  it  may  be 
used  with  any  thermocouple  of  any  length,  cross-section  or  material.  With  any  thermocouple 
the  accuracy  of  the  record  is  entirely  independent  of  the  resistance  of  the  leads  and,  therefore, 
of  their  length,  cross-section  and  materials.  For  ranges  of  15  millivolts  and  over,  the  accuracy 
of  the  record  is  i%  of  the  range;  15  millivolts  are  equivalent  to  about  1500°  C.  on  a  platinum 

platinum-rhodium  couple  and  to  about  275°  C.  on  an  iron  Constantin  couple .  250.00 

Recorder  for  Thermocouples,  Curve  Printing  Type,  for  temperature  points  as  indicated. 

No.  of  points .  2  4  6  8  10  12  14  16 

Each .  400.00  430.00  460.00  490.00  520.00  550.00  580.00  610.00 

Extra  for  special  range .  30.00 

Extra  for  special  paper  speed .  10.00 

Recorder  Pen . * .  1.50 

Paper,  per  roll  of  25  yards .  2.50 

“  Ink,  per  bottle . 25 

Pyrometer,  Siemens  Water,  for  temperatures  up  to  1000°  C.  or  1800°  F.  The  metallic  cylinders  sup¬ 
plied  with  the  pyrometer  are  exposed  to  the  heat  to  be  measured  after  which  they  are  carefully 
inserted  into  the  vessel  containing  exactly  1  pt.  of  distilled  water.  The  rise  in  temperature  of 
the  water  is  measured  by  the  mercurial  thermometer  furnished  with  the  outfit.  This  reading 
added  to  the  temperature  of  the  water  before  the  insertion  of  the  heated  cylinder  will  give  the 
temperature  of  the  flue,  furnace  or  heated  space  in  which  the  metal  cylinder  has  been  placed. 
Duty  Free .  27.00  Stock .  35.00 


No.  45332 


45332.  Pyrometer,  Optical,  Mesure  and  Nouel,  for  temperatures  up  to  1500°  C.,  consisting  of  a  quartz  plate 
Q  interposed  between  Analyzer  A  and  Polarizer  P.  When  polarized  light  which  is  not  mono¬ 
chromatic  passes  through  a  properly  prepared  quartz  plate,  the  plane  of  polarization  is  rotated 
through  an  angle  the  magnitude  of  which  depends  on  the  wave  length  of  the  light  and  the  thick¬ 
ness  of  the  quartz.  The  field  will,  therefore,  appear  colored  according  to  the  composition  of  the 
light  which  passes  through  the  instrument.  When  an  incandescent  body  is  viewed  through  the 
instrument  the  analyzer  is  rotated  until  the  sensitive  tint  is  observed.  The  reading  on  the 
circle  C  determines  the  temperature  to  be  measured  with  the  aid  of  the  scale  furnished  with  the 
instrument.  Complete  in  leather  case. 

Duty  Free .  32.50  Duty  Paid .  46.80 

45336.  Large  Objective  for  use  with  above  for  accurate  observations  of  temperatures  below  900°  C. 

Duty  Free .  11.25  Duty  Paid .  16.20 


455 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Optical  Scheme 


Standardization  of  Osram  Lamp 


Direct  Beading  Temperature  Scale 


Amyl-Acetate  Lamp  in  Position 


In  Operation 


PYROMETER,  WANNER  OPTICAL,  1914  Model,  consisting  of  a  photometric  telescope  containing  a  standard 
Osram  lamp  with  which  the  quantity  of  light  emanating  from  the  heated  mass  to  be  measured  is  com¬ 
pared.  The  Osram  lamp  must  be  standardized  from  time  to  time  by  adjustment  with  a  standard  Amyl 
Acetate  lamp  and  current  from  the  accumulator  supplied  must  be  controlled  by  means  of  a  rheostat 
and  ammeter.  The  new  1914  models  listed  below  are  distinctive  from  the  instruments  listed  here¬ 
tofore  in  that  the  whole  range  of  temperature  from  650°  to  4000°  C.  can  be  measured  on  one  instru¬ 
ment,  whereas  with  the  old  outfits  two  instruments  are  necessary  to  cover  the  entire  range.  The  prices 
have  also  been  distinctly  reduced  on  the  new  models.  Some  of  the  distinctive  features  embodied  in 
the  new  1914  model  are  as  follows: — 


45340. 


45344. 

45348. 


45352. 

45356. 

45360. 

45364. 

45368. 

45372. 

45376. 


45380. 

45384. 


45388. 

45392. 

45396. 

45400. 


Optical  parts  enclosed  in  polished  metal  protecting  tube  of  uniform  diameter. 

Adjusting  glasses  placed  entirely  within  the  tube  but  adjustable  from  outside. 

Simplified  arrangement  for  interchange  of  incandescent  lamp  after  removing  outside  tube. 

Direct  reading  temperature  scales  very  legible  because  of  white  graduations  on  black  ground. 

Outfits  are  complete  for  operation  excepting  the  charging  of  the  accumulators.  Any  of  the  Pyrometers 
are  furnished  with  certificate  of  the  Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt  at  an  extra  cost  of  $10.50 
duty  free  and  $14.00  duty  paid. 

Pyrometer,  Wanner  Optical,  for  temperatures  from  650°  to  1200°  C.,  as  above  described  including 
amyl  acetate  lamp,  support  for  standardizing,  ammeter,  resistance  and 
accumulator;  with  graduations  in  degrees  of  arc  and  separate  tempera-  Dutr Free  Dutv 


ture  scale .  105.00  140.00 

Pyrometer,  as  above,  but  with  direct  reading  temperature  scale .  112.50  150.00 

Pyrometer,  Wanner  Optical,  for  temperatures  from  650°  to  2000°  C.,  complete 
as  above,  with  graduations  in  degrees  of  arc  and  separate  temperature 

scale .  135.00  180.00 

Pyrometer,  as  above,  but  with  direct  reading  temperature  scale .  142.50  190.00 

Pyrometer,  Wanner  Optical,  for  temperatures  from  650°  to  3000°  C.,  complete, 

with  graduations  in  degrees  of  arc  and  separate  temperature  scale .  142.50  190.00 

Pyrometer,  as  above,  but  with  direct  reading  temperature  scale .  150.00  200.00 

Pyrometer,  Wanner  Optical,  for  temperatures  from  650°  to  4000°  C.,  complete, 

with  graduations  in  degrees  of  arc  and  separate  temperature  scale .  165.00  220.00 

Pyrometer,  as  above,  but  with  direct  reading  temperature  scale .  172.50  230.00 

Pyrometer,  Wanner  Optical,  for  temperatures  from  600°  to  7000°  C.,  complete, 

with  graduations  in  degrees  of  arc  and  separate  temperature  scale .  195.00  260.00 

Pyrometer,  as  above,  but  with  direct  reading  temperature  scale .  202.50  270.00 

Accessories  for  the  Wanner  Pyrometer. 

Protecting  Case  for  the  Pyrometer  proper  and  adjusting  support .  4.50  6.00 

Amyl  Acetate,  tested,  per  bottle .  1.05  1.40 

Note — The  above  Protecting  Case  and  a  bottle  of  Amyl  Acetate  are  regularly 
sent  out  with  each  outfit  unless  specifically  ordered  to  be  omitted. 

Incandescent  Lamp .  1.00  1.35 

Tripod  Support,  adjustable  in  all  directions  and  folding  for  convenient  carry¬ 
ing;  very  convenient  in  factory  use .  9.00  12.00 

Accumulator,  in  box  with  leather  strap,  but  without  ammeter,  resistance  or 

contact .  16.50  22.00 

Ammeter,  resistance  and  contacts  for  above .  25.50  34.00 


456 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  45404  No.  45412 


45404. 

45408. 

45412. 

45416. 


Laboratory  Combination  of  Wanner  Pyrometer  and  Konig  Spectrophotometer,  particularly  recommended 
for  laboratory  measurements  of  both  temperature  and  absorption  investigations  in  spectro¬ 
photometry  ;  with  small  scale  with  absorption  angle  only,  for  tempera-  Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 


tures  up  to  2000°  C .  195.00  260.00 

Laboratory  Combination,  as  above,  for  temperatures  up  to  4000°  C .  225.00  300.00 

“  “  “  “  but  with  large  scale  including  polarisation 

angle  device  and  temperature  scale,  for  temperatures  up  to  2000°  C. . . .  217.50  290.00 

Laboratory  Combination,  same  as  above,  but  for  temperatures  up  to  4000°  C..  247.50  330.00 


PYROMETERS,  THWING  TOTAL  RADIATION,  for  the  accurate  measurement  of  high  temperatures,  based  on 
Stefan-Boltzmann  Radiation  Law,  i.e.,  the  energy  radiated  by  a  black  body  is  proportional  to  the  fourth 
power  of  the  absolute  temperature.  With  no  upper  limit,  and  used  commercially  for  temperatures 
as  low  as  500°  C.  Radiations  of  heat  from  a  black  body,  or  body  under  black  body  conditions  as  in  an 
enclosed  furnace,  are  concentrated  by  means  of  a  receiving  tube  on  a  sensitive  thermocouple  and  hence 
conveyed  to  the  galvanometer,  where  temperatures  are  read  directly  in  degrees.  As  the  thermocouples 
have  but  small  heat  equilibrium,  a  reading  can  be  obtained  in  five  seconds.  No  tripod  is  required,  the 
receiving  tube  being  held  in  the  hand  and  pointed  at  the  object  temperature  of  which  is  to  be  measured. 
No  focussing  is  required  as  the  instrument  is  practically  independent  of  distance,  so  long  as  the  diameter 


457 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


C  O  M  P  .  A  N  Y 


Thwing  Radiation  Pyrometer  (Continued) 

of  the  surface  is  1  inch  for  each  8  inches  of  distance  for  a  low  range  instrument  and  correspondingly 
less  for  instruments  of  higher  range.  Any  intelligent  workman  can  operate  the  instrument  as  nothing 
is  required  other  than  to  point  the  receiving  tube  at  the  object  and  read  the  temperature  from  the 
scale.  The  outfit  is  not  dependent  upon  storage  batteries  or  standard  of  luminosity  or  upon  the  color 
perception  of  the  observer  and  is  equally  accurate  in  determining  temperature  of  hot  metals  in  the  open 
and  not  affected  by  extraneous  light  falling  upon  the  body  observed.  Galvanometer  is  dead-beat,  ex¬ 
tremely  sensitive  and  highly  accurate.  Complete  outfit  weighs  7  lbs. 

45420.  Pyrometer,  Thwing  Portable  Indicating  Radiation,  with  any  single  range  temperature  scale,  com¬ 
plete .  120.00 

45424.  Pyrometer,  Thwing  Portable  Indicating  Radiation,  with  any  double  range  temperature  scale,  as  2500°  F. 

to  3600°  F.,  2000°  C.  and  1400°  C.  These  two  scales  are  especially  suited  for  open-hearth  furnace 
work,  giving  correct  temperatures  of  molten  steel  in  the  furnace  and  while  pouring.  Com¬ 
plete  .  130.00 

45428.  Pyrometer,  Thwing,  Wall  Pattern  Indicating  Radiation,  with  ventilated  receiving  tube  for  permanent 

installation  above  a  furnace,  or  barium  chloride  bath .  120.00 

45432.  Pyrometers,  Thwing,  Recording  Radiation,  in  single  and  multiple  record  units.  These  Pyrometers  have 
been  found  of  extreme  value  on  cement  kilns,  in  copper  smelters,  incinerators,  sintered  ore  plants, 

etc.  With  single  record  recorder .  180.00 

45436.  Pyrometers,  Thwing,  Recording  Radiation,  as  above,  with  two  record  recorder .  245.00 

Note — Prices  of  Multiple  Records  up  to  15  records  on  a  single  10  inch  chart,  quoted  on  request. 

45440.  Pyrometer  Cones,  Seger,  for  temperatures  from  600°  C.  to  2000°  C. 

Per  box  of  100 . .  1.00  Each,  in  quantities  less  than  100 . 05 

The  following  are  the  official  melting  points: — 


Cone 

Num¬ 

ber 

Degrees 

Centigrade 

Cone 

Num¬ 

ber 

Degrees 

Centigrade 

Cone 

Num¬ 

ber 

Degrees 

Centigrade 

Cone 

Num¬ 

ber 

Degrees 

Centigrade 

Cone 

Num¬ 

ber 

Degrees 

Centigrade 

Cone 

Num¬ 

ber 

Degrees 

Centigrade 

022 

600° 

012a 

855° 

02a 

1060° 

9 

1280° 

19 

1520° 

34 

1750° 

021 

650° 

011a 

880° 

Ola 

1080° 

10 

1300° 

20 

1530° 

35 

1770° 

020 

670° 

011a 

900° 

la 

1100° 

11 

1320° 

26 

1580° 

36 

1790° 

019 

690° 

09  a 

920° 

2a 

1120° 

12 

1350° 

27 

1610° 

37 

1825° 

018 

710° 

08a 

940° 

3a 

1140° 

13 

1380° 

28 

1630° 

38 

1850° 

017 

730° 

07a 

960° 

4a 

1160° 

14 

1410° 

29 

1650° 

39 

1880° 

016 

750° 

06a 

980° 

5a 

1180° 

15 

1435° 

30 

1670° 

40 

1920° 

015a 

790° 

05a 

1000° 

6a 

1200° 

16 

1460° 

31 

1690° 

41 

1960° 

014a 

815° 

04a 

1020° 

7 

1230° 

17 

1480° 

32 

1710° 

42 

2000° 

013a 

835° 

03  a 

1040° 

8 

I 

1250° 

18 

1500° 

33 

1730° 

No.  45444 


45444.  Pyrometer  Tubes,  Alundum,  impervious  to  gas  under  normal  pressures  through  a  wide  range  of  tem¬ 
perature.  With  a  high  deformation  point  which,  in  connection  with  their  imperviousness  and 
high  thermal  conductivity,  recommend  them  for  this  purpose.  The  tubes  all  have  an  internal 
diameter  of  yg  inch  and  an  external  diameter  of  yg  inch  and  are  furnished  with  flange. 

Length,  inches .  12  18  24  27  30  36  42 

Each .  2.40  3.60  4.80  5.40  6.00  7.20  fUO 


458 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  45512  No.  45516,  etc. 


QUARTZ  APPARATUS,  TRANSPARENT.  Pure  Fused  Rock  Crystal.  Rock  crystal  has  a  very  small  coefficient 
of  expansion,  will  not  crack  on  subjection  to  the  most  violent  and  sudden  changes  of  temperature  and 
is  insoluble  in  water  and  volatile  acids,  with  the  exception  of  hydrofluoric,  and  has  a  melting  point  of 
approximately  1600°  C.  The  coefficient  of  expansion  between  0°  and  1000°  C.  is  0.00000054.  The 
specific  weight  is  2.22.  The  coefficient  of  expansion  for  D  is  1.4585  and  the  dispersion  from  C  —  F  is 
0.00676.  It  is  transparent  to  ultra  violet  light  above  185  nn  For  prices  on  Opaque  Fused  Silica  ware 
see  headings  of  various  apparatus,  i.e.,  Beakers,  Crucibles,  Flasks,  etc. 


45500.  Beakers,  Transparent  Quartz,  conical  shape,  either  with  or  without  spout. 


Capacity,  cc . 30  50  100  200 

Diameter,  mm .  35  42  53  63 

Each .  3.60  4.80  8.00  12.09 


45504.  Crucibles,  Transparent  Quartz,  without  lids. 

Capacity,  cc . 

Diameter,  mm . 

Each . 

45508.  Lids,  Each . 


10 

20 

30 

50 

80 

100 

28 

35 

40 

50 

58 

65 

2.40 

3.95 

4.75 

7.09 

9.00 

10.50 

1.00 

1.75 

2.25 

3.00 

4.25 

5.00 

45512.  Dishes,  Transparent  Quartz,  round  bottom,  with  or  without  spout. 


Capacity,  cc .  10  50  100  200  275 

Diameter,  mm .  34  60  75  98  196 

Each .  2.90  4.80  7.25  12.00  16.00 


45516.  Flasks,  Transparent  Quartz,  flat  bottom,  Erlenmeyer  shape. 


50 


100 


200 


300 


Each . 

. .  4.00 

7.25 

11.00 

16.00 

45520. 

Flasks,  Kjeldahl,  Transparent  Quartz. 

Capacity,  cc . 

100 

200 

300 

700 

Each . 

.  7.25 

11.00 

15.00 

20.00 

45524. 

Retorts,  Transparent  Quartz,  plain. 

Capacity,  cc . 

50 

100 

200 

500 

Each . 

7.50 

10.00 

15.00 

27.50 

45528. 

Retorts,  Transparent  Quartz,  with  tubulature. 

% 

Capacity,  cc . 

50 

100 

200 

500 

Each . 

.  .  8.50 

11.25 

16.50 

29.59 

45532. 

Test  Tubes,  Transparent  Quartz. 

Length,  mm . 

100 

100 

150 

150 

200 

200 

Diameter,  mm . 

15 

20 

15 

20 

15 

20 

Each. . . : . . 

2.50 

3.25 

3.75 

4.75 

5.00 

6.00 

45536. 

Tubing,  Transparent  Quartz,  with  walls  .5  to  .75  mm. 

In  lengths  up  to  two  feet. 

Bore,  mm .  1-2 

3 

4-5 

6-7 

8 

9-10 

11 

Per  foot . 95 

2.00 

2.65 

3.10 

3.65 

4.25 

4.75 

Bore,  mm .  12-13 

14 

15-16 

17-18 

19 

22 

25 

Per  foot .  5.25 

5.75 

6.25 

7.75 

8.60 

10.00 

11.00 

459 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


RADIO- CHEMISTRY  APPARATUS 

45540.  Radio-Active  Minerals,  consisting  of  the  strongest  minerals  from  which  radium  is  being  extracted. 

Radiographs  may  be  taken  with  any  of  these  specimens  by  placing  the  mineral  or  ore  on  the 
sensitive  side  of  a  plate  in  a  black  and  orange  cover  and  allowing  same  to  remain  in  a  dark  place 
for  two  or  three  days,  after  which  development  is  carried  on  in  the  usual  way.  The  specimens 
in  this  collection  and  their  localities  are  as  follows:— 


Pitchblende . 

Carnotite . 

Fergusonite . 

Autunite . 

Aeschynite . 

Tantalite . 

. Ural 

Sa  mars  kite . 

Cleveite . 

Thorite . 

Orangite . 

Collection,  as  above, 

of  twelve  specimens . 

. 7.50 

No.  45542  No.  45546 


45542.  Spinthariscope,  a  fluorescent  screen  over  which  is  mounted  a  small  particle  of  radio-active  substance- 
When  viewed  through  the  magnifying  lens  brilliant  scintillations  are  observed.  When  obser¬ 
vations  are  made  in  daylight  it  is  necessary  to  remain  in  a  dark  room  for  about  five  minutes  be¬ 
fore  scintillations  are  plainly  visible.  Small  radium  photographs  may  be  made  with  the  instru¬ 
ment  and  exposures  made  on  photographic  negatives  by  removing  the  magnifying  lens. .  . .  2.50 
45546.  Standard  Battery,  Krueger,  for  electrostatic  measurements,  consisting  of  100  Weston  Normal  Elements 
of  small  size  with  a  total  electromotive  force  of  about  100  volts  and  with  105  ohms  internal 
resistance.  With  six  terminals.  As  used  in  charging  electrometers,  standardizing  electro¬ 
scopes,  etc. 

DutyFree .  18.00  Duty  Paid . . .  24.00 


No.  45548— in  portable  carrying  case  No  45548— ready  for  use 

45548.  Electroscope,  Curie  Type,  portable  model  of  American  make  for  field  use  in  the  determination  of  the 
radio-activity  of  American  ores,  such  as  the  Colorado  Carnotite,  and  as  used  in  the  U.  S. 
Bureau  of  Mines  laboratories  for  this  work.  The  illustration  shows  the  door  of  the  ionizing 
chamber  closed  so  that  the  circular  plate,  on  which  the  powdered  ore  for  testing  is  placed,  is 
not  shown.  The  instrument  is  furnished  with  a  reading  microscope  with  millimeter  scale  in  the 
ocular  and  with  portable  carrying  case  as  shown.  In  the  case  are  provided  receptacles  for  two 
standardized  samples  of  powdered  Carnotite  as  listed  below.  In  the  field  the  testing  is  made 
by  measuring  the  rate  of  fall  of  the  leaf  with  the  ore  to  be  tested  as  compared  with  a  standard¬ 
ized  ore  of  known  Uranium  content.  With  vulcanite  charging  rod  and  descriptive  circular  as  to 

operation .  50.00 

45550.  Carnotite,  powdered  to  60  mesh,  with  percentage  of  Uranium  Oxide  (UjOs)  determined  by  Ledoux  & 
Co.,  for  use  as  a  reference  standard  with  above  Electroscope.  Per  50  gram  vial .  1.50 


460 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  45540  No.  45544 

ELECTROSCOPE,  CURIE,  original  French  make.  This  instrument  is  furnished  with  equipment  for  measuring 
the  radio-activity  of  solids,  liquids  and  gases  and  also  in  a  small  portable  form  for  field  work.  The 
laboratory  form  for  solids  is  conveniently  arranged  so  that  measurements  of  a  great  range  of  radio¬ 
activity  as  compared  with  that  of  Oxide  of  Uranium  are  possible.  These  adjustments  are  accomplished 
either  by  varying  the  area  exposed  on  the  plate  “  D”  of  the  material  to  be  measured  or  by  changing  the 
form  of  the  discharging  rod  “T”.  Illustration  No.  45540  shows  the  Electroscope  as  arranged  for  solids, 
No.  45544  for  liquids  and  gases  and  No.  45548,  the  portable  form  for  field  work.  Each  instrument  is 
furnished  with  reading  microscope  “M”,  with  micrometer  scale  on  the  ocular,  with  which  the  fall  of  the 
leaf  during  discharge  is  very  accurately  measured.  The  principal  constants  of  this  apparatus  as 
furnished  by  the  French  makers  are  as  follows:— 

The  potential  required  to  deviate  the  leaf  through  the  entire  field  of  the  microscope  is  about  300 
volts  and  the  value  of  each  division  in  the  eyepiece  micrometer  is  0.4  volt  but  readings  may  be  esti¬ 
mated  to  0.1  volt.  The  capacity  of  the  Electroscope  when  mounted  on  a  cylinder  of  3  liters  is  14  to  15 
cm,  this  capacity  being  independent  of  the  angle  of  deviation.  The  speed  of  the  spontaneous  fall 
of  the  leaf  under  the  best  conditions,  for  instance  0.0033  div/sec,  is  0.0013  volt/sec.  Ihe  minimum 
speed  of  the  fall  measurable  (ten  times  as  great  as  the  natural  leak)  is  0.01  volt/sec.  The  minimum 
current  measurable  in  the  cylinder  is  2  x  1CH8  amperes.  The  minimum  quantity  of  radium  emanation 
measurable  in  the  cylinders  of  3  liters  is  0.0019  mmg.  min.  The  minimum  amount  of  Radium  Bromide 
which  can  be  estimated  by  the  emanation  method  (this  quantity  corresponds  to  that  contained  in  10 
liters  of  sea  water  or  in  50  grams  of  deep  sea  sand)  is  2,  3.10~7  mmgr.  See  M .  Joly,  Phil.  Mag.,  mars  el 
.  juillet  1908.  The  minimum  radio-activity  measurable  in  solids,  taking  Oxide  of  Uranium  as  unity, 
is  1/200.  See  P.  Curie,  OEuvres,  p.  375,  p.  591  el  593;  Mme.  P.  Curie,  Ann.  Ch.  Phys.,  Septembre,  Oct., 
Nov.,  1903;  Mme.  P.  Curie,  “Traile  de  Radioactivity”  (Gauthier -Vi  liars) ;  Mme.  P.  Curie,  “Le  Ra¬ 
dium,”  7,  1910,  p.  65  a  70;  and  A.  Laborde,  “Methodes  de  mesure  employees  en  Radioactivity”  ( Encyclo¬ 
pedic  Leaute,  Gauthier -Villars,  edit).  _ 

45552.  Electroscope,  Curie,  complete  for  mineralogists,  with  reading  microscope  and  discharging  apparatus 
with  plate  and  accessories. 

Duty  Free .  56.25  Duty  Paid .  67.50 

45554.  Electroscope,  Curie,  as  above  but  without  the  lower  cylinder,  base  and  plate  D,  for  mounting  specially 
to  suit  the  work  intended. 

Duty  Free .  33.00  Duty  Paid .  39.60 

45556.  Electroscope,  Curie,  complete  portable  outfit  in  case. 

Duty  Free .  50.00  Duty  Paid .  60.00 

45558.  Discharging  Cylinder  of  3  liters  capacity,  with  metallic  stopper  and  support  for  the  Electroscope. 

Duty  Free .  16.25  Duty  Paid .  19.50 

45560.  Discharging  Cylinder,  as  above,  with  removable  cover. 

Duty  Free .  17.50  Duty  Paid .  21.00 

45562.  Discharging  Cylinder,  450  cc  capacity,  with  metal  stopper  and  support  for  the  Electroscope. 

Duty  Free .  12.50  Duty  Paid .  15.00 

45564.  Black  Oxide  of  Uranium  (U3  Og)  for  use  as  a  relative  standard.  In  10  gram  vials. 

Duty  Free .  0.40  Duty  Paid .  0.50 

45566.  Accessory  for  automatical!}'  stoppering  above  cylinders. 

Duty  Free .  3.75  Duty  Paid .  4.50 


461 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


ELECTROSCOPE,  CURIE  (cont ) 


45568. 

45570. 

45572. 

45574. 

45576. 

*5578. 


Connecting  Support  for  cylinders. 

Duty  Free .  3.00  Duty  Paid . 3.60 

Connecting  Support  for  cylinders,  with  automatic  stopper. 

Duty  Free .  6.25  Duty  Paid .  7.50 

Dessicating  Chamber. 

Duty  Free .  6.25  Duty  Paid .  7.50 

Extension  Rod,  with  bayonet  catch  for  removing  the  electrodes  from  cylinder. 

Duty  Free . 50  Duty  Paid . 60 

Connecting  Tube  for  the  two  cylinders. 

Duty  Free .  3.00  Duty  Paid .  3.60 

Metallic  tubular  cooling  device  and  boiler. 

Duty  Free .  18.75  Duty  Paid .  22.50 


■  C2 

■  M 

I  ■ 

W  Jr*- 

i  ft 

-41 

No.  45580 


ELECTROMETER,  SCHMIDT,  for  both  solid  and  liquid  substances,  designed  especially  for  the  determination 
of  very  small  Radium  quantities  by  the  emanation  method,  the  emanation  of  spring  and  other  natural 
waters  by  the  so-called  “shaking”  method,  for  the  plotting  of  decay  curves  and  for  the  comparison  of 
the  radio-activity  of  minerals  and  other  solids.  See  Physik.  Zeitschrifl  Nr.  18,  1905,  Phydk.  Zeitschrift 
Nr.  7,  1906,  and  F ortschritte  der  Medizin  Nr.  27,  1909. 

45580.  Electrometer,  Laboratory  Form,  as  above  with  shaking  flask,  blower,  thermometer,  connecting  tubing, 
-stopwatch,  rubber  rod;  frame  for  winding  up  wires  and  dish. 

Duty  Free .  67.50  Duty  Paid .  90.00 

45582.  Electrometer,  as  above,  portable  form,  with  tripod  shaking  flask,  blower,  thermometer,  connecting 
tubing,  stopwatch,  rubber  rod,  frame  for  winding  up  wires,  and  dish. 

Duty  Free .  82.50  Duty  Paid .  110.00 

45584.  Radium  Standard  Solution,  as  made  in  Prof.  Schmidt’s  laboratory,  in  Curie  flask. 

Duty  Free .  7.50  Duty  Paid .  10.00 


No.  45586 


45586.  Charging  Rod,  for  Electroscopes.  The  friction  is  produced  between  flannel  and  celluloid.  Very  conven¬ 
ient  to  use  and  produces  both  positive  and  negative  charges. 

Duty  Free .  4.50  Stock .  6.00 


462 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


45588.  Electrometer,  Dolezalek  Pattern,  with  long  ambroid  insulation  to  quadrants  and  terminals,  the  latter 
being  placed  in  a  very  convenient  position  on  top  of  the  instrument  and  readily  removable  for 
cleaning.  The  suspension  is  strong  phosphor-bronze  with  high  sensitivity.  Ample  adjustment 
in  height  and  rotation  of  the  vane  relative  to  quadrants  is  provided  with  zero  adjustment  with¬ 
out  altering  relative  position  of  vane  and  quadrants.  The  scale  readings  are  proportionate  over 
a  wide  range.  The  use  of  phosphor-bronze  suspension  renders  this  instrument  suitable  for 
students’  work,  the  sensitivity  being  approximately  300  millimeters  at  one  meter  radius  for  a 
difference  of  potential  of  one  volt  between  the  quadrants  with  the  vane  charged  at  100  volts. 

Duty  Free .  43.50  Duty  Paid .  63.80 

45590.  Extra  Phosphor-Bronze  Suspension,  with  hooks. 

Duty  Free . 75  Duty  Paid .  1.10 

45592.  Extra  Vane,  for  above,  with  either  plane  or  concave  mirror,  complete  with  suspension. 

Duty  Free .  3.15  Duty  Paid .  4.65 

45594.  Electrometer,  Dolezalek  Pattern,  same  as  No.  45588  but  with  a  50%  higher  sensitivity. 

Duty  Free .  46.50  Duty  Paid .  68.20 

45596.  Electrometer,  Dolezalek  Pattern,  same  as  No.  45588  but  with  silvered  quartz  fibre  suspensions,  increas¬ 
ing  the  sensitivity  about  100%.  Price  on  application. 

45598.  Electroscope,  Double-tilted  Pattern,  Bumstead.  The  two  plates  attached  to  the  terminals  are  charged 
to  equal  the  opposite  potentials,  usually  200  volts,  and  the  gold  leaf  kept  vertical  and  central 
by  means  of  levelling  screws.  '  The  sensitiveness  and  stability  are  easily  altered  by  raising  or 

lowering  the  leaf  by  means  of  the  fine  adjustment 
provided.  This  instrument  has  a  sensitivity 
about  three  times  that  of  the  ordinary  tilted 
form  listed  below  for  equal  stability.  The  plates 
are  insulated  with  ambroid  and  an  earthing  ter¬ 
minal  is  fitted  into  the  case.  The  insulation  of 
the  leaf  is  ambroid.  See  American  Journal  of 
Science,  December,  1911. 

Duty  Free .  21.00 

Duty  Paid .  30.80 

45600.  .  Electroscope,  Rectangular  Tilted  Pattern,  Wilson, 

with  ebonite  insulation  and  ambroid  insulation 
to  the  leaf.  Complete  on  stand  with  levelling 
screws. 

Duty  Free .  12.00 

Duty  Paid .  17.60 

45602.  Electroscope,  as  above,  but  with  reading  micro¬ 
scope  with  fifty  division  scale  in  ocular. 

Duty  Free .  24.00 

Duty  Paid .  35.20 

No.  45600 


463 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


45650.  Electroscope,  Alpha  Ray,  Rutherford,  consisting  of  aluminum  about  4  inches  cube,  with  optical  glass 
windows,  removable  gold  leaf  system,  two  circular  tables,  sulphur  insulations,  on  cast  iron  base. 
Designed  for  the  accurate  comparison  of  radio-activities  measurable  by  the  Alpha  ray.  With¬ 
out  reading  microscope. 

Duty  Free .  20.75  Duty  Paid. . 27.10 

45654.  Electroscope,  Alpha  Ray,  Rutherford,  as  above  with  Tele-Microscope  with  scale. 

Duty  Free .  40.60  Duty  Paid .  52.90 

45658.  Electroscope,  Beta  and  Gamma  Ray,  Rutherford,  consisting  of  an  aluminum  box  with  removable  lid, 
lined  with  lead  throughout,  lead  slides  at  bottom  and  with  thin  aluminum  window,  with  quartz 
insulations.  Mounted  on  four  legs,  one  of  which  is  adjustable.  When  the  instrument  is  used 
for  the  measurement  of  the  Gamma  ray  only  the  aluminum  aperture  beneath  the  leaf  is  closed 
by  the  lead  slide.  Without  reading  microscope. 

Duty  Free .  24.00  Duty  Paid . 31.25 

45660.  Electroscope,  Beta  and  Gamma  Ray,  Rutherford,  as  above,  with  Tele-Microscope  with  scale. 

Duty  Free .  43.75  Duty  Paid . 57.00 

45664.  Electroscope,  Alpha,  Beta  and  Gamma  Ray,  Rutherford,  fitted  with  Tele-Microscope  with  scale  in 
eyepiece,  rack  and  pinion  table,  upper  box  lined  with  lead  on  one  side  and  with  thin  aluminum 
plate  on  opposite  side,  with  quartz  insulations,  etc. 

Duty  Free .  69.30  Duty  Paid .  .....  90.30 

45668.  Electroscope,  Emanation,  Rutherford,  of  variable  capacity  for  the  measurement  of  emanations  from 
radio-active  bodies  and  also  to  detect  the  presence  of  both  Thorium  and  Actinium  emanations. 
If  a  stream  of  air  conveying  the  emanation  under  investigation  is  passed  through  the  electroscope, 
the  variation  in  the  rate  of  movement  of  the  gold  leaf  when  the  current  of  air  is  stopped  indicates 
at  once  the  nature  of  the  emanation  present.  If  the  rate  of  movement  increases  with  time,  the 
Radium  emanation  is  present;  if  it  falls  to  half  value  in  54  seconds,  the  Thorium  emanation  is 
present;  and  if  it  practically  disappears  in  the  course  of  20  seconds,  the  discharge  is  due  to  the 
Actinium  emanation.  When  it  is  required  to  determine  the  amount  of  Radium  emanation  in  a 
solution,  the  latter  is  boiled  to  drive  off  the  emanation,  and  the  gases  mixed  with  emanation  are 
collected  over  hot  water  and  introduced  into  the  partially  exhausted  electroscope.  Air  is  then 
let  in,  and  the  pressure  raised  to  atmospheric  value.  The  rate  of  discharge  of  the  electroscope 
increases  rapidly  after  the  introduction  of  the  Radium  emanation  and  reaches  a  maximum  value 
after  about  three  hours,  and  then  slowly  decays  with  a  half  value  period  of  3.86  days.  Measure¬ 
ments  of  the  rate  of  discharge  are  made  either  at  a  certain  definite  time  after  the  introduction  of 
the  emanation,  or  preferably  three  hours  after  its  introduction,  and  the  rate  of  movement  of  the 
gold  leaf  (corrected  for  the  natural  leak)  is  a  measure  of  the  amount  of  emanation  introduced. 
The  electroscope  is  standardized  by  means  of  a  Radium  Standard  Solution,  containing  about 
one-millionth  of  a  milligram  of  Radium.  The  Radium  in  the  form  of  solution  is  kept  in  a  sealed 
flask  and  one  month  after  sealing  the  amount  of  emanation  reaches  its  equilibrium  value.  The 
Radium  Solution  is  then  boiled  and  the  emanation  transferred,  as  before,  into  the  electroscope 
and  the  rate  of  movement  measured  under  definite  conditions.  In  an  apparatus  of  this  kind  the 
emanation  from  10~6  of  a  milligram  of  Radium  gives  a  comparatively  rapid  rate  of  movement; 
a  quantity  corresponding  to  10— 7  milligram  can  easily  be  measured,  while  10— 8  milligram  produces 
a  detectable  effect.  The  apparatus  consists  of  a  cylindrical  chamber  of  brass  closed  at  either 
end  and  provided  with  inlet  and  outlet  tubes  and  having  a  capacity  of  about  one  liter.  Fitted 
to  the  upper  end  of  the  cylinder  is  an  insulated  plug  of  special  design,  having  an  extremely  small 
natural  leak,  and  so  arranged  as  to  be  quite  tight  against  a  high  rate  of  exhaustion  in  the  vessel 
beneath.  Attached  to  above  plug  is  a  small  brass  rod  of  about  one  millimeter  diameter  the  lower 
end  reaching  to  within  one  or  two  millimeters  of  the  bottom  of  cylinder;  to  the  upper  end  is 
attached  the  gold  leaf  system  in  upper  cylindrical  cover  and  viewed  through  the  windows  as 
shown.  The  upper  cylindrical  cover  of  brass  is  fitted  with  a  variable  capacity  device  by  means 
of  which  the  capacity  may  be  increased  two  or  three  times,  this  being  effected  by  using  two  cir¬ 
cular  plates,  one  attached  to  the  leaf  support  and  the  other  to  the  end  of  adjustable  rod,  shown 
at  right  of  illustration. 

Duty  Free .  .  34.65  Duty  Paid . 45.15 

45672.  Electroscope,  Emanation,  Rutherford,  as  above,  with  Tele-Microscope  with  scale. 

Duty  Free . 54.45  Duty  Paid .  70.95 


464 


ARTHUR 


H. 


T  H  O  MAS 


COMPANY 


No.  45712 


No.  45716 


No.  45720 


No.  45724 


No.  45728  No.  45732 


45700.  Reading  Glasses  in  nickel  plated  mount,  with  handle  of  ebonized  wood. 


45708. 

45712. 

45716. 


45720. 

45724. 

45728. 

45732. 

45736. 


Diameter  of  lens,  inches . 

.  2 

3 

3* 

4 

4t 

5 

5§ 

6 

Focus,  inches . 

.  5 

6 

7 

8 

10 

12 

13 

14 

15 

Each . 

. 60 

.80 

1.00 

1.50 

2.00 

2.25 

2.50 

3.00 

3.50 

250 

.24 

250 


500 


.  .25 
1000 


1000 

.35 

2000 


Receiver,  Bruehl,  for  distillations  in  vacuum,  with  ground  on  lid,  ground  in  stopper  at  top  and  one 

ground  stopcock  at  side.  With  support  for  reagent  glasses  and  with  reagent  glasses .  8.00 

Receiver,  Gautier,  for  distillations  in  vacuum,  large  model .  4.00 

Receivers,  of  glass,  plain. 

Capacity,  cc . . .  500 

Each . 

Receivers,  of  glass,  with  tubulature. 

Capacity,  cc . .  100 

Each . 18 

Receivers,  of  glass,  with  tubulature  and  ground  in  glass  stopper. 

Capacity,  cc .  100 

Each . .30 .  .40  750  760  .70 

Reductor,  Jones,  for  the  determination  of  phosphorous  by  a  rapid  method  as  described  in  Blair’s  “Analy¬ 
sis  of  Iron,  5th  Edition,  p.  93.  Tube  only,  with  glass  stopcock .  2.00 

Reductor,  Jones,  same  as  No.  45728  but  with  support,  clamp,  two  flasks,  glass  stopcocks  and  rubber 

tubing .  6.00 

Reduction  Tubes,  of  Hardest  Bohemian  Combustion  Tubing,  with  one  or  more  bulbs  in  center,  as  shown 
in  illustration. 

Number  of  bulbs .  1  2  3 

Length,  mm .  300  350  400 

Each . .22  .30  ^35 


.40 

500 


.45 

1000 


.60 

2000 


REFRACTOMETERS. 


REFRACTOMETERS,  ZEISS.  The  use  of  the  Refractometer  in  its  various  forms  in  the  modern  chemical  lab¬ 
oratory  has  increased  with  great  rapidity.  We  recommend  those  who  are  not  familiar  with  the 
construction  or  use  of  these  instruments  to  apply  to  us  for  the  following  literature  published  by  the 
firm  of  Carl  Zeiss. 


Mess  160.  Optical  Measuring  Instruments.  Mess  292.  New  Sugar  Refractometer. 

“  165.  Dipping  Refractometer.  “  186.  Use  of  the  Abbe  Refractometer  in 

“  172.  Abbe  Refractometer.  the  Sugar  Industry. 

“  173.  Butter  Refractometer.  “  189.  Dr.  Wagner’s  Tables  regarding  the 

“  188.  Pulfrich  Refractometer.  Immersion  Refractometer. 

“  245.  Interferometer  for  Gas  and  Water. 

and  particularly  for  the  list  of  refractometrical  literature,  which  has  become  too  extensive  to  refer  to 
in  this  description,  all  of  which  are  sent  free  of  charge. 


465 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  45760 


No.  45764 


No.  45776  No.  45780 


45760. 


45764. 


45768. 


45772. 

45776. 

45780. 

45784. 


Refractometer,  Abbe,  Zeiss,  with  Heatable  Prism,  for  the  determination  of  refractive  indices  between 
nD=  1.3  andnD  =  1.7  in  fluid,  plastic  and  solid  bodies.  The  refractive  index  is  read  directly  from  the 
graduated  circle.  This  instrument  has  found  wide  application  in  tests  as  to  purity,  the  deter¬ 
mination  of  the  proportion  of  known  components  in  a  mixture  and  in  the  analysis  of  food  products, 
particularly  butter,  cheese,  margarine,  cocoa  fat,  lard  and  other  comestible  fats;  of  salad  oils, 
cod-liver  oil,  lubricants,  alkalies,  linseed  oil,  varnish,  turpentine,  petroleum,  paraffin,  ceresin 
and  other  kinds  of  wax;  glycerine,  aniline;  aqueous,  alcoholic  and  ethereal  solutions  as,  for  in¬ 
stance,  the  solution  of  ether  and  milk-fat  adopted  in  Naumann’s  method  of  determining  the  per¬ 
centage  of  fat  in  milk;  milk  serum;  and  for  determining  the  quantity  of  albumen  in  blood  serum 
in  clinical  work.  The  Abbe  Refractometer  with  heatable  prisms  may  also  be  used  for  the  pur¬ 
poses  for  which  the  Butter  Refractometer  and  the  Milk  Fat  Retractometer  were  originally  intended 
by  use  of  the  conversion  tables  furnished  with  each  instrument  and  the  two  special  thermometers 
which  are  usually  supplied  only  with  the  Butter  and  Milk  Fat  Refractometers.  The  accuracy 
in  measurement  is  to  about  two  units  of  the  fourth  decimal  place.  In  case  with  Table  of 
Dispersion  and  Conversion  Tables,  and  stem  thermometer  divided  in  single  degrees  from  0-75°  C. 

Duty  Free . .  100.90  Stock .  137.30 

Refractometer,  Butter,  Zeiss,  for  preliminarily  testing  butter  refractometrically,  also  for  investi¬ 
gating  fats,  salad  oils,  etc.;  scope  of  the  ocular  scale  from  n„  =  1.42  to  nD=1.49;  micrometer  screw 
for  measuring  the  tenths  of  a  division  of  the  scale,  accuracy  in  measurement  one  unit  of  the  fourth 
decimal.  With  a  small  flask  of  “standard  fluid"  for  the  revision  of  the  adjustment  of  the  ocular 
scale,  a  table  for  converting  the  scale  divisions  into  refractive  indices.  In  case,  with  ordinary 
thermometer  in  |°  from  0-50°  C.,  with  screw  joint  connection  for  attaching  to  the  Refractometer. 

Duty  Free .  50.90  Stock . . .  69.30 

Refractometer.  Milk  Fat,  Zeiss.  This  Refractometer  resembles  externally  the  Butter  Refractometer 
and  in  both  construction  and  manipulation  is  the  same.  The  essential  difference  between  the 
two  consists  in  the  range,  and  in  the  case  of  the  Milk  Fat  Refractometer  is  from  n„=1.33  to  n„= 
1.42,  while  the  Butter  Refractometer  is  from  n„  =  1.42  to  n„=1.49.  The  Milk  Fat  Refractometer 
has  an  accuracy  in  measurement  to  one  unit  of  the  fourth  decimal.  Complete  in  case,  with  table 
for  conversion  of  scale  divisions  into  refractive  indices  and  vice  versa,  and  including  correc¬ 
tion  thermometer  to  reduce  the  observations  to  17.5°  C. 

Duty  Free .  53.88  Stock .  73.27 


Accessories  for  Above  Refractometers.  free  stock 

Stem  Thermometer,  only,  0-75°  C.  in  single  degrees .  .90  1.80 

Wollny  Special  Thermometer,  with  butter  and  lard  scales,  with  screw 

joint  connection  for  attaching  to  the  Refractometer .  1.38  2.25 

Baier  Special  Thermometer,  with  scales  for  summer  butter,  winter  but¬ 
ter  and  lard,  with  screw  joint  connection  for  attaching  to  Refractometer  1.81  3.65 

Correction  Thermometer,  for  milk  fat  investigations  to  reduce  the  obser¬ 
vations  to  17.5°  C.,  with  screw  joint  connection  for  attaching  to  Refrac¬ 
tometer  .  1.38  2.25 


Note— Unless  otherwise  specified  the  above  Refractometers  are  always  supplied  with  the  stem  ther¬ 
mometer,  as  above  iisted. 


466 


ARTHUR 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  45788  Nos.  45808  to  45811 


45788. 


45792. 

45796. 

45800. 

45804. 


45808. 

45809. 

45810. 

45811. 


Refractometer,  Dipping,  Zeiss,  for  Investigating  Fluids  of  Low  Refractive  Index,  especially  dilutions, 

alcoholic,  volatile  solutions,  etc.;  scope  of  the  ocular  scale  from  nD=  1.325  to  n„=  1.367  with  an 
accuracy  in  measurement  to  one-third  unit  of  the  fourth  decimal.  In  above  illustration  the 
refractometer  hangs  on  the  wire  frame  with  its  lower  end,  the  prism,  immersed  in  one  of  the 
glass  beakers  filled  with  the  solution  to  be  tested,  the  beakers  being  surrounded  by  flowing 
water  at  the  required  temperature.  A  rectangular  mirror  below  the  trough  reflects  the  light  from 
below  through  a  glass  plate  into  one  of  the  rows  of  glass  beakers.  Because  of  its  accuracy  and 
extremely  simple  operation,  the  Dipping  Refractometer  has  become  an  indispensable  instru¬ 
ment  in  the  examination  of  various  products  as  to  their  purity,  analysis  of  standard  solu¬ 
tions,  and  to  the  rapid  and  very  exact  determination  of  the  concentration  of  solutions.  Dr.  B. 
Wagner’s  tables  of  various  substances  which  have  been  investigated  by  means  of  the  Dipping 
Refractometer  are  recommended  for  use  in  connection  with  it  (Price  $5.00).  Complete  in  case, 
with  free  standing  refractometer  prism  of  acid-proof  glass,  with  attachable  beaker  for  the  in¬ 
vestigation  of  quickly  eyaporating  solutions  and  with  a  table  for  the  conversion  of  the  scale 
readings  into  refractive  indices,  but  without  Auxiliary  Prism,  heating  trough  or  thermometer. 

Duty  Free .  62.50  Stock .  85.00 

Accessories  for  the  Dipping  Refractometer. 

Auxiliary  Prism  for  investigating  fluids  in  very  small  quantities,  for 
deeply  colored  solutions,  such  as  molasses,  dark  beers,  etc.,  and  for  the 
determination  of  albumen  in  blood  serum.  With  unpolished  surface  of 

contact  slightly  countersunk . 

Heating  Trough,  as  shown  in  illustration  of  No.  45788,  for  the  recep¬ 
tion  of  12  glass  beakers,  each  containing  20  cc,  for  investigations  in 
bulk,  with  a  glass  plate  at  the  bottom  of  the  trough  and  mirror  below, 

and  with  24  beakers . 

Thermometer,  15-25°  C.  divided  in  j^ths,  in  metal  case,  with  certifi¬ 
cate  of  accuracy . . 

Stem  Thermometer,  15-25°  C.,  divided  in  |ths,  about  8  cm  long,  with  a 

red  line  at  17.5°  C . 

Tempering  Bath,  for  use  without  a  continuous  flow  of  water,  recommended  when  the  Refractometer 
is  only  used  occasionally  and  for  investigations  at  indoor  temperatures .  The  construction  of  this 
bath  is  based  on  the  fact  that  a  large  volume  of  water  with  a  comparatively  small  surface  area 
is  very  slow  in  acquiring  the  temperature  of  the  surrounding  space.  The  outfit  consists  of  the 
following: — 

Enamelled  Pan,  of  about  10  liters  capacity,  with  felt  jacket  and  over¬ 
flow  joint,  1  meter  of  rubber  tubing  and  stopcock . . 

Filler,  for  uniformly  introducing  fresh  water  into  the  pan  without  stir¬ 
ring,  with  funnel . 

Carrier  (L)  for  Refractometer,  with  mirror . . 

Umbrella  Frame,  for  12  beakers  of  20  cc  capacity;  and  with  24  beakers. 


Duty  Free 

3.00 


7.50 


4.25 

.56 


Stock 

4.08 


10.20 

6.12 


.81 


Duty  Free 

Stock 

3.88 

5.58 

1.25 

1.70 

6.06 

8.25 

6.63 

9.01 

467 


ARTHUR 


T  H  O  M  A  S 


COMPANY 


H 


No.  45812 


No.  45828 


REFRACTOMETER,  SUGAR,  ZEISS,  a  new  and  special  adoption  of  the  Abbe  Refractometer  for  the  sugar  in¬ 
dustry.  The  wide  adoption  of  the  refractometric  method  of  determining  dry  solids  in  sugar  factory 
products  has  resulted  in  a  simpler  model  of  the  Abbe  Refractometer  (heretofore  widely  used  in  the 
sugar  industry),  constructed  with  the  cooperation  of  the  Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt  and 
the  International  Commission  for  Uniform  Methods  of  Sugar  Analysis.  A  distinct  improvement  is 
in  the  prism  which  is  an  Abbe  double  prism  made  of  lighter  flint  glass  and  which  gives  a  more  open  scale 
than  the  prism  used  in  the  Abbe  Refractometer  and  which  noticeably  reduces  the  error  in  the  refrac¬ 
tion  quotient.  The  scale  reads  directly  in  percentages  of  dry  substance  and  is  now  in  the  field  of  the 
telescope  and  is  divided  from  0-50  for  whole  percents  and  from  50-85  for  half  percents  of  dry  substances. 
With  this  new  instrument  the  darkest  ordinary  molasses  may  be  accurately  tested  directly,  without 
dilution.  The  instrument  is  adjusted  regularly  for  20°  C.  but,  when  intended  for  use  in  tropical  coun¬ 
tries,  is  adjusted  for  28°  C.,  the  temperature  of  adjustment  being  engraved  on  each  instrument. 

45812.  Refractometer,  Sugar,  Standard  Model,  as  above,  adjusted  for  20°  C,  with  special  thermometer  from 
0  to  50  in  with  screw  mounting. 

Duty  Free .  75.90  Stock .  103.22 

45816.  Refractometer,  Sugar,  Tropical  Model,  adjusted  for  28°  C.,  with  special  thermometer  as  above. 

Duty  Free .  75.90  Stock . . . 103.22 

45820.  Thermometer,  only,  0  to  50°C  in  §°,  with  screw  mounting. 

Duty  Free . 90  Stock .  1.30 

45824.  Thermometer,  only,  as  above,  with  fixed  metal  case. 

Duty  Free .  1.25  Stock .  1-80 

45828.  Refractometer,  Pulfrich,  Zeiss,  designed  for  measurements  of  refraction  (nD)  and  dispersion  (differ¬ 
ence  of  indices  for  the  Fraunhofer  lines  C.  D.  F  and  G1)  of  transparent,  fluid  and  solid  bodies, 
either  single  or  double  refracting;  investigations  of  fluids  at  high  temperatures,  including  bodies 
that  are  fluid  only  under  such  conditions;  and  the  determination  of  the  differences  of  refractive 
or  dispersive  power  of  such  solid  or  fluid  substances  as  differ  but  little  in  their  optical  proper¬ 
ties.  (The  instrument  is  then  used  as  a  differential  refractometer.)  In  the  construction  of  the 
accessories  which  serve  for  the  purposes  mentioned  above,  special  attention  has  been  given  to 
securing  simplicity  in  the  methods  of  observing  and  in  the  subsequent  computations.  All  parts 
of  the  apparatus  are,  therefore,  permanently  fixed  in  position  after  being  once  properly  ad juste.d, 
and  hence  are  always  ready  for  use.  The  computations  for  dispersion  and  other  differential 
quantities  from  the  data  given  by  the  observation  are  made  by  means  of  suitable  tables  in  the 
same  manner  as  hitherto  for  nD  without  the  use  of  logarithms.  In  regard  to  accuracy  the  appa¬ 
ratus  is  designed  to  meet  the  requirements  which  are  usual  in  spectrometric  measurements, 
i.e.,  exactness  to  a  single  unit  of  the  fourth  decimal  place  in  the  refractive  index  and  to  one  or  two 
units  of  the  fifth  decimal  place  in  the  dispersion  and  other  quantities  depending  upon  differen¬ 
tial  measurements.  With  Geissler  tube,  cabinet  for  the  instrument  and  case  for  the  prisms  and 
accessories,  and  detailed  directions  for  use,  but  without  prisms  or  heat-  Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 

ing  apparatus .  118.75  161.50 

Accessories  for  Pulfrich  Refractometer. 

45832.  Geissler  Tube,  with  H-filling .  2.00  2.88 

45836.  Prism  I  (n„=1.62),  for  the  determination  of  fluids  having  refractive 

indices  varying  from  that  of  water  nD=l. 33  to  n„  =  1.61;  including  mount, 

carrier  and  cemented  glass  cell .  12.50  18.00 

45840.  Prism  II  (nD=1.75)  for  the  examination  of  solid  substances  (glasses, 

etc.)  having  refractive  indices  varying  from  n„  =  1.47  to  n„  =  1.74;  in¬ 
cluding  mount  and  carrier . 14.25  19.44 


468 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


45844. 

45848. 


45852. 


45856. 


45860. 

45864. 

45868. 

45872. 

45876. 

45880. 

45884. 


45886. 

45888. 

45890. 

45892. 

45894. 


Barium  Mercuric  Iodide  solution  (n„  =  1.78)  specific  gravity  =  3.6,  about  35  Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 

grams .  .63  .90 

Prism  III,  for  substances  of  exceptionally  high  refractive  power,  having  refrac¬ 
tive  indices  varying  from  n0=1.64  to  nD  =  1.88;  including  mount  and 

carrier .  17.50  25.20 

Tube,  5  mm  inside  diameter,  for  the  investigation  of  very  small  quantities  of 

fluid .  1.25  1.80 

Prism  IV  (nD=1.62)  for  the  differential  examination  of  fluids,  with  mount, 

carrier  and  cover .  18.00  25.92 

Prism  V  (n„  =  1.75)  for  the  differential  examination  of  fluids,  with  mount, 

carrier  and  cover .  22.00  31.68 

Heating  Apparatus .  13.75  18.70 

Thermometer,  from  0  to  75°  C.,  in  single  degrees,  with  screw  for  fitting  into  the 

heating  apparatus .  .90  1.30 

Thermometer,  0-50°  C.,  divided  in  r^ths,  with  screw .  4.00  5.76 

50-100°  C.,  divided  in  x^ths,  with  screw .  5.00  7.20 

Sodium  Burner . 3.63  4.93 

Fluid  Cell,  with  piano-parallel  bottom  (nD=1.65),  glass  stopper  and  thermome¬ 
ter  for  the  investigation  of  fluids  on  a  prism,  on  which  a  glass  tube  is  not 

cemented .  4.50  6.48 

Glass  Dish,  for  cementing  the  glass  cells . .  1.25  1.80 

Capped  Bottle,  with  glass  rod  for  the  application  of  drops .  .25  .36 

Monobromide  of  Naphthalene  (nD=1.65),  as  an  immersion  fluid  for  the  inves¬ 
tigations  of  glasses,  etc.,  about  10  grams .  .13  .18 

Potassium  Mercuric  Iodide,  solution,  (n„=1.72),  specific  gravity  =  3.1,  about 

35  grams .  .50  .72 


Refractometer,  Pulfrich,  Zeiss,  with  complete  outfit,  suitable  for  ordinary  physical  and  chemical  in¬ 
vestigations  as  follows: — 

Pulfrich  Refractometer,  1  extra  Geissler  Tube,  Prisms  I,  II  and  IV;  Heating  Apparatus,  Ther¬ 
mometer  0-75°C.  in  single  degrees,  Thermometer  0-50°C.,  in  xoths;  Thermometer  50-100°C.,  in 
Tijths;  Spiral  Heater,  Water  Pressure  Regulator,  2  Capped  Bottles,  with  glass  rods;  1  bottle  of 
Monobromide  of  Naphthalene,  Glass  Dish,  Sodium  Burner. 

Duty  Free .  212.90  Duty  Paid .  289.54 


Spiral  Hot  Water  Heater  with  Water  Pressure  Regulator  for 

use  with  any  Zeiss  Refractometers.  The  Dipping 
Refractometer  as  shown  in  No.  45788  with  heating 
trough  may,  in  many  investigations,  be  used  with¬ 
out  a  Spiral  Heater  and  Water  Pressure  Regulator,  it 
being  sufficient  to  allow  the  water  at  the  temperature 
of  the  room  to  flow  slowly  through  the  heating  trough 
from  a  tank  suspended  up  on  the  wall.  Where  it  is 
necessary  to  maintain  a  given  temperature  for  hours 
at  a  time  to  within  a  few  tenths  of  a  degree  as,  for 
instance,  in  Dr.  Ackermann’s  rapid  method  for  the 
estimation  of  alcohol  and  extract  in  beers,  either  a 
Tempering  Bath  No.  45808  or  the  Spiral  Heater  and 
Water  Pressure  Regulator  must  be  used. 

45908.  Spiral  Heater,  with  support  and  Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 
Bunsen  burner .  15.25  20.74 


45912.  Cistern  A,  of  Water  Pressure 

Regulator .  1.75  2.52 

45916.  Cistern  B,  of  Water  Pressure 

Regulator .  1.25  1.80 

Note — Where  the  Water  Pressure  Regulator  is  to  be 

used  with  an  Abbe  or  Pulfrich  Refractometer, 
the  complete  Water  Pressure  Regulator  with 
Cisterns  A  and  B  is  required. 


469 


ARTHUR 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Percent  Sugar  Table  According  to  Refraction  Indices  with  the  Sugar  Refractometer. 


Refraction 

Exponent 

Schonrock 

Main 

Tolman  and  Smith 

Prinsen-Geerligs 

Hiibener 

1,3403 

5% 

5.2% 

5.0% 

5.0% 

5.1% 

1,3479 

10 

10.2 

10.1 

10.1 

10.0 

1,3557 

15 

15.2 

15.1 

15.1 

15.0 

1,3639 

20 

20.1 

20.1 

20.2 

20.0 

1,3723 

25 

25.1 

25.1 

25.1 

1,3811 

30 

30.0 

30.1 

30.0 

1,3902 

35 

35.0 

35.0 

35.0 

1,3997 

40 

40.0 

40.0 

40.1 

1,4096 

45 

45.0 

45.0 

45.0 

1,4200 

50 

50.0 

50.0 

50.0 

1,4307 

55 

55.1 

55.0 

54.9 

1,4418 

60 

60.0 

60.0 

59.9 

1,4532 

65 

64.9 

64.9 

65.0 

1,4651 

75 

69.9 

69.8 

1,4774 

70 

74.9 

74.7 

1,4901 

80 

79.9 

79.9 

1,5033 

85 

85.0 

84.9 

The  first  column  in  the  above  table  shows  the  refraction  quotient  for  sodium  light  in  air  at  20°  C.  and  the 
second  the  corresponding  sugar  percents,  i.e.,  the  number  of  grams  of  sugar  in  100  grams  of  pure  sugar 
solution,  calculated  according  to  Schonrock.  The  remaining  columns  give  the  sugar  percents  for  the 
corresponding  refractive  indices  of  the  first  column  according  to  the  calculations  of  Main,  Tolman 
and  Smith,  Prinsen-Geerligs  and  Hiibener,  the  value  of  Prinsen-Geerligs  being  transposed  from  28°  to 
20°  C.  The  variations  in  these  tables  (the  first  having  been  determined  in  Charlottenburg,  the  second 
in  London,  the  third  in  Washington,  the  fourth  in  Java  and  the  last  in  Halle)  are  within  the  limits  of 
error  permitted  by  the  sugar  trade. 

DR.  EMIL  REISS’  TABLE 

for  direct  calculation  of  the  Scale  Divisions,  percentage  of  Albumen,  at  17.5°  C.  with  the  Dipping, 
Refractometer. 

As  this  table  is  in  frequent  demand  in  Clinical  Laboratories,  but  is  otherwise  somewhat  difficult  of  access 
we  are  enabled,  by  the  author’s  kind  permission,  to  reproduce  it  in  full. 


Refractive 

Indices 

corresponding 

to 

Blood  Serum 

Exudations  and  Excretions 

nD  for  Dist.  Water  1,33320 

A  nD  for  Non-albumlnous  matter  0,00277 

A  no  for  1%  Albumen  0,00172 

nD  for  Dlst.  water  1,33320 

A  nD  for  Non-albumlnous  matter  0,00244 

A  no  for  1%  Albumen  0,00184 

Scale  Divisions 

Scale 

Percentage 

Did.  of  Albumen 

Seale 

Percentage 

Dlff.  of  Albumen 

Divisions 

Albumen 

for  1  Scale  Dlv. 

Divisions 

Albumen 

Scale  for  1  Dlv. 

1.33590 

22 

22 

0.14 

—  — 

-  0.210 

1.33628 

23 

23 

0.35 

—  — 

-  0.210 

1.33667 

24 

24 

0.56 

—  — 

-  0.210 

1.33705 

25 

0.63 

25 

0.77 

—  — 

-  0.220 

—  — 

-  0.206 

1.33896 

30 

1.74 

30 

1.80 

-  — 

-  0.220 

—  — 

-  0.206 

1.34086 

35 

2.84 

35 

2.83 

-  - 

-  0.220 

—  — 

-  0.206 

1.34275 

40 

3.94 

40 

3.86 

—  — 

-  0.218 

—  — 

-  0.206 

1.34463 

45 

5.03 

45 

4.89 

—  — 

-  0.218 

—  — 

-  0.202 

1 .34650 

50 

6.12 

50 

5.90 

—  — 

-  0.216 

—  — 

-  0.202 

1.34836 

55 

7.20 

55 

6.91 

—  — 

-  0.216 

—  — 

-  0.202 

1.35021 

60 

8.28 

60 

7.92 

—  — 

-  0.214 

_  _ 

-  0.200 

1.35205 

65 

9.35 

65 

8.92 

—  — 

-  0.212 

_  _ 

-  0.198 

1.35388 

70 

10.41 

70 

9.91 

470 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Laboratory  Interferometer  (about  ^5  Full  size).  Kl  =  Collimator.  L,  G  =  Air  and  Gas  Chambers.  F  and  OK  =  Reading  Telescope. 

REFRACTOMETER  (GAS  AND  WATER  INTERFEROMETER)  ZEISS,  a  new  instrument  for  the  optical 
analysis  of  gas  and  water  developed  at  the  Zeiss  works  in  cooperation  with  Prof.  Haber,  of  Berlin,  consisting 
of  a  modification  of  Lord  Rayleigh’s  type  of  apparatus  wherein  readings  are  taken  by  means  of  a  system  of  op¬ 
tical  compensation  instead  of  by  a  pressure  gauge,  affording  a  much  more  rapid  and  convenient  means  of  work¬ 
ing  and  which  improvement  permits  the  construction  of  the  instrument  in  a  portable  form.  The  Gas 
Refraetometer  is  made  in  two  ranges  of  accuracy,  the  first  known  as  the  Laboratory  Interferometer  reading 
the  per  cent  of  CO2  to  within  1/50%  to  1/100%,  and  the  Portable  form  reading  to  within  3%  to  3%  of  COj. 

Purposes  for  which  the  Gas  Interferometer  is  available. 

The  Gas  Interferometers  serve  for  ascertaining  the  difference  between  the  refractive  indices  of  a  given  gas 
and  a  standard  gas.  The  method  of  optical  analysis  is  directly  applicable  to  all  binary  mixtures  of  gases,  i.e.,  all 
mixtures  of  two  gases,  which  includes  all  commercially  pure  gases,  such  as  oxygen,  nitrogen,  hydrogen,  carbon 
dioxide,  etc.,  provided  the  given  gas  is  contaminated  by  only  one  other  gas  which  is  known  from  the  nature  of  the 
process  of  manufacture.  In  this  connection  binary  mixtures  of  gases  may  also  take  the  form  of  a  primary  mix¬ 
ture  of  unvarying  composition  and  a  quantitatively  variable  component,  i.e.,  normal  air  containing  an  admixture 
of  a  gas,  such  as  carbon  dioxide,  chlorine,  or  acetylene;  and,  where  the  initial  fuel  was  known,  also  flue  gases  which 
do  not  contain  carbon  monoxide  may  be  regarded  as  binary  mixtures  of  theoretical  flue  gas  and  an  excess  of  air. 

Finally,  the  method  applies  to  all  mixtures  from  which  one  or  more  components  can  be  easily  removed  by 
quantitative  absorption.  A  case  in  point  is  that  of  flue  gases  containing  carbon  monoxide.  To  determine  the  per¬ 
centage  of  carbon  dioxide  in  a  mixture  of  this  kind  one  of  the  gas  chambers  may  be  filled  with  dried  flue  gas,  the 
other  with  dried  flue  gas  freed  of  its  C02,  when  the  reading  will  give  the  proportion  of  C02  present  in  the  mixture. 
Similar  cases  arise  in  the  examination  of  gaseous  products  occurring  in  the  intermediate  stages  of  chemical  proc¬ 
esses  of  manufacture. 

The  Gas  Interferometers  are  now  being  used  for  the  technical  as  well  as  scientific  analysis  of  gases  in  con¬ 
nection  with  a  great  variety  of  experimental  investigations  carried  on  in  laboratories  attached  to  mines,  experi¬ 
mental  borings,  chemical  works  manufacturing  commercially  pure  compressed  gases  and  others  having  to  control 
the  composition  of  gases  occurring  as  intermediate  products,  public  health  offices  and  medical  institutes  for  the 
systematic  analysis  of  air,  steam  users’  associations,  and  institutions  devoted  to  researches  in  physics  and  physical 
chemistry.  We  shall  be  pleased  to  provide  further  information  and  suggestions  respecting  the  application  of  the 
apparatus. 


Diagrammatic  View  (Fig.  3;  Elevation;  Fig.  4;  Planj  of  the  Laboratory  Interferometer.  The  parallel  pencil  of  rays  which  proceeds 
from  the  collimator  Kl  splits  up,  the  upper  half  passing  over  the  gas  chamber  (Fig.  3)  and  through  the  auxilliary  plate  above  the  compensator 
PI,  next  through  the  double  slit  (Fig.  4)  into  the  telescope  F,  whilst  the  lower  half  passes  partly  through  the  gas  chamber  G,  and  partly  through 
the  air  chamber  L,  thence  under  H ,  through  the  compensator  plates  Pg  and  PI  respectively,  and  through  the  double  slit  into  the  telescope  F . 
The  resulting  diffraction  spectra  are  seen  in  the  eyepiece  Ok.  The  micrometer  screw  with  its  drum  Tr  serves  for  turning  the  compensator  plate 
PI,  whereas  Pg  is  stationary. 


471 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Applications  of  the  Water  Interferometer 


The  Water  Interferometer  is  susceptible  of  a  degree  of  accuracy  which  is  5  to  50  times  greater  than  that  of  the 
Dipping  Refractometer  and  is  primarily  intended  for  the  rapid  testing  of  natural  waters.  In  the  case  of  river 
water  it  serves  for  ascertaining  the  proportion  of  salts  which  enter  rivers  with  the  waste  waters  discharged  by 
manufacturing  establishments  and  which  under  local  regulations  are  not  allowed  to  exceed  a  certain  percentage. 

The  Interferometer  furnishes  a  convenient  means  of  ascertaining  the  course  of  flowing  subsoil  water  from  the 
analysis  of  the  samples. 

The  instrument  furnishes,  to  quote  another  instance  of  its  utility,  a  convenient  means  of  continuously  con¬ 
trolling  the  water  supplied  by  mineral  springs,  wells,  or  storage  basins.  Water  contained  in  engine  boilers  can  be 
tested  on  the  spot  within  a  few  minutes  with  respect  to  the  whole  of  the  salts  present  in  solution. 

The  analysis  of  seawater,  as  required  for  oceanographic  purposes,  demands  a  degree  of  accuracy  which  can 
only  be  attained  with  the  aid  of  volumetric  analysis  by  titration  immediately  after  the  sample  has  been  obtained, 
that  is,  on  board.  The  Water  Interferometer  has  from  the  outset  been  so  designed  as  to  be  available  for  use  on 
board,  and,  with  a  short  water  chamber,  furnishes  readings  which  are  quite  as  exact  as  those  obtainable  by  the 
method  of  titration,  while  when  used  with  its  longest  water  chamber  it  can  be  applied  for  minute  investigations 
such  as  hitherto  could  not  be  thought  of.  Moreover,  owing  to  the  high  degree  of  accuracy  of  which  the  Water 
Interferometer  is  capable  very  sparingly  soluble  substances  have  now  been  made  to  yield  to  the  refractometric 
method  of  analysis,  i.e.,  alkaloids,  minerals,  colloids,  and  other  extremely  dilute  solutions,  which  previously 
could  only  be  dealt  with  physically  by  measuring  their  electric  conductivity. 

The  Water  Interferometer  is,  in  fact,  a  convenient  and  accurate  water  analyzer  and  as  such  admirably  adapted 
for  the  permanent  control  of  drinking  water,  river  water,  and  the  waste  waters  discharged  by  factories,  and  should 
prove  valuable  to  water  boards,  public  analysts,  and  others  whose  duty  it  is  to  test  water  systematically;  for  use 
in  oceanographic  laboratories  and  in  connection  with  marine  expeditions,  and  last  but  not  least,  for  the  equip¬ 
ment  of  laboratories  appointed  for  researches  in  physics,  physical  chemistry,  and  mineralogical  chemistry. 

For  more  complete  description  write  for  a  copy  of  Zeiss  Mikro  2Jf5  and  see  the  following  references,  copies 
of  which  can  be  mostly  sent  on  application. 


The  Gas  Refractometer. 

1.  F.  Haber,  Zeitschrift  fiir  angevo.  Chemie,  19,  p.  1717, 

1906. 

2.  F.  Haber,  Zeitschrift  filr  Elektrochemie,  IS,  p.  460, 

1907. 

S.  L.  Stuckert,  Zeitschrift  filr  Electrochemie,  16,  p.  S7, 
1910. 

Bulletin  No.  AS,  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Mines. 

Rayleigh’s  Interferometer  (original  arrangement). 

Lord.  Rayleigh,  Proc.  Royal  Soc.,  69,  p.  SOI,  1896:  p.  97. 
1898. 

Ramsay  uni  Travers,  Proc.  Royal  Soc.,  61,  p.  SS5,  1897- 
6A,  P-  190,  1899,  and  67,  p.  SSI,  1900. 

E.  A.  J .  Cunaeus,  Zeitschrift  fiir  physik.  Chemie,  36, 
p.  SSS,  1902. 


C.  G.  Gerrits,  Thesis,  Amsterdam,  1904. 

Dr.  Travers’  book  Study  of  Gases  1901  published  by  Messrs. 
Macmillan  and  Co.,  St.  Martins  Street  Leicester 

Square,  London  W.C. 

Rayleigh’s  Laboratory  Interferometer  (new  type). 

L.  Stuckert,  Zeitschrift  fiir  Elektrochemie,  16,  p.  37, 1910. 
F.  Haber  and  F.  Lowe,  Zeitschrift  fur  angew.  Chemie,  IS, 
p.  1S9S,  1910. 

Portable  Interferometers  for  gas  and  water. 

F.  Ldwe,  Physikalische  Zeitschrift,  11,  p.  1047, 1910. 

F.  LSwe,  Zeitschrift  filr  Instrumentenkunde,  SO,  p.  SSI, 
1910. 

L.  von  Klemperer,  Chemiker-Ztg .  S5,  p.  657,  1911. 


No.  45948 — Portable  Gas  Interferometer  with  hood 


No.  45948 — Portable  Gas  Interferometer  without  hood 


4o9-0.  Laboratory  Interferometer,  Zeiss,  with  standard  10  cm  wide,  20  cm  high  and  200  cm  long.  The  gas  to 
be  examined  and  the  standard  gas  are  each  contained  in  a  chamber  100  cm  long  with  a  cross  section 
of  1  sq.  cm,  making  the  capacity  of  each  chamber  100  cc.  In  a  gas  chamber  having  a  length  of  100 
cm  the  limit  of  error  is  similar  to  that  obtainable  by  the  exact  method  of  analysis  of  gases  in  con¬ 
tact  with  mercury.  Thus  the  percentage  of  carbon  dioxide  (COa)  or  methane  (firedamp  CHr) 
can  be  ascertained  with  a  degree  of  accuracy  within  0.01  to  0.02%.  With  detachable  gas 
chamber  100  cm  long  and  cover,  but  without  lamp. 

Duty  Free .  125.00  Stock .  170.00 


472 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


45924. 


45928. 

45932. 

45936. 

45940. 

45944. 

45948. 


45952. 

45956. 

45960. 

45964. 


45968. 

45972. 

45976. 


Accessories  for  Laboratory  Interferometer. 

Nernst  Lamp  for  a  current  of  100  volts,  with  extra  burner,  in  fitting 

mounted  on  socket  pin,  with  condenser,  cable  and  plug  switch  for  O'*1? Free  Stock 

attachment  to  ordinary  lamp  fitting .  15.00  20.40 

Osram  Lamp,  3.5  volts,  with  fittings  and  condenser,  mounted  on  socket 

pin.... .  6.25  8.50 

Six  additional  Osram  Lamps,  only,  without  mounting .  2.63  3.57 

Accumulator,  4  volt,  in  wooden  case,  with  switch  and  cable .  8.75  11.90 

Four-way  Cock .  1.13  1.53 

Packing  Case .  4.00  5.44 

Portable  Gas  Interferometer,  Zeiss,  consisting  of  an  upright  cylindrical  pattern  of  about  10  cm  diam¬ 
eter  and  50  cm  long,  the  only  part  which  is  detached  from  it  being  a  small  accumulator.  With  gas 
chambers  10  cm  long  it  reads  percentages  of  C02  or  CH4  with  a  degree  of  accuracy  within  0.1  to 
0.2%.  The  weight  of  the  portable  pattern  is  about  11  lbs.  With  interchangeable  gas  chamber 
10  cm  long  and  detachable  protecting  cover,  including  condenser  and  lamp  fittings  with  3.5  volt 
Osram  lamp  on  condenser. 

Duty  Free .  137.50  Stock .  187.00 

Accessories  for  the  Portable  Gas  Interferometer.  Duty  Free  stock 

Interchangeable  Gas  Chambers,  2  or  5  cm  long . r-r .  13.75  18.70 

Six  additional  Osram  Lamps,  only .  2.63  3.57 

Accumulator,  4  volt,  in  wooden  box.  with  switch  and  cable .  8.75  11.90 

Water  Interferometer,  Zeiss,  of  exactly  the  same  appearance  as  the  Portable  Gas  Interferometer.  In 
regard  to  accuracy  it  surpasses  all  Refractometers  which  have  so  far  been  in  use  for  practical 
purposes  and  for  ambulant  research  work.  The  water  chambers  are  interchangeable  and, 
according  to  their  length,  read  the  proportion  of  salt  contained  in  a  solution  of  NaCl,  for 
instance,  accurately  within  0.03  to  0.003  per  mille,  and  hence  the  instrument  gives  far  more 
accurate  results  than  the  best  readings  obtainable  with  the  pycnometer  or  by  the  methods  of 
volumetric  analysis.  With  an  interchangeable  water  chamber  f,  1,  2  or  4  cm  long  and  remov¬ 
able  cover,  including  condenser  and  lamp  fittings  with  3.5  volt  Osram  lamp  on  condenser. 

Duty  Free .  156.25  Stock .  212.50 


Accessories  for  Water  Interferometer. 

Additional  Water  Chambers,  each . 

Six  Additional  Osram  Lamps,  only . 

Accumulator,  4  volt,  in  wooden  box,  with  switch  and  cable. 


Duty  Free 
18.75 
2.63 
8.75 


Stock 

25.50 

3.57 

11.90 


No.  45980 


45980. 


Refractometer,  Fery,  Hilger,  a  direct  reading  refractometer  for  taking  the  refractive  index  for  sodium 
light  of  oils,  solutions  of  acids,  mixtures  of  glycerine,  alcohols,  etc.,  with  water,  sugar  solutions, 
and  other  liquids  of  interest  to  the  industrial  chemist.  This  instrument  possesses  the  following 
advantages : — 

It  reads  direct  the  refractive  index  of  any  transparent  liquid  with  a  uniform  accuracy  of  nearly  0.0001,  from  1.3300  to  1.6726. 
The  glass  with  which  the  liquid  comes  into  contact  is  a  crown  glass,  which  resists  to  an  exceptional  degree  the  action  of 
chemical  reagents.  _  .... 

The  temperature  control  is  extremely  simple  and  effective  and  forms  an  integral  part  of  the  apparatus. 

The  manipulation  of  the  apparatus  is  extremely  simple  and  convenient. 


Duty  Free 


159.30 


Duty  Paid 


218.30 


473 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  46000  No.  46004 


No.  46008 


No.  46046 


46000. 

46004. 

46008. 

46012. 

46016. 

46020. 

46024. 

46028. 

46032. 

46036. 

46040. 

46044. 

46048. 


Respirator,  Automatic,  for  protection  of  throat  and  lungs  in  laboratories,  factories,  mines,  etc.,  where 

the  atmosphere  is  filled  with  dust  and  poisonous  gases .  2.00 

Respirator,  Automatic,  of  aluminum  with  pneumatic  cushion  which  fits  any  face  closely  but  without 

discomfort .  2.50 

Retorts,  Copper,  for  making  oxygen;  of  heavy  polished  copper  with  iron  clamp  and  brass  delivery 
tube  fitting  with  ground  joint,  diameter  of  tube  12  mm. 

Capacity,  cc .  250  500  1000  2000 

Each .  ITOO  3.25  3.75  4.00 

Retorts,  Heavy  Copper,  tin  lined,  as  used  in  distilling  apparatus  No.  26548. 

Capacity,  gallons .  |  1  2  3  5 

Each . “7d)0  iCOO  10d)0  13.50  24.00 

Retorts,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  plain. 

Capacity,  cc .  25  50  75  150  250  500  1000 

Each . 10  .13  .14  .18  .20  .25  .35 


Retorts,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  with  tubulature  but  without  glass  stopper. 

Capacity,  cc . . .  50  75  150  250  500  1000 

Each . . . .  .16  .18  .22  .25  .35  .45 

Retorts,  Best  Bohemian  Glass,  with  ground  glass  stopper. 

Capacity,  cc .  25  50  75  150  250  500  1000  2000  4000  8000 

Each . 17  .19  .21  .26  .30  .45  .55  .75  1.30  1.70 

Retorts,  Jena  Glass,  plain. 

Capacity,  cc .  50  100  250  500  1000  2000  3000  4000  8000 

Each .  .11  .15  .21  .34  .45  .68  .93  1.00  2.10 


Retorts,  Jena  Glass,  with  tubulature  but  without  glass  stopper. 


Capacity,  cc .  50  100  250  500  1000  2000  3000  4000  8000 

Each . 19  .21  .32  .50  .63  .95  1.30  1.45  2.90 


Retorts,  Jena  Glass,  with  tubulature  and  glass  stopper. 

Capacity,  cc .  50  100  250  500  1000  2000  3000  4000  8000  10000  15000 

Each . 40  .42  .55  .80  1.00  1.35  1.73  1.95  3.50  4.35  6.55 


Retorts,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain,  with  tubulature  and  ground  in  stopper. 

Capacity,  cc .  40  140 

Each .  1.95  2.85 

Retort,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain,  with  removable  top,  470  cc  capacity .  3.60 

Retort,  Infusible  Bohemian  Glass,  with  two  bulbs,  as  used  for  making  oxygen. 

Capacity,  cc .  100  250 

Each .  .45  .55 


474 


■  ■  -  -  - 

ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


4G052. 

46056. 

46060. 

46064. 

46068. 

46072. 

46076. 

46080. 

46084. 

46088. 


46092. 

46096. 

46100. 


46104. 


No.  46080 


ROASTING  DISH 
No.  46088 


46092 


No.  46084 

Retorts,  Iron,  for  distilling  mercury,  etc.,  with  removable  cover  fastened  by  screw  clamp  and  with 
delivery  tube  ground  into  cover. 

Capacity,  cc .  250  500  1000  2000 

Each . 


2.50 

4 

51 


3.00 

5 

m 


4.50 

6 


.60 


.80 

5 

115 


1.00 

7 

156 


1.25 

9 

197 


2.25 

Rings,  Concentric,  Copper  tinned  inside,  for  water  baths,  etc.,  with  cover. 

Number  in  set .  3 

Outside  diameter  of  set,  inches .  4§ 

Per  set . 

Rings,  Concentric,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain. 

Number  in  set .  3  4 

Outside  diameter  of  set,  mm .  74  94 

Per  set... . . . jfRj  1.20  L65  2770  4.05 

Rings,  Concentric,  of  japanned  cast  iron,  with  screw  clamp  on  largest  ring  for  attaching  to  upright 

support;  outside  diameter  of  largest  ring  8  inches,  with  four  rings  in  set.  Per  set . 75 

Rings,  Support,  of  japanned  cast  iron,  with  screw  clamp  with  brass  screw.  Distance  from  center  of 
support  to  center  of  rings  2f  inches.  Suitable  for  use  on  upright  supports  with  tripod  base  and 
supports  with  rectangular  base  in  the  smaller  sizes.  When  used  on  the  same  support  rings  will 

be  concentric.  Outside  diameter,  inches .  2f  3J 

Each . . .  Tl5  X7 

Rings,  Support,  similar  to  above  but  with  distance  from  center  of  support  to  center  of  rings  44 
inches.  Suitable  for  use  on  supports  with  rectangular  base  in  the  three  larger  sizes.  When 
used  on  the  same  support  rings  are  concentric. 

Outside  diameter,  inches .  21  3j  4|  65 

Each . . . . . . . .  7l5  ~  7177  .20  ~T  ^25 

Rings,  Support,  of  japanned  iron,  with  straight  extension  bar  8  inches  long.  Distance  from  end  of 
shank  to  center  of  rings  9j  inches.  A  clamp  holder  such  as  No.  24518  is  necessary  when  these 
rings  are  to  be  attached  to  an  upright  support. 

Outside  diameter,  inches .  2\  3f  4|  65 

.20 


.12 


.15 


Each . 10 

Rings,  Support,  of  brass  with  glazed  porcelain  inset,  with  screw  clamp. 

Outside  diameter,  mm .  60  80  100 

Each . .45  .50  .55 

Rings,  Support,  of  brass,  with  wooden  inset,  with  screw  clamp. 

Outside  diameter,  mm .  60  80  100 

Each . 45  .50  .55 

Roasting  Dishes,  Battersea. 

Diameter,  inches .  3 _ 4 _ 5  6 

Per  dozen . 80  .90  1.10  2.10 

Rubber  Bands,  of  pure  gum,  in  boxes  of  seven  assorted  sizes.  Per  box . .  1.00 

Rubber  Bulb,  of  pure,  acid-cured  red  rubber,  as  required  in  opsonic  and  serological  work;  about  2  cc 

capacity,  as  used  in  Dr.  Wright’s  laboratories . . .  .15 

Rubber  Bulbs,  of  pure  black  gum,  for  dropping  pipettes,  medicine  droppers,  etc.;  superior  quality. 


Capacity,  cc  (approximate). 


Rubber  Bulbs,  of  red  non-blooming  rubber,  stout  walled,  for  pipettes. 

Capacity,  ounces . 

Length,  inches . 

Diameter,  inches . 

Each . 


.45 

.50 

.60 

4.80 

5.50 

6.75 

I 

I 

1 

l! 

l! 

91 

"8 

7 

8 

H 

.10 

.12 

.15 

475 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


46108. 


46112. 

46116. 

46120. 

46124. 


46128. 

46132. 

46136. 


46140. 

46144. 


Rubber  Bulbs,  of  white  composition  rubber,  large  size  for  large  pipettes,  etc. 


Length,  inches .  3f 

Diameter,  inches .  If 


3* 

1H 


4 


ii 

a8 


Each .  .20  .25  .30 

Rubber  Bulb,  with  single  valve,  without  extension  tube,  of  white  rubber  2f  in.  long  by  2  in.  diam ....  .25 

Rubber  Bulb,  with  two  valves,  of  white  rubber,  with  5  inches  of  tubing . 30 

“  “  of  pure  black  gum,  with  long  flexible  tube,  for  use  with  gas  analysis  apparatus . 60 

“  “  with  two  valves,  of  hard  rubber,  giving  the  exhaust  and  pressure,  i.  e.,  the  first  com¬ 

pression  of  the  bulb  releases  blast  from  one  end,  after  which  suction  is  produced  from  the  oppo¬ 
site  end  when  the  bulb  resumes  its  usual  shape.  As  used  in  gas  analysis,  etc . 50 

Rubber  Bulb,  double,  of  pure  black  gum,  with  heavy  silk  net,  for  constant  pressure .  2.00 

“  “  of  black  acid-cured  rubber,  with  double  valve  set  in  bone  fittings . 2.50 

Rubber  Caps,  for  covering  tops  of  test  tubes,  cylinders,  etc.,  with  rolled  edges. 

Diameter,  inches .  f  f  f  f _ 1_  If  If  If  2  _ 3 

Per  dozen . 45  .50  .52  .55  .60  .70  .85  .95  1.10  1.95 

Per  gross .  4.75  5.00  5.25  5.50  5.75  7.00  8.50  9.75  11.00  19.50 

Rubber  Finger  Cots,  of  pure  gum,  heavy  weight.  Size..  Small  Medium  Large  Thumb 

Per  dozen . . .  7f5  775  J5  .75  :i 

Rubber  Finger  Cots,  of  thinnest  rubber  tissue,  for  surgical  use. 

Size .  Small  Medium  Large  Thumb 


Per  dozen 


.50  .50  .50 


.50 


No.  46148 


No.  46152 


No.  46156 


I 

« 


*, 

: 

i 

>1 


if 


No.  46160  No.  46164  No.  46168 


No.  46172  No.  46176 


46148. 

46152. 

46156. 

46160. 


46164. 

46168. 

46172. 

46176. 


Rubber  Gloves,  of  pure  gum,  chocolate  color,  medium  weight.  Sizes  6  to  10.  Please  specify  size  in 

ordering.  No.  8  or  No.  9  is  required  for  normal  male  hand.  Per  pair .  1.75 

Rubber  Gloves,  of  thinnest  pure  gum  tissue,  smooth  finish,  as  used  by  surgeons.  Sizes  6  to  10.  Please 

specify  size  in  ordering.  Per  pair .  1.35 

Rubber  Gloves,  of  heavy  white  rubber,  so-called  “acid  gloves.”  Gtioves  measure  8f  inches  from  tip 

of  thumb  to  end  of  gauntlet.  Sizes  8,  9  and  10.  Per  pair .  3.00 

Rubber  Gloves,  of  medium  weight  black  rubber,  with  thin  cotton  lining  and  widely  used  in  leading 
hospitals  and  laboratories  for  post  mortem  work,  handling  of  pathological  material,  etc.,  with 

gauntlet.  Sizes  6  to  10.  Per  pair . . . 2.50 

Rubber  Policemen,  for  washing  down  precipitates,  narrow  shape,  with  glass  rod.  Per  dozen  ....  1.00 

Rubber  Policemen,  wing  shape,  with  glass  rod.  Per  dozen .  1.00 

“  new  form,  with  glass  rod.  Per  dozen .  1.50 

with  hard  rubber  handle  and  soft,  cone  shaped  tip.  Each . 25 

476 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 

DIAGRAMS  SHOWING  EXACT  SIZES  OF  THE  MOST  USED  NUMBERS  OF  RUBBER  STOPPERS 

No.  46180  REGULAR  SHAPE 


DIAGRAMS  SHOWING  EXACT  SIZES  OF  THE  MOST  USED  NUMBERS  OF  RUBBER  STOPPERS 

No.  46188  EXTRA  LONG  SHAPE 


477 


» 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


ART  H  U  R  H. 


46180. 


O 

46184. 

46188. 


46192. 


Rubber  Stoppers,  A.  H.  T.  Co.  Special  Quality,  made  of  selected  stock  containing  a  large  per  cent  or 
pure  Para  gum  and  distinctly  superior  to  the  stoppers  ordinarily  sold  as  pure  gum.  Each  stopper 
bears  our  trade  mark.  They  are  carried  in  stock  as  solid,  one  hole  or  two  hole,  which  speci¬ 
fication  must  be  given  with  order.  When  no  specification  is  given  solid  stoppers  are  sent.  Exact 
size  of  each  number  of  stopper  is  shown  in  the  diagram. 


Number . 

00 

0 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Diameter  at  top,  mm . 

14 

17 

18 

20 

23 

26 

27 

32 

“  “  bottom,  mm . 

10 

12 

15 

15 

18 

20 

23 

26 

Number  of  solid  stoppers  per  lb. 

109 

72 

51 

49 

36 

30 

24 

19 

Per  lb . 

2.00 

2.00 

2.00 

2.00 

2.00 

2.00 

2.00 

2.00 

Number . 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

Diameter  at  top,  mm . 

37 

40 

44 

50 

56 

65 

70 

“  “  bottom,  mm . 

30 

33 

36 

42 

50 

59 

60 

Number  of  solid  stoppers  per  lb. 

14 

12 

10 

7 

6 

4 

4 

Per  lb . 

2.00 

2.00 

2.00 

2.00 

2.00 

2.00 

2.00 

Rubber  Stoppers,  same  quality  as  No.  46180  but  of  red  or  antimony  rubber.  Sizes  and  numbers  same 

as  No.  46180,  Per  lb . . .  4.00 

Rubber  Stoppers,  exactly  same  quality  as  No.  46180,  but  new  extra  long  shape. 


Number . 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

Diameter  at  top,  mm . 

22 

25 

26 

28 

30 

34 

40 

“  “  bottom,  mm . 

17 

19 

20 

22 

23 

28 

34 

Number  of  solid  stoppers  per  lb . 

3S 

27 

23 

20 

18 

11 

7 

Per  lb . 

.  .  .  2.00 

2.00 

2.00 

2.00 

2.00 

2.00 

2.00 

Note — We  furnish  the  ordinary  pure  gum  stopper  of  the  rubber  trade  on  special  order  only  at  price 
very  much  lower  than  that  charged  for  our  special  quality. 

Rubber  Stoppers,  for  use  with  the  official  Brown  Duvel  Moisture  Tester  in  stoppered  glass  and  copper 
flasks.  Made  of  a  special  composition  to  withstand  high  temperatures.  See  Bulletin  56  of  the 
U.  S.  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry.  Size  No.  5,  one  hole,  Per  dozen .  1.25 


No.  46200 

46196.  Rubber  Tissue,  or  dental  dam,  per  oz . 35 

46200.  Rubber  Tubing,  Thick  Wall,  of  pure  black  unvulcanized  gum.  This  tubing  is  the  best  imported  quality 

without  any  bloom  and,  for  many  purposes,  is  the  best  tubing  made.  For  convenience  and 
economy  we  have  it  put  up  in  the  European  factory  in  neat  circular  boxes  containing  10  ft.  and 
25  ft.  lengths.  Customers  are  encouraged  to  use  these  original  packages  as  far  as  possible. 
On  large  quantities  taken  at  one  time  we  quote  on  application  a  price  per  pound  somewhat  lower 
than  the  price  per  foot. 

4 

JLi 

.10 

.08 


Inside  diameter,  mm .  3 

Thickness  of  wall,  mm .  1£ 

Per  foot  in  less  than  original  lengths  .07 
Per  foot  in  10  or  25  ft.  lengths . 06 


5 

is 

.12 

.10 


6 

If 

.24 

.20 


8 

2 

.30 

.26 


9 

2 

.35 

.30 


12 

3 

.60 

.50 


15 

3 

.80 

.65 


18 

3 

.90 

.75 


25 

4 

1.65 

1.40 


Per  foot  when  cut  in  less  than  original  lengths.  .05 


46208. 


.06 

.05 


x 

ul  _] 
o  < 

00  5 
2  2 
2  2 
0O  fO 


X 

ul  J 

CE  ir 

o  4 
m  > 

2  2 
2  2 
DO  to 


No.  46208 

6 
1 


8 

If 


9 

H 


12 

o 


.09 

.07 


Per  foot  in  10  or  25  ft.  lengths . 04 

Rubber  Tubing,  Extra  Thick  Wall,  same  quality  and  color  as  No.  46200. 

Inside  diameter,  mm .  4 

Thickness  of  wall,  mm .  3 

Per  foot .  7l5 


.10 

.08 


.15 

.12 


.18 

.15 


.25 

.20 


5 

3 


6 

3 


.20 


.25 


.35 

.30 

8 

3 

.30 


478 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


46212. 


4C216. 


Rubber  Tubing,  Thick  Wall,  of  exactly  the  same  quality  as  No.  46200,  46204  and  46208  but  of  pure  red 
unvulcanized  gum. 


Inside  diameter,  mm .  3  4 

Thickness  of  wall,  mm .  1|  If 

Per  foot  in  less  than  original  lengths  .10  .12 

Per  foot  in  10  or  25  ft.  lengths . 08  .10 


Rubber  Tubing,  Thin  Wall,  same  as  No.  46212. 

Inside  diameter,  mm . 

Thickness  of  wall,  mm . 

Per  foot  in  less  than  original  lengths. . . . 

Per  foot  in  10  or  25  ft.  lengths . 


5 

6 

8 

9 

12 

15 

18 

25 

1  3. 

X4 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

4 

.15 

.27 

.36 

.42 

.66 

.85 

.95 

1.80 

.12 

.23 

.30 

.35 

.55 

.70 

.80 

1.50 

n 

3 

4 

5 

6 

8 

9 

12 

3 

4 

3 

4 

3 

4 

3 

4 

1 

li 

2 

.06 

.06 

.10 

.12 

.15 

.18 

.26 

.38 

.05 

.05 

.08 

.10 

.13 

.16 

.22 

.32 

46224. 


46228. 


No.  46220 

Rubber  Tubing,  Thick  Wall,  Hand  Made,  Cloth  Wrapped.  This  is  an  extra  fine  quality  of  flexible 
tubing,  guaranteed  not  to  split  and  of  great  endurance  when  exposed  to  laboratory  fumes.  It 
is  not  regularly  to  be  had  in  the  rubber  trade  and  is  made  specially  for  us  and  bears  our  trade¬ 
mark  at  frequent  intervals.  The  f  x  |th  inch  is  the  standard  size  for  Bunsen  burner  connections. 

Inside  diameter,  inches .  I  A  i  A  f  h  I  f  1 

Thickness  of  wall,  inches .  A  A _ i  i  j  I  §■  |  | 

Per  foot  in  less  than  original  length . 06  .10  .12  .16  .20  .25  .30  .34  .50 

Per  foot  in  original  12  ft.  lengths . 04  .08  .10  .13  .15  .20  .24  .26  .40 

Rubber  Tubing,  Thin  Wall,  Hand  Made,  Cloth  Wrapped;  same  quality  as  above  but  with  thinner 
wall.  The  f  x  A  inch  size  is  that  mostly  used  for  Bunsen  burner  connections. 

Inside  diameter,  inches .  f  A  f  A  f  5 

Thickness  of  wall,  inches .  A  _A  A  A  _  A  A 

Per  foot  in  less  than  original  lengths. . .  .05  .07  .10  .12  .20  .25 

Per  foot  in  original  12  ft.  lengths . 04  .05  .08  .10  .16  .20 

Rubber  Tubing,  Pressure,  Black,  specially  selected  for  use  on  Nitrometers.  All  our  Nitrometers 
when  ordered  complete  are  fitted  with  this  special  tubing.  Inside  diameter  f  inch  with  Ath 
inch  wall.  Per  foot . 45 


No.  46228 


No.  46224 


No.  46232 


46232. 


Rubber  Tubing,  Pressure,  of  black  semi-pure  gum,  very  rigid  to  withstand  heavy  pressures, 
mended  for  use  with  filter  pumps  and  similar  connections. 

Inside  diameter,  inches .  I  A  <  i 

Thickness  of  wall,  inches .  i _ A _ A _ r_ 


Per  foot 


.20 


.26  .36 


.50 


Recom- 


.85 


479 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  46236 


No.  46276 


No.  46252 


No.  46280 


No.  46248 


No.  46260 


No.  46272 


46236. 

46240. 

46244. 

46248. 

46252. 

46256. 

46260. 

46264. 

46268. 

46272. 

46276. 

46280. 


H 

lj 

.38 


Rubber  Tubing,  for  Gooch  Crucibles,  so-called  “band”  tubing,  very  elastic.  The  inside  diameter 
given  is  when  measured  in  cylindrical  shape,  i.  e.,  in  position  as  used  on  crucible,  and  outside 
diameter  is  when  measured  flat. 

Inside  diameter,  inches .  j  1  li 

Outside  diameter,  inches .  __1 _ 1J _ H 

Per  foot . .20  .25  .30 

Rubber  Tubing,  Composition,  Machine  Made.  This  tubing  is  very  inferior  to  our  hand  made,  cloth 

wrapped  tubing  but  is  in  some  demand  in  laboratories  and  we  carry  in  stock  one  size  suit¬ 
able  for  burner  connections,  etc.,  other  sizes  are  furnished  on  order  at  lowest  market  price. 

Inside  diameter  {  inch  by  -fa  inch  wall.  Per  foot. . . . 05 

Rubber  Tubing,  Pressure,  with  canvas  insertion  moulded  in  the  rubber;  for  very  heavy  vacuum  con¬ 
nections. 

Inside  diameter,  inches .  rs  \  t  ■ 

Thickness  of  wall,  inches .  jfc _ _ i _ i 

Per  foot . 30  .40  .60  1.00 

Rubber  Tubing  Stretcher,  for  increasing  bore  of  tubing  for  conveniently  slipping  over  connection 

tubes,  etc .  1-00 

Rubber  Viscosimeter,  Frank,  as  used  in  the  rubber  industry  and  as  adopted  as  standard  by  the  Inter¬ 
national  Rubber  Testing  Committee.  See  Gummizeitung  Nr.  27,  1911,  and  the  India  Rubber 
Journal,  Vol.  XLI,  April,  1911.  In  wooden  case,  with  thermometer,  test  solution  and  author’s 
certificate  of  accuracy. 

Duty  Free .  17.50  Duty  Paid .  25.00 

Rupert  Drops,  per  ten . . . . . 30 

Sampler,  Jones,  for  convenient,  rapid  and  uniform  sampling  of  ores,  cement,  etc. ;  consisting  of  a  hopper, 
scoop,  4  sampling  pans  and  brush.  All  parts  may  be  readily  cleaned. 

Size,  inches .  4x4  6x6  8x  10 


Trays,  inches 

Each . 

Sampler,  with  Scoop,  6  inches  square  with  divisions  5 
Sand  Baths,  deep  form,  of  sheet  iron. 

Diameter,  inches .  3  4  5  6 

Each .  TlO  .12  ^15  ^20” 

Sand  Baths,  shallow  form,  of  sheet  iron. 

Diameter,  inches. .  .  2  3  4  5  6 

Each .  .08  JO  A2  A5  illT 

Sand  Baths,  of  wrought  iron,  with  burner  to  heat  entire  surface;  adjustable  to  height. 

Size,  cm . 

Each . 

Sand  Baths,  or  Hot  Plates,  of  iron,  without  burner. 

Size,  inches .  6x8 

Each 


*  * _  * 

.  10.00  12.00  18.00 

inch  wide .  2.00 


7 

.30 

7 

.20 


8 

.40 

8 

.30 


10 

.80 

10 

.45 


25  x  15 

40 

x  20 

60  x  45 

7.50 

8.50 

14.00 

8 

x  10 

10  x  12 

2.00 

2.50 

480 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  46284 
46284. 

46288. 

46292. 

46296. 
46300. 

46304. 

46308. 

46312. 

46316. 

46320. 

46324. 
46328. 


No.  46288 


611 

No.  46320 


No.  46328 


1 


6 


10  30 


60 


2.00 


Sand  Glasses,  in  polished  wooden  frame. 

Time,  minutes .  J  % 

Each . . . Il0  dM)  J30  dK)  dhT  l40  M  .75  1.50 

Sand  Glasses,  for  screwing  to  table  or  wall  in  vertical  position;  in  brass  lacquered  mount. 

Time,  minutes .  1  2  3  5 

Each . "dlO  .90  TOO  L00 

“Schalchen,”  Hofmeister,  of  very  thin  glass,  about  2J  inches  in  diameter,  as  used  in  organic  analysis. 

Each . 10 

Scoop,  Weighing,  of  German  silver,  with  flattened  bottom;  total  length  4§  inches .  3.00 

Scoop,  of  horn,  shallow  form,  with  handle. 

Length,  mm .  100  120  140  160 

Each .  .20  .25  .30  .40 

Scoop,  of  horn,  deep  form,  without  handle. 

Length,  mm .  60  80  100  150 

Each . 

Scoop,  Weighing,  of  glass,  shallow  form  with  flat  bottom 

Length,  inches .  2% 

Each . 40 

Scoop,  Weighing,  of  glass,  deep  form,  with  flat  bottom. 

Length,  inches .  2? 

Each . 40 

Scorifiers,  Battersea  original  make. 

Diameter,  inches .  2  2J  24  2f 


.20 


.25 


.35 


60 


.60 


.60 


3 

.32 

2.10 


Per  dozen . 20  .25  .25  .28 

Per  100 . . .  1.20  1.25  1.35  1.70 

Screw  Driver,  watch-maker’s,  nickel  plated,  very  convenient  in  the  laboratory  for  use  on  optical  and 

other  instruments;  5  inches  long . 25 

Screw  Drivers,  as  above,  set  of  four  sizes,  i.e.,  3f,  4,  4f  and  5  inches  long.  Per  set .  1.00 

Screw  Driver,  opticians,  3  inches  long,  with  three  blades,  large,  medium  and  small .  .60 


Nos.  46348,  46352,  46356 


No.  46360 


46344. 

46318. 

46352. 

46356. 


Selenium  Cell,  mounted,  with  46x26  mm  working  surface,  ebonite  case,  glass 
cover  and  brass  slide  for  darkening  the  window.  The  selenium  is  spread 

over  platinum  iridium  wire . . . ; . ; . 

Selenium  Cell,  as  above  but  unmounted.  Fig.  A  of  illustration . 

Manometric  Flame  Apparatus  with  single  flame  acetylene  burner  and  speak¬ 
ing  tube,  on  stand.  Figs.  B  and  C  of  illustration . 

Acetylene  Generator,  small.  Fig.  D  of  illustration . 


Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

25.50 

32.30 

15.00 

19.00 

6.90 

8.75 

6.00 

7.60 

481 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


46360. 


46364. 


Selenium  Cell,  of  new  construction  and  great  sensibility.  These  cells  are  mounted  air-tight  so  that 
it  is  unnecessary  to  enclose  them  in  exhausted  vessels.  The  light  of  a  match  will  reduce  the 
resistance  which  the  cell  has  in  the  dark  by  from  10%  to  20%.  The  diameters  given  are  for  the 
sensitive  surface  and  the  cells  are  supplied  in  ebonite  mount  with  terminals. 

Diameter .  45  60  75 

Duty  Free .  9725  11.90  14.60 

Duty  Paid .  12.25  15.90  19.50 

Electromagnetic  Relay,  of  high  sensibility,  with  special  contact,  for  use  with  above  cells. 

Duty  Free .  7.20  Duty  Paid .  9.60 


SHAKING  APPARATUS 


No.  46380 


No.  46384 


No.  46392  with  2-50  cc  Bottle  Head 


No.  46392  with  46396  Erlenmeyer  Flask  Head 


46380. 


46381. 

46384. 


46385. 

46392. 


46396. 

46400. 

46401. 


Shaking  Apparatus  for  Sputum,  Rickards.  This  machine  is  widely  and  satisfactorily  used  in  many 
large  laboratories  where  routine  sputum  work  is  done  on  a  large  scale.  The  new  model  is  a  dis¬ 
tinct  improvement,  is  directly  driven  with  adjustment  for  varying  the  speed.  The  sputum  is 
shaken  in  the  original  bottles  in  which  it  is  collected.  Furnished  with  electric  motor  only. 

.  110  volts,  d.  c.  220  volts,  d.  c.  110  volts,  a.  c.  220  volts,  a.  c. 

For,  current . . 60  cycles _ 60  cycles 

Each .  90.00  93.00  97.00  99.00 

Head,  only,  for  above  Shaking  Apparatus,  carrying  4  bottles  of  from  125  to  1000  cc  capacity  40.00 
Shaking  Apparatus,  exactly  same  as  above,  but  with  4-bottle  head  taking  4  bottles  of  any  size  from 
125  to  1000  cc  capacity.  Speed  may  be  varied  from  100  to  1000  revolutions  per  minute,  according 
to  the  load.  A  practical  and  satisfactory  apparatus  for  the  preparation  of  vaccines,  etc. 
p,  ,  110  volts,  d.  c.  220  volts,  d.  c.  110  volts,  a.  c.  220  volts,  a.  c. 

V/Uirent . .  60  cycles^  _60cycles_ 

Each . . .  90.00  93.00  97.00  99.00 

Head,  only,  for  above. Shaking  Apparatus,  carrying  24  bottles .  40.00 

Shaking  Apparatus  in  Combination  with  Low  Speed  Centrifuge.  As  a  shaking  device  this  apparatus 
is  furnished  with  two  heads,  one  size  taking  2-50  cc  bottles  or  two  test  tubes  up  to  5  inches  in 
length  and  with  which  a  maximum  speed  of  1000  r.  p.  m.  is  obtained.  The  larger  head  takes 
2-500  cc  bottles  at  a  maximum  speed  of  300  r.  p.  m.  These  heads  may  be  used  interchangeably 
with  the  2-Erlenmeyer  Flask  head.  Price  is  the  same  for  the  Shaker  with  either  the  2-50  cc  bottle  or 
2-500  cc  bottle  head,  but  does  not  include  the  2-Erlenmeyer  flask  centrifuge  head. 


Current. 


110  volts,  d.  c. 


220  volts,  d.  c. 


110  volts,  a.  c. 
60  cycles 


220  volts,  a.  c. 
60  cycles 


Each .  55.00  59.00  65.00  67.00 

Head,  only,  2-Erlenmeyer  Flask  Centrifuge  Head,  for  attachment  to  above  Shaker .  10.00 

Head,  only,  2-bottle  Shaker  Head.  This  head  may  also  be  attached  to  No.  24064  Centrifuge  20.00 
Head,  only,  4-bottle  Shaker  Head.  This  head  may  also  be  attached  to  No.  24184  Centrifuge  22.00 


482 


A  R  T  H  UR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 

- - - - - - - - - — - - - 


No.  46408 


No.  46420 


No.  46416 


46404.  Shaking  Apparatus,  Hearson,  with  Water  Bath.  For  maintaining  a  constant  temperature  between  30° 
and  90°  C.  Price  includes  thermometer,  burner,  capsule  and  motor  for  110  volts  direct  current. 
As  the  range  of  each  capsule  is  about  15°  C.,  temperature  at  which  the  bath  is  to  be  used  should 
be  stated  in  ordering. 

Duty  Free .  56.70  Duty  Paid .  85.05 

46408.  Shaking  Apparatus,  Frankfurt  model,  latest  noiseless  construction,  carrying  one  1  liter  flask  or  6 
smaller  Erlenmeyer  flasks.  With  water  motor,  as  shown  in  illustration. 

Duty  Free .  56.10  Duty  Paid .  67.35 

46412.  Shaking  Apparatus,  as  above.  With  electric  motor.  Voltage  must  be  stated  in  ordering 

Duty  Free .  69.30  Duty  Paid .  83.20 

46416.  Shaking  Apparatus,  taking  either  four  small  Erlenmeyer  Flasks  or  four  large  test  tubes.  A  simple 
and  convenient  form  of  shaking  apparatus  of  great  efficiency.  With  water  motor  but  without 
glassware .  15.00 


No.  46440 


46420. 

Shaking  Apparatus,  for  one  1 
liter  bottle.  With  water  tur- 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

bine  as  shown  in  illustration. 

13.20 

16.00 

46424. 

Shaking  Apparatus,  as  above, 
for  two  1  liter  bottles . 

16.50 

20.00 

46428. 

Shaking  Apparatus,  as  above, 
for  one  1  liter  bottle,  without 
turbine,  for  either  hand  or 
power  driving . 

10.00 

12.50 

46432. 

Shaking  Apparatus,  same  as 
above  but  for  two  1  liter  bot¬ 
tles . 

13.20 

16.00 

46436. 

Shaking  Apparatus,  for  large 
bottles,  operating  on  the 
same  principle  as  above,  for 
two  5  liter  bottles,  for  power 
driving . 

24.75 

30.00 

46440. 

Shaking  Apparatus,  as  above, 
for  four  5  liter  bottles . 

29.70 

36.00 

483 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  46444  No.  46448 

46444.  Shaking  Apparatus  (Kinotherm),  Uhlenhuth,  for  shaking  in  constant  temperature.  Without  burner, 
thermometer,  or  thermo-regulator.  See  P.  Uhlenhuth  und  A.  Weidanz;  Prakt  Anleitung  zur 
Ausfuhrung  cles  hiologischen  Eiweissdifferenzierungsverfahrens,  S  150,  Jena  1909. 

Motor .  Water  Alternating  Current  Direct  Current 

Duty  Free .  28.05  49.50  44.55 

Duty  Paid .  33.70  59.40  53.50 

46448.  Shaking  Apparatus,  Poppe,  for  the  preparation  of  organic  extracts,  emulsions,  etc.;  taking  four  Erlen- 
meyer  flasks.  With  water  motor . 20.00 


No.  46452  No.  46456 


46452.  Shaking  Apparatus,  New  Model,  with  electric  driving,  of  robust  and  rigid  construction  for  continuous 
operation;  with  eccentricity  of  the  stroke  readily  changeable.  Motor  is  furnished  for  both  alter¬ 
nating  and  direct  currents,  110  and  220  volts.  Voltage  must  be  stated  in  ordering. 

Duty  Free . 48.00  Duty  Paid .  57.60 

46456.  Shaking  Apparatus,  Camp,  (Patented)  particularly  suited  for  the  rapid  precipitation  of  phosphorous 
by  the  molybdic  method,  and  dissolving  steels  or  pig-iron  for  carbon  combustion.  Made  to 
hold  6  flasks  from  6  to  24  ounces,  either  Florence  or  Erlenmeyer  shape ;  pulley  6  inches  in  diameter ; 
power  required  about  fa  H.  P.  Can  be  operated  by  small  electric  motor  with  suitable  counter¬ 
shaft  to  control  speed,  or  by  direct  connection  to  a  water  motor .  27.50 


484 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


46460.  Shaking  Apparatus,  Camp,  as  above  but  with  wooden  disc  and  clamps  to  accommodate  12  volumetric 

flasks  100  cc,  for  sugar  analysis,  etc .  35.00 

46464.  Shaking  Apparatus,  Freas  Electric,  specially  designed  for  shaking  soil  samples  at  constant  tempera¬ 
ture;  it  can,  however,  be  successfully  employed  for  other  purposes  requiring  constant  tempera¬ 
ture  below  175°  C.  Consisting  of  a  rectangular  oven  built  of  asbestos  wood,  inside  dimensions  14 
inches  high,  14  inches  deep,  30  inches  wide;  equipped  with  a  shaft  to  which  is  fitted  six  double 
adjustable  clamps,  easily  removable  for  holding  12  wide  mouth  bottles,  12  ounce  capacity.  The 
shaft  is  rotated  by  means  of  an  electric  motor  fitted  as  shown  in  the  illustration.  The  shaft 
can  easily  be  removed  to  permit  of  the  chamber  being  used  as  an  oven.  The  heating  is  accom¬ 
plished  by  a  flat  resistance  wire  wound  heating  plate,  while  the  devices  for  maintaining  con¬ 
stant  temperature  and  quickly  setting  for  any  desired  temperature  are  identical  with  those 
employed  in  the  Freas’  Electric  Ovens.  Mounted  on  heavy  iron  stand  as  shown  in  illus¬ 
tration,  complete  with  motor  and  12  glass  stoppered  bottles,  350  cc  capacity . : .  . . .  175.00 


View  in  Showroom  Showing  Incubators,  Balances,  Etc. 


485 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  46544 


No.  46512 


No.  46536 


No.  46504 


No.  46542 


No.  46540 


46500. 


46504. 

46508. 


46512. 

46516. 

46520. 

46524. 


46528. 

46532. 

46536. 


46540. 


46542. 

46544. 


46546. 


Shears,  for  cloth,  with  nickeled  blades  and  japanned  handles. 

Total  length,  inches . 

6 

8 

10 

12 

Length  of  cutting  edge,  inches . 

2  4 

5 

6 

Each . 

.50 

.75 

1.00 

1.25 

Shears,  strong  and  heavy,  with  short  blades, 

for  general  laboratory 

use 

;  total  length  8§ 

inches,  length 

of  cutting  edge,  2\  inches . 

.  .  1.00 

Shears,  Tinner’s,  for  cutting  metal  and  wire.  Total  length,  inches. 

. 

Hi 

12* 

Length  of  cutting  edge,  inches . 

2 

3 

Each . 

.  1.50 

2.00 

2.25 

Sieves,  Brass  Gauze,  with  Wooden  Frame. 

Mesh . 

. .  10 

20 

40 

60 

80 

100 

Each,  6  inches  diameter . 

.  .35 

.40 

.45 

.50 

.85 

1.10 

Each,  8  inches  diameter . 

.  .45 

.45 

.60 

.90 

1.10 

1.40 

Each,  10  inches  diameter . 

.  .  .60 

.60 

.70 

.90 

1.35 

1.75 

Each,  12  inches  diameter . 

..  .70 

.70 

.80 

1.10 

1.50 

2.00 

Sieves,  Brass  Gauze  with  Brass  Frame,  without  cover 

or  receiver. 

Mesh .  10 

20 

40 

60 

80 

100 

200 

Each,  5  inches  diameter .  1.00 

1.00 

1.10  1.20 

1.30 

1.40 

4.25 

Each,  8  inches  diameter .  1.50 

1.50 

1.60  1.70 

1.80 

2.60 

7.00 

Cover  and  Receiver,  for  above  sieves.  For, 

diameter, 

inches . 

5 

8 

Each .  1.00  1.10 


Sieves,  Brass,  in  nest  of  five,  20,  40,  60,  80  and  100  mesh,  with  cover  and  receiver. 

Diameter,  inches .  5  8 

Per  nest .  6.00  9.00 

Sieve,  Brass,  with  four  removable  brass  plates  with  circular  openings  of  i,  1  and  2  mm  diameter, 

respectively.  The  plates  may  be  quickly  attached  and  detached;  90  mm  diameter .  5.00 

Sieves,  Standard  Testing,  with  seamless  brass  frame,  according  to  the  specifications  of  the  American 
Society  of  Civil  Engineers.  These  sieves  are  distinctly  superior  to  those  made  of  ordinarily  woven 
brass  cloth  as  the  screen  is  absolutely  square  in  mesh  and  made  from  the  same  gauge  wire  both 
ways;  8  inches  in  diameter. 


Mesh . 

20 

30 

35 

40 

45 

50 

60 

70 

Opening,  inches . 

.  .  .0340 

.0198 

.0176 

.0150 

.0127 

.0110 

.0087 

.0073 

“  mm . 

.864 

.503 

.447 

.381 

.323 

.279 

.221 

.185 

Diameter  of  wire,  inches . 

.016 

.0135 

.011 

.010 

.0095 

.009 

.008 

.007 

Each . 

3.00 

3.00 

3.00 

3.25 

3.25 

3.25 

3.40 

Mesh . 

80 

90 

100 

110 

120 

130 

140 

150 

Opening,  inches . 

.  .  .0068 

.0059 

.0055 

.0051 

.0046 

.0043 

.0042 

0041 

“  mm . 

.173 

.150 

.140 

.130 

.117 

.109 

.107 

.104 

Diameter  of  wire,  inches . 

. .  .00575 

.00525 

.0045 

.004 

.0037 

.0034 

.0029 

.0026 

Each . 

4.00 

4.30 

4.45 

4.60 

4.95 

5.20 

5.50 

Mesh . 

160 

170 

180 

190 

200 

220 

240 

300 

Opening,  inches . 

. . .  .0038 

.0035 

.0033 

.0031 

.0029 

.0028 

.0026 

.0017 

“  mm . 

.096 

.089 

.084 

.079 

.074 

.071 

.066 

.043 

Diameter  of  wire,  inches . 

,  .  .  .0025 

.0024 

.0023 

.0022 

.0021 

.0017 

.0016 

.0016 

Each . 

6.40 

7.00 

7.35 

7.60 

8.20 

9.40 

14.20 

Cover  and  Receiver  for  above,  per  set  of  one  each .  2.50 


486 


k 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


46552. 


46556. 


46560. 


46564. 


Sieves,  Standard  Testing,  as  above,  but  in  a  telescoping  nest  of  8  sieves,  varying  in  diameter  from  5  to 
8§  inches  and  consisting  of  one  each  of  10,  20,  30,  40,  50,  80,  100  and  200  mesh.  Per  set. .  15.00 

Sieve,  Cement,  Bureau  of  Standards,  of  brass,  20  cm  in  diameter  and  6  cm  high,  with  standard  woven 
brass  screen.  The  100  mesh  sieve  has  .0055-inch  openings  and  the  200  mesh  has  .0029-inch 


openings. 

Mesh .  100 _ 200 

Each,  with  Bureau  of  Standards  certificate .  6.00  12.00 

Sieve,  Sand,  Bureau  of  Standards,  of  brass,  20  cm  in  diameter  and  6  cm  high. 

Mesh . , .  20  30 

Openings,  inches .  0.0335  0.0223 

Each,  with  Bureau  of  Standards  certificate .  6.00  6.00 


Sieve,  Brass,  with  circular  openings  in  bottom  as  used  in  soil  and  fertilizer  work;  with  seamless  brass 
frame;  5  inches  in  diameter;  of  same  construction  as  No.  46528  and  46532. 


Size  of  openings,  mm .  §  1  2  3  5 

Each .  1.50  1.50  1.25  1.25  1.25 


46568.  Sieves,  Brass,  in  set  of  5  as  above,  with  circular  openings  5,  1,  2,  3  and  5  mm;  5  inches  in  diameter,  with 
cover  and  receiver.  Per  set .  7.75 


No.  46572  No.  46576 


46572.  Sieve  Shaking  Machine,  for  motor  driving.  The  horizontal  motion  takes  place  on  ball  bearings  oper¬ 
ating  in  oil  and  the  machine  is  noiseless  in  operation.  With  an  enamelled  sieve  of  200  mm  diame¬ 
ter  with  6  inserts  same  diameter.  Other  sieves  of  same  diameter  in  varying  numbers  may  be 
used  on  this  machine,  being  conveniently  held  in  place  by  the  strap  over  the  top  as  shown  in 
illustration .  25.00 

46576.  Sieve  Shaker,  Braun,  for  8  inch  standard  sieves.  This  apparatus  will  be  found  a  great  time  and  labor 
saver  in  grading  samples  of  sand,  cement,  ores  and  other  materials.  In  repeated  tests,  using 
the  same  sample,  identical  results  are  obtained,  which  guarantees  the  reliability  of  this  machine. 
From  one  to  eight  sieves  of  8  inch  diameter  can  be  placed  in  the  machine  at  one  time.  These 
sieves  are  mounted  in  a  brass  frame  supported  by  a  chain.  The  supporting  arch  is  adjustable 
so  that  when  a  small  number  of  sieves  are  placed  in  the  hanger  it  can  be  raised  to  the  proper 
height,  thus  allowing  the  surrounding  frame  to  strike  the  sieves.  A  special  hanger  allows  the 
sieves  to  rotate  slowly  while  being  shaken.  This  rotation  is  caused  by  the  peculiar  shape  of  the 
surrounding  frame  which  strikes  the  sieve  on  all  sides,  securing  a  complete  separation  of  the  vari¬ 
ous  mesh  products.  The  interior  of  the  surrounding  frame  is  lined  with  leather,  which  protects 
the  sieves.  It  is  very  light  running  and  requires  little  effort  to  operate.  In  a  test  run,  using  a 
10  gram  sample  of  sand,  it  requires  7  minutes  to  obtain  an  accurate  separation  using  8  sieves  from 
10  to  200  mesh.  For  hand  operation,  without  sieves .  50.00 

46580.  Sieve  Shaker,  as  above,  but  with  electric  motor  drive,  for  either  alternating  current  of  110  volts,  60 
cycles,  or  direct  current  of  110  volts.  Current  must  be  specified  in  ordering.  Without  sieves.  90.00 


487 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  46580 


No.  46584 


46584.  Sieve  Shaking  Apparatus,  for  use  with  either  hand  or  power,  on  wooden  base  11  x  20  inches,  height 
over  all  17  inches.  Will  take  conveniently  from  one  to  four  sieves  up  to  6  inches  in  diameter.  30.00 


No.  46588 


No.  46592 


46588.  Sieve  Shaker,  Per  Se,  taking  standard  8  inch  sieves,  for  power  or  hand  driving;  as  used  in  sieving 
rice,  drugs,  emery,  corundum,  fire  clay,  litharge,  silica,  sulphur,  cement,  phosphates,  pigments, 
sugar,  gunpowder,  guano,  whiting,  salt,  starch,  flour,  linseed1,  cottonseed,  boneblack,  etc.  The 
mechanical  motion  secured  in  these  shakers  is  an  eccentric,  semi-rotary  motion  with  a  vertical 
drop.  The  sharp  vertical  drop  or  jog  has  been  found  very  necessary  in  order  to  free  the  meshes 
from  those  particles  which  would  ordinarily  remain  in  the  apertures  of  the  cloth  and  to  which 
in  a  great  measure  the  efficiency  of  the  device  may  be  ascribed.  These  movements  simulate  very 
closely  those  obtained  in  hand  manipulation  of  individual  screens  and  the  results  secured  show 
very  close  agreement  between  hand  and  the  mechanical  method.  The  machines  are  mounted 

on  solid  base  with  firm  clamping  device  for  the  sieves.  Without  sieves .  90.00 

46592.  Sieve  Shaker,  Per  Se,  as  above  but  with  directly  connected  direct  current  electric  motor.  Without 
sieves . . .  150.00 


488 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


46600. 


46604. 


No.  46604 


Silica  Rod,  Opaque  Fused  Silica,  useful  for  stirring  and  pouring  at  high  temperatures,  particularly 
in  the  case  of  high  melting  metals  and  alloys  which  do  not  form  basic  oxides,  also  for  the  con¬ 
struction  of  delicate  physical  apparatus  where  material  is  required  with  extremely  small  coeffi¬ 
cient  of  expansion.  Furnished  in  lengths  up  to  6  ft. 

Diameter,  mm .  1-2  3  4-5  6-7  8  9-10 

Per  foot .  .40  .50  "".75~  1.00  1.25  1.40 


Silica  Tubing,  Opaque  Fused  Silica,  The  unglazed  tubes,  while  rough  on  the  outside,  are  glazed  as 
the  ends  and  comparatively  smooth  on  the  inside.  The  glazed  tubes  are  highly  glazed  on  tlye 
outside  and  at  the  ends,  presenting  a  distinctive  homogeneous  structure  throughout.  The 
unglazed  tubing  up  to  9  mm  bore  is  finished  in  so-called  Satin  finish.  Furnished  in  all  of  the 
sizes  listed  in  lengths  up  to  8  ft.  but  when  lengths  less  than  1  ft.  are  ordered  an  advance  of  10% 
is  made  in  price.  Larger  diameters  are  furnished  at  special  price. 


Bore,  mm . 

.  .  1-2 

3 

4-5 

6-7 

8 

9-10 

11 

12-13 

14 

15-16 

17-18 

Thickness  of  wall,  mm . 

...  .5-3. 

5-2.5 

.5-2 

.5-2 

.5-2 

1-2 

1-2 

1-2 

1-2.5 

1-2.5 

1-2.5 

Unglazed,  per  foot . 

.  .  .25 

.45 

.75 

.90 

1.10 

1.25 

1.40 

1.50 

1.60 

1.75 

1.90 

Glazed,  per  foot . 

1.75 

2.10 

2.25 

2.40 

Extra,  closed  at  one  end 

.10 

.15 

.20 

.20 

.20 

.25 

.25 

.25 

.35 

.35 

.50 

Bore,  mm . 

19 

22 

25 

28-29 

31-32 

35 

38 

41 

44 

48 

51 

Thickness  of  wall,  mm . 

. .  1-3 

1-3 

1-3 

2-4 

2-4 

2-5 

2-5 

2-5 

2-5 

2-5 

2-5 

Unglazed,  per  foot . 

. .  2.10 

2.30 

2.50 

2.75 

2.90 

3.00 

3.20 

3.35 

3.50 

3.75 

3.90 

Glazed,  per  foot . 

.  .  2.60 

2.80 

3.25 

3.50 

3.65 

4.00 

4.20 

4.50 

4.75 

5.10 

5.30 

Extra,  closed  at  one  end. . . 

. .  .50 

.65 

.75 

.75 

.75 

.90 

.90 

.90 

1.00 

1.00 

1.00 

No.  46608. 


46608. 


Slide  Rule,  Nestler,  for  chemical  calculations;  of  mahogany,  with  scale  on  white  celluloid;  providing 
for  all  calculations  as  met  with  in  chemical  practice.  Complete  in  case  with  instructions  for 
use .  4.50 


No.  46612.  Front 


No.  46612.  Back 


46612.  Slide  Rule,  Duplex,  designed  to  adapt  the  logarithmic  and  cologarithmic  scales  to  the  rapid  solution 
of  the  problems  encountered  by  the  chemist.  The  symbols  on  the  rule,  being  arranged  in  the 
order  of  their  molecular  weight,  are  easily  found,  while  the  application  of  a  very  simple  rule 
enables  the  chemist  to  locate  other  symbols  of  less  frequent  occurrence.  The  rule  carries  138 
chemical  symbols  which  include  the  common  acids,  bases,  salts,  oxides,  and  elements.  As  each 
symbol  has  its  individual  position  corresponding  to  the  logarithm  of  its  molecular  weight,  the 
number  of  permutations  and  combinations  possible  covers  the  requirements  of  almost  any  prob¬ 
lem.  By  using  the  logarithmic  and  cologarithmic  scales  in  conjunction  with  the  chemical  gauge 
points,  problems  in  Stoichiometry,  such  as  gravimetric  analysis,  volumetric  analysis,  equivalents, 
percentage  composition,  conversion  factors,  volume  of  gas  from  a  given  weight  of  substance  at 
different,  temperatures  and  pressures,  and  many  other  analogous  problems  are  readily  solved. 
The  rule  is  accompanied  by  a  manual  giving  the  theory  of  its  use  together  with  numerous  examples 
of  both  an  arithmetical  and  chemical  nature.  Length  10  inches,  engine  divided,  divisions  on  white 
facings,  glass  indicator,  in  morocco  covered  case,  with  directions .  8.00 


489 


A  R  T  H  U  R 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


46616.  Soil  Borer,  American  type,  regularly  furnished  with  shaft  1  meter  long  but  can  be  supplied  in  any 
length  desired  by  means  of  extension  pieces  1  meter  in  length. 


Diameter  of  cutter,  mm . 

.  50 

80 

105 

130 

150 

Duty  Free . 

.  3.45 

3.80 

4.15 

5.15 

5.75 

Duty  Paid . 

.  4.60 

5.00 

5.50 

6.85 

7.70 

46620.  Extra  Extension  Pieces,  1  meter  long. 

Duty  Free .  1.15  Duty  Paid .  1.50 


No.  46664  No.  46668  No.  46672 


46624. 

46628. 

46632. 


46636. 

46640. 

46644. 

46648. 

46652. 

46656. 

46660. 

46664. 

46668. 

46672. 


Sodium  Spoon,  with  ramrod  and  tube  mounted  on  handle . 25 

Spatula,  Glass,  6  inches  long,  with  flat  ground  blade  f  inch  wide . 20 

“  Horn,  double,  with  spatula  on  each  end. 

Length,  mm .  100  120  150  100  240  280 

Each 


.15 


.25 


.40 


.60 


. 10  .12 

Spatula,  Bone,  double,  with  spatula  at  each  end. 

Length,  mm .  150 

Eac  > . . . 20 

Spatula,  Solid  Nickel,  double,  with  spatula  on  each  end,  and  not  flexible. 

Length,  mm .  120 _ 150 _ 180 

Each .  .50  .70  .80 

Spatula,  Porcelain,  double,  with  spatula  on  each  end. 

Length,  mm .  105  130  160  185  _ 235 


300 

.90 


.40 


.60 

290 


.70 


200 

.30 

210 

1.25 

260 

.80 

340 

.90 


_  8 

.60 


6 


10  _  12 
1.00  1.70 

8 


Each . 28  .28  .40 

Spatula,  Porcelain,  single,  i.e.  with  knob  on  one  end  and  blade  on  other. 

Length,  mm .  235 

Each . 55 

Spatula,  Steel,  very  flexible,  with  cocoa  wood  handle. 

Length  of  blade,  inches .  3  4  5  6  7 

Each . 25  .26  .30  .40  .50 

Spatula,  Steel,  with  nickel  plated  steel  handle. 

Length  of  blade,  inches .  3  4  5 

Each .  .45  JJO  J60  _  J55  #  .90 

Spatula,  Steel,  with  very  flexible  narrow  blade  and  blackwood  handle.  Very  convenient  for  weighing. 

Length  of  blade,  inches .  _3 _ 4 _ 5 _  6 

Each . . . . .  .35  .40  .50  .60 

Spatula,  Hard  Rubber  throughout,  with  very  thin  flexible  blade. 

Length,  inches .  4  6 

Each . ~A5  .55  .80 

Spatula,  folding  form,  i.e.  like  pocket  knife;  with  thin  flexible  steel  blade  5  inch  wide  and  3  inches 

long,  in  ebony  handle;  very  convenient  for  carrying  in  the  pocket . 75 

Spatula,  short  form,  with  wide  blade,  so-called  “Pill  Knife,”  of  steel  with  ebony  handle. 

Length  of  blade,  inches . . .  2\ _ 3i 

Each . 40  .50 


490 


A  R  T  H  U  R 


H.  THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  46680 


No.  46684  No.  46688  No.  46692 


46676. 

46680. 

46684. 

46688. 

46692. 

46696. 

46700. 

46704. 

46708. 

46712. 

46716. 


Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  Gay-Lussac,  unadjusted,  but  with  perforated  stopper  for  adjustment  in  the 
laboratory. 

Capacity,  cc .  1  2  5  10  25  50  10 

Each .  .20  .20  .20 

Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  same  as  Nc  46676  but  accurately  adjusted. 

Capacity,  cc .  1  2  5 

Each. . . .  Ho  dio  Ho  770  Too  Oo 

Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  same  as  No.  46680  but  in  tin  case  with  tare  weight. 

Capacity,  cc .  10  25  50  100 


.25 

10 


.30 

25 


.40 

50 


.50 

100 


2.40 

100 


Each  .  1.50  1.60  2.00 

Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  new  conical  shape,  with  thermometer  reading  to  i°  ground  into  neck. 

Capacity,  cc .  10  25  50 

Each. . . .  2.25  2^50  2^60  3J)0 

Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  Boot,  double  wall  with  vacuum  space  between  the  walls.  For  constant  tem¬ 
perature  work:  with  ground  cap.  Capacity,  cc . 25  50 

Each... . . . .  2.80”  3d)0 

Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  Kohl,  with  thermometer  ground  in  the  side  tubulation  and  with  capillary  tube 

ground  in  the  central  tubulation  and  divided  in  millimeters .  3.25 

Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  Regnault,  for  liquids,  with  ground  in  stopper. 

Capacity,  cc . 25  50 

Each . 50  .60 

Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  Regnault,  for  solids,  with  ground  in  stopper  and  capillary  ground  into  neck 

of  flask.  Capacity,  cc .  25 _ 50 

Each . . 75  .90 

Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  Reischauer,  with  ground  in  glass  stopper  and  separate  funnel  tube  for  con¬ 
venient  filling.  Capacity,  cc .  25  50  100 

Each . . . .  1.00  1.25  1.50 

Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  same  as  No.  46708  but  with  millimeter  divisions  on  neck. 

Capacity,  cc .  25  _50 _ 100 


Each . . .  1.50  1.75  2.00 

Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  Reischauer-Brinton.  Consists  of  a  100  cc  glass  stoppered  flask  with  special 
narrow  neck  so  made  that  the  100  cc  mark  falls  low  on  neck.  Furnished  without  calibration. 
Empty  flask  with  stopper  weighs  from  18  to  20  grams.  Inside  diameter  of  neck  is  6  mm.  See 
Journal  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association,  August,  1912 .  1.25 


No.  46720 


No.  46724  No.  46728 


No.  46732 


No.  46736 


No.  46740 


46720.  Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  Nicol  tube  form,  for  liquids . 50 

46724.  “  “  “  Hogarth,  for  iron  ores  and  similar  material .  2.00 

46728.  Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  Sprengel,  with  caps  ground  on . 80 

46732.  “  “  “  “  with  normal  thermometer  and  ground  in  suction  tube .  4.00 

46736.  Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  Walker,  for  liquids,  according  to  Bulletin  No.  109  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of 

Agriculture,  Bureau  of  Chemistry .  2.00 

46740.  Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  Walker,  as  above,  for  viscous  liquids .  2.00 


491 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


23844.  Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  Le  Chatelier,  as  used  in  cement  testing .  2.00 

23848.  Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  Le  Chatelier,  new  form,  in  accordance  with  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards 

requirements  and  as  used  in  the  U.  S.  Government  test  for  Portland  Cement.  See  Circular  No. 

33  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards,  without  certificate .  3.00 

23852.  Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  Le  Chatelier,  an  above  but  with  the  certificate  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Stand¬ 
ards .  5.00 

23856.  Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  Schuman,  with  tube  graduated  to  50  cc  in  fyths .  2.50 

46744.  “  “  “  Thorner,  for  solids,  particularly  coke  and  charcoal;  also  used  for  the  deter¬ 
mination  of  porosity;  graduated  from  0  to  100  cc  in  £ths.  Price  includes  cylinder .  3.60 

46748.  Specific  Gravity  Bottle,  Hubbard,  designed  especially  for  bitumens,  heavy  oils,  etc.,  with  solid  stopper 
ground  in,  with  an  opening  of  1.6  mm  diameter  instead  of  usual  capillary.  Capacity  24  cc.  1.00 
23840.  Specific  Gravity  Apparatus,  Jackson,  for  the  true  determination  of  the  specific  gravity  of  cement. 

Consists  of  a  special  burette  with  bulb  and  stopcock  and  a  special  flask  with  ground  in  funnel 
stopper  of  exactly  the  same  bore  as  the  burette.  As  described  in  the  Journal  of  the  Society  of 


Chemical  Industry  15  June,  19Q1+.  No.  11,  Vol.  XXIII .  6.00 

23841.  Extra  Flask,  only,  for  use  with  above . . .  2.00 


SPECTROSCOPES,  SPECTROGRAPHS,  SPECTROPHOTOMETERS 

AND  ACCESSORIES 

46800.  Spectroscope,  Direct  Vision,  pocket  form,  90  mm  long,  with  adjustable  slit.  In  case .  10.00 

46804.  “  “  “  “  “  same  as  above  but  with  comparison  prism  and  illumi¬ 
nating  mirror . . .  14.50 


No.  46808  No.  46812 

46808.  Spectroscope,  with  adjustable  telescope,  adjustable  slit  and  metal  cover  for  the  prism,  with  objective 
15  mm  diameter. 

Duty  Free . .  25.20  Stock .  35.00 

46812.  Spectroscope,  with  cylindrical  cover  for  the  prism  (illustration  shows  same  removed)  with  telescope, 
20  mm  objective  and  scale  tube.  Slit  adjustable  by  micrometer  screw.  With  comparison  prism. 
Duty  Free .  45.00  Stock .  60.00 


492 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  46832  Optical  Plan  of  No.  46824 


46816.  Spectroscope,  Vogel,  Direct  Vision,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  total  length  170  mm.  With  comparison  prism, 
illuminating  mirror,  holder  for  small  test  tubes  and  six  extra  test  tubes.  In  case. 

Duty  Free .  13.65  Stock .  18.20 

46820.  Stand  for  Direct  Vision  Spectroscopes,  especially  No.  46816,  with  absorption  trough .  6.00 

46824.  Spectroscope,  Martens,  Direct  Vision,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  with  comparison  prism  and  wave  length 

scale.  A  rotating  disc  with  lenses  of  different  foci  after  Martens  permits  the  accurate  adjustment 
of  the  telescope  for  any  eye.  The  diagram  above  illustrates  the  operation  of  this  spectroscope 
when  used  without  illuminating  device  which  is  only  necessary  with  very  weak  spectra  and 
which  may  be  operated  by  three  cells  of  dry  battery.  In  case. 

Duty  Free . 28.20  Duty  Paid .  37.60 

46828.  Spectroscope,  same  as  above  but  with  the  addition  of  Beckmann  electric  lighting  arrangement 
with  special  cap  for  comparison  prism,  without  accumulator. 

Duty  Free .  41.70  Duty  Paid .  55.60 

46832.  Stand  for  Direct  Vision  Spectroscopes,  particularly  designed  for  Martens  Wave  Length  Spectroscopes 
No.  46824  consisting  of  support,  mirror  glass,  stage,  clamp  for  spectroscope,  absorption  trough 
and  absorption  tube,  with  polished  wooden  case  taking  both  spectroscope  and  support. 

Duty  Free .  21.45  Duty  Paid .  28.60 


493 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  46836  No.  46840 


46836.  Spectroscope,  Kirchoff-Bunsen,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  Model  II,  with  enclosed  prism  case,  rack  and 
pinion  adjustment  for  the  telescope,  1j  mm  objective,  flint  prism  of  dispersion  C  —  F  =  1°56' 
in  mounting,  unsymmetrical  slit  with  micrometer  head  reading  to  mm,  Ramsden  ocular 
28  mm  focus,  photographic  scale  with  orienting  device  “S,”  wavelength  scale,  mirror  for 
illuminating  scale,  mirror  for  illuminating  slit,  adjustable  table  support  and  glass  cell  as  shown 

in  illustration.  Duty  Free .  73.95  Stock .  98.65 

46840.  Spectroscope,  Kirchoff-Bunsen,  Schmidt  &  Haensch  Model  III,  with  unsymmetrical  slit  and  24  mm 
objectives.  The  micrometer  adjustment  is  furnished  with  a  dispersion  curve  giving  the  wave 
length  for  different  readings.  With  two  Ramsden  oculars  of  28  and  11  mm  focus,  with  cross 
hairs;  with  flint  glass  prism  of  Jena  glass  No.  0.102  N„  =  1.649,  dispersion  C  —  F  =  1°65', 
face  28  x  31  mm;  photographic  scale  and  mirror  for  illuminating  slit.  This  instrument  may  be 
used  for  a  great  variety  of  work  in  connection  with  studies  in  both  emissions  and  absorption 
spectra,  spectraphotometry,  etc.,  and  with  the  camera  listed  below. 

Duty  Free .  121.05  Duty  Paid .  161.50 


No.  4G844 


No.  46856 


46844.  Spectroscope,  Hoffman,  Direct  Vision,  Schmidt  &  Haensch,  large  model,  with  micrometer  adjustment 
^r, ?'e^esc?Pe  tube  permitting  same  to  move  over  the  entire  spectrum,  with  direct  vision  prism 
of  dispersion  C.  —  F  =  5°  30',  telescope  objective  of  200  mm  focus,  adjustable  slit  with  comparison 
prism,  one  ocular  of  28  mm  focus,  with  cross  hairs,  illuminated  by  prism  inside,  and  one  ocular 
of  11mm  focus  with  pointer  scale,  telescope  with  rotating  scale  and  mirror  for  illumination  of 
SfI?e'i.  Suitable  for  general  chemical  analyses,  wavelength  determinations  and  for  the  securing 
of  light  of  a  given  wavelength  for  other  optical  purposes  as  in  spectrophotometry,  etc. 

Duty  Free .  119.75  Duty  Paid .  160.00 

46848.  Rutherford  Prism,  with  mounting,  dispersion  C  -  F  =  3°  26'.  For  use  with  Nos.  46840  and  46844. 

Duty  Free .  15.00  Dutv  Paid .  20.00 

46852.  Wavelength  Scale  for  use  with  Rutherford  prism.  For  use  with  Nos.  46840  and  46844. 

Duty  Free  9.60  Duty  Paid .  12.80 

46856.  Photographic  Camera  tor  6x9  cm  plates, _  with  achromatic  objective  of  260  mm,  camera  tube  and 
plate  holder  for  photography  of  visible  spectra  only  but  can  be  adapted  with  quartz  lens, 
uranium  glass  plate,  etc.,  at  an  extra  charge,  for  the  ultra  violet.  For  use  with  Nos.  46840 
and  46844.  Duty  Free .  86.25  Duty  Paid .  115.00 


494 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  46SC0 


46860. 


46864. 


46868. 

46872. 

46874. 

46876. 

46880. 

46884. 

46888. 


Wavelength  Spectrometer,  Hilger  Constant  Deviation  Type.  This  instrument,  since  first  introduced 
in  1904,  has  been  found  useful  for  a  great  variety  of  purposes.  The  outfits  here  iisted  are  those 
recommended  for  general  spectrum  analysis,  spectrophotometry,  (in  combination  with  Nutting 
photometer)  and  quantitative  estimation  of  colored  salts,  dyes  and  organic  substances  possessing 
suitable  absorption  bands  when  in  solution.  Accessories  for  the  infra-red  and  spectrum  ob¬ 
servations  of  Zeeman  effect  are  also  supplied  on  special  order  and  are  fully  described  in  the 
Hilger  catalogue  which  will  be  sent  upon  application.  The  prism  is  of  the  “constant  deviation” 
type.  The  telescope  and  collimator  are  both  rigidly  fixed,  since  to  pass  through  the  spectrum 
it  is  only  necessary  to  rotate  the  prism;  and  as  a  result  a  construction  is  arrived  at  which  is  at 
once  extremely  convenient  and  mechanically  sound.  The  table  on  which  the  prism  stands  is 
rotated  by  means  of  a  fine  steel  screw,  the  point  of  which  pushes  against  a  projecting  arm  or 
the  prism  table.  To  the  screw  is  fixed  a  drum  on  which  the  wavelengths  of  the  line  under 
observation  are  read  off  direct  as  indicated  by  the  index  which  runs  in  a  helical  slot.  In  the 
most  recent  instruments  this  index  is  on  the  side  of  the  drum  towards  the  eye;  so  that  the 
wavelengths  of  lines  can  be  read  off  without  quitting  the  eyepiece.  The  point  of  the  micrometer 
screw  is  of  hardened  steel,  and  is  permanently  fixed  before  the  screw  thread  is  cut,  to  avoid  the 
risk  of  periodic  errors,  the  point  forming  one  of  the  centers  while  the  screw  thread  is  being  cut. 
This  hardened  steel  point  presses  against  a  steel  plug  in  the  above  mentioned  projecting  arm 
of  the  prism  table,  itself  flint-hard  and  optically  polished.  The  telescope  and  collimator  are 
both  rigidly  fixed  to  the  cast-iron  base,  and  the  whole  is  screwed  to  a  strong  cast-iron  tripod. 
The  object  glasses  of  both  telescope  and  collimator  are  of  llj  inches  (285  mm)  focal  length,  and 
li  inches  (31.5  mm)  clear  aperture.  The  focussing  of  the  telescope  is  obtained  by  the  milled 
ring,  which  can  be  seen  in  the  figure  on  the  body  of  the  telescope.  By  the  turning  of  this  ring 
the  object  glass  is  made  to  move  by  a  carefully  protected  helical  mechanism,  the  eyepiece 
remaining  always  fixed.  By  this  means  a  more  accurate  focussing  adjustment  is  obtained, 
without  the  liability  to  a  sideway  shift  of  the  lines  due  to  the  focussing,  which  it  is  impossible 


to  entirely  avoid  in  the  older  form.  With  prism  of  1.65  refractive  index  Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 

for  D,  accurately  calibrated  from  385mm  to  800mm .  135.00  185.00 

Wavelength  Spectrometer,  Hilger,  exactly  as  above,  but  with  denser  prism, 
i.e.,  1.74  refractive  index  for  D,  and  correspondingly  increased  accu¬ 
racy  of  calibration,  being  from  390mm  to  800mm . 149.85  205.35 

Universal  Base  attached  to  either  of  above.  For  detailed  description  of 

universal  base  see  No.  46908 .  10.00  13.70 

Protecting  Cover  for  prism  table .  2.84  3.90 

Levelling  Screws .  5.00  6.85 

Case,  with  lock  and  key,  for  either  of  above . 7.70  10.55 

Extra  High-Power  Eyepiece  with  its  own  zero  adjusting  cross-hairs .  59.40  81.40 

Shutter  Eyepiece  with  lateral  adjustment  to  bright  pointer .  21.60  29.60 

Slide  with  light  filters  to  the  shutter  eyepiece  for  giving  the  pointer  any  desired 
color,  by  means  of  which  an  increase  of  accuracy  and  comfort  in  reading 

can  be  secured,  especially  in  the  violet  part  of  the  spectrum . .......  6.75  9.25 


Note — This  eyepiece  has  two  shutters  which  can  be  shifted  from  either  side  in  the  focal  plane  so  as  to 
cover  any  desired  part  of  the  field,  thereby  observing  any  bright  lines  which,  by  their  proximity 
prevent  the  observation  of  feebler  lines.  The  metal  pointer,  the  extremity  of  which  is  ground 
exceedingly  fine  and  polished  bright  with  the  greatest  care,  is  illuminated  from  above  by  a 
mirror.  This  bright  pointer  is  adjustable  laterally  by  the  two  milled  head  screws  below,  so  that 
one  can  always  return  to  the  standard  by  setting  the  bright  pointer  on  a  reference  line. 


495 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  468G0  Hflger  Wavelength  Spectrometer  with  Camera  No.  4G892  Attached 

46892.  Camera,  with  21-inch  focus  lens,  tilting  adjustment  for  accurately  focussing  the  whole  spectrum,  and 
shutter  for  exposure. 

Duty  Free .  35.90  Duty  Paid .  49.20 

46896.  Telescope  fixed  to  side  of  the  camera,  and  internal  mirror  with  external  milled  head  by  means  of  which 
the  spectrum  can  be  reflected  into  the  telescope  for  observation  immediately  before  photography. 

Duty  Free .  54.00  Duty  Paid .  74.00 

46900.  Replica  of  Rowland  Diffraction  Grating,  interchangeable  with  the  prism.  Only  supplied  if  ordered  with 
the  Spectrometer.  Price  includes  calibration  in  wavelengths  for  both  prism  and  grating. 

Duty  Free .  59.55  Duty  Paid .  81.60 

46904.  Apochromatic  Triple  Object  Glasses.  In  place  of  the  usual  achromatic  doublet  object  glasses  extra. 

Duty  Free .  35.10  Duty  Paid .  48.10 


Hilger  Wavelength  Spectrometer  with  Universal  Base  and  Nutting  Polarisation  Photometer  Attachment  in  position 

and  Stand  for  two  parallel  beams  of  light 


46908.  Wavelength  Spectrometer,  Hilger  Constant  Deviation  Type,  with  Universal  Base,  in  which  the  base 

plate  and  tripod  are  of  the  form  shown,  the  tripod  being  heavier  and  larger  than  in  the  ordinary 
Wavelength  Spectrometer  and  the  base-plate  having  an  extended  arm.  The  base-plate  is  drilled 
with  all  necessary  holes  for  the  addition  of  the  Nutting  Photometer.  The  Universal  Base  also 
provides  for  the  attachment  of  the  complete  accessories  for  high  resolving  power  (Michelson 
echelon,  Lummer-Gehrcke  plate,  and  Fabry-Perot  etalon).  With  prism  of  1.65  refractive  index 
for  D,  and  Universal  Base. 

Duty  Free .  143.10  Duty  Paid .  196.10 

46912.  Wavelength  Spectrometer,  Hilger,  with  Universal  Base,  as  above,  but  with  Duty  Free  Duty  Paid 

denser  prism,  i.  e.,  1.74  refractive  index  for  D .  157.95  216.45 

Case,  with  lock  and  key,  for  either  of  above .  10.15  13.90 

46916.  Nutting  Polarisation  Photometer  Attachment,  particularly  designed  for  attachment  to  the  Hilger  Wave¬ 
length  Spectrometer  with  Universal  Base,  as  above  listed.  The  combination  results  in  a  Spec¬ 
trophotometer  for  the  visible  spectrum  accurate  as  regards  wavelength  and  photometric  measure¬ 
ments.  The  circle  is  divided  both  in  densities  and  degrees.  The  price  includes  an  arrangement 
on  separate  stand  for  producing  two  parallel  beams  of  light,  by  which  means,  together  wflth  an 
adjustment  on  the  photometer  itself,  the  correct  conditions  of  illumination  may  be  secured  with 
two  columns  of  liquid  of  any  desired  length. 

Duty  Free .  178.20  Duty  Paid .  244.20 

46920.  Nutting  Photometer  Attachment,  as  above  but  on  separate  stand  with  levelling  Duty  Free  Duty  P»id 

screws,  suitable  for  use  with  any  ordinary  Spectroscope .  179.55  246.05 

46924.  Stand  for  Tubes  of  Absorbing  Liquids,  such  as  Baly  tubes,  etc .  14.85  20.35 


496 


I 

ARTHUR  H .  THOMAS  COMPANY 


| 


i 


No.  46928 


46928.  Spectroscope,  Kriiss  Universal,  for  quantitative  and  qualitative  analysis,  spectro-photometry,  etc. 

Large  model  with  flint  glass  prism  of  60°  and  triple  Rutherford  prism,  providing  a  great 
range  of  dispersion.  Micrometer  adjustment  for  observation  telescope,  etc.  Equipped  for  qual¬ 
itative  analysis  with  simple  micrometer  slit,  with  divided  drum  and  platinum  edges,  comparison 
prism  and  lamp  for  illumination  of  scale.  Equipped  for  quantitative  analysis  and  photometry 
with  micrometer  double  slit,  with  two  divided  drums  after  Vierordt,  adjustable  eye-piece,  ab¬ 
sorption  vessel  with  parallel  walls,  Schultz’s  cell,  micrometer  support  and  observation  lamp. 
With  two  unsymmetrical  slits. 

Duty  Free... .  157.50  Duty  Paid .  210.00 

46932.  Spectroscope,  Kriiss  Universal,  exactlv  same  as  above  but  with  two  symmetrical  slits. 

Duty  Free . .  190.50  Duty  Paid .  254.00 


No.  46936 


No.  46944 


46936.  Spectrograph,  Fuess,  Gehrke  and  Reichenheim,  as  used  at  the  Physikalisch-Technische  Reichsanstalt. 

With  optical  system  of  quartz  for  investigations  of  the  ultra-violet.  For  photographic  plates  6§  x 
9  cm.  A  small  compact  instrument  which  has  been  supplied  to  many  leading  chemical  and 
physical  laboratories  in  Europe  and  America.  Complete  with  extra  large  Cornu  prism. 

Duty  Free .  142.50  Duty  Paid .  190.00 

46940.  Spectrograph,  Fuess,  identical  with  above  but  with  glass  lenses  and  two  dense  flint  glass  prisms 
*ii  nD  =  1.75  for  investigations  of  visible  spectra. 

1  Duty  Free .  120.00  Duty  Paid .  160.00 

46944.  Spectrograph,  Hilger,  for  the  Ultra-Violet,  with  optical  system  of  Uviol  glass.  Recommended  as  an 
inexpensive  outfit  for  ultra  violet  work,  having  been  used  very  successfully  for  experiments  in 
blood,  absorption  spectra,  etc.  Each  instrument  is  sent  out  in  complete  adjustment  ready  for 
photographs  to  be  taken.  Specimen  photographs  sent  on  application.  With  two  prisms  and 
lenses  of  the  most  transparent  ultra-violet  glass,  the  lenses  of  8  inch  (203  mm)  focus,  the  spec¬ 
trum  from  300  mm  to  800  mm,  about  40  mm  in  length.  Size  of  plate  by  3J  inches. 

Duty  Free .  89.10  Duty  Paid .  122.10 


497 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  46948 


46948.  Spectrograph,  Hilger,  for  the  Ultra-Violet,  Size  C,  with  quartz  optical  system;  designed  to  be  in  permanent 
adjustment;  to  give  the  whole  spectrum  from  200  nn  to  800  mm  on  one  plate;  to  give  good  definition 
over  the  whole  spectrum  on  the  ordinary  photographic  plate  and  to  give  as  large  an  amount  of 
light  as  is  consistent  with  the  above  conditions,  thus  enabling  spectrograms  to  be  taken  with 
relatively  short  exposures.  The  instruments  are  sent  out  completely  adjusted,  ready  for  photo¬ 
graphs  to  be  taken.  Specimen  photographs  will  be  sent  on  application.  With  lenses  of  24  inches 
(610  mm)  focus,  the  instrument  giving  a  spectrum  from  210  fip.  to  800  w*  of  about  200  mm  in  length; 
prism  41  mm  high  by  65  mm  length  of  face;  size  of  plate  10  x  4  inches;  with  No.  2  Slit.  The  dis¬ 
persing  system  consists  of  one  Cornu  prism.  There  is  a  vertical  motion  by  rack  and  pinion  to  the 
dark  slide,  with  scale,  whereby  a  number  of  exposures  can  be  taken  one  below  the  other. 

Duty  Free .  317.25  Duty  Paid .  434.75 

46952.  Wavelength  Scale  for  above  Spectrograph  mounted  internally  in  such  a  manner  as  to  be  brought 
at  will  in  contact  with  the  photographic  plate.  Illumination  is  provided  by  means  of  a  small 
electric  lamp,  and  a  contact  print  of  the  wavelength  scale  can  thus  be  obtained  on  the  same 
plate  as,  and  in  juxtaposition  to,  the  photograph  of  the  spectrum.  The  above  Quartz  Spectro¬ 
graph  in  connection  with  the  wavelength  scale  is  widely  used  for  experiments  in  the  absorp¬ 
tion  of  light  of  complex  chemical  substances  and  in  the  study  of  molecular  constitution. 
If  desired  the  scales  can  be  divided  to  read  frequencies  instead  of  wavelengths,  the  price  being 
the  same.  Price  applies  only  if  ordered  with  Size  C  Spectrograph,  including  small  battery  in 
case  with  push  key  for  illuminating  lamp;  the  whole  being  attached  to  the  Spectrograph  in  a  con¬ 
venient  position  for  use. 

Duty  Free .  70.20  Duty  Paid . . .  96.20 

46956.  Wavelength  Scale  on  Glass,  for  above  Spectrograph.  These  scales  are  photographed  on  glass  and 
can  be  laid  direct  on  the  spectrograms  to  read  off  the  wavelengths.  They  are  prepared  to 
suit  each  individual  instrument  and  are  sufficiently  accurate  to  determine  the  identity  of  most 
lines. 

Duty  Free .  8.10  Duty  Paid . . .  11.10 

46960.  Metal  Slides  for  the  Plate-holder  for  above  Spectrograph,  same  being  attached  to  the  base  of 
the  instrument  by  a  rigid  metal  bracket.  In  this  construction  the  wooden  cone  and  bellows 
of  the  camera  are  still  retained,  but  play  no  part  in  the  support  of  any  essential  portions  of  the 
apparatus. 

Duty  Paid .  129.50 

Sector  Photometer,  Hilger,  for  Quantitative  Spectro¬ 
photometry  in  the  Ultra-Violet  in  connection  with 
the  Hilger  Ultra-Violet  Spectrograph  Size  C.  With 
wavelength  scale  by  the  measurements  of  the  actual 
proportion  of  each  wavelength  absorbed  in  its 
passage  through  the  substance  or  for  some  function 
of  it,  as  for  instance  the  absorption  constant.  The 
great  interest  which  the  measurement  of  selective 
absorption  has  assumed  for  the  chemist  will  be  noted 
from  the  extensive  bibliography  concerning  the 
chemical  significance  of  the  absorption  spectra  of 
organic  compounds  and  rare  earths.  Much  of  this 
work  has  been  unsatisfactory  because  it  has  not 
been  of  a  quantitative  character.  _  The  Sector 
Photometer  consists  of  a  slit  and  a  bi-prism  which 
receives  the  light  from  the  solution  through  the  sub¬ 
stance  to  be  examined  and  the  rotating  sector  so 
that  two  spectrum  photographs  are  obtained  in 
close  juxtaposition,  one  of  which  is  of  reduced 
density  throughout  its  whole  length  and  the  other 
— that  which  has  passed  through  the  material 
under  test — being  more  dense  that  the  first  in  certain  parts  and  less  so  in  others,  there  being 
certain  wavelengths  where  the  density  of  the  two  is  equal.  Spectrum  photographs  and  more 
complete  description,  with  complete  bibliography,  will  be  sent  upon  application.  With  motor 
for  either  110  or  220  volt  circuit.  Voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering. 

Duty  Free .  145.80  Duty  Paid .  199.80 

46968.  Tubes,  with  quartz  ends,  for  solutions,  length  of  liquid  10,  20  or  40  mm. 

Duty  Free,  each .  4.05  Duty  Paid,  each .  5.55 


No.  46964 


498 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  46970 

SPECTROSCOPE,  GRATING,  ZEISS,  primarily  designed  for  the  analysis  of  absorption  spectra  but  applicable 
at  the  same  time  to  the  study  of  emission  spectra.  In  grating  spectra  the  wavelength  for  any  line  of  the 
spectrum  is  proportional  to  the  corresponding  angle  of  deflection,  and  this  property  has  been  made  a 
means  of  dividing  the  head  of  the  micrometer  screw  by  which  the  telescope  is  moved  through  the  spec¬ 
trum  in  terms  of  wavelengths.  Using  none  but  the  most  perfect  gratings,  Zeiss  have  been  enabled  by 
the  excellent  definition  of  the  spectra  to  depart  from  the  usual  division  in  terms  of  mm  or  millionths 

of  a  millimeter  and  have  divided  the  drum  into  units  which  are  ten  times  finer,  i.e.  into  Angstrom  units 
(1  A.  =  0.1  mm)-  The  Fraunhofer  lines  of  the  solar  spectrum  can  accordingly  be  set  accurately  to  within 

1-2  A.  For  sharply  focusing  the  spectrum  with  respect  to  the  cross  lines  in  the  telescope  the  collimator 
is  very  rigidly  mounted  and  fitted  for  this  purpose  with  a  milled  ring.  The  slit,  which  is  of  the  highest 
order  of  precision,  moves  symmetrically  and  can  be  adjusted  during  observations  by  means  of  a  wheel 
and  cord  transmission  gear.  The  jaws  of  the  slit  are  protected  from  the  access  of  dust  and  accidental 
injury  by  a  detachable  glazed  cap,  the  latter  being  interchangeable  with  a  similar  cap  fitted  with  a 
comparison  prism.  Each  division  of  the  slit  drum,  which  has  one  hundred  divisions,  changes  the 
width  of  the  slit  by  an  amount  equal  to  0.01  mm. 

When  the  instrument  is  applied  to  the  analysis  of  absorption  spectra  the  absorption  bands  are 
much  more  clearly  defined  owing  to  the  comparatively  small  dispersion  of  the  grating,  which  contributes 
greatly  to  the  accuracy  with  which  it  can  be  adjusted  with  respect  to  the  cross  lines.  This  renders  the 
instrument  particularly  well  adapted  for  the  spectroscopic  analysis  of  pigments  by  Formdnek’s  method. 
To  render  the  cross  lines  clearly  visible  in  the  presence  of  very  dark  absorption  bands  the  telescope  is 
fitted  with  a  convenient  device  for  illuminating  the  cross  lines,  which  entirely  fulfils  the  purpose  of  the 
arrangement  recommended  by  Formanek,  though  it  differs  from  it  in  the  means  adopted  by  Zeiss. 

The  most  suitable  source  of  light  is  a  Nernst  lamp  with  exposed  glower,  i.e.  a  glower  not  sur¬ 
rounded  by  a  heating  spiral,  an  image  of  the  glower  in  its  natural  size  being  projected  upon  the  slit  by 
means  of  a  condenser  lens.  With  this  source  of  light  the  slit  should  as  a  rule  be  reduced  to  a  width  of 
0.02  to  0.03  mm.  An  inverted  incandescent  gas  burner  supported  on  a  stand  and  provided  with  screen 
is  equally  convenient  to  manipulate,  though  it  gives  a  less  intense  light  than  the  Nernst  lamp. 

Spark  spectra  and  arc  spectra  are  examined  by  projecting  with  the  aid  of  a  converging  lens  an 
image  of  the  radiant  upon  the  jaws  of  the  slit,  which  for  this  purpose  are  lacquered  white.  Care  should 
be  taken  to  insure  that  the  exit  pupil  of  the  telescope  may  be  completely  filled  with  light.  This  may 
be  ascertained  by  viewing  the  small  bright  circle  in  front  of  the  eyepiece  with  a  magnifier.  See  F.  Lowe, 
Zeitschr.  /.  Instrumentenkunde  1908,  28  S.  261;  or  J  Fomdaek  “Unlersuchung  und  Nachweis  organischer 
Farbstoffe  auf  spectroskopischem  Wege,”  II  Auflage,  Berlin  1908,  or  “Die  qualitative  Spektralanalgze 
anorganischer  und  organisher  Kdrper”  II  Auflage. 

46970.  Grating  Spectroscope,  as  above,  with  transmission  grating,  protecting  cap  for  the  slit,  comparison 
prism,  reader  for  the  micrometer  screw  and  two  interchangeable  eyepieces  of  different  foci,  in 
case  with  lock  and  key. 

Duty  Free .  200.00  Duty  Paid .  272.00 


499 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


T  H  O  MAS 


COMPANY 


46972.  Monochromator,  for  Visible  Rays,  Fuess.  Convenient  as  a  source  of  homogeneous  light  for 
spectrometers,  refractometers,  polariscopes,  microscopes,  goniometers,  etc.  Illustration  shows 
same  in  position  before  the  collimator  tube  of  a  spectrometer.  With  two  flint  prisms  nD  =  1.67, 
and  with  two  Ramsden  oculars  with  cross  hairs.  See  E.  A.  Wiilfing,  Tschermak’s  Mineral  u. 
petrogr.  Mitt.,  15,  S.  74;  ferner:  C.  Leiss,  Zeitschr.  f.  Instr.  Kunde,  18,  S.  209;  ferner:  C.  Leiss, 
Die  opt.  Instr.,  S.  25,  Fig.  19-21. 

Duty  Free .  162.90  Duty  Paid .  217.20 

46974.  Spectroscope,  Autocollimation,  Zeiss.  Light  reaches  one-half  of  the  slit  through  the  window  at  F, 
while  a  similar  window  on  the  left  admits  light  to  the  other  half  of  the  slit,  and  thence  passes 
through  the  objective  0  to  the  prism  P,  where  it  is  reflected  back  from  one  of  the  silvered  faces 
and  in  the  focal  plane  of  the  objective  O  produces  a  spectrum  which  can  be  passed  through  the 
field  of  view  of  the  fixed  telescope  by  turning  the  screw  head  M.  The  arrangement  of  the  two 
windows  furnished  a  convenient  means  of  comparing  two  spectra.  Wavelengths  can  be  accurately 
measured  within  a  fraction  of  a  mm  by  reference  to  spectrum  lines  of  known  wavelengths,  while 
for  the  identification  of  the  various  regions  of  the  spectrum  a  dispersion  curve  is  furnished  with 
the  double  Rutherford  prism.  With  double  Rutherford  prism  and  dispersion  curve. 

Duty  Free .  185.00  Duty  Paid .  251.60 

46976.  Prism  of  30°,  on  silvered  back  with  metal  stage,  for  use  interchangeably  with  Rutherford  prism. 

Duty  Free .  8.25  Duty  Paid .  11.22 


46982. 

46984. 

46988. 

46990. 

46992. 


Spectrograph  with  Divided  Circle,  Zeiss, 

consisting  of  the  Autocollimation  Spec¬ 
troscope  above,  with  metal  camera  with 
arrangement  for  ten  exposures  on  one 
plate  and  a  base  plate  for  the  prism  for 
automatically  obtaining  the  minimum 
deviation.  The  objectives  are  inserted 
as  far  as  they  will  go  by  which  means  the 
Spectrograph  is  focused  and  ready  for 
exposure.  With  a  6  x  9  cm  plate  holder, 
but  without  objectives  and  prisms. 
Duty  Free..  206.25  Duty  Paid..  280.50 
to  slide  into  the  collimator  and  camera. 


Duty  Paid .  20.40 

=  250  mm.  for  use  in  the  ultra-violet. 

Duty  Paid .  64.60 

...  25.00  Duty  Paid .  34.00 

...  22.50  Duty  Paid .  30.60 

. ..  18.75  Duty  Paid .  25.50 


46980. 


.  IpF 

No.  4B980 

Pair  of  Achromatic  Objectives,  f  =  250  mm,  with  fittings 

Duty  Free .  15.00 

Pair  of  Double  Quartz-Fluorite  Achromatic  Objectives,  f 

Duty  Free .  47.50 

Rutherford  Prism,  on  base  plate.  Duty  Free . 

Cornu  Double  Prism,  on  base  plate.  Duty  Free . 

Condenser,  with  quartz  lens,  on  stand.  Duty  Free . 


500 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


r 


No.  46994  No.  46996 


46994. 


46996. 


46998. 


47000. 

47002. 


47004. 


Monochromatic  Illuminator,  for  the  Ultra-Violet  Light  and  Visible  Rays,  Hilger,  reading  from  200mm  to 
700mm  in  direct  wavelengths.  This  instrument  is  particularly  suitable  for  experiments  on  the 
photo  electric  effect,  etc.  The  collimator  and  telescope  both  have  symmetrical  slits  with 
divided  drum  heads  for  width  adjustment  of  the  jaws  which  have  an  effective  length  of  20  mm. 
The  lenses  are  of  31  mm  aperture  and  210  mm  focal  length  for  \=  300mm-  The  beam  of  light 
from  the  collimator  passes  at  minimum  angle  through  a  Cornu  prism  of  quartz  (height  32  mm, 
length  of  face  42  mm)  and  is  then  reflected  from  a  plane  mirror  into  the  telescope.  The  prism 
and  mirror  stand  on  one  table,  which  is  rotated  by  means  of  a  fine  steel  screw,  the  wavelength 
of  the  portion  of  the  spectrum  under  observation  being  read  off  direct  on  a  helical  drum.  The 
average  accuracy  of  reading  throughout  the  range  is  to  about  1mm-  The  collimator  and  telescope 
are  rigidly  fixed  to  the  cast-iron  base. 

Duty  Free .  279.18  Duty  Paid .  382.58 

Note — This  instrument  may  be  converted  into  a  spectrometer  for  infra-red  rays  by  the  addition  of  rocksalt  prism,  two  nickel-steel 
concave  mirrors,  thermopile,  etc.  Price  upon  application. 


Spectroscope,  Comparison,  Zeiss,  for  the  convenient  comparison  of  the  absorption  spectra  of  fluids, 
glasses,  ray  filters,  etc.  In  case  with  a  number  of  lithographs  of  wave  length  scale  for  guidance 
in  observations.  The  illustration  shows  the  optical  arrangement  only,  the  whole  being  mount¬ 
ed  on  an  adjustable  upright  support  with  base,  for  convenient  manipulation. 

Duty  Free .  77.50  Duty  Paid . 105.40 

Spectroscope,  Comparison,  Zeiss,  with  triple  field,  i.e.  for  the  simultaneous  observation  of  three  spec¬ 
tra.  Similar  in  construction  to  the  preceding.  This  instrument  is  intended  for  practical  color 
analysis  in  the  arts,  such  as  three  color  photography,  three  color  printing  and  also  physiologi¬ 
cal  investigations  on  color  sensations,  etc.  for  more  detaded  description  send  for  Mess  260. 
In  case  with  lock  and  key. 

Duty  Free .  93.75  Duty  Paid .  127.50 

Cylindrical  Absorption  Ceils,  for  use  with  either  of  above  with  cover  glasses,  with  height  of  fluid 
1  mm,  5  mm,  10  mm  and  20  mm. 

Duty  Free,  per  set .  3.00  Duty  Paid,  per  set .  4.08 

Absorption  Cell,  for  variable  fluid  height 

Duty  Free .  8.75  Duty  Paid .  11.90 


Hand  Spectrophotometer,  Nutting,  Model  I,  a  combination  of  direct  vision  pocket  spectroscope  with 
polariscope  consisting  of  two  Nicol  prisms.  Dispersion  of  Amici  prism  C  —  F  =  ca.  5°.  See  P.  G. 
Nutting,  Bulletin  of  U .  S.  Bureau  of  Standards,  Vol.  2.  No.  2,  p.  317,  Fig.  1  u.  2,  1906;  ferner:  C. 
Leiss,  Zeitschr.  f.  Instr.  Kunde  26,  S.  307,  1906. 

Duty  Free .  27.00  Duty  Paid .  36.00 


501 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  47024 


No.  47028 


No.  47032 


No.  47008 


No.  47012 


No.  47036 


No.  47020 


No.  47040 


No.  47016 


47008. 

147012. 

47016. 

47020. 

47024. 

47028. 

47032. 

47036. 

47040. 

47044. 


Spectroscope  Accessories. 

Spectrum  Burner,  Beckmann.  A  simple  and  practical  method  for  coloring  a  Bunsen  flame  by  means 
of  chemical  vapors.  See  Zeitschrift  fur  angewandte  Chemie,  XX  Jahrgang  1907,  Heft  14,  Seite 

564-  Complete  with  stand  and  porcelain  dish .  4.00 

Spectrum  Burner,  Riesenfeld.  A  new,  low  priced  burner  for  producing  vapors  from  chemical  solu¬ 
tions  for  coloring  spectral  flames .  3.00 

Spectrum  Burner,  Riesenfeld  and  Wohlers  for  electrolytic  vaporizing .  6.00 

Lamp,  Riesenfeld,  for  spark  spectra.  By  means  of  an  iridium  electrode  a  pure  spectrum  of 
the  metal  containing  solution  to  be  investigated  is  secured  without  the  presence  of  air  lines  or 
of  iridium  lines.  Price  does  not  include  iridium  electrode  which  is  supplied  at  the  market  price. 

Duty  Free .  22.50  Duty  Paid .  31.50 

Mercury  Vapor  Lamp,  Lummer-Straubel,  for  25  to  30  volts  direct  current. 

Duty  Free .  6.00  Duty  Paid .  8.00 

Stand  and  Cooling  Bath,  for  above. 

Duty  Free .  10.25  Duty  Paid .  15.50 

Mercury  Vapor  Lamp,  Lummer-Straubel,  with  quartz  window  on  tube  for  the  ultra  violet. 

Duty  Free .  9.25  Duty  Paid .  13.65 

Cooling  Cell,  for  use  with  above,  of  dark  glass,  with  quartz  window,  hard  rubber  top,  etc 

Duty  Free .  6.50  Duty  Paid .  9.75 


Mercury  Vapor  Lamp,  Immersion  Type  of  Uviol  Glass,  on  stand  with  resistance  for  110  or  220  volt 

circuit.  Current,  volts .  110 _ 220 

Duty  Free .  30.50  33.50 

Duty  Paid .  43.50  47.50 

Extra  Uviol  Lamp,  only  for  above. 

Duty  Free . .  8.00  Duty  Paid .  13.50 


502 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  47048 


No.  47052 


47048.  Mercury  Vapor  Lamp,  Perot-Fabry,  with  protecting  cylinder  with  rectangular  opening  9  x  12  cm  to 
take  Ray  Filters,  etc.  The  lamp  is  provided  with  a  cooling  ring  consisting  of  radial  arms  of 
blackened  brass  and  copper.  The  entire  lamp  is  mounted  on  adjustable  stand  with  levelling 
screws  and  the  whole  makes  a  very  convenient  source  of  light  for  polariscope,  spectroscope  and 
other  laboratory  purposes  where  a  monochromatic  beam  of  short  wave-length  is  desired. 

Duty  Free .  21.00  Duty  Paid .  28.00 

MERCURY  VAPOR  ARC  LAMP  OF  QUARTZ,  HERAEUS.  On  220  volt  lines  the  lamp  may  be  burned  at  all 
potentials  between  the  electrodes  from  25  to  185  volts  by  means  of  a  variable  resistance  of  55  or  95  ohms 
(depending  on  the  type  of  lamp)  connected  in  series;  on  110  volt  lines  at  all  potentials  from  25  to  80  by 
means  of  a  variable  resistance  of  25  or  40  ohms.  If  the  lamp  is  not  required  to  burn  at  low  voltages 
resistances  of  30  or  50  ohms  and  of  12  or  20  ohms  are  sufficient.  The  specific  intensity  of  the  visible 
and  ultra-violet  radiation  is  the  same,  and  the  economy  equally  as  good  in  110  volt  as  in  220  volt 
lamps.  The  mercury  vapor  arc  is  extremely  rich  in  ultra-violet  rays  and  quartz  glass  is  transparent 
for  such  rays  above  185  nn  wave-length.  See  article  in  the  “Annalen  der  Physik,”  4th  Series,  Vol.  20, 
1906,  by  Dr.  R.  Kiich  and  T.  Retschinsky  on  Photometric  and  spectro-photomHric  measurements  in  the 
high  pressure  mercury  vapor  lamp. 

For  220  volts,  direct  current,  12  cm  arc.  3§  amp.  current  consumption  and  3000  c.  p. 


47052.  Lamp,  complete  on  stand .  145.00 

47056.  Rheostat,  adjustable  series,  large,  55  ohms .  15.00 

47060.  “  “  “  small,  30  ohms .  10.65 

2  amp.  current  consumption  and  1500  c.  p. 

47064.  Lamp,  complete  on  stand .  125.00 

47068.  Rheostat,  adjustable  series,  large,  95  ohms .  10.65 

47072.  “  “  “  small,  50  ohms . 8.50 

For  110  volts,  direct  current,  7  cm  arc.  3?  amp.  current  consumption  and  1500  e.  p. 

47076.  Lamp,  complete  on  stand .  125.00 

47080.  Rheostat,  adjustable  series,  large,  25  ohms .  10.65 

47084.  “  “  “  small,  12  ohms .  8.50 

2  amp.  current  consumption  and  800  c.  p. 

47088.  Lamp,  complete  on  stand .  105.00 

47092.  Rheostat,  adjustable  series,  large,  40  ohms .  6.15 

47096.  “  “  “  small,  20  ohms .  6.15 


Note — These  are  direct  current  Lamps  and  cannot  be  run  with  alternating  current.  Because  of  the 
extremely  fragile  nature  of  these  Lamps  packing  is  charged  extra  at  cost  and  while  it  is 
carried  out  with  the  greatest  care,  Lamps  are  shipped  at  buyer’s  risk  only.  They  can  be  spe¬ 
cially  insured  against  breakage  in  transportation  at  the  following  rates : — 

1000  miles,  or  under . • .  4.00 

1000  to  2000  miles .  6.00 

Over  2000  miles .  8.00 

47100.  Ray  Filters,  Wratten  &  Wainwright,  Set  of  Eight  for  Spectroscopy,  consisting  of  filters  for  removing  of 
ultra-violet,  transmission  of  only  red,  etc.  Cemented  in  glass,  2  inches  square,  in  case. 

Duty  Free .  7.45  Duty  Paid .  10.05 

47104.  Ray  Filters,  Wratten  &  Wainwright,  Complete  Set  of  Fifty-one,  in  mahogany  case.  Filters  2  inches 
square,  cemented  between  optical  glass  of  good  quality,  containing  all  the  filters  required  for 
contrast,  photomicrography  or  spectroscopy. 

Duty  Free .  67.50  Duty  Paid .  91.15 


503 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  47108 


No.  47112 


No.  47116 


No.  47120 


47108.  Prism,  Hollow,  with  faces  of  highly  polished  mirror  glass  and  glass  stopper;  cemented  together  in  an 
electric  furnace  and  resistant  to  heat,  acids  and  alkalies;  with  transparent  opening  through  faces 

25  mm  in  diameter .  6.00 

47112.  Spectrum  Cells,  for  absorption  spectra,  etc.,  bottle  form,  with  ground  in  stopper  and  plane  parallel 

sides . . . . . . . . . 60 

47116.  Spectrum  Cells,  for  absorption  spectra,  etc.,  largest  size  being  suitable  for  lantern  experiments. 

Inside  dimensions,  mm .  30  x  20  x  5  30  x  20  x  10  100  x  80  x  8 

Each . . _  Tl5  1.50  2.70 

47120.  Spectrum  Cells,  for  absorption,  with  round  opening  20  mm  in  diameter  by  4  mm  deep .  1.00 

47124.  “  “  with  lid  cemented  on  and  with  a  small  ground  in  stopper,  40  x40  x  10  mm  .  4.00 

47128.  Spectroscope  Prisms,  Hilger,  60°  Angle,  accurate  to  within  10',  with  rectangular  faces  and  with  the 
ratio  of  the  length  of  surface  becoming  greater  in  proportion  to  the  height  as  the  refractive 
index  increases,  thus  securing  a  more  satisfactory  and  effective  aperture. 


47132. 

47136. 


47140. 


47144. 

47148. 

47152. 


47156. 


Light  Flint  Dense  Flint 

Refractive  index  for  D  =  1.58  to  1.62  (approximately)  Refractive  index  for  D=1.63  to  1.65  (approximately) 


Length  of  face 

Height  of  prism 

Price 

Length  of  face 

Height  of  prism 

Price 

inches 

mm 

inches 

mm 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

inches 

mm 

inches 

mm 

Duty  Free 

Duty  Paid 

n 

32 

1 

25 

6.53 

8.95 

if 

35 

1 

25 

8.91 

12.21 

u 

42 

n 

32 

8.91 

12.21 

if 

44 

if 

32 

10.09 

13.83 

2 

51 

n 

38 

12.62 

17.29 

2i 

.  54 

if  i 

38 

14.25 

19.53 

92 

^8 

60 

n 

44 

17.82 

24.42 

2\ 

64 

if 

44 

19.89 

27.26 

Spectroscope  Prisms,  Hilger  Right-Angle,  of  white,  clear  and  thoroughly  anneaied  crown  glass,  with 
guaranteed  definition  and  angles  accurate  to  within  5' 


15 


20 


25 


Length  of  square  cathetus  surface,  mm .  10 

Each,  Duty  Free .  4.75 

Each,  Duty  Paid .  6.51 

Quartz  Prisms,  Cornu,  refracting  angle  of  60°,  composed  of  two  prisms  of  right  and  left 


30 


7.43 

10.18 


10.40 

14.25 


13.36 

18.32 


16.34 
22.40 

rotation 


e  oi  bU  ,  composed  ol  two  prisms  ot  right  ana  lett  rotation 
quartz,  respectively,  each  of  30°  angle.  This  improved  construction  results  in  greater  optical 
perfection,  removal  of  double  image  caused  by  reflection  between  the  two  inside  surfaces  without 
the  necessity  of  any  liquid  between  the  two  surfaces,  a  gain  in  light  transmitted  and  greater  con¬ 
venience  in  handling. 

Height  of  prism . 19  mm  32  mm  42  mm 

Length  of  external  faces .  25  mm  25  mm  32  mm 

Duty  Free .  20.79  28.51  48.13 

Duty  Paid .  28.49  39.07  65.95 

Quartz  Lenses,  unmounted,  accurately  cut  with  the  crystallographic  and  optical  axes  coincident;  of 
the  finest  definition,  the  focal  length  for  wavelength  400  ntx  being  not  less  than  ten  times  the 
diameter. 

Clear  aperture,  mm .  25.4  32  38  44  51 


Duty  Free .  11.88  13.37  15.44  17.82  21.98 

Duty  Paid .  16.28  18.32  21.16  24.42  30.12 

Quartz  Lenses,  plano-convex,  second  quality,  suitable  for  condensing  lenses,  etc. 


57 

29.70 

40.70 


64 

40.10 

54.40 


H 

4f 

7.13 

9.77 


51 

8.91 

12.21 


2 

6 

13.07 

17.91 


21 

_6J 

18.71 

25.64 


Diameter,  inches .  1  If 

Focal  length,  inches .  3  3f 

Duty  Free .  4746  5.80 

Duty  Paid .  6.10  7.94 

Rocksalt,  Prism,  60°  length  of  face  32  mm,  height  of  face  25  mm. 

Duty  Free...  . .  20.52  Duty  Paid . .  28.11 

Rocksalt,  Lenses,  with  second  quality  surfaces,  focal  length  for  D  not  less  than  five  times  the  diameter. 

Diameter .  25  mm  31  mm  38  mm  44  mm 

Duty  Free . .  5.64  6724  743""  JL32 

Duty  Paid. .  7.73  8.55  9.77  11.40 

Note — First  quality  Lenses  of  Rocksalt,  focal  length  for  D  not  less  than  £th  the  diameter,  curves  such 
as  to  give  minimum  spherical  aberration  for  wavelength  10  fi,  price  2\  times  that  of  above. 
Gratings,  Replica,  made  from  Rowland  originals,  each  in  case. 

Number  of  lines .  15,000  14,438  15,000 

Size,  inches . ‘ .  If  x  If  1A  x  f  4f  x  If 

Each .  6.00  5.00  11.00 


504 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


47160. 

47164. 

47168. 

47172. 


47176. 

47180. 

47184. 

47188. 


47192. 


Spectrum  Tubes,  Plucker,  with  simple  electrodes.  Filled  with  either  O,  H,  NO,  CO,  CO2,  Cl,  Cy, 

CH4,  I  or  Br.  Each .  2.00 

Spectrum  Tubes,  Plucker,  with  simple  electrodes.  Filled  with  either  Helium  or  Argon  at  |  to  5  mm 

pressure.  Each .  5.00 

Spectrum  Tubes,  Plucker,  empty,  with  simple  electrodes  and  two  Jena  stopcocks  ground  absolutely 

tight,  for  filling  in  the  laboratory  with  any  desired  gas.  Each  .  3.00 

Spectrum  Tubes,  Dorn-Goetze,  with  square  cut  end  of  capillary  as  used  for  observation  of  anode  and 
cathode  ray,  with  cylinder  electrodes  of  large  capacity.  Particularly  recommended  for  the  in¬ 
vestigation  of  rare  gases.  Filled  with  either  O,  H,  N,  NO,  N20,  N02,  NH3,  H20,  ordinary  air 
CO.  C02,  S02,  Br,  Cl,  Si  Fl4,  Sn  Cl4,  H2S,  Cy,  HCy,  C2H2,  C2H4,  CH4,  CS2  or  with  solids  I,  G, 
Se,  Hg  or  Hg2G. 

Duty  Free,  each .  2.75  Duty  Paid,  each .  4.15 

Spectrum  Tubes,  same  as  No.  47172  but  filled  with  following  rare  gases. 

..  .  Argon  Argon 

rlllea,  With .  Helium  at  low  pressure  at  high  pressure  Neon  Krypton 


Xenon 

27.00 

35.00 


Duty  Free .  4.50  4.50  8.00  6.00  20.00 

Duty  Paid .  6.75  6.75  12.00  9.00  30.00 

Spectrum  Tubes,  same  as  No.  47172,  empty,  with  two  stopcocks,  for  filling  in  the  laboratory.. . .  3.75 
Spectrum  Tubes,  Dorn-Goetze,  exactly  same  as  No.  47172  but  made  of  Uviol  glass  transparent  to  the 
ultra-violet  up  to  2530  A.  E.,  and  filled  with  the  same  gases  or  material  as  No.  47172. 

Duty  Free,  each .  3.75  Duty  Paid,  each .  5.75 

Spectrum  Tubes,  same  as  No.  47184  but  filled  with  the  following  rare  gases. 

,  ...  Argon  Argon 

hilled  With .  Helium  at  low  pressure  at  high  pressure  Neon  _ Krypton 


Duty  Free .  5.50  5.50 

Duty  Paid .  8.25  8.25 


9.00 

13.50 


7.00 

10.50 


21.50 

32.00 


Xenon 

”25700 

37.00 


Spectrum  Tubes,  same  as  No.  47184,  empty,  with  two  stopcocks  for  filling  in  the  laboratory .  5.25 


47196.  Spectrum  Absorption  Tube,  Baly,  consisting  of  two  tubes  with  polished  quartz  ends,  the  outside  tube 

being  graduated  in  mm.  Complete  with  two  quartz  plates  and  rubber  tubing .  7.50 

47200.  Spectrum  Tube,  End-on  Type  for  experimental  work,  with  stopcock  and  condenser  to  concentrate  the 
beam.  The  spherical  portion  of  the  condenser  is  fitted  air-tight  to  the  ground  and  polished 
cup  at  the  end  of  the  vacuum  tube;  with  glass  condenser. 

Duty  Free .  13.52  Duty  Paid .  18.52 

47204.  Spectrum  Tube,  same  as  above,  with  quartz  condenser. 

Duty  Free .  22.43  Duty  Paid .  30.73 

47208.  Spectrum  Tube,  Pure  Fused  Silica,  End-on  Type,  for  ultra-violet  work,  with  secure  mercury  seals. 
Unfilled,  with  tube  for  exhaustion. 

Duty  Free .  15.60  Duty  Paid . _  21.37 

47212.  Spectrum  Tube,  Pure  Fused  Silica,  with  external  electrodes,  which,  while  they  do  not  give  as  brilliant 
a  discharge  as  the  usual  form,  have  the  advantage  of  absolute  permanence.  Unsealed,  for  ex¬ 
perimental  purposes,  with  tube  for  exhaust. 

Duty  Free .  5.35  Duty  Paid .  7.33 

47216.  Spectrum  Tube,  with  ground  stopper  and  stopcock,  for  Dupre’s  test  for  mercury  in  gun-cotton. 

Duty  Free .  3.38  Duty  Paid .  4.63 


505 


I 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  47224  No.  47328  No.  47344 


47220. 

47224. 

47228. 


Spectrum  Tube  Holder  for  Plucker  tubes,  without  tubes .  6.00 

Spectrum  Tube  Support,  Universal,  with  two  clamps,  binding  post,  with  platinum  wire,  complete  as 

per  illustration  but  without  spectrum  tubes,  or  Bunsen  burner .  8.00 

Photographic  Plates,  Wratten  and  Wainwright,  very  sensitive,  for  use  in  spectrographic  work.  These 
are  supplied  in  the  following  grades. 

Panchromatic  “A,”  sensitive  from  the  ultra-violet  up  to  6800  4.  u. 

“  “B,”  rather  less  green  sensitive  than  Panchromatic  “A,"  but  sensitive  to  about  7800  4.  u. 

Wratten  “M,”  of  similar  sensitiveness  to  Panchromatic  “A,”  but  of  much  finer  grain  and  about  one-third  the  speed. 
Allochrome,  evenly  sensitive  to  about  5600  4.  u. 

Double  Instantaneous,  a  fast  “ordinary”  plate  of  fine  grain  suitable  for  ultra-violet  work. 


Grade . 

Panchromatic 

“A” 

Panchromatic 

“B” 

Wratten 

-M’ 

Allochrome 

Double 

Instantane 

Size  4^  x  3j  inches,  per  doz. 

.55 

.85 

.55 

.55 

.55 

“  10  x  4  “  per  doz. 

1.65 

2.50 

1.65 

1.65 

1.65 

“  6x9  cm.  per  doz .... 

.50 

.75 

.50 

.50 

.50 

“  6|  x  9  cm.  per  doz .... 

.50 

.75 

.50 

.50 

.50 

47332. 


47336. 

47340. 

47344. 


47300. 

Sponges,  for  laboratory  use;  $1.50  to  $5.00  per  lb.,  depending  upon  quality. 

47304. 

Spoons,  Bone.  Length,  mm . 

100 

120 

150 

170 

Each . 

.12 

.15 

.25 

.30 

47308. 

Spoons,  Bone,  with  spatula  end.  Length, 

mm. 

100 

120 

150 

170 

Each . 

.15 

.20 

.25 

.30 

47312. 

Spoons,  Horn.  Length,  mm . 

80 

100 

120 

150 

180  200  220 

240 

280 

300 

Each . 

.08 

.10 

.12 

.15 

.20  . 

.25  .30 

.35 

.50 

.75 

47316. 

Spoons,  Horn,  wit  spatula  end.  Length  mm 

80 

100 

120 

150 

180  200  220 

240 

280 

300 

Each . 

.12 

.13 

.15 

.18 

.25  .30  .40 

.50 

.75 

1.00 

47320. 

Spoons,  Pure  Nickel,  with  spatula  end.  Length,  mm. 

.  120 

150 

Each . 

.  .50 

.65 

47324. 

Spoons,  Porcelain,  with  spatula  end. 

Length,  mm .  105 

120 

145 

160 

200 

220 

280 

Each .  .14 

.17 

.20 

.25 

.40 

.45 

.80 

47328. 

Spoons,  Heavy  Cut  Glass.  Size . 

Teaspoon 

Dessertspoon 

Tablespoon 

.30 


.50 


.90 


Sputum  Bottles.  A  heavy,  green  glass  bottle,  2  inches  high  and  1  inch  in  diameter,  for  mailing  sputum 
and  other  samples  inside  of  mailing  tubes  as  required  by  the  U.  S.  Post  Office  Department. 

Widely  used  in  Board  of  Health  work.  Without  corks.  Per  gross .  4.00 

Sputum  Bottles,  same  as  No.  47336  but  with  corks  to  fit  tight.  Per  gross .  4.70 

Sputum  Dish.,  for  sputum  examinations,  of  black  glass,  with  transparent  glass  lid,  2%  inches  in  diameter 

by  1J  inches  high . 25 

Sputum  Tray,  for  sputum  analysis,  of  porcelain,  half  white  and  half  black . 75 


506 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


47348. 


47352. 


47356. 

47360. 


47364. 

47368. 

47372. 

47376. 

47380. 

47384. 

47388. 


47392. 

47396. 

47400. 

47404. 

47408. 

47412. 

47416. 

47420. 


Sputum  Dish,  for  sputum  examinations,  of  glass,  with  bottom  divided  into  three  sections,  one  being 
transparent,  one  of  milk  glass  and  one  of  black  glass.  On  metal  frame  with  mirror  underneath  for 
reflecting  light. 

Duty  Free . ... .  10.00  Duty  Paid .  14.50 

Staining  Dishes,  of  glass,  for  staining  specimens  on  the  slide,  with  loose  fitting  cover  and  grooves  to 
keep  slides  in  place.  Inside  dimensions  are  75  x  58  mm  so  that  slides  of  varying  widths  may  be 

handled . . . •. . 25 

Staining  Dishes,  Moore,  of  glass,  for  staining,  dehydrating,  etc.,  consisting  of  a  double  dish  lOO'mm 

in  diameter  by  30  mm  deep,  with  parallel  slots . 75 

Staining  Dish,  of  glass,  for  staining  specimens  on  the  slide,  consisting  of  a  rectangular  glass  box  with 
cover,  a  removable  tray  and  a  nickel  spring  wire  holder  for  lifting  tray  out  of  staining  solution 
in  box.  Will  take  slides  3x1  inches,  3  x  1J  inches  and  3x2  inches.  Complete  with  glass  dish, 

removable  tray  and  wire  holder .  1.25 

Glass  Dish,  only. . . 50 

“  Tray,  only . 65 

Nickel  Wire,  holder  only . 10 

Staining  Dish  of  glazed  porcelain,  low  form,  for  3  x  1  slides . 80 

“  “  “  “  “  for  3  x  1|  slides .  1.15 

Staining  Jar,  with  loose  cover  and  bottom  polished;  size  85  x  35  x  15  mm . 25 

“  “  Coplin,  of  heavy  glass,  with  ground  on  cover,  for  convenient  manipulation  of  sections 

attached  to  slides;  very  economical  of  reagents;  capacity  ten  3x1  slides.  Each . .  .25 

Per  gross . 25.00 

Staining  Jar,  so-called  “Naples  Jar,”  with  loose  fitting  hemispherical  cover;  size  90  x  35  mm . 20 

“  “  same  as  above  but  with  cork  stopper  and  without  cover . 15 

Staining  Jar,  Hellendahl,  with  eight  compartments  each  of  which  will  take  two  3x1  slides  at  one  time 

when  placed  back  to  back;  very  economical  of  solution,  with  cover .  1.00 

Staining  Jar,  oval  form,  with  cover,  85  x  43  x  19  mm .  .30 

“  “  same  size  as  No.  47404  but  rectangular  form . 30 

“  Block,  of  wood,  for  6  staining  jars,  including  6  No.  47408  Jars  with  lids .  2.25 

“  only,  without  jars . 50 

“  Rack,  of  brass,  nickel  plated,  for  the  convenient  handling  of  slides  and  also  for  immersion  in 
a  large  vessel  of  staining  fluid . 90 


507 


f 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


47424.  ■  Stability  Test  Apparatus,  Bergmann,  consisting  of  a  copper  oil  bath  with  hard  brazed  seams  and  with 
ten  hard  drawn  brass  tubes,  with  reflux  condenser;  mounted  on  sheet  iron  stand  with  gas  burner, 
but  without  glass  parts  as  shown  in  illustration. 

Duty  Free .  64.50  Duty  Paid .  77.40 

47428.  Stability  Test  Apparatus,  cylindrical,  of  copper,  with  hard  brazed  seams,  with  12  tubes,  metallic  con¬ 

denser  and  tripod  but  without  burner  or  thermometer. 

Duty  Free .  31.50  Duty  Paid . .  37  80 

47432.  Steam  Generator,  simple  form,  of  heavy  copper,  tested  to  three  atmospheres;  with  valve,  cocks  and 
gauge  as  shown  in  illustration,  120  mm  in  diameter  by  300  mm  long.  Very  convenient  for  labo¬ 
ratory  use. 

Duty  Free .  25.00  Duty  Paid .  30.00 

47436.  Steam  Generator,  a  small  sized  steam  generator  widely  used  in  manufacturing  operations,  etc.,  where 
only  a  limited  quantity  of  steam  is  required.  Can  be  fired  with  gas,  gasoline,  kerosene,  hard  coal, 
charcoal,  alcohol  or  wood.  Can  be  safely  operated  up  to  80  lbs.  or  more,  each  boiler  being  tested 
to  a  pressure  of  200  lbs.  per  square  inch.  Illustration  shows  the  boiler  as  furnished  for  hard 
coal,  charcoal  or  wood.  These  boilers  are  of  the  vertical  tubular  type  and  the  shell  is  of  wrought 
iron,  lap  welded,  the  upper  and  lower  parts  of  best  gray  iron  and  the  outside  casing  blued  steel. 
In  the  i  and  §  h.  p.  sizes  the  tubes  are  of  brass  and  in  the  H  h.  p.  of  blued  steel.  The  illustration 
shows  the  J  and  the  h.  p.  sizes  and  they  are  all  intended  for  chimney  connection,  but  stack 
is  included  only  with  the  £  h.  p.  size. 


Size .  |h.  p.  5  h.  p.  li  h.  p. 

Each .  33.50  54.00  140.00 

47440.  Gas  Burner  for  j  h.  p.  size .  .  3.50 

47444.  “  “  “  i  “  “  .  5.00 


47448.  Gasoline  Burner,  with  tank,  for  }  h.  p.  size .  6.25 

47452.  “  “  without  tank,  for  §  h.  p.  size .  18.75 


508 


47456. 

47460. 

47464. 

47468. 

47472. 

47476. 

47480. 


Stirring  Apparatus,  consisting  of  pulley  only  with  support  for  glass  rods  at  different  distances  and  rod 
to  clamp  to  apparatus  support.  Very  convenient  in  arranging  various  stirring  apparatus.  1.75 
Stirring  Apparatus,  Schulze,  consisting  of  pulley  with  clamp,  for  single  glass  rods  of  various  forms. 

Without  clamp  or  glass  stirrer .  2.00 

Stirring  Rods,  of  glass,  for  use  with  above  or  other  stirring  apparatus. 

Style .  A  B  C  D  E 

Each .  .75  .50  1.25  1.00  .60 

Stirring  Apparatus,  Blair,  as  used  in  iron  analysis.  Complete  with  stirrers,  6  beakers  with  covers, 

asbestos  plate,  etc.,  but  without  motor .  17.00 

Stirring  Apparatus,  for  hand  or  power,  on  wooden  base,  with  iron  supports,  including  stirring  rods 
and  beakers. 

Number  of  beakers .  . 6  8 

Each . .  17.50  20.00 

Stirring  Apparatus,  similar  to  above  but  for  attaching  by  clamps  to  an  apparatus  support,  without 
beakers  or  support,  as  shown  in  illustration. 

Number  of  beakers .  4  6 

Each . . .  8.00  10.25 

Stirring  Apparatus,  Fischer,  including  Rabes  water  turbine,  adjustable  clamp,  pulley,  support,  glass 
rod  with  vanes  and  glass  jar .  12.00 


509 


w 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


47484.  Stirring  Apparatus,  Electric,  consisting  of  motor  which  can  be  furnished  for  either  alternating  or 
direct  current,  110  or  220  volts,  adjustable  arm  for  holding  the  stirring  rod  and  rheostat  for 
regulating  speed  from  50  to  1000  r.  p.  m.  Please  specify  voltage  and  current  in  ordering. .  25.00 


47488. 


47492. 

47496. 

47500. 

47504. 

47508. 

47512. 


47516. 

47520. 

47524. 


47528. 


No.  47508 


No.  47512  No.  4751G 


No.  47520 


No.  47524 


Stopcock,  Brass,  specially  made  for  laboratory  purposes,  guaranteed  oil  and  air  tight,  with  both 
male  and  female  thread.  Bore,  inches .  s 


Each . . .  .50  .65 

Stopcock,  as  above  with  both  ends  having  female  thread .  .50  .65 

“  “  “  “  “  “  “  male  “  .50  .65 

“  “  “  “  one  end  for  tubing  and  the  other  with  male  thread .  .50  .65 

“  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  female  “  .50  .65 

“  “  “  “  both  ends  for  tubing .  .50  .65 

Connectors,  Brass,  for  making  hose  connections  to  above  stopcocks,  with  male  thread. 

Bore,  inches .  £  i 

Each .  .15  T5 

Connectors,  as  above,  for  stopcocks,  with  female  thread . 15  .15 

“  “  “  “  “  “  hydrant  “  . ... . .. . .  .30 

Stopcock,  Brass,  nickel  plated,  with  long  spout  for  gas  connections;  very  convenient  for  laboratory 
connections  as  the  tubulation  for  tubing  is  2j  inches  long  tapering  from  J  inch  at  the  small  end 

to  |  inch  at  the  large  end;  provided  with  12  indentations  so  that  it  may  be  safely  used  with  tub¬ 
ing  from  l  to  J  inch  bore . 60 

Stopcock,  Hard  Rubber,  for  acids,  H2S,  etc.,  i  inch  bore,  with  tubulations  for  rubber  connections 
at  both  ends .  1.00 


No.  47532  No.  47536 


No.  47540 


47532. 

47536. 

47540. 

47544. 

47548. 

47552. 


47556. 

47560. 

47564. 


No.  47556 

No.  47560 

No.  47564 

Stopcock,  Glass,  lampblown  form,  with  curved  outlet. 

Bore,  mm .  . 

. .  2 

3 

4 

Each 

.90 

1.15 

1.35 

Stopcock,  Glass,  as  above,  but  straight. 

Bore,  mm .  1  2 

3  4 

5 

6 

8 

10 

Each . 75  .90 

1.10  1.35 

1.60 

2.00 

3.00 

5.00 

Stopcock,  Glass,  lampblown  form,  straight,  but  with  the  inlet  and  outlet  of  capillary  tubing  of  1  mm 

bore  and  an  outside  diameter  of  from  6  to  7  mm .  .  1.00 

Stopcock,  Glass,  lampblown  form,  three-way.  Bore,  mm .  2  4 

Each . 


Each. 


Stopcock,  Glass,  as  above,  three-way,  with  downward  outlet  at  end  of  stopper. 
Bore,  mm . 

Each . 


Stopcocks,  Glass,  heavy  molded  form,  straight.  Bore,  mm .  4 

Each .  ~l7l0 

Stopcocks,  Glass,  heavy  molded  form,  curved.  Bore,  mm .  4 

Each .  1.10 


1.25 

1.50 

2 

4 

1.50 

1.75 

2 

4 

1.25 

1.75 

..  1.10 

6 

8 

1.25 

1.50 

6 

8 

1.25 

1.50 

510 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


47568.  Stopcock,  Glass,  with  capillary  tubing  with  1  mm  bore . rr. . . .  1.40 

47572.  Stopcock,  Glass,  three-way,  with  downward  outlet  at  end  of  stopper.  Bore,  mm ....  2  4 

Each .  1.50  2.25 

47576.  Stopcock,  Glass,  with  stopper  with  two  oblique  holes  and  two  outlets  on  one  side.  Bore,  mm  2  4 

Each .  1.50  2.40 

47580.  Stopcock,  Glass,  same  as  No.  47576  but  with  capillary  tubing  of  1  mm  bore .  1.75 

47584.  “  Glass,  two  way,  with  plug  bored  at  an  angle  and  with  mercury  seal.  Bore,  mm  2 _  4^ 

Each .  2.35  3.00 

47588.  “  Glass,  same  as  above  but  three  way  with  two  outlets  on  one  side. 

Bore,  mm .  2 _ 4^ 

Each .  3.00  4.00 

47592.  Stopcock,  Glass,  straight,  light  weight  for  making  burette  tips,  etc.;  with  inlet  tube  of  4  mm  bore 

and  outlet  tube  of  2  mm  bore . . . 75 

47596.  Stopcock,  Glass,  angle  form,  for  burette  tips,  etc. ;  with  inlet  tube  of  5  mm  bore  and  outlet  tube  of  2  mm 

bore . . . . . . 90 

47600.  Grease,  suitable  for  use  with  above  stopcocks,  Per  stick . 25 


No.  47604  No.  47612  No.  47616 


47604.  Stopclock,  Center  Seconds,  a  convenient  substitute  for  the  stopwatch  for  timing  laboratory  experiments; 

furnished  with  an  indicator  hand  to  show  the  point  of  starting . . . . .  7.50 

47608.  Stopwatch,  ordinary  quality,  similar  in  appearance  to  No.  47612;  as  used  in  timing  various  labora¬ 
tory  experiments,  particularly  measurements  of  viscosity,  etc.,  reading  in  fth  seconds .  6.50 

47612.  Stopwatch,  Jaquet,  Anti-Magnetic,  absolutely  guaranteed.  In  solid  nickel  case;  recommended  as  a 

thoroughly  satisfactory  watch  for  laboratory  purposes .  12.00 

47616.  Stopwatch,  Jaquet,  Anti-Magnetic,  with  double  second  hand.  By  the  first  pressure  both  second  hands 
are  released.  At  the  second  pressure  the  first  second  hand  stops  while  the  other  second  hand  con¬ 
tinues  until  the  third  pressure.  At  the  fourth  pressure  both  hands  return  to  zero . 20.00 

47620.  Storage  Tanks,  of  acid-proof  stoneware,  widely  used  for  distilled  water,  acids,  etc.,  in  laboratories. 

With  symbol  lettered  on  front;  with  ground  in  stoneware  stopcock  but  without  wooden  support 
shown  in  illustration. 


Capacity  in  gallons .  6£  13  26?  39 J 

Each .  10.50  18.00  26.00  40.00 


511 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


f 


47624. 


47628. 

47632. 

47636. 

47640. 

47644. 


47648. 

47652. 

47656. 

47660. 

47664. 


Storage  Tanks,  for  distilled  water,  of  tin  lined  copper.  These  tanks  are  of  stout  construction  of  16  oz. 
cold  rolled  copper,  tin  lined  throughout,  are  cylindrical  in  shape,  with  a  cover  at  top  and  tin 
lined  faucet  at  bottom  and  with  water  gauge  at  the  side.  The  100  gallon  size  is  reinforced  with  a 
heavy  iron  band  around  the  middle. 

Capacity,  gallons .  25  50  100 


Each .  35.00 


Straw  Rings,  plaited,  for  use  as  supports  for  flasks,  dishes,  beakers,  etc. 
dia 


Inside 

Each. 


hameter,  mm. 


50 


75 


100 


125 


40.00 


150 


50.00 


200 


. 15  .18  .20  .25  .30  .40 

Suberite  Rings,  for  supporting  flasks,  dishes,  etc.  These  are  superior  to  straw  rings  commonly  used 
for  this  purpose,  being  neater  and  more  durable. 

Inside,  diameter,  mm .  30  60  90  120  150  180 

Each .  25  .35  .45  .55  .65  .75 

Sulphur  Apparatus,  Dudley,  improved  form,  as  used  at  the  present  time  in  the  Pennsylvania  Railroad 
laboratories  and  which  eliminates  the  complicated  and  delicate  bromine  holder.  Glass  parts 

only . . . . . .  12.00 

Sulphur  Apparatus,  Meyer,  for  the  determination  of  carbon  in  iron  and  steel  by  the  use  of  barium 
hydrate,  and  the  determination  of  sulphur  by  the  aid  of  bromine;  without  stopcock. 

Number  of  bulbs .  6  10 

Each .  . 1.25  1.50 

Sulphur  Apparatus,  Meyer,  for  the  determination  of  sulphur  in  iron  and  steel  by  the  bromine  method; 
with  stopcock. 

Number  of  bulbs .  6  10 

Each .  2.50  2^75 

Sulphur  Apparatus,  Wiborgh,  for  the  exact  colorimetric  determination  of  sulphur  in  iron.  Glass  parts, 

with  ring  and  clamp .  6.00 

Standard  Color  Scale,  with  percentage  table .  10.00 

Prepared  linen  discs  treated  with  cadmium,  for  use  with  the  above.  Per  100 .  4.00 

Sulphur  Apparatus,  as  used  in  oil  refining,  consisting  of  three  glass  parts  with  wooden  base .  1.75 

Sulphur  Photometer,  Parr,  for  indicating  the  percentage  of  sulphur  in  coal,  coke,  petroleum,  etc.,  by 
making  use  of  a  fused  mass  secured  as  a  by-product  in  combustions  with  the  Parr  Calorimeter. 
The  mass  is  dissolved  in  water  precipitated  with  barium  chloride  and  the  density  of  the  precip¬ 
itate  estimated  by  reading  the  depth  of  the  liquid  in  the  graduated  tube  at  which  the  light  from 
the  flame  disappears,  which  reading  shows  the  percentage  of  sulphur .  35.00 


512 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


47668.  Supports,  without  Fittings,  with  rectangular  base,  of  japanned  cast  iron  with  copper  plated  rod. 

Size . . . 

Size  of  base,  inches . 

Height  of  rod,  inches . 

Diameter  of  rod,  inches . 

Each . 

47672.  Support,  without  Fittings,  with  rectangular  base  of  japanned  cast  iron  5x8  inches  with  rod  in  center, 
20  inches  high  by  §  inch  in  diameter . 50 


Small 

Medium 

Large 

Extra  Large 

4x6 

5x8 

5J  x  9 

6  x  11 

18 

20 

24 

36 

5 

16 

3 

8 

1 

2 

* 

.30 

.40 

.60 

1.00 

47676.  Supports,  without  Fittings,  with  tripod  base,  of  japanned  cast  iron  with  copper  plated  rod. 


Size . . . 

Height  of  rod,  inches . 

Diameter  of  rod,  inches . 

.  18 

Medium 

20 

3 

8 

Large 

26 

* 

Extra  Large 

36 

* 

Each . 

. 30 

.45 

.65 

1.00 

47680.  Support,  without  Fittings,  with  solid  glazed  porcelain  base  x  8j  inches,  with  rod  of  polished  brass,  18 

inches  high . _ .  4.00 

47684.  Support,  without  Fittings,  with  solid  glazed  porcelain  base  14  x  5§  inches  with  brass  rod  in  center,  24 
inches  high .  5*00 


513 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Small  Medium  Large  Extra  Large  No.  47692 

No.  47688 

47688.  Supports,  with  Rings,  consisting  of  Supports  No.  47668  with  rectangular  base  with  No^46072  Rings. 

Size .  Small  Medium  Large  Extra  Large 

Number  of  rings .  2 _  3  4  ^4 

Each . 50  .75  1.00  1.50 

47692.  Supports,  with  Rings,  consisting  of  Supports  No.  47676  with  tripod  base  with  No.  46072  Rings. 

Size .  Small  Medium  Large  Extra  Large 

Number  of  rings .  2  3  4  4 

Each .  ~  .50  .80  U)5  1.50 


No.  47696 


No.  47700 


No.  47704 


No.  47708 


No.  47712 


47696. 

47700. 

47704. 

47708. 


47712. 


Support,  with  Rings,  consisting  of  No.  47676  with  tripod  base,  medium  size;  three  extension  rings  No. 

46076,  3J  inches  outside  diameter,  and  three  clamp  holders  No.  24518  large  size .  1.60 

Support,  with  Rings,  consisting  of  No.  47680  with  rectangular  porcelain  base  with  three  brass  rings 

with  porcelain  inset  and  screw  clamp,  No.  46080,  80  mm  diameter .  5.50 

Support,  with  Rings,  consisting  of  No.  47680  with  rectangular  porcelain  base  with  three  brass  rings 

with  wooden  inset  and  screw  clamp,  No.  46084,  80  mm  diameter . 

Support  Tables,  with  iron  tripod,  brass  rod  and  wooden  top,  adjustable  as  to  height. 

Height  extended,  mm . 

Diameter  of  top,  mm . 

Height  closed,  mm .  120 

Each . 

Support  Tables,  of  polished  wood,  adjustable  as  to  height,  same  sizes  as  No.  47708. 

Height  extended,  mm . 

Each . . 


i  height. 
200 

70 

120 

300 

90 

190 

400 

125 

240 

1.50 

1.75 

2.00 

47708. 

200 

300 

400 

.80 

1.00 

1.25 

514 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  477X6 


No.  47720 


No.  47724 


No.  47736 


No.  47728 


47716. 

47720. 

47724. 

47728. 

» 

47732. 

47736. 


Support  Table,  of  cast  iron,  with  clamp  for  fastening  to  upright  of  apparatus  support,  5  inches  in 

diameter . 40 

Support,  Schellbach,  of  hardwood .  2.00 

Support,  Gay-Lussac,  of  wood,  adjustable  in  all  directions .  2.00 

Support,  Transmission,  with  horizontal  and  vertical  shaft  and  two  fixed  and  three  adjustable  pulleys. 
Very  convenient  in  transmitting  power  from  water,  hot  air,  electric  or  other  motors  to  stirring 

devices,  etc.,  in  the  laboratory;  37  cm  high  by  18  cm  wide .  9.00 

Support,  on  triangular  base,  with  one  clamp  No.  24678,  particularly  suited  for  conductivity  vessels, 

calomel  normal  electrodes,  etc .  1.50 

Swimming  Cups,  Amberg,  of  porcelain,  with  perforations,  for  washing  specimens;  with  cork  stopper 
which  floats  the  cup  in  the  washing  fluid. 

Height,  mm .  35 


Diameter,  mm. 


26 


.50 


55 

36 

.65 


47740. 

Syphons,  of  glass,  plain  form. 

Length,  mm . 

...  200  300 

375 

500 

750 

1000 

Each . 

.  .  .25  .25 

.30 

.40- 

.75 

1.00 

47744. 

Syphons,  of  glass,  with  suction  tube. 

Length,  mm .  . 

...  200  300 

375 

500 

750 

1000 

Each . 

...  .35  .40 

.50 

.65 

1.00 

1.30 

47748. 

Syphons,  of  glass,  with  suction  tube  and  glass  stopcock. 

Length,  mm .  300 

375 

500 

750 

1000 

Each . 

.  1.50 

1.75 

2.25 

2.50 

3.00 

515 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  47756 


47756.  Syringe,  Sub-Q  Safety,  for  bacteriological  and  serological  work.  A  very  satisfactory  glass  syringe  at 
low  price.  With  a  piston  of  black  glass  and  safety  device  preventing  the  loosening  of  the  as¬ 
bestos  packing  and  the  larger  sizes  have  ring  handle.  The  needles  are  attached  by  screw  thread 
except  in  the  larger  sizes  which  have  a  flexible  coupling.  Price  includes  leather  case  and  two 
steel  needles. 


Capacity,  cc .  2  4  6  12  20  50  100 

Each .  L25  L50  L75  2JM)  2.50  5.00  7.5# 


47760.  Extra  Steel  Needles  for  above.  Per  dozen .  2.75 


No.  47764 


Syringe,  Roux,  for  bacteriological  and  serological  work,  as  used  in  the  Pasteur  Institute  of  Paris; 
original  French  make;  widely  in  Pasteur  treatment  and  for  tuberculin  injections  in  veterinary 
practice. 


Capacity,  cc . 

.  5 

10 

20 

50 

100 

47764. 

Syringe,  only,  without  needles  or  case . 

.  2.80 

3.60 

5.60 

8.80 

11.20 

47765. 

Syringe  in  case  with  two  steel  needles . 

.  6.00 

7.20 

10.00 

14.00 

20.00 

47766. 

Extra  glass  barrels . 

. 30 

.30 

.40 

.80 

1.20 

47767. 

“  pistons . 

. 20 

.20 

.20 

.40 

.60 

47768. 

“  rubber  washers . 

Needles,  for  Roux  Syringes. 

. 10 

.10 

.10 

.20 

.30 

Length,  mm . 

25 

30 

40 

50 

Inside  diameter,  mm . 

.65 

.9 

.9 

.1 

47770. 

Steel,  each . 

.60 

.60 

.60 

.70 

47772. 

Platinum  iridium,  each . 

1.15 

2.00 

2.25 

3.25 

x- 


47776. 

47780. 

47784. 


Nos.  47776  and  47780  No.  47784 

Syringe,  Hitchens,  for  Injecting  of  Precise  Amounts.  This  syringe  provides  a  convenient  method  of 
washing  out  the  entire  dose  from  the  syringe  with  a  normal  salt  solution  without  the  removal 
of  bulb  or  syringe  barrel  or  the  assistance  of  another  person.  The  glass  parts  are  made  of  Jena 
alkali-free  glass  which  is  practically  insoluble  even  during  sterilization  with  the  normal  salt 
solution.  See  Journal  of  Experimental  Medicine,  Vol.  VIII,  No.  5,  October  12,  1906. 

Syringe  Barrel  of  Jena  alkali-free  glass,  with  rubber  connection  and  needle . 25 

Bulb,  only,  of  red  rubber,  for  injecting . 60 

Rack,  Rosenau,  for  12  syringes,  with  glass  shelf  at  bottom.  See  Bulletin  19,  1904,  U.  S.  Public  Health 
and  Marine  Hospital  Service: . 50 


516 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  47792  No.  47788—5  cc  in  h 


SYRINGE,  RECORD,  ORIGINAL  MAKE.  Not  to  be  confused  with  many  imitations  now  on  the  market;  with 
improved  conical  plunger  to  expel  the  last  drop.  When  glass  barrels  are  broken,  customers  are  requested 
to  return  to  us  all  the  metal  parts  of  the  syringe,  whereupon  we  will  send  a  complete  new  syringe  at 
the  prices  indicated  under  the  heading  “Repair  Exchange”  in  the  price  list  below.  This  is  necessary 
because  each  barrel  must  have  its  piston  individually  ground  in  and  because  of  the  difficulty  in  the 
use  of  the  special  solder  used  in  joining  the  glass  to  the  metal  in  these  syringes. 


Capacity,  cc .  \  1  1  2  5  10  20 

Graduated  in,  cc .  ^  ^  _  5  _ 1 _ _ 2 


47788. 

Record  Syringe,  only,  without  case 

or  needles . 

2.50 

47792. 

Record  Syringe,  in  metal  case  with 

two  steel  needles . 

3.00 

47796. 

Record  Syringe,  in  metal  case  with 
two  platinum-iridium 

needles . 

3.65 

Repair  Exchange . 

Sizes  of  needles  regularly 

1.60 

furnished . 

2  H  20’s 

47804.  Set  of  5  Record  Syringes,  1  cc,  2  cc,  5  cc,  10  cc 


2.50 

2.10 

2.60 

3.80 

4.40 

4.80 

3.00 

2.60 

3.20 

4.60 

.5.60 

7.20 

3.65 

3.40 

5.00 

8.00 

9.25 

10.80 

1.60 

1.40 

1.80 

2.00 

2.40 

2.80 

&  H20 

2  H  I6’s 

H  1&  12 

S  1  &  4 

S  1  &  4 

S  1&  4 

20  cc,  in  metal  case,  with  20  steel  needles .  25.00 


Directions  for  Sterilizing  Syringes  of  the  Record  Type. 

Detach  piston  from  barrel  before  sterilization.  Put  syringe  into  cold  water  and  light  lamp  of  sterilizer. 
After  sterilization  let  syringes  become  cold  before  placing  them  into  the  cold  disinfectant.  Do  not  use  any  other 
sterilizers  but  those  with  perforated  trays.  Record  syringes  should  not  be  sterilized  in  any  other  way  than  by 
boiling  them  in  water. 


517 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  47808 


SYRINGE,  RECORD-BRUNEAU.  Construction  the  same  as  the  regular  Record  Syringe,  with  the  exception  of 
the  removable  cap  which  is  made  long  enough  to  retain  the  piston  during  sterilization,  etc.,  thus  obviating 
the  necessity  of  complete  withdrawal.  This  improvement  effects  a  great  saving  in  time  and  breakage 
and  insures  certainty  of  aseptic  conditions.  When  glass  barrels  are  broken,  customers  are.  requested 
to  return  to  us  all  the  metal  parts  of  the  Syringe,  whereupon  we  will  send  a  complete  new  Syringe  at  the 
prices  indicated  under  the  heading  “Repair  Exchange,”  in  the  price  list  below.  This  is  necessary 
because  each  barrel  must  have  its  piston  individually  ground  in  and  because  of  the  difficulty  in  the  use  of 


47808. 

47812. 

47816. 


Capacity,  cc. 


1 


Syringe,  only,  without  case  or  needles .  2.50 

Syringe  in  metal  case  with  two  steel  needles .  3.00 

Syringe  “  “  “  “  “  platinum-iridium  needles  5.00 

Repair  Exchange .  1.40 

Sizes  of  needles  regularly  furnished .  2  H  16’s 


2 

5 

10 

20 

3.15 

4.30 

5.10 

5.75 

3.60 

5.00 

6.20 

7.40 

6.00 

8.50 

10.60 

13.80 

1.80 

2.20 

2.40 

2.80 

H  1  &  12 

S  1  &4 

8  1  &  4 

S  1  &  4 

No.  47824  Assembled 


Nos.  47840  and  47844 


H18  H20 


d 


No.  47824  with  parts  dismounted 


SYRINGE,  REFORM.  The  distinctive  feature  of  this  syringe  is  the  entire  absence  of  metallic  solder  of  any 
kind.  The  glass  barrels  are  ground  to  fit  the  metal  parts  and  the  syringe  may  be  dismantled  for 
cleaning,  or  the  replacement  of  the  glass  barrel  and  immediately  reassembled.  As  each  glass  barrel 
is  individually  ground  to  its  accompanying  piston,  it  is  necessary  in  ordering  new  glass  barrels  to 
order  a  piston  fitted  to  each.  These  are  kept  in  stock  as  per  price  list  below  and  glass  barrel  with 
fitted  piston  may  be  used  with  any  Reform  syringe  of  the  same  capacity. 

Capacity,  cc .  1  2 

47824.  Syringe,  only  without  case  or  needles .  2.40  2.85 

47828.  Syringe,  in  metal  case  with  two  steel  needles .  3.20  3.80 

47832.  Syringe,  “  “  “  “  “  platinum-iridium  needles  5.25  6.20 

47836.  Glass  Barrel  with  piston  ground  in  to  fit .  1.40  1.80 

Sizes  of  needles  regularly  furnished .  2  H  16’s  H  1  &  12 


5 

10 

20 

4.40 

5.20 

6.20 

5.60 

6.60 

8.00 

9.00 

11.00 

14.40 

2.20 

3.20 

4.00 

S  1  &  4 

S  1  &  4 

8  1*4 

NEEDLES,  FOR  THE  RECORD,  RECORD-BRUNEAU  AND  REFORM  SYRINGES.  The  letter  “S”  refers  to 

the  needles  from  the  serum  group  of  sizes  and  “H”  refers  to  the  regular  hypodermic  series.  Prices  of 
platinum-iridium  needles  are  subject  to  market  fluctuations. 

Size .  SI  S2  S3  S4  HI  H2  H12  H16  H18  H20 

47840.  Steel,  Needles  each . 20  .20  .18  .18  .10  .10  .10  .10  .10  .10 

“  “  per  dozen .  2.25  2.25  1.75  1.75  1.00  1.00  1.00  1.00  1.00  1.00 

47844.  Platinum-iridium  Needles,  each .  3.35  2.75  1.60  1.65  1.40  1.15  1.15  .65  .60  .60 


518 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


•  No.  47852 


Syringe,  Luer,  for  bacteriological  and  serological  work;  an  all  glass,  aseptic  syringe  with  slip-on  needles,  American 
make.  Considered  by  many  to  be  superior  to  the  original  French  make. 


Capacity,  cc . 

1 

5 

10 

20 

Graduated  in,  cc . 

ToU 

1 

2 

1 

2 

1 

47848. 

Luer  Syringe,  only,  without  needles  or  metal  case . 

1.75 

2.25 

3.00 

4.50 

47852. 

Luer  Syringe,  with  metal  case  and  two  steel  needles . 

2.75 

3.50 

4.50 

6.00 

47856. 

Luer  Syringe,  with  metal  case  and  two  platino-iridium  needles. 

3.75 

6.00 

7.00 

8-50 

Needles,  only,  for  Luer  Syringes.  American  make. 

Size . . .  22  G  20  G  20  to  22  G 

Length,  inches . . 1J  1J  H  to  2 


47860.  Steel  Needles,  per  dozen .  2.50  2.50  3.00 

47864.  Platino-iridium  Needles,  per  dozen .  16.00  19.00 


No.  47880 


No.  47876 


47868.  Syringe,  for  injecting  in  veins  and  arteries,  each  with  three  canulae,  with  stopcock,  nickel  plated. 

Capacity,  cc .  50  100  150  200 

Each . .  3J50  8J5~  9.50  11.00 

47872.  Syringe,  or  Aspirator,  Record,  100  cc  capacity  as  used  by  manufacturers  of  biological  products  for 
injecting  live  bacteria  into  horses,  etc.  Complete  in  case  with  3-way  cock,  2  connecting  tubes 
with  metallic  connections  for  same,  2  long  steel  canulae,  1  trocar,  1  conical  tubulation  for  direct 

attachment  of  the  canulae  and  1  olive  form  tubulation .  21.60 

47876.  Syringe,  same  as  above,  with  2  canulae  and  3-way  cock,  but  without  needles,  trocars,  tubes  or  case. 

Capacity,  cc .  50 _ 100 

Each . . . . . .  10.00  11.25 

47880.  Syringe,  Record  Universal,  for  infusions,  injections,  punctures  and  aspiration,  consisting  of  a  10  cc 
Record  Syringe  with  three  finger  rings,  attachable  ventilating  head,  3-way  cock,  needle  connec¬ 
tion,  steel  needles  for  serum  and  other  subcutaneous  injections,  puncture  canula,  infusion  canulae, 
tubing  with  metallic  connections,  long  tube  for  injections  in  connection  with  ventilating  head. 

Complete  in  case . . . . .  14.50 

47884.  Syringe,  Record  Universal,  same  as  above  but  without  attachable  ventilating  head,  needle  connection, 
needles,  tubes  or  case .  8.00 


519 


ARTHUR 


T  H  O  M’  A  S 


COMPANY 


H 


47888.  Test  Glasses,  for  collecting  sediment,  conical  form,  with  foot  and  spout. 


Capacity,  cc . 

30 

50 

100 

200 

300 

Each . 

.15 

.15 

.20 

.30 

.35 

47892. 

Test  Glasses,  same  as  above,  graduated. 

Capacity,  cc . 

30 

50 

100 

200 

300 

Each . 

.40 

.45 

.50 

.75 

1.00 

47896. 

Test  Glass,  cylindrical  form,  Suydenham  Hospital  model 

;  height  240  mm,  diameter  40  mm, 

capacity 

180  cc;  with  blunt  conical  bottom . 

.  .  .40 

47900. 

Test  Glass,  tall  conical  form,  with  blunt  bottom,  200  cc  capacity,  20  cm 

high,  with  spout. . , 

. .  .25 

47904. 

Test  Glasses,  lecture  table  form,  with  spout. 

Capacity,  cc . 

.  .  125 

250 

Each . 

.  .  .25 

.40 

47908. 

Test  Glasses,  low  wide  form  with  broad  flattened  bottom  instead  of  point 

as  in  No.  47888;  convenient 

for  cleaning  or  for  crushing  crystals  with  glass  rod; 

with  spout. 

Capacity,  cc . 

. . .  50 

100 

250 

Each . 

. . .  .18 

.25 

.40 

47912. 

Test  Tubes,  with  side  neck  and  lip. 

Length,  mm . 

.  120 

150 

.  180 

200 

Each . 

.  .05 

.06 

.10 

.12 

47916. 

Test  Tubes,  with  lip  and  foot. 

Height,  mm .  100 

125 

150 

175 

200 

250 

Each . 07 

.08 

.10 

.12 

.15 

.20 

47920. 

Test  Tubes,  graduated,  with  lip  and  foot. 

Capacity,  cc . 

5 

15 

25 

Graduated  in,  cc . . 

1 

1 

5 

Each . 

...  .45 

.50 

.60 

47924. 

Test  Tubes,  graduated,  with  lip,  but  without  foot. 

Capacity  cc .  5 

10 

15 

20 

25 

30 

Graduated  in,  cc .  ^ 

1 

TO 

1 

5 

1 

5 

1 

2 

1 

2 

Each .  .30 

.35 

.40 

.45 

.45 

.50 

47928. 

Test  Tubes,  Opaque  Fused  Silica,  heavy  wall,  with  lip. 

Length,  inches . 

4 

5  5 

6 

6 

7 

Diameter,  inches . 

1 

1  5 

2  8 

5 

S 

3 

4 

7 

5 

Each . 

.  .85 

1.00  1.20 

1.45  1.75 

2.25 

47932.  Test  Tubes,  Thin  Wall,  of  Jena  Fiolax  Tubing.  These  tubes  are  to  be  identified  by  a  black  longi¬ 


tudinal  stripe.  This  glass  is  easily  worked  with  the  blowpipe  flame  and  is  not  to  be  confused 
with  the  hard  or  combustion  tubing.  It  is  practically  alkali  free  and  is  recommended  for  use 
wherever  the  greatest  insolubility  in  water,  alkalies  and  acids  is  desired,  as  well  as  great 


resistance  to  sudden  temperature  changes. 

Length,  mm . . . . 

Outside  diameter,  mm . 

.  100 
14 

lKf 

16 

140 

18 

140 

20 

160 

18 

160 

20 

180 

22 

200 

25 

Each . 

Per  100 . 

.03 

.  2.00 

.04 

2.80 

.05 

3.60 

.05 

4.00 

.05 

3.60 

.06 

4.40 

.07 

5.60 

.09 

7.20 

4793G.  Test  Tubes,  Thick  Wall,  of  Jena  Combustion  Tubing,  containing  very  little  alkali  and  fairly  tractable 
in  the  blowpipe  flame,  although  as  hard  to  fuse  as  the  best  Bohemian  potash  tubing. 


Length,  mm . 

.  100 

120 

140 

160 

ISO 

200 

Outside  diameter,  mm . 

.  12 

15 

18 

20 

22 

25 

Each . 

.07 

.09 

.11 

.14 

.18 

Per  100 . 

.  4.00 

5.60 

7.20 

8.80 

11.20 

14.40 

ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  47940 


No.  47944 


No.  47948 


No.  47952 


No.  47956  No.  47960  No.  47964 


NOTE:-We  do  not  carry  in  stock  test  tubes  made  of  commercial  glass  tubing  because  of  the  crystallization 
on  the  surface  of  this  tubing  which  frequently  takes  place  in  laboratory  use.  The  diameters  of  all  test  tubes; 
are  approximate  outside  diameters  of  the  tubing.  A  considerable  variation  must  be  allowed  for  bore  in  the 
diameter  of  the  tubing  and,  in  the  case  of  heavy  wall  test  tubes,  in  the  thickness  of  the  wall,  because  of  the 
unavoidable  variation  in  drawing  the  tubing.  Where  test  tubes  must  be  furnished  of  an  absolutely  uniform 
diameter  and  thickness  of  wall  they  must  be  selected  from  our  regular  stock  and  a  higher  price  charged. 
Prices  given  per  1000  apply  only  on  orders  of  at  least  1000  or  more.  All  test  tubes  are  neatly  packed  in 
cartons  of  100  each. 


47940. 


47944. 


Test  Tubes,  Thin  Wall,  With  Lip,  of  good  German  glass,  for  chemical  work. 

Length,  mm . 

Outside  diameter,  mm . 

Per  100 . 


100 

120 

120 

120 

150 

150 

150 

200 

12 

13 

15 

18 

16 

18 

20 

25 

.65 

.85 

1.05 

1.25 

1.25 

1.55 

1.80 

2.50 

5.15 

6.60 

8.40 

10.00 

10.00 

12.35 

14.35 

31.25 

Test  Tubes,  “Non-Corrosive,”  Thin  Wall,  With  Lip,  for  chemical  work.  These  test  tubes  are  made 
of  a  fine  resistance  glass  and  are  of  distinctly  superior  quality  and  workmanship,  and  are  guar¬ 
anteed  to  be  non-corrosive  under  all  ordinary  conditions  of  use.  For  test  tubes  of  ordinary 
quality  see  our  No.  47940. 

Length,  mm . 

Outside  diameter,  mm . 

Per  100 . 

Per  1000 . 

Length,  mm. . . 

Outside  diameter,  mm . 


75 

100 

120 

120 

120 

150 

11 

12 

13 

15 

18 

16 

.85 

1.10 

1.30 

1.55 

1.65 

1.80 

6.80 

8.80 

10.40 

12.40 

13.20 

14.40 

150 

150 

150 

200 

200 

250 

18 

20 

25 

20 

25 

25 

11.95 

2.00 

3.60 

3.00 

4.00 

5.50 

5.60 

16.00 

28.80 

24.00 

32.00 

44.00 

47948. 


Per  1000 . 

Test  Tubes,  “Non-Corrosive,”  Thick  Wall,  Without  Lip,  for  use  as  culture  tubes  in  bacteriology. 
These  tubes  are  guaranteed  not  to  corrode  or  give  off  alkali  after  repeated  sterilization  in  the 
autoclave  at  120°C.  They  are  made  of  a  superior  resistance  glass  of  great  mechanical  strength 
and  will  stand  an  unusual  amount  of  mechanical  stress  without  breaking.  They  are  standard 
throughout  the  U.  S.  and  are  specified  in  many  important  bacteriological  laboratories  in  pref¬ 
erence  to  cheaper  tubes.  The  size  150  x  16  mm  is  standard  for  most  work. 

Length,  mm .  100  100  120  120  120 

Outside  diameter,  mm .  12  15  13  16  18 

Per  100 . 


150 

16 


150 

18 


1.75 

Per  1000 .  13.60 


2.10 

16.80 


2.00 

16.00 


2.40 

19.20 


2.60 

20.89 


2.60 

20.50 


2.85' 

22.80 


150 

20 

3.50 


35.00 


47952.  Test  Tubes,  “Non-Corrosive,”  for  Serological  Work,  of  medium  weight  wall,  with  flat  well  formed  lip; 

of  resistance  glass  showing  a  minimum  amount  of  color  and  of  selected  sizes  suitable  for  the  pur¬ 
pose  above  indicated.  Length,  mm  50  65  65  65  65  75  75  100  100  150 

Outside  diameter,  mm .  4^  4  6  10  12  6  _ 10 _ 6 _  10  10 

Per  100 .  1.00  1.00  1.00  1.25  1.25  1.10  1.25  1.25  1.30  1.40 

Test  Tubes,  of  Hardest  Bohemian  Cpmbustion  Tubing,  very  heavy  wall,  with  slight  lip. 

Length,  mm .  100  125  150  200  250 

Diameter,  mm .  16 _ 16 _ 18 _ 25 _  25 


47956. 


47960. 


47964. 


Each . 10  .12  .15  .25  .30 

Test  Tubes,  of  Hardest  Bohemian  Combustion  Tubing,  heavy  wall,  with  slight  lip  and  bulb  at  bottom. 

Length,  mm .  100  120  150  180  200 

Each . 15  .18  .20  .25  .35 

Test  Tubes,  with  bulb  near  top  which  tends  to  prevent  boiling  over  of  contents  and  which  enables 

tube  to  be  laid  on  the  table  without  the  contents  overflowing.  Length,  mm .  125  150 

Diameter,  mm .  16  18 

Each . 10  .12 


521 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  47968 


No.  47972 


No.  47976 


No.  47988 


No.  47980 


No.  47992 


No.  47996 


No.  47984 


47968. 

47972. 

47976. 

47980. 

47984. 


47988. 

47992. 

47996. 


Test  Tube  Baskets,  cylindrical,  of  heavily  galvanized  wire,  for  use  in  incubators  and  sterilizers;  6 

inches  high  by  5  inches  diameter . 50 

Test  Tube  Basket,  similar  to  above  but  rectangular,  6x5x4  inches . . . 45 

“  “  “  cylindrical,  10  inches  in  diameter  by  6  inches  high;  for  use  in  medium  size  auto¬ 
clave  No.  20936  .  1.50 

Test  Tube  Cleaner,  Neisser,  for  the  cleaning  of  test  tubes,  particularly  culture  tubes,  by  means  of 
water  and  steam;  consisting  of  a  rectangular  copper  box  40  x  16  cm,  with  65  rods  with  springs 
at  the  top,  to  prevent  the  breaking  of  the  test  tubes,  and  outlet  for  both  steam  and  water. 

Duty  Free .  27.25  Duty  Paid. . . . .  32.75 

Test  Tube  Filling  Attachment,  for  measuring  out  exact  quantities  of  fluid;  consists  of  a  separatory 
funnel  with  two-way  stopcock  and  graduated  side  tube.  Price  does  not  include  support  and 
ring. 

Capacity,  cc .  250  500  1000 

Each . . .  . . .  .  ^50  3J90  4dK> 

Test  Tube  Support,  nickel  plated  on  iron  base  6  inches  high  by  11  inches  long;  for  10  test  tubes  ....  2.00 

of  tinned  wire,  for  40  test  tubes  up  to  35  mm  diameter . . . . 50 

“  .  “  with  double  shelf,  for  90  test  tubes  of  not  over  12  mm  outside  diameter,  as 

used  in  serological  work;  entire  rack  may  be  immersed  in  water  bath .  1.00 


No.  48000 


No.  48004 


48000. 

48004. 

48008. 


48012. 


Test  Tube  Support,  of  tinned  wire,  circular  form,  holding  40  test  tubes  of  18  mm  diameter . 75 

“  “  “  same  as  No.  48000  but  square  form . 75 

Test  Tube  Support,  of  copper,  for  use  in  water  baths,  incubators,  sterilizers,  etc.;  holes  are  23mm 
diameter. 

Diameter,  inches .  5  6  8  10 

Number  of  holes .  14  24  36  48 

Each . 775  E00  D25  '  T75 

Test  Tube  Support,  of  copper  with  bottom  shelf  having  flange  to  receive  contents  of  tube  in  case 
of  breakage;  for  use  in  incubators,  sterilizers,  etc.;  with  twelve  f  inch  holes. 

Size,  inches .  3  x  4  x  2J  3x4x4^ 

Eacft .  1.00  1.25 


522 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


«.»  cj. 


No.  48016 


No.  48024 


No.  48028 


Note — Our  Test  Tube  Supports  are  put  together  with  brass  pins,  and  do  not  come  apart.  All  holes  in 
the  bottom  deck  are  full  j  inch  in  diameter  and  all  holes  at  top  are  f  inch  in  diameter. 


48016.  Test  Tube  Support,  of  beechwood,  oil  finish,  single  row,  on  turned  wood  supports. 

Number  of  holes .  6  12 

Each .  ^20  i25 

48020.  Test  Tube  Support,  of  beechwood,  oil  finish,  single  deck,  single  row. 

Number  of  holes .  6  12 

Each . . . 25  ^30 

48024.  Test  Tube  Support,  of  beechwood,  oil  finish,  with  pins  in  rear,  single  row,  single  deck. 

Number  of  holes .  6  12 

Each .  ^30  .45 

48028.  Test  Tube  Support,  of  beechwood,  oil  finish,  single  deck,  double  row. 

Number  holes .  12  24 

Each . ^30  A5 

48036.  Test  Tube  Support,  of  beechwood,  oil  finish,  single  deck,  double  row,  with  pins  in  rear. 

Number  of  holes .  12  24 

Each . 40  .60 

48040.  Test  Tube  Support,  of  black  walnut,  oil  finish,  single  deck,  double  row,  with  12  heavy  pins  in  rear 

and  with  12  extra  large  holes;  very  heavy  construction . 80 

48044.  Test  Tube  Support,  of  beechwood,  oil  finish,  double  deck. 

Number  of  holes .  12  ^2A 

Each . 35  .60 

48048.  Test  Tube  Support,  of  beechwood,  oil  finish,  double  deck,  with  pins  in  rear. 

Number  of  holes . 12  24 

Each .  ^40  .80 

48052.  Test  Tube  Support,  of  beechwood,  oil  finish,  double  deck,  with  two  rows  on  lower  deck  and  one  on 

upper  deck.  Number  of  holes .  12 _ 24 

Each .  .70  1.00 

/  48056.  Test  Tube  Support,  of  beechwood,  oil  finish,  double  deck,  with  two  rows  on  lower  deck  and  one  on 

upper  deck,  with  row  of  pins  in  rear.  Number  of  tubes .  24  40 

Each . 90  1.25 

48060.  Test  Tube  Support,  consisting  of  block  with  12  drying  pins — . .  .30 

48064.  “  “  “  for  hanging  on  wall,  consisting  of  board  with  18  large  and  72  small  pins . 2.50 


523 


48068. 


48072. 

48076. 

48080. 

48084. 


48088. 

48092. 


Test  Tube  Support,  Weidanz,  of  copper,  for,  use  in  serological  work;  tubes  supported  so  that  reac¬ 
tion  may  be  readily  observed  and  each  hole  stamped  with  number. 

For,  tubes .  6  10 

Each .  1.75  3.00 


Test  Tube  Support,  of  stamped  steel,  black  enamelled,  with  14  holes  of  1  inch  diameter  and  with 
7  pins . 40 

Test  Tube  Support,  with  spring  clip;  also  convenient  for  use  with  centrifuge  tubes . 25 

“  with  ground  glass  plate  on  base  for  writing . 80 

Test  Tube  Support,  Woithe,  arranged  especially  for  bacteriological  and  serological  work,  permitting  the 
entire  contents  of  the  tube  to  remain  in  sight.  The  test  tubes  are  held  in  place  by  strong  spring 
clips  making  it  possible  to  hold  them  at  any  height.  For  24  test  tubes;  size  of  support 32§  cm 

long,  7\  cm  wide  and  16  cm  high . 1-00 

Test  Tube  Support,  Woithe,  similar  to  above  but  for  18  tubes  so  arranged  that  all  are  visible  from 

either  side  of  the  rack,  i.e.,  in  alternating  series  with  bottom  of  racks  numbered .  1-15 

Test  Tube  Support,  Woithe,  similar  to  above  but  for  96  tubes  and  with  main  support  38^  cm  long  by 
19  cm  wide  by  37  cm  high  and  with  separate  support  carrying  each  series  of  12  tubes  quickly  de¬ 
mountable . 7.50 


524 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


TESTING  APPARATUS  FOR  PAPER,  YARNS,  TEXTILES,  RUBBER,  LEATHER,  ETC. 


No.  48096  No.  48104 


48096. 


48100. 


48104. 


48108. 


Paper  Tester,  Schopper,  for  testing  all  kinds  of  paper  as  to  both  tearing  strength  in  grams  and 
as  to  tensile  strength  in  both  millimeters  and  percentage;  for  strips  15  x  180  mm.  Stretching 
scale  reads  from  0  to  27  mm  and  from  0  to  15%.  With  single  scale  0  to  30  kilos  in  100  gram 
divisions. 

gj.yje  For  hand  power  With  pulley  for  power  driving  With  hydraulic  motor 


Duty  Free....  120.45  174.90  150.15 

Duty  Paid .  146.00  212.00  182.00 


Paper  Tester,  as  above, 
divisions. 

Style . 

Duty  Free . 

Duty  Paid . 


with  double  scale, 


For  hand  power 

127.05 

154.00 


0  to  5  kilos  in  10  gram  divisions  and  0  to  30  kilos  in  100  gram 


With  pulley  for  power  driving  With  hydraulic  motor 


181.50  156.75 

220.00  190.00 


Cloth  and  Leather  Tester,  Schopper,  for  cloths  and  woven  textiles  of  all  sorts,  and  for  leather,  etc. 
For  specimens  of  from  100  to  400  mm  in  length  and  50  mm  in  width.  With  stretch  scale 
reading  in  both  mm  and  percentage.  Operating  on  the  same  principle  as  the  paper  and  yarn 
testers  but  specially  adapted  for  the  materials  above  mentioned.  As  supplied  by  us  to  the 
leather  testing  laboratories  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Chemistry.  With  two  scales,  from  0  to  60 

L'iIao  in  anrl  0  t ft  100  ldlftS  111  4  kllOS. 


kilos  in  4ths  and  0  to  100  kilos  in  §  kilos. 

Duty  Free .  270.60 


Duty  Paid .  328.00 


Cloth  and  Leather  Tester,  as  above, 
kilos  in  single  kilos. 

Duty  Free . 

Note— Where  leather  and  yarns  are 
small  extra  expense. 


with  two  scales,  from  0  to  130  kilos  in  j  kilos  and  from  0  to  500 

. . .  363.00  Duty  Paid . .  440.00 

to  be  tested  on  the  same  machine  a  special  clamp  is  provided  at 


525 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


48112. 

48116. 

48120. 

48124. 


No.  48112 


No.  48116 


No.  48120  No.  48124 

Thickness  Gauge,  for  paper  testing,  automatically  reading  from  0  to  2  mm  in  rJj  mm  by  pointer  and 
in  toVo  mm  by  vernier. 

Duty  Free .  19.80  Duty  Paid... . .....  24.00 

Note— The  above  Gauges  are  supplied  with  dial  reading  in  inches  and  fractions  thereof  on  special  order. 
Paper  Tester,  Portable,  Schopper,  quick  acting  type,  for  strips  50  x  10  mm;  with  stretch  scale 
reading  in  percentages.  By  means  of  a  table  the  reading  of  the  tensile  strength  scale  is  con¬ 
verted  into  kilo  values  up  to  4  kilos,  which  is  sufficient  range  for  papers  of  ordinary  strength. 
Price  includes  special  strip  cutter  and  a  portable  carrying  case.  Determinations  can  be  made 
within  one  minute. 

Duty  Free .  47.85  Duty  Paid . . .  58.00 

Note — The  above  machine  is  furnished  for  light  papers  with  a  capacity  of  1.5  kilos  and  for  heavy 
paper  with  a  capacity  of  15  kilos  at  the  same  price. 

Folding  Test  Machine,  Schopper,  for  determination  of  the  resistance  of  paper  against  repeated 
foldings.  Suited  for  paper  of  all  kinds,  i.e.,  printing,  writing,  wrapping  papers,  etc.  As  fur¬ 
nished  by  us  to  various  departments  of  the  U.  S.  Government.  For  papers  weighing  up  to  150 
grams  per  square  meter. 

Duty  Free .  165.00  Duty  Paid . . .  200.00 

Yarn  Tester,  Schopper,  for  testing  the  tensile  strength  and  stretch  of  yarns,  both  plain  and  twisted, 
and  threads  of  all  kinds.  With  attachment  for  carrying  cops,  bobbins  and  spools  and  for  testing 
in  lengths  of  200  mm.  The  stretching  scale  reads  in  both  millimeters  and  percentage. 

With  tensile  strength  scale  from  0 


to,  kilos .  5 _  10 _ 20 _ 30 _ 50 _ 100 

Duty  Free .  110.55  115.50  120.45  125.40  148.50  181.50 

Duty  Paid .  134.00  140.00  146.00  152.00  180.00  220.00 


Note — Any  of  the  above  machines  can  be  supplied  with  an  additional  tensile  strength  scale  of  any 
specified  range  at  $6.60  duty  free  and  $8.00  duty  paid. 


526 


R 


H  U  R 


H. 


H  O  M 


O  M 


N 


No.  48136  No.  48140 


48128. 


Rubber  Testing  Machine,  Schopper— Dalen — Martens,  for  testing  the  elasticity  and  tensile  strength 
of  rubber.  The  test  specimen  is  of  ring  shape  and  is  rotated  during  the  experiment,  which 
makes  possible  the  establishment  of  a  numerical  expression  of  the  test.  The  machine  is  operated 
by  water  pressure  and  requires  about  40  lbs.  pressure.  A  recording  device  for  automatically 
making  a  diagram  of  the  relation  of  the  load  to  elongation  is  provided  at  extra  charge.  Strength 
is  indicated  in  both  millimeters  and  percentage.  See  “The  Influence  of  the  Shape  of  the  Test 
Body  upon  the  Results  of  the  Strength  Test,”  Communications  of  the  Royal  Material  Testing 
Institute  of  Grosslichterfelde,  Yol.  4,  1909.  With  two  scales,  0  to  50  kilos  in  100  gram  divisions 
and  0  to  100  kilos  in  200  gram  divisions. 

Duty  Free .  539.55  Duty  Paid . 654.00 

Rubber  Testing  Machine,  as  above,  but  with  automatic  recording  device. 

Duty  Free .  664.95  Duty  Paid .  806.00 

Test  Ring  Cutter,  for  making  test  specimens  for  above  machine,  with  three  knives. 

Duty  Free .  125.40  Duty  Paid .  152.00 


527 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H 


48140.  Paper  Strip  Cutter,  for  cutting  strips  for  testing  of  the  standard  width  of  15  mm  and  for  lengths  up  to  31  cm. 


Duty  Free .  11  55 


Duty  Paid .  14.00 


Nos.  48144-GO 


No.  48168 


OVEN,  CONDITIONING,  SCHOPPER,  for  the  determination  of  moisture  in  silk,  wool,  cotton,  wood  pulp,  cellu¬ 
lose,  rags,  etc.  The  balances  may  be  used  separately  from  the  oven  or  in  position  on  top  of  the  oven, 
permitting  the  weighing  to  be  made  while  the  drying  process  continues,  thus  avoiding  the  absorption 
of  moisture  due  to  the  removal  of  the  specimen  as  necessary  in  older  forms.  These  new  models  are 
very  quick  in  operation  because  of  the  large  amount  of  warm  air  supplied.  The  ovens  are  provided 
with  chimney  to  carry  off  the  products  of  combustion  and  do  not  unduly  heat  up  the  room  in  which 
they  are  operated.  Size  I  takes  about  200  grams  of  loose  material  such  as  unspun  cotton  or  wool  and 
about  500  grams  of  yarn,  or  about  1  kilo  of  cellulose  or  wet  wood  pulp.  Size  II  has  a  capacity  for 
about  twice  the  amounts  given  for  Size  I.  Gas,  steam  or  electric  heating  is  recommended  in  all  cases 
where  they  are  possible  although  the  benzene  and  gasoline  oil  heaters  may  be  satisfactorily  operated 
where  the_  other  sources  of  heat  are  unavailable. 

48144.  Conditioning  Oven,  as  above,  for  gas  heating 

Duty  Free .  132.00 

Duty  Paid .  160.00 

48148.  Extra  for  Automatic  Temperature  Regulator 

Duty  Free .  23.10 

Duty  Paid .  28.00 

48152.  Extra  for  Gas  Pressure  Manometer 

Duty  Free . 

Duty  Paid . 

48156.  Conditioning  Oven,  as  above,  for  benzene  heating 

Duty  Free .  138.60 

Duty  Paid .  168.00 

48160.  Conditioning  Oven,  as  above,  for  petroleum  heating 

Duty  Free .  141.90 

Duty  Paid .  172.00 

48164.  Conditioning  Oven,  as  above,  for  steam  heating 

Duty  Free .  158.40 

Duty  Paid .  192.00 

48168.  Conditioning  Oven,  as  above,  for  electric  heating 

Duty  Free . 191.40 

Duty  Paid .  232.00 


Size  I 
132.00 
160.00 

Size  II 
214.50 
260.00 

23.10 

28.00 

29.70 

36.00 

4.95 

6.00 

4.95 

6.00 

138.60 

168.00 

224.40 

272.00 

141.90 

172.00 

158.40 

192.00 

247.50 

300.00 

191.40 

232.00 

267.30 

324.00 

528 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


48172. 


48176. 


48180. 


H  . 


No.  48176 


No.  48172 


No.  48180 


Conditioning  Oven,  Emerson,  for  the  determination  of  the  moisture  content  in  textile  materials,  con¬ 
sisting  of  an  electrically  heated  oven  automatically  maintained  at  the  proper  temperature  by 
a  thermostat.  Arrangement  is  made  within  the  oven  for  supporting  four  removable  wire  baskets 
or  containers  into  which  is  placed  the  material  to  be  conditioned.  Balances  are  provided  for 
weighing  the  material  before  and  after  conditioning,  the  latter  weighing  being  made  in  the  oven. 
A  motor  driven  fan  produces  an  artificial  circulation  of  heated  air  through  the  oven  and  removes 
the  moist  atmosphere,  thereby  greatly  reducing  the  time  for  testing.  The  apparatus  is  mounted 
on  a  wooden  base  and  occupies  a  floor  space  of  2j  x  4  ft.,  with  a  total  height  of  about  6  ft.  The 
heating  device  operates  on  either  alternating  or  direct  current  but  voltage  must  be  stated  in 
ordering .  350.00 

Balance,  Torsion,  for  determining  the  exact  weight  in  ounces  or  grams  of  a  running  yard  or  meter  of 
cloth  of  any  width  without  calculation  or  the  use  of  weights.  A  two  inch  square  sample  is  cut 
by  means  of  a  special  die  and  the  scale  brought  to  balance  by  means  of  a  slide  weight.  The 

beam  is  so  graduated  that  either  \  oz.  or  5  grams  can  be  read .  35.00 

Special  Die,  to  cut  2  inch  squares . . .  3.50 

Mallet,  2  lbs.  in  weight,  for  use  with  above  die .  1.00 

Balance,  Torsion,  for  determining  the  number  of  yards  per  pound  of  fabric  of  any  width  without  cal¬ 
culation  or  the  use  of  weights.  A  three  inch  square  sample  is  weighed  and  the  position  of  the 

weight  on  the  beam  indicates  the  number  of  yards  per  pound  of  sample .  40.00 

Special  Die,  to  cut  3  inch  squares .  3.50 


We  maintain  a  reference  catalogue  file  of  over  seven  hundred  manufacturers  and 
dealers  in  Laboratory  Apparatus.  Where  large  equipment  lists  are  in  preparation  we 
recommend  that  customers  avail  themselves  of  the  opportunity  we  provide  for  the  conveni¬ 
ent  and  undisturbed  consultation  of  these  catalogues  before  lists  are  finally  prepared  for 
estimates.  The  use  of  these  catalogues  involves  no  obligation  to  make  purchase  of  us. 


529 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


THERMOMETERS 


Fahrenheit0  =  Centigrade0  X  _9  +  32  Centigrade0  =fFahrenheit(°- "  32X5 

5  J 

Ready  Reference  Comparison  of  Centigrade  and  Fahrenheit  Thermometer  Scales 


Cent." 

Fah.° 

Cent.® 

Fah.° 

*  Cent.0 

Fah.° 

Cent.0 

Fah.° 

Cent.0 

Fah.® 

Cent.0 

Fah.° 

-40 

-40 

7 

44.6 

38 

100.4 

69 

156.2 

99 

210.2 

245 

473 

-35 

-31 

8 

46.4 

39 

102.2 

70 

158.0 

100 

212.0 

250 

482 

-30 

-22 

9 

48.2 

40 

104.0 

71 

159.8 

105 

221.0 

255 

491 

-25 

-13 

10 

50.0 

41 

105.8 

72 

161.6 

110 

230.0 

260 

500 

-20 

-4.0 

11 

51.8 

42 

107.6 

73 

163.4 

115 

239.0 

265 

509 

-19 

-2.2 

12 

53.6 

43 

109.4 

74 

‘165.2 

120 

248.0 

270 

518 

-18 

-0.4 

13 

55.4 

44 

111.2 

75 

167.0 

125 

257.0 

275 

527 

-17 

1.4 

14 

57.2 

45 

113.0 

76 

168.8 

130 

266.0 

280 

536 

-16 

3.2 

15 

59.0 

46 

114.8 

77 

170.6 

135 

275.0 

285 

545 

-15 

5.0 

16 

60.8 

47 

116.6 

78 

172.4 

140 

284.0 

290 

554 

-14 

6.8 

17 

62.6 

48 

118.4 

79 

174.2 

145 

293.0 

295 

563 

-13 

8.6 

18 

64.4 

49 

120.2 

80 

176.0 

150 

302.0 

300 

572 

-12 

10.4 

19 

66.2 

50 

122.0 

81 

177.8 

155 

311.0 

310 

590 

-11 

12.2 

20 

68.0 

51 

123.8 

82 

179.6 

160 

320 

320 

608 

-10 

14.0 

21 

69.8 

52 

125.6 

83 

181.4 

165 

329 

330 

626 

-  9 

15.8 

22 

71.6 

53 

127.4 

84 

183.2 

170 

338 

340 

644 

-  8 

17.6 

23 

73.4 

54 

129.2 

85 

185.0 

175 

347 

350 

662 

-  7 

19.4 

24 

75.2 

55 

131.0 

86 

186.8 

180 

356 

360 

680 

-  6 

21.2 

25 

77.0 

56 

132.8 

87 

188.6 

185 

365 

370 

698 

-  5 

23.0 

26 

78.8 

57 

134.6 

88 

190.4 

190 

374 

380 

716 

-  4 

24.8 

27 

80.6 

58 

136.4 

89 

192.2 

195 

383 

390 

734 

-  3 

26.6 

28 

82.4 

59 

138.2 

90 

194.0 

200 

392 

-400 

752 

-  2 

28.4 

29 

84.2 

60 

140.0 

91 

195.8 

205 

401 

420 

788 

-  1 

30.2 

30 

86.0 

61 

141.8 

92 

197.6 

210 

410 

440 

824 

0 

32.0 

31 

87.8 

62 

143.6 

93 

199.4 

215 

419 

460 

860 

1 

33.8 

32 

89.6 

63 

145.4 

94 

201.2 

220 

428 

480 

896 

2 

35.6 

33 

91.4 

64 

147.2 

95 

203.0 

225 

437 

500 

932 

3 

37.4 

34 

93.2 

65 

149.0 

96 

204.8 

230 

446 

520 

968 

4 

39.2 

35 

95.0 

66 

150.8 

97 

206.6 

235 

455 

540 

1004 

5 

41.0 

36 

96.8- 

67 

152.6 

98 

208.4 

240 

464 

560 

1040 

6 

42.8 

37 

98.6 

68 

154.4 

Nos.  48200  to  48208 


48200. 


48204. 


48208. 


Thermometers,  with  enclosed  paper  scale,  with  either  Centigrade  or  Fahrenheit  scales,  as  indicated ; 
outside  .diameter  9  to  10  mm. 


Range .  100°  C.  150°  C.  200°  C.  250°  C.  300°  C.  I!  212°  F.  300°  F.  400°  F.  600°  F. 

Length,  mm .  300  300  350  350  350  I1  300  300  350  400 

Each . . 50  .60  .65  .75  .90  .50  .60  .75  .90 

lometers,  with  enclosed  paper  scale,  with  both  Centigrade  and  Fahrenheit  scales,  outside 
diameter  9  to  10  mm. 

Range,  Centigrade . . .  100°  C.  150°  C.  200°  C.  360°  C. 

“  Fahrenheit .  212°  F.  300°  F.  400°  F.  600°  F. 

Length,  mm . . .  300  300  350  400 

Each . . . 80  .90  1.00  1.25 


Thermometers,  with  enclosed  paper  scale,  short  form,  with  both  Centigrade  and  Fahrenheit  scales; 
outside  diameter  7  mm. 


Range,  Centigrade .  —10°  to  +100°  C.  100°  to  220°  C. 

“  Fahrenheit . . .  +14°  to +212°  F.  212°  to  450°  F. 

Length,  mm . . .  100  120 

Each . . .  J5  LOOT 


gjgtt  L.-TT^ 


Nos.  48212  to  48216 

48212.  Thermometers,  with  enclosed  opal  glass  scale,  with  capillary  of  Jena  glass;  with  either  Centigrade  or 
Fahrenheit  scales,  as  indicated;  outside  diameter  from  9  to  10  mm. 


Range .  100°  C.  150°  C.  200°  C.  360°  C.  I!  212°  F.  300°  F.  400°  F.  600°  F.- 

Length,  mm. ...  300  300  350  400  300  300  350  350__ 

Each . .  . .  1.10  1.20  L40  L80  T.TO  R20  L40  OiT 


48216.  Thermometers,  with  enclosed  opal  glass  scale  and  capillary  of  Jena  glass:  with  both  Centigrade  and 
Fahrenheit  scales;  outside  diameter  9  to  10  mm. 

Range,  Centigrade .  100°  C.  150°  C.  200°  C.  360°  C. 

“  Fahrenheit .  212°  F.  300°  F.  400°  F.  600°  F. 


Length,  mm .  290  300  360  390 

Each .  L35  T.50  L75  2.00 


530 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


48220. 


^F~~-  M-l 

Nos.  48220  to  48224 

Thermometers,  engraved  on  stem,  with  opal  glass  background  and  safety  reservoir  at  top  of  capillary; 
diameter  6  mm;  with  either  Centigrade  or  Fahrenheit  scales  as  indicated.  A  widely  used  lab¬ 
oratory  thermometer. 

Range . 

Length,  mm. . . 

Each . 


100°  c. 

150°  C. 

200°  C. 

360°  C. 

212°  F. 

300°  F. 

400°  F. 

600°  F. 

300 

300 

350 

400 

I|  300 

300 

350 

400 

1.00 

1.10 

1.25 

1.50 

1.00 

1.10 

1.25 

1.50 

48224. 


48228. 


J§4 


_ m 


ifG 


_J§8 

fa- 


48232. 


48236. 


Thermometer,  engraved  on  stem,  with  opal  glass  background  and  safety  reservoir 
at  top  of  capillary,  diameter  G  mm;  with  both  Centigrade  and  Fahrenheit  scales. 

Range,  Centigrade. .  100°  C.  150°  C.  200°  C.  360°  C. 

“  Fahrenheit  212°  F-  300°  F.  400°  F.  600°  F. 

Length,  mm . v.' : .". : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : ;  300  300  350  400 

Each .  1.25  1.50  1.75  2.00 

Thermometers,  A.  H.  T.  Co.  Special,  engraved  on  stem,  with  safety  reservoir  at  top 
of  capillary,  of  Jena  16  III  glass;  recommended  for  la{>oratory  work  generally 
where  accuracy  is  required  but  where  the  expense  af/a.  precision  thermometer 
is  not  justified.  XS 

Range,  Centigrade .  0-50°  0  50°  0-100°  0-100°  100-200°  0-200°  100-200° 

Graduated  to .  \°  \°  A °  \°  i° 

Length,  mm .  330  380  400  600  500  600  600 

Each .  3.00  3.25  3.25  4.00  3.50  4.25  5.00 

Thermometer,  Precision,  etched  on  stem,  with  white  background,  of  Jena  16  m 
glass.  Those  reading  over  250°  C.  are  filled  with  nitrogen.  In  the  higher  ranges 
the  glass  used  is  the  Jena  Borosilicate  59  IV. 

Range .  —10  to  —10  to  —10  to  —10  to  —10  to 

+  100°  C.  +100°  C.  +100°  C.  +100°  C.  +250°  C. 
Graduated  in .  1° _ 1°  j° _ f5°  1° 

Each,  without  certificate. .  . .  2.75  3.50  5.00  9.00  2.75 

Each,  with  P.  T.  R.  certificate  3.65  4.40  7.25  11.50  5.75 

Range .  —10  to  —5  to  —5  to  —5  to  —5  to 

+250°  C.  +360°  C.  +360°  C.  +500°  C.  +550°  C. 
Graduated  in . i°  1°  5°  _  1°  1° 

Each,  without  certificate .  4.50  5.00  6.50  7.50  9.00 

Each,  with  P.T.R.  certificate  7.50  7.25  8.75  10.85  13.45 

Thermometers,  Normal,  with  enclosed  glass  scale,  constructed  in  exact  accordance 
with  Paragraph  12  of  the  regulations  of  the  Physikalisch-Technische  Reichs- 
anstalt;  capillary  is  of  Jena  Normal  glass.  Thermometers  reading  from  250° 
to  400°  C.  are  filled  with  nitrogen  and  those  reading  from  above  400°  C.  to  550° 
C.  with  nitrogen  at  a  pressure  of  20  atmospheres. 


Range .  — 10  to 

+  100°  C. 


— 10  to 
+  100°  C. 


— 10  to 
+  100°  C. 


— 10  to 
+  100°  C. 


5  to 
+200°  C. 


Each,  without  certificate . 

Each,  with  P.  T.  R.  certificate. 


11.00 

15.45 


13.50 

17.95 


Graduated  in . 

1° 

1  O 

2 

1° 

5 

1  O 

10 

1° 

Each,  without  certificate  .... 

4.50 

7.00 

10.00 

15.00 

6.00 

Each,  with  P.  T.  R.  certificate 

5.40 

7.90 

12.25 

17.50 

8.50 

Range . 

—  5  to 

—  5  to 

—  5  to 

—  5  to 

Graduated  in . 

+200°  C. 

5° 

+200°  C. 

1  O 

.5 

+360°  C. 
1° 

+360°  C. 

1  O 
■  2 

Each  without  certificate . 

7.50 

11.75 

9.00 

12.00 

Each,  with  P.  T.  R.  certificate: 

10.00 

15.15 

11.25 

14.25 

Thermometers,  Normal,  same  as 

above  but  etched 

on  stem 

and  with 

zero  point 

indicated. 

Range . 

.  +180  to +550°  C. 

+  100  to  550°  C. 

Graduated  in . 

1 

5 

O 

N0te — xhe  above  Normal  Thermometers  are  the  most  accurate  thermometers  made 
for  scientific  work  and  are  only  surpassed  by  the  Primary  Standard  Ther¬ 
mometers  of  the  few  European  makers  qualified  for  such  work  and  which  are 
used  in  research  and  are  not  intended  for  general  laboratory  use.  These  we 
import  from  such  makers  on  special  order  only. 


No.  48228 


No.  48232 


531 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


48244.  Thermometers,  engraved  on  stem,  with  white  background  and  safety  reservoir  at  top  of  capillary; 
nitrogen  filled,  for  high  temperature  work;  with  Fahrenheit  scale. 


Range .  212°  to  750°  F.  212°  to  1000°  F. 

Graduated  in .  2°  5° 

Length,  mm .  400  450 

Each  (L00  8.00 


No.  48248 

48248.  Thermometers,  of  Quartz  Glass,  with  opal  glass  scale.  These  thermometers  have  the  important  advan¬ 
tage  over  all  other  thermometers  that  they  do  not  crack  by  the  application  of  either  sudden  heat 
or  cold;  such  a  thermometer,  for  instance,  can  be  plunged  directly  into  molten  metal  without 
any  danger  of  its  cracking.  The  temperature  readings  of  a  Quartz  Glass  thermometer,  even 
when  used  for  years,  remain  always  constant  because  of  the  extraordinarily  low  expansion 
coefficient  of  quartz  glass.  These  thermometers  are  about  6  mm  in  diameter  and  are  graduated 
in  single  degrees. 

Range .  -10  to  +400°  C.  +100  to  +400°  C.  +100  to  +450°  C. 

Length,  cm .  20  16  20 

Each  . .  18.00  ”'"lO0  20.09 

48252.  Thermometers,  of  Quartz  Glass,  with  scale  engraved  on  nickel-steel  tube  and  filled  with  nitrogen  above 
the  mercury  at  a  pressure  of  50  atmospheres;  range  from  +300°  to  +750°  C.  in  5°  divisions. 

Duty  Free .  28.50  Duty  Paid . 45.00 

48256.  Protecting  Tube  of  steel,  for  above. 

Duty  Free .  2.25  Duty  Paid .  3.00 


No.  48260 


48260.  Thermometers,  Normal,  Allihn,  with  enclosed  glass  scale,  in  set  of  three  with  ranges  of  —15  to  +100°  C., 
+  100°  to  +200°  C.  and  +200°  to  +300°  C.  The  thermometers  are  each  about  30  cm  long  and 
about  8  mm  in  diameter,  with  zero  and  boiling  point  correction.  In  leather  case  without 


certificate .  24.00 

With  P.  T.  R.  certificate .  32.50 


No.  48268 


48264.  Thermometers,  Normal,  Anschutz,  with  enclosed  glass  scale  and  small  bulbs,  as  used  for  fractional 
distillations.  Thermometers  No.  2  to  No.  7,  inclusive  are  nitrogen  filled,  and  all  the  thermom¬ 
eters  of  the  series  are  16  cm  long  and  about  6  mm  in  diameter. 


Number . 

Range . 

Graduated  in . 

.  No.  r 

+60°  C. 
1° 

No.  2 
+40  to 
+  100°  C. 

io 

5 

No.  3 

90  to 
160°  C. 

1  O 

5 

No.  4 
150  to 
220°  C. 

1  O 

5 

No.  5 
200  to 
270°  C. 

i  ° 

5 

No.  6 
250  to 
310°  C. 

1  O 

5 

No.  7 
300  to 
360°  C. 

1  o 

5 

Each . 

.  4.50 

4.50 

4.50 

4.50 

6.00 

6.00 

6.00 

48268.  Thermometers,  Normal,  Anschutz.  Complete  set  of  seven  as  above  described,  in  leather  case. . .  32.50 
Note — Anschutz  Thermometers  as  above  are  supplied  with  certificate  of  the  Physikalisch-Technische 
Reichsanstalt  on  special  import  order. 


532 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


48272. 


No.  48288 


Thermometers,  for  Low  Temperatures,  etched  on  stem;  as  used  in  liquid  air  and  similar  work.  The 
thermometer  reading  to  —100°  C.  is  filled  with  toluol  and  that  reading  to  —200°  C.  with  pentane; 
graduated  in  single  degrees. 


Range .  +30°  to  -100°  C.  +30°  to  -200°  C. 

Each .  5.00  9.00 


No.  48276 


No.  48292 


Fi/3. 


48276.  Reading  Device  for  Beckmann  Thermometer,  with  2  volt  incandescent  lamp  for  reading  in 


a  dark  room .  3.50 

48280.  Reading  Device,  as  above,  without  incandescent  lamp...... . . . . 2.00 


48284.  Thermometer,  Beckmann,  with  total  range  of  about  5°  C.  divided  in  i^°,  with  capillary  held 
in  place  by  glass  wool;  without  auxiliary  scale.  Regularly  furnished  with  scale  read¬ 
ing  from  0to5°C.  as  convenient  for  calorimetric  use.  This  thermometer  is  of  good 
German  make  of  reasonable  accuracy  but  is  not  regularly  furnished  with  certifi¬ 
cate .  7.50 

48288.  Thermometer,  Beckmann,  Goetze  make,  with  scale  held  in  place  by  glass  sealing,  with 
auxiliary  scale  with  range  from  —10  to  120°  C.  in  2°  divisions  under  reservoir;  for  use 
by  either  boiling  point  or  freezing  point  method;  range  5°  to  6°  C.  divided  in  Tfo>°; 

highly  recommended  and  widely  used  in  calorimetry.  Without  certificate .  15.00 

With  P.  T.  R.  certificate .  25.00 


48292.  Thermometer,  Beckmann,  similar  to  No.  48288  as  to  range,  accuracy,  etc.,  but  with  improved  patent 
adjustment  of  auxiliary  scale  by  means  of  mercury  drops  instead  of  by  tapping.  This  is  accom¬ 
plished  by  the  introduction  of  a  short  capillary  in  the  lower  part  of  the  reservoir,  the  point  of 
which  is  adjusted  for  delivering  drops  of  mercury  each  equivalent  to  a  definite  range  of  the 
thermometer  scale,  which  information  is  engraved  on  the  scale  of  each  thermometer  as,  for 
instance,  1  drop  =  1.5°  C.  This  arrangement  prevents  the  dropping  down  of  the  mercury  when 
an  upward  movement  is  necessary,  and  superfluous  mercury  may  be  transferred  to  the  two  arms 
at  the  side  of  the  reservoir  by  simply  inclining  the  thermometer.  When  a  reservoir  has  become 
filled  during  transportation  it  will  empty  itself  automatically  if  the  thermometer  is  held  per¬ 
pendicularly.  In  other  reservoir  arrangements  this  is  frequently  prevented  by  the  small  par¬ 
ticles  of  air  which  are  often  present  in  thermometers  of  best  make.  In  this  new  arrangement 
such  air  particles  are  caught  and  held  below  the  inlet  in  the  reservoir.  This  arrangement  makes 
possible  very  exact  setting,  greater  durability  and  less  risk  of  breakage  in  transportation  and 
obviates  the  continuous  tapping  down  of  the  mercury  column  as  heretofore  practiced.  See 

Chemiker-Zeilung,  1912,  Nr.  88,  S.  843.  Without  certificate .  18.00 

With  P.  T.  R.  certificate .  28.00 


533 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


48296. 


48300. 

48304. 


48308. 

48312. 

48316. 

48320. 

48324. 

48328. 


48332. 


48336. 


48340. 

48344. 

48348. 


Thermometer,  Recording  (Thermograph)  Richard.  The  thermometer  consists  of  a  copper  tube  of 
elliptical  cross  section,  hermetically  closed  and  filled  with  a  volatile  liquid.  This  thermometer 
is  of  great  sensibility  and  has  wide  application  in  the  accurate  control  of  temperature  in  large 
incubators,  incubating  rooms,  malting  rooms,  drying  rooms,  etc.  The  chart  regularly  furnished 
with  this  thermometer  is  weekly  and  the  range  is  from  0  to  50°  C.  Other  scales  up  to  110°  C. 
or  230°  F.  are  furnished  on  order  and  charts  may  be  arranged  for  hourly,  daily  or  monthly  records. 
The  movement  of  the  pen  is  approximately  1  mm  =  1°  C.  The  thermometer  is  furnished  with 
a  wire  guard  (removed  in  illustration)  to  protect  same  against  injury. 

Duty  Free .  24.00  Stock. . . . . . 35.00 

Weekly  Charts  for  above,  0  to  50°  C.  Per  100 . . . . .  2.50 

Thermometer,  Recording  (Thermograph)  Short  &  Mason  high  drum  clock  type,  with  charts  for  from 
—  62  to  +128°F.;  with  thermometer  enclosed;  consists  of  a  bimetallic  lamina  arranged  in  such 
manner  that  there  are  no  levers  other  than  the  pen  arm.  This  instrument  permits  of  adjust¬ 
ment  to  show  temperatures  covering  any  75°  F.,  150°  F.,  or  300°  F.  and  is  furnished  with  blank 
charts  in  addition  to  the  printed  charts  which  by  means  of  the  Kew  certified  thermometer  sup¬ 
plied  with  the  instrument  enable  the  range  of  the  instrument  to  be  adjusted  to  meet  special 

conditions.  Price  includes  certified  thermometer . . . . .  40.00 

Extra  Charts,  per  100 . . . . . . .  2.50 

“  Pens,  each . . 70 

Special  Ink,  per  bottle . . 75 

Thermometer,  Angle,  with  vertical  tube  30  cm  long  and  2  cm  in  diameter  and  horizontal  stem  15  cm 

long  and  1  cm  in  diameter;  graduated  in  single  degrees  to  100°  C.  or  212°  F .  1.50 

Thermometer,  Angle,  same  as  above  but  with  opal  glass  scale . . .  2.00 

“  Armored,  engraved  on  stem  with  white  background.  The  armor  is  of  seamless  steel 

tubing  heavily  nickel  plated.  The  thermometers  are  graduated  on  a  basis  of  3  inch  immersion. 

Range .  0°  to  +30°  to  +30°  to  +30°  to  +100°  to 

220°  F.  400°  F.  600°  F.  750°  F.  1000°  F. 

Graduated  in .  2°  2°  2°  2°  5° 

Length,  inches .  12 _ 14 _ 16 _ IQ _ 16 

Each . .  4.50  5.25  ~~  6.00  7.50  10.50 

Steel  Mercury  Wells,  for  use  with  above  armored  thermometers,  as  used  in  steam  engineering  prac¬ 
tice.  These  wells  have  a  very  thin  steel  wall  and  insure  quick  transmission  of  heat.  They  are 
provided  with  close  fitting  taper  plugs  to  prevent  the  spilling  of  mercury  in  transportation. 
Length  of  stem  below  thread,  inches. .  1J  2  3  4  5  6 

Each .  1.50  1.80  llT40  3.00  3.60  4780 

Thermometers,  Armored,  for  asphalt  and  sand  testing.  The  glass  is  double  the  thickness  of  ordinary 
glass  stem  thermometers  and  the  bulb  is  pointed  and  so  constructed  as  to  reduce  liability  of 

breakage  to  a  minimum;  6  inches  long,  range  100°  to  600°  F .  6.00 

Thermometer,  as  above,  for  use  in  sand  testing;  range  200°  to  750°  F .  7.50 

“  “  “  for  inspector’s  use,  6  inches  long  and  with  a  range  of  200°  to  400°  F. . . .  4.50 

Thermometer,  Armored,  for  asphalt  testing;  range  from  200°  to  450°F  in  1° .  5.00 


534 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


C  O  M  P  A  N  Y 


48352. 

48356. 

48360. 

48364. 

48368. 


48372. 

48376. 

48380. 


48384. 

48388. 


48392. 

48396. 

48400. 

48404. 


Thermometer,  Dairy,  with  enclosed  paper  scale,  0  to  150°  F.,  length  about  8  inches . 25 

Thermometer,  Incubator,  short  form,  for  hanging  inside  the  incubating  chamber.  The  thermometer 
is  enclosed  in  a  metal  case  with  perforated  outer  sheath  which  turns  so  as  to  entirely  enclose  the 

thermometer,  range  from  0  to  50°  C .  1.25 

Thermometer,  Incubator,  with  very  distinct  graduations  on  a  white  background,  so  as  to  be  readily 
seen  at  a  distance;  range  from  0  to  50°  C.  with  the  standard  temperature  375°  C.  indicated  by  a 

red  line.  Length  250  mm .  2.50 

Thermometer,  Incubator,  self-registering  maximum  and  minimum  on  Sixe’s  system;  with  opal  glass 
scale  160  mm  long  graduated  from  —20°  to  +50°  C.  The  standard  temperature  37§°  C.  is  indi¬ 
cated  by  a  red  line.  The  lower  part  for  insertion  in  the  tubulature  of  the  incubator  is  200  mm 

long.  Complete  with  horseshoe  magnet  for  adjusting  the  indicators .  5.50 

Thermometers,  Incubator,  with  enclosed  opal  glass  scale  with  Jena  capillary.  The  standard  temper¬ 
ature  375°  C.,  at  which  incubators  are  ordinarily  operated,  is  indicated  by  a  red  line. 

Range .  0  to  50°  C.  10°  to  60°  C. 

Graduated  in . .• . .  t  ^ 

Length,  cm .  45  50 

Each . . .  4.00  5.00 

Thermometer,  Maximum  and  Minimum,  on  oak  back,  with  each  tube  mounted  on  a  separate  plate 
attached  at  one  end  with  a  thumbscrew  so  that  the  thermometers  may  be  reset;  range  10°  to 
40°  F.  below  zero  for  the  maximum  tube  and  20°  to  60°  below  for  the  minimum  tube,  and  up  to 

120°  F.  above;  ordinary  quality .  4.00 

Thermometer,  Maximum  and  Minimum,  standard  Weather  Bureau  pattern,  of  high  quality  and  with 
certificate;  with  engraved  stem,  magnifying  tube,  cylindrical  bulb,  porcelain  strip  at  side  of 
tube  on  which  are  marked  the  figures  and  every  fifth  degree  line  of  the  scale,  oxidized  brass  plate, 
insulating  brass  support  with  binding  screws;  board  15  by  5  inches,  with  mahogany  finish. .  10.00 
Thermometers,  Pocket,  5  inches  long,  mounted  in  a  case  similar  to  clinical  thermometers;  very  con¬ 
venient  for  various  kinds  of  field  work. 

Range .  -30  to  120°  F.  +30  to  220°  F.  0  to  50°  C.  0  to  100°  C. 

Graduated  in . . .  2°  _  2°  _ _  1°  1° 

Each .  2.25  2.25  2.25  2.25 

Thermometer,  Soil,  mounted  in  wooden  frame  with  handle  and  brass  pointed  ferrule .  1.50 

“  “  in  strong  metallic  case  and  with  scale  reading  from  0  to  60°  C.  in  ^ths  and  with 

bore  of  various  lengths  depending  upon  the  depth  at  which  temperature  is  to  be  read. 

Length  of  bore  below  handle,  cm .  50 100 

Each . .  12.50  15.00 

Thermometer,  Sugar  Factory,  with  enclosed  paper  scale  0  to  50°  F.  in  1°  divisions,  diameter  fth 

inch . 50 

Thermometer,  Veterinary  Clinical,  with  magnifying  tube,  as  used  in  laboratory  practice  in  taking 

animal  temperatures;  in  5  inch  hard  rubber  case;  range  from  92°  to  110°  F.  in  ^ths .  1.25 

Thermometer,  as  above,  in  nickel  case  with  chain  and  pin  similar  to  48380 .  1.50 

Thermometers,  Titre  Test,  for  soap  and  fat  laboratories,  engraved  on  stem  with  magnifying  glass  and 
bulbs  of  Jena  Normal  glass;  graduated  in  divisions. 

Range .  .  0-20°  C.  10-30°  C.  15-25°  C.  20-30°  C.  20-40°  C.  30-50°  C.  40-60°  C. 

Each .  5.00  5.00  5.00  5.00  5.00  5.00  5.00 


535 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No  48436 


48412. 

48416. 

48420. 

48424. 

48428. 


48432. 

48436. 


Thermo-regulator,  Reichert.  This  regulator  is  carefully  made  and  is  the  most  widely  used  among  the 

several  forms  constructed  of  mercury  and  glass;  adjusted  for  high  temperatures .  2.00 

Thermo-regulator,  Reichert,  same  c'onstruction  as  No.  48412  but  adjusted  for  low  temperatures. .  2.00 
Thermo-regulator,  Reichert,  same  construction  as  No.  48416  but  made  shorter  for  use  in  paraffine 
baths .  2.00 

Thermo-regulator,  Reichert,  improved  form,  with  stopcock  to  prevent  total  extinguishing  of  flame,  4.00 
Thermo-regulator,  New  Mercury  Form,  with  reservoir  tube  with  thermometer  scale  and  two-way  stop¬ 
cock  for  adjustment.  In  setting  the  regulator  the  stopcock  is  set  at  position  “A”  and  the  bulb 
warmed  until  the  mercury  reaches  the  position  “B”  at  the  tip  of  the  glass  outlet  tube.  The 
stopcock  is  then  turned  to  position  “B”  and  the  mercury  column  allowed  to  rise  until  it  reaches 
the  temperature  at  which  the  regulator  is  to  operate,  when  the  cock  is  turned  again  to  position 

“A”  and  the  thermo-regulator  is  in  adjustment .  7.50 

Thermo-regulator,  as  above,  with  electric  contact,  otherwise  operating  on  the  same  principle  and  by 

the  same  method  as  above .  10.00 

Thermo-regulator,  Roux  Bimetallic.  The  great  advantage  of  this  regulator  consists  in  the  entire 
absence  of  mercury  and  glass,  the  control  depending  upon  the  unequal  expansion  of  the  different 
metals  composing  the  metallic  couple.  It  has  come  into  very  wide  use  of  recent  years  and  is  in 
many  ways  the  most  satisfactory  form  of  thermo-regulator  now  offered.  All  of  our  bimetallic 
regulators  are  furnished  with  an  additional  brass  jacket  as  shown  in  illustration.  It  is  recom¬ 
mended  that  this  jacket  be  inserted  in  the  tubulature  of  the  incubator  and  the  same  filled  with 
glycerine,  into  which  the  regulator  proper  is  immersed.  This  prevents  the  corroding  of  the 
bimetallic  couple  (which  occurs  in  many  localities  because  of  the  action  of  the  water)  and  at  the 
same  time  makes  the  regulator  last  longer. 

Length,  inches .  10  12 

Each .  7.00  7^50 


48440.  Thermo-regulator,  Reichert-Novy.  This  regulator  is  based  upon  the  principle  of  the  Reichert  Thermo- 
regulator  with  modifications.  It  works  equally  well  for  high  or  low  temperatures  and  is  specially 
recommended  for  accurate  control  when  used  with  a  gas  pressure  regulator .  5.00 


536 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  48444 


No.  48460 


No.  48461 


No.  48468 


48444. 


48448. 

48452. 


48456. 


48460. 


48464. 


48465. 

48468. 


Thermo-regulator,  Greenman.  Constructed  entirely  of  steel  and  recommended  as  being  the  most  ac¬ 
curate  form  of  mercury  regulator.  Controls  temperature  within  regardless  of  gas  pressure  or 
room  temperature.  For  use  with  this  regulator  burner  No.  22936  is  recommended.  With  brass 
jacket  for  glycerine  to  be  inserted  in  tubulature  of  incubator.  See  Anatomical  Record,  Sept., 

1908.  Without  mercury .  12.50 

Thermo-regulator,  same  as  No.  48444  but  filled  with  mercury .  14.50 

Gas  Pressure  Regulator,  for  delivering  gas  to  apparatus  at  a  constant  pressure,  regardless  of  the  varia¬ 
tions  of  pressure  in  the  house  supply.  Particularly  recommended  for  use  with  the  Reichert- 
Novy  Gas  Regulator  No.  48440,  with  which  it  is  possible  to  maintain  very  constant  tempera¬ 
tures.  Made  of  copper  throughout . . . . . . . .  5.00 

Thermo-regulator,  Electric,  with  Condenser.  Will  automatically  maintain  a  constant  temperature 
through  a  wide  range,  i.  e.,  between  30°  and  80°  C.  The  diaphragm  consists  of  rubber  and 
metal  clamped  securely  between  steel  rings.  As  the  expansion  of  rubber  when  exposed  to  heat 
is  greater  than  that  of  metal,  the  diaphragm  will  move  away  from  the  platinum  point  at  the 
slightest  increase  in  temperature.  This  breaks  the  circuit  and  allows  the  incubator  to  cool 
until  the  diaphragm  again  touches  the  point.  By  varying  the  pressure  between  the  adjusting 
screw  and  the  diaphragm  different  degrees  of  heat  in  the  incubator  are  thus  obtained.  Con¬ 
tact  points  are  of  platinum  iridium  and  the  condenser  protects  these  contacts  from  being 
destroyed  providing  the  electric  current  passing  through  same  does  not  exceed  4J  amperes, 

i.  e.,  the  current  from  usual  incandescent  sockets . . .  10.00 

Thermo-regulator,  Electric,  with  Incandescent  Lamp  Heater,  for  heating  incubators,  paraffine  baths, 
etc.,  not  specially  built  for  electric  heating  and  control;  consisting  of  thermo-regulator 
similar  to  above,  with  an  incandescent  lamp  mounted  on  same  board,  with  cord  and  plug  for 
attachment  to  any  lamp  socket.  It  is  usually  sufficient  to  place  same  on  the  bottom  of  the 
incubator  or  oven  and  run  the  connecting  cord  through  the  horizontal  hole  found  at  the  side 

of  most  incubators.  The  space  required  by  the  entire  equipment  is  8  x  8  x  4£  inches .  12.50 

Thermo-regulator,  Electric,  expanding  capsule  type,  “Break”  form,  for  use  alone  with  any  electrical 
heating  medium  which  does  not  require  more  than  3  or  4  amperes.  May  be  used  on  either 
110  or  220  volt  circuits  either  alternating  or  direct  and  for  temperatures  from  15°  to  160°  C. 
The  range  of  each  capsule  is  about  20°  in  the  lower  temperatures  and  nearly  100°  in  high  tem¬ 
peratures.  The  capsule  “C”  must  be  within  the  heated  chamber  and  the  post  “P”  may  be  made 
longer  or  shorter  depending  upon  the  length  of  the  tubulation  into  which  post  must  be  inserted, 
i.e.,  tubulation  from  the  outside  of  the  utensil  through  the  air  jacket,  water  jacket,  etc.,  to 
the  inner  chamber.  The  screws  “S”  need  not  be  used  as  in  many  utensils  it  is  sufficient  to 
allow  the  metallic  cap  “M”  to  rest  on  the  top  of  the  tubulation  or  of  the  incubator.  Very  satis¬ 
factory  on  incubators,  ovens,  water  and  oil  baths,  whether  disc  heaters,  resistance  coils  or  lamps 
are  used  for  the  heating  medium.  In  ordering  please  state  whether  current  is  alternating  or  direct, 
range  of  temperature  desired,  size  of  chamber,  and  thickness  and  material  of  the  walls  of  same  for 
length  of  post  “P;”  and  whether  thermo-regulator  is  to  be  placed  in  a  vertical  or  horizontal 

position,  vertical  being  preferable.  With  instructions  for  wiring,  and  connections .  7.00 

Extra  Expansion  Capsules .  1.00 

Thermo-regulator,  Electric,  expanding  capsule  type,  similar  in  operation  to  No.  48464  but  known 
as  the  “Make”  form  and  for  currents  up  to  8  or  10  amperes.  Must  be  used  with  circuit  breaker 
as  a  relay  which  indirectly  interrupts  the  heating  current.  This  is  furnished  with  a  circuit 
breaker  consisting  of  a  solenoid  wound  with  a  heavy  wire  and  with  large  platinum  iridium 
contacts .  21.00 


537 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  48492 


No.  48496 


48472. 


48476. 

48480. 


48484. 


48488. 

48492. 


48496. 


48500. 


48504. 


48512. 

48516. 


No.  48500 


No.  48504 


Tiles,  Earthenware,  glazed  on  one  side  only;  very  convenient  for  supplying  either  a  black  or  white 
background. 

Color .  Black  White 


Each . 30  .25 

Tray,  Aseptic  Enamel  Ware,  of  seamless  steel,  white  enamelled,  both  acid  and  fire  proof;  convenient 

for  dissecting  instruments,  size  12  x  x  1J  inches . 90 

Trays,  Aseptic  Enamel  Ware,  of  seamless  steel,  white  enamelled,  both  acid  and  fire  proof;  deep  form. 

Size,  inches .  10j  x  6j  x  15  x  9  x  2f 

Each. 


1.00  2.00 

Trays,  Aseptic  Enamel  Ware,  of  seamless  steel,  white  enamelled,  both  acid  and  fire  proof;  shallow  form; 
very  convenient  in  the  laboratory  for  dissections  on  small  animals. 

Size,  inches .  12  x  9  16  x  12  20  x  15 

Each 


. . 80  1.30  2.35 

Tray,  Dissecting,  of  heavily  tinned  metal,  japanned,  with  metal  loops  on  the  corners  to  which  the  limbs 
of  animals  are  tied  during  dissection.  Melted  wax  may  be  conveniently  run  into  these  pans 

in  the  laboratory  if  wax  bottom  is  desired.  Size  11  x  9  x  lj  inches . 25 

Trays,  Glass,  with  vertical  sides  and  polish  d  edges. 

Length,  mm .  100  115  120 

Width,  mm .  40  50  60 

Height,  mm .  40  50  35 


Each . . . . 50  .60  .70 

Trays,  Glass,  with  slanting  sides  and  polished  edges;  much  superior  to  ordinary  photographic  trays. 


Length,  mm .  160 

Width,  mm .  130 

Each . 

Trays,  Glass,  with  vertical  sides  and  polished  edges. 

Length,  mm . 

Width,  mm . 

Height,  mm . 

Each . 

Trays,  Sanitats  Porcelain,  deep  form,  with  spout. 


210 

160 


260 

210 


Each. 


200 

100 

45 

.90 

265 

165 

50 

1.25 

350 

170 

50 

2.00 

350 

220 

60 

1.00 

2.00 

2.50 

3.00 

.  155 

255 

290 

.  125 

195 

240 

.75 

2.50 

3.00 

No.  48516 


48508. 


250 

.80 


Tongs,  Crucible,  of  polished  brass,  single  bent. 

Length,  mm .  200 

Each .  JiO 

Tongs,  Crucible,  of  nickel  plated  brass,  single  bent. 

Length,  mm .  200 

Each . 60 

Tongs,  Crucible,  of  steel  with  black  oxidized  finish,  double  bent,  200  mm  long:  recommended  for  stu¬ 
dents’  use . 25 


250 

.90 


538 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  48552 


\ 

No.  48560 


No.  48540  with  Platinum  Shoes 


No.  48548 


No.  48564 


48518. 

48520. 

48524. 

48528. 


48532. 

48536. 

48540. 


48544. 

48548. 


48552. 

48556. 

48560. 

48564. 


Tongs,  Crucible,  of  polished  brass,  double  bent. 
Length,  mm . 


Tongs,  Crucible,  of  nickel  plated  brass,  double  bent. 

Length,  mm . 

Each . 

Tongs,  Crucible,  of  forged  steel,  nickel  plated,  single  bent. 

Length,  mm . 

Each . 

Tongs,  Crucible,  of  forged  steel,  nickel  plated,  double  bent. 
Length,  mm...- . 


200 

250 

300 

.55 

.90 

1.20 

200 

250 

300 

.65 

1.00 

1.30 

200 

250 

300 

.50 

.70 

1.00 

200 

250 

300 

.65 

.85 

1.20 

Tongs,  Crucible,  of  pure  wrought  nickel,  double  bent;  200  mm  long .  2.00 

“  “  “  solid  German  silver,  double  bent,  230  mm  long .  1.50 

“  with  platinum  tips  or  shoes.  Our  crucible  tongs  of  steel  No.  48528,  of  pure  nickel 
No.  48532  and  of  solid  German  silver  No.  48536  are  furnished  with  platinum  shoes  or  tips  at  the 
lowest  market  price  of  platinum. 

Tongs,  Crucible,  of  pure  wrought  nickel  with  nickel  chromium  tips,  double  bent,  200  mm  long.  A 

new  substitute  for  platinum  tipped  tongs  and  highly  recommended . .  2.50 

Tongs,  Crucible,  of  malleable  iron,  single  bent,  heavy,  for  assay  crucibles. 

Length,  inches .  12  17 

Each . . ; . .' . 40  .50 

Tongs,  Crucible,  of  wrought  iron,  double  bent,  30  inches  long;  heavy  for  assay  crucibles .  1.75 


20 


Tongs,  Cupel,  of  steel  with  curved  ends  and  guide  pin;  22  inches  long. 

“  “  “  “  with  bent  ends  and  guide  pin.  Length,  inches , 

Each . . ; .  1.00 

Tongs,  Scorifier,  of  spring  steel.  Length,  inches .  20 

Each .  1.00 


25 


1.00 

30 


1.00 

30 


1.00 

36 


1.00 


1.00 


48568. 


48572. 


48576. 


Each . 05 

Per  dozen . . . . . _. . 50 

Triangles,  of  iron  wire  covered  with  pipe-stem. 

Length  of  side,  inches .  H 

Each . 05 

Per  dozen . . . . . ; . . ; . 50 

Triangles,  of  iron  wire  covered  with  pipe-stem,  flanged  in  center. 

Length  of  side,  inches . ’ .  la 

Each . 08 

Per  dozen . 75 


.05 

.50 


.05 

.50 


3 
.05 
.50 

2* 

.05 

.50 

2 h 


.08 

.75 


.08 

.75 


539 


ARTHUR 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


48580. 


48584. 


/ 


48588. 


48592. 


4859G 


48600 

48604 


Nos.  48588  and  48592 

Triangles,  Solid  Nickel. 

Length  of  side,  inches . » .  lj  2  2\  3 

Each . . . , .  .15  .20  i25  ^30 

Triangles,  Hoskins  Nickel  Chromium,  of  heavy  wire  of  square  cross  section  and  distinctly  superior 
to  triangles  made  of  other  market  alloys  of  nickel  and  chromium.  The  alloy  of  which  these 
triangles  is  made  contains  practically  no  iron  and  takes  on  a  thin  adherent  protective  coat  of 
oxide  which  neither  peels  nor  rubs  off  and  which  prevents  the  triangle  adhering  to  platinum 
ware  placed  upon  it. 

Length  of  side,  inches .  1|  2  2^  3 

Each .  .20  d25  ^30  ^35 

Triangles,  Opaque  Fused  Silica. 

Length  of  each  side,  inches .  1?  _2_  _ 2|  3  3£  4 

Each . 


. 75  .75  .90 

Triangles,  Nichrome  Wire  covered  with  pure  fused  opaque  silica. 

Length  of  each  side,  inches .  1| 

Each . 25 

Trichinoscope,  for  the  Trichina  Test  by  Micro  Projection.  The  com- 
pressorium  sample  is  covered  square  by  square  in  the  field  of  the 
microscope  and  thrown  on  the  screen.  The  observer  controls  both 
the  focusing  of  the  microscope  and  the  movement  of  the  specimen 
while  observing  the  screen  from  position  at  table.  The  operation 
is  much  less  laborious  and  more  satisfactory  than  with  the  ordinary 
microscope.  As  furnished  by  us  to  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agri¬ 
culture,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry.  The  outfit  includes  iron  sup¬ 
ports,  projecting  system  with  two  objectives,  compressorium, 
nosepiece  for  revolving  the  objective,  cooling  chamber  and  hand  regu¬ 
lating  arc  lamp  for  5  amperes,  direct  current  rheostat  for  same  for 
110  volts,  and  50  pairs  of  carbons. 

Duty  Free .  155.00  Duty  Paid .  208.00 

Trichinoscope,  as  above,  but  with  automatic  arc  lamp. 

Duty  Free .  190.00  Duty  Paid .  253.00 

Resistance,  for  220  volt  circuit. 

Duty  Free .  5.40  Duty  Paid .  7.20 


1.00 


1.15 

2j 


.25 


.35 


1.25 

3 

.40 


No.  48596 


540 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  48640 


No.  48644  No.  48648 


No.  48636 


Si 


No.  48656  No.  48660 


48608. 

48612. 

48616. 


48620. 

48624. 


48628. 

48632. 


Tripod,  of  cast  iron,  6  inches  high  with  ring  3  inches  inside  diameter;  suitable  for  alcohol  lamps  or  small 

burners . 20 

Tripods,  of  cast  iron,  smoothly  finished  and  well  japanned;  9  inches  high. 

Outside  diameter,  inches .  4  5  6  8  10  12 

Each .  .25  ^25  JIO  .50  765  780 

Tripods,  of  cast  iron,  smoothly  finished  and  well  japanned,  with  concentric  rings;  height  9  inches. 

Outside  diameter,  of  rings  inches .  5  6  8  10  12 

Number  of  rings .  2  3  5  6  8 

Each .  .35  .40  .75  1.00  L40 

Tripod,  of  iron,  with  adjustable  support  for  burner,  9  inches  high  with  ring  3£  inches  inside  diameter  .75 
Tripod,  of  iron,  with  triangular  top;  9  inches  high. 

Length  of  side,  cm . 

Height,  cm .  18 

Each . 

Tripod,  Genth,  exactly  as  used  in  the  John  Harrison  Chemical  Laboratory,  University  of  Pennsylvania; 
of  cast  iron,  with  slip-in  legs  and  removable  plate;  diameter  10£  inches,  diameter  of  removable 

plate  7£  inches,  height  7£  inches .  1.00 

Tripods,  of  sheet  iron,  with  metal  chimney  for  the  protection  of  the  flame;  very  convenient  for  flat 
bottom  flasks  or  wire  gauze. 

Height,  mm .  240  265  290 

Height  of  chimney,  mm .  100  115  130 

Inside  diameter  of  chimney,  mm .  100  125  130 

Each . 


10 

12 

15 

20 

18 

20 

23 

25 

.50 

.60 

.70 

.80 

.50 


.65 


.90 


48636. 

48640. 

Tripod,  of  sheet  iron,  with  metal  chimney  for  protection  of  the  flame,  with  supports  curved  downward 
to  take  round  bottom  flasks,  evaporating  dishes,  etc.;  height  200  mm  by  60  mm  diameter  of 

chimney . ' . 60 

Tubes,  Brass,  T-shape.  Bore,  inches .  £  &  *  it  1 

Each . 

.30 

.35 

.40 

.45 

.50 

48644. 

Tubes,  Brass,  Y-shape.  Bore,  inches . 

8 

A 

1 

4 

it 

l 

Each . 

.30 

.35 

.40 

.45 

.50 

48648. 

Tubes,  Glass,  T-shape.  Bore,  mm  3 

5 

6 

9 

12 

18 

25 

48652. 

Each. . 06  .08  .09 

Tube,  Glass,  T-shape,  with  two  Geissler  stopcocks,  bore  5  mm 

.10 

.14 

.30 

.45 
..  2.25 

48656. 

Tubes,  Glass,  U-shape.  Bore,  mm  3 

5 

6 

9 

12 

18 

25 

Each .  .06 

.08 

.09 

.10 

.14 

.30 

.45 

48660. 

Tubes,  Glass,  Y-shape.  Bore,  mm  3 

5 

6 

9 

12 

18 

25 

Each . 06 

.08 

.09 

.10 

.14 

.30 

.45 

541 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


fr\ 


No.  48664 


No.  48668  No.  48676 


48664. 

48668. 

48672. 

48676. 


48678. 

21904. 

48680. 


Tube,  Vivien,  for  sugar  analysis,  as  described  in  Friihling  &  Schultz . . . . . .  .60 

Tube,  Hortvet,  for  use  in  the  centrifuge  in  determining  lead  precipitates  in  the  analysis  of  sugar Jand 
syrup.  See  Bulletin  No.  107  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Bureau  of  Chemistry . . . .  .75 
Tubing,  Flexible  Metallic,  recommended  as  being  safer  and  much  more  permanent  than  rubber  tubing, 

re  inch  diameter.  Per  foot . ; . 20 

Tubing,  Flexible  Metallic,  in  lengths  for  Bunsen  burner  connections;  with  rubber  connectors  at  both 
ends;  i  inch  diameter. 

Length,  feet . . 2 _ 2| _ _ 3 

Each .  .25  .30  ~50 


Extra  Rubber  Connectors,  each . 05 

Tumbler,  of  glass,  with  spout,  capacity  7  oz . .  .10 

“  as  above,  without  spout . . . 05 


No.  48684  No.  48704 


48684. 

48688. 

48692. 

48696. 

48700. 

48704. 


48708. 

48712. 


Turbidimeter,  Jackson,  for  determining  sulphates  in  water  analysis,  etc.,  complete  with  22  cm  tube.  12.00 

Extra  22  cm  tube,  for  above .  2.50 

“  75  cm  “  “  “  5.00 

Brass  extension  for  use  with  long  tubes .  3.00 

Candles,  per  dozen .  2.50 

Turbidimeter,  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  type,  as  used  in  water  analysis  in  connection  with  water  plants, 
filtration  installations,  etc.;  as  described  in  Bulletin  151  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  and  Bulle¬ 
tin  8  of  the  Division  of  Hydrography.  Complete  for  both  color  and  turbidity,  packed  in  morocco 

covered  case . 30.00 

Turbidimeter,  as  above,  color  outfit  only,  consisting  of  6  amber  color  discs  and  4  aluminum  color  tubes, 

packed  in  morocco  covered  case . . .  27.00 

Turbidity  Tape,  flexible,  with  rod,  in  wooden  case .  5.00 


Large  equipment  lists  can  not  always  be  made  up  from 
the  catalogues  of  any  one  manufacturer  or  dealer.  The  lead¬ 
ing  European  manufacturers  of  Laboratory  Apparatus  supply 
us  with  their  original  catalogues  in  limited  quantities  for  dis¬ 
tribution  to  intending  purchasers.  A  partial  list  of  such  man¬ 
ufacturers  is  found  on  page  V. 

A  selection  of  catalogues  of  the  leading  manufacturers  of 
Europe  can  be  obtained  from  us  more  promptly  than  by  writing 
to  all  of  the  firms  in  whose  goods  you  are  interested. 


542 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  48744  No.  48748  No.  48760  No.  48764  No.  48768  No.  48788 


URINE  ANALYSIS  APPARATUS. 

48716.  Albuminometer,  Esbach,  for  the  quantitative  determination  of  albumen  in  urine,  graduated  to  read 

grams  of  albumen  per  liter  of  urine;  in  wooden  case . 60 

48720.  Albuminometer,  Esbach,  on  glass  foot .  1.00 

48724.  “  Esbach-Schelenz,  with  constriction  near  base  for  more  accurate  reading  of  small 

quantities;  in  polished  wooden  case . 90 

48728.  Albuminometer,  (Horismascope,)  for  the  detection  of  albumen  in  urine  with  nitric  acid .  1.00 

48732.  Albuminometer,  for  the  rapid  quantitative  determination  of  albumen  in  urine  by  the  use  of  the  tube 

in  a  centrifuge .  1.25 

48736.  Chromo-Saccharometer,  for  the  determination  of  sugar  in  urine  to  within  |%  by  the  colorimetric 

method;  rapid  and  accurate;  complete  with  directions .  5.00 

48740.  Purinometer,  Hall,  for  the  quantitative  determination  of  purin  bodies  in  urine,  with  wooden  base; 

without  solution . 7.50 

48744.  Reaction  Glass,  Ranke,  for  Ehrlich’s  diazo  reaction . 60 

Apparatus  for  Folin’s  New  Method  of  Determination  of  Total  Nitrogen,  Urea  and  Ammonia  in  Urine.  See  Journal 
of  Biological  Chemistry,  Vol.  XI,  No.  5,  June,  1912. 

48748.  Ostwald  Pipette,  1  cc  capacity,  delivering  1  cc  at  20°  C . 60 

48752.  “  “  2  cc  “  “  2  cc  “  “  . 75 

48756.  Glass  Trap  for  Ammonia . 50 

48760.  Fume  Absorption  Tube,  furnished  straight  for  bending  at  desired  angle  in  the  laboratory . 50 

48764.  Connecting  Tube,  for  use  with  above  Absorption  Tubes.  Number  of  arms. .  4  5  6 

Each . 85  1.00  1.15 

48768.  Condenser  Tube  for  urea,  250  x  15  mm . 15 

48772.  Ammonia  Absorption  Tube,  small,  with  perforated  end,  265  x  8  mm . 20 

48780.  Jena  Glass  Test  Tube,  200  x  20  mm . 10 

48784.  Temperature  Bulb,  filled  with  mercury  chloride  iodide . 40 


48788.  Ammonia  Apparatus,  Folin,  complete,  consisting  of  special  ammonia  absorption  tube  No.  48790,  cylin¬ 
der,  drying  tube  and  bottle,  with  rubber  stopper .  2.50 

48790.  Ammonia  Absorption  Tube,  Folin . .  1.00 


543 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  CO  M  P  A  N  Y 


48792. 

48796. 

48800. 


48804. 

48808. 

48812. 

48816. 

48820. 


48824. 

48828. 

48832. 

48836. 


48840. 

48844. 

48848. 

48852. 

48856. 

48860. 


Urea  Bulb,  Folin,  for  determination  of  urea .  1.00 

Urea  Apparatus,  Folin,  complete,  consisting  of  special  urea  bulb  No.  48792,  flask  and  rubber  stopper.  1.30 
Saccharometer,  Einhorn  Fermentation,  for  the  determination  of  sugar  in  urine;  consisting  of  a  grad¬ 
uated  fermentation  tube  and  a  graduated  test  tube.  The  percentage  of  sugar  present  is  read 

directly  on  the  tube . 75 

Saccharometers,  set  of  two,  one  for  the  urine  under  examination  and  the  other  for  a  normal  urine  to 

which  glucose  has  been  added  for  the  purpose  of  testing  the  efficiency  of  the  yeast  used. .  1.50 

Saccharometer,  Lohnstein,  for  the  accurate  determination  of  sugar  in  diluted  urine .  2.25 

Saccharometer,  Lohnstein  Precision  or  large  model,  for  use  with  undiluted  urine .  6.00 

Fermentation  Saccharometer,  Einhorn’s  improved  form  with  glass  stopcock  and  graduated  test  tube 

as  furnished  with  No.  48800 . . . .  2.00 

Fermentation  Saccharo-manometer,  on  wooden  board  for  hanging  on  the  wall.  As  described  in  Med- 
izinischen  Wochenschrift,  52,  Jahrg.,  Heft  48.  A  new  and  convenient  device  for  estimating  the 

sugar  in  urine  with  an  accuracy  approximating  the  polarimetric  method .  9.00 

Ureometer,  Doremus,  for  the  quantitative  determination  of  urea  in  urine  by  the  hypobromite  method; 

with  pipette,  but  without  glass  foot . . 75 

Ureometer,  Doremus,  same  as  No.  48824,  on  glass  foot .  1.00 

Dropping  Pipette,  only,  for  use  with  No.  48824  or  No.  48828  . 20 

Ureometer,  Doremus-Hinds,  improved  form,  with  graduated  side  tube  with  glass  stopcock  from  which 
the  exact  amount  of  urine  may  be  introduced  into  the  fermentation  tube  without  any  gas  escap¬ 
ing  from  the  bulb;  without  foot .  2.50 

Ureometer,  Doremus-Hinds,  same  as  No.  48836  on  glass  foot .  2.75 

Uricometer,  Ruhemann,  for  the  quantitative  determination  of  uric  acid .  2.50 

Urinometer,  Squibb,  graduated  from  1.000  to  1.060;  length  120  mm;  in  case  with  cylinder  but  without 

thermometer . 75 

Cylinder  only  for  above . 15 

Thermometer  only  for  above . 40 

Urino-Pycnometer,  Saxe,  for  the  rapid  determination  of  the  specific  gravity  of  small  quantities  of 
urine,  with  cylinder,  in  case .  2.50 


544 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


N».  48900  No.  48904  No.  48908 


No.  48916 


No.  48920 


No.  48896 


No.  48884 


48864. 


48868. 

48872. 

48876. 

48880. 

48884. 

48888. 

48892. 

48896. 

48900. 


48904. 


48908. 


48912. 


48916. 


48920. 


Urinometer,  Precision,  set  of  4  spindles  with  a  range  of  1.0060  to  1.0380,  for  100  cc  of  urine;  with  cylin¬ 
der,  in  case.  Can  be  also  used  for  the  calculation  of  the  lowering  of  the  freezing  point  in 
albumen  and  sugar-free  urine  by  use  of  the  factor  0.75°  C.  See  Zeitschrift  fur  angewandte  Chemie 
1902,  Seite  1072  and  Sahli  “Lehrbuch  der  klinschen  Untersuchungsmethoden,  5.  Auflage  1909,  Seite 

752.  Per  set .  6.00 

Urinometer,  Precision,  same  as  above  but  with  thermometer  on  each  spindle.  Per  set .  8.00 

Urinometer,  Vogel,  for  accurately  determining  the  specific  gravity  of  urine,  consisting  of  two  spindles 

graduated  respectively  from  1.000  to  1.025  and  from  1.025  to  1.050;  with  cylinder .  1.50 

Cylinder  only  for  above . 50 

Spindles  “  “  “  ,  each . 50 

Vapor  Density  Apparatus,  Victor  Meyer,  improved  form,  complete .  2.00 

Inner  Tube  only  for  above .  1.00 

Outer  Tube  “  “  “  .  1.00 

Glass  Bottle  with  ground  glass  stopper  for  above . 10 

Vials,  glass  stoppered,  flat  bottom  with  slight  neck  and  ground  in  air  tight  stopper;  so-called  “Speci¬ 
men”  vials. 

Capacity,  cc .  2 

Per  10 . . .  .55 

Vials,  glass  stoppered,  with  flat  bottom,  without  neck. 

Height,  mm . 


3 

4 

6 

8 

.55 

.60 

.75 

.90 

50 

65 

80 

80 

16 

18 

20 

25 

Each. 


. . . 12  .15  .18  .20 

Vials,  homeopathic,  long  form,  with  neck  and  flat  bottom  and  cork  stopper. 

Height,  mm .  63  75  90  90  105  120 

Diameter,  mm .  11  12  14  17  19  20 


Height,  mm _ 

Diameter,  mm. 


Height,  mm .  48  58 

Diameter,  mm .  . .  15 _ 18 

Per  gross .  3.00  3.75 

,  cylindrical  specimen,  so-called  “S 
and  including  cork  stoppers. 

Height,  mm . .  25 

Diameter,  mm .  . . 8_ 

Per  100 . 85 

Height,  mm . 

Diameter,  mm . 


1.25 

1.50 

2.00 

3.00 

4.00 

5.00 

and  flat  bottom  and  cork  stopper. 

45 

55 

63 

70 

75 

83 

14 

16 

17 

20 

23 

24 

. .  1.25 

1.50 

2.00 

3.00 

4.00 

5.00 

and  flat  bottom  and  cork-lined  metal  screw-cap. 

63 

68 

63 

75 

88 

138 

19 

20 

22 

22 

22 

22 

4.00 

5.00 

7.00 

7.50 

8.00 

10.50 

ell  Vials,” 

without 

constriction  at  neck, 

with  flat  bottom 

25  25 

35 

35 

35 

40 

40 

40 

50 

50 

10  15 

8 

10 

15 

10 

15 

20 

12 

20 

.85  .90 

.85 

.85 

.90 

.85 

.90 

1.10 

.90 

1.25 

50  60 

60 

60 

70 

70 

70 

80 

80 

80 

25  13 

20 

25 

15 

20 

25 

16 

20 

25 

48924. 


Per  100 .  2.30  .90  1.50  2.75  1.10  1.75  3.00  1.25  1.75  3.50 

Warming  Table,  Huber,  with  top  of  heavy  copper  14  inches  long  by  4  inches  wide;  for  fixing  blood 
films,  drying  micro  sections,  etc .  1*25 


545 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


48928. 


48932. 

48936. 


48940. 


48944. 

48948. 


48952. 

48956. 

48960. 


48964. 


48968. 


2000 


Washing  Bottle,  consisting  of  a  No.  28104  Flask,  extra  heavy,  rubber  stopper  and  glass  tubes. 

Capacity,  cc .  250  500  1000 

Each . .  ^40  J50  J5  LOO 

Fittings  only  for  Washing  Bottle  No.  48928,  i.  e.,  rubber  stopper  and  glass  tubes  without  flask . 10 

Washing  Bottle,  New  Jena  Glass,  with  rubber  corks  and  Jena  glass  tubes. 

Capacity,  cc .  250  500  1000  1500  2000 

Each . . . . .  .68  T90  1.05  L20  E30 

Washing  Bottle,  Faraday,  consisting  of  a  No.  28104  flask,  extra  heavy,  with  rubber  stopper,  glass 
tubes  with  rubber  joint  in  outlet  tube  to  give  flexibility. 

Capacity,  cc .  250  500  1000  2000 

Each . ~^40  iSO  J75  1.00 

Fittings  only  for  Washing  Bottle  No.  48940,  i.e.,  rubber  stopper  and  glass  tubes  without  flask . 10 

Washing  Bottle,  same  as  No.  48940  but  with  rattan  covered  neck.  For  convenient  holding  while  hot. 

Capacity,  cc .  500  1000 

Each .  -JO  ^90" 

Washing  bottle,  arranged  for  continuous  flow,  500  cc  capacity' . . . 70 

Fittings  only  for  Washing  Bottles,  consisting  of  rubber  stopper,  and  glass  tubes  arranged  for  con¬ 
tinuous  flow . 50 

Washing  Bottle,  for  volatile  liquids,  with  ground  in  glass  stopper. 

Capacity,  cc .  125  250  500  1000 

Each . ^80  1J)0  1.25  L50 

Washing  Bottles,  for  volatile  liquids,  with  ground  in  glass  stopper  and  two  glass  stopcocks. 

Capacity,  cc .  125  250  50Q  1000 


Each . . .  2.25 


2.50 


2.75 


3.00 


Washing  Apparatus,  Bain,  for  microscopic  material;  consisting  of  a  glass  cylinder  with  base  and  a 
discharge  tubulation  at  the  top;  with  a  plain  glass  tube  fitting  into  same  with  a  one-hole  cork 

stopper  at  bottom  and  a  set  of  6  sieve  thimbles,  one  end  of  which 
is  bound  with  fine  silk  bolting  cloth.  The  washing  liquid  is  allowed 
to  drop  into  the  inside  cylinder  and,  after  passing  through  the  sieves, 
rises  in  the  outside  cylinder  and  flows  off  through  the  outlet  “C,” 
with  6  sieve  thimbles .  2.50 


48972.  Extra  Sieve  Thimbles,  each. 


.25 


48976.  Waste  Pail,  Aseptic  Enamel  Ware;  of  seam¬ 
less  steel,  white  enamelled,  both  acid  and 
fire  proof ;  very  convenient  in  the  labora¬ 
tory;  with  perforated  tray  which  retains 
the  solid  matter  such  as  filter  paper, 
etc.;  which  may  be  lifted  out  before  the 
bucket  is  emptied;  16  inches  high,  12 
inches  diameter,  5  gallons  capacity.  6.00 


No.  48968 


No.  48976 


546 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


No.  49032 


No.  49020 


No.  49028 


No.  49008 


No.  49012 


48980. 

48984. 


48988. 


48992. 

48996. 

49000. 

49004. 

49008. 

49012. 

49016. 

49020. 

49024. 

49028. 

49032. 

49036. 


Watch  Glass,  with  concave  center  and  a  small  facet  on  the  bottom;  45  mm  diameter. 
Watch  Glasses,  of  well  annealed  glass,  with  edges  smoothly  ground. 


Each . 

Per  dozen. . 

75  85 


.05 

.50 

90 


Each . 

.03 

.03 

.03 

.03  .03 

.05 

.05  .07 

.07 

Per  dozen . 

.25 

.25 

.25 

.25  .25 

.50 

.50  .75 

.75 

Diameter,  mm . 

100 

115 

125  140 

150 

165  175 

200 

Each . 

.08 

.12 

.17  .22 

.25 

.30  .30 

.35 

Per  dozen . 

.85 

1.30 

1.80  2.40 

2.50 

3.00  3.00 

3.80 

Watch  Glasses,  New  Jena  Glass. 

Diameter,  mm . 

45 

50 

60 

70 

80 

90 

100 

110 

Each . 

.08 

.09 

.10 

.13 

.15 

.20 

.25 

.35 

Diameter,  mm . 

120 

130 

150 

170 

190 

210 

220 

235 

Each . 

.43 

.50 

.63 

.80 

.85 

.95 

1.05 

1.15 

Watch  Glasses,  in  Pairs,  with  edges  accurately  ground  together,  for  use  with  clamps  No.  24670.  These 
are  not  to  be  confused  with  counterpoised  watch  glasses  No.  49000. 

Diameter,  mm . . .  50  65 

Per  pair . 15  .25 


Watch  Glasses,  in  Pairs,  with  clamps  No.  24670. 

Diameter,  mm .  50  65 

Per  pair . 30  .45 

Watch  Glasses,  Counterpoised  in  Pairs,  accurately  adjusted  for  interchangeable  use  on  balance  pans. 

Diameter,  mm .  50  65  75 

Each .  ~d55  J5  E00 


Watch  Glass,  Embryological,  consisting  of  a  glass  block  I5  inches  square  with  a  concavity  1J  inches  in 
diameter  by  fths  inch  deep;  and  with  one  vertical  surface  ground  for  writing  upon.  Bottom 

of  concavity  is  fairly  flat  but  with  mold  finish,  i.e.  not  polished,  with  glass  cover . 08 

Watch  Glass,  Embryological,  similar  to  No.  49004  but  with  polished  spherical  concavity . 15 

“  “  “  “  “  of  polished  black  glass . 25 

made  of  a  single  piece  of  polished  plate  glass  with  concavity  with  flat 
polished  bottom  and  plate  glass  cover;  concavity  is  30  mm  in  diameter  by  6  mm  deep;  the  flat 

polished  bottom  permits  its  satisfactory  use  on  the  microscope  stage . 50 

Watch  Glass,  Embryological,  of  white  glazed  Royal  Berlin  porcelain,  30  mm  square  with  a  concavity 

21  mm  in  diameter . 25 

Watch  Glass,  Syracuse  form,  without  ground  bevel.  Each . 05 

Per  gross .  6.00 

Watch  Glass,  Syracuse,  as  above  but  with  ground  bevel  for  writing  upon.  Each . 06 

Per  gross .  7.50 

Watch  Glasses,  of  glazed  porcelain.  Furnished  in  nests  of  five  dishes,  with  cover. 

Outside  diameter,  inches .  2J  3 


Each . . . 60  .70 

Watch  Springs,  for  burning  in  oxygen.  Per  dozen . 25 


547 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H 


No.  49040 


No.  49052 


No.  49044 


No.  49048 


No.  49056 


No.  49060 


49040. 

49044. 

49048. 

49052. 

49056. 

49060. 

49064. 

49068. 

49072. 

49076. 


No.  49064  No.  49068  No.  49072  No.  49076 

Water  Baths,  of  heavy  copper,  tin  lined;  hemispherical  form,  with  concentric  rings,  cover  and  steam 
escape. 

Diameter,  inches .  4  5  5J  6  8  10  12^ 

Each .  1.00  1.25  X40  L60  2.50  5.00  9.50 

Water  Baths,  same  as  No.  40940  but  with  cock  and  exhaust  for  steam  heating. 

Diameter,  inches .  6  8  10 

Each .  1T.50  4d50  ILOO 

Water  Baths,  same  as  No.  40940  but  with  constant  water  level. 

Diameter,  inches .  4  5  5£  6  8  10  12 

Each .  jb60  1.85  2.00  2.20  3.10  5.60  10.193 

Water  Baths,  of  cast  iron,  white  enamelled  inside;  with  flange  for  supporting  tripod  and  copper  rings. 

Diameter,  mm .  120  150  200  240 

Each .  1.50  2.25  1L50  4450 

Water  Bath,  of  pressed  sheet  steel,  inside  white  enamelled,  outside  maroon  enamelled;  with  copper 
rings  but  without  tripod. 

Diameter,  mm . .  160  200 

Each . — 3750  54H) 

Water  Bath,  of  polished  copper,  tin  lined;  with  cover,  steam  escape,  copper  concentric  rings  and  per¬ 
forated  plate  for  test  tubes. 

Diameter,  inches .  6  8 

Each .  3.00  4.50 

Water  Bath,  Blair,  with  test  tube  rack;  of  polished  copper,  175  mm  diameter;  as  used  in  iron  analysis 

3.50 

Water  Bath,  Hofmann,  of  heavy  polished  copper  with  diameter  at  top  8  inches,  with  a  set  of  concen¬ 
tric  rings  and  plate  with  five  holes  of  different  sizes  each  with  cover.  With  constant  water  level 

and  handles,  without  tripod .  6.75 

Water  Bath,  Royal  Berlin  Porcelain,  consisting  of  two  porcelain  dishes  fitting  one  inside  the  other. 

Outside  diameter,  mm .  110  140 

Each .  1.20  1.80 

Water  Level  Regulator,  of  brass,  can  be  attached  to  any  of  our  water  baths.  The  level  of  the  water  is 
regulated  by  adjusting  the  center  brass  tube;  length  inches .  1.50 


548 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


49080. 

49084. 

49088. 

49092. 

49096. 

49100. 

49104. 


Water  Bath,  new  form,  with  water  level  regulator;  of  polished  copper,  6  inches  in  diameter  by  4  inches 

deep,  on  tripod  9  inches  high .  6.00 

Water  Bath,  consisting  of  Bath  No.  49040  of  sheet  steel,  white  enamelled  inside  and  maroon  enamelled 

outside,  with  copper  rings,  water  level  and  special  tripod  to  fit;  160  mm  diameter .  6.00 

Water  Baths,  funnel  form,  with  tripod  and  constant  water  level. 

Diameter,  inches .  6  8 

Each . 3.50  4.50 

Water  Bath,  for  dissolving  steel  samples;  of  heavy,  polished  copper,  tinned  inside,  with  test  tube  rack, 

6  inches  in  diameter  by  7  inches  high,  taking  eighteen  6  x  f  inch  dissolving  tubes . .  4.50 

Water  Bath,  rectangular,  for  dissolving  steel  samples,  of  heavy  copper  7\  inches  square  by  65  inches 
high;  with  perforated  tray  to  hold  25  test  tubes  8  x  |  inches;  on  support  with  iron  legs. . . .  6.50 
Water  Bath,  of  cast  iron,  white  enamelled  inside,  with  copper  rings,  constant  water  level,  tripod  and 
safety  gauge;  for  use  with  inflammable  liquids. 

Diameter,  mm . 160 _ 200 

Each . 9.00  11.50 

Perforated  Inset,  of  polished  copper,  for  use  in  water  baths  No.  49040  and  No.  49064. 

For  bath,  mm . .' .  160  200 

To  hold  test  tubes .  18  34 

Each .  1.50  2.00 


49108.  Water  Bath,  Wiley,  Patented,  heavy  copper, 
for  economizing  time  and  gas;  with 
twelve  holes  3^  inches  in  diameter  and 
two  holes  5f  inches  in  diameter.  The 
top  of  the  bath  is  14  x  25§  inches;  the 
cup  is  of  heavy  spun  copper  and  easily 
replaced  when  burnt  out;  without 
porcelain  rings .  25.00 


549 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COM  *P  ANY 


No.  49152 


49112. 


49116. 

49120. 

49124. 

49128. 

49132. 

49136. 

49140. 

49144. 

49148. 

49152. 

49156. 


49160. 


Water  Bath,  of  copper,  tin  lined  and  highly  polished;  with  concentric  rings,  stopcock  to  draw  off  the 
water,  Kekule’s  water  level  regulator,  extra  sheet  iron  bottom  and  detachable  legs;  with  seven 

openings,  three  6  inches  in  diameter  and  four  4  inches,  with  rings  and  cover .  20.00 

Wrater  Bath,  same  as  No.  48112,  fitted  with  steam  coil .  24.00 

“  “  “  “  “  “  for  electric  heating,  three  heat .  50.00 

“  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  one  heat .  45.00 

Water  Bath,  same  as  No.  48112,  but  with  eight  openings,  each  5  inches  in  diameter .  22.00 

“  “  “  “  49128  but  fitted  with  steam  coil .  26.00 

“  “  “  “  “  “  “  for  electric  heating,  three  heat .  60.00 

“  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  “  one  heat. . . . . „  .  .  .  .  55.00 

Water  Bath,  similar  in  construction  to  No.  49112  but  with  4  openings,  5  inches  in  diameter)  with  rings 

and  cover .  14.00 

Water  Bath,  same  as  No.  49144  but  fitted  with  steam  coil .  18.00 

Water  Bath,  Victor  Meyer,  with  improved  support  and  including  2  porcelain  plates  as  shown  in  illus¬ 
tration,  glass  funnel  and  water  level  regulator;  8  inches  in  diameter . . .  10.00 

Glass  Funnel,  only,  for  use  with  above .  1.20 


Water  Bath,  Hearson  Electric,  with  constant  water  level.  By  means  of  an  electric  heater  water  is  kept 
constantly  at  a  boiling  point  and  the  upper  compartment  filled  with  steam.  Boiling  water  can  be 
drawn  off  at  any  time  for  use  for  other  purposes. 

Size,  inches . . .  24  x  12  x  5  30  x  12  x"4J 

Number  of  holes .  10  24 

Diameter  of  holes,  inches .  2$ 

Duty  Free .  ~  53.25  64^65 

Duty  Paid .  80.00  97.00 


550 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


49164.  Water  Bath,  Electric,  of  heavy  polished  copper,  tin  lined,  with  heating  coil  immersed  in  the  water 
chamber.  This  coil  is  arranged  for  three  heats,  controllable  by  means  of  a  one-plug  switch.  It 
will  hold  water  at  the  boiling  point  when  running  on  the  high  heat.  The  smaller  size  bath  takes 
400  Watts  per  hour  on  the  high  heat.  At  the  rate  of  8f!  per  KW,  the  operating  expense  on  the 
high  heat  is  3.2fS  per  hour,  on  the  medium  heat  1^  and  on  the  low  heat  per  hour.  A  remov¬ 
able  cover  is  provided  containing  two  sets  of  rings  on  the  small  bath  and  four  sets  on  the  large 
bath,  also  a  removable  copper  tray  resting  inside  of  the  bath  for  use  with  beakers,  evaporating 
dishes,  etc.,  immersed  in  the  water  as  shown  in  illustration.  The  bath  provides  a  very  conven¬ 
ient  method  for  the  distillation  of  volatile  liquids  with  absolute  safety  because  of  the  immersion 
of  the  heating  element,  also  fat  extractions,  etc.,  as  shown  in  illustration.  No  special  wiring  is 
necessary,  the  connection  being  made  with  ordinary  lighting  circuit  either  alternating  or  direct 
current  but  voltage  must  be  specified  in  ordering. 


Size,  inches .  15x8x5  15x15x5 

Each .  35.00  54.00 


49168. 

49176. 

49184. 

49192. 


Water  Bath,  Matthews,  as  used  in  the  Philadelphia  Textile  School,  with  four  porcelain  beakers,  325  cc 
capacity,  with  spout.  Complete  with  gas  burner,  protection  plate  and  beaker  collars. . . .  21.00 
Water  Bath,  Matthews,  as  above,  for  use  with  either  glycerine  or  calcium  chloride  as  heating  medium; 

of  extra  heavy  copper  with  hard  brazed  seams;  with  four  porcelain  beakers .  26.00 

Water  Bath,  for  Dyers  as  widely  used  in  the  textile  industry;  with  beakers  or  dye  pots  our  No.  21832 

with  lid  but  without  burner.  Number  of  beakers .  _3 _ 6 

j£acji  . .  _ ' .  20.75  36.50 

Water  Bath,  for  Dyers  same  as  above  but  of  heavy  copper  and  with  hard  brazed  seams  for  use  with 

glycerine  or  calcium  chloride  as  a  heating  medium.  Number  of  beakers .  3 _ 6 

Each .  25.75  ^ 


561 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


No.  49244 


49200. 


49204. 

49208. 

49212. 

49216. 

49220. 

49224. 

49228. 

49232. 

49236. 

49240. 

49244. 


Water  Bath,  Reischauer,  for  volumetric  maltose  determinations,  etc.;  with  tripod  and  tube  holder.  8.00 
Water  Examination  Apparatus,  Whipple,  for  the  Microscopic  Examination  of  Water,  as  described  in 
“ The  Microscopy  of  Drinking  Water,”  by  Geo.  C.  Whipple;  consisting  of  the  following:— 

Sedgewick-Rafter  Funnel,  graduated,  with  attachment  and  rubber  stopper .  2.50 

“  “  “  ungraduated  “  “  “  “  “  .  1.50 

Berkshire  Sand, per  lb . 10 

Bolting  cloth  discs,  per  dozen . 15 

Support  for  funnel .  1.30 

Counting  Cell .  3.00 

Cover  Slip . 10 

Eyepiece  Micrometer .  3.50 

Pipettes  1  cc  and  5  cc . 20 

Flask,  graduated,  25  cc . 30 

Water  Heater,  Fletcher  with  attachment  for  instantaneously  heating  water.  When  connected  with 
cold  water  faucet  hot  water  is  delivered  in  three  seconds  after  gas  is  lighted.  Gas  supply  of  |  inch 
clear  bore  is  recommended.  Complete  with  burner  as  illustrated .  6.00 


No.  49256 


49248. 

49252. 

49256. 


49260. 


Heating  Attachment  only,  of  No.  49244  without 
burner . . .  4.00 

Water  Heater,  same  as  No.  49244  but  with  wheel  valve, 
for  use  with  gasoline  gas .  7.00 

Water  Heater,  for  instantaneously  delivering  water  from 
luke  warm  to  boiling  point  when  connected  with 
cold  water  faucet.  Gas  supply  should  be  f  inch 
clear  bore.  Small  size  consumes  20  ft.  of  gas  per 
hour  and  large  size  40  ft.  The  small  size  will  heat 
1  pt.  of  water  per  minute  from  50°  F.  or  will  boil 
15  quarts  per  hour,  the  capacity  of  the  larger  size 
being  about  double  that  of  the  smaller.  These 
heaters  are  supplied  with  a  pilot  light  and  are 
made  entirely  of  brass  and  copper,  polished  and 
nickel  plated. 

Size . Small  Large 

Each .  25.00  30700 

Extra  for  burner  adjusted  for  gasoline 

gas  on  either  size .  1.00 


552 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


No.  49264 


No.  49268 


No.  49312 


No.  49320 


No.  493X6 


No.  49324 


49264. 

49268. 


49272. 

49276. 

49280. 

49284. 

49288. 

49292. 

49296. 

49300. 

49304. 

49308. 

49312. 

49316. 

49320. 

49324. 


Water  Sampling  Apparatus,  Esmarch,  consisting  of  a  glass  bottle  in  a  metal  frame  with  parts  so  ar¬ 
ranged  that  when  the  apparatus  is  lowered  to  the  desired  depth  the  stopper  is  removed,  where¬ 
upon  the  bottle  fills,  after  which  the  stopper  is  replaced. . . . 9.00 

Water  Tester,  Dionic,  for  the  exact  measurement  of  small  quantities  of  known  substances  in  water  by 
measurement  of  the  electric  conductivity  of  the  solution.  Consisting  of  a  special  glass  vessel 
with  terminals  for  the  water  under  test  and  a  conductivity  meter  reading  directly  and  without 
calculation  the  conductivity  of  any  electrolytic  solution  in  the  tube,  as  used  for  measuring  leak¬ 
age  into  surface  condensers,  testing  of  boiler  feed  water,  hard  material  in  sewage,  determina¬ 
tion  of  sewage  effluent,  the  purity  of  distilled  water,  etc.;  for  very  weak  solutions. 

Duty  Free .  111.00  Duty  Paid .  148.00 

Water  Tester,  Dionic,  for  use  with  sea  water  and  solutions  of  a  similar  nature. 

Duty  Free .  114.00  Duty  Paid .  152.00 

Wax,  Sealing,  first  quality,  in  sticks.  Per  lb . 50 

Weighing  Bottles,  high  form,  with  flat  bottom  and  ground  glass  stopper. 

Height,  mm .  60  80  100  120 

Diameter,  mm .  10  15  23  32 

Each . 18  .20  .30  .40 

Weighing  Bottles,  same  as  No.  49280  but  with  round  bottom. 

Height,  mm .  60  80  100  120 

Diameter,  mm .  10  15  23  32 

Each .  H8  ^20  ^30  .40 

Weighing  Bottles,  wide  form  with  flat  bottom  and  ground  glass  stopper. 

Height,  mm .  40  50  50  60  70  80 

Diameter,  mm . . .  25  30  38  30  35  45 


Each . .  .25  .30  .40 

Weighing  Bottles,  low  form,  with  flat  bottom. 

Height,  mm . 

Diameter,  mm . 

Each . 

Weighing  Bottle,  conical  form  with  flat  bottom  and  ground  glass  stoppper. 
Capacity  cc . 


.35  .40  .50 


30 

30 

30 

50 

60 

70 

.85 

1.10 

1.50 

15 

30 

60 

Each . . . . 35  .40  .50 

Weighing  Bottle,  conical  form,  with  extra  wide  mouth  and  with  lower  part  of  stopper  sealed  over. 

Otherwise  the  same  as  No.  49296.  Capacity,  15  cc . . . . _ . 35 

Weighing  Bottle,  60  mm  long,  consisting  of  two  cylindrical  tubes,  one  sliding  into  the  other . 20 

Weighing  Bottle  Support,  of  metal,  for  bottles  such  as  No.  49284  and  No.  49304.  Can  be  used  either 

vertically  or  horizontally . 1.50 

Weighing  Bottle,  Grethen,  with  ground  in  stopper,  with  glass  stopcock.  For  weighing  corrosive 

liquids.  Capacity  2  cc . 2.00 

Weighing  Bottle,  Hill,  30  cc,  with  ground  in  bulb,  pipette  and  glass  cap .  1.50 

Weighing  Bottle,  Lunge,  with  ground  in  stopper  with  bulb  and  two  glass  stopcocks.  For  weighing 

corrosive  liquids . 3.50 

Weighing  Bottle,  Me  Myn  Patent,  with  glass  cap  ground  on  outside  of  neck,  25  cc  capacity.  Very 
convenient  because  contents  never  interfere  with  the  ground  surface . 50 


553 


A  R  T  H  'tU  R  H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


49328. 

49332. 

49336. 

49340. 

49344. 

49348. 

49352. 

49356. 

49360. 


49364. 

49368. 


49372. 

49376. 

49380. 


49384. 

49388. 


49392. 


49396. 

49400. 


49404. 

49408. 


Wire,  Aluminum.  B.  &  S.  gauge . 

. . .  12 

16 

18 

20 

22 

Per  oz . 

. .  .  .08 

.08 

.10 

.10 

.12 

Per  lb . 

1.00 

1.25 

1.25 

1.50 

Wire,  Soft  Brass,  wound  on  spools  of  1  lb.  each. 

B.  &  S.  gauge .  16  18  20 

22 

24 

26 

28 

30 

32 

34 

36 

Per  spool . 18  .18  .18 

.20 

.22 

.23 

.28 

.35 

.40 

.55 

.85 

Wire,  Copper,  bare,  wound  on  spools  of  £  lb.  each. 

B.  &  S.  gauge .  16  18  20 

22 

24 

26 

28 

30 

32 

34 

36 

Per  spool . 18  .18  .18 

.20 

.22 

.23 

.28 

.35 

.40 

.55 

.85 

Wire,  German  Silver,  wound  on  spools  of  \  lb.  each. 

B.  &  S.  gauge . 

.  16 

18 

20 

22 

24 

26 

28 

30 

Per  spool . 

.35 

.35 

.40 

.45 

.50 

.50 

.60 

.70 

Wire,  Copper,  single  cotton  coated,  wound  on  spools  of  i  lb.  each. 

B.  &  S.  gauge .  12 

14 

16 

18 

20 

22 

24 

27 

30 

Per  spool . 20 

.20 

.20 

.20 

.25 

.25 

.25 

.30 

.35 

Wire,  Copper,  single  silk  coated.  B.  &  S.  gauge. .  12 

14 

16 

18 

20 

22 

24 

27 

30 

Per  ounce . .  .15 

.15 

.15 

.15 

.15 

.20 

.20 

.25 

.30 

WTire,  Iron,  chemically  pure  for  standardizing,  containing  99.85%  Fe.  Per  ounce... 

.  .15 

Per  pound . . . 

.  .90 

Wire,  Pure  Nickel.  B.  &  S.  gauge .  16 

18 

20 

22 

24 

26 

Per  ounce . 16 

.16 

.17 

.18 

.19 

.20 

Per  pound .  2.10 

2.10 

2.15 

2.20 

2.25 

2.30 

Wire,  Nichrome.  This  alloy  is  practically  non-corrosive  with 

an 

extremely  high  melting  point, 

i.e., 

2800°  F.,  and  with  a  specific  resistance  equal  to  that  of  mercury. 

B.  &  S.  gauge .  14  16  18 

20  22 

24 

26 

28 

30  32 

36 

Per  ounce . 26  .28  .30 

.35  .40 

.45 

.50 

.55 

.60  .75 

1.30 

Per  pound .  3.40  3.60  4.00  4.40  4.85  5.40  6.00  6.80  7.70  9.50  16.50 


Wire,  Nichrome,  ribbon  form,  in  widths  from  ^nd  to  1  inch  and  any  thickness  from  B.  &  S.  gauge 
No.  14  to  40.  Prices  on  application. 

Wire  Gauze,  Brass,  for  general  use. 

Mesh .  10 

Per  square  foot . 50 

Wire  Gauze,  Copper,  for  combustion. 

Per  square  foot . 

Wire  Gauze,  Iron.  Mesh.  6 
Per  square  foot . 22 


10 

20 

30 

40 

60 

80 

100 

.50 

.50 

.55 

.60 

,70 

1.00 

1.45 

>n.  Mesh . 

. .  20 

40 

60 

80 

100 

..  .50 

.60 

.70 

1.00 

1.45 

10 

14 

16 

20 

30 

40 

60 

.27 

.28 

.32 

.35 

.37 

.45 

.70 

proper  thickness  and  mesh  for  heating  beakers. 

dishes,  etc.,  over 

. .  4 

5 

6 

flame.  Size,  inches . 

Per  square . 10 


.15 


s  4 

. 40 

5 

.60 

6 

.80 

8 

.05 

.06 

.08 

.18 

.50 

.60 

.80 

2.00 

Size,  mm  100 

120 

150 

..  .12 

.15 

.20 

.  10 

12 

15 

.  .35 

.45 

.50 

.  10 

12 

15 

.  .85 

1.00 

1.25 

4 

5 

6 

.45 

.55 

.60 

✓ 


.20 


Wire  Gauze,  Nickel,  30  mesh.  Per  square  foot .  1.50 

Wire  Gauze,  Nickel  Chromium,  of  great  durability  because  of  the  high  heat  resisting  quality  of  this 

alloy.  Size,  inches .  4  5  6 

Per  square . 40 

Wire  Gauze,  Iron,  in  squares,  for  supporting  dishes,  etc.  Size,  inches 

Per  square . 

Per  dozen  squares . 50 

Wire  Gauze,  with  Asbestos  Center,  of  tinned  iron  wire,  in  squares. 

Per  square . , . 12 

Wire  Gauze,  Asbestos  Covered, Carliczek,  of  brass  but  with  each  wire  covered  with  asbestos  coating 
by  a  new  process;  very  much  more  durable  and  economical  of  heat  than  those  with  asbestos 

center  pressed  on  the  wire  gauze;  in  squares.  Size,  cm .  10 

Per  square . 

Wire  Gauze,  as  above,  in  circles  with  metallic  binding.  Diameter,  cm .  10 

Per  square . 

Wire  Gauze,  of  tinned  iron  wire,  with  hemispherical  asbestos  center 

Size,  inches . .  4 

Pet  square .  .45 


554 


ARTHUR 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


APPENDIX 

Mendeleeff’s  Periodic  System  of  the  Elements 

Revised  by  Charles  Baskerville 


—  Zero 

"  Group 

71 

Group 

I 

Group 

II 

Group 

III 

Group 

IV 

Group 

V 

Group 

VI 

0  x 

1 

2  He  =  3.99 

3  Ne  =  20.2 

H  =  1.008 
Li  =  6.94 

Na  =  23.00 

Gl=9.1 

Mg  =  24.32 

B  =  11.0 
Al  =  27.1 

C  =  12.00 
Si  =  28.3 

N  =  14.01 
P  =  31.04 

0  =  16.00 
S= 32.07 

4  A  =  39.9 

K  =  39.10 

Ca= 40.07 

Sc  =  44.1 

Ti=48.1 

V  =  51.0 

Cr.  =  52.0 

5 

Cu  =  63.57 

Zn  =  65.37 

Ga  =  69.9 

Ge  =  72.5 

As  =  74.96 

Se  =  79.2 

6  Ivr =82.92 

Rb  =  85.45 

Sr  =  87.63 

Yt=89.0 

Zr  =  90.6 

Cb  =  93.5 

Mo  =  96.0 

7 

Ag  =  107.88 

Cd=  112.4 

In  =  114.8 

Sn=  119.0  Sb  =  120.2 

Te=  127.5 

8  !Xe  =  130.2 

Cs  =  132.81 

Ba  =  137.37 

La  =  139.0 

Ce  =  140.25 

(Pr=  140.6) 

(Nd  =  144.3) 

9 

— 

Er  =  167.7 

— 

Yb=  172.0 

— 

10  — 

— 

— 

Ta  =  181.5 

W=  184.0 

11 

12  Nt  =  222.4 

Au=  197.2 

Hg  =  200.0 
Ra  =  226.4 

T1  =  204.0  Pb  =  207 .10 
iTh  =  232.4 

Bi  =  208 

U= 238.5 

Group 

VII 


F  =  19 
Cl  =  35.46 


Mn  =  54.93 
Br  =  79.92 


l 

1  =  126.92 


Fe  =55.84 
Co  =  58.97 
Ni  =58.68 

(Cu) 

Ru  =  101.7 
Rh  =  102.9 
Pd  =106.7 
(Ag) 

Sa  =150.4 
Eu  =  152 
Gd  =  157.3 

Os  =  190.9 
Ir  =193.1 
Pt  =  195.2 
(Au) 


Rare  earth  metals  not  placed: — Dy  =  162.5,  Lu  =  174,  Tb  =  159.2,  Tm  =  168.5. 


International  Atomic  Weights  for  1913* 

O  =  16 


Name 

Sym  bol 

Atomic 

Weight 

Name 

Symbol 

Atomic 

Weight 

Name 

Symbol 

Atomic 

Weight 

Aluminium . 

A1 

27.1 

Holmium . 

Ho 

163.5 

Rhodium . 

Rh 

102.9 

Antimony . 

Sb 

120.2 

Hydrogen . 

H 

1.008 

Rubidium . 

Rb 

85.45 

Argon . 

A 

39.88 

Indium . 

In 

114.8 

Ruthenium . 

Ru 

101.7 

Arsenic . 

As 

74.96 

Iodine . 

I 

126.92 

Samarium . 

Sm 

150.4 

Barium. ... 

Ba 

137.37 

Iridium . 

Ir 

193.1 

Scandium . 

Sc 

44.1 

Bismuth..  .  . 

Bi 

208.0 

Iron . 

Fe 

55.84 

Selenium . 

Se 

79.2 

Boron . 

B 

11.0 

Krypton . 

Kr 

82.92 

Silicon . 

Si 

28.3 

Bromine. . . . 

Br 

79.92 

Lanthanum . 

La 

139.0 

Silver . 

Ag 

107.88 

Cadmium . 

Cd 

112.40 

Lead . 

Pb 

207.10 

Sodium . 

Na 

23.00 

Caesium . 

Cs 

132.81 

Lithium . 

Li 

6.94 

Strontium . 

Sr 

87.63 

Calcium. . . . 

Ca 

40.07 

Lutecium . 

Lu 

174.0 

Sulphur . 

S 

32.07 

Carbon. . . . 

c 

12.00 

Magnesium . 

Mg 

24.32 

Tantalum . 

Ta 

181.5 

Cerium . 

Ce 

140.25 

Manganese . 

Mn 

54.93 

Tellurium . 

Te 

127.5 

Chlorine . 

Cl 

35.46 

Mercury . 

Hg 

200.9 

Terbium . 

Tb 

159.2 

Chromium. . . 

Cr 

52.0 

Molybdenum . 

Mo 

96.0 

Thallium . 

TI 

204.0 

Cobalt . 

Co 

58.97 

Neodymium . 

Md 

144.3 

Thorium . 

Th 

232.4 

Columbium . 

Cb 

93.5 

Neon . 

Ne 

20.2 

Thulium . 

Tm 

168.5 

Copper . 

Cu 

63  57 

Nickel. . .  . 

Ni 

58.68 

Tin . 

Sn 

119.0 

Dysprosium 

Dy 

162  5 

Niton. . . . 

Nt 

222.4 

Titanium . 

Ti 

48.1 

Erbium . 

Er 

167.7 

Nitrogen . 

N 

14.01 

Tungsten . 

W 

184.0 

Europium  .  . 

Eu 

152.0 

Osmium. . . 

Os 

190.9 

Uranium . 

U 

238.5 

Fluorine . 

F 

19.0 

Oxygen . 

o 

16.00 

Vanadium . 

V 

51.0 

Gadolinium 

•Gd 

157  3 

Palladium . 

Pd 

106.7 

Xenon . 

Xe 

130.2 

Gallium 

Ga 

69  9 

Phosphorus . 

P 

31.04 

Ytterbium . 

Yb 

172.0 

Germanium .  ... 

Ge 

72.5 

Platinum . 

Pt 

195.2 

(Neoytterbium) 

Glucinum 

G1 

9  1 

Potassium . 

K 

39.10 

Yttrium . 

Yt 

89.0 

Gold 

Au 

197  2 

Praseodymium . 

Pr 

140.6 

Zinc . 

Zn 

65.37 

Helium . 

He 

3.99 

Radium . 

Ra 

226.4 

Zirconium . 

Zr 

90.6 

‘Compiled  by  the  International  Committee  on  Atomic  Weights  consisting  of  F.  W.  Clarke,  W.  Ostwald, 
T.  E.  Thorpe,  and  G.  Urbain. 


555 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Comparison  of  Metric  and  Customary  Units  from  1  to  10* 


LENGTHS 


Inches  Millimeters 

Inches  Centimeters 

Feet  Meters 

0.03937  =  1 

0.3937  =  1 

1  =  0.304801 

0.07874  =  2 

0.7874  =  2 

2  =  0.609601 

0.11811  =  3 

1  =  2.54001 

3  =  0.914402 

0.15748  =  4 

<1 

1.1811  =  3 

3.28083  =  1 

0.19685  =  5 

1.5748  =  4 

4  =  1.219202 

0.23622  =  6 

1.9685  =  5 

6  =  1.524003 

0.27559  =  7 

2  =  5.08001 

6  =  1.828804 

0.31496  =  8 

2.3622  =  6 

6.56167  =  2 

0.35433  =  9 

2.7559  =  7 

7  =  2.133604 

1  =  25.4001 

3  =  7.62002 

8  =  2.438405 

2  =  50.8001 

3.1496  =  8 

9  =  2.743205 

3  =  76.2002 

3.5433  =  9 

9.84250  =  3 

4  =  101.6002 

4  =  10.16002 

13.12333  =  4 

5  =  127.0003 

5  =  12.70003 

16.40417  =  5 

6  =  152.4003 

6  =  15.24003 

19.68500  =  6 

7  =  177.8004 

7  =  17.78004 

22.96583  =  7 

8  =  203.2004 

8  =  20.32004 

26.24667  =  8 

9  =  228.6005 

9  =  22.86005 

29.52750  =  9 

AREAS 


Square  Square 

Inches  Millimeters 

Square  Square 

Inches  Centimeters 

Square  Square 

Feet  Meters 

0.00155  =  1 

0.1550  =  1 

1  =  0.09290 

0.00310  =  2 

0.3100  =  2 

2  =  0.18581 

0.00465  =  3 

0.4650  =  3 

3  =  0.27871 

0.00620  =  4 

0.6200  =  4 

4  =  0.37161 

0.00775  =  5 

0.7750  =  5 

5  =  0.46452 

0.00930  =  6 

0.9300  =  6 

6  =  0.55742 

0.01085  =  7 

1  =  6.452 

7  =  0.65032 

0.01240  =  8 

1.0850  =  7 

8  =  0.74323 

0.01395  =  9 

1.2400  =  8 

9  =  0.83613 

1  =  645.16 

1.3950  =  9 

10.764  =  1 

2  =  1,290.33 

2  =  12.903 

21.528  =  2 

3  =  1,935.49 

3  =  19.355 

32.292  =  3 

4  =  2,580.65 

4  =  25.807 

43.055  =  4 

6  =  3,225.81 

5  =  32.258 

53.819  =  5 

6  =  3,870.98 

6  =  38.710 

64.583  =  6 

7  =  4,516  14 

7  =  45.161 

75.347  =  7 

8  =  5,161.30 

8  =  51  613 

86.111  =  8 

9  =  5,806.46 

9  =  58.065 

96.875  =  9 

VOLUMES 


Cubic 

Cubic 

Cubic 

Cubic 

Cubic 

Cubic 

Inches 

Millimeters 

Inches 

Centimeters 

Feet 

Meters 

0.000061 

_ 

1 

0.0610 

i 

1 

__ 

0.02832 

0.000122 

= 

2 

0.1220 

= 

2 

2 

= 

0.05663 

0.000183 

= 

3 

0.1831 

== 

3 

3 

= 

0.08495 

0.000244 

= 

4 

0.2441 

= 

4 

4 

= 

0.11327 

0.000305 

= 

5 

0.3051 

= 

5 

5 

= 

0  14159 

0  000366 

= 

6 

0.3661 

= 

6 

6 

= 

0.16990 

0.000427 

= 

7 

0  4272 

= 

7 

7 

= 

0.19822 

0.000488 

= 

8 

0.4882 

= 

8 

8 

= 

0.22654 

0.000549 

= 

91 

0.5492 

= 

9 

9 

= 

0.25485 

1 

= 

16,387.2 

1 

= 

16.3872 

35.314 

= 

1 

2 

= 

32,774.3 

2 

= 

32.7743 

70.629 

= 

2 

3 

= 

49,161.5 

3 

= 

49.1615 

105.943 

= 

3 

4 

= 

65,548.6 

4 

= 

65.5486 

141.258 

= 

4 

5 

= 

81,935.8 

5 

= 

81.9358 

176.572 

= 

5 

6 

= 

98,323.0 

6 

= 

98.3230 

211.887 

= 

6 

7 

= 

114,710. 1 

7 

= 

114.7101 

247.201 

= 

7 

8 

= 

131,097.3 

8 

= 

131.0973 

282.516 

= 

8 

9 

= 

147,484.5 

9 

= 

147.4845 

317.830 

= 

9 

♦Table  of  Equivalents,  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards. 


556 


A  R  T  H  UR _ H. _ T  H  OMAS  COMPANY 


CAPACITIES 


r-”-1-  - . .  ===== 

Milliliters  U.S.  Liquid 

Milliliters 

(cc.)  Ounces 

(cc.) 

. 

1  =  0.03381 

1 

2  =  0.06763 

2 

3  =  0.10144 

3 

4  =  0.13526 

3.6967 

6  =  0.16907 

4 

6  =  0.20288 

6 

7  =  0.23670 

6 

8  =  0.27051 

7 

9  =  0.30432 

7.3934 

29.574  =  1 

8 

59.147  =  2 

9 

88.721  =  3 

11.0901 

118.295  =  4 

14.7869 

147.869  =  6 

18.4836 

177.442  =  6 

22.1803 

207.016  =  7 

25.8770 

236.590  =  8 

29.5737 

266.163  =  9 

33.2704 

U.S.  Apothe- 

U.S  Apothe*  Milliliters 

caries’  Drams 

caries’  Scruples  (cc.) 

=  0.2705 

0.8115  =  1 

=  0.5410 

1  =  1.2322 

=  0.8115 

1.6231  =  2 

=  1 

2  =  2.4645 

=  1.0820 

2.4346  =  3 

=  1.3525 

3  =  3.6967 

=  1.6231 

3.2461  =  4 

=  1.8936 

4  =  4.9290 

=  2 

4.0577  =  5 

=  2.1641 

4.8692  =  6 

=  2.4346 

5  =  6.1612 

=  3 

5.6807  =  7 

=  4 

6  =  7.3934 

=  5 

6.4923  =  8 

=  6 

7  =  8.6257 

=  7 

7.3038  =  9 

=  8 

8  =  9.8579 

=  9 

9  =  11.0901 

MASSES 


Grains 

Grams 

Avoirdupois 

Ounces 

Grams 

Troy 

Ounces 

Grams 

1 

= 

0.06480 

0.03527 

— 

1 

0.03215 

1 

2 

= 

0.12960 

0.07055 

= 

2 

0.06430 

— 

2 

3 

= 

0.19440 

0.10582 

= 

3 

0.09645 

3 

4 

= 

0.25920 

0.14110 

= 

4 

0.12860 

— 

4 

5 

= 

0.32399 

0.17637 

= 

6 

0.16075 

— 

5 

6 

= 

0.38879 

0.21164 

= 

6 

0.19290 

— 

6 

7 

= 

0.45359 

0.24692 

= 

7 

0.22506 

— 

7 

8 

= 

0.51839 

0.28219 

= 

8 

0.25721 

— 

8 

9 

= 

0.58319 

0.31747 

= 

9 

0.28936 

= 

9 

15.4324 

= 

1 

1 

= 

28.3495 

1 

= 

31 . 10348 

30.8647 

= 

2 

2 

= 

56.6991 

2 

— 

62.20696 

46.2971 

= 

3 

3 

= 

85.0486 

3 

— 

93.31044 

61.7294 

= 

4 

4 

= 

113.3981 

4 

= 

124.41392 

77.1618 

= 

5 

5 

= 

141.7476 

6 

= 

155.51740 

92.5941 

= 

6 

6 

= 

170.0972 

6 

186.62088 

108.0265 

= 

7 

7 

= 

198.4467 

7 

217.72437 

123.4589 

= 

8 

8 

= 

226.7962 

8 

248.82785 

138.8912 

= 

9 

9 

= 

255.1457 

9 

= 

279.93133 

A7luZt 

Troy  Pounds  Kilograms 

1  =  0.45359 

1  =  0.37324 

2  =  0.90718 

2  =  0.74648 

2.20462  =  1 

• 

2.67923  =  1 

3  =  1.36078 

3  =  1.11973 

4  =  1.81437 

4  =  1.49279 

4.40924  =  2 

6  =  1.86621 

6  =  2.26796 

5.35846  =  2 

6  =  2.72155 

6  =  2.23945 

6.613S7  =  3 

7  =  2.61269  1 

7  =  3.17515 

8  =  2.98593 

8  =  3.62874 

8.03769  =  3 

8.81849  =  4 

9  =  3.35918 

9  =  4.0S233 

10.71691  =  4 

11.02311  =  6 

13.39614  =  5 

13.22773  =  6 

16.07537  =  6 

15.43236  =  7 

18.75460  =  7 

17.63698  =  8 

21.43383  =  8 

19.84160  =  9 

24.11306  =  9 

667 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


INDEX 

An  endeavor  has  been  made  to  make  this  index  very  complete  in  that  articles  are  indexed  under  the 
principal  words  of  the  name  and  in  addition  under  the  author’s  name,  thus,  “Blair’s  Water  Bath”  will  be  found 
under  “Bath,  Water,  Blair,”  “Water  Bath,  Blair”  and  “Blair  Water  Bath.”  As  the  authors’  names  are  printed 
in  heavy  face  type  and  in  alphabetical  sequence,  the  usual  Authors’  Index  is  omitted. 


Page 

A 

Abati  Drying  Oven .  375 

Abbe  Apertometer .  324 

“  Camera  Lucida,  B.  &  L.. .  316 

“  “  “  Zpion  Q94 

“  Condensers,  B.  &  L...';;;  315 

Zeiss .  320 

“  Microspectroscope .  324 

“  Refractometer .  466 

“  Spectral  Ocular .  324 

“  Stereoscopic  Ocular . 324 

Abderhalden  Animal  Cage .  11 

Apparatus  for  Di¬ 
alyzing  Method.. .  177 
Apparatus  for  Op¬ 
tical  Method .  428 

Cylinder  for  Hy¬ 
draulic  Press .  437 

Diffusion  Shells. .  177 

Electric  Heating 
Device  for  Polari- 

scopes .  428 

Flasks  and  Tubes.  177 

Polariscope 

Tubes . 428,  434 

Reagents .  177 

“  Test  Tube .  177 

“  Tongs.... .  177 

“  Water  Bath .  177 

Abel-Pensky  Flash  Point  Test¬ 
ers .  368 

Absorption  Blocks .  1 

Cells  for  Spectros¬ 
copy .  504 

“  Tube,  Folin .  543 

Accumulators . 66,  67 

Acetometer,  Otto .  1 

Acetylene  Burner .  92 

“  Gas  Tank .  441 

Acetylization  Flask .  218 

Achromatic  Objectives,  Zeiss..  321 
Substage  Conden¬ 
sers,  B.  &  L .  315 

Substage  Conden¬ 
sers,  Zeiss .  320 

Acid  Basins .  1 

“  Bottle  and  Pipette  com¬ 
bined .  350 

“  Burette  for  Milk  Testing.  350 
“  Measure  “  “  “  350 

“  Pitchers .  1 

“  Pumps .  1* 

Ackermann  Automatic  Reckon¬ 
er .  351 

Acme  Safety  Burners .  92 

Adam  Galactometer .  351 

Adapters  for  Retorts .  1 

Adhesion  Machine  Kirchbraun- 

Sargent .  15 

Adhesive  Tape . . .  75 

Adiabatic  Calorimeter,  Riche . .  104 

Adjustable  Oculars,  Zeiss .  264 

Supports  for  Physio¬ 
logical  Work.  . .  .401,  402 
Agar  Filter  Paper .  216 


Page 

Agate  Mortars .  362 

Air  Compressors . 1  to  6 

Air  Liquefying  Apparatus .  285 

Air  Melting  Point  Oven .  18 

Air  Pumps . .1  to  6 

Air  Pump  Plates .  6 

“  “  Receivers .  71 

“  Sampler .  7 

“  Tester,  Wolpert .  7 

“  Warmer  and  Anaesthetic 

Bottle .  403 

Albuminometers .  543 

Alcohol  Blast  Burners,  Barthel  95 

“  Burner . ; .  97 

“  Lamps . .  283 

“  Stoves,  Barthel .  98 

Alcoholometers  (Hydrometers) .  273 

Alembics .  465 

Alexander  Glue  and  Gelatine 

Tester .  261 

“  Viscosity  Pipette. .  .  261 

Aliphatic  Amino  Group  Appa¬ 
ratus,  Van  Slyke .  367 

Alkalimeters .  7 

Alkalinity  Flask,  Volumetric. . .  224 
Allen  &  Moyer  Orsat  Gas  Analy¬ 
sis  Apparatus ....  245 

Allihn  Condenser .  152 

“  Gas  Washing  Bottles. .. .  251 
“  Normal  Thermometers .  .  532 
Alpha  Ray  Electroscope,  Ru¬ 
therford .  464 

Alsop  Drying  Oven .  380 

Aluminum  Beakers .  68 

“  Dishes.... ; .  180 

“  Screen,  Zeiss .  448 

“  Shields  for  Centri¬ 
fuge  Tubes . 115,  116 

“  Weighing  Dish  with 

Counterpoise .  180 

“  Wire.... .  554 

Alundum  Combustion  Boats .  . .  149 
“  “  Tubes...  149 

“  Crucibles . 157,  160 

“  Dish  for  Incinerations  178 

“  Extraction  Thimbles .  205 

“  Filter  Cones .  213 

“  “  Discs .  212 

“  “  Dish .  213 

“  Filtering  Crucibles. . .  160 

“  Muffles .  364 

“  Pyrometer  Tubes ....  458 

“  Refractory  Cement .  .  7 

“  RR .  149 

“  Tubes .  7 

Amberg  Swimming  Cups .  515 

Ammeters  and  Milliame- 

ters .  200  to  202 

Ammonia  Nitrogen  and  Urea  in 
Urine,  Folin’s  Ap¬ 
paratus  for .  543 

“  Still .  190 

“  Trap  for  Folin’s  Ap¬ 
paratus .  543 

.Ampoules .  7 

Ampoule  Sealing  Burner .  96 


Page 

Anaerobic  Culture  Apparatus.  8 
Anaesthetic  Bottle  and  Air 

Warmer,  Brodie .  403 

Anaesthetizing  Valves .  403 

Analytical  Balances . 46  to  51 

Weights . 62  to  64 

Analyzer  for  Curves,  Jaquet...  408 
“  “  Micro  Polarisation  317 

Anastigmatic  Magnifiers,  Zeiss  288 
Anatomical  Charts,  Human, 

Lendenfeld .  124 

“  Models .  i  9 

Anderson  Petersen  -  Palmquist 

Gas  Analysis  Apparatus .  249 

Anemometers .  10 

Aneroid  Barometers .  65 

Angle  Thermometers .  534 

Animal  Balance .  10 

“  Bladders .  73 

“  Board .  10 

“  Cages . 10,  11 

“  Holders  . . 11,  12 

“  Jars . 11,  12 

“  Table,  Brodie . •.  12 

Annealing  Cups .  12 

Anodes,  Platinum .  420 

Anoxyscope .  416 

Anschutz  N ormal  Thermometers  532 

Antitoxin  Culture  Flask .  171 

Anvils .  13 

Apertometer,  Abbe .  324 

Aplanatic  Substage  Condenser, 

B.  &  L .  315 

“  Substage  Condenser, 

Zeiss .  320 

Triplets.... . . .  287 

Apochromatic  Objectives,  Zeiss  321 
Appliances,  Measuring.  .  .290  to  296 
Application  Goniometer,  Pen- 

feld .  352 

Aprons  .  13 

“  Asbestos .  14 

Aquaria .  13 

Arc  Furnaces,  Electric .  241 

“  Lamp,  Mercury  Vapor,  Her- 

aeus .  503 

“  “  for  Microscopes ....  331 

“  “  “  “  Mer¬ 
cury  Vapor .  332 

“  “  for  Photo -Micro- 

graphic  Apparatus 

Weule .  340 

“  “  for  Projection  Ap¬ 
paratus .  447 

Areo-Pycnometer,  Saxe .  273 

Argand  Burner .  91 

Armored  Thermometers .  534 

Arnold  Steam  Sterilizers .  41 

Arons  Chromoscope .  146 

Arrhenius  Conductivity  Cells  . .  390 
Arsem  Electric  Vacuum  Fur¬ 
nace .  242 

Arsenic  Apparatus .  14 

“  Tubes .  14 

Artery  Canulae .  402 

“  Scissors .  184 


559 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Page 

Artificial  Respiration  Pumps  402,403 
Asbestos  Aprons,  Board,  Ce¬ 
ment,  Cord,  Gloves, 

Mats  and  Paper .  14 

“  Wire  Gauze .  554 

Asphalt  and  Tar  Testing  Appa- 


ratus . 

.  15  to  19 

“  Hydrometer . 

....  273 

“  Thermometer . 

....  534 

Aspirator  Bottles . 

....  75 

Aspirator  (Syringe) . 

....  519 

Assay  Balances . 

. .  .52, 53 

“  Combination  Furnace, 

Brown . 

....  235 

“  Crucibles . 

.  156, 157 

“  Flasks . 

....  218 

“  Mill . 

. . . .  161 

“  Ton  Weights . 

....  63 

Atomic  Weight  Charts . 

....  130 

“  Weights  for  1913. .. . 

.  555 

Atom  Models . 

....  19 

Atwater  Bomb  Calorimeter. 

....  105 

“  Dessiccator . 

....  175 

Autoclave,  Force,  for  Cement. .  Ill 
for  Chemical  Diges¬ 
tions  (Digesters)... .  20 

Steam  Pressure  Ster¬ 
ilizers  . 37,  38 

Autocollimation  Spectroscope, 

Zeiss .  500 

“Autogenor”  Gas  Generator. . .  254 

Automatic  Burettes . 87,  88 

Laboratory  Micro¬ 
tome  .  343 

Pipettes .  412 

Precision  Microtome  344 
Reckoner,  Acker- 

mann . 351 

Respirators .  474 

Shutter  for  Micro- 
Photographic  Appa¬ 
ratus  .  338 

Auxograph .  416 

Axial-angle  Apparatus,  Wiilfing  353 


B 


Babcock  Bottles .  350 

“  Milk  Testers . 349,  350 

“  Pipette .  350 

Bacteria  Counting  Apparatus . .  155 
Grinding  Appara¬ 
tus . 166  to  169 

Bacteriological  Apparatus .  .21  to  45 

“  Charts .  125 

“  Fermentation 

Tubes .  209 

Filter  Appara¬ 
tus  . 209  to  211 

Incubators.  .21  to  33 
“  Syringes.  .516  to  519 

Bagasse  Cutter .  297 

Bags,  Filter .  211 

“  Gas .  250 

Baier  Thermometer .  466 

Bailey  Crucible  Holder .  160 

Bain  Washing  Apparatus  for 

Microscopic  Material .  546 

Baker  &  Adamson  Filter  Paper  213 

Balances . 46  to  61 

Analytical . 46  to  51 

for  Animals .  10 

Assay . 52,  53 

for  tiloth  Testing .  529 

Counter .  59 


Page 

Balances  Cream  Test .  351 

“  Decimal .  54 

“  Dispensing .  59 

“  Gas,  Lux .  250 

“  Hand .  58 

Jolly  Spiral  Spring .. .  58 

Lecture  Table . 54  to  56 

“  Magnalium .  57 

“  Micro .  53 

Moisture . 59,  61 

“  Prescription . 56,  57 

“  Pulp . 56,57 

“  Soil .  61 

“  Solution . 59,60 

“  Specific  Gravity .  58 

Torsion .  60 

“  Transpiration .  418 

“  Trip .  59 

“  Triple  Beam .  58 

Balance  Cover .  64 

“  Pans .  64 

Reading  Glass .  64 

“  Rests .  64 

“  Riders .  64 

Supports  of  Glass .  64 

Weights . 62  to  64 

Ball  Mills.. .  166 

Balloons .  65 

“  for  Filtering,  Pukal  .  .  210 

“  Gas .  250 

Balopticons  and  Accessories . . .  439 

Balsam  Bottles .  76 

Baly  Spectrum  Tube .  505 

Band  Tubing,  Rubber .  480 

Barcroft-Haldane-Plesch  Ap¬ 
paratus  for  Determining  the 
Oxygen  Capacity  and  Car¬ 
bonic  Acid  Content  of  the 

Blood .  405 

Barcroft-Roberts  Apparatus  for 
Determining  Differential 

Pressure  of  Blood  Gases .  405 

Bardeen  Freezing  Microtome .  .  346 
Barkometers  (Hydrometers)  . . .  273 

Bar  Magnets .  286 

Barnes  Dissecting  Microscope..  313 

Barnstead  Stills .  188 

Barometers .  65 

Barometer  Tubes .  65 

Tubing. . .  260 

Barrett  Mfg.  Co.  Standard  Ap¬ 
paratus  for  Testing  Coal  Tar 
and  Refined  Tars,  Oils  and 
Pitches  Derived  thereform..  18 

Barthel  Alcohol  Stoves .  98 

“  Automatic  Burners ....  95 

Basins,  Acid .  1 

Baskets  for  Test  Tubes .  522 

Bates  Polariscope  Tubes .  431 

“  Sugar  Flask .  226 

“  “  Polariscope .  431 

Baths,  Constant  Tempera¬ 
ture . 392,  393 

“  Paraffine  Embedding  ...  43 

“  Sand .  480 

“  Vaccine  Culture,  Wasser- 

man  Test,  etc . 34,  35 

“  Water . 548  to  552 

“  “for  Abderhalden 

Dialyzing  Method  177 

Batteries,  Dry .  66 

Primary . 65,66 

“  Storage . 66,  67 

Battersea  Crucibles .  157 

;  Muffles .  364 


Page 

Battersea  Roasting  Dishes ....  475 

“  Scorifiers .  481 

Battery  for  Charging  Electro¬ 
scopes  .  460 

“  Connectors .  68 

“  Jars .  68 

Baume  Hydrometers .  271 

Bausch  &  Lomb  Micro-Photo¬ 
graphic  Ap¬ 
paratus  . .  337  to  339 
“  “  Microscopes 

and  Acces¬ 
sories.  . .  .304  to  317 
“  “  Micro  Arc 

“  “  Lamp .  331 

“  “  Microtomes 

and  Acces¬ 
sories  .  .  .  343  to  348 
“  “  Petrographical 

Microscope 

355  to  357 

“  “  Projection 

Apparatus 
and  Acces¬ 
sories  . .  439  to  448 

Beads,  Glass .  258 

Beakers,  Aluminum .  68 

“  Copper .  68 

“  Enamel  Ware .  68 

“  Glass . 69  to  71 

“  Griffins .  69 

“  Phillips .  71 

“  Porcelain .  68 

“  Transparent  Quartz  .  .  459 

Beaker  Clamps .  142 

Bechhold  Ultrafiltration  Ap¬ 
paratus  .  212 

“  Ultra  Filter  Discs. .. .  212 
Beckmann  Molecular  Weight 
“  Determination  Ap¬ 
paratus  . 388,  389 

“  Spectrum  Burner .  . .  502 

“  Thermometers .  533 

Beehive  for  Pneumatic  Troughs  423 

Beet  Sugar  Polariscopes .  433 

Bell  Glasses . . .  .71,  72 

“  Jars . 71,72 

Bench,  Photometer,  Stationary  384 

Bending  Tubing,  Glass .  260 

Bennert  Manometer .  289 

Benzene  Blast  Burners,  Bar¬ 
thel  .  95 

“  Hydrometer .  273 

Bergmann  Stability  Test  Appa¬ 
ratus .  508 

Berkefeld  Filters .  210 

“  Pressure  Filter .  211 

Berkshire  Sand .  552 

Bernhard  Drawing  Table .  324 

Berzelius  Gas  Holder .  253 

Berzelius-Pepys  Gas  Holder .  . .  253 
Beta  and  Gamma  Ray  Electro¬ 
scope,  Rutherford. . . .  464 

Beutel  Burette  Float .  88 

Bibulous  Paper .  216 

Biffi-Brooks  Coagulometer  ....  266 
Binding  Posts  for  Batteries. ...  68 

“  Ostwald .  394 

Binoculars,  Bausch  &  Lomb- 

Zeiss  Stereo . . .  72 

Binocular  Microscope  for  Pair¬ 
ed  Objectives,  B.  &L.  312 
Binocular  Microscope  Chun. .. .  330 
“  “  Zeiss....  325 

Biram  Anemometer .  10 


560 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Page 

Bitumen  Holder .  15 

Bladders,  Animal .  73 

Blair  Drying  Oven .  379 

“  Platinum  Combustion 

Boats .  421 

“  Platinum  Dish .  422 

“  Stirring  Apparatus .  509 

“  Water  Bath .  548 

Blake  Pinning  Forceps . 227 

Blast  Blowers .  73 

“  Burners . 94  to  96 

Blocks  for  Absorption .  1 

“  of  Red  Fibre .  348 

“  for  Staining  Jars .  507 

Block  Strop  for  Microtome 

Knives .  348 

“  Tin  Pipe .  412 

Blood  Apparatus  for  Oxygen 
Capacity  and  Carbonic 
Acid  Content,  Barcroft 

and  Haldane .  405 

“  Capsules,  Wright . 267 

“  Collector,  Vacuum .  267 

“  Counting  Apparatus 

262  to  264 

“  Gas  Apparatus  for  Differ¬ 
ential  Pressure .  405 

“  Lancets .  267 

“  Pipette,  Wright .  267 

“  PipettesforHaemacytom- 

eters .  263 

“  Testing  Apparatus .  262  to  266 
Blowers,  Crowell  Positive  Pres¬ 
sure .  73 

“  Foot .  73 

Pressure .  73 

Blowpipes  .  74 

for  Zoological  Work.  181 

Blowpipe  Charcoal .  74 

Set,  Butler .  74 

Tips,  Platinum . 422 

Blowpiping  Forceps .  227 

Mattrasses .  286 

Blue  Flame  Burners .  93 

“  Green  Hones .  348 

Board,  Asbestos .  14 

Boas  Dish  for  Feces  Experi¬ 
ments .  177 

Boggs  Coagulometer .  266 

Bohr  Experimental  Gas  Meter  404 

Boilers  (Saucepans) .  75 

Boiler,  Steam .  508 

Boiling  Flasks . 219,  220 

Boiling  Point  Apparatus .  389 

“  “  Tubes .  389 

Bolting  Cloth .  75 

Bone  Saw .  182 

“  Spatulas .  490 

“  Spoons .  506 

Book  of  Labels .  283 

Boot  Specific  Gravity  Bottle... 491 

Borer,  Soil .  490 

Borrel  Grinding  Apparatus  for 

Organic  Tissues .  169 

Boston  Slide  Forceps .  228 

Botanical  Charts . 126  to  129 

“  Supplies .  75 

Bottcher  Counting  Apparatus.  .  156 

Bottles . 78,  79 

“  Aspirator . 75,  76 

“  Balsam .  76 

“  Cedar  Oil .  77 

“  Dropping . 76,  77 

“  Ether .  84 

“  Gas,  Cubic  Foot .  255 


Page 


Bottles,  Gas,  Generating .  250 

“  “  Washing . 250,  251 

“  Graduated .  84 

Hard  Rubber .  84 

“  Immersion  Oil .  77 

“  Milk  Testing .  350 

“  Oil  Sample .  84 

“  Mixing .  173 

“  Percolator .  382 

“  Pressure .  84 

“  Reagent . 80  to  83 

“  Specific  Gravity. ..  .491,  492 

“  “  “  Barrett 

Hubbard  18 

“  Specimen .  77 

“  for  Sputum  Specimens..  506 

“  Washing .  546 

“  Water  Sample .  84 

“  Weighing .  553 

“  Woulff .  84 

Bottle  Caps .  180 

Bougies,  Filtering .  210 

Bowen  Potash  Bulb .  436 

Bowls,  Enamel  Ware .  180 

Boxes,  Pasteboard .  85 

“  Tin .  85 

“  Wood .  85 

“  for  Culture  Dishes .  171 

“  “  Filter  Paper . 216 

“  Micro  Slides .  335 

“  Paraffine  Embedding  348 

“  “  Pipettes . 415 

Boxwood  Rule .  290 

Boyce  Acme  Safety  Burner .  92 

“  Adjustable  Burner .  92 

Brain  Jars .  280 

“  Knife . 181 

“  Microtome,  Sartorius ....  345 

Brass  Sieves . 486,  487 

“  Stopcocks .  510 

“  Wire .  554 


“  Planetary  Pulverizers .. .  163 

“  Sample  Grinders .  162 

“  Sieve  Shakers . 487,  488 

Breuer  Haemacytometer.  .262  to  264 

Bridges,  Slide  Wire . 393,  394 

Briquette  Mould  for  Asphalt. . .  15 

“  “  “  Cement...  Ill 

Brinell  Hardness  Tester . 268 

“  “  Test  Measur¬ 
ing  Micro¬ 
scope  .  295 

Brinton-Reischauer  Specific 
Gravity 

Bottle .  491 

Brix  Hydrometer .  271 

Brodie  Anaesthetic  Bottle  and 

Air  Warmer .  403 

“  Animal  Table .  12 

“  Kymograph .  398 

“  Respiration  Pump .  402 


Brodie-Russell-Boggs  Coagu¬ 
lometer.  .  266 
Bromwell  Fusel  Oil  Apparatus.  245 
Brown  Assayer’s  Combination 


Furnace .  235 

“  Pyrometers .  450 

Brownite  Cupels . .  172 

Briicke  Combination  Lens . 288 

Bruehl  Receiver .  465 

Bruneau  Syringes .  518 

Brushes . 85,  86 

“  for  Cement .  114 


Page 

Biichner  Funnels .  229 

Hydraulic  Press .  437 

Buck  Iron  Mortar .  362 

Bucket,  for  Waste .  546 

Bucking  Board .  161 

Bulbs,  Connecting,  Kjeldahl.. . .  366 

“  Levelling  for  Gas  Bu¬ 
rettes .  251 

“  Nitrogen .  366 

“  Resistance . 453,  454 

“  Rubber . 475,  476 

Bulb  Connecting  Tube  for  Mar¬ 
shall  Urea  in  Blood  Appa¬ 
ratus  .  266 

Bulls-Eye  Condenser,  B.  &  L. . .  317 

Bumstead  Electroscope .  463 

Bunsen  Blast  Burners .  94 

“  Burners . 91,  92 

Clamps .  140 

Eudiometers .  205 

“  Funnels .  228 

Gas  Washing  Bottles. . .  250 

Bunte  Gas  Burettes .  251 

Bureau  of  Mines  Flash  Point 

Testers .  369 

Burettes . 86  to  89 

for  Acid  in  Milk  Test .  350 

Automatic . 87,88 

Calibrating .  88 

Certified .  89 

“  Dispensing . •. .  88 

“  Gas .  251 

Precision .  89 

Saponification .  88 

Burette  Attachments .  86 

“  Caps .  88 

“  Clamps . 141,  143 

“  Floats .  88 

Funnel .  88 

“  Meniscus  Reader .  88 

“  Supports .  90 

Biirker  Fluid  Chamber .  263 

Haemacytometer .  262  to  264 

Burner,  Acetylene .  92 

Acme  Safety .  92 

Adjustable .  92 

“  Alcohol .  97 

Argand .  91 

Barthel . 95,98 

Blast . 94  to  96 

Blue  Flame .  93 

Boyce .  92 

Bunsen . 91,92 

Chaddock .  92 

Combustion  Tube .  94 

Dangler .  97 

Detroit .  92 

“  Eureka .  94 

Evaporating .  96 

Fletcher  Radial .  97 

“  “  Safety .  93 

“  Solid  flame .. .  98 

(Gas  Stoves) .  97 

Gauze  Top .  97 

Greenman .  94 

High  Temperature ....  93 

Hydro  Carbon  for  Kero¬ 
sene  .  97 

Janus  Blast .  96 

Koch  Safety . ; . . .  98 

Low  Temperature .  97 

“  Micro .  91 

Multiple  Tube .  91 

Pilot  Light .  91 

Porcelain .  92 


561 


A  R 

T  H  U  R 

H 

T  H  O  M  A 

S 

C  O  M  P  A  N 

Y 

Page 

Page 

Page 

Burner 

Ring  Form . 

94 

Carbonic  Acid  Content  of  Blood 

Chloride  Calcium  Cylinders. . . . 

99 

a 

“  for  tar  Test- 

Apparatus,  Barcroft 

“  “  Tubes . 99,  100 

ing . 

18 

and  Haldane . 

405 

Chopper,  Meat . 

297 

U 

Sargent  High  Tempera- 

Carbonic  Acid  Determination 

Chromophotometer,  Plesch .... 

147 

ture . 

93 

Apparatus . 

99 

Chromo-Saccharometer . 

543 

a 

Scimatco  Patent . 

93 

“  Acid  Flask . 

218 

Chronograph,  Thury . 

139 

u 

Spectrum . 

502 

Carbons  for  Arc  Lamps . 

448 

Chronometers,  Graphic,  Jaquet  400 

u 

Teclu . 

93 

Carboy  Inclinator . 

110 

Chromoscope,  Arons . 

146 

a 

Tirrill . 

92 

“  Stopper . 

110 

Chronoscopes . 

139 

u 

Universal . 

92 

Cardiographic  Apparatus. 405  to  411 

Chun  Binocular  Microscope. . . . 

330 

it 

Attachments . 

94 

Cardioid  Condenser  Ultra-Mi- 

Circulation,  Apparatus  for  the 

it 

Guard . 

94 

croscope,  Zeiss . 

329 

Graphic  Study  of 

Burrell  Gas  Analysis  Appara- 

Carius  Explosion  Furnace . 

236 

405  to  411 

tus . 

247 

Carliczek  Wire  Gauze . 

554 

Claisen  Distillation  Flask . 

222 

Busz  Rhombohedron . 

358 

Carnotite,  Standardized . 

460 

Clamps . 140  to  143 

Butler  Blowpipe  Set . 

74 

Carr  Vacuum  Oven . . 

379 

“  for  Microtomes . 

346 

Butter  Refractometer . 

466 

Cartilage  Knife . 

181 

“  “  “  Zabris- 

Button  Pliers . 

423 

“  Shears . 

184 

kie .... 

344 

Buxton-Beebe-Taylor  Drying 

Apparatus  194 

c 

Cabinets  for  Micro  Slides .  336 

Cadmium  Normal  Elements. . . .  396 

Cages  for  Animals . 10,  11 

Calcimeters .  99 

Calcium  Chloride  Cylinders. .. .  99 
“  Drying  Tubes  99 

“  “  Holders .  99 

“  “  Tubes . 99,  100 

Caldwell  Crucible .  159 

Calibrating  Burette .  88 

Calipers .  291 

Micrometer . 290,  291 

“  Vernier .  291 

Caliper  Rule .  290 

Calomel  Normal  Electrodes. .. .  396 
Calorimeters  and  Accessories 

101  to  109 

Calorimeter  Pan,  Platinum  ....  422 
Thermometers,  101, 

102,  103,  105,  107, . .  108 
Thermometers, 
Platinum  Resist¬ 
ance .  105 

Camel’s  Hair  Brushes .  85 

Caloriscope  for  Plant  Physi¬ 
ology .  416 

Camera,  for  Color  Comparison 

Tubes .  144 

Photographic, for  Spec¬ 
troscopy .  494 

Stereoscopic,  Driiner.  326 
Lucida,  Abbe,  B.  &  L.  316 
“  “  “  Zeiss...  324 

Camp  Color  Comparison  Tubes  143 

“  Shaking  Apparatus .  484 

Canulae .  402 

Capillary  Electrometers . 395 

Pipette .  413 

“  Tubing .  260 

Caps,  for  Burettes .  88 

“  Rubber,  for  Test  Tubes. .  476 

Capsules,  Blood,  Wright .  267 

Combustion .  149 

Expansion,  for  Ther¬ 
mo  Regulators . 537 

Carbon  Apparatus,  Parr .  110 

Carbon  Dioxide  Cylinders  , . . . .  252 
“  Freezing  At¬ 
tachment  for 
Microtomes .  . .  346 
“  Tubes  for  Color  Com¬ 
parison  .  143 


Case  Patent  Crusher .  162 

Cases  for  Dissecting  I  n  s  t  r  u- 

ments .  184 

“  Gas  Collecting  Tubes  251 

“  Polariscopes . 427,  432 

Casseroles,  Porcelain .  110 

“  Silica .  110 

Cassia  Flask .  224 

Cathetometers .  296 

Cathodes,  Platinum .  420 

Cedar  Oil  Bottles .  77 

Cells  for  Calomel  Normal  Elec¬ 
trodes  .  . , .  396 

“  Conductivity . 390,391 

“  for  Gas  Electrodes .  396 

“  Half  Elements .  396 

“  “  Micro  Slides .  335 

“  Porous .  172 

“  Selenium . 481,482 

“  Spectrum .  504 

“  Weston  Standard .  396 

Cellular  Incubator,  Hearson... .  33 

Celluloid  Rule .  290 

Cellulose  Rings  for  Anaerobic 

Culture  Apparatus ...  8 

Cement,  Asbestos .  14 

Refractory,  Alundum .  7 

“  “  Vulcan 

Paste .  110 

Sieves .  487 

“  Testing  Apparatus 

111  to  114 

Cementation  and  Ductility  Ma¬ 
chine,  Kirchbraun  15 
Centrifuges  and  Accessories 

115  to  123 

Centrifuge  Tube  Support . 524 

Certified  Burettes .  89 

“  Pipettes .  414 

Chaddock  Burner .  92 

“  Burette  Support .  90 

“  Clamps .  142 

Chamberland  Culture  Flasks. . .  172 
Chamberland-Pasteur  Pressure 

Filter...  211 

Chambers,  Moist .  170 

Chamot  Chemical  Microscope . .  313 

Chapman  Filter  Pumps . 217 

Charcoal,  for  Blowpiping .  74 

Chardin  Filter  Paper .  216 

Charging  Rod  for  Electroscopes  462 

Charts . 124  to  139 

Chemical  Microscope,  Bausch  & 

Lomb .  313 

Chemical  Technology  Charts  129,130 

Chew  Ductility  Machine .  16 

Chipmunk  Crushers .  164 


“  “  Microtome  Knives..  347 

Clamp  Holders .  140 

Classen  Platinum  Dish  for 
Electrolytic  Separa¬ 
tion .  422 

“  Switch  Board  and  Work 
Table  for  Quantita¬ 
tive  Electrolysis .  196 

Clay  Combustion  Boats .  149 

“  “  Tubes .  149 

Cleaning  Apparatus  for  Test 

Tubes .  522 

Cleveland  Fire  Tester .  368 

Clinical  and  Physiological  Ap¬ 
paratus . 398  to  411 

“  Thermometers  for  Vet¬ 
erinary  Use .  535 

Clinostat .  416 

Clock,  Center  Seconds .  511 

“  Thayer  Interval  Timer. .  143 

Closets,  Glass,  for  Drying .  194 

Cloth,  Emery .  205 

“  Counting  Glasses . 288 

“  Testing  Balances . 529 

“  and  Leather  Tester, 

Schopper .  525 

Coagulometers .  266 

Coagulators  for  Blood  Serum. 32,  34 

Coddington  Magnifiers .  287 

Coils,  Induction . 275 

Cold  Closets .  45 

Collecting  Case,  Botanical .  75 

“  Tubes  for  Blood ....  267 

“  “  “Gas .  251 

Collections,  Minerological . 361 

“  Petrological .  361 

Collodion  Balloons .  65 

Colony  Counting  Apparatus .  . .  155 

Colorimeters . 145  to  148 

Color  Comparison  Tubes .  143 

“  “  Tube  Cam¬ 
era  .  144 

“  Tester,  Zeiss .  147 

“  Testing  Apparatus  143  to  148 
“  and  Turbidity  Determin¬ 
ing  Apparatus .  542 

Combined  Drawing,  Micro-Pho¬ 
tographic  and  Pro¬ 
jection  Apparatus. . .  339 
Combination  Magnifiers,  Zeiss..  288 

Combustion  Boats .  149 

“  “  Platinum . . .  421 

Capsules .  149 

“  Furnace,  Fletcher.  235 
“  “  Glaser...  236 

“  “  Heraeus..  238 


562 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Page 

Combustion  Furnace,  Heraeus- 
D  e  n  n  - 
stedt ....  239 
“  “  Hoskins..  237 

“  von Babo 
Erlen- 

meyer....  236 

Train,  Vanier .  150 

Tubes .  149 

“  “  Platinum. . .  421 

“  “  (Test  Tubes)  520 

Tube  Burner .  94 

Tubing,  Glass .  260 

Commutator,  Mercury . 395 

“  Pohl .  402 

Comparators . 292,  293 

Comparison  Spectroscope,  Zeiss  501 

Tubes,  Color .  143 

Compartment  Incubators  29,  30,  33 
Compensation  Apparatus  (Po¬ 
tentiometer)  Fis¬ 
cher,  for  Cath¬ 
ode  Potentials .  .  199 

Compound  Blast  Burner .  95 

Compression  Pumps  for  Gases.  151 

Compressors,  Air . 1  to  6 

Compressor  for  Liquid  Air. . . .  285 

Compressors,  Screw,  for  Rubber 

Tubing .  142 

Concave  Slides . 334,  335 

Concentric  Rings .  475 

Condensers .  152 

Condenser,  Bulls-Eye .  317 

“  Kjeldahl .  364 

“  Substage,  B.  &  L. . .  315 
“  “  Zeiss ....  320 

Tar  Testing .  18 

Condenser  Flask  for  Micro 

Lamps .  332 

“  Supports .  153 

“  Trough,  for  Tar 

Testing .  18 

Tube  for  Urea,  Folin  543 

“  Tubes .  152 

Conditioning  Ovens . 528,  529 

Conductivity  of  Electrolytes, 
Apparatus  and 
Accessories. 390  to  394 

“  Cells . 390,391 

“  Vessel  Clamp ....  143 

“  “  Support . . .  515 

Cones,  Filtering,  Alundum .  213 

“  “  S.  &  S.  Paper.  215 

“  Platinum .  421 

“  Measuring .  291 

“  Pyrometric .  458 

Configuration  Atom  Models...  19 

Conical  Glasses .  520 

Connecting  Bulbs,  Kjeldahl. . . .  366 
“  Tube  for  Gas  Bu¬ 
rettes .  251 

Tubes  for  Marshall 
‘  Urea  in  Blood  Ap¬ 
paratus  . .  266 

Connectors,  for  Batteries .  68 

“  “  Stopcocks . 510 

Consistency  Meter .  261 

Constant  Deviation  Spectrom¬ 
eter .  495 

Constant  Temperature  Bath, 

Freas .  393 

Constant  Temperature  Bath, 

Oswald .  392 

Constant  Temperature  Bath, 

for  Microscopes .  333 


Page 

Contact  Keys .  395 

“  DuBois-Reymond  402 
Control  Tube  for  Polariscopes  435 

Convertible  Balopticon .  444 

Coplin  Object  Clamp  for  Micro¬ 
tomes .  346 

“  Paraffine  Embedding 

Bath .  43 

“  Staining  Jar .  507 

Copper  Analysis,  Herman  Elec¬ 
trolytic  Outfit  for .  197 

“  Beakers .  68 

“  Crucibles .  159 

“  Determination  Flask. . .  218 

“  Flasks .  220 

“  “  for  Moisture 

Test .  222 

“  Funnels .  229 

“  Oxide  Flasks .  220 

“  Tank  for  Distilled 

Water .  512 

“  Wire _  : .  554 

Cord,  Asbestos .  14 

Corks .  154 

“  Rubber . 477,478 

Cork  Borers .  154 

“  Borer  Sharpener . 154,  155 

“  Extractor .  155 

“  Knife .  282 

“  Press .  155 

“  Screws .  155 

“  Tongs .  155 

Cornet  Cover  Glass  Forceps. .. .  228 

Coronary  Artery  Scissors .  184 

Cornu  Px-isms .  504 

Cottle  Extraction  Apparatus . . .  207 

Counter  Balances .  59 

Counters,  Thread .  288 

Counterpoised  Watch  Glasses.  .  547 

Countershafts  for  Motors .  363 

Counting  Apparatus  for  Bac¬ 
teria...  155 
“  “  “  Blood.  262 

“  Chambers . . .  262 

“  Pipette  for  Bacteria 

in  Milk .  413 

Couplings  for  Filter  Pumps ....  217 

Cover  for  Balances . 64 

“  Earthenware,  for  Petri 

Dishes .  170 

“  and  Receiver  for  Sieves.  486 
“  Glasses  for  Haemacy- 

tometers .  263 

“  Glasses  Micro .  334 

“  “  for  Polariscopes .  435 

“  Glass  Forceps . 227,  228 

“  “  Gauge .  292 

Creamometers .  348 

Cream  Test  Balance .  351 

“  “  Bottles .  350 

Creosote  Sulphonation  Test 

Funnel .  231 

Crowell  Positive  Pressure  Blow¬ 
er  .  73 

“  Rotary  Air  Pumps . 5,  6 

Crucibles,  Assay . 156,  157 

“  Platinum .  421 

“  Porcelain . 158,  159 

“  “  for  Asphalt  15 

“  Transparent  Quartz.  459 

Crucible  Furnace  Fletcher . 234 

“  “  Hoskins . 239 

“  Holders . 160,  161 

“  Tongs . 538,  539 

“  Tubing,  Rubber . 480 


Page 

Crushing,  Grinding  and  Pulver¬ 
izing  Apparatus  161  to  169 

Cryoscopes .  169 

Crystal  Axes  Models .  358 

“  Models . 359,  360 

“  Modeling  Apparatus, 

Goldschmidt .  352 

Crystallizing  Dishes .  177 

Crystallographic,  Mineralogical 
and  Petro- 
graphical  Ap¬ 
paratus  352  to  361 
“  Microscope, 

Zeiss . 330 

Crystallography,  Charts  of .  133 

Cube  Moulds,  for  Cement .  Ill 

Cubic  Foot  Gas  Bottles .  255 

Culture  Apparatus,  Anaerobic  8 

“  Dishes .  170 

“  Dish  Holders .  171 

“  Flasks . 171,  172 

“  Slides . 334,335 

“  Tubes . 172,  520,  521 

“  Tube  Baskets .  522 

Cupels .  172 

Cupel  Mould .  172 

“  Rake .  172 

“  Shovel .  172 

“  Tongs .  539 

Cups,  Annealing .  13 

“  Drop .  173 

“  or  Cells,  Porous .  172 

“  Swimming .  515 

Curie  Electroscope  and  Acces¬ 
sories . 461,  462 

Curve  Analyzer,  Jaquet .  408 

Cutter,  Bagasse .  297 

“  Glass .  258 

“  “  Tubing . 258 

Cyclone  Centrifuges .  120 

Cylinders,  Calcium  Chloride  ...  99 

“  Filtering .  210 

“  Gas,  for  C02,  Oxy¬ 
gen,  etc .  252 

Glass .  173 

Graduated  Precision  174 
“  for  Hydraulic  Press¬ 
es .  437 

Immunity  Unit .  174 

“  Mixing .  173 

“  Precision....  174 
for  Moisture  Tester.  173 
“  “  Testing  Sewage. .  173 

Cylindrical  Shelf  for  Pneumatic 

Troughs .  423 

Cytology  and  Haematology, 

Charts  of .  131 

D 

Dairy  Thermometer .  535 

Daland  Haematokrit .  115 

Dalen-Martens  Rubber  Tester .  527 

Dam,  Rubber . . .  478 

Dangler  Gasoline  Burner .  97 

Dare  Haemaglobinometer .  265 

Dark  Field  Condensers,  B.  &  L  315 
“  “  “  Zeiss..  320 

Decimal  Balances .  54 

Decimeter  Rule .  290 

Decomposition  of  Water  Appa¬ 
ratus . 263,  284 

Deflagration  Spoons .  174 

Dehydrator,  Hearson,  for  Con¬ 
tinuous  Drying  of  Tissues  in 
Alcohol .  44 


563 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Page 


Delepine  Centrifuge .  123 

Demijohns .  175 

Demonstration  Ammeters,  Gal¬ 
vanometers  and 

Voltmeters .  200 

“  Microscope,  B. 

&  L .  311 

Demonstrating  Ocular,  Double.  333 
Dennis-Orsat  Gas  Analysis  Ap¬ 
paratus .  245 

Dennison  Labels . 282,  283 

Dennstedt  Furnace  for  Elemen¬ 
tary  Organic  Analysis .  239 

Densitometers .  387 

Dental  Dam . 478 

Denver  Fire  Clay  Crucibles. .. .  156 

Deprez  Signal  Marker .  401 

Dermatoscope,  Zeiss .  325 

Desiccators . 175,  176 

Desiccator  Plates .  175 

Despatch  Electric  Drying  Ovens  378 

Detroit  Burner .  92 

Dewar  Vacuum  Flasks .  224 

Dialyzers .  176 

Dialyzer  Tubing .  176 

“  Filter  Paper,  Moro- 

chowetz .  216 

Dialyzing  Method,  Abderhal- 

den,  Apparatus  for. .  177 

Dialyzing  Paper .  382 

‘  Thimbles .  176 

“  “  Abder- 

halden....  177 

Diamond,  Writing .  176 

Diamond  Glass  Cutter .  258 

“  Ink .  275 

“  Mortars .  362 

Diazo  Reaction  Glass,  Ehrlich.  543 

Dichroscopes .  354 

Dielectric  Constant  Apparatus 

and  Accessories . 390  to  394 

Differential  Manometer,  Konig.  290 

Pressure  of  Blood 
Gases  Apparatus, 
Barcroft  and  Rob- 

Diffusion  Sheds  1 !!!!!! !  176 

“  Abderhalden  . ..  177 

T)i  (rpQtpr?  on 

Digesting  Shelf,  KjeldahV. ! !  ! !  364 

Dionic  Water  Tester .  553 

Dipping  Refractometer .  467 

Direct  Vision  Spectroscopes. . . .  492 

Discs,  Filter,  of  Alundum .  212 

“  Rubber,  for  Foot  Blow- 

erg .  73 

“  Ultrafilter,  Bechhold. . . .  212 

Dishes . 177  to  180 

“  Aluminum .  180 

“  Alundum,  for  Incinera- 

ations. .  178 

“  Boas,  for  Feces  Experi¬ 
ments  .  177 

“  Crystallizing .  177 

“  Culture .  170 

“  Enamel  Ware .  180 

“  Evaporating,  Glass .  179 

Nickel,  for 
Tar  Test¬ 
ing .  18 

“  “  Porcelain..  178 

“  “  Silica .  179 

“  Filtering,  Alundum .  213 

“  Incinerating  Alundum  . .  178 

“  Iron .  180 


Page 


Dishes,  Lead .  180 

“  Nickel .- .  180 

“  Platinum . 421,  422 

“  Preparation .  180 

“  Roasting,  Battersea  ....  475 

“  Silver .  180 

“  Sputum . 506,  507 

“  Staining .  507 

“  Tin  Foil .  180 

“  Transparent  Quartz  ....  459 

“  W  eighing .  180 

Dish  Clamps .  142 

Dispensing  Balance .  59 

“  Burette .  88 

Dissecting  Instruments.  .181  to  185 

“  Microscopes,  B.  &  L.  311 

“  “  Meyer.  327 

“  “  Mag¬ 

nifiers.  287 

“  Pan .  538 

Distillation  Flasks .  222 

Distilled  Water  Storage  Tanks  511 

Distilling  Apparatus . 186  to  192 


Kjeldahl..  364 
for  Mer¬ 
cury,  Hu- 
lett .  .....  297 
for  Miner¬ 
al  Oils. . . .  373 
Vacuum 

190  to  192 


“  Tubes .  191 

“  Tube,  Hempel .  19 

Distributors  for  Gas .  254 

Dixon’s  Plumbago  Crucibles . . .  157 
Dodge  Photographic  Register . .  409 

Dolezalek  Electrometer .  463 

Donitz -Hartmann  Charts  of 
Parasitic  Protozoa  and  their 

Carriers .  131 

Doolittle  Torsion  Viscosimeter  371 

Doremus  Ureometers .  544 

Doremus-Hinds  Ureometers .  .  .  544 
Dorn-Goetze  Spectrum  Tubes . .  505 
Double  Demonstrating  Ocular  .  333 

“  Hooks .  181 

“  Walled  Funnels .  229 

Doublet  Magnifiers .  287 

Draft  Gauge,  Seger .  290 

Drawing  Apparatus  for  the  Mi¬ 
croscope,  B.  &  L .  317 

Board,  B.&L .  316 

Table,  Bernhard .  324 

Micro-Photographic 
and  Projection  Ap¬ 
paratus,  Combined, 

Bausch  &  Lomb .  339 

Drechsel  Gas  Washing  Bottles.  250 

Dressing  Jars .  280 

Dreverhoff  Filter  Paper .  216 

Drops,  Prince  Rupert .  480 

Drop  Culture  Slides . 334,  335 

“  Cups .  173 

Dropping  Bottles . 76,  77 

“  Funnel .  231 

“  Pipettes . 412 

Drucker  Cadmium  Normal  Ele¬ 
ment  .  396 

“  Calomel  Normal  Elec¬ 
trodes  .  396 

Viscosity  Tubes . 397 

Drucker-Burrian  Cryoscope _  169 

Drug  Mills .  165 

Driiner  Stereoscopic  Camera. . .  326 
Dry  Batteries . .  66 


Page 


Drying  Apparatus  for  Serum, 


etc .  193 

“  Closets,  Glass .  194 

“  Ovens . 374  to  381 

“  Oven  for  Asphalt  Test¬ 
ing  . 15 

“  Paper,  Botanical .  75 

“  Tubes .  193 


“  “  Calcium  Chlo¬ 
ride.  . 99,  100 

Drying  Tube  and  Potash  Bulb 

Combined,  Vanier .  193 

DuBois-Reymond  Contact 

Key . 395,  402 

“  “  Inductorium.  402 

Duboscq  Colorimeters .  145 

Ductility  Machine,  Chew .  16 

“  “  Kirchbraun  15 

“  “  Smith .  16 

Dudley  Sulphur  Apparatus .  512 

“  Viscosity  Pipette .  370 

Dujardin-Saleron  Ebulliometer.  194 

Dulin  Rotarex .  17 

Dunning  Colorimeter .  144 

Duplex  Slide  Rule .  489 

Dupont  Nitrometer .  367 

Dye  Baths .  551 

“  Pots .  68 


E 

Earthenware  Covers  for  Petri 

Dishes .  170 

“  Tiles... .  538 

Ebulliometer,  Dujardin-Salleron 

194 

Edelmann  Electro-Cardiograph 
Outfit  and  Accesso¬ 


ries  . 409 

“  Einthoven  String 

Galvanometer .  409 

Edison  Primary  Batteries .  65 

Eggertz  Color  Comparison 

Tubes .  143 

Ehrlich  Cover  Glass  Forceps  . . .  227 

“  Adjustable  Ocular .  265 

“  Ocular  Diaphragm  for 

Blood  Counting . 264 

“  Diazo  Reaction  Glass . .  543 

“  Pipettes .  415 

Eiloart  Atom  Models .  19 

Einhorn  Fermentation  Saccha- 

rometer .  544 

Einthoven  String  Galvanometer 

Edelmann .  409 

“  String  Galvanometer 

Cam-Scientific  Inst. 

Co .  410 

Electric  Arc  Furnaces .  241 

“  “  Lamps  for  Micro¬ 
scopes  .  331 

“  Dessiccator . . . . .  176 

“  Drying  Ovens .  376 

“  Flask  Heaters .  227 


“  Furnaces,  Hos¬ 
kins . ...237,  239,  240 

“  “  Northrup...  243 

Furnace  Temperature 
Regulator,  Thwing.  . . .  237 
Heater  for  Milk  Testers  350 

“  Hot  Plates . 268  to  271 

“  Illuminating  Device  for 

Polariscopes .  432 

Motors .  363 

“  Thermo-Regulators .  . .  537 


564 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Page 


Electric  Vacuum  Furnace,  Ar- 

sem .  242 

Water  Baths . 550,  551 

Electro-Cardiographic  Outfit, 
Cambridge  Scientific  Inst.  Co.  410 
Electro-Cardiograph  Outfit  and 

Accessories,  Edelmann .  409 

Electro-Chemistry  Apparatus, 
including  Rheostats,  Volt¬ 
meters  and  Ammeters. . .  195  to  204 
(For  Storage  Batteries  see  p.  66.) 


Electrodes,  Calomel  Normal... .  396 

Immersion .  391 

“  Metal  for  Half  Ele¬ 
ments .  396 

“  Net,  of  Nickel, 

Fischer .  199 

Platinum . 396,  420 

Unpolarizable . 402 

Electrode  Cells,  Ostwald .  396 

Electrolysis  in  Magnetic  Field, 

Apparatus  for .  200 

Electrolytic  Analysis  Switch 

Boards . 195  to  198 

Gas  Generator  for 
Oxygen  and  Hy¬ 
drogen .  254 

Stirring  Appara¬ 
tus,  Fischer .  199 

Supports . 198,199 

Electrometer,  Capillary . 395 

Dolzalek .  463 

u  Schmidt . 462 

Electrometer  Key .  395 

Electro-motive  Force  by  the 
Potentiometer  Method,  Appa¬ 
ratus  for .  395 

Electroscopes  for  Radio-Chem- 


Elements,  Cadmium  Normal . . .  396 
Chart  of,  Mendele- 

jeff .  130 

“  “  with  their 

Atomic 
Weights..  130 
Half,  for  Physical 

Chemistry .  396 

Heraeus  for  Pyrom- 

Elliott  Fire  Tester ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !  368 
Emanation  Electrometer, 

Schmidt .  462 


Electroscope,  Ru¬ 
therford  .  464 

Embedding  Apparatus  for  Va¬ 
cuum .  43 

Box .  348 

Ovens,  Paraffine.  .42,  43 

“  Table .  348 

Embryological  Incubator,  Hear- 

son,  Electric. .. .  29 

“  Watch  Glasses. .  547 

Emerson  Conditioning  Oven... .  529 

Fuel  Calorimeter .  103 

Razor  Strop .  348 

Emery  Cloth .  205 

“  Paper .  205 

Enamel  W  are  Beakers .  68 

“  Dishes .  180 

“  “  Funnel .  229 

“  “  Graduate .  262 

“  “  Trays .  538 

“  Waste  Pail . 546 

Engelmann  Microspectral  Ob¬ 
jective  .  324 


Page 


Engler  Apparatus  for  Distilla¬ 
tion  of  Mineral  Oils. . . .  373 

“  Distillation  Flasks . 222 

Viscosimeters . 371,372 

“  Viscosimeter  Flasks.  . . .  373 

Engravers  Glasses .  287 

Enlarging  Outfit  for  Lantern 

Slides . .  439 

Erdmann  Burette  Float .  88 

Erdmenger-Mann  Volumenom¬ 
eter .  114 

Erlenmeyer  Flasks .  221 

Errera  and  Laurent  Plant  Physi¬ 
ology  Charts .  129 

Esbach  Albuminometers .  543 

Esbach-Schelenz  Albuminom- 

eter .  543 

Esmarch  Water  Sampling  Ap¬ 
paratus  .  553 

Ether  Bottles .  84 

“  Distillation  Flask  Heater  227 

“  Hydrometer .  273 

Eudiometers .  205 

Eureka  Burner .  94 

Evaporating  Burner .  96 

“  Dishes,  Glass .  179 

“  “  Nickel,  for 

Tar  Test¬ 
ing  .  18 

“  “  Porcelain .  178 

“  “  Silica .  179 

Ewald  Chronoscope .  139 

Excelsior  Mill .  165 

Expansion  Capsules  for  Ther¬ 
mo  Regulators .  537 

“  Pyrometers .  450 

Explosion  Furnace,  Carius .  236 

Extension  Clamps .  140 


Barrett- 
Cottle. . .  18 


“  “  Supports 

with 
Heaters 

207,  208 

“  Flasks .  205 

“  Thimbles .  205 

“  Tubes .  205 

“  Tube,  Fat,  Rohrig. .  351 

Extractor  for  Bituminous  Mix¬ 
tures  . . . .  ■  16 

Extractor  for  Bituminous  Mix¬ 
tures — Dulin  Rotarex .  17 


F 


Factor  Weight  for  use  with  Van- 

ier  Combustion  Train .  150 

Fairbanks  Testing  Machines  for 

Cement .  112 

Faraday’s  Law  Demonstration 

Apparatus.. .  195 

Faraday  Washing  Bottle .  546 

Fat  Extraction  Tube,  Rohrig. . .  351 
Faust-Heim  Drying  Apparatus.  194 

Femel  Patent  Stills .  189 

Fermentation  Saccharometer. . .  544 

“  Tubes .  209 

“  Tube  Supports 

209,  524 

Fernbach  Antitoxin  Flask .  171 

F6ry  Refractometer .  473 

“  Thermo-electric  Calorim¬ 
eter .  106 

Feser  Lactoscope .  349 


Page 


Fibre  Blocks .  348 

Field  Glasses,  Bausch  &  Lomb- 

Zeiss  Stereo .  72 

Figures  of  Steel  for  Stamping.  209 

Filar  Micrometer,  B.  &  L . 316 

Files .  209 

File  Handles .  209 

Filling  Attachment  for  Test 

Tubes .  522 

Filters,  Berkefeld .  210 

“  Gas . 254 

“  Light,  Wratten  &  Wain- 

wright,  for  Micro-Pho¬ 
tography .  342 

Maassen .  210 

Pasteur-Chamberland. .  210 

“  Pukal .  210 

“  Ray,  for  Spectroscopy  503 


“  Bags . 211 

“  Cones,  Alundum .  213 

“  “  Paper,  S.&S....  215 

“  Platinum .  421 

“  Crucibles .  160 

“  Discs,  Alundum .  212 

“  Dish,  Alundum . 213 

“  Flasks .  223 

“  Paper . 213  to  216 

“  “  for  Agar .  216 

“  “  Blocks  for  Absorp¬ 
tion  .  1 

“  “  Box .  216 

“  Presses .  217 

“  Pumps .  217 

“  “  for  both  Suction 

and  Pressure .  218 

“  Racks .  216 

“  Tubes .  218 

“  Tube  for  Gases .  254 

Finder,  Maltwood .  324 

Finger  Cots,  Rubber .  476 

Fiolax  Glass  Test  Tubes .  520 

“  “  Tubing .  260 

Fire  Testers .  368 

Fischer  Double  Net  Electrode  199 
“  Electrolytic  Supports . .  198 

“  Glass  Stirrer .  199 

“  Micro  Polariscope . 429 

“  “  “  Tube  434 

“  Potentiometer .  199 

“  Speed  Counter .  199 

“  Stiring  Apparatus . 509 

Fischer-Fresenius  Electrolytic 

Support .  198 

Fittings  for  Wash  Bottles .  546 

Flash  Point  Testers . 368  to  370 

Flasks . 218  to  226 

“  Abderhalden .  177 

“  Acetylization .  218 

“  Assay .  218 

“  Boiling . 219,220 

“  Carbonic  Acid .  218 

“  Cassia .  224 

“  Copper . 220 

“  for  Copper  Determina¬ 
tions .  218 

“  for  Copper  Oxide  Deter¬ 
minations  .  220 

-  “  Culture . 171,  172 

“  Distillation .  222 

“  Engler,  for  Viscosi¬ 
meters  .  373 

“  Erlenmeyer .  221 

“  Extraction .  205 

“  Filtering .  223 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H 


Page 


Flasks  for  Iodine  Determina¬ 
tions .  220 

“  Joliet .  218 

“  Kjeldahl . 223,224 

“  Moisture  Test .  222 

“  Silica .  219 

“  for  Soil  Analysis . 218 

“  Sugar . 226 

“  for  Sulphur  Determi¬ 
nations  .  218 

“  Transparent  Quartz .  459 

“  Vacuum,  Dewar .  224 


“  “  Precision.  .  .  225 

“  for  Wash  Bottles . 219 

Flask  Condenser  for  Micro 

Lamps . 332 

“  Heaters . 227,  541 

“  Heater  with  Hot  Plate  .  .  270 
“  Holders  for  Ostwald  Ther¬ 
mostats .  392 

Fleisch  Electrodes .  402 

Fleischl  Haemometer .  265 

Fleischl-Miescher  Haemometer  266 
Fletcher  Combustion  Furnace. .  235 
Crucible  Furnaces. .. .  234 

Muffle  Furnaces .  235 

“  Radial  Burner .  97 

Safety  Burner .  93 

“  Solid  Flame  Burner. . .  98 

“  Water  Heater . 552 

Flexible  Copper  Tubing  for 

Burner  Connections .  98 

Flicker  Photometer  Sight-box. .  384 

Floats  for  Burettes .  88 

Flow  Plate  and  Mould,  Asphalt  15 

Focusing  Glass .  342 

Foil,  Platinum .  420 

Folded  Filters,  S.  &  S . 215  . 

Folding  Rules .  290 

Test  Machine  for 

Paper .  526 

Folin  Apparatus  for  Nitrogen, 

Urea  and  Ammonia  in 

Urine .  543 

“  Modification  of  Kjeldahl 

Apparatus .  365 

“  Tube  for  Marshall  Urea 

in  Blood  Apparatus .  266 

Foot  Blowers .  73 

Force  Autoclave .  Ill 

Forceps .  227 

“  Artery .  181 

Blowpiping .  227 

“  Bone  Cutting .  181 

Cover  Glass .  227 

Dissecting .  181 

“  Pinning .  227 

Platinum  Tipped .  227 

“  Slide .  228 

Foster  Fire  Tester .  368 

Fraas  Paleontological  Charts . ..  133 
Fractional  Distillation  Tubes . .  191 

“  Weights .  64 

Frank  Rubber  Viscosimeter ....  480 
Frank  and  Tschirch  Plant  Physi¬ 
ology  Charts .  128 

Fraunhofer  Micrometer  Micro¬ 
scope .  292 

Freas  Constant  Temperature 

Bath.. . . .  393 

“  Electric  Drying  Ovens. . .  377 

“  “  Incubators .  27 

“  “  Shaking  Appara¬ 
tus  .  485 


Page 


Freas  Electric  Sterilizers .  40 

“  “  Tube  Furnace. . .  236 

“  “  Vacuum  Oven. . .  379 

Freezing  Attachment  for  Mi¬ 
crotomes . 346 


Microtome,  Bardeen..  346 
“  Sartorius..  345 
Tubes  for  Molecular 
Weight  Determina¬ 


tion  Apparatus .  389 

Fresenius  Arsenic  Apparatus ...  14 

“  Desiccator .  175 

“  Nitrogen  Bulb . 366 

Freudenreich  Culture  Flasks. . .  171 
Friedberger-Kanten  Metal 

Culture  Dishes .  170 

Friedenthal  Cryoscope .  169 

Friedrichs  Condensers .  153 


“  Double  Automatic 

Pipette .  412 

“  Gas  Washing  Bottle.  250 

“Frigo”  Cold  Closets .  45 

Fruehling  and  Schultz  Desic¬ 
cators  .  175 

Fuchs-Rosenthal  Counting  Ap¬ 
paratus  .  263 

Fuess  Monochromator .  500 

“  Spectrograph .  497 

Fume  Absorption  Tube,  Folin  543 

Funnels . 228  to  230 

“  for  Burettes .  88 

“  Copper .  229 

Double  Walled .  229 

“  Enamel  Ware .  229 

“  Hot  Air .  230 

“  “  Water .  230 

“  Porcelain .  229 

“  Rubber .  229 

Sedgewick-Rafter . 552 

“  Separatory  .  230 

“  “  for  Creo¬ 

sote  ....  19 

“  “  “  Water 

in  Tar..  18 


Funnel  Attachment  for  Filling 

Test  Tubes .  231 

“  Flasks  for  Filtering. .. .  223 

“  Plates  of  Porcelain ....  419 

“  Supports .  232 

"  Tubes . 232 

Furnaces . 234  to  244 

“  Assayers  Combination, 

Brown .  235 

Combustion,  Fletcher  235 

“  “  Glaser..  236 

“  “  Hoskins  237 


von  Ba- 
bo-Erlen- 


meyer. .  236 
Crucible,  Fletcher. . . .  234 
“  Hoskins ....  239 

Electric  Arc . 241 

Vacuum,  Ar- 

sem .  242 

for  Elementary  Or¬ 
ganic  Analysis,  Her- 

aeus-Dennstedt .  239 

Explosion,  Carius ....  236 
High  Temperature, 

Northrup .  243 

Muffle,  Fletcher .  235 

“  Hoskins .  240 

“  Wiesnegg .  235 

Tube,  Freas .  236 


Page 

Fused  Rock  Crystal  Apparatus  459 

Fusel  Oil  Apparatus .  245 

Fuses  for  Projection  Apparatus  448 


G 


Gabritschewsky  Culture  Dishes  170 

Gaede  Air  Pumps . 1  to  5 

Galactometer,  Adam . 351 

Galvanometers  for  Junker  Au¬ 
to  m  a  t  i  c  Gas 
Calorimeter ....  109 
“  Demonstration.  200 

“  Einthoven 

String,  Edel- 

mann .  409 

“  Einthoven 

String,  Cam- 
b ridge  Scien¬ 
tific  Inst.  Co..  410 


Galvanoscopes .  201 

Gang  Moulds .  Ill 

Ganong  Plant  Physiology  Ap¬ 
paratus  . 416  to  418 

Gas  Analysis  Apparatus .  .245  to  257 
Gas  Analysis  Apparatus,  Allen 

and  Moyer .  245 

Gas  Analysis  Apparatus,  Burrell  247 
Gas  Analysis  Apparatus,  Hal¬ 
dane  .  248 

Gas  Analysis  Apparatus,  Loms- 

chakow .  246 

Gas  Analysis  Apparatus,  Orsat- 

Dennis .  245 

Gas  Analysis  Apparatus,  Orsat- 

Fischer .  245 

Gas  Analysis  Apparatus,  Orsat- 

Lunge .  245 

Gas  Analysis  Apparatus,  Orsat- 

Muencke .  245 

Gas  Analysis  Apparatus,  Peter- 

sen-Palmquist .  249 

Gas  Analysis  Apparatus  for  Sul¬ 
phur  and  Ammonia . 249 

Gas  Analysis  Apparatus,  Tut- 

wiler .  249 

Gas  Analysis  Apparatus,  Wil¬ 
liams  .  246 

Gas  Bags .  250 

“  Balance .  250 

“  Balloons .  250 

“  Bottles,  Cubic  Foot .  255 

“  Burettes .  251 

“  Calorimeter,  Junkers .  108 

“  “  Parr .  107 


“  Sargent ......  107 

Collecting  Tubes .  251 

Compression  Pumps .  151 

Cylinders  for  C02,  Oxygen, 

etc .  252 

Cylinder  Support . 252 

Valves .  252 

Distributors .  254 

Filter .  254 

“  Tube .  254 

Generating  Bottles .  250 

Generators .  253 

Holders .  253 

Hose,  Rubber .  479 

Interferometer . 471  to  473 

Lamp,  Harcourt  Pentane . .  256 

Measuring  Tubes .  253 

Meter  for  Junker  Gas  Ca¬ 
lorimeter  .  108 

Meters . 255,  256 


566 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Page 


Gas  Meter,  Experimental,  Bohr  404 
“  Micro  Lamps .  331 


“  Pressure  Regulator  for  Jun¬ 
ker  Gas  Calorimeter .  108 

“  Pressure  Regulator  for 

Pressure  Cylinders .  252 

“  Pressure  Regulator  for 

Thermo-regulators .  537 

“  Regulator .  256 

“  Specific  Gravity  Appara¬ 
tus,  Schilling .  256 

“  Stoves .  97 

“  Tongs .  423 

“  Washing  Bottles . 250,  251 

Gasoline  Blast  Burner .  95 

Burner,  Dangler .  97 

'  Gas  Generator . 253 

Gasometers .  253 

Gasser  Grinding  and  Polishing 
Machine  for  thin  Sections..  353 

Gauge,  Cover  Glass . 292 

“  Glass  Tubing .  258 

“  Paper  Testing .  526 

“  Pressure . 258,  289,  290 

“  Seger  Draft .  290 

“  Vacuum .  258 

“  McLeod’s .  5 

“  Wire .  258 

Gautier  Receiver .  465 

Gauze,  Wire .  554 

“  Toji  Burner .  97 

Gay-Lussac  Hydrometer .  273 

“  Specific  Gravity 

Bottles .  491 

‘  “  Support .  515 

Gayon  Culture  Tube .  172 

Gear,  Speed  Reducing,  for  Mo¬ 
tors .  363 

Gehrke  and  Reichenheim  Spec¬ 
trograph .  497 

Geissler  Air  Pump .  217 

“  Alkalimeter .  7 

“  Filter  Pump .  217 

Geissler-Wetzel  Potash  Bulb.  436 

Gelatine  and  Glue  Tester .  261 

Generators,  Gas . 253,  254 

Steam .  508 

Genth  Tripod .  541 

Genus  Covers . 75 

Geological  and  Mineralogical 


Hammers .  267 

German  Silver  Crucible  Tongs  539 
“  Weighing  Dish 
with  Counter¬ 
poise  .  180 

“  “  Wire .  554 

Germinator,  Grain .  262 

Geryk  Air  Pumps .  1,  2 

Giddings  Low  Temperature 

Incubators .  32 

Giles  Volumetric  Flask .  226 

Gilmore  Needle .  113 

Glaser  Combustion  Furnace. . .  236 

Glass  Beads .  258 

“  Blower’s  Blast  Burners.. .  96 

“  “  Tables .  259 

“  Cutter .  258 

“  Graduates .  261' 

“  Rings  for  Micro  Slides.  335 

“  Rod .  260 

“  Stirrers .  260 

“  Tubing .  260 

for  Sealing .  258 


Page 


Glass  Tubing  Cutter .  258 

“  “  Gauge .  258 

“  “  “  -Microme¬ 
ter . 292 

“  Wool .  261 

Glasses,  Micro  Cover .  334 

“  Pick .  288 

“  Reading .  288 

Glazed  Paper .  382 

“  “  for  Kymographs 

398,  399 

Glinsky  Distilling  Tube .  191 

Gloves,  Asbestos .  14 

“  Rubber .  476 

Glue  Hydrometer .  273 

“  Testing  Apparatus .  261 

Gockel  Burette  Meniscus  Read¬ 
er  .  88 

“  Condenser .  152 

Goetz  Phosphorus  Tubes .  116 

Goggles .  261 

Goldschmidt  Crystal  Model¬ 
ling  Apparatus . .  352 
“  Goniometers.. 352,  353 

Gomberg  Potash  Bulb .  436 

Goniometers,  Goldschmidt.  .352, 353 
“  Hutchinson  Uni¬ 
versal  .  354 

“  Penfield .  352 

Gooch  Crucible,  Nickel .  159 

“  “  Platinum . 421 

“  “  Porcelain. .  158,  159 

“  “  Filter  Tubes .  .  218 

“  “  Tubing . 480 

Graduated  Flasks . 224  to  226 

Graduates,  Glass .  261 

“  Enamel  Ware .  262 

“  for  Moisture  Test...  261 

Graham  Dialyzer . 176 

Grain  Germinator,  Schonjahn.  262 

“  Tester,  Grobecker .  262 

Graphic  Chronometers,  Jaquet.  400 

Gratings,  Replica . 504 

Grating  Spectroscope,  Zeiss ....  499 

Grease,  for  Stopcocks .  511 

Greenman  Burner .  94 

“  Thermo-regulator. . .  537 

G  renet  Battery .  66 

Grethen  Weighing  Bottle . 553 

Griffin  Beakers.  ... .  69 

Grinding,  Crushing  and  Pul- 


Grinding  and  Polishing  Ma¬ 
chine  for  Thin  Sections .  353 

Grobeker  Grain  Tester .  262 

Guard  for  Burners .  94 

Guinea  Pig  Holders .  11 

Gummed  Labels . .  282 


H 


Haemacytometers . 262  to  265 

Haemaglobinometer .  265 

Haematokrit,  Daland .  115 

Haematology,  Apparatus  for 

262  to  266 

Haematology  and  Cytology, 

Charts  of .  131 

Haemometers . 265 

Haldane  Gas  Analysis  Appara¬ 
tus .  248 

Half  Elements  for  Physical 

Chemistry .  396 

Hall  Purinometer .  543 

Hammers .  267 


Page 

Hand  Balance .  58 

“  Magnifiers . 286  to  289 

“  Microtome,  B.  &  L . 346 

“  Spectrophotometer,  Nut¬ 
ting . 501 

Handles  for  files .  209 

Handle  for  Zeiss  Anastigmatic 

Magnifiers .  289 

Harcourt  Pentane  Lamp .  256 

Hard  Rubber  Bottles .  84 

“  “  Funnels . 229 

“  Stopcock . 510 

Hardness  Testers . 267,  268 

Test  Measuring  Mi¬ 
croscope .  295 

Harvard  Trip  Balance .  59 


Hastings  Aplanatic  Triplets..  287 
Hayem-Sahli  Haemacytometer.  264 
Hearson  Bacteriological  Incu¬ 
bators,  24,  25,  26,  29,  31, 
33  and  35 


Coagulator  for  Blood 

Serum .  34 

"  Dehydrator .  44 

Drying  Apparatus  for 

Serum .  193 

“  “  Ovens,  Elec¬ 
tric .  377 

“  Shaking  Apparatus .. .  483 

Sterilizer,  Electric _  40 

“  Steam,  Elec¬ 
tric .  41 

Water  Bath .  550 

“  “  “  for  Was- 

serman 

Test.  35 

Heaters,  Electric  (Hot  Plates)  268 

“  “  for  Milk  Tes¬ 
ters .  350 

“  for  Flasks .  227 

“  “  “  with  Hot 

Plate . 270 

Heating  Device  for  Polari- 

scopes,  Landolt .  428 

Heating  Device,  Electric,  for 
Polariscopes,  Abderhalden . . .  428 

Heeren  Pioscope .  350 

Heerwagen  Mercury  Pippette. .  413 
Hefner  Lamps  for  Photometers.  385 
Heidenhain  Thermometer  for 

Cryoscope .  169 

Heim  Animal  Cage .  10 

Heinrici  Hot  Air  Motors .  363 

Helber  Counting  Chamber .  263 

Hellendahl  Staining  Jar .  507 

Hempei  Desiccator .  175 

“  Distillation  Flask . 222 

“  Distilling  Tube  for 

Tar .  19 

“  Gas  Burettes .  251 

“  “  Palladium  Tube...  253 

“  “  .  Pipettes . .  257 

Hempei -Friedrichs  Gas  Pip¬ 
ette .  256 

Hempel-Winkler  Gas  Burette  251 
Heraeus  Electric  Hot  Plates 
with  Temperature 

Regulation .  270 

“  Elements  for  Pyrom¬ 
eters  .  451 

Mercury  Vapor  Lamp 

of  Quartz .  503 

“  Tube  Furnaces . 238 

Herman  Electrolytic  Outfit . . .  197 
Hess  Viscosimeter .  267 


567 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


C  O  M  P  A  NY 


Page 


Hessian  Sand  Crucibles .  157 

High  Temperature  Burners  ....  93 

“  “  Drying  Ov¬ 
ens .  375 

“  “  Furnaces, 

Northrup...  243 

Hilger  Micrometer  Microscope  293 

“  Monochromatic  Illumi¬ 
nator  .  501 

“  Refractometer .  473 

“  Spectographs .  497 

“  Spectrometers .  495 

Hill  Pressure  Filter .  211 

“  Weighing  Bottle .  553 

Hintze  Crystal  Models .  359 

Hipp  Chronoscopes .  139 

Hirsch  Funnels. .  229 

Histological  Apparatus  for  Em¬ 
bedding  .  42 

Hitchens  Syringe .  516 

Hoffman  Clamps . 140  to  142 

Direct  Vision  Spec- 

“  troscope .  494 

“  Lecture  Apparatus .  . .  283 

Hofman  Sodium  Press .  438 

Hofmann  Water  Bath .  548 

Hofmeister  “Schalchen” .  481 

Hogarth  Specific  Gravity  Bot¬ 
tle .  491 

Holders,  Animal .  12 

for  Extension  Clamps  140 
“  Conductivity  Cells  391 


“  Culture  Dishes. . . .  171 

“  “Gas .  253 

“  Lenses .  313 

'  “  Microtome  Knives  347 

“  “  Needles .  182 

“  “  Spectrum  Tubes. . .  506 

Hollow  Prism .  504 

Holt  Milk  Testing  Set .  348 

Homeopathic  Vials .  545 

Hones .  348 

Hooks  and  Chains .  181 

Hopkins  Condenser .  152 

“  “  Picard-Law 

Modifica- 
cation . 152 


Kjeldahl  Connecting 


Bulbs . . .  366 

Horismascope .  543 

Horn  Scoop . 481 

“  Spatulas .  490 

“  Spoons .  506 

Horseshoe  Magnets .  286 

Hortvet  Tube . . .  542 

Hose,  Rubber .  478 

Hoskins  Electric  Combustion 

Furnace ......  237 

“  “  Crucible  Fur¬ 
nace .  239 

“  “  HotPlates....  269 


“  Muffle  Fur¬ 


nace .  240 

Hot  Air  Funnels .  230 

“  “  Motors . 363 

“  “  Sterilizers . 39,  40 

“  Plates,  Electric . 268  to  271 

“  “  Gas .  268 

“  with  Flask  Heater..  270 

“  Water  Funnels .  230 

“  Heater  for  Refrac- 

tometers .  . .  469 

Hour  Glasses .  481 


Page 


Hubbard  Specific  Gravity  Bot¬ 
tle.  . ^ .  492 

Huber  Warming  Table .  545 

Huggenberg  Sapometer .  88 

Hulett  Mercury  Still .  297 

Hurthle  Kymograph .  398 

Piston  Recorder .  400 

“  Spring  Manometer ....  400 
Hutchinson  Universal  Goniom¬ 
eter .  354 

Hydraulic  Presses .  437 

Hydro  Carbon  Burner  for 

Kerosene . . . ...  97 

Hydrogen  Liquifying  Appara¬ 
tus .  285 

“  Sulphide  Apparatus, 

Johnson .  249 

Hydrometers . 271  to  273 

Hydrometer,  Asphalt .  17 

“  Jars . 173 

Hygro-Autometer .  274 

Hygrodeik .  274 

Hygrograph .  274 

Hygrometers .  274 


I 


Ice  Boxes  . . 45 

Her  Disc  Pulverizer . 162 

Illuminants  for  Projection  Ap¬ 
paratus  . 447 

Illuminating  Device  for  Po- 

lariscopes .  432 

Illuminating  Device  for  Spec¬ 
troscope  with  Polariscope, 

Nemst . . .  429 

Illumination  Tester,  Thorner .  .  386 
Illuminators,  Vertical,  B.  &  L. .  317 
“  “  Zeiss .  . .  324 

Illuminometers,  Martens ......  385 

“  Wingen . 386 

Immersion  Electrodes . 391 

“  Oil  Bottles .  77 

“  Refractometer .  467 

Immunity  Unit  Cylinders .  174 

“  “  Pipettes .  415 

Impact  Ball  Tester .  267 

Incandescent  Gas  Micro  Lamp .  332 
Incineration  Dish,  Alundum... .  178 
“  Pan,  Platinum ... .  421 

Incinerator .  275 

Inclinator,  Carboy . 110 

Incubators,  Bacteriological. 21  to  33 

“  Embryological .  29 

“  for  Microscopes .  .  .  333 

Incubator  Thermometers . 534 

Indicator  Potentiometer,  Leeds 

&  Northrup . 451 

Temperature,  Leeds 

,  &  N orthrup . 452 

Induction  Coils .  275 

Inductorium,  DuBois  Reymond  402 
“  for  Wheatstone 

Bridge . 393 

Injection  Needles  for  Syringes  510 

^  S^rrinrroa  4- a  KIO 


Ink,  Diamond .  275 

“  Polygraph,  Mackenzie ....  405 

Innoculating  Needles .  364 

Insect  Pins .  412 

Inset,  Perforated,  for  Water 

Baths .  549 

Inspissators,  Hearson  Electric..  32 
Instruments,  Dissecting . .  181  to  185 


\ 


Page 


Instrument  Sterilizers .  36 

Interferometer  for  Gas  and 

Water .  471 

International  Atomic  Weights 

for  1913 .  555 

International  Electric  Centri¬ 
fuges . 118  to  120 

Interval  Timer,  Thayer .  143 

Inversion  Tubes  for  Polari- 

scopes .  434 

Inverted  Specimen  Jars .  281 

Iodine  Determination  Flasks. . .  220 
Ions,  Apparatus  for  the  De¬ 
termination  of  the  Migra¬ 
tion  of .  397 

Iron  Crucibles .  159 

“  Dishes . . .  180 

“  Mortars .  362 

“  Wire .  554 


J 


Jackson  Specific  Gravity  Ap¬ 
paratus . 114,  492 

“  Turbidimeter .  542 

Jam  Jars . . . 281 

Janus  Blast  Burner. .  96 

Japanese  Lens  Paper .  284 

J^quet  Curve  Analyzer . 408 

“  Graphic  Chronometers. .  400 

“  Metronome .  400 

“  Portable  Polygraph .  407 

“  Respiration  Apparatus..  404 

“  Sphygmocardiograph . . .  406 

“  Spirometer .  404 

Jars,  Animal. . 11,  12 

“  Aquaria .  13 

“  Battery . 68 

“  Bell . 71,72 

“  Brain . 280 

“  Calcium  Chloride .  99 

“  Dressing .  280 

“  Hydrometer .  173 

“  Inverted  Specimen .  281 

“  Jam .  281 

“  Lightning . 281 

“  Mixing .  84 

“  Museum . 276  to  281 

“  Precipitating .  282 

“  Safety  Valve . 281 

“  Screw  Cap . .  281 

“  Staining . 507 

“  Stoneware .  . .  282 

“  Waste .  . . .  282 

Jeffers  Counting  Plate .  155 

Jena  Glass  Test  Tubes .  520 

Jennings  Kjeldahl  Connecting 

Bulb .  366 

Jewell  Stills .  188 

Johnson  Apparatus  for  Deter¬ 
mining  Hydrogen  Sul¬ 
phide  in  Gases . .  249 

Clay  CombustionBoats  149 
“  Clay  Combustion 

Tubes .  149 

“  Kjeldahl  Digesting 

Shelf .  365 

“  Milling  Machine .  164 

Jolly  Spiral  Spring  Balance ....  58 
Jones  Boiling  Point  Apparatus.  389 

“  Reductor .  465 

“  Sampler . . .  480 

Julian  Color  Comparison  Tubes  143 


Junkers  Gas  Calorimeters . .  108,  109 


568 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Page 

K 


Kaehler  Drying  Ovens . 375,  376 

Kawin  Crucible .  159 

Keidel  Blood  Collector . 267 

Keen  Impact  Ball  Tester .  267 

Kekule-von  Baeyer  Atom  Mod¬ 
els  .  19 

Kennicott-Campbell-Hurley  Co¬ 
lorimeter .  144 

Kerosene  Hydro  Carbon  Burn¬ 
er  .  97 

Micro  Lamp .  332 

Polariscope  Lamp ....  433 

Keys,  Contact .  395 

“  Electrometer .  395 

“  Plug .  395 

“  for  Wheatstone  Bridge . .  393 

Kinotherm  (Shaking  Appara¬ 
tus) .  484 

Kipp  Generator .  253 

Kirchbraun  Cementation  and 

Ductility  Machine .  15 

Kirchbraun-Sargent  Adhesion 

Machine .  15 

Kirchoff-Bunsen  Spectroscopes  494 

Kirkbride  Slide  Forceps .  228 

Kitasato  Animal  Holder .  11 

Filter  Apparatus .  209 

Kjeldahl  Apparatus  for  the 
Determination  of  Ni¬ 
trogen  . 364  to  366 

Connecting  Bulbs ....  366 

Flasks .  _ .  223 

Klaeger  Insect  Pins .  412 

Knife.  Brain .  181 

“  Cartilage .  181 

“  Cork .  282 

“  Microtome .  347 

“  Sectioning . 347 

“  Virchow .  181 

Knife  Holders  for  Microtome 

knives .  347 

Knorr  Extraction  Apparatus  . . .  206 

“  “  Flask .  205 

Kny  Botanical  Charts .  126 

Koch  Bacteria  Grinding  Ap¬ 
paratus  .  167 

“  Culture  Flasks .  171 

“  Safety  Burners .  98 

Kohl  Specific  Gravity  Bottle  . . .  491 


Kohlrausch  Conductivity  Cells  390 
“  *  Model  for  Lecture 
Table  Demonstra¬ 
tion  of  the  Migra¬ 
tion  of  Ions .  397 

Slide  Wire  Bridge.  394 

Sugar  Flasks . 226 

Kohlrausch-Holborn  Conduc¬ 
tivity  Cell  390 
“  “  Platiniz¬ 

ing  Solu¬ 
tion  . 394 

Kohlrausch-Ostwald  Apparatus 
for  the  Determination  of  the 
Conductivity  of  Electrolytes  390 
Kolkwitz  Plankton  Magnifier. . .  288 

Kolle  Culture  Flasks .  171 

“  Innoculating  Needles ....  364 

Konig  Centrifuge . 123 

“  Differential  Manometer  290 
“  Spectrophotometer  with 

Wanner  Pyrometer .  457 

Korner  Drug  Mill .  165 

Kossel  Sodium  Press . 438 


Page 

Kriiger  Battery .  460 

Kriiss  Spectro-Colorimeter ....  145 
“  Universal  Spectroscope. .  497 
Kiister  Anaerobic  Culture  Ap¬ 
paratus  .  8 

Kymographs .  398 

L 

LaBel-Henninger  Distilling 

Tubes .  191 

Labels,  Dennison .  282 

“  Micro  Slide .  335 

Label  Books .  283 

Lactic  Acid  Funnel,  Straus  ....  231 

Lactokrit,  Stewart .  116 

Lactometers .  348 

Lactoscope,  Feser .  349 

Ladenburg  Distillation  Flask  . .  222 

Lambrecht  Hygrometer .  275 

“  Polymeter . 275 

LaMotte  Calcium  Chloride 

Drying  Tube .  99 

Lamps,  Alcohol .  283 

Harcourt  Pentane  .... .  256 
“  Hefner,  for  Photom¬ 
eters  .  385 

“  Mercury  Vapor .  502 

“  Microscope .  331 

“  Photometer  Standard . .  385 

“  Polariscope .  433 

“  for  Projection  Appa¬ 
ratus .  447 

“  Spectrum .  502 

LampWicking . 283 

Lancets  for  Blood .  267 

Landolt  Heating  Device  for 

Polariscopes . 428 

“  Polariscopes . 427,  429 

“  Polariscope  Lamp . 434 

“  “  Tubes .  435 

Landouzy  and  Labbe  Charts  of 
Haemotology  and  Cytology . .  131 
Lantern  Slide  Enlarging  Out¬ 
fit  . 439 

Lautenschlaeger  Filter  Paper  216 
“  Hot  Air  Ster¬ 
ilizer  .  39 

LaWall  Separatory  Funnel .  231 

Leach  Separatory  Funnel  Sup¬ 
port  .  233 

Lead  Dishes .  180 

“  Pipe .  412 

“  Shot .  283 

Leather  and  Cloth  Tester, 

Schopper .  525 

LeChatelier  Pyrometer .  451 

“  Soundness  Test 

Apparatus  for  Ce¬ 
ment .  112 

“  Specific  Gravity 


Lecture  Apparatus,  Hoffman. . .  283 

“  Table  Balances .  54 

Leeds  Diamond  Mortar. .  362 

Leeds  &  Northrup  Resistance 

Box .  394 

“  “  Slide  Wire 

Bridge .  394 

Lehmann  Cardiograph .  407 

“  Extraction  Tube .  205 

“  Pneumograph .  407 

“  Sphvgmograph .  407 

Lendenfeld  Charts  of  Human 

Anatomy .  124 

Lenses,  Pocket .  286 


Page 

Lenses  for  Projection  Appa¬ 


ratus  .  447 

Quartz .  504 

Rocksalt .  504 

“  Zeiss  Anastigmatic  for 

Dissecting,  etc .  288 

Lens  Holders .  318 

“  Paper .  284 

“  Ring .  289 

Lentz  Anaerobic  Culture  Ap¬ 
paratus  .  8 

Leptometer .  370 

Leuckart-Chun  Zoological 

Charts .  134 

Levelling  Bulb  for  Gas  Bu¬ 
rettes  .  251 

Level  Support .  284 

Liebig  Condensers .  152 

“  Drying  Tubes .  193 

“  Potash  Bulb .  436 

Liebig-Dittmar  Potash  Bulb.. . .  436 
Liebig-Kyll  “  “  . . .  436 

Liefmann-Meier  Water  Bath. . .  36 

Light  Filters,  Wratten  &  Wain- 
wright,  for  Micro-Photogra¬ 
phy.... .  342 

Lightning  Jars .  281 

Lillie  Compartment  Paraffine 

Embedding  Oven .  42 

Lime-Sulphur  Hydrometer .  273 

Lincoln  Burette  Clamp .  141 

Linen  Tape  Measure .  291 

“  Testers .  288 

Lintner  Pressure  Bottle .  84 

Lippich  Polariscope .  426 

Liquid  Air  Apparatus .  284 

Lister  Culture  Flask .  171 

Litmus  Pencils .  382 

Lohnstein  Saccharometers .  544 

Lomschakow  Gas  Analysis  Ap¬ 
paratus  .  246 

Lothar-Meyer  Drying  Ovens .  . .  375 
“  “  Hot  Air  Funnel.  230 

Lovibond  Tintometer  and  Ac¬ 
cessories .  148 

Low  Flask  for  Copper  Deter¬ 
minations .  218 

Low  Temperature  Burners .  97 

“  “  Incubators, 

Hearson .  31 

“  Incubator 

Giddings ....  32 
“  “  Thermome¬ 
ters .  533 

“  “  Thermostat..  285 

Lucksch  Bacteriological  Charts  125 

Ludwig  Electrodes .  402 

Ludwig-Cyon  Mercury  Man¬ 
ometer .  400 

Luer  Syringes .  519 

Luminescence  Microscope  and 

Accessories,  Zeiss .  328 

Lummer-Brodhun  Photometer 

Sight-Box .  384 

Lummer-Straubel  Mercury  Va¬ 
por  Lamps .  502 

Lunge  Distillation  Flask .  222 

“  Nitrometers .  367 

“  Weighing  Bottle .  553 

Luther  Capillary  Electrometer 

Tube .  395 

“  Platinum  Electrodes. . . .  396 

“  Stirring  Device . 393 

Lux  Gas  Balance .  250 

Lymph  Grinding  Apparatus. .. .  168 


569 


ARTHUR 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Page 

M 


Maassen  Filter  Cylinder .  210 

Macfaedyen  Bacteria  Grinding 

Apparatus .  167 

Mach  Decimal  Balance .  54 

“  Immersion  Oil  Bottle ....  77 

Mackenzie  Ink  Polygraph . 405 

Macro  and  Micro  Polariscopc. .  427 

Magnalium  Balances . ...  57 

Magnetic  Field  Electrolysis 

Apparatus .  200 

Magnets .  286 

Magnification  Table .  322 

Magnifiers,  Bausch  &  Lomb. . . .  286 
“  Zeiss  Anastigmatic .  288 

“  for  Balances .  64 

Magnifier  Stands,  Adjustable .  .  313 

Mahler  Bomb  Calorimeter .  102 

Mailing  Cases  for  Micro  Slides  335 

Mall  Seeker,  or  Probe .  184 

Maltwood  Finder .  324 

Manganese  Tubes  for  Color 

Comparison,  Camp .  143 

Manometers . . .  289 

Manometers  for  Physical  Chem¬ 
istry .  400 

Mantels  for  Berkefeld  Filters.  .  210 
“  “  Welsbach  Lamps. . .  331 

Marchand  Calcium  Chloride 

Tubes .  100 

Marey  Tambours .  401 

Marey-Straub  Tambour .  401 

Markers,  Signal .  401 

Marquardt  Combustion  Tubes. .  149 
“  Pyrometer  “  ..  450 

Marking  Apparatus  for  Micro 

Objects .  333 

Marshall  Apparatus  for  the 
Determination  of  Urea  in 

Blood .  266 

Martens  Densitometer .  387 

“  Direct  Vision  Spec¬ 
troscope .  493 

“  Illuminometer .  385 

“  Polarisations  Photo¬ 
meter .  386 

Relative  Photometer. .  385 

Martin  Culture  Flask .  172 

“  Double  Jet  Water  Cen¬ 
trifuge .  117 

“  Filter  Apparatus .  209 

Mason  Hygrometer .  274 

Mats,  Asbestos .  14 

Matthews  Water  Bath .  551 

Mattrasses  for  Blowpiping .  286 

Maximum  and  Minimum  Ther¬ 
mometers  .  535 

McCoy  Boiling  Point  Appara¬ 
tus .  389 

“  Gas  Generator . 253 

McLeod  Anaerobic  Culture  Ap¬ 
paratus  . ■ .  8 

“  Vacuum  Gauge .  5 

McMyn  Weighing  Bottle .  553 

McNeill  High  Vacuum  Rotary 

Pump . 6 

Measuring  Appliances .  290 

“  Microscopes .  291 

Measures .  290 

Measure  for  Acid  in  Milk  Test  350 

“  Tape .  291 

Measuring  Cones .  291 

“  Tubes  for  Gas . 253 

Meat  Chopper .  297 


Page 


Mechanical  Stages,  B.  &  L . 316 

“  “  Zeiss .  320 

“  Stirrer  for  Mole¬ 
cular  Weight  De¬ 
termination  Appa¬ 
ratus .  389 

Medicine  Droppers .  412 

Medium  Laboratory  Micro¬ 
tome .  343 

Melting  Point  Tube .  297 

Mendelejeff  Charts  of  the  Ele¬ 
ments .  130 

“  Periodic  System  of 

the  Elements . 555 

Meniscus  Reader  for  Burettes. .  88 

Mercury  Commutator . 395 

“  Manometers .  400 

“  Pipettes .  413 

“  Still,  Hulett .  297 

“  Troughs .  297 

“  Vapor  Lamps 502,  503 

“  “  Arc  Lamp,  for 

Microscopes....  332 
“  Wells  for  Armored 

Thermometers .  534 

Mesure  and  Nouel  Optical  Py¬ 
rometer .  455 

Metallic  Tubing,  Flexible .  542 


Metallographic  Apparatus  298  to  303 


“  Microscope  and 

Camera,  Tassin  300 
Metallurgical  Microscopes  298, 

300,301,302 .  303 

Meters,  Gas .  255 

“  “  Bohr .  404 

“  “  for  Junkers  Ca¬ 
lorimeter .  108 

Meter  Sticks . 290 

Metric  Tables .  556 

Metronome,  Jaquet .  400 

Metzner  Respiration  Valve  ....  403 
Meyer  Anaesthetizing  Cham¬ 
bers .  403 

“  Artificial  Respiration 

Apparatus .  403 

“  Cylinder  for  Hydraulic 

Presses .  437 

“  Dissecting  Microscope.  327 

“  Sulphur  Apparatus .....  512 

Mica  Covers  for  Brain  Sections  334 

Mice  Holders .  11 

Micro  Balance .  53 

“  Burner .  91 

“  Cover  Glasses .  334 

“  Drawing  Apparatus . 317 

“  Labels  for  Slides .  335 

“  Lamps .  331 

“  Object  Marking  Appa¬ 
ratus  .  333 

“  Slides .  334 

“  Slide  Boxes .  335 

“  “  Cabinets .  336 

“  “  Mailing  Cases . 335 

“  “  Trays .  336 

“  Tubes  for  Polariscopes, 

Fischer .  434 

“  Warm  Stages .  333 

Micrometer,  for  Cement .  Ill 

“  Stage,  B.  &  L .  316 

“  “  Zeiss .  324 

Micrometer  Calipers .  290 

“  Microscopes . .  291  to  295 
Oculars,  B.  &  L. . . .  316 
“  “  Zeiss . 324 


Page 

Micrometer  Ocular,  Net,  for 

Blood  Counting.. . .  264 
Micro-Photographic  Apparatus 

337  to  342 

“  “  Apparatus 

for  Met¬ 
allography  298 
“  “  Drawing 

and  Projec¬ 
tion  Appa¬ 
ratus  Com¬ 
bined .  339 

Micro  Polariscope,  Fischer . 429 

Microscopes  and  Accessories 

Bausch  and  Lomb 

304  to  317 

“  and  Accessories, 

Zeiss .......  318  to  330 

Microscope,  for  Nernst  Bal¬ 
ance  .  53 

“  Binocular,  B.  &  L  312 

“  “  Chun..  330 

“  “  Zeiss..  325 

“  Crystallographic, 

Zeiss .  330 

“  Demonstration, 

»  B.  &  L .  311 

“  Dissecting,  B.  &  L  313 

“  “  Meyer  327 

“  Luminescence, 

Zeiss .  328 

“  Measuring . 291 

“  “  Metallographic  298  300 

“  Micrometer . 291 

“  Petrographical... .  355 

“  Portable,  B.  &  L.  311 

“  “  Zeiss...  323 

“  Projection . 446 

“  Reading . 296 

“  Ultra,  Zeiss . 329 

Microscope  Lamps .  331 

“  Oven .  333 

Microspectral  Objective,  En- 

gelmann .  324 

Microspectroscope,  Abbe . 324 

Micro-Tessar  Objective .  342 

Microtomes  and  Accessories.  343 

Miescher  Mixing  Pipette . 263 

Migration  of  Ions,  Kohlrausch 

Apparatus  for .  397 

Migration  Tube .  396 

Milk  Fat  Refractometer .  466 

“  Pipette  for  Counting  Bac¬ 
teria .  413 

“  Testing  Apparatus ..  348  to  351 

Milling  Machine,  Johnson .  164 

Milliammeters  and  Ammeters . .  200 
Millivoltmeters  and  Voltmeters  200 

Mills . . . 161  to  169 

Minerals,  Radio-Active .  460 

Mineral  Oil  Distillation  Ap¬ 
paratus,  Engler .  373 

“  Sectioning  Apparatus.  352 
Mineralogical,  Crystallographic 
and  Petrographical  Appara¬ 
tus  ...  . . .  352 

Mineralogical  Collections .  361 

“  Hammers . 267 

Minot  Metal  Micro  Slide  Cabi¬ 
net .  336 

“  Automatic  Precision  Mi¬ 
crotome .  344 

“  Rotary  Microtome . 344 

Minute  Glasses .  481 

Miquel  Culture  Flasks .  171 


570 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Page 

Mitscherlich  Desiccator .  175 

Eudiometer . 205 

Polariscopes  .  .424,  426 

Mixing  Bottle .  173 

“  Cylinders,  Precision.. .  .  174 

“  Jar .  84 

“  Pipettes  for  Haemacy- 

tometers .  263 

Models,  Anatomical,  Botanical, 

etc .  9 

Atom .  19 

“  Configuration ...  19 

Crystal .  359 

of  Crystal  Axes .  358 

“  Nicol  Prism,  Vrba .  .  357 

Polarisation,  Vrba.  .  . .  358 

of  Rhombohedron .  358 

Modeling  Apparatus  for  Crys¬ 
tals,  Goldschmidt .  352 

Mohr  Condenser .  153 

“  Pinchcocks .  142 

“  Pipettes . 413,  414 

“  Potash  Bulbs .  436 

Moissan  Electric  Arc  Furnace. .  241 

Moist  Chambers .  170 

Bottcher .  156 

Moisture  Balances . 59,  61 

Test  Cylinder .  173 

“  “  Flasks .  222 

“  Graduate .  261 

Molecular  Air  Pump,  Gaede. ...  4 

Weight  Determina¬ 
tion  Apparatus, 

Beckmann . 388,  389 

Weight  Determina- 
ation  Apparatus  for 
Essential  Oils,  Schim- 

mel .  373 

Weight  Determina- 
ation  Apparatus  for 
Physiological  and 

Clinical  Work .  169 

Monochromatic  Illumina¬ 
tors . 500,  501 

Micro  Lamp, 

Zeiss .  332 

Moore  Staining  Dish .  507 

Morochowetz  Filter  Paper .  216 

Funnel .  229 

Morse  Calibrating  Burettes ....  88 

“  Rendimento  (Hydrom¬ 
eter)  .  273 

Mortars .  362 

Motors,  Electric .  363 

“  Hot  Air .  363 

“  Water .  362 

Moulds,  Briquette,  Asphalt ....  15 

Cement.  ..  Ill 
Cubical,  for  Asphalt. . .  15 

“  Cupel .  172 

“  Pitch .  18 

Pouring .  364 

Mounting  Paper,  Botanical ....  75 

Mouse  Jars .  11 

Mouth  Pieces  for  Blowpipes.  74 

Muencke  Filter  Pump .  217 

Gas  Washing  Bottle. .  251 

Muffles,  Alundum .  364 

Battersea . 364 

Silica .  364 

Muffle  Furnaces,  Fletcher .  235 

“  “  Hoskins .  240 

Weisnegg .  235 

Multiple  Tube  Burners .  91 

Munktell  Filter  Paper .  213 

Museum  Jars . 276  to  281 


Page 


N 

Naples  Jar .  507 

“  Object  Clamp  for  Mi¬ 
crotomes .  346 

Needles,  Dissecting .  182 

Gilmore .  113 

Innoculating .  364 

“  Syringe .  518 

Needle  Apparatus,  Vicat .  113 

“  Holders .  182 

Neisser  Culture  Dishes .  170 

“  Test  Tube  Cleaner  ....  522 

Nernst  Conductivity  Cell .  391 

“  Illuminating  Device  for 

Spectroscope  with  Po- 

lariscope .  429 

“  Micro  Balance .  53 

“  “  Lamps . .  331 

Nessler  Color  Comparison 

Tubes .  143 

“  Tube  Support .  144 

Nestle'r  Slide  Rule .  489 

Nets  for  Foot  Blowers . . . . .  73 

Net  Electrodes,  Nickel, 

Fischer .  199 

“  Micrometer  for  Oculars 

for  Blood  Counting .  264 

Neubauer-Biirker  Haemacyto- 

meter .  263 

Nichrome  Wire . .  554 

Nickel  Chromium  Triangles. . . .  540 

“  Crucibles .  159 

“  Crucible  Tongs .  539 

“  Dishes .  180 

“  Net  Electrodes,  Fischer  199 

“  Spatulas .  490 

“  Spoons .  506 

“  Triangles .  540 

“  Wire .  554 

Nicol  Prism,  Model  of,  Vrba..  357 
“  Specific  Gravity  Bottle. . .  491 

Ninhydrin .  177 

Nissenson  Switch  Board  for 

Electrolysis .  198 

Nitrogen  Bulbs . .  366 

“  Determination  Ap- 


Nitrogen,  Urea  and  Ammonia 
in  Urine,  Folin  Apparatus 

for .  543 

Nitrometers . 367 

Normal  Elements,  Cadmium  . . .  396 

“  Thermometers .  531 

Norris  Potash  Bulb .  436 

Northrup  High  Temperature 

Electric  Furnaces . 243 

Nosepieces,  Bausch  &  Lomb  .  .  .  315 

“  Zeiss .  324 

Novy  Anaerobic  Culture  Appa¬ 
ratus  .  8 

“  Cover  Glass  Forceps . 227 

Nutting  Hand  Spectrophotom¬ 
eter .  501 

“  Polarisation  Photom¬ 
eter  Attachment . 496 

“  Precision  Calorimeter. .  146 

o 

Object  Clamps  for  Microtomes  346 

“  Holder,  Wolf .  289 

“  Marking  Apparatus ....  333 

“  Slides,  Micro  . .  334 

Objectives,  Paired,  Zeiss .  326 

“  Zeiss .  321 

Objective  Changer,  Zeiss . 324 


Page 


Oculars,  Zeiss .  320 

“  Paired,  Zeiss .  326 

Ocular,  Abbe  Stereoscopic .  324 

“  Adjustable,  Zeiss . 264 

“  “  Ehrlich....  265 

“  Double  Demonstrating  333 

Spectral,  Abbe . 324 

Ocular  Diaphragm  for  Blood 

Counting .  264 

“  Micrometers,  Zeiss .  324 

“  Micrometer  Discs,  B.  & 

L .  316 

“  Net  Micrometer,  for 

Blood  Counting .  264 

Ohm’s  Law  Demonstration  Ap¬ 
paratus  .  195 

Oil  Sample  Bottles .  84 

Stone .  182 

“  Testing  Apparatus. . .  .368  to  373 
“  “  Machine,  Thurston  373 

Ointment  Pots .  281 

Olsen’s  Testing  Machine  for 

Cement .  112 

Olszewski  Liquid  Air  Appara- 


Pressures .  285 

Opsonic  Incubators .  36 

Optical  Pyrometer,  Mesure  & 

N  ouel . 455 

“  “  Wanner....  456 

Ore  Grinders .  163 

Organic  Analysis  Furnace  Her- 

aeus-Dennstedt .  239 

“  Tissue  Grinding  Ap¬ 
paratus . 167  to  169 

Orlovius  Flask .  220 

Orsat-Allen  and  Moyer  Gas 

Analysis  Apparatus . 245 

Orsat-Dennis  Gas  Analysis  Ap¬ 
paratus  . .  •  245 

Orsat-Fischer  Gas  Analysis 

Apparatus .  245 

Orsat-Lunge  Gas  Analysis  Ap¬ 
paratus  . 245 

Orsat-Muencke  Gas  Analysis 

Apparatus .  245 

Osmoscope .  417 

Osram  Photometer  Lamps .  385 

Ostwald  Binding  Posts .  394 

“  Capillary  Electrom¬ 
eter  Tube .  395 

“  Clamp .  140 

“  Conductivity  Cells. . . .  390 


“  Constant  Tempera¬ 
ture  Baths .  392 

“  Electrode  Cells .  396 

“  Electro-motive  Force 

Determination  Appa- 

tus .  395 

“  Funnel  Support .  232 

“  Pipette .  413 

“  “  for  Folin  Ap¬ 
paratus .  543 

“  Thermostats .  392 

“  Toluol  Regulators  ....  393 

“  Viscosity  Determina¬ 
tion  Outfit .  397 

Ostwald-Kohlrausch  Appara¬ 
tus  for  the  Determination 
of  the  Conductivity  of  Elec¬ 
trolytes  . 390 

Oven  for  Asphalt  Testing .  15 

“  Conditioning,  Emerson. . .  529 
“  “  Schopper .  .  528 

“  Drying . 374  to  381 


571 


ARTHUR  H. 


Page 

Oven  for  Melting  Point  of  Hard 


Pitch .  18 

“  for  Microscopes .  333 

“  Paraffine  Embedding. . .  .42,  43 

“  Vacuum . 379  to  3S1 

Oxygen  Capacity  of  Blood 
Apparatus,  Barcroft  and 

Haldane .  405 

Oxygen  Cylinders .  252 


P 


Pail,  for  Waste .  546 

Paired  Objectives,  Zeiss .  326 

“  Oculars  “  326 

Paleontological  Charts .  132 

Palladium  Tube  for  Gas  An¬ 
alysis .  253 

Palm  Oil  Soap .  348 

Pamquist  Gas  Analysis  Ap¬ 
paratus .  249 

Pans  for  Balances .  64 

“  Calorimetry,  Platinum _ 422 

“  Cement .  114 

“  Dissecting .  538 

“  Incinerating,  Platinum. .  .  421 

Paper,  Asbestos .  14 

“  Dialyzing .  382 

“  Drying,  Botanical .  75 

“  Emery .  205 

“  Fat  Extracted,  for 

Milk  Analysis .  350 

“  Filter .  213  to  216 

“  Glazed .  382 

“  “  for  Kymographs.  398 

“  Lens .  284 

“  Mounting,  Botanical.. . .  75 

“  Parchment .  382 

“  Pressing,  Botanical .  75 

Paper  Filtering  Cones .  215 

“  Testers,  Schopper .  525 

“  Thickness  Gauge .  526 

Paraboloid  Condensers,  B.  &  L.  315 
Substage  Conden¬ 
sers,  Zeiss .  320 

Paraffine  Embedding  Bath .  43 

“  “  Box .  348 

“  “  Ovens... 42,  43 

“  “  Table .  348 

Parasite  Incubator,  Hearson. .  .  30 

Parasitic  Protozoa  and  their 

Carriers,  Charts  of  .  .  131 

Parchment  Paper .  382 

Parr  Carbon  Apparatus .  110 

“  Gas  Calorimeter .  107 

“  Oxygen  Bomb  Calorim¬ 
eter .  102 

“  Standard  Calorimeter. . . .  101 

“  Sulphur  Photometer .  512 

Paschen  Galvanoscope .  201 

Paste  Board  Boxes .  85 

Pasteur  Culture  Flask .  172 

Pasteur-Chamberland  Filter 
Cylin¬ 
ders .  210 

“  “  Pressure 

Filter...  211 

Pastille  Press .  389 

Payne  Platinum  Dish .  421 

Pebble  Mills .  166 

Peligot  Calcium  Chloride 

Tubes .  100 

Pellet  Polariscope  Tube .  435 

Pencils,  Litmus .  382 


H 


M 


s 

C  O  M  P  A  N 

Y 

Page 

Page 

382 

Pill  Tiles . 

412 

15 

Pillsbury  Boxes . 

335 

18 

Pins,  Insect . 

412 

Pinchcocks,  Mohr . 

142 

352 

Pinning  Forceps . 

227 

159 

Piorkowski  Culture  Flask . 

171 

Pioscope,  Heeren . 

350 

369 

Pipe,  Block  Tin . 

412 

256 

“  Lead . 

412 

Pipe  Wrench . 

423 

533 

Pipe-Stem  Triangles . 

539 

177 

Pipettes . 

412 

113 

“  Automatic . 

412 

382 

“  Blood,  Wright . 

267 

382 

“  Certified . 

414 

“  Dropping . 

412 

419 

“  Gas . 

256 

“  Haemacytometer . 

263 

114 

“  Mercury . 

413 

414 

“  Milk,  Babcock . 

350 

“  Ostwald,  for  Folin  Ap- 

503 

paratus . 

543 

48S 

“  Serological . 

413 

199 

“  Transfer . 

413 

“  Viscosity,  for  Glue. . . . 

261 

249 

“  “  “Oil . 

370 

170 

“  Volumetric . 

413 

Pipette  Boxes . 

415 

“  Rest . 

415 

i  361 

“  Supports . 

412 

133 

Piston  Recorder,  Hurthle . 

400 

Penfield  Application  Goniom¬ 
eter . 

Pennock  and  Martin  Crucible. . 
Pensky-Martens  Flash  Point 


Thermometers  for  Low 


Perforated  Porcelain  Plates  for 

Funnels . 

Permeability  Testing  Appara¬ 
tus  . 

Permin  Safety  Pipette . 

Perot-Fabry  Mercury  Vapor 
Lamp . 


Petersen-Palmquist- Anderson 

Gas  Analysis  Apparatus. . . 

Petri  Dishes . 

Petrographical,  Crystallograph¬ 
ic  and  Mineralogical  Appa 


“  Microscopes 

355  to  357 

Petrological  Collections .  361 

Pfeiffer  Micro  Warm  Stage .  333 

Pfurtscheller  Zoological  Charts 

134 

Phillips  Beakers . 71 

Phipps  Institute  Animal  Cage  11 
Phosphoric  Acid  Flask,  Volu¬ 
metric  .  224 

Phosphorus  Tubes,  Goetz .  116 

Photographic  Camera  for  Spec¬ 
troscopy .  494 

“  Plates,  Wratten 

and  Wainwright 
for  Spectroscopy.  506 

“  Register,  Dodge..  409 

Photometers  and  Accessories 

382  to  387 

Photometer  Sector .  498 

“  Spectro .  496 

“  Sulphur  Parr .  512 

Photometer  Sight-Box .  384 

“  Standard  Incan¬ 
descent  Lamps ....  385 
Photo-Micrographic  Appara¬ 
tus  . 337  to  342 

Photo-Micrographic  Apparatus 

for  Metallography .  298 

Photo-Micrographic,  Drawing 
and  Projection  Apparatus 

Combined .  339 

Photosynthometer .  417 

Physical  Chemistry  Apparatus 
(Not  including  Apparatus 
for  Quantitative  Electroly¬ 
sis) —  . 388  to  397 

Physiological  and  Clinical  Ap¬ 
paratus  . 398  to  411 

Picard-Law  Modification  of 

Hopkins  Condenser .  152 

Pick  Glasses .  288 

Pill  Boxes .  85 

“  Knives .  490 


Pitch  Mould .  18 

Pitchers,  Acid .  1 

Placentapeptono .  177 

Plankton  Magnifier .  288 

Plant  Pathology  Charts .  129 

“  Physiology  Apparatus, 

Ganong . 416  to  418 

“  Physiology  Charts .  128 

“  Press . 75 

Plasticine  for  Anaerobic  Cul¬ 
ture  Apparatus .  8 

Plates  for  Air  Pumps .  6 

“  Color  Reaction .  419 

“  for  Desiccators .  175 

“  Glass,  for  Cement . 419 

“  Hot,  Electric .  268 

“  “  Gas .  268 

“  “  with  Flask  Heater..  270 

“  Petri,  Culture . 170 

“  Perforated,  Porcelain, 

for  Funnels .  419 

“  Photographic,  Wratten 

&  Wainwright,  for  Spec¬ 
troscopy .  506 

“  Porous .  419 

“  Silica .  419 

“  Streak .  419 

Plate  Holders  for  Micro-Pho¬ 
tographic  Apparatus . .  338 

Platinid  Wire  for  Inoculating 

Needles .  364 

Platinizing  Solution .  394 

Platinum  Ware . 420  to  422 

“  Blowpipe  Tips .  74 

“  Electrodes .  396 

“  Needles .  364 

“  Resistance  Calorim¬ 

eter  Thermometer. . .  105 
Resistance  Thermom¬ 
eters  .  453 

“  Rhodium  Couple  for 

Brown  Pyrometers  .  .  450 
“  Wound  Tube  Fur¬ 
naces,  Heraeus .  238 


572 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Page 


Plattner  Crucible .  159 

Diamond  Mortar . 362 

Plehn-Nuttal  Microscope  Oven  333 
Pleier  “Raumwinkelmesser” . . .  386 

Plesch  Chromophotometer .  147 

Pliers .  423 

Plucker  Spectrum  Tubes .  505 

Plug  Key . . .  395 

Plumbago  Crucibles .  157 

Pneumatic  Troughs .  423 

Pocket  Magnifiers .  286 

“  Spectroscope .  492 

“  Thermometers .  535 

Pohl  Commutator .  402 

Polarisation-Colorimeter .  145 

Polarisations  Photometer,  Mar¬ 
tens .  386 

Polarisations  Photometer,  Nut¬ 
ting . ....  496 

Polariscopes  and  Accessories 

424  to  435 

Polariscopes  for  General  Pur¬ 
poses  ....  426  to  428 
“  “  Sugar  Analy- 


“  “  Urine  Analy¬ 
sis .  424 

Polariscope  Cases .  432 

Cover  Glasses . 435 

Illuminating  De¬ 
vice,  Electric .  432 

Lamps .  433 

Test  Plates .  435 

“  Tubes .  434 

Polarizers  for  Microscopes,  B. 

&  L .  317 

Policemen,  Rubber . .  476 

Polishing  and  Grinding  Ma¬ 
chine  for  thin  Sections .  353 

Polygraphs  for  the  Study  of 

the  Circulation . 405  to  411 

Polymeter,  Lambrecht .  275 

Poppe  Shaking  Apparatus .  484 

Porcelain  Burner .  92 

Casseroles .  110 

Combustion  Boats . . .  149 
“  “  Capsules  149 

“  “  Tubes...  149 

Crucibles .  158 

Culture  Dishes .  170 

Evaporating  Dishes. .  178 

Funnels .  229 

Mercury  Troughs -  297 

“  Mills . 164,  166 

Mortars .  362 

“  Pipette  Support . 415 

Plates  for  Color  Re¬ 
actions.  . . .  419 

“  “  “  Desicca¬ 
tors  .  175 

“  “  “  Funnels...  419 

Retorts .  474 

Rings . ;.  475 

Shelf  for  Pneumatic 

Troughs .  423 

Spatulas .  490 

Spoons .  506 

Swimming  Cups .  515 

Trays .  538 

“  Tray  for  Sputum 

Analysis .  506 

'  Tubes  for  Heraeus 

Elements .  451 

Watch  Glasses .  547 

Water  Bath . 548 


Page 

Porous  Cups  or  Cells .  172 

“  Plates .  . .  419 

Portable  Microscope,  B.  &  L. . .  311 

“  “  Zeiss .  323 

“  Polygraphs .  407 

Projection  Apparatus.  441 

Posts,  Binding,  Ostwald .  394 

Potash  Bulbs .  436 

Potash  Bulb  Support .  436 

Potentiometer,  Fischer,  for 

Cathode  Potentials .  199 

Potentiometer  Indicator,  Leeds 

&  Northrup .  451 

Potentiometer  Method  for 
Electro-Motive  Force  Ap¬ 
paratus  .  395 

Potometer .  417 

Pouring  Moulds .  364 

Prat-Dumas  Filter  Paper . 216 

Precipitating  Jars .  282 

Precision  Burettes .  89 

“  Flasks,  Volumetric. . .  225 

“  Hydrometers . 271,273 

“  Microtome,  Minot 

Automatic .  344 

“  Mixing  Cylinders ....  174 

“  Pipettes .  414 

“  Thermometers .  531 

“  Urinometers .  545 

Preparation  Dishes .  180 

“  Jars . 276  to  281 

Prescription  Balances . 56,  57,  59 

Press,  for  Corks .  155 

“  Filter .  217 

“  Hydraulic .  437 

“  Laboratory .  438 

“  Pastille .  389 

“  Plant .  75 

“  Sodium .  438 

“  Tincture .  438 

Pressing  Paper,  Botanical .  75 

Pressure  Blowers .  73 

“  Bottles .  84 

“  Filter  Apparatus .  211 

“  Gauges . 258,  289  290 

“  Pumps . 1  to  6 

“  Regulator,  Gas,  for 

Junker  Calorimeters.  .  108 

“  Regulator,  for  Gas 


Cylinders..  252 
Gas,  for 
Thermo¬ 
regulators.  537 


“  Tubing,  Rubber . 479 

Prest-o-lite  Gas  Tank .  441 

Primary  Batteries . 65,  66 

Prince  Rupert  Drops .  480 

Prism,  Nicol,  Model  of . 357 

Prisms,  Spectro .  504 

Probes .  184 

Projection  Apparatus  and  Ac- 


cro-Photographic  Apparatus 

Combined .  339 

Projection  Microscopes . . .  446 

Protozoa,  Parasitic,  with  their 

Carriers,  Charts  of .  131 

Psychrometer,  Sling .  274 

Pukal  Filter  Balloon .  210 

Pulfrich  Refractometer .  468 

Pulleys  on  Support  for  Trans¬ 
mission  . ; .  515 

Pulverizing,  Crushing  and 
Grinding  Apparatus. ...  161  to  169 


Page 

Pumps,  Acid .  1 

Air . 1  to  6 

Artificial  Respiration.  .  402 
1  Compression  for  Gases  151 

Filter .  217 

“  Pressure . 1  to  6 

“  Suction . 1  to  6 

“  and  pressure  . . .  218 

Vacuum . 1  to  6 

Purinometer  Hall .  543 

Pycnometers .  491 

Pyrometers . 449  to  458 

Pyrometer  Cones,  Seger . 458 

Tubes,  Alundum _  458 


0 


Quartz  Apparatus,  Transparent  459 

Lenses .  504 

“  Mercury  Vapor  Lamp  .  .  503 

“  Pyrometer  Tubes . 450 

“  Substage  Condensers . . .  320 

“  Test  Plates  for  Polari¬ 
scopes  .  435 

“  Thermometers .  532 

Quevenne  Lactometers .  348 


R 


Rabe  Water  Motors .  362 

Racks  Filter .  216 

“  for  Staining  Slides .  507 

“  Syringes .  516 

“  “  Test  Tubes .  523 

Radial  Burner,  Fletcher .  97 

Radiation  Pyrometers,  Thwing.  457 

Radio-active  minerals .  460 

Radio-Chemistry  Apparatus 

460  to  464 

Rake,  Cupel .  172 

Rammelsberg  Drying  Oven...  374 
Ramsay-Young  Gas  Compres¬ 
sion  Pump .  151 

Ranke  Reaction  Glass .  543 

‘  ‘  Raumwinkelmesser’  ’ .  386 

Ravanel  Culture  Dish  Holder. .  171 
Innoculating  Needles. .  364 
Ray  Filters  for  Spectroscopy.  503 

Razors,  Section .  347 

Razor  Strops .  348 

Reaction  Glass,  Ranke .  543 

Plates .  419 

Reader  for  Burette  Meniscus.  88 
Reading  Device  for  Thermom¬ 
eters .  533 

Reading  Glasses .  288 

“  Glass  for  Balances ....  64 

“  Microscopes .  296 

“  Microscope  for  Nernst 

Balance .  53 

“  Telescopes .  296 

Reagent  Bottles . 80  to  83 

Reagents  for  Abderhalden’s 

Dialyzing  Method .  177 

Receivers  for  Distillations  in 

Vacuum .  465 

“  for  Pressure  Blowers.  73 

“  Retorts .  465 

Receiver  and  Cover  for  Sieves  486 
Reckoner,  Ackermann  Auto¬ 
matic  .  351 

Record  Syringes .  517 

Record-Bruneau  Syringes .  518 

Recorder,  Piston .  400 

Recorders,  Temperature,  Leeds 
&  Northrup  Patent .  454 


573 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Page 


Recorder  and  Regulator  for 
Electric  Pyrometers,  Thwing.  237 

Recording  Barometer, . .  65 

“  Drum,  Sherrington- 

Starling .  399 

“  Thermometers .  534 

Red  Fibre  Blocks .  348 

Reduction  Tubes .  465 

Reductor,  Jones .  465 

Redwood  Viscosimeter .  370 

Reed  Extraction  Apparatus . .  207 
Reflecting  Stereoscope,  Zeiss.  .  326 

Reform  Syringes . ...  .  518 

Refractometers  and  Accessories 

465  to  473 

Refractory  Cement,  Alundum. .  7 

“  “  Vulcan 

Paste .  110 

Refrigerators .  45 

Register,  Photographic,  Dodge  409 
Regnault  Specific  Gravity  Bot¬ 
tles  .  491 

Regulator,  Gas .  256 

“  Pressure,  for  Gas 

Cylinders .  252 

“  Toluol,  Ostwald  .  .  . .  393 
“  and  Recorder  for 
Electric  Furnaces, 

Thwing .  237 

Reichert  Metallographic  Mi¬ 
croscope  .  301 

“  Thermo-regulators..  536 

Reichert-Novy  Thermo-regula¬ 
tor .  536 

Reichel  Filter  Apparatus .  209 

Reischauer  Specific  Gravity 

Bottle .  491 

“  Water  Bath .  552 

Reischauer-Brinton  Specific 

Gravity  Bottle .  491 

Reiss  Refractometer  Tables.  .  .  470 

Relative  Photometers .  385 

Replica  Gratings  for  Spectros¬ 
copy  .  504 

Reservoir  for  Pressure  Blowers  73 
Resistances,  Leeds  and  North- 
rup,  for  Electrolytic  \\  ork .  .  .  393 

Resistances,  Ruhstrat .  203 

Resistance  Box,  Leeds  &  Nor- 

thrup .  394 

“  “  Otto  \\  olff .  .  .  .  394 

“  Bulbs .  453 

“  Thermometers,  Plat¬ 
inum  .  453 

“  Thermometer  Re¬ 

corders,  Leeds  & 

Northrup .  454 

Respiration  Apparatus,  Jaquet.  404 
“  Pumps,  Artificial . .  402 

“  Valves .  403 

Respirators .  474 

Respiroscope .  417 

Retorts .  474 

“  Transparent  Quartz  .  . .  459 

Retort  Adapters .  1 

“  for  Creosote  Oil  Distil¬ 
lation .  19 

Revolving  Stages,  Zeiss .  320 

Rheostats  for  Micro  Arc  Lamps  331 
“  “  Projection  Ap¬ 
paratus  . 448 

“  Ruhstrat .  203 

Rhomboheclron  Model .  358 

Ribbon  Carriers  for  Micro¬ 
tones .  346 


Page 

Richard  Recording  Barometer. .  65 

“  Thermograph .  534 

Richards  Filter  Pump .  217 

Riche  Adiabatic  Calorimeter 

and  Accessories .  104 

Richmond  Slide  Rule .  350 

Rickards  Sputum  Shakers . 482 

Riders,  for  Balances .  64 

Rieder  Mixing  Pipette .  263 

Riesenfeld  Spectrum  Burner.  . .  502 
“  “  Lamp....  502 

Riesenfeld  and  Wohlers  Spec¬ 
trum  Burner .  502 

Rings,  Concentric .  475 

“  for  Micro  Slides .  335 

“  Straw .  512 

“  Suberite .  512 

“  for  Supports .  475 

Ring  Burner .  94 

“  Supports .  514 

Ringer  Extraction  Apparatus  206 
Roasting  Dishes,  Battersea.  . . .  475 

Robax  Glass  Tubing .  260 

Robervahl  Balance .  59 

Rock  Crystal  Apparatus .  459 

Rocksalt  Lenses .  504 

Rod,  Charging,  for  Electro¬ 
scopes .  462 

“  Glass .  260 

“  Silica . 489 

“  Stirring,  of  Glass .  260 

Rohrig  Fat  Extraction  Tube  .  .  .  351 
Rose  Automatic  Adjustable 

Burette .  88 

“  Crucible .  159 

Rosenau  Syringe  Rack .  516 

Rosenberger  Innoculating 

Needles .  364 

“Rotameter” .  256 

Rotarex,  Dulin .  17 

Rotary  Crucible  Holder .  161 

“  Microtome  Minot . 344 

Rotating  Anode  and  Stirring 

Apparatus .  199 

Rothe  Double  Automatic  Pi¬ 
pette .  412 

Roux  Bacteriological  Chart  s .  .  .  125 

“  Culture  Mask .  171 

“  “  Tube .  172 

“  Syringes .  516 

“  Thermo-regulator,  Bime¬ 
tallic  .  536 

Rowntree-Geraghty  Colorim- 

1  '|  /I 

R  R  Alundum !  1 ! !  1 1  1  ’.  ’.  149 

Rubber  Bands .  475 

“  Bottles .  84 

“  Bulbs . ...475 

Bulbs  for  Dropping 

Bottles .  76 

Caps  for  Dropping  Bot- 

“  ties .  76 

“  Caps  for  Test  Tubes . . .  476 

“  Dam .  478 

Discs  for  Foot  Blowers.  73 

Extraction  Apparatus. .  207 

“  Finger  Cots .  476 

“  Funnels . 229 

Gloves .  476 

“  Policemen .  476 

“  Spatula .  490 

Stopcock .  510 

“  Stoppers .  477 

“  Testing  Machine .  527 

“  Tissue .  478 


Page 


Rubber  Tubing  .  478 

“  “  Stretcher .  480 

“  Viscosimeter .  480 

Ruehmann  Uricometer .  544 

RuhmkorfT  Induction  Coils .  275 

Ruhstrat  Rheostats .  203 

Rules .  290 

Rule,  Richmond,  Slide .  350 

“  Slide .  489 

Rupert  Drops .  480 

Rutherford  Electroscopes . 464 

Prism .  494 

s 

Saccharimeters .  430 

Saccharo-manometer .  544 

Saccharometers .  544 

Safety  Burners,  Koch .  98 

“  Tubes .  232 

“  Valve  Jars .  281 

Sahli  Haemometer .  265 

Salinometer .  273 

Sample  Boxes .  85 

“  Cans  for  Cement .  114 

“  Grinders,  Braun .  163 

Samplers .  480 

Sampler,  Cement .  112 

Sand,  Berkshire .  552 

Sand  Baths .  480 

“  Crucibles .  157 

“  Glasses .  481 

“  Sieves .  487 

“  Thermometers .  534 

Sapometer .  88 

Saponification  Burette .  88 

“  Flask,  Volumet¬ 
ric .  224 

Sargent  Automatic  Gas  Cal¬ 
orimeter  .  107 

“  Electric  Drying  Oven. .  376 

“  High  Temperature 

Burner .  93 

Sartorius  Brain  Microtome  ....  345 
“  Freezing  Microtome. .  345 

Saucepans .  75 

Sauer  Charts  of  Petrography. . .  133 
Sauveur  Metallurgical  Micro¬ 
scope .  298 

Micro-Photographic 

Apparatus .  298 

Saw,  Bone .  182 

Saxe  Areo-Pycnometer .  273 

“  Urino-Pycnometer . 544 

Saybolt  Universal  Viscosimeter.  371 

Scale,  Cement .  113 

“  Percentage .  113 

Scale  Tester,  for  Thermometers  292 

Scalpels .  182 

“Schiilchen”  Hofmeister .  481 

Scheibler  Calcimeters .  99 

“  Desiccators .  175 

Scheibler-Finkener  Calcimeter.  99 

Schellbach  Burettes .  87 

Support .  515 

SchifT  Nitrometer .  367 

Schilling  Specific  Gravity  Ap¬ 
paratus  for  Gas .  256 

Schimmel  Molecular  Weight 
Determination  Apparatus 

for  Essential  Oils .  373 

Schleicher  &  Sehiill  Filter 

Paper .  214 

Schmidt  Electrometer  .  .  .  462 


574 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Page 

Schmidt  &  Haensch  Polari- 

scopes . 424  to  435 

Schmidt  &  Haensch  Spectro¬ 
scopes . 492  to  494 

Schonjahn  Grain  Germinator.  .  262 
Schopper  Conditioning  Ovens . .  528 
Testing  Apparatus 

525  to  528 


Schroedter  Alkalimeter .  7 

Schultz  Coagulometer .  266 

Schultze  Micro  Warm  Stage..  333 
Schulze  Stirring  Apparatus  ....  509 
Schuman  Specific  Gravity  Bot¬ 
tle .  492 

Schuster  Dropping  Bottle .  77 

Schutte  Penetrometer .  18 

Schwartz  Calcium  Chloride 

Tubes .  100 

Schwarzmann  Charts  of  Crys¬ 
tallography .  133 

Scimatco  Patent  Burner .  93 

Scissors .  486 

Dissecting .  183 

Scleroscope .  267 

Scoops .  481 

“  with  Counterpoise .  180 

Scorifiers,  Battersea .  481 

Scorifier  Tongs .  539 

Scott  Glue  Tester .  261 

“  Viscosimeter .  370 

Screens,  Projection .  448 

Screw-  Cap  Jars .  281 

“  Compressors  for  Rubber 

Tubing .  142 

“  Drivers .  481 

“  Testing  Microscope .  294 

Sealing  Tubing,  of  Glass .  258 

“  Wax .  553 

Seek  Mills .  164 

Section  Knives .  347 

Lifters .  184 

Razors .  347 

Sectioning  Apparatus  for  Min¬ 
erals,  Wiilfing .  352 

Sector  Photometer .  498 

Sedgewick-Rafter  Funnel .  552 

Sediment  Glasses .  520 

Seekers .  184 

Seger  Draft  Gauge .  290 

“  Pyrometer  Cones . 458 

Selenium  Cells .  481 

Separatory  Funnels .  230 

“  Funnel  for  Creosote  19 

“  “  “  Tar .  18 

Serological  Apparatus . 21  to  45 

Pipettes .  413 

Syringes .  516 

“  Test  Tubes .  521 

“  “  Tube  Supports  524 

“  Water  Bath .  36 

Serum  Coagulators,  Hearson.  .32,  34 

“  Drying  Apparatus .  193 

Sets  of  Dissecting  Instruments  184 
Set  of  Pure  Resistances  for  Elec- 
trolytic  V\  ork,  Leeds  &  North- 

rup .  393 

Sewage  Test  Cylinder .  173 

Shaking  Apparatus . 482  to  485 

“  for  Sieves  . .  487 
Device  for  Ostwald 

Thermostats .  392 

Sharpener  for  Cork  Borers .  154 

Shears .  486 

“  Cartilage .  184 

Shelf  for  Pneumatic  Troughs. . .  423 


Page 

Shelf,  Digesting,  Kjeldahl .  364 

Shells,  Diffusion .  176 

“  “  Abderhalden. .  177 

Shell  Vials .  545 

Sherrington-Starling  Record¬ 
ing  Drum .  399 

Short  &  Mason  Recording  Ther¬ 
mometer  .  534 

Shot,  Lead .  283 

Shields,  Aluminum,  for  Centri¬ 
fuge  Tubes .  115 

Shovel,  Cupel .  172 

Shunts  for  Demonstration  Gal¬ 
vanometers  .  200 

Shutter,  Automatic,  for  Micro- 

Photographic  Apparatus .  338 

Side  Neck  Flasks .  223 

Sidersky  Vacuum  Oven .  380 

Siemens  Water  Pyrometer .  455 

Sieves .  486 

Sieve  Bolting  Cloth .  75 

“  Shakers .  487 

Sight-Box,  Photometer .  384 

Signal  Markers .  401 

Silberschmidt  Filter  Appara¬ 
tus .  210 

Silica  Casseroles .  110 

“  Combustion  Boats .  149 

“  “  Tubes .  149 

“  Crucibles . 157,  159,  160 

“  Distilling  Flask .  222 

“  Evaporating  Dishes .  179 

“  Flask . . .  219 

“  Muffles .  364 

“  Plates .  419 

“  Rod .  489 

“  Spectrum  Tubes .  505 

“  Test  Tubes .  520 

“  Triangles .  540 

“  Tubing .  489 

Silk  Peptone .  177 

Silver  Crucibles .  159 

“  Dishes .  180 

Simplex  Ore  Crusher .  163 

Skidmore  Crucible .  160 

Skim  Milk  Bottle .  350 

Slides,  Culture .  334 

“  Micro .  334 

Slide  Boxes  for  Micro  Slides  .  .  .  335 

“  Box  for  Tar  Testing .  18 

“  Cabinets .  336 

“  Forceps .  228 

“  Labels .  335 

“  Rules .  489 

“  Rule,  Richmond .  350 

Slide  Wire  Bridges .  393 

Sliding  Objective  Changers, 

Zeiss .  324 

Sling  Psychrometer .  274 

Slit  Type  Ultra-Microscope, 

Zeiss .  329 

Smalley  Extraction  Tube .  205 

Smith  Ductility  Machine .  16 

“  Fermentation  Tube .  209 

Soap,  Palm  Oil .  348 

Sodium  Presses. .  .  .  : .  438 

“  Spoon .  490 

Soil  Analysis  Flasks .  218 

“  Balance .  61 

“  Borer .  490 

“  Thermometer .  535 

Solidimeter .  273 

Solution,  Platinizing .  394 

Solution  Scales . 59,  60 


Page 


Sommer  Hydrometer  for  As¬ 
phalt  .  17 

Soundness  Test  Apparatus  for 

Cement .  112 

Soxhlet  Condenser .  153 

Drying  Oven .  380 

Extraction  Apparatus. .  206  - 

“  “  Tube .  205 

Spark  Coils .  275 

Spatulas .  490 

Platinum .  422 

Specific  Gravity  Apparatus, 

Johnson .  114 

Specific  Gravity  Apparatus  for 

Gas,  Schilling .  256 

Specific  Gravity  Balances .  58 

“  “  Bottles . 491 

“  “  Bottle,  Bar- 

rett-Hubbard..  18 
“  “  Hydrometers..  271 

Specimens,  Tourmaline .  353 

Specimen  Bottles .  77 

“  Forceps .  227 

“  Jars . 276  to  281 

“  Vials .  545 

Spectral  Objective  for  Micro¬ 
scope  .  324 

Spectral  Ocular,  Abbe .  324 

Spectro-Colorimeter .  145 

Spectrophotometer,  Konig,  with 

Wanner  Pyrometer .  457 

Spectroscopes,  Spectrographs, 
Spectrometers,  Spectropho¬ 


tometers  and  Accessories  492  to  506 


Spectroscope,  Direct  Vision, 
for  use  with  Polariscopes. .  429 

Spectrum  Burners .  502 

Cells .  504 

“  Lamps .  502 

“  Photograph  Measur¬ 
ing  Microscope .  293 

“  Tubes .  505 

Speed  Counter,  for  Electrol¬ 
ysis  .  199 

“  Indicator,  for  Centri¬ 
fuges .  115 

“  Reducing  Gear  for  Mo¬ 
tors  .  363 

Spencer  Filter  Apparatus .  160 

Pipettes .  413 

Sphygmocardiograph,  Jaquet .  .  406 

Sphygmograph,  Lehmann .  407 

Sphygmotonograph,  Uskoff ....  408 
Spiral  Hot  \\  ater  Heater  for 

Refraetometers .  469 

Spinthariscope .  460 

Spirometer,  Jaquet .  404 

Sponges .  506 

Spoons .  506 

“  Deflagration .  174 

“  Sodium .  490 

Springs,  Watch .  547 

Spring  Back  for  Microtome 

Knives .  348 

“  Manometer .  400 

Sputum  Bottles .  506 

Dishes .  506 

“  Shakers .  482 

Tray .  506 

Squibb  Automatic  Burette .  87 

“  Separatory  Funnel .  231 

Urinometer .  544 

Stability  Test  Apparatus .  508 

Stages,  Mechanical,  B.  &  L .  316 

“  Warm,  for  Microscopes.  333 


575 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Page 


Stage  Micrometers,  B.  &  L .  316 

“  “  Zeiss . 324 

Staining  Blocks .  507 

“  Dishes .  507 

“  Jars .  507 

“  Rack .  507 

“  Tray .  507 

Stalagmometer,  Traube .  266 

Stammer  Colorimeter  and  Ac¬ 
cessories  .  147 

Stands,  Wood,  for  Test  Tubes. .  523 
Stand  for  Zeiss  Anastigmatic 

Magnifiers .  289 

Standard  Cell,  Weston .  396 

Stands  for  Projection  Appara¬ 
tus  .  448 

Steam  Boiler .  508 

“  Generator .  508 

“  Pressure  Sterilizers-Au- 

toclaves . 37,  38 

“  Sterilizers,  Arnold .  41 

Steaming  Apparatus  for  Ce¬ 
ment .  114 

Steel  Rule .  290 

“  Tape  Measure .  291 

Stender  Dishes .  180 

Stereo  Binoculars,  Bausch  & 
Lomb-Zeiss .  72 


Stereopticons  and  Accessories 

439  to  448 


Stereoscope,  Reflecting,  Zeiss .  .  326 
Stereoscopic  Camera,  Drimer.  .  326 

“  Ocular,  Abbe . 324 

Sterilizers,  Arnold  Steam .  41 

“  Freas  Electric .  40 

“  Hearson  Electric...  40 

“  “  Automatic 

Electric 
Steam. ...  41 

“  Hot  Air . 39,40 

“  Steam  Pressure-Au¬ 
toclaves . 37,  38 

“  for  Syringes,  Dis¬ 

secting  Instruments, 

etc .  36 

Sterilizing  Boxes  for  Pipettes.  415 

Stew  Pans .  75 

Stewart  Counting  Apparatus. . .  155 
“  Cover  Glass  Forceps. . .  228 

“  Lactokrit .  116 

Sticks,  Meter .  290 

Still,  Mercury,  Hulett .  297 

“  Tar  Testing .  18 

“  Water . 186  to  189 

Stirrers,  Glass .  260 

“  Glass,  for  Electrolysis, 

Fischer . 199 

“  Mechanical,  for  Molec¬ 
ular  Weight  Deter¬ 
mination  Apparatus. .  .  389 

Stirring  Apparatus .  509 

“  Device,  Luther .  393 

“  Rods,  of  Glass .  260 

Stoddart  Clamps .  142 

Stohmann  Volumetric  Flasks..  226 

Stokes  Pipettes .  413 

“  Stills .  186 

Stone,  Oil .  182 

Stoneware  Jars .  282 

Mortars .  362 

Stopclock .  511 

Stopcocks .  510 

Stopper,  Carboy .  110 

“  Rubber .  477 

Stopwatches . • .  511 


Page 

Storage  Batteries .  66 

“  Battery  Hydrometers. .  273 

“  “  Jars .  68 

Tanks .  511 

Stormer  Viscosimeter .  370 

Stoves,  Alcohol,  Barthel .  98 

«  Gas .  97 

Straub  Tambour .  401 

Straus  Lactic  Acid  Funnel .  231 

Straw  Rings .  512 

Streak  Plates .  419 

Stretcher  for  Rubber  Tubing.  .  480 
Strieker  Micro  Warm  Stage ....  333 
String  Galvanometer,  Eintho- 

ven,  Endelmann .  409 

String  Galvanometer,  Ein- 
thoven,  Cambridge  Scientific 

Inst.  Co .  410 

Strops .  348 

Student  Microtome,  B.  &  L . . .  .  343 

Suberite  Rings .  512 

Sub-Q  Safety  Syringe .  516 

Substage  Condensers,  B.  &  L.. .  315 

^  ^  Zeiss  320 

Suction  Pumps . 1  to  6,  217,  218 

Sugar  Dish,  for  Weighing .  180 

“  “  Platinum .  421 

“  Flasks .  226 

“  Hydrometers .  273 

“  Polariscopes .  430 

“  Refractometer .  468 

“  Tables  for  Refractom- 

eters .  470 

“  Thermometer .  535 

“  Tube,  Hortvet .  542 

“  Weights .  63 

Sulphonation  Test  Funnel . 231 

Sulphur  Apparatus .  512 

Photometer,  Parr . 512 

“  Turbidimeter .  542 

Sulphur  and  Ammonia  Deter¬ 
mination  Apparatus  for  Gas 

Analysis .  249 

Sulphuric  Acid  Drying  Tube, 

Vanier .  193 

Sulphurous  Acid  Condenser.  . .  .  152 

Supports,  without  Fittings .  513 

“  Adjustable .  515 

“  “  for  Physi- 

ological 
Work.  . . .  401 

“  Glass,  for  Balance 

Levelling  Screws .  64 

“  Burette .  90 

“  for  Centrifuge  Tubes  524 

“  “  Condensers .  153 

“  “  Conductivity 

Cells .  391 

“  “  Direct  Vision 

Spectroscopes....  493 

Electrolytic .  198 

“  with  Heaters  for 

Extraction  Appara¬ 
tus .  208 

“  for  Fermentation 

Tubes ....  209  and  524 

“  “  Funnels .  232 

“  Gas  Cylinders .  .  .  252 

“  Magnifiers,  Ad¬ 
justable .  313 

“  Mercury  Vapor 

Lamp .  502 

“  “  Nessler  Tubes. .. .  144 

“  Pipettes .  416 


Page 

Supports  for  Potash  Bulbs ....  436 
“  “  Reading  Micro¬ 

scopes  or  Read¬ 
ing  Telescopes . .  296 

“  with  Rings .  514 

“  for  Spectrum  Tubes. .  506 

“  “  Test  Tubes . .  522 

“  Transmission,  with 

Pulleys .  515 

“  for  Weighing  Bot¬ 
tles  .  553 

Support  Level .  284 

“  Rings .  475 

“  Tables .  514 

Swan  Blood  Lancet .  267 

Swift  B  Mill .  165 

Swimming  Cups .  515 

Switches  for  Projection  Ap¬ 
paratus .  448 

Switch  Board  for  Demonstra¬ 
tion  of  Ohm’s  Law. . .  195 

Switch  Boards  for  Experimen¬ 
tal  and  Quantitative  Electro¬ 
lytic  Analysis . 195  to  198 

Sy  Extraction  Apparatus .  206 

“  “  Flask .  205 

“  Fumeless  Digestion  Appa¬ 
ratus .  366 

Syphons .  515 

Syracuse  Water  Glasses .  547 

Syringes . 516  to  519 

Syringe  Needles .  518 

“  Pipette,  Woithe .  414 

T 

T  Tubes .  541 

Table,  for  Animal  Operations. .  12 

“  “  Embedding .  348 

“  “  Glass-Blowers .  259 

“  “  Projections  Appa¬ 
ratus  .  448 

“  Support . 512,  514 

Table  Microtome,  B.  &  L .  346 

Table  of  International  Atomic 

Weights  for  1913 .  555 

“  “  Magnifications .  322 

“  “  Mendelejeff’s  Periodic 

System  of  the  Ele¬ 
ments .  555 

“  “  Metric  and  English 

Equivalents . 556,  557 

“  “  Size  of  Image  on 

Screen  for  Various 


Projection  Objectives.  447 
“  for  Sugar  Refractometer.  470 

“  Ubbelohde .  373 

Tabulae  Anatomicae .  124 

“  Botanicae .  129 

Tallquist  Haemaglobin  Scale. . .  265 

Tambours,  Writing .  401 

Tanks,  for  Distilled  Water .  511 

Tape,  Adhesive .  75 

Tape  Measures .  291 

Tar  Testing  Apparatus,  Bar¬ 
rett  Mfg.  Co .  18 

Tassin  Metallographic  Micro¬ 
scope  and  Camera .  300 

Tatin  Animal  Holder .  12 

Teas  Extraction  Apparatus ....  206 

Teclu  Burner .  93 

Tele-Microscope .  296 

Telephone  for  Wheatstone 
Bridge .  393 


576 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Page 

Telephone  Receiver  for  Elec¬ 
trolytic  Measurements,  Leeds 


&  Northrup .  394 

Telescopes,  Reading .  296 

Temperature  Bulb  for  Folin 

Apparatus . 543 

Indicator,  Leeds 

<fe  Northrup .  452 

Recorders,  Leeds 

&  Northrup .  454 

Regulator  and  Re¬ 
corder  for  Electric 
Furnaces,  Thwing.  237 

Tenaculum .  184 

Terrapin  Separator .  230 

Tessar  Micro  Objective .  342 

Test  Bottles,  Milk .  350 

“  Glasses .  520 

“  Plates  for  Polariscopes. . . .  435 

“  Tubes .  520 

“  Transparent  Quartz  459 

“  Tube  Baskets .  522 

“  Brushes .  86 

“  Caps,  Rubber .  476 

“  Clamps .  142 

“  Cleaner .  522 

“  Filling  Attachment..  522 
“  Holder  for  Ostwald 

Thermostat .  392 

“  Supports .  522 

Tester,  Air,  W  olpert .  7 

Fire  and  Flash  Point. . .  368 

Cloth  and  Leather . 525 

“  Glue .  261 

“  Grain .  262 

Hardness .  267 

“  Linen .  288 

Testers  for  Paper,  Schopper .  .  .  525 

“  V' ate r,  Dionic .  553 

“  Yarn,  Schopper.  . . .  526 
Testing  Apparatus  for  Blood. . .  262 
“  “  “  Cement.  Ill 

“  “  “  Glue....  261 

“  “  “Milk.  ..  348 

“  “  “  Oils .  368 


“  Paper, 
Yarns, 
Rubber, 
Cloth, 
etc., 
Schop¬ 


per . 525 

Machines  for  Cement  . .  112 

“  “  “Oil . 373 

“  “  “  Rubber...  527 

Sieves .  486 

Thayer  Interval  Timer .  143 

Theodolite  Goniometer,  Gold¬ 
schmidt .  352 

Thermocouples  for  Brown  Py¬ 
rometers .  450 


Page 

Thermometers,  Calorimeter, 


Platinum  Resis- 

tance . 

105 

u 

for  Creosote  Oil 

19 

u 

“  Cryoscopes. 

169 

u 

“  Incubators.. 

535 

u 

Low  Tempera- 

ture . 

533 

a 

Maximum  and 

Minimum . 

535 

a 

for  Ostwald 

Thermo- 

stats . 

393 

u 

“  Pitch  Test- 

ing . 

18 

it 

Platinum  Re- 

sistance . 

453 

a 

Precision . 

531 

a 

of  Quartz  Glass  532 

a 

Recording . 

534 

a 

for  Viscosime- 

ters . 

373 

Thermometer 

•  Clamps . 

143 

it 

Conversion  For- 

mula . 

530 

it 

Reading  Device 

533 

it 

Scale  Tester . 

292 

it 

Tubing . 

260 

Thermo-regulators . 

536 

it 

Ostwald .... 

393 

Thermostats. 

392 

a 

(Incubators)  .21  to 

33 

“  for  Low  Temper¬ 
atures .  285 

“  (Thermo  -  regula¬ 
tors)  .  536 

Thickness  Gauge  for  Paper 

Testing .  526 

Thiel  Melting  Point  Tube .  297 

Thimbles  for  Dialyzing .  176 

“  “  “  Abder- 

halden .  177 

“  Extraction .  205 

Thistle  Tubes .  232 

Thoma  Haemacytometer.  .262  to  264 

“  Mixing  Pipette .  263 

Thoma-Metz  Haemacytometer .  265 
Thorn  Extraction  .Apparatus. .  207 
Thorner  Illumination  Tester. .  386 
“  Specific  Gravity  Bot¬ 


tle .  492 

Thread  Counters . : .  288 

“  Galvanometer,  Edel- 

mann .  409. 

“  Galvanometer,  Cam¬ 
bridge  Scientific  Inst. 

Co .  410 

Thurston  Oil  Testing  Machine  373 

Thury  Chronograph .  139 

Thwing  Temperature  Regula¬ 
tor  and  Recorder  for 

Electric  Furnaces . 237 

“  Total  Radiation  Py¬ 
rometers  .  457 

Tiles  for  Combustion  Furnaces  236 

“  Earthenware .  538 

“  Pill .  412 

Time  Markers,  Jaquet .  400 

Tin  Boxes .  85 

“  Foil  Dishes .  ISO 

“  Pipe . .  412 

Tincture  Press .  438 

Tinners  Shears .  486 

Tintometer,  Lovibond .  148 

Tips  for  Blowpipes .  74 


Page 

Tirrill  Burner .  92 

“  Gas  Generator .  253 

Tissue,  Rubber .  478 

Titration  Outfit .  90 

Titre  Test  Thermometer .  535 

Toluol  Regulators, Ostwald  ....  393 

“  Thermometers  for  Low 

Temperature .  533 

Tongs,  Abderhalden .  177 

“  Cork .  155 

“  Crucible .  538 

“  Cupel .  539 

“  Gas .  423 

“  Scorifier .  539 

“  Tourmaline .  353 

Torry  &  Eaton  Cupels .  172 

Torsion  Balances .  60 

“  for  Cloth 

Testing.  529 

“  “  “  Cream 

Test ...  351 


“  Doolittle  Viscosimeter  371 

Tourmaline  Specimens .  353 

“  Tongs .  353 

Towers,  Calcium  Chloride .  99 

Trachia  Canulae .  402 

Tralle  Hydrometers .  273 

Transfer  Pipettes .  413 

Transmission  Support  with 

Pulleys .  515 

Transparent  Quartz  Apparatus  459 

Transpiration  Balance .  418 

Transpirograph .  418 

Traube  Stalagmometer .  266 

Trays .  538 

“  for  Micro  Slides .  336 

“  Staining .  507 

“  Sputum  Analysis  ....  506 

Triangles .  539 

“  Platinum .  422 

Trichinoscope .  540 

Trip  Balance .  59 

Triple  Aplanatic  Magnifiers ....  287 

“  Beam  Balance .  58 

Tripods .  541 

for  Spiral  Condenser .  .  152 
“  Zeiss  Anastigmatic 

Magnifiers .  289 

Tripod  Magnifiers .  287 

Troughs,  Mercury .  297 

Pneumatic .  423 

Trowels  for  Cement  Testing. .  114 

Tuberculin  Syringe,  Luer .  519 

“  “  Record....  517 

Tubes,  Abderhalden,  for  Dia¬ 
lyzing .  177 

“  Alundum .  7 

Arsenic .  14 

Barometer .  65 

Boiling  Point,  for  Molec¬ 
ular  Weight  Determina¬ 
tion  Apparatus .  389 

Bulb  Connecting,  for 
Marshall  Urea  in  Blood 

Apparatus .  266 

Calcium  Chloride .  99 

Capillary  Electrometer  395 

Centrifuge . 115  to  123 

Combustion .  149 

“  “  Platinum .  .  421 

Connecting  for  Gas 

Burettes .  251 

Connecting  for  Mar¬ 
shall  Urea  in  Blood  Ap¬ 
paratus .  266 


Thermocouple  Recorder,  Leeds 

.  &  Northrup .  455 

“  Potentiometer, 

Leeds  &  North¬ 
rup .  451 

Thermoelectric  Calorimeter, 

Fery .  106 

Thermographs . .  534 

Thermometers . 530  to  534 

Beckmann . 533 

Calorimeter 

101  to  108 


577 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Page 

Tubes,  Culture . . .  172,  520 

“  Distilling .  191 

“  Drying .  193 

“  Extraction .  205 

“  Fat  Extraction,  Rohrig  351 

“  Fermentation .  209 

“  Filter .  218 

“  Folin,  for  Marshall 

Urea  in  Blood  Apparatus  266 

“  Freezing,  for  Molecular 

Weight  Determination 


Apparatus .  389 

“  Fume  Absorption,  Folin  543 

“  Funnel .  232 

“  Gas  Collecting .  251 

“  “  Filter .  254 

“  “  Measuring .  253 

“  Hortvet .  542 

“  Melting  Point .  297 

“  Migration .  396 

“  Palladium,  for  Gas  An¬ 
alysis .  253 

“  Polariscope .  434 

“  Polariscope,  Abderhal- 

den .  428 

“  Porcelain,  for  Heraeus 

Elements .  451 

“  Pyrometer . 450,  458 

Reduction .  465 

Safety .  232 

“  Spectrum .  505 

“  Stalagmometer .  266 

“  T,  U  and  Y .  541 

“  Test .  520 

“  Thistle .  232 

“  Viscosity .  397 

“  Vivien .  542 

Tube  Furnace,  Freas .  236 

“  “  Heraeus .  238 

“  “  Hoskins .  237 

Tubeuf  Plant  Pathology  Charts  129 

Tubing,  Block  Tin .  412 

“  Copper,  for  Burner 

Connections .  98 

Dialyzer .  176 

Flexible  Metallic .  542 

Glass  .  260 

“  “  for  Sealing .  258 

Lead .  412 

Parchment  Paper .  176 

“  Rubber .  478 

Silica .  489 

Transparent  Quartz  .  .  459 

Cutter,  Glass .  258 

Gauge .  258 

“  Micrometer .  292 

Stretcher .  480 

Tumblers,  Glass .  542 

Tuning  F orks,  Electro-mag¬ 
netic  .  400 

Turbidimeters .  542 

Tiirk  Haemacytometer. . .  .262  to  264 

Turn-table,  B.  &  L .  317 

Tutwiler  Modification  of  Hem- 

pel  Gas  Burette .  251 

Sulphuretted  Hydro¬ 
gen  and  Ammonia 

Apparatus .  249 

Twaddle  Hydrometers .  271 

Tyree  Litmus  Pencil .  382 

u 

II  Tubes . 100,  541 

Ubbelohde  Tables .  374 

Viscosimeters .  373 


Page 


Uhlenhuth  Shaking  Apparatus . .  484 
Uhlenhuth-Weidanz  Filter  Ap¬ 
paratus .  210 

Ultrafiltration  Apparatus,  Bech- 

hold .  212 

Ultrafilter  Discs .  212 

Ultra-Microscope,  Zeiss  Cardi- 

oid  Condenser  Type .  329 

Ultra-Microscope,  Zeiss  Slit 

Type .  329 

Ultra-Violet  Micro-Photograph¬ 
ic  Outfit  and  Accessories, Zeiss  341 
Ultra-Violet  Spectrographs 

497  to  500 

Ultzmann  Polariscope .  424 

Underwriters  Laboratories  Ex¬ 
traction  Apparatus .  207 

IT.  G.  I.  Gas  Pipette .  256 

U.  S.  Bureau  of  Mines  Flash 

Point  Tester .  369 

U.  S.  Geological  Survey  Tur¬ 
bidimeter .  542 

Universal  Balopticon .  443 

“  Centrifuge .  121 

“  Goniometer,  Hutch¬ 
inson .  354 

“  Spectroscope,  Kriiss.  497 

Syringe,  Record .  519 

“  Viscosimeter,  Saybolt  371 

Ure  Eudiometers .  205 

Urea  in  Blood  Apparatus,  Mar¬ 
shall . . .  266 

Urea,  Nitrogen  and  Ammonia  in 
Urine,  Folin  Apparatus  for. . .  543 

Urea  Apparatus,  Folin .  544 

Ureometers .  544 

Uricometer,  Ruhemann .  544 

Urine  Analysis  Apparatus  543  to  545 
“  “  Polariscopes. . . .  424 

“  Glasses  for  Sediment .  520 

Urinometers .  544 

Urino-Pycnometer,  Saxe .  544 

Uskoflf  Sphvgmotonograph .  408 

Uviol  Glass  Tubing .  260 

“  “  Mercury  Vapor 

Lamps .  502 

V 

Vaccine  Culture  Baths....  34,35 

Vacuum  Blood  Collecting  Tubes  267 

“  Desiccators .  175 

“  Distilling  Apparatus  . .  190 

“  Embedding  Apparatus.  43 

“  Flasks,  Dewar .  224 

“  Gauge .  258 

“  “  McLeod’s .  5 

“  Ovens .  379 

“  Pumps .  1  to  6 

“  Specific  Gravity  Bottle  491 

Valves,  Anaesthetizing .  403 

“  for  Gas  Cylinders .  252 

“  Respiration .  403 

Vanier  Combined  Potash  Bulb 

and  Drying  Tube .  193 

“  Combustion  Train  and 

Accessories .  150 

“  Drying  Tubes . 193 

Sulphuric  Acid  Bulb.  . .  .  193 

“  Zinc  Tube .  193 

Van  Slyke  Apparatus  for  the 
Gasometric  Determination  of 

Aliphatic  Amino  Groups .  367 

Vapor  Density  Apparatus,  Vic¬ 
tor  Meyer .  545 


Page 


Vasculum,  Botanical . 75 

Vaughan  Animal  Holder .  11 

Veit  Switch  Board  for  Quantita¬ 
tive  Electrolytic  Analysis .....  197 

Vernier  Calipers .  291 

Vertical  Attachments  for  Pro¬ 
jection  Apparatus .  446 

Vertical  Illuminator,  B.  &  L. . . .  317 

“  “  Zeiss .  324 

Veterinary  Clinical  Thermome¬ 
ter .  535 

Vials .  545 

Vicat  Needle  Apparatus .  113 

Victor  Meyer  Funnels .  228 

“  “  Vapor  Density 

Apparatus .  545 

“  “  \\  ater  Bath .  550 

Vinegar  Hydrometers .  273 

“  Tester  (Acetometer) ...  1 

Virchow  Knife .  181 

Viscosimeter,  Asphalt .  15 

“  Blood,  Hess .  267 

“  Oil .  370 

“  Rubber .  480 

Viscosity  Flasks,  Engler .  373 

“  Outfit,  Ostwald .  397 

“  Pipette,  Alexander.  .  .  261 

“  “  Dudley .  370 

“  Thermometers .  373 

“  Tubes .  397 

Vise  with  Anvil .  13 

Vivien  Tube .  542 

Voge  Animal  Holder .  11 

Vogel  Funnels .  229 

“  Spectroscope,  Direct  Vi¬ 
sion .  493 

“  Ureometers .  545 

Vollhardt  Burette  Float .  88 

“  Calcium  Chloride 

Tubes .  100 

“  Nitrogen  Bulbs .  366 

Volt  and  Ampere-Meters,  Dem¬ 
onstration .  200 

Voltmeters  and  Millivoltmeters  200 
Volumenometer,  Erdmenger- 

Mann .  114 

Volumetric  Flasks .  224 

“  “  Precision  . . .  225 

“  Pipettes .  413 

“  “  Precision..  414 

Von  Babo-Erlenmeyer  Combus¬ 
tion  Furnace .  236 

Von  Lang  Dichroscope .  354 

Von  Schroder  Chemical  Tech¬ 
nology  Charts .  130 

Vrba  Crystal  Models .  360 

“  Model  of  Nicol  Prism .  357 

“  Polarisation  Model .  358 

Vulcan  Paste .  110 

w 

Walker  Specific  Gravity  Bottle-491 

Walter  Crucible  Holder .  160 

“  Dropping  Funnel .  231 

Wanner  Optical  Pyrometers  456 
Warm  Stages  for  Microscopes. .  .  333 

W  arming  T able .  545 

Wash  Bottle  Flasks .  219 

Washing  Apparatus  for  Micro¬ 
scopical  Material,  Bain  546 

“  Bottles .  546 

“  “  Gas .  250 

Wasserman  Baths .  35 


578 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Page 


Wasserman  Reaction  Test 

Tubes .  520 

Safety  Pipettes. . .  414 

Waste  Jars .  282 

“  Pail .  546 

Watches,  Stop .  511 

Watch  Glasses .  547 

“  Glass  Clamps .  142 

“  Springs .  547 

Watchmaker’s  Glasses .  287 

Water  Baths . 548  to  552 

“  Abderhalden .  177 

“  Serological .  36 

“  for  Vaccine  Cul¬ 
tures,  Wasserman 

Test,  etc .  34 

“  Bath  and  Incubator 

Combined,  for  Wasser¬ 
man  Test .  35 

“  Decomposition  Appara¬ 
tus .  283 

“  Examination  Apparatus, 

Whipple .  552 

“  Heaters .  552 

“  Heater  for  Refractom- 

eters .  469 

“  Interferometer .  471 

“  Level  Regulator .  548 

“  Motors .  362 

“  Pyrometer,  Siemens .  455 

“  Sample  Bottles .  84 

“  Sampling  Apparatus,  Es¬ 
march .  553 

“  Stills .  186 

“  Tanks .  511 

“  Tester,  Dionic .  553 

Watering  Flask .  226 

Wavelength  Spectrometer .  495 

Wax,  Sealing .  553 

“  Pencils .  382 

Weatherhead  Crusher .  161 

Weber  Photometers .  383 

“  Photometer  Bench .  384 

“  “  Raumwinkelmesser”  .  .  386 

“  Relative  Photometer. .. .  385 

Wedgewood  Mortars .  362 

Weichardt  Hygienic  Pipette. .  .  .  414 
Weidanz  Test  Tube  Support ....  524 

Weighing  Bottles .  553 

“  Dishes .  180 

“  Scoops .  481 

Weights,  Assay  Ton .  63 

for  Balances .  62 

Ff  actional .  64 

for  Sugar  Analysis .  63 

Weiss  Glue  Testing  Apparatus. .  261 
Welsbach  Micro  Lamps .  331 


Page 


Weston  Ammeters,  Voltmeters, 

Voltammeters,  etc .  201 

Weston  Standard  Cell .  396 

Westphal  Specific  Gravity  Bal¬ 
ance  .  58 

Weule  Direct  Current  Arc  Lamp 
for  Micro-Photographic  Ap¬ 
paratus  .  340 

Wheatstone  Slide  Wire  Bridges  393 
Whipple  Ocular  Micrometer 

Disc .  316 

WTater  Examination 

Apparatus .  552 

Whitall  Tatum  Museum  Jars. . . .  277 
White  Bacteria  Grinding  Ap¬ 
paratus .  166 

W’hitehead  Compressor  for  Li¬ 
quid  Air .  285 

WTiborgh  Sulphur  Apparatus .  512 

Wicking  for  Alcohol  Lamps . 283 

Wiesnegg  Drying  Oven .  374 

“  Muffle  Furnaces .  235 

Wiley  Extraction  Apparatus ....  207 

“  Water  Bath .  549 

Wiley-Richardson  Extraction 

Apparatus .  207 

Will-Varentrapp  Nitrogen  Bulbs  366 
Williams  Gas  Analysis  Appara¬ 
tus .  246 

Wilson  Electroscope .  463 

Wrine  Tester,  Dujardin-Salleron  194 

Wingen  Illuminometers .  386 

Winkler  Gas  Collecting  Tube. . .  251 

“  Pipette .  256 

“  Potash  Bulb .  436 

Winkler-Kyll  Potash  Bulb .  436 

Wire .  554 

W  ire  Basket  for  Autoclaves. ...  37 

“  “  “  Test  Tubes .  522 

“  Gauge .  258 

“  Gauze,  Platinum .  422 

“  Platinid,  for  Inoculating 

Needles .  364 

“  Platinum .  420 

“  Triangles . 539 

Wislicenus  Atom  Configuration 

Models .  19 

Witt  Filtering  Apparatus .  209 

“  Laboratory  Press .  438 

Woithe  Syringe  Pipette .  414 

“  Test  Tube  Supports .  524 

Wolf  Object  Holder .  289 

Wolfif  Resistance  Box .  394 

Wolffhuegel  Counting  Appara¬ 
tus .  155 

Wollny  Thermometer .  466 

Wolpert  Air  Tester .  7 

WTool,  Glass .  261 


Page 


Workshop  Microscope,  Tassin.  300 

W  oulff  Bottles .  84 

Wratten  &  Wainwright  Light 
Filters  for  Micro-Photography  342 
Wratten  &  W'ainwright  Photo¬ 
graphic  Plates .  506 

Wratten  &  Wainwright  Ray 

Filters  for  Spectroscopy .  503 

Wright  Blood  Capsules .  267 

“  “  Pipettes .  267 

Writing  Diamond .  176 

“  Tambours .  401 

Wiilfing  Axial-angle  Apparatus  353 
Mineral  Sectioning  Ap¬ 
paratus  .  352 

Wurster  Hygrometer .  274 

Y 

Y  Tubes .  541 

Yarn  Tester,  Schopper .  526 

Yellow  Belgian  Hones .  348 

Yocum  Extraction  Apparatus. .  .  206 

z 

Zabriskie  Clamp  for  Minot  Pre¬ 
cision  Microtome .  344 

Zappert  Haemacytometer  262  to  264 

Zeiss  Adj  ustable  Oculars .  264 

“  Anastigmatic  Magnifiers. .  288 
“  Autocollimation  Spectro¬ 
scope .  500 

“  Binocular  Microscope .  325 

“  Comparison  Spectroscope  501 
“  Crystallographic  Micro¬ 
scope  .  330 

“  Grating  Spectroscope .  499 

“  Haemacytometers .  262 

“  Interferometers .  471 

“  Measuring  Microscope. .. .  295 
“  Micro-Photographic  Ap¬ 
paratus  .  340 

“  Microscopes  and  Accesso¬ 
ries .  318 

“  Micro  Arc  Lamp .  331 

“  Refractometers .  465 

“  Spectrograph .  500 

“  Ultra-Microscopes .  329 

“  Ultra-Violet  Micro-Photo¬ 
graphic  Outfit .  341 

Zinc  Tube,  Vanier .  193 

Zittel  and  Haushofer  Paleonto¬ 
logical  Charts .  132 

Zittel-Pompeckj-Salfeld  Pale¬ 
ontological  Charts .  133 

Zoological  Charts,  Leuckart- 

Chun .  134 

Zuntz  Kymographs .  399 


579 


K\ )t  Wabtrlp  -press 

WILLIAMS  *  WILKINS  COMPANY 
BALTIMORE,  U.S.  A. 


REAGENTS 

FOR 

ANALYSIS,  BACTERIOLOGY, 
MICROSCOPY,  ETC. 

BAKER  ANALYZED  MERCK  BLUE  LABEL 

KAHLBAUM  CERTIFIED  FOR  ANALYSIS 


Part  II— Reagents 

COPYRIGHT,  1914 

BY  ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


EDITION  SEPTEMBER  1914 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 

WEST  WASHINGTON  SQUARE 

(230-2-4  SOUTH  7th  ST.) 

PHILADELPHIA 
U.  S.  A. 


Our  experience  has  shown  us  that  no  chemist  wishes  to  confine  his  purchases 
of  high  grade  reagents  for  analytical  purposes  to  those  produced  by  any  one 
manufacturer. 

The  advantage  of  placing  orders  with  a  dealer  offering  the  three  most  reliable 
lines  of  analyzed  and  tested  reagents  is,  therefore,  obvious  in  that  the  products  of 
various  manufacturers  can  be  purchased  at  one  time,  on  one  order  and  received 
in  one  shipment. 

Where  competitive  bids  on  high  grade  reagents  are  required  the  customer 
will  please  specify  the  maker  whose  goods  are  preferred,  using  such  maker’s 
nomenclature  as  to  purity,  size  of  package,  etc. 

It  is  impossible  to  make  intelligent  competitive  bids  upon  specifications 
such  as  “Kahlbaum,  Merck  or  Baker”  ‘‘all  chemicals  to  be  c.p.”  “all  chemicals 
to  be  of  highest  grade”  “Kahlbaum  c.p.”  “Merck  c.p.”  as  no  two  bidders  will 
quote  on  the  products  of  the  same  maker  for  each  of  the  items  in  the  list  and  also 
because  both  Merck  and  Kahlbaum  omit  entirely  the  use  of  the  designation  c.p. 

We  believe  that  the  responsibility  as  to  the  choice  of  maker  belongs  to  the 
buyer  rather  than  to  the  dealer  and  that  such  responsibility  should  be  assumed 
by  the  buyer  when  preparing  lists  for  competitive  bids.  This  does  not  apply, 
however,  in  quoting  upon  goods  of  ordinary  grade  carried  in  stock  in  bulk  and 
packed  in  quantities  as  desired. 


u 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


PREFACE 

In  this  price  list  we  offer  in  original  factory  packages  three  leading  makes  of  tested  reagents,  i.  e.,  BAKER 
ANALYZED,  MERCK  BLUE  LABEL  and  KAHLBAUM’S  CERTIFIED  FOR  ANALYSIS,  and,  in  addition, 
less  expensive  chemicals  carefully  selected  to  meet  less  exacting  requirements.  These  are  secured  from  reliable 
factories  in  both  Europe  and  America,  and  in  most  cases,  are  distinctly  superior  to  the  ordinary  so-called 
“commercial”  grade. 

The  chemicals  herein  listed  are  those  which  have  been  most  frequently  ordered  from  our  stock  in  the  past 
fourteen  years  as  shown  by  carefully  kept  records  during  this  period.  We  have  not  attempted  to  include  all 
the  chemicals  which  may  be  required  in  modern  laboratory  work,  particularly  in  the  line  of  organic  preparations 
which  our  experience  has  shown  to  be  demanded  mostly  by  buyers  entitled  to  duty  free  importation  for  edu¬ 
cational  use,  and  which  we  furnish  in  most  cases  by  direct  importation  from  Europe  upon  orders  made  out  from 
manufacturer’s  price  list.  Chemicals  not  in  stock  are  secured  promptly  and  economically  from  specified  or  best 
available  makers. 

Stains  and  reagents  required  in  Bacteriology,  Microscopy  and  other  of  the  Biological  Sciences  have  been 
given  special  attention  and  our  list  is  offered  as  being  unusually  complete  in  this  direction. 

DUTY  FREE  IMPORTATION.  Buyers  entitled  by  law  to  duty  free  importation  are  encouraged  to  secure  from 
us  the  original  catalogues  of  the  European  makers  such  as  Kahlbaum,  Marquart,  Schuchardt,  DeHaen, 
etc.  Duty  free  quotations  on  products  of  the  European  factory  of  E.  Merck  must  be  made  specially 
as  this  firm  does  not  permit  the  distribution  of  their  German  catalogue  in  the  United  States.  Our 
facilities  for  prompt  and  economical  duty  free  importations  are  the  result  of  years  of  effort  and  insure 
the  buyer  lower  cost  and  less  trouble  than  when  orders  are  placed  directly  with  the  European  manufac¬ 
turers.  Parallel,  competitive  bids  for  duty  free  importation  cannot  be  accurately  made  unless  the 
buyer  specifies  the  exact  grade  of  chemical  desired  in  terms  of  the  maker’s  price  list. 

CONTAINERS.  Containers  are  charged  for  extra  at  price  indicated  in  marginal  column  except  where  desig¬ 
nation  “incl.”  is  given,  in  which  case  the  container  cost  is  included  in  the  cost  of  the  chemical.  Our 
designations  for  containers  in  the  marginal  column  are  as  follows: — 

cb.  Cork  stoppered  bottle.  cn.  Tin  can. 

gb.  Glass  stoppered  bottle.  bx.  Box. 

rb.  Rubber  stoppered  bottle.  jg.  Jug. 

cc.  Cylindrical  carton. 

We  emphasize  the  convenience  of  our  cylindrical,  paraffined  card-board  cartons  in  which  many  of  our 
ordinary  chemicals  are  furnished.  They  are  much  superior  to  the  paper  bag  in  common  use  and  pro¬ 
vide  a  suitable  container  until  contents  are  used.  We  allow  credit,  if  returned  to  us  charges  paid  in 
clean  condition,  for  five  pint  and  one  pound  acid  bottles  and  carboys,  when' original  purchase  has  been 
made  from  us  and  containers  bear  our  label.  Other  glass  stoppered  bottles,  and  cork  stoppered  bottles 
are  not  returnable  for  credit.  Arrangements  are  made  with  those  regularly  buying  Baker’s  acids  and 
ammonia  of  us  for  the  direct  shipment  of  containers  to  the  factory  at  Phillipsburg,  N.  J. 

SHIPMENT  RESTRICTIONS.  Under  United  States  laws  and  regulations  established  by  the  Intel  state 
Commerce  Commission,  certain  chemicals  are  prohibited  from  express  shipment  and  must  in  all  cases 
be  shipped  by  freight.  These  are  indicated  by  an  asterisk  thus  (*).  Chemicals  designated  thus 
(°)  are  accepted  by  express  companies  under  definite  restrictions  as  to  quantity,  size  of  package, 
method  of  packing,  etc.  As  all  of  these  restrictions  are  without  our  control  we  accept  all  orders  and 
make  all  contracts  subject  to  them  and  charge  extra  for  all  extra  packing  expenses  as  required  by  the 
above  mentioned  regulations. 

TERMS  AND  PRICES.  All  prices  are  subject  to  change  without  notice.  With  the  exception  of  Baker’s  Ana¬ 
lyzed  Chemicals  on  which  we  extend  special  net  prices  considerably  less  than  the  printed  list,  the 
prices  in  this  catalogue  may  be  generally  taken  as  net.  It  has  been  found  impracticable  to  quote  a 
uniform  discount  rate  because  of  price  fluctuations.  Special  prices  will  be  extended  on  large  quan¬ 
tities  of  single  items  or  on  large  general  lists. 

We  are  not  manufacturers  of  chemicals  but  are  dealers  and  importers.  Our  function  is  to  afford  scientists 
an  economical  and  convenient  source  of  supply  for  the  chemicals  they  most  frequently  require,  no  matter  where 
or  by  whom  they  are  manufactured,  and,  in  the  case  of  the  purest  grades  of  chemicals  to  deliver  in  the  manufac¬ 
turer’s  original  packages  so  that  full  responsibility  as  to  quality  rests  definitely  upon  the  manufacturer,  where 
it  belongs.  Chemicals  are  freely  added  to  our  price  list  and  carried  in  stock  when  demand  develops  or  our  atten- 
,  tion  is  called  to  future  need. 

iii 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


C  O  M  P  A  N  Y 


H  . 


BAKER,  MERCK  AND  KAHLBAUM 

ANALYZED,  STANDARDIZED  AND  CERTIFIED 

REAGENTS  FOR  ANALYSIS 


BAKER  BOTTLE 


KAHLBAUM  BOTTLE 


BAKER  ANALYZED  CHEMICALS — -In  making  the  analysis  samples  are  taken  50  or  100  lbs.  of  material  and 
tests  are  made  for  all  probable  impurities.  Each  lot  is  numbered  and  every  package  filled  from  the 
lot  bears  the  lot  number  so  that  the  contents  of  any  package  can  be  identified  and  traced  back  through 
the  entire  process  of  manufacture.  When  impurities  are  found  and  can  be  determined  quantitatively 
the  amount  is  stated  in  percentages.  The  minus  sign  (  — )  means  that  the  amount  of  impurity  is  less 
than  is  indicated  by  the  figures,  the  term  “None”  that  no  appreciable  amount  of  the  impurity  tested 
for  has  been  found  in  the  sample.  The  term  “Trace”  indicates  the  presence  of  a  minute  amount  of 
impurity  only  detectable  by  qualitative  methods.  The  analyses  given  throughout  the  catalogue  are 
intended  as  typical  and  goods  furnished  are  not  guaranteed  to  be  exactly  in  accordance  with  these 
analyses. 


MERCK  BLUE  LABEL  REAGENTS — These  reagents  are  standardized  as  well  as  analyzed  as  each  reagent  must 
conform  to  the  standard  of  purity  given  in  Krauch’s  “ Chemical  Reagents,  Their  Purity  and  Tests” 
before  packing  under  the  Blue  Label.  The  standard  of  purity  given  on  the  printed  label  and  under 
each  item  throughout  this  catalogue  is,  therefore,  absolutely  guaranteed.  A  reagent  under  Merck’s 
Blue  Label  is,  therefore,  standard  at  all  times  so  long  as  it  is  delivered  in  the  original  package.  The 
distinctive  Blue  Label  is  used  on  these  tested  and  standardized  reagents  in  contradistinction 
to  the  White  Label  as  used  on  Merck  photographic,  medical  and  technical  chemicals.  To  avoid  con¬ 
fusion  and  mistakes  customers  will  kindly  use  the  term  “Merck  Blue  Label”  or  “M.B.L.”  in  ordering 
these  goods. 


KAHLBAUM  CERTIFIED  FOR  ANALYSIS  REAGENTS — These  reagents  are  high  in  price  but  embody  a  degree 
of  purity  offered  by  no  other  maker  as  will  be  seen  by  comparison  of  the  analyses  printed  under  each 
substance.  The  method  of  analys's,  i.e.  amount  of  impurity  present  in  a  definite  weighable  quantity, 
has  commended  itself  to  those  interested  in  using  reagents  of  highest  possible  purity.  These  reagents 
are  listed  in  the  Kahlbaum  German  price-list  as  “zur  Analyze,  mit  Garantieschein”  and  are  more 
expensive  than  those  listed  under  the  designation  “zur  Analyse.”  A  quantity  of  10  grams  is  used 
for  each  analysis  and  the  statements  on  the  labels  are  based  on  the  following  explanation : — 


Spur  (trace) 

Kanin  Spur  (slight  trace) 
Hauch  (faint  trace) 


less  than  ,V,  miligram 

it  it  1  it 

it  it  *  °  it 

Tdff 


in  10  grams  of  material 


The  bottles  arc  all  sealed  with  lead  in  the  Kahlbaum  factory  and  in  addition  to  the  statement 
on  each  label  a  printed  guarantee  is  furnished  with  each  package.  There  may  be  a  slight  variation 
in  the  amount  of  impurity  shown  by  the  analysis  on  packages  sent  out  from  different  lots  but  this 
variat  on  is  always  exceedingly  slight.  We  keep  on  hand  for  free  distribution  a  supply  of  Kahlbaum’s 
latest  price  list  for  the  use  of  customers  placing  import  orders,  particularly  those  for  Educational 
Institutions,  which  may  be  imported  free  of  duty. 


IV 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS.  COMPANY 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


[  Typical 
'  Analysis 


SECTION  I 
CHEMICALS 


Maker  or  Brand 

ACETAMIDE . 

°ACETONE,  technical . 

"ACETONE,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Sp.gr .  790\ 

B.  P . 55. 5° -57. 5“  1  Typical 

Nonvolatile  matter .  .902% 7"  Analysis 

Aldehyde .  none' 

"ACETONE .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested  for . solubility  in  water 

Residue  on  evaporation,  less  than  0.0025%) 

Aldehydes .  . none  V 

Substances  oxidizable  by  Permanga-i 

nate . none  * 

Water . less  than  3%y 

"ACETYL  Chloride,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

"ACID,  Acetic,  coml.,  28% . 

Acetic,  pure,  30% .  Baker  Analyzed 

Acetic,  pure,  50% .  Baker  Analyzed 

Acetic,  pure,  80% .  Baker  Analyzed 

Acetic,  pure,  99.0-99.5% .  Baker  Analyzed 

Acetic,  c.  p.,  30% .  Baker  Analyzed 

Acetic,  c.  p.,  50% .  Baker  Analyzed 

Acetic,  c.  p.,  80% .  Baker  Analyzed 

Acetic,  c.  p.,  99.0-99.5% .  Baker  Analyzed 

Sp.gr .  1  058  i 

Nonvolatile  matter . 0001%  I  T  .  . 

Fe .  .0001%  v 

SO. .  none  l  Analy8,s 

Emp.vreuma .  trace) 

"ACID,  Acetic,  c.  p.,  special,  99.7-99.9%. . .  Baker  Analyzed 

Empyreuma  (Bichromate  test  one-half  hour)  . none 

Acetic,  c.  p.,  for  shellac  analysis. . .  Baker  Analyzed 

CH.COOH . 98.9-99.1%, 

M.  P . 14.7- 15°C  | 

Empyreuma . none . 

"ACID,  Acetic,  diluted,  30% .  Merck  Blue  Label 

The  same  impurities  as  the  99lA% 

°  “  Acetic,  36% .  Merck  Blue  Label 

The  same  impurities  as  the  99)4% 

°  “  Acetic,  90% .  Merck  Blue  Label 

The  same  impurities  as  the  99)4% 

°  “  Acetic,  96% .  Merck  Blue  Label 

The  same  impurities  as  the  99)4% 

°  “  Acetic,  993^% .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matt  Jr . less  than  0.00048%\ 

Hydrochloric  Acid . 0  0003%  as  Cl  1 

Sulphuric  Acid . less  than  0.00001%  as  SO. I 

Heavy  metals . nonet 

Iron . less  than  0.0001%  \  Guaranteed 

Earths . less  than  0.003%  as  Ca  /  Analysis 

Formic  Acid . less  than  0.05%  I 

Sulphurous  Acid . less  than  0.4%  as  SOtl 

Substances  reducing  Permanganate  and  other  I 
empyreumatic  bodies . none/ 

"ACID,  Acetic,  98-100%  (conforming  to  the 

Dichromate  test) . Merck  Blue  Label 

Substances  reducing  Diohromate  solution  in 

one-half  hour . none 

°  “  Acetic  Anhydride,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Nonvolatile  matter . 001%  )  Typical 

Cl .  trace  J  Analysis 

"ACID,  Acetic  Anhydride .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Hydrochloric  Acid. .  .  .less  than  0.002%  as  Cl )  Guaranteed 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.005%  f  Analysis 

ACID,  Arsenic,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Arsenious,  coml.,  powder . 

“  Arsenious,  c.  p.,  powder .  Baker  Analyzed 

Nonvolatile  matter .  035%'l 

Fe  .  005% (Typical 

CaO .  none/  Analysis 

so,::.:::: .  trace" 

ACID,  Arsenious,  lumps  or  powder .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.05%  \ 

Barium  Sulphate,  Talcum,  Calcium  Sul-\  Guaranteed 

phate,  etc . none  (  Analysis 

Arsenic  Sulphide . less  than  0.0005%  as  S/ 

ACID,  Arsenious,  glassy .  Kahlbaum  C.f.A. 

“  Arsenious,  glassy .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Nonvolatile  matter .  nonei 

Arsenic  Sulphide .  none  l  in  10  v.  Certified 

Solubility  in  Ammonia .  clear/'  grams  (  Analysis 

'  oq  oo f 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 

per  oz.  cont.  per  lb.  cont. 

.40  gb  .06  5.00  gb  .12 

. 30  cb  .09 

. 70  cb  .08 


.50 


inch-" 


.50  gb  .15 
.50  gb  .  15 


.50 

.50 

.80 

.80 

.80 


incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 


Price  in  other  size  packages 
size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont. 


1  gal.  1.50  cn  .25 
34  lb.  .20  incl 


.70  incl  lb  .25  incl 


.10 

cb 

.09 

5 

lb. 

.45 

cb 

.20 

.11 

gb 

.15 

5 

lb. 

.50 

gb 

.25 

.15 

gb 

.15 

5 

lb. 

.70 

gb 

.25 

.18 

gb 

.15 

5 

lb. 

.85 

gb 

.25 

.20 

gb 

.15 

5 

lb. 

.95 

gb 

.25 

.20 

gb 

.15 

5 

lb. 

.95 

gb 

.25 

.20 

gb 

.15 

5 

Ib. 

.95 

gb 

.25 

.25 

gb 

.15 

5 

lb. 

1.20 

gb 

.25 

.30 

gb 

.15 

5 

lb. 

1.45 

gb 

.25 

34  lb. 

.30 

incl 

34  lb. 

.30 

incl 

34  lb. 

.30 

incl 

1.50  incl 

J*  lb. 

.50 

incl 

.15 

incl 

1.50  gb  .15 

34  lb. 

•45 

incl 

.30 

incl 

H  lb. 

34  lb. 

1.30 

incl 

.60  cb  .06 

.  7 

incl 

.20  cc  .04 

.10 

incl 

.35  cb  .06 

341b. 

.15 

incl 

.40  incl 

341b. 

100  grm. 
500  grm. 

.20 

incl 

.50 

incl 

. 

,  ,  ,  ,  . 

. 

.85 

incl 

Content .  99.99%' 


1 


R 


H  U  R 


H. 


THOM 

A 

s 

C  O 

M 

P 

A  N 

Y 

Ounce  and  pound  prices 

Price  in  other  size  packages 

Maker  or  Brand 

per  oz 

cont. 

per  lb.  cont. 

sue  pkg. 

per  pkg. 

cont. 

Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

. . .  100  grm. 

.50 

incl 

Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

.... 

. 

. 

. . .  500  grm. 

.85 

incl 

1  Certified 

l  Analysis 

.43  cc 

.05 

Baker  Analyzed 

.10 

incl 

.55  cb 

.12 

M  lb 

.15 

incl 

.15  cc 

.05 

.15  cc 

.05 

Baker  Analyzed 

.10 

incl 

.25  cb 

.09 

Jilb 

.15 

incl 

Baker  Analyzed 

.10 

incl 

.30  cb 

.09 

K  lb 

.15 

incl 

ACID, 

(( 

ACID, 

<< 

U 


Nonvolatile  matter .  trace) 

Arsenic  Sulphide .  none)* 

Content .  99.99%) 

Benzoic  (from  Toluene) 


in  10 
grams 


Boric,  crystals. . . 
Boric,  powdered. 
Boric,  c.  p.,  crys 


grams  1  Analysis 


Fe . 0002%) 

CaO .  none  / 

Na  (flame  test) .  trace  V  Typical 

Pb .  none  /  Analysis 

Cl .  -  001%  l 

SCs .  none/ 

ACID,  Boric,  c.  p.,  fused,  anhyd.,  powd . 

“  Boric,  fused .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

“  Boric,  fused .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Alkalies . unweighable)  1 

Silica . unweighable f  ,  in  f  r  , 

Earths,  etc . unweighable  >  ' 

Content .  99 . 10%  l 

Hygroscopic  moisture,  remainder  ) 

ACID,  Boric  Anhydride .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Silica,  Alkalies,  etc . less  than  0.01% 

“  Butyric,  c.  p.,  100% . 

Carbolic,  pure,  white  crystals . 

Carbolic,  c.  p..  loose  crystals . 

Carbolic,  c.  p.,  loose  crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

Nonvolatile  matter . 001%\ 

M.  P .  SS^'C  (  Typical 

B.  P .  182*C  {  Analysis 

Soluble  in  15  parts  of  water  / 

Carbolic,  by  synthesis,  fused . 

Carbolic,  crude,  ft  100.  As  recom¬ 
mended  by  Drs.  Mall  and 
Keiller  for  the  preserva¬ 
tion  of  cadavers.  In  bbls 
of  50  gals,  at  65^.  per  gal. 

ACID,  Carminic . 

“  Carminic .  Merck  Blue  Label 

“  Carminic .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested  for . solubility  and  sensitiveness 

“  Chromic,  coml . 

“  Chromic,  pure . 

“  Chromic,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

SOs . 004%\ 

HNCj .  trace/ 

K .  trace  l  Typical 

Na .  trace/  Analysis 

CaO .  none  I 

Fe . 002%/ 

ACID,  Chromic,  free  from  H2SO4 .  Merck  Blue  Label 


1.50  cb  .08 


.25  incl 
.  15  incl 


O  a 

o  u 

o  a 


°ACID, 

O  U 


1.50  cb  .08 
.25  cb  .09 
.50  gb  .15 
.60  cb  .09 


50  grin.  .70  incl 
200  grm.  1.80  incl 


H  lb.  1.35  incl 
K  lb.  .50  incl 


.80  gb  .15  M  lb.  .30  incl 


A.  H.  T.  Co.  ft  100 


5.50  cb  .04 


bbl.  32.50 
15  grs.  .40 
15  grs.  .70 
oz.  2.00 


.20  incl 


.35  gb  .15 
.50  gb  .15 
1.50  gb  .15 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 

Merck  Blue  Label 


Sulphuric  Acid . less  than  0.005%  as  SO» 

Potassium  Sulphate  and  Chromate. . . . 

not  more  than  1% 

ACID,  Chromic,  for  Carbon  determination 

Tested  for . Carbon 

“  Cinnamic,  c.  p .  . 

“  Citric,  crystals,  or  powder . 

“  Citric,  c.  p.,  crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

.  “  Citric,  c.  p.,  powd .  Baker  Analyzed 

Nonvolatile  matter .  0.003% 

SO3 . none 

CaO .  none 

Pb .  none 

Fe .  0.0005% 

Oxalic  Acid .  none 

Tartaric  Acid .  none 

ACID,  Citric .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Oxalic  Acid . less  than  2.8%  1 

Tartaric  Acid . less  than  1%  | 

Sugar . less  than  0.05%  Sacoharose 

Sulphuric  Acid . less  than  0.002%  as  SO» 

Lead . less  than  0.001% 

Calcium . less  than  0.01%  I 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.05%  / 

ACID,  Dichloracetic . 

“  Formic,  pure,  85% . 

“  Formic,  c.  p . 

ACID,  Gallic,  U.  S.  P . 


Typical 

Analysis 


,  Guaranteed 
Analysis 


1.40  gb  .07 


.22 

.10 


incl 

incl 


.75  gb  .15 
1.25  gb  .15 
.70  cb  .10 


incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 


y  lb.  .55  incl 


.25 

incl 

M  lb. 

1.00 

incl 

1.25 

incl 

M  lb. 

.40 

incl 

.35 

incl 

.75  cc 

.05 

.15 

incl 

1.00  cb 

.08 

Mlb. 

.40 

incl 

.15 

incl 

1.10  cb 

.08 

K  lb. 

.40 

incl 

1.25  incl  y  lb.  .40  incl 


y  lb.  .40  incl 


2 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


ACID, 

ACID, 


ACID, 

o  a 
o  u 


‘ACID, 

4c  U 


4«  U 

O  U 

*  « 

*  U 


*  u 


‘ACID, 

o  it 


“ACID, 

o  II 

‘ACID, 

*  U 

O  U 
O  U 
O  « 


“ACID, 


ACID, 


Gallic . 

Tested  for . solubility  in  water 

Water  content . not  more  than  10* 

Sulphuric  Acid . less  than  0.005%  as  S( 

Inorganic  matter . less  than  0.05% 

Hydriodic,  c.  p.,  sp.  gr.  1.50 . 

Hydriodic,  sp.  gr.  1.50 . 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.01%., 

Phosphorus . none 

Sulphuric  Acid . less  than  0.01%  as  SOi 

Heavy  metals . none 

Earths . . less  than  0.005%  as  Ca 

Hydrochloric  Acid  and 
Hvdrobromic  Acid .  .  less  than  0.002%  as  Cl- 

Hydriodic,  sp.  gr.  1.70 . 

Same  impurities  as  sp.  gr.  1.50 

Hydrobromic,  sp.  gr.  1.31 . 

Hydrobromic,  sp.  gr.  1.38 . 

Nonvolatile  matter.  . .  .not  more  than  0.01% 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0015% 

Sulphuric  Acid . less  than  0.0075%  as  SO, 

Heavy  metals . none 

Iron . less  than  0.00015% 

Hydrochloric  Acid . less  than  0.06%  / 

Hydriodic  Acid . less  than  0.0156%  i 

Phosphorous  and  Phosphoric  I 

Acids . 0.0075%  P20,1 

Calcium . less  than  0.005%/ 


i 


Maker  or  Erand 

per  oz. 

cost. 

per  lb. 

cont. 

size  pkg. 

per  pkg. 

cont. 

Merck  Blue  Label 

1.20 

incl 

M  lb- 

.40 

incl 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 

.40 

incl 

Merck  Blue  Label 

.60 

incl 

oz. 

.25 

incl 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 

• 

Merck  Blue  Label 

1.00 

incl 

M  oz. 

.35 

incl 

.25 

incl 

1.35  gb 

.15 

34  lb. 

.50 

incl 

Merck  Blue  Label 

.25 

incl 

J*  lb. 

.60 

incl 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 


Hydrochloric,  coml.,  pale,  in  6  lb. 

bottle . . 

Hydrochloric,  coml.,  pale,  in  case 
of  10  glass  stoppered 

bottles . . . 

Hydrochloric,  coml.,  pale,  in  carboy 
Hydrochloric,  c.  p.,  sp.  gr.  1.18-1.19 
Hydrochloric,  c.  p.,  in  6  lb.  bottle. . 
Hydrochloric,  c.  p.,  in  case  of  10 
glass  stoppered  bot¬ 
tles  . 

Hydrochloric,  c.  p.,  in  carboy . 

Sp.  gr .  1.18-1. 19\ 

HC1 .  35.5-37.5%  1 

SO. .  -  0.0001%  I 

Free  Cl .  none\ 

Fe .  0.0001%  / 

As .  trace! 

Sb .  none) 

Nonvolatile  matter .  0.0005%/ 


Baker  Analyzed 
Baker  Analyzed 


Baker  Analyzed 
Baker  Analyzed 


Typical 

Analysis 


Hydrochloric,  c.  p .  Baker  Special 

(Free  from  Arsenic  and  Antimony) 

Hydrochloric,  sp.  gr.  1.190 .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphuric  Acid _ less  than  0.000125%  as  SOa\ 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.0005%  1 

Free  Chlorine . less  than  0.00016%  I 

Sulphurous  Acid . less  than  0.005%  as  SOs  \  Guaranteed 

Heavy  metals . none  /  Analysis 

Iron . less  than  0.0001%  i 

Calcium . less  than  0.001%  1 

Arsenic . not  more  than  0.00001%/ 


Hydrochloric,  sp.  gr.  1.050. .. 

The  same  impurities  as  sp.  gr.  1.190 

Hydrochloric,  sp.  gr.  1.124. . 

The  same  impurities  as  sp.  gr.  1.190 

Hydrofluoric,  tech.,  48% _ 

Hydrofluoric,  tech.,  48% . 

Hydrofluoric,  pure . 

Hydrofluoric,  c.  p . 

Hydrofluoric,  c.  p . 


HF .  48% 

SO, .  0.0001% 

SiOs .  none 

HC1 .  trace 

Fe .  0.0001% 

Pb .  none 

Nonvolatile  matter .  0.0008%' 


Merck  Blue  Label 
Merck  Blue  Label 


Baker  Analyzed 
Baker  Analyzed 


Typical 

Analysis 


Hydrofluoric .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter . not  more  than  0.005%\ 

Sulphuric  Acid . less  than  0.005%  as  SO,  J 

Calcium . less  than  0.005%  f 

Magnesium . less  than  0.001%  V  Guaranteed 

Heavy  metals  . none  /  Analysis 

Hydrochloric  Acid . less  than  0.001%  as  Cl  1 

Hydrosilicofluoric  Acid . less  than  0.3%  1 

Sulphurous  Acid . less  than  0.003%  as  SO ,/ 


.10 

.20 


.55 


.05 

6  lbs. 

.30  gb  .25 

.04 

.0234 

.14  gb  .15 
.09 

60  lb. 
118  lb. 

2.40 

3.54 

3.30 

2.00 

6  lbs. 

.54  gb  .25 

.08 

•0734 

60  lb. 
112  lb. 

4.80 

8.40 

3.30 

2.00 

.15 

6  lb. 

.90 

gb  .25 

.40  incl 

6  lb. 

1.80 

incl 

.40 

incl 

6  lb. 

1.80 

incl 

.40 

incl 

6  1b. 

1.80 

incl 

.13 

5  1b. 

.65  jg 

1.25 

.13 

101b. 

1.30  jg 

2.00 

incl 

.70 

incl 

K  lb. 

.25 

incl 

incl 

1.25 

incl 

34  lb. 

.50 

incl 

34  lb. 

.70 

incl 

incl 


341b.  1.75  incl 


Hydrosilicofluoric, tech.,  10%  (Hydrofluosilicicl . 46  gb  .14 

Hydrosilicofluoric,  c.  p.  .  1.85  incl 


3 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


ACID, 

ACID, 


ACID, 

ACID, 

« 

ACID, 


ACID, 


*  U 

*  U 


°ACID, 

*  U 


•ACID, 

*  U 


•ACID, 

*  U 


Maker  or  Brand 

Hydrosilicofluoric .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter . lesa  than  0.01%)  _ _ , 

Heavy  metals . nonef  ?Zy\T 

Sulphuric  Acid . leas  than  0.028%  as  SOa)  Analysls 

Iodic,  c.  p.,  crystal . 

Iodic .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested  for . solubility)  Guaranteed 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.025%  )  Analysis 

Iodic  Anhydride,  c.  p . 

(Iodine  Pentoxide) 

Iodic  Anhydride* .  Merck  Blue  Label 

The  same  impurities  as  Acid  Iodic 

Lactic,  pure,  sp.  gr.  1.20 . 

Lactic,  c.  p.,  sp.  gr.  1.21 . 

Molybdic,  c.  p.,  85% .  Baker  Analyzed 

MoOa .  85%-87%'\ 

NHa .  11%| 

As . none!  Typical 

P . none/  Analysis 

Nitrate . - . nonel 

Residue  insoluble  in  Ammonia .  trace/ 

Molybdic .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested  for  . solubility  in  Ammonia )  Guaranteed 

Heavy  metals . none  f  *n,|Mta 

Phosphoric  Acid _ less  than  0.0005%  as  P2O5 )  A  y 

Molybdic,  pure,  for  analysis .  Marquart 

Molybdic,  c.  p.,  special,  100% .  Baker  Analyzed 

MoO«  .  99.9%  1 

.  Zntl  Typical 

p  ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::  n<ma  Analysis 

Residue  insoluble  in  Ammonia . trace) 

Molybdic  Anhydride,  free  from  Am¬ 
monia  and  Nitric  Acid . .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested  for . solubility  in  Ammonia  '. 

Alkalies . non  el 

Ammonium  salts. .  .less  than  0.0035%  as  NHal  Guaranteed 

Heavy  metals . none/  Analysis 

Phosphoric  Acid  .  .  less  than  0.0005%  as  PiOsI 
Nitric  Acid . less  than  0.0032%  as  N2O5  / 

Molybdic,  free  from  Ammonia .  Marquart 

Monochloracetic . 

Monochloracetic,  c.  p . 

Naphthylaminesulphonic,  (a)  tested 

reagent. . . . 

Nitric,  coml.,  38°,  in  7  lb.  bottle. . 

Nitric,  coml.,  38°,  in  case  of  10  glass 

stoppered  bottles . 

Nitric,  comb,  38°,  in  carboy . 

Nitric,  c.  p.,  sp.  gr.  1.42 . 

Nitric,  c.  p.,  in  7  lb.  bottle .  Baker  Analyzed 

Nitric,  c.  p.,  in  case  of  10  glass  stop¬ 
pered  bottles .  Baker  Analyzed 

Nitric,  c.  p.,  in  carboy .  Baker  Analyzed 

Sp.gr .  1.415-1.42' 

HNOi .  69%-70% 

SO* . none 

NO . none 

Fo .  0.0002% 

I . none 

Nonvolatile  matter .  0.0005% 

Cl . none 

As . none 

Sb . none 

Nitric,  pure,  sp.  gr.  1.52  fuming... 

Nitric,  c.  p.,  sp.  gr.  1.50 . 

HNOa .  95%-96% 

NO . none 

Cl .  0.0003% 

SOs .  0.0001% 

Fe .  0.0002% 

Nonvolatile  matter .  0.0005%.) 

Nitric,  pure,  sp.  gr.  1.60,  red  fuming 
Nitric,  c.  p.,  sp.  gr.  1.60,  red  fuming 
Nitric,  sp.  gr.  1.153 .  Merck  Blue  Label 

The  samo  impurities  as  sp.  gr.  1.40 

Nitric,  sp.  gr.  1.20 .  Merck  Blue  Label 

The  same  impurities  as  sp.  gr.  1.40 


Merck  Blue  Label 


Baker  Analyzed 


por  oz, 

cont.  per  lb. 

cont. 

sire  pkg.  per  pkg. 

cont. 

.30 

incl  . 

Klb.  .75 

incl 

.90 

incl  . 

1.25 

incl  . 

Y  oz.  .40 

incl 

1.10 

incl  . 

1.50 

incl  . 

Y  oz.  .50 

incl 

. 75  cb 

.08 

.15 

incl  1.00  cb 

.08 

Y  lb  .30 

incl 

.55 

incl  5.00  cb 

.07 

Y  lb.  1.75 

incl 

.40 

incl  . 

Y  lb.  2.50 

incl 

.  5.75  cb 

.09 

.80 

incl  7.50  cb 

.07 

Y  lb.  2.50 

incl 

.60 

incl  . 

Y  lb.  2.00 

incl 

.  7.25  cb 

.09 

.  1.50 

incl 

....'.  1.75  gb 

.15 

.60 

incl  . 

Y  oz.  .25 

incl 

7  lb.  .70  gb 

.25 

. 07  M 

70  lb.  5.25 

3.30 

. 06  • 

139  lb.  9.04 

2.00 

. 17  gb 

.15 

. 12  ” 

7  lb.  .84  gb 

.25 

. 11 

70  1b.  7.70 

3.30 

. 10 

139  1b.  13.90 

2.00 

Typical 

Analysis 


Baker  Analyzed 


Typical 

Analysis 


.15  gb 
.25  gb 


.15 

.15 


Baker  Analyzed 


.40  gb 
.50  gb 
.40 

.15 

.15 

incl 

7  lb.  2.10 

incl 

.40 

incl 

7  lb.  2.10 

incl 

4 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


vuii^o  anu  puunu  pi  igcs 


“ACID,  Nitric,  sp.  gr.  1.30 . 

Tho  same  impurities  as  sp.  gr.  1.40 

“ACID,  Nitric,  sp.  gr.  1.40 . 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.00047%\ 

Sulphuric  Acid . less  than  0.00005%  as  SOj  1 

Hydrogen  halogen  acids  f 

less  than  0.000015%  as  Cl  \ 

Heavy  metals . none  /  Analysis 

Earths . less  than  0.0002%  as  Ca  l 

Iodic  Acid  and  Iodine  less  than  0.0005%  as  I  1 
Arsenic . less  than  0.0000075%/ 

Nitric,  fuming,  sp.  gr.  1.486-1.500.. 

The  same  impurities  as  sp.  gr.  1 .40 

Nitric,  crude,  sp.  gr.  1.38 . 

Nonvolatile  residue . less  than  0.007% 

ACID,  Oleic,  pure . 

Osmic . 

“  Osmic . 

Oxalic,  coml.,  crystals . 

Oxalic,  pure .  Baker  Analyzed 

Oxalic,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Nonvolatile  matter .  0.040%  i 

SO* . — 0.0001%  f  T  .  . 

CaO .  0.001%  V 

o  nnw.  Analysis 


Maker  or  Brand 

per  oz.  cont.  per  lb. 

cont. 

size  pkg. 

per  pkg. 

cont. 

Merck  Blue  Label 

. 40 

incl 

7  lb. 

2.10 

incl 

Merck  Blue  Label 

. 40 

incl 

7  lb. 

2.10 

incl 

*ACID, 

O  U 


Guaranteed 


Merck  Blue  Label 
Merck  Blue  Label 


.50  incl 


Fe .  0.002% 

Pb .  none 


ACID,  Oxalic,  c.  p.,  (carefully  dried  for 

standardizing) .  Baker  Special 

Oxalic .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Ash . less  than  0.017%, 

Sulphuric  Acid . less  than  0.004%  as  SO»  ] 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0004%  as  Cl  I 

Heavy  metals . none) 

Ammonium  com- 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


ACID, 

<< 


pounds . less  than  0.002%  as  NHi| 

Nitric  Acid . less  than  0.007%  as  N 2(V 

Oxalic .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A. 


Oxalic . 

Nonvolatile  matter . 

Chlorine . 

Sulphuric  Acid . 

Nitric  Acid . 

Ammonium  salts . 

Heavy  metals . 

Content . 

.  99. 90% 7 

in  10 


grams  I 


Certified 

Analysis 


*ACID,  Perchloric .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.005%  i 

Sulphuric  Acid . less  than  0.005%  as  SOs  I  p..,,,....! 

Hydrochloric  Acid.. .  less  than  0.0005%  as  Cl  > 

Barium . less  than  0.0025%  1  Analys 

Heavy  metals. . . none  ' 

ACID,  Phosphomolybdic,  c.  p.,  10%  sol . 

Phosphomolybdic,  crystals . 

‘  Phosphomolybdic .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested  for...., . solubility)  Gnaranteed 


Analysis 

85% .  Baker  Analyzed 

1.71  \ 

Typical 
Analysis 


Heavy  metals . at  most  a  trace  f 

Earths . less  than  0.02%  as  Ca) 

ACID,  Phosphoric,  c 

Sp.gr . 

SO» .  0.005% 

IINOs .  none 

HC1 . 0.0003% 

As . none 

CaO .  none. 

ACID,  Phosphoric,  ortho,  sp.  gr.  1.7 . 

Volatile  acids.,  .less  than  0.00125%  as  HNO», 

Nitric  Acid . less  than  0.0048%  as  NsOj\ 

Hydrogen  halogen  1 

acids . less  than  0.0003%  as  Cl 

Phosphorous  Acid . .  .  loss  than  0.095%  as  PsOa 


■Phosphorous  Acul..  loss  than  0.095%  a  _ 

Sulphuric  Acid . less  than  0.0025%  as  SOi  )  Analysis 

Metaphosphoric  Acid . none/ 

Heavy  metals . nonel 

Earths,  etc  . less  than  0.01%  as  Cal 

Substances  oxidizable  by  Permanganate. none / 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0002%'' 


Merck  Blue  Label 


Guaranteed 


.30  cb 

.09 

1  grm. 

1.90 

incl 

V2  grm. 

1.00 

incl 

. 16  cc 

.05 

5  1b. 

.70 

incl 

.20  cb 

.09 

.45  cb 

.08 

y  ib. 

.20 

incl 

.15 

incl 

.75  cb 

.09 

M  lb. 

.35 

incl 

.70 

incl 

yib. 

.25 

incl 

100  grm. 

.90 

incl 

. 

500  grm. 

2.50 

incl 

.35 

incl 

. 

... 

.  ... 

.20 

incl 

1.35  gb 

.15 

yib. 

.60 

incl 

.65  cb 

.04 

.90 

incl 

y  oz. 

.30 

incl 

.15 

incl 

.40  gb 

.15 

y  ib. 

.25 

incl 

.70 

incl 

yib. 

.30 

incl 

U 

Phosphoric,  ortho,  sp.  gr.  1.12 . 

Merck  Blue  Label  . 

.45 

incl 

yib. 

.20 

incl 

i< 

The  same  impurities  as  sp.  gr.  1.7 

Phosphoric,  ortho,  sp.  gr.  1.057 _ 

Merck  Blue  Label  . 

.60 

incl 

y  ib. 

.25 

incl 

ft 

The  same  impurities  as  sp.  gr.  1.7 

Phosphoric,  c.  p.,  meta . 

. 15 

incl 

1.00  gb 

.15 

yib. 

.45 

incl 

U 

Phosphoric,  meta,  stick  (contains 
Sodium  Phosphate) .... 

. 15 

incl 

.70  cb 

.08 

yib. 

.30 

incl 

O 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


ACID,  Phosphoric,  meta. 


Maker  or  Brand 

Merck  Blue  Label 


♦ACID, 

*  M 


Nitric  Acid . less  than  0.016%  as  NsChA 

Sulphates . less  than  0.088%  as  SO*  j 

Hydrogen  halogen  f 

acids . less  than  0.0005%  as  Cl  \ 

Heavy  Metals . none  / 

Eaiths.  etc . less  than  0.02%  as  Cal 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0015%  1 

Oxldizable  substances . none/ 

Phosphoric  Anhydride . . 

Phosphoric  Anhydride . 

Araenious  Acid . less  than  0.01% 

Phosphotungstic,  10%  solution . 

Phosphotungstic,  crystals . , . . . . 

Phosphotungstic. . . 

Nitrates . less  than  0.0032%  as  N*Os  \ 

Ammonium  salts. . .  less  than  0.0045%  as  NH* ) 

Phthalic,  c.  p.,  anhydrous . 

Picric,  c.  p.,  crystals.  Dry  Picric 
Acid  is  classed  as  a  high  ex¬ 
plosive  and  can  only  be 
shipped  subject  to  the  regu¬ 
lations  governing  the  trans¬ 
portation  of  goods  of  this 
class.  If  20%  water  is  added 
Picric  Acid  can  be  shipped 

with  other  chemicals . 

ACID,  Pyrogallic,  resublimed . . 

“  Pyrogallic . 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


ACID, 

O  « 


Merck  Blue  Label 


Merck  Blue  Label* 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 

Baker  Analyzed 


per  oz. 

cont. 

per  ib. 

cont. 

size  pkg. 

per  pkg. 

cont. 

.85 

incl 

Hlb. 

.30 

incl 

.25 

incl 

1.25  gb 

.15 

H  lb. 

.45 

incl 

.20 

incl 

H  lb. 

.80 

incl 

.35  gb 
.45 

.07 

1.00  cb 

.08 

incl 

H  lb. 

1.35 

incl 

.25 

2.50  cb 

.12 

%  lb. 

.75 

incl 

.20  incl  1.25  cb  .08 
.17  incl  1.75  incl 


H  lb.  .35 
H  lb.  .50 


incl 

incl 


ACID,  Pyroligneous,  technical 

“  Rosolic . 

“  Rosolic . 


less  than  0.05%  ) 

Merck  Blue  Label 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 

.35 

incl 

.25 

incl 

Merck  Blue  Label 

.40 

incl 

.10  cb  .09 


ACID, 

« 


Salicylic,  pure . 

Salicylic,  from  WinteTgreen  Oil. . . . 

Silicic,  coml.,  powder . 

Silicic,  c.  p . 

Silicotungstic . 

Sulphates . none] 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0025%  as  Cl  I 

Tungstate . none  > 

Mercury  and  other  heavy  metals . none  l 

Residue  on  ignition . 85-93%  " 

Stearic,  U.  S.  P.,  powder . 

Succinic,  c.  p . 

“  Succinic . 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.05%s 

Oxalic  Acid.  . less  than  0.07%  ' 

Tartaric  Acid . less  than  2% 

Sulphates . less  than  0.001%  as  SO* 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl 

Ammonium  salts. .  .less  than  0.0035%  as  NH* 
Heavy  metals . none 

ACID,  Sulphanilic,  crystals . 

“  Sulphanilic . 

Inorganic  matter . less  than  0.05%  i 

Sulphuric  Acid  (Ani-  I 

line  Sulphate) . less  than  0.004%  as  SOj  > 

Hydrochloric  Acid  (Ani-  1 

line  Hydrochloride),  .less  than  0.002%  as  Cl  1 

Sulphuric,  comb,  in  9  lb.  bottle .  . . 
Sulphuric,  coml.,  in  case  of  10  glass 

stoppered  bottles . 

Sulphuric,  comb,  in  carboy . 

Sulphuric,  c.  p.,  sp.  gr.  1.835-1.84. . 
Sulphuric,  c.  p.,  in  9  lb.  bottle .... 
Sulphuric,  c.  p.,  in  case  of  10  glass 
stoppered  bottles . 

Sulphuric,  c.p.,  in  carboy _ 

Sp.gr .  1.835-1 

H»SO< .  95.6-96 

HC1 .  none 

As .  none 

Fe .  —.0001% 

Nonvolatile  matter .  .0002% 

NH* .  trace 

Sb . 


Baker  Analyzed 
Merck  Blue  Label 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 


.22 


.10 

1.50 


. 40  cb 

incl  3.00  cb 

. 12  cc 

incl  .80  cb 
incl  . 


.09 

.09 

.04 

.12 


J4  lb-  -30  incl 


.35  cb  .10 


Merck  Blue  Label 


.60 

.80 


incl 

incl 


%  oz.  .25  incl 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


Merck  Blue  Label 


.20  incl  1.50  cb  .09 
.25  incl  . 


x/i  lb.  .55  incl 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


♦ACID, 

♦  U 


*  u 
o  a 

♦  « 
*  u 


i  .8*4  \ 
•4%J 
loner 
lone  \ 

1 


Baker  Analyzed 
Baker  Analyzed 

Baker  Analyzed 
Baker  Analyzed 


.06 

9  1b. 

.54  gb 

.25 

•03M 

90  lb. 

3.15 

3.30 

.02 

.14  gb  .15 
.09 

187  lb. 

4.68 

2.00 

9  1b. 

.81  gb 

.25 

.08 

90  lb. 

7.20 

3.30 

.07 

187  lb. 

13.09 

2.00 

Typical 

Analysis 


6 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Ounce  and  pound  prices  Price  in  other  size  packages 


Guaranteed 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


Maker  or  Crand 

°ACID,  Sulphuric,  sp.  gr.  1.84 .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.0005% 

Nitric  Acid . less  than  0.0008%  as  N,Os 

Selenium . . . less  than  0.0033% 

Substances  oxidizable  by  Permanganate 
(Nitrous  and  Sulphurous  Acids) 

less  than  0.001%  as  SOs 

Hydrogen  halogen  ,  .  .  . 

acids . less  than  0.0003%  as  Cl  /  Ana,J'sls 

Lead . less  than  0.003%l 

Heavy  metals . nonet 

Calcium . less  than  0.0055%  1 

Ammonium  salts.,  .less  than  0.0015%  as  NHa / 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0000025%/ 

°ACID,  Sulphuric,  diluted,  16% .  Merck  Blue  Label 

The  same  Impurities  as  sp.  gr.  1.84 

0  “  Sulphuric,  diluted,  10% .  Merck  Blue  Label 

The  same  impurities  as  sp.  gr.  1.84 

•ACID,  Sulphuric,  c.  p .  .  Baker  Special 

(Free  from  Nitrogen  Compounds) 

Sulphuric,  coml.,  fuming,  20%  S03 . 

Sulphuric,  c.  p.,  fuming,  15%  S03 . 

4  Sulphuric,  fuming .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nitrogen . less  than  0.001% 

Sulphuric,  fuming,  free  from  Nitro¬ 
gen .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.009% 

Nitric  Acid 

less  than  0.004%  as  NsO,  =  0.00 1%N 

Ammonium  salts _ less  than  0.002%  as  NH, 

Halogens . less  than  0.0015%  as  Cl 

Lead  . . less  than  0.003% 

Arsenic . less  than0.0001%' 

°ACID,  Sulphuric,  with  P206 .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nitric  Acid . less  than  0.004%  as  N2O6 1  Guaranteed 

Ammonium  salts less  than  0.002%  as  NH, )  Analysis 

•ACID,  Sulphuric,  fuming,  with  P2O5 .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nitiogen . less  than  0.001% 

Sulphuric  Anhydride,  tested  reagent  Merck  Blue  Label 
Sulphuric  Anhydride,  tested  reagent  Merck  Blue  Label 
Sulphurous,  c.  p.,  6%  S02 .  Baker  Analyzed 

so, . ;..  6%' 

so, . 5% 

Fe . 0003% 

Nonvolatile  matter . 0008% 

°ACID,  Sulphurous,  . 

Nonvolatile  matter .  less  than  0.048% 

“  Sulphurous,  cubes,  20%,  tested 

reagent .  Merck  Blue  Label 

“  Tannic,  pure . 

“  Tannic,  c.  p..  .*. . 

Tannic .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Inoiganic  matter . less  than  0.125%'i 

Zinc . less  than  0.006%  1  Guaranteed 

Sugai  and  Dextrin  . none  /  Analysis 

Water . not  more  thao  12%/ 

ACID,  Tartaric,  cryst . 

“  Tartaric,  powdered . 

Tartaric,  c.  p.,  crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

Tartaric,  c.  p.,  powder .  Baker  Analyzed 

Nonvolatile  matter . 03%'. 

SO, .  —  001%/ 

Oxalic  Acid .  none  l  Typical 

CaO .  none  /  Analysis 

Fe . 001%  l 

Pb .  none,' 

ACID,  Tartaric . 

Sulphuric  Acid . less  than  0.005%  as  SO,  i 

Oxalic  Acid . less  than  0.035%  f 

Calcium . less  than  0.01%  > 

Lead  and  other  metals . none  1 

Inorganic  matter . less  than  0.05%  ; 

ACID,  Thioacetic .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter . loss  than  0.0047%  )  Guaranteed 

Sulphuric  Acid . less  than  0.003%  as  SO, )  Analysis 

ACID,  Titanic,  c.  p.,  anhydrous  (Tita¬ 
nium  Oxide) . 

Trichloracetic,  pure,  crystals . 

Tungstic . 

Tungstic,  c.  p . 

Uric,  c.  p . 

Valerianic  (Valeric) . 

ADONITE . 


Typical 

Analysis 

Merck  Blue  Label 


Merck  Blue  Label 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 


per  oz.  cont. 


per  lb. 

.40 


cont. 

incl 


size  pkg„ 

9  lb. 


per  pkg. 

2.70 


cont. 

incl 


. 40 

incl 

9  lb. 

2.70  incl 

. 40 

incl 

9  lb. 

2.70  incl 

9  lb. 

1.08  gb  .25 

1.08  gb  .25 

.  .12 

. 25  gb 

.15  . 

9  lb. 

. 45  ” 

incl  . 

.75  incl 


.60  incl 


.20 

incl 

M  lb. 

.75 

incl 

. .  .1  Kilo  Tins  1.25 

incl 

.50  gm 

.65 

incl 

•20  gb 

.15 

5  lb. 

.60  gb 

.25 

.45 

incl 

.60 

incl 

Vi  lb. 

.25 

incl 

1.10  cc 

.08 

1.50 

incl 

.20 

incl 

y2ib. 

.80 

incl 

.45  cc 

.05 

.45  cc 

.05 

.10 

incl 

.75  cb 

.08 

M  lb. 

.30 

incl 

.10 

incl 

.80  cb 

.08 

y  ib. 

.30 

incl 

yih. 

.30 

incl 

.30 

incl  . 

y  ib. 

.90 

incl 

.80 

incl  . 

.18  gb 

.07  2.00  gb  .14 

.03  . 

.45 

incl 

.75  cb 

.03  . 

.20  gb 

.07  1.75  gb  .15 

1  grm. 

1.50 

incl 

7 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Ounce  and  pound  prices  Price  in  other  size  packages 


Maker  or  Brand 

AGAR  AGAR,  in  shreds,  prime,  white. 

This  is  a  specially  selected 
grade  for  preparation  of 

culture  media .  A.  H.  T.  Co.  No.  40 

“  powder .  Witte 

ALBUMEN,  from  blood . 

“  from  eggs,  soluble  scales . 

“  from  eggs,  impalpable  powder  . 

“ALCOHOL,  Amylic . 

“  Amylic,  purified . 

“  Amylic,  c.p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Sp.  gr .  .814  )  Typical 

B.  P .  128°-130°C  )  Analysis 

“ALCOHOL,  Amylic,  for  Gerbers  fat  deter¬ 
mination,  tested  re¬ 
agent  .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Amylic .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter. . less  than  0.005% )  Guaranteed 

Foreign  organic  matter  (Furfural,  etc.),  .none  )  Analysis 

“ALCOHOL,  Butylic,  iso,  b.  p.  106°  C . 

Ethylic,  denatured . 

“  Ethylic,  denatured . 

“  Ethylic,  denatured . 

“  Ethylic,  denatured . 

“  Ethylic,  denatured . 

“  Ethylic,  90% .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Residue . none\ 

Fusel  Oil . none  1 

Molasses- Alcohol . none  f 

Aldehyde . none\  Guaranteed 

Organic  impurities . . none  /  Analysis 

Metals  and  Tannin . nonet 

Acetone . less  than  0.02%  1 

Furfural . less  than  0.0001%/ 

“ALCOHOL,  Ethylic,  95%  (grain) . 

Ethylic,  95%  (grain) . 

“  Ethylic,  95%  (grain) . 

Ethylic,  95%  (grain) . 

“  Ethylic,  95%  (grain) . 

Ethylic,  95%  (grain) .  Baker  Analyzed 

1?  iv . . . . . ::::::::::::::::::::  7|°c}  v**. 

“ALCOHOL,  Ethylic,  90%  (grain) .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Residue . none\ 

Fusel  Oil . none  i 

Molasses  Alcohol . none  I 

Aldehyde . none  \  Guaranteed 

Organic  impurities . none  /  Analysis 

Metals  and  Tannin . nonet 

Acetone . less  than  0.02%  1 

Furfural . less  than  0.001%/ 

“ALCOHOL,  Ethylic,  absolute,  99.8% . 

Ethylic,  absolute,  99.8% . • . 

Ethylic,  absolute,  99.8% . 

Ethylic,  absolute,  99.8% . 

Ethylic,  absolute,  99.75% .  Baker  Analyzed 

Ethylic,  absolute .  Baker  Special 

Aldehvde,  (H2SO4  test  one-half  hour)  none 

Ethylic,  absolute,  99.46% .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Residue . none\ 

Fusel  Oil . none  1 

Molasses  Alcohol . none  I 

Aldehyde . none  \  Guaranteed 

Organic  impuritios . none  /  Analysis 

Metals  and  Tannin . nonet 

Acetone . less  than  0.02%  1 

Furfural . less  than  0.0001%/ 

ALCOHOL,  Ethylic,  absolute,  99.8% .  Kahlbaum 

“  Ethylic,  absolute,  99.8% .  Kahlbaum 

“  Ethylic,  absolute,  98% .  Squibb 

“ALCOHOL,  Methylic  (wood) . 

Methylic  (wood) . 

Methylic  (wood) . 

Methylic  (wood) . 

Methylic  (wood) . 

Methylic,  95% .  Baker  Analyzed 

Methylic,  absolute .  Baker  Analyzed 

Sp.gr .  .706) 

Methyl  Alcohol .  99%-100%( 


Nonvolatile  matter. 

Acetone . 

Ethyl  Alcohol . 


none  > 
nonet 
none  1 


Typical 

Analysis 


per  02.  cont.  per  lb.  cont. 


. 85  incl 

.25  cb  .03  2.00  cb  .08 

. 45  incl 

.  1.15  cb  .09 

.  1.25  cb  .09 

. 60  cb  .09 

. 75  cb  .09 

.  1.25  cb  .08 


1.25  incl 
1.60  incl 


1.15  cb  .09 


1.10  incl 


.55  cb  .08 


% 

1.35  ~incl 


.75  cb  .08 
.85  cb  .08 

1.60  incl 


.25  cb  .08 
.50  cb  .08 


size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont. 


Vi  lb. 

.40 

incl 

Klb. 

.40 

incl 

H  lb. 

.50 

incl 

1  pt. 

.15 

cb 

.09 

1  qt. 

.25 

cb 

.12 

34  gal. 

.40 

cn 

.18 

1  gal. 

.75 

cn 

.25 

5  gal. 

3.50 

cn 

.50 

^lb. 

.35 

incl 

1  pt.  .50  cb  .09 
1  qt.  1.00  cb  .12 
Yi  gal.  1.75  cn  .18 
1  gal.  3.25  cn  .25 
4%  gal. 15.35  cn  .50 
1  gal.  3.25  cb  .25 


Y  lb.  .45  incl 


1  pt. 

.70 

cb 

.09 

1  qt. 

1.40 

cb 

.12 

34  gal. 

2.50 

cb 

.18 

1  gal. 

4.40 

cb 

.25 

1  gal. 

4.50 

cb 

.25 

Y\b. 

.50 

incl 

500  grm.  1.50  incl 

1000  grm.  2.75  incl 

500  grm.  1.35  incl 

1  pt.  .15  cb  .09 
1  qt.  .25  cb  .12 
Yz  gal.  .40  cn  .18 
1  gal.  .75  cn  .25 
5  gal.  3.50  cn  .50 
1  gal.  .95  cb  .25 
1  gal.  2.75  cb  .25 


8 


ARTHUR  H  . _ T  HOMAS  COMPANY 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


u 

u 


Maker  or  Brand 

“ALCOHOL,  Methylic,  97-98.7%  (Colum¬ 
bian  Spirits) . 

Methylic,  same  as  above . 

Methylic,  as  specially  recom¬ 
mended  for  use  in 
preparation  of 
Wright’s,  Hastings’ 
and  Romanowsky’s 

blood  stains .  Merck  “H.  P.” 

“ALCOHOL,  Methylic,  Acetone  free .  Kahlbaum 

Methylic,  Acetone  free .  Kahlbaum 

Methylic .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter. . .less  than  0.002%\ 

Acetone . less  than  0.015%  1 

Ethyl  Alcohol . less  than  l%f 

Empyreumatic  substances . none  . 

Aldehydes . none  /  Analysis 

Substances  oxidizable  by  Per-  1 

manganate . none  1 

Chloroform . less  than  0.01%/ 

“ALCOHOL,  Propylic,  pure . 

“ALDEHYDE,  pure,  50% . 

pure,  concentrated . 

ALIZARINE,  paste,  20% . 

(Sodium  Monosulphonate)  as 
recommended  for  use  in  gas¬ 
tric  analysis . 

ALOIN,  as  used  for  “occult”  test  for  blood 

in  faeces . 

ALPHANAPHTHOL . 

Organic  Substances  insoluble  in  \ 

Sodium  Hydroxide  solution..  ..none  ( 


per  or.  cont.  per  lb.  coot. 


size  pkg. 


per  pkg.  cont. 


1  gal.  1.25  cn  .25 
1  pt.  .20  cb  .09 


.75  cb  .09  . 

.  500  grm.  1.25  cb  .12 

.  100  grm.  .40  cb  .05 

.80  incl  H  lb.  .30  incl 


Guaranteed 


.30  cb  .04  2.50  cb  .10 

. 80  cb  .09 

.  1.15  cb  .09 

.10  cb  .03  . 


Inorganic  matter . less  than  0.05%) 

ALPHAN  APHTHYLAMINE . 

Tested  for . solubility  ) 

Nonvolatile  matter _ less  than  0.05%) 

ALUMINUM,  metal,  foil . . 

metal,  sheet . . 

metal,  mossy . 

metal,  powder,  fine . 

metal,  powdered . 

“  wire,  No.  24  B  &  S . 

ALUMINUM,  Acetate,  c.  p . 

Ammonium  Sulphate  (Am¬ 
monium  Alum)  coml.,  cryst. 
Ammonium  Sulphate,  coml., 

powder' . 

Ammonium  Sulphate,  c.  p., 

crystals . '. . 

Ammonium  Sulphate,  c.  p., 

powder . 

Chloride,  c.  p.,  crystals . 

Fe . 004%)  Typical 

80s . 002%)  Analysis 

ALUMINUM  Chloride,  c.  p.,  sublimed 

Fluoride,  c.  p . 

Hydroxide,  pure . 

Hydroxide,  c.  p . 

“  Nitrate,  c.  p.,  crystals... 

Oxalate,  c..  p . 

“  Oxide,  pure . 

“  Oxide,  c.  p.  (ignited) . .  . 

Fe . 005%  i 

Cl . 0001%  l  .. 

SO« . 001%  (  Analysis 

CaO .  none) 

ALUMINUM  Oxide,  for  Tannin  determi¬ 
nation  by  Wislicenus’ 
method . 

Metallic  Mercury  and  Aluminum 

none) 

Tested  for  absorptive  power  for  Tan-  (  Analysis 

niu  and  colors.  ) 

ALUMINUM 

«( 


.55  cb 

.04  . 

. . . .  1.00  cb  .09 

Merck  Blue  Label 

.25 

incl  . 

H  lb.  .75 

incl 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 

Merck  Blue  Label 

.60 

incl  . . . . . 

H  oz.  .25 

incl 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 

.25 

incl  . 

. 90 

.  1.20 

.15  cb  .03  1.50 
1.25 


incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 


Potassium  Sulphate  (Potas¬ 
sium  Alum),  crystals. ...... 

Potassium  Sulphate,  purified, 
powder . 


.15 

.12 

incl  .75 
incl  .90  cb 

. 10  cc 

incl 

.09 

.05 

.05 

Baker  Analyzed 

J*  lb. 

.30 

incl 

Baker  Analyzed 

.08 

Hlb. 

.15 

incl 

Baker  Analyzed 

. 27  cb 

.08 

H  lb. 

.15 

incl 

Baker  Analyzed 

.12 

incl  .80  cb 

.08 

Hlb. 

.25 

incl 

Typical 

Analysis 

.20 

incl  1.50  cb 

.08 

Hlb. 

.50 

incl 

.  1.50  cb 

,0S 

Hlb. 

.50 

incl 

. 60  cb 

.09 

Baker  Analyzed 

.  1.50  cb 

.08 

Hlb. 

.60 

incl 

Baker  Analyzed 

.10 

incl  .75  cb 

.08 

Hlb. 

.25 

incl 

Baker  Analyzed 

.  1.20  cb 

.09 

H  lb. 

.40 

incl 

.  1.00  cb 

.09 

Baker  Analyzed 

.  1.00  cb 

.09 

Hlb. 

.35 

incl 

Typical 

Analysis 

4 

Merck  Blue  Label 

.80 

incl  . 

H  OZ. 

.25 

incl 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 

Baker  Analyzed 

. 

.  1.50  cb 

.12 

Hlb. 

.50 

incl 

. 10  cc 

.05 

. 10  cc 

.05 

9 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


Maker  or  Brand 

ALUMINUM  Potassium  Sulphate,  c.  p., 

crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Potassium  Sulphate,  c.  p., 

powdered .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe . 002%h 

Cl . 0002%  1  Typical 

CaO . 001%?  Analysis 

MgO . ooi%; 

ALUMINUM  Sodium  Sulphate,  c.  p.  (So¬ 
dium  Alum) .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Sulphate,  coml . 

“  Sulphate,  pure . 

“  Sulphate,  c.  p.,  crystals.  . . .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Tartrate,  c.  p . .*....  Baker  Analyzed 

ALUNDUM,  RR,  60,  90  or  120  mesh . 

“  RR,  60,  90  or  120  mesh . 

“  RR,  60,  90  or  120  mesh  (Spe¬ 

cially  treated  and  free  from 

surface  alkali) . 

“  RR,  60,  90  or  120  mesh  (Spe¬ 
cially  treated  and  free  from 

surface  alkali. . . ; . 

AMMONIA,  gas,  in  valve  top  steel  cylin¬ 
ders,  returnable  for  credit  if 

in  good  condition . 

AMMONIUM  Acetate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Nonvolatile  matter . 001%)  -p...  . 

Cl . 0003%  >  W™1. 

SO, . none)  Analys,a 

AMMONIUM  Acetate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter. .  .less  than  0.0167%  ) 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0005%  as  Cl  ( 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0075%  as  SO, 

Heavy  metals . none)  y 

Earths  . less  than  0.004%  as  Ca  * 

AMMONIUM  Arsenate,  c.  p . .  Baker  Analyzed 

Arsenite,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Benzoate,  c.  p . 

Bicarbonate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Bichromate . 

Bichromate,  c.  p . .  Baker  Analyzed 

Bifluoride,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Binoxalate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Bisulphate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Bisulphite,  c.  p.,  cone.  sol..  Baker  Analyzed 

Sp.gr .  1.32  i 

Nonvolatile  matter . 003%  f 

Cl . 001%  V 

SO, . 500%) 

SO, .  48%) 

AMMONIUM  Bitartrate . 

“  Bitartrate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Borate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Bromide,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Carbonate,  lump . 

“  Carbonate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Nonvolatile  matter . 0004%’ 

Fe . 0002% 

Cl . 0001% 

SO, .  none 

Organic  matter .  trace 

Thiocyanate .  none, 

AMMONIUM  Carbonate . .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.01%' 

Calcium . less  than  0.0125% 

Sulphate . less  than  0.01%  as  SO, 

Chlorides . less  than  0.00025%  as  Cl 

Thiosulphates 

less  than  0.0008%  as  (NH,)i  S2O, 

Phospliates . less  than  0.01%  as  P,0, 

Heavy  metals . none 

Sulphocyanates,  less  than  0.12%  as  SCN 
Tar  bases . none, 

AMMONIUM  Carbonate .  Kahlbaum  "C.f.A.” 

“  Carbonate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Nonvolatile  matter  .none  1 

Chlorine . none  I 

Sulphocyanate . none  1 

Sulphate . none  ) 

Thiosulphate . none  1 

Heavy  metals . none  I 

Tarry  matter . none  ; 

AMMONIUM  Chloride,  granular,  pure 


per  lb. 

cont. 

size  pkg. 

per  pkg. 

cont. 

.25  cb 

.08 

H  lb. 

.15 

incl 

.30  cb 

.08 

Hlb. 

.15 

incl 

.60  cb 

.08 

.10  cc 

.05 

.20  cb 

.08 

.30  cb 

.08 

1.90  cb 

.08 

Mlb. 

.60 

incl 

.50 

incl 

K  lb. 

.30 

incl 

21b. 

1.00 

incl 

.75 

incl 

H  lb. 

.40 

incl 

21b.  1.50  incl 


101b.  10.00  cyl  15.00 


Typical 

Analysis 


.15 

incl 

.75  cb 

.09 

Mlb. 

.25 

incl 

.80 

incl 

Hlb. 

.30 

incl 

.15 

incl 

1.35  cb 

.07 

Hlb. 

.45 

incl 

.15 

incl 

1.20  cb 

.08 

H  lb. 

.40 

incl 

4 

1.00  cb 

.09 

.60  cb 

.08 

Hlb- 

.20 

incl 

.45  cc 

.05 

.75  cb 

.07 

Hlb. 

.30 

incl 

1.50  cb 

.09 

.70  cb 

.08 

H  lb. 

.25 

incl 

.50  cb 

.08 

.85  gb 

.15 

Hlb. 

.35 

incl 

.75  cc 

.05 

.10  incl 


Typical 

Analysis 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


in  10 
grams 


Certified 

Analysis 


1.50  cb 

.08 

1.15  cb 

.08 

1.00  cb 

.08 

H  lb.  .35 

incl 

.20  cc 

.05 

5  lb.  .90 

incl 

.30  cb 

.09 

H  lb.  .15 

incl 

.55 

incl 

H  lb.  .25 

incl 

100  grm.  .50 

incl 

500  grm.  .95 

incl 

.17  cc 

.05 

•v. 

10 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


Maker  or  Brand 

AMMONIUM  Chloride,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Nonvolatile  matter . 001%'i 

SO» .  nonet  Typical 

Fe . .. . 0003%  (  Analysis 

Aniline  derivatives .  trace  " 

AMMONIUM  Chloride .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter _ less  than  0.01%\ 

Phosphates _ less  than  0.001%  as  PiOt  1 

Arsenates _ iess  than  0.005%  as  AssOsf 

Heavy  metals . none\  Guaranteed 

Calcium . less  than  0.01%/  Analysis 

Sulphates . less  than  0.005%  as  SO»i 

Sulphocyanates,  less  than  0.12%  as  SCN 1 
Tar  bases . none/ 

Chloride .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A. 


AMMONIUM 

U 


Chloride . 

Nonvolatile  matter  . . 

Sulphate . 

Sulphocyanate . 

Phosphate  and  Arsenic,  .none 

Heavy  metals . 

Alkaline  earths . 

Tarry  matter . 

l 


in  10 
grams 


Certified 

Analysis 


AMMONIUM 

AMMONIUM 


Chloride,  c.  p .  Baker  Special 

Nonvolatile  matter . 001%)  Typical 

Aniline  derivatives .  none  )  Analysis 

Chromate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Chromate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Alkalies . not  more  than  0.25%  I 

Chlorides. . .  less  than  0.0025%  as  Cl  I 


Sulphates  ..less  than  0.029%  as  SOs 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


Aluminum . loss  than  0.1%  l 

Calcium . less  than  0.005%) 

AMMONIUM  Chromium  Sulphate,  c.  p...  Baker  Analyzed 

Citrate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Citrate  Solution .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Contains.. 27.93  grams  Ammonia  per  liter. 

Dithiocarbonate  Solution. . .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.005% )  Guaranteed 

Analysis 

c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 


Ammonium  Carbonate 

less  than  0.0045%  as  (NHi)iCOi  ) 

AMMONIUM  Fluoride, 

Fe . ; . : . 001% 

SO» . 001% 

Nonvolatile  matter . 008% 


Typical 

Analysis 


AMMONIUM  Fhioride .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.005%  i 


Guaranteed 


Chlorides . less  than  0.001%  as  Cl  ) 

Sulphates . less  than  0.3%  as  SO,  - 

Silicofluorldes. . . . less  than  0.015%  (NH,),SiFU  Analysis 
Heavy  metals . none* 


AMMONIUM  Fluoride . .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Nonvolatile  matter.. unweighable 


Sulphate . none) 


in  10 


AMMONIUM 

*  a 


♦AMMONIUM 

O  it 


Silico fluoride . none  \  “  }  Anatolis 

Heavy  metals . none)  ) 

Formate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Hydroxide,  20°  (17.5%  Am¬ 
monia),  in  4  lb. 

bottle . 

Hydroxide,  20°,  in  case  of  10 
glass  stoppered 

bottles . 

Hydroxide,  20°  in  carboy . 

Hydroxide,  c.  p.,  sp.  gr.  0.90.  Baker  Analyzed 
Hydroxide,  c.  p.,  in 4 lb.  bot.  Baker  Analyzed 
Hydroxide,  c.  p.,  in  case  of  10 
glass  stoppered 

bottles .  Baker  Analyzed 

Hydroxide,  c.  p.,  in  carboy.  Baker  Analyzed 

Sp.  gr .  .90) 

NH, .  28-29%) 

CO, . trace) 

Pyridine . trace! 

Nonvolatile  matter .  0.0004%) 

Hydroxide,  c.  p.,  free  from 

Pyridine .  Baker  Special 

Hydroxide,  10%  and  20% . . .  Merck  Blue  Label 

The  same  impurities  as  the  28% 


Typical 

Analysis 


per  oz. 

cont,  per  lb.  cont. 

size  pkg.  per  pkg. 

cont. 

.10 

incl  .30  cb  .10 

Klb.  .15 

incl 

. 65  incl 

M  lb.  .25 

incl 

100  grm.  .60 

incl 

. 

500  grm.  1.20 

incl 

« 

✓ 

. 40  cb  .10 

Y  lb.  .15 

incl 

.  1.80  cb  .10 

Y  lb.  .60 

incl 

.25 

incl  . 

Yi  lb.  1.25 

incl 

.  2.00  cb  .08 

.  1.50  eh  .00  .  . 

Y  liter  .50 

incl 

Y.  lb.  .50 

incl 

.20 

incl  2.00  incl 

Y  lb.  .75 

incl 

.25 

incl  . 

Y  lb.  .65 

incl 

0 

100  grm.  1.15 

incl 

.  1.75  cb  .09 

. 10 

4  lb.  .40  gb 

.25 

. 09 

40  lb.  3.60 

3.30 

. 08 

851b.  6.80 

2.00 

. 13  gb  .15 

. 12  ~ 

4  lb.  .48  gb 

.25 

. 11 

40  lb.  4.40 

3.30 

. 10 

94  lb.  9.40 

2.00 

. 18 

4  lb.  .72  gb 

.25 

4  1b.  1.00 

incl 

11 


R 


H  U  R 


H  . 


H  O  M 


M 


N 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


u 

O  U 


Maker  or  Brand 

AMMONIUM  Hydroxide,  28% .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter _ leas  than  0.016%\ 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0003%  as  Cl  \ 

Pyridine . at  most  a  trace  | 

Tar  bases  (Aniline,  Pyridine,  Pyrrol,  I 

etc.) . none  ! 

Heavy  metals . none 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0025%  as  SO«  \  Guaranteed 

Carbon  Dioxide . less  than  0.115%/  Analysis 

Sulphides . less  than  0.001%  as  S 

Calcium . less  than  0.002% 

Magnesium . less  than  0.001% 

Phosphates.,  .less  than  0.0015%  as  P20* 

Substances  oxidizable  by  Potas¬ 
sium  Permanganate . none 

AMMONIUM  Hydrosulphide,  (See  Sul¬ 
phide)  . 

Iodide,  c.  p . 

Molybdate,  c.  p.,  Nitric  Acid 

solution . 

“  Molybdate,  c.  p.,  crystals.  .  Baker  Analyzed 

MoO, .  80.5%'j 

P .  none!  Typical 

As .  none/  Analysis 

Nitrate .  none/ 

AMMONIUM  Molybdate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Phosphates. .  less  than  0.0005%  as  P2O5 ) 

Heavy  metals . none! 

Sulphates . less  than  0.175%  as  SOjV  Y“a.'"aVteed 

Chlorides . less  than  0.001%  as  Cl  i  Analy8,s 

Nitrates . less  than  0.0032%  as  N2O5) 

Nitrate,  pure,  crystals . 

Nitrate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Nonvolatile  matter . 008%', 

Fe . 002%  i 

Cl .  — .001%  V  Typical 

SOs .  none/  Analysis 

I .  none  I 

CaO .  trace/ 

AMMONIUM  Nitrate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.01%\ 

Phosphates _ less  than  0.001%  as  P2O6 1 

Arsenates. . . .  less  than  0.005%  as  AsiOtl 

Heavy  metals . none! 

Calcium . less  than  0.01%  \  Guaranteed 

Sulphates . less  than  0.005%  as  SOi  /  Analysis 

Sulphocyanates.less  than  0.12%  as  SCN I 

Tar-bases . non  e  1 

Chlorides . less  than  0.00025%  as  Cl  1 


per  02.  cont.  per  lb.  cant.  size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont. 

. 40  incl  4  lb.  1.20  incl 


“AMMONIUM 

O  « 


.50 

incl  4.50  cb 

. 25  gb 

.08 

.15 

X  lb.  1.50 

incl 

.55 

incl  5.00  cb 

.06 

Klb.  1.75 

incl 

.40 

incl  . 

y2  lb.  2.50 

incl 

. . 25  cc 

.05 

.10 

incl  .50  cb 

.09 

Mlb.  .20 

incl 

. 70 

incl 

yib.  .25 

incl 

“AMMONIUM 

O  (( 


JllC 

l 


Baker  Analyzed 


Typical 

Analysis 


Nitrites . less  than  0.00055%  as  N2O1/ 

Nitrate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A. 

Nitrate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A. 

Nonvolatile  matter.  mnweighableX 

Sulphate . .* . none  J 

Sulphocyanate . none  I 

Chloride . none\  In  10  \Certified 

Phosphate . none/  grams  /  Analysis 

Arsenate . none  1 

Nitrite . none  1 

Heavy  metals . none/ 

AMMONIUM  Nitrite,  liquid . 

“  Oxalate,  pure . 

“  Oxalate,  c.  p . 

Nonvolatile  matter _  .021%', 

CaO . 001%  i 

Fe . 0005%!, 

Na  (flame  test) .  trace/ 

Cl .  —  0002%  l 

SOj .  none.' 

AMMONIUM  Oxalate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter _ less  than  0.017%'i 

Sulphates . less  than  0.005%  as  SOa ‘  Guaranteed 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0025%  as  Cl  /  Analysis 

Heavy  metals . none/ 

Oxalate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A. 

Oxalate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A. 

Nonvolatile  matter,  unweighable  1  I 

Inl°  1 

Heavy  metals . nonet 

Content . 99.83% J 

Perchlorate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A. 

Perchlorate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A. 

Nonvolatile  matter. .none)  ) 

. slight  trace  f  In  10  f  Certified 

Barium . nonet  grams  i  Analysis 

Heavy  metals . none)  ) 


100  grm.  .60  incl 
500  grm.  1.10  incl 


.65  cb 
,38  cc 

.08 
.05  , 

X  lb. 

.35 

incl 

,50  cb 

.08 

X  lb. 

.20 

incl 

,80 

incl 

X  lb. 

.30 

incl 

AMMONIUM 

(( 


♦AMMONIUM 

♦  « 


grams  l  Analysis 


100  grm.  .60  incl 
500  grm.  1.50  incl 


10  grm.  .70  incl 
50  grm.  2.00  incl 


12 


ARTHUR  H.  TH  OMAS  C  OMPANY 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


Maker  or  Brand 

AMMONIUM  Persulphate,  c.  p .  . . .  Baker  Analyzed 

Nonvolatile  matter .  03%  > 

Fe . 005%/  . 

CaO . 002%  >  Typical 

Cl .  —  001%C  Analys,s 

AMMONIUM  Persulphate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter,  not  more  than  0.0667% )  „  .  , 

Chlorides. . . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl  [  ?“™teed 


per  oz.  cont.  per  lb*  cont.  size  pkg.  per  pkg.  coni, 

. 85  cb  .08  }4  lb.  .30  incl 


AMMONIUM 

« 


Typical 

Analysis 


AMMONIUM 


AMMONIUM 

it 


AMMONIUM 


AMMONIUM 


.  ila 

e\  \ 

ei  I 

ef  f 

e  v  In  10  \  i 


AMMONIUM 


AMMONIUM 


AMMONIUM 


AMMONIUM 

U 


Heavy  metals  ..none,  or  at  most,  a  trace)  Analysis 

Persulphate .  Kahlbaum 

Phosphate,  98%  coml . 

Phosphate,  c.  p.,  Dibasic 
[(NH^HPCh] .  Baker  Analyzed 

Cl .  trace ) 

SO. .  —.001% 

As . 001% 

Fe . 001% 

CaO . . .  none  1 

Phosphate,  Dibasic 

[(NELLHPOs] .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Alkalies . not  more  than  0.15%  1 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0015%  i 

Carbonates . less  than  2%  CO2  f  _ _ _ , 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0075%  as  SO,  \  Yj“ffa,?feed 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0015%  as  Cl  (  Ana  ysls 

Nitrates . less  than  0.0016%  as  N2O5I 

Heavy  metals . none  7 

Phosphate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Phosphate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Nonvolatile  matter . trace' 

Carbonate . none 

Sulphate . none 

Chloride. . faint  trace  V,  In  10  V  Certified 

Nitrate . none  /  grains  /  Analysis 

Arsenic . nonet 

Heavy  m  etals . none  1 

Content . 09.06%/ 

Phosphate,  c.  p.,  monobasic 

(NH4H2PO4) .  Baker  Analyzed 

As .  trace  1 

HNO. . none/  .p.  . 

SO, .  0  005%V 

Cl .  0 .0002%  f  Analysis 

Fe .  0.001%) 

Phospho-Molybdate,  c.  p .  1 

Potassium  Phosphate,  c.  p..  Baker  Analyzed 

Potassium  Tartrate,  c.  p . 

Silicofluoride,  c.  p . 

Sulphate,  coml . 

Sulphate,  pure . 

Sulphate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Nonvolatile  matter .  0  001%'i 

Cl .  0.0002%  l  Typical 

CaO . none  (  Analysis 

Fe .  0.0002%.! 

Sulphate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter _ less  than  0.017%  1 

Chlorides . less  than  0.00025%  as  Cl  I 

Heavy  metals . none! 

Sulphocyanates.less  than  0.12%  as  SCN  /  V“f.‘"alj'teea 

Phosphates _ less  than  0.001%  as  P2O6I  alysi 

Arsenic . less  than  0.005%  as  AsiOsl 

Nitrates . less  than  0.0016%  as  N2O1  / 

Sulphate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Sulphate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Nonvolatile  matter  .none  \ 

Chloride . none! 

Nitrate . none!  T  ,n 

Phosphate . none  >  ” 

Arsenic . none/  8  ams 

Sulphocyanate . none  I 

Heavy  metals . none  7  ' 

Sulphide,  (Hydrosulphide) 
light  or  dark . 

Sulphide  Solution .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Arsenic . less  than  0.006%' 

Antimony . less  than  0.0007% 

Tin . less  than  0.0013% 

Nonvolatile  matter,  .less  than  0.005% 

Ammonium  Carbonate 

less  than  0.005%  as  CO  5 

Chloride . less  than  0.005%  as  Cl, 

Sulphite,  c.  p.,  crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

Sulphocyanate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Nonvolatile  matter . 0.015%'i 

Fe .  0.0003% !  Typical 

Cl .  0.008%  (  Analysis 

SO, .  0.001%,! 


.80  incl  lb.  .30  incl 


500  grm.  3.00  incl 


.25  cc  .05 

.80  cb  .08  14  lb.  .30  incl 


1.25  incl  J4  lb.  .40  incl 


.  100  grm.  .80  incl 

. .  500  grm.  2.25  incl 


.90  cb  .08  lb.  .35  incl 


00 


incl 


.75  cb  .08 
1.50  cb  .08 
1.40  cb  .08 
.10  cc  .05 
.20  cb  .08 
.30  cb  .08 


.65  incl 


14  lb.  .15  incl 

]4  lb.  .25  incl 


, .  100  grm.  .55  incl 

.  500  grm.  1.15  incl 


.  Certified 
Analysis 


.30  gb  .15 
.60  incl 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


1.00  cb  .08 
.65  cb  .09 


5  lb.  1.10  gb  .25 
\4  lb.  .25  incl 


14  lb.  .35  incl 
]4  lb.  .20  incl 


13 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


Maker  or  Grand 

AMMONIUM  Sulphocyanate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter. .  .leas  than  0.025%  1 
Substances  insoluble  in  Alcohol,  .none f  , 

Sulphates . less  than  0.01%  as  SO.,- 

Heavy  metals . none!  " 

Iron . Ies3  than  0.0004%) 


per  oz.  cont.  per  lb. 

.20  incl  .... 


cont. 


AMMONIUM 

u 


Sulphocyanate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Sulphocyanate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Nonvolatile  matter,  .unweighable  i  ) 

Solubility  in  Alcohol ....  complete  I  ia  i0  I  Certified 

sulphate::;."'.::::::::::::::^! *ram*i Analysis 
Heavy  metals . none)  ) 

AMMONIUM  Tartrate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Tetroxalate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Thioacetate  Solution .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.005%'i 

Ammonium  Carbonate  f  Guaranteed 

less  than  0.003%  as  (NH.JaCO.f  Analysis 
Sulphates . less  than  0.0002%  as  SO./ 

AMMONIUM  Thiocyanate  (See  Sulphocy¬ 
anate). 

“  Thiosulphate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Vanadate . 

“  Zinc  Sulphate,  c.  p . 

AMYGDALIN  . 

°AMYL  Acetate,  98%  (so  called  absolute) . 

°  “  Acetate,  (iso),  as  recommended  for 

use  in  Photometry  for 
Heffner’s  Standard  Lamp.  Kahlbaum 
°  “  Acetate,  tested,  for  use  with  Wanner 

Optical  Pyrometer . 

0  “  Nitrite,  pure . '. .  . 

ANILINE,  pure . 

ANILINE  .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Hydrocarbons  and  Nitrobenzene.,  none 

ANILINE,  c.p.,  as  specially  recommended 

for  use  in  microscopy . 

“  Hydrochloride,  c.  p . 

“  Sulphate,  c.  p . 

“ANTIFORMIN,”  as  used  in  staining  spu¬ 
tum  for  B.  tuberculosis  . . 

metal . 

metal,  powder .  . 

“  metal,  granular .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.01%\ 

Cu . none  I 

As . trace!  Typical 

Pb .  -0.001%/  Analysis 

Zn . none! 

Sn . nope' 

ANTIMONY,  metal .  Kahlbaum 

“  Chloride,  (Tri),  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Chloride  (Penta),  c.  p.,  fum¬ 
ing .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Oxide  (Tri),  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.001%\ 

Cl .  0.001%  (  Typical 

SO. .  —0.001%/  Analysis 

Insoluble  residue . trace/ 

Oxide  (Penta),  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Oxide  (Tri) .  Merck  Blue  Label 

-Arsenic . less  than  0.0015%)  rjimranteeH 

Foreign  heavy  metals . none!  ... 

Chlorides . less  than  0.05%  as  Cl )  Analysls 

Oxychloride,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Potassium  Tartrate,  purified, 

powder . 

Potassium  Tartrate,  c.  p., 
powder .  Baker  Analyzed 

ci . o.ooi%l 

Fe .  0.001%  \  Typical 

Pb . none/  Analysis 

CaO . none! 

As . none ' 

Sulphate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Sulphide  (Tri),  c.  p.,  red...  Baker  Analyzed 

Sulphide  (Penta),  c.  p.,  yel- 

low . 

Tartrate,  c.  p . 


.50  incl 


1.25  cb  .08 
.75  cb  .08 


size  pkg. 

X  lb. 


per  pkg.  cont. 

.75  incl 


100  grm.  .80 
500  grm.  2.25 


.80  incl 


.70  cb  .09 


2.75  gb  .12 


.25  incl 


ANTIMONY, 

U 


.25  cb  .08 
.80  incl 

1.00  cb  .08 
1.00  cb  .08 
1.00  cb  .10 

.50  incl 
.25  cc  .04 


ANTIMONY 


ANTIMONY 

U 


ANTIMONY 


incl 

incl 


X  lb.  .40  incl 


1.10  cb  .08  Klb.  .35  incl 
.80  cb  .08  . 


10  grm.  .55  incl 


Per  bottle  2.10  incl 
H  lb.  .'30  ’ ' '  incl 


X  lb.  .25  incl 


. 50  cb 

.06 

X  lb. 

.20 

incl 

100  grm. 

1.10 

incl 

.15 

incl  1.30  gb 

.15 

X  lb. 

.40 

incl 

.  1.40  gb 

.15 

X  lb. 

.45 

incl 

.06 

X  lb. 

.35 

incl 

.  1.00  cb 

.06 

H  lb. 

.35 

incl 

.30 

incl  . 

.  1.20  cb 

.06 

X  lb. 

.40 

incl 

. . 45  cc 

.05 

. 75  cb 

.07 

X  lb. 

.25 

incl 

• 

. 85  cb 

.08 

.  1.50  cb 

.09 

Klb. 

.50 

incl 

.  1.00  cb 

.09 

1.00  cb  .08 


14 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


ARABINOSE . 

ARGOLS  (Potassium  Bitartrate,  crude) . . 

ARSENIC,  metal,  lump . 

“  _ _ 


Maker  or  Grand 


Sulphide,  yellow  (Orpiment) . 

Sulphide,  red . 

Trioxide  (Arsenious  Acid), lump 

or  powdered .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.05%^ 

Barium  Sulphate,  Talcum,  Calcium  '  Guaranteed 

1 


Sulphate,  etc . none 

Arsenic  Sulphide  ..less  than  0.0005%  as  Sj 

ARSENIC  Trisulphide,  c.  p . 

ASBESTOS,  wool,  clean  for  filtering . 

Italian,  short  fibre . 

Italian,  short  fibre,  washed  in 

acid . 

Italian,  short  fibre,  washed 

and  ignited . 

Special  for  Gooch  crucibles. 
This  is  short  fibre  suitable 
for  rapid  filtering  and  con- 


Analysis 


Italian,  long  fibre . . 

Italian,  long  fibre,  washed  in 

acid . 

extra  long  fibre,  selected, 

white . 

for  Gooch  crucibles .  Kahlbaum 

platinized  5% . 

ASPARAGIN . 

ASPHALTUM . 

AZOLITMIN . 

AZOLITMIN .  Kahlbaum 

“  .  Kahlbaum 

.  Kahlbaum 

AZOLITMIN .  Merck  Blue  Label 

.  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested  for . sensitiveness 

BALSAM,  Canada  (See  Microscopic 

Mounting  Media,  Section  II). 

BARIUM  Acetate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

clo .  —0  001%  (  T5ri,ical 

so,..:;:::::::::::: 0.001% i  Ana,ysi8 

Fe .  0.0003% } 

BARIUM  Acetate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cli 

Calcium  and  alkalies .  not  more  than  0.08% '  Guaranteed 

Heavy  metals . . none/'  Analysis 

Nitrates . less  than  0.0032%  as  N,Os/ 

BARIUM  Acetate .  Kahlbaum 

“  Acetate .  Kahlbaum 

Nonvolatile  alkalies  present  after 


per  oz. 

cont. 

per  lb. 

cont. 

.10  cc 

.04 

.45  cc 

.05 

.45 

incl 

.25  cc 

.05 

.25  cc 

.05 

.40 

incl 

1.00  cb 

.07 

.50 

incl 

2.00 

incl 

2.50 

incl 

2.75 

incl 

.25 

incl 

2.50 

incl 

2.50 

incl 

3.50 

incl 

3.50 

incl 

.75  incl 
4.50  incl 
1.00  cb  .04 
.10  cb  .03 


.20  incl 


C.f.A.” 

C.f.A.” 


M Prel;iP*tatmg  Barium. . .  1.95  mg f  in  10  (  CerUfied 

chiSide. ::::::::::::::::::  :Z  ll  grama( Ana,ysis 

Heavy  metals . none  *  J 

BARIUM  Borate .  Baker  Analyzed  . 

“  Carbonate,  native,  powdered 

(Witherite) . 

“  Carbonate,  precipitated,  pure, 

white . 

“  Carbonate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed  . 

Cl .  0.001%  (  Typical 

Na  (flame  test) . trace  (  Analysis 

CaO . .  0.005%/ 

BARIUM  Carbonate .  Merck  Blue  Label  .20  incl 

Tested  for  solubility  in  Hydrochloric  Acid\ 

Barium  Hydroxide. .  .not  more  than  0.223%  I 

Calcium  and  alkalies,  .not  more  than  0.06%*.  Guaranteed 

Heavy  metals . none  /  Analysis 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0005%  as  Cl  1 

Nitrates . less  than  0.0032%  as  NaCh; 

BARIUM  Carbonate,  precipitated .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.”  . . 

15 


.80  cb 

.12 

.15  cc 

.04 

.30  cc 

.05 

.60  cb 

.07 

size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont, 

5  grm.  2.25  incl 


lb.  .20  incl 


.25  cb  .08 


.80  cb  .08 


5  grm. 

.50 

incl 

5  grm. 

.70 

incl 

10  grm. 

1.30 

incl 

25  grm. 

3.00 

incl 

34  oz. 

1.75 

incl 

34  oz. 

.50 

incl 

34lb. 

.30 

incl 

34  lb.  .70  incl 


100  grm.  .80 
500  grm.  2.25 


incl 

incl 


34  lb.  .22  incl 


34  lb.  .70  incl 


100  grm.  .75  incl 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


BARIUM 


BARIUM 

BARIUM 


BARIUM 

it 


Maker  or  Brand 

BARIUM  Carbonate,  precipitated .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Insoluble  in  Hydrochloric  Acid . .  none  j 
Nonvolatile  residue  present  after  l  in  10  1  Certified 

precipitating  Barium . 14  mg.  /  grams  (  Analysis 

Chloride . trace! 

Nitrate . none,1 

Chloride,  crystals . 

Chloride,  pure . . 

Chloride,  c.  p . 

Fe .  0.0003%' 

CaO .  0.002% 

Sr . none 

Na  (flame  test) . trace, 

Chloride,  c.  p.  special . 

Fe . trace ) 

CaO . none ) 

Chloride . 

Strontium  and  Calcium  Chlorides  i 

less  than  0.025%  as  Cl  l 

Heavy  metals . none/ 

Nitrates . less  than  0.0032%  as  NaOel 

Chlorates . less  than  0.025%  as  CI2O5/ 

Chloride . 

Chloride . 

Alkaline  residue  present  after 

precipitating  Barium _ 1  mg. 

Nitrate . .none 

Chlorate . none 

Strontium  and  Calcium  Ch  loride 
faint  trace 

Heavy  metals . none 

Chloride,  c.  p.,  anhydrous . 

Chromate,  c.  p . 

Dioxide  (See  Peroxide). 

Fluoride,  c.  p . 

Hydroxide,  pure,  crystals . 

Hydroxide,  c.  p..  crystals . 

CaO . -0.001%\ 

Fe .  0.0004 %l 

Cl .  0.0003%  \  Typical 

S . none! 

Sr . none./ 

Hydroxide . 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0005%  as  Cl  J 

Calcium  and  alkalies  f 

not  more  than  0.667%  V 

Heavy  metals . none! 

Sulphides . less  than  0.0027%  as  S) 

Hydroxide,  c.  p.,  anhydrous.  .. . 

Hydroxide,  Solution,  3.3% . 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0005%  as  Cl  j 

Calcium  and  alkalies  f 

not  more  than  0.667%  > 

Heavy  metals . . .  „  none  ^ 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 
per  oz.  cont.  per  ib.  cont. 


Price  in  other  size  packages 
size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont. 

500  grm.  1.80  incl 


.10  cc  .04 


in  10  ’ 
"  grams  / 


Baker  Analyzed 

Typical 

Analysis 

Baker  Analyzed 

Typical 

Analysis 

Merck  Blue  Label 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 
Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 


Certified 

Analysis 


.25  cb 

.07 

34  lb.  .15 

incl 

.40  cb 

.07 

341b.  .15 

incl 

.40 

incl 

34  lb.  .20 

incl 

100  grm.  .50  incl 
500  grm.  .90  incl 


BARIUM 


Baker  Analyzed  . . . . 

. 50  cb  .07 

. 80  cb  .07 

34  lb.  .35 

incl 

Baker  Analyzed  .  . .  . 

_  .85  ch  .07 

.  .25  cb  .08  . 

Baker  Analyzed  . . . . 

. 35  cb  .08 

34  lb.  .15 

incl 

BARIUM 


BARIUM 

it 


BARIUM 


“BARIUM 

O  U 


“BARIUM 

BARIUM 

it 

*  it 

*  it 

♦BARIUM 


Sulphides . less  than  0.0027%  as  S 

Hydroxide,  alkali  free . 

Hydroxide,  alkali  free . 

Alkalies . none)  \ 

Ch.oride . faint  trace  l  in  10  ' 

Sulphide . none/  grams/ 

Heavy  metals . none!  I 

Content  found . 100.5%/ 

Nitrate,  powder . 

Nitrate,  c.  p . 

Cl .  0.001%i 

CaO .  0.001 % 

Fe .  0.001%  V 

Na  (flame  test) . trace! 

Sr . none! 

Nitrate . 

Chlorides . loss  than  0.0005%  as  Cl ) 

Alkalies . not  more  than  0.0667%  > 

Heavy  metals . none) 

Oxalate,  c.  p . . 

Oxide,  c.  p.,  hydrated . 

Peroxide  (Dioxide) . 

Peroxide,  c.  p . 

EaO, . 89%) 

Fe .  0.050%  I 

AbOa .  0.020%  > 

CaO .  0.001%  ( 

SKV...  . trace) 

Peroxide,  tested  reagent . 


Merck  Blue  Label 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 

Baker  Analyzed 
Merck  Blue  Label 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 

Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 
Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 


Certified 

Analysis 


.60  incl  34  lb.  .25  incl 


.60  cb  .06 
.50  incl 


lb.  .22  incl 


100  grm.  .55  incl 
500  grm.  1.00  incl 


Baker  Analyzed 

Typical 

Analysis 

Merck  Blue  Label 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 

Baker  Analyzed 
Baker  Analyzed 

Baker  Analyzed 

Typical 

Analysis 

Merck  Blue  Label 
16 


.15  cc  .04 
.30  cb  .06 


34  lb.  .17  incl 


.50  incl  yi  lb.  .20  incl 


.90  cb  .09 
.60  cb  .06 
.30  cc  .04 
.60  cb  .06 


K  lb.  .22  incl 


.65  incl  34  lb.  .25  incl 


AR  THUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


« 

u 


u 

t< 


crystallizable, 

crystallizable, 


Maker  or  Brand 

‘BARIUM  Peroxide,  c.  p.,  hydrated .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.001%} 

CaO .  -0.001%  (  Typical 

Cl  — .  0.001%  f  Analysis 

Na . trace' 

BARIUM  Phosphate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Sulphate,  coml . 

Sulphate,  c.  p.,  powdered .  Baker  Analyzed 

Sulphide,  pure .  Baker  Analyzed 

Cl .  0.010%  j 

CaO .  0.001%/  _  .  . 

fcs:::  - v.-.-.v.-.v.-.v;. K2i[  ES. 

As . trace' 

BARIUM  Sulphide .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0001% 

BARIUM  Sulphite,  c.  p . 

Tartrate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Thiosulphate,  c.  p.  (for  stand¬ 
ardizing)  .  Baker  Special 

BEEF  Extract,  for  preparation  of  culture 

media .  Liebig’s 

BENZALDEHYDE  (Essential  Oil  of  Al¬ 
monds)  . 

“BENZENE  (Benzol)  50%  water  white . 

(Benzol)  50%  water  white . 

(Benzol)  50%  water  white . 

(Benzol)  90%  water  white . 

(Benzol)  90%  water  white . 

(Benzol)  90%  water  white . 

“BENZENE  (Benzol)  c.  p.,  crystallizable, 
water  white. 

“  “  (Benzol)  c. 

water  white. 

“  (Benzol)  c. 
water  white. 

(Benzol),  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

B.  P .  80.4*C(  Typical 

M.  P . 4°C  f  Analysis 

Thiophene . none/ 

“BENZENE  (Benzol) .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Thiophene . . . none  I  Guaranteed 

Carbon  Disulphide. . . .less  than  0.0072% )  Analysis 

BENZIDINE .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0125%  as  SOi|  Guaranteed 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.05%  )  Analysis 

BENZIDINE,  for  Blood  Test .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested  for  suitability  for  blood  detection 

(Naphtha) . 

(Petroleum  Ether) .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter  and  heavy'  oils  .  .none} 

Acids . .' . nonet  Guaranteed 

Sulphur  compounds  and  reducing  (  Analysis 

agents . none/ 

BENZOYL  Chloride . 

BENZYL-CHLORIDE,  pure . 

BERLIN  Blue  (See  Injecting  Media) . 

“BERYLLIUM  Nitrate,  c.  p.,  crystals . 

BISMUTH,  metal . 

BISMUTH,  metal .  Baker  Analyzed 

Pb . none} 

Fe .  0.003%i 

Cu . none\  Typical 

As . none/  Analysis 

Sb . none  I 

Sn . . none/ 

BISMUTH,  metal,  c.  p.,  sticks . 

“  Carbonate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Chloride,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.002%} 

Pb .  0  001%/  Typical 

SOj .  0.001%  {  Analysis 

As . trace' 

Hydroxide,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Nitrate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Oxide,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Oxychloride,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Subgallate,  pure . 

Subnitrate,  pure  powder . 


per  oz.  cont.  per  lb.  cont. 

. 70  cb  .06 


1.65  cb  .08 
.13  cc  .05 
.30  cb  .07 
.65  cb  .07 


size  pkg. 


per  pkg.  cont. 


lb.  .20  incl 


.70  incl  lb-  .25  incl 

.75  cb  .07  . 

2.00  cb  .08  . 


1.00  cb  .08 
2.75  incl 
.85  cb  .09 


.85  cb  .08 


.55  incl 


34  lb. 

.35 

incl 

M  lb. 

.90 

incl 

1  pt. 

.10 

cb 

.08 

1  gal. 

.75 

cn 

.25 

5  gal. 

2.75 

cn 

.50 

1  pt. 

.15 

cb 

.08 

1  gal. 

.90 

cn 

.25 

5  gal. 

3.25 

cn 

.50 

1  pt. 

.17 

cb 

.08 

1  gal. 

1.00 

cn 

.25 

5  gal. 

3.75 

cn 

.50 

“BENZIN 

“BENZIN 


1.00 

incl  . 

34  oz. 

.35 

incl 

1.00 

incl  . 

34  oz. 

.35 

incl 

. 15  cb  .08 

1  gal. 

.40  cn 

.25 

.50  incl 


.20  gb  .07  1.75  gb  .15 
. 65  gb  .12 


1.00  incl 


BISMUTH 

O  ti 


.30 

incl  3.00 

incl 

341b.  1.00 

incl 

.75 

incl 

.45 

incl  4.25  cb 

.09 

34  lb.  1.50 

incl 

.45 

incl  4.25  gb 

.12 

34  lb.  1.50 

incl 

.45 

incl  4.25  cb 

.06 

341b.  1.50 

incl 

.30 

incl  3.00  gb 

.12 

34lb.  1.00 

incl 

.  5.00  cb 

.04 

34  lb.  1.75 

incl 

.  4.25  cb 

.06 

.  3.00  cb 

.08  . 

.25 

incl  2.25 

incl 

17 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


Maker  or  Brand 

BISMUTH  Subnitrate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Cl . . .  0.005%-) 

SOj . none'  Typical 

Pb . none  )  Analysis 

As . none/ 

BISMUTH  Subnitrate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Carbonates . none^ 

Lead . less  than  0.165%  ) 

Copper . less  than  0.01%  I 

Salts  of  the  alkalies _ less  than  0.25%  f 

Chlorides . less  than  0.01%  as  Cl  >  ~nu“™l“eed 

Ammonia. . .  less  than  0.0035%  as  NHi/  Analysia 

Sulphates . less  than  1.5%  as  SOjI 

Residue  on  ignition . 79-82%  I 

Arsenic . less  than  0.001%' 

BISMUTH  and  Potassium  Iodide  Solution, 


per  oz. 

cont.  per  lb.  cont. 

sire  pkg. 

per  pkg. 

cont. 

.40 

incl  3.75  cb  .06 

A  lb. 

1.25 

incl 

.30 

incl  . 

Vi.  lb. 

1.75 

incl 

Tetraoxide,  c.p.,  free  from  Mn. 
BLEACHING  Powder  (Calcium  Hypochlo¬ 
rite)  (Oxychloride) . 

“  Powder . 

BONE  ASH,  best  quality  for  cupels . 

BORAX  (See  Sodium  Borate) . 

BRAZILWOOD . 

°BROMINE,  U.  S.  P . 

u.  s.  p . : . 


"BROMINE, 

°  « 


c.  p. 

Cl... 


Merck  Blue  Label 
Baker  Analyzed 

.30 

.60 

incl  . 

incl  6.00  cb 

.07 

Alb. 

Alb. 

.90 

2.00 

incl 

incl 

1  can 

.10 

incl 

10  lb. 

.60 

incl 

. . . .  10  cc 

.05 

. 20 

incl 

. 

.25 

incl  1.00 

incl 

A  lb. 
y2ib. 
Alb. 
Alb. 

Alb. 

.35 

.60 

incl 

incl 

Baker  Analyzed 

.20  gb 

.15  .85  gb 

.20 

.30  gb 
.50  gb 

1.00 

.15 

.15 

Merck  Blue  Label 

.30 

incl  . 

incl 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 


CADMIUM 

<< 


Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.01%  I 

Sulphuric  Acid,  less  than  0.005%  as  SOtf 
Organic  Bromine  compounds  (Bromo-V  in(.ivai_ 
form  and  Carbon  Tetrabromide) .  .none  i  ' 

Iodine . less  than  0.75%' 

"BROMINE  Water,  3% .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphuric  Acid .  less  than  0.00002%  as  SO*  )  Guaranteed 
Tested  for . Bromine  content  (  Analysis 

BRUCINE . . .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Water  of  crystallization  ) 

not  mors  than  8.4%  Y 
Nitric  acid . less  than  0.05%  NjOs  J 

metal,  powder . 

metal,  sheets . 

metal,  sticks,  gran,  and  mossy  . 

CADMIUM  Acetate,  c.p .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Borotungstate  Solution,  sp.  gr. 

3.28,  tested  reagent .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Bromide,  c.  p . 

“  Carbonate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Chloride,  c.  p.,  crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

Zn . nonet 

SO. .  0.001%  (  Typical 

Fe .  0.001%)  Analysis 

CADMIUM  Chloride,  c.  p.,  anhydrous . 

“  Hydroxide,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Iodide,  c.  p . 

Nitrate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Oxide,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Potassium  Iodide .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Foreign  metals . none) 

Sulphates . less  than  0.01%  as  SO.)  1  “  , 

Iodic  Acid  less  than  0.00125%  as  HIO.)  AnalyalS 

CADMIUM  Sulphate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Sulphide,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

"CALCIUM,  electrolytic .  Kahlbaum 

Acetate,  purified . 

Acetate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Na  (flame  test) . trace  ) 

SO. .  0.010%/ 

Cl .  0.001%) 

Fe .  0.001%  t 

MgO .  0.001%) 

CALCIUM  Arsenate,  c.  p . 

“  Arsenite,  c.  p . 

“  Bisulphite,  c.  p.,  solution . 

*  “  Carbide,  lump . 

“  Carbonate,  precipitated . 

“  Carbonate,  lump  (Marble) .... 

“  Carbonate,  pure . 


.60  incl 


A  oz.  .30  incl 


3.00  incl 

3.75  incl 

1.75  incl 
2.50  cb  .07 


A  lb.  .60  incl 


.80 

incl  . 

A  oz. 

.30 

.07 

Alb. 

.65 

.07 

Alb. 

.75 

.20 

incl  1.85  cb 

.07 

Alb. 

.60 

.  2.25  cb 

.06 

A  lb. 

.60 

.  4.00  cb 

.09 

Alb. 

1.25 

. 5.50  cb 

.07 

A  lb. 

1.60 

.20 

incl  1.85  cb 

.07 

A  lb. 

.65 

.  4.00  cb 

.07 

A  lb. 

1.25 

.80 

incl  . 

A  OZ. 

.30 

Typical 

Analysis 


incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 


incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 


.  1.85  cb 

.07 

Alb. 

.65 

incl 

.  2.75  cb 

.08 

A  lb. 

.90 

incl 

100  grm. 

1.00 

incl 

.70  cb 

.09 

.  .75  cb 

.10 

A  lb. 

.25 

incl 

.  1.50  cb 

.08 

A  lb. 

.45 

incl 

.  1.50  cb 

.08 

Alb. 

.45 

incl 

.35  cb 

.08 

.  .20 

incl 

101b. 

1.75 

incl 

.10  cc 

.05 

.10  cc 

.04 

.08 

18 


R 


H  U 


R 


H 


H  O  M 


O  M 


N 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


Maker  or  Brand 

CALCIUM  Carbonate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.0005%) 

Cl .  0.0082%  V  Typical 

MgO . . .  0.005%1  Anabsis 

Nitrate . trace* 

CALCIUM  Carbonate,  precipitated .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested  for . Solubility  in  Hy-s 

drochlorie,  Nitric  and  Acetic  Acids) 

Heavy  metals . non  el 

Magnesium . less  than  0.002%  f  _ . . 

Snlnhates  less  than  0  01!W%  SO.  \  guaranteed 

Analysis 


per  oz.  cont.  per  lb.  cont. 

. 60  cb  .08 


i 


size  pkg.  per  pkg.  coni 
M  lb.  .22  incl 


1.00  incl  lb.  .35  incl 


CALCIUM 


CALCIUM 


CALCIUM 


CALCIUM 

U 


CALCIUM 

O  i( 

O  U 


CALCIUM 


H 

i 

X 

.8^  . 


Baker  Analyzed 

Typical 

Analysis 


CALCIUM 

CALCIUM 

CALCIUM 


Sulphates . less  than  0.0125%  SOi 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0005%  as  Cl  t 

Phosphates _ less  than  0.001%  as  PjOsj 

Alkalies  and  Calcium  Oxide 

not  more  than  0.02%' 

Carbonate,  precipitated .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Carbonate,  precipitated .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Magnesium . none\ 

Caustic  Potash . none  1 

Sulphate  and  phosphate  .  .none  f 

Chloride . . . none  \  in  10  V  Certified 

Soluble  alkali . 7.5  mg /grams/  Analysis 

Solubility  in  dilute  Acetic  Acid  1 
complete  1 

Heavy  metals . none/ 

Carbonate,  c.  p.,  for  standard¬ 
izing .  Baker  Special 

Carbonate,  (Iceland  Spar)  for 

standardizing . 

Chloride,  granular,  purified . 

Chloride,  pure,  lump  or  granu¬ 
lar,  anhydrous . 

Chloride,  c.  p.,  anhydrous  for 
drying  tubes,  4,  8,  and  12  mesh. 

Free  Cl . none/ 

MgO .  0.005%! 

SOt .  0.001%) 

Chloride,  dry,  granulated .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Neutrality _ less  than  0.0028%  as  CaO  1  Guaranteed 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0002% )  Analysis 

Chloride,  c.  p.,  crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

MgO .  0.001%f  Anabsis 

SOt .  0.001%) 

Chloride,  crystals .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Substances  insoluble  in  Absolute  Alcohol,  .none. 

Heavy  metals . none! 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0038%  as  SOsf  fjnaranteeH 

Ammonium  salts _ less  than  0.00175%  as  NHj  V 

Barium . less  than  0.002%!  Ana,y8,s 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0002%) 

Nitrates . less  than  0.0032%  as  NjOy 

Chloride,  fused,  tested  reagent  Merck  Blue  Label 

Chloride,  anhydrous,  sticks . 

Chromate,  c.  p . 

Fluoride,  native,  powder . 

Fluoride,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Formate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Hydroxide,  pure .  Baker  Analyzed 

Hydroxide .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Carbonates . less  than  5%  CO2 1 

Silica . less  than  0.1%  I 

Alumina . less  than  0.25%  A1  V 

Sulphates . less  than  0.03%  as  SOj  1 

Chlorides . leas  than  0.002%  as  Cl ) 

Hypochlorite  (Bleaching  Pow¬ 
der)  (Oxychloride) . 

Hypochlorite . 

Hypochlorite,  c.  p.r  (Oxychlo¬ 
ride)  . 

Lactate . 

Nitrate,  pure . 

Nitrate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe . /. . . .  0.001%' 


100  grm.  .75 
500  grm.  1.60 


incl 

incl 


.45 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


.10  cb 


.15 


MgO . * .  0.002% 


Typical 

Analysis 


BaO . none  / 

SOi .  -0  001%; 

Oxalate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Oxide  (Caustic  Lime) . 


.  1.00  cb  .08 

M  lb. 

.35 

incl 

incl  4.50  incl 

M  lb. 

1.40 

incl 

. 20  ch  .09 

. 25  cb  .10  . 

. 50  cb  .09 . 

.  .45  incl  . 

Hlb. 

.18 

incl 

. 45  incl 

. 80  incl 

J*  lb. 

.30 

incl 

.50  cb  .09 

.  1.25  cb  .08 

M  lb. 

.40 

incl 

.10  cc  .04 

.  1.00  cb  .08 

Klb. 

.35 

incl 

.  2.00  cb  .08 

M  lb- 

.65 

incl 

.40  cb  .08 

. 60  incl 

K  lb. 

.25 

incl 

1  can 

.10 

incl 

10  lb. 

.60 

incl 

. 55  cb  .08 

Vi  lb. 

.25 

incl 

.03  .70  cb  .09  . 

. 80  cc  .05  . 

incl  .90  cb  .08 

K  lb. 

.35 

incl 

....  1.40  cb  .OS 

J*  lb. 

.40 

incl 

19 


ARTHUR  H.  THO  MAS  GO  M  P  A  N  Y 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


Typical 

Analysis 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


“C.f.A.” 

“C.f.A.” 


CALCIUM 

« 


CALCIUM 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


Maker  or  Brand 

CALCIUM  Oxide,  from  Marble .  Baker  Analyzed 

SiOz .  0.150%', 

MgO .  0.500% 

SO* .  0.200% 

Cl .  0.014% 

Fe .  0.036% 

AlzOs .  0.035%, 

CALCIUM  Oxide,  from  Marble .  Kahlbaum 

“  Oxide,  from  Marble .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Carbonates . less  than  5%  CO2 1 

Silica . less  than  0.1%  f 

Alumina . less  than  0.25%  AlV 

Sulphates . less  than  0.03%  as  SOsl 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl  1 

CALCIUM  Oxide .  Kahlbaum 

“  Oxide .  Kahlbaum 

Solubility  in  Hydrochloric  , 

Acid . complete!  f 

Sulphate  and  Phosphate . nonet.  In  10  \  Certified 

Silicates . none/  grams  /  Analysis 

Iron  and  Alumina . none!  I 

Chlorides . trace/  / 

Oxide,  from  Iceland  Spar .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Oxide,  from  Iceland  Spar .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Carbonates . less  than  0.7%  CC>2\ 

Silica . none  i 

Sulphates . less  than  0.017%  as  SOj  l  Guaranteed 

Chlorides . less  than  0.00015%  as  Cl/  Analysis 

Phosphates . less  than  0.0033  %  PiOs  I 

Iron . less  than  0.01% " 

Phosphate,  c.  p.,  dibasic 

(CaHP04  +  2H20)  . 10 

“  Phosphate,  dibasic  (CaHP04  + 

2H20) .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0005%) 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl 

Heavy  metals . none 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0075%  as  SO* 

Residue  on  ignition .  74-75% 

CALCIUM  Phosphate,  dibasic  (CaHPO*  + 

2H20) .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Phosphate,  dibasic .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Residue  on  ignition. .  74.95%}  } 

Arsenic . none 

Sulphate . none 

Chloride . none 

Heavy  metals . none )  ) 

CALCIUM  Phosphate,  c.  p.,  monobasic 

[Ca(H2P04)2  +  H20] . 

“  Phosphate,  monobasic 

[Ca(H2P04)2  +  H20] .  Merck  Blue  Label  . . . 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0005%) 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl  ‘  Guaranteed 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0875%  as  SO3  i  Analysis 

Heavy  metals . none/ 

CALCIUM  Phosphate,  precipitated  (con¬ 
tains  about  96%  Calcium  Phos¬ 
phate  tribasic) . 

“  Phosphate,  c.  p.,  tribasic  [Ca3 

(P04)2] . 15 

Phosphate,  tribasic  [Ca3(P04)2]  Merck  Blue  Label  .20 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0005%) 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0075%  as  SOzf  Guaranteed 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl  /  Analysis 

Heavy  metals . none/ 

Phosphate,  tribasic  [Ca3(P04)2] 

Phosphate,  tribasic  [Ca3(P04)2] 

Sulphate . non  el  T_  in  j 

Carbonate . none> 

Arsenic . none!  SramJ  ( 

Heavy  metals . none*  * 

Sulphate,  calcined  (Plaster  of 

Paris) . 

Sulphate,  native,  (Gypsum) . 

Sulphate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.001%) 

Si,02 .  0.005%  Tyni  . 

R*  .  —0  001%) 

CALCIUM  Sulphate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Iron — . less  than  0.00375%  1  Guaranteed 

Magnesium  and  alkalies,  .not  more  than  0.1%  I  Analysis 

CALCIUM  Sulphate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A 


per  oz.  cont. 


incl 


In  10 
grams 


Certified 

Analysis 


incl 

incl 


CALCIUM 

<< 


CALCIUM 


Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 
Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Certified 

Analysis 


per  lb. 

cont. 

size  pkg. 

per  pkg. 

cont. 

.25  cb 

.07 

.50  cb 

.10 

.60 

incl 

Klb. 

.25 

incl 

50  grm. 

1.20 

incl 

100  grm. 

2.05 

incl 

lA  oz. 

.40 

incl 

oz. 

1.25 

incl 

.75  cb 

.08 

M  lb. 

.25 

incl 

1.00 

incl 

yib. 

.35 

incl 

50  grm. 

.80 

incl 

100  grm. 

1.25 

incl 

1.00  cb 

.08 

Hlb. 

.35 

incl 

1.25 

incl 

Mlb. 

.40 

incl 

.43  cb 

.12 

.90  cb 

.12 

y  ib. 

.35 

incl 

H  lb. 

1.00 

incl 

50  grm. 

.90 

incl 

100  grm. 

1.40 

incl 

.10  CC  .05 
.10  CC  .05 
.40  cb  .09 


1.00  incl 


.35 

incl 

.65 

incl 

20 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Maker  or  Brand 

CALCIUM  Sulphate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A. 

Iron  Oxide . noue'i  \ 

Alkalies  and  Magnesia  present  \  In  10  *  Certified 

after  precipitating  Calcium . 3  mg.  i  grams  /  Analysis 

Magnesia . trace’  J 

CALCIUM  Sulphide,  pure . 

Sulphide,  cubes,  according  to 

Professor  Otto . 

Sulphide .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0001% 

CALCIUM  Sulphite,  c.  p .  .  Baker  Analyzed 

Tartrate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

CANADA  Balsam  (See  Microscopic  Mount¬ 
ing  Media) . . 

CAMPHOR,  refined . 

♦CARBON  Bisulphide,  coml.  (also  furnish¬ 
ed  in  25,  50,  100  and  500  lb.  cans, 
and  1000  lb .  drums .  Price  on  ap¬ 
plication)  . 

♦CARBON  Bisulphide,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Sp.gr .  1-27%) 

B.  P .  46-49  “C I  T  .  Al 

Free  Sulphur . none  1  An“y8IS 

Nonvolatile  matter .  — 0.001%* 

♦CARBON  Bisulphide .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter _ less  than  0.0008%'i 

Hydrogen  Sulphide  and  foreign  organic  1  Guaranteed 

Sulphur  compounds .  . none  (  Analysis 

Sulphuric  and  Sulphurous  Acids. . .  none  * 

CARBON  Dioxide,  supplied  in  seamless 

steel  cylinders  containing  20 

lbs.  each . 

Cylinders  purchased  from  us 
will  be  refilled  at  $3  00  each. 

Tetrachloride,  coml . 

Tetrachloride,  pure . 

Tetrachloride,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Sp.gr .  1.629  i 

Free  Chlorine . none'-  JEgSto 

HsS . nonet 

Nonvolatile  matter .  0.0004%* 

CARBON  Tetrachloride .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.00125%\ 

Chlorine . less  than  0.0002%l 

Hydrochloric  Acid . less  than  0.0001%  as  Cl\  Guaranteed 

Organic  matter . none/  Analysis 

Aldehyde . none  I 

Carbon  Disulphide . less  than  0.02%/ 

CARBORUNDUM,  powder,  40,  60,  80,  100 

and  180  mesh . 

CARD  TEETH . 

CARMINE,  No.  40 . 

CARMINE  .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested  for . proper  solubility )  Guaranteed 

Water . not  more  than  25%  \  AnaIysis 

Ash  . not  more  than  8% ) 

CARMINE-Fibrin,  tested  reagent .  Merck  Blue  Label 

CASEIN,  from  milk,  washed . . 

according  to  Hammarstein. . . . 

CASEIN-Sodium  (Nutrose),  in  original 

containers . . . 

“CELLO IDIN  shreds . .  Schering 

CEMENT,  Gutta  Percha,  for  sealing  mu¬ 
seum  jars . . . 

“  Gutta  Percha,  for  sealing  mu¬ 
seum  jars . 

CERESINE,  black . 

white . 

yellow . 

“CERIUM  Nitrate,  granular . 

Nitrate,  c.  . . 

Oxalate,  pure . 

“CHARCOAL,  animal,  granular . 

animal,  powder . 

“  animal,  purified — . . . . 

“  animal,  treated  with  acid, 

and  washed,  moist . 

“  animal,  c.  p.,  dry . . 


.80  incl 

.50  incl 
.40  cb  .03 

1 .00  incl 


.75  incl 


.20  cb  .03 


per  lb. 

cont. 

.40  cb 

.12 

•75  jg 

.07 

1.00 

incl 

.50  cb 

.08 

1.50  cb 

.08 

1.00  cc 

.04 

.28  cn 

.07 

.40  cb 

.08 

.50 

incl 

.25  cn 

.05 

.30  cb 

.08 

.70  cb 

.08 

.75 

incl 

.40  cc 

.05 

.15 

incl 

4.50  cb 

.10 

.30  cc 

.05 

.90 

incl 

4.50 

incl 

.25 

incl 

.30 

incl 

.26 

incl 

2.00  cb 

.08 

.40  cb 

.09 

.10 

incl 

.10  cc 

.05 

.35  cb 

.09 

.50 

incl 

Price  in  other  size  packages 
size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont, 

500  grm.  1.80  incl 


34  lb.  .35  incl 
J4  lb-  *20  incl 


5  1b.  1.15  cn  .12 


lb.  .20  incl 

per  cyl.  18.00  incl 
5  lb.  1.00  cn  .12 


34  lb.  .25  incl 


34  oz.  .30  incl 

oz.  .20  incl 


34  lb.  1.00  incl 


21 


R 


H  U  R 


H  . 


H  O 


M 


O  M 


N 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


“CHARCOAL,  animal,  c.  p.,  powdered. 
“CHARCOAL,  animal,  tested  reagent. . 

“CHARCOAL,  blood,  c.  p . 

“CHARCOAL,  blood,  purified  by  acid.. 


Maker  or  Brand 

per  oz. 

cont.  .  per  lb. 

cont. 

size  pkg. 

per  pkg.  cor.t. 

Merck  Blue  Label 

.25 

.  2.50 

incl  . 

.  2.80 

incl 

incl 

Hlb. 

1.40 

incl 

Merck  Blue  Label 

.30 

incl  . 

X  lb. 

1.75 

incl 

Guaranteed 
'  Analysis 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


Material  soluble  in  Alcohol.. not  more  than  0.1% 

Sulphates . less  than  0.05%  as  SOs  i 

Chlorides . less  than  0.01%  as  Cl  I 

Nitrates . less  than  0.016%  as  NsO»' 

Copper . less  than  0.002% 

Iron . less  than  0.02%  i 

Calcium . . . less  than  0.025%  I 

Residue  on  ignition . not  more  than  10%  1 

Hydrogen  Sulphide . less  than  0.001%  as  S  J 

Tested  for . Decolorizing  power/ 

“CHARCOAL,  from  sugar,  c.  p . . 

wood,  powder . 

“  wood,  lumps . 

CHLORAL  Hydrate,  crystals . 

CHLORETONE . 

CHLORINATED  Lime,  cubes,  for  generating  Cl  . 

“  Lime,  cubes .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Active  chlorine . yields  at  least  25%  by  weight 

CHLORINE  Water .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.0025%)  Guaranteed 

Hydrochloric  Acid . less  than  0.018%  }  Analysis 

“CHLOROFORM,  U.  S.  P . 

“CHLOROFORM,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Sp.  gr .  1.48  \ 

B.  P . 62*C(  Typical 

Free  acid . none  (  Analysis 

Alcohol .  —0.03%; 

“CHLOROFORM .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter. less  than  0.0014%'> 

Hydrochloric  Acid,  .less  than  0.0001% i 

Free  Chlorine . less  than  0.0002%' 

Phosgen . none  / 

Aldehyde . none  I 

Foreign  organic  matter . none! 

CHOLESTERIN .  Kahlbaum 

CHROMIUM,  metal,  c.  p.,  crystals . 

Acetate,  c.  p.,  basic .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Ammonium  Sulphate,  c.  p. 

(30%  solution) .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Carbonate,  c.  p.,  basic .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Chloride,  c.  p.  (50%  solu¬ 
tion) .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.080%'v 

Ni . none!  Typical 

Cu . nonet  Analysis 

S03 .  0.050%; 

CHROMIUM  Chloride,  c.  p.,  dry . 

“  Hydroxide,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Nitrate,  c.  p.  (40%  solu¬ 
tion) .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Nitrate,  c.  p.,  dry . 

Oxide,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Potassium  Sulphate,  pure 

crystals  (Chrome  Alum) . 

Potassium  Sulphate,  powder  . . 

Potassium  Sulphate,  c.  p. .  .  Baker  Analyzed 

CaO .  — 0.001%  f  Typical 

MgO .  0.0001%f  Analysis 

Cl .  —0.001%; 

CHROMIUM  Sulphate,  c.  p.  (30%  solu¬ 
tion) .  Baker  Analyzed 

Sulphate,  c.  p.,  dry . 

“  Trioxide  (See  Chromic  Acid)  . 

CHRYSAROBIN . 

CINNABAR,  red . . . 

COBALT,  metal,  98-99%  cubes . 

“  metal,  c.  p.,  (Nickel  free) . 

“  Acetate,  c.  p . 

“  Ammonium  Sulphate,  c.  p . 

“  Bromide,  c.  p . 

Carbonate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Chloride,  c.  p.. . . . .  Baker  Analyzed 

Chloride,  c.  p.  (Nickel  free) _  Baker  Special 

Chloride  (Nickel  free) .  Kahlbaum . 


.  2.50 

. 10  cc 

incl 
.06  . 

H  lb. 

.75 

incl 

. 10  cc 

.06  . 

. 60 

incl 

1.00 

incl  . 

. 30  cb 

.10  . 

. 35 

incl 

. 50 

incl 

.08 

5  1b. 

1.90  cb  .14 

.  1.00  cb 

.08  . 

. 60 

incl 

lb. 

.25 

incl 

10  grm. 

2.50 

incl 

1  grm. 

.50 

incl 

.  2.00  cb 

.08 

Xlb. 

.65 

incl 

.  1.00  cb 

.08 

.  2.50  cb 

.10 

Mlb. 

.75 

incl 

. 75  gb 

.15 

Klb. 

.25 

incl 

.15 

incl  1.50  cb 

.08 

X  lb. 

.50 

incl 

.  1.00  cb 

.09 

Hlb. 

.35 

incl 

.  1 .00  gb 

.15 

.20 

incl  2.00  cb 

.08 

X  lb. 

.65 

incl 

.  1.15  cb 

.09 

. 15  cc 

.05 

. 18  cc 

.05 

.10 

incl  .30  cb 

.08 

Mlb. 

.15 

incl 

. 80  gb 

.15 

X  lb. 

.35 

incl 

.20 

incl  1.75  cb 

.08 

lb. 

.60 

incl 

.  3.50 

incl 

X  lb. 

1.00 

incl 

.  1.50  cb 

.08 

.50  cb  .03 


.50  incl 


4.00  cb  .08 
2.00  cb  .08 


10  grm.  .50 
Klb.  1.25 
X  lb.  .65 


incl 

incl 

incl 


2.50  cb  .10 
2.50  cb  .08 


.75 

.75 


incl 

incl 


X  lb.  .75  incl 
X  lb.  .75  incl 


22 


A  R  T  H  U  R  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


“COBALT 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


Maker  or  Brand 

Nitrate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.008%} 

Ni . trace!  Typical 

Cu . nonef  Analysis 

SOj . none/ 

“COBALT  Nitrate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . less  than  0.01%  as  SOa 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl 

Alkali  salts . not  more  than  0.25% 

Zinc . less  than  0.5% 

Lead . less  than  0.02% 

Copper . less  than  0.002% 

“COBALT  Nitrate,  c.  p.  (Nickel  free) .  Baker  Special 

Nitrate  (Nickel  free) .  Kahlbaum . 

Nitrate  (Nickel  free) .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nickel . less  than  0.02%  I 

Sulphates . less  than  0.01%  as  SOa/ 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl 

Alkali  salts . not  more  than  0.25% 

Zinc . not  more  than  0.5% 

Lead . less  than  0.02% 

Copper . less  than  0.002% 

COBALT  Oxalate,  c.  p . 

Oxide,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

"  Oxide .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphur . less  than  0.0006% 

Sodium  Nitrite,  c.  p . 

'  Sulphate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0. 150%  i 

Ni .  0.012%  1  Typical 

Cu . nonet  Analysis 

Cl .  —0.0001%) 

COBALT  Sulphate,  c.  p.  (Nickel  free) .  . .  Baker  Special 

COCHINEAL,  bugs . 

powder . 

“COLLODION,  U.  S.  P . 

4% .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Acids . none)  Guaranteed 

Residue .  3. 8-4.0%)  Analysis 

COLOPHONY  (Rosin),  yellow,  lump . 

‘  (Rosin),  white,  lump . 

CONGO  (See  Test  Paper). . . 

COPPER,  metal,  shot  form . 

metal,  turnings,  short . 

metal,  granulated . 

metal,  sheet  .008  in . 

metal,  by  Electrolysis .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Foreign  metals  (Sb,  Sn,  Pb,  Ag) _ none' 

“  “  (FeaOa+BiaOa) 

less  than  0.01% 

“  “  ( total  metals) 

not  more  than  0.02% 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0001%.* 

COPPER,  metal,  foil  .002  in . 

metal,  c.  p.,  foil,  0.06-0.1  mm . 

Acetate  (Verdigris),  powdered . 

Acetate,  pure,  crystals,  neutral . 

Acetate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Ace  to  Arsenite,  c.  p . 

“  Ammonium  Chloride,  c.  p . 

CuCla .  48.47%) 

Fe .  0.0005%/ 

SOa .  0.001%  V 

Carbon  (soluble) . none! 

■>) 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 
per  o z.  cont.  per  lb.  cont. 

.20  incl  2.00  cb  .08 


.40  incl 


Price  in  other  size  packages 
size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont. 

34  lb.  .65  incl 


34  lb.  1.35  incl 


.75  incl 

.75  incl 

.75  incl 


34  oz.  .25  incl 


1.00 

.50 


incl 

incl 


.30  incl 


3.50  cb 
3.00  cb 

.09 

.06 

341b. 
341b. 
34  oz. 

1.05 

.95 

.35 

incl 

incl 

incl 

1.75  cb 

.08 

341b. 

.60 

incl 

.75  cc 

.06 

.85  cc 

.05 

.55 

incl 

.60 

incl 

.10  cc 

.04 

.12  cc 

.04 

.40  cc 

.01 

.45 

incl 

.60 

incl 

.75 

incl 

1.00 

incl 

)4  lb.  .25  incl 


34  lb.  .35  incl 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


.15  incl 


1.50 

1.50 


incl 

incl 


Baker  Analyzed 

Typical 

Analysis 


Nitrate . none " 

COPPER  Ammonium  Chloride .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Free  acids . . none) 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0i%  as  SOa!  Guaranteed 

Salts  of  the  alkalies,  earths,  etc.. not  more  than  0.066%  7  Analysis 
Iron . not  more  than  0.014%." 

COPPER  Ammonium  Sulphate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Arsenate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Arsenite,  c.  p . 

“  Bromide,  c.  p . 

Carbonate,  true,  powdered . 

“  Carbonate,  pure . . . 

Carbonate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

G1 .  0.0063%} 

SOa  .  -0.001% (  Typical 

Fe .  0.0004%  (  Analysis 

Na . trace/ 

COPPER  Chloride,  pure . 


.40 


incl 


.40 

cb 

.08 

.55 

cb 

.09 

.60 

cb 

.08 

2.50 

cb 

.08 

.50 

cb 

.08 

1.00 

incl 

.60 

cb 

• 

.08 

1.00 

cb 

.09 

1.25 

cb 

.07 

.30 

cc 

.09 

.45 

cb 

.08 

.70 

cb 

.08 

.50 

cb 

b 

GO 

34  lb.  .20  incl 


34  lb  .35  incl 


•  •  •  •  * . 

lb.  .24  inci 


23 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


Maker  or  Brand 

(cupric) .  Baker  Analyzed 


Typical 

Analysis 


COPPER 

a 


o  u 


T  ypical 
Analysis 


COPPER  Chloride,  c.  p 

so. . ...: . ;..  —0.001% 

Fe .  0.001% 

Pb . non© 

Nitrate . none, 

COPPER  Chloride,  (cupric) .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Substances  insoluble  in  Alcohol . none  i 

Sulphates . less  than  0.01%  as  SOsf  r, , 

Salts  of  the  alkali  metals. .  .not  more  than  0.066%  >  .  ,  .  e 

Iron . not  more  than  0.028%  1  ys  8 

Arsenic . less  than  0.00i%* 

COPPER  Chloride  (cupric) .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

“  Chloride  (cupric) .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Iron . 1.0  mg.  \  \ 

Alkaline  residue  present  after!  f 

precipitating  Copper. 3.0  mg.  ^  In  10  l.  Certified 

Arsenic . none/  grams  /  Analysis 

Sulphate . none  I  I 

Solubility  in  Alcohol,  .complete/  / 

COPPER  Chloride,  c.  p.  (cuprous) .  Baker  Analyzed 

SO. .  0.001%\ 

Fe .  0.0002%  (  Typical 

Na . trace/  Analysis 

CuCli . trace/ 

COPPER  Chloride  (cuprous)  tested  re¬ 
agent .  Merck  Blue  Label 

“  Chloride  (cuprous) .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Chloride  (cuprous) .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Residue  present  after  precipi-'i  i 

tating  Copper. ..  unweighable  v  In  10  (.Certified 

Iron  Oxide . none/  grams  /  Analysis 

Color . normal,  white/  / 

Hydroxide,  c.  p . , . 

Hydroxide .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . less  than  0.001%  SO. 

Alkalies . none 

Nitrate,  pure  crystals . 

Nitrate,  c.  p . .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.0002%) 

Cl  .  0.0001%  [■ 

SO.  . none ) 

COPPER  Oxalate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Oxide,  c.  p.,  black,  fine .  Baker  Analyzed 

Oxide,  c.  p.,  black,  coarse .  Baker  Analyzed 

COPPER  Oxide,  c.  p.,  wire .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0  001%)  Typical 

Al.O. .  0.0002%)  Analysis 

COPPER  Oxide,  c.  p.,  red .  Baker  Analyzed 

Cl .  0.050%f  IZlyJis 

COPPER  Oxide  Asbestos .  Merck  Blue  Label 

“  Phosphate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Potassium  Chloride,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

CuCl» .  42.1%i 

Fe .  0.0003%/  Tv  .  . 

so. . o.ooi%  I 

Nitrate . trace  l  Analr818 

Carbon  (soluble) . none) 

COPPER  Potassium  Sulphate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Sulphate,  coml.,  crystals  (Blue 

Stone) . 

Sulphate,  coml.,  (powder) . 

Sulphate,  pure,  crystals . 

Sulphate,  c.  p.,  crystals,  coarse 

or  fine .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.002%)  Typical 

Cl .  0.0002%)  Analysis 

COPPER  Sulphate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Salts  of  the  alkalies,  earth,  etc.,  .not  more  than  0.033%  )  Guaranteed 
Iron . not  more  than  0.014%  )  Analysis 

COPPER  Sulphate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.'' 

“  Sulphate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Iron . 0.15  mg'!  'l 

Alkalies  present  after  (  in  10  t  Certified 

precipitating  Copper  ...  1.00  mg  / grams  /  Analysis 
Other  metals . none  7  7 

COPPER  Sulphate,  c.  p.,  cryst.  precip. 

by  Alcohol .  Baker  Special 

Fe .  0.0002%)  Typical 

Cl . none)  Analysis 

COPPER  Sulphate,  c.  p.,  anhydrous .  Baker  Analyzed 

Sulphate,  anh  drous  in  pumice . 


per  oz.  cont. 

per  lb. 

cont. 

size  pkg. 

per  pkg.  cont. 

.10 

incl 

.60  cb 

.08 

Xlb. 

.22 

incl 

.20 

incl 

341b. 

.90 

incl 

.15 


100  grm.  .95  incl 
500  grm.  2.70  incl 


incl  1.50  cb  .06  34  lb.  .45  incl 


.20  incl 


.25  incl 


.10 


1.00  incl 


.90 

cb 

.08 

.45 

cb 

.09 

.65 

cb 

.07 

1.50 

cb 

.08 

.80 

cb 

.06 

1.00 

cb 

.06 

.50 

cb 

.07 

.50 

cb 

.07 

!.00 

cb 

.10 

.45 

cb 

.07 

.50 

cb 

.07 

.10 

cc 

.05 

.15 

cc 

.05 

.20 

cb 

.07 

.27 

cb 

.07 

.60 

incl 

l/d 2  lb.  .90  incl 

100  grm.  1.00  incl 

500  grm.  3.10  incl 


3-3  lb.  1.25  incl 


}4  lb.  .45  incl 

34  lb.  .35  incl 

]4  lb.  .35  incl 


]4  lb.  .45  incl 
34  lb-  .45  incl 


34  oz .  .35  incl 

34  lb.  .65  incl 

34  lb-  .20  incl 


]4  lb.  .20  incl 


.10 


.50  cb  .08 


Mlb- 

.15 

incl 

34  lb. 

.25 

incl 

500  grm. 
000  grm. 

1.15 

1.95 

incl 

inc! 

341b. 

.20 

incl 

341b. 

.24 

incl 

24 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


COPPER,  Sulphide,  c.  p . 

Thiocyanate,  c.  p.  (cuprous) _ 

COTTON,  absorbent . 

non-absorbent . 

wool,  specially  selected  for 

plugging  culture  tubes . 

CREOLIN,  Pearson’s . 

"CREOSOTE,  from  Beechwood  as  recom¬ 
mended  for  use  in  biological 

laboratories . 

from  coal  tar . 

CRESOL,  U.  S.  P . . 

CUBES,  Chlorine,  for  generating  Chlorine 
(Also  see  Chlorinated 

Lime) . 

'  Oxygen,  for  generating  O  xyg  en 

(Also  see  Oxone) . 

Sulphide,  for  generating  Sulphu¬ 
retted  Hydrogen . 

Sulphite,  for  generating  Sulphur¬ 
ous  acid . 

Acid  Sulphurou  ••,  20%,  tested  re¬ 
agent . 

CUMARIN . 

CUMOL . 

CURARE,  tested . 

DEVARDA’S  ALLOY  (See  metal) 

DEXTRINE,  yellow,  coml . 

white,  coml . 

c.  p.,  alcohol  precipitated  . . . 

DEXTROSE  (Glucose)  white,  lump . 

anhydrous,  pure,  granular.  . 

“  c.  p.,  anhydrous . 

DI-AMIDO-BENZOL  (See  Phenylene- 

diamine) 

“DIAMOND  INK . 

DIASTASE  of  Malt  (Maltine) . 

DICHLORETHYLENE 
DICYANDIAMIDINE  SULPHATE . 

Tested  for  suitability  as  a  reagent  for  Nickel 

DIMETHYL-AMIDO-BENZALDEHYDE 

(Para) . 

DIMETHYL-AMIDO -BENZOL  (See  Di¬ 
methyl-aniline) 

DIMETHYL-AMIDO-AZO-BENZOL 

(Para),  c.  p . 

DIMETHYL- ANILINE . 

DIMETHYLGLOXIME . 


Maker  or  Brand 

Baker  Analyzed 


per  oz.  cont. 


per  lb.  cont. 

1.25  cb  .07 
1.60  cb  .08 
.35  incl 
.35  incl 

.25  incl 
.67  cb  .08 


.80  gb  .09 
.40  gb  .09 
.25  cb  .09 


.30  cb  .10 


Merck  Blue  Label 


.35  cb  .03 


Merck  Blue  Label 
Kahlbaum 


.55  incl 
.65  cb  .04 


.60 


incl 


.90  cb 
.15  cb 


.03 

.03 


1.80  cb  .09 


Price  in  other  size  packages 
size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont, 

14  lb.  .40  incl 
14  lb.  .60  incl 


5  lb.  1.10  cb  .15 


2  lb.  1.50  incl 


.45  cb  .10 
.50  cb  .10 
.60  incl 
.70  cb  .  i6 


14  lb.  .25  incl 
15  grs.  1.35  incl 


. 10  cc  .05 

. 10  cc  .05 

. 90  cb  .09 

. 10  cc  .06 

. 15  cc  .05 

.15  cb  .03  1.40  cb  .08 


.35  cb  .08 


Y±  oz.  .20  incl 


10  grm.  1.00  incl 


Tested  for  suitability  as  a  reagent  for  Nickel 

DIMETHYL-PAR  APHENYLENE-DIAM- 
INE  HYDROCHLORIDE  . . 
DIMETHYL-PARAPHENYLENE-DIAM- 
INE  HYDROCHLORIDE. . . . 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.05% 

DIMETH  YLSULPHATE . 

DIPHENYLAMINE,  c.  p.,  crystals,  whitest 

DIPHENYLAMINE . 

Nitric  Acid . less  than  0.05%  as  NsO, ) 

Aniline . less  than  0.05%  j 

DISTILLED  WATER,  in  5  gal.  crated 

bottle . 

DULCITE  (Melampyrite) . 

DUTCH  LEAF . 

EDINOL . 

EIKONOGEN . 

EMERY,  fine,  180  mesh . 

“  medium,  80  mesh . 

“  coarse,  40  mesh . . 

ESCHKA’S  Mixture  (See  Magnesium  Oxide 
and  Sodium  Carbonate). 

“ETHER  (Sulphuric),  U.  S.  P . 

(Sulphuric),  U.  S.  P . 


1.50 

incl  . 

\4  lb. 

4.75 

incl 

Merck  Blue  Label 

2.00 

incl  . 

H  lb. 

7.50 

incl 

Merck  Blue  Label 

Vs  oz. 

.35 

incl 

Merck  Blue  Label 

M  oz. 

1.25 

incl 

Merck  Blue  Label 

....  15  grn. 

.30 

incl 

Merck  Blue  Label 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 


.  1.30  incl 

.25  cb  .03  2.50  cb  .08 
.25  incl  . 


.70  cb  .03 
.35  cb  .03 


.15  cc  .04 
.12  cc  .04 
.10  cc  .04 


5  gal.  .75  1.00 

5  grm.  4.50  incl 

book  .10  incl 


yib. 
y2  ib. 


.15 

.20 


incl 

incl 


25 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


Maker  or  Brand 

“ETHER  (Sulphuric),  U.  S.  P . . . 

“  “  (Sulphuric),  U.  S.  P . 

°  “  (Sulphuric),  U.  S.  P . 

°  “  (Sulphuric),  U.  S.  P.,  in  drums . 

“ETHER  (Sulphuric),  U.  S.  P . 

Sp.gr .  0.72  i 

B.  P .  35.5°C(  Typical 

Alcohol .  3%  Analysis 

W  a  ter  2  ^  / 

°I£THER  (Sulphuric),  concentrated .  Squibb 

(Sulphuric),  concentrated .  Squibb 

(Sulphuric),  concentrated .  Squibb 


Baker  Analyzed 


“ETHER 


(Sulphuric),  sp.  gr.  0.720 .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Residue . noneN 


per  lb. 

cont. 

size  pkg. 

per  pkg. 

cont. 

.36 

incl 

2  1b. 

.68 

incl 

. 

(  t  t 

31b. 

.96 

incl 

5  1b. 

1.55 

incl 

.20 

55  lb. 

11.00 

4.00 

.40  cn 

.10 

Klb. 

.20 

incl 

.26 

incl 

H  lb. 

.45 

incl 

.80 

incl 

1  kilo 

1.70 

incl 

.70  incl 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


Ethyl  Peroxide,  Hydrogen  Peroxide, 

and  Ozone . none  I 

Aldehydes  and  Vinyl  Alcohol . none) 

Sulphur  compounds . none! 

Acetone . less  than  0.005%  I 

Water . less  than 

“ETHER  (Sulphuric),  washed . 

(Sulphuric),  washed .  Baker  Analyzed 

Alcohol . trace)  Typical 

Water .  2%  j  Analysis 

“ETHER,  distilled  over  Sodium .  Baker  Analyzed 

Alcohol . 0.0001%  )  Typical 

Water . trace  )  Analysis 

“ETHER,  distilled  over  Sodium .  Kahlbaum 

distilled  over  Sodium .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Residue . none  1 

Ethyl  Peroxide,  Hydrogen  Peroxide  I 

and  Ozone . nonet  . 

Aldehydes  and  Vinyl  Alcohol . none  /  » 

Sulphur  compounds . none/  ’  8 

Water . less  than  0.01%  4 

Alcohol . less  than  0.3%  1 

“ETHER,  Acetic,  90%,  U.  S.  P . 

°  “  Acetic,  98  Yi% . 

Acetic,  c.  p.,  absolute .  Baker  Analyzed 

Sp.  gr .  0.925  ] 

B.  P .  72-77°C  f 

Alcohol .  0.4%  > 

Acetic  Acid .  0.045%  l 

Water . trace ! 

“ETHER,  Butyric,  98%  (So-called  absolute) 

“  Petroleum,  40-65°C.  b.  p . 


.40  incl 
.95  cn  .10 

1.25  cn  .10 

.80  incl 


14  lb.  .35  incl 


500  grm.  1.35  incl 


Typical 

Analysis 


.70  cb  .09 
.80  cb  .09 
1.50  cb  .08 


1.75  cb  .09 


“ETHER,  Petroleum .  Baker  Analyzed 

Sp.  gr .  0.64-0.67  1  Typical 

B.  P .  40-65°C  )  Analysis 

“ETHER,  Petroleum,  25-40“C.  b.  p .  Baker  Special 

Petroleum  (Benzin) .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter  and  heavy  oils  . . .nonet 

Acids . nonet  Guaranteed 

Sulphur  compounds  and  reducing  (  Analysis 

agents . none/ 

FELDSPAR,  powder . 

FEHLING’S  Alkaline  Solution . 

“  Copper  Solution . 

FIBRIN,  from  blood . 

FIRE  CLAY . 

FLUORCHROME . 

FLUORSPAR,  powdered  (See  Calcium  Flu¬ 
oride)  . 

FORMALDEHYDE,  Solution,  U.  S.  P . 

“  Solution,  U.  S.  P . 

“  Solution,  U.  S.  P . 

“  (40%  solution) .  Baker  Analyzed 

“FORMALIN” .  Schering . 

FULLER'S  EARTH . 

FURFURAL . 

FURFURAL,  tested  reagent .  Merck  Blue  Label 

tested  reagent .  Merck  Blue  Label 

“FUSEL  OIL  (See  Amyl  Alcohol). 

GALACTOSE . 

GALLEIN,  dry,  tested  reagent .  Merck  Blue  Label 

G ALLNUTS,  native  black . 

“  powdered . 

GELATINE,  Gold  Label,  specially  selected 
for  preparation  of  bacterio¬ 
logical  culture  media .  A.  H.  T.  Co.  #33 

26 


.30  cb  .03 
.20  incl 


.40  cn  .10 

.60  cn  .10 
.50  incl 


.10  cc  .04 
.50  cb  .08 
.50  gb  .12 

.10  cc  .05 


1  pt.  .25  cb  .08 
1  gal.  1.00  cn  .25 
1  gal.  2.00  cn  .25 


.10  cc  .04 
.20  cb  .08 
.17 
.12 

.30  cb  .08 
.45  incl 
.10  incl 


5  lb.  .90  cb  .20 
9  1b.  1.53  cb  .25 
1001b.  12.00  cby2.00 


.75  cb  .04 


.80  cb  .04 
1.50  incl 


25  grm.  1.50  incl  , 

5  grm.  .40  incl 


.30  incl 
.45  cc  .06 


.60  incl 


oz.  .50  incl 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


GELATINE,  Extra,  for  preparation  of  bac¬ 
teriological  culture  media. . 
GLASS  WOOL,  best  Bohemian,  Lead  free 
best  Bohemian,  coarse.  . 
best  Bohemian,  fine . 


Maker  or  Brand 


GLASS  WOOL. 


Coignet 


Merck  Blue  Label 

Materia)  soluble  in  ) 

Hydrochloric  Acid,  .not  more  than  0.8%  1  Guaranteed 

‘  '  D 


Analysis 


per  oz. 

cont.  per  lb. 

cont. 

size  pkg.  per  pkg. 

cont. 

. . . .  1.00 

incl 

.65 

incl  6.00 

incl 

M  lb.  2.25 

incl 

.50 

incl  5.00 

incl 

J4  lb-  1.75 

incl 

.55 

incl  5.75 

incl 

M  lb.  2.00 

incl 

.50 

incl  . 

M  lb.  1.50 

incl 

. 10 

incl 

.06 

.15  cb 

.03  1.40  cb 

.08 

.08 

5  lb.  1.60  cn 

.18 

. "8 

10  lb.  2.80  cn 

.25 

. 25 

501b.  12.50 

incl 

Lead . less  than  0.0025%  ) 

GLASS,  Powder . 

GLUCOSE  (Dextrose),  white,  lump . 

(Dextrose),  c.  p.  anhydrous  .. . 

GLYCERIN,  c.  p.,  neutral . 

c.  p.,  neutral . 

c.  p.,  neutral . 

In  drums  of  550  or  1100  lbs., 
price  on  application. 

GLYCERIN,  sp.  gr.  1.25 .  Merck  Blue  Label  . 60  incl 

Tested  for . Neutrality  \ 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0012%  \ 

Inorganic  matter . less  than  0.008%  1 

Substances  which  reduce  Ammoniacal  Silver  I 

Nitrate  solution . none  / 

Fatty  acid  esters  .  .less  than  0.115%  as  Ethyl  Butyrate! 

Hydrochloric  Acid  and  I 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0004%  as  Cl  Guaranteed 

Sulphuric  Acid . less  than  0.0024%  as  SO  Analysis 

Oxalic  Acid . less  than  0.0064%  j 

Calcium . less  than  0.005%  V 

Sugars . . less  than  0.04%  as  Saccharose  1 

Readily  carboniaable  matter . none  I 

Dextrose  and  organic  bodies . none  J 

Ammonium  compounds . less  than  0.003%  as  NH3 

sp.  gr.  1.23 .  Merck  Blue  Label  . 60  incl 

Same  impurities  as  above. 

GLYCOCOLL . 

GOLD  LEAF. . 

“  Chloride,  pure,  crystals . 

GRAPE  SUGAR  (See  Glucose  or  Dextrose). 

GRAPHITE,  powder . 15  cc  .06 

GUAIACIN,  tested  reagent .  Merck  Blue  Label  . 

GUM  Arabic,  white,  granular . 10  cc  .03  .60  cc 

“  Arabic,  white,  powder . 10  cc  .03  .60  cc 

“  Camphor,  refined .  1.00  cc 

“  Damar . 45  cc 

“  Guaiac . 50  cc 

“  Mastic,  tears .  1.15 

“  Shellac,  orange,  flake . 45  cc 

“  Shellac,  bleached . 50  cc 

“  Tragacanth,  powdered .  1.00  cc 

GYPSUM  (Calcium  Sulphate) . 10  cc 

HAEMOGLOBIN,  powder . 30  cb  .04  . 


•GLYCERIN, 


.05 

.05 

.06 

.05 

.05 

incl 

.04 

.04 

.05 

.05 


15  gr. 

.35 

incl 

book 

.50 

incl 

15  gr. 

.45 

incl 

Vs  oz. 

.80 

incl 

scales. 

HEMATEIN,  tested  reagent .  Merck  Blue  Label 

(See  also  Grueblers  Stains) 

HEMATOXYLIN,  tested  reagent .  Merck  Blue  Label 

“  “  “  . _ .  Merck  Blue  Label 

(See  also  Grueblers  Stains) 

HIDE  POWDER,  for  standardizing . 

“  American  Standard . 

“  tested  reagent . . .  Merck  Blue  Label 

HIRUDIN,  for  preventing  coagulation  of  * 

blood,  1  milligram  of  Hirudin 
keeps  7 K  cc.  of  blood  in  a 

liquid  condition . 

same  as  above . 

HYDRAZINE  Sulphate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl)  (juaranteed 

Heavy  metals . :  .money  A„al*»ia 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.05% ) 

HYDROCHINONE . 

HYDROGEN  Peroxide,  U.  S.  P . 

HYDROGEN  Peroxide,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

H2O2 .  2.90% ) 

& .  °n™,  Typica. 

Mgfo oolm  Analj,8to 

Nonvolatile  matter . 0.100%  7 

HYDROGEN  Peroxide .  Marchand . 

27 


.25  cb  .03 


M  oz. 

.60 

incl 

H  oz. 

1.10 

incl 

Vs  oz. 

.30 

incl 

3.50 

incl 

M  lb. 

1.05 

incl 

.40  cc 

.03  4.00  cc 

.06 

5  lb.  : 

18.75 

incl 

.50 

incl 

Hlb. 

1.50 

incl 

to  grm. 

3.75 

incl 

n>  cr  grm. 

.75 

incl 

1.00 

incl 

Y\  oz. 

.35 

incl 

.15 

incl 

.80 

incl 

M  lb. 

.25 

incl 

.20 

incl 

5  1b. 

.80 

incl 

.50  cb 

.08 

.75 

incl 

ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


i/uhuo  anu  puunu  prices 


Maker  or  Brand 

HYDROGEN  Peroxide  (Dioxogen) .  Oakland  Chem.  Co. 

“  Peroxide  (30%  weight) .  Merck  Blue  Label 

“  Peroxide  (30%  weight) .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Free  acids . none. 

Sulphuric  Acid . less  than  0.0075%  as  SOj  \ 

(Residue  on  evaporation  +  I 

to  0.0045%  , 2-2-* 

Oxalic  Acid . less  than  0.035%/  Analy8,s 

Hydrochloric  Acid less  than  0.0005%  as  Cl  l 

Hydrofluoric  Acid.., . less  than  0.005%  1 

Phosphoric  Acid _ less  than  0.0006%  as  Y1O1' 

HYDROGEN  Sulphide  Water .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Iron . none 

HYDROXYLAMINE  Hydrochloride .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.05%  l 

Ammonium  Chloride . less  than  0.3%  I 

Sulphuric  Acid . less  than  0.0005%  as  SOj'>  V,"“™?*eed 

Heavy  metals . at  most  a  trace  1  ’ 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0015%  j 

ICELAND  SPAR,  for  standardizing . . ... 

INDIGO,  Madras,  lump . 

“  Bengal,  lump . 

INDIGO,  Vegetable,  60% .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Ash . not  more  than  12%  )  Guaranteed 

Moisture . not  more  than  6%  J  Analysis 

INDIGO  Synthetic,  95% .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Ash . not  more  than  1%  1  Guaranteed 

Moisture . not  more  than  1%  J  Analysis 

Solution,  1-40 .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Solution,  1-1000 .  Merck  Blue  Label 


per  oz.  cont. 


per  lb. 

.65 


cont. 

incl 


size  pkg. 


per  pkg.  cont. 


200  grm.  2.50 
50  grm.  .85 


INDIGO 
INDIGO 
INDOL  . 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


INFUSORIAL  EARTH  (Kieselguhr) . 

INULIN,  white  (Alant  Starch) . 

“  Dragendorff . 

“  Kiliani . . 

IODEOSIN .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested . for  sensitiveness 

IODINE,  pure,  resublimed . 

IODINE,  resublimed .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.05%\ 

Cyanogen . less  than  0.05%  (  Guaranteed 

Chlorine  and  /  Analysis 

Bromine . less  than  0.12%  total  as  Cl," 

IODINE  Pentoxide,  c.  p . 

IODINE  Water .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested . for  strength 

IRON  Filings,  coarse . 

“  Filings,  fine . 

“  by  Hydrogen,  90% . 

IRON  by  Hydrogen .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Residue  insoluble  in 

Sulphuric  Acid . not  more  than  0.5% 

Sulphides . less  than  0.007%  as  S 

Sodium  Carbonate . not  more  than  0.06% 

Nitrogen . not  more  than  0.0028% 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0015%) 

IRON,  Powder .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested  for  insolubility  in  Hydrochloric  Acid  \ 

Nitrogen . not  more  than  0.0028%  (  Guaranteed 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0015%  /  Analysis 

Foreign  heavy  metals . none," 

IRON  Wire,  for  standardizing,  on  spool . 

“  Wire.  Same  as  above . 

“  Wire,  for  standardizing  on  spool. . .  Merck  Blue  Label 

“  Acetate,  c.  p.,  solution,  (ferric) . 

“  Ammonium  Citrate  (ferric) .  . 

“  Ammonium  Oxalate,  c.  p.  (ferric) . .  Baker  Analyzed 
“  Ammonium  Oxalate,  c.  p.  (ferrous)  Baker  Analyzed 
“  Ammonium  Sulphate,  c.  p.  (ferric) 

(Iron  Alum) .  Baker  Analyzed 

Ferrous  Salt.V.V. ; .' : .  ( ( : .'  ( : l  typical 
Nitrate . trace)  An*,y*8 

IRON  Ammonium  Sulphate  (ferric) .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Ferrous  salt . less  than  0.0025%  Fe"  i 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0003%  as  Cl  I 

Zinc . less  than  0.003%  > 

Copper . less  than  O.Olf- 1  Analysis 

Alkali  salts . not  more  than  0.04‘ 


incl 

incl 


1.00 

incl 

moZ; 

.30 

incl 

.40 

incl 

.75  cc 

.04 

.10 

incl 

1.25  cc 

.04 

.40 

incl 

.50 

incl 

A  OZ. 

.20 

incl 

.75 

incl 

A  lb. 

.30 

incl 

.75 

incl 

A  lb. 

.30 

incl 

to  grm. 

.55 

incl 

1  grm. 

3.00 

incl 

.10  cc 

.04 

10  grm. 

.15 

incl 

10  grm. 

.25 

incl 

.60 

incl 

10  grm. 

.25 

incl 

.75 

incl 

A  oz. 

.25 

incl 

.35  gb 

.07  4.25  gb 

.13 

.45 

incl  5.50 

incl 

A  lb- 

1.50 

incl 

1.10 

incl 

.50 

incl 

.10  cc 

.04 

.10  cc 

.04 

.55  cb 

.08 

1.25 

incl 

A  lb- 

.40 

incl 

.50 

incl 

.  A  lb- 

.20 

incl 

.15 

incl 

Alb. 

.30 

incl 

Hlb. 

.45 

incl 

...... 

50  grm. 

.50 

incl 

.50  cb 

.08 

1.25  cb 

.OS 

Alb. 

.40 

incl 

.80  cb 

.08 

Alb. 

.30 

incl 

.75  cb 

.08 

Alb. 

.25 

incl 

.10 

incl 

.50  cb 

.08 

Alb. 

.20 

incl 

.60 

incl 

A  lb. 

.25 

incl 

28 


R 


H  U  R 


H  . 


H  O  M 


O  M 


N 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


Maker  or  Brand 

Baker  Analyzed 


IRON  Ammonium  Sulphate,  c.  p.  (ferrous) 

Fe  iu  one  gram .  0.142-0.143  i 

Cu . non ef  ,r„  ■ 

Zn . none!  Analjrs,s 

Cl .  0.0002%) 

IRON  Ammonium  Sulphate  (ferrous) .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Ferric  salts . less  than  0.0008%  Fe'" , 

Copper . . . less  than  0.01%  1  Guaranteed 

Zinc . less  than  0.003%  1  Analysis 

Alkali  salts . less  than  0.0187%.’ 

IRON  Ammonium  Sulphate,  c.  p.  (ferrous) 

(Phosphorous  free) .  Baker  Special 

“  Ammonium  Sulphate,  c.  p.,  (ferrous) 

large  crystals,  for  standardizing . 

“  Carbonate,  c.  p.,  moist  (ferric) .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Carbonate,  c.  p.,  moist  (ferrous)...  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Chloride,  pure,  lump  (ferric) . 

“  Chloride,  c.  p.  (ferric) .  Baker  Analyzed 

Ferrous  Salt . none  1 

HC1 . trace  I 

SOa .  0.005%  V 

HNOj . trace! 

P . trace  ) 

IRON  Chloride,  c.  p.  (ferric)  (Phosphorus 

free) .  Baker  Special 

“  Chloride  (ferric) .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Basic  Salt  and  other  Substances  difficultly 

soluble  in  Water . none 

Hydrochloric  Acid  )  less  than  0.35%  HC1  and 

and  Chlorine . )  less  than  0.001%  Cl 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0011% 

Ferrous  salt . less  than  0.0025%  Fe"\  Guaranteed 

Cooper . less  than  0.005%  /  Analysis 

Zinc. . less  than  0.015% 

Nitric  Acid . less  than  0.025%  as  N2O4 

Alkali  salts  and 

Calcium . not  more  than  0.0117% 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0025%  as  SOa 

IRON  Chloride,  solution  (ferric) .  Merck  Blue  Label 

The  same  impurities  as  above. 

IRON,  Chloride  (ferric) .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 


per  oz. 

.10 


cont. 

incl 


per  lb.  cont. 

.45  c.b  .08 


size  pkg. 

34  ib. 


per  pkg.  cont. 

.20  incl 


.60  incl  34  lb.  .25  incl 


.75  cb  .08 


.10  incl 


.60  cb 
.50  cb 
.35  cb 
.25  cb 
.35  cb 


.08 

.08 

.07 

.09 

.08 


34  lb. 

.25 

incl 

34  lb. 

.20 

incl 

341b. 

.15 

incl 

341b. 

.17 

incl 

Typical 

Analysis 


.15  incl  .90  cb  .08 
. 60  incl 


341b. 

341b. 


.35 

.25 


incl 

incl 


.55  incl  M  lb-  .25  incl 


Chloride  (ferric) . 

Free  Hydrochloric  Acid . 

Free  Chlorine . 

Ferrous  salts . 

Sulphate . 

Nitrate . 

Alkalies  and  Calcium  Oxide  . . 

Manganese . 

Copper . 

Arsenic  . 

Basic  silts . 

1 

i  /grams  / 

i  ( 


100  grm.  .60 
500  grm.  1.30 


incl 

incl 


Certified 

Analysis 


IRON  Chloride,  c.  p.  (ferrous) .  Baker  Analyzed 

SOa .  0.005%)  Typical 

Ferric  Salt . . .  .  .present )  Analysis 

(Oxidizes  readily  in  the  air) 

IRON  Chloride  (ferrous) .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Oxychloride . at  most  a  small  amount'. 

Sulphates . loss  than  0.0075%  as  SO 3 1 

Copper . less  than  0.03%  \  Guaranteed 

Zinc . less  than  0.0075%  /  Analysis 

Alkali  salts . not  more  than  0.03%  1 

Arsenic .  less  than  0.0015%/ 


.10  incl  .55  cb  .08  34  lb.  .20  incl 


.70  incl  M  lb.  .30  incl 


IRON 

U 


Ferrocyanide,  insoluble . 

Hydroxide,  c.  p.,  moist  (ferric) .  Baker  Analyzed 

IRON  Nitrate,  c.  p.,  crystals  (ferric) .  Baker  Analyzed 

Cl .  0.003%) 

SOa .  0.001%  > 


.10 


Typical 


“IRON 

O  U 


rree^idV.-.::::::::::::::;::::::^:.  Ana*8is 

Nitrate  (ferric) .  Kahlbaum  “C.f. 

Nitrate  (ferric) .  Kahlbaum  “C.f. 


A.’ 

A.’ 


. 50  cb  .12  . 

. 60  cb  .08  34  lb.  .25  incl 

incl  .80  gb  .15  34  lb.  .27  incl 


50  grm.  .80  incl 
200  grm.  2.00  incl 


In  10  \  Certified 
'  grams  j  Analysis 


Sulphate . none. 

Chlorides . none  j 

Alkalies . none  I 

Iron  Oxide .  19.407% 

equivalent  to  i 

Crystallized  Ferric  Nitrate —  98.08%) 

Moisture . remainder' 

Oxalate,  c.  p.,  crystals  (ferric) .  Baker  Analyzed 

Oxalate,  c.  p  (ferrous) .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Oxide,  red  (ferric),  (Jewelers  rouge 

for  polishing  purposes) . 

IRON  Oxide,  c.  p.  (ferric) . Baker  Analyzed 

“  Oxide,  c.  p.,  from  Oxalate  (ferric) .  Baker  Special 

Cl  .  0.005%  )  Typical 

S03 .  0.001%  |  Analysis 

29 


IRON 


.  1.25  cb 

.08 

34  lb. 

.40 

incl 

.  1.00  cb 

.08 

34  lb. 

.35 

incl 

.35  cb 

.08 

.65  cb 

.08 

34lb. 

.25 

incl 

.  1.25  cb 

.08 

341b. 

.40 

incl 

1 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


.  Guaranteed 
Analysis 


Maker  cr  Brand 

IRON  Oxide  (ferric) .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Water  and  volatile  sub- 

t  stances . not  more  than  0.1%^ 

Substances  soluble  in  water. . .  less  than  0.01% 

Chlorides . less  than  0.005%  as  Cl  i 

Nitrates . less  than  0.0032%  as  N  aOt  J 

Sulphates . less  than  0.035%  as  SOjl 

Silicates . not  more  than  0.033%  SiOs\ 

Ferrous  Oxide . less  than  0.003% 

Substances  insoluble  in  Hydrochloric  i 

Acid . not  more  than  0.01%  I 

Foreign  heavy  metals . nonel 

Aluminum . not  more  than  0.02%  ALO«  ' 

Calcium .  .* . not  more  than  0.007% 

Magnesium . less  than  0.0002%/ 

IRON  Oxide  (ferric) . .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.’ 

Ferric  Oxide .  99.60%  i  'i 

Moisture . remainder  (  in  10  1  Certified 

Manganese . none  ("  grams  (  Analysis 

Alkalies . none.'  / 

IRON  Pyrites . 

“  Sulphate,  c.  p.  (ferric) .  Baker  Analy 

CaO . none ) 

HNOs . trace  f 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 
per  oz.  cont.  per  lb.  cont. 

.80  incl  . 


Price  in  other  size  packages 
size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont, 

Y  oz.  .30  incl 


led 


50  grm.  1.70  incl 


Typical 

Ferrous  Sait.- .W."  '. '. . '. ! !  '. '. . . .  ’.  .none  J  A"a*sis 

IRON  Sulphate,  coml.  (ferrous)  (Copperas)  . 

“  Sulphate,  pure,  crystals  (ferrous) . 

“  Sulphate,  c.  p.  (ferrous) .  Baker  Analyzed  . 

P . trace  i 

2? . nonef  Typical 

Cl... . nonel  Analys,s 

Ferric  Salt . trace  ' 

IRON  Sulphate  (ferrous) .  Merck  Blue  Label  . 

Substances  insoluble  in  Water . none  i 

Alkali  salts . not  more  than  0.03%  (  Guaranteed 

Zinc . less  than  0.0036%  (  Analysis 

Copper . less  than  0.012%/ 

IRON  Sulphate,  c.  p.,  precipitated  by  alco¬ 
hol  (Phosphorus  free)  (ferrous) . . 

“  Sulphate,  c.  p.,  anhydrous  (ferrous)  . . 

“  Sulphide,  fused,  lump  (ferrous) . 

“  Sulphide,  granular  (ferrous) . 

“  Sulphide,  fused,  sticks  (ferrous) . 

“  Sulphide,  granular,  sticks,  or  lumps, 

(ferrous)  tested  reagent .  Merck  Blue  Label  . 

KAOLIN. . . 

acid  washed . 

KIESELGUHR  (Infusorial  Earth) . 

LACMOID,  c.  p.,  scales . 65  cb  .04 

. . .  . .  Merck  Blue  Label  1.00  incl 

Tested  for . Sensitiveness 

LACMUS  (See  Litmus). 

LACTOSE,  powder  (Milk  Sugar) . 

LACTOSE,  c.  p.,  free  from  Dextrose,  for 

bacteriological  work .  Kahlbaum  . 

LAMPBLACK .  . 

LEAD,  in  sheets . 

“  metal,  free  from  silver,  sheets,  6 

inches  wide . 

“  foil  (Test  Lead),  free  from  silver 

0.04  mm  thick . 

“  granulated  (Test  Lead),  free  from 

silver . 

“  metal,  free  from  silver.  Sticks  6 

inches  by  f  inches . 

“  Acetate,  coml.,  crystals . 

“  Acetate,  pure . 

LEAD  Acetate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed  . 

Fe  .  .  .  0.0003%', 

CU .  0.001%  (.Typical 

CaO .  0.001%  (  Analysis 

Na . trace/ 

LEAD  Acetate .  Merck  Blue  Label  . 

Earths  and  alkalies . not  more  than  0.02%  \ 

Copper . less  than  0.001%  1 

Iron.. . less  than  0.002% f 

Aluminum . less  than  0.1%  V  Guaranteed 

Lead  Carbonate  and  sub-  /  Analysis 

stances  insoluble  in  Water.  ..at  most  a  trace! 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0005%  as  Cl  1 

Nitrates . loss  than  0.0032%  as  NaOs/ 

LEAD  Acetate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” . 

30 


.22  incl 

.50  cb  .09 
.15  incl 
.20  incl 


.25 

.80 


incl 

incl 


.25  cb  .06 

.30  incl 
.20  cb  .07 
.25  cb  .07 
.30  cb  .07 


.35  cb 

.08 

Y.  lb.  .15 

incl 

.10  cb 

.08 

.12  cb 

.08 

.35  cb 

.08 

Y  lb.  .20 

incl 

.50 

incl 

Y  lb.  .20 

incl 

.08 

.50  cb 

.08 

.12  cc 

.04 

100  lb.  8.00 

incl 

.12  cc 

.04 

100  lb.  8.00 

incl 

.15  cc 

.05 

100  lb. 13.00 

incl 

.40 

incl 

.10  cc 

.04 

.20  cc 

.04 

.10  cc 

.04 

Y  oz.  .35  incl 


.50  incl  Y  lb.  .20  incl 


100  grm.  .90  incl 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Ounce  and  pound  prices  Price  in  other  size  packages 

Maker  or  Brand  per  oz.  cont.  per  ib.  cont.  size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont. 


LEAD  Acetate . 

Nitrate . none 

Carbonate . none  i 

Chloride . slight  trace {  ;n  in 

Alkalies  and  earths  in  >™„„ 

residue . 0.4  mg (  erams 

Iron . none* 

Copper . none 

LEAD  Acetate,  c.  p.,  basic,  solution,  for 

sugar  analysis . 

“  Acetate,  basic,  solution,  sp.  gr.  1.24 

Copper . less  than  0.0006% 

Iron . Ie33  than  0.0002% 

LEAD  Acetate,  c.  p.,  basic,  dry,  for  sugar 

analysis . 

Fe .  0.005% 

CaO .  0.001% 

Cl  .  0.001% 

Na. . trace 


i) 

o " 


Ivahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 


Certified 

Analysis 


Merck  Blue  Label 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 


Baker  Analyzed 

Typical 

Analysis 


LEAD  Acetate,  c.  p.,  tribasic. 
“  Arsenate,  c.  p. ....... . 

“  Borate,  c.  p . 

“  Carbonate,  purified. . . 
LEAD  Carbonate,  c.  p.,  basic 

“  Chloride . 

Fe . 

Cu . 

CaO . 

Na . 


Baker  Analyzed 


.  Baker  Analyzed 

.  Baker  Analyzed 

0.001%  v 

. .  none  1  Typical 
, .  .none  I  Analysis 
..trace/ 


LEAD  Chromate,  c.  p.,  powdered  or  fused 


Fe .  6.0003%  1 

CaO . none  I 

Cu . none  k 

Na . trace  l 

SO, .  0.002%  * 


LEAD  Chromate . 

Substances  soluble  in 

Water . not  more  than  0.02% 

Organic  substances .  none 


LEAD  Iodide,  c.  p . 

°  “  Nitrate,  pure,  crystals . 

°  “  Nitrate,  c.  p . 

Fe .  0.0003%  i 

CaO .  0.001%  ( 

Cl .  0.0002%  ( 

SO, . none/ 


LEAD  Oxalate,  c.  p . 

“  Oxide,  brown  (Lead  Peroxide) . 

“  Oxide,  brown  (Peroxide),  c.  p . 

PbO, .  93.6%, 

Mu . nonet 

Cl .  0.001%  V 

SO, .  0.700%  i 

Nitrate . .  . ■. . trace  * 

“  Oxide,  brown  (Peroxide),  c.  p. 

LEAD  Oxide,  brown,  for  ultimate  analysis 

Chlorides . less  than  0.001%  as  Cl , 

Calcium  and  alkalies . not  more  than  0.5%  f 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0008%  as  SO,  > 

Nitrates . less  than  0.0032%  as  N,Otl 

Carbonates . none  1 


Baker  Analyzed 


Typical 

Analysis 


Merck  Blue  Label 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 


Baker  Analyzed 

Typical 

Analysis 

Baker  Analyzed 
Baker  Analyzed 


Typical 

Analysis 


Baker  Special 
Merck  Blue  Label 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


LEAD  Oxide,  brown,  granulated,  for  use  in 

elementary  analysis .  Merck  Blue  Label 

“  Oxide  (Orange  Mineral)  (Manga¬ 
nese  free) . 

LEAD  Oxide,  brown  (Manganese  free)... .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Chlorides . less  than  0.001%  as  Cl\ 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0015%  as  SO,  i 

Substances  soluble  in  water  \  Guaranteed 

(Lead  Nitrate,  etc.) . less  than  0.0375%  /  Analysis 

Calcium  and  alkalies . not  more  than  0.5%  I 

Manganese . loss  than  0.0002%/ 


LEAD  Oxide  (Red  Lead) . 

“  Oxide  (Red  Lead),  c.  p 


Cl .  0.003%, 

SO, .  0.005%  ( 

C . trace  ( 

Insoluble  matter . trace/ 


Baker  Analyzed 

Typical 

Analysis 


LEAD  Oxide,  yellow  (Litharge) . 

“  Oxide,  yellow,  (Litharge)  c.  p 

AljOi . 

CaO . 

Cl . 

Nitrate . 

Ag . 


.  Baker  Analyzed 

0.010%  i 

oootl0 Typical 

nonli  Analysls 
, . . none  > 


500  grm.  2.75  incl 


.25  gb  .15 
.40  incl 


. 50  cb 

.06 

. J77 

incl 

.20 

incl  2.00  cb 

.06 

.15 

incl  . 

. 60  cb 

.09 

. 50  cb 

.06 

. 50  cb 

.06 

. 70  cb 

.07 

.  1.20 

incl 

.  3.50  cb 

.07 

. 21  cc 

.06 

. 25  cb 

.06 

. 90  cb 

.06 

. 30  cc 

.04 

. 80  cb 

.06 

.  1.25  cb 

.06 

.25 

incl  . 

.25 

incl  . 

. 25  cb 

.04 

.25  incl 


Mlb. 

.20 

incl 

Klb. 

.65 

incl 

X  lb. 

.20 

incl 

X  lb- 

.20 

incl 

X  lb. 

.25 

incl 

M  lb.  .40 

incl 

lb.  1.00 

jncl 

X  lb. 

.35 

incl 

X  lb. 

.25 

incl 

X  lb. 

.40 

incl 

X  lb. 

1.20 

incl 

Vz  lb. 

1.20 

incl 

X  lb. 

1.20 

incl 

.18  cc  .00 
.20  cb  .04 


.15  cc  .04 
.20  cb  .04 


31 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


Guaranteed 
’  Analysis 


IQ 

I 

0/  grams  / 

e  \ 

V  / 


Certified 
/  Analysis 


Maker  or  Brand 

LEAD  Oxide,  yellow. . .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Substances  insoluble  in  ' 

Acetic  Acid . not  more  than  0.25% 

Carbonates . not  more  than  0.1% 

Copper . less  than  0.001% 

Iron . less  than  0.002% 

Aluminum . less  than  0.1% 

Nitrates  and  nitrites  . .  .less  than  0.016%  as  NjOt 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl 

Earths,  Gypsum,  and 

alkalies . not  n)ore  than  0.3%, 

LEAD  Oxide  (Litharge) .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

“  Oxide  (Litharge) .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A  " 

Carbonate . none\ 

Chloride . trace  1 

Residue  present  after  precipitating  I 

Lead  (earths  and  alkalies) . 12  mg.  V 

Alumina  and  Iron  Oxide . none 

Copper . none 

Nitrates  and  nitrites. . . . none 

Solubility  in  Acetic  Acid . complete 

LEAD  Phosphate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Sulphate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Cl .  — 0.001%-i 

Fe .  0.0003%  (  Typical 

Acetate .  none  i  Analysis 

Nitrate .  none/ 

LEAD  Sulphide,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Tartrate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

LECITHIN,  from  eggs . . . 

LEVULOSE  (Diabetin) .  Schering 

°LIGROIN  (See  Ether  Petroleum). 

LIME,  Chlorinated,  Cubes .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Active  Chlorine.. yields  at  least  25%  by  weight 

LIME  WATER,  tested  reagent .  Merck  Blue  Label 

LITHARGE  (See  Lead  Oxide,  Yellow). 

LITHIUM,  metal,  pure . 

“  Acetate,  c.  p . 

LITHIUM  Carbonate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

SO. .  0.060%* 

Fe .  0.0002% 

AI5O3 .  0  001% 

LITHIUM  Chloride,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

so., .  0.080%)  TvoicaI 

Fe .  0.0002%1 

AI2O3 .  0.0005% )  Analysls 

LITHIUM  Citrate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

0  “  Nitrate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

SO3 .  0.050%-V 

Fe .  0  002%  1  Typical 

AI2O3 .  0  001%(  Analysis 

ci . 0  015%; 

LITHIUM  Sulphate,  c.  p . 

LITMUS,  cubes . 

“  powder . 

LITMUS  .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested  for  Sensitiveness 

LITMUS,  Paper  (See  Test  Paper). 

“  Pencils,  each  with  one  red 

one  blue  point . 

“  Solution  (Indicator) . 

LITMUS  Solution,  according  to  Kubel  and 
Tiemann  in  original  packages.  . 

“  Solution,  according  to  Kubel  and 
Tiemann  in  original  packages .  . 

“  Milk  (Lakmusmolke  kunstlich 


Typical 

Analysis 


per  02. 

cont.  per  lb.  < 

cont. 

sire  pkg. 

per  pkg. 

cent. 

.20 

incl  . 

H  lb. 

.80 

incl 

100  grm. 

.95 

incl 

500  grm. 

2.90 

incl 

.  1.35  cb 

.07 

M  lb. 

.40 

incl 

. 50  cb 

.06 

.06 

Hlb. 

.20 

incl 

.  1.50  cb 

.07 

54  lb. 

.45 

incl 

1.40 

incl  . 

Vi  OZ. 

.25 

incl 

.  1.60 

incl 

. 35 

incl 

. 40 

incl 

1  grm. 

1.50 

incl 

.  1.75  cb 

.09 

.  2.00  cb 

.09 

V\  lb. 

.65 

incl 

.25 

incl  2.50  cb 

.08 

H  lb- 

.75 

incl 

.  2.50  cb 

.08 

K  lb. 

.75 

incl 

.25 

incl  2.50  cb 

.08 

M  lb. 

.75 

incl 

.25 

incl  2.25  cb 

.08 

Mlb. 

.70 

incl 

.04 

. 40  cc 

.04 

.40 

incl  . 

V  lb.  1.25 

incl 

and 


each  .20 


Milk  (Lakmusmolke  kunstlich 


LOGWOOD  Extract . 

LYCOPODIUM . 

LYSOL .  Lehn  &  Fink 

MAGNESITE .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Loss  on  ignition . about  50% 

“MAGNESIUM,  metal,  powder . 

“  metal,  ribbon . 

0  “  metal,  rods . 

0  “  metal,  wire . 

MAGNESIUM  Acetate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Aluminum  Sulphate,  c.  p . 


Kahlbaum 

.  500  grm.  1.80 

incl 

Kahlbaum 

.  1  kilo  3.50 

incl 

Kahlbaum 

.  100  grm.  .25 

incl 

Kahlbaum 

incl 

.  .30  incl  . 

.10  cb  .03  1.20  cb  .08 

. 75  cb  .08 

. 40  incl 

incl 


1  gal.  5.00 
M  lb.  .20 


.25 

.45 

.30 

.45 


incl  2.60 
incl 
incl 
incl 


.90  cb  .10 
.65  cb  .09 


incl 

incl 


M  lb.  .35 
\i  lb.  .25 


incl 

incl 


32 


ARTHUR  H  . _ T  HO  MAS  COMPANY 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


MAGNESIUM 


Ammonium  Chloride,  c.  p 

1.000 


Maker  or  Brand 

Baker  Analyzed 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


.15 

.25 


Baker  Analyzed 


Typical 

Analysis 


Fe .  — u.uuuo%i 

CaO... .  0.001%  (  Typical 

P .  none  (  Analysis 

SO. .  0.001%  } 

MAGNESIUM  Ammonium  Chloride .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . less  than  0.01%  as  SO. 

Heavy  metals . none 

Calcium . less  than  0.005% 

Barium . less  than  0.002% 

Phosphates . less  than  0.001%  as  P2O5 

Arsenates . less  than  0.005%  as  AS2O5 

MAGNESIUM  Ammonium  Phosphate,  c.p.  Baker  Analyzed 
Ammonium  Sulphate,  c.  p.  Baker  Analyzed 

Borate,  c.  p . 

Bromide,  c.  p . 

Carbonate,  pure,  powder. . 

Carbonate,  c.  p.,  basic. . . . 

Fe .  0  001% 

Cl .  0  020% 

SO. .  —0.001% 

CaO .  none 

AI2O, .  0.0002% 

Nitrate .  trace. 

MAGNESIUM  Carbonate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Substances  soluble  in  Water... not  more  than  0.75%, 

Sulphates. .. . . . loss  than  0.0125%  as  SO. ) 

Substances  insoluble  in  Hydrochloric  Acid . non 0/ 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl f  . 

Barium . less  than  0.015%  >  f“a.r  l? 

Calcium . less  than  0.06%  (  Analya,a 

Aluminum . less  than  0.6%  I 

Heavy  metals . nono  I 

Iron . less  than  Q.015%' 

MAGNESIUM  Chloride,  pure,  crystals . 

Chloride,  c.  p.,  crystals. . .  Baker  Analyzed 

NH. .  trace! 

Fe .  0.0003%  (  Typical 

CaO .  0.005%!'  Analysis 

SO. .  0.001%; 

MAGNESIUM  Chloride,  crystals .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Substances  insoluble  in  Alcohol . none  \ 

Sulphates . less  than  0  01%  as  SO3I 

Phosphates . less  than  0.0016%  as  P2O5I 

Arsenates . less  than  0.05%  as  As.Os  \  Guaranteed 

Ammonium  salts. less  than  0.00il%  as  NH3/  Analysis 

Barium . less  than  0.002%  l 

Heavy  metals . none  I 

Calcium . loss  than  0.005%/ 

MAGNESIUM  Chloride,  crystals .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Chloride,  crystals .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.'’ 

Calcium  Oxide  and  Baryta.,  .none,  , 

Heavy  metals . none  I 

Ammonium  salts . nonet 

Sulphate . none  > 

Phosphate . none  { 

Arsenate . none)  J 

Insoluble  in  Alcohol . none  ' 

MAGNESIUM  Chloride,  c.  p.,  fused,  lump 

(Ammonia  free) . 

“  Chloride,  c.  p.,  sticks  (Am¬ 
monia  free) . 

Nitrate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed  .10 

Nitrate,  c.  p.,  fused . 15 

Oxalate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Oxide,  light,  powder . 

Oxide,  heavy,  powder . 

“  Oxide,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.007%  i 

SEE::::::::::::::  3  »S. 

CO. .  1.3%) 

MAGNESIUM  Oxide .  Merck  Blue  Label  ... 

Substances  soluble  in  water _ not  more  than  0.75% 

Substances  insoluble  in  Hydrochloric  Acid . none 

Sulphates . less  than  0.375%  as  SO. 

Chlorides . less  than  0.01%  as  Cl 

Carbonates . less  than  4%  as  CO. 

Nitrogen . not  more  than  0.0056% 

Barium . less  than  0.02% 

Calcium . .  less  than  0.01% 

Heavy  metals . none 

Iron . less  than  0.025%. 

MAGNESIUM  Oxide,  c.  p .  Baker  Special 

CaO .  0.10%-! 

Fe .  0.005%  (Typical 

Cl .  0. 250%  (  Analysis 

30. .  —0.001%.’ 


per  or.  coni.  per  lb,  cont.  size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont. 

. 35  cb  .08  34  lb.  .15  incl 


.80  incl  lb.  .30  incl 


incl 

incl 


1.00  cb  .08 
.35  cb  .08 


34  lb. 
34  lb. 


.25  cc  .05 
.90  cb  .10 


34  lb. 


35  incl 
15  incl 


35  incl 


In  10 
grams 


Certified 

Analysis 


incl 

incl 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


.50 

incl 

34  lb. 

.20 

incl 

.25  cb 

.10 

.30  cb 

.09 

X  lb. 

.17 

incl 

1.00 

incl 

341b. 

.35 

incl 

100  grm. 

.65 

incl 

500  grm. 

1.60 

incl 

.70  cb 

.08 

34  lb. 

.25 

incl 

.80  cb 

.08 

34  lb. 

.25 

incl 

.50  cb 

.09 

341b. 

.20 

incl 

.90  cb 

.09 

341b. 

.35 

incl 

1.25  cb 

.09 

341b. 

.40 

incl 

.60 

incl 

.65 

incl 

1.00  cb 

.12 

341b. 

.35 

incl 

1.00 

incl 

341b. 

.35 

incl 

1.50  cb 

.12 

34  lb. 

.45 

incl 

33 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Maker  or  Brand 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 
per  oz.  cont.  per  lb.  cont. 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


MAGNESIUM 


MAGNESIUM 


.30 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


Typical 

Analysis 

Baker  Analyzed 


Oxide,  free  from  Sulphates  Merck  Blue  Label 

Substances  soluble  in  Water.. ..not  more  than  0.75%' 

Substances  insoluble  in  Hydrochloric  Acid . none 

Chlorides . .less  than  0.01%  as  Cl 

Carbonates . less  than  4%  CCh 

Nitrogen . not  more  than  0.0056% 

Barium . Less  than  0.02% 

Calcium . less  than  0.01% 

Heavy  metals . . . none 

Iron . less  than  0.025% 

Sulphates . less  than  0.016%  as  SOs, 

Oxide  and  Sodium  Carbon¬ 
ate,  c.  p.  (Eschka’s  Mix¬ 
ture)  .  Baker  Analyzed 

MgO .  66  2-3%  ) 

Na2CO> .  33  1-3% 

Fe .  0.004% 

SO. .  0.005%  l 

Cl .  0.350%) 

MAGNESIUM  Phosphate,  c.  p.  (tribasic) 

“  Pyrophosphate,  c.  p . 

“  Sulphate,  pure,  crystals 

(Epsom  Salts) . 

MAGNESIUM  Sulphate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

MAGNESIUM  Sulphate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0005%  as  Cl) 

Phosphates. .  .less  than  0.0016%  as  P.0 5  j 

Arsenates . less  than  0.05%  as  AS2O5V  Guaranteed 

Heavy  metals . none/ Analysis 

Iron . less  than  0.0008%  I 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0015%/ 

MAGNESIUM  Sulphate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Phosphate . none  )  \ 

Arsenate . none  I  j 

Chloride . none)  In  10  '  Certified 

Iron . none/  grams  /  Analysis 

Heavy  metals . none!  I 

Sodium  (flame  reaction). ..none/  / 

MAGNESIUM  Sulphate,  c.  p.,  anhydrous  . 

Tartrate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

MALTINE  (Diastase  of  Malt) . 

MALTOSE . 

“  .  Kahlbaum  . 

MANGANESE,  metal,  comb,  94% . 20  cb 

pure,  fused . 30  cb 

“  Acetate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed  . 

“  Borate,  c.  p . 

MANGANESE  Carbonate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed  . 

A1.G. .  —0.0002%) 

Cl .  0.006% V  TjSSri 

Fe .  0.002%  l  Analysis 

Manganic  Carbonate.. .  trace) 

MANGANESE  Chloride,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed  . 

Fe .  0.001%) 

SO. .  0.001%)  Typical 

CaO .  0.005%/  Analysis 

Free  Cl .  trace/ 

MANGANESE  Chloride .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . less  than  0.01%  as  SO»\ 

Chlorine . less  than  0.0023%  as  Cl  J 

Calcium . less  than  0.03%  f 

Iron . less  than  0.0008%  \  Guaranteed 

Other  foreign  metals . none  /  Analysis 

Salts  of  Magnesium  and  i 

the  alkalies . not  more  than  0.033%  1 

Zinc . less  than  0.2%/ 

MANGANESE  Chloride .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Free  chlorine . nones 

Sulphate . none  \ 

Lime . non  el 

Zine . none)  T  ,n 

Iron . faint  trace  >  A"  Vi 

Other  heavy  metals . none  /  Kram3 

Alkalies  present  after  I 

precipitating . 1 

Manganese . 3.2  mg/ 

MANGANESE  Dioxide,  native,  granular. . 

“  Dioxide,  native,  powder _ 

“  Dioxide,  c.  p.  (Carbon  free) 

“  Dioxide,  tested  reagent. . . . 

“  Metaphosphate,  solution, 

tested  reagent .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nitrate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 


incl 


sirs  pkg. 

M  lb. 


per  pkg.  cont. 

.90  incl 


.65  cb 
.60  cb 


Certified 

Analysis 


Baker  Analyzed 
Merck  Blue  Label 


...  1.00  cb 

.10 

M  lb. 

.35 

incl 

...  .85  cb 

.08 

M  lb. 

.30 

incl 

. . .  1.75  cb 

.08 

. . .  .10  cc 

.05 

.20  cb 

.08 

...  .50 

incl 

J4  lb. 

.20 

incl 

. 

500  grin. 

.85 

incl 

.08 

H\b. 

.20 

incl 

...  2.00  cb 

.08 

y4  lb. 

.65 

incl 

.03  . 

03  . 

10  grm. 

.40 

incl 

.03  . 

.03  .  . 

.08 

lb. 

.35 

incl 

.85  cb 

.10 

...  .70  cb 

.10 

lb. 

.24 

incl 

.08 

Klb. 

.20 

incl 

...  .50 

incl 

!41b. 

.20 

incl 

. 

. . . . 

100  grm. 

.50 

incl 

10  cc 

.04 

. . .  .10  cc 

.04 

...  .75  cb 

.06 

M  lb. 

.25 

incl 

...  .50 

incl 

yib. 

.20 

incl 

...  1.25 

incl 

yib. 

.40 

incl 

...  1.25  gb 

.15 

Mib. 

.40 

incl 

34 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPA  N  Y 


Ounce  and  pound  prices  Price  in  other  size  packages 


MANGANESE 


Oxide,  c.  p.,  hydrated. . . 

Oxide,  c.  p.,  brown . 

Phosphate,  c.  p . 

Sulphate,  pure,  crystals.. 


V 

6( 

V 


MANGANESE 


Fe .  0.002%  i 

Cl .  0.005%  (  Typical 

CaO .  0.050%  (  Analysis 

Na .  trace/ 

MANGANESE  Sulphate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Chlorides . . . less  than  0.002%  as  CL 

Substances  reducing  Potassium  \ 

Permanganate . at  most  a  trace  I 

Iron . less  than  0.0008% 

Zinc . . . less  than  0.2% 

Other  foreign  metals . none 

Salts  of  Magnesium  and 

the  alkalies . not  more  than  0.033% 

Calcium . less  than  0.03% 

Sulphate .  Ivahlbaum 

Sulphate .  Kahlbaum 

Lime . none 

Zinc . none 

Iron . none 

Other  metals . none 

Chloride . trace 

Alkaline  residue  present  after  pre¬ 
cipitating  Manganese . 4.4  mg. 

MANGANESE  Sulphide,  c.  p 
MANGANESE  Tartrate,  c.  p. 

MANNITE . 

MANNOSE . '.  . 

MARBLE  LUMPS 

bonate . 

MELETOSE  (See  Raffinose) 

MERCURY .  . 

redistilled . 

U 


Maker  or  Brand 

per  02,  cont.  per  lb. 

coot. 

size  pkg. 

per  pkg. 

cont. 

Baker  Analyzed 

. 50  cb 

.08 

M  lb.  .20 

incl 

.  1.00  cb 

.08 

H  lb- 

.35 

incl 

Baker  Analyzed 

.  2.00  cb 

. 38  cb 

.10 

.09 

A  lb. 

.65 

incl 

Baker  Analyzed 

. 45  cb 

.07 

Mlb. 

.20 

incl 

.60  incl  A  lb.  .25  incl 


In  10 
grams 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


“C.f.A.” 

“C.f.A.” 


Certified 

Analysis 


100  grm.  .60  incl 
500  grm.  1.15  incl 


(See  Calcium  Car- 


Foreign  metals . none 

MERCURY  Acetate,  c.  p.  (ic) . 

“  Acetate,  c.  p.  (ous) . 

Bichloride,  crystals  (Corrosive 

Sublimate) . 

Bichloride,  powder  (Corrosive 
Sublimate) . 


Baker  Analyzed 

.  2.50  cb 

.  2.80  cb 

.30  cc  .04  3.25 

.08 

.08 

incl 

y\h. 
A  lb. 

.75 

.80 

incl 

incl 

10  grm. 

3.00 

incl 

. 80  ig 

.05 

.05 

Merck  Blue  Label 

.  1.60 

incl 

M  lb. 

.50 

incl 

.25 

incl  2.50  gb 

.08 

Klb. 

.75 

incl 

.30 

incl  . 

. 90  cc 

.04 

. 90  cc 

.04 

Baker  Analyzed 

.20 

incl  1.75  cb 

.06 

lA\  b. 

.60 

incl 

Fe .  0.0005%'j 

SOi .  — 0.001%  (  Typical 

Mercurous  Salt .  trace/"  Analysis 

Nonvolatile  matter .  0.004%/ 

MERCURY  Bichloride . . . .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Foreign  metals  not  precipitated  j 

by  Hydrogen  Sulphide . less  than  0.01% 

Arsenic . . . less  than  0.008% 

Mercurous  Chloride  and  other  substances 
insoluble  in  Ether . none ) 

MERCURY  Bichloride .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Bichloride .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Insoluble  in  Ether . trace) 

Arsenic . none 


.25  incl 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


^2  lb.  1.20  incl 


100  grm.  1.10  incl 
500  grm.  3.60  incl 


In  10 


Certified 

Analysis 


MERCURY 

U 


Foreign  substances,  .unweighable)  ®rams 

Bromide,  c.  p . 35 

Chloride,  powder  (ous) . 

“  Chloride,  c.  p.  (ous) .  Baker  Analyzed  .20 

Nonvolatile  matter .  0.0005%)  T  ■  , 

Fe .  0  0002%  i  TjggJL 

Mercuric  Salt .  trace)  ’ 

MERCURY  Iodide,  c.  p.,  red  (ic) . 30 

Iodide,  (ous) . 30 

“  Nitrate,  c.  p.  (ic) .  Baker  Analyzed  .15 

Nonvolatile  matter .  0 . 003% ) 

Fe .  0.0004%f  Xvnical 

IS,:::::::::::::::::::::::::::  SS  2S1 

Cl .  0.0001%) 


incl  . 

. . 95  cb  .06 

incl  1.75  cb  .06 


incl  . 

incl  . 

incl  1.50  gb  .12 


A  lb.  .60  incl 


“MERCURY  Nitrate,  c.  p.  (ous) . ^  Baker  Analyzed 

“MERCURY 


Nonvolatile  matter .  0.003%)  T  >  . 

Mercuric  Salt .  trace}-  , 

Fe .  0.0001%)  Ana,ys18 


Nitrate  (ous) .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter. . .  .less  than  0.025% )  Guaranteed 
Mercuric  salts . at  most  a  trace  )  Analysis 


.15 


.30 


incl  1.50  gb  .12 
incl  . 


A  lb.  .45  incl 

A.  lb.  .45  inc  1 

y2  lb.  1.50  incl 


35 


ARTHUR  H.  T  HOMAS  COMPANY 


% 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


i  \ 

I 

<  l 


MERCURY  Oxide,  c.  p.,  red  (ic) . 

Nonvolatile  matter .  0.008% 

Fe .  0.002% 

Nitrate .  trace 

Pb . 

Cl .  0.0001%l 

SO. .  o.ooi%; 

MERCURY  Oxide,  red  (ic) . 

Nonvolatile  matter _ less  than  0.025%) 


Nitrates . less  than  0.016%  as  N2O5/ 

MERCURY  Oxide,  c.  p.,  yellow,  (ic)  Hy- 


Non volatile  matter .  0.010%1 

Nitrate .  none/ 


Cl .  .  tracel 

SO. .  0.250%) 


Nonvolatile  matter _ less  than  0.025%A 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl 

Sulphates . less  than  0.175%  as  S 

Nitrates . less  than  0.016%  as  N.Osl 


MERCURY 

MERCURY 


Nonvolatile  matter. . . .  unweighable  j 

Nitric  Acid . none/ 

Chlorides . none  > 

Sulphuric  Acid . nonel 

Iron . none  * 

Oxide,  c.  p.,  (ous) . 


Tested  for . Solubility 

Sulphate,  c.  p.  (ic) . 

Sulphate,  c.  p.  (ous) . 

“  Sulphide,  c.  p.  (ic) . 

MERCURY  Thiocyanate,  c.  p.  (ic) . 

METAL,  Devarda’s  Alloy,  for  reductions. 

Copper .  50% 


Aluminum .  45% 

Zinc .  5% 


t 

H 


METAL, 


Nitrogen . not  more  than  0.0056% 


Bismuth .  2  parts') 

Lead .  1  part  ( 

Tin .  1  part  ( 

M.  P .  93.75*0.) 


Bismuth . 4  parts) 

. Typical 

Cadmium.  ....  ...i!  1  part  i  Analysis 

M.  P .  60  5°C  ' 


Maker  cr  trend 

per  oz. 

cont.  per  lb. 

cont. 

size  pkj. 

per  pkg. 

cont. 

Baker  Analyzed 

.20 

incl  1.70  cb 

.06 

34  lb. 

.60 

incl 

Typical 

Analysis 

Merck  Blue  Label 

.25 

incl  . 

34  lb- 

1.20 

incl 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 

Baker  Analyzed 

.20 

incl  2.00  cb 

.16 

34  lb. 

.65 

incl 

Typical 

Analysis 

Merck  Blue  Label 

.25 

incl  . 

34  lb. 

1.40 

incl 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 

Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

100  grm. 

1.15 

incl 

Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 
\ 

. 

. . . . 

500  grm. 

3.70 

incl 

10  [  Certified 
ims  1  Analysis 

.  2.00  cb 

.07 

34  lb. 

.65 

incl 

Merck  Blue  Label 

.65 

incl  ...... 

34  oz. 

.25 

incl 

Baker  Analyzed 

.  1.75  cb 

.06 

34  lb. 

.60 

incl 

Baker  Analyzed 

.  2.00  cb 

.06 

341b. 

.65 

incl 

.  1.50  cb 

.06 

34  lb. 

.45 

incl 

Baker  Analyzed 

.25 

incl  2.50  cb 

.0/ 

34  lb. 

.75 

incl 

Baker  Analyzed 

.  1.50 

incl 

34  lb. 

.45 

incl 

Typical 

Analysis 

Merck  Blue  Label 

.35 

incl  . 

34  lb. 

1.00 

incl 

Baker  Analyzed 

.30 

incl  3.00 

incl 

34lb. 

.95 

incl 

Typical 

Analysis 

Baker  Analyzed 

.30 

incl  3.00 

incl 

34lb. 

.95 

incl 

M.  P .  60.5°C 

METAPHEN YLENEDIAMINE,  pure 
crystals . 

METAPHENYLENEDI  AMINE  HYDRO¬ 
CHLORIDE  . 

Inorganic  impurities . less  than  0.05% 

METHYL  Acetate,  c.  p . 

“  Iodide . 

“  Orange,  true  indicator . 

“  Orange,  indicator . 

Tested  for  Sensitiveness. 

METHYL  Red,  indicator . 

“  Red,  indicator . 

Tested  for  Sensitiveness. 

METHYLENE  Iodide . 

METOL,  Hauffs . 

MICROCOSMIC  SALT  (See  Sodium  Am¬ 
monium  Phosphate) . 

M  LK  SUGAR  (See  Lactose) . 

MOLYBDENUM,  metal  powder,  95% . 

Wire,  No.  28  B  &  S  gauge 

“  Oxide,  pure  (mono) . 

NAHRSTOFF,  Heydens,  in  original  tins. 
NAPHTHALENE,  white,  sublimed,  flakes 
NAPHTHALENE,  c.  p.,  purified  by  Alcohol 

NAPHTHOL  (alpha) . 

(alpha)  recrystallized  . 

(beta)  resublimed . 

Nitroso-beta . 


. 85  cb  .03 

Merck  Blue  Label  1.00  incl 
Baker  Analyzed 


Merck  Blue  Label 

Merck  Blue  Label 
Merck  Blue  Label 


.30  incl 
.65  gb  .05 
.50  incl 
.50  incl 


1.25  gb  .05 
.65  incl 


40  cb  .03 


1 


Baker  Analyzed 


« 

« 

U 


oz.  .30  incl 


34  oz.  .20  incl 


34  oz.  1.25 
15  grn.  .50 


00  cb  .03 


. 10  cc  .04 

. 75  cb  .09 

. 6  cb  .08 

20  cb  .04  2.00  cb  .08 
10  cb  .03  .50  cb  .08 
00  incl  . 


Per  foot  .30 
34  lb.  1.50 


incl 

incl 


incl 

incl 


36 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Ounce  and  pound  prices  Price  in  other  size  packages 


NAPHTHYLAMINE  (alpha),  pure . 

(beta),  pure . 

Chloride  (alpha),  pure 
Chloride  (beta),  pure 

NESSLER’S  TEST  SOLUTION . 

NICKEL,  metal,  98-9,)%,  cubes  or  granular 
metal,  pure,  sheet  such  as  used 
for  making  boats  for  the  di¬ 
rect  combustion  o  iron  and 
steel,  No.  26  B  &  S  gauge. . . . 

metal,  wire . 

metal,  pure . 

metal,  c.  p.  (Cobalt  free) . 

metal,  for  anodes,  cast  in  follow¬ 
ing  sizes:  200  x  100  x  4  mm. 

and  200  x  100  x  5  mm . 

metal,  for  anodes,  forged,  200  x 

100  x  2  mm . 

NICKEL  Acetate,  c.  p . 

Ammonium  Sulphate,  pure 

crystals . 

Ammonium  Sulphate,  c.  p . 

Carbonate,  c.  p . 

Chloride,  pure  crystals . 

NICKEL  Chloride,  c.  p . 


Fe .  0.0001%^ 

Cu .  none! 

Co .  0.02%  | 

SOj  .  none." 


NICKEL  Chloride,  c.  p.  (Cobalt  free) 

Nitrate,  c.  p . 

Nitrate,  c.  p.,  (Cobalt  free). , 
Oxide,  c.  p.,  green . 


Fe .  0.002%-j 

Co .  trace! 

Cu .  nonef 

SOs .  0.150%; 


NICKEL  Oxide,  black,  pure . 

Sulphate,  pure,  crystals . 

Sulphate,  c.  p . 

Fe . .  0. 

Cu . . .  nonet 

Co .  0.005%  ( 

Cl .  o.ooi%; 


NICKEL  Sulphate,  c.  p.  (Cobalt  free) . 

NINHYDRIN . 

NITROBENZ ALDEHYDE,  Ortho,  tested 

reagent . 

“  Ortho,  tested 

reagent . 

NITROBENZENE,  (solvent) . 

NITROBENZOL,  twice  rectified,  (Oil  of 

Mirbane) . 

NITRON,  tested  reagent . 

NITROPHENOL,  Ortho,  tested  reagent.. 

Para,  tested  reagent _ 

NITROSOBETANAPHTHOL . 

“  tested  reagent 

NORMAL  SOLUTIONS  (See  Solutions)... 
NUTROSE  (Casein-Sodium)  in  original 

package . 

OIL,  Aniline  (See  Aniline) . 

“  Bergamot,  hand  pressed . 

“  Cajeput,  rectified . 

“  Cedar,  for  use  as  a  clearing  agent  in 

microscopy . 

“  Cedar,  Special,  for  use  as  clearing 
agent  in  microscopy,  guaran¬ 
teed  to  mix  with  alcohol  in  all 
proportions  without  cloudi¬ 
ness . 

“  Cedar,  Special  for  Immersion  Ob¬ 
jectives . . 

“  Cedar,  Special  for  Immersion  Ob¬ 
jectives.  . . 

“  Cloves,  twice  rectified . 


Maker  or  Brand  per  02.  cont.  per  lb.  cont.  size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont. 

. 30  cb  .04  . 

. 40  cb  .03  . 

. 30  cb  .03  . 

. 25  cb  .03  . 

. 15  incl  1.10  incl  . 

.  1.10  cc  .04  . 


.20  incl  2.00  incl 
.30  incl  3.00  incl 

.75  incl  . 

2.00  incl  . 


....  i.00 

incl 

....  1.00 

incl 

Baker  Analyzed 

.20 

incl  1.60  cb 

.08 

Mlb. 

.60 

incl 

. 20  cc 

.04 

Baker  Analyzed 

. 75  cb 

.08 

M  lb. 

.25 

incl 

Baker  Analyzed 

.25 

incl  2.50  cb 

.10 

M  lb. 

.75 

incl 

. 75  cb 

.08 

Baker  Analyzed 

....  1.50  cb 

.08 

H\b. 

.45 

incl 

Typical 

Analysis 

Baker  Special 

.30 

incl  . 

Baker  Analyzed 

.15 

incl  .90  cb 

.08 

Mlb. 

.35 

incl 

Baker  Special 

.30 

incl  . 

Baker  Analyzed 

....  1.50  cb 

.09 

Mlb. 

.45 

incl 

Typical 

Analysis 

.20  cb 

.03  1.25  cb 

.08 

. 26  cb 

.09 

Baker  Analyzed 

....  1.50  cb 

.08 

M  lb. 

.45 

incl 

Typical 

Analysis 

Baker  Special 

.40 

incl  . 

To  grm. 

.25 

incl 

Merck  Blue  Label 

M  oz. 

.75 

incl 

Merck  Blue  Label 

15  grn. 

.25 

incl 

Baker  Analyzed 

.30  cb 

.08 

. 25  cb. 

08 

Merck  Blue  Label 

4.00 

incl  . 

Vs  oz. 

.60 

incl 

Merck  Blue  Label 

.55 

incl  . 

Voz. 

.20 

incl 

Merck  Blue  Label 

.55 

incl  . 

H  oz. 

.20 

incl 

1.00 

incl  . 

Merck  Blue  Label 

1.00 

incl  . 

V  oz. 

.30 

incl 

H\b. 

1.00 

incl 

.60 

incl  7.50  cb 

.08 

.  ...  1.25  cb 

.08 

.90  cb  .08 


1.50  cb  .08 


. 25  cb 

.03  3.00  cb  .08 

Zeiss . 

• 

J/£oz.  .30 

inc 

. 25  cb 

.03  2.75  cb  08 

37 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Prico  in  other  size  packages 


Maker  or  Brand 


OIL  Cottonseed . 

°  “  Linseed,  raw . 

°  “  Linseed,  boiled . 

“  Mirbane  (See  Nitrobenzole) . 

“  Olive,  Lucca  Cream . 

“  Origanum,  Creticum . 

“  Paraffine,  white,  pure . 

“  Sperm . . 

“  Turpentine  (See  Turpentine) . 

ORCIN,  pure  crystals . 

ORPIMENT,  (See  Ar  enic  Sulphide) . 

ORTOL . . . 

OXGALL,  neutral,  freshly  precipitated  for 

bacteriological  use . 

*“OXONE,”  for  generating  Oxygen . 

“OXYGEN,  gas,  99%  pure,  as  used  in  cal¬ 
orimetry,  carbon  combustions 
in  steel,  etc.  Guaranteed  to 
be  free  from  the  Oxides  of  Car¬ 
bon,  Hydrocarbons,  Chlorine 
and  other  deleterious  sub¬ 
stances.  Furnished  in  seam¬ 
less  steel  cylinders.  Made  in 
accordance  with  the  require¬ 
ments  of  the  Interstate  Com¬ 
merce  Commission.  The  price 
includes  one  cylinder,  con¬ 
taining  70  cu.  ft.  at  1800  lbs. 
pressure  at  68°  F.  These  cyl¬ 
inders  are  returnable  for  re¬ 
filling  only . 

"OXYGEN,  gas,  97%,  at  1000  lbs.  pressure 
gas,  97%,  at  1000  lbs.  pressure 

gas  cylinder  connections . 

These  cylinders  returnable  for 
credit  or  refilling. 

OZOKERITE,  black . . . 

PALLADIUM,  sheets  or  wire . 

Copper  and  Iron . none 

PALLADIUM,  black . 

“  black . 

Copper  and  Iron . nono 

PALLADIUM  Chloride,  tested  reagent . . . 

Chloride,  tested  reagent. . . 

Nitrate,  tested  reagent . 

“  Nitrate,  tested  reagent . 

Sodium  Chloride,  tested  re¬ 
agent . 

Sodium  Chloride,  tested  re¬ 
agent  . 

PALM  Oil  Soap . 

PANCIREATIN,  active . 

PAPER,  (See  Test  Paper) . 

PARAFFINE,  domestic,  melting  point 

about  43  °C . 

domestic,  melting  point 

about  52°C . 

(For  imported  Paraffine 
melting  at  other  tempera¬ 
tures,  see  Imbedding  Media.) 

PARA-AMIDO-ACETOPHENON  . . 

PARA-DIMETHYL-AMIDO-BENZALDE- 

HYDE  for  Ehrlich’s  test . 

PARA-PHENYLENEDI AMINE,  pure  cryst. 

Hydrochloride.. 

“PARALDEHYDE . 

PARCHMENT  Paper,  thin . 

“  Paper,  medium . 

“  Paper,  heavy.  .* . 


por  oz.  cont. 

per  lb. 

cont. 

.15  cb 

.08 

.20  cb 

.08 

.20  cb 

.08 

.60  cb 

.08 

30  cb  .03. 

4.00  cb 

.08 

.20  cb 

.08 

.20  cb 

.08 

size  pkg. 


per  pkg.  cont. 


.75  incl 


1  gal.  3.50  incl 


1  grm.  .15  incl 


H  lb.  2.25 
2  1b.  1.50 


incl 

incl 


Merck  Blue  Label 

Merck  Blue  Label 
Merck  Blue  Label 

Merck  Blue  Label 
Merck  Blue  Label 
Merck  Blue  Label 
Merck  Blue  Label 

Merck  Blue  Label 

Merck  Blue  Label 


.60  incl 


17.80  .  incl 

40  gal.  2.25  cyl.  6.00 
100  gal.  5.00  cyl.  12.00 


.25  incl 


.  1.75 

1  gr.  .30 

incl 

5  gr.  1.50 

15  gr.  4.25 

incl 

incl 

5  gr.  1.10 

15  gr.  3.00 

5  gr.  .85 

15  gr.  2.25 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

5  gr.  .65 

incl 

15  gr.  1.75 

incl 

cake  .10 

incl 

.15  incl 
.15  incl 


4.50  cb.  03 


.80  gb 
1.00  gb 


.04 

.05 


10  grm.  1.00  incl 


.75  cb 

.09 

.40 

incl 

.40 

incl 

.40 

incl 

38 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Maker  or  Brand 

PARCHMENT  Paper,  for  dialyzing,  No.  0, 
sheet  26  x  39  in.,  as  used  in 
the  manufacture  of  biolog¬ 
ical  products  such  as  Anti¬ 
toxin,  etc.,  and  not  to  be 
confused  with  the  parch¬ 
ment  paper  of  commerce . 

PEPSIN,  powder  or  scales,  U.  S.  P . 

PEPTONE,  for  preparation  of  culture 

media .  Witte . 

for  preparation  of  culture 
media,  in  original  tins  of  10 

kilos .  Witte . 

from  meat,  dry . 

Silk  (Seiden  peptone),  for  Ab- 

derhalden  Test . 

Silk  (Seiden  peptone),  for  Ab- 

derhalden  Test . 

Silk  (Seiden  peptone),  for  Ab- 

derhalden  Test . 

Placenta,  for  Abderhalden 

Test . 

PETROLATUM,  white . 

yellow . 

"PETROLEUM,  Ether  (Sec  Ether) . 

PHENACETOLIN,  Indicator .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Indicator .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested  for . Sensitiveness 

PHENOL  (See  Acid  Carbolic) . 

PHENOLPHTHALEIN,  pure . 

PHENOLPHTHALEIN,  .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested  for...  Proper  solubility  in  AlcoholA 

Tested  for . Sensitiveness"  Guaranteed 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.1%  j  Analysis 

Fluorane . none " 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 
per  or.  cont.  per  lb.  cont. 


.35  cb  .04 


.30  cb  .03  3.25  cb  .09 


.25  cb  .04 


.25  cb  incl 
.35  incl 


.25  incl 
.15  incl 


2.00  cb  incl 


Merck  Blue  Label 


.25 

.55 


PHENYLHYDRAZINE . 

PHEN  YLHYDRAZINE . 

Tested  for . Proper  solubility 

PHENYLHYDRAZINE  HYDROCHLORIDE . 35 

PHENOLSULPHONEPHTHALEIN,  in 

original  box  of  10  ampoules . 

PHLOROGLUCIN,  for  Giinsburg’s  reagent  .  4.00 

PHI.OROGLUCIN .  Merck  Blue  Label  . . . 

“  .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Diresorcin . none 

PHOSPHORUS,  red,  amorphous . 15 

1  '  15 


gb  .07 
incl 

gb  .07 
incl 


2.75  gb  .14 


.20 

.20 

.15 

.15 


yellow,  sticks 

*  “  yellow,  sticks,  i%"  for  gas 

analysis . 

“  Oxychloride . 

“  Pentachloride . 

“  Trichloride . 

PITH,  for  imbedding . 

PLASTER  PARIS  (See  Calcium  Sulphate)  . 

PLATINUM,  metal,  foil  or  wire  (Prices  on 
application) . 

PLATINUM,  metal,  sheets  or  wire .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Foreign  metals . at  most  a  trace  I  Guaranteed 

Silver . none}  Analysis 

PLATINUM,  black .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Foreign  metals . at  most  a  trace  )  Guaranteed 

Sil  ver . none  j  A  naly sis 

PLATINUM,  Sponges  ,  set  in  rings . 

“  Asbestos,  5% . 

Chloride  (ic) . 22.50 

Chloride,  c.  p.,  solution  5% . 2.00 

Chloride,  c.  p.,  solution  10% . 3.25 

PLATINUM  Chloride .  Merck  Blue  Label  . . . 

“  Chloride .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested  for . Solubility  in  Absolute  Alcohol  \ 

Metals  soluble  in  Nitric  Acid  . .  .not  more  than  0.25%  f  Guaranteed 

Sulphates .  less  than  0.0075%  as  SO,  S  Analvs"s 

Nitrates. . .  : . less  than  0.08%  as  NsO&l 

Barium  Salts . less  than  0.002%  as  Ba  ' 

PLATINUM  Crucibles,  Dishes  (See  Appa¬ 
ratus  catalogue) . 


cb  .04 
cn  .04 

incl 
incl 
incl 
incl 


1.20  cb  .09 
.90  incl 

2.00  incl 
2.00  gb  .15 
1.50  gb  .15 
1.50  gb  .15 


.10  cc  .04 


4.50 


incl 
cb  .04 
incl 
incl 


Price  in  other  size  packages 
size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont. 


sheet  .30  incl 


67.50  incl 


1  grm. 

.50 

incl 

5  grm. 

2.00 

incl 

10  grm. 

3.75 

incl 

1  grm. 

5.50 

incl 

5  lb. 

1.10 

incl 

5  lb. 

.50 

incl 

s  oz. 

.25 

incl 

Hoz. 

.75 

incl 

H  lb. 

1.25 

incl 

X  oz. 

.25 

incl 

1.00 

incl 

15  gr. 

.25 

incl 

X  oz. 

1.25 

incl 

15  gr. 

.25 

incl 

X  lb. 

.30 

incl 

X  lb. 

.65 

incl 

Klb- 

.75 

incl 

X  lb. 

.45 

incl 

X  lb. 

.45 

incl 

pkge 

.10 

incl 

1  gr. 

.28 

incl 

5  gr. 

1.50 

incl 

each 

.80 

incl 

|  oz.  5.00  incl 
15  gr.  1.75  incl 


39 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


Maker  or  Brand 

PLATINUM  Potassium  Chloride  (ic)  (Po¬ 
tassium  Chloroplatinate) . 

“  Potassium  Chloride  (ous)  (Po¬ 
tassium  Chloroplatinite) . 

It  is  recommended  that  quotations  on 
Platinum  and  Platinum  salts  be  secured  in 
advance  on  account  of  market  fluctuations 
in  price. 

POIRRIER’S  BLUE,  C<B,  indicator .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested  for . Sensitiveness 

♦POTASSIUM,  metal,  balls . 

“  Acetate,  purified,  granular, 

grade  recommended  for 
preparation  of  Kaiserling 
solution  : . 

POTASSIUM  Acetate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

- 

Typical 
l  Analysis 


Fe . 

. -0.0904% 

Cl . 

.  0.0005% 

Na . 

CaO . 

SO, . 

.  0.001% 

Baker  Special 
Merck  Blue  Label 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 

Baker  Analyzed 


POTASSIUM  Acetate,  c.  p.,  anhydrous... 

POTASSIUM  Acetate  Solution,  about  33% 

Chlorides _ less  than  0.0005  %as  Cl 

Sulphates  . . .  .less  than  0.01%  as  SO, 

Heavy  metals . none} 

Iron . less  than  0.00015%! 

Calcium . less  than  0.002% ' 

POTASSIUM  Ammonium  Sulphate,  c.  p 

“  Antimonate,  c.  p . . . . 

“  Antimonate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested  for _ Suitability  as  a  reagent  for  Sodium 

POTASSIUM  Arsenate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.001%'i 

SO, .  — 0.001%  (  Typical 

Cl .  0  001%  (  Analysis 

CaO .  0.010%; 

POTASSIUM  Arsenite,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0,0015%  ! 

Cl .  0.001% l  Typical 

SO, .  0.002%  (  Analysis 

CaO .  0.001%; 

POTASSIUM  Bicarbonate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.0005%  l 

SiO, .  0.001%f 

CaO .  0.005%} 

Cl .  0.002%l 

so, . — o.ooi%i 

POTASSIUM  Bicarbonate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . less  than  0.004%  as  SO,\ 

Chlorides . less  than  0.00075%  as  Cl  1 

Nitrates . less  than  0.0011%  as  NjO tl 

Silica . ? . nonef 

Calcium . less  than  0.001%  \ 

Aluminum . less  than  0.04%  /  Analysis 

Heavy  metals . none 

Phosphates . less  than  0.004%  as  P,0, 

Iron . less  than  0.0008% 

Residue  on  ignition .  69% 


Typical 

Analysis 


Guaranteed 


Certified 

Analysis 


“  Bicarbonate .  Kahlbaum 

Chloride . none- 

Sulphate . none 

Nitrate . none 

Phosphate . none 

Lime . none 

Alumina . none  , 

Heavy  metals  (Iron,  etc.).  ..none/  grams 

Silica . none! 

Residue  on  ignition .  69.04%1 

Content .  99.64%/ 

Moisture . rem  ai  nder 

POTASSIUM  Bichromate,  crystals . 

Bichromate,  powder . 

Bichromate,  c.  p.,  crystals. . 

“  Bichromate,  c.  p.,  powder  . . 

Cl .  —0.001% 


: 

l\  In  10  \ 

I 


‘C.f.A.” 


Baker  Analyzed 
Baker  Analj'zed 


Typical 

Analysis 


SO, .  —0.001% 

_  CaO .  none, 

POTASSIUM  Bichromate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . less  than  0.029%  as  SO,) 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0025%  as  Cl "  Guaranteed 

Alumina . less  than  0.1%  as  Al/  Analysis 

Alkaline  earths.. .less  than  0.005%  as  Ca/ 


POTASSIUM 


per  oz. 

cont. 

per  lb, 

cont. 

size  pkg.  per  pkg. 

cont. 

15  gr.  1.40 

incl 

.28.50 

15  gr.  1.45 

incl 

1.25 

incl 

H  oz.  .40 

incl 

.  1.25  gb 

.10  15.00  gb 

.18 

oz.  .35  gb 

i  .08 

.35  cb 

.08 

.65  cb 

.09 

VA  lb.  .24 

incl 

.15 

incl 

.90  gb 

.09 

y  lb.  .35 

incl 

.50 

incl 

K  lb.  .20 

incl 

.45  cb 

.08 

y\b.  .20 

incl 

UO  cb 

.07 

yA  lb.  .40 

incl 

.20 

i  ncl 

H  lb.  1.10 

incl 

.80  cb 

.07 

M  lb.  .30 

incl 

.80  cb 

.07 

M  lb.  .30 

incl 

.35  cb 

.07 

M  lb.  .18 

incl 

.40 

incl 

y  lb.  .20 

incl 

>} 

100  grm.  .45 

incl 

1 1 

500  grm.  .80 

incl 

.15  cc 

.04 

.20  cc 

.04 

.45  cb 

.07 

y  lb.  .20 

incl 

.50  cb 

.07 

y  lb.  .20 

incl 

.60 

incl 

y\b.  .25 

incl 

n 

100  grm.  .55 

incl 

40 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


POTASSIUM 


POTASSIUM 

U 

POTASSIUM 

M 


Maker  or  Brand 

C.f.A.” 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 
per  oz.  cont.  per  ib.  co.it. 


In  10 
grams 


Certified 

Analysis 


Typical 

Analysis 


POTASSIUM 

POTASSIUM 

POTASSIUM 

POTASSIUM 


POTASSIUM 

POTASSIUM 

l i 

POTASSIUM 

U 

POTASSIUM 


POTASSIUM 


POTASSIUM 


POTASSIUM 


POTASSIUM 

M 


Bichromate .  Kahlbaum 

Content . found  99.97%  i 

Sulphates . none / 

Chlorides . traced 

Alkaline  earths . nonet 

Alumina . none*  j 

Bichromate,  c.  p.,  fused . 

Biniodate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Chlorates _ less  than  0.15%  as  ChOs 

Binoxalate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Bisulphate,  pure,  crystals . 

Bisulphate,  c.  p.,  crystals. .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.0007%' 

SiOj .  0.005% 

Cl .  —0.001% 

AljOs .  —0.001% 

Acidity  (HjSO.) . „  36.5% 

Bisulphate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Heavy  metals . none)  ouaranfeeH 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl  V  V"a,™£eed 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0015%  )  Ana,y8ls 

Bisulphate,  crystals .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A 

Content found  100.01%  1 

Arsenic . none'  In  10  (..Certified 

Heavy  metals . none  (  grams  /  Analysis 

Chlorides . slight  trace'  / 

Bisulphate,  c.  p.,  fused 

(Pyro) .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.0004%  i 

SiO, .  — 0.001%/  Typical 

Cl .  -°  0001%rAnalv^i9 

Acidity  (HjSO.) .  35.2%l  Analys,s 

CaO .  none  * 

Bisulphite,  granular . 

Bisulphite,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.0003%\ 

AljOs  .  0.0002%  J 

CaO .  — 0.001%  V  Typical 

MgO .  —0.001%/  Analysis 

Cl .  —0.001%  l 

SOj  (available) .  48  4%’ 

Bisulphite,  meta .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Chlorides  . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl )  Guaranteed 

Heavy  metals . None!- 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0002%)  Analys,s 

Bitartrate,  crude  (Argols) . 

Bitartrate,  pure,  powder 

(Cream  Tartar) . . 

Bitartrate,  c.  p.,  crystals. . .  Baker  Analyzed 

Bitartrate,  c.  p.,  powder _  Baker  Analyzed 

Bitartrate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Moisture . none 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl 

Sulphates . less  than  0.035%  as  SO» 

Ammonium 

compounds. . .less  than  0.00175%  as  NHa 

Calcium . less  than  0.025% 

Heavy  metals . none 

Borate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Bromate . 

Bromate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Bromide . none  i 

COj . nonet  Typical 

Cl .  —0.001%  /  Analysis 

SOj . none/ 

Bromate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Potassium  Bromide. .  less  than  0.04% 

Bromide,  crystals  or  powder  . 

Bromide,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Cl . trace  ) 

S03 .  -0.001% 

Na . trace 

Fe .  0.0002% 

Bromate . none 

Bromide .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Potassium  Carbonate _ less  than  0.04%\ 

Potassium  Bromate . less  than  0.004%  i 

Heavy  metals . none  f 

Sulphates . less  than  0.00125%  as  SOj  \Guaranleed 

Barium  salts . less  than  0.002%  Ba /Analysis 

Iodides . less  than  0.1%Il 

Excess  of  Potassium  1 

Chloride . not  more  than  1.3%/ 

Carbonate  (Pearl  Ash)  90% 

Carbonate,  pure,  powder . 


Price  In  other  size  packages 
size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont, 

500  grm.  1.00  incl 


.85  incl 


.75  cb 

.07 

J*  lb. 

.25 

incl 

X  oz- 

.30 

incl 

.50  cb 

.08 

X  lb- 

.20 

incl 

.35  cb 

.09 

.40  cb 

.08 

X  lb. 

.20 

incl 

.GO 

incl 

X  lb. 

.25 

incl 

200  grm. 

.65 

incl 

.60  cb 

.07 

Mlb. 

.22 

incl 

.40  cb 

.09 

.75  cb 

.08 

X  lb. 

.25 

incl 

.80 

incl 

5*  lb. 

.30 

incl 

.20 


incl 


.10  cc  .04 

.35  cc  .04 
.75  cb  .09 
.80  cb  .09 


X  lb. 

.25 

incl 

X  lb. 

.25 

incl 

X  lb. 

1.00 

incl 

.Guaranteed 

/Analysis 


Typical 
’  Analysis 


.  1.00  cb 

. 75  cb 

.OS 

.09 

X  lb- 

.35 

incl 

.25 

incl  2.25  cb 

.07 

X  ib. 

.75 

incl 

.30 

incl  . 

X  lb. 

1.00 

incl 

. 51  cc 

.04 

.07 

X  lb. 

.25 

incl 

.  1.00 

incl 

X\b. 

.35 

incl 

.12  cb  .08 
.(8  cl)  .08 


41 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Ounce  and  pound  prices  Price  in  other  size  packages 

Maker  or  Brand  per  oz.  cont.  per  lb.  cont.  size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont. 


POTASSIUM  Carbonate,  c.  p.,  crystals  .  .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.0004%  I 

AUOa .  '0.0002%  J 

SiOs .  0.003%  \  Typical 

CaO .  —0.001%/  Analysis 

Cl .  0.002%  l 

SOj .  -0.001%./ 

POTASSIUM  Carbonate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Heavy  metals . . . none\ 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0075%  as  SOi  J 

Nitrates . less  than  0.08%  as  NiOtl 

Potassium  Cyanide _ less  than  0.048%CNl 

Sulphides . less  than  0.02%S  \Guaranteed 

Sulphites . less  than  0.008%  as  SO2 /Analysis 

Thiosulphates _ less  than  0.08%  as  K2S2O1I 

Phosphates . less  than  0.004%  as  PaO.I 

Silicates . none* 

Aluminum . less  than  0.04%  I 

Calcium . less  than  0.001%/ 

POTASSIUM  Carbonate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

“  Carbonate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 


POTASSIUM 


Content  K2CO3. 

...  97. 15%\ 

H2O  . . . 

. . .  2.88%,  V 

100.03%  I 

Chloride . 

slight  trace  / 

Sulphate . 

Phosphate . 

. none(  I 

Silicate . 

Nitrate . 

Alkaline  earths. . 

Cyanide . 

Alumina . 

Sulphite,  Sulphide  and  f 

Thiosulphate. . 

Heavv  metals... 

Carbonate,  c. 

p.,  anhydrous 

Fe . 

.  0.0003% 

AI2O3 . 

.  0.0001% 

SiO. . 

.  0.005% 

CaO . 

.  0.001% 

Cl . 

.  0.002% 

SO. . 

.  0.020%, 

\Oertified 

''Analysis 


Baker  Analyzed 


>  Typical 
Analysis 

Baker  Special 


>  Guaranteed 
Analysis 


POTASSIUM  Carbonate,  c.  p.,  anhydrous 

SO. .  0.001% 

POTASSIUM  Carbonate,  solution,  about 

33% .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested  for  the  same  substances  as 4 
Potassium  Carbonate  (using  3  ce.  ‘  Guaranteed 
solution  instead  of  1  gram  Potas- f  Analysis 
sium  Carbonate)  / 

“POTASSIUM  Chlorate,  crystals . 

“  Chlorate,  powder . 

“  Chlorate,  c.  p.,  small  crystals  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Chlorate,  c.  p.,  large  crystals  Baker  Analyzed 

0  “  Chlorate,  c.  p.,  powder .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.0002%  \ 

CaO . none  ’  Typical 

Cl .  0.001%  /  Analysis 

so. .  0.001%; 

“POTASSIUM  Chlorate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Chlorides _ less  than  0.001%  as  Cl  1 

Heavy  metals . none! 

Calcium . less  than  0.005%  \ 

Bromates  .  less  than  0.08%  as  BraO./ 

Nitrates,  less  than  0.0016%  as  N2O5I 
Sulphates. .  .less  than  0.001%  as  SO./ 

Arsenic . less  than  0.00005% 

Chlorate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Chlorate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Arsenic . none'.  \ 

Sulphate . none  I  j 

Nitrate . nonet,  in  10  \Certified 

Chloride . none  (  grams  /  Analysis 

Heavy  metals . nonet  I 

Alkaline  earths . none'  " 

POTASSIUM  Chloride,  pure . 

Chloride,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Na°v.v ; : : : : : : : : ; : : : : : : ; ; .  ~°S  t  jgg* 

so. .  -o.ooi%l  Analy 

MgO . trace* 

POTASSIUM  Chloride .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Heavy  metals . none  1 

Alkaline  I 

earths . loss  than  0.01%  as  Cal  j 

Sulphates,  less  than  0.001%  as  SO.  \V"“,  “71 
Nitrates  less  than  0.0032%  as  N«Os  / Analy8ls 
Chlorates  less  than  0.018%  as  ChO.I 
Magnesium . loss  than  0.002%  1 


“POTASSIUM 

o  a 


.25  cb  .08  Mlb.  .15  incl 


.80  incl  H  lb.  .30  incl 


100  grm.  .60  incl 
500  grm.  1.30  incl 


.40  cb 

.08 

Xlb. 

.18 

incl 

.60  cb 

.08 

x  ib. 

.22 

incl 

.65 

incl 

Vi  lb. 

.25 

incl 

.15  cc 

.04  . 

.15  cc 

.04 

.35  cb 

.08 

Hlb. 

.20 

incl 

.40  cb 

.08 

Hlb. 

.20 

incl 

.40  cb 

.08 

X  lb. 

.20 

incl 

.50 

incl 

X  lb- 

.20 

incl 

500  grm. 
1000  grm. 

.85 

1.35 

incl 

incl 

.18  cc 

.04 

.25  cb 

.08 

H  lb. 

.15 

incl 

.60 

incl 

X  »b. 

.25 

incl 

42 


R 


H  U  R 


H 


H  O  M 


AS  CO 

M 

PAN 

Y 

Ounce  and  pound  prices 

Price  in  other  size  packages 

per  oz.  cont.  per  lb. 

cont. 

sire  pkg. 

per  pkg. 

cont. 

i ) 

500  grm. 

.90 

incl 

. 50  cb 

.08 

34  ib. 

.20 

incl 

. 30  cc 

.04 

. 35  cb 

.07 

. 50  cb 

.07 

34  lb. 

.20 

incl 

. 1.00 

incl 

y\b. 

.35 

incl 

1  1 

100  grm. 

.75 

incl 

11 

500  grm. 

1.95 

incl 

. 65  cc 

.04 

.  1.00  cb 

.08 

y\b. 

.35 

incl 

.  .60  incl  6.00  cb 

.OS 

34  lb. 

1.85 

incl 

. 40 

incl 

10  lb. 

3.50 

incl 

. 55  cb 

.08 

. 45  cb 

.08 

341b. 

.20 

incl 

.  .60  cb 

.08 

341b. 

.20 

incl 

.35  incl  . 

341b. 

1.00 

incl 

11 

50  grm. 

.90 

incl 

11 

100  grm. 

1.45 

incl 

. 45  cc 

.04 

. 65  cb 

.08 

.  1 .00  cb 

.08 

341b. 

.35 

incl 

.  1.60 

incl 

M  lb. 

.50 

incl 

11 

100  grm. 

.95 

incl 

. 28  cc 

.04 

. 60  cb 

.08 

34  lb. 

.22 

incl 

. 60  cb 

.08 

341b. 

.22 

incl 

POTASSIUM 

U 

ii 

POTASSIUM 


Maker  or  Brand 

POTASSIUM  Chloride .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A 

Heavy  metals . nonet  i 

Alkaline  earths . none!  in  10  (Certified 

Sulphate . none/  grams  /  Analysis 

Content . 100.00%.'  ' 

Chloride,  c.  p.  (Sodium  free)..  Baker  Special 

Chromate,  yellow . 

Chromate,  neutral,  pure . 

Chromate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

CaO . nonet 

Cl .  -0.001%  (  Typical 

SOs .  —  0.002%  /  Analysis 

Fe .  0.0002%.' 

POTASSIUM  Chromate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Free  alkali .  .less  than  0.2%  as  KOH\ 

Sulphates  . .  .less  than  0.029%  as  SO»  i 

Chlorides _ less  than  0.0025%  as  Cl "  Guaranteed 

Alumina . less  than  0.1%  as  Al/  Analysis 

Alkaline  I 

earths . less  than  0.005%  as  Ca' 

Chromate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A 

Chromate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A 

Free  alkali . none 


POTASSIUM 

a 


bulp 

Chloride . none 

Alkaline  earths . none  /grams 


f  in  10  I 
Vams  > 


Certified 

Analysis 


Alumina . none! 

Content .  98.88%  I  I 

Moisture .  1.09%' 

POTASSIUM  Citrate,  granular . . 

Citrate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  -0.001%t 

Pb . none  (  Typical 

SO» .  0.002%/'  Analysis 

co* . o.080%; 

POTASSIUM  Cyanate,  c.  p . 

“  Cyanide  Mixture,  fused, 

technical  (98-99%) . 

“  Cyanide  Mixture,  powder 

(98-99%) . 

POTASSIUM  Cyanide  Mixture,  lump  (98- 

100%) .  Baker  Analyzed 

Cyanide  Mixture,  powder 

(98-100%) .  Baker  Analyzed 

CN .  39. 6%  t 

Fe .  0.003%'  Typical 

AhOa .  0.001%/  Analysis 

Na . present ' 

POTASSIUM  Cyanide .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphides . less  than  0.003%  as 

Carbonates . less  than  4%  CO2 

Sulphocyanates . less  than  0.015%  as  SCN 

Ferrocyanides . less  than  0.005%  as  Fe(CN)e/  Analysis 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0875%  as  SO*  I 

Chlorides . less  than  0.004%  as  Cl/ 

Cyanide .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A 


Guaranteed 


POTASSIUM 

u 


Cyanide . 

Sulphate . 

Ferrocyanide  and 

Sulphocyanide. . . 

Sulphide . 

Carbonate . 

Content . 

.  99.74%. 

in  10 
'  grams  t 


Certified 

Analysis 


POTASSIUM  Dichromate  (See  Bichromate) 

“  Ferricyanide,  coml.,  eryst . 

“  Ferricyanide,  pure . 

POTASSIUM  Ferricyanide,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Si . noSSSl 

POTASSIUM  Ferricyanide .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Ferrous  i 

salts... not  more  than  0.056%  Fo"(  Guaranteed 
Sulphates. .  .loss  than  0.005%  as  SOa  /  Analysis 
Chlorides . less  than  0.01%  as  Cl," 

POTASSIUM  Ferricyanide .  .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A 

Sulphate . nonet  1 

Ferrous  salts . nonet  in  10  f  Certified 

Chloride . faint  trace  /  grams/  Analysis 

Content .  99.69%./  ' 

Ferrocyanide,  yellow,  cryst . 

Ferrocyanide,  pure,  powder, 

anhydrous . 

Ferrocyanide,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

5n .  0  002?/  T»lcal 

Na. ..... . trace \ Ana,ysU 


POTASSIUM 

« 

POTASSIUM 


43 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


V/UIIGO  clIIU  puuuu  pi 


POTASSIUM 


POTASSIUM 

C< 


POTASSIUM 

(i 


POTASSIUM 


POTASSIUM 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


POTASSIUM 

POTASSIUM 


POTASSIUM 


POTASSIUM 

(< 


POTASSIUM 

<< 


Maker  or  Brand 

Ferrocyanide .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Carbonates.  ..less  than  0.75%  as  CO2)  , 

Sulphates. .  .less  than  0.0075%  as  SO  A 
Chlorides . less  than  0.01%  as  Cl)  Ana,ys,s 

Ferrocyanide .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Ferrocyanide .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Sulphate . none/  N 

Chloride . none  I  I 

Carbonate . none'  in  10  \  Certified 

Content,  calculated  to  / grams/  Analysis 

3  molecules  water  of  t  \ 

crystallization .  100.45%/  / 

Fluoride,  c.p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Formate,  c.  p . . .  Baker  Analyzed 

Hydroxide,  coml.,  powder 

(Caustic  Potash)  . 

Hydroxide,  electrolytic,  sticks . 

Hydroxide,  purified .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nitrates. .  .less  than  0.0016%  as  N2O5 

Aluminum . less  than  0.1% 

Calcium . less  than  0.1% 

Heavy  metals . at  most  a  trace 

Potassium 

Carbonate . not  more  than  5%. 

Hydroxide,  purest .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphate . less  than  0.004%  as  SO3 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0025%  as  Cl 

Nitrates . less  than  0.0016%  as  NsOs 

Nitrogen  as  nitrates;  nitrites 

and  Ammonia . less  than  0.00112%  N 

Nitrites . less  than  0.00011%  N3O3 

Phosphates . less  than  0.004%  as  PjOs 

Silicates . not  more  than  0.02%  SiOs 

Alumina . not  over  0.0106%  as  All 

Calcium . less  than  0.012%  V 

Heavy  metals . none! 

Substances  insoluble  in  Alcohol . none  I 

Potassium  ....  / 

Carbonate . not  more  than  2.76% 

Hydroxide,  c.  p.,  by  alcohol . 

Hydroxide,  purified  by  alcohol  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . less  than  0.004%  as  SO3' 

Nitrates . less  than  0.0016%  as  NaO 

Nitrogen,  as  nitrates,  nitrites, 

and  Ammonia,  etc . less  than  0.00112% 

Chlorides . less  than  0.005%  as  Cl 

Silicates . not  more  than  0.06%  as  SiOs 

Alumina . not  more  than  0.032% j 

Calcium . less  than  0.04%| 

Heavy  metals . at  most  a  trace 

Potassium  Carbonate . not  more  than  4.15%/ 

Hydroxide,  solution,  all 

strengths .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested  for  the  same  substances  as 
under  Potassium  Hydroxide 
Pure,  but  using  2  cc.  of  solution 
sp.  gr.  1.3,  or  5  cc.  of  solution 
sp.  gr.  1.138  instead  of  1  gram 
Potassium  Hydroxide  pure. 

Hydroxide,  pure  (by  Baryta)  . 

Iodate,  c.  p . 55 

Iodate .  Merck  Blue  Label  .65 

Free  acids . less  than  0.07%  as  HIOj ) 

Iodidea . leaa  th-  AnaTsU 


por  02.  cont.  per  lb.  cont.  size  pkg. 


per  pkg.  cont. 


.80  incl  3 4  lb.  .30  incl 


100  grm.  .65 
500  grm.  1.50 


incl 

incl 


.20  incl 


.  1.25  cb 

.09 

34  lb. 

.40 

incl 

.  2.00  cb 

.08 

341b. 

.65 

incl 

.  .15 

incl 

10  lb. 

1.00 

incl 

.35  cb 

.08 

34  lb. 

.18 

incl 

.45 

incl 

341b. 

.20 

incl 

)  2  lb.  .80  incl 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


;o3\ 

10A 

n( 

ciV 


.60  eb  .08  34  lb.  .22  incl 

.70  incl  34  lb.  .25  incl 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


.50  incl 


_  2.50  incl  . 

incl  . 

incl  .  34  oz.  .25  incl 


Chlorates . less  than  0.15%  1 

Iodide,  crystals . . 

Iodide,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Iodate .  trace  1 

Br .  none! 

COs .  trace ) 

POTASSIUM  Iodide .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Potassium  Carbonate . less  than  0.08%\ 

Heavy  metals . none  i 

Sulphates . loss  than  0.01%  as  SOsf 

Cyanides . less  than  0.03%  CN\  Guaranteed 

Iodates . less  than  0.001%  as  I2O5/  Analysis 

Ferric  salts . less  than  0.005%  Fe"'l 

Nitrates . less  than  0.0016%  as  NjO»l 

Excess  of  Potassium  Chloride . at  most  0.5%/ 

POTASSIUM  Iodide,  neutral .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Neutrality . less  than  0.003%  alkali  as  KOH 

Potassium  Carbonate . less  than  0.08% 

Heavy  metals . none 

Sulphates . less  than  0.01%  as  SO3 

Cyanides . less  than  0.03%  CN 

Iodates . less  than  0.001%  as  I2CH 

Ferric  salts . less  than  0.005%  as  Fe'" 

Nitrates . less  than  0.0016%  as  NsOe 

Excess  of  Potassium  Chloride . at  most  0.5% 


.  3.75  cb  .08  . 

.40  incl  4.00  cb  .06  34  lb.  1.25  incl 


.40  incl  5.00  incl  34  lb.  1.35  incl 


.45  incl  5.50  incl  34  lb.  1.50  incl 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


44 


ARTHUR 


H 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


POTASSIUM 

u 

o  u 

o  i< 

“POTASSIUM 

O  U 


Typical 

Analysis 


Maker  or  Brand 

Iodide,  c.  p .  Baker  Special 

Molybdate,  c.  p . 

Nitrate,  granular . 

Nitrate,  pure,  crystals . 

Nitrate  c.  p.,  crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

Nitrate  c.  p.,  powdered .  Baker  Analyzed 

Cl .  — o  001%) 

SOj .  none/ 

CaO .  noneV 

Na .  trace! 

Perchlorate .  trace  * 

POTASSIUM  Nitrate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0025%  as  SOj  \ 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0005%  as  Cl  I 

Chlorates  and  Perchlorates  . . .  .less  than  0,0005%  as  ChOsf 

Calcium . less  than  0.01%  ' 

Heavy  metals . none 

Iron. . less  than  0.0008% 

Nitrites . less  than  0.00055%  as  N2O3 

Nitrate .  Kahlbaura  “C.f.A.” . 

Nitrate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” . 

Alkaline  earths . none) 


per  oz. 

.50 

.45 

cont.  per  lb. 

incl  5.00  cb 
incl  . 

cont. 

.06 

size  pkg. 

34lb. 

per  pkg. 

1.55 

cont. 

incl 

.20  cc 

.04 

.20  cc 

.04 

.30  cb 

.08 

34  lb. 

.18 

incl 

.35  cb 

.08- 

34  lb. 

.18 

incl 

.80 

incl 

34  lb. 

.30 

incl 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 


“POTASSIUM 

O  (< 


100  grin. 
500  grm. 


.60  incl 

1.50  incl 


Heavy  metals . none  J 


In  10 
grams 


Certified 

Analysis 


oulpn 

Chloride . none/ 

Chlorate . none  I 

Nitrite . none' 

“POTASSIUM  Nitrate,  c.  p.,  fused . 

POTASSIUM  Nitrite,  c.  p.,  crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

Nitrite,  c.  p.,  sticks .  Baker  Analyzed 

KNO, .  80%) 

Cl .  0  010%  i 

SOj . 0.001%'  Typical 

CaO .  0.001%/  Analysis 

Fo .  0.0001%! 

I .  none.' 

POTASSIUM  Nitrite,  sticks .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Heavy  metals . none) 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl)  V“  ,vau 

Sulphates . less  than  0.175%  as  SO,}  Analys,s 

POTASSIUM  Oxalate,  neutral,  crystals . 

Oxalate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  —0.0004%) 

0,0 .  'S  is. 


.55  cb 

.08 

34  lb.  .20 

incl 

.15 

incl 

.80  cb 

.08 

34  lb.  .40 

incl 

.15 

incl 

1.15  cb 

.08 

Yi  lb.  .40 

incl 

1.53  incl  34  lb.  .50  incl 


.25  cc  .04 
.45  cb  .07 


34  lb.  .20  incl 


Na. 


Cl .  0.0005%  l 

SO, .  none* 

POTASSIUM  Oxalate,  neutral .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Neutrality . less  than  0.0045%  acid  as  H,C»0,1 

Sulphates . less  than  0.005%  as  SOa  1  Guaranteed 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0025%  as  Cl  /  Analysis 

Heavy  metals . none.' 

POTASSIUM  Oxalate,  neutral .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.”  . 

“  Oxalate,  neutral .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.”  . 

Chloride . faint  trace)  ) 

£on . .  faint  trace/  j  10  f  Certified 

Heavy  metals . none)-  }  Analysia 


1.25  incl  3 4  lb.  .40  incl 


100  grm. 
500  grm. 


.80  incl 
2.25  incl 


“POTASSIUM 

O  « 


Sulphate . none!  Srams 

Content .  100.00%;  ' 

Perchlorate . 15 

Perchlorate .  Merck  Blue  Label  .30 

Calcium . less  than  0.02% ) 

Chlorides  less  than  0.002%  as  Cl/  Guarantecd 

Nitrates . less  than  0.0016%  as  NaO*^  y 


incl 

incl 


1.40  cb  .07  J4  lb.  .45  incl 


POTASSIUM 

O  ( ( 


Sulphates . less  than  0.005%  as  SOs 

Permanganate,  pure,  crystals  . 

Permanganate,  c.  p.,  small 

crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

Cl.. .  0.0002%) 

SO, .  0.002% l  Typical 

CaO  .  none  /  Analysis 

Fe...'. .  0.0002%.’ 

POTASSIUM  Permanganate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . less  than  0.03%  as  SO,) 

Chlorides . less  than  0.004%  as  CH.  Guaranteed 

Nitrates . less  than  0.08%  as  N,0,/  Analysis 

Chlorates . less  than  0.0016%  as  ClsO,/ 

POTASSIUM  Permanganate,  free  from 

sulphates .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . lees  than  0.003%  as  SOgi 

Chlorides . less  than  0.004%  as  Cl  l  Guaranteed 

Nitrates . less  than  0.08%  as  NtOsf  Analysis 

Chlorates . less  than  0.0016%  as  ClsOi/ 

POTASSIUM  Permanganate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A. 

45 


.10  incl 


.25  cc  .04 
.55  cb  .07 

.60  incl 


34  lb.  .20  incl 

34  lb.  .25  incl 


1.25  incl  34  lb.  .40  incl 

.  100  grm.  .80  incl 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


“POTASSIUM 


“POTASSIUM 

U 


POTASSIUM 

POTASSIUM 


POTASSIUM 


POTASSIUM 

POTASSIUM 

POTASSIUM 

U 

a 

POTASSIUM 

U 

U 

POTASSIUM 


POTASSIUM 


POTASSIUM 

U 


POTASSIUM 


“POTASSIUM 

O  « 

“POTASSIUM 

“POTASSIUM 


Maker  or  Brand 


Permanganate . 

Sulphate . none/  V 

Chloride . none!  I 

Chlorate . none\  In  10  ' 

Nitrate . none/  grams  / 

Content .  99. 64% I  I 

Moisture . remainder/  / 

Permanganate,  c.  p.,  large 

crystals . 

Persulphate,  c.  p . 

Fe .  —0.001%l 

Pb .  none! 

ci . — 0.001%  V 

NHj .  trace  k 

>l  u .  none  * 

Persulphate . 


Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 


Certified 

Analysis 


Baker  Special 
Baker  Analyzed 


Typical 

Analysis 


Merck  Blue  Label 


Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl )  Guaranteed 

Heavy  metals . none,  or  at  most  a  trace  j  Analysis 

Phosphate,  c.  p.,  monobasic 

(KH2PO4) .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.001%  ! 

Na .  trace  1  Typical 

Cl .  0.002%/  Analysis 

SO. .  0.005%; 

Phosphate,  c.  p.,  dibasic 

(K2HPO4) .  Baker  Analyzed 


Fe .  0.003%  ! 

AlaO>  .  0.0002%i 

SiO, .  0.001%t  Typical 

CaO .  0.002%/  Analysis 

Cl .  0  0002%  \ 

SO. .  0.002%; 

Phosphate,  c.  p.,  tribasic, 

(K3PO4) .  Baker  Analyzed 

CaO .  0.001%'!  . 

Fe .  0.001%!  Typical 

Cl .  0.001%  (  Analysis 

so, . 0.001%; 


Pyroantimonate  (acid) .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested  for  suitability  as  a  reagent 
for  Sodium. 


Pyrophosphate,  c.  p . 

Silicate,  coml.,  lump . 

Silicofluoride,  c.  p . 

Stannosulphate,  tested  re¬ 
agent . 


Sulphate,  pure,  crystals. . . . 

Sulphate,  pure,  powder . 

Sulphate,  c.  p.,  crystals. . . . 

Sulphate,  c.  p.,  powder . 

Fe .  0.001%  i 

CaO .  0.001%  f 

MgO .  0.005%'- 

C1 .  0.002% l 

N .  0.006%) 


Merck  Blue  Label 


Baker  Analyzed 
Baker  Analyzed 

Typical 

Analysis 


Sulphate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Chlorides . less  than  0.001%  as  Cl  1 

Heavy  metals  (Cu,  Fe) . non  el 

Calcium . less  than  0.02%  1 

Mficrnoniiim  Ioqq  t.Vinn  0  AAK%  \  .  . 


Magnesium . less  than  0.005% 

Iron . less  than  0.0008r 

Nitrates . less  than  0.0032%  as  Ns' 

Ammonium  salts. .  less  than  0.005%  as  NH, 


wo  / 
H,  * 


Analysis 


Sulphate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Sulphate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Heavy  metals . none-!  } 

Alkaline  earths . none!  In  10  (  Certified 

Chloride . slight  trace  (  grains  /  Analysis 

Sodium . none'  ' 


Sulphate,  c.  p 

Fe . 

CaO . 

MgO . 

Cl . 

N . 


— 0.001%  I 
— 0.001%/ 
0.001%  } 
—0.001%  l 
0.0008%! 


Baker  Special 


Typical 

Analysis 


Sulphide,  pure,  lumps,  (Liver 

of  Sulphur) . 

Sulphide .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nitrogen . not  more  than  0.0112% 

Sulphide  Solution,  5% .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nitrogon . not  more  than  0.00056% 

Sulphide,  c.  p.,  crystals.  ...  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.001%'! 

AlsOs .  —0.001%!  Typical 

Cl .  0.030%/  Analysis 

SO, .  present/ 


Ounce  and  pound  prices  Price  in  ether  size  packages 


per  o z. 

cont.  per  lb. 

cent. 

size  pkg. 

per  pkg. 

cont. 

.... 

500  grm. 

1.95 

incl 

.10 

incl  .75  cb 

.07 

K  lb. 

.25 

incl 

.  2.00  cb 

.08 

H  lb- 

.65 

incl 

.  1.25 

incl 

M  lb- 

.40 

incl 

. 75  cb 

.07 

Mlb- 

.25 

incl 

. 75  cb 

.08 

Klb. 

.25 

incl 

.03 

M  lb. 

.35 

incl 

.20 

incl  . 

Yt  lb- 

1.10 

incl 

.  1.25  cb 

.08 

H  lb. 

.40 

incl 

. 20  cc 

.04 

.20 

incl  2.00  cb 

.08 

H  lb. 

.65 

incl 

.35 

incl  . 

. 15  cc 

.04 

. 18  cc 

.04 

. 30  cb 

.07 

X  lb. 

.17 

incl 

. 35  cb 

.07 

Mlb. 

.17 

incl 

. 45 

incl 

X  lb. 

.20 

incl 

500  grm. 

.75 

incl 

1000  grm. 

1.20 

incl 

. 50  cb 

.07 

X  lb- 

.20 

incl 

. 89 

incl 

K  lb.  .30 

incl 

. 50 

incl 

.10  incl  .60  gb 

.15 

X  lb.  .22 

incl 

46 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Ounce  and  pound  prices  Price  in  other  size  packages 


Maker  or  Brand 


per  oz. 

.10 


.10 


.25 


.10 


POTASSIUM  Sulphide,  c.  p.,  crystals .  Baker  Special 

Fe .  0.0003%) 

AI2O3 .  — 0.001%*  Typical 

Cl .  0.020%^  Analysis 

SOs .  present* 

POTASSIUM  Sulphite,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Sulphocyanate  (Thiocyanate) 

pure,  crystals . 

POTASSIUM  Sulphocyanate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

SO, .  0.001 %\ 

Fe .  0  0001%  (  Typical 

NHs .  .  trace/  Analysis 

ci .  0.020%; 

POTASSIUM  Sulphocyanate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Substances  insoluble  in  Alcohol . none'. 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0025%  as  Cl  4 

Sulphates . less  than  0.01%  as  SO»V  Guaranteed 

Heavy  metals . none/  Analysis 

Iron . . . less  than  0.0004%  l 

Ammonium  compounds . less  than  0.0011%  as  NH«,' 

POTASSIUM  Sulphocyanate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.”  ... 

Sulphocyanate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.”  .. . 

Heavy  metals . none)  ) 

^i\ph^e . not  present  I  j  10  fCertified 

Chloride . not  present^  v  a nffluQ1-a 

Iron .......  undeterminable  trace  (  K  y 

Solubility  in  Alcohol.,  .complete*  ' 

“POTASSIUM  Sulphydrate .  Merck  Blue  Label  .25 

(Potassium  Hydrosulphide) 

Polysulphides . none 

“POTASSIUM  Tartrate,  granular . 

Tartrate,  c.  p.,  crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

Tetroxalate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.0002%) 

SOi .  — 0.001%  l  Typical 

CaO .  0.007%/  Analysis 

Cl .  none  * 

POTASSIUM  Tetroxalate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0025%  as  Cl ) 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0063%  as  SO,) 

Heavy  metals . none)  Analys,s 

POTASSIUM  Thiocyanate  (See  Potassium 
“  Sulphocyanate) 

“  Thiosulphate,  c.  p . 20 

POTASSIUM  Zinc  Sulphate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

PUMICE  Stone,  lumps . 

Stone,  powder . 

PYRIDINE,  technical . 

“  medicinal . 

PYRIDINE,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed  .30 

Sp.  gr .  0.97  1  Typical 

B.  P., . 116M18*CJ  Analysis  * 

PYROGALLOL  (See  Acid  Pyrogallic) 

QUERCIT . . . 

RADIUM.  Information  concerning  Ra¬ 
dium  and  Radium  Salts  on 
application 

RAFFINOSE  (Meletose) . _ . 

REALGAR,  red  (See  Arsenic  Sulphide) 

ROSIN,  white . . 

yellow . 

RESORCIN,  white,  crystals . 

RESORCIN .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nonvolatile  matter . less  than  0.05%)  Guaranteed 

Di-resorcin  and  Phenol . none)  *n„|va:s 

Free  acids  (e.g.  Salicylic  Acid) . none) 

RHAMNOSE  (Isodulcite) . 

ROCHELLE  Salts  (See  Sodium  and  Po¬ 
tassium  Tartrate) 

ROUGE,  for  polishing,  Ferric  Oxide . 

RUBIDIUM  Chloride . 

SACCHARIN,  c.  p . 

SACCHAROSE,  c.  p.  (Cane  Sugar) . 

SACCHAROSE . 

SAL  AMMONIAC  (See  Ammonium  Chlo¬ 
ride) 

SALICIN . 

SAL  SODA  (See  Sodium  Carbonate) 

SAND,  Quartz . .  Merck  Blue  Label  . 

Substances  soluble  in  Hydrochloric  Acid . . .  not  more  than  0.03  ,,  )  Guaranteed 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  CD  Analysis 

Volatile  substances . n°t  more  than  0.02  c ) 

47 


.15  cb 

.60 


.20 


Kahlbaum 


cont.  per  lb.  cont. 

size  pkg. 

per  pkir. 

cont. 

incl  1.00  gb  .15 

M  lb. 

.35 

incl 

. 60  cb  .08 

H  lb. 

.22 

incl 

incl  1.00  cb  .09 

X  lb- 

.35 

incl 

incl  . 

H  lb. 

1.00 

incl 

— 

100  grm. 

1.15 

incl 

500  grm. 

3.75 

incl 

incl  . 

H  lb. 

1.25 

incl 

. 55  cb  .09 

. 80  cb  .08 

V*  lb. 

.30 

incl 

incl  1.10  cb  .08 

M  lb- 

.35 

incl 

X  lb. 

.50 

incl 

incl  2.00  cb  .08 

X  lb. 

.65 

incl 

Mlb. 

.30 

incl 

....  .10  cc  .04 

. 10  cc  .04  . 

. 75  incl  . 

.  ..  3.00  eb  .14  . 

incl  3.00  cb  .08 

H  lb. 

1.00 

incl 

1  grm. 

.50 

incl 

10  grm. 

.90 

incl 

. 12  cc  .04  . 

. 10  ce  .04  . 

.03  1.15  cb  .08  . 

incl  .  Y\  oz.  .25  incl 


10  grm.  1.80  iuel 


.35  cb  .08 


10  grm. 

1.50 

incl 

incl  2.00  cb 

.08 

Li  lb. 

.70 

incl 

....  1.00  cb 

.08 

H  lb. 

.35 

incl 

1.60  incl  . 

.  10  grm.  .40  incl 

1.00  incl  Y  lb.  .35  incl 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


% 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  In  other  size  packages 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


Maker  or  Brand 

SAND,  Sea . . . 

“  “  washed  and  ignited . 

“  “  washed  and  ignited .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Substances  soluble  in  Hydrochloric  Acid. . .  .not  more  than  0.3%  1 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl! 

Volatile  substances . not  more  than  0.02%  1 

SAND,  standard  for  briquettes . 

SHELLAC,  Orange,  flakes . * . 

“  bleached. ... ._ . 

SILICA,  powdered  (Silicic  Acid) . 

“  precipitated,  technical . 

SILICON,  metal,  c.  p., crystals . 

SILVER,  metal,  pure,  granulated . 

“  metal,  foil . 

SILVER,  metal,  sheets .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Foreign  metals.. . less  than  0.025% 

SILVER,  leaf,  pure,  in  books . 

“  Arsenite,  c.  p . 

SILVER  Asbestos .  Merck  Blue  Label 

“  Asbestos .  Merck  Blue  Label 

“  Chloride . 

“  Chloride,  c.  p . . 

“  Cyanide,  c.  p . . 

*  “  Nitrate,  c.  p.,  crystals . 

°SILVER  Nitrate,  c.  p.,  crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

CaO .  -0.001% f  T  ,  . 

cf:::::::::. 22  KS. 

SO» .  none' 

“SILVER  Nitrate,  crystals .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  ) 

Potassium  Nitrate . less  than  2%  f 

Salts  of  Copper . less  than  0.002%  Cu  \ 

Salts  of  Bismuth . less  than  0.02%  Bi 

Salts  of  Lead .  less  than  0.3%  Pb  J 

Substances  not  precipitated  by  1 

Hydrochloric  Acid . less  than  0.025%  I 

“SILVER  Nitrate,  pure,  sticks . 

“SILVER  Nitrate,  sticks .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl  1 

Potassium  Nitrate . less  than  2%/ 

Salts  of  Copper . less  than  0.002%  Cu  f 

Salts  of  Bismuth . less  than  0.02%  Bi 

Salts  of  Lead . . less  than  0.3%  Pbf 

Impurities  not  precipitated  by  I 

Hydrochloric  Acid . less  than  0.025%  ] 

SILVER  Nitrite,  c.  p . 

SILVER  Nitrite . . . .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Substances  not  precipitated  by 
Hydrochloric  Acid . less  than  0.025% 

SILVER  Sulphate,  c. 

SOAP,  Castile,  bars. 

“  Palm  Oil . 

SODA  ASH  (See  Sodium  Carbonate) 

SODA  LIME  (See  Sodium  Calcium  Hy¬ 
droxide) 

“SODIUM,  metal,  sticks . 

*  “  metal .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nitrogen  compounds . less  than  0.07%  N  1  Guaranteed 

Foreign  metals . none  j  Analysis 

SODIUM  Acetate,  crystals . 

“  Acetate,  crystals,  pure,  fused . 

“  Acetate,  c.  p.,  crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.0005%') 

Pb .  none!  Typical 

SO, .  0.005%  (  Analysis 

Cl .  0.002%; 

SODIUM  Acetate,  crystals .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0005%  as  Cl  j 

Sulphates.  . less  than  0.01%  as  SO,  I  Guaranteed 

Calcium . less  than  0.02%  1  Ana,ysis 

Iron . less  than  0.0008%) 

SODIUM  Acetate,  crystals .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.’ 

“  Acetate,  crystals .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A 

Iron . none  1  , 

Other  heavy  metals . none  I  j 

. °°“®\  In  10  \  Certified 

Sulphate . nonef^  grams  (  Analys'9 

Carbonate . none  I 

Solubility  in  Alcohol  ..complete  1 


per  or.  cont. 


per  lb. 

cont. 

size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont. 

.10 

incl 

.20 

incl 

.40 

incl 

lb.  .20  incl 

.10 

incl 

125  lb.  5.50  incl 

.45  cc 

.04. 

. .  . . . 

.50  cc 

.04 

.10 

incl 

.40 

incl 

1.40 

incl 

1  grm.  .25 

incl 

1.20 

incl  . 

Y±  oz.  1.00 

incl 

1.50 

incl  . 

book  .15 

incl 

34  oz.  1.50 

incl 

.75 

incl  . 

34  oz.  .50 

incl 

1.00 

incl  . 

1.00 

incl  . 

.60 

incl  8.75  cb  .07 

.65 

incl  . 

.90 


incl  13.50  inoi  ) 4  lb.  3.50  incl 


.50  cb 

1.00 


.04 

incl 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


1.35 

2.50 


incl 

incl 


*/g  oz.  .40  incl 


p .  1.10  incl 


.25  incl 


cake  .10  incl 


.25  incl  .90  incl 
.30  incl  . 


.15  cb  .09 
.20  cb  .08 
.30  cb  .08 


.40  incl 


X  lb.  .60  incl 
ii  lb.  .15  ‘ '  ’  incl 
yi  lb.  .20  incl 


500  grm.  .70  incl 
1000  grm.  1.10  incl 


48 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


Maker  or  Brand 


per  oz.  cont.  per  lb.  cont. 


size  pkg. 


per  pkg  cont. 


SODIUM 

u 


SODIUM 

u 


SODIUM  Acetate,  c.  p.,  fused .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.003%) 

Pb .  nonet  Typical 

Cl .  — 0.0001%?"  Analysis 

SO. .  —0.001%; 

Acetate,  c.  p.,  anhydrous . 

Aluminate,  c.  p . 

“  Amalgam,  5%,  10%,  or  15% . 

Amalgam,  2%,  tested  reagent.  .  Merck  Blue  Label 
SODIUM  Ammonium  Phosphate,  (Micro- 

cosmic  Salt)  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.001%I 

CaO .  0.010%  I  Typical 

Cl .  0.001%/  Analysis 

SO. .  0.002%; 

SODIUM  Ammonium  Phosphate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Carbonates . less  than  2%  as  CO2  I 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0075%  as  SO.  I 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0015%  as  Ci  f  _ 

Nitrates . less  than  0.0016%  as  NsO. V.  * 

Heavy  metals . .  .none  /  Anab8'8 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0005%  I 

Potassium . less  than  0.4%  as  K  * 

SODIUM  Ammonium  Phosphate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

‘  Ammonium  Phosphate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Chloride . trace) 

Nitrate . none  /  1 

. ZDt\  In  10  '  Certiaed 

He&vj^metals.. !..!!!!]!!!'  none  /  (  A”“*8i8 

Arsenic . none!  J 

Potassium  (flame  reaction)  ,  trace  * 

Arsenate,  technical . 

Arsenate,  c.  p .  Baker  Anah-zed 

Arsenate,  c.  p.,  anhydrous . 

Arsenite,  technical,  90% . 

SODIUM  Arsenite,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Asparaginate . 

Benzoate,  pure . 

Bicarbonate,  pure,  powder . 

SODIUM  Bicarbonate,  c.  p.,  powder .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0  001%  ' 

CaO .  0  010% 

AI1O1 .  0  0002% 

SiOj .  0.001% 

Cl .  0.0005% 

SO. .  —0.001%1 

Na.CO. .  trace  / 

SODIUM  Bicarbonate,  crystals  or  powder  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0125%  as  SO. 

Silicates . none 

Chlorides . less  than  0.001%  as  Cl 

Thiosulphates . less  than  0.0065%  as  Na2S!C>3 

Phosphates . less  than  0.033%  as  P2Cb 

Heavy  metals . none 

Iron . less  than  0.0015% 

Potassium . less  than  0.4%  K 

Monocarbonate  of  Sodium  (Neutral 

Sodium  Carbonate) . at  most  a  trace 

Ammonium  compounds . less  than  0.0032%  as  NH. 

Sulphocyanates . less  than  0.1%  SCN, 

Bicarbonate .  Kahlbaum 

Bicarbonate .  Kahlbaum 

Monocarbona .  none' 

Residue  on  ignition . 63.13%, 

Content . 100.00%  1 

Potassium  Salts. . .  .slight  trace  I 

,  Ammonia . none! 

Heavy  metals . none\  In  10  \  Certified 

Sulphocyanate . none  /  grams  /  Analysis 

Sulphate . none  / 

Chloride . none  I 

Silica . npne( 

Phosphate  and  Arsenate.,  .none 
Theosulphate . .none/ 

SODIUM  Bichromate,  technical . 

“  Bichromate,  c.  p.,  crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

CaO . ... . -0.001%'i 

Cl..  .  0.001%  l  Typical 

SO..  .  0.002%/  Analysis 

Fe...... .  0  008%' 

Bichromate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Bichromate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Content .  99.47%)  ) 

Chloride . faint  tracef  In  10  (certified 

Sulphate . none  >  g,.nnis  /  Analysis 

Alumina . none!  1 

Alkaline  earths . none'  '  ,  ,  . 

SODIUM  Binoxalate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

49 


.30 


Typical 
'  Analysis 


SODIUM 
« 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


C.f.A.”  ... 
C.f.A.”  ... 


SODIUM 

it 


%  lb. 

.20 

incl 

V\  lb. 
M  lb. 

.20 

.50 

incl 

incl 

incl  . 

Klb. 

.75 

incl 

V\  lb. 

.20 

incl 

ib. 

.30 

incl 

100  grm. 
500  grm. 

.60 

1.30 

incl 

incl 

.20  cb  .08 


. 50  cb 

.08 

Mlb. 

.20 

incl 

.  .  ..  1.00  cb 

.08 

Klb. 

.35 

incl 

. 20  cb 

.07 

. 70  cb 

.06 

lb. 

.24 

incl 

10  grm. 

.90 

incl 

. 55  cb 

.08 

Mlb. 

.20 

incl 

. 10  cc 

.04 

.08 

K  lb. 

.15 

incl 

.45  incl 


.  500  grin.  .75  incl 

.  1000  grm.  1.20  incl 


.15  cc  .04  . 

.45  cb  .07  M  lb.  .20  incl 


100  grm.  .90  incl 
500  grm.  2.25  incl 


.60  cb  .07  H  lb.  .22  incl 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  otner  size  packages 


Maker  or  Brand 

SODIUM  Bismuthate,  e.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Cl .  none)  , 

Oxidizing  power .  77. 6%  i  AnaIys,s 

SODIUM  Bismuthate,  tested  reagent .  Merck  Blue  Label 

“  Bisulphate,  c.  p.,  crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

CaO .  noneh 

AlsOj .  0.0001 %\ 

MgO .  none  \  Typical 

S1O2 .  — 0.001%/  Analysis 

Cl .  0.0002%  l 

Acidity  (H2SO4) .  33.4%,/ 

SODIUM  Bisulphate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Heavy  metals . none^ 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Civ  Guaranteed 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0015%/'  Analysis 

Potassium . less  than  0.4%  K/ 

SODIUM  Bisulphate,  c.  p.,  fused  (Pyro).. 

Fe .  6.0005%) 

MgO .  none) 

SiO» .  0.002%  V 

Cl .  0.003%i 

Acidity  (II-SO,) .  36%) 

SODIUM  Bisulphide,  c.  p . 

“  .  Bisulphite,  pure,  powder . 

SODIUM  Bisulphite,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fo .  0.001%) 

C«° .  0  mV  Typical 

0  Analysis 


per  oz. 

.50 


.40  incl 


Baker  Analyzed 

Typical 

Analysis 


MgO .  —0.001% 


Cl .  0.002%  l 

Reducing  power  (SO2) .  39.7%* 

SODIUM  Bisulphite .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl ) 

Heavy  metals . nonef 

Arsenic . . less  than  0.0002%) 

SODIUM  Bitartrate,  c.  p . 

“  Borate  (Borax),  pure,  crystals. . 

SODIUM  Borate  (Borax),  c.  p.,  crystals. . 

CaO .  none  I 

CO* .  trace  > 

Cl .  — 0.0001%  i 

SCa .  —0.001%) 

SODIUM  Borate  (Borax)  purest,  crystals. 

Proper  Water  content .  47.1%] 

Carbonate . less  than  2%  as  CO2  J 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0875%  as  SOj* 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0005%  as  Cl 

Calcium . less  than  0.02%/ 

Iron . . less  than  0.0008%  1 

Other  metals . none  1 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 

Baker  Analyzed 
Baker  Analyzed 

Typical 

Analysis 

Merck  Blue  Label 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


SODIUM  Borate,  crystals. 


Borate,  crystals.. 

Residue  on  ignition... 

. .  52.87% 

Chlorides . 

Sulphate . 

Carbonate . 

Lime . 

Heavy  metals . 

Content  found . 

.  .100.08% 

In  10 
grams 


Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 
Kahlbaum  "C.f.A.” 


Certified 

Analysis 


SODIUM  Borate  (Borax),  pure,  powder.  . 

Borate,  c.  p.,  powder . 

Fe .  0.0001%) 

CaO .  none! 

COs .  trace  .V 

Cl .  — 0.0001%  t 

SO» .  -0.001%) 

SODIUM  Borate  (Borax),  calcined,  purest 

Proper  Water  content,  .not  more  than  25%. 

Carbonates . loss  than  2%  as  CO  2  ) 

Sulphates, . less  than  0.0875%  as  SOsf 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0005%  as  Cl  > 

Calcium . less  than  0.02%  l 

Iron . less  than  0.0008%* 

Other  metals . none 

Borate,  0.  p.,  anhydrous,  powder 
Borate,  fused  (Borax  Glass) .... 

Borate,  fused,  purest . 

Carbonates . less  than  2%  COjA 

Sulphates . less  than  0.00875%  as  SO»l 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0005%  as  Cl  l 

Calcium . less  than  0.02%/ 

Iron . less  than  0.0008%1 

Other  metals . none/ 

SODIUM  Bromate,  c.  p . 

“  Bromate . 

Bromides . less  than  0.03%  as  Br. 

“  Bromide,  c.  p . 


Baker  Analyzed 

Typical 

Analysis 

Merck  Blue  Label 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


SODIUM 

<< 

SODIUM 


Merck  Blue  Label 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


Merck  Blue  Label 
Baker  Analyzed 


.45 

.40 


incl 


per  lb. 

cont. 

size  pkg. 

per  pkg. 

cont. 

4.50  cb 

.07 

541b. 

1.50 

incl 

541b. 

1.25 

incl 

.25  cb 

.08 

541b. 

.15 

incl 

.60 

incl 

541b. 

.25 

incl 

.45  cb 

.07 

541b. 

.20 

incl 

.50  cb 

.08 

541b. 

.20 

incl 

.18  cb 

.09 

.30  cb 

.08 

541b. 

.15 

incl 

1.25 

incl 

541b. 

.40 

incl 

1.00  cb 

.09 

541b. 

.35 

incl 

.15  cc 

.04 

.35  cb 

.08 

54  ib. 

.17 

incl 

.45 

incl 

54lb. 

.20 

incl 

100  grm. 

.55 

incl 

500  grm. 

1.00 

incl 

.15  cc 

.04 

.40  cb 

.08 

541b. 

.17 

incl 

1.00 

incl 

54  lb. 

.35 

incl 

.60  cb 

.08 

54  lb. 

.22 

incl 

.25  cc 

.04 

5  lb. 

1.00 

incl 

1.50 

incl 

54lb. 

.50 

incl 

1  4.30  cb 
[ 

.08 

54lb. 

1.45 

incl 

.80  cb 

.08 

54  lb. 

.35 

incl 

50 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Typical 

Analysis 


Typical 

Analysis 


Maker  or  Crand 

SODIUM  Calcium  Hydrate  (Soda  Lime), 
dry,  for  Nitrogen  determina¬ 
tions,  granulated  4,  8  and  12 

mesh .  Baker  Analyzed 

NaOH .  40%) 

Ca(OH)j .  57%  > 

H5o .  : .  2%) 

“  Calcium  Hydrate  (Soda  Lime), 
moist,  for  Carbon  Dioxide  de¬ 
terminations,  granulated  4,  8  and 
12  mesh .  Baker  Analyzed 

Ca(OH). .  48%  i  Typical 

H2O .  15%)  A,,al>'s,s 

SODIUM  Carbonate,  crystals  (Sal  Soda) . 

Carbonate,  c.  p.,  crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0  002%) 

OaO .  0  010%/ 

SiOt .  0  001%V 

Cl .  0.005%1 

so* . —0.001%) 

SODIUM  Carbonate,  crystals .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Subtances  Insoluble  in  water . Done 

Sodium  Hydroxide . less  than  0.1%  \ 

Sulpliates . less  than  0.00125%  as  SO*  I 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0001%  as  Cl  / 

Silicates . none  ' 

Nitrates . less  than  0.007%  as  N2O5 

Phosphates . less  than  0.001%  as  P20s 

Potassium . less  than  0.4%  K 

Ammonium  compounds...  less  than  0.0001%  as  NHji 

Calcium . .  .less  than  0.002% V 

Magnesium . less  than  0.0002%  I 

Heavy  metals . none  I 

Tron . less  than  0.00008%  / 

Arsenic . less  than  0.00003% 

SODIUM  Carbonate,  crystals .  Kahlbaum 

Content . 99.73%\ 

Chloride . none  j 

Sulphate . none! 

Nitrate . none! 

Phosphate . none  \ 

Sodium  Hydrate . none/ 

Potassium  (flame  reaction) . none! 

Arsenic . none! 

Heavy  metals . none] 

Alkaline  earths . none/* 

Carbonate,  monohydrated,  granular 
Carbonate,  pure,  dried  powd . 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


>ai 

In  10  \ 
e  /  grams  / 

H  I 

e;  1 

e/  / 


‘C.f.A. 


Certified 

Analysis 


SODIUM 

<< 

SODIUM 


Fe . 

.  0.001%\ 

Al.Oj . 

.  0.0003%  ) 

CaO . 

.  0.0 10%  f 

S1O2 . 

.  0.001%  V 

Typical 

Cl . 

.  0.002%/ 

Analysis 

sc  >3 . 

.  0.020%! 

p . 

.  trace  1 

boss  on  Ignition . 

.  0.210%/ 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 


SODIUM  Carbonate  (anhydrous) .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Substances  insoluble  in  water . none 

Sodium  Hydroxide . less  than  0.1%  \ 

Sulphates . less  than  0.00125%  as  SO3  1 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0001%  as  Cl  I 

Silicates . Jl0Se  < 

Nitrates .  . less  than  0.007%  as  N2O5 

Phosphates . less  than  0.001%  as  P2O5 

Potassium . less  than  0.4%  Iv 

Ammonium  compounds. .  .less  than  0.0001%  as  NH:t 

Calcium . less  than  0.002%  V 

Magnesium. .  . less  than  0.0002%  1 

Heavy  metals . . .  •  ■  | 

Iron . less  than  0.00008%  I 

Arsenic . . less  than  0.00003% 

SODIUM  Carbonate,  anhydrous .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.’’ 

“  Carbonate,  anhydrous . Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.’ 

Content .  99.47% 

Moisture . remainder  \ 

Chloride . faint  trace  I 

Sulphate . none  I 

Nitrate . uone ' 

Phosphate . none 

Silica . none 

Sodium  Hydrate .  . .  •  •  •  none 

Potassium  (flame  reaction) . faint  trace. 

Arsenic . none\ 

Heavy  metals .  . . . none 

•  Ammonium  Salts . faint  trace 

Alkaline  earths . none  / 

Solubility  in  Water . complete 


In  10 
grams 


„  Certified 
Analysis 


Ounce  and  pound  prices  Price  in  other  size  packages 

per  oz.  cont.  per  lb.  cont.  size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont. 


.40  cb 

.OS 

Y\  lb. 

.15 

incl 

.40  cb 

.08 

M  lb. 

.15 

incl 

.10 

incl 

10  lb. 

.30 

incl 

.25  cb 

.08 

Vi  lb. 

.15 

incl 

.40  incl 


1000  grm.  .90  incl 


.10  cc 

.04 

10  lb. 

.60 

incl 

.15  cb 

.09 

.30  cb 

.08 

lb. 

.15 

incl 

.65  incl  x/i  lb.  .25  incl 


500  grm.  1.00  incl 
1000  grm.  1.75  incl 


51 


ARTH  UR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


SODIUM 


"SODIUM 

U 

SODIUM 


SODIUM 


SODIUM 

SODIUM 


SODIUM 


SODIUM 


SODIUM 

<< 


SODIUM 

(( 


SODIUM 

K 

U 

u 

« 

a 

a 

t( 

SODIUM 


SODIUM 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


Maker  or  Brand 

Baker  Special 

Typical 


per  oz. 


J 

j 

T 


Carbonate,  c.  p.,  anhydrous  . . 

Fe .  0.0002% 

AijOj . — o.oor 

CaO .  0.005' 

SiO. .  0.001%  /  Analysis 

Cl .  0.001%/ Analysis 

SOa .  — 0.001%  \ 

Chlorate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Chloride,  pure . 

Chloride,  c.  p.,  crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

CaO .  —0.001%  /  T  .  . 

ig0:::::: :::: :::::::: : : . 

SO» .  0.001  %) 

Chloride .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0066%  as  SOa\ 

Alkaline  earths . less  than  0.01%  as  Ca  J 

Heavy  metals . none  f 

Magnesium . less  than  0.0007%  \  Guaranteed 

Iodides . less  than  0.15%  as  I  /  Analysis 

Potassium . less  than  0.18%  as  Kl 

Iron . less  than  0.0003%  1 

Ammonium . less  than  0.0003%  as  NHa/ 

Chloride,  c.  d.,  crystals .  Baker  Special 

£*° . : . Typical 

Chloride,  crystals .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.' 

Chloride,  crystals .  Kahlbaum  "C.f.A.” 

Content .  99.98%\ 

Lime  and  Magnesia . none  i 

Ammonium  salts . non ef 

Potassium . none  V  in  10  \  Certified 

Iron . none  /grams/"  Analysis 

Heavy  metals . none! 

Iodine . none  I 

Sulphate . . . none/ 

Chloride,  c.  p.,  fused .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.0002%) 

CaO .  -0.001%  T  .  , 

. . 

S03 .  0.001%' 

Chloride,  fused .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0066%  as  SO  A 

Alkaline  earths .  less  than  0.01%  as  Ca  J 

Heavy  metals . non  el 

Magnesium . less  than  0.0007%  V  Guaranteed 

Iodides . less  than  0.15%  as  I  /  Analysis 

Potassium . less  than  0.18%  as  Kl 

Iron . less  than  0.0003%  1 

Ammonium . less  than  0.0003%  as  NHj/ 

Chloride,  fused .  Kahlbaum  "C.f.A.” 

Chloride,  fused .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Content .  100.00%N 

Lime  and  Magnesia . none 

Ammonium  salts . none 

Potassium . none  \  in  10 

Iron . none  /grams 

Heavy  metals . none 

Iodine . none 

Sulphate . none, 

Chromate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Citrate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.001%\ 

CaO .  0.002%  (  Typical 

Cl .  — 0.001%  A  Analysis 

SOi .  -0.001%,’ 

Cobaltic  Nitrite,  c.  p.  (for  Po¬ 
tassium  Determinations) .  . 

Fluoride,  technical . 

Fluoride,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Formate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Hydroxide,  crude,  powder,  98% . 

Hydroxide,  crude,  powder,  98%..  Greenbank 
Hydroxide,  pure,  granulated 

(Ammonia  free) . 

Hydroxide,  electrolytic . 

Hydroxide,  purified .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nitrogen  as  nitrates  \ 

and  nitrites . less  than  0.002%  as  N2C>6l 

Aluminum . less  than  0.16%  \ 

Calcium . less  than  0.01%  / 

Heavy  metals . at  most  a  trace! 

Sodium  Carbonate  content . not  over  5.3%  ’ 

Hydroxide,  c.  p.,  by  Alcohol. 


.50  cb  .07 
.10  incl 
.25  cb  .08 


.40  incl 


Certified 

Analysis 


.90  cb  .08 
1.00  cb  .08 


sire  pkg. 

M  lb. 

Mlb. 

per  pkg.  cont, 

.20  incl 

.15  incl 

M  lb. 

.15 

incl 

Mlb. 

.20 

incl 

Mlb. 

.15 

incl 

100  grm. 

.50 

incl 

500  grm. 

.90 

incl 

Mlb. 

.15 

incl 

Mlb. 

.25 

incl 

100  grm. 

.60 

incl 

500  grm. 

1.40 

incl 

Mlb. 

.35 

incl 

Mlb. 

.35 

incl 

.50  incl 


.18  cc  .04 
.70  cb  .08 
1.00  cb  .08 
.10  incl 


.20  cb  ,0S 
.30  cb  .08 
.45  incl 


M  lb.  .30  incl 

lb.  .35  incl 
10  lb.  .75  incl 

10  lb.  1.00  incl 

10  1b.  1.50  cn  .15 

M  lb.  .17  incl 

M  lb.  .20  incl 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


.60  cb  .08  M  lb.  .20  incl 


52 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  package! 


Maker  cr  Brand 

SODIUM  Hydroxide,  by  Alcohol .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . less  than  0.025%  as  SO,\ 

Chlorides . less  than  0.005%  as  Cl  1 

Nitrogen . less  than  0.002%  as  NaCh  I 

Nitrogen  as  nitrates  r 

nitrites,  Ammonia,  etc. ...less  than  0.00112  N  \  Guaranteed 

Silicates . not  more  than  0.06%  as  SiOj  /  Analysis 

Aluminum . not  over  0.032%1 

Calcium . less  than  0.005%l 

Heavy  metals . at  most  a  trace  I 

Sodium  Carbonate  content . not  over  4%/ 

SODIUM  Hydroxide,  with  Lime .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Excess  of  Carbonates. less  than  5%  as  CO, )  _ _  , 

Nitrogen... not  more  than  .00112  as  as  N  )  ?“a.™?jeed 
Nitrogen . none  as  free  NHi )  Analys,s 

SODIUM  Hydroxide,  with  Lime  from  Ice¬ 
land  Spar .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Chlorides . less  than  0.001%  as  Cl) 

Phosphates . less  than  0.003%  as  IVJsf- 

Sulphur . less  than  0.0015%  s)  Analysis 

SODIUM  Hydroxide,  c.  p.,  from  Sodium . 

SODIUM  Hydroxide,  from  Sodium .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . less  than  0.004%  as  SOA 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0025%  as  Cl 

Nitrogen  as  nitrates  ! 

nitrites,  Ammonia,  etc. . . .  less  than  0.00112%  N| 

Nitrogen . less  than  0.002%  N2CM 

Nitrites . less  than  0.00011%  as  N2G,\  Guaranteed 

Phosphates . less  than  0.003%  as  P?Os/  Analysis 

Silicates . not  more  than  0.02%  as  SiOji 

Aluminum . not  more  than  0.00106%| 

Calcium . less  than  0.0 

Heavy  metals . r 

Sodium  Carbonate  content.. not  more  than  3. 

SODIUM  Hydroxide  Solution  I,  27% — Free 

from  Nitrogen .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nitrogen  as  nitrates,  ni¬ 
trites,  Ammonia,  etc. .  .not  more  than  0.0002% 

SODIUM  Hydroxide  Solution  II,  27% — 

Free  from  Nitrogen .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . less  than  0.025%  as  SO,  1 

Chlorides . less  than  0.005%  as  Cl  i 

Silicates . not  more  than  0.06%  as  SiO.I 

Heavy  metals . at  most  a  trace  /  ’ 

Sodium  Carbonate  content . not  over  4%  l 

Nitrogen  as  nitrates,  ni-  1 

trites,  Ammonia,  eto . less  than  0.0002%  / 

SODIUM  Hydroxide  Solution  III,  15%.. .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . less  than  0.025%  as  SO,  \ 

Chlorides . less  than  0.005%  as  Cl  i 

Nitrogen  as  nitrates,  ni-  I 

trites,  Ammonia,  etc . less  than  0.00112%  NI 

Silicates . not  more  than  0.06%  as  SiO, 

Aluminum . not  over  0.032%/ 

Calcium . less  than  0.05%  I 

Heavy  metals . at  most  a  trace! 

Sodium  Carbonate  content . not  over  4%  / 

SODIUM  Hyposulphite  (See  Thiosulphate) 

Indigosulphonate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Indigosulphonate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Water  content . not  over  10%  l  Guaranteed 

Tested  for  Indigo  Content  J  Analysis 

SODIUM  Iodate,  c.  p . 

Iodide,  c.  p . 

Molybdate,  c.  p.  . . . 

Monosulphonate  (Alizarine) . 

Nitrate,  crystals . 

Nitrate,  c.  p.,  crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

. 8-!SSt(  T”ical 

so, ::::::  Analysis 

I . none) 

"SODIUM  Nitrate,  crystals .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0025%  as  SOA 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0015%  as  Cl  1 

Chlorates  and  I 

Perchlorates. ..less  than  0.005%  as  Cl.O.f 

Calcium . less  than  0.01%  ' 

Heavy  metals . none , 

Iron . less  than  0.0008%t 

Nitrites . less  than  0.00055%  as  N,Oit 

Iodates . less  than  0.004%  as  IsO,  1 

Potassium . less  than  0.33%/ 

“SODIUM  Nitrate,  crystals .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

53 


per  oz.  cont. 


per  lb.  cont.  size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont, 

.65  incl  Y\  lb.  .25  incl 


.80  incl 


.60  incl  lb.  .25 


incl 


.  2.25  cb  .09 

.30  incl  2.50  incl 


oz.  .30  incl 


Y\  lb.  .80  incl 


'.55  incl 


.03 


incl 


.55  incl 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


Yv  oz.  1.00  incl 
Ys  oz-  .35  incl 


60  incl  . 

50  incl  . 

35  incl  3.50  cb  .08 

55  cb  .04  . 

. . 15  cc  .04 

. 25  cb  .08 


Mlb.  1.20  incl 
Y\b.  .15  incl 


.60  incl  YL  lb.  .25  incl 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


100  grm.  .55  incl 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Ounce  and  pound  prices  Price  in  other  size  packages 


°\  \ 

eJ  j 

er  I 

e  \  m  10  \ 

/grams  / 

el  I 

ei  1 

■J  ) 

e/  / 


Certified 

Analysis 


Maker  or  Brand 

“SODIUM  Nitrate,  crystals .  Kahlbaum  "C.f.A. 

Chloride . uone\ 

Chlorate,  Perchlorate . none  J 

Sulphate . none  j 

Iodate . none  I 

Nitrite . none ' 

Potassium  (flame  re¬ 
action) . slight  trace! 

Iron . none! 

Alkaline  earths . none 

Heavy  earths . none / 

SODIUM  Nitrite,  coml.,  granular . 

“  Nitrite,  c.  p.,  crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

NaNO* .  95.6%\ 

Fe .  -0.0003 %\ 

Pb .  none  \  Typical 

Cl .  0.002%/  Analysis 

SOs .  -0.001%  \ 

I . none/ 

SODIUM  Nitrite,  c.  p.,  sticks .  Baker  Analyzed 

(Analysis  as  above) 

SODIUM  Nitrite,  sticks .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl )  ,, 

Sulphates . less  than  0.175%  as  SO.)  V“  ,  “L 

Heavy  metals . none)  Ana|ysls 

SODIUM  Nitrite,  Potassium  free .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Potassium . less  than  0.03%  as  K\ 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl*  Guaranteed 

Sulphates . less  than  0.175%  as  SO3/  Analysis 

Heavy  metals . none/ 

SODIUM  Nitroferricyanide  (Nitroprusside)  . 

Nitroferricyanide .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphate . less  than  0.Q1%  as  SO» 

Oxalate,  coml.,  powder . 

SODIUM  Oxalate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fo .  0.0005%  i 

CaO .  0.008%  I 


per  oz.  cont.  per  lb.  cont. 


size  pkg.  per  pkg.  coni. 

500  grm.  1.10  incl 


.25  incl 


.40  cb  .04 
.80  incl 


Typical 

Analysis 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


Certified 

Analysis 


Cl .  -0.001%  ^ 

SO. .  -0.001%  t 

COs . none  J 

SODIUM  Oxalate,  c.  p.,  for  standardizing.  Baker  Special 
SODIUM  Oxalate  (Sorensens)  100% .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Hygroscopic  moisture... not  more  than  0.01%\ 

Sodium  Carbonate . less  than  0.0212%  1 

Sodium  Binoxalate . less  than  0.0224%  f 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0001%  as  Cl\ 

Sulphates . less  than  0.025%  as  SO. 

Iron..  . . less  than  0.0003% 

Potassium . less  than  0.06%  1 

Foreign  organic  substances...  .at  most  a  trace/ 

SODIUM  Oxalate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A. 

“  Oxalate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A. 

Content .  99.93%' 

Moisture . 1.2  mg 

Chloride . none 

Sulphate . none 

Sodium  Carbonate . none 

Binoxalate . none  /grams 

Organic  compounds . none^ 

Potassium  (flame  reac¬ 
tion) . none 

Iron . faint  trace/ 

Perborate . 

Permanganate . 

Peroxide . 

♦SODIUM  Peroxide,  c.p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Na.O» .  88.5%' 

Fe .  0.002% 

AI2O3 .  0.0003% 

Cl .  0.0002% 

SO3 . none 

Insoluble  matter .  0.001% 

♦SODIUM  Peroxide .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . less  than  0.014%  as  SOj 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0015%  as  C-1 

Phosphates . less  than  0.06%  as  PsOs 

Nitrogen . less  than  0.003% 

Silicates . not  more  than  0.01%  as  SiOs 

Heavy  metals . none 

Peroxide,  Carbon  free . *. . . 

Peroxide,  c.  p.,  for  coal  analysis  Baker  Special 

Peroxide,  c.  p.,  fused . 

Phosphate,  c.  p.,  monobasic 


.20  incl 


SODIUM 

O  u 


¥") 

el  I 

e\  in  10  \ 
0  / grams  / 


.45  cb 

.09 

Klb. 

.15 

incl 

.50  cb 

.08 

Hlb. 

.15 

incl 

1.20 

incl 

M  lb. 

.40 

incl 

H  lb. 

.90 

incl 

M  oz. 

.30 

incl 

.25  cc 

.04 

.60  cb 

.08 

Mlb. 

.20 

incl 

Mlb. 

.50 

incl 

M  lb. 

.60 

incl 

100  grm. 

1.10 

incl 

500  grm. 

3.45 

incl 

.65 

.35 

.85 

1.00 


Typical 

Analysis 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


incl 

.04 

Vi  lb.  .30 

incl 

incl 

Yx  lb.  .30 

incl 

incl 

M  lb.  .35 

incl 

....  100  grm.  .70 

incl 

♦SODIUM 

*  U 


.15 

.20 


incl 

incl 


1.30 

1.25 

1.50 


incl 

incl 

incl 


J4  lb.  .45  incl 
M  lb.  ,55  incl 


Fe .  0.0001% ) 

Cl .  —0.001%  >■  P‘T“, 

SOs .  -0.001%)  Analysis 


SODIUM  Phosphate,  pure,  crystals,  dibasic 


Baker  Analyzed  . . . . 

. 75  cb 

.08 

M  lb.  .25  incl 

Typical 

Analysis 

.09 

54 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Maker  or  Brand 


SODIUM  Phosphate,  anhydrous,  powder, 
dibasic . 


Phosphate,  c.  p.,  dibasic 

(NajHP04+12H20) .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.0005%', 

As . trace  ‘  Typical 

Cl .  .  — 0.001%  f  Analysis 

SOi .  0.005  %) 

SODIUM  Phosphate,  dibasic 

(Na2HP04+12H20) .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Carbonates . less  than  2%  as  COa  \ 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0075%  as  SO»  I 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0015%  as  Cl  1  , 

Nitrates . less  than  0.0016%  as  N206  > 

Heavy  metals . none  l  Analysis 

Arsenic . less  than  J).0005%  I 


J 

l 

>  /grams,  / 

;)  j 


‘C.f.A. 

‘C.f.A. 


Potassium . less  than  0.4%  as  K 

SODIUM  Phosphate .  Kahlbauxn 

Phosphate .  Kahlbaum 

Carbonate . none\ 

Sulphate . none  J 

Chloride . none  I 

Nitrate . none  \  in  10  V  Certified 

Arsenic . none  /grams  /  Analysis 

Heavy  metals . none) 

Potassium  (flame  reac-  ’ 

tion) . faint  trace  J 

SODIUM  Phosphate,  c.p.,  anhyd.,  dibasic . 

“  Phosphate,  c.  p.,  dibasic,  (Ar¬ 
senic  free) .  Baker  Special 

Phosphate,  comb,  granular,  tri- 

basic.... . . . 

Phosphate,  c.  p.,  tribasic 

(Na3P04-t-12H20) .  Baker  Analyzed 

Cl .  0.056%'! 

SOj .  0.003%  ‘  Typical 

As . trace  t  Analysis 

Nitrate . trace; 

SODIUM  Phosphate,  c.  p.,  meta,  (NaP03)  . 

“  Picrocarminate  Solution,  tested 

reagent .  Merck  Blue  Label 

SODIUM  Potassium  Carbonate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Na2CO» .  36%., 

K2COs .  64% 

Fe .  0.001%) 

SiOj .  0.002% 

Cl .  0.001%  l 

SOj .  0.002%  J 

P . trace7 

SODIUM  Potassium  Carbonate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.’ 

“  Potassium  Carbonate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.’ 

Free  alkali . noncv 

Chloride . slight  trace  ] 

Sulphate . none  i 

Nitrate . none! 

Phosphate . non  el 

Silica . none\ 

Cyanide . none 

Sulphite . none/ 

Thiosulphate . none  I 

Alkaline  earths . . none! 

Alumina . none  ’ 

Heavy  metals . none  , 

Arsenic . none7 


Typical 

Analysis 


,  in  10 
(  grams 


,  Certified 
'  Analysis 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 
per  oz.  cont.  per  lb.  cont. 

. 22  cb  .09 

. 35  cb  .08 

.  1.00  incl 


Price  in  other  size  packages 
size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont. 


>4  lb.  .15  incl 


l/i  lb.  .35  incl 


100  grm.  .75  incl 
500  grm.  1.65  incl 


.30 


incl 


.60  cb 

.08 

Klb. 

.20 

incl 

.50  cb 

.08 

H  lb. 

.20 

incl 

.04 

.90  cb 

.08 

M  lb. 

.30 

incl 

.20  cb 

.08 

K  lb.  .40 

incl 

.50  cb 

.08 

M  lb.  .20 

incl 

100  grm.  .50  incl 
500  grm.  1.10  incl 


SODIUM  Potassium  Carbonate,  fused,  an¬ 
hydrous,  tested  reagent .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Potassium  Phosphate,  c.  p . 

“  Potassium  Tartrate,  crystals 

(Rochelle  Salts) . 


Potassium  Tartrate,  powder 

(Rochelle  Salts) . 

Potassium  Tartrate,  c.  p.  cryst . . 
Potassium  Tartrate,  c.  p.,  powder 


Fe .  0.001%4 

CaO . nonet 

Cl .  0.0002%  ( 

SOi .  -o.ooi%; 


SODIUM’ Potassium  Tartrate,  crystals.. 

Calcium . less  than  0.03%'\ 

Heavy  metals . non  el 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0005%  as  Cl \ 

Sulphates . less  than  0.175%  as  SO,  / 

Ammonium  I 

compounds...  .less  than  0.0045%  as  NH»/ 


Baker  Analyzed 
Baker  Analyzed 

Typical 

Analysis 

Merck  Blue  Label 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


1.25  incl 
.50  cb  .07 

.32  cc  .04 

M  lb.  .50 

Vi  lb.  .20 

incl 

incl 

.32  cc  .04 

.70  cb  .08 

H  lb.  .24 

incl 

.75  cb  .08 

M  lb.  .24 

incl 

.80  incl 

H  lb.  .30 

incl 

55 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Ounce  and  pound  prices  Price  in  other  size  packag03 


Maker  ,or  Brand 

Baker  Analyzed 


per  oz.  con  t. 


Typical 

Analysis 


SODIUM  Pyrophosphate,  c.  p.,  crystals. . . 

,  Fe .  0.0003%) 

MgO . none  } 

As . trace) 

SODIUM  Pyrophosphate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Phosphates . less  than  2%  as  PjOsV 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0075%  as  SOj  1 

Carbonates . less  than  2%  as  COe  I 

Chlorides . less  than  0.0015%  as  Cl  \  Guaranteed 

Nitrates . less  than  0.0016%  as  NsOj  /  Analysis 

Heavy  metals . nonet 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0005%  1 

Potassium . less  than  0.4%  as  K/ 

SODIUM  Pyrophosphate,  c.  p.,  dry . 

“  Silicate,  comb,  solution . 

“  Silicate, comb,  dry,  lump . 

“  Silicate,  comb,  powder . 

“  Silicate,  c.  p.,  crystals . 

“  Silicofluoride,  e.  p . . 

“  Stannate,  c.  p . 

“  -  Sulphate,  pure,  cryst.  or  powder . 

“  Sulphate,  c.  p.,  crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  -0.0001%h 

Cl .  -0.001%  (  Typical 

CaO . none  7  Analysis 

MgO . . . none/ 

SODIUM  Sulphate . .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Substances  insoluble  in  water . none. 

Chlorides . less  than  0.001%  as  Cl  j 

Iron . less  than  0.0008%  > 

Calcium . less  than  0.02%  (  AnalySla 

Magnesium . less  than  0.005%) 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0005%' 

SODIUM  Sulphate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 


Chloride . 

Alkaline  earths . 

Iron . 

Arsenic . 

Heavy  metals . 

Solution . 

in  10 


Certified 

Analysis 


"SODIUM 

O  U 


‘C.f.A.” 

‘C.f.A.” 


SODIUM  Sulphate, c.  p.,anhyd.,  powder..  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.0003%'! 

CaO . none!  Typical 

MgO . noneb  Analysis 

ci . 0.0001%; 

’SODIUM  Sulphide,  fused . . 

’  “  Sulphide,  brown,  crystals . 

’  “  Sulphide,  c.  p.  crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.0005%'! 

Cl .  0.010%  I  Typical 

SOs . 0.050%  Analysis 

Polysulphido . trace," 

SODIUM  Sulphide .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nitrogen . not  more  than  0.0056% 

vSuIphide .  Kahlbaum 

Sulphide .  Kahlbaum 

Solubility . complete)  1 

Ammonium  salts . non ef  :n  ,n  f  zvrfifipd 

Content,  calculated  on  crys-  >  Ana)  is 

tallized  sulphide .  98.7%  t  eram3l  Analysis 

Moisture . remainder*  " 

"SODIUM  Sulphide,  Solution,  5% .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Nitrogen . not  more  than  0.00056% 

“  Sulphite,  pure,  crystals . 

SODIUM  Sulphite,  c.  p.,  crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe . .  0.0003%) 

Cl .  -0.001%  t  Analys,s 

SO3 . present " 

SODIUM  Sulphite,  crystals .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Chlorides . less  than  0.002%  as  Cl ) 

Heavy  metals . none} 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0002%) 

SODIUM  Sulphite,  anhydrous,  powder . 

“  Sulphite,  c.  p.,  anhydrous .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.0005%  1 

80,:."  -o:8oi%(  T^y*1. 

Cl .  0.010%)  Analy8I8 

SO3 . present ) 

SODIUM  Sulphite,  dried .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Chlorides .  less  than  0.002%  as  Cl )  r,, j 

Heavy  metals . f  .none}  Guaranteed 

Arsenic . . loss  than  0.0002%) 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


Analysis 


SODIUM  Tartrate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 


per  lb. 

cent. 

size  pkg. 

per  okg. 

C0.lt. 

.60  cb 

.07 

Alb- 

.20  • 

incl 

.80 

incl 

Alb. 

.30 

incl 

1.00  cb 

.OS 

Mlb'. 

.35 

incl 

.10  cb 

.08 

1  gal. 

.50 

incl 

.16  ce 

.08  . 

.20  cc 

.04 

.80  cb 

.08 

K  lb. 

.25 

incl 

1.00  cb  \  .08 

Mlb. 

.35 

incl 

1.00  cb 

.08 

A  lb. 

.35 

incl 

.10  cb 

.09  . 

.25  cb 

.08 

Alb. 

.15 

incl 

.45  incl 


1000  grm. 

.90 

incl 

.35  cb  .07 

A  lb. 

.15 

incl 

.50  cb  .08 

.10  cb  .08 

.40  gb  .15 

A  lb. 

.15 

incl 

.65  incl 

A  lb. 

.30 

incl 

100  grm. 

.55 

incl 

500  grm. 

.95 

incl 

.60  incl 

Alb. 

.30 

incl 

.10  cc  .04 

.25  cb  .08 

Alb. 

.15 

incl 

.50  incl 

Alb. 

.20 

incl 

.15  cc  .04 

.30  cb  .07 

Alb. 

.15 

incl 

.85  incl 

A  lb. 

.30 

incl 

.75  cb  .08 

^lb. 

.25 

incl 

56 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


Maker  or  Brand 


per  oz.  cont.  per  lb.  cont.  size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont. 


•\ . 'i 

el  I 

ef  f 

e  \  in  10  \ 


Sulphate . nonej  't 


SODIUM  Taurocholate,  for  use  in  bac¬ 
teriological  work . 

Tetraoxalate,  c.  p . 

Thiosulphate,  (Hyposulphite), 

pure,  crystals . 

Thiosulphate,  c.  p.,  crystals . 

Fe .  0.0001%'. 

CaO . none  \ 

S03  .  0.250%  ( 

Free  S . none/ 

SODIUM  Thiosulphate,  crystals . 

Carbonates . less  than  0.17%  as  CO.'i 

Sulphates  and  1 

sulphites . less  than  0.01%  as  SO.  I 

Free  alkali . less  than  0.01%  as  NaOH/ 

Sulphides . less  than  0.013%  as  SI 

Calcium . less  than  0.02%/ 

SODIUM  Thiosulphate . 

“  Thiosulphate 

Free  alkalies . none 

Sulphate . none 

Sulphite . none 

Sulpiride . none 

Carbonate . none  /grams  / 

Lime . nonet  1 

Content . . .  99.8%  1  1 

Mechanical  moisture .  0.19%/  / 

SODIUM  Thiosulphate,  c.  p.,  crystals.... 

Thiosulphate,  c.  p.,  anhydrous  . 

Fe .  0.002%‘r 

CaO .  -0.001%  l 

S03 .  0.800%  ( 

Free  S . . . trace/ 

SODIUM  Tungstate,  pure,  crystals . 

Tungstate,  c.  p . 

SODIUM  Tungstate . 

Proper  water  content .  12% ) 

Chlorides .  less  than  0.001%  as  Cl  >■ 

Sulphates . less  than  0.075%  as  SO3 ) 

SODIUM  Tungstate 

Sulphate . 

Chloride . tract!  in  10 

Residue  on  ignition .  88.45%/  grams/ 

Tungstic  acid .  69.70%.*  / 

SOLUTION,  Acid  Phosphomolybdic,  10%.. 

Acid  Phospho tungstic,  10%.. 

“  Alizarin,  (Sodium  Monosul- 

phonate)  for  detection  of 

free  HC1  in  stomach . 

1  Boas’,  for  detection  of  HC1 

in  gastric  juice . 

“  Chloro-iodide  of  Zinc,  after 

Schultz . 

“  Congo  Red,  for  detection  of 

free  HC1  in  stomach . 

“  Dimethyl -amido-azo- benzol, 

0.5%,  for  gastric  juice 

analysis  (Toepfer) . . 

“  Doremus,  for  estimating 

amount  of  Urea  in  Uric  Acid 
“  Ehrlich’s,  (Diazo  Reaction) . . 

“  Esbach’s,  f  o  r  estimating 

amount  of  Albumen  in  urine 

“  Fehling’s,  Alkaline . 

Fehling’s,  Copper . . . 

“  Fehling’s,  in  tablet  form,  in 

cartons  containing  24  tab¬ 
lets  each . 

“  Gas,  for  analysis  with  Orsat 

Apparatus. 

I.  Potassium  Hydroxide 
solution  for  absorb¬ 
ing  CO2 . 

II.  Ammoniacal  solution 
Cuprous  Chloride  for 

absorbing  CO . 

III.  Potassium  Pyrogallate 
solution  for  absorb¬ 
ing  O . 


6.00  cb 

.20 


.04 

incl 


2.00  cb  .OS 


15  gr.  .40  incl 
X  lb.  .70  incl 


Baker  Analyzed 

Typical 

Analysis 

Merck  Blue  Label 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


Kahlbaum  "C.f.A. 
Kahlbaum  “C.f.A. 


Certified 

Analysis 


Baker  Special 
Baker  Analyzed 

Typical 

Analysis 


Merck  Blue  Label 

Guaranteed 

Analysis 

Kahlbaum  “C.f.A/ 

Certified 

Analysis 


Bur’ghs  Welcome 


. 25  cb 

.08 

Klb. 

.15 

incl 

. 40 

incl 

%lb. 

.20 

incl 

500  grm. 

.75 

incl 

1000  grm. 

1.15 

incl 

.40  cb 

.08 

. 50  cb 

.07 

X  lb. 

.15 

incl 

. . . .  1.25  cb 

.08 

.20 

incl  2.00  cb 

.08 

X  lb. 

.70 

incl 

.30 

incl  . 

Xib. 

.80 

incl 

. 

. 

50  grm. 

.90 

incl 

.15  gb 

.05  .80 

incl 

.15  cb 

.03  1.00  cb 

.08 

.  . .  .20  cb 

.08 

.15  cb 

.03  1.25  cb 

.08 

.50  gb 

.05  . 

. 80  cb 

.08 

.15 

incl  .75  cb 

.08 

.12 

.30  gb 

.12 

.25  cb 

.08 

.50  cb 

.08 

. 50  gb 

.12 

carton 

.25 

incl 

. 80 

incl 

1  liter 

1.40 

incl 

. 80 

incl 

1  liter  1.40 

incl 

. 80 

incl 

1  liter 

1.40 

incl 

57 


R 


H  U  R 


H  . 


H  O  M 


O  M 


N 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


Maker  or  Brand 


of 


of 


SOLUTION,  Giinzberg’s,  for  detection 

HC1  in  gastric  juice . 

“  Haines’,  for  detection 

Sugar  in  urine . 

“  Hayem’s,  for  diluting  blood . 

“  Hypobromite,  for  use  in  Dore- 

mus  Ureometer . 

“  Iodine.fordetectionof  Starch, 

Alkaloids,  and  Alcohol . . 

“  Labarraque’s . 

Lacmoid,  indicator . 

“  Litmus,  indicator . 

“  Litmus,  according  to  Kubel 

and  Tiemann,  in  original 

packages .  Kahlbaum 

“  Litmus,  according  to  Kubel 

and  Tiemann,  in  original 


per  oz.  cont.  per  lb.  cont.  size  pkg. 


.60  cb  .03 


per  pkg.  cont. 


.20  incl 


1.00 

.25  cb 


incl 

.08 


.60  gb  .1 


.60  gb 

.20 


.12 

incl 


1.00  cb  .08 


u 

Lugol’s . 

. 25  gb 

.12 

it 

Methyl  Orange,  indicator . 

.  .  .15 

incl  . 

a 

Millon’s,  for  detection  of 

Proteids . 

.  .  .25 

incl  2.00  gb 

.12 

« 

Nessler’s,  for  detection  of 

Ammonia  and  its  salts . 

incl  1.00 

incl 

a 

Nylander’s . 

.15 

incl  1.25 

incl 

u 

Obermayer’s . 

.25 

incl  1.00 

incl 

a 

Phenolphthalein,  1%  alco¬ 
holic  solution . 

. 50  cb 

.08 

500  grm.  1.80  incl 


1000  grm.  3.50  incl 


Phloroglucin-Vanillin,  for  de¬ 
tection  of  HC1  in  gastric 

juice . 60  cb  .03 

Platinic  Chloride,  c.  p.,  5% .  2.00  incl 

. . .  incl 


Platinic  Chloride,  c.  p.,  10%. 
Resorcin,  for  detection  of  HC1 

in  gastric  juice . 

Ruhemann’s  I,  for  estima¬ 
tion  of  Uric  Acid . 

Ruhemann’s  II,  for  estima¬ 
tion  of  Uric  Acid . 

Soap,  for  water  analysis . 

Soda,  Chlorinated,  (Labar¬ 
raque’s)  . 

Toepfer’s,  for  gastric  juice 
analysis. 


3.25 


.15  gb  .05  1.40  gb  .12 


.25  cb  .08 


.28  cb 
1 .00  gb 


.07 

.12 


.20  incl 


.15  incl  .75  cb 


.08 

.08 


“  Toisson’s,  for  diluting  blood . ,.  . 50  cb 

“  Tropaeolin  OO,  for  detection 

of  HC1  in  gastric  juice .  1.00  cb  .08  . 

“  Tumeric,  indicator . 15  incl  1.00  cb  .08  . 

STANDARD  VOLUMETRIC  SOLUTIONS  are  not  carried  in  stock  because  of  their  unstable  nature 
order  is,  therefore,  made  up  specially  and  cannot  be  shipped  until  the  day  after  order  is  received. 

ACID,  Hydrochloric,  decinormal . 

“  Nitric,  decinormal . 

“  Oxalic,  decinormal . . . 

“  Sulphuric,  decinormal . 

AMMONIUM  Sulphocyanide,  decinormal . 

IODINE,  decinormal . 

POTASSIUM  Bichromate,  decinormal . 

Hydrate,  decinormal . > . 

“  Permanganate . 

SILVER  NITRATE,  decinormal . 

SODIUM  Carbonate,  decinormal . 

Chloride,  decinormal . 

Hydrate,  decinormal . 

Thiosulphate,  decinormal . 

SORBIT . 

STARCH,  corn . 

“  iodized . 35  cb  .03 

“  potato . 15  cc 

“  soluble . 15  cb  .03  .80  cb 

“  wheat . 30 

STRONTIUM  Acetate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed  .  1.25  cb 

“  Carbonate,  pure,  pptd . .  . 50  cb 


Each 


.10  cc  .04 


.04 

.09 

incl 

.08 

.09 


liter 

1.25 

gb 

.18 

liter 

1.25 

gb 

.18 

liter 

1.25 

gb 

.18 

liter 

1.25 

gb 

.18 

liter 

1.35 

gb 

.18 

liter 

1.35 

gb 

.18 

liter 

1.25 

gb 

.18 

liter 

1.25 

rb 

.14 

liter 

1.25 

gb 

.18 

liter 

1.35 

gb 

.18 

liter 

1.25 

gb 

.18 

liter 

1.25 

gb 

.18 

liter 

1.25 

rb 

.14 

liter 

1.25 

gb 

.18 

1  grm. 

6.50 

incl 

}4  lb.  .40  incl 


58 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


STRONTIUM  Carbonate,  c.  p . 

Fe .  0.002% 'v 

BaO .  -0.001%  1 

Cl .  0.0005%  ( 

soi .  -o.ooi%; 

STRONTIUM  Chloride,  pure,  crystals . 

“  Chloride,  c.  p . 

Fe .  0.001%\ 

BaO .  0.001%  ( 

CaO .  0.005%  ( 

SO» . 0.001%! 

STRONTIUM  Chloride,  c.  p . 

Fe .  0.0002%'! 

BaO . none  f 

CaO . none  j 

STRONTIUM  Fluoride,  c.  p . 

“  Hydroxide,  c.  p . 

Nitrate,  granular . 

“STRONTIUM  Nitrate,  c.  p . 

Fe .  0.0005% 

BaO .  0.001% 

CaO .  0.001% 

Cl . none 

“STRONTIUM  Nitrate,  c.  p . 

Fe .  -0.0001%) 

CaO . none  ( 

ci .  0.002%; 

STRONTIUM  Oxalate,  c.  p . 

Oxide,  c.  p.,  hydrated . 

STRONTIUM  Sulphate,  c.  p . 

CaO . none"! 

BaO . trace* 

Fe .  0.005%  | 

CI .  0.035%! 

STYRAX 

SULPHIDE ’ Cubes ' (See  Cubes). ’. '. 

SULPHITE  Cubes  (See  Cubes) . 

SULPHUR,  rolls  (Brimstone) . 

sublimed  (Flowers  of  Sulphur) 

“  washed . 

precipitated . 

crystals . 

Dioxide,  gas,  in  valve  top 

cylinders  of  7  lbs.  ea., . 

“  Monochloride . . 

“SYNTHOL . 

TALCUM,  powder . 

TANNIN  (See  Acid  Tannic) . 

Tartar  Emetic  (See  Antimony  Potassium 
Tartrate). 

TEST  PAPER,  Congo,  sheets  210  x  250  mm 
“  Congo,  in  books  of  25  strips 
“  Congo,  vials  of  100  strips. . 

“  Congo,  tape  form  in  rolls. . 

“  Litmus,  blue,  red  or  neu¬ 

tral  in  sheets,  210  x  250  mm. 

“  Litmus,  blue,  red  or  neu¬ 
tral,  in  books  of  25  strips. . 

“  Litmus,  blue,  red  or  neu¬ 
tral,  in  vials  of  100 strips.. 

“  Litmus,  blue,  red  or  neu¬ 
tral,  in  tape  form . 

“  Litmus,  red  and  blue  com¬ 
bined,  tape  form . 

“  “  Tumeric,  sheets,  2 'Ox  250mm 

Tumeric,  books  of  25  strips 
Tumeric,  vials  of  100  strips 

Tumeric,  tape  form . 

TETRAMETHYL  -  PARAPHENYLENE  - 

DIAMINE  HYDROCHLORIDE . 

TETRAMETHYL  -  PARAPHENYLENE  - 
DIAMINE  HYDROCHLORIDE 

Inorganic  matter . less  than  0.05% 

THALLIUM,  metal . 

“  Nitrate . 


Maker  or  Brand 

Baker  Analyzed 

Typical 

Analysis 


par  o z.  cont,  per  lb.  cont.  size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont. 

. 50  cb  .08  34  lb.  .20  incl 


Baker  Analyzed 

Typical 

Analysis 

Baker  Special 

Typical 

Analysis 

Baker  Analyzed 


Baker  Analyzed 

Typical 

Analysis 

Baker  Special 

Typical 

Analysis 

Baker  Analyzed 
Baker  Analyzed 

Typical 

Analysis 


.25  cb  .09  . 

.50  cb  .08  34  lb.  .20  incl 


.75  cb  .08  341b.  .25  incl 


.  1.00  cb  .08 

.  1.00  cb  .08 

. 20  cc  .04 

.10  incl “".50  cb  .07 


.75  cb  .07 


U 

U 


u 

a 


Merck  Blue  Label 
Merck  Blue  Label 


.10  cc 
.10  cc 
.15  cc 
.16  cc 
.50 


34  lb.  .35  incl 


34  lb.  .20  incl 


.90  cb  .09 
1.00  cb  .07 
.50  cb  .07 


.50  cb  .08 


34lb. 
'34  lb. 


.35 


.20 


.04 

.04 

.04 

.05 

incl 


5  lb. 
5  1b. 


.25 

.25 


.50  gb  .20 
.45  cb  .09 
.10  cc  .04 


incl 

incl 


incl 

incl 


per  cyl.  6.00  incl 


1.80 

1.80 


incl 

incl 


quire 

.75 

incl 

book 

.05 

incl 

vial 

.10 

incl 

roll 

.10 

incl 

quire 

.75 

incl 

book 

.05 

incl 

vial 

.10 

incl 

roll 

.10 

incl 

roll 

.25 

incl 

quire 

.75 

incl 

book 

.05 

inci 

vial 

.10 

incl 

roll 

.10 

incl 

5  grn. 

.75 

incl 

15  grn. 

2.00 

incl 

1  grm. 

.15 

incl 

1  grm. 

.15 

incl 

59 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Maker  or  Brand 

THALLIUM,  Sulphate . , . 

THORIUM,  metal,  c.  p . . 

“  Nitrate,  c.  p . 

“  Sulphate,  c.  p . 

THYMOL,  crystals . 

THYMOL .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Inorganic  matter . less  than  0.05% )  „  ,  , 

Free  acids . nonet  Guaranteed 

Phenol . none)  Anabsis 

TIN,  foil,  coml . . . 

“  foil,  pure  (Lead  free) . 

TIN,  metal,  granulated  (mossy),  shot  or 

sticks .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  metal,  powdered .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.0003%  ) 

Pb .  0.001%  T 

Ana,ysis 

As . trace ) 

TIN,  metal,  granulated .  Merck  Blue  Label 

head . not  more  than  0.00683% ) 

Copper . less  than  0.0004%  I 

Iron  and  Zinc . not  over  0.04%  as  Sulphides)-  V “f.l’al':eed 

Antimony . at  most  a  trace  i  'lnalysls 

Arsenic . . .  .at  most  a  trace ) 

TIN  Chloride,  crystals,  (stannous)... . 

“  Chloride,  c.  p,,  (stannous) .  Baker  Analyzed 

TIN  Chloride,  (stannous) .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . less  than  0.125%  as  SO,) 

Ammonium  compounds _ less  than  0.0035%  as  NHif  „ _ ,  . 

Earths  and  alkalies . not  more  than  0.1%  >  *  “fl™7.eed 

Iron  .  . . less  than  0.00075%  C  Analysis 

Arsenic . less  than  0.00075%  * 

TIN  Chloride,  crystals,  (stannous) .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A. 

“  Chloride,  crystals,  (stannous) .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A. 

Content  (SnCl,  +  2HsO) .  96.22% 

Residue  present  after  precipi¬ 
tating  Tin .  1.2  mg  | 

Iron . trace 

Arsenic.  . . none  I 

Ammonium  salts . faint  trace] 

Sulphate . none 

TIN  Chloride,  c.  p.,  crystals,  (stannic) 

Fe .  0.0002%'l 

As . trace!  Typical 

SO, . none)  Analysis 

Na. . . . . .trace/ 

TIN  Chloride,  c.  p.,  fuming,  (stannic) . 

TIN  Chloride,  Solution .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Substance  precipitated  by  Alcohol . none  1  Guaranteed 

Sulphuric  Acid . less  than  0.002%  as  SO, )  Analysis 

TIN  Oxalate,  c.  p.,  (stannous) .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Oxide,  c.  p.,  (stannous), . 

“  Oxide,  c.  p.,  (stannic) .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.0002%'! 

Cl .  0.010%  (  Typical 

SO, .  0.001%)  Analysis 

Na . trace/ 

TIN  Phosphate,  c.  p.,  (stannous) .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Sulphate,  c.  p.,  (stannous) .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.0002\ 

As . nonet  Typical 

Cl .  —0.001%)  Analysis 

TIN  Sulphide,  c.  p.,  (stannous) .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Sulphide,  c.  p.,  (stannic) . 

TITANIUM,  metal,  c.  p . 

“  Sulphate,  pure . 

“  Oxide  (See  Acid  Titanic). . . . 

“  Potassium  Oxalate,  c.  p . 

TOLUIDINE,  ortho,  c.  p . 

“  para,  c.  p . 

°TOLUENE  (Toluol),  coml . 

*  “  (Toluol),  coml . 

0  “  (Toluol),  c.  p . 

(Toluol),  c.  p . 

TRICHLORETHYLENE . 

TRIKRESOL . 

TRIPOLI,  powder . 

TROPAEOLIN,  000,  No.  1 . 

“  000,  No.  2 . 


per  oz. 

cont.  per  ib. 

cont. 

1.80 

incl  . 

.50 

incl  6.50 

incl 

1.00 

incl  . 

Price  in  other  size  packages 
size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont, 

1  grm.  .15  incl 

0.1  grm  1.80  incl 


.25  cb  .04 
.35  incl 


3.10  cb  .09 


\4  lb.  1.00  incl 


.15 

.90 


incl 

incl 


.90  incl 
1.00  cb  .04 


14  lb.  .25  incl 
14  lb.  .25  incl 


1.50  incl  A  lb.  .50  incl 


.45  cb  .08 
.70  cb  .07 


.20  incl 


'A  lb. 

.24 

incl 

'A  lb- 

.75 

incl 

100  grm.  .95  incl 
500  grm.  2.70  incl 


in  10 
'grams/ 


Certified 

Analysis 


Baker  Analyzed 


.20  incl 


3.50 

1.10 


incl 

incl 


.75  gb 

.15 

Mlb. 

.25 

incl 

1.00  gb 

.15 

yib. 

.35 

incl 

1.20 

inc. 

'A  lb. 

.40 

incl 

1.25  cb 

.07 

'Alb. 

.45 

incl 

2.00  cb 

.06 

'A  lb. 

.70 

incl 

.90  cb 

.06 

'A  lb- 

.35 

incl 

2.50  cb 

.08 

'Alb. 

.80 

incl 

1.25  cb 

.07 

'A  lb. 

.40 

incl 

1.50  cb 

.08 

'A  lb. 

.50 

incl 

2.50  cb 

.08 

'A  lb. 

.80 

incl 

1  grm. 

.20 

incl 

1  grm. 

.15 

incl 

.75  cb 

.07 

'Alb. 

.25 

incl 

1.00  cb 

.08 

3.50  cb 

.08 

.20  cb 

.08 

1  gal. 

.70  cn 

.25 

5  gal.  3.00  cn 

.50 

.30  cb 

.08 

1  gal. 

.85  cn 

.25 

5  gal. 

3.25  cn 

.50 

.20 

.20 


incl 

incl 


.25  cb  .08 
.40  incl 
.10  cc  .04 


60 


4 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


a 

i< 

u 


Maker  or  Brand 

TUMERIC,  powder . 

paper  (See  Test  Paper) . 

TUNGSTEN,  metal  (Wolfram)  c.  p.,  powd . 

“  Oxide  (See  Acid  Tungstic). 

•TURPENTINE,  ozonized . 

rectified . 

Venice . 

white . 

URANIUM  Acetate,  c.  p . 

URANIUM  Acetate,  free  from  Sodium .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0035%  as  SO«  i 

Sodium . not  more  than  0.046%  as  Naf 

Earths . less  than  0.005%  as  Ca>  Analyst 

Uranous  salts  . .  .not  more  than  0.2385%  UIV  V 
Foreign  metals . none  ' 

•URANIUM  Nitrate,  c.  p . 

“URANIUM  Nitrate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0025%  as  SOj ) 

Alkali  salts . less  than  0.05%  (  r-uaranteed 

earths . less  than  0.005%  V  Analysis 

Uranous  salt3 . not  over  0.2385%  UIV  \ 

Foreign  metals . none  ■ 

UREA,  c.  p . 

VANADIUM  Chloride  c.  p . 

VANILLIN . 

VASELINE  (See  Petrolatum) . 

VERMILION,  English . 

VOLUMETRIC  SOLUTIONS  (See  Solu¬ 
tions) . 

WATER,  Distilled,  in  5  gal.  crated  bottle . 

WATER,  glass,  (See  Sodium  Silicate) . 

WAX,  (Beeswax)  white . 

“  (Beeswax)  yellow . 

“  Carnauba . 

“  Japan — . . . . . 

“  for  plastic  reconstruction,  special 

prices  on  application . 

•XYLENE  (Xylol) . 

°  “  (Xylol) . 

°  “  (Xylol) . 

•  “  (Xylol) .  Merck 

•XYLENE  (Xylol),  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Sp.gr .  0.85  1  Typical 

B.  P .  137-140°C  )  Analysis 

XYLIDINE . .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Substances  insoluble  in  Hydro-  )  Guaranteed 

chloric  Acid . .* . none  I  Analysis 

XYLOSE . : . 


per  or.  cont.  per  lb.  cont.  sire  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont. 

. 25  cc  .04  . 

.75  cb  .03  . 


.30  cb  .08 
.40  cb  .09 
.40  cb  .07 
.15  cb  .08 


.60 

.80 


incl 

incl 


1  gal.  .85  cn  .25 
U  lb.  2.50  ’  ’ '  incl 


.45  incl 
.65  incl 


lb.  2.00  incl 


.25  incl  . 

1.50  incl  . 

.45  incl  . . . 

.10  cb  .03  1.10  cb  .08 


.75  cb  1.00 


“YTTRIUM  Nitrate,  c.  p . 

ZINC,  metal,  comb,  granulated  (mossy 

zinc),  for  making  Hydrogen . 

ZINC,  metal,  c.  p.,  mossy,  stick  or  shot. .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fo . . .  . . 0.021%  t 

\q  . trace!  ' 

Pb  . . . .  . .'. .  0.050%  ( 

cd . o.ooi%; 

ZINC,  metal  (Arsenic  free),  granulated, 

thick  sticks,  thin  sticks . 

Arsenic . ■ . less  tiuin  0.000025% 

ZINC,  metal,  c.  p.,  mossy,  free  from  Car¬ 
bon  and  Arsenic,  containing  traces 

of  Iron . 

ZINC,  metal,  c.  p.,  powdered,  20  mesh — 

“  metal,  c.  p.,  powdered,  30  mesh.... 

Fo .  0.021%\ 

*  a  _ . trace! 

Pb . !  ! . . . 0.050%  ( . 

65:::::::::::: . 0.001%  j 

ZINC,  metal,  (Arsenic  free)  coarse  powder. 

Arsenic . less  than  0.000025% 


3.00  incl 


.55  incl 
.50  incl 
.85  incl 
.25  incl 


.30  cb  .08 


.30  cb  .10 


1  gal.  2.00  cn  .25 

2  gal.  3.75  cn  .35 
5  gal.  8.00  cn  .50 


Typical 
'  Analysis 


Merck  Blue  Label 


Baker  Analyzed 
Baker  Analyzed 

Typical 

Analysis 

Merck  Blue  Label 


ZINC,  metal,  c.  p.,  special,  mossy,  stick 

or  shot . •••■■. 

Fe  .  0.001%} 

Cd  . nODO' 


Baker  Analyzed 


l.UU  DU 

1.00 

.VO 

incl 

H  lb- 

.65 

incl 

» 

1  grm. 

.80 

incl 

10  grm. 

7.00 

incl 

.20  cc 

1 

.04 

10  lb. 

1.50 

incl 

.30 

incl 

M  lb. 

.15 

incl 

.60 

incl 

Mlb. 

.25 

incl 

.30 

.45 

incl 

Ylb. 

.15 

incl 

.30 

incl 

Ylb. 

.15 

incl 

.80 

incl 

Hlb. 

.30 

incl 

.35 

incl 

Hlb. 

,15 

incl 

Typical 

Analysis 


61 


ARTHUR  H.  THOMAS  COMPANY 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


Maker  or  Brand 

ZINC,  metal,  free  from  Arsenic,  nearly 
free  from  Iron,  granulated,  thick 
sticks,  thin  sticks  or  plates .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Arsenic . less  than  0.000025%)  ^ 

Matter  oxidizable  by  £  AnaT,8U 

Permanganate . less  than  0.028%  as  Fe )  a  's,s 

metal,  c.  p.,  powdered,  20  mesh. . .  Baker  Special 
metal,  c.  p.,  powdered,  30  mesh...  Baker  Special 

Fe .  0.001%} 

As.  . . f . none!  Typical 

Pb .  0.005%  r  Analysis 

I  * 


ZINC, 

U 


ZINC, 


°ZINC, 

“ZINC, 


ZINC, 

ZINC, 

ZINC, 

ZINC, 


ZINC, 

U 

U 

ZINC 


ZINC 

U 


ZINC 

« 

ZINC 

u 


ZINC 


Cd . none" 

metal,  free  from  Arsenic,  Sulphur, 

Phosphorus  and  Iron,  granulated, 

thick  sticks  or  thin  sticks .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Arsenic . less  than  0.000025%} 

Matter  oxidizable  by  1  Guaranteed 

Potassium  Permanganate,  .less  than  0.0056%  Pei"  Analysis 
Compounds  of  Sulphur,  Phosphorus,  etc  ...  .none/ 

metal,  dust . 

metal,  c.  p.,  dust .  Baker  Analyzed 

Zn .  82.3%} 

Fe .  0.010%1  Typical 

Pb .  0.800%/’  Analysis 

Cd .  0.050%; 

metal,  dust .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested  for  value  of  Zinc  Dust . 1  Guaranteed 

Nitrogen . not  more  than  0.00112%)  Analysis 

metal,  filings,  free  from  Arsenic _  Merck  Blue  Label 

Arsenic . less  than  0.000025% 

metal,  filings,  free  from  Arsenic, 

nearly  Iron  free .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Arsenic . less  than  0.000025%) 

Matter  oxidizable  by  \ 

Permanganate . less  than  0.028%  as  Fe )  "n  lys,s 

sheet  (4  x  %  inches),  for  standard¬ 
izing .  Baker  Analyzed 

As . trace') 

Pb .  0.104%  (  Typical 

Fe .  0.016%  j  Analysis 

metal,  amalgamated . 

metal,  platinized . 

Acetate,  pure . 

Acetate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Cd . , . none/ 

ci . 0.001%  l  JySYaJia 

so. . o.ooi%l  Analysis 

Pb .  0.001%) 

Arsenite,  c.  p.  (ortho) . 

Borate,  c.  p . 

Bromide,  c.  p . 

Carbonate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Chloride,  fused,  pure . 

Chloride,  c.  p.,  granular .  Baker  Analyzed 

Chloride,  c.  p.,  sticks .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.002%  ) 

—0.001%  / 


.20 


Pb 

Cd . trace) 

SO. .  0.005%! 

Mn . none ; 


Typical 

Analysis 


Chloride,  powder . .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Excess  of  Zinc  Oxychloride  less  than  2.5%  ZnO} 

.Sulphates . less  than  0.002%  as  SO.  l  Guaranteed 

Foreign  metals . nonet'  Analysis 

Alkalies . less  than  0.05%  Alkali  Salts) 

Iodide-Starch,  solution .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Tested  for . Sensitiveness 

Nitrate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Pb .  0.001%  (  Typical 

Ch  .  —0.001%  /  Analysis 

SOj . ‘.none/ 

Nitrate,  c.  p.,  sticks . 

Oxide,  white . 

ZINC  Oxide,  c.  p.,  dry  process .  Baker  Analyzed 

Mn . none', 

Fe .  0.003%  i 

Pb .  0.050%  l  Typical 

Cd . trace  /  A  nalysis 

Cl .  0.030%  l 

S>0. .  0.050%; 


ZINC 

“ZINC 


“ZINC 

U 


per  lb. 

cont. 

size  pkg. 

per  pkg. 

cont. 

.80 

incl 

M  lb. 

.30 

incl 

.50 

incl 

yi  ib. 

.15 

incl 

.45 

incl 

Hlb. 

.15 

incl 

1.00 

incl 

M  lb. 

.35 

incl 

.17  cc 

.02 

.20  cb 

.06 

.60 

incl 

J41b. 

.25 

incl 

1.00 

incl 

Klb. 

.35 

incl 

1.10 

incl 

Mlb. 

.35 

incl 

.25 

incl 

Mlb. 

.15 

incl 

.50 

incl 

M  lb. 

.25 

incl 

.75 

incl 

K  lb. 

.25 

incl 

.30  cb 

.09 

.40  cb 

.09 

Mlb. 

.15 

incl 

1.75  cb 

.07 

H  lb. 

.60 

incl 

1.40  cb 
• 

.08 

Mlb. 

.50 

incl 

.50  cb 

.09 

Klb. 

.20 

incl 

.25  gb 

.14 

.35  cb 

.07 

.50  cb 

.08 

.60 

incl 

lb. 

.25 

incl 

.65 

incl 

H  lb. 

.20 

incl 

.45  cb 

.08 

Mlb. 

.15 

incl 

.60  cb 

.08 

Mlb. 

.30 

incl 

.14  cb 

.09 

.35  cb 

.09 

Vi  lb. 

.15 

incl 

62 


ARTHUR 


T  H  O  M  A  S 


COMPANY 


H  . 


\ 

ZINC 


c.  p. 


Maker  or  Brand 

wet  process .  Baker  Special 


Typical 
’  ^Analysis 


ZINC 


'6  \ 
ro  > 

1 

ft 7 


Guaranteed 

Analysis 


Oxide, 

Mn .  none  / 

Fe .  0.003% 

Pb . 0.005%  > 

Cl .  0.001%  ( 

SO*. .  0.005%) 

Oxide .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0015%, 

Sulphates . less  than  0.0075%  as  SOa  \ 

Chlorides . less  than  0.001%  as  Cl  J 

Carbonates . less  than  1%  as  COsf 

Nitrates . less  than  0.0016%  as  NaOs\ 

Calcium . less  than  0.02% 

Magnesium . less  than  0.005%/ 

Foreign  Heavy  Metals . None| 

Foreign  bodies  which  reduce  Permanga¬ 
nate  when  Zinc  Oxide  is  dissolved  in 
dilute  Sulphuric  Acid . none^ 

ZINC  Peroxide,  c.  p . 

“  Phosphate,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

“  Sulphate,  pure,  crystals . 

“  Sulphate,  c.  p.,  crystals .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.001%  i 

Pb .  0.001%  1  Typical 

Cd . trace  (  Analysis 

Cl .  0.002%; 

ZINC  Sulphate .  Merck  Blue  Label 

Chlorides . less  than  0.001%  \ 

Foreign  metals . none  i 

Iron . less  than  0.0008%  I 

Nitrate . less  than  0.0016%  as  NaOt  \  Guaranteed 

Ammonium  /  Analysis 

compounds . less  than  0.0035%  as  NHil 

Free  Sulphuric  Acid . nonel 

Arsenic . less  than  0.0005%/ 

Sulphate .  Kahlbaum  “C.f.A.” 

Sulphate .  Kahlbaum 

Free  Sulphuric  Acid . none. 

Arsenic . none! 

Ammonium  salts . none( 

Iron . none 

Foreign  metals . none! 

Chlorine . none" 

Nitrate . none 

Sulphate,  c.  p.,  anhydrous . 

Sulphide,  c.  p .  Baker  Analyzed 

Fe .  0.003%'i 

Cd . trace  (  Typical 

Pb .  0.005%  (  Analysis 

SOj .  0.050%.’ 


ZINC 

« 


‘C.f.A.” 


in  10 

'  grams. 


Certified 

Analysis 


ZINC 

M 


Ounce  and  pound  prices 


per  oz.  cont. 


Price  in  other  size  packages 


per  lb.  cont. 

.50  cb  .07 


size  pkg. 

M  lb. 


per  pkg.  cont. 

.20  incl 


.85  incl  lb.  .30  incl 


.30  incl 


.80  cb 

.08 

Hlb. 

.30 

incl 

.12  cb 

.09 

.25  cb 

.08 

M  lb. 

.15 

incl 

incl 

Mlb. 

.20 

incl 

.  100  grin. 

.50 

incl 

.  500  grm. 

.75 

incl 

.50  cb 

.08 

K  lb. 

.20 

incl 

.50  cb 

.08 

lA  lb. 

.50 

incl 

4 


63 


SECTION  II 

STAINS  AND  CHEMICAL  PREPARATIONS  FOR  USE  IN  MICROSCOPY, 

BACTERIOLOGY,  ETC. 


Nutrient  Media  for  Bacteriological  Cultures 

Ounce  and  pound  prices  Price  in  other  size  packages 


Maker  or  Brand 

AGAR  AGAR,  in  shreds,  prime,  white .  A.  H.  T.  Co.  No.  40 

“  “  powder .  Witte 

BEEF  EXTRACT,  in  jars .  Liebig 

“  “  .  Liebig 

GELATINE,  Gold  Label .  A.  H.  T.  Co.  No.  33 

“  Extra  (French) .  Coignet 

LITMUS  MILK  (Lakmusmolke  kiinstlich 

nach  Seitz) .  Kahlbaum 

“  “  (Lakmusmolke  kiinstlich 

nach  Seitz) .  Kahlbaum 


NUTRIENT  MEDIA,  after  Von  Heyden 
(Nahrstoff  Heyden),  in 

original  tins . 

NUTROSE  (Casein-Sodium),  in  original 

packages .... 


PEPTONE . . .  Witte 

“  in  original  tins  of  10  kilos .  Witte 


per  02.  cont.  per  lb.  cont.  size  pkg.  per  pkg.  cont. 

. 85  incl  . 

.25  cb  .03  2.00  cb  .08  . 

.  2.75  incl  34  lb.  .90  incl 

.  H  lb.  1.50  incl 

. 60  incl  . 

.  1.00  incl  . 

.  100  grm.  .25  incl 

. .  500  grm.  .75  incl 


.  34  lb.  1.50  incl 

.  34  lb.  1.00  incl 

.30  cb  .03  3.25  cb  .09  . 

.  67.50  incl 


Imbedding  Media  for  Section  Cutting 

CELLO IDIN,  shreds . . . . .  Schering  1.00  incl 

PARAFFINE,  domestic,  melting  point  about 

43°  C... . , . . . 

“  domestic,  melting  point  about 

52°  C . 

“  best  white,  imported,  melt¬ 
ing  point  35-37°  C . 

“  best  white,  imported,  melt¬ 
ing  point  40-45° C . 

“  best  white  imported,  melt¬ 
ing  point  45-50°  C . 

“  best  white,  imported,  melt¬ 
ing  point  50-55°  C . 

“  best  white,  imported,  melt¬ 
ing  point  60-62° C . 

“  best  white,  imported,  melt¬ 
ing  point  74r-76°  C . . 

“  white,  filtered,  imported, 


melting  point  36°  C .  Gruebler 

“  white,  filtered,  imported, 

melting  point  40-42°  C .  Gruebler 

“  white,  filtered,  imported, 

melting  point  44-46°  C .  Gruebler 

white,  filtered,  imported, 

melting  point  50-52°  C .  Gruebler 

“  white,  filtered,  imported, 

melting  point  56-58°  C .  Gruebler 

“  white,  filtered,  imported, 

melting  point  60-62°  C .  Gruebler 

PITH,  for  sectioning . 


.15 

incl 

.15 

incl 

.25 

incl 

.25 

incl 

.30 

incl 

.30 

incl 

.40 

incl 

.60 

incl 

34  kilo  1.15  incl 

34  kilo  .45  incl 

34  kilo  .50  incl 

34  kilo  .50  incl 

34  kilo  .60  incl 

34  kilo  .65  incl 

pkg.  .10  incl 


Media  for  Mounting  Microscopic  Objects  and  for  Finishing  Mounts 


ASPHALTUM . 

BALSAM,  Canada,  dry . 

Canada,  natural,  paper  filtered . 

Canada,  dissolved  in  Benzol . 

Canada,  dissolved  in  Chloroform . 

Canada,  dissolved  in  Xylol . 

Damar,  in  Benzol . 

BELL’S  MICROSCOPIC  CEMENT  ...... 

BROWN’S  TRANSPARENT  RUBBER  CEMENT 

BRUNSWICK  BLACK . 

DEANE’S  M1  niUM . 

FARRANT’S  .EDIUM 


20cc.  Collapsible 
Tubes 


.25 

.30 

.30 

.30 


Ounce 

.10 

.50 

.30 

.45 

.45 

.45 

.45 

.65 

.40 

.25 

.30 

.30 


Pound 

.25 


00 

00 

00 

00 

00 

00 


Con¬ 

tainers 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 


64 


ARTHUR 


H  . 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


GLYCERINE,  camphorated . 

20cc.  Collapsible 
Tubes 

Ounce 

.25 

Pound  ,?“* 
tamers 

....  incl 

“  jelly . 

.30 

incl 

GOLD  SIZE...’..." . 

.15 

.75  incl 

HOLLIS’  GLUE . 

.35 

.  incl 

MARINE  GLUE,  colorless . 

.50 

incl 

“  “  fluid . 

.30 

.  incl 

“  “  hard . 

.35 

.  incl 

MEYER'S  ALBUMEN  FIXATIVE . 

.25 

.  incl 

WHITE  ZINC  CEMENT . . 

.50 

Media  for  Mounting  Microscopic  Objects  and  for  Finishing  Mounts 

From  the  Laboratory  of  Dr.  G.  Gruebler  &  Co.,  Leipzig,  Germany, 


BALSAM,  Canada,  rectified,  neutral... 

MASKENLACK,  No.  Ill . 

MONOBROMNAPHTHALIN . 

STYRAXLOSUNG  FUR  DIATOMEEN. 


Furnished  in  original  packages  only. 

100  tanners 

1.50  incl 
.60  incl 

2.50  incl 

1.50  iricl 


30  gram 

.60 

.25 

1.00 

.50 


Microscopic  Stains,  Dry 

From  the  Laboratory  of  Dr.  G.  Gruebler  &  Co.,  Leipzig,  Germany.  Furnished  in  original  packages  only. 
Where  stains  are  sold  in  the  original  Gruebler  packages,  we  have  used  the  German  name  in  the  price  list,  as 
experience  shows  users  of  these*  goods  to  be  quite  as  familiar  with  the  German,  as  with  the  English  equivalent. 


A.— METHYLENBLAU-EOSIN  (Reuter) . 

ACETINBLAU . 

ACID  CARMINIC,  la . 

«  «  jja 

ACRIDINORANGE ......  V .' .’ .' .’ .’ .' .’  .’ .' .’ .' ! 

ACRIDINROT . 

AETHYLVIOLETT . 

ALA  UN -CARMIN  sicc  (Grenadier's  solution  of  Alum- 
ca’mine  is  obtained  by  dissolving 
this  dry  stain  in  from  20  to  25  parts 

of  boiling  water) . 

ALIZARIN  KRIST,  Spalteholz . 

ALIZARINBLAU  S . 

ALIZARIN  I  SICC.,  Rawitz . 

ALIZARIN  SULFACIDE,  Metschnikoff . 

ALIZARIN  SICC . 

ALIZARINCYANIN,  Rawitz . 

ALIZARINCYANIN,  Spalteholz . 

ALIZARINGRUN  B . 

ALIZARINSULFOSAURES  NATRON . 

ALKALIBLAU .  . 

ALKALIGRUN . 

ALKANIN,  fettlosl.  Rot . 

AMMONI AK-CARMIN . 

ANILIN  (-SALZE)  CHLORHYDRAT . 

“  “  SCHWEFELSAURES . 

ANILINBLAU  soluble  in  alcohol . 

soluble  in  water . 

ANILIN -BLUE-BLACK . 

ANILINGELB . 

ANILINGRUN . 

ANTHRACENBLAU,  Kaplan . 

A  UR  AMIN . 

AURANTIA . 

AZOBLAU . 

AZOCARMIN . 

AZUR  I . 

“  II . 

“  II,  Eosin . 

BENZOAZURIN . 

BENZOPURPURIN . 

BERLINERBLAU  (See  Colors  for  Injecting) . 

BIEBRICHER  SCHARLACH . 

BIONDI-EHRLICH-HEIDENHAIN  three  color  mix¬ 
ture,  dry  “Gruebler” . 

BISMARCKBRAUN . 

BITTERMANDELOLGRUN . 


Author 

t  Gram 

.38 

10  Grams 

3.60 

.25 

25  Grams  100  Grams 

Cont. 

incl 

incl 

.20 

1.88 

incl 

.15 

1.25 

incl 

.35 

incl 

.30 

incl 

.35 

incl 

.83 

incl 

.33 

3.00 

incl 

Ehrlich 

.30 

incl 

.40 

incl 

.35 

incl 

.40 

incl 

.33 

incl 

.33 

3.00 

incl 

.30 

incl 

.33 

incl 

.33 

incl 

.38 

incl 

.30 

incl 

Hoyer 

.23 

2.00 

incl 

.10 

incl 

.13 

incl 

.35 

incl 

.33 

incl 

.35 

incl 

.25 

incl 

Strasburger 

.30 

incl 

.30 

incl 

.30 

incl 

.45 

incl 

.30 

incl 

.25 

incl 

Giemsa 

2.50 

incl 

Giemsa 

1.25 

..... 

incl 

Giemsa 

1.88 

incl 

.33 

incl 

Birch-Hirschfeld 

.30 

incl 

Griesbach 

.30 

‘  . 

incl 

1.45 

incl 

Weigert 

.20 

j'K  1.75 

incl 

.30 

....  . 

incl 

65 


ARTHUR 


T  .  H  O  M  A  S 


COMPANY 


H  . 


Author  t  Gram  tO  Grams  25  Grams  100  Grams 

BLACKLEY-BLAU  (See  Anilin-blue-black) . 

BLAUHOLZEXTRACT  (See  Campecheholzextract). . . 

BLAUSCHWARZ . 33  . 

BLEU  DE  LYON .  Griesbach  .  .30  . 

BORAXCARMIN  SICC . 90  . 

BORDEAUX  R .  Griesbach  . 30  . 

BRASILIN . 25  . 

BRILLIANTBLAU,  EXTRA  GRUNLICH . 40  . 

BRILLANT-CRESYLBLAU . 35  . 

BRILLANTGRUN . ! .  .30  . 

BRILLANTSCHWARZ . 35  . 

CAMPECHEHOLZEXTRACT .  Paneth  . 10  . 

CARMALAUN  SICC.  “Gruebler”  (P.  Mayer’s  alum 
carmine  solution  is  obtained  by 
dissolving  this  dry  stain  in  hot 

water) .  .60  . 

CARMIN  RUBR.  OPT . 43  . 

CARMIN  II . 38  . . 

CARMINS.  AMMONIAK  (See  Ammoniak-Carmin) . . . 


CARMINS.  NATRON  (See  Natron  Carmin) . 

CHINABLAU . 35  . 

CHINAGRUN  (for  typhoid  cultures) . 25  . 

CHINOLINBLAU  (See  Cyanin) . 

CHLORHYDRINBLAU .  Kiihne  .25  . 

CHROMOGEN,  for  neuroglia  staining .  Weigert  . 20  . 

CHROMOTROP . 25  . 

CHRYSAMIN . 25  . 

CHRYSOIDIN . 25  . 

COCCININ . . 30  . 

COCCIONELLA  IA,  pulv . 15  .60 

COERULEIN  S . 30  . 

CONGOCORINTH  G . 30  . 

CONGOROT,  Nissl . 33  .75  3.00 

CORALLIN,  soluble  in  alcohol  and  caustic  solution. .  Strausburger  . 25  . 

“  soluble  in  water .  .25  . 

CRESYLECHTVIOLETT . 30  . 

CRISTALLVIOLETT . 30  . 

(Hochst) . 30  . 

CROCEIN .  Griesbach  .  .30  . 

CROCElN SCH ARLACH  7  B . 30  . 

CURCUMElN  N . 20  . 

CYANIN . 75  7.00  . 

DAHLIA . 30  . 

DIAMANTFUCHSIN . 33  . 

ECHTGRUN  (DINITROSORESORCIN),  Platner . 28  . 

ECHTROT . 50  . 

EOSIN  A.  G . 35  . 

EOSIN  B.  A.  .. . . . 30  . 

“  soluble  in  water,  yellowish .  .30  .65  2.50 

“  soluble  in  water,  bluish .  .25  . 

“  soluble  in  alcoho1 .  .30  . 

“  pure,  French,  for  blood  staining . 30  . . 

EOSIN -METHYLENBLAU . 18  1.65  . 

“  Jenner .  May-Grunwald  .25  2.25  . 

“  “  .  Leishman .  .38  3.50  . 

“  “  .  Reuter . 38  . 

ERYTHROSIN,  PUR . 45  . 

FLUORESCEIN,  Czaplewsky .  Kiihne . 45  . 

FLUO  RESC  El  N -K  ALIUM . 35  . 

FUCHSIN,  for  bacilli  staining .  .25  .56  2.25 

FUCHSIN  S.  (Acid  Fuchsin) .  Weigert  .  .30  .63  2.50 

FUCHSIN-M!  THYLENBLAU . 68  . 

GALLElN  EN  PATE  . 10  . 

“  SICC . . . 50  . 

G  ALLOC  VAN  ( N .  .  . 25  . 

GENTIAN' A- YIOLETT,  Gram  u.A . 25  .60  2.25 

GOLDOKANGE  .  Griesbach  .  .20  . 

HAEMALAUN,  t  ICC.  “Gruebler”  (P.  Mayer’s  Hae- 
malum  solution  is  obtained  by 
dissolving  this  dry  stain  in  hot 

water) . 60  . 


Cont. 


incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 


incl 

incl 

incl 


incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

inc! 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 


incl 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


HAEMATElN,  PURISS . 

a  u 

HAEMATElN -AMMON,  PURISS. ! . . . . .  ‘ . ' 

HAEMATOXYLIN,  PURISS.,  KRISTALL .  . 

“  “  (DUNKEL) . 

HAEMATOXYLIN-EOSIN . 

HELIANTHIN . 

HESS.  BORDEAUX .  " 

HEXAMETHYLVIOLETT  (See  Methylviolett  6  B). . . 

HOFMANNS- VIOLETT . 

JANUSGRUN . 

JENNER’S  STAIN . 

INDIG-CARMIN  (Indigo-Sulphonate  of  Soda) . 

INDIG -CARMIN  (Indigo-Sulphonate  of  Soda)  la  opt. 

for  Heidenhain’s  kidney  injection. 

See  Colors  for  Injecting) . 

INDULIN . •. 

JODEOSIN  SICC .  . 

JODGRCN,  Griesbach  u.A.  (Ersatz) . 

KRESOFUCHSIN . 

LACMUS  STAIN,  Neutral . 

LEISHMAN  STAIN . 

LEUKOANILIN  (Leuko-Fuchsin) . 

LEUKOBLAU . 

LEUKOBRILLIANTGRUN . 

LEUKOMALACHITGRUN . 

LICHTGRtfN  F.  S.,  Benda  u.A . 

MAGDALAROT,  echt . 

“  des  Handels . 

MAGENTAROT . 

MALACHITGRtjN . 

“  la . 

KRIST  (Double  salt  of  Zinc 

Chloride) . 

MARTIUSGELB . . 

MAUVEIN . 


Author  1  Gram  (0  Grams  25  Grams  100  Grams  Cont. 

. 33  .  incl 

P.  Mayer  .35  3.30  incl 

P.  Mayer  .33  3.00  incl 

.  .65  1.50  6.00  incl 

. 55  1.25  5.00  incl 

. 75  incl 

. 20  incl 

. 35  . ^  incl 

.  .35  incl 

.  .30  incl 

.  .25  2.25  incl 

. 45  incl 


.  .35  incl 

. rr. . .  .45  .  incl 

.  .50  incl 

.  .25  incl 

Czaplewsky  1.10  incl 

.  .38  3.50  .  incl 

.  1.25  incl 

.  1.25  incl 

.  1.25  incl 

.  1.25  incl 

. 25  incl 

.  .45  incl 

. 40  incl 

.  .35  incl 

.  .30  incl 

.  .35  incl 

.  .38  incl 

. 25  incl 

. 25  incl 


MAY-GRUNWALD’S  STAIN 
METANILGELB,  Kristall.  Ia 

METHYLBLAU . 

METHYL-EOSIN . 


Griesbach 


.30 

.40 

.38 


incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 


methylgrOn . 

“  KRIST.  OO,  yellowish . 

METHYLORANGE . 

METHYLVIOLETT  B.  N . 

“  5  B . 

“  IB . 

it  2  B 

“  6  B  (Hexamethyl-violett) 

METHYLENBLAU,  for  bacilli  staining....... 

“  (See  Colors  for  Injecting) 

“  B.  X . 

“  medic,  pur . 


“  rein  L.  F . 

METHYLENBLAU-EOSIN,  Jenner 

METHYLENBLAU . 

METHYLENGRON . 

METHYLEN  VIOLETT . 

MUCICARMIN,  SICC . 

MUCHAMATEIN . 

MUSCARIN . 

NACHTBLAU . 

NAPHTALINROT,  PUR . 50 

NAPHTOLGELB  S . 

NAPHTOLGRtiN  B . 

NAPHTYLAMINBRAUN .  O.  Kaiser  . 

NAPHTYLAMINGELB  (Naphtolgelb) . 

NAPHTYLENBLAU  R.  in  Kristall . . 

N  ATRON -CARMIN . . . 23 

NEUTRALROT,  rein,  nach  P.  Ehrlich,  f.  Inj.  in  vital 

Gew.  zu  Graunlargb.-Farbg . 

NIGROSIN . 

NIBLAU-CHLORHYDRAT . 

NIBLAU-SULFAT . 


Koch 

Ehrlich 

Siegmund  Mayer 
Guttmann  & 


Ehrlich  . 

May-Griinwald 

.25 

Leishman 

.38 

P.  Mayer 

.28 

P.  Mayer 

.43 

.38 

.50 

.25 

.35 

.30 

.38 

.25 

.35 

.30 


.45 

.50 

.35 

2.25 

3.50 

.38 

.35 


'  .50  ‘ 
.35 


.25 

.25 

.25 

.25 

.38 


.75 

.25 

.45 

.40 


.65 


'2.50' 


1.25  4.75 

.  3.25 


incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

Incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 


V 


i 


67 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


t 


Author  1  Gram  10  Grams  25  Grams  100  Grams 

ORANGE  G . 20  . 

ORCEIN,  PUR.,  Israel,  Unna  u.A . 18  . 

ORCEIN,  spec.  f.  Elastin-farbung,  Unna . 18  . 

OXYORCEIN .  Savini  .25  . 

ORSEILLE,  Extract . 15  . 

PATENT-SAURE-RUBIN .  Kultschitzky  . 30  . 

PHENOSAFRANIN  (See  Safranin,  pure) . 

PHLOXINROT .  Bir  ch-Hirschf  eld . 35  . 

PIKROCARMIN,  SICC . i .  Cuccati  .25  . 

“  “  .  Hoyer  .25  . 

“  “  .  P.  Mayer  .25  . 

“  “  .  Ranvier  .25  . 

PIKROLITHION CARMIN,  SICC.,  “Gruebler”  (Solu¬ 
tion  made  by  dissolving  in  boiling  distilled 

water,  allowing  to  stand  and  then  filtering) . 23  . 

PONCEAU  P.  R . .* . 25  . 

PURPURIN,  SICC.  OPT . 45  4.25  . 

PYRONIN .  Pappenheim  . 38  . 

RESORCIN-FUCHSIN .  2.25  . 

ROMANOWSKY  STAIN . 38  3.50  . 

ROSANILIN  (-Base) . . 45  . 

ROSANILINCHLORHYDRAT . 30  . 

ROSANILIN,  saltpetersaures .  .35  . 

“  schwefelsaures .  .35  . 

ROSANILIN VIOLETT,  Hanstein . . 50  . 

ROSAZURIN  B . 50  . 

“  G . 50  . 

ROSE  BENGALE .  Griesbach  . 40  . 

ROSOLSAURE . 25  . 

ROTVIOLETT,  5  R.  S .  Unna  . 30  . 

RUBIN  S . 30  . 

RUTHENIUMROT  (MANGIN),  per  l-10th  gram.  . .  1.50  .  . 

SAFRANIN  O.,  soluble  in  water,  Pfitzner,  Flemming .  .35  . 

SAFRANIN,  pure  (Phenosafranin) . 38  . 

“  soluble  in  alcohol .  .40  . 

SAUREALIZARINBLAU . 25  . 

S  A  UREALIZARINGRUN . 25  . 

SXUREFUCHSIN  (See  Fuchsin  S.) . 

SAUREGRUN . 28  . 

SXUREVIOLETT,  1897,  Ers.  f.  Hoffmansblau . 25  . 

“  Kuhne . 35  . 

SAUREBRAUN . 25  . 

SCHARLACH  R.,  Michaelis . 35  .80  . 

SILBERNITRAT-AMMONIAK .  Fajerzstajn  .43  . 

SMARAGDGRUN . 30  . 

SOLIDGRUN . 30  . 

SPILLER’S  PURPLE . 65  . 

SUDAN  III,  for  fat  staining  after  Daddi .  .30  . 

THIAZINBRAUN . 25  . 

THIAZINROT . 25  . 

THIONIN  PUR,  Ehrl.,  Hoyer,  Heidenhain . 20  1.50  . 

TOLUTDINBLAU,  Hoyer . 35  . 

TROPXOLIN  00  and  000 . 25  .  2.25 

TRYPANROT . 50  . 

URANIN . 35  . 

VESUVIN  BRAUN .  Koch  . 25  . 

VICTOR! ABLAU  4  R.,  Lustgarten . '.  . 38  . 

VIOLETTSCHWARZ . 30  . 

VITALNEUROT  (Dr.  Schulemann) . 80  .  7.50 

WASSERRbAU,  Unna  u.A .  .35  . 

WOLLSCHWARZ.  Loffler,  f.  Bact.-Geisseln .  .25  . 

WRIGHT’S  STAIN . .40  . 


Cont. 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 


incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 

incl 


Colors  for  Injecting 

From  the  Laboratory  of  G.  Gruebler  &  Co.,  Leipzig,  Germany.  Furnished  in  original  packages  only. 


BERLINERBLAU 

BERLINERBLA 

Author 

insoluble  in  water . 

ia,  easily  soluble  in  water . 

1  Gram 

10  Grams 

.30 

100  Grams 

1.00 

2.65 

1000  Grams  Cont. 
8.00  incl 
.  incl 

CABMIN  COP! 

.EUM,  for  Cystoskopy,  1  tube  of  20 

tablets,  per  tube . 

.80 

.  incl 

INDIGCARM  ' 

'T.  Ia  pure  (Indigosulphonate  of 

Soda),  for  kidney  injection.  Heidenhain 

68 

.35 

3.40 

. 

.  incl 

\ 


4 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H  . 


INJECTIONS — ROT.  for  injection  in  vital  organs. 
LEIM  -IN JECTION SM  ASSEN —  (Gelatine  inj  ection 

mass)  blue . 

(Gelatine  injection 

mass)  red . 

(Gelatine  injection 

mass)  yellow . 

(Gelatine  injection 

mass)  black . 

(Gelatine  injection 
mass)  red,  cone,  fast 

“Gruebler” . 

METHYLENBLAU  RECTIF.,  for  injection  in  vital 

organs . 


Author 

Ehrlich 


Spalteholz 

Ackerman 


Ehrlich 


1  Gram 

10  Grams 

100  Grams 

1000  Grams 

Cont. 

.75 

. 

. 

incl 

.40 

3.75 

incl 

.50 

4.50 

incl 

.50 

4.75 

incl 

.50 

4.50 

incl 

1.80 

17.50 

incl 

.15 

1.25 

incl 

Staining  Solutions 

From  the  Laboratory  of  Dr.  G.  Gruebler  &  Co.,  Leipzig,  Germany.  Furnished  in  original  packages  only. 

10  Grams  25  Grams  100  Grams  Cont. 


EHRLICH’S  TRIPLE  MIXTURE . 30  1.10  incl 

GIEMSA’S  SOLUTION,  for  the  Romanowskv  method .  .40  1.50  incl 

METHYLENE  BLUE  POLYCHROMATIC,  nach  Unna . 25  .60  incl 

PICROCARMINE,  after  Weigert . 15  .50  incl 


Dry  Stains  in  Tablets,  “Soloid”  Brand 

The  tendency  of  solutions  of  the  aniline  dyes  to  decompose  has  always  been  a  source  of  trouble  in  micro¬ 
scopic  work.  The  “Soloid”  Microscopic  Stains  contain  aniline  dyes  of  the  highest  quality,  and  make  it 
possible  to  prepare  solutions  in  small  quantities  as  required.  By  their  use  waste  is  avoided,  and  correct  results 
are  assured.  These  are  supplied  in  tubes  containing  six  tablets  each,  Instructions  for  making  solutions  are 
furnished  with  each  tube. 

In  Loeffler’s  alkaline  methylene  blue,  aniline  gentian  violet  and  Ziehl’s  carbol  fuchsin  the  solutions  ob¬ 
tained  are  only  approximately  equivalent  to  those  prepared  according  to  the  original  formulae.  The  figures 
avoid  small  fractions  in  measurement,  enabling  the  solution  to  be  prepared  more  readily,  without  diminish¬ 
ing  the  efficiency  of  the  stain. 


BISMARCK  BROWN,  pure  0.1  gram.  Dissolve  one  “Soloid”  Bismarck  Brown  in  7  cc  of  abso¬ 
lute  alcohol  and  add  7  cc  of  distilled  water .  $0.25  $2.55 

BORAX  METHYLENE  BLUE.  Dissolve  one  “Soloid”  Borax  Methylene  Blue  in  10  cc  of  dis¬ 
tilled  water . 25  2.55 

EHRLICH’S  TRIPLE  STAIN  (Biondi-Ehrlich-  Heidenhain  Triple  Stain).  Dissolve  one 
“Soloid”  Ehrlich  Triple  Stain  in  25  cc  of  distilled  water,  one  “Soloid”  Acid  Fuchsin  in  2  cc 

of  distilled  water  and  mix.  The  mixture  is  ready  for  use  and  keeps  well . 30  3.15 

EOSIN,  pure,  0.1  gram.  To  obtain  a  solution  of  eosin  suitable  for  general  staining,  one  “Soloid” 

product  may  be  dissolved  in  20  cc  of  50%  alcohol.  This  gives  a  0.5%  solution . 25  2.55 

EOSIN-AZUR  (for  Giemsa  staining)  0.038  gram.  Dissolve  one  “Soloid”  product  in  5  cc  of  a 

mixture  of  equal  parts  of  glycerine  and  pure  methyl  alcohol . 50  5.70 

EOSIN -METHYLENE  BLUE  (Louis  Jenner’s  Stain)  pure  0.05  gram.  Dissolve  one  “Soloid” 

product  in  10  cc  of  pure  methyl  alcohol . 25  2.55 

FUCHSIN  (Basic)  pure,  0.1  gram.  Dissolve  one  “Soloid”  Fuchsin  in  2.5  cc  of  absolute  alcohol 

and  add  10  cc  of  distilled  water . 25  2.55 

GENTIAN  VIOLET,  pure,  0.1  gram.  Dissolve  one  “Soloid”  Gentian  Violet  in  7  cc  of  absolute 

alcohol  and  add  7  cc  of  distilled  water . 25  2.55 

GRAM’S  IODINE  SOLUTION,  15  cc.  Dissolve  one  “Soloid”  product  of  reagent  A  in  10  cc  of 
distilled  water,  add  one  of  reagent  B,  and  when  solution  is  complete,  dilute  to  15  cc  with 

distilled  water . 25  2.55 

HAEMALUM — Each  “soloid”  product  contains  Haematein,  .0005  grm,  and  Ammonia  Alum, 

0.25  grm.  To  prepare  the  stain,  one  product  is  ground  up  with  5  cc  of  distilled  water,  and 

boiled  a  few  minutes.  A  clear  solution  is  thus  obtained . . . . . 25  2.25 

HAEMATOXYLIN.  pure,  0.1  gram.  Dissolve  one  “Soloid”  Ilaematoxylin  in  1  cc  of  absolute 

alcohol  and  add  2  cc  of  distilled  water . _ .  .25  2.55 

METHYLENE  BLUE,  pure,  0.1  gram.  Dissolve  one  “Soloid”  Methylene  Blue  in  7  cc  of  abso¬ 
lute  alcohol  and  add  7  cc  of  distilled  water .  .25  2.55 

METHYL  VIOLET,  pure,  0.1  gram.  Dissolve  one  “Soloid”  product  in  1  cc  of  absolute  alcohol 

and  add  5  cc  of  distilled  water .  .25  2.55 

ROMANOWSKY  STAIN  (Leishman’s  Modification).  Dissolve  one  “Soloid”  n  duct  in  UVAf 

of  pure  methyl  alcohol .  .25  2#55 

ROMANOWSKY  STAIN  (Wright’s  Modification).  Dissolve  one  “Soloid”  product  in  10  c 

pure  methyl  alcohol . .25  2.55 

THIONIN  BLUE,  pure,  0.1  gram.  Dissolve  one  “Soloid”  Thionin  Blue  in  10  cc  of  abs 


i' 


> 


69 


ARTHUR 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


H 


TOISON  BLOOD  FLUID.  For  the  preservation  of  blood  corpuscles  and  the  counting  of  the 
same.  Dissolve  one  “Soloid”  product  in  3  cc  of  glycerine  and  16  cc  of  distilled  water.  The 
solution  should  always  be  filtered  immediately  before  use.  It  acts  as  a  simple  diluent, 
prevents  clotting  and  preserves  the  natural  appearance  of  the  red  corpuscles.  At  the  same 
time  the  nuclei  of  the  white  corpuscles  are  faintly  tinted,  so  as  to  facilitate  their  recognition 
and  counting;  but  no  means  is  afforded  for  discriminating  between  the  different  varieties. . 

METHYL  ALCOHOL,  pure,  in  hermetically  sealed  glass  phials  containing  15  cc . 


Per  tube 


.25 

.25 


Per  doz. 
tubes 


2.55 

3.00 


Staining  Material  in  Solution 


These  solutions  are  made  in  every  case  in  accordance  with  the  author’s  latest  formula,  and  from  Gruebler’s 
dry  stains.  Because  of  the  instability  of  many  of  these  solutions,  we  cannot  guarantee  their  performance  unless 
they  are  used  promptly  after  delivery.  We  recommend  the  purchase  of  dry  stains  and  the  preparation  of  solu¬ 
tions  in  the  laboratory,  as  the  most  satisfactory  and  economical  method.  The  solutions  listed  below  are  those 
for  which  we  have  most  demand  and  are  kept  in  stock  ready  for  immediate  delivery.  Others  made  promptly 
to  order. 


AMMONIA  WATER-GENTIAN  VIOLET . 

ANILINE  WATER-GENTIAN  VIOLET . 

BIONDI-EHRLICH-HEIDENHAIN’S  TRIPLE  MIXTURE . 

BISMARCK  BROWN,  saturated  aqueous  solution . 

“  BROWN . . . . 

“  BROWN,  saturated  alcoholic  solution . 

BORAX-  CARMINE . 

“  CARMINE,  alcoholic . 

CARBOL-FUCHSIN.  (Gabbett’s  Solution  I.)  For  use  in  staining  tuber- 

culi  bacilli  in  connection  with  Gabbett’s  Methylene  Blue . 

CARBOL  XYLOL,  for  clearing . 

CONGO  RED . 

CONGO  RED  SOLUTION  in  diluted  alcohol . 

EHRLICH,  TRIACID  SOLUTION,  for  neutrophile  granules . 

“  TRIPLE  MIXTURE,  for  eosinophilous  cells . 

EOSIN,  BLUISH . 

“  YELLOWISH,  saturated  alcoholic  solution . 

“  YELLOWISH,  saturated  aqueous  solution . 

EOSINATE  OF  METHYLENE  BLUE . . . . 

GABBET,  Bacillus  Stain,  Solution  II.  For  use  in  staining  tuberculi  bacilli 

in  connection  with  Carbol  Fuchsin . 

GENTIAN  VIOLET,  saturated  aqueous  solution . 

“  VIOLET,  saturated  alcoholic  solution . 

“  VIOLET . . . . . 

GIEMSA’S  STAIN.  For  use  in  staining  malarial  parasites.  Equal  parts  of 

Azure  II  and  Eosin  solution  ready  for  use . 

GOLDHORN,  Polychrome  Methylene  Blue . 

“  “One-Solution” . 

HAEMATOXYLIN,  concentrated . 

“  IRON,  Solution  No.  1 . 

“  IRON,  Solution  No.  2 . 

HARRIS’  MODIFICATION  OF  ROMANOWSKY’S  STAIN . 

HASTING’S  STAIN . 

IODINE  SOLUTION . 

JENNER’S  EOSINATE  OF  METHYLENE  BLUE . 

LEISCHMAN’S  BLOOD  STAIN . 

METHYLENE  BLUE,  for  bacillus . . . . 

BLUE,  Acetic  acid,  for  diphtheria  bacillus . 

BLUE,  (Soapymethylene  blue) . 

“  BLUE,  Gabbet’s . 

BLUE,  Polychromatic . . 

BLUE,  saturated  alcoholic  solution . 

BLUE,  saturated  aqueous  solution . 

NEUSSER’S  STAIN 
PAPPENHEIM  STAIN 

TINCTURE  FOR  STAINING  ELASTIC  TISSUE . 

TOISSON  SOLUTION... 

VAN  GIESON  SOLUTION . 

WRIGHT’S  STAIN  guaranteed .  . 

ZIEHL-NJLLSON  CARBOL  FUCHSIN . 


Author 

25  Grams 

100  Grams 

Weigert . 

.28 

.45 

Gram . 

.25 

.45 

r  ,  .  .  .  .  T  -  - 

.30 

.60 

.20 

.35 

Weigert . 

.25 

.45 

.30 

.60 

Grenacher . 

.20 

.30 

Grenacher . 

.30 

.55 

Ziehl-Nielson. . . 

.25 

.40 

Weigert . 

.20 

.20 

.35 

.30 

.55 

.45 

.80 

.60 

1.10 

.25 

.45 

.30 

.60 

.20 

.40 

Jenner . 

.40 

.75 

.25 

.40 

.25 

.45 

.25 

.45 

Ehrlich . 

.25 

.45 

.30 

.50 

.45 

1.50 

.60 

1.65 

Delafield . 

.35 

.60 

Heidenhain . 

.20 

.35 

Heidenhain . 

.30 

.50 

.40 

... 

.50 

1.25 

Gram . 

.20 

.35 

.40 

.75 

.30 

.75 

Loeffler . 

.25 

.45 

Neisser . 

.25 

.40 

Nissl . 

.30 

.50 

.25 

.40 

Goldhorn . 

.45 

1.50 

.50 

1.00 

.40 

.80 

.20 

.35 

.20 

.35 

Weigert . 

.55 

1.00 

.20 

.35 

.35 

.65 

.50 

... 

.25 

.40 

* 


70 


ARTHUR 


H. 


THOMAS 


COMPANY 


Reagents  for  Serological  Work 


Company. 

Size  pkg.  Per  pkg. 

AGGLUTINATING  SERUM,  Cholera .  1  grm.  2.00 

“  SERUM,  Typhoid .  1  grm.  2.00 

SERUM,  Paratyphoid,  “A” .  1  grm.  2.00 

SERUM,  Paratyphoid,  “B” .  1  grm.  2.00 

ANTIHUMAN  HEMOLYTIC  AMBOCEPTOR  PAPER .  10  tests  3.00 

ANTISHEEP  HEMOLYTIC  AMBOCEPTOR .  1  cc.  5.00 

“  HEMOLYTIC  AMBOCEPTOR  PAPER .  10  tests  3.00 

ANTIGEN -NOGUCHI .  10  tests  3.00 

ANTIGEN,  Cholesterin,  Fortified .  10  tests  2.00 

BORDEN  OUTFIT  for  Serodiagnosis  of  Typhoid  Fever .  Outfit  3.50 

BASS  TEST  for  Serodiagnosis  of  Typhoid  Fever .  60-120  tests  2.50 

NOGUCHI  REAGENTS,  Antigen  and  Amboceptor .  10  tests  5.00 


Kahlbaum  Collections 

Kahlbaum  collection  of  200  different  Carbon  combinations,  in  stoppered  glass  specimen  vials  with  foot, 

_ l- _ a  r _ c _  ip  icn  .  .  .r _ a _ :_i  t _ _ i.j  i.  _ i _ _ i__  r»_*  _  _  1 1  ji__a__  r _ »> 


Kahlbaum  collection  of  98  substances  in  glass  vials,  arranged  according  to  Knorr  &  Duden  for  the  intro- 

1 _ _ a_  iL  .  _a _ _ *  _1 _ *  _A  . _  T _ a  _  J  a_  _ I _ _ T*  *  -  _  it  J._a _ r _ 


of  Carbonic  Acid.  Imported  to  order  only. 

Price,  “dutyfree” . . .  52.75 

Carbonic  Acid  tube,  extra,  “duty  free” .  4.80 


Liquified  Gases 


Imported  to  order  only. 

Duty  Free 

Ammoniak  (Ammonia) .  $3.20 

Chlor  (Chlorine) .  3.20 

Cyan  (Cyanogen) . 5-12 

Kohlcnoxysulfid  (Carbon  Oxysulphide) .  5.12 

Kohlensaure  (Carbon  Dioxide) .  4.80 

Methy lather  (Methyl  Ether) .  3.84 

Methylchlorid  (Methyl  Chloride) .  2.88 

Nitrosylchlorid  (Nitrosyl  Chloride) .  4.48 

Phosgen  (Phosgene). . . . _ . . .  2.56 

Salzasure  (Hydrochloric  Acid) . 3.84 

Schwelflige  Saure  (Sulphur  Dioxide) . .  2.56 

Schwefelwasserstoff  (Hydrogen  sulphide) .  5.12 

Stickoxydul  (Nitrous  Oxide) . . .  5.12 

Sticks tofftetroxyd  (Nitrogen  Peroxide) . .  . .  4.48 

• 


a 


